zypper - en to en_GB translation catalogue (14057 entries)

en: Non-option program arguments:
en_GB: Non-option programme arguments:

note: translators: the first %s is name of the resolvable, the second is its kind (e.g. 'zypper package')
en: Automatically agreeing with %s %s license.
en_GB: Automatically agreeing with %s %s licence.

note: translators: e.g. "... with flash package license."
en: Aborting installation due to user disagreement with %s %s license.
en_GB: Aborting installation due to user disagreement with %s %s licence.

en: Initializing Target
en_GB: Initialising Target

en: Catalog
en_GB: Catalogue

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU Lesser General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

en: Display dialog boxes from shell scripts
en_GB: Display dialogue boxes from shell scripts

en: You must specify a dialog type. See 'zenity --help' for details
en_GB: You must specify a dialogue type. See 'zenity --help' for details

en: No column titles specified for List dialog.
en_GB: No column titles specified for List dialogue.

en: You should use only one List dialog type.
en_GB: You should use only one List dialogue type.

en: Forms dialog
en_GB: Forms dialogue

en: Set the dialog title
en_GB: Set the dialogue title

en: Set dialog timeout in seconds
en_GB: Set dialogue timeout in seconds

en: Display calendar dialog
en_GB: Display calendar dialogue

en: Set the dialog text
en_GB: Set the dialogue text

en: Display text entry dialog
en_GB: Display text entry dialogue

en: Display error dialog
en_GB: Display error dialogue

en: Set the dialog icon
en_GB: Set the dialogue icon

en: Enable ellipsizing in the dialog text. This fixes the high window size with long texts
en_GB: Enable ellipsizing in the dialogue text. This fixes the high window size with long texts

en: Display info dialog
en_GB: Display info dialogue

en: Display file selection dialog
en_GB: Display file selection dialogue

note: Help for file-filter argument (name and patterns for file selection)
en: NAME | PATTERN1 PATTERN2 ...
en_GB: NAME | PATTERN1 PATTERN2 …

en: Display list dialog
en_GB: Display list dialogue

en: Use check boxes for the first column
en_GB: Use tick boxes for the first column

en: Use radio buttons for the first column
en_GB: Use radio buttons for first column

en: Display progress indication dialog
en_GB: Display progress indication dialogue

en: Dismiss the dialog when 100% has been reached
en_GB: Dismiss the dialogue when 100% has been reached

en: Display question dialog
en_GB: Display question dialogue

en: Display text information dialog
en_GB: Display text information dialogue

en: Enable an I read and agree checkbox
en_GB: Enable an I read and agree tickbox

en: Display warning dialog
en_GB: Display warning dialogue

en: Display scale dialog
en_GB: Display scale dialogue

en: Display forms dialog
en_GB: Display forms dialogue

en: Add a new Entry in forms dialog
en_GB: Add a new Entry in forms dialogue

en: Add a new Password Entry in forms dialog
en_GB: Add a new Password Entry in forms dialogue

en: Add a new Calendar in forms dialog
en_GB: Add a new Calendar in forms dialogue

en: Add a new List in forms dialog
en_GB: Add a new List in forms dialogue

en: Add a new combo box in forms dialog
en_GB: Add a new combo box in forms dialogue

en: Display password dialog
en_GB: Display password dialogue

en: Display color selection dialog
en_GB: Display colour selection dialogue

en: Set the color
en_GB: Set the colour

en: Color selection options
en_GB: Colour selection options

en: Show color selection options
en_GB: Show colour selection options

en: Password dialog options
en_GB: Password dialogue options

en: Show password dialog options
en_GB: Show password dialogue options

en: Forms dialog options
en_GB: Forms dialogue options

en: Show forms dialog options
en_GB: Show forms dialogue options

en: --%s is not supported for this dialog
en_GB: --%s is not supported for this dialogue

en: Two or more dialog options specified
en_GB: Two or more dialogue options specified

en: DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENCE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>

en: Zenity is a rewrite of gdialog, the GNOME port of dialog which allows you to display dialog boxes from the commandline and shell scripts.
en_GB: Zenity is a rewrite of gdialog, the GNOME port of dialog which allows you to display dialogue boxes from the command line and shell scripts.

en: dialog creator
en_GB: dialogue creator

en: <application>Zenity</application> enables you to create the following types of simple dialog:
en_GB: <application>Zenity</application> enables you to create the following types of simple dialogue:

en: When you write scripts, you can use <application>Zenity</application> to create simple dialogs that interact graphically with the user, as follows:
en_GB: When you write scripts, you can use <application>Zenity</application> to create simple dialogues that interact graphically with the user, as follows:

en: You can create a dialog to obtain information from the user. For example, you can prompt the user to select a date from a calendar dialog, or to select a file from a file selection dialog.
en_GB: You can create a dialogue to obtain information from the user. For example, you can prompt the user to select a date from a calendar dialogue, or to select a file from a file selection dialogue.

en: You can create a dialog to provide the user with information. For example, you can use a progress dialog to indicate the current status of an operation, or use a warning message dialog to alert the user.
en_GB: You can create a dialogue to provide the user with information. For example, you can use a progress dialogue to indicate the current status of an operation, or use a warning message dialogue to alert the user.

en: When the user closes the dialog, <application>Zenity</application> prints the text produced by the dialog to standard error.
en_GB: When the user closes the dialogue, <application>Zenity</application> prints the text produced by the dialogue to standard error.

en: An access key is a key that enables you to perform an action from the keyboard rather than use the mouse to choose a command from a menu or dialog. Each access key is identified by an underlined letter on a menu or dialog option.
en_GB: An access key is a key that enables you to perform an action from the keyboard rather than use the mouse to choose a command from a menu or dialogue. Each access key is identified by an underlined letter on a menu or dialogue option.

en: Some <application>Zenity</application> dialogs support the use of access keys. To specify the character to use as the access key, place an underscore before that character in the text of the dialog. The following example shows how to specify the letter 'C' as the access key:
en_GB: Some <application>Zenity</application> dialogues support the use of access keys. To specify the character to use as the access key, place an underscore before that character in the text of the dialogue. The following example shows how to specify the letter 'C' as the access key:

en: The user has either pressed <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>, or used the window functions to close the dialog.
en_GB: The user has either pressed <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>, or used the window functions to close the dialogue.

en: The dialog has been closed because the timeout has been reached.
en_GB: The dialogue has been closed because the timeout has been reached.

en: All <application>Zenity</application> dialogs support the following general options:
en_GB: All <application>Zenity</application> dialogues support the following general options:

en: Specifies the title of a dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the title of a dialogue.

en: Specifies the icon that is displayed in the window frame of the dialog. There are 4 stock icons also available by providing the following keywords - 'info', 'warning', 'question' and 'error'.
en_GB: Specifies the icon that is displayed in the window frame of the dialogue. There are 4 stock icons also available by providing the following keywords - 'info', 'warning', 'question' and 'error'.

en: Specifies the width of the dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the width of the dialogue.

en: Specifies the height of the dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the height of the dialogue.

en: Specifies the timeout in seconds after which the dialog is closed.
en_GB: Specifies the timeout in seconds after which the dialogue is closed.

en: Displays full help text for all dialogs.
en_GB: Displays full help text for all dialogues.

en: Displays help text for general dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for general dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for calendar dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for calendar dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for text entry dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for text entry dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for error dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for error dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for information dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for information dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for file selection dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for file selection dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for list dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for list dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for progress dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for progress dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for question dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for question dialogue options.

en: Displays help text for warning dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help text for warning dialogue options.

en: Displays help for text information dialog options.
en_GB: Displays help for text information dialogue options.

en: Displays the <guilabel>About Zenity</guilabel> dialog, which contains <application>Zenity</application> version information, copyright information, and developer information.
en_GB: Displays the <guilabel>About Zenity</guilabel> dialogue, which contains <application>Zenity</application> version information, copyright information and developer information.

en: Calendar Dialog
en_GB: Calendar Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--calendar</option> option to create a calendar dialog. <application>Zenity</application> returns the selected date to standard error. If no date is specified on the command line, the dialog uses the current date.
en_GB: Use the <option>--calendar</option> option to create a calendar dialogue. <application>Zenity</application> returns the selected date to standard error. If no date is specified on the command line, the dialogue uses the current date.

en: The calendar dialog supports the following options:
en_GB: The calendar dialogue supports the following options:

en: Specifies the text that is displayed in the calendar dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the text that is displayed in the calendar dialogue.

en: Specifies the day that is selected in the calendar dialog. <replaceable>day</replaceable> must be a number between 1 and 31 inclusive.
en_GB: Specifies the day that is selected in the calendar dialogue. <replaceable>day</replaceable> must be a number between 1 and 31 inclusive.

en: Specifies the month that is selected in the calendar dialog. <replaceable>month</replaceable> must be a number between 1 and 12 inclusive.
en_GB: Specifies the month that is selected in the calendar dialogue. <replaceable>month</replaceable> must be a number between 1 and 12 inclusive.

en: Specifies the year that is selected in the calendar dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the year that is selected in the calendar dialogue.

en: Specifies the format that is returned from the calendar dialog after date selection. The default format depends on your locale. <replaceable>format</replaceable> must be a format that is acceptable to the <command>strftime</command> function, for example <literal>%A %d/%m/%y</literal>.
en_GB: Specifies the format that is returned from the calendar dialogue after date selection. The default format depends on your locale. <replaceable>format</replaceable> must be a format that is acceptable to the <command>strftime</command> function, for example <literal>%A %d/%m/%y</literal>.

en: The following example script shows how to create a calendar dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a calendar dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Calendar Dialog Example
en_GB: Calendar Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> calendar dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> calendar dialogue example

en: File Selection Dialog
en_GB: File Selection Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--file-selection</option> option to create a file selection dialog. <application>Zenity</application> returns the selected files or directories to standard error. The default mode of the file selection dialog is open.
en_GB: Use the <option>--file-selection</option> option to create a file selection dialogue. <application>Zenity</application> returns the selected files or directories to standard error. The default mode of the file selection dialogue is open.

en: The file selection dialog supports the following options:
en_GB: The file selection dialogue supports the following options:

en: Specifies the file or directory that is selected in the file selection dialog when the dialog is first shown.
en_GB: Specifies the file or directory that is selected in the file selection dialogue when the dialogue is first shown.

en: Allows the selection of multiple filenames in the file selection dialog.
en_GB: Allows the selection of multiple filenames in the file selection dialogue.

en: Allows only selection of directories in the file selection dialog.
en_GB: Allows only selection of directories in the file selection dialogue.

en: Set the file selection dialog into save mode.
en_GB: Set the file selection dialogue into save mode.

en: The following example script shows how to create a file selection dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a file selection dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: File Selection Dialog Example
en_GB: File Selection Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> file selection dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> file selection dialogue example

en: List Dialog
en_GB: List Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--list</option> option to create a list dialog. <application>Zenity</application> returns the entries in the first column of text of selected rows to standard error.
en_GB: Use the <option>--list</option> option to create a list dialogue. <application>Zenity</application> returns the entries in the first column of text of selected rows to standard error.

en: Data for the dialog must specified column by column, row by row. Data can be provided to the dialog through standard input. Each entry must be separated by a newline character.
en_GB: Data for the dialogue must specified column by column, row by row. Data can be provided to the dialogue through standard input. Each entry must be separated by a newline character.

en: The list dialog supports the following options:
en_GB: The list dialogue supports the following options:

en: Specifies the column headers that are displayed in the list dialog. You must specify a <option>--column</option> option for each column that you want to display in the dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the column headers that are displayed in the list dialogue. You must specify a <option>--column</option> option for each column that you want to display in the dialogue.

en: Specifies that the first column in the list dialog contains check boxes.
en_GB: Specifies that the first column in the list dialogue contains check boxes.

en: Specifies that the first column in the list dialog contains radio boxes.
en_GB: Specifies that the first column in the list dialogue contains radio boxes.

en: Specifies what string is used when the list dialog returns the selected entries.
en_GB: Specifies what string is used when the list dialogue returns the selected entries.

en: The following example script shows how to create a list dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a list dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: List Dialog Example
en_GB: List Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> list dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> list dialogue example

en: Message Dialogs
en_GB: Message Dialogues

en: <application>Zenity</application> can create four types of message dialog:
en_GB: <application>Zenity</application> can create four types of message dialogue:

en: For each type, use the <option>--text</option> option to specify the text that is displayed in the dialog.
en_GB: For each type, use the <option>--text</option> option to specify the text that is displayed in the dialogue.

en: Error Dialog
en_GB: Error Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--error</option> option to create an error dialog.
en_GB: Use the <option>--error</option> option to create an error dialogue.

en: The following example script shows how to create an error dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create an error dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Error Dialog Example
en_GB: Error Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> error dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> error dialogue example

en: Information Dialog
en_GB: Information Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--info</option> option to create an information dialog.
en_GB: Use the <option>--info</option> option to create an information dialogue.

en: The following example script shows how to create an information dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create an information dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Information Dialog Example
en_GB: Information Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> information dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> information dialogue example

en: Question Dialog
en_GB: Question Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--question</option> option to create a question dialog.
en_GB: Use the <option>--question</option> option to create a question dialogue.

en: The following example script shows how to create a question dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a question dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Question Dialog Example
en_GB: Question Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> question dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> question dialogue example

en: Warning Dialog
en_GB: Warning Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--warning</option> option to create a warning dialog.
en_GB: Use the <option>--warning</option> option to create a warning dialogue.

en: The following example script shows how to create a warning dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a warning dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Warning Dialog Example
en_GB: Warning Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> warning dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> warning dialogue example

en: Progress Dialog
en_GB: Progress Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--progress</option> option to create a progress dialog.
en_GB: Use the <option>--progress</option> option to create a progress dialogue.

en: The progress dialog supports the following options:
en_GB: The progress dialogue supports the following options:

en: Specifies the text that is displayed in the progress dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the text that is displayed in the progress dialogue.

en: Specifies the initial percentage that is set in the progress dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the initial percentage that is set in the progress dialogue.

en: Closes the progress dialog when 100% has been reached.
en_GB: Closes the progress dialogue when 100% has been reached.

en: 
            #!/bin/sh
            (
            echo "10" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Updating mail logs" ; sleep 1
            echo "20" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Resetting cron jobs" ; sleep 1
            echo "50" ; sleep 1
            echo "This line will just be ignored" ; sleep 1
            echo "75" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Rebooting system" ; sleep 1
            echo "100" ; sleep 1
            ) |
            zenity --progress \
              --title="Update System Logs" \
              --text="Scanning mail logs..." \
              --percentage=0
    
            if [ "$?" = -1 ] ; then
                    zenity --error \
                      --text="Update canceled."
            fi
en_GB: 
            #!/bin/sh
            (
            echo "10" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Updating mail logs" ; sleep 1
            echo "20" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Resetting cron jobs" ; sleep 1
            echo "50" ; sleep 1
            echo "This line will just be ignored" ; sleep 1
            echo "75" ; sleep 1
            echo "# Rebooting system" ; sleep 1
            echo "100" ; sleep 1
            ) |
            zenity --progress \
              --title="Update System Logs" \
              --text="Scanning mail logs..." \
              --percentage=0
    
            if [ "$?" = -1 ] ; then
                    zenity --error \
                      --text="Update cancelled."
            fi

en: The following example script shows how to create a progress dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a progress dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Progress Dialog Example
en_GB: Progress Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> progress dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> progress dialogue example

en: Text Entry Dialog
en_GB: Text Entry Dialogue

en: Use the <option>-entry</option> option to create a text entry dialog. <application>Zenity</application> returns the contents of the text entry to standard error.
en_GB: Use the <option>-entry</option> option to create a text entry dialogue. <application>Zenity</application> returns the contents of the text entry to standard error.

en: The text entry dialog supports the following options:
en_GB: The text entry dialogue supports the following options:

en: Specifies the text that is displayed in the text entry dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the text that is displayed in the text entry dialogue.

en: Specifies the text that is displayed in the entry field of the text entry dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the text that is displayed in the entry field of the text entry dialogue.

en: Hides the text in the entry field of the text entry dialog.
en_GB: Hides the text in the entry field of the text entry dialogue.

en: The following example script shows how to create a text entry dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a text entry dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Text Entry Dialog Example
en_GB: Text Entry Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> text entry dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> text entry dialogue example

en: Text Information Dialog
en_GB: Text Information Dialogue

en: Use the <option>--text-info</option> option to create a text information dialog.
en_GB: Use the <option>--text-info</option> option to create a text information dialogue.

en: The text information dialog supports the following options:
en_GB: The text information dialogue supports the following options:

en: Specifies a file that is loaded in the text information dialog.
en_GB: Specifies a file that is loaded in the text information dialogue.

en: Allows the displayed text to be edited. The edited text is returned to standard error when the dialog is closed.
en_GB: Allows the displayed text to be edited. The edited text is returned to standard error when the dialogue is closed.

en: The following example script shows how to create a text information dialog: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The following example script shows how to create a text information dialogue: <placeholder-1/>

en: Text Information Dialog Example
en_GB: Text Information Dialogue Example

en: <placeholder-1/> text information dialog example
en_GB: <placeholder-1/> text information dialogue example

en: Quick Select Dialog
en_GB: Quick Select Dialogue

note: (itstool) path: msg/msgstr ID: email.tooltip This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the appropriate content, as follows: <string/> - The linked-to email address
en: Send email to ‘<string/>’.
en_GB: Send e-mail to ‘<string/>’.

en: Send email to %s
en_GB: Send e-mail to %s

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TerminalHighlightOnManualActivation)
en: Enabling this option will make Yakuake briefly display a colored overlay above the newly focused terminal when moving focus between multiple terminals in a session, as well as over the currently focused terminal when switching to a session with multiple terminals.
en_GB: Enabling this option will make Yakuake briefly display a coloured overlay above the newly focused terminal when moving focus between multiple terminals in a session, as well as over the currently focused terminal when switching to a session with multiple terminals.

[ctx: @label:chooser]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, backgroundColorLabel)
en: Background color:
en_GB: Background colour:

[ctx: @label:spinbox]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, backgroundColorOpacityLabel)
en: Background color opacity:
en_GB: Background colour opacity:

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_BackgroundColorOpacity)
en: When using translucency, the background color will be filled in using the given opacity before the skin elements are painted on top of the background. This allows influencing the opacity and color tint of translucent areas of the skin.
en_GB: When using translucency, the background colour will be filled in using the given opacity before the skin elements are painted on top of the background. This allows influencing the opacity and colour tint of translucent areas of the skin.

[ctx: @title:group]
note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Dialogs
en_GB: Dialogues

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Position), group (Window)
en: Center point of the application window, as a percentage, measured from the left-hand edge of the screen.
en_GB: Centre point of the application window, as a percentage, measured from the left-hand edge of the screen.

[ctx: @label]
note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BackgroundColor), group (Appearance)
en: Window background color
en_GB: Window background colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BackgroundColor), group (Appearance)
en: Background color painted below skin elements.
en_GB: Background colour painted below skin elements.

[ctx: @label]
note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BackgroundColorOpacity), group (Appearance)
en: Background color opacity
en_GB: Background colour opacity

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BackgroundColorOpacity), group (Appearance)
en: The opacity of the background color fill when using translucency.
en_GB: The opacity of the background colour fill when using translucency.

[ctx: @label]
note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TerminalHighlightOnManualActivation), group (Appearance)
en: Highlight newly focused terminals
en_GB: Highlight newly focussed terminals

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TerminalHighlightOnManualActivation), group (Appearance)
en: Whether to briefly display a colored overlay above the newly focused terminal when moving focus between multiple terminals in a session, as well as over the currently focused terminal when switching to a session with multiple terminals.
en_GB: Whether to briefly display a coloured overlay above the newly focussed terminal when moving focus between multiple terminals in a session, as well as over the currently focussed terminal when switching to a session with multiple terminals.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TerminalHighlightOpacity), group (Appearance)
en: The opacity of the colored overlay used to highlight a terminal.
en_GB: The opacity of the coloured overlay used to highlight a terminal.

[ctx: @label]
note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (KeyboardInputBlockIndicatorColor), group (Appearance)
en: Keyboard input block indicator color
en_GB: Keyboard input block indicator colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (KeyboardInputBlockIndicatorColor), group (Appearance)
en: The color of the keyboard input block indicator overlay.
en_GB: The colour of the keyboard input block indicator overlay.

[ctx: @title Preferences page name]
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If this is checked, the window will stay open when it loses focus.
en_GB: If this is ticked, the window will stay open when it loses focus.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1494 (vino)  #-#-#-#-# translators: 'Version' is from a desktop file, and * should not be translated. '%s' would probably be a * version number.
en: Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'
en_GB: Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'

en: Unrecognized launch option: %d
en_GB: Unrecognised launch option: %d

en: Auto Rotate and Center
en_GB: Auto Rotate and Centre

en: Rotate printer page orientation of each page to match orientation of each document page. Document pages will be centered within the printer page.
en_GB: Rotate printer page orientation of each page to match orientation of each document page. Document pages will be centred within the printer page.

en: Document License
en_GB: Document Licence

en: Text License
en_GB: Text Licence

en: Xreader is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Xreader is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Xreader is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Xreader is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Xreader; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Xreader; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA

en: _Inverted Colors
en_GB: _Inverted Colours

en: Show page contents with the colors inverted
en_GB: Show page contents with the colours inverted

en: The <application>Xreader Document Viewer</application> application enables you to view documents of various formats like Portable Document Format (PDF) files and PostScript files. <application>Xreader Document Viewer</application> follows Freedesktop.org and MATE standards to provide integration with Desktop Environment.
en_GB: The <application>Xreader Document Viewer</application> application enables you to view documents of various formats like Portable Document Format (PDF) files and PostScript files. The <application>Xreader Document Viewer</application> follows Freedesktop.org and MATE standards to provide integration with Desktop Environment.

en: Shows Xreader Document Viewer main window. Contains titlebar, menubar, toolbar and display area. Menubar contains File, Edit, View, Go and Help menus.
en_GB: Shows Xreader Document Viewer main window. This contains a titlebar, menubar, toolbar and display area. The Menubar contains File, Edit, View, Go and Help menus.

en: In the <guilabel>Open Document</guilabel> dialog, select the file you want to open.
en_GB: In the <guilabel>Open Document</guilabel> dialogue, select the file you want to open.

en: If you try to open a document with format that <application>Xreader Document Viewer</application> does not recognize, the application displays an error message.
en_GB: If you try to open a document with format that <application>Xreader Document Viewer</application> does not recognise, the application displays an error message.

en: The <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog displays all information available
en_GB: The <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialogue displays all information available

en: The <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog has the following tabbed sections:
en_GB: The <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialogue has the following tabbed sections:

en: Click <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> to display a dialog where you specify the name and location of the PostScript file.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> to display a dialogue where you specify the name and location of the PostScript file.

en: Type the new filename in the <guilabel>Filename</guilabel> text box in the <guilabel>Save a Copy</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Type the new filename in the <guilabel>Filename</guilabel> text box in the <guilabel>Save a Copy</guilabel> dialogue.

en: When you try to open a password-protected document, <application>Xreader Document Viewer</application> displays a security dialog. Type either the user password or the master password in the <guilabel>Enter document password</guilabel> text box, then click <guibutton>Open Document</guibutton>.
en_GB: When you try to open a password-protected document, <application>Xreader Document Viewer</application> displays a security dialogue. Type either the user password or the master password in the <guilabel>Enter document password</guilabel> text box, then click <guibutton>Open Document</guibutton>.

en: Use colors from xpad preferences
en_GB: Use colours from xpad preferences

en: Use these colors:
en_GB: Use these colours:

en: Set Foreground Color
en_GB: Set Foreground Colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  524 (gnumeric 1.2)  #-#-#-#-# Set background to NONE
en: Set Background Color
en_GB: Set Background Colour

en: Use colors from theme
en_GB: Use colours from theme

en: 3DNow! optimized decoder
en_GB: 3DNow! optimised decoder

en: MMX optimized decoder
en_GB: MMX optimised decoder

en: Sinus tone generator by Haavard Kvaalen <havardk@xmms.org>
    Modified by Daniel J. Peng <danielpeng@bigfoot.com>
    
    To use it, add a URL: tone://frequency1;frequency2;frequency3;...
    e.g. tone://2000;2005 to play a 2000Hz tone and a 2005Hz tone
en_GB: Sinus tone generator by Håvard Kvålen <havardk@xmms.org>
    Modified by Daniel J. Peng <danielpeng@bigfoot.com>
    
    To use it, add a URL: tone://frequency1;frequency2;frequency3;...
    e.g. tone://2000;2005 to play a 2000Hz tone and a 2005Hz tone

en: Ogg Vorbis Plugin by the Xiph.org Foundation
    
    Original code by
    Tony Arcieri <bascule@inferno.tusculum.edu>
    Contributions from
    Chris Montgomery <monty@xiph.org>
    Peter Alm <peter@xmms.org>
    Michael Smith <msmith@labyrinth.edu.au>
    Jack Moffitt <jack@icecast.org>
    Jorn Baayen <jorn@nl.linux.org>
    Haavard Kvaalen <havardk@xmms.org>
    Gian-Carlo Pascutto <gcp@sjeng.org>
    
    Visit the Xiph.org Foundation at http://www.xiph.org/
en_GB: Ogg Vorbis Plugin by the Xiph.org Foundation
    
    Original code by
    Tony Arcieri <bascule@inferno.tusculum.edu>
    Contributions from
    Chris Montgomery <monty@xiph.org>
    Peter Alm <peter@xmms.org>
    Michael Smith <msmith@labyrinth.edu.au>
    Jack Moffitt <jack@icecast.org>
    Jorn Baayen <jorn@nl.linux.org>
    Håvard Kvålen <havardk@xmms.org>
    Gian-Carlo Pascutto <gcp@sjeng.org>
    
    Visit the Xiph.org Foundation at http://www.xiph.org/

en: Color Entry
en_GB: Colour Entry

en: OpenGL Spectrum analyzer
en_GB: OpenGL Spectrum analyser

en: OpenGL Spectrum analyzer %s
en_GB: OpenGL Spectrum analyser %s

en: Simple spectrum analyzer %s
en_GB: Simple spectrum analyser %s

en: Spectrum analyzer
en_GB: Spectrum analyser

en: Haavard Kvaalen
en_GB: Håvard Kvålen

en: Olle Hallnas (compiling fixes)
en_GB: Olle Hällnäs (compiling fixes)

en: Joerg Schuler
en_GB: Jörg Schuler

en: Robin Sylvestre (Equalizer and Playlist)
en_GB: Robin Sylvestre (Equaliser and Playlist)

en: Olle Hallnas
en_GB: Olle Hällnäs

en: Schalk W. Cronje
en_GB: Schalk W. Cronjé

en: Metin Amiroff
en_GB: MÉtin Æmirov

en: Vasif Ismailoglu
en_GB: Vasif Ä°smayÄ±loÄlu

en: Inigo Salvador Azurmendi
en_GB: Iñigo Salvador Azurmendi

en: Amila Akagic
en_GB: Amila AkagiÄ

en: Vladimir Marek
en_GB: Vladimír Marek

en: Alberto Garcia
en_GB: Alberto García

en: David Fernandez Vaamonde
en_GB: David Fernández Vaamonde

en: Juris Kudins
en_GB: Juris Kudiņš

en: Andreas Bergstrom
en_GB: Andreas Bergstrøm

en: Misu Moldovan
en_GB: Mişu Moldovan

en: Juan Manuel Garcia Molina
en_GB: Juan Manuel García Molina

en: Omer Fadil Usta
en_GB: Ömer Fadıl Usta

en: /Configure Equalizer
en_GB: /Configure Equaliser

en: XMMS Equalizer
en_GB: XMMS Equaliser

en: Load equalizer preset
en_GB: Load equaliser preset

en: Import equalizer presets
en_GB: Import equaliser presets

en: Save equalizer preset
en_GB: Save equaliser preset

en: Configure Equalizer
en_GB: Configure Equaliser

en: If "Auto" is enabled on the equalizer, xmms will try to load equalizer presets like this:
    1: Look for a preset file in the directory of the file we are about to play.
    2: Look for a directory preset file in the same directory.
    3: Look for a preset saved with the "auto-load" feature
    4: Finally, try to load the "default" preset
en_GB: If "Auto" is enabled on the equaliser, xmms will try to load equaliser presets like this:
    1: Look for a preset file in the directory of the file we are about to play.
    2: Look for a directory preset file in the same directory.
    3: Look for a preset saved with the "auto-load" feature
    4: Finally, try to load the "default" preset

en: No input plugin recognized this file
en_GB: No input plugin recognised this file

en: /Equalizer WindowShade Mode
en_GB: /Equaliser WindowShade Mode

en: /Visualization Mode
en_GB: /Visualisation Mode

en: /Visualization Mode/Analyzer
en_GB: /Visualisation Mode/Analyser

en: /Visualization Mode/Scope
en_GB: /Visualisation Mode/Scope

en: /Visualization Mode/Off
en_GB: /Visualisation Mode/Off

en: /Analyzer Mode
en_GB: /Analyser Mode

en: /Analyzer Mode/Normal
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/Normal

en: /Analyzer Mode/Fire
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/Fire

en: /Analyzer Mode/Vertical Lines
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/Vertical Lines

en: /Analyzer Mode/-
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/-

en: /Analyzer Mode/Lines
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/Lines

en: /Analyzer Mode/Bars
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/Bars

en: /Analyzer Mode/Peaks
en_GB: /Analyser Mode/Peaks

en: /Analyzer Falloff
en_GB: /Analyser Falloff

en: /Analyzer Falloff/Slowest
en_GB: /Analyser Falloff/Slowest

en: /Analyzer Falloff/Slow
en_GB: /Analyser Falloff/Slow

en: /Analyzer Falloff/Medium
en_GB: /Analyser Falloff/Medium

en: /Analyzer Falloff/Fast
en_GB: /Analyser Falloff/Fast

en: /Analyzer Falloff/Fastest
en_GB: /Analyser Falloff/Fastest

en: /Visualization plugins
en_GB: /Visualisation plugins

en: /Visualization
en_GB: /Visualisation

en: BALANCE: CENTER
en_GB: BALANCE: CENTRE

en: VISUALIZATION MENU
en_GB: VISUALISATION MENU

en: /Randomize List
en_GB: /Randomise List

en: Visualization Plugins
en_GB: Visualisation Plugins

en: Visualization plugins
en_GB: Visualisation plugins

en: Equalizer doublesize linked
en_GB: Equaliser doublesize linked

en: Caps Lock behavior
en_GB: Caps Lock behaviour

en: The SWORD Project is an effort to create an ever-expanding software package for research and study of God and His Word. The SWORD Project framework allows easy use and study of Bible texts, commentaries, lexicons, dictionaries, and other books. Many frontends are built using this framework. An installed set of books may be shared among all frontends using the framework.
    
     Books can be downloaded from the SWORD Project.
en_GB: The SWORD Project is an effort to create an ever-expanding software package for research and study of God and His Word. The SWORD Project framework allows easy use and study of Bible texts, commentaries, lexicons, dictionaries, and other books. Many front-ends are built using this framework. An installed set of books may be shared among all front-ends using the framework.
    
     Books can be downloaded from the SWORD Project.

en: <b>Welcome to Xiphos.</b>
    
    There are no Bibles installed. In order to initialize, Xiphos needs at least one Bible module. To facilitate this, the Module Manager has been opened so that you may install one or more Bibles, either from a local module set (cdrom, flash drive) or over the network from CrossWire Bible Society. Please refer to these step-by-step instructions, and to the general module manager overview that has also been opened.
    
    <u>For local install:</u>
    - In <i>Module Sources: Add/Remove</i>, add a new local folder name where modules can be found.
      (This is where folders exist named <i>mods.d</i> and <i>modules</i>.)
    - In <i>Module Sources: Choose</i>, click the "Local" button, and select your folder from the pulldown.
    
    <u>For network install from CrossWire:</u>
    - In <i>Module Sources: Choose</i>, click the "Remote" button and select CrossWire from the pulldown.
    - Click the "Refresh" button at the bottom.
    
    <u>In either case:</u>
    - In <i>Modules: Install/Update</i>, select Bibles and other modules of your preference.
    - Click "Install".
    - Close the Module Manager when you are done.
    
    <u>Warning</u>: If you live in a persecuted country, use with care.
    
    Both this step-by-step instruction dialog and the general introduction dialog may be closed at any time.
en_GB: <b>Welcome to Xiphos.</b>
    
    There are no Bibles installed. In order to initialise, Xiphos needs at least one Bible module.
    
    With your permission, Xiphos will open the Module Manager so that you may install one or more Bibles from either a local module set (cdrom, flash drive) or over the network from CrossWire Bible Society.
    
    <u>For local install:</u>
    - In <i>Module Sources: Add/Remove</i>, add a new local folder name where modules can be found.
      (This is where folders exist named <i>mods.d</i> and <i>modules</i>.)
    - In <i>Module Sources: Choose</i>, click the "Local" button, and select your folder from the pulldown.
    
    <u>For network install from CrossWire:</u>
    - In <i>Module Sources: Choose</i>, click the "Remote" button and select CrossWire from the pulldown.
    - Click the "Refresh" button at the bottom.
    
    <u>In either case:</u>
    - In <i>Modules: Install/Update</i>, select Bibles of your preference.
    - Click "Install".
    - Close the Module Manager when you are done.
    
    <u>Warning</u>: If you live in a persecuted country, use with care.
    
    May Xiphos open the Module Manager so that you may install a Bible?

en: A checkmark means this module is already installed
en_GB: A tick-mark means this module is already installed

en: The index icon means you have built an optimized ('lucene') index for this module for fast searching (see the Maintenance pane for this function)
en_GB: The index icon means you have built an optimised ('lucene') index for this module for fast searching (see the Maintenance pane for this function)

en: Categorized by
    Module Type
en_GB: Categorised by
    Module Type

en: Categorized by
    Availability
en_GB: Categorised by
    Availability

en: Synchronize this window's scrolling with the main window
en_GB: Synchronise this window's scrolling with the main window

note: ***************************************************************************** * Name *   on_lucene_intro_clicked * * Synopsis *   #include "gui/search_dialog.h" *   void on_lucene_intro_clicked(GtkToggleButton *button, *				  gpointer user_data) * Description * Return value *   void
en: <b>Syntax overview for optimized "lucene" searches</b>
    Search for verses that contain...
    
    loved one
    	 "loved" or "one"
    	This is the same as searching for loved OR one
    "loved one"
    	The phrase "loved one"
    love*
    	A word starting with "love"
    	(love OR loves OR loved OR etc...)
    loved AND one
    	The word "loved" and the word "one"
    	&amp;&amp; can be used in place of AND
    +loved one
    	Verses that <b>must</b> contain "loved" and <b>may</b> contain "one"
    loved NOT one
    	"loved" but not "one"
    (loved one) AND God
    	"loved" or "one" and "God"
    lemma:G2316
    	Search for the Strong's Greek ("G") word number 2316.
    	Also, select Strong's display on the <i>Attribute Search</i> tab.
    
    For complete details, search the web for "lucene search syntax".
en_GB: <b>Syntax overview for optimised "lucene" searches</b>
    Search for verses that contain...
    
    loved one
    	 "loved" or "one"
    	This is the same as searching for loved OR one
    "loved one"
    	The phrase "loved one"
    love*
    	A word starting with "love"
    	(love OR loves OR loved OR etc...)
    loved AND one
    	The word "loved" and the word "one"
    	&amp;&amp; can be used in place of AND
    +loved one
    	Verses that <b>must</b> contain "loved" and <b>may</b> contain "one"
    loved NOT one
    	"loved" but not "one"
    (loved one) AND God
    	"loved" or "one" and "God"
    lemma:G2316
    	Search for the Strong's Greek ("G") word number 2316.
    	Also, select Strong's display on the <i>Attribute Search</i> tab.
    
    For complete details, search the web for "lucene search syntax".

note: ***************************************************************************** * Name *   on_attributes_intro_clicked * * Synopsis *   #include "gui/search_dialog.h" *   void on_attributes_intro_clicked(GtkToggleButton *button, *				  gpointer user_data) * Description * Return value *   void
en: <b>Attribute-based searches</b>
    Searches for content contained in markup outside the main text. Attributes are footnotes, Strong's numbers, and morphological symbols.
    
    Be aware that most such searches can now be done faster via optimized "lucene" searches using keyword qualifiers.
    
    To use attribute searches, you must select the appropriate button on the <i>Attribute Search</i> tab.
    * Footnote text is searched just like regular text.
    * Strong's words are specified as a prefix letter H or G (Hebrew or Greek) and the numeric word identifier, e.g. G2316 to find "θεός" ("God").
    * Morphological tags are identified literally, e.g. N-ASF for "noun, accusative singular feminine" -- see the Robinson module for details.
en_GB: <b>Attribute-based searches</b>
    Searches for content contained in markup outside the main text. Attributes are footnotes, Strong's numbers, and morphological symbols.
    
    Be aware that most such searches can now be done faster via optimised "lucene" searches using keyword qualifiers.
    
    To use attribute searches, you must select the appropriate button on the <i>Attribute Search</i> tab.
    * Footnote text is searched just like regular text.
    * Strong's words are specified as a prefix letter H or G (Hebrew or Greek) and the numeric word identifier, e.g. G2316 to find "θεός" ("God").
    * Morphological tags are identified literally, e.g. N-ASF for "noun, accusative singular feminine" -- see the Robinson module for details.

en: Open the separate Advanced Search dialog.
en_GB: Open the separate Advanced Search dialogue.

en: Optimized ("Lucene")
en_GB: Optimised ("Lucene")

en: <b>For Growth</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>For Growth</b><br>

en: <b>For Salvation</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>For Salvation</b><br>

en: <b>For Health</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>For Health</b><br>

en: <b>Miscellaneous</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Miscellaneous</b><br>

en: <b>(x)</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>(x)</b><br>

en: <b>(y)</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>(y)</b><br>

en: <b>(z)</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>(z)</b><br>

en: <b>Subtopic 1</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Subtopic 1</b><br>

en: <b>Subtopic 2</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Subtopic 2</b><br>

en: <b>Subtopic 3</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Subtopic 3</b><br>

en: <b>Subtopic 4</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Subtopic 4</b><br>

en: <b>People:</b><br/>Bob<br/>Sam<br/>Sue<br/><br/><b>Church:</b><br/>pews<br/>fellowship<br/>Bibles for missionaries<br/><br/><br/>
en_GB: <b>People:</b><br>Bob<br>Sam<br>Sue<br><br><b>Church:</b><br>pews<br>fellowship<br>Bibles for missionaries<br><br><br>

en: Bob<br/>Sam<br/>Sue<br/>John<br/>
en_GB: Bob<br>Sam<br>Sue<br>John<br>

en: Mike<br/>Steve<br/>
en_GB: Mike<br>Steve<br>

en: Sue<br/>John<br/>
en_GB: Sue<br>John<br>

en: <b>Major Topic A</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Major Topic A</b><br>

en: <b>Major Topic B</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Major Topic B</b><br>

en: <b>Major Topic C</b><br/>
en_GB: <b>Major Topic C</b><br>

en: There are no Bibles installed.
    Evidently, you declined to install any.
    
    Without any Bible modules to display,
    Xiphos cannot proceed,
    and will now exit.
en_GB: There are still no Bibles installed.
    Evidently, you declined to install any.
    
    Without any Bible modules to display,
    Xiphos cannot proceed,
    and will now exit.

en: Xiphos's file for language
    abbreviations is missing.
en_GB: Xiphos' file for language
    abbreviations is missing.

en: Xiphos's language abbreviation
    file cannot be opened.
en_GB: Xiphos' language abbreviation
    file cannot be opened.

en: <b>Locked Module.</b>
    
    <u>You are opening a module which requires a <i>key</i>.</u>
    
    The module is locked, meaning that the content is encrypted by its publisher, and you must enter its key in order for the content to become useful.  This key should have been received by you on the web page which confirmed your purchase, or perhaps sent via email after purchase.
    
    Please enter the key in the dialog.
en_GB: <b>Locked Module.</b>
    
    <u>You are opening a module which requires a <i>key</i>.</u>
    
    The module is locked, meaning that the content is encrypted by its publisher, and you must enter its key in order for the content to become useful.  This key should have been received by you on the web page which confirmed your purchase, or perhaps sent via email after purchase.
    
    Please enter the key in the dialogue.

en: Bookmark Dialog
en_GB: Bookmark Dialogue

en: Load and synchronize the standard set of known repositories, as maintained at crosswire.org, with your current remote sources.
en_GB: Load and synchronise the standard set of known repositories, as maintained at crosswire.org, with your current remote sources.

en: Build an index of the selected modules, for optimized ("lucene") searching.
en_GB: Build an index of the selected modules, for optimised ("lucene") searching.

en: Add a local folder as an install source, typically on a cdrom or flash drive.  Such a folder contains subfolders "mods.d" and "modules".
en_GB: Add a local folder as an install source, typically on a cdrom or flash drive.  Such a folder contains sub-folders "mods.d" and "modules".

en: <b>Font Colors</b>
en_GB: <b>Font Colours</b>

en: Font Colors
en_GB: Font Colours

en: Xiphos is the first Bible study program to provide an implementation of BibleSync, a synchronization protocol for Bible programs. If you work with multiple Bible programs, or if you work in a team, or if you have classroom activities using shared study, BibleSync can be a useful tool for you. BibleSync operates in 1 of 3 modes: Personal, to synchronize multiple Bible applications of your own, or in a working team; Speaker, to drive a lecture audience's Bible programs to follow along; Audience, to receive the speaker's navigation.
en_GB: Xiphos is the first Bible study program to provide an implementation of BibleSync, a synchronisation protocol for Bible programs. If you work with multiple Bible programs, or if you work in a team, or if you have classroom activities using shared study, BibleSync can be a useful tool for you. BibleSync operates in 1 of 3 modes: Personal, to synchronise multiple Bible applications of your own, or in a working team; Speaker, to drive a lecture audience's Bible programs to follow along; Audience, to receive the speaker's navigation.

en: Choose how to accept incoming navigation synchronization.
en_GB: Choose how to accept incoming navigation synchronisation.

en: Use default Dictionary Checkbox
en_GB: Use default Dictionary Tickbox

en: Scroll to Previous/Next Chapter Checkbox
en_GB: Scroll to Previous/Next Chapter Tickbox

en: Automatically resize image content to fit the pane
en_GB: Automatically re-size image content to fit the pane

en: Resize images checkbox
en_GB: Resize images tickbox

en: Highlight current verse check box
en_GB: Highlight current verse tick box

en: Highlight user annotations check box
en_GB: Highlight user annotations tick box

en: Xrefs in verse list check box
en_GB: Resize images tickbox

en: Enable Prayer Lists Checkbox
en_GB: Enable Prayer Lists Tickkbox

en: Open a dialog to select modules
en_GB: Open a dialogue to select modules

en: Open Selection Dialog Button
en_GB: Open Selection Dialogue Button

en: Open a brief explanation of the syntax used for optimized "lucene" searches.
en_GB: Build an index of the selected modules, for optimised ("lucene") searching.

en: _Attribute Search
en_GB: Attribute Search

en: Fast, featureful, index-based search
    Indexes must have been built beforehand:
    See Module Manager's maintenance functions
en_GB: Fast, feature rich, index-based search
    Indexes must have been built beforehand:
    See Module Manager's maintenance functions

en: Optimized ("Lucene") radiobutton
en_GB: Optimised ("Lucene") radiobutton

en: Match case checkbox
en_GB: Match case tickbox

en: Open a dialog to select modules to add to the list
en_GB: Open a dialogue to select modules to add to the list

en: Search for Strongs Numbers like G4442 or H1121
en_GB: Search for Strong's Numbers like G4442 or H1121

en: Strongs Numbers
en_GB: Strong's Numbers

en: Strongs Numbers radiobutton
en_GB: Strong's Numbers radiobutton

en: Show Strong's Numbers checkbox
en_GB: Show Strong's Numbers tickbox

en: Show Morphological Tags checkbox
en_GB: Show Morphological Tags tickbox

en: Show Footnotes checkbox
en_GB: Show Footnotes tickbox

en: Create a new journal or prayerlist from a template
en_GB: Create a new journal or prayer list from a template

en: Doublespace
en_GB: Double-space

en: Open this bookmark in a dialog
en_GB: Open this bookmark in a dialogue

en: Open in a dialog
en_GB: Open in a dialogue

en: Open selected module in a
    	separate ['dialog'] window
en_GB: Open selected module in a
    	separate ['dialogue'] window

en: Configure window behavior and shortcuts
en_GB: Configure window behaviour and shortcuts

note: #-#-#-#-#  151 (kspreadsolver)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, minimizeButton)
en: Minimize
en_GB: Minimise

note: #-#-#-#-#  1315 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl #-#-#-#-#  1314 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  197 (linuxmint)  #-#-#-#-# Windows
en: Maximize window
en_GB: Maximise window

en: Failed to initialize xfconf. Reason: %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise xfconf. Reason: %s

en: Could not create the settings dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the settings dialogue.

en: _Draw frame around selected window while cycling
en_GB: _Draw frame around selected windows while cycling

en: Honor _standard ICCCM focus hint
en_GB: Honour _standard ICCCM focus hint

en: Hide frame of windows when ma_ximized
en_GB: Hide frame of windows when ma_ximised

en: Hide title of windows when maximized
en_GB: Hide title of windows when maximised

en: Automatically _tile windows when moving toward the screen edge
en_GB: Automatically _tile windows when moving towards the screen edge

en: At the c_enter of the screen
en_GB: At the c_entre of the screen

note: #-#-#-#-#  1315 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/menus.jl #-#-#-#-#  1314 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1130 (marco 1.23.1)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck!
en: Ma_ximize
en_GB: Ma_ximise

note: #-#-#-#-#  1315 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/menus.jl #-#-#-#-#  1314 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1130 (marco 1.23.1)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck!
en: Unma_ximize
en_GB: Unma_ximise

note: #-#-#-#-#  1315 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/menus.jl #-#-#-#-#  1314 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1130 (marco 1.23.1)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck!
en: Mi_nimize
en_GB: Mi_nimise

en: Minimize _Other Windows
en_GB: Minimise _All Other Windows

en: Cannot spawn helper-dialog: %s
en_GB: Cannot spawn helper-dialogue: %s

en: Customize your MPD client
en_GB: Customise your MPD client

en: If checked, Xfmpc will try to read the environment variables MPD_HOST and MPD_PORT otherwise it will use localhost
en_GB: If ticked, Xfmpc will try to read the environment variables MPD_HOST and MPD_PORT otherwise it will use localhost

en: Move this dialog to the display you want to edit the settings for.
en_GB: Move this dialogue to the display you want to edit the settings for.

en: Move this dialog to the display and workspace you want to edit the settings for.
en_GB: Move this dialogue to the display and workspace you want to edit the settings for.

en: Move this dialog to the workspace you want to edit the settings for.
en_GB: Move this dialogue to the workspace you want to edit the settings for.

en: Set desktop background and menu and icon behavior
en_GB: Set desktop background and menu and icon behaviour

en: Solid color
en_GB: Solid colour

en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

en: Specify the style of the color drawn behind the backdrop image.
en_GB: Specify the style of the colour drawn behind the backdrop image.

en: Specifies the solid color, or the "left" or "top" color of the gradient.
en_GB: Specifies the solid colour, or the "left" or "top" colour of the gradient.

en: Select First Color
en_GB: Select First Colour

en: Specifies the "right" or "bottom" color of the gradient.
en_GB: Specifies the "right" or "bottom" colour of the gradient.

en: Select Second Color
en_GB: Select Second Colour

en: C_olor:
en_GB: C_olour:

en: Minimized application icons
en_GB: Minimised application icons

en: Trash Error
en_GB: Wastebasket Error

en: The selected files could not be moved to the trash
en_GB: The selected files could not be moved to the wastebasket

en: This feature requires a trash service to be present (such as the one supplied by Thunar).
en_GB: This feature requires a wastebasket service to be present (such as the one supplied by Thunar).

en: Could not empty the trash
en_GB: Could not empty the wastebasket

en: The file properties dialog could not be opened
en_GB: The file properties dialogue could not be opened

en: Trash contains one item
en_GB: Wastebasket contains one item

en: Trash contains %d items
en_GB: Wastebasket contains %d items

en: A value type must be specified to change an array into a single value
en_GB: A value type must be specified to change an array into a single value.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1182 (midori 0.1.7)  #-#-#-#-# Page "Behavior" #-#-#-#-#  1147 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: para/guilabel #-#-#-#-#  197 (linuxmint)  #-#-#-#-# menu@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->panel-behave->title menu@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->menu-behave->title grouped-
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

en: Include _favorites
en_GB: Include _favourites

en: _Behavior
en_GB: _Behaviour

en: For locations outside Norway the elevation model that's used by the met.no webservice is not very good, so it's usually necessary to specify the altitude as an additional parameter, otherwise the reported values will not be correct.
    
    The plugin tries to auto-detect the altitude using the GeoNames webservice, but that might not always be correct too, so you can change it here.
    
    Altitude is given in meters above sea level, or alternatively in feet by changing the unit on the units page. It should match the real value roughly, but small differences will have no influence on the weather data. Inside Norway, this setting has no effect at all.
en_GB: For locations outside Norway the elevation model that's used by the met.no webservice is not very good, so it's usually necessary to specify the altitude as an additional parameter, otherwise the reported values will not be correct.
    
    The plug-in tries to auto-detect the altitude using the GeoNames webservice, but that might not always be correct too, so you can change it here.
    
    Altitude is given in meters above sea level, or alternatively in feet by changing the unit on the units page. It should match the real value roughly, but small differences will have no influence on the weather data. Inside Norway, this setting has no effect at all.

en: If the chosen location is not in your current timezone, then it is necessary to <i>put</i> the plugin into that other timezone for the times to be shown correctly. The proper timezone will be auto-detected via the GeoNames web service, but you might want to correct it if necessary.
    Leave this field empty to use the timezone set by your system. Invalid entries will cause the use of UTC time, but that may also depend on your system.
en_GB: If the chosen location is not in your current timezone, then it is necessary to <i>put</i> the plug-in into that other timezone for the times to be shown correctly. The proper timezone will be auto-detected via the GeoNames web service, but you might want to correct it if necessary.
    Leave this field empty to use the timezone set by your system. Invalid entries will cause the use of UTC time, but that may also depend on your system.

en: Kilometers per hour (km/h)
en_GB: Kilometres per hour (km/h)

en: Meters per second (m/s)
en_GB: Metres per second (m/s)

en: Millimeters (mm)
en_GB: Millimetres (mm)

en: Meters (m)
en_GB: Metres (m)

en: Available icon themes are listed here. You can add icon themes to $HOME/.config/xfce4/weather/icons (or the equivalent directory on your system). Information about how to create or use icon themes can be found in the README file. New icon themes will be detected everytime you open this config dialog.
en_GB: Available icon themes are listed here. You can add icon themes to $HOME/.config/xfce4/weather/icons (or the equivalent directory on your system). Information about how to create or use icon themes can be found in the README file. New icon themes will be detected everytime you open this config dialogue.

en: Font and color:
en_GB: Font and colour:

en: There may be problems with some themes that cause the scrollbox text to be hardly readable. If this is the case or you simply want it to appear in another color, then you can change it using this button. Middle-click on the button to unset the scrollbox text color.
en_GB: There may be problems with some themes that cause the scrollbox text to be hardly readable. If this is the case or you simply want it to appear in another colour, then you can change it using this button. Middle-click on the button to unset the scrollbox text colour.

en: No default icon theme? This should not happen, plugin will crash!
en_GB: No default icon theme? This should not happen, plug-in will crash!

en: The pascal, named after mathematician, physicist and philosopher Blaise Pascal, is a SI derived unit and a measure of force per unit area, defined as one newton per square meter. One standard atmosphere (atm) is 1013.25 hPa.
en_GB: The pascal, named after mathematician, physicist and philosopher Blaise Pascal, is a SI derived unit and a measure of force per unit area, defined as one newton per square metre. One standard atmosphere (atm) is 1013.25 hPa.

en: The torr unit was named after the physicist and mathematician Evangelista Torricelli who discovered the principle of the barometer in 1644 and demonstrated the first mercury barometer to the general public. A pressure of 1 torr is approximately equal to one millimeter of mercury, and one standard atmosphere (atm) equals 760 Torr.
en_GB: The torr unit was named after the physicist and mathematician Evangelista Torricelli who discovered the principle of the barometer in 1644 and demonstrated the first mercury barometer to the general public. A pressure of 1 torr is approximately equal to one millimetre of mercury, and one standard atmosphere (atm) equals 760 Torr.

en: Meter per second is <i>the</i> unit typically used by meteorologists to denote wind speeds.
en_GB: Metre per second is <i>the</i> unit typically used by meteorologists to denote wind speeds.

en: The foot per second (pl. feet per second) in the imperial unit system is the counterpart to the meter per second in the International System of Units.
en_GB: The foot per second (pl. feet per second) in the imperial unit system is the counterpart to the metre per second in the International System of Units.

en: 1 millimeter is one thousandth of a meter - the fundamental unit of length in the International System of Units -, or approximately 0.04 inches.
en_GB: 1 millimetre is one thousandth of a metre - the fundamental unit of length in the International System of Units -, or approximately 0.04 inches.

en: The English word <i>inch</i> comes from Latin <i>uncia</i> meaning <i>one-twelfth part</i> (in this case, one twelfth of a foot). In the past, there have been many different standards of the inch with varying sizes of measure, but the current internationally accepted value is exactly 25.4 millimeters.
en_GB: The English word <i>inch</i> comes from Latin <i>uncia</i> meaning <i>one-twelfth part</i> (in this case, one twelfth of a foot). In the past, there have been many different standards of the inch with varying sizes of measure, but the current internationally accepted value is exactly 25.4 millimetres.

en: The meter is the fundamental unit of length in the International System of Units. Originally intended to be one ten-millionth of the distance from the Earth's equator to the North Pole at sea level, its definition has been periodically refined to reflect growing knowledge of metrology (the science of measurement).
en_GB: The metre is the fundamental unit of length in the International System of Units. Originally intended to be one ten-millionth of the distance from the Earth's equator to the North Pole at sea level, its definition has been periodically refined to reflect growing knowledge of metrology (the science of measurement).

en: This reports the high-level cloud cover in percent. According to WMO definition, high-level clouds can be found in altitudes of 8,000 to 15,000 m (26,000 to 49,000 ft), or 10,000 m-18,000 m (33,000-59,000 ft) at the equator, where temperatures are so low that they are mainly composed of ice crystals. While typically thin and white in appearance, they can be seen in a magnificent array of colors when the sun is low on the horizon.
en_GB: This reports the high-level cloud cover in percent. According to WMO definition, high-level clouds can be found in altitudes of 8,000 to 15,000 m (26,000 to 49,000 ft), or 10,000 m-18,000 m (33,000-59,000 ft) at the equator, where temperatures are so low that they are mainly composed of ice crystals. While typically thin and white in appearance, they can be seen in a magnificent array of colours when the sun is low on the horizon.

en: The amount of rain, drizzle, sleet, hail, snow, graupel and other forms of water falling from the sky over a specific period.
    
    The values reported by met.no are those of precipitation in the liquid state - or in other words: of rain -, so if snow is expected (but not sleet), then the amount of snow will be <i>guessed</i> by multiplying the original value by a ratio dependent on the air temperature:
    
    <tt><small>                   T &lt; -11.1 °C (12 °F) =&gt; 1:12
    -11.1 °C (12 °F) &lt; T &lt;  -4.4 °C (24 °F) =&gt; 1:10
     -4.4 °C (24 °F) &lt; T &lt;  -2.2 °C (28° F) =&gt; 1:7
     -2.2 °C (28 °F) &lt; T &lt;  -0.6 °C (31 °F) =&gt; 1:5
     -0.6 °C (31 °F) &lt; T                    =&gt; 1:3
    
    </small></tt>Example: If temperature is -5 °C (12 °F), then snow density will be low and a rain to snow ratio of 1:10 will be used for calculation. Assuming the reported value is 5 mm, then the calculated amount of snow precipitation is 50 mm.
    
    <b>Note</b>: While air temperature is an important factor in this calculation, there are other influencing factors that the plugin doesn't know about like the type of snow and ground temperature. Because of that, these rules will only lead to rough estimates and may not represent the real amount of snow.
en_GB: The amount of rain, drizzle, sleet, hail, snow, graupel and other forms of water falling from the sky over a specific period.
    
    The values reported by met.no are those of precipitation in the liquid state - or in other words: of rain -, so if snow is expected (but not sleet), then the amount of snow will be <i>guessed</i> by multiplying the original value by a ratio dependent on the air temperature:
    
    <tt><small>                   T &lt; -11.1 °C (12 °F) =&gt; 1:12
    -11.1 °C (12 °F) &lt; T &lt;  -4.4 °C (24 °F) =&gt; 1:10
     -4.4 °C (24 °F) &lt; T &lt;  -2.2 °C (28° F) =&gt; 1:7
     -2.2 °C (28 °F) &lt; T &lt;  -0.6 °C (31 °F) =&gt; 1:5
     -0.6 °C (31 °F) &lt; T                    =&gt; 1:3
    
    </small></tt>Example: If temperature is -5 °C (12 °F), then snow density will be low and a rain to snow ratio of 1:10 will be used for calculation. Assuming the reported value is 5 mm, then the calculated amount of snow precipitation is 50 mm.
    
    <b>Note</b>: While air temperature is an important factor in this calculation, there are other influencing factors that the plug-in doesn't know about like the type of snow and ground temperature. Because of that, these rules will only lead to rough estimates and may not represent the real amount of snow.

en: Please set a location in the plugin settings.
en_GB: Please set a location in the plug-in settings.

en: Solarized (dark)
en_GB: Solarised (dark)

en: Solarized (light)
en_GB: Solarised (light)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1594 (Xfce Apps)  #-#-#-#-# parameter of --color-text parameter of --color-bg
en: color
en_GB: colour

en: Option "%s" requires specifying the color as its parameter
en_GB: Option "%s" requires specifying the colour as its parameter

en: Unable to parse color: %s
en_GB: Unable to parse colour: %s

en: Compose Email
en_GB: Compose E-mail

en: Received invalid color data: Wrong format (%d) or length (%d)
en_GB: Received invalid colour data: Wrong format (%d) or length (%d)

en: Open the preferences dialog
en_GB: Open the preferences dialogue

en: Set Title Co_lor...
en_GB: Set Title Co_lour...

en: Choose title color
en_GB: Choose title colour

en: None (use solid color)
en_GB: None (use solid colour)

en: Show unsafe _paste dialog
en_GB: Show unsafe _paste dialogue

en: Show a dialog that allows to edit text that is considered unsafe for pasting.
en_GB: Show a dialogue that allows to edit text that is considered unsafe for pasting.

en: _Text color:
en_GB: _Text colour:

en: Choose text color
en_GB: Choose text colour

en: Color Selector
en_GB: Colour Selector

en: Open a dialog to specify the color
en_GB: Open a dialogue to specify the colour

en: Choose background color
en_GB: Choose background colour

en: Note: Ctrl+click for color editor.
en_GB: Note: Ctrl+click for colour editor.

en: Tab activit_y color:
en_GB: Tab activit_y colour:

en: Choose tab activity color
en_GB: Choose tab activity colour

en: _Use system theme colors for text and background
en_GB: _Use system theme colours for text and background

en: _Vary the background color for each tab
en_GB: _Vary the background colour for each tab

en: The random color is based on the selected background color, keeping the same brightness.
en_GB: The random colour is based on the selected background colour, keeping the same brightness.

en: B_old text color:
en_GB: B_old text colour:

en: Enable this option to set a custom bold color. If disabled the text color will be used.
en_GB: Enable this option to set a custom bold colour. If disabled the text colour will be used.

en: Choose bold font color
en_GB: Choose bold font colour

en: Text _selection color:
en_GB: Text _selection colour:

en: Enable this option to set custom text and background colors for the selection. If disabled the background and text colors will be reversed.
en_GB: Enable this option to set custom text and background colours for the selection. If disabled the background and text colours will be reversed.

en: Choose text selection foreground color
en_GB: Choose text selection foreground colour

en: Choose text selection background color
en_GB: Choose text selection background colour

en: Cu_rsor color:
en_GB: Cu_rsor colour:

en: Enable this option to set custom text and background colors for the cursor. If disabled the background and text colors will be reversed.
en_GB: Enable this option to set custom text and background colours for the cursor. If disabled the background and text colours will be reversed.

en: Choose cursor background color
en_GB: Choose cursor background colour

en: Choose cursor foreground color
en_GB: Choose cursor foreground colour

en: Custom Colors
en_GB: Custom Colours

en: Show bold text in b_right colors
en_GB: Show bold text in b_right colours

en: Enable this option to allow escape sequences such as '\e[1;35m' to switch text to bright colors in addition to bold. If disabled, text color will remain intact.
en_GB: Enable this option to allow escape sequences such as '\e[1;35m' to switch text to bright colours in addition to bold. If disabled, text colour will remain intact.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1405 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: entry of the Appearance submenu of the hamburger menu (with a mnemonic that appears when pressing Alt); change theme; other possible themes are "_Shapes and Colors" and "_Boring Shapes"
en: _Colors
en_GB: _Colours

en: These options may cause some applications to behave
    incorrectly. They are only here to allow you to work around
    certain applications and operating systems that expect
    different terminal behavior.
en_GB: These options may cause some applications to behave
    incorrectly. They are only here to allow you to work around
    certain applications and operating systems that expect
    different terminal behaviour.

en: Customize the look of your desktop
en_GB: Customise the look of your desktop

en: Enable color management for %s
en_GB: Enable colour management for %s

[ctx: Colorspace fallback]
note: #-#-#-#-#  454 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this default gray space is used for printers that * do not have additional printer profiles specified in the PPD
en: Default Gray
en_GB: Default Grey

note: TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the * profile his a standard space like AdobeRGB
en: Colorspace:
en_GB: Colourspace:

en: Beha_vior
en_GB: Beha_viour

en: Specifies whether the keyboard layout is controlled with this settings dialog, or by the X server
en_GB: Specifies whether the keyboard layout is controlled with this settings dialogue, or by the X server

en: Unable to initialize GTK+.
en_GB: Unable to initialise GTK+.

en: Read your email
en_GB: Read your e-mail

en: Active device in the dialog
en_GB: Active device in the dialogue

en: Configure pointer device behavior and appearance
en_GB: Configure pointer device behaviour and appearance

en: Customize settings stored by Xfconf
en_GB: Customise settings stored by Xfconf

en: Settings dialog to show
en_GB: Settings dialogue to show

en: Customize your desktop
en_GB: Customise your desktop

en: The saved states of your applications will not be restored during your next login.
en_GB: The application will lose any unsaved state and will not be restarted in your next session.

en: Log out without displaying the logout dialog
en_GB: Log out without displaying the logout dialogue

en: Halt without displaying the logout dialog
en_GB: Halt without displaying the logout dialogue

en: Reboot without displaying the logout dialog
en_GB: Reboot without displaying the logout dialogue

en: Suspend without displaying the logout dialog
en_GB: Suspend without displaying the logout dialogue

en: Hibernate without displaying the logout dialog
en_GB: Hibernate without displaying the logout dialogue

en: Hybrid Sleep without displaying the logout dialog
en_GB: Hybrid Sleep without displaying the logout dialogue

en: Switch user without displaying the logout dialog
en_GB: Switch user without displaying the logout dialogue

en: Start GNOME services, such as gnome-keyring
en_GB: Start GNOME services, such as gnome-keyring and the GNOME accessibility framework

en: Show colored _bars
en_GB: Show coloured _bars

en: Xfce4 Sensors %s
    This program is published under the GPL v2.
    The license text can be found inside the program's source archive or under /usr/share/apps/LICENSES/GPL_V2 or at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.txt
en_GB: Xfce4 Sensors %s
    This program is published under the GPL v2.
    The licence text can be found inside the program's source archive or under /usr/share/apps/LICENSES/GPL_V2 or at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.txt

en: Authorized to suspend
en_GB: Authorised to suspend

en: Authorized to hibernate
en_GB: Authorised to hibernate

en: Authorized to shutdown
en_GB: Authorised to shutdown

en: Do not daemonize
en_GB: Do not daemonise

en: Show the configuration dialog
en_GB: Show the configuration dialogue

en: Customize the panel
en_GB: Customise the panel

en: Show the 'Panel Preferences' dialog
en_GB: Show the 'Panel Preferences' dialogue

en: Show the 'Add New Items' dialog
en_GB: Show the 'Add New Items' dialogue

en: Add a new plugin to the panel
en_GB: Add a new plug-in to the panel

en: Failed to show the preferences dialog
en_GB: Failed to show the preferences dialogue

en: Failed to show the add new items dialog
en_GB: Failed to show the add new items dialogue

en: Failed to add a plugin to the panel
en_GB: Failed to add a plug-in to the panel

en: This will create a new launcher plugin on the panel and inserts the dropped files as menu items.
en_GB: This will create a new launcher plug-in on the panel and inserts the dropped files as menu items.

en: Invalid plugin event syntax specified. Use PLUGIN-NAME:NAME[:TYPE:VALUE].
en_GB: Invalid plug-in event syntax specified. Use PLUGIN-NAME:NAME[:TYPE:VALUE].

en: Please choose a panel for the new plugin:
en_GB: Please choose a panel for the new plug-in:

en: Plugin "%s" unexpectedly left the panel, do you want to restart it?
en_GB: Plug-in "%s" unexpectedly left the panel, do you want to restart it?

en: The plugin restarted more than once in the last %d seconds. If you press Execute the panel will try to restart the plugin otherwise it will be permanently removed from the panel.
en_GB: The plug-in restarted more than once in the last %d seconds. If you press Execute the panel will try to restart the plug-in otherwise it will be permanently removed from the panel.

en: The panel and plugin configurations will be permanently removed
en_GB: The panel and plug-in configurations will be permanently removed

en: Select this option if you want maximized windows to cover the area behind the panel. This only works when the panel is attached to a screen edge.
en_GB: Select this option if you want maximised windows to cover the area behind the panel. This only works when the panel is attached to a screen edge.

en: Select this option to automatically increase the length of the panel if the plugins request more space.
en_GB: Select this option to automatically increase the length of the panel if the plug-ins request more space.

en: Pick a Panel Color
en_GB: Pick a Panel Colour

en: _Show confirmation dialog
en_GB: _Show confirmation dialogue

en: Show a confirmation dialog with a 30 second timeout for some of the actions.
en_GB: Show a confirmation dialogue with a 30 second timeout for some of the actions.

en: Restore the minimized windows
en_GB: Restore the minimised windows

en: Minimize all open windows and show the desktop
en_GB: Minimise all open windows and show the desktop

en: Minimize Window
en_GB: Minimise Window

en: Restore minimized windows to current _workspace
en_GB: Restore minimised windows to current _workspace

en: Show only _minimized windows
en_GB: Show only _minimised windows

en: Mi_nimize All
en_GB: Mi_nimise All

en: Un_minimize All
en_GB: Un_minimise All

en: Ma_ximize All
en_GB: Ma_ximise All

en: _Unmaximize All
en_GB: _Unmaximise All

en: Customize how notifications appear on your screen
en_GB: Customise how notifications appear on your screen

en: Unable to open the settings dialog
en_GB: Unable to open the settings dialogue

en: Carmine
en_GB: Carmin

note: #-#-#-#-#  1486 (umbrello)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (backgroundColor), group (UI Options) #-#-#-#-#  1214 (Pidgin)  #-#-#-#-# Buddy List #-#-#-#-#  146  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, insertionColorLabel) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, deletionColorLa
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

en: %s: Error in initializing:
    %s
en_GB: %s: Error in initalising:
    %s

en: Bar color (i_ncoming):
en_GB: Bar colour (i_ncoming):

en: Bar color (_outgoing):
en_GB: Bar colour (_outgoing):

en: _Colorize values
en_GB: _Colourise values

en: The folder list cannot be retrieved until a server, username, and probably password are set.  Also be sure to check any security settings in the Advanced dialog.
en_GB: The folder list cannot be retrieved until a server, username, and probably password are set.  Also be sure to check any security settings in the Advanced dialogue.

en: Canceling read: read too many bytes without a newline
en_GB: Cancelling read: read too many bytes without a newline

en: tells how many new messages in each mailbox|    %d in %s
en_GB: %d in %s

en: Bar color
en_GB: Bar colour

en: Press to change color
en_GB: Press to change colour

en: Read bar color
en_GB: Read bar colour

en: Write bar color
en_GB: Write bar colour

en: "%s" is spelled correctly (%s).
en_GB: "%s" is spelt correctly (%s).

en: Please set the spell check command in the preferences dialog.
en_GB: Please set the spell check command in the preferences dialogue.

en: Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia (EN)
en_GB: Wikipedia, the free encyclopaedia (EN)

en: <b>Colors:</b>
en_GB: <b>Colours:</b>

en: Spelled correctly:
en_GB: Spelt correctly:

en: Spelled incorrectly:
en_GB: Spelt incorrectly:

en: Color 1:
en_GB: Colour 1:

en: Color 2:
en_GB: Colour 2:

en: Color 3:
en_GB: Colour 3:

en: Bars color:
en_GB: Bars colour:

en: Color mode:
en_GB: Colour mode:

en: Select font color
en_GB: Select font colour

en: By default the action is triggerred by a selection, check this option to trigger the action only when you make a manual copy
en_GB: By default the action is triggerred by a selection, tick this option to trigger the action only when you make a manual copy

en: If checked, the selections will be synced with the default clipboard in a way that you can paste what you select
en_GB: If ticked, the selections will be synced with the default clipboard in a way that you can paste what you select

en: If checked, this option will restore the history on every new Xfce session
en_GB: If ticked, this option will restore the history on every new Xfce session

en: If checked, this option allows to store one image inside the history
en_GB: If ticked, this option allows to store one image inside the history

en: If checked, the selections won't affect the history except the manual copies
en_GB: If ticked, the selections won't affect the history except the manual copies

en: Reverse order of the history shown in the menu
en_GB: If ticked, this option will restore the history on every new Xfce session

en: (No battery, AC on-line)
en_GB: (No batter, AC on-line)

en: Bar _colors
en_GB: Bar _colours

en: Always c_enter the window
en_GB: Always c_entre the window

en: Default value for eject checkbox
en_GB: Default value for eject tickbox

en: E_ject disk
en_GB: E_ject disc

en: Cannot recognize state of drive and disc
en_GB: Cannot recognise state of drive and disc

en: <b>Unable to retrieve the speed list for the drive.</b>
    
    This is a known bug for drives. If you're interested in fixing it, please have a look at the libburn library.
    
    Burning should still work, but if there are problems anyways, please let us know.
    
    <i>Thank you!</i>
en_GB: <b>Unable to retrieve the speed list for the drive.</b>
    
    This is a known bug, which occurs with some drives. Please report it to <i>xfburn@xfce.org</i> together with the console output to increase the chances that it will get fixed.
    
    Burning should still work, but if there are problems anyways, please let us know.
    
    <i>Thank you!</i>

en: Drive can't burn on the inserted disc
en_GB: Drive can't burn to the inserted disc

en: Unable to initialize the burning backend.
en_GB: Unable to initialise the burning backend.

en: Cannot recognize the state of the drive and disc.
en_GB: Cannot recognise the state of the drive and disc.

en: Initializing...
en_GB: Initialising...

en: The gstreamer transcoder uses the gstreamer
    library for creating audio compositions.
    
    Essentially all audio files should be supported
    given that the correct plugins are installed.
    If an audio file is not recognized, make sure
    that you have the 'good','bad', and 'ugly'
    gstreamer plugin packages installed.
en_GB: The gstreamer transcoder uses the gstreamer
    library for creating audio compositions.
    
    Essentially all audio files should be supported
    given that the correct plugins are installed.
    If an audio file is not recognised, make sure
    that you have the 'good','bad', and 'ugly'
    gstreamer plugin packages installed.

en: The ID of a GtkSourceView Style Scheme used to color the text.
en_GB: The ID of a GtkSourceView Style Scheme used to colour the text.

en: Sorted list of encodings used by xed for automatically detecting the encoding of a file. "CURRENT" represents the current locale encoding. Only recognized encodings are used.
en_GB: Sorted list of encodings used by xed for automatically detecting the encoding of a file. "CURRENT" represents the current locale encoding. Only recognised encodings are used.

en: List of encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in open/save file selector. Only recognized encodings are used.
en_GB: List of encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in open/save file selector. Only recognised encodings are used.

en: The selected color scheme cannot be installed.
en_GB: The selected colour scheme cannot be installed.

en: Color Scheme Files
en_GB: Colour Scheme Files

en: Could not remove color scheme "%s".
en_GB: Could not remove colour scheme "%s".

en: Go to _Line...
en_GB: Go to _Line…

en: Analyzes the current document and reports the number of words, lines, characters and non-space characters in it.
en_GB: Analyses the current document and reports the number of words, lines, characters and non-space characters in it.

en: Cannot move file to trash, do you
    want to delete permanently?
en_GB: Cannot move file to the wastebasket, do you
    want to delete permanently?

en: The file "%s" cannot be moved to the trash.
en_GB: The file "%s" cannot be moved to the wastebasket.

en: The selected files cannot be moved to the trash.
en_GB: The selected files cannot be moved to the wastebasket.

en: Move selected file or folder to trash
en_GB: Move selected file or folder to the wastebasket.

en: _Check Spelling...
en_GB: _Check Spelling…

en: Set _Language...
en_GB: Set _Language…

en: XHTML 1.0 - Tags
en_GB: XHTML 1.0 — Tags

note: #-#-#-#-#  1564 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  354 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Background color (deprecated)
en_GB: Background colour (deprecated)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1564 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  354 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Center (deprecated)
en_GB: Centre (deprecated)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1564 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  354 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Color of selected links (deprecated)
en_GB: Colour of selected links (deprecated)

en: Generic metainformation
en_GB: Generic meta-information

note: #-#-#-#-#  1564 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  354 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Link color (deprecated)
en_GB: Link colour (deprecated)

en: Target - Blank
en_GB: Target — Blank

en: Target - Parent
en_GB: Target — Parent

en: Target - Self
en_GB: Target — Self

en: Target - Top
en_GB: Target — Top

note: #-#-#-#-#  1564 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  354 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Text color (deprecated)
en_GB: Text colour (deprecated)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1564 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  354 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Visited link color (deprecated)
en_GB: Visited link colour (deprecated)

en: HTML - Tags
en_GB: HTML — Tags

note: #-#-#-#-#  1330  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (backgroundColor), group (skrooge_report) #-#-#-#-#  636 (kstars)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundColorValue), group (Xplanet) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_XplanetBackgroundColorValue) #-#-#-#-#  
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

en: Border color
en_GB: Border colour

en: Checked (state)
en_GB: Ticked (state)

en: Color of selected links
en_GB: Colour of selected links

en: Frameborder
en_GB: Frame border

en: Framespacing
en_GB: Frame spacing

en: Link color
en_GB: Link colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1330  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (textColor), group (skrooge_report) #-#-#-#-#  197 (linuxmint)  #-#-#-#-# clock@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->text-color->description
en: Text color
en_GB: Text colour

en: Visited link color
en_GB: Visited link colour

en: HTML - Special Characters
en_GB: HTML — Special Characters

en: Latex - Tags
en_GB: Latex — Tags

en: XSLT - Elements
en_GB: XSLT — Elements

en: XSLT - Functions
en_GB: XSLT — Functions

en: XSLT - Axes
en_GB: XSLT — Axes

en: XUL - Tags
en_GB: XUL — Tags

en: In_sert Date and Time...
en_GB: In_sert Date and Time…

en: When inserting date/time...
en_GB: When inserting date/time…

en: <span color='red' style='italic'>Please install xdg-utils package so that
    Xarchiver can recognize more file types.</span>
en_GB: <span color='red' style='italic'>Please install xdg-utils package so that
    Xarchiver can recognise more file types.</span>

en: Archive format is not recognized!
en_GB: Archive format is not recognised!

en: GTK;android;archiver;archiving;comic book;compression;front end;frontend;7-zip;7z;7za;7zip;7zr;apk;ar;arj;bunzip2;bz2;bzip2;cbz;compress;cpio;deb;epub;gtar;gunzip;gz;gzip;jar;lha;lrz;lrzip;lsar;lz;lz4;lzh;lzip;lzma;lzo;lzop;oxt;rar;rar4;rar5;rpm;tar;unar;unarchiver;unarj;unrar;unzip;xpi;xz;zip;zst;Zstandard;zstd;
en_GB: GTK;Android;archiver;archiving;comic book;compression;front end;frontend;7-zip;7z;7za;7zip;7zr;apk;ar;arj;bunzip2;bz2;bzip2;cbz;compress;cpio;deb;epub;gtar;gunzip;gz;gzip;jar;lha;lrz;lrzip;lsar;lz;lz4;lzh;lzip;lzma;lzo;lzop;oxt;rar;rar4;rar5;rpm;tar;unar;unarchiver;unarj;unrar;unzip;xpi;xz;zip;zst;Zstandard;zstd;

en: If checked the archive comment is shown after the archive is loaded
en_GB: If ticked the archive comment is shown after the archive is loaded

en: Please check the 'Store archiver output' option to see it.
en_GB: Please tick the 'Store archiver output' option to see it.

en: As wood gnome you like big forests, so your task is to have more trees on your territory than any other player. The game will end after 4 hours of playing. The one with the most trees at that point will win the game.
en_GB: As a Wood Gnome you like big forests, so your task is to have more trees on your territory than any other player. The game will end after 4 hours of playing. The one with the most trees at that point will win the game.

en:  --metaserver=[...]
                          Connect to a different metaserver for internet gaming.
en_GB:  --metaserver=[...]
                          Connect to a different metaserver for Internet gaming.

en:  --metaserverport=[...]
                          Port number of the metaserver for internet gaming.
en_GB:  --metaserverport=[...]
                          Port number of the metaserver for Internet gaming.

en:  --script=FILENAME    Run the given Lua script after initialization.
                          Only valid with --scenario, --loadgame, or --editor.
en_GB:  --script=FILENAME    Run the given Lua script after initialisation.
                          Only valid with --scenario, --loadgame, or --editor.

note: * TRANSLATORS: Tooltip for the map origin tool in the editor
en: Set the position that will have the coordinates (0, 0). This will be the top-left corner of a generated minimap.
en_GB: Set the position that will have the coordinates (0, 0). This will be the top-left corner of a generated minimap.

en: Widelands could not load the file "%s". The file format seems to be incompatible.
en_GB: Widelands could not load the file "%s". The file format seems to be incompatible.

en: This game was saved using an older version of Widelands and cannot be loaded anymore, or it's a new version that can't be handled yet.
en_GB: This game was saved using an older version of Widelands and cannot be loaded any more, or it's a new version that can't be handled yet.

en: Militarysite lost!
en_GB: Military site lost!

en: The end of the replay has been reached and the game has been paused. You may unpause the game and continue watching if you want to.
en_GB: The end of the replay has been reached and the game has been paused. You may unpause the game and continue watching if you want to.

en: Bluebyte Settlers II Map. No comment defined!
en_GB: Bluebyte Settlers II Map. No comment defined!

en: /me checked the received file. Although md5 check summing succeeded, I can not handle the file.
en_GB: /me checked the received file. Although md5 checksumming succeeded, I cannot handle the file.

en: Disconnected from Host
en_GB: Disconnected from host

en: You can not kick yourself!
en_GB: You cannot kick yourself!

en: Widelands could not establish a connection to the given address.
    Either there was no metaserver running at the supposed port or
    your network setup is broken.
en_GB: Widelands could not establish a connection to the given address.
    Either there was no metaserver there or your network set-up
    is broken.

en: Successfully reconnected to the metaserver!
en_GB: Successfully reconnected to the metaserver.

en: The metaserver sent a strange ERROR during connection
en_GB: The metaserver sent an unknown ERROR during connection

en: Message could not be sent: You are not connected to the metaserver!
en_GB: Message could not be sent: You are not connected to the metaserver.

en: The protocol version you are using is not supported!
en_GB: The protocol version you are using is not supported.

en: You are already logged in!
en_GB: You are already logged in.

en: The connection to the metaserver was lost.
en_GB: Connection to the metaserver was lost.

en: Metaserver did not answer
en_GB: Metaserver did not answer.

en: You got disconnected from the metaserver, as you did not answer a PING request in time.
en_GB: You were disconnected from the metaserver as you did not answer a PING request in time.

en: The game has started just after you tried to connect.
en_GB: The game started just after you tried to connect.

en: Client and host have become desynchronized.
en_GB: Client and host have become desynchronised.

en: Client sent unexpected synchronization report.
en_GB: Client sent unexpected synchronisation report.

en: Client requests file although none is available to send.
en_GB: Client requested a file which is not available.

en: WARNING:
    The saved game you selected is a directory. This happens if you set the option ‘nozip’ to true or manually unzipped the saved game.
    Widelands is not able to transfer directory structures to the clients, please select another saved game or zip the directories’ content.
en_GB: WARNING:
    The saved game you selected is a directory. This happens if you set the option ‘nozip’ to true or manually unzipped the saved game.
    Widelands is not able to transfer directory structures to the clients, please select another saved game or zip the directory’s content.

en: Start building road after placing a flag
en_GB: Start building road after plantng a flag

en: Big buildings
en_GB: Large buildings

en: Center view on this
en_GB: Centre view on this

en: Build big building
en_GB: Build large building

en: Place a flag
en_GB: Plant a flag

en: Build flag
en_GB: Plant flag

note: * TRANSLATORS: Tooltip in the messages window
en: Center main mapview on location
en_GB: Centre main mapview on location

en: Scout towards the north west
en_GB: Scout north-westwards

en: Scout towards the north east
en_GB: Scout north-eastwards

en: Scout towards the west
en_GB: Scout westwards

en: Scout towards the east
en_GB: Scout eastwards

en: Scout towards the south west
en_GB: Scout south-westwards

en: Explore the island’s coast counter clockwise
en_GB: Explore the island’s coast anticlockwise

en: Scout towards the south east
en_GB: Scout south-eastwards

en: Center the main view on this
en_GB: Centre the main view on this

[ctx: atlanteans_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Forges shields that are used for training soldiers’ defense in the labyrinth.
en_GB: Forges shields that are used for training soldiers’ defence in the labyrinth.

[ctx: building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Constructs ships that are used for overseas colonization and for trading between ports.
en_GB: Constructs ships that are used for overseas colonisation and for trading between ports.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Lore helptext for a building
en: ‘A new warrior’s ax brings forth the best in its wielder – or the worst in its maker.’
en_GB: ‘A new warrior’s axe brings forth the best in its wielder – or the worst in its maker.’

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Note helptext for a building
en: The Barbarian ax workshop is the intermediate production site in a series of three buildings. It is enhanced from the metal workshop but doesn’t require additional qualification for the worker.
en_GB: The Barbarian axe workshop is the intermediate production site in a series of three buildings. It is enhanced from the metal workshop but doesn’t require additional qualifications for the worker.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
en: All three weapons take the same time for making, but the required raw materials vary.
en_GB: All three weapons take the same time to make, but the raw materials required vary.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Performance helptext for a building
en: If all needed wares are delivered in time, this building can produce each type of ax in about %s on average.
en_GB: If all needed wares are delivered in time, this building can produce each type of axe in about %s on average.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Note helptext for a building
en: This mine exploits only %s of the resource. From there on out, it will only have a 5%% chance of finding any coal.
en_GB: This mine exploits only %s of the resource. After that it will only have a 5%% chance of finding any coal.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Performance helptext for a building
en: The fisher pauses %s before going to work again.
en_GB: The fisherman pauses %s before going to work again.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Releases animals into the wild to steady the meat production.
en_GB: Releases animals into the wild to secure meat production.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Note helptext for a building
en: This mine exploits only %s of the resource. From there on out, it will only have a 5%% chance of finding any gold ore.
en_GB: This mine exploits only %s of the resource. After that it will only have a 5%% chance of finding any gold ore.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Lore author helptext for a granite mine building, part 2
en: The same man had all the 244 granite blocks ready only a week later, and they still fortify the city’s levee.
en_GB: The same man had all the 244 granite blocks ready only a week later, and they still fortify the city’s dyke.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Note helptext for a building
en: This mine exploits only %s of the resource. From there on out, it will only have a 5%% chance of finding any iron ore.
en_GB: This mine exploits only %s of the resource. After that it will only have a 5%% chance of finding any iron ore.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Lore author helptext for a building
en: Ragnald the Child’s answer to the question, what he’s doing in the dirt. His ‘new stone’ now is an important building material.
en_GB: Ragnald the Child’s answer to the question: "What are you doing in the dirt?" His ‘new stone’ now is an important building material.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Note helptext for a building
en: The lime kiln’s output will only go to construction sites that need it. Those are predominantly houses that work with fire, and some military sites.
en_GB: The lime kiln’s output will only go to construction sites that need it. Those are predominantly buildings that work with fire, and some military sites.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Lore helptext for a building
en: ‘Take 200 hits to fell a tree and you’re a baby. Take 100 and you’re a soldier. Take 50 and you’re a hero. Take 20 and soon you will be a honorable lumberjack.’
en_GB: ‘Take 200 hits to fell a tree and you’re a baby. Take 100 and you’re a soldier. Take 50 and you’re a hero. Take 20 and soon you will be a honourable woodcutter.’

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Note helptext for a building
en: The lumberjack’s hut needs trees to fell within the work area.
en_GB: The woodcutter’s hut needs trees to fell within the work area.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Performance helptext for a building
en: The lumberjack needs %s to fell a tree, not counting the time he needs to reach the destination and go home again.
en_GB: The woodcutter needs %s to fell a tree, not counting the time he needs to reach the destination and go home again.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Lore author helptext for a building
en: Inscription on the threshold of the now ruined Olde Forge at Harradsheim, the eldest known smithy.
en_GB: Inscription on the threshold of the now ruined Olde Forge at Harradsheim, the oldest known smithy.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Lore author helptext for a building
en: Widespread toast among miners
en_GB: Widespread toast among Miners

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Produces beer of the lower grade. This beer is a vital component of the snacks that inns and big inns prepare for miners in deep mines.
en_GB: Produces beer of the lower grade. This beer is a vital component of the snacks that inns and large inns prepare for miners in deep mines.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Note helptext for a building
en: The Barbarian war mill is their most advanced production site for weapons. As such you will need to enhance an ax workshop in order to get one.
en_GB: The Barbarian war mill is their most advanced production site for weapons. As such you will need to enhance an axe workshop in order to get one.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
en: All weapons require the same time for making, but the consumption of the same raw materials increases from step to step. The last two need gold.
en_GB: All weapons take the same time to make, but the amount of raw materials required increases from step to step. The last two need gold.

[ctx: empire_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Forges armor and helmets that are used for training soldiers’ health in the training camp.
en_GB: Forges armour and helmets that are used for training soldiers’ health in the training camp.

[ctx: empire_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Fishes on the coast near the fisher’s house.
en_GB: Fishes on the coast near the fisherman’s house.

[ctx: empire_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Note helptext for a building
en: The fisher’s house needs water full of fish within the work area.
en_GB: The fisherman’s house needs water full of fish within the work area.

[ctx: empire_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Note helptext for a building
en: The lumberjack's house needs trees to fell within the work area.
en_GB: The woodcutter's house needs trees to fell within the work area.

[ctx: frisians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Recycles old armor and weapon parts that have been discarded by training sites into fur, iron and gold.
en_GB: Recycles old armour and weapon parts that have been discarded by training sites into fur, iron and gold.

[ctx: frisians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Breeds strong reindeer for adding them to the transportation system. Also keeps them for their fur, which is turned into armor and cloth.
en_GB: Breeds strong reindeer for adding them to the transportation system. Also keeps them for their fur, which is turned into armour and cloth.

[ctx: building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Equips fur garments with iron or gold to produce good armor.
en_GB: Equips fur garments with iron or gold to produce good armour.

[ctx: atlanteans_building]
en: Equips the soldiers with all necessary weapons and armor parts.
en_GB: Equips the soldiers with all necessary weapons and armour parts.

[ctx: atlanteans_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Trains soldiers in ‘Defense’, ‘Evade’, and ‘Health’.
en_GB: Trains soldiers in ‘Defence’, ‘Evade’, and ‘Health’.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Note helptext for a building
en: Barbarian soldiers cannot be trained in ‘Defense’ and will remain at their initial level.
en_GB: Barbarian soldiers cannot be trained in ‘Defence’ and will remain at their initial level.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
en: Equips the soldiers with all necessary weapons and armor parts.
en_GB: Equips the soldiers with all necessary weapons and armour parts.

[ctx: empire_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Note helptext for a building
en: Imperial soldiers cannot be trained in ‘Defense’ and will remain at the level with which they came.
en_GB: Imperial soldiers cannot be trained in ‘Defence’ and will remain at the level with which they came.

[ctx: empire_building]
en: Equips the soldiers with all necessary weapons and armor parts.
en_GB: Equips the soldiers with all necessary weapons and armour parts.

[ctx: frisians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Trains soldiers in Attack, Defense and Health to the final level. Equips the soldiers with all necessary weapons and armor parts.
en_GB: Trains soldiers in Attack, Defence and Health to the final level. Equips the soldiers with all necessary weapons and armour parts.

[ctx: frisians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Trains soldiers in Attack up to level 3 as well as in Defense and Health to level 1. Equips the soldiers with all necessary weapons and armor parts.
en_GB: Trains soldiers in Attack up to level 3 as well as in Defence and Health to level 1. Equips the soldiers with all necessary weapons and armour parts.

[ctx: atlanteans_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Serves as a base for overseas colonization and trade. Also stores your soldiers, wares and tools.
en_GB: Serves as a base for overseas colonisation and trade. Also stores your soldiers, wares and tools.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Serves as a base for overseas colonization and trade. Also stores your soldiers, wares and tools.
en_GB: Serves as a base for overseas colonisation and trade. Also stores your soldiers, wares and tools.

[ctx: empire_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Serves as a base for overseas colonization and trade. Also stores your soldiers, wares and tools.
en_GB: Serves as a base for overseas colonisation and trade. Also stores your soldiers, wares and tools.

[ctx: frisians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Purpose helptext for a building
en: Serves as a base for overseas colonization and trade. Also stores your soldiers, wares and tools.
en_GB: Serves as a base for overseas colonisation and trade. Also stores your soldiers, wares and tools.

en: Defense Training
en_GB: Defence Training

en: Trains ‘Defense’ from %1% up to %2%
en_GB: Trains ‘Defence’ from %1% up to %2%

en: Skip confirmation dialog
en_GB: Skip confirmation dialogue

en: While connecting two flags: Place flags automatically
en_GB: While connecting two flags: Plant flags automatically

en: Center main mapview on starting location
en_GB: Centre main mapview on starting location

en: Defense
en_GB: Defence

en: This soldier cannot be trained in defense.
en_GB: This soldier cannot be trained in defence.

[ctx: empire_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Armor
en: Basic armor for Empire soldiers. It is produced in the armor smithy and used in the training camp – together with food – to train soldiers from health level 1 to level 2.
en_GB: Basic armour for Empire soldiers. It is produced in the armour smithy and used in the training camp – together with food – to train soldiers from health level 1 to level 2.

[ctx: empire_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Chain Armor
en: The chain armor is a medium armor for Empire soldiers. It is produced in an armor smithy and used in a training camp – together with food – to train soldiers from health level 2 to level 3.
en_GB: The chain armour is a medium armour for Empire soldiers. It is produced in an armour smithy and used in a training camp – together with food – to train soldiers from health level 2 to level 3.

[ctx: empire_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Gilded Armor
en: The gilded armor is the strongest armor an Empire soldier can have. It is produced in the armor smithy and used in the training camp – together with food – to train soldiers from health level 3 to level 4.
en_GB: The gilded armour is the strongest armour an Empire soldier can have. It is produced in the armour smithy and used in the training camp – together with food – to train soldiers from health level 3 to level 4.

[ctx: empire_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Helmet
en: The helmet is the basic defense of a warrior. It is produced in an armor smithy. In combination with a wooden spear, it is the equipment to fit out young soldiers. Helmets are also used in training camps – together with food – to train soldiers from health level 0 to level 1.
en_GB: The helmet is the basic defence of a warrior. It is produced in an armour smithy. In combination with a wooden spear, it is the equipment to fit out young soldiers. Helmets are also used in training camps – together with food – to train soldiers from health level 0 to level 1.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Ax
en: The ax is the basic weapon of the Barbarians. All young soldiers are equipped with it.
en_GB: The axe is the basic weapon of the Barbarians. All young soldiers are equipped with it.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Broad Ax
en: The broad ax is produced by the ax workshop and the war mill. It is used in the training camp – together with food – to train soldiers with a fundamental fighting knowledge from attack level 1 to attack level 2.
en_GB: The broad axe is produced by the axe workshop and the war mill. It is used in the training camp – together with food – to train soldiers with a fundamental fighting knowledge from attack level 1 to attack level 2.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Bronze Ax
en: The bronze ax is considered a weapon that is hard to handle. Only skilled soldiers can use it. It is produced at the war mill and used in the training camp – together with food – to train soldiers from attack level 2 to level 3.
en_GB: The bronze axe is considered a weapon that is hard to handle. Only skilled soldiers can use it. It is produced at the war mill and used in the training camp – together with food – to train soldiers from attack level 2 to level 3.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Sharp Ax
en: Young soldiers are proud to learn to fight with this powerful weapon. It is heavier and sharper than the ordinary ax. It is produced in ax workshops and war mills. In training camps, it is used – together with food – to train soldiers from attack level 0 to level 1.
en_GB: Young soldiers are proud to learn to fight with this powerful weapon. It is heavier and sharper than the ordinary axe. It is produced in axe workshops and war mills. In training camps, it is used – together with food – to train soldiers from attack level 0 to level 1.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Warrior’s Ax
en: The warrior’s ax is the most dangerous of all Barbarian weapons. Only a few soldiers ever were able to handle this huge and powerful ax. It is produced in a war mill and used – together with food – in a training camp to train soldiers from attack level 4 to level 5.
en_GB: The warrior’s axe is the most dangerous of all Barbarian weapons. Only a few soldiers ever were able to handle this huge and powerful axe. It is produced in a war mill and used – together with food – in a training camp to train soldiers from attack level 4 to level 5.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Beer
en: Beer is produced in micro breweries and used in inns and big inns to produce snacks.
en_GB: Beer is produced in micro breweries and used in inns and large inns to produce snacks.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Strong Beer
en: Only this beer is acceptable for the soldiers in a battle arena. Some say that the whole power of the Barbarians lies in this ale. It helps to train the soldiers’ evade level from 0 to 1 to 2. Strong beer is also used in big inns to prepare meals.
en_GB: Only this beer is acceptable for the soldiers in a battle arena. Some say that the whole power of the Barbarians lies in this ale. It helps to train the soldiers’ evade level from 0 to 1 to 2. Strong beer is also used in large inns to prepare meals.

[ctx: atlanteans_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Blackroot
en: Blackroots are a special kind of root produced at blackroot farms and processed in mills. The Atlanteans like their strong taste and use their flour for making bread.
en_GB: Blackroot are a special kind of root produced at blackroot farms and processed in mills. The Atlanteans like their strong taste and use their flour for making bread.

[ctx: atlanteans_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Blackroot Flour
en: Blackroot Flour is produced in mills out of blackroots. It is used in bakeries to make a tasty bread.
en_GB: Blackroot Flour is produced in mills from blackroot. It is used in bakeries to make a tasty bread.

[ctx: atlanteans_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Bread
en: This tasty bread is made in bakeries out of cornmeal, blackroot flour and water. It is appreciated as basic food by miners, scouts and soldiers in training sites (labyrinth and dungeon).
en_GB: This tasty bread is made in bakeries from cornflour, blackroot flour, and water. It is appreciated as the basic food of miners, scouts, and soldiers in training sites (labyrinth and dungeon).

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Pitta Bread
en: The Barbarian bakers are best in making this flat and tasty pitta bread. It is made out of wheat and water following a secret recipe. Pitta bread is used in the taverns, inns and big inns to prepare rations, snacks and meals. It is also consumed at training sites (training camp and battle arena).
en_GB: The Barbarian bakers are best in making this flat and tasty pitta bread. It is made out of wheat and water following a secret recipe. Pitta bread is used in the taverns, inns and large inns to prepare rations, snacks and meals. It is also consumed at training sites (training camp and battle arena).

[ctx: empire_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Bread
en: The bakers of the Empire make really tasty bread out of flour and water. It is used in taverns and inns to prepare rations and meals. Bread is also consumed at the training sites (arena, colosseum, training camp).
en_GB: The bakers of the Empire make really tasty bread out of flour and water. It is used in taverns and inns to prepare rations and meals. Bread is also consumed at the training sites (arena, colosseum and training camp).

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Bread Paddle
en: Bread paddles are produced in the metal workshop like all other tools (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an ax workshop and war mill).
en_GB: Bread paddles are produced in the metal workshop like all other tools (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an axe workshop or war mill).

[ctx: empire_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Cloth
en: Cloth is needed to build several buildings. It is also consumed in the armor smithy.
en_GB: Cloth is needed to build several buildings. It is also consumed in the armour smithy.

[ctx: atlanteans_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Coal
en: The Atlantean fires in smelting works, armor smithies and weapon smithies are fed with coal.
en_GB: The Atlantean fires in smelting works, armour smithies and weapon smithies are fed with coal.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Coal
en: The fires of the Barbarians are usually fed with coal. Consumers are several buildings: lime kiln, smelting works, ax workshop, war mill, and helm smithy.
en_GB: The fires of the Barbarians are usually fed with coal. Consumers are several buildings: lime kiln, smelting works, axe workshop, war mill and helm smithy.

[ctx: empire_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Coal
en: The fires of the Empire smelting works, armor smithies and weapon smithies are usually fed with coal.
en_GB: The fires of the Empire smelting works, armour smithies and weapon smithies are usually fed with coal.

[ctx: atlanteans_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Corn
en: This corn is processed in the mill into fine cornmeal that every Atlantean baker needs for a good bread. Also horse and spider farms need to be provided with corn.
en_GB: This corn is processed in the mill into fine cornmeal that every Atlantean baker needs for a good bread. Horse and spider farms also need to be provided with corn.

[ctx: atlanteans_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Cornmeal
en: Cornmeal is produced in a mill out of corn and is one of three parts of the Atlantean bread produced in bakeries.
en_GB: Cornflour is produced in a mill from corn and is one of the three ingredients of the Atlantean bread produced in bakeries.

[ctx: atlanteans_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Diamond
en: These wonderful diamonds are used to build some exclusive buildings. They are mined in a crystal mine.
en_GB: These wonderful diamonds are used to build some exclusive buildings. They are mined in crystal mines.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Fish
en: Besides pitta bread and meat, fish is also a foodstuff for the Barbarians. It is used in the taverns, inns and big inns and at the training sites (training camp and battle arena).
en_GB: Besides pitta bread and meat, fish is also a foodstuff for the Barbarians. It is used in the taverns, inns and large inns and at the training sites (training camp and battle arena).

[ctx: empire_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Fish
en: Besides bread and meat, fish is also a foodstuff for the Empire. Fish are used in taverns, inns and training sites (arena, colosseum, training camp).
en_GB: Besides bread and meat, fish is also a foodstuff for the Empire. Fish are used in taverns, inns and training sites (arena, colosseum and training camp).

[ctx: atlanteans_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Fishing Net
en: The fishing net is used by the fisher and produced by the toolsmith.
en_GB: The fishing net is used by the fisherman and produced by the toolsmith.

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Fishing Rod
en: Fishing rods are needed by fishers to catch fish.
en_GB: Fishing rods are needed by fishermen to catch fish.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Fishing Rod
en: They are one of the basic tools produced in a metal workshop (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an ax workshop and war mill).
en_GB: They are one of the basic tools produced in a metal workshop (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an axe workshop or war mill).

[ctx: frisians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Fur Garment
en: Fur can be sewn into garments. They are used as basic armor. All new soldiers are clothed in a fur garment.
en_GB: Fur can be sewn into garments. They are used as basic armour. All new soldiers are clothed in a fur garment.

[ctx: frisians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Golden Fur Garment
en: Ordinary fur garments can be decorated with iron and gold. Such clothes are the best armor.
en_GB: Ordinary fur garments can be decorated with iron and gold. Such clothes are the best armour.

[ctx: frisians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Old Fur Garment
en: Old garments can be turned into fur in a recycling center.
en_GB: Old garments can be turned into fur in a recycling centre.

[ctx: frisians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Studded Fur Garment
en: Ordinary fur garments can be decorated with iron to give them a silvery shine. These clothes make good armor.
en_GB: Ordinary fur garments can be decorated with iron to give them a silvery shine. These clothes make good armour.

[ctx: atlanteans_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Hammer
en: Geologists, builders, weaponsmiths and armorsmiths all need a hammer. Make sure you’ve always got some in reserve! They are produced by the toolsmith.
en_GB: Geologists, builders, weaponsmiths and armoursmiths all need a hammer. Make sure you’ve always got some in reserve! They are produced by the toolsmith.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Hammer
en: Geologists, builders, blacksmiths and helmsmiths all need a hammer. Make sure you’ve always got some in reserve! They are one of the basic tools produced at the metal workshop (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an ax workshop and war mill).
en_GB: Geologists, builders, blacksmiths and helmsmiths all need a hammer. Make sure you’ve always got some in reserve! They are one of the basic tools produced at the metal workshop (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an axe workshop or war mill).

[ctx: frisians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Helmet
en: A helmet is a basic tool to protect soldiers. It is produced in the small armor smithy and used to train soldiers from health level 0 to level 1.
en_GB: A helmet is a basic tool to protect soldiers. It is produced in the small armour smithy and used to train soldiers from health level 0 to level 1.

[ctx: frisians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Golden Helmet
en: A golden helmet protects soldiers. It is produced in the large armor smithy and used to train soldiers from health level 1 to level 2.
en_GB: A golden helmet protects soldiers. It is produced in the large armour smithy and used to train soldiers from health level 1 to level 2.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Mask
en: This is the most enhanced Barbarian armor. It is produced in the helm smithy and used in the training camp – together with food – to train soldiers from health level 2 to level 3.
en_GB: This is the most enhanced Barbarian armour. It is produced in the helm smithy and used in the training camp – together with food – to train soldiers from health level 2 to level 3.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Warhelm
en: A warhelm is an enhanced armor for Barbarian soldiers. It is produced in a helm smithy and used in a training camp – together with food – to train soldiers from health level 1 to level 2.
en_GB: A warhelm is an enhanced armour for Barbarian soldiers. It is produced in a helm smithy and used in a training camp – together with food – to train soldiers from health level 1 to level 2.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Hunting Spear
en: Hunting spears are produced in the metal workshop (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an ax workshop and war mill).
en_GB: Hunting spears are produced in the metal workshop (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an axe workshop or war mill).

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Meal
en: A meal is made out of pitta bread, strong beer and fish/meat in a big inn. This substantial food is exactly what workers in a deeper mine need.
en_GB: A meal is made out of pitta bread, strong beer and fish/meat in a large inn. This substantial food is exactly what workers in a deeper mine need.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Meat
en: Meat is used in the taverns, inns and big inns to prepare rations, snacks and meals for the miners. It is also consumed at the training sites (training camp and battle arena).
en_GB: Meat is used in the taverns, inns and large inns to prepare rations, snacks and meals for the miners. It is also consumed at the training sites (training camp and battle arena).

[ctx: empire_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Meat
en: Meat can also be obtained as pork from piggeries. It is used in the inns and taverns to prepare lunch for the miners and is consumed at the training sites (arena, colosseum, training camp).
en_GB: Meat can also be obtained as pork from piggeries. It is used in the inns and taverns to prepare lunch for the miners and is consumed at the training sites (arena, colosseum and training camp).

[ctx: frisians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Needles
en: Needles are used by seamstresses to sew cloth and fur garments.
en_GB: Needles are used by seamstress' to sew cloth and fur garments.

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Pick
en: Picks are used by stonecutters and miners. They are produced by the toolsmith.
en_GB: Pickaxes are used by stonecutters and miners. They are produced by the toolsmith.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Pick
en: Picks are used by stonemasons and miners. They are produced in the metal workshop (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an ax workshop and war mill).
en_GB: Pickaxes are used by stonemasons and miners. They are produced in the metal workshop (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an axe workshop or war mill).

[ctx: empire_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Pick
en: Picks are used by stonemasons and miners. They are produced by the toolsmith.
en_GB: Pickaxes are used by stonemasons and miners. They are produced by the toolsmith.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Ration
en: Rations are produced in a tavern, an inn or a big inn out of fish or meat or pitta bread.
en_GB: Rations are produced in a tavern, an inn or a large inn out of fish or meat or pitta bread.

[ctx: atlanteans_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Saw
en: The saw is needed by the sawyer, the woodcutter and the toolsmith. It is produced by the toolsmith.
en_GB: The saw is needed by the sawyer, the lumberjack and the toolsmith. It is produced by the toolsmith.

[ctx: frisians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Scrap Iron TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Scrap metal (mixed)
en: Discarded weapons and armor can be recycled in a recycling center to produce new tools, weapon and armor.
en_GB: Discarded weapons and armour can be recycled in a recycling centre to produce new tools, weapon and armour.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Scythe
en: Scythes are produced by the metal workshop (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an ax workshop and war mill).
en_GB: Scythes are produced by the metal workshop (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an axe workshop o war mill).

[ctx: atlanteans_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Advanced Shield
en: These advanced shields are used by the best soldiers of the Atlanteans. They are produced in the armor smithy and used in the labyrinth – together with food – to train soldiers from defense level 1 to level 2.
en_GB: These advanced shields are used by the best soldiers of the Atlanteans. They are produced in the armour smithy and used in the labyrinth – together with food – to train soldiers from defence level 1 to level 2.

[ctx: atlanteans_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Steel Shield
en: This steel shield is produced in the armor smithy and used in the labyrinth – together with food – to train soldiers from defense level 0 to level 1.
en_GB: This steel shield is produced in the armour smithy and used in the labyrinth – together with food – to train soldiers from defence level 0 to level 1.

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Shovel
en: Therefore the gardener and the ranger use them. Produced at the metal workshop (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an ax workshop and war mill).
en_GB: Therefore the gardener and the ranger use them. Produced at the metal workshop (but cease to be produced by the building if it is enhanced to an axe workshop or war mill).

[ctx: barbarians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Snack
en: A bigger morsel than the ration to provide miners in deep mines. It is produced in an inn or a big inn out of fish/meat, pitta bread and beer.
en_GB: A bigger morsel than the ration to provide miners in deep mines. It is produced in an inn or a large inn out of fish/meat, pitta bread and beer.

[ctx: empire_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Heavy Spear
en: This is a strong spear with a steel-tip and a little blade. It is produced in the weapon smithy and used in the training camp – together with food – train soldiers from attack level 2 to level 3.
en_GB: This is a strong spear with a steel-tip and a small blade. It is produced in the weapon smithy and used in the training camp – together with food – train soldiers from attack level 2 to level 3.

[ctx: atlanteans_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Spidercloth
en: Spidercloth is made out of spider silk in a weaving mill. It is used in the toolsmithy and the shipyard. Also some higher developed buildings need spidercloth for their construction.
en_GB: Spidercloth is made out of spider silk in a weaving mill. It is used in the toolsmithy and the shipyard. Also some higher-developed buildings need spidercloth for their construction.

[ctx: frisians_ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a ware: Short sword
en: This is the basic weapon of the Frisian soldiers. Together with a fur garment, it makes up the equipment of young soldiers. Short swords are produced by the small armor smithy.
en_GB: This is the basic weapon of the Frisian soldiers. Together with a fur garment, it makes up the equipment of young soldiers. Short swords are produced by the small armour smithy.

[ctx: atlanteans_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Armorsmith
en: Produces armor for the soldiers.
en_GB: Produces armour for the soldiers.

[ctx: atlanteans_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Carrier
en: Carries items along your roads.
en_GB: Carries items along the roads.

[ctx: atlanteans_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Fisher
en: The fisher fishes delicious fish.
en_GB: The fisherman fishes for delicious fish.

[ctx: atlanteans_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Miller
en: Grinds blackroots and corn to produce blackroot flour and cornmeal, respectively.
en_GB: Grinds blackroot and corn to produce blackroot flour and cornmeal, respectively.

[ctx: atlanteans_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Toolsmith
en: Produces tools for the workers.
en_GB: Produces tools for workers.

[ctx: atlanteans_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Weaponsmith
en: Produces weapons for the soldiers.
en_GB: Produces weapons for soldiers.

[ctx: atlanteans_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Woodcutter
en: Fells trees.
en_GB: Fells trees to produce timber.

[ctx: barbarians_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Gamekeeper
en: The gamekeeper makes sure that the natural population of animals never drops too low.
en_GB: The Gamekeeper makes sure that the natural population of animals never drops too low.

[ctx: barbarians_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Helmsmith
en: Fells trees.
en_GB: Fells trees to produce timber.

[ctx: empire_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Armorsmith
en: Produces armor for the soldiers.
en_GB: Produces armour for the soldiers.

[ctx: empire_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Carrier
en: Carries items along your roads.
en_GB: Carries items along the roads.

[ctx: empire_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Lumberjack
en: Fells trees.
en_GB: Fells trees to produce timber.

[ctx: empire_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Toolsmith
en: Produces tools for the workers.
en_GB: Produces tools for workers.

[ctx: empire_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Weaponsmith
en: Produces weapons for the soldiers.
en_GB: Produces weapons for soldiers.

[ctx: frisians_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Blacksmith
en: Produces weapons and armor for soldiers and tools for workers.
en_GB: Produces weapons and armour for soldiers and tools for workers.

[ctx: frisians_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Master Blacksmith
en: Produces the best weapons and armor for soldiers and tools for workers.
en_GB: Produces the best weapons and armour for soldiers and tools for workers.

[ctx: frisians_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Master Seamstress
en: Sews armor out of fur garments and metal.
en_GB: Sews armour out of fur garments and metal.

[ctx: frisians_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: Helptext for a worker: Smelter
en: Smelts iron and gold at furnaces or recycling centers.
en_GB: Smelts iron and gold at furnaces or recycling centres.

[ctx: atlanteans_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Armor Smithy
en_GB: Armour Smithy

en: Main Coal Vein Exhausted
en_GB: Main Coal Seam Exhausted

[ctx: atlanteans_building]
en: This coal mine’s main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider dismantling or destroying it.
en_GB: This coal mine’s main seam is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider dismantling or destroying it.

[ctx: atlanteans_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Fish Breeder’s House
en_GB: Fish Breeder's House

[ctx: atlanteans_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Forester’s House
en_GB: Forester's House

[ctx: atlanteans_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Hunter’s House
en_GB: Hunter's House

[ctx: atlanteans_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Smokery
en_GB: Smokehouse

[ctx: atlanteans_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Woodcutter’s House
en_GB: Woodcutter's House

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Ax Workshop
en_GB: Axe Workshop

note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start forging an ax because ...
en: forging an ax
en_GB: forging an axe

note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start forging a sharp ax because ...
en: forging a sharp ax
en_GB: forging a sharp axe

note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start forging a broad ax because ...
en: forging a broad ax
en_GB: forging a broad axe

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Big Inn
en_GB: Large Inn

[ctx: barbarians_building]
en: This coal mine’s main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider enhancing, dismantling or destroying it.
en_GB: This coal mine’s main seam is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider enhancing, dismantling or destroying it.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
en: This coal mine’s main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. This mine can’t be enhanced any further, so you should consider dismantling or destroying it.
en_GB: This coal mine's main seam is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. This mine can’t be enhanced any further, so you should consider dismantling or destroying it.

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Gamekeeper’s Hut
en_GB: Gamekeeper's Hut

[ctx: barbarians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Lumberjack’s Hut
en_GB: Woodcutter's Hut

[ctx: barbarians_building]
en: The lumberjack working at this lumberjack’s hut can’t find any trees in his work area. You should consider dismantling or destroying the building or building a ranger’s hut.
en_GB: The woodcutter working at this woodcutter’s hut can’t find any trees in his work area. You should consider dismantling or destroying the building or building a ranger’s hut.

note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start making a felling ax because ...
en: making a felling ax
en_GB: making a felling axe

note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start forging a bronze ax because ...
en: forging a bronze ax
en_GB: forging a bronze axe

note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start forging a battle ax because ...
en: forging a battle ax
en_GB: forging a battle axe

note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start forging a warrior’s ax because ...
en: forging a warrior’s ax
en_GB: forging a warrior’s axe

[ctx: empire_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Armor Smithy
en_GB: Armour Smithy

note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start forging a suit of armor because ...
en: forging a suit of armor
en_GB: forging a suit of armour

note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start forging a suit of chain armor because ...
en: forging a suit of chain armor
en_GB: forging a suit of chain armour

note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start forging a suit of gilded armor because ...
en: forging a suit of gilded armor
en_GB: forging a suit of gilded armour

[ctx: empire_building]
en: This coal mine’s main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider enhancing, dismantling or destroying it.
en_GB: This coal mine's main seam is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider enhancing, dismantling or destroying it.

[ctx: empire_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Forester’s House
en_GB: Forester's House

[ctx: empire_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Hunter’s House
en_GB: Hunter's House

[ctx: empire_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Lumberjack’s House
en_GB: Woodcutter’s House

[ctx: empire_building]
en: The lumberjack working at this lumberjack’s house can’t find any trees in his work area. You should consider dismantling or destroying the building or building a forester’s house.
en_GB: The woodcutter working at this woodcutter’s house can’t find any trees in his work area. You should consider dismantling or destroying the building or building a forester’s house.

[ctx: empire_building]
en: This marble mine’s main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. This mine can’t be enhanced any further, so you should consider dismantling or destroying it.
en_GB: This marble mine's main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. This mine can't be enhanced any further, so you should consider dismantling or destroying it.

[ctx: frisians_building]
en: This coal mine’s main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider enhancing, dismantling or destroying it.
en_GB: This coal mine's main seam is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider enhancing, dismantling or destroying it.

[ctx: frisians_building]
en: This coal mine’s main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. This mine can’t be enhanced any further, so you should consider dismantling or destroying it.
en_GB: This coal mine's main seam is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. This mine can’t be enhanced any further, so you should consider dismantling or destroying it.

[ctx: frisians_building]
en: This gold mine’s main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider enhancing, dismantling or destroying it.
en_GB: This gold mine's main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider enhancing, dismantling or destroying it.

[ctx: frisians_building]
en: This gold mine’s main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. This mine can’t be enhanced any further, so you should consider dismantling or destroying it.
en_GB: This gold mine's main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. This mine can't be enhanced any further, so you should consider dismantling or destroying it.

[ctx: frisians_building]
en: This iron mine’s main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider enhancing, dismantling or destroying it.
en_GB: This iron mine's main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider enhancing, dismantling or destroying it.

[ctx: frisians_building]
en: This iron mine’s main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. This mine can’t be enhanced any further, so you should consider dismantling or destroying it.
en_GB: This iron mine's main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. This mine can't be enhanced any further, so you should consider dismantling or destroying it.

[ctx: frisians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a building name used in lists of buildings
en: Recycling Center
en_GB: Recycling Centre

[ctx: frisians_building]
en: This rock mine’s main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider enhancing, dismantling or destroying it.
en_GB: This rock mine's main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. You should consider enhancing, dismantling or destroying it.

[ctx: frisians_building]
en: This rock mine’s main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. This mine can’t be enhanced any further, so you should consider dismantling or destroying it.
en_GB: This rock mine's main vein is exhausted. Expect strongly diminished returns on investment. This mine can't be enhanced any further, so you should consider dismantling or destroying it.

[ctx: atlanteans_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start upgrading ... because ...
en: upgrading soldier defense from level 0 to level 1
en_GB: upgrading soldier defence from level 0 to level 1

[ctx: atlanteans_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start upgrading ... because ...
en: upgrading soldier defense from level 1 to level 2
en_GB: upgrading soldier defence from level 1 to level 2

[ctx: frisians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start upgrading ... because ...
en: upgrading soldier defense from level 1 to level 2
en_GB: upgrading soldier defence from level 1 to level 2

[ctx: frisians_building]
note: TRANSLATORS: Completed/Skipped/Did not start upgrading ... because ...
en: upgrading soldier defense from level 0 to level 1
en_GB: upgrading soldier defence from level 0 to level 1

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a ware name used in lists of wares
en: Armor
en_GB: Armour

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a ware name used in lists of wares
en: Chain Armor
en_GB: Chain Armour

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a ware name used in lists of wares
en: Gilded Armor
en_GB: Gilded Armour

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a ware name used in lists of wares
en: Ax
en_GB: Axe

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a ware name used in lists of wares
en: Battle Ax
en_GB: Battle Axe

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a ware name used in lists of wares
en: Broad Ax
en_GB: Broad Axe

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a ware name used in lists of wares
en: Bronze Ax
en_GB: Bronze Axe

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a ware name used in lists of wares
en: Sharp Ax
en_GB: Sharp Axe

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a ware name used in lists of wares
en: Warrior’s Ax
en_GB: Warrior’s Axe

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a ware name used in lists of wares
en: Cornmeal
en_GB: Cornflour

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a ware name used in lists of wares
en: Felling Ax
en_GB: Felling Axe

[ctx: ware]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a ware name used in lists of wares
en: Pick
en_GB: Pickaxe

[ctx: atlanteans_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a worker name used in lists of workers
en: Armorsmith
en_GB: Armoursmith

[ctx: atlanteans_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a worker name used in lists of workers
en: Fisher
en_GB: Fisherman

[ctx: barbarians_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a worker name used in lists of workers
en: Fisher
en_GB: Fisherman

[ctx: barbarians_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a worker name used in lists of workers
en: Lime-Burner
en_GB: Lime Burner

[ctx: empire_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a worker name used in lists of workers
en: Armorsmith
en_GB: Armoursmith

[ctx: empire_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a worker name used in lists of workers
en: Fisher
en_GB: Fisherman

[ctx: empire_worker]
note: TRANSLATORS: This is a worker name used in lists of workers
en: Lumberjack
en_GB: Woodcutter

en: Widelands is nearly feature complete and is much fun to play alone and even more in multiplayer with others. Still, there is always more work to be done in all areas. If you are interested in contributing – be it by making graphics, fixing bugs or adding new features, translating the game into your language or creating new maps – get in touch on our homepage.
en_GB: Widelands is nearly feature-complete and is much fun to play alone and even more in multiplayer with others. Still, there is always more work to be done in all areas. If you are interested in contributing – be it by making graphics, fixing bugs or adding new features, translating the game into your language or creating new maps – get in touch on our homepage.

en: Using the Watch Replay option in the main menu, a previously played game will be precisely reconstructed for you to watch. Note, however, that even small changes in the game data files or the Widelands executable can cause a replay to become incompatible and to ‘go out of sync’. This is similar to how network games will suffer from desynchronization problems if one of the players has a different version of the game.
en_GB: Using the Watch Replay option in the main menu, a previously played game will be precisely reconstructed for you to watch. Note, however, that even small changes in the game data files or the Widelands executable can cause a replay to become incompatible and to ‘go out of sync’. This is similar to how network games will suffer from desynchronisation problems if one of the players has a different version of the game.

en: The player with the color of the flag. If more than one client selected the same color, these share control over the player (‘shared kingdom mode’).
en_GB: The player with the colour of the flag. If more than one client selected the same colour, these share control over the player (‘shared kingdom mode’).

en: Set as shared in starting position for another player.
en_GB: Set as shared-in starting position for another player.

en: You can place a big building on any node where you could place a medium building if there is no obstacle or non-arable terrain towards the west, northwest and northeast.
en_GB: You can place a large building on any node where you could place a medium building if there is no obstacle or non-arable terrain towards the west, north-west and north east.

en: This is the building statistics window. It shows you all buildings you can own, sorted by their size.
en_GB: This is the building statistics window. It shows you all buildings you own, sorted by their size.

en: ‘2/4’ below your sentry: For military buildings, the stationed soldiers are shown instead of a productivity. You want to have four soldiers in your sentries, but only two soldiers are stationed in this kind of building. This leaves two vacant positions – we really need more soldiers.
en_GB: ‘2/4’ below your sentry: For military buildings, the stationed soldiers are shown instead of productivity. You want to have four soldiers in your sentries, but only two soldiers are stationed in this kind of building. This leaves two vacant positions – we really need more soldiers.

en: In both cases, the color (green - yellow - red) signals you how good the value is.
en_GB: In both cases, the colour (green - yellow - red) signals you how good the value is.

en: New soldiers are created differently from normal workers: recruits will walk from a warehouse (or your headquarters) to the barracks where they will receive some basic training and become soldiers. Basic Barbarian soldiers do not use armor, they only need an ax.
en_GB: New soldiers are created differently from normal workers: recruits will walk from a warehouse (or your headquarters) to the barracks where they will receive some basic training and become soldiers. Basic Barbarian soldiers do not use armour, they only need an axe.

en: Take a look at the soldiers that are on their way to our military buildings. They look different from normal workers: they have a health bar over their head that displays their remaining health, and they have four symbols, which symbolize the individual soldier’s current levels in the four different categories: health, attack, defense and evade.
en_GB: Take a look at the soldiers that are on their way to our military buildings. They look different from normal workers: they have a health bar over their head that displays their remaining health, and they have four symbols, which symbolize the individual soldier’s current levels in the four different categories: health, attack, defence and evade.

note: TRANSLATORS: the current stats are: 3 health, 5 attack, 0 defense, 2 evade.
en: If a Barbarian soldier is fully trained, he has level %1% health, level %2% attack, level %3% defense and level %4% evade. This is one fearsome warrior then! The individual abilities have the following meaning:
en_GB: If a Barbarian soldier is fully trained, he has level %1% health, level %2% attack, level %3% defence and level %4% evade. This is one fearsome warrior then! The individual abilities have the following meaning:

en: Defense:
en_GB: Defence:

note: TRANSLATORS: the current stats are: 3%. The calculated health value is 3395 TRANSLATORS: The last two %% after the placeholder are the percent symbol.
en: The defense is the percentage that is subtracted from the attack value. The Barbarians cannot train in this skill and therefore have always defense level 0, which means that the damage is always reduced by %1%%%. If an attacker with an attack value of 3500 points hits a Barbarian soldier, the Barbarian will lose 3500·%2%%% = %3% health.
en_GB: The defence is the percentage that is subtracted from the attack value. The Barbarians cannot train in this skill and therefore have always defence level 0, which means that the damage is always reduced by %1%%%. If an attacker with an attack value of 3500 points hits a Barbarian soldier, the Barbarian will lose 3500·%2%%% = %3% health.

en: When your soldier has reached the highest possible level (in this case level 2), this is indicated by a white background color.
en_GB: When your soldier has reached the highest possible level (in this case level 2), this is indicated by a white background colour.

en: There is a second training site: the training camp. It is a big building too, and to complement the battle arena, it trains attack and health (remember, the Barbarian soldiers cannot be trained in defense).
en_GB: There is a second training site: the training camp. It is a big building too, and to complement the battle arena, it trains attack and health (remember, the Barbarian soldiers cannot be trained in defence).

en: There is another way how you can control the strength of a military building: by the number of soldiers stationed there. Just click on the arrow buttons to decrease or increase the desired number of soldiers. Every building has a maximum capacity. In case of the barrier, it is five, for example.
en_GB: There is another way to control the strength of a military building: by the number of soldiers stationed there. Just click on the arrow buttons to decrease or increase the desired number of soldiers. Every building has a maximum capacity. In case of the barrier, it is five, for example.

en: You will usually start the game with one headquarters. This is the big building with the blue flag in front of it. The headquarters is a warehouse that stores wares, workers and soldiers. Some wares are needed for building houses, others for making other wares. Obviously, the wares in the headquarters will not last forever, so you must make sure to replace them. The most important wares in the early game are the basic construction wares: logs and granite. Let’s make sure that we do not run out of logs. For this, we need a lumberjack and a hut for him to stay in.
en_GB: You will usually start the game with one headquarters. This is the big building with the blue flag in front of it. The headquarters is a warehouse that stores wares, workers and soldiers. Some wares are needed for building houses, others for making other wares. Obviously, the wares in the headquarters will not last forever, so you must make sure to replace them. The most important wares in the early game are the basic construction wares: logs and granite. Let’s make sure that we do not run out of logs. For this, we need a woodcutter and a hut for him to stay in.

en: Lumberjack’s Spot
en_GB: Woodcutter’s Spot

en: There you go. I will explain about all those symbols in a minute. First, let me show you how to make a lumberjack’s hut and how to connect it with a road. There is a sweet spot for a lumberjack right next to those trees. I’ll describe the steps I will take and then ask you to click on the ‘OK’ button for me to demonstrate.
en_GB: There you go. I will explain about all those symbols in a minute. First, let me show you how to make a woodcutter’s hut and how to connect it with a road. There is a sweet spot for a woodcutter right next to those trees. I’ll describe the steps I will take and then ask you to click on the ‘OK’ button for me to demonstrate.

en: Building the Lumberjack
en_GB: Building the Woodcutter

en: First, I’ll left-click on the symbol where I want the lumberjack’s hut to be built. A window will appear where I can choose between buildings. Because I’ll click a yellow house symbol – which means that its field can house medium and small buildings – I am presented with all the medium buildings that I can build. The lumberjack’s hut is a small building, so I will go on to select the small buildings tab. Then I’ll choose the lumberjack’s hut.
en_GB: First, I’ll left-click on the symbol where I want the woodcutter’s hut to be built. A window will appear where I can choose between buildings. Because I’ll click a yellow house symbol – which means that its field can house medium and small buildings – I am presented with all the medium buildings that I can build. The woodcutter’s hut is a small building, so I will go on to select the small buildings tab. Then I’ll choose the woodcutter’s hut.

en: That won’t do yet. I still need to connect the lumberjack’s hut to the rest of my road network. After ordering the construction site, I was automatically put into road building mode, so all I have to do is click on the blue flag in front of my headquarters.
en_GB: That won’t do yet. I still need to connect the woodcutter’s hut to the rest of my road network. After ordering the construction site, I was automatically put into road building mode, so all I have to do is click on the blue flag in front of my headquarters.

en: That won’t do yet. I still need to connect the lumberjack’s hut to the rest of my road network. You have disabled the option ‘Start building road after placing a flag’ (to change that, choose ‘Options’ in the Widelands main menu). Therefore, I have entered the road building mode manually. I will tell you later how to do that. To build the road, all I have to do now is click on the blue flag in front of my headquarters.
en_GB: That won’t do yet. I still need to connect the woodcutter’s hut to the rest of my road network. You have disabled the option ‘Start building road after planting a flag’ (to change that, choose ‘Options’ in the Widelands main menu). Therefore, I have entered the road building mode manually. I will tell you later how to do that. To build the road, all I have to do now is click on the blue flag in front of my headquarters.

en: Waiting for the Lumberjack to Go Up
en_GB: Waiting for the Woodcutter to Go Up

en: Build a flag to divide the road to the lumberjack
en_GB: Plant a flag to divide the road to the woodcutter

en: Build a Flag on the Road
en_GB: Plant a Flag on the Road

en: Build a blue flag now in the middle of the road that connects your headquarters to your lumberjack’s hut.
en_GB: Plant a blue flag now in the middle of the road that connects your headquarters to your woodcutter’s hut.

en: Placing Another Flag
en_GB: Planting Another Flag

en: I wanted to teach you how to build new flags, but it seems you have already found out on your own. Well done!
en_GB: I wanted to teach you how to plant new flags, but it seems you have already found out on your own. Well done!

en: Now you have split the road in two parts with a carrier each. This means less work for him and higher efficiency for us. You should therefore always place as many flags as possible on your roads.
en_GB: Now you have split the road in two parts with a carrier each. This means less work for him and higher efficiency for us. You should therefore always plant as many flags as possible on your roads.

en: The Lumberjack’s Hut is Done
en_GB: The Woodcutter’s Hut is Done

en: Excellent. The lumberjack’s hut is done. A lumberjack will now move in and start chopping down trees, so our log income is secured for now. Now on to the granite.
en_GB: Excellent. The woodcutter’s hut is done. A woodcutter will now move in and start chopping down trees, so our log income is secured for now. Now on to the granite.

en: The quarry is a small building like the lumberjack’s hut. You can therefore build it on any field that shows a red, yellow or green house when the building spaces symbols are enabled (Press Space for that).
en_GB: The quarry is a small building like the woodcutters’s hut. You can therefore build it on any field that shows a red, yellow or green house when the building spaces symbols are enabled (Press Space for that).

en: Everything except for big buildings can be built on a yellow house symbol.
en_GB: Everything, except for big buildings, can be built on a yellow house symbol.

en: Now, about this road. I’ll enter the road building mode and then make it longer by one field at a time by left-clicking multiple times on neighboring fields for perfect control over the route the road takes, like so:
en_GB: Now, about this road. I’ll enter the road building mode and then make it longer by one field at a time by left-clicking multiple times on neighbouring fields for perfect control over the route the road takes, like so:

en: Close the messages window now by right-clicking into it.
en_GB: Close the messages window now by right-clicking it.

en: When soldiers train, their old weapons are discarded. They can be turned into metal in a recycling center. Use the weapons in the store to train soldiers and recycle some scrap metal.
en_GB: When soldiers train, their old weapons are discarded. They can be turned into metal in a recycling centre. Use the weapons in the store to train soldiers and recycle some scrap metal.

note: TRANSLATORS: Murilius – Supplied Murilius. Murilius’s plan is to use the player as cannon fodder, while he himself only attacks when he has no choice
en: Now I permit you to assist us in conquering the barbarians, who live in a sheltered valley northwest to us. I charge you, expand along the northern end of the mountains enclosing this outpost; you will find the barbarians there – attack them! We will fend off attacks launched by the enemy.
en_GB: Now I permit you to assist us in conquering the barbarians, who live in a sheltered valley northwest of us. I charge you, expand along the northern end of the mountains enclosing this outpost; you will find the barbarians there – attack them! We will fend off attacks launched by the enemy.

en: Build an iron mine, a furnace, a blacksmithy and a small armor smithy.
en_GB: Build an iron mine, a furnace, a blacksmithy and a small armour smithy.

note: TRANSLATORS: Hauke – build a warehouse
en: We are expanding our territory further and further to the east, and wares need to be transported over longer distances. We should build warehouses near our eastern border in certain distances and preferably store construction materials in the easternmost one. Our headquarters is too far in the west to be useful for long-time ware storage.
en_GB: We are expanding our territory further and further to the east, and wares need to be transported over longer distances. We should build warehouses near our eastern border at regular intervals and preferably store construction materials in the easternmost one. Our headquarters is too far in the west to be useful for long-time ware storage.

note: TRANSLATORS: Reebaud – mining economy
en: Build an iron mine and perhaps a gold mine. As they produce only ores, we will need a furnace to smelt them. Also build a blacksmithy to ensure we won’t run out of tools – and yes, a small armor smithy as well. It produces helmets as well as swords. I hope we won’t meet enemies here, but it’s better to be prepared.
en_GB: Build an iron mine and perhaps a gold mine. As they produce only ores, we will need a furnace to smelt them. Also build a blacksmithy to ensure we won’t run out of tools – and yes, a small armour smithy as well. It produces helmets as well as swords. I hope we won’t meet enemies here, but it’s better to be prepared.

note: TRANSLATORS: Reebaud – recruit 1
en: We could use these weapons to equip some new soldiers. I hope we won’t find enemies here, but it is always better to be prepared. New soldiers are equipped in a barracks with a short sword and a fur garment, the uniform of all honorable warriors.
en_GB: We could use these weapons to equip some new soldiers. I hope we won’t find enemies here, but it is always better to be prepared. New soldiers are equipped in a barracks with a short sword and a fur garment, the uniform of all honourable warriors.

note: TRANSLATORS: Hauke – recruit 2
en: I advise to build all those buildings within a short distance of each other, and to construct two warehouses nearby: One should be set to store only weapons, armor, ores, metal and coal; the other to store building materials.
en_GB: I advise to build all those buildings within a short distance of each other, and to construct two warehouses nearby: One should be set to store only weapons, armour, ores, metal and coal; the other to store building materials.

note: TRANSLATORS: Reebaud – train soldiers 2
en: Soldiers are trained in two steps in defense and health. They get fur garments studded with iron and also gold to cushion blows; and helmets forged from iron, and gold as well, to lengthen their life in battle.
en_GB: Soldiers are trained in two steps in defence and health. They get fur garments studded with iron and also gold to cushion blows; and helmets forged from iron, and gold as well, to lengthen their life in battle.

en: Planning a training center
en_GB: Planning a training centre

note: TRANSLATORS: Hauke – train soldiers 3
en: We should build these buildings close to the barracks, since it is, as I already mentioned earlier, much more efficient to centralize all our military facilities in one recruiting and training center, than if they were strewn out over a long distance. Build a third warehouse there which will store only the food needed for training.
en_GB: We should build these buildings close to the barracks, since it is, as I already mentioned earlier, much more efficient to centralise all our military facilities in one recruiting and training centre, than if they were strewn out over a long distance. Build a third warehouse there which will store only the food needed for training.

note: TRANSLATORS: Hauke – train soldiers 3
en: I recommend to train at least one soldier to the highest level in health, defense and attack. Until then, the enemy is just too strong for us.
en_GB: I recommend to train at least one soldier to the highest level in health, defence and attack. Until then, the enemy is just too strong for us.

en: Build at least 3 lumberjack’s houses and 2 quarries
en_GB: Build at least 3 woodcutter’s houses and 2 quarries

en: Quarries and Lumberjacks
en_GB: Quarries and woodcutters

en: Build at least three lumberjack’s houses and two quarries to renew your building material supply chain.
en_GB: Build at least three woodcutter’s houses and two quarries to renew your building material supply chain.

en: Build Two New Forester’s Houses
en_GB: Build two new forester’s houses

en: End the Barbarian intrusion into your very own part of the world.
en_GB: End the Barbarian intrusion into your part of the world.

en: Build 2 charcoal kiln
en_GB: Build 2 charcoal kilns

en: Build Two Charcoal Kilns
en_GB: Build two charcoal kilns

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: One of our lumberjacks told me that the reproduction of our forests is far behind his experience and expectations. So, I took a close look at our foresters’ performance.
en_GB: One of our woodcutters told me that the reproduction of our forests is far behind his experience and expectations. So, I took a close look at our foresters’ performance.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: Well, Lutius, we have just solved another weird behavior in our economy. Now our lumberjacks should be supplied with enough trees to enhance our economy.
en_GB: Well, Lutius, we have just solved another weird behavior in our economy. Now our woodcutters should be supplied with enough trees to enhance our economy.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: And you wouldn’t believe it, but nobody knows how to improve the technology or how to build more efficient buildings. I only heard some rumors about a monastery in the north where the priestesses are supposed to possess some knowledge about improved technologies.
en_GB: And you wouldn’t believe it, but nobody knows how to improve the technology or how to build more efficient buildings. I only heard some rumours about a monastery in the north where the priestesses are supposed to possess some knowledge about improved technologies.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: The only problem might be that it will take significant time to collect all the wares. In particular, we will need to shorten the supply to our mines drastically. This will give us a real drawback in metal production.
en_GB: The only problem might be that it will take significant time to collect all the wares. In particular, we will need to shorten the supply to our mines drastically. This will be a real drawback in metal production.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: As soon as we have melted some iron, we need to start producing tools. Perhaps we should control the production of them via the economy settings. In the meantime, we can start raising the buildings that we need most urgently. I think we are still lacking a vineyard in our economy.
en_GB: As soon as we have smelted some iron, we need to start producing tools. Perhaps we should control the production of them via the economy settings. In the meantime, we can start raising the buildings that we need most urgently. I think we are still lacking a vineyard in our economy.

en: Amalea Analyzes the Economy
en_GB: Amalea analyses the economy

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: Look Lutius, I have just analyzed our economy somewhat further. I think there might be a problem with our farms. They don’t show any productivity although there is enough space to plant wheat.
en_GB: Look Lutius, I have just analysed our economy somewhat further. I think there might be a problem with our farms. They don’t show any productivity although there is enough space to plant wheat.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: Therefore I took the freedom to restrict our current building options to the lumberjack’s house until we have gained enough building materials by dismantling the ineffective buildings.
en_GB: Therefore I took the freedom to restrict our current building options to the woodcutter’s house until we have gained enough building materials by dismantling the ineffective buildings.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: Look Brother, I have just realized we haven’t cleared the road network yet. I think we should do so very quickly to free enough space for new buildings.
en_GB: Look Brother, I have just realised we haven’t cleared the road network yet. I think we should do so very quickly to free enough space for new buildings.

note: TRANSLATORS: Saledus
en: Sire, after training a bunch of recruits, our trainers conferred with our builders and developed better and more efficient training buildings together.
en_GB: Sire, after training a bunch of recruits, our trainers conferred with our builders and developed better and more efficient training buildings altogether.

en: Build a lumberjack’s house, a sawmill and a stonemason’s house
en_GB: Build a woodcutter’s hut, a sawmill and a stonemason’s house

en: Lumberjack, Sawmill and Stonemason
en_GB: Woodcutter, Sawmill and Stonemason

en: Build a lumberjack’s house, a sawmill and a stonemason’s house as soon as there is enough space for them. This will complete the basic building material supply chain.
en_GB: Build a woodcutter’s hut, a sawmill and a stonemason’s house as soon as there is enough space for them. This will complete the basic building material supply chain.

en: Produce at least six bars of gold to be able to colonize your vicinity.
en_GB: Produce at least six bars of gold to be able to colonise your vicinity.

note: TRANSLATORS: Lutius - Diary
en: Finally, we were set towards Fremil again. I couldn’t await the chance to clear my records of this big defeat by the Barbarians.
en_GB: Finally, we were set to sail to Fremil again. I couldn’t await the chance to clear my records of the big defeat by the Barbarians.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: Additionally, this would gain us some granite and some marble to build up our new world. We can use them as soon as there will finally be enough space for buildings.
en_GB: Additionally, this would gain us some granite and some marble to build up our new world. We can use them as soon as there is enough space for more buildings.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: Good news from the people, Lutius. I got the message that our first quarry has started its work today.
en_GB: Good news from the people, Lutius. I got the message that our first quarryman has started his work today.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: Perhaps it would be a good idea to wait until it has cleared some space and then build up a basic construction material industry.
en_GB: Perhaps it would be a good idea to wait until he has cleared some space and then build up a basic construction material industry.

note: TRANSLATORS: Saledus
en: Sire, I just pondered our way home. It is of utmost importance to build a port for loading our ships and starting an expedition.
en_GB: Sire, I just pondered about our way home. It is of utmost importance to build a port for loading our ships and starting an expedition.

note: TRANSLATORS: Saledus
en: I think I have heard the wind carrying some weird but well known sounds from the north. If I’m not totally wrong, I have heard some Barbarian war drums. So, we should better go and have a look at what is going on up there.
en_GB: I think I have heard the wind carrying some weird but well known sounds from the north. If I’m not totally wrong, I have heard some Barbarian war drums. So, we should go and have a look at what is going on up there.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: I strongly recommend building a production chain for mining and melting some gold. I think we need a vineyard, a winery, a tavern, a fisher’s house or a hunter’s house and a smelting works. And the mines themselves of course.
en_GB: I strongly recommend building a production chain for mining and smelting some gold. I think we need a vineyard, a winery, a tavern, a fisher’s or a hunter’s house and a smelting works. And the mines themselves of course.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: If there are difficulties with building all the buildings needed, we should think about all we have learned so far. We can cut down all the rocks. We should perhaps optimize our roads to free up some building sites, or even dismantle some military buildings to obtain more space for our economy.
en_GB: If there are difficulties with building all the buildings needed, we should think about all we have learned so far. We can cut down all the rocks. We should perhaps optimise our roads to free up some building sites, or even dismantle some military buildings to obtain more space for our economy.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: Lutius, we have just solved another problem. We managed to melt enough gold to send out at least three expeditions. Perhaps we might even keep some gold to make some jewelry.
en_GB: Lutius, we have just solved another problem. We managed to smelt enough gold to send out at least three expeditions. Perhaps we might even keep some gold to make some jewellery.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: Lutius. I really appreciate that you and Saledus are so concerned about our security. But I think we could use the little space on this island better than by building a lot of military buildings.
en_GB: Lutius. I really appreciate that you and Saledus are so concerned about our security. But I think we could utilise the little space on this island better than by building a lot of military buildings.

note: TRANSLATORS: Amalea
en: Now that our fleet is growing and growing we should discover the complete region. Let’s try to find more land and eventually get more resources.
en_GB: Now that our fleet is growing and growing we should explore the complete region. Let’s try to find more land and eventually get more resources.

en: We need some cloth as well for producing armor in our armor smithy. We need it to build some of the training buildings for our soldiers. And most important and most imminent of all, we need it to send out expeditions.
en_GB: We need some cloth as well for producing armour in our armour smithy. We need it to build some of the training buildings for our soldiers. And most important and most imminent of all, we need it to send out expeditions.

en: The king will be very pleased with our victory.
en_GB: The emporer will be very pleased with our victory.

en: Build three lumberjack’s houses, a forester’s house and a sawmill.
en_GB: Build three woodcutter's hut's, a forester’s hut and a sawmill.

en: Protect Your Colony
en_GB: Protect Your colony

en: Build a stonemason’s house and then a complete mining and production infrastructure (coal mine and / or charcoal kiln, iron mine, toolsmithy, weapon smithy, armor smithy and smelting works).
en_GB: Build a stonemason’s house and then a complete mining and production infrastructure (coal mine and / or charcoal kiln, iron mine, toolsmithy, weapon smithy, armour smithy and smelting works).

note: TRANSLATORS: Saledus
en: It would be a good source for bolstering our supply of quality marble, beyond the meager quantities available from the quarry. Perhaps you were right when you said that this island was like paradise.
en_GB: It would be a good source for bolstering our supply of quality marble, beyond the meagre quantities available from the quarry. Perhaps you were right when you said that this island was like paradise.

note: TRANSLATORS: Saledus
en: By the Gods, this is an unbelievable stroke of fortune! There are two more mountains, and it seems that one has a large quantity of coal and the other of iron ore. I advise you to immediately build iron and coal mines (or at least charcoal kilns), smelting works, toolsmithies, armor and weapon smithies.
en_GB: By the Gods, this is an unbelievable stroke of fortune! There are two more mountains, and it seems that one has a large quantity of coal and the other of iron ore. I advise you to immediately build iron and coal mines (or at least charcoal kilns), smelting works, toolsmithies, armour and weapon smithies.

en: Build 2 lumberjack’s houses and a sawmill
en_GB: Build two lumberjack’s houses and a sawmill

en: Build a fisher’s hut
en_GB: Build a fisherman’s hut

en: Enhance your metal workshop to an ax workshop in order to produce weapons, and build up a second metal workshop to ensure the production of tools. When the blacksmith reaches his next level (master blacksmith), you can even enhance the ax workshop to a war mill, which will produce additional weapons.
en_GB: Enhance your metal workshop to an axe workshop in order to produce weapons, and build up a second metal workshop to ensure the production of tools. When the blacksmith reaches his next level (master blacksmith), you can even enhance the axe workshop to a war mill, which will produce additional weapons.

en: Build a helm smithy to the west of the mountains to provide your soldiers with better armor.
en_GB: Build a helm smithy to the west of the mountains to provide your soldiers with better armour.

en: Barracks train basic soldiers while training sites like a training camp or a battle arena are used for training soldiers in their different attributes. These attributes are important in fights and the better a soldier is, the higher is the chance to win a fight.
en_GB: Barracks train basic soldiers while training sites like a training camp or a battle arena are used for training soldiers in their different attributes. These attributes are important in fights and the better a soldier is, the higher chance they have to win a fight.

en: The attributes are: health, attack, defense and evade.
en_GB: The attributes are: health, attack, defence and evade.

note: TRANSLATORS: Boldreth
en: The BASTARD! Only one man of our frontier patrol came back alive. He carried a message from Kalitath, telling us that he will punish every move of our troops with their own blood! We cannot accept this behavior. From now on, there is war between Kalitath and us!
en_GB: The BASTARD! Only one man of our frontier patrol came back alive. He carried a message from Kalitath, telling us that he will punish every move of our troops with their own blood! We cannot accept this behaviour. From now on, there is war between Kalitath and us!

note: TRANSLATORS: Khantrukh
en: Boldreth is right! We don’t have enough food to survive a long, cold winter. We should start building a well, a fisher’s and a hunter’s hut. And if we find enough space, we should as well build up a farm and a bakery! One of our farmers seems to be very clever – he already got some crops to grow in this cold soil.
en_GB: Boldreth is right! We don’t have enough food to survive a long, cold winter. We should start building a well, a fishermen’s hut and a hunter’s hut. And if we find enough space, we should also build a farm and a bakery! One of our farmers seems to be very clever – he already managed to grow some crops in this cold soil.

note: TRANSLATORS: Thron
en: Khantrukh has just informed me that our basic food economy was built up successfully. Finally, none of us has to fear starvation anymore.
en_GB: Khantrukh has just informed me that our basic food economy was built up successfully. Finally, none of us has to fear starvation any more.

note: TRANSLATORS: Boldreth
en: Thron told me that he discovered tracks in the snow to the northeast of our settlement. He has instructed us to build a tower, to have a greater visual range over the area around our hall to protect our people from sudden attacks.
en_GB: Thron told me that he discovered tracks in the snow to the north-east of our settlement. He has instructed us to build a tower, to have a greater visual range over the area around our hall to protect our people from sudden attacks.

note: TRANSLATORS: Thron
en: I just got informed that our mining economy has started its work. This news brought a smile to my face – even if the hardest part is still waiting to be done, now that our smiths will give their best to further ease our lives.
en_GB: I was just informed that our mining economy has started its work. This news brought a smile to my face – even if the hardest part is still waiting to be done, now that our smiths will give their best to further ease our lives.

note: TRANSLATORS: Thron
en: When the young sun rises above the trees tomorrow morning, I will order the assault. By dusk, I will celebrate my victory in the wooden halls of the warlord and sacrifice a newborn lamb in the honor of my father, whose eyes are set upon me today.
en_GB: When the young sun rises above the trees tomorrow morning, I will order the assault. By dusk, I will celebrate my victory in the wooden halls of the warlord and sacrifice a newborn lamb in the honour of my father, whose eyes are set upon me today.

en: To do so, place a flag up on the mountain’s flank to the east (on mountain terrain though, not mountain meadow). When you click on the new flag, you can send geologists there. Because the flag is on a mountain, the geologists will search for ores; otherwise, they would search for water. Then build a mine for both kinds of resources that they will find, choosing the appropriate mine to be built:
en_GB: To do so, plant a flag up on the mountain’s flank to the east (on mountain terrain though, not mountain meadow). When you click on the new flag, you can send geologists there. Because the flag is on a mountain, the geologists will search for ores; otherwise, they would search for water. Then build a mine for both kinds of resources that they will find, choosing the appropriate mine to be built:

en: In order to call a geologist to search for water, click on a flag in the area that you want him to search and then on the button labeled ‘Send geologist to explore site’.
en_GB: In order to call a geologist to search for water, click on a flag in the area that you want him to search and then on the button labelled ‘Send geologist to explore site’.

note: TRANSLATORS: Khantrukh
en: Khantrukh nods satisfied…
en_GB: Khantrukh nods, satisfied…

en: Thron recognizes…
en_GB: Thron recognises…

note: TRANSLATORS: Khantrukh
en: Wonderful! Our roofs are not dripping anymore, and we have all the material we need for, well, whichever monumental building we see fit!
en_GB: Wonderful! Our roofs are not dripping any more, and we have all the material we need for, well, whichever monumental building we see fit!

note: TRANSLATORS: Thron
en: The winter is upon us. Many of us are suffering from the cold, yet we must endure. The day we may return cannot be far anymore – it must not be far anymore.
en_GB: The winter is upon us. Many of us are suffering from the cold, yet we must endure. The day we may return cannot be far any more – it must not be far any more.

en: Food is very important for mines and military training areas. Establish a well working food environment by building at least one farm, one blackroot farm and a mill. The two kinds of flour together with water from a well will be baked into bread in a bakery, so build a bakery and a well, too.
en_GB: Food is very important for mines and military training areas. Establish a well-working food environment by building at least one farm, one blackroot farm and a mill. The two kinds of flour together with water from a well will be baked into bread in a bakery, so build a bakery and a well, too.

en: The other two important food wares are smoked fish and smoked meat. Raw meat is delivered from a hunter. A fisher gets the fish out of the sea while a fish breeder makes sure that a school of fish does not go extinct by breeding more. Make sure that there are always fish left, otherwise the fish breeder won’t be able to breed new ones. The smoking happens in a smokery, you will need at least two of those.
en_GB: The other two important food wares are smoked fish and smoked meat. Raw meat is delivered from a hunter. A fisherman gets the fish out of the sea while a fish breeder makes sure that a school of fish does not go extinct by breeding more. Make sure that there are always fish left, otherwise the fish breeder won’t be able to breed new ones. The smoking happens in a smokery, you will need at least two of those.

en: Build a mill to make cornmeal and blackroot flour
en_GB: Build a mill to make cornflour and blackroot flour

en: Build a bakery to bake bread from cornmeal, blackroot flour and water
en_GB: Build a bakery to bake bread from cornflour, blackroot flour and water

en: Build a fisher’s house close to water to get raw fish
en_GB: Build a fisherman’s house close to water to get raw fish

en: Build a fish breeder’s house close to the fisher to make sure the fish do not die out
en_GB: Build a fish breeder’s house close to the fisherman to make sure the fish do not die out

en: The ores have to be smelted at a smelting works before they can be used. The refined materials are then used in the weapon smithy, the armor smithy and the toolsmithy.
en_GB: The ores have to be smelted at a smelting works before they can be used. The refined materials are then used in the weapon smithy, the armour smithy and the toolsmithy.

en: Build an armor smithy and a weapon smithy
en_GB: Build an armour smithy and a weapon smithy

en: Like all other tribes, the Atlanteans are also able to train soldiers: the dungeon trains attack – the major attribute of the Atlanteans – and the labyrinth trains evasion, health and defense. The items produced by the industry are used to train better soldiers in the two training sites.
en_GB: Like all other tribes, the Atlanteans are also able to train soldiers: the dungeon trains attack – the major attribute of the Atlanteans – and the labyrinth trains evasion, health and defence. The items produced by the industry are used to train better soldiers in the two training sites.

en: Build 3 ships to escape from the island
en_GB: Build three ships to escape from the island

en: Favored by the God
en_GB: Favoured by the God

note: TRANSLATORS: Loftomor
en: May Satul warm you, Jundlina! The most important things for building a settlement are the building materials. There are some trees here, so we should build housings for some woodcutters and of course also for foresters, so we will not run out of trees. Oh, and we mustn’t forget the sawmill, for most buildings can’t be made out of logs alone. Stronger buildings also need granite, but there is plenty to the north-east of here; we just need to build a quarry, and my stonemasons will go to work promptly.
en_GB: May Satul warm you, Jundlina! The most important things for building a settlement are the building materials. There are some trees here, so we should build housings for some woodcutter's and of course also for foresters, so we will not run out of trees. Oh, and we mustn’t forget the sawmill, for most buildings can’t be made out of logs alone. Stronger buildings also need granite, but there is plenty to the north-east of here; we just need to build a quarry, and my stonemasons will go to work promptly.

note: TRANSLATORS: Jundlina
en: May Satul warm you too, Colionder. Yes, I wondered if there is a way that we could centralize our food production. We lose a lot of productivity because our people are accustomed to making their own food. I feel if we could split responsibilities, it would be better for us all. I want your thoughts on this.
en_GB: May Satul warm you too, Colionder. Yes, I wondered if there is a way that we could centralise our food production. We lose a lot of productivity because our people are accustomed to making their own food. I feel if we could split responsibilities, it would be better for us all. I want your thoughts on this.

note: TRANSLATORS: Colionder
en: But we might find a compromise in between: for me, making bread is a troublesome task. Grinding the blackroots and corn to flour and then baking the bread is tedious and boring; I feel a more industrial approach would be helpful here. I for one would love to just have fresh bread delivered to my house every day.
en_GB: But we might find a compromise in between: for me, making bread is a troublesome task. Grinding the blackroot and corn to flour and then baking the bread is tedious and boring; I feel a more industrial approach would be helpful here. I for one would love to just have fresh bread delivered to my house every day.

note: TRANSLATORS: Sidolus
en: May Satul warm you, Jundlina. Have you considered mining for resources in the mountains around us? We are running short of quartz and diamonds for our buildings. Also, we could use more iron, gold and especially coal. If we find an ample supply of those commodities, we could start producing weapons and tools; this would help enormously. Of course, we would need smelters, a weapon smithy, an armor smithy and a toolsmithy. And maybe even more.
en_GB: May Satul warm you, Jundlina. Have you considered mining for resources in the mountains around us? We are running short of quartz and diamonds for our buildings. Also, we could use more iron, gold and especially coal. If we find an ample supply of those commodities, we could start producing weapons and tools; this would help enormously. Of course, we would need smelters, a weapon smithy, an armour smithy and a toolsmithy. And maybe even more.

note: TRANSLATORS: Jundlina
en: I do not fear the cost and labor as long as it keeps your people at bay. You shall get your buildings. But note that I will not tolerate any rogue soldier; if similar things happen again, I will make you responsible for them. Dismissed.
en_GB: I do not fear the cost and labour as long as it keeps your people at bay. You shall get your buildings. But note that I will not tolerate any rogue soldier; if similar things happen again, I will make you responsible for them. Dismissed.

note: TRANSLATORS: Jundlina
en: We found one more building of this strange making. We have yet to see any of its builders. But obviously there has been a community on this island before and obviously it was militarized. I have to check on our military status with my generals. I will not allow that a potential enemy will find us unprepared.
en_GB: We found one more building of this strange making. We have yet to see any of its builders. But obviously there has been a community on this island before and obviously it was militarised. I have to check on our military status with my generals. I will not allow that a potential enemy will find us unprepared.

en: A sending spot
en_GB: A sending end

en: A receiving spot
en_GB: A receiving end

en: If you finish a castle in the target area on the second island, you will get a third headquarters on the third island. You must build a castle at the center of the third island and hold it for 20 minutes to win the game.
en_GB: If you finish a castle in the target area on the second island, you will get a third headquarters on the third island. You must build a castle at the centre of the third island and hold it for 20 minutes to win the game.

en: In this tutorial, you will learn what option Widelands offers to adjust your economy. Recommended for players with some experience.
en_GB: In this tutorial, you will learn what options Widelands offers to adjust your economy. Recommended for players with some experience.

en: A few miles in front of Gerion Coast lies a small unnamed island. Until now, you have not seen any reason to sail there, but yesterday a big fireball came from the sky and touched down in its center. Is this a sign of the Gods? You believe it is and you hope that your tribe will find the treasure of this island before other tribes will follow.
en_GB: A few miles in front of Gerion Coast lies a small unnamed island. Until now, you have not seen any reason to sail there, but yesterday a big fireball came from the sky and touched down in its centre. Is this a sign of the Gods? You believe it is and you hope that your tribe will find the treasure of this island before other tribes will follow.

en: Long after a meteor crashed into a couple of mountains, life blossoms in the crater. Two tribes are now fighting for the rich resources.
en_GB: Long after a meteor crashed into the mountains, life blossoms in the crater. Two tribes are now fighting for the rich resources.

en: Four tribes struggle with their nearest neighbor to be the first to reach the mountain of gold that promises riches beyond belief. But can the two remaining ones share the resources wisely?
en_GB: Four tribes struggle with their nearest neighbour to be the first to reach the mountain of gold that promises riches beyond belief. But can the two remaining ones share the resources wisely?

en: The breath-taking beauty of these emerald lands has lured many tribes into an attempt to take them for themselves.
en_GB: The breathtaking beauty of these emerald lands has lured many tribes into an attempt to take them for themselves.

en: Is this a test by the Gods or an evil plan by someone else, that you and your tribe woke up on this island among fire and lava? Until now it seems as if you are alone, but no-one knows what might happen if you met an opposing tribe?
en_GB: Is this a test by the Gods or an evil plan by someone else, that you and your tribe woke up on this island among fire and lava? Until now it seems as if you are alone, but no-one knows what might happen if you met an opposing tribe.

en: Well protected in their mighty fortresses, four power-hungry warlords are completing their schemes to dominate these lands…
en_GB: Well-protected in their mighty fortresses, four power-hungry warlords are completing their schemes to dominate these lands…

en: For centuries, you’ve lived peacefully side by side with the other tribe on the neighboring island. This peace seems to come to an end now – your neighbor has begun to expand.
en_GB: For centuries, you’ve lived peacefully side by side with the other tribe on the neighbouring island. This peace seems to come to an end now – your neighbour has begun to expand.

en: A special tournament in Atlantean culture is the so-called ‘Island Hopping’, where two or more groups try to reach the center island as fast as possible, to be the first erecting a castle on the top of the central mountain.
en_GB: A special tournament in Atlantean culture is the so-called ‘Island Hopping’, where two or more groups try to reach the centre island as fast as possible, to be the first erecting a castle on the top of the central mountain.

en: Your well established smuggling routes suddenly got busy: two other tribes have appeared and now a rivalry among smugglers has started. Which team will be the first to smuggle a certain number of wares?
en_GB: Your well-established smuggling routes suddenly got busy: two other tribes have appeared and now a rivalry among smugglers has started. Which team will be the first to smuggle a certain number of wares?

en: A mystical land, full of different landscapes, which are all crossed by a handful of big rivers.
en_GB: A mystical land, full of different landscapes, crossed by several large rivers.

en: Some say that impenetrable lands to the far north scared away even the most courageous settlers and the bravest of the brave warriors. Big and old forests, full of big and predatory game, cut across by wetlands and hills were shrouded in mystery. The ones who had managed to come back mentioned tremendous buildings, decorated with carvings and gold from majestic mountain ranges somewhere amongst the wilderness. Dozens of years after only some crumbly ruins remain of these good old times, covered with moss and trees. Their shapes give only an idea about the craftsmanship of ancient constructors. Nobody knows why they (have) disappeared. Nobody knows why. People say that now nothing is blocking the road to wealth. But many will die pulled apart by wolves, engulfed by swamp… encircled by hostile tribes.
en_GB: Some say that impenetrable lands to the far north scared away even the most courageous settlers and the bravest of the brave warriors. Big and old forests, full of big and predatory game, cut across by wetlands and hills were shrouded in mystery. The ones who had managed to come back mentioned tremendous buildings, decorated with carvings and gold from majestic mountain ranges somewhere amongst the wilderness. Dozens of years after only some crumbly ruins remain of these good old times, covered with moss and trees. Their shapes give only an idea about the craftsmanship of ancient constructors. Nobody knows why they disappeared. People say that now nothing is blocking the road to wealth. But many will die pulled apart by wolves, engulfed by swamp… encircled by hostile tribes.

en: There is something mystical like a gray atmosphere around these three oases, which no one has found out about yet. Perhaps you will be the one, but be aware of the others who are searching too!
en_GB: There is something mystical like a grey atmosphere around these three oases, which no one has found out about yet. Perhaps you will be the one, but be aware of the others who are searching too!

en: The four mighty harbors of the Craw Islands have been trading their goods among each other for ages. All of them needed resources that they could not produce in their own territory and in exchange provided other resources to those that could not produce them. Based on these trades, a very friendly commerce was common between the four harbors and the people living on the Craw Islands – until recently, when two of the harbors united to form an exclusive trade alliance, forcing the other two to do the same. Suddenly, it seems only a matter of time before the first fights between the harbors will shatter the peaceful life that has lasted for so long…
en_GB: The four mighty harbours of the Craw Islands have been trading their goods among each other for ages. All of them needed resources that they could not produce in their own territory and in exchange provided other resources to those that could not produce them. Based on these trades, a very friendly commerce was common between the four harbours and the people living on the Craw Islands – until recently, when two of the harbours united to form an exclusive trade alliance, forcing the other two to do the same. Suddenly, it seems only a matter of time before the first fights between the harbours will shatter the peaceful life that has lasted for so long…

en: Many beautiful, green islands await the ones brave enough to pass the thousand waves, twinkling in the sun.
en_GB: Many beautiful green islands await those brave enough to pass the thousand waves, twinkling in the sun.

en: It seems as if this magical valley has been inhabited by wisents since the beginning of days. When your tribe came to this place, you were sure that it offered enough space for a peaceful life. But can your tribe live in peace with your neighbors?
en_GB: It seems as if this magical valley has been inhabited by wisents since the beginning of days. When your tribe came to this place, you were sure that it offered enough space for a peaceful life. But can your tribe live in peace with your neighbours?

en: The black player is surrounded in the center with no resources, so there are three different ways to use this map: without the black player for a normal 4 players’ map, with a black AI to add a complication to the expansion of the other players, or you can play as a challenge with the black player against the other 4 (VERY difficult).
en_GB: The black player is surrounded in the centre with no resources, so there are three different ways to use this map: without the black player for a normal 4 players’ map, with a black AI to add a complication to the expansion of the other players, or you can play as a challenge with the black player against the other 4 (VERY difficult).

en: Defeat Lanissa and capture the ancient castle.
en_GB: Defeat Lanissa and capture the Ancient Castle.

en: By the Gods! One of our scouts has discovered a mighty castle at the center of the old plateau. The castle must be quite old and seems to have been built in a foreign style. It’s quite obvious that this is not barbarian craft.
en_GB: By the Gods! One of our scouts has discovered a mighty castle at the centre of the old plateau. The castle must be quite old and seems to have been built in a foreign style. It’s quite obvious that this is not barbarian craft.

en: Wonderful! Our troops have finally defeated Lanissa and her soldiers. The ancient castle is ours!
en_GB: Wonderful! Our troops have finally defeated Lanissa and her soldiers. The Ancient Castle is ours!

en: Failed to set pipe nonblocking: %s
en_GB: Failed to set pipe non-blocking: %s

note: #-#-#-#-#  1503 (vte)  #-#-#-#-# Application signalled an "identified coding system" we haven't heard of.  See ECMA-35 for gory details.
en: Unrecognized identified coding system.
en_GB: Unrecognised identified coding system.

en: Error reading PTY size, using defaults: %s
en_GB: Error reading PTY size; using defaults: %s

en: %s:	%s
en_GB: %s:<span class="whitespace other" title="Tab">»</span>%s

note: #-#-#-#-#  166  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, labelColors) #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/engines/surfacesettingswidget.ui:153 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, colorLabel)
en: Colors:
en_GB: Colours:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1486 (umbrello)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, colorGroupBox) #-#-#-#-#  1481 (tuxpaint)  #-#-#-#-# Title of color palette (buttons across the bottom) #-#-#-#-#  1330  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox) #-#-#-#-#  1306 (rkward
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

en: Recognized variables are:
en_GB: Recognised variables are:

en: Choose virtualization type
en_GB: Choose virtualisation type

en: C_ustomize configuration before install
en_GB: C_ustomise configuration before install

en: Error launching connect dialog: %s
en_GB: Error launching connect dialogue: %s

en: Error launching delete dialog: %s
en_GB: Error launching delete dialogue: %s

en: Error launching hardware dialog: %s
en_GB: Error launching hardware dialogue: %s

en: Disabled in preferences dialog.
en_GB: Disabled in preferences dialogue.

en: Error launching migrate dialog: %s
en_GB: Error launching migrate dialogue: %s

en: Error initializing spice USB device widget
en_GB: Error initialising spice USB device widget

en: Force to copy devices (eg, if 'hdc' is a readonly cdrom device, --force-copy=hdc)
en_GB: Force to copy devices (eg, if 'hdc' is a readonly CDROM device, --force-copy=hdc)

en: New file to use as storage for nvram VARS
en_GB: New file to use as storage for NVRAM VARS

en: Virtualization Platform Options
en_GB: Virtualisation Platform Options

en: This guest should be a fully virtualized guest
en_GB: This guest should be a fully virtualised guest

en: This guest should be a paravirtualized guest
en_GB: This guest should be a paravirtualised guest

en: measure a set of patches on a color chart
en_GB: measure a set of patches on a colour chart

en: color operations
en_GB: colour operations

en: color space transformations
en_GB: colour space transformations

en: change color coding
en_GB: change colour coding

en: calculate color difference
en_GB: calculate colour difference

en: unimplemented input color space 0x%x
en_GB: unimplemented input colour space 0x%x

en: unimplemented output color space 0x%x
en_GB: unimplemented output colour space 0x%x

en: Color temperature
en_GB: Colour temperature

en: convert to a new colorspace
en_GB: convert to a new colourspace

en: Destination color space
en_GB: Destination colour space

en: Source color space
en_GB: Source colour space

en: false-color an image
en_GB: false-colour an image

en: bad colormap
en_GB: bad colourmap

en: unsupported color type
en_GB: unsupported colour type

en: Neither global nor local color map
en_GB: Neither global nor local colour map

en: unsupported colorspace %d
en_GB: unsupported colourspace %d

en: PLUGIN
en_GB: PLUG-IN

en: If not set, the server will listen on all network interfaces.
    
    Set this if you want to accept connections only from some specific network interface. For example, eth0, wifi0, lo and so on.
en_GB: If not set, the server will listen on all network interfaces.
    
    Set this if you want to accept connections only from some specific network interface. e.g.: eth0, wifi0, lo and so on

en: This key specifies the e-mail address to which the remote desktop URL should be sent if the user clicks on the URL in the Desktop Sharing preferences dialog.
en_GB: This key specifies the e-mail address to which the remote desktop URL should be sent if the user clicks on the URL in the Desktop Sharing preferences dialogue.

en: This key controls the behavior of the status icon. There are three options: "always" - the icon will always be present; "client" - the icon will only be present when someone is connected (this is the default behavior); "never" - the icon will not be present.
en_GB: This key controls the behaviour of the status icon. There are three options: "always" — The icon will always be present; "client" — the icon will only be present when someone is connected (this is the default behaviour); "never" — the icon will not be present.

en: When true, disable the desktop background and replace it with a single block of color when a user successfully connects.
en_GB: When true, disable the desktop background and replace it with a single block of colour when a user successfully connects.

en: Your XServer does not support the XTest extension - remote desktop access will be view-only
en_GB: Your XServer does not support the XTest extension — remote desktop access will be view-only

en: Error initializing libnotify
en_GB: Error initialising libnotify

en: Licensed under the GNU General Public License Version 2
    
    Vino is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
    as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
    of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    Vino is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
    02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: Licensed under the GNU General Public Licence Version 2
    
    Vino is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence
    as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
    of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    Vino is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
    02110-1301, USA.

en: Maximum number of history items in connect dialog
en_GB: Maximum number of history items in connect dialogue

en: Color _Depth:
en_GB: Colour _Depth:

en: True Color (24 bits)
en_GB: True Colour (24 bits)

en: High Color (16 bits)
en_GB: High Colour (16 bits)

en: Low Color (8 bits)
en_GB: Low Colour (8 bits)

en: Ultra Low Color (3 bits)
en_GB: Ultra Low Colour (3 bits)

en: Error while initializing bookmarks: %s
en_GB: Error while initialising bookmarks: %s

en: Error while initializing bookmarks: The file seems to be empty
en_GB: Error while initialising bookmarks: The file seems to be empty

en: Error while initializing bookmarks: The file is not a vinagre bookmarks file
en_GB: Error while initialising bookmarks: The file is not a Vinagre bookmarks file

en: Error while saving bookmarks: Failed to initialize the XML structure
en_GB: Error while saving bookmarks: Failed to initialise the XML structure

en: Error while saving bookmarks: Failed to finalize the XML structure
en_GB: Error while saving bookmarks: Failed to finalise the XML structure

en: Error while migrating bookmarks: Failed to initialize the XML structure
en_GB: Error while migrating bookmarks: Failed to initialise the XML structure

en: Error while migrating bookmarks: Failed to finalize the XML structure
en_GB: Error while migrating bookmarks: Failed to finalise the XML structure

en: The file was not recognized by any of the plugins.
en_GB: The file was not recognised by any of the plugins.

en: Failed to resolve avahi hostname: %s
en_GB: Failed to resolve Avahi hostname: %s

en: Failed to initialize mDNS browser: %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise mDNS browser: %s

note: Translators: this is a command line option (run vinagre --help)
en: Open a file recognized by Vinagre
en_GB: Open a file recognised by Vinagre

en: Cannot initialize preferences manager.
en_GB: Cannot initialise preferences manager.

en: Password dialog canceled
en_GB: Password dialogue cancelled

en: Login dialog canceled
en_GB: Login dialogue cancelled

en: Open a .VNC file
en_GB: Open a .vnc file

en: E903: received command with non-string argument
en_GB: E903: Received command with non-string argument

en: E904: last argument for expr/call must be a number
en_GB: E904: Last argument for expr/call must be a number

en: E904: third argument for call must be a list
en_GB: E904: Third argument for call must be a list

en: E905: received unknown command: %s
en_GB: E905: Received unknown command: %s

en: E912: cannot use ch_evalexpr()/ch_sendexpr() with a raw or nl channel
en_GB: E912: Cannot use ch_evalexpr()/ch_sendexpr() with a raw or nl channel

en: E906: not an open channel
en_GB: E906: Not an open channel

en: E918: buffer must be loaded: %s
en_GB: E918: Buffer must be loaded: %s

en: Keys don't match!
en_GB: Keys do not match!

en: E101: More than two buffers in diff mode, don't know which one to use
en_GB: E101: More than two buffers in diff mode, do not know which one to use

en: E102: Can't find buffer "%s"
en_GB: E102: Cannot find buffer "%s"

en: E806: using Float as a String
en_GB: E806: Using Float as a String

en: E738: Can't list variables for %s
en_GB: E738: Cannot list variables for %s

en: E743: variable nested too deep for (un)lock
en_GB: E743: Variable nested too deep for (un)lock

en: E724: variable nested too deep for displaying
en_GB: E724: Variable nested too deep for displaying

en: E729: using Funcref as a String
en_GB: E729: Using Funcref as a String

en: E730: using List as a String
en_GB: E730: Using List as a String

en: E731: using Dictionary as a String
en_GB: E731: Using Dictionary as a String

en: E908: using an invalid value as a String
en_GB: E908: Using an invalid value as a String

en: E698: variable nested too deep for making a copy
en_GB: E698: Variable nested too deep for making a copy

en: E785: complete() can only be used in Insert mode
en_GB: E785: Complete() can only be used in Insert mode

en: E922: expected a dict
en_GB: E922: Expected a dict

en: E916: not a valid job
en_GB: E916: Not a valid job

en: E941: already started a server
en_GB: E941: Already started a server

en: E935: invalid submatch number: %d
en_GB: E935: Invalid submatch number: %d

en: E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!
en_GB: E138: Cannot write viminfo file %s!

en: E886: Can't rename viminfo file to %s!
en_GB: E886: Cannot rename viminfo file to %s!

en: # You may edit it if you're careful!
en_GB: # You may edit it if you are careful!

en: E144: non-numeric argument to :z
en_GB: E144: Non-numeric argument to :z

en: E146: Regular expressions can't be delimited by letters
en_GB: E146: Regular expressions cannot be delimited by letters

en: E666: compiler not supported: %s
en_GB: E666: Compiler not supported: %s

en: E493: Backwards range given
en_GB: E493: Backward range given

en: Backwards range given, OK to swap
en_GB: Backward range given, OK to swap

en: E179: argument required for -complete
en_GB: E179: Argument required for -complete

en: E179: argument required for -addr
en_GB: E179: Argument required for -addr

en: E185: Cannot find color scheme '%s'
en_GB: E185: Cannot find colour scheme '%s'

en: E495: no autocommand file name to substitute for "<afile>"
en_GB: E495: No autocommand file name to substitute for "<afile>"

en: E496: no autocommand buffer number to substitute for "<abuf>"
en_GB: E496: No autocommand buffer number to substitute for "<abuf>"

en: E497: no autocommand match name to substitute for "<amatch>"
en_GB: E497: No autocommand match name to substitute for "<amatch>"

en: E498: no :source file name to substitute for "<sfile>"
en_GB: E498: No :source file name to substitute for "<sfile>"

en: E842: no line number to use for "<slnum>"
en_GB: E842: No line number to use for "<slnum>"

en: E583: multiple :else
en_GB: E583: Multiple :else

note: Give up for a multiple ":finally" and ignore it.
en: E607: multiple :finally
en_GB: E607: Multiple :finally

en: Can't find temp file for conversion
en_GB: Cannot find temp file for conversion

en: can't read output of 'charconvert'
en_GB: cannot read output of 'charconvert'

en: E506: Can't write to backup file (add ! to override)
en_GB: E506: Cannot write to backup file (add ! to override)

en: E508: Can't read file for backup (add ! to override)
en_GB: E508: Cannot read file for backup (add ! to override)

en: E510: Can't make backup file (add ! to override)
en_GB: E510: Cannot make backup file (add ! to override)

en: E214: Can't find temp file for writing
en_GB: E214: Cannot find temp file for writing

en: E166: Can't open linked file for writing
en_GB: E166: Cannot open linked file for writing

en: E212: Can't open file for writing
en_GB: E212: Cannot open file for writing

en: E513: write error, conversion failed (make 'fenc' empty to override)
en_GB: E513: Write error, conversion failed (make 'fenc' empty to override)

en: E513: write error, conversion failed in line %ld (make 'fenc' empty to override)
en_GB: E513: Write error, conversion failed in line %ld (make 'fenc' empty to override)

en: E514: write error (file system full?)
en_GB: E514: Write error (file system full?)

en: E205: Patchmode: can't save original file
en_GB: E205: Patchmode: cannot save original file

en: E206: patchmode: can't touch empty original file
en_GB: E206: Patchmode: cannot touch empty original file

en: E207: Can't delete backup file
en_GB: E207: Cannot delete backup file

en: don't quit the editor until the file is successfully written!
en_GB: do not quit the editor until the file is successfully written!

en: E217: Can't execute autocommands for ALL events
en_GB: E217: Cannot execute autocommands for ALL events

en: E223: recursive mapping
en_GB: E223: Recursive mapping

en: E224: global abbreviation already exists for %s
en_GB: E224: Global abbreviation already exists for %s

en: E225: global mapping already exists for %s
en_GB: E225: Global mapping already exists for %s

en: E226: abbreviation already exists for %s
en_GB: E226: Abbreviation already exists for %s

en: E227: mapping already exists for %s
en_GB: E227: Mapping already exists for %s

en: E254: Cannot allocate color %s
en_GB: E254: Cannot allocate colour %s

en: E616: vim_SelFile: can't get font %s
en_GB: E616: vim_SelFile: cannot get font %s

en: E614: vim_SelFile: can't return to current directory
en_GB: E614: vim_SelFile: cannot return to current directory

en: E615: vim_SelFile: can't get current directory
en_GB: E615: vim_SelFile: cannot get current directory

en: Vim E458: Cannot allocate colormap entry, some colors may be incorrect
en_GB: Vim E458: Cannot allocate colourmap entry, some colours may be incorrect

en: E552: digit expected
en_GB: E552: Digit expected

en: E624: Can't open file "%s"
en_GB: E624: Cannot open file "%s"

en: E457: Can't read PostScript resource file "%s"
en_GB: E457: Cannot read PostScript resource file "%s"

en: E618: file "%s" is not a PostScript resource file
en_GB: E618: File "%s" is not a PostScript resource file

en: E619: file "%s" is not a supported PostScript resource file
en_GB: E619: File "%s" is not a supported PostScript resource file

en: E324: Can't open PostScript output file
en_GB: E324: Cannot open PostScript output file

en: E456: Can't open file "%s"
en_GB: E456: Cannot open file "%s"

en: E456: Can't find PostScript resource file "prolog.ps"
en_GB: E456: Cannot find PostScript resource file "prolog.ps"

en: E456: Can't find PostScript resource file "cidfont.ps"
en_GB: E456: Cannot find PostScript resource file "cidfont.ps"

en: E456: Can't find PostScript resource file "%s.ps"
en_GB: E456: Cannot find PostScript resource file "%s.ps"

en: E262: error reading cscope connection %ld
en_GB: E262: Error reading cscope connection %ld

en: E561: unknown cscope search type
en_GB: E561: Unknown cscope search type

en: E567: no cscope connections
en_GB: E567: No cscope connections

en: E469: invalid cscopequickfix flag %c for %c
en_GB: E469: Invalid cscopequickfix flag %c for %c

en: E259: no matches found for cscope query %s of %s
en_GB: E259: No matches found for cscope query %s of %s

en: E625: cannot open cscope database: %s
en_GB: E625: Cannot open cscope database: %s

en: E626: cannot get cscope database information
en_GB: E626: Cannot get cscope database information

en: E568: duplicate cscope database not added
en_GB: E568: Duplicate cscope database not added

note: should not reach here
en: E570: fatal error in cs_manage_matches
en_GB: E570: Fatal error in cs_manage_matches

en: couldn't open buffer
en_GB: could not open buffer

en: E267: unexpected return
en_GB: E267: Unexpected return

en: E268: unexpected next
en_GB: E268: Unexpected next

en: E269: unexpected break
en_GB: E269: Unexpected break

en: E270: unexpected redo
en_GB: E270: Unexpected redo

en: E271: retry outside of rescue clause
en_GB: E271: Retry outside of rescue clause

en: E272: unhandled exception
en_GB: E272: Unhandled exception

en: E273: unknown longjmp status %d
en_GB: E273: Unknown longjmp status %d

en: E572: exit code %d
en_GB: E572: Exit code %d

en: netbeans is not supported with this GUI
en_GB: NetBeans is not supported with this GUI

en: --literal		Don't expand wildcards
en_GB: --literal		Do not expand wildcards

en: -f  or  --nofork	Foreground: Don't fork when starting GUI
en_GB: -f  or  --nofork	Foreground: Do not fork when starting GUI

en: -f			Don't use newcli to open window
en_GB: -f			Do not use newcli to open window

en: --noplugin		Don't load plugin scripts
en_GB: --noplugin		Do not load plugin scripts

en: --remote-silent <files>  Same, don't complain if there is no server
en_GB: --remote-silent <files>  Same, do not complain if there is no server

en: --remote-wait-silent <files>  Same, don't complain if there is no server
en_GB: --remote-wait-silent <files>  Same, do not complain if there is no server

en: -background <color>	Use <color> for the background (also: -bg)
en_GB: -background <colour>	Use <colour> for the background (also: -bg)

en: -foreground <color>	Use <color> for normal text (also: -fg)
en_GB: -foreground <colour>	Use <colour> for normal text (also: -fg)

en: +reverse		Don't use reverse video (also: +rv)
en_GB: +reverse		Do not use reverse video (also: +rv)

en: E288: input method doesn't support any style
en_GB: E288: Input method does not support any style

en: E289: input method doesn't support my preedit type
en_GB: E289: Input method does not support my preedit type

en: E293: block was not locked
en_GB: E293: Block was not locked

en: E298: Didn't get block nr 0?
en_GB: E298: Did not get block nr 0?

en: E298: Didn't get block nr 1?
en_GB: E298: Did not get block nr 1?

en: E298: Didn't get block nr 2?
en_GB: E298: Did not get block nr 2?

en: E304: ml_upd_block0(): Didn't get block 0??
en_GB: E304: ml_upd_block0(): Did not get block 0??

en: E317: pointer block id wrong 3
en_GB: E317: Pointer block id wrong 3

en: E317: pointer block id wrong 4
en_GB: E317: Pointer block id wrong 4

en: E317: pointer block id wrong
en_GB: E317: Pointer block id wrong

en: E322: line number out of range: %ld past the end
en_GB: E322: Line number out of range: %ld past the end

en: E323: line count wrong in block %ld
en_GB: E323: Line count wrong in block %ld

en: E317: pointer block id wrong 2
en_GB: E317: Pointer block id wrong 2

en: Messages maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
en_GB: Messages maintainer: Mike Williams <mrw@eandem.co.uk>

en: E548: digit expected
en_GB: E548: Digit expected

en: E854: path too long for completion
en_GB: E854: Path too long for completion

en: E344: Can't find directory "%s" in cdpath
en_GB: E344: Cannot find directory "%s" in cdpath

en: E345: Can't find file "%s" in path
en_GB: E345: Cannot find file "%s" in path

en: E838: netbeans is not supported with this GUI
en_GB: E838: NetBeans is not supported with this GUI

en: E511: netbeans already connected
en_GB: E511: NetBeans already connected

en: E664: changelist is empty
en_GB: E664: Changelist is empty

en: E883: search pattern and expression register may not contain two or more lines
en_GB: E883: Search pattern and expression register may not contain two or more lines

en: E595: contains unprintable or wide character
en_GB: E595: Contains unprintable or wide character

en: E597: can't select fontset
en_GB: E597: Cannot select fontset

en: E533: can't select wide font
en_GB: E533: Cannot select wide font

en: E536: comma required
en_GB: E536: Comma required

en: E542: unbalanced groups
en_GB: E542: Unbalanced groups

en: VIM: Can't open window!
en_GB: VIM: Cannot open window!

en: E369: invalid item in %s%%[]
en_GB: E369: Invalid item in %s%%[]

en: E59: invalid character after %s@
en_GB: E59: Invalid character after %s@

en: E63: invalid use of \_
en_GB: E63: Invalid use of \_

note: Can't have a multi follow a multi.
en: E871: (NFA regexp) Can't have a multi follow a multi
en_GB: E871: (NFA regexp) Cannot have a multi follow a multi

en: E384: search hit TOP without match for: %s
en_GB: E384: Search hit TOP without match for: %s

en: E385: search hit BOTTOM without match for: %s
en_GB: E385: Search hit BOTTOM without match for: %s

en: E388: Couldn't find definition
en_GB: E388: Could not find definition

en: E389: Couldn't find pattern
en_GB: E389: Could not find pattern

en: E781: .sug file doesn't match .spl file: %s
en_GB: E781: .sug file does not match .spl file: %s

en: E782: error while reading .sug file: %s
en_GB: E782: Error while reading .sug file: %s

en: Unrecognized or duplicate item in %s line %d: %s
en_GB: Unrecognised or duplicate item in %s line %d: %s

en: Unrecognized flags in %s line %d: %s
en_GB: Unrecognised flags in %s line %d: %s

note: * file.
en: E783: duplicate char in MAP entry
en_GB: E783: Duplicate char in MAP entry

en: E395: contains argument not accepted here
en_GB: E395: Contains argument not accepted here

en: E844: invalid cchar value
en_GB: E844: Invalid cchar value

en: E394: Didn't find region item for %s
en_GB: E394: Did not find region item for %s

en: E890: trailing char after ']': %s]%s
en_GB: E890: Trailing char after ']': %s]%s

en: E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim
en_GB: E679: Recursive loop loading syncolor.vim

en: E411: highlight group not found: %s
en_GB: E411: Highlight group not found: %s

en: E415: unexpected equal sign: %s
en_GB: E415: Unexpected equal sign: %s

en: E416: missing equal sign: %s
en_GB: E416: Missing equal sign: %s

en: E417: missing argument: %s
en_GB: E417: Missing argument: %s

en: E419: FG color unknown
en_GB: E419: FG colour unknown

en: E420: BG color unknown
en_GB: E420: BG colour unknown

en: E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s
en_GB: E421: Colour name or number not recognised: %s

en: E422: terminal code too long: %s
en_GB: E422: Terminal code too long: %s

en: E555: at bottom of tag stack
en_GB: E555: At bottom of tag stack

en: E556: at top of tag stack
en_GB: E556: At top of tag stack

en: E426: tag not found: %s
en_GB: E426: Tag not found: %s

en: E434: Can't find tag pattern
en_GB: E434: Cannot find tag pattern

en: E435: Couldn't find tag, just guessing!
en_GB: E435: Could not find tag, just guessing!

en: E437: terminal capability "cm" required
en_GB: E437: Terminal capability "cm" required

en: E829: write error in undo file: %s
en_GB: E829: Write error in undo file: %s

en: E442: Can't split topleft and botright at the same time
en_GB: E442: Cannot split topleft and botright at the same time

en: E447: Can't find file "%s" in path
en_GB: E447: Cannot find file "%s" in path

en: E247: no registered server named "%s"
en_GB: E247: No registered server named "%s"

en: E482: Can't create file %s
en_GB: E482: Cannot create file %s

en: E483: Can't get temp file name
en_GB: E483: Cannot get temp file name

en: E484: Can't open file %s
en_GB: E484: Cannot open file %s

en: E485: Can't read file %s
en_GB: E485: Cannot read file %s

en: E40: Can't open errorfile %s
en_GB: E40: Cannot open errorfile %s

en: E233: cannot open display
en_GB: E233: Cannot open display

en: E684: list index out of range: %ld
en_GB: E684: List index out of range: %ld

en: E255: Couldn't read in sign data!
en_GB: E255: Could not read in sign data!

en: E363: pattern uses more memory than 'maxmempattern'
en_GB: E363: Pattern uses more memory than 'maxmempattern'

en: E749: empty buffer
en_GB: E749: Empty buffer

en: can't delete OutputObject attributes
en_GB: cannot delete OutputObject attributes

en: Alphabetical
en_GB: Alphabetically

en: Centered around:
en_GB: Centred around:

en: C_enter:
en_GB: C_entre:

en: Customize:
en_GB: Customise:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1315 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/menus.jl #-#-#-#-#  1314 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1126 (LxLauncher)  #-#-#-#-# item = gtk_separator_menu_item_new(); gtk_menu_shell_append(p, item);
en: _Customize
en_GB: _Customise

en: Customize Toolbar
en_GB: Customise Toolbar

en: Min Elev Color:
en_GB: Min Elev Colour

en: All Tracks Color:
en_GB: All Tracks Colour:

en: The color used when 'All Tracks Same Color' drawing mode is selected
en_GB: The colour used when 'All Tracks Same Colour' drawing mode is selected

en: Track Background Color
en_GB: Track Background Colour

en: The percentage factor away from the average speed determining the color used
en_GB: The percentage factor away from the average speed determining the colour used

en: Waypoint Color:
en_GB: Waypoint Colour:

en: Fake BG Color Translucency:
en_GB: Fake BG Colour Translucency:

en: <b>Color:</b>
en_GB: <b>Colour:</b>

en: Zoom (meters per pixel):
en_GB: Zoom (metres per pixel):

en: Choose a background color
en_GB: Choose a background colour

en: Choose a track highlight color
en_GB: Choose a track highlight colour

en: Properties...
en_GB: Properties…

en: Set _Highlight Color...
en_GB: Set _Highlight Colour...

en: Set Bac_kground Color...
en_GB: Set Bac_kground Colour...

en: Show Center Mark
en_GB: Show Centre Mark

en: You're currently authorized to configure system-wide settings (that affect all users) without typing the administrator password again. You can give up this authorization.
en_GB: You're currently authorised to configure system-wide settings (that affect all users) without typing the administrator password again. You can give up this authorisation.

en: Keep Authorization
en_GB: Keep Authorisation

en: Forget Authorization
en_GB: Forget Authorisation

en: Failed to set IO channel nonblocking: %s
en_GB: Failed to set I/O channel non-blocking: %s

en: One or more of the changed fields is invalid.
    This is probably due to either colons or commas in one of the fields.
    Please remove those and try again.
en_GB: One or more of the changed fields is invalid.
    This is probably due to either colons or commas in one of the fields.
    Please remove these and try again.

en: Password resetting error.
en_GB: Error resetting password.

en: Failed to find selected program.
en_GB: Failed to find the selected program.

note: FIXME: print a warning here?
en: Unable to open graphical window, and unable to find controlling terminal.
en_GB: Unable to open a graphical window and unable to find the controlling terminal.

en: Generalization
en_GB: Generalisation

en: Realization
en_GB: Realisation

en: Change fill color : %1
en_GB: Change fill colour : %1

en: Change line color : %1
en_GB: Change line colour : %1

en: Change text color : %1
en_GB: Change text colour : %1

en: Use fill color : %1
en_GB: Use fill colour : %1

en: No fill color : %1
en_GB: No fill colour : %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, createArtifactCheckBox)
en: For each imported file create an artifact in the component view
en_GB: For each imported file create an artefact in the component view

[ctx: color group box]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: Custom text color
en_GB: Custom text colour

en: Custom line color
en_GB: Custom line colour

note: i18n("D&efault Color"), m_colorGB); colorLayout->addWidget(m_lineDefaultB, 0, 2);
en: Custom fill color
en_GB: Custom fill colour

en: Custom grid color
en_GB: Custom grid colour

en: Custom background color
en_GB: Custom background colour

en: &Use fill color
en_GB: &Use fill colour

[ctx: title of color group]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: Bug fixing, porting work, code cleanup, new features.
en_GB: Bug fixing, porting work, code clean-up, new features.

en: Porting work, code cleanup, new features.
en_GB: Porting work, code clean-up, new features.

en: Externalize Folder...
en_GB: Externalise Folder...

en: Fill Color...
en_GB: Fill Colour...

en: Internalize Folder
en_GB: Internalise Folder

en: Line Color...
en_GB: Line Colour...

[ctx: color menu]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (useFillColor), group (UI Options)
en: Use Fill Color
en_GB: Use Fill Colour

en: No Fill Color
en_GB: No Fill Colour

en: new_artifact
en_GB: new_artefact

en: New artifact
en_GB: New artefact

en: Enter the name of the new artifact:
en_GB: Enter the name of the new artefact:

en: Rename artifact
en_GB: Rename artefact

en: Enter the new name of the artifact:
en_GB: Enter the new name of the artefact:

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (useFillColor), group (UI Options)
en: Enables/Disables usage of fill color
en_GB: Enables/Disables usage of fill colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1486 (umbrello)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (fillColor), group (UI Options)
en: Fill Color
en_GB: Fill Colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (fillColor), group (UI Options)
en: The Fill Color to be used
en_GB: The Fill Colour to be used

note: #-#-#-#-#  1486 (umbrello)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (lineColor), group (UI Options)
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (lineColor), group (UI Options)
en: The Color of the Lines
en_GB: The Colour of the Lines

note: #-#-#-#-#  1486 (umbrello)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (textColor), group (UI Options)
en: Text Color
en_GB: Text Colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (textColor), group (UI Options)
en: The Color of the Text
en_GB: The Colour of the Text

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (backgroundColor), group (UI Options)
en: The Color of the diagram background
en_GB: The Colour of the diagram background

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (gridDotColor), group (UI Options)
en: Grid Dot Color
en_GB: Grid Dot Colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (gridDotColor), group (UI Options)
en: The Color of the grid dots
en_GB: The Colour of the grid dots

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (paperColor), group (Code Viewer Options)
en: Paper Color
en_GB: Paper Colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (paperColor), group (Code Viewer Options)
en: Color of the Paper
en_GB: Colour of the Paper

note: #-#-#-#-#  1486 (umbrello)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (fontColor), group (Code Viewer Options)
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (fontColor), group (Code Viewer Options)
en: Color of the Font
en_GB: Colour of the Font

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (selectedColor), group (Code Viewer Options) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (selectedColor), group (Code Viewer Options)
en: Selected Color
en_GB: Selected Colour

[ctx: Color of the Edit Block]
note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (editBlockColor), group (Code Viewer Options)
en: Edit Block Color
en_GB: Edit Block Colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (editBlockColor), group (Code Viewer Options)
en: Color of the Edit Block
en_GB: Colour of the Edit Block

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (nonEditBlockColor), group (Code Viewer Options) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (nonEditBlockColor), group (Code Viewer Options)
en: Non Edit Block Color
en_GB: Non Edit Block Colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (umlObjectColor), group (Code Viewer Options)
en: UML Object Color
en_GB: UML Object Colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (umlObjectColor), group (Code Viewer Options)
en: Color of the UML Object
en_GB: Colour of the UML Object

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (hiddenColor), group (Code Viewer Options) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (hiddenColor), group (Code Viewer Options)
en: Hidden Color
en_GB: Hidden Colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (createArtifacts), group (Code Importer)
en: Create Artifacts for imported files
en_GB: Create Artefacts for imported files

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (createArtifacts), group (Code Importer)
en: Create an artifact in the component view for each imported file
en_GB: Create an artefact in the component view for each imported file

en: Artifact &name:
en_GB: Artefact &name:

en: Externalize Folder
en_GB: Externalise Folder

en: Rename canceled
en_GB: Rename cancelled

en: The name you entered was invalid.
    Renaming process has been canceled.
en_GB: The name you entered was invalid.
    Renaming process has been cancelled.

en: Use fill color
en_GB: Use fill colour

en: No fill color
en_GB: No fill colour

en: Change line color
en_GB: Change line colour

en: Change fill color
en_GB: Change fill colour

en: new artifact
en_GB: new artefact

en: Enter the name of the new uml widget:
en_GB: Enter the name of the new UML widget:

en: Enter the new name of the uml widget:
en_GB: Enter the new name of the UML widget:

en: Fill color:
en_GB: Fill colour:

en: : Need at least python 2.6)
en_GB: : Need at least python 3.2)

en: Couldn't determine iptables version
en_GB: Could not determine iptables version

en: ERROR: this script should not be SUID
en_GB: ERROR: This script should not be SUID

en: ERROR: this script should not be SGID
en_GB: ERROR: This script should not be SGID

en: You need to be root to run this script
en_GB: In order to run this script, you need to be root

en: Could not normalize source address
en_GB: Could not normalise source address

en: Could not normalize destination address
en_GB: Could not normalise destination address

en: Rule changed after normalization
en_GB: Rule changed after normalisation

en: Couldn't find pid (is /proc mounted?)
en_GB: Could not find pid (is /proc mounted?)

en: Couldn't find parent pid for '%s'
en_GB: Could not find parent pid for '%s'

en: Couldn't find '%s'
en_GB: Could not find '%s'

en: Authentication is required to delete a RAID array
en_GB: Authentication is required to create a RAID array

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/money/canadian/coins/100loonie.png
en: A Canadian dollar ($1.00) called a loonie. It’s named after the bird on the coin—a loon.
en_GB: A Canadian dollar ($1.00) called a loonie. It’s named after the bird on the coin – a loon.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/money/canadian/coins/200toonie.png
en: A Canadian two dollar coin ($2.00) called a toonie. (Its name is a play on the name of the one dollar “loonie” coin and the number two.)
en_GB: A Canadian two dollar coin ($2.00) called a toonie. (Its name is a play on the name of the one dollar ‘loonie’ coin and the number two.)

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/money/us/coins/050kennedy-halfdollar.png
en: A US 50 cent piece ($.50) called a “Kennedy Half Dollar.”
en_GB: A US 50 cent piece ($.50) called a ‘Kennedy Half Dollar’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/money/us/coins/100sacagawea.png
en: A US “Sacagawea” dollar ($1.00).
en_GB: A US ‘Sacagawea’ dollar ($1.00).

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/recyclingbox.svg View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/recyclingbox2.svg
en: A box for trash that can be recycled.
en_GB: A box for rubbish that can be recycled.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/locomotive/cartoon/boxcar.png
en: A boxcar is used to carry livestock.
en_GB: A goods wagon is used to carry livestock.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/vegetables/chilepepper.png
en: A chile pepper.
en_GB: A chilli pepper.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/fruit/cartoon/grapes.svg
en: A cluster of grapes.
en_GB: A bunch of grapes.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/seasonal/christmas/bow.png
en: A colorful bow.
en_GB: A colourful bow.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/animals/birds/rooster.png
en: A colorful rooster.
en_GB: A colourful rooster.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/construction/cartoon/cementMixer.png
en: A colorful toy cement truck.
en_GB: A colourful toy cement truck.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/construction/cartoon/towTruck.png
en: A colorful toy tow truck.
en_GB: A colourful toy breakdown lorry.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/ship/cartoon/tugboat.png
en: A colorful toy tugboat.
en_GB: A colourful toy tugboat.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/construction/dumper.png
en: A dumper. It carries its load in the front.
en_GB: A dump truck. It carries its load in the front.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/iso_fireengine.svg View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/emergency/firetruck.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/emergency/cartoon/fire_engine.png
en: A fire truck.
en_GB: A fire engine.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/race/f1_car.svg
en: A formula one race car.
en_GB: A formula one racing car.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/construction/cartoon/terex.png
en: A huge dump truck.
en_GB: A huge dumper truck.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/houses/cartoon/jailhouse.svg
en: A jailhouse.
en_GB: A jail.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/animals/insects/cartoon/ladybug-2.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/animals/insects/cartoon/ladybug.svg
en: A ladybug.
en_GB: A ladybird.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/usps_mailbox.png
en: A mailbox.
en_GB: A US postbox.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/clothes/clothespin_new.png
en: A modern clothespin.
en_GB: A modern clothes-peg.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/clothes/t_pants.png
en: A pair of pants.
en_GB: A pair of trousers.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/clothes/white_pants.svg
en: A pair of white pants.
en_GB: A pair of white trousers.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/tools/wrench_plumbers.png
en: A plumber’s wrench.
en_GB: A pipe wrench.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/race/indycar.png
en: A race car.
en_GB: A racing car.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/railroad_crossing.png
en: A railroad crossing.
en_GB: A level crossing.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/ship/sail_boat1.svg View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/ship/sail_boat2.svg
en: A sail boat.
en_GB: A sailing boat.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/garbagecan.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/trash_can.svg
en: A silver garbage can.
en_GB: A silver dustbin.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/iso_lorry4.svg
en: A small dump truck.
en_GB: A small dumper truck.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/sports/soccer.png
en: A soccer ball.
en_GB: A football.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/animals/insects/cartoon/spider_football.png
en: A spider playing soccer.
en_GB: A spider playing football.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/locomotive/cartoon/toy_train.png
en: A steam locomotive.
en_GB: A steam engine.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/iso_lorry2.svg
en: A tanker truck.
en_GB: A tanker.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/tyre_with_rim.svg
en: A tire.
en_GB: A tyre.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/sports/trophy_cup.png
en: A trophy cup.
en_GB: A sports trophy.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/dishes/pitcher_small.png
en: A very small pitcher.
en_GB: A very small jug.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/7spoke256.png
en: A wheel! Put the brake calipers toward the rear.
en_GB: A wheel! Put the brake callipers towards the rear.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/wheelie_bin.png
en: A wheelie bin! Give me your trash!
en_GB: A wheelie bin! Give me your rubbish!

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/tools/wrench.png
en: A wrench.
en_GB: A spanner.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/fruit/apple_fuji.png
en: A “Fuji” apple.
en_GB: A ‘Fuji’ apple.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/fruit/apple_granny_smith.png
en: A “Granny Smith” apple.
en_GB: A ‘Granny Smith’ apple.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/fruit/apple_sierra_beauty.png
en: A “Sierra Beauty” apple.
en_GB: A ‘Sierra Beauty’ apple.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/vegetables/pattypan_squash.png
en: A “pattypan” squash.
en_GB: A ‘Pattypan’ Squash.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/tools/wrench_adjustable.png
en: An adjustable wrench.
en_GB: An adjustable spanner.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/plants/eggplant.png
en: An eggplant with fruit.
en_GB: An aubergine with fruit.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/food/vegetables/eggplant.png
en: An eggplant.
en_GB: An aubergine.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/animals/mammals/hippopotamus.png
en: An hippopotamus.
en_GB: A hippopotamus

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/seasonal/hanukkah/menorah.png
en: An important part of Hanukkah is the menorah—a candleholder with eight candles and a shammash, or servant candle. One candle is lit by the shammash for each of night of Hanukkah.
en_GB: An important part of Hanukkah is the menorah – a candleholder with eight candles and a shammash, or servant candle. One candle is lit by the shammash for each of night of Hanukkah.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/clothes/clothespin_old.png
en: An old-fashioned clothespin.
en_GB: An old-fashioned clothes-peg.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/w_3_bishop.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/b_3_bishop.png
en: Bishop. Can only move diagonally, staying on the same colored squares.
en_GB: Bishop. Can only move diagonally, staying on the same coloured squares.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/seasonal/christmas/hard_candy.png
en: Hard candy—yum!
en_GB: Boiled sweets – yum!

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/5_jupiter.png
en: Jupiter—the largest planet in our solar system!
en_GB: Jupiter – the largest planet in our solar system!

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/b_4_knight.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/w_4_knight.png
en: Knight. The only piece that can jump over others. Move forward or back two, then left or right one—or move left or right two, and forward or back one.
en_GB: Knight. The only piece that can jump over others. Move forwards or back two, then left or right one – or move left or right two, and forwards or back one.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/faces/mad.png
en: Mad!
en_GB: Angry!

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/4_mars.png
en: Mars—the red planet. It’s just beyond earth.
en_GB: Mars – the red planet. It’s just beyond earth.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/household/tools/measuring_tape.png
en: Measuring tape.
en_GB: Tape measure.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/1_mercury.png
en: Mercury—the planet closest to the Sun.
en_GB: Mercury – the planet closest to the Sun.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/8_neptune.png
en: Neptune—one of the “gas giants” in our solar system.
en_GB: Neptune – one of the ‘gas giants’ in our solar system.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/b_6_pawn.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/w_6_pawn.png
en: Pawn. Can only move forward, unless capturing. Can move two squares on the first move, but later only one. Captures diagonally one square.
en_GB: Pawn. Can only move forwards, unless capturing. Can move two squares on the first move, but later only one. Captures diagonally one square.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/xing_ped.png
en: Pedestrian Crossing (“PED XING”).
en_GB: Pedestrian Crossing (‘PED XING’).

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/9_pluto.png
en: Pluto—until recently, it was considered the 9th planet in our solar system.
en_GB: Pluto – until recently considered the 9th planet in our solar system.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/emergency/sedan_police.png
en: Police car emblems to put on the sedan.
en_GB: Police car badges to put on the car.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/b_5_rook.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/chess/w_5_rook.png
en: Rook. Can only move forward, back, left or right, but not diagonally.
en_GB: Rook. Can only move forwards, back, left or right, but not diagonally.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/6_saturn.png
en: Saturn—the second largest planet in our solar system—and the one with the most rings.
en_GB: Saturn – the second largest planet in our solar system – and the one with the most rings.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/alphabets/spanish/outlined/uppercase/N_with_tilda_outline.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/alphabets/spanish/filled/uppercase/N_with_tilda_filled.png
en: The Spanish letter N with a tilde.
en_GB: The Spanish letter N with a tilda.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/alphabets/spanish/outlined/lowercase/n_with_tilda_outline.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/alphabets/spanish/filled/lowercase/n_with_tilda_filled.png
en: The Spanish letter n with a tilde.
en_GB: The Spanish letter n with a tilda.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/locomotive/cartoon/caboose.png
en: The caboose—a carriage for the guard.
en_GB: A guard’s van.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/alphabets/english/outlined/uppercase/B_outline.png View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/alphabets/english/filled/uppercase/B_filled.png
en: The letter B.
en_GB: The letter B

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/symbols/recycle.png
en: This means something can be recycled. Don’t stick it with the regular trash!
en_GB: This means something can be recycled. Don’t stick it with the normal rubbish!

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/animals/birds/cartoon/tux.png
en: Tux—the Linux mascot!
en_GB: Tux – the Linux mascot!

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/vehicles/ship/cartoon/bathyscape.png
en: UB2006 “Penguin II” deep sea research vessel.
en_GB: UB2006 ‘Penguin II’ deep sea research vessel.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/7_uranus.png
en: Uranus—one of the “gas giants” in our solar system.
en_GB: Uranus – one of the ‘gas giants’ in our solar system.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/space/planets/2_venus.png
en: Venus—the second planet in the solar system—and the most inhospitable!
en_GB: Venus – the second planet in the solar system – and the most inhospitable!

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/arrow.png
en: “Arrow”.
en_GB: ‘Arrow’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/crossroads.png
en: “Crossroads”.
en_GB: ‘Crossroads’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/give_way_sign.png
en: “Give Way” means you have to let other people go first.
en_GB: ‘Give Way’ means you have to let other people go first.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/hospital.png
en: “Hospital”.
en_GB: ‘Hospital’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/no_uturn.png
en: “No U-Turn”.
en_GB: ‘No U-Turn’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/xing_school.png
en: “School Crossing”.
en_GB: ‘School Crossing’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/t-junction.png
en: “T-intersection”.
en_GB: ‘T-junction’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/toilets.png
en: “Toilets”.
en_GB: ‘Toilets’.

note: View at http://www.tuxpaint.org/stamps/stamps/town/roadsigns/yield.png
en: “Yield” means you have to let other people go first.
en_GB: ‘Yield’ means you have to let other people go first.

note: Description of a circle
en: A circle is a curve where all points have the same distance from the center.
en_GB: A circle is a curve where all points have the same distance from the centre.

note: Paint tool instructions
en: Pick a color and a brush shape to draw with.
en_GB: Pick a colour and a brush shape to draw with.

note: Fill tool instructions
en: Click in the picture to fill that area with color.
en_GB: Click in the picture to fill that area with colour.

note: Response to 'start a new image' action
en: Pick a color or picture with which to start a new drawing.
en_GB: Pick a colour or picture with which to start a new drawing.

note: Quit prompt negative response (don't quit)
en: No, take me back!
en_GB: No. take me back!

note: Slideshow instructions
en: Choose the pictures you want, then click “Play”.
en_GB: Choose the pictures you want, then click ‘Play’.

note: Let user choose an image: Instructions for 'Open' file dialog
en: Choose the picture you want, then click “Open”.
en_GB: Choose the picture you want, then click ‘Open’.

en: Select a color from your drawing.
en_GB: Select a colour from your drawing.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1301 (rkward)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Choose color) <usage>
en: Pick a color.
en_GB: Pick a colour.

en: Color Shift
en_GB: Colour Shift

en: Click and drag the mouse to change the colors in parts of your picture.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse to change the colours in parts of your picture.

en: Click to change the colors in your entire picture.
en_GB: Click to change the colours in your entire picture.

en: Click and drag the mouse around to make the picture blocky.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse around to make the picture blocky.

en: Click and drag the mouse around to turn the picture into a chalk drawing.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse around to turn the picture into a chalk drawing.

en: Click and drag the mouse around to make the picture drip.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse around to make the picture drip.

en: Click and drag the mouse around to blur the image.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse around to blur the image.

en: Click and drag to draw large bricks.
en_GB: Click and move to draw large bricks.

en: Click and drag to draw small bricks.
en_GB: Click and move to draw small bricks.

en: Click and drag the mouse around to draw in calligraphy.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse around to draw in calligraphy.

en: Click and drag the mouse around to turn the picture into a cartoon.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse around to turn the picture into a cartoon.

en: Click and drag the mouse to lighten parts of your picture.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse to lighten parts of your picture.

en: Click and drag the mouse to darken parts of your picture.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse to darken parts of your picture.

en: Choose a background color and click to turn the corner of the page over.
en_GB: Choose a background colour and click to turn the corner of the page over.

en: Click and drag to draw grass. Don’t forget the dirt!
en_GB: Click and move to draw grass. Don’t forget the dirt!

en: Click and drag the mouse to draw a pattern that is symmetric across the picture.
en_GB: Click and drag the mouse to draw a pattern that is symmetrical.

note: KAL_BOTH
en: Click and drag the mouse to draw with symmetric brushes (a kaleidoscope).
en_GB: Click and drag the mouse to draw with symmetrical brushes (a kaleidoscope).

en: Click and drag the mouse to paint with a metallic color.
en_GB: Click and drag the mouse to paint with a metallic colour.

en: Click and drag the mouse to add a mosaic effect to parts of your picture.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse to add a mosaic effect to parts of your picture.

en: You can draw in rainbow colors!
en_GB: You can draw in rainbow colours!

en: Click and drag the mouse to trace edges in parts of your picture.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse to trace edges in parts of your picture.

en: Click and drag the mouse to sharpen parts of your picture.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse to sharpen parts of your picture.

en: Click and drag the mouse to create a black and white silhouette.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse to create a black and white silhouette.

en: Click and drag to shift your picture around on the canvas.
en_GB: Click and drag to move your picture around the canvas.

en: Click and drag the mouse around to smudge the picture.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse around to smudge the picture.

note: if (which == 1)
en: Click and drag the mouse around to draw with wet, smudgy paint.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse around to draw with wet, smudgy paint.

en: Color & White
en_GB: Colour & White

en: Click and drag the mouse around to change the color of parts of your picture.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse around to change the colour of parts of your picture.

en: Click to change the color of your entire picture.
en_GB: Click to change the colour of your entire picture.

en: Click and drag the mouse around to turn parts of your picture into white and a color you choose.
en_GB: Click and move the mouse around to turn parts of your picture into white and a colour you choose.

en: Click to turn your entire picture into white and a color you choose.
en_GB: Click to turn your entire picture into white and a colour you choose.

en: penguins' igloos from the
en_GB: penguins’ igloos from the

en: the answer to the math problem
en_GB: the answer to the maths problem

en: and hitting 'space' or 'enter'.
en_GB: and hitting ‘space’ or ‘enter’.

en: it melts. But don't worry: the
en_GB: it melts. But don’t worry: the

en: 'Esc' or clicking the 'X'
en_GB: ‘Esc’ or clicking the ‘X’

en: Unsupported thumbnail flavor requested
en_GB: Unsupported thumbnail flavour requested

en: Failed to call the specialized thumbnailer: timeout
en_GB: Failed to call the specialised thumbnailer: timeout

en: Failed to call the specialized thumbnailer: %s
en_GB: Failed to call the specialised thumbnailer: %s

en: Failed to load specialized thumbnailers into the registry: %s
en_GB: Failed to load specialised thumbnailers into the registry: %s

en: RGB Colorspace
en_GB: RGB Colourspace

en: Cache plugin "%s" lacks required symbols
en_GB: Cache plug-in "%s" lacks required symbols

en: Failed to load the cache plugin "%s": %s
en_GB: Failed to load the cache plug-in "%s": %s

en: Plugin "%s" lacks required symbols.
en_GB: Plug-in "%s" lacks required symbols.

en: Failed to load plugin "%s": %s
en_GB: Failed to load plug-in "%s": %s

note: there was an error in the freetype initialization, abort
en: Could not initialize freetype: %s
en_GB: Could not initialise freetype: %s

[ctx: Composer::SenderIdentitiesModel|]
en: Organization
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: Composer::Submission|]
en: Some data are not available yet
en_GB: Some data is not available yet

[ctx: Cryptography::GpgMePart|]
en: Can't verify due to a missing key or certificate.
en_GB: Cannot verify due to a missing key or certificate.

[ctx: Cryptography::GpgMeSigned|]
en: Failed to initialize GpgME (%1)
en_GB: Failed to initialise GpgME (%1)

[ctx: Cryptography::GpgMeEncrypted|]
en: Failed to initialize GpgME (%1)
en_GB: Failed to initialise GpgME (%1)

[ctx: Gui::ComposeWidget|]
en: It doesn't look like this is a message to the mailing list. Please fill in the recipients manually.
en_GB: It does not look like this is a message to the mailing list. Please fill in the recipients manually.

[ctx: Gui::ComposeWidget|]
en: Can't parse "%1" as an e-mail address.
en_GB: Cannot parse "%1" as an e-mail address.

[ctx: CreateMailboxDialog|]
en: Check to add this mailbox to the server-side list of subscribed mailboxes
en_GB: Tick to add this mailbox to the server-side list of subscribed mailboxes

[ctx: EditFavoriteTag|]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Gui::EmbeddedWebView|]
en: System colors
en_GB: System colours

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Usage: %1 [options] [url]
    
    Trojitá %2 - fast Qt IMAP e-mail client
    
    Options:
      -h, --help               Show this help
      -m, --mainwindow         Show main window (default when no option is provided)
      -a, --addressbook        Show addressbook window
      -c, --compose            Compose new email (default when url is provided)
      -p, --profile <profile>  Set profile (cannot start with char '-')
      --log-to-disk            Activate debug traffic logging to disk by default
    
    Arguments:
      url                      Mailto: url address for composing new email
en_GB: Usage: %1 [options] [URL]
    
    Trojitá %2 - fast Qt IMAP e-mail client
    
    Options:
      -h, --help               Show this help
      -m, --mainwindow         Show main window (default when no option is provided)
      -a, --addressbook        Show addressbook window
      -c, --compose            Compose new email (default when url is provided)
      -p, --profile <profile>  Set profile (cannot start with char '-')
      --log-to-disk            Activate debug traffic logging to disk by default
    
    Arguments:
      URL                      Mailto: URL address for composing new email

[ctx: CachePage|]
en: &Don't use cache
en_GB: &Do not use cache

[ctx: Gui::SettingsDialog|]
en: Favorite &tags
en_GB: Favourite &tags

[ctx: Gui::EditFavoriteTag|]
en: Select tag color
en_GB: Select tag colour

[ctx: Gui::ImapPage|]
en: This port is nonstandard. The default port for IMAP secured over SSL/TLS is %1.
en_GB: This port is non-standard. The default port for IMAP secured over SSL/TLS is %1.

[ctx: Gui::ImapPage|]
en: This port is nonstandard. The default port for IMAP secured via STARTTLS is %1.
en_GB: This port is non-standard. The default port for IMAP secured via STARTTLS is %1.

[ctx: Gui::ImapPage|]
en: This port is nonstandard. The default port for IMAP over cleartext is %1.
en_GB: This port is non-standard. The default port for IMAP over cleartext is %1.

[ctx: Gui::XtConnectPage|]
en: Mailboxes to synchronize
en_GB: Mailboxes to synchronise

[ctx: Gui::XtConnectPage|]
en: Please use context menu inside the main application to select mailboxes to synchronize
en_GB: Please use context menu inside the main application to select mailboxes to synchronise

[ctx: Gui::XtConnectPage|]
en: Please fill in all IMAP options, including the password, at the IMAP page. If you do not save the password, background synchronization will not run.
en_GB: Please fill in all IMAP options, including the password, at the IMAP page. If you do not save the password, background synchronisation will not run.

[ctx: Gui::XtConnectPage|]
en: Run xTuple Synchronization
en_GB: Run xTuple Synchronisation

[ctx: GeneralPage|]
en: Start minimized
en_GB: Start minimised

[ctx: ImapPage|]
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:8pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Password to use when connecting to the IMAP server.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This password will be saved in <span style=" font-weight:600;">clear text</span> on this device, without any encryption. Unless you use a very safe form of a full disk encryption, it is a <span style=" font-weight:600;">bad idea</span> to save your password here.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If you don't save the password, Trojitá will prompt for one when it needs it, but only once per session.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:8pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Password to use when connecting to the IMAP server.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">This password will be saved in <span style=" font-weight:600;">clear text</span> on this device, without any encryption. Unless you use a very safe form of a full disk encryption, it is a <span style=" font-weight:600;">bad idea</span> to save your password here.</p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If you do not save the password, Trojitá will prompt for one when it needs it, but only once per session.</p></body></html>

[ctx: Gui::SimplePartWidget|]
en: Color scheme
en_GB: Colour scheme

[ctx: Gui::MainWindow|]
en: Don't ask again
en_GB: Do not ask again

[ctx: Gui::MainWindow|]
en: &Synchronize with xTuple
en_GB: &Synchronise with xTuple

[ctx: Gui::MainWindow|]
en: Can't delete mailbox
en_GB: Cannot delete mailbox

[ctx: Gui::MainWindow|]
en: Can't create mailbox
en_GB: Cannot create mailbox

[ctx: Gui::MainWindow|]
en: Can't open mailbox
en_GB: Cannot open mailbox

[ctx: Gui::MainWindow|]
en: Can't save into file
en_GB: Cannot save into file

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Synchronizing mailbox...
en_GB: Synchronising mailbox...

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Unrecognized QFile error
en_GB: Unrecognised QFile error

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Couldn't remove file %1 for mailbox %2
en_GB: Could not remove file %1 for mailbox %2

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Couldn't remove file %1 for message %2, mailbox %3
en_GB: Could not remove file %1 for message %2, mailbox %3

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Couldn't save the part %1 of message %2 (mailbox %3) into file %4: %5 (%6)
en_GB: Could not save the part %1 of message %2 (mailbox %3) into file %4: %5 (%6)

[ctx: Imap::Mailbox::FavoriteTagsModel|]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Imap::Mailbox::Model|]
en: <p>It appears that you are connecting to a POP3 server. That won't work here.</p>
en_GB: <p>It appears that you are connecting to a POP3 server. That will not work here.</p>

[ctx: Imap::Mailbox::Model|]
en: <p>It appears that you are connecting to an SMTP server. That won't work here.</p>
en_GB: <p>It appears that you are connecting to an SMTP server. That will not work here.</p>

[ctx: Imap::Mailbox::Model|]
en: We aren't talking to an IMAP4 server
en_GB: We are not talking to an IMAP4 server

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Can't create table msg_threading
en_GB: Cannot create table msg_threading

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Can't create table mailbox_sync_state
en_GB: Cannot create table mailbox_sync_state

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Can't create table msg_metadata
en_GB: Cannot create table msg_metadata

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Can't open database
en_GB: Cannot open database

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Can't determine version info
en_GB: Cannot determine version info

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Can't store version info
en_GB: Cannot store version info

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Can't create table child_mailboxes
en_GB: Cannot create table child_mailboxes

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Can't create table uid_mapping
en_GB: Cannot create table uid_mapping

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Can't create table flags
en_GB: Cannot create table flags

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Can't create table parts
en_GB: Cannot create table parts

[ctx: Imap::Mailbox::SystemNetworkWatcher|]
en: Qt does not recognize any network session. Please be sure that qtbearer package (or similar) is installed. Assuming that network is actually already available.
en_GB: Qt does not recognise any network session. Please be sure that qtbearer package (or similar) is installed. Assuming that network is actually already available.

[ctx: Imap::Mailbox::DeleteMailboxTask|]
en: Couldn't delete mailbox
en_GB: Could not delete mailbox

[ctx: Imap::Mailbox::ObtainSynchronizedMailboxTask|]
en: Synchronizing mailbox
en_GB: Synchronising mailbox

[ctx: Imap::Mailbox::OfflineConnectionTask|]
en: We're offline
en_GB: We are offline

[ctx: Imap::Mailbox::OpenConnectionTask|]
en: Authentication succeeded in using the authentication identity, but the server cannot or will not allow the authentication identity to act as the requested authorization identity.
en_GB: Authentication succeeded in using the authentication identity, but the server cannot or will not allow the authentication identity to act as the requested authorisation identity.

[ctx: Imap::Mailbox::UpdateFlagsTask|]
en: All messages got removed before we could've updated their flags
en_GB: All messages got removed before we could have updated their flags

[ctx: MSA::Account|]
en: This port is nonstandard. The default port for cleartext SMTP is %1.
en_GB: This port is non-standard. The default port for cleartext SMTP is %1.

[ctx: MSA::Account|]
en: This port is nonstandard. The default port for SMTP submission secured via STARTTLS is %1.
en_GB: This port is non-standard. The default port for SMTP submission secured via STARTTLS is %1.

[ctx: MSA::Account|]
en: This port is nonstandard. The default port for SMTP over encrypted SSL/TLS connection is %1.
en_GB: This port is non-standard. The default port for SMTP over encrypted SSL/TLS connection is %1.

en: Honor global _limits
en_GB: Honour global _limits

en: Start minimized in notification area
en_GB: Start minimised in notification area

en: Mo_ve .torrent file to the trash
en_GB: Mo_ve .torrent file to the Rubbish Bin

en: Show _options dialog
en_GB: Show _options dialogue

note: Translators: "size|" is here for disambiguation. Please remove it from your translation. %1$s is the size of the data we've downloaded %2$s is the size of the data we've uploaded
en: size|Down: %1$s, Up: %2$s
en_GB: Down: %1$s, Up: %2$s

en: Unrecognized URL
en_GB: Unrecognised URL

en: Checking for device preset updates...
en_GB: Checking for device preset updates…

en: Counterclockwise 90 degrees
en_GB: Anticlockwise 90 degrees

en: Star Traders is a simple game of interstellar trading, where the objective is to create companies, buy and sell shares, borrow and repay money, in order to become the wealthiest player (the winner).
en_GB: Star Traders is a simple game of interstellar trading, where the object of the game is to create companies, buy and sell shares, borrow and repay money, in order to become the wealthiest player (the winner).

en: %s: invalid value for --max-turn: '%s'
en_GB: %s: invalid value for --max-turn: ‘%s’

en: %s: invalid operand '%s'
en_GB: %s: invalid operand ‘%s’

en: %s: invalid game number '%s'
en_GB: %s: invalid game number ‘%s’

en: %s: extra operand '%s'
en_GB: %s: extra operand ‘%s’

en: %s: Try '%s --help' for more information.
en_GB: %s: Try ‘%s --help’ for more information.

en: Options:
      -V, --version        output version information and exit
      -h, --help           display this help and exit
          --no-color       don't use color for displaying text
          --max-turn=NUM   set the number of turns to NUM
en_GB: Options:
      -V, --version        output version information and exit
      -h, --help           display this help and exit
          --no-colour      don’t use colour for displaying text
          --max-turn=NUM   set the number of turns to NUM

en: %s: illegal field on line %d: '%s'
en_GB: %s: illegal field on line %d: ‘%s’

en: %s: illegal value on line %d: '%s'
en_GB: %s: illegal value on line %d: ‘%s’

note: TRANSLATORS: The help text for Star Traders is marked up using a custom mark-up format NOT used anywhere else in the source code. Each string is a single page of text that is displayed in an area 76 columns wide by 16 lines high.  Each line is delimited by "\n".  NO word-wrapping is performed: you m
en: ^BStar Traders^N  is a simple game  of  interstellar trading.  The object of the
    game is to amass  the greatest amount  of wealth  possible.  This is done by
    creating interstellar  shipping lanes, expanding them  and buying shares  in
    the companies  controlling  them.  Shares  appreciate  in value  as  company
    operations expand.  In addition, the return  on each share (as a percentage)
    also changes.  Players may also borrow from the Interstellar Trading Bank to
    finance additional purchases on the Stock Exchange.
    
    The map of the galaxy  is represented  by a ^B~x^N x ^B~y^N grid.  A typical section
    of it may be:
    
            ^e ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ^s~*^e ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ^N        ^e ~. ^N represents ^Bempty space^N,
            ^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ^N        ^s ~* ^N represents a ^Bstar^N.
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^N
en_GB: ^BStar Traders^N  is a simple game  of  interstellar trading.  The object of the
    game is to amass  the greatest amount  of wealth  possible.  This is done by
    creating interstellar  shipping lanes, expanding them  and buying shares  in
    the companies  controlling  them.  Shares  appreciate  in value  as  company
    operations expand.  In addition, the return  on each share (as a percentage)
    also changes.  Players may also borrow from the Interstellar Trading Bank to
    finance additional purchases on the Stock Exchange.
    
    The map of the galaxy  is represented  by a ^B~x^N × ^B~y^N grid.  A typical section
    of it may be:
    
            ^e ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ^s~*^e ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ^N        ^e ~. ^N represents ^Bempty space^N,
            ^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ^N        ^s ~* ^N represents a ^Bstar^N.
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^N

en: The computer selects ^B~m^N moves  (labeled ^k~1^N to ^k~M^N)  at random, and places these
    on the map.  To select  any of the highlighted positions, press that letter.
    For example, some of the moves on the map may be:
    
    
            ^e ^k~1^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ^s~*^e ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ^k~3^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^k~5^e ~. ~. ^N        Moves ^k~1^N to ^k~5^N shown.
            ^e ~. ^k~2^e ~. ~. ^k~4^e ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^N
    
    
    Selecting a position  that is  ^Bnot^N  next to a star (such as moves ^k~1^N, ^k~3^N or ^k~5^N)
    will set up  an ^Boutpost^N,  not belonging  to any company.  Thus, if move ^k~3^N is
    selected on the above map, a ^o ~+ ^N would be placed at that position.
en_GB: The computer selects ^B~m^N moves (labelled ^k~1^N to ^k~M^N)  at random, and places these
    on the map.  To select  any of the highlighted positions, press that letter.
    For example, some of the moves on the map may be:
    
    
            ^e ^k~1^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ^s~*^e ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ^k~3^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^k~5^e ~. ~. ^N        Moves ^k~1^N to ^k~5^N shown.
            ^e ~. ^k~2^e ~. ~. ^k~4^e ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^N
    
    
    Selecting a position  that is  ^Bnot^N  next to a star (such as moves ^k~1^N, ^k~3^N or ^k~5^N)
    will set up  an ^Boutpost^N,  not belonging  to any company.  Thus, if move ^k~3^N is
    selected on the above map, a ^o ~+ ^N would be placed at that position.

en: If, on the other hand, a position  next to  a star  (or another outpost)  is
    selected, a ^Bcompany^N would be formed  and its letter would appear on the map.
    As a reward for creating the company, you are granted the first five shares.
    Up to ^B~c^N companies can be created in this way.
    
    If a position  next to  an existing company  is selected, the company  would
    expand its operations  by one square.  This increases the cost of its shares
    and hence  your return.  Thus,  if the map  was as shown below,  selecting ^k~6^N
    or ^k~8^N increases Company ^B~B^N's shipping lane:
    
            ^e ^k~1^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ^s~*^e ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ^o~+^e ~. ~. ^k~6^e ~. ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^c~B^e ^c~B^e ^c~B^e ^N        Move ^k~6^N or ^k~8^N increases Company ^B~B^N.
            ^e ~. ^k~2^e ~. ~. ^k~4^e ~. ~. ^s~*^e ^c~B^e ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ^k~8^e ^N
en_GB: If, on the other hand, a position  next to  a star  (or another outpost)  is
    selected, a ^Bcompany^N would be formed  and its letter would appear on the map.
    As a reward for creating the company, you are granted the first five shares.
    Up to ^B~c^N companies can be created in this way.
    
    If a position  next to  an existing company  is selected, the company  would
    expand its operations  by one square.  This increases the cost of its shares
    and hence  your return.  Thus,  if the map  was as shown below,  selecting ^k~6^N
    or ^k~8^N increases Company ^B~B^N’s shipping lane:
    
            ^e ^k~1^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ^s~*^e ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ^o~+^e ~. ~. ^k~6^e ~. ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^c~B^e ^c~B^e ^c~B^e ^N        Move ^k~6^N or ^k~8^N increases Company ^B~B^N.
            ^e ~. ^k~2^e ~. ~. ^k~4^e ~. ~. ^s~*^e ^c~B^e ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ^k~8^e ^N

en: Selecting positions next to stars increases the value of your stock by about
    five times as much  as an extension  not next to a star.  Thus move ^k~6^N should
    be preferred to move ^k~8^N.
    
            ^e ^c~C^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ^s~*^e ~. ^N
            ^e ^k~1^e ^o~+^e ~. ^o~+^e ~. ~. ^k~6^e ~. ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^c~B^e ^c~B^e ^c~B^e ^N        Move ^k~6^N is preferred to ^k~8^N.
            ^e ~. ^k~2^e ~. ~. ^k~4^e ~. ~. ^s~*^e ^c~B^e ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ^k~8^e ^N
    
    You may also expand  any company  by selecting positions  next to  outposts.
    Such outposts  will be swallowed up  by  that company.  Thus,  move  ^k~1^N  will
    extend  Company ^B~C^N by ^Btwo^N squares.  As a bonus,  outposts  next to  stars are
    more valuable:  the company's share price  will increase by a greater amount
    than it would for outposts not next to stars.
en_GB: Selecting positions next to stars increases the value of your stock by about
    five times as much  as an extension  not next to a star.  Thus move ^k~6^N should
    be preferred to move ^k~8^N.
    
            ^e ^c~C^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ^s~*^e ~. ^N
            ^e ^k~1^e ^o~+^e ~. ^o~+^e ~. ~. ^k~6^e ~. ~. ^N
            ^e ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^c~B^e ^c~B^e ^c~B^e ^N        Move ^k~6^N is preferred to ^k~8^N.
            ^e ~. ^k~2^e ~. ~. ^k~4^e ~. ~. ^s~*^e ^c~B^e ^N
            ^e ~. ~. ~. ~. ^s~*^e ~. ~. ~. ^k~8^e ^N
    
    You may also expand  any company  by selecting positions  next to  outposts.
    Such outposts  will be swallowed up  by  that company.  Thus,  move  ^k~1^N  will
    extend  Company ^B~C^N by ^Btwo^N squares.  As a bonus,  outposts  next to  stars are
    more valuable:  the company’s share price  will increase by a greater amount
    than it would for outposts not next to stars.

en: Once you select your move, you enter  the ^BInterstellar Stock Exchange^N.  Here
    you may  purchase shares,  sell them, borrow from  the Trading Bank or repay
    some of your debt (if applicable).  Note that each company  issues a limited
    number of shares -- you cannot go on buying for ever!  You may, however, bid
    for more shares to be issued.  You have a better chance of succeeding if you
    own a larger proportion of the company.
    
    The game usually ends after ^B~t^N turns.  However, you may  end the game sooner
    by pressing  ^K<CTRL><C>^N  when asked  to select  a move.  As  well, individual
    players can declare themselves bankrupt at  any time.  If your debt is large
    enough, the Bank  may do this for you!  If you  do not complete your game in
    the time you have available, you may save the game and continue it later.
    
    
    The ^Bwinner of the game^N  is the person  with the greatest  net  worth  (total
    value of cash, stock and debt).  ^HGood luck^N and may the best person win!
en_GB: Once you select your move, you enter  the ^BInterstellar Stock Exchange^N.  Here
    you may  purchase shares,  sell them, borrow from  the Trading Bank or repay
    some of your debt (if applicable).  Note that each company  issues a limited
    number of shares — you cannot go on  buying for ever!  You may, however, bid
    for more shares to be issued.  You have a better chance of succeeding if you
    own a larger proportion of the company.
    
    The game usually ends after ^B~t^N turns.  However, you may  end the game sooner
    by pressing  ^K<CTRL><C>^N  when asked  to select  a move.  As  well, individual
    players can declare themselves bankrupt at  any time.  If your debt is large
    enough, the Bank  may do this for you!  If you  do not complete your game in
    the time you have available, you may save the game and continue it later.
    
    
    The ^Bwinner of the game^N  is the person  with the greatest  net  worth  (total
    value of cash, stock and debt).  ^HGood luck^N and may the best person win!

en: %s: string has incorrect format: '%s'
en_GB: %s: string has incorrect format: ‘%s’

en: %s: character has illegal width: '%lc'
en_GB: %s: character has illegal width: ‘%lc’

en: mkchstr: '%s'
en_GB: mkchstr: ‘%s’

en: gettxline: illegal character in string: '%ls'
en_GB: gettxline: illegal character in string: ‘%ls’

en: xmbstowcs: '%s'
en_GB: xmbstowcs: ‘%s’

en: xwcrtomb: '%lc'
en_GB: xwcrtomb: ‘%lc’

en: %s: option '%s%s' is ambiguous
en_GB: %s: option ‘%s%s’ is ambiguous

en: %s: option '%s%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:
en_GB: %s: option ‘%s%s’ is ambiguous; possibilities:

en: %s: unrecognized option '%s%s'
en_GB: %s: unrecognised option ‘%s%s’

en: %s: option '%s%s' doesn't allow an argument
en_GB: %s: option ‘%s%s’ doesn’t allow an argument

en: %s: option '%s%s' requires an argument
en_GB: %s: option ‘%s%s’ requires an argument

en: %s: invalid option -- '%c'
en_GB: %s: invalid option -- ‘%c’

en: %s: option requires an argument -- '%c'
en_GB: %s: option requires an argument -- ‘%c’

note: TRANSLATORS: These strings are used in older versions of various libraries, such as the GNU C Library as released with various Linux distributions.
en: %s: option `%s%s' is ambiguous
en_GB: %s: option ‘%s%s’ is ambiguous

en: %s: option `%s%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:
en_GB: %s: option ‘%s%s’ is ambiguous; possibilities:

en: %s: unrecognized option `%s%s'
en_GB: %s: unrecognised option ‘%s%s’

en: %s: option `%s%s' doesn't allow an argument
en_GB: %s: option ‘%s%s’ doesn’t allow an argument

en: %s: option `%s%s' requires an argument
en_GB: %s: option ‘%s%s’ requires an argument

en: %s: invalid option -- `%c'
en_GB: %s: invalid option -- ‘%c’

en: %s: option requires an argument -- `%c'
en_GB: %s: option requires an argument -- ‘%c’

en: %s: option `%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:
en_GB: %s: option ‘%s’ is ambiguous; possibilities:

en: %s: option '%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:
en_GB: %s: option ‘%s’ is ambiguous; possibilities:

en: %s: option '%s' is ambiguous
en_GB: %s: option ‘%s’ is ambiguous

en: %s: option '--%s' doesn't allow an argument
en_GB: %s: option ‘--%s’ doesn’t allow an argument

en: %s: option '%c%s' doesn't allow an argument
en_GB: %s: option ‘%c%s’ doesn’t allow an argument

en: %s: option `--%s' requires an argument
en_GB: %s: option ‘--%s’ requires an argument

en: %s: option '--%s' requires an argument
en_GB: %s: option ‘--%s’ requires an argument

en: %s: unrecognized option '--%s'
en_GB: %s: unrecognised option ‘--%s’

en: %s: unrecognized option '%c%s'
en_GB: %s: unrecognised option ‘%c%s’

en: %s: option '-W %s' is ambiguous
en_GB: %s: option ‘-W %s’ is ambiguous

en: %s: option '-W %s' doesn't allow an argument
en_GB: %s: option ‘-W %s’ doesn’t allow an argument

en: %s: option `-W %s' requires an argument
en_GB: %s: option ‘-W %s’ requires an argument

en: %s: option '-W %s' requires an argument
en_GB: %s: option ‘-W %s’ requires an argument

en: Interval in days to check whether the filesystem is up to date in the database. 0 forces crawling anytime, -1 forces it only after unclean shutdowns, and -2 disables it entirely.
en_GB: Interval in days to check whether the filesystem is up to date in the database. 0 forces crawling any time, -1 forces it only after unclean shutdowns, and -2 disables it entirely.

en: Threshold in days after which files from removables devices will be removed from database if not mounted. 0 means never, maximum is 365.
en_GB: Threshold in days after which files from removable devices will be removed from database if not mounted. 0 means never, maximum is 365.

en: Avoid any directory containing a file blocklisted here
en_GB: Avoid any directory containing a file listed here

en: Cookie not recognized to resume paused miner
en_GB: Cookie not recognised to resume paused miner

en: Unsupported serialization format “%s”
en_GB: Unsupported serialisation format “%s”

en: Unrecognized options
en_GB: Unrecognised options

en: Disable color when printing snippets and results
en_GB: Disable colour when printing snippets and results

en: Show statistics for current index / data set
en_GB: Show statistics for current index/data set

en: Backup current index / database to the file provided
en_GB: Backup current index/database to the file provided

en: Search for emails
en_GB: Search for e-mails

en: No emails were found
en_GB: No e-mails were found

en: Show the license and version in use
en_GB: Show the licence and version in use

en: Failed to initialize data manager
en_GB: Failed to initialise data manager

note: #-#-#-#-#  1180 (mate-utils 1.23.1)  #-#-#-#-# Translators:  Below are the strings displayed in the 'Date Modified' column of the list view.  The format of this string can vary depending on age of a file.  Please modify the format of the timestamp to match your locale.  For example, to display 24 ho
en: today at %-I:%M %p
en_GB: today at %-H:%M

en: yesterday at %-I:%M %p
en_GB: yesterday at %-H:%M

en: %A, %B %-d %Y at %-I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %A, %-d %B %Y at %-H:%M:%S

en: Comma separated list of paths categorized as branches.
    If a path ends with '*', then all the directory entries found below
    that path will be included.
    Example: `/trunk, /branches/*, /projectAlpha/trunk, /sandbox/*`
en_GB: Comma separated list of paths categorised as branches.
    If a path ends with '*', then all the directory entries found below
    that path will be included.
    Example: `/trunk, /branches/*, /projectAlpha/trunk, /sandbox/*`

en: Comma separated list of paths categorized as tags.
    
    If a path ends with '*', then all the directory entries found below
    that path will be included.
    Example: `/tags/*, /projectAlpha/tags/A-1.0, /projectAlpha/tags/A-v1.1`
en_GB: Comma separated list of paths categorised as tags.
    
    If a path ends with '*', then all the directory entries found below
    that path will be included.
    Example: `/tags/*, /projectAlpha/tags/A-1.0, /projectAlpha/tags/A-v1.1`

en: List of repositories that should be synchronized on every page
    request.
    
    Leave this option empty if you have set up post-commit hooks calling
    `trac-admin $ENV changeset added` on all your repositories
    (recommended). Otherwise, set it to a comma-separated list of
    repository names. Note that this will negatively affect performance,
    and will prevent changeset listeners from receiving events from the
    repositories specified here. The default is to synchronize the default
    repository, for backward compatibility. (''since 0.12'')
en_GB: List of repositories that should be synchronised on every page
    request.
    
    Leave this option empty if you have set up post-commit hooks calling
    `trac-admin $ENV changeset added` on all your repositories
    (recommended). Otherwise, set it to a comma-separated list of
    repository names. Note that this will negatively affect performance,
    and will prevent changeset listeners from receiving events from the
    repositories specified here. The default is to synchronise the default
    repository, for backward compatibility. (''since 0.12'')

en: The path to the Subversion
    [http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.serverconfig.pathbasedauthz.html authorization (authz) file].
    To enable authz permission checking, the `AuthzSourcePolicy` permission
    policy must be added to `[trac] permission_policies`.
en_GB: The path to the Subversion
    [http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.serverconfig.pathbasedauthz.html authorisation (authz) file].
    To enable authz permission checking, the `AuthzSourcePolicy` permission
    policy must be added to `[trac] permission_policies`.

en: List of repository paths that can be downloaded.
    
    Leave this option empty if you want to disable all downloads, otherwise
    set it to a comma-separated list of authorized paths (those paths are
    glob patterns, i.e. "*" can be used as a wild card). In a
    multi-repository environment, the path must be qualified with the
    repository name if the path does not point to the default repository
    (e.g. /reponame/trunk). Note that a simple prefix matching is
    performed on the paths, so aliases won't get automatically resolved.
    (''since 0.10'')
en_GB: List of repository paths that can be downloaded.
    
    Leave the option empty if you want to disable all downloads, otherwise
    set it to a comma-separated list of authorised paths (those paths are
    glob patterns, i.e. "*" can be used as a wild card). In a
    multi-repository environment, the path must be qualified with the
    repository name if the path does not point to the default repository
    (e.g. /reponame/trunk). Note that a simple prefix matching is
    performed on the paths, so aliases won't get automatically resolved.
    (''since 0.10'')

en: Enable colorization of the ''age'' column.
    
    This uses the same color scale as the source code annotation:
    blue is older, red is newer.
    (''since 0.11'')
en_GB: Enable colorisation of the ''age'' column.
    
    This uses the same color scale as the source code annotation:
    blue is older, red is newer.
    (''since 0.11'')

en: The default timezone to use
en_GB: The default time zone to use

en: Delete Ticket #%(id)s
en_GB: Delete ticket #%(id)s

en: Delete comment %(num)s on Ticket #%(id)s
en_GB: Delete comment %(num)s on ticket #%(id)s

en: Invalid Attachment
en_GB: Invalid attachment

en: Original Format
en_GB: Original format

en: Configuration Error
en_GB: Configuration error

en: Trac Error
en_GB: Trac error

en: The Trac Environment needs to be upgraded.
    
    Run "trac-admin %(path)s upgrade"
en_GB: The Trac environment needs to be upgraded.
    
    Run "trac-admin %(path)s upgrade"

en: SMTP Notification Error
en_GB: SMTP notification error

en: trac-admin - The Trac Administration Console %(version)s
en_GB: trac-admin - The Trac administration console %(version)s

en: 
    Trac will first ask a few questions about your environment
    in order to initialize and prepare the project database.
    
     Please enter the name of your project.
     This name will be used in page titles and descriptions.
en_GB: 
    Trac will first ask a few questions about your environment
    in order to initialise and prepare the project database.
    
     Please enter the name of your project.
     This name will be used in page titles and descriptions.

en: Project Name [%(default)s]>
en_GB: Project name [%(default)s]>

en: Creating and Initializing Project
en_GB: Creating and initialising project

en: Default timezone:
en_GB: Default time zone:

en: Manage Components
en_GB: Manage components

en: Modify Component:
en_GB: Modify component:

en: Description (you may use
                    [1:WikiFormatting]
                    here):
en_GB: Description (you may use [1:WikiFormatting] here):

en: Add Component:
en_GB: Add component:

en: You can remove all items from this list to completely hide this
                  field from the user interface.
en_GB: You can remove all items from this list to completely hide this field from the user interface.

en: As long as you don't add any items to the list, this field
                will remain completely hidden from the user interface.
en_GB: As long as you don't add any items to the list, this field will remain completely hidden from the user interface.

en: If you specify a relative path, the log file will be stored inside the
                [1:log] directory of the project environment ([2:%(dir)s]).
en_GB: If you specify a relative path, the log file will be stored inside the  [1:log] directory of the project environment ([2:%(dir)s]).

en: Manage Milestones
en_GB: Manage milestones

en: Modify Milestone:
en_GB: Modify milestone:

en: Add Milestone:
en_GB: Add milestone:

en: Grant Permission:
en_GB: Grant permission:

en: Manage Plugins
en_GB: Manage plugins

en: Install Plugin:
en_GB: Install plugin:

en: The web server does not have sufficient permissions to store files in
                the environment plugins directory.
en_GB: The web server does not have sufficient permissions to store files in the environment plugins directory.

en: Manage Versions
en_GB: Manage versions

en: Modify Version:
en_GB: Modify version:

en: Add Version:
en_GB: Add version:

en: This page lets you customize your personal settings for this site.
          These settings are stored on the server and are identified by a session
          key stored in a browser cookie. That cookie allows your settings to be
          restored on subsequent visits.
en_GB: This page lets you customise your personal settings for this site.  These settings are stored on the server and are identified by a session key stored in a browser cookie. That cookie allows your settings to be restored on subsequent visits.

en: The session key is used to identify stored custom
          settings and session data on the server. Although it is
          automatically generated by default, you may change it to something
          easier to remember at any time if you wish to load your settings
          in a different web browser.
en_GB: The session key is used to identify stored custom settings and session data on the server. Although it is automatically generated by default, you may change it to something easier to remember at any time if you wish to load your settings in a different web browser.

en: You may load a previously created session by entering the
          corresponding session key below. This lets you share settings between
          multiple computers and web browsers.
en_GB: You may load a previously created session by entering the corresponding session key below. This lets you share settings between multiple computers and web browsers.

en: Configuring your time zone will result in all
          dates and times displayed on this site to use your time zone
          instead of that of the server.
en_GB: Configuring your time zone will result in all dates and times displayed on this site to use your time zone instead of that of the server.

en: In your time zone %(tz)s, this would be displayed as
                [1:%(formatted)s].
en_GB: In your time zone %(tz)s, this would be displayed as [1:%(formatted)s].

en: Note: Universal Co-ordinated Time (UTC) is also known as Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).[1:]
            A positive offset is used to indicate a timezone at the east of Greenwich, i.e. ahead of Universal Time.
en_GB: Note: Universal Co-ordinated Time (UTC) is also known as Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).[1:]
            A positive offset is used to indicate a time zone at the east of Greenwich, i.e. ahead of Universal Time.

en: This information is used to automatically populate some forms
            on this site with your contact details.
en_GB: This information is used to automatically populate some forms on this site with your contact details.

en: This information is used to associate your login name with your
            email address and full name, which is used for email
            notification and RSS feeds, for example.
en_GB: This information is used to associate your login name with your email address and full name, which is used for email notification and RSS feeds, for example.

en: This site provides keyboard shortcuts for
          faster access to certain functions of this site. As these shortcuts can
          cause conflicts with shortcuts provided by the desktop system or
          web browser, they are disabled by default. See
          [1:TracAccessibility]
          for more information on access keys.
en_GB: This site provides keyboard shortcuts for faster access to certain functions of this site. As these shortcuts can cause conflicts with shortcuts provided by the desktop system or web browser, they are disabled by default. See [1:TracAccessibility] for more information on access keys.

en: Configuring your language will result in all text
          displayed on this site to use your language instead of that of the
          server.
en_GB: Configuring your language will result in all text displayed on this site to use your language instead of that of the server.

en: The Pygments syntax highlighter can be used with
          different coloring styles.
en_GB: The Pygments syntax highlighter can be used with different colouring styles.

en: [1:Note:] See [2:TracSearch]
            for help on searching.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracSearch] for help on searching.

en: Trac is a web-based software project management and bug/issue
            tracking system emphasizing ease of use and low ceremony.
            It provides an integrated Wiki, an interface to version control
            systems, and a number of convenient ways to stay on top of events
            and changes within a project.
en_GB: Trac is a web-based software project management and bug/issue tracking system emphasising ease of use and low ceremony. It provides an integrated Wiki, an interface to version control systems, and a number of convenient ways to stay on top of events and changes within a project.

en: Trac is distributed under the modified BSD License.[1:]
            The complete text of the license can be found
            [2:online]
            as well as in the [3:COPYING] file included in the distribution.
en_GB: Trac is distributed under the modified BSD License.[1:] The complete text of the license can be found [2:online] as well as in the [3:COPYING] file included in the distribution.

en: Add Attachment to [1:%(parent)s]
en_GB: Add attachment to [1:%(parent)s]

en: Attachment Info
en_GB: Attachment info

en: Property %(name)s
                      changed from %(old)s to %(new)s
en_GB: Property %(name)s changed from %(old)s to %(new)s

en: Changes between
              [1:Version %(old)s] and
              [2:Version %(new)s] of
              [3:%(name)s]
en_GB: Changes between [1:Version %(old)s] and [2:Version %(new)s] of [3:%(name)s]

en: Changes between
              [1:Initial Version] and
              [2:Version %(new)s] of
              [3:%(name)s]
en_GB: Changes between [1:Initial Version] and [2:Version %(new)s] of [3:%(name)s]

en: Changes from
              [1:Version %(new)s] of
              [2:%(name)s]
en_GB: Changes from [1:Version %(new)s] of [2:%(name)s]

en: There was an internal error in Trac.
                    It is recommended that you notify your local
                    [1:
                        Trac administrator] with the information needed to
                    reproduce the issue.
en_GB: There was an internal error in Trac. It is recommended that you notify your local [1:Trac administrator] with the information needed to reproduce the issue.

en: If you think this should work and you can reproduce the problem,
                  you should consider creating a bug report.
en_GB: If you think this should work and you can reproduce the problem, you should consider creating a bug report.

en: Before you do that, though, please first try
                    [1:[2:searching]
                    for similar issues], as it is quite likely that this problem
                    has been reported before. For questions about installation
                    and configuration of Trac or its plugins, please try the
                    [3:mailing list]
                    instead of creating a ticket.
en_GB: Before you do that, though, please first try [1:[2:searching] for similar issues], as it is quite likely that this problem has been reported before. For questions about installation and configuration of Trac or its plugins, please try the [3:mailing list] instead of creating a ticket.

en: Otherwise, please %(create)s a new bug report
                    describing the problem and explain how to reproduce it.
en_GB: Otherwise, please %(create)s a new bug report describing the problem and explain how to reproduce it.

en: Python Traceback
en_GB: Python traceback

en: [1:File "%(file)s",
                            line [2:%(line)s], in]
                            [3:%(function)s]
en_GB: [1:File "%(file)s", line [2:%(line)s], in] [3:%(function)s]

en: System Information:
en_GB: System information:

en: Enabled Plugins:
en_GB: Enabled plugins:

en: Change History for [1:%(name)s]
en_GB: Change history for [1:%(name)s]

en: Context Navigation
en_GB: Context navigation

en: Ticket System
en_GB: Ticket system

en: Invalid Completion Date
en_GB: Invalid completion date

en: Possible Values
en_GB: Possible values

en: Ticket Type
en_GB: Ticket type

en: Ticket Types
en_GB: Ticket types

en: Comma-delimited Text
en_GB: Comma-delimited text

en: Tab-delimited Text
en_GB: Tab-delimited text

en: View Tickets
en_GB: View tickets

en: Custom Query
en_GB: Custom query

en: Available Reports
en_GB: Available reports

en: Invalid Report Number
en_GB: Invalid report number

en: Create New Report
en_GB: Create new report

en: Edit Report {%(num)d} %(title)s
en_GB: Edit report {%(num)d} %(title)s

en: SQL Query
en_GB: SQL query

en: Invalid Ticket
en_GB: Invalid ticket

en: New Ticket
en_GB: New ticket

en: Previous Ticket
en_GB: Previous ticket

en: Next Ticket
en_GB: Next ticket

en: Back to Query
en_GB: Back to query

en: Ticket History
en_GB: Ticket history

en: Initial Version
en_GB: Initial version

en: Previous Change
en_GB: Previous change

en: Next Change
en_GB: Next change

en: Ticket Diff
en_GB: Ticket diff

en: Ticket Comment History
en_GB: Ticket comment history

en: Ticket Comment Diff
en_GB: Ticket comment diff

en: Add/Remove from Cc
en_GB: Add/remove from Cc

en: [1:Note:] See
          [2:TracRoadmap] for help on using
          the roadmap.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracRoadmap] for help on using the roadmap.

en: New Milestone
en_GB: New milestone

en: [1:Note:] See
            [2:TracRoadmap] for help on using
            the roadmap.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracRoadmap] for help on using the roadmap.

en: [1:Note:] See [2:TracQuery]
            for help on using queries.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracQuery] for help on using queries.

en: [1:Note:]
            See [2:TracReports] for help on using and creating reports.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracReports] for help on using and creating reports.

en: New Report
en_GB: New report

en: Report Title:
en_GB: Report title:

en: Query for Report: (can be either SQL or, if starting with [1:query:],
                  a [2:TracQuery] expression)
en_GB: Query for report: (can be either SQL or, if starting with [1:query:], a [2:TracQuery] expression)

en: Create New Ticket
en_GB: Create new ticket

en: Change History
en_GB: Change history

en: Modify Ticket
en_GB: Modify ticket

en: Change Properties
en_GB: Change properties

en: You may use
                              [1:WikiFormatting] here.
en_GB: You may use [1:WikiFormatting] here.

en: [1:Note:] See
            [2:TracTickets] for help on using
            tickets.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracTickets] for help on using tickets.

en: at [1:Initial Version]
en_GB: at [1:Initial version]

en: Previous Period
en_GB: Previous period

en: [1:View changes from [2:]] [3:]
            and [4:[5:] days back][6:]
            [7:done by [8:]]
en_GB: [1:View changes from [2:]] [3:] and [4:[5:] days back][6:] [7:done by [8:]]

en: [1:%(time)s] %(title)s
                      by [2:%(author)s]
en_GB: [1:%(time)s] %(title)s by [2:%(author)s]

en: [1:Note:] See [2:TracTimeline]
            for information about the timeline view.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracTimeline] for information about the timeline view.

en: Invalid Date
en_GB: Invalid date

en: Cannot synchronize a single revision on multiple repositories
en_GB: Cannot synchronise a single revision on multiple repositories

en: You should now run %(resync)s to synchronize Trac with the repository.
en_GB: You should now run %(resync)s to synchronise Trac with the repository.

en: You may have to run %(resync)s to synchronize Trac with the repository.
en_GB: You may have to run %(resync)s to synchronise Trac with the repository.

en: Can't synchronize with repository "%(name)s" (%(error)s). Look in the Trac log for more information.
en_GB: Can't synchronise with repository "%(name)s" (%(error)s). Look in the Trac log for more information.

en: The repository directory has changed, you should resynchronize the repository with: trac-admin $ENV repository resync '%(reponame)s'
en_GB: The repository directory has changed, you should resynchronise the repository with: trac-admin $ENV repository resync '%(reponame)s'

en: Manage Repositories
en_GB: Manage repositories

en: Modify Repository:
en_GB: Modify repository:

en: View Repository:
en_GB: View repository:

en: [1:Note:]
                This repository is defined in [2:[3:trac.ini]]
                and cannot be edited on this page.
en_GB: [1:Note:] This repository is defined in [2:[3:trac.ini]] and cannot be edited on this page.

en: Add Repository:
en_GB: Add repository:

en: Add Alias:
en_GB: Add alias:

en: Default Repository
en_GB: Default repository

en: Parent Directory
en_GB: Parent directory

en: Repository Index
en_GB: Repository index

en: Select paths and revs for Diff
en_GB: Select paths and revs for diff

en: [1:Note:] See [2:TracBrowser]
            for help on using the repository browser.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracBrowser] for help on using the repository browser.

en: Changeset [1:%(new_rev)s] in %(reponame)s
                  for [2:%(new_path)s]
en_GB: Changeset [1:%(new_rev)s] in %(reponame)s for [2:%(new_path)s]

en: Changes in [1:%(new_path)s]
                  [2:\[%(old_rev)s:%(new_rev)s\]] in %(reponame)s
en_GB: Changes in [1:%(new_path)s] [2:\[%(old_rev)s:%(new_rev)s\]] in %(reponame)s

en: Changes in %(reponame)s
                  from [1:%(old_path)s]
                  at [2:r%(old_rev)s]
                  to [3:%(new_path)s]
                  at [4:r%(new_rev)s]
en_GB: Changes in %(reponame)s from [1:%(old_path)s] at [2:r%(old_rev)s] to [3:%(new_path)s] at [4:r%(new_rev)s]

en: Changeset [1:%(new_rev)s]
                  for [2:%(new_path)s]
en_GB: Changeset [1:%(new_rev)s] for [2:%(new_path)s]

en: Changes in [1:%(new_path)s]
                  [2:\[%(old_rev)s:%(new_rev)s\]]
en_GB: Changes in [1:%(new_path)s] [2:\[%(old_rev)s:%(new_rev)s\]]

en: Changes
                  from [1:%(old_path)s]
                  at [2:r%(old_rev)s]
                  to [3:%(new_path)s]
                  at [4:r%(new_rev)s]
en_GB: Changes from [1:%(old_path)s] at [2:r%(old_rev)s] to [3:%(new_path)s] at [4:r%(new_rev)s]

en: (%(kind)s from [1:
                    %(old_path)s])
en_GB: (%(kind)s from [1:%(old_path)s])

en: [1:Note:] See [2:TracChangeset]
              for help on using the changeset viewer.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracChangeset] for help on using the changeset viewer.

en: Prepare Diff
en_GB: Prepare diff

en: For either path, you can start typing the path and will be
                  presented a list of existing directories and files to select
                  from. Select an entry by clicking on it, or by using the
                  up/down cursor keys and hitting tab.
en_GB: For either path, you can start typing the path and will be presented a list of existing directories and files to select from. Select an entry by clicking on it, or by using the up/down cursor keys and hitting tab.

en: [1:Note:] See
            [2:TracChangeset]
            for help on using the diff feature.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracChangeset] for help on using the diff feature.

en: View Directory
en_GB: View directory

en: View Revision Log
en_GB: View revision log

en: View Changeset
en_GB: View changeset

en: Last Change
en_GB: Last change

en: View Root Directory
en_GB: View root directory

en: Revision Log Mode:
en_GB: Revision log mode:

en: Diff from Old Revision to New Revision (as selected in the Diff column)
en_GB: Diff from old revision to new revision (as selected in the Diff column)

en: Log Message
en_GB: Log message

en: [1:Note:] See [2:TracRevisionLog]
            for help on using the revision log.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:TracRevisionLog] for help on using the revision log.

en: Browse Source
en_GB: Browse source

en: Previous Revision
en_GB: Previous revision

en: Next Revision
en_GB: Next revision

en: Latest Revision
en_GB: Latest revision

en: Revision Log
en_GB: Revision log

en: Zip Archive
en_GB: Zip archive

en: Invalid Changeset Number
en_GB: Invalid changeset number

en: Unified Diff
en_GB: Unified diff

en: Previous Changeset
en_GB: Previous changeset

en: Next Changeset
en_GB: Next changeset

en: Reverse Diff
en_GB: Reverse diff

en: Revision Log (restarting at %(path)s, rev. %(rev)s)
en_GB: Revision log (restarting at %(path)s, rev. %(rev)s)

en: View Latest Revision
en_GB: View latest revision

en: Older Revisions
en_GB: Older revisions

en: Configuring Authentication
en_GB: Configuring authentication

en: ==== How to Reproduce ====
    
    While doing a %(method)s operation on `%(path_info)s`, Trac issued an internal error.
    
    ''(please provide additional details here)''
    
    Request parameters:
    {{{
    %(req_args)s
    }}}
    
    User agent: `#USER_AGENT#`
    
    ==== System Information ====
    %(sys_info)s
    ==== Enabled Plugins ====
    %(enabled_plugins)s
    ==== Python Traceback ====
    {{{
    %(traceback)s}}}
en_GB: ==== How to reproduce ====
    
    While doing a %(method)s operation on `%(path_info)s`, Trac issued an internal error.
    
    ''(please provide additional details here)''
    
    Request parameters:
    {{{
    %(req_args)s
    }}}
    
    User agent: `#USER_AGENT#`
    
    ==== System Information ====
    %(sys_info)s
    ==== Enabled Plugins ====
    %(enabled_plugins)s
    ==== Python Traceback ====
    {{{
    %(traceback)s}}}

en: Last Visit
en_GB: Last visit

en: The Wiki page field '%(field)s' is invalid: %(message)s
en_GB: The wiki page field '%(field)s' is invalid: %(message)s

en: Invalid Wiki page: %(message)s
en_GB: Invalid wiki page: %(message)s

en: Wiki History
en_GB: Wiki history

en: Previous Version
en_GB: Previous version

en: Next Version
en_GB: Next version

en: View Latest Version
en_GB: View latest version

en: Review Changes
en_GB: Review changes

en: Sorry, this page has been modified by somebody else since you started
                editing. Your changes cannot be saved.
en_GB: Sorry, this page has been modified by somebody else since you started editing. Your changes cannot be saved.

en: [1:Note:] See [2:WikiFormatting] and
            [3:TracWiki] for help on editing wiki content.
en_GB: [1:Note:] See [2:WikiFormatting] and [3:TracWiki] for help on editing wiki content.

en: Preview Page
en_GB: Preview page

en: Color balance
en_GB: Colour balance

en: Could not initialize the thread-safe libraries.
en_GB: Could not initialise the thread-safe libraries.

en: Videos is the official movie player of the GNOME desktop environment. It features a searchable list of local videos, and DVDs, as well as local network video shares (using UPnP/DLNA) and video highlights from a number of web sites.
en_GB: Videos, also known as Totem, is the official movie player of the GNOME desktop environment. It features a searchable list of local videos, and DVDs, as well as local network video shares (using UPnP/DLNA) and video highlights from a number of web sites.

en: Encoding character set for subtitle.
en_GB: Encoding character set for subtitles.

en: Default location for the “Open…” dialogs
en_GB: Default location for the “Open…” dialogues

en: Default location for the “Open…” dialogs. Default is the current directory.
en_GB: Default location for the “Open…” dialogues. Default is the current directory.

en: Default location for the “Take Screenshot” dialogs
en_GB: Default location for the “Take Screenshot” dialogues

en: Default location for the “Take Screenshot” dialogs. Default is the Pictures directory.
en_GB: Default location for the “Take Screenshot” dialogues. Default is the Pictures directory.

en: Whether to disable the plugins in the user’s home directory
en_GB: Whether to disable the plug-ins in the user’s home directory

en: Active plugins list
en_GB: Active plug-ins list

en: A list of the names of the plugins which are currently active (loaded and running).
en_GB: A list of the names of the plug-ins which are currently active (loaded and running).

en: Plugins…
en_GB: Plug-ins…

en: Color Balance
en_GB: Colour Balance

en: An audio or video stream is not handled due to missing codecs. You might need to install additional plugins to be able to play some types of movies
en_GB: An audio or video stream is not handled due to missing codecs. You might need to install additional plug-ins to be able to play some types of movies

en: A password to protect the rpdb2 server for debugging Totem from unauthorized remote access. If this is empty, a default of “totem” will be used.
en_GB: A password to protect the rpdb2 server for debugging Totem from unauthorised remote access. If this is empty, a default of “totem” will be used.

en: Deactivates the screen saver when a movie is playing
en_GB: Deactivates the screensaver when a movie is playing

en: Provides the “Skip to” dialog
en_GB: Provides the “Skip to” dialogue

en: File format not recognized
en_GB: File format not recognised

en: Rotate Counterc_lockwise
en_GB: Rotate Anti-c_lockwise

en: Neighbors
en_GB: Neighbours

en: The display area displays the movie or a visualization of the current song.
en_GB: The display area displays the movie or a visualisation of the current song.

en: To open a video or an audio file, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guisubmenu>Open</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. The <application>Select Movies or Playlists</application> dialog is displayed. Select the file or files you want to open, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To open a video or an audio file, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guisubmenu>Open</guisubmenu></menuchoice>. The <application>Select Movies or Playlists</application> dialogue is displayed. Select the file or files you want to open, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: If you try to open a file format that <application>Totem Movie Player</application> does not recognize, the application displays an error message. This error is most often encountered if you do not have the correct codecs installed. Information on getting codecs working can be found on the <ulink url="http://projects.gnome.org/totem/#codecs" type="http"><application>Totem Movie Player</application> website</ulink>.
en_GB: If you try to open a file format that <application>Totem Movie Player</application> does not recognise, the application displays an error message. This error is most often encountered if you do not have the correct codecs installed. Information on getting codecs working can be found on the <ulink url="http://projects.gnome.org/totem/#codecs" type="http"><application>Totem Movie Player</application> website</ulink>.

en: To open a file by URI (location), choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Location</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Open Location</application> dialog is displayed. Use the drop-down combination box to specify the URI you would like to open (it lists URIs which have previously been opened) – or type one in directly – then click on the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button.
en_GB: To open a file by URI (location), choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Location</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Open Location</application> dialogue is displayed. Use the drop-down combination box to specify the URI you would like to open (it lists URIs which have previously been opened) – or type one in directly – then click on the <guibutton>Open</guibutton> button.

en: Insert the disc in the optical device of your computer, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guimenuitem>Play Disc</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Insert the disc in your computer's optical drive, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guimenuitem>Play Disc</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: To skip to a specific elapsed time in the movie or song, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>K</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Skip to</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Skip to</application> dialog is displayed. Use the spin box to specify the elapsed time (in seconds) to skip to, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To skip to a specific elapsed time in the movie or song, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>K</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Skip to</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Skip to</application> dialogue is displayed. Use the spin box to specify the elapsed time (in seconds) to skip to, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: To change the size of the original movie or visualization, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>0</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fit Window to Movie</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and choose a scale ratio.
en_GB: To change the size of the original movie or visualisation, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>0</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fit Window to Movie</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and choose a scale ratio.

en: To make the <application>Totem Movie Player</application> window always on top of other application windows, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Select the <guilabel>Always on Top</guilabel> plugin to enable it. The <application>Totem Movie Player</application> window will now stay on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing.
en_GB: To make the <application>Totem Movie Player</application> window always on top of other application windows, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Select the <guilabel>Always on Top</guilabel> plugin to enable it. The <application>Totem Movie Player</application> window will now stay on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualisations are playing.

en: To add a track or movie to the playlist, click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. The <application>Select Movies or Playlists</application> dialog is displayed. Select the file that you want to add to the playlist, then click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add a track or movie to the playlist, click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. The <application>Select Movies or Playlists</application> dialogue is displayed. Select the file that you want to add to the playlist, then click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>.

en: To save the playlist to a file, click on the <guibutton>Save Playlist</guibutton> button. The <application>Save Playlist</application> dialog is displayed; specify the filename as which you want to save the playlist, and click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.
en_GB: To save the playlist to a file, click on the <guibutton>Save Playlist</guibutton> button. The <application>Save Playlist</application> dialogue is displayed; specify the filename as which you want to save the playlist, and click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.

en: You can use the <application>Playlist</application> dialog to do the following: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: You can use the <application>Playlist</application> dialogue to do the following: <placeholder-1/>

en: To take a screenshot of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Take Screenshot</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Save Screenshot</application> dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the screenshot, then click on the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button to save the screenshot.
en_GB: To take a screenshot of the movie or visualisation that is playing, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Take Screenshot</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Save Screenshot</application> dialogue is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the screenshot, then click on the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button to save the screenshot.

en: <application>Totem Movie Player</application> will display a preview of the screenshot which is to be saved on the left-hand side of the <application>Save Screenshot</application> dialog.
en_GB: <application>Totem Movie Player</application> will display a preview of the screenshot which is to be saved on the left-hand side of the <application>Save Screenshot</application> dialogue.

en: To create a gallery of screenshots of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Screenshot Gallery</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Save Gallery</application> dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the gallery image, then click on the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button to save the screenshot.
en_GB: To create a gallery of screenshots of the movie or visualisation that is playing, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Screenshot Gallery</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Save Gallery</application> dialogue is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the gallery image, then click on the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button to save the screenshot.

en: To view the list of installed plugins, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Configure Plugins</application> dialog is displayed. On the left is a list of all the plugins you have installed, while on the right is a description of the currently selected plugin. Plugins which have options which can be changed will have a sensitive <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button on the right.
en_GB: To view the list of installed plugins, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Configure Plugins</application> dialogue is displayed. On the left is a list of all the plugins you have installed, while on the right is a description of the currently selected plugin. Plugins which have options which can be changed will have a sensitive <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button on the right.

en: To enable a plugin, simply select the checkbox to the left of its name in the plugin list, and the plugin will be loaded immediately. If there is any error loading the plugin, an error dialog will also be displayed immediately.
en_GB: To enable a plugin, simply select the checkbox to the left of its name in the plugin list, and the plugin will be loaded immediately. If there is any error loading the plugin, an error dialogue will also be displayed immediately.

en: When enabled, the <guilabel>Always on Top</guilabel> plugin will force the main <application>Totem Movie Player</application> window to be on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing. To stop the window being on top, disable the plugin again.
en_GB: When enabled, the <guilabel>Always on Top</guilabel> plugin will force the main <application>Totem Movie Player</application> window to be on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualisations are playing. To stop the window being on top, disable the plugin again.

en: The <guilabel>Jamendo</guilabel> plugin allows you to listen to the collection of Creative Commons-licensed music on the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.jamendo.com/en/">Jamendo</ulink> service.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Jamendo</guilabel> plugin allows you to listen to the collection of Creative Commons-licenced music on the <ulink type="http" url="http://www.jamendo.com/en/">Jamendo</ulink> service.

en: The <guilabel>Jamendo</guilabel> plugin can be configured. Click on the <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button when enabling the plugin, and the <application>Jamendo Plugin Configuration</application> dialog will be displayed. Here, you can choose whether to download songs in Ogg or MP3 format (Ogg is preferred due to its open-source nature); and the number of albums to retrieve when doing a search (choose more albums if you have a faster Internet connection).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Jamendo</guilabel> plugin can be configured. Click on the <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button when enabling the plugin, and the <application>Jamendo Plugin Configuration</application> dialogue will be displayed. Here, you can choose whether to download songs in Ogg or MP3 format (Ogg is preferred due to its open-source nature); and the number of albums to retrieve when doing a search (choose more albums if you have a faster Internet connection).

en: The <guilabel>Publish Playlist</guilabel> plugin can be configured. Click on the <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button when enabling the plugin, and the configuration dialog will be displayed. Here, you can change the name which will appear for your playlist share. The following strings will be replaced when playlists are published: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The <guilabel>Publish Playlist</guilabel> plugin can be configured. Click on the <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button when enabling the plugin, and the configuration dialogue will be displayed. Here, you can change the name which will appear for your playlist share. The following strings will be replaced when playlists are published: <placeholder-1/>

en: To view the shared playlists of others on your network, select <guilabel>Neighborhood</guilabel> from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. If any playlists have been published on the network, they will be listed here. Double-click on a playlist to load and play it on your computer.
en_GB: To view the shared playlists of others on your network, select <guilabel>Neighbourhood</guilabel> from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. If any playlists have been published on the network, they will be listed here. Double-click on a playlist to load and play it on your computer.

en: Subtitles can only be downloaded for local movies; not audio files, DVDs, DVB streams, VCDs or HTTP streams. To search for subtitles for the currently playing movie, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Download Movie Subtitles</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, which will display the <application>Download Movie Subtitles</application> dialog.
en_GB: Subtitles can only be downloaded for local movies; not audio files, DVDs, DVB streams, VCDs or HTTP streams. To search for subtitles for the currently playing movie, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Download Movie Subtitles</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, which will display the <application>Download Movie Subtitles</application> dialogue.

en: Select the language in which you wish to have your subtitles from the drop-down list at the top of the dialog, then click on the <guibutton>Find</guibutton> button to search for subtitles for the current movie. Subtitles are found on the basis of the movie's content, rather than its filename or tags.
en_GB: Select the language in which you wish to have your subtitles from the drop-down list at the top of the dialogue, then click on the <guibutton>Find</guibutton> button to search for subtitles for the current movie. Subtitles are found on the basis of the movie's content, rather than its filename or tags.

en: Search results are listed in the tree view in the middle of the dialog. Currently, subtitles can only be used with a movie by <emphasis>reloading</emphasis> the movie with the subtitles, so after selecting the subtitle file you wish to download, click on the <guibutton>Play with Subtitle</guibutton> button to download the subtitles and reload the movie.
en_GB: Search results are listed in the tree view in the middle of the dialogue. Currently, subtitles can only be used with a movie by <emphasis>reloading</emphasis> the movie with the subtitles, so after selecting the subtitle file you wish to download, click on the <guibutton>Play with Subtitle</guibutton> button to download the subtitles and reload the movie.

en: To burn the current playlist, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Video Disc</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A <application>Brasero</application> dialog will be displayed, giving options for converting the movies to the appropriate format and burning them to disc. For more information, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:brasero?brasero-new-project-video">Brasero documentation</ulink>.
en_GB: To burn the current playlist, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Movie</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Video Disc</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A <application>Brasero</application> dialogue will be displayed, giving options for converting the movies to the appropriate format and burning them to disc. For more information, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:brasero?brasero-new-project-video">Brasero documentation</ulink>.

en: <guilabel>Type of visualization</guilabel>: select type of visualization from the drop-down list.
en_GB: <guilabel>Type of visualisation</guilabel>: select type of visualisation from the drop-down list.

en: <guilabel>Visualization size</guilabel>: select visualization size from the drop-down list.
en_GB: <guilabel>Visualisation size</guilabel>: select visualisation size from the drop-down list.

en: You may use the <guilabel>Reset to Defaults</guilabel> button to reset the color balance controls to their default positions.
en_GB: You may use the <guilabel>Reset to Defaults</guilabel> button to reset the colour balance controls to their default positions.

en: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this <ulink url="ghelp:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
en_GB: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this licence can be found at this <ulink url="ghelp:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.

en: &License
en_GB: &Licence

en: Uncommited merge - please select a parent revision
en_GB: Uncommitted merge - please select a parent revision

en: Subrepo initialized to revision:
en_GB: Subrepo initialised to revision:

en: Patch series description is sent in initial summary email with [PATCH 0 of N] subject.  It should describe the effects of the entire patch series.  When emailing a bundle, these fields make up the message subject and body. Flags is a comma separated list of tags which are inserted into the message subject prefix.
en_GB: Patch series description is sent in initial summary e-mail with [PATCH 0 of N] subject.  It should describe the effects of the entire patch series.  When e-mailing a bundle, these fields make up the message subject and body. Flags is a comma separated list of tags which are inserted into the message subject prefix.

en: Open a (nonmergable) file you wish to be locked
en_GB: Open a (non-mergable) file you wish to be locked

en: Invalid reviewboard plugin. Please download the Mercurial reviewboard plugin version 3.5 or higher from the website below.
    
     %s
en_GB: Invalid ReviewBoard plugin. Please download the Mercurial ReviewBoard plugin version 3.5 or higher from the website below.
    
     %s

[ctx: tab tooltip]
en: Synchronize
en_GB: Synchronise

en: unrecognized profiling format '%s' - Ignored
en_GB: unrecognised profiling format '%s' - Ignored

en: print license
en_GB: print licence

en: TortoiseHg Dialogs (version %s), Mercurial (version %s)
en_GB: TortoiseHg Dialogues (version %s), Mercurial (version %s)

en: Specify visual diff tool, as described in the [merge-tools] section of your Mercurial configuration files.  If left unspecified, TortoiseHg will use the selected merge tool. Failing that it uses the first applicable tool it finds.
en_GB: Specify visual diff tool, as described in the [merge-tools] section of your Mercurial configuration files.  If left unspecified TortoiseHg will use the selected merge tool. Failing that it uses the first applicable tool it finds.

en: When running from the command line, fork a background process to run graphical dialogs. This setting is ignored when TortoiseHg runs as an OS X application bundle.  Default: True
en_GB: When running from the command line, fork a background process to run graphical dialogues. This setting is ignored when TortoiseHg runs as an OS X application bundle.  Default: True

en: Show a full directory path of the repository in the dialog title instead of just the root directory name.  Default: False
en_GB: Show a full directory path of the repository in the dialogue title instead of just the root directory name.  Default: False

en: Select whether you want to have a single workbench window. If you disable this setting you will get a new workbench window everytime that you use the "Hg Workbench" command on the explorer context menu. Default: True
en_GB: Select whether you want to have a single workbench window. If you disable this setting you will get a new workbench window every time that you use the "Hg Workbench" command on the explorer context menu. Default: True

en: Author Coloring
en_GB: Author Colouring

en: Color changesets by author name. Default: False
en_GB: Colour changesets by author name. Default: False

en: Branch Colors
en_GB: Branch Colours

en: Space separated list of branch names and colors of the form branch:#XXXXXX. Spaces and colons in the branch name must be escaped using a backslash (\). Likewise some other characters can be escaped in this way, e.g. \u0040 will be decoded to the @ character, and \n to a linefeed. Default: None (leave blank)
en_GB: Space separated list of branch names and colours of the form branch:#XXXXXX. Spaces and colons in the branch name must be escaped using a backslash (\). Likewise some other characters can be escaped in this way, e.g. \u0040 will be decoded to the @ character, and \n to a linefeed. Default: None (leave blank)

en: Use optimized graph layouter
en_GB: Use optimised graph layouter

en: Determines if TortoiseHg should show a confirmation dialog before adding new files in a commit. If True, a confirmation dialog will be shown. If False, selected new files will be included in the commit with no confirmation dialog.  Default: True
en_GB: Determines if TortoiseHg should show a confirmation dialogue before adding new files in a commit. If True, a confirmation dialogue will be shown. If False, selected new files will be included in the commit with no confirmation dialogue.  Default: True

en: Determines if TortoiseHg should show a confirmation dialog before removing files in a commit. If True, a confirmation dialog will be shown. If False, selected deleted files will be included in the commit with no confirmation dialog.  Default: True
en_GB: Determines if TortoiseHg should show a confirmation dialogue before removing files in a commit. If True, a confirmation dialogue will be shown. If False, selected deleted files will be included in the commit with no confirmation dialogue.  Default: True

en: Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true, pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client. Default: True
en_GB: Controls draft phase behaviour when working as a server. When true, pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client. Default: True

en: Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
en_GB: Name or e-mail address of the person in charge of the repository.

en: Comma separated list of archive formats allowed for downloading
en_GB: Comma-separated list of archive formats allowed for downloading

en: Email address to use in the "From" header and for the SMTP envelope
en_GB: E-mail address to use in the "From" header and for the SMTP envelope

en: Comma-separated list of recipient email addresses
en_GB: Comma-separated list of recipient e-mail addresses

en: Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipient email addresses
en_GB: Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipient e-mail addresses

en: Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipient email addresses
en_GB: Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipient e-mail addresses

en: Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is "smtp" (default), use SMTP (configured below).  Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail (takes "-f" option for sender, list of recipients on command line, message on stdin). Normally, setting this to "sendmail" or "/usr/sbin/sendmail" is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
en_GB: Optional. Method to use to send e-mail messages. If value is "smtp" (default), use SMTP (configured below).  Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail (takes "-f" option for sender, list of recipients on command line, message on stdin). Normally, setting this to "sendmail" or "/usr/sbin/sendmail" is enough to use sendmail to send messages.

en: Normalize file line endings during and after patch to lf or crlf.  Strict does no normalization.  Auto does per-file detection, and is the recommended setting. Default: strict
en_GB: Normalise file line endings during and after patch to lf or crlf.  Strict does no normalisation.  Auto does per-file detection, and is the recommended setting. Default: strict

en: Ignore WS Amount
en_GB: Ignore White Space Amount

en: Location of local clone of organizational lock repository.<p>This repository must contain a "locked" text file
en_GB: Location of local clone of organisational lock repository.<p>This repository must contain a "locked" text file

en: Sub menu items:
en_GB: Submenu items:

en: Menu Behavior
en_GB: Menu Behaviour

en: Post Pull Behavior
en_GB: Post Pull Behaviour

en: Temporary files are removed when this dialog is closed
en_GB: Temporary files are removed when this dialogue is closed

en: S&ynchronize
en_GB: S&ynchronise

en: There are no configured sync paths.
    Open the Synchronize tab to configure them.
en_GB: There are no configured sync paths.
    Open the Synchronise tab to configure them.

en: Repository status & changes
en_GB: Repository status and changes

en: Synchronize with remote repository
en_GB: Synchronise with remote repository

en: Show About Dialog
en_GB: Show About Dialogue

en: DnD Synchronize
en_GB: DnD Synchronise

en: Synchronize with dragged repository
en_GB: Synchronise with dragged repository

en: unrecognized response: %s
en_GB: unrecognised response: %s

en: _Synchronize
en_GB: _Synchronise

note: #-#-#-#-#  485 (gnome-packagekit)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: The role of the transaction, in past tense
en: Canceled
en_GB: Cancelled

en: S_ynchronize Notes
en_GB: S_ynchronise Notes

en: Take notes, link ideas, and stay organized
en_GB: Take notes, link ideas, and stay organised

en: Enable the Delete Note confirmation dialog
en_GB: Enable the Delete Note confirmation dialogue

en: If disabled, the "Delete Note" confirmation dialog will be suppressed.
en_GB: If disabled, the "Delete Note" confirmation dialogue will be suppressed.

en: Open Search Dialog
en_GB: Open Search Dialogue

en: The global keybinding for opening the Note Search dialog. The format looks like "&lt;Control&gt;a" or "&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1". The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as "&lt;Ctl&gt;" and "&lt;Ctrl&gt;". If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keybinding for this action.
en_GB: The global keybinding for opening the Note Search dialogue. The format looks like "&lt;Control&gt;a" or "&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1". The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as "&lt;Ctl&gt;" and "&lt;Ctrl&gt;". If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keybinding for this action.

en: The global keybinding for opening the Recent Changes dialog. The format looks like "&lt;Control&gt;a" or "&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1". The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as "&lt;Ctl&gt;" and "&lt;Ctrl&gt;". If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keybinding for this action.
en_GB: The global keybinding for opening the Recent Changes dialogue. The format looks like "&lt;Control&gt;a" or "&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1". The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as "&lt;Ctl&gt;" and "&lt;Ctrl&gt;". If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keybinding for this action.

en: Synchronization Client ID
en_GB: Synchronisation Client ID

en: Unique identifier for this Tomboy client, used when communicating with a sychronization server.
en_GB: Unique identifier for this Tomboy client, used when communicating with a sychronisation server.

en: Synchronization Local Server Path
en_GB: Synchronisation Local Server Path

en: Path to the synchronization server when using the filesystem synchronization service addin.
en_GB: Path to the synchronisation server when using the filesystem synchronisation service addin.

en: Selected Synchronization Service Addin
en_GB: Selected Synchronisation Service Addin

en: Unique identifier for the currently configured note synchronization service addin.
en_GB: Unique identifier for the currently configured note synchronisation service addin.

en: Time (in milliseconds) Tomboy should wait for a response when using FUSE to mount a sync share.
en_GB: Time (in milliseconds) Tomboy should wait for a response when using FUSE to mount a synchronisation share.

en: SSHFS Remote Synchronization Folder
en_GB: SSHFS Remote Synchronisation Folder

en: Path on SSH server to Tomboy synchronization directory (optional).
en_GB: Path on SSH server to Tomboy synchronisation directory (optional).

en: SSHFS Synchronization Server URL
en_GB: SSHFS Synchronisation Server URL

en: URL of SSH server containing Tomboy synchronization directory.
en_GB: URL of SSH server containing Tomboy synchronisation directory.

en: SSHFS Remote Synchronization User Name
en_GB: SSHFS Remote Synchronisation User Name

en: User name to use when connecting to the synchronization server via SSH.
en_GB: User name to use when connecting to the synchronisation server via SSH.

en: SSHFS Synchronization Server Port
en_GB: SSHFS Synchronisation Server Port

en: The port to use when connecting to the synchronization server via SSH. Set to -1 or less if default SSH port settings should be used instead.
en_GB: The port to use when connecting to the synchronisation server via SSH. Set to -1 or less if default SSH port settings should be used instead.

en: Note Synchronization Conflict Saved Behavior
en_GB: Note Synchronisation Conflict Saved Behaviour

en: Integer value indicating if there is a preference to always perform a specific behavior when a conflict is detected, instead of prompting the user. The values map to an internal enumeration. 0 indicates that the user wishes to be prompted when a conflict occurs, so that they may handle each conflict situation on a case-by-case basis.
en_GB: Integer value indicating if there is a preference to always perform a specific behaviour when a conflict is detected, instead of prompting the user. The values map to an internal enumeration. 0 indicates that the user wishes to be prompted when a conflict occurs, so that they may handle each conflict situation on a case-by-case basis.

en: Automatic Background Synchronization Timeout
en_GB: Automatic Background Synchronisation Timeout

en: Link Updating Behavior on Note Rename
en_GB: Link Updating Behaviour on Note Rename

en: Integer value indicating if there is a preference to always perform a specific link updating behavior when a note is renamed, instead of prompting the user. The values map to an internal enumeration. 0 indicates that the user wishes to be prompted when renaming a note may impact links that exist in other notes. 1 indicates that links should automatically be removed. 2 indicates that link text should be updated to the new note name so that it will continue linking to the renamed note.
en_GB: Integer value indicating if there is a preference to always perform a specific link updating behaviour when a note is renamed, instead of prompting the user. The values map to an internal enumeration. 0 indicates that the user wishes to be prompted when renaming a note may impact links that exist in other notes. 1 indicates that links should automatically be removed. 2 indicates that link text should be updated to the new note name so that it will continue linking to the renamed note.

en: Start synchronizing notes
en_GB: Start synchronising notes

en: Select an icon...
en_GB: Select an icon…

en: Select Synchronization Folder...
en_GB: Select Synchronisation Folder…

note: #-#-#-#-#  1460 (tomboy)  #-#-#-#-# initial newline
en: dddd, MMMM d, h:mm tt
en_GB: dddd, d MMMM, HH:mm

note: #-#-#-#-#  1460 (tomboy)  #-#-#-#-# Format: "Today: Friday, July 01 2005"
en: dddd, MMMM d yyyy
en_GB: dddd, d MMMM yyyy

en: Change the <b>Today: Template</b> note to customize the text that new Today notes have.
en_GB: Change the <b>Today: Template</b> note to customise the text that new Today notes have.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1460 (tomboy)  #-#-#-#-# Text for label describing setup required for SSH sync addin to work
en: SSH synchronization requires an existing SSH key for this server and user, added to a running SSH daemon.
en_GB: SSH synchronisation requires an existing SSH key for this server and user, added to a running SSH daemon.

en: <b>{0}</b> of <b>{1}</b> Sticky Note was successfully imported. | <b>{0}</b> of <b>{1}</b> Sticky Notes were successfully imported.
en_GB[0]: <b>{0}</b> of <b>{1}</b> Sticky Note was successfully imported.
en_GB[1]: <b>{0}</b> of <b>{1}</b> Sticky Notes was successfully imported.

en: Authorization Failed, Try Again
en_GB: Authorisation Failed, Try Again

note: Translators: Title of web page presented to user after they authorized Tomboy for sync
en: Tomboy Web Authorization Successful
en_GB: Tomboy Web Authorisation Successful

note: Translators: Body of web page presented to user after they authorized Tomboy for sync
en: Please return to the Tomboy Preferences window and press Save to start synchronizing.
en_GB: Please return to the Tomboy Preferences window and press Save to start synchronising.

en: Connected. Press Save to start synchronizing
en_GB: Connected. Press Save to start synchronising

note: Translators: The user must take action in their web browser to continue the authorization process
en: Authorizing in browser (Press to reset connection)
en_GB: Authorising in browser (Press to reset connection)

en: New Note_book...
en_GB: New Note_book…

en: _New notebook...
en_GB: _New notebook…

en: <note-content>Start Here
    
    <bold>Welcome to Tomboy!</bold>
    
    Use this "Start Here" note to begin organizing your ideas and thoughts.
    
    You can create new notes to hold your ideas by selecting the "Create New Note" item from the Tomboy Notes menu in your GNOME Panel. Your note will be saved automatically.
    
    Then organize the notes you create by linking related notes and ideas together!
    
    We've created a note called <link:internal>Using Links in Tomboy</link:internal>.  Notice how each time we type <link:internal>Using Links in Tomboy</link:internal> it automatically gets underlined?  Click on the link to open the note.</note-content>
en_GB: <note-content>Start Here
    
    <bold>Welcome to Tomboy!</bold>
    
    Use this "Start Here" note to begin organising your ideas and thoughts.
    
    You can create new notes to hold your ideas by selecting the "Create New Note" item from the Tomboy Notes menu in your GNOME Panel. Your note will be saved automatically.
    
    Then organise the notes you create by linking related notes and ideas together!
    
    We've created a note called <link:internal>Using Links in Tomboy</link:internal>.  Notice how each time we type <link:internal>Using Links in Tomboy</link:internal> it automatically gets underlined?  Click on the link to open the note.</note-content>

en: Synchronize Notes
en_GB: Synchronise Notes

en: Cannot create note
en_GB: Cannote create note

note: x of x - specifically Number of Matches and what location is the cursor in the list of matches
en: {0} of {1}
en_GB: Page {0} of {1}

note: #-#-#-#-#  521 (gnote)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: Addin category.
en: Synchronization
en_GB: Synchronisation

en: Get More Add-Ins...
en_GB: Get More Add-Ins…

note: #-#-#-#-#  521 (gnote)  #-#-#-#-# Create dialog
en: Other Synchronization Options
en_GB: Other Synchronisation Options

en: When a conflict is detected between a local note and a note on the configured synchronization server:
en_GB: When a conflict is detected between a local note and a note on the configured synchronisation server:

en: Clearing your synchronization settings is not recommended.  You may be forced to synchronize all of your notes again when you save new settings.
en_GB: Clearing your synchronisation settings is not recommended.  You may be forced to synchronise all of your notes again when you save new settings.

en: Resetting Synchronization Settings
en_GB: Resetting Synchronisation Settings

en: You have disabled the configured synchronization service.  Your synchronization settings will now be cleared.  You may be forced to synchronize all of your notes again when you save new settings.
en_GB: You have disabled the configured synchronisation service.  Your synchronisation settings will now be cleared.  You may be forced to synchronise all of your notes again when you save new settings.

en: Tomboy is ready to synchronize your notes. Would you like to synchronize them now?
en_GB: Tomboy is ready to synchronise your notes. Would you like to synchronise them now?

en: This synchronization addin is not supported on your computer. Please make sure you have FUSE and {0} correctly installed and configured
en_GB: This synchronisation addin is not supported on your computer. Please make sure you have FUSE and {0} correctly installed and configured

en: Could not read testfile.
en_GB: Could not read test file.

en: An error ocurred while connecting to the specified server:
en_GB: An error occurred while connecting to the specified server:

en: Acquiring sync lock...
en_GB: Acquiring sync lock…

en: Synchronizing Notes
en_GB: Synchronising Notes

en: Synchronizing your notes...
en_GB: Synchronising your notes…

en: This may take a while, kick back and enjoy!
en_GB: This may take a while; get a cup of tea!

en: Connecting to the server...
en_GB: Connecting to the server…

en: Deleting notes off of the server...
en_GB: Deleting notes off the server…

en: Downloading new/updated notes...
en_GB: Downloading new/updated notes…

en: One of your other computers is currently synchronizing.  Please wait 2 minutes and try again.
en_GB: One of your other computers is currently synchronising.  Please wait 2 minutes and try again.

en: Preparing to download updates from server...
en_GB: Preparing to download updates from server…

en: Preparing to upload updates to server...
en_GB: Preparing to upload updates to server…

en: Uploading notes to server...
en_GB: Uploading notes to server…

en: Synchronization Failed
en_GB: Synchronisation Failed

en: Failed to synchronize
en_GB: Failed to synchronise

en: Could not synchronize notes.  Check the details below and try again.
en_GB: Could not synchronise notes.  Check the details below and try again.

en: Synchronization Complete
en_GB: Synchronisation Complete

en: Synchronization is complete
en_GB: Synchronisation is complete

en: Your notes are now up to date.
en_GB: Your notes are now up-to-date.

en: Synchronization Canceled
en_GB: Synchronisation Cancelled

en: Synchronization was canceled
en_GB: Synchronisation was cancelled

en: You canceled the synchronization.  You may close the window now.
en_GB: You cancelled the synchronisation.  You may close the window now.

en: Synchronization Not Configured
en_GB: Synchronisation Not Configured

en: Synchronization is not configured
en_GB: Synchronisation is not configured

en: Please configure synchronization in the preferences dialog.
en_GB: Please configure synchronisation in the preferences dialogue.

en: Synchronization Service Error
en_GB: Synchronisation Service Error

en: Error connecting to the synchronization service.  Please try again.
en_GB: Error connecting to the synchronisation service.  Please try again.

note: TODO: This message isn't entirely accurate. We should fix it.
en: The synchronization you've chosen requires the FUSE module to be loaded.
    
    To avoid getting this prompt in the future, you should load FUSE at startup.  Add "modprobe fuse" to /etc/init.d/boot.local or "fuse" to /etc/modules.
en_GB: The synchronisation you've chosen requires the FUSE module to be loaded.
    
    To avoid getting this prompt in the future, you should load FUSE at startup.  Add "modprobe fuse" to /etc/init.d/boot.local or "fuse" to /etc/modules.

en: MMMM d, h:mm tt
en_GB: d MMMM, HH:mm

en: MMMM d yyyy, h:mm tt
en_GB: d MMMM yyyy, HH:mm

en: Tomboy is a simple desktop note-taking application, with some powerful built-in features to help you organize your ideas.
en_GB: Tomboy is a simple desktop note-taking application, with some powerful built-in features to help you organise your ideas.

en: Tomboy is a desktop note-taking application for GNOME. It is simple and easy to use, and allows you to organize the ideas and information you deal with every day. Tomboy has some very useful editing features to help you customize your notes, including:
en_GB: Tomboy is a desktop note-taking application for GNOME. It is simple and easy to use, and allows you to organise the ideas and information you deal with every day. Tomboy has some very useful editing features to help you customize your notes, including:

en: To add Tomboy to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Select Tomboy Notes in the Add to the panel dialog, then click <menuchoice><guibutton>Add</guibutton></menuchoice>. You should see a yellow note icon appear in the panel, representing Tomboy. The panel icon is illustrated in <xref linkend="tomboy-panel"/>.
en_GB: To add Tomboy to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Select Tomboy Notes in the Add to the panel dialogue, then click <menuchoice><guibutton>Add</guibutton></menuchoice>. You should see a yellow note icon appear in the panel, representing Tomboy. The panel icon is illustrated in <xref linkend="tomboy-panel"/>.

en: To get an overview of all the notes managed by Tomboy, select the <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Search All Notes</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item from the panel menu. By default, the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialog will display the notes in the order that they were last modified. Click the <guilabel>Note</guilabel> or <guilabel>Last Changed</guilabel> column headings to change the sort order. Click the column heading a second time to toggle between ascending and descending order.
en_GB: To get an overview of all the notes managed by Tomboy, select the <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Search All Notes</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item from the panel menu. By default, the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialogue will display the notes in the order that they were last modified. Click the <guilabel>Note</guilabel> or <guilabel>Last Changed</guilabel> column headings to change the sort order. Click the column heading a second time to toggle between ascending and descending order.

en: You can find specific notes by entering text into the search field in the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialog. The list of notes will automatically update to list only the notes which have matching text.
en_GB: You can find specific notes by entering text into the search field in the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialogue. The list of notes will automatically update to list only the notes which have matching text.

en: To open a note in the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialog, do one of the following:
en_GB: To open a note in the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialogue, do one of the following:

en: Notes are modified and edited through the main window for each note. The toolbar at the top of each note allows you to stylize the note and perform other note-related functions. We discuss the functions of each item on the toolbar in the following sections.
en_GB: Notes are modified and edited through the main window for each note. The toolbar at the top of each note allows you to apply a style to the note and perform other note-related functions. We discuss the functions of each item on the toolbar in the following sections.

en: Clicking the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button will open the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialog described earlier (<xref linkend="search-all-notes"/>.)
en_GB: Clicking the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button will open the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialogue described earlier (<xref linkend="search-all-notes"/>.)

en: Select this option to synchronize your notes with a central server. For more information on note synchronization, see <xref linkend="synchronization"/>.
en_GB: Select this option to synchronise your notes with a central server. For more information on note synchronisation, see <xref linkend="synchronization"/>.

en: Select this option to print the current note. You will be presented with the standard GNOME print dialog.
en_GB: Select this option to print the current note. You will be presented with the standard GNOME print dialogue.

en: The <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button will pop up a dialog box asking if you want to permanently delete the note and its contents. Click the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button to discard the note permanently, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to abort the process. Links to this note from other notes will still exist, but will re-create the note upon activation.
en_GB: The <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button will pop up a dialogue box asking if you want to permanently delete the note and its contents. Click the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button to discard the note permanently, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to abort the process. Links to this note from other notes will still exist, but will re-create the note upon activation.

en: To create a new notebook from the Search All Notes dialog:
en_GB: To create a new notebook from the Search All Notes dialogue:

en: Using your mouse, right click in the left hand box and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>New Notebook</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Using your mouse, right-click in the left-hand box and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>New Notebook</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: To add notes to a notebook, you can add a note from the <guilabel>Search All Notes</guilabel> dialog or directly within a note.
en_GB: To add notes to a notebook, you can add a note from the <guilabel>Search All Notes</guilabel> dialogue or directly within a note.

en: To move an existing note from the Search All Notes dialog:
en_GB: To move an existing note from the Search All Notes dialogue:

en: As you type a note, you can add the note directly to an existing notebook using the <guimenu>Notebook</guimenu> button. The <guimenu>Notebook</guimenu> button is represented by the <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/notebook-icon.png"/> icon.
en_GB: As you type a note, you can add the note directly to an existing notebook using the <guibutton>Notebook</guibutton> button. The <guibutton>Notebook</guibutton> button is represented by the <inlinegraphic fileref="figures/notebook-icon.png"/> icon.

en: Using your mouse, right click on a Notebook that you have created and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open Template Note</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Using your mouse, right-click on a Notebook that you have created and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open Template Note</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: This will open a new note that will be used as the template. Any text typed in this note will appear in all notes created in this Notebook. Create a new note in the notebook by using your mouse, right click on a notebook and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>New Note</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: This will open a new note that will be used as the template. Any text typed in this note will appear in all notes created in this Notebook. Create a new note in the notebook by using your mouse, right-click on a notebook and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>New Note</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Using your mouse, right click on a Notebook that you have created and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Delete Notebook</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Using your mouse, right-click on a Notebook that you have created and choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Delete Notebook</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Using your mouse, left click on the Notebook you want to delete.
en_GB: Using your mouse, left-click on the Notebook you want to delete.

en: Note Synchronization
en_GB: Note Synchronisation

en: Tomboy can now keep your notes synchronized between multiple computers by relying on a central server.
en_GB: Tomboy can now keep your notes synchronised between multiple computers by relying on a central server.

en: Configure note synchronization
en_GB: Configure note synchronisation

en: You can configure your note synchronization preferences in the <guilabel>Synchronization</guilabel> tab of the <interface>Tomboy Preferences</interface> dialog. Default conflict handling behavior can be configured by selecting the <guibutton>Advanced...</guibutton> button.
en_GB: You can configure your note synchronisation preferences in the <guilabel>Synchronisation</guilabel> tab of the <interface>Tomboy Preferences</interface> dialogue. Default conflict handling behavior can be configured by selecting the <guibutton>Advanced...</guibutton> button.

en: Tomboy Synchronization Preferences
en_GB: Tomboy Synchronisation Preferences

en: Configure note synchronization service (WebDAV)
en_GB: Configure note synchronisation service (WebDAV)

en: In order to synchronize your notes with a WebDAV server, you will need the wdfs FUSE file system installed. Follow the documentation for your operating system to set up FUSE for your user. You will also need the GNOME Keyring installed.
en_GB: In order to synchronise your notes with a WebDAV server, you will need the wdfs FUSE file system installed. Follow the documentation for your operating system to set up FUSE for your user. You will also need the GNOME Keyring installed.

en: Choose <guimenuitem>WebDAV</guimenuitem> from the <guilabel>Service</guilabel> drop-down list. Fill in the connection information for your server, and then select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button. You are now ready to synchronize your notes.
en_GB: Choose <guimenuitem>WebDAV</guimenuitem> from the <guilabel>Service</guilabel> drop-down list. Fill in the connection information for your server, and then select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button. You are now ready to synchronise your notes.

en: Configure note synchronization service (SSH)
en_GB: Configure note synchronisation service (SSH)

en: In order to synchronize your notes with an SSH server, you will need the sshfs FUSE file system installed. Follow the documentation for your operating system to set up FUSE for your user. You will also need an SSH key for your SSH server account, which should be added to a running SSH daemon. This can be done using the GNOME <application>Seahorse</application> application.
en_GB: In order to synchronise your notes with an SSH server, you will need the sshfs FUSE file system installed. Follow the documentation for your operating system to set up FUSE for your user. You will also need an SSH key for your SSH server account, which should be added to a running SSH daemon. This can be done using the GNOME <application>Seahorse</application> application.

en: Choose <guimenuitem>SSH</guimenuitem> from the <guilabel>Service</guilabel> drop-down list. Fill in the connection information for your server, and then select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button. You are now ready to synchronize your notes.
en_GB: Choose <guimenuitem>SSH</guimenuitem> from the <guilabel>Service</guilabel> drop-down list. Fill in the connection information for your server, and then select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button. You are now ready to synchronise your notes.

en: Configure note synchronization service (Local Folder)
en_GB: Configure note synchronisation service (Local Folder)

en: You may want to synchronize your notes to a local folder if that folder is available to your other systems, or if that folder represents a local mount of a remote server.
en_GB: You may want to synchronise your notes to a local folder if that folder is available to your other systems, or if that folder represents a local mount of a remote server.

en: Choose <guimenuitem>Local Folder</guimenuitem> from the <guilabel>Service</guilabel> drop-down list. Choose the desired synchronization <guilabel>Folder Path</guilabel>, and then select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button. You are now ready to synchronize your notes.
en_GB: Choose <guimenuitem>Local Folder</guimenuitem> from the <guilabel>Service</guilabel> drop-down list. Choose the desired synchronisation <guilabel>Folder Path</guilabel>, and then select the <guibutton>Save</guibutton> button. You are now ready to synchronise your notes.

en: Synchronize your notes
en_GB: Synchronise your notes

en: You can synchronize your notes at any time by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Synchronize Notes</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from any note or from the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialog.
en_GB: You can synchronise your notes at any time by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Synchronise Notes</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from any note or from the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialogue.

en: Handling synchronization conflicts
en_GB: Handling synchronisation conflicts

en: When synchronizing notes between multiple computers, conflicts may occur. Usually this is the result of not synchronizing regularly when switching between systems. Tomboy will detect conflicts in the content of your notes and help you to avoid loss of important data.
en_GB: When synchronising notes between multiple computers, conflicts may occur. Usually this is the result of not synchronising regularly when switching between systems. Tomboy will detect conflicts in the content of your notes and help you to avoid loss of important data.

en: If a conflict is detected during note synchronization, the <interface>Note Conflict</interface> dialog will appear. If you do not need the changes you made in your local note, you can select <guilabel>Overwrite local note</guilabel>. If you would like to keep your local changes in a new note, select <guilabel>Rename local note</guilabel>.
en_GB: If a conflict is detected during note synchronisation, the <interface>Note Conflict</interface> dialogue will appear. If you do not need the changes you made in your local note, you can select <guilabel>Overwrite local note</guilabel>. If you would like to keep your local changes in a new note, select <guilabel>Rename local note</guilabel>.

en: To set preferences for Tomboy, right-click on the icon in the panel, and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu. You will see a dialog similar to the one displayed in <xref linkend="pref-editing"/>. There are two categories of preferences, <guilabel>Editing</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hotkeys</guilabel>. Preferences for each tab will be described below.
en_GB: To set preferences for Tomboy, right-click on the icon in the panel, and select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu. You will see a dialogue similar to the one displayed in <xref linkend="pref-editing"/>. There are two categories of preferences, <guilabel>Editing</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hotkeys</guilabel>. Preferences for each tab will be described below.

en: Enable this checkbox to underline misspellings in red, and provide suggestions in the right click context menu. Enable or disable the checkbox using the mouse or the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Enable this checkbox to underline misspellings in red, and provide suggestions in the right-click context menu. Enable or disable the checkbox using the mouse or the key combination <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Enter the key combination to open the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialog.
en_GB: Enter the key combination to open the <interface>Search All Notes</interface> dialogue.

en: Customize the icons that are used by editing the add-in preferences in the <link linkend="prefs-plugins">Preferences Dialog</link>. After highlighting the Bugzilla Add-in, click <guibutton>Preferences</guibutton> to open the <interface>Bugzilla Add-in Settings</interface> dialog. To add a new icon, click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, select an icon on your computer, provide a Bugzilla host name (e.g., bugzilla.gnome.org), and click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. Any Bugzilla URL that is dragged and dropped from one of these custom host names will now use the icon you specified.
en_GB: Customise the icons that are used by editing the add-in preferences in the <link linkend="prefs-plugins">Preferences Dialogue</link>. After highlighting the Bugzilla Add-in, click <guibutton>Preferences</guibutton> to open the <interface>Bugzilla Add-in Settings</interface> dialogue. To add a new icon, click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, select an icon on your computer, provide a Bugzilla host name (e.g., bugzilla.gnome.org), and click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. Any Bugzilla URL that is dragged and dropped from one of these custom host names will now use the icon you specified.

en: After selecting this option, you will be presented with a dialog that allows you to choose where to save the <acronym>HTML</acronym> file. Enter the destination filename and click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to save the file, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to abort the operation.
en_GB: After selecting this option, you will be presented with a dialogue that allows you to choose where to save the <acronym>HTML</acronym> file. Enter the destination filename and click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to save the file, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to abort the operation.

en: To customize the content of the default "Today" note, create a new note and change the title of the note to be, "Today: Template". Change the content of the template note to whatever you like. When new "Today" notes are created, it will then use the content of your "Today: Template" note.
en_GB: To customise the content of the default "Today" note, create a new note and change the title of the note to be, "Today: Template". Change the content of the template note to whatever you like. When new "Today" notes are created, it will then use the content of your "Today: Template" note.

note: -> lang.c
en: Reading %s
en_GB: Rereading %s

en: #  organization=STRING (if beginning with '/' read from file)
en_GB: #  organisation=STRING (if beginning with '/' read from file)

en: NNTP authorization password not found for %s
en_GB: NNTP authorisation password not found for %s

en: Authorized for user: %s
en_GB: Authorised for user: %s

en: Authorization failed for user: %s
en_GB: Authorisation failed for user: %s

en: Unrecognized attribute: %s
en_GB: Unrecognised attribute: %s

en: ANSI color disabled
en_GB: ANSI colour disabled

en: ANSI color enabled
en_GB: ANSI colour enabled

en: cycle the display of authors email address, real name, both or neither
en_GB: cycle the display of authors e-mail address, real name, both or neither

en: %s: Screen initialization failed
en_GB: %s: Screen initialisation failed

en: toggle color
en_GB: toggle colour

en: # Changing colors of several screen parts
    # Possible values are:
    #  -1 = default (white for foreground and black for background)
    #   0 = black
    #   1 = red
    #   2 = green
    #   3 = brown
    #   4 = blue
    #   5 = pink
    #   6 = cyan
    #   7 = white
    # These are *only* for foreground:
    #   8 = gray
    #   9 = light red
    #  10 = light green
    #  11 = yellow
    #  12 = light blue
    #  13 = light pink
    #  14 = light cyan
    #  15 = light white
en_GB: # Changing colors of several screen parts
    # Possible values are:
    #  -1 = default (white for foreground and black for background)
    #   0 = black
    #   1 = red
    #   2 = green
    #   3 = brown
    #   4 = blue
    #   5 = pink
    #   6 = cyan
    #   7 = white
    # These are *only* for foreground:
    #   8 = grey
    #   9 = light red
    #  10 = light green
    #  11 = yellow
    #  12 = light blue
    #  13 = light pink
    #  14 = light cyan
    #  15 = light white

en:   -a       toggle color flag
en_GB:   -a       toggle colour flag

en: Terminal does not support color
en_GB: Terminal does not support colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1301 (rkward)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: (Choose color) <dialog label="Choose color"> <dropdown label="Color"> <option label="..."> #-#-#-#-#  450 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this the ICC colorspace type
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

en: Color Options
en_GB: Colour Options

en: # Number of lines that cursor-up/down will scroll in article pager
    # Possible values are (the default is marked with *):
    #  -2 = half-page scrolling
    #  -1 = the top/bottom line is carried over onto the next page
    #   0 = page-by-page (traditional behavior)
    # * 1 = line-by-line
    #   2 or greater = scroll by 2 or more lines (only in the pager)
en_GB: # Number of lines that cursor-up/down will scroll in article pager
    # Possible values are (the default is marked with *):
    #  -2 = half-page scrolling
    #  -1 = the top/bottom line is carried over onto the next page
    #   0 = page-by-page (traditional behaviour)
    # * 1 = line-by-line
    #   2 or greater = scroll by 2 or more lines (only in the pager)

en: Use ANSI color
en_GB: Use ANSI colour

en: # If ON using ANSI-color
en_GB: # If ON using ANSI-colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1457 (tin-man 2.4.5)  #-#-#-#-# type: Plain text
en: Standard foreground color
en_GB: Standard foreground colour

en: # Standard foreground color
    # Default: -1 (default color)
en_GB: # Standard foreground colour
    # Default: -1 (default colour)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1457 (tin-man 2.4.5)  #-#-#-#-# type: Plain text
en: Standard background color
en_GB: Standard background colour

en: # Standard background color
    # Default: -1 (default color)
en_GB: # Standard background colour
    # Default: -1 (default colour)

en: Color for inverse text (background)
en_GB: Colour for inverse text (background)

en: # Color of background for inverse text
    # Default: 4 (blue)
en_GB: # Colour of background for inverse text
    # Default: 4 (blue)

en: Color for inverse text (foreground)
en_GB: Colour for inverse text (foreground)

en: # Color of foreground for inverse text
    # Default: 7 (white)
en_GB: # Colour of foreground for inverse text
    # Default: 7 (white)

en: Color of text lines
en_GB: Colour of text lines

en: # Color of text lines
    # Default: -1 (default color)
en_GB: # Colour of text lines
    # Default: -1 (default colour)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1457 (tin-man 2.4.5)  #-#-#-#-# type: Plain text
en: Color of mini help menu
en_GB: Colour of mini help menu

en: # Color of mini help menu
    # Default: 3 (brown)
en_GB: # Colour of mini help menu
    # Default: 3 (brown)

en: Color of help text
en_GB: Colour of help text

en: # Color of help pages
    # Default: -1 (default color)
en_GB: # Colour of help pages
    # Default: -1 (default colour)

en: Color of status messages
en_GB: Colour of status messages

en: # Color of messages in last line
    # Default: 6 (cyan)
en_GB: # Colour of messages in last line
    # Default: 6 (cyan)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1457 (tin-man 2.4.5)  #-#-#-#-# type: Plain text
en: Color of quoted lines
en_GB: Colour of quoted lines

en: # Color of quote-lines
    # Default: 2 (green)
en_GB: # Colour of quote-lines
    # Default: 2 (green)

en: Color of twice quoted line
en_GB: Colour of twice quoted line

en: # Color of twice quoted lines
    # Default: 3 (brown)
en_GB: # Colour of twice quoted lines
    # Default: 3 (brown)

en: Color of =>3 times quoted line
en_GB: Colour of =>3 times quoted line

en: # Color of >=3 times quoted lines
    # Default: 4 (blue)
en_GB: # Colour of >=3 times quoted lines
    # Default: 4 (blue)

en: Color of article header lines
en_GB: Colour of article header lines

en: # Color of header-lines
    # Default: 2 (green)
en_GB: # Colour of header-lines
    # Default: 2 (green)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1457 (tin-man 2.4.5)  #-#-#-#-# type: Plain text
en: Color of actual news header fields
en_GB: Colour of actual news header fields

en: # Color of actual news header fields
    # Default: 9 (light red)
en_GB: # Colour of actual news header fields
    # Default: 9 (light red)

en: Color of article subject lines
en_GB: Colour of article subject lines

en: # Color of article subject
    # Default: 6 (cyan)
en_GB: # Colour of article subject
    # Default: 6 (cyan)

en: Color of external quotes
en_GB: Colour of external quotes

en: # Color of quoted text from external sources
    # Default: 5 (pink)
en_GB: # Colour of quoted text from external sources
    # Default: 5 (pink)

en: Color of response counter
en_GB: Colour of response counter

en: # Color of response counter
    # Default: 2 (green)
en_GB: # Colour of response counter
    # Default: 2 (green)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1457 (tin-man 2.4.5)  #-#-#-#-# type: Plain text
en: Color of sender (From:)
en_GB: Colour of sender (From:)

en: # Color of sender (From:)
    # Default: 2 (green)
en_GB: # Colour of sender (From:)
    # Default: 2 (green)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1457 (tin-man 2.4.5)  #-#-#-#-# type: Plain text
en: Color of help/mail sign
en_GB: Colour of help/mail sign

en: # Color of Help/Mail-Sign
    # Default: 4 (blue)
en_GB: # Colour of Help/Mail-Sign
    # Default: 4 (blue)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1457 (tin-man 2.4.5)  #-#-#-#-# type: Plain text
en: Color of signatures
en_GB: Colour of signatures

en: # Color of signature
    # Default: 4 (blue)
en_GB: # Colour of signature
    # Default: 4 (blue)

en: Color of highlighted URLs
en_GB: Colour of highlighted URLs

en: # Color of highlighted URLs
    # Default: -1 (default color)
en_GB: # Colour of highlighted URLs
    # Default: -1 (default colour)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1457 (tin-man 2.4.5)  #-#-#-#-# type: Plain text
en: Color of verbatim blocks
en_GB: Colour of verbatim blocks

en: # Color of verbatim blocks
    # Default: 5 (pink)
en_GB: # Colour of verbatim blocks
    # Default: 5 (pink)

en: Color of highlighting with *stars*
en_GB: Colour of highlighting with *stars*

en: # Color of word highlighting with *stars*
    # Default: 11 (yellow)
en_GB: # Colour of word highlighting with *stars*
    # Default: 11 (yellow)

en: Color of highlighting with _dash_
en_GB: Colour of highlighting with _dash_

en: # Color of word highlighting with _dash_
    # Default: 13 (light pink)
en_GB: # Colour of word highlighting with _dash_
    # Default: 13 (light pink)

en: Color of highlighting with /slash/
en_GB: Colour of highlighting with /slash/

en: # Color of word highlighting with /slash/
    # Default: 14 (light cyan)
en_GB: # Colour of word highlighting with /slash/
    # Default: 14 (light cyan)

en: Color of highlighting with -stroke-
en_GB: Colour of highlighting with -stroke-

en: # Color of word highlighting with -stroke-
    # Default: 12 (light blue)
en_GB: # Colour of word highlighting with -stroke-
    # Default: 12 (light blue)

en: Quoting behavior
en_GB: Quoting behaviour

en: # A comma-delimited list of address-parts you want to be warned
    # about when trying to reply by email.
en_GB: # A comma-delimited list of address-parts you want to be warned
    # about when trying to reply by e-mail.

en: When group is a mailing list, send responses to this email address.
en_GB: When group is a mailing list, send responses to this e-mail address.

en: Value of the Organization: header. <CR> sets, <ESC> cancels.
en_GB: Value of the Organisation: header. <CR> sets, <ESC> cancels.

en: Organization: header
en_GB: Organisation: header

note: type: Plain text
en: B<tin> is a full-screen easy to use Usenet newsreader. It can read news locally (e.g., I</var/spool/news>) or remotely (B<rtin> or B<tin -r> option) via an NNTP (Network News Transport Protocol) server. It will automatically utilize NOV B<\%newsoverview>(5)  style index files if available locally or via the NNTP [X]OVER command (B<RFC\%2980>, B<RFC\%3977>).
en_GB: B<tin> is a full-screen easy to use Usenet newsreader. It can read news locally (e.g., I</var/spool/news>) or remotely (B<rtin> or B<tin -r> option) via an NNTP (Network News Transport Protocol) server. It will automatically utilise NOV B<\%newsoverview>(5)  style index files if available locally or via the NNTP [X]OVER command (B<RFC\%2980>, B<RFC\%3977>).

note: type: Plain text
en: Toggle ANSI color (default is off).
en_GB: Toggle ANSI colour (default is off).

note: type: Plain text
en: At the Selection level the title displays (the name of the news server and) the number of subscribed groups (containing new unread articles). The newsgroups are displayed in the middle of the screen usually with the number of unread articles displayed on the same line in front, but it can be customized via B<select_format>.
en_GB: At the Selection level the title displays (the name of the news server and) the number of subscribed groups (containing new unread articles). The newsgroups are displayed in the middle of the screen usually with the number of unread articles displayed on the same line in front, but it can be customised via B<select_format>.

note: type: Plain text
en: If a thread has unread articles it is marked with B<art_marked_unread> in front of the total number of articles in the thread. If there are recent articles within the thread it might be marked with B<art_marked_recent> in front of the total number of articles in the thread \(em this is controlled by the B<recent_time> option. If a thread has hot articles in it (see also section "FILTERING ARTICLES") it's marked with B<art_marked_selected> in front of the total number of articles in the thread. The number of lines of the first (unread) article in the thread might also be shown right before the subject \(em this is controlled by the B<show_info> option. The display can be customized via B<group_format>.
en_GB: If a thread has unread articles it is marked with B<art_marked_unread> in front of the total number of articles in the thread. If there are recent articles within the thread it might be marked with B<art_marked_recent> in front of the total number of articles in the thread \(em this is controlled by the B<recent_time> option. If a thread has hot articles in it (see also section "FILTERING ARTICLES") it's marked with B<art_marked_selected> in front of the total number of articles in the thread. The number of lines of the first (unread) article in the thread might also be shown right before the subject \(em this is controlled by the B<show_info> option. The display can be customised via B<group_format>.

note: FIXME - add description of fields type: Plain text
en: At the Thread level the screen usually (depends on the threading method used) looks like this, but can be customized via B<thread_format>:
en_GB: At the Thread level the screen usually (depends on the threading method used) looks like this, but can be customised via B<thread_format>:

note: type: Plain text
en: The look of the Selection, Group and Thread level can be customized. See the section "CUSTOMIZING THE SCREEN FORMAT".
en_GB: The look of the Selection, Group and Thread level can be customised. See the section "CUSTOMISING THE SCREEN FORMAT".

note: type: Plain text
en: Toggle use of ANSI color.
en_GB: Toggle use of ANSI colour.

note: type: Plain text
en: Toggle TeX to ISO decoding for current article. The default behavior is taken from the B<tex2iso_conv> variable in the tinrc file.
en_GB: Toggle TeX to ISO decoding for current article. The default behaviour is taken from the B<tex2iso_conv> variable in the tinrc file.

note: type: Plain text
en: Toggle the display of uuencoded sections. The default behavior is taken from the B<hide_uue> variable in the tinrc file.
en_GB: Toggle the display of uuencoded sections. The default behaviour is taken from the B<hide_uue> variable in the tinrc file.

note: type: Plain text
en: The variables are user configurable by editing I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/.tin/tinrc> directly. Most of them can also be set in the GLOBAL OPTIONS MENU which is accessed by pressing B<OptionMenu> ('B<M>') at all levels. It allows the user to customize the behavior of B<tin>. The options are saved to the file I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/.tin/tinrc> when you exit B<tin> so don't edit the file directly whilst B<tin> is running.
en_GB: The variables are user configurable by editing I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/.tin/tinrc> directly. Most of them can also be set in the GLOBAL OPTIONS MENU which is accessed by pressing B<OptionMenu> ('B<M>') at all levels. It allows the user to customise the behaviour of B<tin>. The options are saved to the file I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/.tin/tinrc> when you exit B<tin> so don't edit the file directly whilst B<tin> is running.

note: type: TP
en: B<Standard background color (col_back)>
en_GB: B<Standard background colour (col_back)>

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of quoted text from external sources (col_extquote)>
en_GB: B<Colour of quoted text from external sources (col_extquote)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of quoted text from external sources
en_GB: Colour of quoted text from external sources

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of sender (From:) (col_from)>
en_GB: B<Colour of sender (From:) (col_from)>

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of article header lines (col_head)>
en_GB: B<Colour of article header lines (col_head)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of header-lines
en_GB: Colour of header-lines

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of help text (col_help)>
en_GB: B<Colour of help text (col_help)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of help pages
en_GB: Colour of help pages

note: type: TP
en: B<Color for inverse text (background) (col_invers_bg)>
en_GB: B<Colour for inverse text (background) (col_invers_bg)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of background for inverse text
en_GB: Colour of background for inverse text

note: type: TP
en: B<Color for inverse text (foreground) (col_invers_fg)>
en_GB: B<Colour for inverse text (foreground) (col_invers_fg)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of foreground for inverse text
en_GB: Colour of foreground for inverse text

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of status messages (col_message)>
en_GB: B<Colour of status messages (col_message)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of status messages in last line
en_GB: Colour of status messages in last line

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of highlighting with _dash_ (col_markdash)>
en_GB: B<Colour of highlighting with _dash_ (col_markdash)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of words emphasized like _this_. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.
en_GB: Colour of words emphasised like _this_. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of highlighting with /slash/ (col_markslash)>
en_GB: B<Colour of highlighting with /slash/ (col_markslash)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of words emphasized like /this/. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.
en_GB: Colour of words emphasised like /this/. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of highlighting with *stars* (col_markstar)>
en_GB: B<Colour of highlighting with *stars* (col_markstar)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of words emphasized like *this*. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.
en_GB: Colour of words emphasised like *this*. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of highlighting with -stroke- (col_markstroke)>
en_GB: B<Colour of highlighting with -stroke- (col_markstroke)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of words emphasized like -this-. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.
en_GB: Colour of words emphasised like -this-. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of mini help menu (col_minihelp)>
en_GB: B<Colour of mini help menu (col_minihelp)>

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of actual news header fields (col_newsheaders)>
en_GB: B<Colour of actual news header fields (col_newsheaders)>

note: type: TP
en: B<Standard foreground color (col_normal)>
en_GB: B<Standard foreground colour (col_normal)>

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of quoted lines (col_quote)>
en_GB: B<Colour of quoted lines (col_quote)>

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of twice quoted line (col_quote2)>
en_GB: B<Colour of twice quoted line (col_quote2)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of twice quoted lines
en_GB: Colour of twice quoted lines

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of =E<gt>3 times quoted line (col_quote3)>
en_GB: B<Colour of =E<gt>3 times quoted line (col_quote3)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of E<gt>=3 times quoted lines
en_GB: Colour of E<gt>=3 times quoted lines

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of response counter (col_response)>
en_GB: B<Colour of response counter (col_response)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of response counter. This is the text that says "Response x of y" in the article viewer.
en_GB: Colour of response counter. This is the text that says "Response x of y" in the article viewer.

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of signatures (col_signature)>
en_GB: B<Colour of signatures (col_signature)>

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of urls highlight (col_urls)>
en_GB: B<Colour of urls highlight (col_urls)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of urls highlight
en_GB: Colour of urls highlight

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of verbatim blocks (col_verbatim)>
en_GB: B<Colour of verbatim blocks (col_verbatim)>

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of article subject lines (col_subject)>
en_GB: B<Colour of article subject lines (col_subject)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of article subject
en_GB: Colour of article subject

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of text lines (col_text)>
en_GB: B<Colour of text lines (col_text)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Color of text-lines
en_GB: Colour of text-lines

note: type: TP
en: B<Color of help/mail sign (col_title)>
en_GB: B<Colour of help/mail sign (col_title)>

note: type: Plain text
en: Default for quick (1 key) kill filter case.  ON = filter case sensitive, OFF = ignore case. Default is OFF.
en_GB: Default for quick (1 key) kill filter case.  ON = filter case-sensitive, OFF = ignore case. Default is OFF.

note: type: Plain text
en:  ''Subject:'' (case sensitive)
en_GB:  ''Subject:'' (case-sensitive)

note: type: Plain text
en:  ''From:'' (case sensitive)
en_GB:  ''From:'' (case-sensitive)

note: type: Plain text
en: Default for quick (1 key) auto-selection filter case. ON=filter case sensitive, OFF=ignore case. Default is OFF.
en_GB: Default for quick (1 key) auto-selection filter case. ON=filter case-sensitive, OFF=ignore case. Default is OFF.

note: type: Plain text
en: Default for quick (1 key) auto-selection filter global.  ON=apply to all groups, OFF=apply to current group. Default is ON.
en_GB: Default for quick (1 key) auto-selection filter global. ON=apply to all groups, OFF=apply to current group. Default is ON.

note: type: Plain text
en: Allows groups/articles to be selected by an arrow '-E<gt>' if set ON or by a highlighted bar if set OFF. Default is OFF.
en_GB: Allows groups/articles to be selected by an arrow '-E<gt>' if set ON or by ahighlighted bar if set OFF. Default is OFF.

note: type: Plain text
en: Format string B<tin> uses for Group level representation. See the section "CUSTOMIZING THE SCREEN FORMAT". Default is "%n\ %m\ %R\ %L\ \ %s\ \ %F".
en_GB: Format string B<tin> uses for Group level representation. See the section "CUSTOMISING THE SCREEN FORMAT". Default is "%n\ %m\ %R\ %L\ \ %s\ \ %F".

note: type: Plain text
en: B<Kill only unread arts> is the 'traditional' behavior of B<tin>. Only unread articles are killed once only by marking them read. As filtering only happens on unread articles with B<kill_level> set to 0, B<art_marked_killed> and B<art_marked_read_selected> are only shown once. When you reenter the group the mark will be gone.
en_GB: B<Kill only unread arts> is the 'traditional' behaviour of B<tin>. Only unread articles are killed once only by marking them read. As filtering only happens on unread articles with B<kill_level> set to 0, B<art_marked_killed> and B<art_marked_read_selected> are only shown once. When you reenter the group the mark will be gone.

note: type: Plain text
en: Character attribute of words emphasized like _this_. It depends on your terminal which attributes are usable. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.
en_GB: Character attribute of words emphasised like _this_. It depends on your terminal which attributes are usable. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.

note: type: Plain text
en: Character attribute of words emphasized like /this/. It depends on your terminal which attributes are usable. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.
en_GB: Character attribute of words emphasised like /this/. It depends on your terminal which attributes are usable. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.

note: type: Plain text
en: Character attribute of words emphasized like *this*. It depends on your terminal which attributes are usable. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.
en_GB: Character attribute of words emphasised like *this*. It depends on your terminal which attributes are usable. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.

note: type: Plain text
en: Character attribute of words emphasized like -this-. It depends on your terminal which attributes are usable. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.
en_GB: Character attribute of words emphasised like -this-. It depends on your terminal which attributes are usable. See also B<word_h_display_marks> and B<word_highlight>.

note: type: TP
en: B<Unicode normalization form (normalization_form)>
en_GB: B<Unicode normalisation form (normalization_form)>

note: type: Plain text
en: The normalization form B<tin> should use to normalize unicode input.  The possible values are:
en_GB: The normalisation form B<tin> should use to normalise unicode input.  The possible values are:

note: type: Plain text
en: B<None>: no normalization
en_GB: B<None>: no normalisation

note: type: Plain text
en: Some normalization modes are only available if they are supported by the library B<tin> uses to do the normalization. NFC should be used if possible.
en_GB: Some normalisation modes are only available if they are supported by the library B<tin> uses to do the normalisation. NFC should be used if possible.

note: type: TP
en: B<Quoting behavior (quote_style)>
en_GB: B<Quoting behaviour (quote_style)>

note: type: Plain text
en: The number of lines that will be scrolled up/down in the article pager when using cursor-up/down. The default is 1 (line-by-line). Set to 0 to get traditional B<tin> page-by-page scrolling. Set to -1 to get page-by-page scrolling where the top/bottom line is carried over onto the next page.  This setting supersedes show_last_line_prev_page=ON. Set to -2 to get half-page scrolling. This setting supersedes B<full_page_scroll>=OFF.
en_GB: The number of lines that will be scrolled up/down in the article pager when using cursor-up/down. The default is 1 (line-by-line). Set to 0 to get traditional B<tin> tin page-by-page scrolling. Set to -1 to get page-by-page scrolling where the top/bottom line is carried over onto the next page.  This setting supersedes show_last_line_prev_page=ON. Set to -2 to get half-page scrolling. This setting supersedes B<full_page_scroll>=OFF.

note: type: Plain text
en: Format string B<tin> uses for Selection level representation. See the section "CUSTOMIZING THE SCREEN FORMAT". Default is "%f\ %n\ %U\ \ %G\ \ %d".
en_GB: Format string B<tin> uses for Selection level representation. See the section "CUSTOMISING THE SCREEN FORMAT". Default is "%f\ %n\ %U\ \ %G\ \ %d".

note: type: Plain text
en: If ON prepend the signature with sigdashes. Default is ON.
en_GB: If ON prefix the signature with sigdashes. Default is ON.

note: type: Plain text
en: If ON, show "a as Umlaut-a, etc. Default is OFF. This behavior can also be toggled in the article viewer via B<PageToggleTex2iso> ('B<">').
en_GB: If ON, show "a as Umlaut-a, etc. Default is OFF. This behaviour can also be toggled in the article viewer via B<PageToggleTex2iso> ('B<">').

note: type: Plain text
en: Format string B<tin> uses for Thread level representation. See the section "CUSTOMIZING THE SCREEN FORMAT". Default is "%n\ %m\ \ [%L]\ \ %T\ \ %F".
en_GB: Format string B<tin> uses for Thread level representation. See the section "CUSTOMISING THE SCREEN FORMAT". Default is "%n\ %m\ \ [%L]\ \ %T\ \ %F".

note: type: Plain text
en: The program that will be run when launching URLs in the article viewer using B<PageViewUrl> ('B<U>'). The actual URL will be appended.  Default is B<url_handler.pl>.
en_GB: The program that will be run when launching URLs in the article viewer using B<PageViewUrl> ('B<U>'). The actual URL will be appended. Default is B<url_handler.pl>.

note: type: TP
en: B<Use ANSI color (use_color)>
en_GB: B<Use ANSI colour (use_color)>

note: type: Plain text
en: If enabled B<tin> uses ANSI-colors. Default is OFF.
en_GB: If enabled B<tin> uses ANSI-colours. Default is OFF.

note: type: Plain text
en: A regular expression that B<tin> will use to find the begin of a verbatim block.
en_GB: A regular expression that  B<tin> will use to find the begin of a verbatim block.

note: type: Plain text
en: Enable word highlighting. See B<word_h_display_marks> for the options available. If B<use_color> is enabled the colors specified in B<col_markdash>, B<col_markslash>, B<col_markstar> and B<col_markstroke> are used for word highlighting else the character attributes specified in B<mono_markdash>, B<mono_markslash>, B<mono_markstar> and B<mono_markstroke> are used. Default is ON.
en_GB: Enable word highlighting. See B<word_h_display_marks> for the options available. If B<use_color> is enabled the colours specified in B<col_markdash>, B<col_markslash>, B<col_markstar> and B<col_markstroke> are used for word highlighting else the character attributes specified in B<mono_markdash>, B<mono_markslash>, B<mono_markstar> and B<mono_markstroke> are used. Default is ON.

note: type: SS
en: CUSTOMIZING THE ARTICLE QUOTE STRING
en_GB: CUSTOMISING THE ARTICLE QUOTE STRING

note: type: Plain text
en: Various expansion characters are recognized when entering the directory and file to save to. Environment variables (prefixed with '$') and user home directories (prefixed by '~' or '~username') can be specified.  Environment variables can themselves contain other special characters.
en_GB: Various expansion characters are recognised when entering the directory and file to save to. Environment variables (prefixed with '$') and user home directories (prefixed by '~' or '~username') can be specified.  Environment variables can themselves contain other special characters.

note: type: Plain text
en: B<tin> allows new/unread news articles to be mailed (''B<-M>'' and \&''B<-N>'' option) or saved (''B<-S>'' option) in batch mode for later reading. Useful when going on holiday and you don't want to return and find that expire has removed a whole load of unread articles. Best to run via B<\%cron>(8)  everyday while away, after which you will be mailed a report of which articles were mailed/saved from which newsgroups and the total number of articles mailed/saved. Articles are saved in a private news structure under your B<savedir> directory (default is I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/News>).  Be careful of using this option if you read a lot of groups because you could overflow your file system.
en_GB: B<tin> allows new/unread news articles to be mailed (''B<-M>'' and \&''B<-N>'' option) or saved (''B<-S>'' option) in batch mode for later reading. Useful when going on holiday and you don't want to return and find that expire has removed a whole load of unread articles. Best to run via B<\%cron>(8)  everyday while away, after which you will be mailed a report of which articles were mailed/saved from which newsgroups and the total number of articles mailed/saved. Articles are saved in a private news structure under your B<savedir> directory (default is I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/News>). Be careful of using this option if you read a lot of groups because you could overflow your file system.

note: type: Plain text
en: B<tin> will recognize a signature in either I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/.signature> or I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/.Sig>.  If I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/.signature> exists, then the signature will be pulled into the editor for mail commands only. A signature in I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/.signature> will not be pulled into the editor for posting commands since B<\%inews>(1)  will append the signature itself.
en_GB: B<tin> will recognise a signature in either I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/.signature> or I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/.Sig>.  If I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/.signature> exists, then the signature will be pulled into the editor for mail commands only. A signature in I<${TIN_HOMEDIR:-"$HOME"}/.signature> will not be pulled into the editor for posting commands since B<\%inews>(1)  will append the signature itself.

note: type: SS
en: CUSTOMIZING THE SCREEN FORMAT
en_GB: CUSTOMISING THE SCREEN FORMAT

note: type: Plain text
en: The look of the Selection, Group and Thread level can be customized via format strings. These format strings define the content and the position of each element on the screen. Variables are used within the format strings as placeholders. The following variables are available:
en_GB: The look of the Selection, Group and Thread level can be customised via format strings. These format strings define the content and the position of each element on the screen. Variables are used within the format strings as placeholders. The following variables are available:

note: type: TP
en: Button2 (center)
en_GB: Button2 (centre)

note: type: TP
en: center button
en_GB: centre button

note: type: Plain text
en: Define this variable if you want to override the B<NEWSLIBDIR/active> path that was compiled into the B<tin> binary. If B<tin> is running in NNTP mode setting this variable has no effect. If $B<TIN_LIBDIR> is set it is prepended to $B<TIN_ACTIVEFILE>.
en_GB: Define this variable if you want to override the B<NEWSLIBDIR/active> path that was compiled into the B<tin> binary. If B<tin> is running in NNTP mode setting this variable has no effect. If $B<TIN_LIBDIR> is set it is prefixed to $B<TIN_ACTIVEFILE>.

note: type: Plain text
en: "I<nntpserver> I<password> [I<user>]" pairs for NNTP servers that require authorization. If the password contains a space or a tab it must be enclosed in double quotes ("). Usernames must not be enclosed in double quotes and thus can't contain spaces or tabs. Any line that starts with "#" is a comment. Blank lines are ignored. This file should be readable only for the user as it contains the user's unencrypted password for reading news!
en_GB: "I<nntpserver> I<password> [I<user>]" pairs for NNTP servers that require authorisation. If the password contains a space or a tab it must be enclosed in double quotes ("). Usernames must not be enclosed in double quotes and thus can't contain spaces or tabs. Any line that starts with "#" is a comment. Blank lines are ignored. This file should be readable only for the user as it contains the user's unencrypted password for reading news!

note: type: Plain text
en: 0	''Subject:'' (case sensitive)
    1	''Subject:'' (ignore case)
    2	''From:'' (case sensitive)
    3	''From:'' (ignore case)
    4	''Message-ID:'' & full ''References:'' line
    5	''Message-ID:'' & last ''References:'' entry only
    6	''Message-ID:'' entry only
    7	''Lines:''
en_GB: 0	''Subject:'' (case-sensitive)
    1	''Subject:'' (ignore case)
    2	''From:'' (case-sensitive)
    3	''From:'' (ignore case)
    4	''Message-ID:'' & full ''References:'' line
    5	''Message-ID:'' & last ''References:'' entry only
    6	''Message-ID:'' entry only
    7	''Lines:''

note: type: Plain text
en: A regular expression that will be applied when reading articles. All matching lines are shown in B<col_extquote>. If B<extquote_regex> is blank, then B<\%tin>(1)  uses a built-in default.
en_GB: A regular expression that will be applied when reading articles. All matching lines are shown in B<col_extquote>. If B<extquote_regex> is blank, then B<\%tin>(1) uses a built-in default.

note: type: Plain text
en: Which keys B<\%tin>(1)  should accept to jump to the next unread article.  Possible is any combination of B<PageDown> and B<PageNextUnread>.  When B<PageDown> is set B<\%tin>(1)  jumps to the next article at the end of the current one. When B<PageNextUnread> is set B<\%tin>(1)  jumps immediately to the next article when B<PageNextUnread> ('B<E<lt>TABE<gt>>')  is pressed. Default is B<PageNextUnread>.
en_GB: Which keys B<\%tin>(1) should accept to jump to the next unread article.  Possible is any combination of B<PageDown> and B<PageNextUnread>.  When B<PageDown> is set B<\tin> jumps to the next article at the end of the current one. When B<PageNextUnread> is set B<\%tin>(1) jumps immediately to the next article when B<PageNextUnread> ('B<E<lt>TABE<gt>>')  is pressed. Default is B<PageNextUnread>.

note: type: Plain text
en: B<Kill only unread arts> is the 'traditional' behavior of B<\%tin>(1).  Only unread articles are killed once only by marking them read. As filtering only happens on unread articles with B<kill_level> set to 0, B<art_marked_killed> and B<art_marked_read_selected> are only shown once. When you reenter the group the mark will be gone.
en_GB: B<Kill only unread arts> is the 'traditional' behaviour of B<\%tin>(1).  Only unread articles are killed once only by marking them read. As filtering only happens on unread articles with B<kill_level> set to 0, B<art_marked_killed> and B<art_marked_read_selected> are only shown once. When you reenter the group the mark will be gone.

note: type: Plain text
en: The normalization form which should be used to normalize unicode input.  The possible values are:
en_GB: The normalisation form which should be used to normalise unicode input.  The possible values are:

note: type: Plain text
en: Some normalization modes are only available if they are supported by the library B<\%tin>(1)  uses to do the normalization. NFC should be used if possible.
en_GB: Some normalisation modes are only available if they are supported by the library B<\%tin>(1)  uses to do the normalisation. NFC should be used if possible.

note: type: Plain text
en: If ON B<\%tin>(1)  does the rendering of bi-directional text. If OFF B<\%tin>(1)  leaves the rendering of bi-directional text to the terminal. Default is OFF.
en_GB: If ON B<\%tin>(1) does the rendering of bi-directional text. If OFF B<\%tin>(1) leaves the rendering of bi-directional text to the terminal. Default is OFF.

note: type: Plain text
en: Decode German style TeX umlaut codes to ISO If ON, show "a as Umlaut-a, etc. Default is OFF. This behavior can also be toggled in the article viewer via B<PageToggleTex2iso> ('B<">').
en_GB: Decode German style TeX umlaut codes to ISO If ON, show "a as Umlaut-a, etc. Default is OFF. This behaviour can also be toggled in the article viewer via B<PageToggleTex2iso> ('B<">').

note: type: Plain text
en: Allows you to select how B<\%tin>(1)  treats blank lines in article bodies.  Default is 0. This option does not affect lines within verbatim blocks.
en_GB: Allows you to select how B<\%tin>(1) treats blank lines in article bodies.  Default is 0. This option does not affect lines within verbatim blocks.

note: type: Plain text
en: If enabled B<\%tin>(1)  uses ANSI-colors. Default is OFF.
en_GB: If enabled B<\%tin>(1)  uses ANSI-colours. Default is OFF.

note: type: Plain text
en: Defines the name of your organization. $B<ORGANIZATION> overrides any specified value.
en_GB: Defines the name of your organisation. $B<ORGANIZATION> overrides any specified value.

note: type: Plain text
en: This file might hold a default organization to be used in the ''Organization:'' header. $B<ORGANIZATION> has a higher priority if set.
en_GB: This file might hold a default organisation to be used in the ''Organization:'' header. $B<ORGANIZATION> has a higher priority if set.

note: type: Plain text
en: This file specifies the organization of the news overview database (see also B<\%newsoverview>(5)).  The order of lines in this file is important; it determines the order in which the fields will appear in the database. See also B<\%overview.fmt>(5).  B<\%tin>(1)  only tries to read the file if you read directly from the local spool, if you read news via NNTP, B<\%tin>(1)  uses the LIST OVERVIEW.FMT (B<RFC\%3977>) command instead.
en_GB: This file specifies the organisation of the news overview database (see also B<\%newsoverview>(5)).  The order of lines in this file is important; it determines the order in which the fields will appear in the database. See also B<\%overview.fmt>(5).  B<\%tin>(1)  only tries to read the file if you read directly from the local spool, if you read news via NNTP, B<\%tin>(1)  uses the LIST OVERVIEW.FMT (B<RFC\%3977>) command instead.

en: Boot snapshots are created with a delay of 10 minutes after system startup.
en_GB: Snapshots are created using the built-in features of the BTRFS file system.

en: Comparing files with rsync...
en_GB: Synching files with rsync...

en: Devices displayed above have BTRFS file systems.
en_GB: Devices with Linux file systems

en: Devices displayed above have Linux file systems.
en_GB: Devices with Linux file systems

en: File (snapshot)
en_GB: Delete snapshot

en: File (system)
en_GB: Filesystem

en: Filter by name or path
en_GB: Enter device name or number

en: Include All
en_GB: Exclude Apps

en: Include Hidden
en_GB: Include hidden items

en: Remote and network locations are not supported.
en_GB: Other applications (next page)

en: Rsync Log Viewer
en_GB: Log Viewer

en: Snapshot Levels
en_GB: Select Snapshot Levels

en: Snapshots are not scheduled at fixed times.
en_GB: Snapshot device not selected

en: View Rsync Log for Create
en_GB: View Log for Create

en: View Rsync Log for Restore
en_GB: View Log for Restore

en: Solarized Light
en_GB: Solarised Light

en: Solarized Dark
en_GB: Solarised Dark

en: When Command Exits:
en_GB: When command exits:

en: Centered Horizontally
en_GB: Centred Horizontally

en: Centered Vertically
en_GB: Centred Vertically

en: Animated Pulldown
en_GB: Animated Pull-down

en: Cursor Color
en_GB: Cursor Colour

en: <b>Foreground and Background Colors</b>
en_GB: <b>Foreground and Background Colours</b>

en: <small><i><b>Note:</b> Terminal applications have these colors available to them.</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i><b>Note:</b> Terminal applications have these colours available to them.</i></small>

en: <small><i><b>Note:</b> These options may cause some applications to behave incorrectly.  They are only here to allow you to work around certain applications and operating systems that expect different terminal behavior.</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i><b>Note:</b> These options may cause some applications to behave incorrectly.  They are only here to allow you to work around certain applications and operating systems that expect different terminal behaviour.</i></small>

en: Set the background color
en_GB: Set the background colour

en: Name *%s* already exist
en_GB: Name *%s* already exists

en: Gray on black
en_GB: Grey on black

en: Extra Styling (Theme dependant)
en_GB: Extra Styling (Theme dependent)

note: #-#-#-#-#  2  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lFontColor)
en: Font color:
en_GB: Font colour:

en: _Use colors from system theme
en_GB: _Use colours from system theme

en: Color p_alette:
en_GB: Colour p_alette:

en: _Solid color
en_GB: _Solid colour

en: This plugin has no configuration options
en_GB: This plug-in has no configuration options

en: The goal of this project is to produce a useful tool for arranging terminals. It is inspired by programs such as gnome-multi-term, quadkonsole, etc. in that the main focus is arranging terminals in grids (tabs is the most common default method, which Terminator also supports).
    
    Much of the behavior of Terminator is based on GNOME Terminal, and we are adding more features from that as time goes by, but we also want to extend out in different directions with useful features for sysadmins and other users. If you have any suggestions, please file wishlist bugs! (see left for the Development link)
en_GB: The goal of this project is to produce a useful tool for arranging terminals. It is inspired by programs such as gnome-multi-term, quadkonsole, etc. in that the main focus is arranging terminals in grids (tabs is the most common default method, which Terminator also supports).
    
    Much of the behaviour of Terminator is based on GNOME Terminal, and we are adding more features from that as time goes by, but we also want to extend out in different directions with useful features for sysadmins and other users. If you have any suggestions, please file wishlist bugs! (see left for the Development link)

en: Maximize terminal
en_GB: Maximise terminal

en: Ma_ximize terminal
en_GB: Ma_ximise terminal

en: File Catalog
en_GB: File Catalogue

en: <i>Checkbox</i> is for a simple yes/no value.
en_GB: <i>Tick box</i> is for a simple yes/no value.

en: Allow auto-capitalization only
en_GB: Allow auto-capitalisation only

en: If checked, KDE auto-completion will be enabled in the text edit box for this field.
en_GB: If ticked, KDE auto-completion will be enabled in the text edit box for this field.

en: If checked, Tellico will parse the values in the field for multiple values, separated by a semi-colon.
en_GB: If ticked, Tellico will parse the values in the field for multiple values, separated by a semi-colon.

en: If checked, this field may be used to group the entries in the group view.
en_GB: If ticked, this field may be used to group the entries in the group view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  287 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# Organizational fields
en: Organization
en_GB: Organisation

en: Centering
en_GB: Centring

note: #-#-#-#-#  363 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# Colormode toggle box
en: Color Mode
en_GB: Colour Mode

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (baseColorBook), group (Options - book) i18n: ectx: label, entry (baseColorVideo), group (Options - video) i18n: ectx: label, entry (baseColorAlbum), group (Options - album) i18n: ectx: label, entry (baseColorBibtex), group (Options - bibtex) i18n: ectx: label, entry (baseCo
en: Template background color
en_GB: Template background colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (textColorBook), group (Options - book) i18n: ectx: label, entry (textColorVideo), group (Options - video) i18n: ectx: label, entry (textColorAlbum), group (Options - album) i18n: ectx: label, entry (textColorBibtex), group (Options - bibtex) i18n: ectx: label, entry (textCo
en: Template text color
en_GB: Template text colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedBaseColorBook), group (Options - book) i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedBaseColorVideo), group (Options - video) i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedBaseColorAlbum), group (Options - album) i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedBaseColorBibtex), group (Option
en: Template highlight color
en_GB: Template highlight colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedTextColorBook), group (Options - book) i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedTextColorVideo), group (Options - video) i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedTextColorAlbum), group (Options - album) i18n: ectx: label, entry (highlightedTextColorBibtex), group (Option
en: Template highlighted text color
en_GB: Template highlighted text colour

en: If checked, the file that was last open will be re-opened at program start-up.
en_GB: If ticked, the file that was last open will be re-opened at program start-up.

en: If checked, the "Tip of the Day" will be shown at program start-up.
en_GB: If ticked, the "Tip of the Day" will be shown at program start-up.

en: If checked, the input from a webcam will be used to scan barcodes for searching.
en_GB: If ticked, the input from a webcam will be used to scan barcodes for searching.

en: Auto capitalize &titles and names
en_GB: Auto capitalise &titles and names

en: If checked, titles and names will be automatically capitalized.
en_GB: If ticked, titles and names will be automatically capitalised.

en: If checked, titles and names will be automatically formatted.
en_GB: If ticked, titles and names will be automatically formatted.

en: <qt>A list of words which should not be capitalized. Multiple values should be separated by a semi-colon.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>A list of words which should not be capitalised. Multiple values should be separated by a semi-colon.</qt>

en: If checked, the field names will be printed as table headers.
en_GB: If ticked, the field names will be printed as table headers.

en: If checked, the entries will be grouped by the selected field.
en_GB: If ticked, the entries will be grouped by the selected field.

en: Select the template to use for the current type of collections. Not all templates will use the font and color settings.
en_GB: Select the template to use for the current type of collections. Not all templates will use the font and colour settings.

note: #-#-#-#-#  636 (kstars)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_XplanetBackgroundColor) #-#-#-#-#  146  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, backgroundColorLabel) #-#-#-#-#  2  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, bgcolor) i18n: ectx: pr
en: Background color:
en_GB: Background colour:

en: This color is passed to the template used in the Entry View.
en_GB: This colour is passed to the template used in the Entry View.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1330  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label1_3) #-#-#-#-#  146  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textColorLabel) #-#-#-#-#  36  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2) #-#-#-#-#  2  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (tex
en: Text color:
en_GB: Text colour:

en: Highlight color:
en_GB: Highlight colour:

en: Highlighted text color:
en_GB: Highlighted text colour:

en: If checked, the values of the fields will be automatically formatted according to their format type.
en_GB: If ticked, the values of the fields will be automatically formatted according to their format type.

en: If checked, only the currently selected entries will be exported.
en_GB: If ticked, only the currently selected entries will be exported.

en: If checked, only the fields currently visible in the view will be exported.
en_GB: If ticked, only the fields currently visible in the view will be exported.

en: Amazon.com provides data from several different localized sites. Choose the one you wish to use for this data source.
en_GB: Amazon.com provides data from several different localised sites. Choose the one you wish to use for this data source.

en: Colorist
en_GB: Colourist

en: Check this box to search for multiple ISBN or UPC values.
en_GB: Tick this box to search for multiple ISBN or UPC values.

en: If checked, updating entries will overwrite any existing information.
en_GB: If ticked, updating entries will overwrite any existing information.

en: Loan Dialog
en_GB: Loan Dialogue

en: <qt>Checking this box will add a <em>To-do</em> item to your active calendar, which can be viewed using KOrganizer. The box is only active if you set a due date.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Ticking this box will add a <em>To-do</em> item to your active calendar, which can be viewed using KOrganizer. The box is only active if you set a due date.</qt>

en: New &File Catalog
en_GB: New &File Catalogue

en: Create a new file catalog
en_GB: Create a new file catalogue

en: Import Ant Movie Catalog Data...
en_GB: Import Ant Movie Catalogue Data...

en: Import an Ant Movie Catalog data file
en_GB: Import an Ant Movie Catalogue data file

en: <h3>Tellico is a tool for managing collections of books, videos, music, and whatever else you want to catalog.</h3><h3>New entries can be added to your collection by <a href="tc:///coll_new_entry">entering data manually</a> or by <a href="tc:///edit_search_internet">downloading data</a> from various Internet sources.</h3>
en_GB: <h3>Tellico is a tool for managing collections of books, videos, music, and whatever else you want to catalogue.</h3><h3>New entries can be added to your collection by <a href="tc:///coll_new_entry">entering data manually</a> or by <a href="tc:///edit_search_internet">downloading data</a> from various Internet sources.</h3>

en: <qt><p>You are saving a file with many images, which causes Tellico to slow down significantly. Do you want to save the images separately in Tellico's data directory to improve performance?</p><p>Your choice can always be changed in the configuration dialog.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>You are saving a file with many images, which causes Tellico to slow down significantly. Do you want to save the images separately in Tellico's data directory to improve performance?</p><p>Your choice can always be changed in the configuration dialogue.</p></qt>

en: If checked, folders are recursively searched for audio files.
en_GB: If ticked, folders are recursively searched for audio files.

en: If checked, the file names for each track are added to the entries.
en_GB: If ticked, the file names for each track are added to the entries.

en: If checked, the bitrate for each track is added to the entries.
en_GB: If ticked, the bitrate for each track is added to the entries.

en: If checked, the string macros will be expanded and no @string{} entries will be written.
en_GB: If ticked, the string macros will be expanded and no @string{} entries will be written.

en: If checked, any URL fields will be wrapped in a \url declaration.
en_GB: If ticked, any URL fields will be wrapped in a \url declaration.

en: If checked, any entries without a bibtex citation key will be skipped.
en_GB: If ticked, any entries without a bibtex citation key will be skipped.

en: If checked, a header row will be added with the field titles.
en_GB: If ticked, a header row will be added with the field titles.

en: If checked, the first row is used as field titles.
en_GB: If ticked, the first row is used as field titles.

en: If checked, folders are recursively searched for all files.
en_GB: If ticked, folders are recursively searched for all files.

en: If checked, previews of the file contents are generated, which can slow down the folder listing.
en_GB: If ticked, previews of the file contents are generated, which can slow down the folder listing.

en: If checked, individual files will be created for each entry.
en_GB: If ticked, individual files will be created for each entry.

en: If checked, the images in the document will be included in the zipped ONIX archive.
en_GB: If ticked, the images in the document will be included in the zipped ONIX archive.

en: If checked, the images in the document will be included in the XML stream as base64 encoded elements.
en_GB: If ticked, the images in the document will be included in the XML stream as base64 encoded elements.

en: Replace All Conflicts
en_GB: Replace all conflicts

en: A variation on poker with dice and less money, this game is a family classic. Throw the dice three times in a row, holding back the ones you like, in order to make the best possible hand. You can also play a lesser-known variant with colored dice.
en_GB: A variation on poker with dice and less money, this game is a family classic. Throw the dice three times in a row, holding back the ones you like, in order to make the best possible hand. You can also play a lesser-known variant with coloured dice.

en: Game choice: Regular or Colors
en_GB: Game choice: Regular or Colours

[ctx: game type]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

en: Colors game and multi-level AI (2006):
en_GB: Colours game and multi-level AI (2006):

note: End of upper panel
en: 2 pair Same Color [total]
en_GB: 2 pair Same Colour [total]

en: Full House Same Color [20 + total]
en_GB: Full House Same Colour [20 + total]

en: Flush (all same color) [35]
en_GB: Flush (all same colour) [35]

en: Tali is like Yahtzee for GNOME or like poker with dice. The player rolls dice to try to make the best possible combinations, like 4 of a kind, small straight, and full house. The player is allowed 3 rolls per turn and can hold certain dice with each roll.
en_GB: Tali is like Yahtzee for GNOME, or like poker with dice. The player rolls dice to try to make the best possible combinations, like four of a kind, small straight, and full house. The player is allowed 3 rolls per turn and can hold certain dice with each roll.

en: When you have a hand you like or have run out of chances to throw the dice, click on a row corresponding to what you think is your best scoring combination. It is very possible to have a score of zero and if you click on the wrong row, you will be scored accordingly. (Say for example, you get yahtzee -- 5 of a kind -- and click on the large straight row, you will receive a zero in your large straight score).
en_GB: When you have a hand you like, or have run out of chances to throw the dice, click on a row corresponding to what you think is your best scoring combination. It is very possible to have a score of zero and if you click on the wrong row, you will be scored accordingly. (Say for example, you get yahtzee – 5 of a kind – and click on the large straight row, you will receive a zero in your large straight score).

en: There is one exception to this rule, if you roll a yahtzee a second time you can put it in the yahtzee row again for an extra fifty points. You can keep doing this each time you get another yahtzee. At the end of the game you will be given extra rolls to fill in the other rows. Be warned that if you score zero in your yahtzee row (i.e. you filled that row with something that wasn't a yahtzee) then you can't put a yahtzee in afterward, zero is all you will score.
en_GB: There is one exception to this rule: if you roll a yahtzee a second time you can put it in the yahtzee row again for an extra fifty points. You can keep doing this each time you get another yahtzee. At the end of the game you will be given extra rolls to fill in the other rows. Be warned that if you score zero in your yahtzee row (i.e. you filled that row with something that wasn't a yahtzee) then you can't put a yahtzee in afterward, zero is all you will score.

en: As an alternative to using the mouse, the keys 1 through 5 toggle the dice just as if you had clicked them. The key 1 corresponds to the first die and so on. Use the usual controls to roll the dice and select a row. i.e. use tab to switch between the roll button and the score area, use the arrow keys to navigate up and down the rows and use space to select.
en_GB: As an alternative to using the mouse, the keys <keycap>1</keycap> through <keycap>5</keycap> toggle the dice just as if you had clicked them. The key <keycap>1</keycap> corresponds to the first die and so on. Use the usual controls to roll the dice and select a row. i.e. use <keycap>Tab</keycap> to switch between the roll button and the score area, use the arrow keys to navigate up and down the rows and use space to select.

en: GNOME Tali preferences dialog box.
en_GB: GNOME Tali preferences dialogue box.

en: Selects the number of human players. As described above you are only allowed six total players.
en_GB: Selects the number of human players. As described above you are only allowed six players in total.

en: Make the computer opponents pause between rolls of the dice so you can see what they are doing. Slows down game play some.
en_GB: Make the computer opponents pause between rolls of the dice so you can see what they are doing. Slows down game play a little.

en: Play either the regular version (similar to Yahtzee) or the version with colors (similar to Kismet). When you change game type, you must restart the game to see use the new game type.
en_GB: Play either the regular version (similar to Yahtzee) or the version with colours (similar to Kismet). When you change the game type, you must restart the game.

en: The 63 points needed for the bonus in the upper half corresponds to getting three of each die type in each row. If you score more than three dice in the fives and sixes rows then you can afford to place a bad roll in either the ones row or the twos row and still get the bonus. In the Colors version, you get a bonus of 55 if your upper half total is between 71 and 77, and a bonus of 75 if your upper half total is greater than 77.
en_GB: The 63 points needed for the bonus in the upper half corresponds to getting three of each die type in each row. If you score more than three dice in the fives and sixes rows then you can afford to place a bad roll in either the ones row or the twos row and still get the bonus. In the Colours version, you get a bonus of 55 if your upper half total is between 71 and 77, and a bonus of 75 if your upper half total is greater than 77.

en: Don't forget about multiple yahtzees, if you roll a second yahtzee you can also put it in the yahtzee row for even more points. This only applies to the regular game.
en_GB: Don't forget about multiple yahtzees: if you roll a second yahtzee you can also put it in the yahtzee row for even more points. This only applies to the regular game.

en: When you switch game type, the game does not use the new dice images until you restart gtali. It should play correctly with the "wrong" dice.
en_GB: When you switch game type, the game does not use the new dice images until you restart <application>GNOME Tali</application>. It should play correctly with the "wrong" dice.

en: Four of the dice have the same number. The score is the total of all the dice. e.g. 2, 5, 5, 5, 5. In the Colors game, the score is 25 plus the total of all the dice.
en_GB: Four of the dice have the same number. The score is the total of all the dice. e.g. 2, 5, 5, 5, 5. In the Colours game, the score is 25 plus the total of all the dice.

en: Five identical dice. e.g. 3, 3, 3, 3, 3. In the Colors game, the score is 50 plus the total of all the dice.
en_GB: Five identical dice. e.g. 3, 3, 3, 3, 3. In the Colours game, the score is 50 plus the total of all the dice.

en: Five dice consisting of two groups: One group of three with the same numbers and another group of two with the same numbers. e.g. 1, 1, 1, 4, 4. In the Colors game, the score is 15 plus the total of all the dice.
en_GB: Five dice consisting of two groups: One group of three with the same numbers and another group of two with the same numbers. e.g. 1, 1, 1, 4, 4. In the Colours game, the score is 15 plus the total of all the dice.

en: Full House Same Color
en_GB: Full House Same Colour

en: This category is only used in the Colors game. Five dice consisting of two groups: One group of three with the same numbers and another group of two with the same numbers. The numbers must be all the same color. e.g. 3, 3, 3, 4, 4. Two dice are the same color if their numbers total 7: 1 and 6 are black, 2 and 5 are red, and 3 and 4 are green. The score is 20 plus the total of all the dice.
en_GB: This category is only used in the Colours game. Five dice consisting of two groups: One group of three with the same numbers and another group of two with the same numbers. The numbers must be all the same colour. e.g. 3, 3, 3, 4, 4. Two dice are the same colour if their numbers total 7: 1 and 6 are black, 2 and 5 are red, and 3 and 4 are green. The score is 20 plus the total of all the dice.

en: Two Pair Same Color
en_GB: Two Pair Same Colour

en: This category is only used in the Colors game. Five dice consisting of two groups: One group of two with the same numbers and another group of two with the same numbers. The pairs must be all the same color. e.g. 3, 3, 4, 4. Two dice are the same color if their numbers total 7: 1 and 6 are black, 2 and 5 are red, and 3 and 4 are green. The fifth die can be any value. The score is the total of all the dice.
en_GB: This category is only used in the Colours game. Five dice consisting of two groups: One group of two with the same numbers and another group of two with the same numbers. The pairs must be all the same colour. e.g. 3, 3, 4, 4. Two dice are the same colour if their numbers total 7: 1 and 6 are black, 2 and 5 are red, and 3 and 4 are green. The fifth die can be any value. The score is the total of all the dice.

en: This category is only used in the Colors game. Five dice that are all the same "color": Two dice are the same color if their numbers total 7: 1 and 6 are black, 2 and 5 are red, and 3 and 4 are green. The fifth die can be any value. The score is 35 points.
en_GB: This category is only used in the Colours game. Five dice that are all the same "colour": Two dice are the same colour if their numbers total 7: 1 and 6 are black, 2 and 5 are red, and 3 and 4 are green. The fifth die can be any value. The score is 35 points.

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> for more details.

en: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02111-1307</postcode><country>USA</country></address>
en_GB: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02111-1307</postcode><country>USA</country></address>

en: This software is made available under the GNU General Public Licence.
    See the file COPYING for the full license terms.
en_GB: This software is made available under the GNU General Public Licence.
    See the file COPYING for the full licence terms.

en: Audio format not recognized
en_GB: Audio format not recognised

en: Audio file format not recognized: %s
en_GB: Audio file format not recognised: %s

note: HELP_RENAME_FORMAT
en: This field describes the desired format of the file name. 
    Audio Tag Tool can use this information to rename files or 
    organize them into subdirectories, based on the content of 
    their tags. 
    
    Each ID3 field has a corresponding symbol, as listed below: 
    
      <title>
      <artist>
      <album>
      <year>
      <comment>
      <track>
      <genre>
    
    Renaming example: 
    
    To have all file names consist of the track number followed 
    by the track title, a format such as "<track> - <title>" can 
    be used. 
    
    Moving example: 
    
    The file name format can include sub-directories. If in the 
    previous example we had wanted the files to be placed in 
    a directory with the album name, we would have used the 
    format "<album>/<track> - <title>".
en_GB: This field describes the desired format of the file name. 
    Audio Tag Tool can use this information to rename files or 
    organise them into subdirectories, based on the content of 
    their tags. 
    
    Each ID3 field has a corresponding symbol, as listed below: 
    
      <title>
      <artist>
      <album>
      <year>
      <comment>
      <track>
      <genre>
    
    Renaming example: 
    
    To have all file names consist of the track number followed 
    by the track title, a format such as "<track> - <title>" can 
    be used. 
    
    Moving example: 
    
    The file name format can include sub-directories. If in the 
    previous example we had wanted the files to be placed in 
    a directory with the album name, we would have used the 
    format "<album>/<track> - <title>".

en: File audio format not recognized: %s
en_GB: File audio format not recognised: %s

en: Not authorized
en_GB: Not authorised

en: Operation canceled
en_GB: Operation cancelled

en: Do you really want to delete this job?
en_GB: Do you really want to delete these jobs?

en: canceling job
en_GB: cancelling job

en: Held until day-time
en_GB: Held until day time

en: Default behavior
en_GB: Default behaviour

en: Color Settings
en_GB: Colour Settings

en: Color Correction
en_GB: Colour Correction

en: Color Model
en_GB: Colour Model

en: Draft (auto-detect-paper type)
en_GB: Draft (auto-detect paper type)

en: Draft grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)
en_GB: Draft greyscale (auto-detect paper type)

en: Normal (auto-detect-paper type)
en_GB: Normal (auto-detect paper type)

en: Normal grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)
en_GB: Normal greyscale (auto-detect paper type)

en: High quality (auto-detect-paper type)
en_GB: High quality (auto-detect paper type)

en: High quality grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)
en_GB: High quality greyscale (auto-detect paper type)

en: Best quality (color on photo paper)
en_GB: Best quality (colour on photo paper)

en: Normal quality (color on photo paper)
en_GB: Normal quality (colour on photo paper)

en: 300 dpi, color, black + color cartridge
en_GB: 300 dpi, colour, black + colour cartridge

en: 300 dpi, draft, color, black + color cartridge
en_GB: 300 dpi, draft, colour, black + colour cartridge

en: 300 dpi, draft, grayscale, black + color cartridge
en_GB: 300 dpi, draft, greyscale, black + colour cartridge

en: 300 dpi, grayscale, black + color cartridge
en_GB: 300 dpi, greyscale, black + colour cartridge

en: 600 dpi, color, black + color cartridge
en_GB: 600 dpi, colour, black + colour cartridge

en: 600 dpi, grayscale, black + color cartridge
en_GB: 600 dpi, greyscale, black + colour cartridge

en: 600 dpi, photo, black + color cartridge, photo paper
en_GB: 600 dpi, photo, black + colour cartridge, photo paper

en: 600 dpi, color, black + color cartridge, photo paper, normal
en_GB: 600 dpi, colour, black + colour cartridge, photo paper, normal

en: 1200 dpi, photo, black + color cartridge, photo paper
en_GB: 1200 dpi, photo, black + colour cartridge, photo paper

en: Landscape (90 degrees)
en_GB: Landscape (90°)

en: Reverse landscape (270 degrees)
en_GB: Reverse landscape (270°)

en: Reverse portrait (180 degrees)
en_GB: Reverse portrait (180°)

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.

en: These drivers do not come from your operating system supplier and will not be covered by their commercial support.  See the support and license terms of the driver's supplier.
en_GB: These drivers do not come from your operating system supplier and will not be covered by their commercial support.  See the support and licence terms of the driver's supplier.

en: license
en_GB: licence

en: Yes, I accept this license
en_GB: Yes, I accept this licence

en: No, I do not accept this license
en_GB: No, I do not accept this licence

en: <b>License Terms</b>
en_GB: <b>Licence Terms</b>

en: <b>Job history</b>
en_GB: <b>Job History</b>

en: <b>Browse servers</b>
en_GB: <b>Browse Servers</b>

en: Enable the 'Publish shared printers connected to this system' option in the server settings using the printing administration tool.
en_GB: Enable the Publish shared printers connected to this system' option in the server settings using the printing administration tool.

en: Starting graphical mode failed.  Starting                                            text mode instead.
en_GB: Starting graphical mode failed.  Starting text mode instead.

note: #-#-#-#-#  652 (mypaint 1.2.0-alpha)  #-#-#-#-# Brush setting Tooltip for the "Color hue" brush setting
en: Color hue
en_GB: Colour hue

note: Brush setting Tooltip for the "Color saturation" brush setting
en: Color saturation
en_GB: Colour saturation

note: Brush setting
en: Color value
en_GB: Colour value

note: Tooltip for the "Color value" brush setting
en: Color value (brightness, intensity)
en_GB: Colour value (brightness, intensity)

note: Brush setting
en: Save color
en_GB: Save colour

note: Tooltip for the "Save color" brush setting
en: When selecting a brush, the color can be restored to the color that the brush was saved with.
     0.0 do not modify the active color when selecting this brush
     0.5 change active color towards brush color
     1.0 set the active color to the brush color when selected
en_GB: When selecting a brush, the colour can be restored to the colour that the brush was saved with.
     0.0 do not modify the active colour when selecting this brush
     0.5 change active colour towards brush colour
     1.0 set the active colour to the brush colour when selected

note: Brush setting
en: Change color hue
en_GB: Change colour hue

note: Tooltip for the "Change color hue" brush setting
en: Change color hue.
    -0.1 small clockwise color hue shift
     0.0 disable
     0.5 counterclockwise hue shift by 180 degrees
en_GB: Change colour hue.
    -0.1 small clockwise colour hue shift
     0.0 disable
     0.5 counterclockwise hue shift by 180 degrees

note: Brush setting
en: Change color lightness (HSL)
en_GB: Change colour lightness (HSL)

note: Brush setting
en: Change color satur. (HSL)
en_GB: Change colour satur. (HSL)

note: Tooltip for the "Change color satur. (HSL)" brush setting
en: Change the color saturation using the HSL color model.
    -1.0 more grayish
     0.0 disable
     1.0 more saturated
en_GB: Change the colour saturation using the HSL colour model.
    -1.0 more grayish
     0.0 disable
     1.0 more saturated

note: Brush setting
en: Change color value (HSV)
en_GB: Change colour value (HSV)

note: Brush setting
en: Change color satur. (HSV)
en_GB: Change colour satur. (HSV)

note: Tooltip for the "Change color satur. (HSV)" brush setting
en: Change the color saturation using the HSV color model. HSV changes are applied before HSL.
    -1.0 more grayish
     0.0 disable
     1.0 more saturated
en_GB: Change the colour saturation using the HSV colour model. HSV changes are applied before HSL.
    -1.0 more grayish
     0.0 disable
     1.0 more saturated

note: Tooltip for the "Smudge" brush setting
en: Paint with the smudge color instead of the brush color. The smudge color is slowly changed to the color you are painting on.
     0.0 do not use the smudge color
     0.5 mix the smudge color with the brush color
     1.0 use only the smudge color
en_GB: Paint with the smudge colour instead of the brush colour. The smudge colour is slowly changed to the colour you are painting on.
     0.0 do not use the smudge colour
     0.5 mix the smudge colour with the brush colour
     1.0 use only the smudge colour

note: Tooltip for the "Smudge length" brush setting
en: This controls how fast the smudge color becomes the color you are painting on.
    0.0 immediately update the smudge color (requires more CPU cycles because of the frequent color checks)
    0.5 change the smudge color steadily towards the canvas color
    1.0 never change the smudge color
en_GB: This controls how fast the smudge colour becomes the colour you are painting on.
    0.0 immediately update the smudge colour (requires more CPU cycles because of the frequent colour checks)
    0.5 change the smudge colour steadily towards the canvas colour
    1.0 never change the smudge colour

note: Tooltip for the "Smudge radius" brush setting
en: This modifies the radius of the circle where color is picked up for smudging.
     0.0 use the brush radius
    -0.7 half the brush radius (fast, but not always intuitive)
    +0.7 twice the brush radius
    +1.6 five times the brush radius (slow performance)
en_GB: This modifies the radius of the circle where colour is picked up for smudging.
     0.0 use the brush radius
    -0.7 half the brush radius (fast, but not always intuitive)
    +0.7 twice the brush radius
    +1.6 five times the brush radius (slow performance)

en: Input Dialog
en_GB: Input Dialogue

en: Keyframe Dialog
en_GB: Keyframe Dialogue

en: <b>Time settings</b>
en_GB: b>Time settings</b>

en: Meters
en_GB: Metres

en: Centimeters
en_GB: Centimetres

en: Millimeters
en_GB: Millimetres

en: Frames per second of the new created document
en_GB: Frames per second of the newly created document

en: Add Color
en_GB: Add Colour

en: Add current outline color
    to the palette
en_GB: Add current outline colour
    to the palette

en: Unable to set layer color
en_GB: Unable to set layer colour

en: Outline Color
en_GB: Outline Colour

en: Swap Fill and
    Outline Colors
en_GB: Swap Fill and
    Outline Colours

en: Reset Colors to Black and White
en_GB: Reset Colours to Black and White

en: Preview Dialog
en_GB: Preview Dialogue

en: Failed to initialize synfig!
en_GB: Failed to initialise synfig!

en: Init About Dialog...
en_GB: Init About Dialogue...

en: Init Color Dialog...
en_GB: Init Colour Dialogue...

en: Init Gradient Dialog...
en_GB: Init Gradient Dialogue...

en: Init Setup Dialog...
en_GB: Init Setup Dialogue...

en: Init Input Dialog...
en_GB: Init Input Dialogue...

en: Shows the Render Settings Dialog
en_GB: Shows the Render Settings Dialogue

en: Shows the Preview Settings Dialog
en_GB: Shows the Preview Settings Dialogue

en: Lock past  keyframes
en_GB: Lock past keyframes

en: Reset Colors
en_GB: Reset Colours

en: Swap Colors
en_GB: Swap Colours

en: Metallballs Layer
en_GB: Metaballs Layer

en: Color Correct Layer
en_GB: Colour Correct Layer

en: Solid Color Layer
en_GB: Solid Colour Layer

en: Preview Options Dialog
en_GB: Preview Options Dialogue

en: Render Options Dialog
en_GB: Render Options Dialogue

en: Const interpolation
en_GB: Constant interpolation

en: Target initialization failure
en_GB: Target initialisation failure

en: A Activepoint already exists at this point in time
en_GB: An Activepoint already exists at this point in time

en: Apply Outline Color
en_GB: Apply Outline Colour

en: Apply Fill Color
en_GB: Apply Fill Colour

en: Layer did not recognize parameter name
en_GB: Layer did not recognise parameter name

en: ValueDesc is not recognized or supported.
en_GB: ValueDesc is not recognised or supported.

en: It is forbidden to set lower boundary equal or bigger than upper boundary
en_GB: It is forbidden to set lower boundary equal or superior to upper boundary

en: unable to initialize
en_GB: unable to initialise

en: Color of the text
en_GB: Colour of the text

en: Stylize
en_GB: Stylise

en: Hi-Color
en_GB: Hi-Colour

en: Lo-Color
en_GB: Lo-Colour

en: How much is expanded the result perpendicular to the source line
en_GB: How much the result is expanded perpendicularly to the source line

en: When checked, renders quickly but with artifacts
en_GB: When checked, renders quickly but with artefacts

en: Inside Color
en_GB: Inside Colour

en: Color of the Set
en_GB: Colour of the Set

en: Outside Color
en_GB: Outside Colour

en: Color outside the Set
en_GB: Colour outside the Set

en: Color Inside
en_GB: Colour Inside

en: Color Outside
en_GB: Colour Outside

en: Color Cycle
en_GB: Colour Cycle

en: Smooth the coloration outside the set
en_GB: Smooth the colouration outside the set

en: Where the sphere distortion is centered
en_GB: Where the sphere distortion is centred

en: When cheked, the area outside the Radius are not distorted
en_GB: When checked, the area outside the Radius is not distorted

en: Size of the stretch relative to its Center
en_GB: Size of the stretch relative to its Centre

en: Where the stretch distortion is centered
en_GB: Where the stretch distortion is centred

en: Lenght of the loop
en_GB: Length of the loop

en: When checked, loops are mirrored centered at Local Time
en_GB: When checked, loops are mirrored centred on Local Time

en: Center of the circle
en_GB: Centre of the circle

en: Center of the pattern
en_GB: Centre of the pattern

en: Color Correct
en_GB: Colour Correct

en: Light Color
en_GB: Light Colour

en: Dark Color
en_GB: Dark Colour

en:  Color
en_GB:  Colour

en: When checked outline renders faster, but less accurate
en_GB: When checked outline renders faster, but less accurately

en: Color of checkers
en_GB: Colour of checkers

en: Center of the checkers
en_GB: Centre of the checkers

en: Center of the cone
en_GB: Centre of the cone

en: Rotation of the gradient around the center
en_GB: Rotation of the gradient around the centre

en: Center of the gradient
en_GB: Centre of the gradient

en: Increase to obtain fine details of the noise
en_GB: Increase to obtain finer details of the noise

en: Gradient to be used for coloring the plant
en_GB: Gradient to be used for colouring the plant

en: Layer_Shape Color
en_GB: Layer_Shape Colour

en: Solid Color
en_GB: Solid Colour

en: Fill color of the layer
en_GB: Fill colour of the layer

en: Size of Color mismatch (app:%d, lib:%d)
en_GB: Size of Colour mismatch (app:%d, lib:%d)

en: Unable to initialize subsystem "Layers"
en_GB: Unable to initialise subsystem "Layers"

en: Unable to initialize subsystem "Targets"
en_GB: Unable to initialise subsystem "Targets"

en: Unable to initialize subsystem "Importers"
en_GB: Unable to initialise subsystem "Importers"

en: Unable to initialize subsystem "ValueNodes"
en_GB: Unable to initialise subsystem "ValueNodes"

en: %0.2f%% Gray
en_GB: %0.2f%% Grey

en: Gradient Color
en_GB: Gradient Colour

en: Left Hand Side of the add
en_GB: Left Hand Side of the addition

en: Right Hand Side of the add
en_GB: Right Hand Side of the addition

en: Value that multiplies the add
en_GB: Value that multiplies the addition

en: First operand of the AND operation
en_GB: First operand of the conjunction

en: Second operand of the AND operation
en_GB: Second operand of the conjunction

en: When checked, the amount would loop
en_GB: When checked, the amount loops

en: The left side of the comparison
en_GB: The left hand side of the comparison

en: The right side of the comparison
en_GB: The right hand side of the comparison

en: The red component of the color
en_GB: The red component of the colour

en: The green component of the color
en_GB: The green component of the colour

en: The blue component of the color
en_GB: The blue component of the colour

en: The alpha of the color
en_GB: The alpha of the colour

en: Defines the Off and On position relative to neighbours
en_GB: Defines the Off and On positions relative to neighbours

en: Value node used to do the NOT operation
en_GB: Value node to negate

en: Value node used for the OR boolean operation
en_GB: Value node used for the disjunction

en: When checked, 'Start Color' is used as the start of the resulting gradient
en_GB: When checked, 'Start Colour' is used as the start of the resulting gradient

en: When checked, 'End Color' is used as the start of the resulting gradient
en_GB: When checked, 'End Colour' is used as the start of the resulting gradient

en: Start Color
en_GB: Start Colour

en: End Color
en_GB: End Colour

en: The Segment where the tangent is linked to
en_GB: The Segment the tangent is linked to

en: The Segment where the vertex is linked to
en_GB: The Segment the vertex is linked to

en: The angle where the sine is calculated from
en_GB: The angle the sine is calculated from

en: Color 1
en_GB: Colour 1

en: One color of the gradient stripes
en_GB: One colour of the gradient stripes

en: Color 2
en_GB: Colour 2

en: Other color of the gradient stripes
en_GB: Other colour of the gradient stripes

en: The start color of the gradient
en_GB: The start colour of the gradient

en: The end color of the gradient
en_GB: The end colour of the gradient

en: The vector where the angle is calculated from
en_GB: The vector the angle is calculated from

en: The vector where the length is calculated from
en_GB: The vector the length is calculated from

en: The vector where the X coordinate is extracted from
en_GB: The vector the X coordinate is extracted from

en: The vector where the Y coordinate is extracted from
en_GB: The vector the Y coordinate is extracted from

en: You haven't selected a sync service or device yet. Sync services let you synchronize your data between your netbook and a web service. You can also sync directly with some devices.
en_GB: You haven't selected a sync service or device yet. Sync services let you synchronise your data between your netbook and a web service. You can also sync directly with some devices.

en: Server authorization failed
en_GB: Server authorisation failed

en: Google Sync can back up and synchronize your contacts with your Gmail contacts.
en_GB: Google Sync can back up and synchronise your contacts with your Gmail contacts.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1437 (synapse-project)  #-#-#-#-# _labels.set (QueryFlags.FILES, _("Files"));
en: Uncategorized
en_GB: Uncategorised

en: Open chat, or send a message with your favorite IM
en_GB: Open chat, or send a message with your favourite IM

en: Upload to imgur
en_GB: Upload to Imgur

en: Upload selection to imgur image sharer
en_GB: Upload selection to Imgur image sharer

en: Upload to imgur to contact..
en_GB: Upload to Imgur to contact..

en: Upload selection to imgur image sharer, and send the link to contact
en_GB: Upload selection to Imgur image sharer, and send the link to contact

en: Share images using imgur.
en_GB: Share images using Imgur.

en: Authorize with Launchpad
en_GB: Authorise with Launchpad

en: Finish authorization
en_GB: Finish authorisation

en: Upload files to pastebin.
en_GB: Upload files to Pastebin.

en: Hands-Free
en_GB: Hands Free

en: Job Canceled
en_GB: Job Cancelled

en: One Color
en_GB: One Colour

en: One Color + Black
en_GB: One Colour + Black

en: Processed Color
en_GB: Processed Colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  145  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Color mode:
en_GB: Colour mode:

en: Center Bin
en_GB: Centre Bin

en: Lab 1 or John's Desk
en_GB: Lab 1 or Fred's Desk

en: Tri-color
en_GB: Tri-colour

en: Accent color
en_GB: Accent colour

en: Used across the system by default. Apps can always use their own accent color.
en_GB: Used across the system by default. Apps can always use their own accent colour.

en: Focused window is maximized
en_GB: Focused window is maximised

note: show-workspace-view
en: Maximize current window
en_GB: Maximise current window

en: Configure notification bubbles, sounds, and notification center
en_GB: Configure notification bubbles, sounds, and notification centre

en: Notifications preferences are for configuring which apps make use of notifications, for changing how an app's notifications appear,
    and for setting when you do not want to be disturbed by notifications.
en_GB: Notifications preferences are for configuring which apps make use of notifications, for changing how an app's notifications appear
    and for setting when you do not want to be disturbed by notifications.

en: Notifications Center
en_GB: Notifications Centre

en: Notification Center
en_GB: Notification Centre

en: Show missed notifications in Notification Center.
en_GB: Show missed notifications in Notification Centre.

en: Airplane Mode
en_GB: Aeroplane Mode

en: Airplane Mode Is Enabled
en_GB: Aeroplane Mode Is Enabled

en: While in Airplane Mode your device's Internet access and any wireless and ethernet connections, will be suspended.
en_GB: While in Aeroplane Mode your device's Internet access and any wireless and ethernet connections, will be suspended.

en: Wireless Is Disabled
en_GB: Wireless is Disabled

en: Enable wireless to discover nearby wireless access points.
en_GB: Enable Wireless to discover nearby Wireless Access Points.

en: Maximize Window
en_GB: Maximise Window

note: Maximize or restore a window
en: Maximize Window:
en_GB: Maximise Window:

en: Configure keyboard behavior, layouts, and shortcuts
en_GB: Configure keyboard behaviour, layouts, and shortcuts

en: ⌘ key behavior
en_GB: ⌘ key behaviour

en: Unmaximize
en_GB: Unmaximise

en: Toggle Maximized
en_GB: Toggle Maximised

en: ⌘ key behavior:
en_GB: ⌘key behaviour:

en: Caps Lock behavior:
en_GB: Caps Lock behaviour:

en: Properly center rotated displays
en_GB: Properly centre rotated displays

en: Rotation lock
en_GB: Rotation Lock

en: Night Light makes the colors of your display warmer. This may help prevent eye strain and sleeplessness.
en_GB: Night Light makes the colours of your display warmer. This may help prevent eye strain and sleeplessness.

en: Color temperature:
en_GB: Colour temperature:

en: Email Client:
en_GB: E-mail Client:

en: Ignore fast duplicate keypresses (bounce keys)
en_GB: Ignore fast duplicate key presses (bounce keys)

en: Center;Control;Panel;Preferences;System;
en_GB: Centre;Control;Panel;Preferences;System;

en: Make the category grid fill the available space when maximized
en_GB: Make the category grid fill the available space when maximised

en: Clear the screen by removing groups of colored and shaped tiles
en_GB: Clear the screen by removing groups of coloured and shaped tiles

en: Remove as many squares as possible from the board. Click on a group of squares of the same color to make them all disappear in one fell swoop, causing other squares to fall into place. It is not possible to remove a single square at a time. You get far more points for clearing a larger group of squares, and also for clearing the entire board.
en_GB: Remove as many squares as possible from the board. Click on a group of squares of the same colour to make them all disappear in one fell swoop, causing other squares to fall into place. It is not possible to remove a single square at a time. You get far more points for clearing a larger group of squares, and also for clearing the entire board.

note: Translators: summary of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/swell-foop/colors'
en: Board color count
en_GB: Board colour count

note: Translators: description of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/swell-foop/colors'
en: The number of colors of tiles to use in the game.
en_GB: The number of colours of tiles to use in the game.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1405 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: description of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/swell-foop/first-run'
en: Setting to decide whether to show first-run hint dialog or not.
en_GB: Setting to decide whether to show first-run hint dialogue or not.

note: Translators: entry of the Setup submenu of the hamburger menu (with a mnemonic that appears when pressing Alt); set number of colors; other possibilities are "T_hree colors" and "_Four colors"
en: _Two colors
en_GB: _Two colours

note: Translators: entry of the Setup submenu of the hamburger menu (with a mnemonic that appears when pressing Alt); set number of colors; other possibilities are "_Two colors" and "_Four colors"
en: T_hree colors
en_GB: T_hree colours

note: Translators: entry of the Setup submenu of the hamburger menu (with a mnemonic that appears when pressing Alt); set number of colors; other possibilities are "_Two colors" and "T_hree colors"
en: _Four colors
en_GB: _Four colours

note: Translators: entry of the Appearance submenu of the hamburger menu (with a mnemonic that appears when pressing Alt); change theme; other possible themes are "_Colors" and "_Boring Shapes"
en: _Shapes and Colors
en_GB: _Shapes and Colours

en: %s, %d color | %s, %d colors
en_GB[0]: %s, %d colour
en_GB[1]: %s, %d colours

en: Same GNOME is a puzzle game, of which the objective is to clear the window of as many pieces as possible by clicking on groups of the same colored pieces. That group will vanish and the pieces on top will fall until there are none left or no more color groups.
en_GB: Same GNOME is a puzzle game, of which the objective is to clear the window of as many pieces as possible by clicking on groups of the same coloured pieces. That group will vanish and the pieces on top will fall until there are none left or no more colour groups.

en: Customization
en_GB: Customisation

en: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A <ulink url="help:gpl" type="help">copy of this license</ulink> is included with this documentation; another can be found in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
en_GB: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version. A <ulink url="help:gpl" type="help">copy of this licence</ulink> is included with this documentation; another can be found in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.

en: Favorite Icons
en_GB: Favourite Icons

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTreeWidget, privacyListView)
en: Check all cleanup actions you would like to perform. These will be executed by pressing the button below.
en_GB: Tick all cleanup actions you would like to perform. These will be executed by pressing the button below.

note: TRANS: "summary" option from activity.info file TRANS: "description" option from activity.info file
en: select colors for your XO icon
en_GB: select colours for your XO icon

en: Saving colors
en_GB: Saving colours

en: Do you want to save these colors?
en_GB: Do you want to save these colours?

en: A restart is required before your new colors will appear.
en_GB: A restart is required before your new colours will appear.

en: Save colors
en_GB: Save colours

en: Center justify
en_GB: Centre justify

note: TRANS: "summary" option from activity.info file TRANS: "description" option from activity.info file
en: A Logo-inspired turtle that draws colorful pictures with snap-together visual programming blocks
en_GB: A Logo-inspired turtle that draws colourful pictures with snap-together visual programming blocks

en: turns turtle counterclockwise (angle in degrees)
en_GB: turns turtle anticlockwise (angle in degrees)

en: moves turtle to position xcor, ycor; (0, 0) is in the center of the screen.
en_GB: moves turtle to position xcor, ycor; (0, 0) is in the centre of the screen.

en: fills the background with (color, shade)
en_GB: fills the background with (colour, shade)

note: #-#-#-#-#  450 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is the colorspace type
en: gray
en_GB: grey

en: set color
en_GB: set colour

en: sets color of the line drawn by the turtle
en_GB: sets colour of the line drawn by the turtle

en: set gray
en_GB: set grey

en: sets gray level of the line drawn by the turtle
en_GB: sets grey level of the line drawn by the turtle

en: holds current pen color (can be used in place of a number block)
en_GB: holds current pen colour (can be used in place of a number block)

en: holds current gray level (can be used in place of a number block)
en_GB: holds current grey level (can be used in place of a number block)

en: Palette of pen colors
en_GB: Palette of pen colours

en: connects action to toolbar run buttons
en_GB: connects action to tool-bar run buttons

en: empty trash
en_GB: empty wastebasket

en: permanently deletes items in trash
en_GB: permanently deletes items in wastebasket

en: restore all blocks from trash
en_GB: restore all blocks from wastebasket

en: move all blocks to trash
en_GB: move all blocks to wastebasket

en: Restore blocks from trash
en_GB: Restore all blocks from wastebasket

en: Average RGB color from camera is pushed to the stack
en_GB: Average RGB colour from camera is pushed to the stack

en: RGB color under the turtle is pushed to the stack
en_GB: RGB colour under the turtle is pushed to the stack

en: returns the color that the turtle "sees"
en_GB: returns the colour that the turtle "sees"

en: emptys FILO (first-in-last-out heap)
en_GB: empties FILO (first-in-last-out heap)

en: declutters canvas by hiding blocks
en_GB: de-clutters canvas by hiding blocks

en: hides the Sugar toolbars
en_GB: hides the Sugar tool-bars

en: uturn
en_GB: U- turn

en: My Neighborhood
en_GB: My Neighbourhood

en: Choose a color
en_GB: Choose a colour

en: 4 of february of 1948
en_GB: February 4th, 1948

en: 22 of may of 1972
en_GB: May 22nd, 1972

note: TRANS: "description" option from activity.info file
en: Speak is a talking face for the XO laptop. Anything you type will be spoken aloud using the XO's speech synthesizer, espeak. You can adjust the accent, rate and pitch of the voice as well as the shape of the eyes and mouth. This is a great way to experiment with the speech synthesizer, learn to type or just have fun making a funny face for your XO.
en_GB: Speak is a talking face for the XO laptop. Anything you type will be spoken aloud using the XO's speech synthesizer, espeak. You can adjust the accent, rate and pitch of the voice as well as the shape of the eyes and mouth. This is a great way to experiment with the speech synthesiser, learn to type or just have fun making a funny face for your XO.

en: Play attention game (color symbols).
en_GB: Play attention game (colour symbols).

en: Invert Colors
en_GB: Invert Colours

en: Stroke Color
en_GB: Stroke Colour

note: TRANS: "name" option from activity.info file
en: Memorize
en_GB: Memorise

note: TRANS: "summary" option from activity.info file TRANS: "description" option from activity.info file
en: oscilloscope program for visualizing microphone input
en_GB: oscilloscope program for visualising microphone input

en: Be a DJ, be a VJ. Play your favorite videos and songs. Share with your friends the songs you love, watch movies and educational videos together, and much more!
en_GB: Be a DJ, be a VJ. Play your favourite videos and songs. Share with your friends the songs you love, watch movies and educational videos together, and much more!

en: soccer ball
en_GB: football

en: The Chart view shows the proportion of your expenses that is in each category.
    You can categorize transactions in the Register view.
en_GB: The Chart view shows the proportion of your expenses that is in each category.
    You can categorise transactions in the Register view.

note: TRANS: representation of the "Day" period
en: %B %d, %Y
en_GB: %d %B %Y

en:  %B %d, %Y
en_GB:  %d %B %Y

en: Calibration Offset (meters):
en_GB: Calibration Offset (metres):

en: centimeters
en_GB: centimetres

note: TRANS: The format used to display the weekday and date (example: Tuesday 10/21/2008) We recommend to use the same font size as for the time display.  See http://docs.python.org/lib/module-time.html for available
en: <markup><span lang="en" font_desc="Sans 20"><span foreground="#B20008">%A</span>, <span foreground="#5E008C">%m</span>/<span foreground="#B20008">%d</span>/<span foreground="#9A5200">%Y</span></span></markup>
en_GB: <markup><span lang="en" font_desc="Sans 20"><span foreground="#B20008">%A</span>, <span foreground="#5E008C">%d</span>/<span foreground="#B20008">%m</span>/<span foreground="#9A5200">%Y</span></span></markup>

note: TRANS: The rules to print the time in the localized language. Example syntax: time(h, 15) => a quarter to hour(h) am_pm(h) | The left hand side of the rule defines a pattern with a variable 'h' and a value '15'. The right hand side, when applied, will use the text "a quarter to " and call the first 
en: time(h, m) => What Time Is It?
en_GB:         time(12, 0) => <span foreground="\#005FE4">hour(12)</span> |
            time(0, 0) => <span foreground="\#005FE4">hour(0)</span> |
            time(h, 0) => <span foreground="\#005FE4">hour(h)</span> o'clock am_pm(h) |
            time(h, m) [m < 31] => <span foreground="\#00B20D">min(m)</span> past <span foreground="\#005FE4">hour(h)</span> am_pm(h) |
            time(h, m) [30 < m] => <span foreground="\#00B20D">min(m)</span> to <span foreground="\#005FE4">hour1(h)</span> am_pm(h) |
            min(1) => one minute |
            min(2) => two minutes |
            min(3) => three minutes |
            min(4) => four minutes |
            min(5) => five minutes |
            min(6) => six minutes |
            min(7) => seven minutes |
            min(8) => eight minutes |
            min(9) => nine minutes |
            min(10) => ten minutes |
            min(11) => eleven minutes |
            min(12) => twelve minutes |
            min(13) => thirteen minutes |
            min(14) => fourteen minutes |
            min(15) => a quarter |
            min(16) => sixteen minutes |
            min(17) => seventeen minutes |
            min(18) => eighteen minutes |
            min(19) => nineteen minutes |
            min(20) => twenty minutes |
            min(21) => twenty-one minutes |
            min(22) => twenty-two minutes |
            min(23) => twenty-three minutes |
            min(24) => twenty-four minutes |
            min(25) => twenty-five minutes |
            min(26) => twenty-six minutes |
            min(27) => twenty-seven minutes |
            min(28) => twenty-eight minutes |
            min(29) => twenty-nine minutes |
            min(30) => half |
            min(31) => twenty-nine minutes |
            min(32) => twenty-eight minutes |
            min(33) => twenty-seven minutes |
            min(34) => twenty-six minutes |
            min(35) => twenty-five minutes |
            min(36) => twenty-four minutes |
            min(37) => twenty-three minutes |
            min(38) => twenty-two minutes |
            min(39) => twenty-one minutes |
            min(40) => twenty minutes |
            min(41) => nineteen minutes |
            min(42) => eighteen minutes |
            min(43) => seventeen minutes |
            min(44) => sixteen minutes |
            min(45) => a quarter |
            min(46) => fourteen minutes |
            min(47) => thirteen minutes |
            min(48) => twelve minutes |
            min(49) => eleven minutes |
            min(50) => ten minutes |
            min(51) => nine minutes |
            min(52) => eight minutes |
            min(53) => seven minutes |
            min(54) => six minutes |
            min(55) => five minutes |
            min(56) => four minutes |
            min(57) => three minutes |
            min(58) => two minutes |
            min(59) => one minute |
            min(60) => sixty minutes |
            hour(0) => midnight |
            hour(1) => one |
            hour(2) => two |
            hour(3) => three |
            hour(4) => four |
            hour(5) => five |
            hour(6) => six |
            hour(7) => seven |
            hour(8) => eight |
            hour(9) => nine |
            hour(10) => ten |
            hour(11) => eleven |
            hour(12) => noon |
            hour(13) => one |
            hour(14) => two |
            hour(15) => three |
            hour(16) => four |
            hour(17) => five |
            hour(18) => six |
            hour(19) => seven |
            hour(20) => eight |
            hour(21) => nine |
            hour(22) => ten |
            hour(23) => eleven |
            hour1(0) => one |
            hour1(1) => two |
            hour1(2) => three |
            hour1(3) => four |
            hour1(4) => five |
            hour1(5) => six |
            hour1(6) => seven |
            hour1(7) => eight |
            hour1(8) => nine |
            hour1(9) => ten |
            hour1(10) => eleven |
            hour1(11) => noon |
            hour1(12) => one |
            hour1(13) => two |
            hour1(14) => three |
            hour1(15) => four |
            hour1(16) => five |
            hour1(17) => six |
            hour1(18) => seven |
            hour1(19) => eight |
            hour1(20) => nine |
            hour1(21) => ten |
            hour1(22) => eleven |
            hour1(23) => midnight |
            am_pm(h) [ h < 12] => AM |
            am_pm(_) => PM

en: You must be connected to a friend before starting to chat.
en_GB: Ud. debe estar conectado con un amigo antes de empezar una conversación.

en: Cadusis
en_GB: Caduceus

en: Check mark
en_GB: Tick mark

en: mod(x, y), return the modulus of x with respect to y.This is the remainder after dividing x by y.
en_GB: mod(x, y), return the modulus of x with respect to y.  This is the remainder after dividing x by y.

note: TRANS: multiplication symbol (default: '×')
en: mul_sym
en_GB: ×

note: TRANS: division symbol (default: '÷')
en: div_sym
en_GB: ÷

note: TRANS: equal symbol (default: '=')
en: equ_sym
en_GB: =

en: Surf the world! Here you can do research, watch educational videos, take online courses, find books, connect with friends and more.  Browse is powered by the WebKit2 rendering engine with the Faster Than Light javascript interpreter - allowing you to view the full beauty of the web.
en_GB: Surf the world! Here you can do research, watch educational videos, take online courses, find books, connect with friends and more. Browse is powered by the WebKit2 rendering engine with the Faster Than Light javascript interpreter - allowing you to view the full beauty of the web.

en: "disabled" to ask nick on initialization; "system" to reuse UNIX account long name.
en_GB: "disabled" to ask nick on initialisation; "system" to reuse UNIX account long name.

en: User Color
en_GB: User Colour

en: Color for the XO icon that is used throughout the desktop. The string is composed of the stroke color and fill color, format is that of rgb colors. Example: #AC32FF,#9A5200
en_GB: Colour for the XO icon that is used throughout the desktop. The string is composed of the stroke colour and fill colour, format is that of rbg colours. Example: #AC32FF,#9A5200

en: stroke:   color=%s hue=%s
en_GB: stroke:   colour=%s hue=%s

en: fill:     color=%s hue=%s
en_GB: fill:     colour=%s hue=%s

en: Error in specified color modifiers.
en_GB: Error in specified colour modifiers.

en: Error in specified colors.
en_GB: Error in specified colours.

en: Click to change your color:
en_GB: Click to change your colour:

en: Copyright and License
en_GB: Copyright and Licence

note: TRANS: The word "Sugar" should not be translated.
en: Sugar is the graphical user interface that you are looking at. Sugar is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License, and you are welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain conditions described therein.
en_GB: Sugar is the graphical user interface that you are looking at. Sugar is free software, covered by the GNU General Public Licence, and you are welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain conditions described therein.

en: Full license:
en_GB: Full licence:

en: Favorites Layout
en_GB: Favourites Layout

en: Layout of the favorites view.
en_GB: Layout of the favourites view.

en: Favorites resume mode
en_GB: Favourites resume mode

en: When in resume mode, clicking on a favorite icon will cause the last entry for that activity to be resumed.
en_GB: When in resume mode, clicking on a favourite icon will cause the last entry for that activity to be resumed.

en: Remove favorite
en_GB: Remove favourite

en: Make favorite
en_GB: Make favourite

en: Click to change color:
en_GB: Click to change colour:

en: Favorite entries
en_GB: Favourite entries

en: Favorites view %d
en_GB: Favourites view %d

en: Modem initialization failed.
en_GB: Modem initialisation failed.

en: Restore realized successfully.
en_GB: Restore realised successfully.

en: <b>Colors</b>
en_GB: <b>Colours</b>

[ctx: PropertyDescription|]
en: Center of the rect for measurements
en_GB: Centre of the rect for measurements

[ctx: PropertyName|]
en: color
en_GB: colour

[ctx: PropertyDescription|]
en: Item color
en_GB: Item colour

[ctx: PropertyDescription|]
en: Position of the center of mass
en_GB: Position of the centre of mass

[ctx: PropertyDescription|]
en: Velocity of the center of mass
en_GB: Velocity of the centre of mass

[ctx: PropertyDescription|]
en: Acceleration of the center of mass
en_GB: Acceleration of the centre of mass

[ctx: QObject|]
en: File is not writable.
en_GB: File is not writeable.

[ctx: box.html:body]
en: <ul>
    		<li><b>position:</b> The X/Y position of the center of mass of the box, relative to the center of the <a href="objinfo:World">world</a>.</li>
    		<li><b>angle:</b> By how much the box is rotated in positive direction, that is clock-wise.</li>
    		<li><b>velocity:</b> The velocity of the center of mass of the box. Unit: meters/second.</li>
    		<li><b>angular velocity:</b> How fast the box is spinning in positive direction, that is clock-wise.</li>
    		<li><b>mass:</b> Total mass of the box. This influences forces with which the box interacts with other items.</li>
    		<li><b>inertia:</b> How difficult it is to change the box's rotation.</li>
    		<li><b>momentum:</b> A fundamental quantity in mechanics that is conserved in the absence of external forces. A product of the mass and the velocity.</li>
    		<li><b>angular momentum:</b> Measure of the extent to which the box will continue to rotate unless acted upon by an external torque.</li>
    		<li><b>kinetic energy:</b> The work needed to accelerate the body of a given mass from rest to its current velocity.</li>
    		<li><b>size:</b> Defines width and height of the box.</li>
    	</ul>
en_GB: <ul>
    		<li><b>position:</b> The X/Y position of the centre of mass of the box, relative to the centre of the <a href="objinfo:World">world</a>.</li>
    		<li><b>angle:</b> By how much the box is rotated in positive direction, that is clockwise.</li>
    		<li><b>velocity:</b> The velocity of the centre of mass of the box. Unit: metres/second.</li>
    		<li><b>angular velocity:</b> How fast the box is spinning in positive direction, that is clockwise.</li>
    		<li><b>mass:</b> Total mass of the box. This influences forces with which the box interacts with other items.</li>
    		<li><b>inertia:</b> How difficult it is to change the box's rotation.</li>
    		<li><b>momentum:</b> A fundamental quantity in mechanics that is conserved in the absence of external forces. A product of the mass and the velocity.</li>
    		<li><b>angular momentum:</b> Measure of the extent to which the box will continue to rotate unless acted upon by an external torque.</li>
    		<li><b>kinetic energy:</b> The work needed to accelerate the body of a given mass from rest to its current velocity.</li>
    		<li><b>size:</b> Defines width and height of the box.</li>
    	</ul>

[ctx: chargedparticle.html:body]
en: <ul>
    		<li><b>position:</b> The X/Y position of the particle, relative to the center of the <a href="objinfo:World">world</a>.</li>
    		<li><b>velocity:</b> the velocity of the particle. Unit: meters/second.</li>
    		<li><b>force:</b> the force with which the particle is moving around.</li>
    		<li><b>mass:</b> the mass of the particle. This influences forces with which the particle interacts with other items.</li>
     		<li><b>charge:</b> The amount of positive or negative electricity deposited on the particle. Unit: Coulomb.</li>
    	</ul>
en_GB: <ul>
    		<li><b>position:</b> The X/Y position of the particle, relative to the centre of the <a href="objinfo:World">world</a>.</li>
    		<li><b>velocity:</b> the velocity of the particle. Unit: metres/second.</li>
    		<li><b>force:</b> the force with which the particle is moving around.</li>
    		<li><b>mass:</b> the mass of the particle. This influences forces with which the particle interacts with other items.</li>
     		<li><b>charge:</b> The amount of positive or negative electricity deposited on the particle. Unit: Coulomb.</li>
    	</ul>

[ctx: disk.html:body]
en: <ul>
    		<li><b>position:</b> The X/Y position of the center of mass of the disk, relative to the center of the <a href="objinfo:World">world</a>.</li>
    		<li><b>angle:</b> By how much the disk is rotated in positive direction, that is clock-wise.</li>
    		<li><b>velocity:</b> The velocity of the center of mass of the disk. Unit: meters/second.</li>
    		<li><b>angular velocity:</b> How fast the disk is spinning in positive direction, that is clock-wise.</li>
    		<li><b>mass:</b> Total mass of the disk. This influences forces with which the disk interacts with other items.</li>
    		<li><b>inertia:</b> How difficult it is to change the disk's rotation.</li>
    		<li><b>momentum:</b> A fundamental quantity in mechanics that is conserved in the absence of external forces. A product of the mass and the velocity.</li>
    		<li><b>angular momentum:</b> Measure of the extent to which the disk will continue to rotate unless acted upon by an external torque.</li>
    		<li><b>kinetic energy:</b> The work needed to accelerate the body of a given mass from rest to its current velocity.</li>
    		<li><b>radius:</b> Defines how big the disk is.</li>
    	</ul>
en_GB: <ul>
    		<li><b>position:</b> The X/Y position of the centre of mass of the disk, relative to the centre of the <a href="objinfo:World">world</a>.</li>
    		<li><b>angle:</b> By how much the disk is rotated in positive direction, that is clock-wise.</li>
    		<li><b>velocity:</b> The velocity of the centre of mass of the disk. Unit: metres/second.</li>
    		<li><b>angular velocity:</b> How fast the disk is spinning in positive direction, that is clockwise.</li>
    		<li><b>mass:</b> Total mass of the disk. This influences forces with which the disk interacts with other items.</li>
    		<li><b>inertia:</b> How difficult it is to change the disk's rotation.</li>
    		<li><b>momentum:</b> A fundamental quantity in mechanics that is conserved in the absence of external forces. A product of the mass and the velocity.</li>
    		<li><b>angular momentum:</b> Measure of the extent to which the disk will continue to rotate unless acted upon by an external torque.</li>
    		<li><b>kinetic energy:</b> The work needed to accelerate the body of a given mass from rest to its current velocity.</li>
    		<li><b>radius:</b> Defines how big the disk is.</li>
    	</ul>

[ctx: gas.html:p]
en: For details about the math used to calculate the forces, please refer to the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lennard-Jones_potential">Lennard-Jones potential</a>.
en_GB: For details about the maths used to calculate the forces, please refer to the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lennard-Jones_potential">Lennard-Jones potential</a>.

[ctx: gasparticle.html:body]
en: <ul>
    		<li><b>position:</b> The X/Y position of the particle relative, to the center of the <a href="objinfo:World">world</a>.</li>
    		<li><b>velocity:</b> the velocity of the particle. Unit: meters/second.</li>
    		<li><b>force:</b> the force with which the particle is moving around.</li>
    		<li><b>mass:</b> the mass of the particle. This influences forces with which the particle interacts with other items.</li>
    	</ul>
en_GB: <ul>
    		<li><b>position:</b> The X/Y position of the particle relative, to the center of the <a href="objinfo:World">world</a>.</li>
    		<li><b>velocity:</b> the velocity of the particle. Unit: metres/second.</li>
    		<li><b>force:</b> the force with which the particle is moving around.</li>
    		<li><b>mass:</b> the mass of the particle. This influences forces with which the particle interacts with other items.</li>
    	</ul>

[ctx: particle.html:body]
en: <ul>
    		<li><b>position:</b> The X/Y position of the particle, relative to the center of the <a href="objinfo:World">world</a>.</li>
    		<li><b>velocity:</b> the velocity of the particle. Unit: meters/second.</li>
    		<li><b>force:</b> the force with which the particle is moving around.</li>
    		<li><b>mass:</b> the mass of the particle. This influences forces with which the particle interacts with other items.</li>
    	</ul>
en_GB: <ul>
    		<li><b>position:</b> The X/Y position of the particle, relative to the centre of the <a href="objinfo:World">world</a>.</li>
    		<li><b>velocity:</b> the velocity of the particle. Unit: metres/second.</li>
    		<li><b>force:</b> the force with which the particle is moving around.</li>
    		<li><b>mass:</b> the mass of the particle. This influences forces with which the particle interacts with other items.</li>
    	</ul>

[ctx: HTML:p]
en: - Click on one of the disks to select it. Now you can see two arrows on it: blue arrow depicts the velocity and red arrow depicts the acceleration. You can drag the little gray square at the end of the velocity arrow to change the velocity.
en_GB: - Click on one of the disks to select it. Now you can see two arrows on it: blue arrow depicts the velocity and red arrow depicts the acceleration. You can drag the little grey square at the end of the velocity arrow to change the velocity.

[ctx: HTML:p]
en: - Try to change the system in a way to make the disks spining around the center of the system.
en_GB: - Try to change the system in a way to make the disks spinning around the centre of the system.

[ctx: HTML:p]
en: - Create one more disk and two more springs and connect all the items in the triangle. Now make them all spin around the center.
en_GB: - Create one more disk and two more springs and connect all the items in the triangle. Now make them all spin around the centre.

[ctx: HTML:p]
en: - When the rigid body is selected you see three gray handlers on it. Using them you can change velocity, angle and angular velocity of the body.
en_GB: - When the rigid body is selected you see three grey handlers on it. Using them you can change velocity, angle and angular velocity of the body.

en: Press left mouse button to position a center of a %1
en_GB: Press left mouse button to position a centre of a %1

en: &Color
en_GB: &Colour

en: Align C&enter
en_GB: Align C&entre

en: FOV Center marker
en_GB: FOV Centre marker

[ctx: landform]
note: TRANSLATORS: Active volcanic centers on Io
en: eruptive center
en_GB: eruptive centre

note: TRANSLATORS: Description for landform 'eruptive center'
en: Active volcanic center.
en_GB: Active volcanic centre.

note: TRANSLATORS: Description for landform 'flumen'
en: Channel, that might carry liquid.
en_GB: Channel that might carry liquid.

en: Additional catalog numbers:
en_GB: Additional catalogue numbers:

en: Color Index (B-V)
en_GB: Colour Index (B-V)

[ctx: Shapley-Sawyer Concentration Class]
en: high concentration of stars toward the center
en_GB: high concentration of stars toward the centre

[ctx: Shapley-Sawyer Concentration Class]
en: rather loose concentration of stars towards the center
en_GB: rather loose concentration of stars towards the centre

[ctx: Shapley-Sawyer Concentration Class]
en: loose concentration of stars towards the center
en_GB: loose concentration of stars towards the centre

[ctx: Shapley-Sawyer Concentration Class]
en: very loose concentration of stars towards the center
en_GB: very loose concentration of stars towards the centre

[ctx: Shapley-Sawyer Concentration Class]
en: almost no concentration towards the center
en_GB: almost no concentration towards the centre

[ctx: supernova remnant structure classification]
en: remnant shows a filled center ('plerion') radio structure
en_GB: remnant shows a filled centre ('plerion') radio structure

[ctx: supernova remnant structure classification]
en: remnant shows a filled center ('plerion') radio structure with some uncertainty
en_GB: remnant shows a filled centre ('plerion') radio structure with some uncertainty

en: Digitized Sky Survey (TOAST)
en_GB: Digitised Sky Survey (TOAST)

en: Initializing textures...
en_GB: Initialising textures...

en: Initializing network access...
en_GB: Initialising network access...

en: Initializing network disk cache...
en_GB: Initialising network disk cache...

en: Initializing network proxy...
en_GB: Initialising network proxy...

en: Initializing Object Database...
en_GB: Initialising Object Database...

en: Initializing locales...
en_GB: Initialising locales...

en: Initializing HiPS survey...
en_GB: Initialising HiPS survey...

en: This equation was published by P. M. Muller and F. R. Stephenson in the article <em>The accelerations of the earth and moon from early astronomical observations</em> (%1).
en_GB: This equation was published by P. M. Muller and F. R. Stephenson in the article <em>The accelerations of the Earth and Moon from early astronomical observations</em> (%1).

en: This formula was published by F. R. Stephenson and L. V. Morrison in the article <em>Long-term changes in the rotation of the earth - 700 B.C. to A.D. 1980</em> (%1).
en_GB: This formula was published by F. R. Stephenson and L. V. Morrison in the article <em>Long-term changes in the rotation of the Earth - 700 B.C. to A.D. 1980</em> (%1).

en: This formula was adopted by M. Chapront-Touze & J. Chapront in the shortened version of the ELP 2000-85 lunar theory in their <em>Lunar Tables and Programs from 4000 B.C. to A.D. 8000</em> (1991).
en_GB: This formula was adopted by M. Chapront-Touze & J. Chapront in the shortened version of the ELP 2000-85 lunar theory, presented in their <em>Lunar Tables and Programs from 4000 B.C. to A.D. 8000</em> (1991).

en: This solution by S. Islam, M. Sadiq and M. S. Qureshi, based on Meeus & Simons (2000), was published in article <em>Error Minimization of Polynomial Approximation of DeltaT</em> (%1) and revisited by Sana Islam in 2013.
en_GB: This solution by S. Islam, M. Sadiq and M. S. Qureshi, based on Meeus & Simons (2000), was published in article <em>Error Minimisation of Polynomial Approximation of DeltaT</em> (%1) and revisited by Sana Islam in 2013.

en: The Mercator projection is one of the most used world map projections. It preserves direction and shapes but distorts size, in an increasing degree away from the equator.
en_GB: The Mercator projection is one of the most used World map projections. It preserves direction and shapes but distorts size, in an increasing degree away from the equator.

en: Center on selected object
en_GB: Centre on selected object

en: Finished downloading new star catalogs!
    Restart Stellarium to display them.
en_GB: Finished downloading new star catalogues!
    Restart Stellarium to display them.

en: All available star catalogs have been installed.
en_GB: All available star catalogues have been installed.

en: Get catalog %1 of %2
en_GB: Get catalogue %1 of %2

en: The following links are external web links, and will launch your web browser:
en_GB: The following links are external Web links, and will launch your Web browser:

en: OSX Developer: %1
en_GB: OS X Developer: %1

en: The selected landscape could not be (completely) removed.
en_GB: The selected landscape could not be removed completely.

note: TRANSLATORS: The parameter is a file/directory path that may be quite long.
en: Stellarium cannot open for reading or writing %1
en_GB: Stellarium cannot open %1 for reading or writing

en: Localized name
en_GB: Localised name

note: TRANSLATORS: Type of objects (for "Lists" in the search tool)
en: Geological features: eruptive centers
en_GB: Geological features: eruptive centres

note: TRANSLATORS: Catalogue of objects (for "Lists" in the search tool)
en: Cederblad Catalog
en_GB: Cederblad Catalogue

note: TRANSLATORS: Catalogue of objects (for "Lists" in the search tool)
en: A Catalog of Rich Clusters of Galaxies
en_GB: A Catalogue of Rich Clusters of Galaxies

note: TRANSLATORS: Name of script
en: The Jack Bennett Catalog
en_GB: The Jack Bennett Catalogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  1353 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: Name of script
en: Best objects in the New General Catalog
en_GB: Best objects in the New General Catalogue

en: This script displays the constellations of the Zodiac. That means the constellations which lie along the line which the Sun traces across the celestial sphere over the course of a year.
en_GB: This script displays the constellations of the Zodiac. That means the constellations which lie along the line which the Sun traces across the celestial sphere, over the course of a year.

en: Phobos occultations of Earth are common, as are occultations of Jupiter. But occultations of both on the same day are very rare. Here's one that takes place 1/23/2048. In real speed.
en_GB: Phobos occultations of Earth are common, as are occultations of Jupiter. But occultations of both on the same day are very rare. Here is one that takes place 1/23/2048. In real speed.

en: Phobos races ahead of Mars and transits the sun, passes through it and then retrogrades back towards the sun and just partially transits it again (only seen in the southern hemisphere of Deimos), then Mars totally eclipses the sun while Phobos transits in darkness between Mars and Deimos. When Phobos emerges from Mars it is still eclipsed and dimmed in Mars' shadow, only to light up later.
en_GB: Phobos races ahead of Mars and transits the Sun, passes through it and then retrogrades back towards the Sun and just partially transits it again (only seen in the southern hemisphere of Deimos). Then Mars totally eclipses the Sun while Phobos transits in darkness between Mars and Deimos. When Phobos emerges from Mars it is still eclipsed and dimmed in Mars' shadow, only to light up later.

en: Flash of the supernova observed by Tycho Brahe in 1572. The Supernovae plugin has to be enabled.
en_GB: Flash of the supernova observed by Tycho Brahe in 1572. The Supernovae plug-in has to be enabled.

en: Earth Greatest Elongations and Transits from Callisto 2000-3000. Why Callisto? Well of the 4 Galilean Moons, Callisto is the only one outside of Jupiter's radiation belt. Therefore, if humans ever colonize Jupiter's moons, Callisto will be the one.
en_GB: Earth's Greatest Elongations and Transits from Callisto 2000-3000. Why Callisto? Well, of the 4 Galilean Moons, Callisto is the only one outside of Jupiter's radiation belt. Therefore, if humans ever colonize Jupiter's moons, Callisto will be the one.

en: &Basic colors
en_GB: &Basic colours

en: &Pick Screen Color
en_GB: &Pick Screen Colour

en: &Custom colors
en_GB: &Custom colours

en: &Add to Custom Colors
en_GB: &Add to Custom Colours

en: Select Color
en_GB: Select Colour

en: You can enter values in decimal degrees, or using dms format, for example: +1d 12m 8s
en_GB: You can enter values in decimal degrees or using dms format. For example: +1d 12m 8s

en: Name/City:
en_GB: Name/Town:

en: Limit the magnitude of solar system objects
en_GB: Limit the magnitude of Solar System objects

en: Deactivate this option if you want to see the trails for all Solar system bodies.
en_GB: Deactivate this option if you want to see the trails for all Solar System bodies.

en: Principal Galaxy Catalog
en_GB: Principal Galaxy Catalogue

en: Instantaneous circles of earth's axis on its motion around ecliptical poles. Displayed on Earth only.
en_GB: Instantaneous circles of Earth's axis on its motion around ecliptical poles. Displayed on Earth only.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CNameColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of constellation names
en_GB: Colour of constellation names

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CBoundColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of constellation boundaries
en_GB: Colour of constellation boundaries

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CLineColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of constellation lines
en_GB: Colour of constellation lines

en: The direction you're looking when Stellarium starts
en_GB: The direction you're looking in when Stellarium starts

en: Customized
en_GB: Customised

en: Right ascension/Declination (J2000)
en_GB: Right Ascension/Declination (J2000)

en: Right ascension/Declination (of date)
en_GB: Right Ascension/Declination (of date)

en: Catalog number(s)
en_GB: Catalogue number(s)

en: Star catalog updates
en_GB: Star catalogue updates

en: Mask out everything outside a central circle in the main view
en_GB: Mask everything outside a central circle in the main view

en: When enabled, the "auto zoom out" key will also set the initial viewing direction
en_GB: When enabled, the "auto zoom out" key will also set the initial viewing direction.

en: Invert colors
en_GB: Invert colours

en: Add/Remove Landscapes
en_GB: Add/remove landscapes

en: *goes misty eyed* I recall measuring the size of the Cassini Division when I was a student. It was not the high academic glamor one might expect... It was cloudy... It was rainy... The observatory lab had some old scopes set up at one end, pointing at a <em>photograph</em> of Saturn at the other end of the lab. We measured. We calculated. We wished we were in Hawaii.
en_GB: *goes misty eyed* I recall measuring the size of the Cassini Division when I was a student. It was not the high academic glamour one might expect... It was cloudy... It was rainy... The observatory lab had some old scopes set up at one end, pointing at a <em>photograph</em> of Saturn at the other end of the lab. We measured. We calculated. We wished we were in Hawaii.

note: TRANSLATORS: Satellite group: Satellites belonging to the GPS constellation (the Global Positioning System)
en: gps
en_GB: GPS

note: TRANSLATORS: Satellite group: Satellites belonging to the GLONASS constellation (GLObal NAvigation Satellite System)
en: glonass
en_GB: Glonass

note: TRANSLATORS: Satellite group: Satellites belonging to the Galileo constellation (global navigation satellite system by the European Union)
en: galileo
en_GB: Galileo

note: TRANSLATORS: Satellite group: Satellites belonging to the Iridium constellation (Iridium is a proper name)
en: iridium
en_GB: Iridium

note: TRANSLATORS: The translated names of the button and the tab are filled in automatically. You can check the original names in Stellarium. File names are not translated.
en: Clicking the "%1" button in the "%2" tab of this dialog will revert to the default %3 file.  The old file will be backed up as %4.  This can be found in the user data directory, under "modules/Satellites/".
en_GB: Clicking the "%1" button in the "%2" tab of this dialogue will revert to the default %3 file.  The old file will be backed up as %4.  This can be found in the user data directory, under "modules/Satellites/".

en: The Satellites plugin is still under development.  Some features are incomplete, missing or buggy.
en_GB: The Satellites plug-in is still under development.  Some features are incomplete, missing or buggy.

en: Catalog Number: %1
en_GB: Catalogue Number: %1

en: Catalog number:
en_GB: Catalogue number:

en: This plug-in allows Stellarium to send "slew" commands to a telescope on a computerized mount (a "GoTo telescope").
en_GB: This plug-in allows Stellarium to send "slew" commands to a telescope on a computerised mount (a "GoTo telescope").

en: Move telescope #%1 to the point currently in the center of the screen
en_GB: Move telescope #%1 to the point currently in the centre of the screen

en: Move a telescope to a given set of coordinates
en_GB: Move telescope to a given set of coordinates

en: This plug-in is based on and reuses a lot of code under the GNU General Public License:
en_GB: This plug-in is based on and reuses a lot of code under the GNU General Public Licence:

en: the TelescopeServerNexStar telescope server core code (originally licensed under the LGPL, based on TelescopeServerLx200) by <b>Michael Heinz</b>.
en_GB: the TelescopeServerNexStar telescope server core code (originally licenced under the LGPL, based on TelescopeServerLx200) by <b>Michael Heinz</b>.

en: <b>To point a device to the center of the view:</b> Press the number of the device while holding down the <b>Alt</b> key.
en_GB: <b>To point a device to the centre of the view:</b> Press the number of the device while holding down the <b>Alt</b> key.

en: This will slew the device to the point in the center of the current view.
en_GB: This will slew the device to the point in the centre of the current view.

en: A computerized telescope mount made by Losmandy (Meade LX-200/Autostar interface).
en_GB: A computerised telescope mount made by Losmandy (Meade LX-200/Autostar interface).

en: To slew a connected telescope to an object (for example, a star), select that object, then hold down the %1 key and press the key with that telescope's number. To slew it to the center of the current view, hold down the Alt key and press the key with that telescope's number.
en_GB: To slew a connected telescope to an object (for example, a star), select that object, then hold down the %1 key and press the key with that telescope's number. To slew it to the centre of the current view, hold down the Alt key and press the key with that telescope's number.

en: Center of the screen
en_GB: Centre of the screen

en: error, unknown color part "%1"
en_GB: error, unknown colour part "%1"

en: This plugin allows you to see some bright historical supernovae.
en_GB: This plug-in allows you to see some bright historical supernovae.

en: This plugin allows you to see some bright historical supernovae:
en_GB: This plug-in allows you to see some bright historical supernovae:

en: Update catalog from Internet
en_GB: Update catalogue from Internet

en: A plugin that shows some bright novae in the Milky Way galaxy.
en_GB: A plug-in that shows some bright novae in the Milky Way galaxy.

en: This plugin uses a very simple model for calculation of light curves for novae stars.
en_GB: This plug-in uses a very simple model for calculation of light curves for novae stars.

en: If a nova has no values for decay of magnitude then this plugin will use generalized values for it.
en_GB: If a nova has no values for decay of magnitude then this plug-in will use generalised values for it.

en: The current catalog contains info about %1 planetary systems, which altogether have %2 exoplanets (including %3 potentially habitable exoplanets).
en_GB: The current catalogue contains info about %1 planetary systems, which altogether have %2 exoplanets (including %3 potentially habitable exoplanets).

en: Titawin (also known as Medina of Tetouan) is a settlement in northern Morocco and UNESCO World Heritage Site. Historically it was an important point of contact between two civilizations (Spanish and Arab) and two continents (Europe and Africa) after the 8th century.
en_GB: Titawin (also known as Medina of Tetouan) is a settlement in northern Morocco and UNESCO World Heritage Site. Historically it was an important point of contact between two civilisations (Spanish and Arab) and two continents (Europe and Africa) after the 8th century.

en: NASA's Exoplanet Exploration Program
en_GB: NASA's Exoplanet Exploration Programme

en: The Habitable Exoplanets Catalog
en_GB: The Habitable Exoplanets Catalogue

en: Display of the planetary systems, which contains the potential habitable exoplanets
en_GB: Display of the planetary systems which contains the potential habitable exoplanets

en: Plugin that analyzes the observability of the selected source (or the screen center, if no source is selected). The plugin can show rise, transit, and set times, as well as the best epoch of the year (i.e., largest angular separation from the Sun), the date range when the source is above the horizon at dark night, and the dates of Acronychal and Cosmical rise/set.<br>Ephemeris of the Solar-System objects and parallax effects are taken into account.<br><br> The author thanks Alexander Wolf and Georg Zotti for their advice.<br><br>Ivan Marti-Vidal (Onsala Space Observatory)
en_GB: Plug-in that analyses the observability of the selected source (or the screen centre, if no source is selected). The plug-in can show rise, transit, and set times, as well as the best epoch of the year (i.e., largest angular separation from the Sun), the date range when the source is above the horizon at dark night, and the dates of Acronychal and Cosmical rise/set.<br>Ephemeris of the Solar-System objects and parallax effects are taken into account.<br><br> The author thanks Alexander Wolf and Georg Zotti for their advice.<br><br>Ivan Marti-Vidal (Onsala Space Observatory)

en: Font color and size
en_GB: Font colour and size

en: The equation of time describes the discrepancy between two kinds of solar time. These are apparent solar time, which directly tracks the motion of the sun, and mean solar time, which tracks a fictitious "mean" sun with noons 24 hours apart. There is no universally accepted definition of the sign of the equation of time. Some publications show it as positive when a sundial is ahead of a clock; others when the clock is ahead of the sundial. In the English-speaking world, the former usage is the more common, but is not always followed. Anyone who makes use of a published table or graph should first check its sign usage.
en_GB: The equation of time describes the discrepancy between two kinds of solar time. These are apparent solar time, which directly tracks the motion of the Sun, and mean solar time, which tracks a fictitious "mean" sun with noons 24 hours apart. There is no universally accepted definition of the sign of the equation of time. Some publications show it as positive when a sundial is ahead of a clock; others when the clock is ahead of the sundial. In the English-speaking world, the former usage is the more common, but is not always followed. Anyone who makes use of a published table or graph should first check its sign usage.

en: <p>This plugin enables you to simulate periodic meteor showers and to display a marker for each active and inactive radiant.</p><p>By a single click on the radiant's marker, you can see all the details about its position and activity. Most data used on this plugin comes from the official <a href="http://imo.net">International Meteor Organization</a> catalog.</p><p>It has three types of markers:<ul><li><b>Confirmed:</b> the radiant is active and its data was confirmed. Thus, this is a historical (really occurred in the past) or predicted meteor shower.</li><li><b>Generic:</b> the radiant is active, but its data was not confirmed. It means that this can occur in real life, but that we do not have proper data about its activity for the current year.</li><li><b>Inactive:</b> the radiant is inactive for the current sky date.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <p>This plug-in enables you to simulate periodic meteor showers and to display a marker for each active and inactive radiant.</p><p>By a single click on the radiant's marker, you can see all the details about its position and activity. Most data used on this plug-in comes from the official <a href="http://imo.net">International Meteor Organisation</a> catalogue.</p><p>It has three types of markers:<ul><li><b>Confirmed:</b> the radiant is active and its data was confirmed. Thus, this is a historical (really occurred in the past) or predicted meteor shower.</li><li><b>Generic:</b> the radiant is active, but its data was not confirmed. It means that this can occur in real life, but that we do not have proper data about its activity for the current year.</li><li><b>Inactive:</b> the radiant is inactive for the current sky date.</li></ul></p>

note: TRANSLATORS: Name of meteor shower
en: June Bootids
en_GB: June Boötids

en: This plugin enables you to simulate periodic meteor showers and to display a marker for each active and inactive radiant.
en_GB: This plug-in enables you to simulate periodic meteor showers and to display a marker for each active and inactive radiant.

en: By a single click on the radiant's marker, you can see all the details about its position and activity. Most data used on this plugin comes from the official <a href="http://imo.net">International Meteor Organization</a> catalog.
en_GB: By a single click on the radiant's marker, you can see all the details about its position and activity. Most data used on this plug-in comes from the official <a href="http://imo.net">International Meteor Organisation</a> catalogue.

en: The radiant or apparent radiant of a meteor shower is the point in the sky, from which (to a planetary observer) meteors appear to originate. The Perseids, for example, are meteors which appear to come from a point within the constellation of Perseus.
en_GB: The radiant or apparent radiant of a meteor shower is the point in the sky from which (to a planetary observer) meteors appear to originate. The Perseids, for example, are meteors which appear to come from a point within the constellation of Perseus.

en: An observer might see such a meteor anywhere in the sky but the direction of motion, when traced back, will point to the radiant. A meteor that does not point back to the known radiant for a given shower is known as a sporadic and is not considered part of that shower.
en_GB: An observer might see such a meteor anywhere in the sky, but the direction of motion, when traced back, will point to the radiant. A meteor that does not point back to the known radiant for a given shower is known as a sporadic and is not considered part of that shower.

en: Set radiant color
en_GB: Set radiant colour

en: The top center of the screen
en_GB: The top centre of the screen

en: In center of the top right half of the screen
en_GB: In centre of the top right half of the screen

en: Show settings dialog
en_GB: Show settings dialogue

en: Show viewpoint dialog
en_GB: Show viewpoint dialogue

en: Finalizing load...
en_GB: Finalising load...

en: Current declination of the sun
en_GB: Current declination of the Sun

en: Current declination of the moon
en_GB: Current declination of the Moon

en: The lunar lines include horizon parallax effects. There are two lines each drawn, for maximum and minimum distance of the moon. Note that declination of the moon at the major standstill can exceed the indicated limits if it is high in the sky due to parallax effects.
en_GB: The lunar lines include horizon parallax effects. There are two lines each drawn, for maximum and minimum distance of the Moon. Note that declination of the moon at the major standstill can exceed the indicated limits if it is high in the sky due to parallax effects.

en: Change color
en_GB: Change colour

en: Hare
en_GB: Rabbit

en: Red kangaroo
en_GB: Red Kangaroo

en: Red-rumped parrot
en_GB: Red-Rumped Parrot

en: Female crow, wife of War
en_GB: Female Crow, Wife of War

en: Owlet nightjar
en_GB: Owlet Nightjar

en: Red-kneed dotterel
en_GB: Red-Kneed Dotterel

en: Australian kestrel
en_GB: Australian Kestrel

en: Mallee fowl
en_GB: Mallee Fowl

en: Jacky lizard
en_GB: Jacky Lizard

en: Male and female brolga
en_GB: Male and female Brolga

en: Wedge tailed eagle
en_GB: Wedge Tailed Eagle

en: Morning Star(Venus)
en_GB: Morning Star (Venus)

en: Armory
en_GB: Armoury

en: 'Aramii' (organized group of thieves)
en_GB: 'Aramii' (organised group of thieves)

en: Pig
en_GB: Boar

en: Rigil Kent
en_GB: Rigil Kentaurus

en: Kruger 60
en_GB: Krüger 60

en: The Jack Bennett Catalog of Southern Deep-Sky Objects
en_GB: The Jack Bennett Catalogue of Southern Deep-Sky Objects

note: type: Content of: <p>
en: The pillars shown here, as seen from the structure's center, provide an approximate view (not hi-precision!) to solstice/equinox sunrise/sunset positions in central European latitudes. The central pillars provide an east-west-line. The survey coordinate grid visible on the floor does not align with geographic north.  A rotation of -4.2 deg (test for meridian convergence) must be compensated, i.e., while the central pillars must absolutely and always point west-east, the grid lines hit the northern horizon slightly (4.2 deg) left of north!
en_GB: The pillars shown here, as seen from the structure's centre, provide an approximate view (not hi-precision!) to solstice/equinox sunrise/sunset positions in central European latitudes. The central pillars provide an east-west-line. The survey coordinate grid visible on the floor does not align with geographic north.  A rotation of -4.2 deg (test for meridian convergence) must be compensated, i.e., while the central pillars must absolutely and always point west-east, the grid lines hit the northern horizon slightly (4.2 deg) left of north!

note: type: Content of: <ul><li>
en: Pyramid with platform 7x7m. Seen from 1.5m above Center Plate all angles fit.
en_GB: Pyramid with platform 7x7m. Seen from 1.5m above Centre Plate all angles fit.

en: Center on object
en_GB: Centre on object

en: Center and zoom to object
en_GB: Centre and zoom to object

en: Digitized Sky Survey
en_GB: Digitised Sky Survey

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Southern Sea."
en: Mare Australe
en_GB: Southern Sea

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Foaming Sea."
en: Mare Spumans
en_GB: Foaming Sea

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Fecundity."
en: Mare Fecunditatis
en_GB: Sea of Fecundity

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Moisture."
en: Mare Humorum
en_GB: Sea of Moisture

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of the Edge."
en: Mare Marginis
en_GB: Sea of the Edge

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Muscovy."
en: Mare Moscoviense
en_GB: Sea of Muscovy

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Nectar."
en: Mare Nectaris
en_GB: Sea of Nectar

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Serenity."
en: Mare Serenitatis
en_GB: Sea of Serenity

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Serpent Sea."
en: Mare Anguis
en_GB: Serpent Sea

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Cleverness."
en: Mare Ingenii
en_GB: Sea of Cleverness

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Islands."
en: Mare Insularum
en_GB: Sea of Islands

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Crises."
en: Mare Crisium
en_GB: Sea of Crises

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Tranquility."
en: Mare Tranquillitatis
en_GB: Sea of Tranquility

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Waves."
en: Mare Undarum
en_GB: Sea of Waves

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Clouds."
en: Mare Nubium
en_GB: Sea of Clouds

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Eastern sea."
en: Mare Orientale
en_GB: Eastern sea

[ctx: oceanus]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Ocean of Storms."
en: Oceanus Procellarum
en_GB: Ocean of Storms

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Cold."
en: Mare Frigoris
en_GB: Sea of Cold

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Showers."
en: Mare Imbrium
en_GB: Sea of Showers

[ctx: mare]
note: TRANSLATORS: (Moon); "Sea of Vapors."
en: Mare Vaporum
en_GB: Sea of Vapors

en: Printing failed. The printer failed to initialize.
en_GB: Printing failed. The printer failed to initialise.

en: Show the window title bar, the minimize/maximize/close buttons, and the window border
en_GB: Show the window title bar, the minimise/maximise/close buttons, and the window border

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (useLightMaskColour), group (General)
en: Whether to use a light color mask in the region selection dialog
en_GB: Whether to use a light colour mask in the region selection dialogue

en: Screenshot capture canceled or failed
en_GB: Screenshot capture cancelled or failed

en: File exists already
en_GB: File already exists

en: Sound Juicer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Sound Juicer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Sound Juicer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Sound Juicer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

note: Translators: this string is a list of catalog number(s) used by the label(s) to identify the release
en: Catalog No.:  | Catalog Nos.:
en_GB[0]: Catalogue No.:
en_GB[1]: Catalogues Nos.:

en: Retrieving track listing…please wait.
en_GB: Retrieving track listing… please wait.

en: When you insert an audio CD, <application>Sound Juicer</application> will automatically retrieve the track data from <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink>. <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> is a free service that provides a database of data for most published CDs. <application>Sound Juicer</application> uses the CD's serial number and the positions and lengths of the tracks to match against CD in the <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> database.
en_GB: When you insert an audio CD, <application>Sound Juicer</application> will automatically retrieve the track data from <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink>. <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> is a free service that provides a database of data for most published CDs. <application>Sound Juicer</application> uses the CD's serial number and the positions and lengths of the tracks to match against CDs in the <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> database.

en: Occasionally, more than one CD will have the same layout. If more than one CD is found, <application>Sound Juicer</application> will present a dialog allowing you to choose which CD data to use. If the wrong CD is detected, or if <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> does not contain any matching CDs, you will have to enter the track information manually. Also, if you choose, you can add the information for the CD to <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> database with a banner that will appear.
en_GB: Occasionally, more than one CD will have the same layout. If more than one CD is found, <application>Sound Juicer</application> will present a dialogue allowing you to choose which CD data to use. If the wrong CD is detected, or if <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> does not contain any matching CDs, you will have to enter the track information manually. Also, if you choose, you can add the information for the CD to <ulink url="http://www.musicbrainz.org/">MusicBrainz</ulink> database with a banner that will appear.

en: The top of the window contains text boxes for the title, artist, year, and genre of the CD. Below that is a list of the audio tracks on the CD. You can set the track title and artist for each track. <application>Sound Juicer</application> uses this information to name the files and folders where your music is stored. The track and album information is also encoded directly into the audio files. Many music players, including portable devices, use this information to organize and display the audio files.
en_GB: The top of the window contains text boxes for the title, artist, year, and genre of the CD. Below that is a list of the audio tracks on the CD. You can set the track title and artist for each track. <application>Sound Juicer</application> uses this information to name the files and folders where your music is stored. The track and album information is also encoded directly into the audio files. Many music players, including portable devices, use this information to organise and display the audio files.

en: When you edit the artist for the CD, the artist for each track is automatically updated, but only if they also matched before the change (so that changling the album artist of a compilation doesn't change all of the track artists too). Most CDs are by a single artist, and this feature saves you the time of entering the artist for each track.
en_GB: When you edit the artist for the CD, the artist for each track is automatically updated, but only if they also matched before the change (so that changing the album artist of a compilation doesn't change all of the track artists too). Most CDs are by a single artist, and this feature saves you the time of entering the artist for each track.

en: Some CDs, however, are compilations of songs by different artists. For these CDs, you will have to enter the artist for each track. To set the artist for a track, first select the track, then click on the artist. You can set the artist for the CD to a value like "Various" or simply leave it blank, depending on how you prefer to organize your music.
en_GB: Some CDs, however, are compilations of songs by different artists. For these CDs, you will have to enter the artist for each track. To set the artist for a track, first select the track, then click on the artist. You can set the artist for the CD to a value like "Various" or simply leave it blank, depending on how you prefer to organise your music.

en: If you choose to make a custom genre, it will be remembered and in the future.
en_GB: If you choose to make a custom genre, it will be remembered in the future.

en: Extracting a CD can take a long time, depending on the speed of your computer. You can safely minimize <application>Sound Juicer</application> or move to another workspace to continue using your computer while the audio is being extracted.
en_GB: Extracting a CD can take a long time, depending on the speed of your computer. You can safely minimise <application>Sound Juicer</application> or move to another workspace to continue using your computer while the audio is being extracted.

en: Whether or not to eject the CD when <application>Sound Juicer</application> is finished extracting,
en_GB: Whether to eject the CD when <application>Sound Juicer</application> is finished extracting,

en: Whether or not to open the music folder when <application>Sound Juicer</application> is finished extracting,
en_GB: Whether to open the music folder when <application>Sound Juicer</application> is finished extracting,

en: If you have multiple CD drives in your computer, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>CD drive</guilabel> under <guilabel>Device</guilabel> allows you to select which drive to use. The check boxes <guibutton>Eject when finished</guibutton> and <guibutton>Open music folder when finished </guibutton>allow you to control whether <application>Sound Juicer</application> will eject the CD from the drive, and whether it will open your music folder respectively, when it has finished extracting the audio files.
en_GB: If you have multiple CD drives in your computer, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>CD drive</guilabel> under <guilabel>Device</guilabel> allows you to select which drive to use. The check boxes <guibutton>Eject when finished</guibutton> and <guibutton>Open music folder when finished</guibutton> allow you to control whether <application>Sound Juicer</application> will eject the CD from the drive, and whether it will open your music folder, respectively, when it has finished extracting the audio files.

en: The <guilabel>Track Names</guilabel> section allows you to control how the files and folders are named. <application>Sound Juicer</application> can store audio files in seperate folders, helping you keep your music organized. You can choose how these folders are created and named using the <guilabel>Folder hierarchy</guilabel> drop-down list. By default, <application>Sound Juicer</application> creates a folder for the album artist and a subfolder for the album.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Track Names</guilabel> section allows you to control how the files and folders are named. <application>Sound Juicer</application> can store audio files in seperate folders, helping you keep your music organised. You can choose how these folders are created and named using the <guilabel>Folder hierarchy</guilabel> drop-down list. By default, <application>Sound Juicer</application> creates a folder for the album artist and a subfolder for the album.

en: At the bottom of the <guilabel>Track Names</guilabel> section, an example path is shown. This lets you know what a file name might look like and where it is placed, according to your settings for <guilabel> Folder hierarchy</guilabel>, <guilabel>File name</guilabel>, and <guibutton> Strip special characters</guibutton>.
en_GB: At the bottom of the <guilabel>Track Names</guilabel> section, an example path is shown. This lets you know what a file name might look like and where it is placed, according to your settings for <guilabel> Folder hierarchy</guilabel>, <guilabel>File name</guilabel>, and <guibutton>Strip special characters</guibutton>.

en: The AAC (short for Advanced Audio Coding) audio format is a standardized lossy format. It is a successor to the MP3 format and it achieves better sound quality than the MP3 format. Many software players and hardware players support the AAC format.
en_GB: The AAC (short for Advanced Audio Coding) audio format is a standardised lossy format. It is a successor to the MP3 format and it achieves better sound quality than the MP3 format. Many software players and hardware players support the AAC format.

en: You can click the <guibutton>Edit Profiles</guibutton> button to edit the available audio formats. The profile editor dialog provides direct access to the audio conversion. Profiles are defined with <application>GStreamer</application> pipelines. <application>GStreamer</application> is the underlying multimedia library used by <application>Sound Juicer</application> and other multimedia applications. A full explanation of audio profiles is outside the scope of this document.
en_GB: You can click the <guibutton>Edit Profiles</guibutton> button to edit the available audio formats. The profile editor dialogue provides direct access to the audio conversion. Profiles are defined with <application>GStreamer</application> pipelines. <application>GStreamer</application> is the underlying multimedia library used by <application>Sound Juicer</application> and other multimedia applications. A full explanation of audio profiles is outside the scope of this document.

note: TRANSLATORS: This should not start with a lowercase letter (unless it's "login.ubuntu.com"). Also, note users on login.ubuntu.com can have multiple email addresses.
en: An email of a user on login.ubuntu.com
en_GB: An e-mail of a user on login.ubuntu.com

en: Email address:
en_GB: E-mail address:

en: Initialize device
en_GB: Initialise device

note: TRANSLATORS: This should not start with a lowercase letter.
en: Name of key to delete
en_GB: Name of key to be deleted

en: Print the version and exit
en_GB: Print the version, and exit

note: TRANSLATORS: This should not start with a lowercase letter (unless it's "login.ubuntu.com")
en: The login.ubuntu.com email to login as
en_GB: The login.ubuntu.com e-mail to login as

en: This dialog will close automatically after 5 minutes of inactivity.
en_GB: This dialogue will close automatically after 5 minutes of inactivity.

en: 
    The ack command tries to add an assertion to the system assertion database.
    
    The assertion may also be a newer revision of a preexisting assertion that it
    will replace.
    
    To succeed the assertion must be valid, its signature verified with a known
    public key and the assertion consistent with and its prerequisite in the
    database.
en_GB: 
    The ack command tries to add an assertion to the system assertion database.
    
    The assertion may also be a newer revision of a preexisting assertion that it
    will replace.
    
    To succeed, the assertion must be valid; its signature verified with a known
    public key; and the assertion consistent with and its prerequisite in the
    database.

en: 
    The alias command aliases the given snap application to the given alias.
    
    Once this manual alias is setup the respective application command can be invoked just using the alias.
en_GB: 
    The alias command aliases the given snap application to the given alias.
    
    Once this manual alias is set up, the respective application command can be invoked just using the alias.

en: 
    The aliases command lists all aliases available in the system and their status.
    
    $ snap aliases <snap>
    
    Lists only the aliases defined by the specified snap.
    
    An alias noted as undefined means it was explicitly enabled or disabled but is
    not defined in the current revision of the snap; possibly temporarely (e.g
    because of a revert), if not this can be cleared with snap alias --reset.
en_GB: 
    The aliases command lists all aliases available in the system and their status(es).
    
    $ snap aliases <snap>
    
    Lists only the aliases defined by the specified snap.
    
    An alias noted as 'undefined' means it was explicitly enabled or disabled but is
    not defined in the current revision of the snap; possibly temporarily (e.g
    because of a revert). If not, this can be cleared with snap alias --reset.

en: 
    The auto-import command searches available mounted devices looking for
    assertions that are signed by trusted authorities, and potentially
    performs system changes based on them.
    
    If one or more device paths are provided via --mount, these are temporariy
    mounted to be inspected as well. Even in that case the command will still
    consider all available mounted devices for inspection.
    
    Imported assertions must be made available in the auto-import.assert file
    in the root of the filesystem.
en_GB: 
    The auto-import command searches available mounted devices, looking for
    assertions that are signed by trusted authorities, and potentially
    performs system changes based on them.
    
    If one or more device paths are provided via --mount, these are temporariy
    mounted to be inspected as well. Even in that case, the command will still
    consider all available mounted devices for inspection.
    
    Imported assertions must be made available in the auto-import.assert file
    in the root of the filesystem.

en: 
    The install command installs the named snap in the system.
en_GB: 
    The install command installs the named snap onto the system.

en: 
    The list command displays a summary of snaps installed in the current system.
en_GB: 
    The list command displays a summary of snaps installed on the current system.

en: 
    The publisher of snap %q has indicated that they do not consider this revision
    to be of production quality and that it is only meant for development or testing
    at this point. As a consequence this snap will not refresh automatically and may
    perform arbitrary system changes outside of the security sandbox snaps are
    generally confined to, which may put your system at risk.
    
    If you understand and want to proceed repeat the command including --devmode;
    if instead you want to install the snap forcing it into strict confinement
    repeat the command including --jailmode.
en_GB: 
    The publisher of snap %q has indicated that they do not consider this revision
    to be of production quality and that it is only meant for development or testing
    at this point. As a consequence, this snap will not refresh automatically and may
    perform arbitrary system changes outside of the security sandbox which snaps are
    generally confined to, which may put your system at risk.
    
    If you understand and want to proceed, repeat the command including --devmode;
    if instead you want to install the snap forcing it into strict confinement,
    repeat the command including --jailmode.

en: 
    The unalias command tears down a manual alias when given one or disables all aliases of a snap, removing also all manual ones, when given a snap name.
en_GB: 
    The unalias command tears down a manual alias when given one, or disables all aliases of a snap, removing also all manual ones, when given a snap name.

en: 
    The whoami command prints the email the user is logged in with.
en_GB: 
    The whoami command prints the e-mail the user is logged in with.

en: 
    This revision of snap %q was published using classic confinement and thus may
    perform arbitrary system changes outside of the security sandbox that snaps are
    usually confined to, which may put your system at risk.
    
    If you understand and want to proceed repeat the command including --classic.
en_GB: 
    This revision of snap %q was published using classic confinement and thus may
    perform arbitrary system changes outside of the security sandbox that snaps are
    usually confined to, which may put your system at risk.
    
    If you understand and want to proceed, repeat the command including --classic.

en: email:
en_GB: e-mail:

en: snap %q has no updates available
en_GB: snap %q has no available updates

en: Authorization is required to authenticate on the snap daemon
en_GB: Authorisation is required to authenticate on the snap daemon

en: Configuration Dialog
en_GB: Configuration Dialogue

en: Network Neighborhood
en_GB: Network Neighbourhood

en: Open the mount dialog
en_GB: Open the mount dialogue

en: Advanced network neighborhood browser and Samba share mounting utility
en_GB: Advanced network neighbourhood browser and Samba share mounting utility

en: Send magic package before scanning the network neighborhood
en_GB: Send magic packet before scanning the network neighbourhood

en: Send magic package before mounting a share
en_GB: Send magic packet before mounting a share

en: <qt>Define the hosts that should be woken up via the custom options dialog.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Define the hosts that should be woken up via the custom options dialogue.</qt>

en: The password dialog is used.
en_GB: The password dialogue is used.

en: Synchronizing %1
en_GB: Synchronising %1

en: &Open Mount Dialog
en_GB: &Open Mount Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowIPAddress), group (UserInterface)
en: The IP address of the server will be displayed in a separate column in the network neighborhood browser.
en_GB: The IP address of the server will be displayed in a separate column in the network neighbourhood browser.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowComment), group (UserInterface)
en: The comment describing the server or share will be displayed in a separate column in the network neighborhood browser.
en_GB: The comment describing the server or share will be displayed in a separate column in the network neighbourhood browser.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseWsDiscovery), group (Network)
en: The Web Services Dynamic Discovery (WS-Discovery) is used to browse the local network and discover workgroups, domains and hosts. This is useful, if your network neighborhood is dominated by servers with modern Windows versions. If you use this option, there should be no need to force Samba's client library to use the SMB protocol version 1.0 for searching for workgroups and domains.
en_GB: The Web Services Dynamic Discovery (WS-Discovery) is used to browse the local network and discover workgroups, domains and hosts. This is useful, if your network neighbourhood is dominated by servers with modern Windows versions. If you use this option, there should be no need to force Samba's client library to use the SMB protocol version 1.0 for searching for workgroups and domains.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseDnsServiceDiscovery), group (Network)
en: The DNS Service Discovery (DNS-SD) is used to browse the local network and discover servers that provide shared SMB resources. The discovered domains correspond to the local DNS domains (e. g. named LOCAL) and most likely not the ones defined in the network neighborhood. However, this does not influence the browsing. If you use this option, there is no need to force Samba's client library to use the SMB protocol version 1.0 for searching for workgroups and domains.
en_GB: The DNS Service Discovery (DNS-SD) is used to browse the local network and discover servers that provide shared SMB resources. The discovered domains correspond to the local DNS domains (e. g. named LOCAL) and most likely not the ones defined in the network neighbourhood. However, this does not influence the browsing. If you use this option, there is no need to force Samba's client library to use the SMB protocol version 1.0 for searching for workgroups and domains.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ForceSmb1Protocol), group (Network)
en: Smb4K will force Samba's client library to use the SMB protocol version 1.0 for browsing workgroups and domains. You should use this option only as last resort, because the SMB protocol version 1.0 is unsafe and has been disabled in newer Samba and Windows versions. However, if you have trouble discovering workgroups and domains in your network neighborhood, you might want to consider to switch this setting on. If you are using DNS Service Discovery (DNS-SD) or Web Services Dynamic Discovery (WS-Discovery), and those are working for you, you do not need it.
en_GB: Smb4K will force Samba's client library to use the SMB protocol version 1.0 for browsing workgroups and domains. You should use this option only as last resort, because the SMB protocol version 1.0 is unsafe and has been disabled in newer Samba and Windows versions. However, if you have trouble discovering workgroups and domains in your network neighbourhood, you might want to consider to switch this setting on. If you are using DNS Service Discovery (DNS-SD) or Web Services Dynamic Discovery (WS-Discovery), and those are working for you, you do not need it.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseClientProtocolVersions), group (Network)
en: Smb4K will set the minimal and maximal SMB protocol version that is used by Samba's client library to browse the network neighborhood. This will overwrite the settings in the smb.conf file. Normally, you do not need to use this option, because the right protocol versions should be negotiated between the client and the server while establishing a connection. Please note that this setting might not be appropriate to make the discovering of workgroups and domains work while keeping undisturbed connectivity to servers. Use DNS Service Discovery (DNS-SD) or Web Services Dynamic Discovery (WS-Discovery) for domain and workgroup lookups instead.
en_GB: Smb4K will set the minimal and maximal SMB protocol version that is used by Samba's client library to browse the network neighbourhood. This will overwrite the settings in the smb.conf file. Normally, you do not need to use this option, because the right protocol versions should be negotiated between the client and the server while establishing a connection. Please note that this setting might not be appropriate to make the discovering of workgroups and domains work while keeping undisturbed connectivity to servers. Use DNS Service Discovery (DNS-SD) or Web Services Dynamic Discovery (WS-Discovery) for domain and workgroup lookups instead.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (LargeNetworkNeighborhood), group (Network)
en: This computer is on a large network neighborhood
en_GB: This computer is on a large network neighbourhood

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LargeNetworkNeighborhood), group (Network)
en: In case your computer is on a large network neighborhood, discovering all workgroups, hosts and shares might take a long time, since in the default configuration all local master browsers are queried. Enabling this setting limits the number of used local master browsers to three. This can reduced the time consumption on large network neighborhoods considerably.
en_GB: In case your computer is on a large network neighbourhood, discovering all workgroups, hosts and shares might take a long time, since in the default configuration all local master browsers are queried. Enabling this setting limits the number of used local master browsers to three. This can reduced the time consumption on large network neighbourhoods considerably.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MasterBrowsersRequireAuth), group (Network)
en: The master browsers in your network neighborhood require a login to return the browse list. This setting is rarely needed.
en_GB: The master browsers in your network neighbourhood require a login to return the browse list. This setting is rarely needed.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EnableWakeOnLAN), group (Network)
en: Wake-on-LAN (WOL) is an ethernet computer networking standard that allows a computer to be turned on or woken up by a network message. Smb4K uses a magic package send via a UDP socket to wake up remote servers. If you want to take advantage of the Wake-On-LAN feature, you need to enable this option.
en_GB: Wake-on-LAN (WOL) is an ethernet computer networking standard that allows a computer to be turned on or woken up by a network message. Smb4K uses a magic packet sent via a UDP socket to wake up remote servers. If you want to take advantage of the Wake-On-LAN feature, you need to enable this option.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (WakeOnLANWaitingTime), group (Network)
en: This is the waiting time in seconds between the sending of the magic Wake-On-LAN packages and the scanning of the network neighborhood or the mounting of a share.
en_GB: This is the waiting time in seconds between the sending of the magic Wake-On-LAN packets and the scanning of the network neighbourhood or the mounting of a share.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (RsyncPrefix), group (Synchronization)
en: Synchronization prefix:
en_GB: Synchronisation prefix:

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RsyncPrefix), group (Synchronization)
en: Under this prefix the destination directory for the synchronization will be created. However, if you want to store the data of a particular share elsewhere, you will be able to choose a different path before the actual synchronization begins.
en_GB: Under this prefix the destination directory for the synchronisation will be created. However, if you want to store the data of a particular share elsewhere, you will be able to choose a different path before the actual synchronisation begins.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CompressionLevel), group (Synchronization)
en: The value for the UseCompressionLevel config entry
en_GB: The value for the UseCompressionLevel configuration entry

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SkipCompression), group (Synchronization)
en: The value(s) for the UseSkipCompression config entry
en_GB: The value(s) for the UseSkipCompression configuration entry

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (RemoveSourceFiles), group (Synchronization)
en: Remove synchronized source files
en_GB: Remove synchronised source files

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RemoveSourceFiles), group (Synchronization)
en: Remove all synchronized source files (--remove-source-files). This tells rsync to remove from the sending side the non-directory items that are a part of the transfer and have been successfully duplicated on the receiving side.
en_GB: Remove all synchronised source files (--remove-source-files). This tells rsync to remove from the sending side the non-directory items that are a part of the transfer and have been successfully duplicated on the receiving side.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeleteExtraneous), group (Synchronization)
en: Delete extraneous files from destination (--delete). This tells rsync to delete all files from the receiving side that are not present on the sending side, but only for the directories that are being synchronized.
en_GB: Delete extraneous files from destination (--delete). This tells rsync to delete all files from the receiving side that are not present on the sending side, but only for the directories that are being synchronised.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeleteBefore), group (Synchronization)
en: Delete files on the receiving side before the transfer starts (--delete-before). This is the default behavior if --delete or --delete-excluded is specified without one of the --delete-WHEN options.
en_GB: Delete files on the receiving side before the transfer starts (--delete-before). This is the default behaviour if --delete or --delete-excluded is specified without one of the --delete-WHEN options.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (KeepPartial), group (Synchronization)
en: Keep partially transferred files (--partial). The default behavior is that any partially transferred file is deleted if the transfer is interrupted.
en_GB: Keep partially transferred files (--partial). The default behaviour is that any partially transferred file is deleted if the transfer is interrupted.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ChecksumSeed), group (Synchronization)
en: The value for the UseChecksumSeed config option
en_GB: The value for the UseChecksumSeed configuration option

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BandwidthLimit), group (Synchronization)
en: The value for the UseBandwidthLimit config option
en_GB: The value for the UseBandwidthLimit configuration option

en: This is the file you want to print on the remote printer. Currently only a few mimetypes are supported such as PDF, Postscript, plain text, and images. If the file's mimetype is not supported, you need to convert it.
en_GB: This is the file you want to print on the remote printer. Currently only a few mimetypes are supported such as PDF, Postscript, plain text and images. If the file's mimetype is not supported, you need to convert it.

en: If you tick this checkbox, the share will be bookmarked and you can access it e.g. through the "Bookmarks" menu entry in the main window.
en_GB: If you tick this tickbox, the share will be bookmarked and you can access it e.g. through the "Bookmarks" menu entry in the main window.

en: Assign a category to your bookmark. This way you can organize your bookmarks.
en_GB: Assign a category to your bookmark. This way you can organise your bookmarks.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ForceUnmountInaccessible), group (Mounting)
en: Force the unmounting of inaccessible shares (Linux only). In case a share is inaccessible, a lazy unmount is performed. Before the actual unmount is performed, a warning dialog is shown asking to approve the unmount.
en_GB: Force the unmounting of inaccessible shares (Linux only). In case a share is inaccessible, a lazy unmount is performed. Before the actual unmount is performed, a warning dialogue is shown asking to approve the unmount.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CifsUnixExtensionsSupport), group (Mounting)
en: Most versions of Samba support the CIFS Unix or POSIX extensions. For these servers, some options are not needed, because the right values are negotiated during the mount process. For other servers, you might want to uncheck this option, so that predefined values can be passed to the server. Please note that if your computer is located in a Windows dominated network neighborhood with only a few Samba servers, you can safely uncheck this option and define custom options for the Samba servers.
en_GB: Most versions of Samba support the CIFS Unix or POSIX extensions. For these servers, some options are not needed, because the right values are negotiated during the mount process. For other servers, you might want to untick this option, so that predefined values can be passed to the server. Please note that if your computer is located in a Windows dominated network neighbourhood with only a few Samba servers, you can safely untick this option and define custom options for the Samba servers.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseCacheMode), group (Mounting) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CacheMode), group (Mounting)
en: Define how read and write requests are handled. In case you choose to not cache file data at all, the client never utilizes the cache for normal reads and writes. It always accesses the server directly to satisfy a read or write request. If you choose to follow the CIFS/SMB2 protocol strictly, the cache is only trusted if the client holds an oplock. If the client does not hold an oplock, then the client bypasses the cache and accesses the server directly to satisfy a read or write request. Choosing to allow loose caching semantics can sometimes provide better performance on the expense of cache coherency. This option might cause data corruption, if several clients access the same set of files on the server at the same time. Because of this, the strict cache mode is recommended.
en_GB: Define how read and write requests are handled. In case you choose to not cache file data at all, the client never utilises the cache for normal reads and writes. It always accesses the server directly to satisfy a read or write request. If you choose to follow the CIFS/SMB2 protocol strictly, the cache is only trusted if the client holds an oplock. If the client does not hold an oplock, then the client bypasses the cache and accesses the server directly to satisfy a read or write request. Choosing to allow loose caching semantics can sometimes provide better performance on the expense of cache coherency. This option might cause data corruption, if several clients access the same set of files on the server at the same time. Because of this, the strict cache mode is recommended.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CustomCIFSOptions), group (Mounting)
en: Here you can enter advanced options for the CIFS file system in a comma-separated list (refer to the manual page of mount.cifs to learn more). The list will be added AS IS to the "-o" argument of mount.cifs. Please do not enter options that have already been defined in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Here you can enter advanced options for the CIFS file system in a comma-separated list (refer to the manual page of mount.cifs to learn more). The list will be added AS IS to the "-o" argument of mount.cifs. Please do not enter options that have already been defined in the configuration dialogue.

en: <p>Synchronizing <b>%1</b> with <b>%2</b> failed:</p><p><tt>%3</tt></p>
en_GB: <p>Synchronising <b>%1</b> with <b>%2</b> failed:</p><p><tt>%3</tt></p>

en: <p>Synchronizing <b>%1</b> with <b>%2</b> failed.</p>
en_GB: <p>Synchronising <b>%1</b> with <b>%2</b> failed.</p>

en: Synchronizing
en_GB: Synchronising

en: Synchronize the destination with the source
en_GB: Synchronise the destination with the source

en: Please provide the source and destination directory for the synchronization.
en_GB: Please provide the source and destination directory for the synchronisation.

en: Onscreen keyboard
en_GB: Onscreen Keyboard

en: Other users are currently logged in to this computer, shutting down now will also close these other sessions.
en_GB: Other users are currently logged in to this computer. Shutting down now will also close these other sessions.

en: You need an Ubuntu Remote Login account to use this service. Visit uccs.canonical.com to set up an account.
en_GB: You need an Ubuntu Remote Login account to use this service. Visit uccs.canonical.com to set-up an account.

en: Append to an existing catalog
en_GB: Append to an existing catalogue

en: Build catalog
en_GB: Build catalogue

en: Catalog long name
en_GB: Catalogue long name

en: Catalog short name
en_GB: Catalogue short name

en: Catalog string
en_GB: Catalogue string

en: Catalog type
en_GB: Catalogue type

en: Convert catalog file %s
en_GB: Convert catalogue file %s

en: Convert catalog files
en_GB: Convert catalogue files

en: Favorite
en_GB: Favourite

en: For a large catalog, always select Binary. For a small dataset that changes frequently, select Text. This enables you to edit the file and see the result immediately on the chart without the need to rerun this utility.
en_GB: For a large catalogue, always select Binary. For a small dataset that changes frequently, select Text. This enables you to edit the file and see the result immediately on the chart without the need to rerun this utility.

en: General catalog options
en_GB: General catalogue options

en: Indicate how to recognize the object size unit:
en_GB: Indicate how to recognise the object size unit:

en: Initialize database
en_GB: Initialise database

en: Input catalog files
en_GB: Input catalogue files

en: License agreement
en_GB: Licence agreement

en: Night vision color
en_GB: Night vision colour

en: %s  Not found in any of the installed catalog indices.
en_GB: %s  Not found in any of the installed catalogue indices.

en: %s Not found!%sMaybe the catalog is not installed, or there is a wrong path in catalog setting.
en_GB: %s Not found!%sMaybe the catalog is not installed, or there is a wrong path in catalogue setting.

en: Output catalog type
en_GB: Output catalogue type

en: Output catalog options
en_GB: Output catalogue options

en: Please indicate a catalog short name
en_GB: Please indicate a catalogue short name

en: Please indicate a catalog long name
en_GB: Please indicate a catalogue long name

en: Please indicate the directory where the catalog must be built
en_GB: Please indicate the directory where the catalogue must be built

en: Recognize units or object type from the file:
en_GB: Recognise units or object type from the file:

en: Select the type of objects in your catalog
en_GB: Select the type of objects in your catalogue

en: Stars and deep sky catalogs prepared with
en_GB: Stars and deep sky catalogues prepared with

en: Stars proper motion options (if available in the catalog)
en_GB: Stars proper motion options (if available in the catalogue)

en: WARNING !%sYou have chosen to append the data to an existing catalog.%sThis existing catalog and index must be exactly of the same format, otherwise the catalog will be corrupted.%sIt is a good idea to backup the actual files before proceeding this operation.%sDo you want to continue?
en_GB: WARNING !%sYou have chosen to append the data to an existing catalogue.%sThis existing catalogue and index must be exactly of the same format, otherwise the catalogue will be corrupted.%sIt is a good idea to backup the actual files before proceeding this operation.%sDo you want to continue?

[ctx: Description of a tips]
en: <p>... bookmarks can be reorganized by drag & drop.</p>
en_GB: <p>... bookmarks can be reorganised by drag & drop.</p>

[ctx: Description of a tips]
en: <p>... the <a href="skg://dashboard_plugin">dashboard</a> can be reorganized by drag and drop.</p>
en_GB: <p>... the <a href="skg://dashboard_plugin">dashboard</a> can be reorganised by drag and drop.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (openlastfile), group (File)
en: If checked, the application will automatically start with the last file used.
en_GB: If ticked, the application will automatically start with the last file used.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (saveonclose), group (File)
en: If checked, the application will automatically save current document on close.
en_GB: If ticked, the application will automatically save current document on close.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (storeInKdeWallet), group (File)
en: If checked, the application will get/set passwords from KDE wallet.
en_GB: If ticked, the application will get/set passwords from KDE wallet.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (backup_enabled), group (File)
en: If checked, the application will automatically create a backup.
en_GB: If ticked, the application will automatically create a backup.

[ctx: Successfully changed the document password]
en: Changing password was canceled.
en_GB: Changing password was cancelled.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The following key words can be used in prefix and suffix:<br/>&lt;DATE&gt;: to add the current date in the backuped file<br/>&lt;TIME&gt;: to add the current time in the backuped file</p><p>By default, the backup is stored in the same directory than the saved file.<br/>But, you can force the backup directory by setting an absolute path in the prefix.<br/>(example: /backup/)</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The following key words can be used in prefix and suffix:<br/>&lt;DATE&gt;: to add the current date in the backed up file<br/>&lt;TIME&gt;: to add the current time in the backed up file</p><p>By default, the backup is stored in the same directory than the saved file.<br/>But, you can force the backup directory by setting an absolute path in the prefix.<br/>(example: /backup/)</p></body></html>

[ctx: Description of a tip]
en: <p>... you can add files or Internet links as property.</p>
en_GB: <p>... you can add files or Internet links as a property.</p>

[ctx: Question]
en: Do you want copy or link the file?
en_GB: Do you want to copy or link the file?

[ctx: An information message]
en: The initial balance of '%1' has not been set because some operations are already existing
en_GB: The initial balance of '%1' has not been set because some operations already exist

[ctx: Error message]
en: Impossible to find the account id with the regular expression '%1' in line '%2'
en_GB: Impossible to find the account ID with the regular expression '%1' in line '%2'

[ctx: An operation mode]
en: Check
en_GB: Cheque

[ctx: An information message]
en: Invoice %1 has not been imported because it is not recognized (List of recognized extractors: %2).
en_GB: Invoice %1 has not been imported because it is not recognized (List of recognised extractors: %2).

[ctx: Noun: type of payement]
en: Check
en_GB: Cheque

[ctx: Advice on making the best (long)]
en: This is may be not normal
en_GB: This may not be normal

[ctx: Advice on making the best (long)]
en: Take care to your budget.<br> %1.<br>%2 / %3
en_GB: Take care of your budget.<br> %1.<br>%2 / %3

[ctx: Advice on making the best (long)]
en: The budget has not been treated for at least one month.
en_GB: The budget has not been reviewed for at least one month.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KTitleWidget, kAmortizationTableTitle) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QTableWidget, kAmortizationTable) i18n: ectx: property (statusTip), widget (QTableWidget, kAmortizationTable)
en: Amortization Table
en_GB: Amortisation Table

en: Loan amortization table calculator
en_GB: Loan amortisation table calculator

[ctx: List of categories. It is not needed to translate each item. You can set the list you want. ';' must be used to separate categories. ' > ' must be used to separate category and sub category (no limit of level).]
en: Alimony;Auto;Auto > Fuel;Auto > Insurance;Auto > Lease;Auto > Loan;Auto > Registration;Auto > Service;Bank Charges;Bank Charges > Interest Paid;Bank Charges > Service Charge;Bills;Bills > Electricity;Bills > Fuel Oil;Bills > Local Taxes;Bills > Mortgage;Bills > Natural Gas;Bills > Rent;Bills > TV;Bills > Telephone;Bills > Water & Sewage;Bonus;Business;Business > Auto;Business > Capital Goods;Business > Legal Expenses;Business > Office Rent;Business > Office Supplies;Business > Other;Business > Revenue;Business > Taxes;Business > Travel;Business > Utilities;Business > Wages & Salary;Car;Car > Fuel;Car > Insurance;Car > Lease;Car > Loan;Car > Registration;Car > Service;Cash Withdrawal;Charity;Charity > Donations;Child Care;Child Support;Clothing;Disability;Div Income;Div Income > Ord dividend;Div Income > Stock dividend;Education;Education > Board;Education > Books;Education > Fees;Education > Loans;Education > Tuition;Employment;Employment > Benefits;Employment > Foreign;Employment > Lump sums;Employment > Other employ;Employment > Salary & wages;Food;Food > Dining Out;Food > Groceries;Gardening;Gift Received;Gifts;Healthcare;Healthcare > Dental;Healthcare > Doctor;Healthcare > Hospital;Healthcare > Optician;Healthcare > Prescriptions;Holidays;Holidays > Accomodation;Holidays > Travel;Household;Household > Furnishings;Household > Repairs;Insurance;Insurance > Auto;Insurance > Disability;Insurance > Home and Contents;Insurance > Life;Insurance > Medical;Int Inc;Int Inc > Bank Interest;Int Inc > Gross;Int Inc > Net;Int Inc > Other savings;Invest. income;Invest. income > 1st option;Invest. income > Dividend;Invest. income > Foreign;Invest. income > Other savings;Invest. income > Other trusts;Invest. income > Other trusts#Capital;Invest. income > Other trusts#Dist. rec'd;Invest. income > Other trusts#Estate;Investment Income;Investment Income > Dividends;Investment Income > Interest;Investment Income > Long-Term Capital Gains;Investment Income > Short-Term Capital Gains;Investment Income > Tax-Exempt Interest;Job Expense;Job Expense > Non-Reimbursed;Job Expense > Reimbursed;Legal Fees;Leisure;Leisure > Books & Magazines;Leisure > Entertaining;Leisure > Films & Video Rentals;Leisure > Hobbies;Leisure > Sporting Events;Leisure > Sports Goods;Leisure > Tapes & CDs;Leisure > Theatre & Concerts etc;Leisure > Toys & Games;Loan;Loan > Loan Interest;Long-Term Capital gains;Mortgage;Mortgage > Interest;Mortgage > PMI;Mortgage > Principle;Motor;Motor > Fuel;Motor > Loan;Motor > Service;Other Expense;Other Expense > Unknown;Other Income;Other Income > Child Support;Other Income > Employee Share Option;Other Income > Gifts Received;Other Income > Loan Principal Received;Other Income > Lottery or Premium Bond Prizes;Other Income > Student loan;Other Income > Tax Refund;Other Income > Unemployment Benefit;Pension;Pension > Employer;Personal Care;Pet Care;Pet Care > Food;Pet Care > Supplies;Pet Care > Vet's Bills;Recreation;Retirement Accounts;Retirement Accounts > 401(k)403(b) Plan Contributions;Retirement Accounts > 529 Plan Contributions;Retirement Accounts > IRA Contributions;Retirement Income;Retirement Income > 401(k);Retirement Income > 401(k) > 403(b) Distributions;Retirement Income > IRA Distributions;Retirement Income > Pensions & Annuities;Retirement Income > State Pension Benefits;Short-Term Capital gains;Social Security Benefits;Taxes;Taxes > AMT;Taxes > Federal Tax;Taxes > Federal Taxes;Taxes > Local Tax;Taxes > Local Taxes;Taxes > Other Invest;Taxes > Other Tax;Taxes > Property Taxes;Taxes > Social Security;Taxes > State Tax;Taxes > State Taxes;Travel;Travel > Accomodations;Travel > Car Rental;Travel > Fares;Utilities;Utilities > Electricity;Utilities > Garbage & Recycling;Utilities > Gas;Utilities > Sewer;Utilities > Telephone;Utilities > Water;Wages & Salary;Wages & Salary > Benefits;Wages & Salary > Bonus;Wages & Salary > Commission;Wages & Salary > Employer Pension Contributions;Wages & Salary > Gross Pay;Wages & Salary > Net Pay;Wages & Salary > Overtime;Wages & Salary > Workman's Comp
en_GB: Alimony;Auto;Car > Fuel;Car > Insurance;Car > Lease;Car > Loan;Car > Registration;Car > Service;Bank Charges;Bank Charges > Interest Paid;Bank Charges > Service Charge;Bills;Bills > Electricity;Bills > Fuel Oil;Bills > Council Tax;Bills > Mortgage;Bills > Natural Gas;Bills > Rent;Bills > TV;Bills > Telephone;Bills > Water & Sewage;Bonus;Business;Business > Car;Business > Capital Goods;Business > Legal Expenses;Business > Office Rent;Business > Office Supplies;Business > Other;Business > Revenue;Business > Taxes;Business > Travel;Business > Utilities;Business > Wages & Salary;Car;Car > Fuel;Car > Insurance;Car > Lease;Car > Loan;Car > Registration;Car > Service;Cash Withdrawal;Charity;Charity > Donations;Child Care;Child Support;Clothing;Disability;Div Income;Div Income > Ord dividend;Div Income > Stock dividend;Education;Education > Board;Education > Books;Education > Fees;Education > Loans;Education > Tuition;Employment;Employment > Benefits;Employment > Foreign;Employment > Lump sums;Employment > Other employ;Employment > Salary & wages;Food;Food > Dining Out;Food > Groceries;Gardening;Gift Received;Gifts;Healthcare;Healthcare > Dental;Healthcare > Doctor;Healthcare > Hospital;Healthcare > Optician;Healthcare > Prescriptions;Holidays;Holidays > Accomodation;Holidays > Travel;Household;Household > Furnishings;Household > Repairs;Insurance;Insurance > Car;Insurance > Disability;Insurance > Home and Contents;Insurance > Life;Insurance > Medical;Int Inc;Int Inc > Bank Interest;Int Inc > Gross;Int Inc > Net;Int Inc > Other savings;Invest. income;Invest. income > 1st option;Invest. income > Dividend;Invest. income > Foreign;Invest. income > Other savings;Invest. income > Other trusts;Invest. income > Other trusts#Capital;Invest. income > Other trusts#Dist. rec'd;Invest. income > Other trusts#Estate;Investment Income;Investment Income > Dividends;Investment Income > Interest;Investment Income > Long-Term Capital Gains;Investment Income > Short-Term Capital Gains;Investment Income > Tax-Exempt Interest;Job Expense;Job Expense > Non-Reimbursed;Job Expense > Reimbursed;Legal Fees;Leisure;Leisure > Books & Magazines;Leisure > Entertaining;Leisure > Films & Video Rentals;Leisure > Hobbies;Leisure > Sporting Events;Leisure > Sports Goods;Leisure > Tapes & CDs;Leisure > Theatre & Concerts etc;Leisure > Toys & Games;Loan;Loan > Loan Interest;Long-Term Capital gains;Mortgage;Mortgage > Interest;Mortgage > PMI;Mortgage > Principle;Motor;Motor > Fuel;Motor > Loan;Motor > Service;Other Expense;Other Expense > Unknown;Other Income;Other Income > Child Support;Other Income > Employee Share Option;Other Income > Gifts Received;Other Income > Loan Principal Received;Other Income > Lottery or Premium Bond Prizes;Other Income > Student loan;Other Income > Tax Refund;Other Income > Unemployment Benefit;Pension;Pension > Employer;Personal Care;Pet Care;Pet Care > Food;Pet Care > Supplies;Pet Care > Vet's Bills;Recreation;Retirement Accounts;Retirement Accounts > Private Pension Contributions;Retirement Accounts > Employer Pension Contributions;Retirement Accounts > National Insurance Contributions;Retirement Income;Retirement Income > Private Pension;Retirement Income > State Pension; Retirement Income > Employer Pension & Annuities;Short-Term Capital gains;Benefits;Taxes;Taxes > Income Tax;Taxes > Council Tax;Taxes > Other Invest;Taxes > Other Tax;Taxes > Property Taxes;Taxes > National Insurance;Travel;Travel > Accomodations;Travel > Car Rental;Travel > Fares;Utilities;Utilities > Electricity;Utilities > Gas;Utilities > Sewer Waste;Utilities > Telephone;Utilities > Water;Wages & Salary;Wages & Salary > Benefits;Wages & Salary > Bonus;Wages & Salary > Commission;Wages & Salary > Employer Pension Contributions;Wages & Salary > Gross Pay;Wages & Salary > Net Pay;Wages & Salary > Overtime;Wages & Salary > Workman's Comp

[ctx: Description of a tips]
en: <p>... <a href="skg://skrooge_categories_plugin">categories</a> can be reorganized by drag & drop.</p>
en_GB: <p>... <a href="skg://skrooge_categories_plugin">categories</a> can be reorganised by drag & drop.</p>

[ctx: Verb, action to anonymize a document]
en: Anonymize
en_GB: Anonymise

[ctx: Description of a tips]
en: <p>... you can customize your CSV import with regular expressions defined in <a href="skg://tab_configure?page=Skrooge import and export plugin">setting</a> panel.</p>
en_GB: <p>... you can customise your CSV import with regular expressions defined in <a href="skg://tab_configure?page=Skrooge import and export plugin">setting</a> panel.</p>

[ctx: Error message]
en: Import canceled by user
en_GB: Import cancelled by user

[ctx: Question]
en: The file can be made anonymous in two ways.<br/><b>Reversibly:</b> enter a key and memorize it, it will be used to go back.<br/><b>Irreversibly (recommended):</b> do not enter a key.<br/><br/>To reverse an anonymous file, simply try to anonymize it with the same key.
en_GB: The file can be made anonymous in two ways.<br/><b>Reversibly:</b> enter a key and memorise it, it will be used to go back.<br/><b>Irreversibly (recommended):</b> do not enter a key.<br/><br/>To reverse an anonymous file, simply try to anonymise it with the same key.

[ctx: An anonymized document is a document where all private data has been removed]
en: Document anonymized.
en_GB: Document anonymised.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, kNumberLbl) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, kNumberEdit)
en: Number of the operation, for example the Check number, or a Transfer reference.
en_GB: Number of the operation, for example the Cheque number, or a Transfer reference.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, kTypeLabel)
en: Operation mode (how you made the operation).
    Examples: Credit Card, Check, Transfer...
en_GB: Operation mode (how you made the operation).
    Examples: Credit Card, Cheque, Transfer...

note: i18n: ectx: property (statusTip), widget (QLabel, kidtransaction) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, kidtransaction)
en: Id to join all operations as a split operation
en_GB: ID to join all operations as a split operation

note: i18n: ectx: property (statusTip), widget (QLabel, label_8) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_8)
en: Id to join all operations as a transfer
en_GB: ID to join all operations as a transfer

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (fontFutureColor), group (skrooge_operation)
en: Color of font for future operations
en_GB: Colour of font for future operations

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (fontNotValidatedColor), group (skrooge_operation)
en: Color of font for non-validated operations
en_GB: Colour of font for non-validated operations

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (fontSubOperationColor), group (skrooge_operation)
en: Color of font for sub operations
en_GB: Colour of font for sub operations

[ctx: Advice on making the best (long)]
en: Your account '%1' contains more than one operation with number %2.The operation number should be unique (check number, transaction reference...)
en_GB: Your account '%1' contains more than one operation with number %2.The operation number should be unique (cheque number, transaction reference...)

[ctx: Advice on making the best (long)]
en: Do not forget to reconciliate your accounts. By doing so, you acknowledge that your bank has indeed processed these operations on your account. This is how you enforce compliance with your bank's statements. See online help for more details
en_GB: Do not forget to reconcile your accounts. By doing so, you acknowledge that your bank has indeed processed these operations on your account. This is how you enforce compliance with your bank's statements. See online help for more details

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (SKGComboBox, kTypeEdit)
en: Operation mode (how you made the operation). 
    Examples: Credit Card, Check, Transfer...
en_GB: Operation mode (how you made the operation). 
    Examples: Credit Card, Cheque, Transfer...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_computeBalances)
en: Compute balances (uncheck to improve performances)
en_GB: Compute balances (untick to improve performances)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1330  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (outlineColor), group (skrooge_report)
en: Outline color
en_GB: Outline colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (axisColor), group (skrooge_report)
en: Axis color
en_GB: Axis colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (gridColor), group (skrooge_report)
en: Grid color
en_GB: Grid colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (minColor), group (skrooge_report)
en: Minimum color
en_GB: Minimum colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (maxColor), group (skrooge_report)
en: Maximum color
en_GB: Maximum colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (averageColor), group (skrooge_report)
en: Average color
en_GB: Average colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (tendencyColor), group (skrooge_report)
en: Tendency color
en_GB: Tendency colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (paretoColor), group (skrooge_report)
en: Pareto color
en_GB: Pareto colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label6_2)
en: Outline color:
en_GB: Outline colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1330  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label1_2)
en: &Background color:
en_GB: &Background colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label5)
en: Tendenc&y color:
en_GB: Tendenc&y colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label2)
en: Minimum color:
en_GB: Minimum colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label3)
en: Maximum color:
en_GB: Maximum colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label4)
en: A&verage color:
en_GB: A&verage colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1330  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label6)
en: Grid color:
en_GB: Grid colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label1)
en: Axis color:
en_GB: Axis colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label6_3)
en: Pareto color:
en_GB: Pareto colour:

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (fontDisabledColor), group (skrooge_scheduled)
en: Color of font for disabled schedule
en_GB: Colour of font for disabled schedule

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_check_on_open)
en: If checked, Skrooge will insert relevant occurrences when starting.
en_GB: If ticked, Skrooge will insert relevant occurrences when starting.

[ctx: Advice on making the best (long)]
en: In KDE localization settings, there is no decimal symbol defined for currencies. This could be confusing.
en_GB: In KDE localisation settings, there is no decimal symbol defined for currencies. This could be confusing.

[ctx: Default description for the source]
en: My favorite source of download for units
en_GB: My favourite source of download for units

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kNbDecimal) i18n: ectx: property (statusTip), widget (QSpinBox, kNbDecimal)
en: The number of decimal to display of the unit.
en_GB: The number of decimals to display of the unit.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, kUnitOpen) i18n: ectx: property (statusTip), widget (QPushButton, kUnitOpen)
en: Open the url of the source
en_GB: Open the URL of the source

[ctx: Error message]
en: You are not authorized to delete this operation because in "checked" status
en_GB: You are not authorised to delete this operation because in "checked" status

[ctx: Error message]
en: You are not authorized to delete this account because it contains some checked operations
en_GB: You are not authorised to delete this account because it contains some checked operations

[ctx: Error message]
en: You are not authorized to delete this tracker because used by some checked operations
en_GB: You are not authorised to delete this tracker because used by some checked operations

[ctx: Error message]
en: You are not authorized to delete this payee because used by some checked operations
en_GB: You are not authorised to delete this payee because used by some checked operations

[ctx: Error message]
en: You are not authorized to delete this category because used by some checked operations
en_GB: You are not authorised to delete this category because used by some checked operations

[ctx: Noun, 6 months]
en: Semester
en_GB: Term

[ctx: Noun]
en: Nb of occurrences
en_GB: No. of occurrences

[ctx: Noun, after the dot]
en: Nb decimal
en_GB: No. decimals

en: One operation was not imported because it was dated before the last imported one, you can uncheck the option to avoid this. | %1 operations were not imported because they were dated before the last imported one, you can uncheck the option to avoid this.
en_GB[0]: One operation was not imported because it was dated before the last imported one, you can untick the option to avoid this.
en_GB[1]: %1 operations were not imported because they were dated before the last imported one, you can untick the option to avoid this

[ctx: Progression step]
en: Finalize import
en_GB: Finalise import

[ctx: Progression step]
en: Anonymize
en_GB: Anonymise

[ctx: The main text of skrooge]
en: Skrooge allows you to keep a hold on your expenses, by tracking and budgeting them.<br/>What should you do now ?<br/><ul><li>Create at least one <a href="%1">account</a></li><li>Add some operations, using <a href="%3">import</a> or <a href="%2">manual input</a></li><li>Categorize them</li></ul><p>You may come back to this page any time by closing all tabs.<br/>For more information about using Skrooge, check the <a href="https://skrooge.org">Skrooge website</a>.</p><p>We hope that you will enjoy Skrooge</p>    The Skrooge Team
en_GB: Skrooge allows you to keep a hold on your expenses, by tracking and budgeting them.<br/>What should you do now ?<br/><ul><li>Create at least one <a href="%1">account</a></li><li>Add some operations, using <a href="%3">import</a> or <a href="%2">manual input</a></li><li>Categorise them</li></ul><p>You may come back to this page any time by closing all tabs.<br/>For more information about using Skrooge, check the <a href="https://skrooge.org">Skrooge website</a>.</p><p>We hope that you will enjoy Skrooge</p>    The Skrooge Team

[ctx: Description of a condition. Do not translate key words (#V1S#, #V1#, ...)]
en: is set to capitalize
en_GB: is set to capitalise

[ctx: Description of a condition. Do not translate key words (#V1S#, #V1#, ...)]
en: is not capitalize
en_GB: is not capitalise

[ctx: Description of a condition. Do not translate key words (#V1S#, #V1#, ...)]
en: is capitalize
en_GB: is capitalise

[ctx: Help for a condition]
en: To set the attribute in capitalized case (eg. Hello)
en_GB: To set the attribute in capitalised case (eg. Hello)

[ctx: Help for a condition]
en: To find out if the attribute is not in capitalized case (eg. Hello)
en_GB: To find out if the attribute is not in capitalised case (eg. Hello)

[ctx: Help for a condition]
en: To find out if the attribute is in capitalized case (eg. Hello)
en_GB: To find out if the attribute is in capitalised case (eg. Hello)

[ctx: Progression step]
en: Analyze unit
en_GB: Analyse unit

[ctx: An information message]
en: Open url '%1' failed
en_GB: Open URL '%1' failed

[ctx: Key word to modify a string into a field]
en: capitalize
en_GB: capitalise

[ctx: Period interval]
en: semester(s)
en_GB: term(s)

[ctx: A period]
en: Previous month | %1 previous months
en_GB[0]: Previous month
en_GB[1]: %1 Previous months

[ctx: A period]
en: Previous year | %1 previous years
en_GB[0]: Previous year
en_GB[1]: %1 Previous years

[ctx: A period]
en: Previous semester | %1 previous semesters
en_GB[0]: Previous term
en_GB[1]: %1 previous term

[ctx: A period]
en: Last semester | %1 last semesters
en_GB[0]: Last term
en_GB[1]: %1 last term

[ctx: A period]
en: Current semester
en_GB: Current term

[ctx: The current semester]
en: Current semester
en_GB: Current term

[ctx: The semester before the current semester]
en: Last semester
en_GB: Last term

[ctx: Noun, user action]
en: Reset default colors
en_GB: Reset default colours

[ctx: Noun, user action]
en: Alternate row colors
en_GB: Alternate row colours

[ctx: Error message]
en: Oups, this file seems to be corrupted
en_GB: Oops, this file seems to be corrupted

[ctx: Error message: Can not save a file if it has no name yet]
en: Save not authorized because the file name is not yet defined
en_GB: Save not authorised because the file name is not yet defined

[ctx: Progression step]
en: Update materialized views
en_GB: Update materialised views

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, saveModeCB)
en: Open the save dialog for every image
en_GB: Open the save dialogue for every image

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, saveModeCB)
en: Open the save dialog for the first image only
en_GB: Open the save dialogue for the first image only

en: The image will be saved in the PNG format, as Skanlite only supports saving 16 bit color images in the PNG format.
en_GB: The image will be saved in the PNG format, as Skanlite only supports saving 16 bit colour images in the PNG format.

en: Type of document being scanned. This setting decides on the scan resolution, colors and post-processing.
en_GB: Type of document being scanned. This setting decides on the scan resolution, colours and post-processing.

en: Width of paper in tenths of a mm
en_GB: Width of paper (in tenths of a mm)

en: Height of paper in tenths of a mm
en_GB: Height of paper (in tenths of a mm)

en: The directory to save files to. Defaults to the documents directory if unset.
en_GB: The folder where files are saved. Default is the Documents folder.

en: This app uses the SANE framework to support most existing scanners.
en_GB: Simple Scan uses the SANE framework which supports most existing scanners.

note: The license this software is under (GPL3+)
en: This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

note: Tooltip for rotate left (counter-clockwise) button
en: Rotate the page to the left (counter-clockwise)
en_GB: Rotate the page to the left (anti-clockwise)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1328 (simple-scan)  #-#-#-#-# Button to submit authorization dialog
en: _Authorize
en_GB: _Authorise

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Email scanned document
en_GB: E-mail scanned document

en: Fix PDF files generated with older versions of this app
en_GB: Fix PDF files generated with older versions of Simple Scan

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Sending via Email
en_GB: Sending via E-mail

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To email the current document use the <guiseq><gui>Document</gui><gui>Email</gui></guiseq> menu (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>). Your email program will be opened with a new message containing the scanned document as an attachment.
en_GB: To e-mail the current document, use the <guiseq><gui>Document</gui><gui>Email</gui></guiseq> menu (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>). Your e-mail program will be opened with a new message containing the scanned document as an attachment.

note: (itstool) path: p/link
en: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License
en_GB: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported Licence

en: Colorfilter
en_GB: Colour filter

en: <b>Minimize window</b>
en_GB: <b>Minimise window</b>

en: show welcome dialog on startup
en_GB: show welcome dialogue on startup

en: True if, when on startup, a welcome dialog should be shown. False if it should not be shown.
en_GB: True if, when on startup, a welcome dialogue should be shown. False if it should not be shown.

en: color for solid transparency background
en_GB: colour for solid transparency background

en: Color to use if background for transparent images is set to solid color
en_GB: Colour to use if background for transparent images is set to solid colour

en: maximize library window
en_GB: maximise library window

en: True if library application is maximized, false otherwise.
en_GB: True if library application is maximised, false otherwise.

en: maximize direct-edit window
en_GB: maximise direct-edit window

en: True if direct-edit application is maximized, false otherwise.
en_GB: True if direct-edit application is maximised, false otherwise.

en: Setting in export dialog: option to export metadata
en_GB: Setting in export dialogue: option to export metadata

en: Setting in export dialog: format setting, type value
en_GB: Setting in export dialogue: format setting, type value

en: Setting in export dialog: jpeg quality option
en_GB: Setting in export dialogue: jpeg quality option

en: The authorization token for the currently logged in Flickr user, if any
en_GB: The authorisation token for the currently logged in Flickr user, if any

en: The cryptographic secret used to sign requests against the authorization token for the currently logged in Flickr user, if any
en_GB: The cryptographic secret used to sign requests against the authorisation token for the currently logged in Flickr user, if any

en: A numeric code representing unit of measure (inches or centimeters) used when printing
en_GB: A numeric code representing unit of measure (inches or centimetres) used when printing

en: Shotwell is an easy-to-use, fast photo organizer designed for the GNOME desktop. It allows you to import photos from your camera or disk, organize them by date and subject matter, even ratings. It also offers basic photo editing, like crop, red-eye correction, color adjustments, and straighten. Shotwell’s non-destructive photo editor does not alter your master photos, making it easy to experiment and correct errors.
en_GB: Shotwell is an easy-to-use, fast photo organiser designed for the GNOME desktop. It allows you to import photos from your camera or disk, organise them by date and subject matter, even ratings. It also offers basic photo editing, like crop, red-eye correction, colour adjustments, and straighten. Shotwell’s non-destructive photo editor does not alter your master photos, making it easy to experiment and correct errors.

en: Organize your photos
en_GB: Organise your photos

note: Translators: Search terms to find this application. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: album;camera;cameras;crop;edit;enhance;export;gallery;image;images;import;organize;photo;photographs;photos;picture;pictures;photography;print;publish;rotate;share;tags;video;facebook;flickr;picasa;youtube;piwigo;
en_GB: album;camera;cameras;crop;edit;enhance;export;gallery;image;images;import;organize;organise;photo;photographs;photos;picture;pictures;photography;print;publish;rotate;share;tags;video;facebook;flickr;picasa;youtube;piwigo;

en: Empty T_rash
en_GB: Empty _Wastebasket

en: _Copy Color Adjustments
en_GB: _Copy Colour Adjustments

en: _Paste Color Adjustments
en_GB: _Paste Colour Adjustments

en: Checkered
en_GB: chequered

en: You are not currently logged into Flickr.
    
    Click Log in to log into Flickr in your Web browser. You will have to authorize Shotwell Connect to link to your Flickr account.
en_GB: You are not currently logged into Flickr.
    
    Click Log in to log into Flickr in your Web browser. You will have to authorise Shotwell Connect to link to your Flickr account.

en: Flickr authorization failed
en_GB: Flickr authorisation failed

en: Verifying authorization…
en_GB: Verifying authorisation…

en: _Email address
en_GB: _E-mail address

note: Possible error message when a site presents a bad certificate.
en: ⚫ This website’s identification was not issued by a trusted organization.
en_GB: ⚫ This website’s identification was not issued by a trusted organisation.

note: Possible error message when a site presents a bad certificate.
en: ⚫ This website’s identification has been revoked by the trusted organization that issued it.
en_GB: ⚫ This website’s identification has been revoked by the trusted organisation that issued it.

en: Unrecognized User
en_GB: Unrecognised User

en: Enter email and password associated with your Rajce account.
en_GB: Enter e-mail and password associated with your Rajce account.

en: Invalid email and/or password. Please try again
en_GB: Invalid e-mail and/or password. Please try again

en: Invalid User Email or Password
en_GB: Invalid User E-mail or Password

en: Applying Color Transformations
en_GB: Applying Colour Transformations

en: Undoing Color Transformations
en_GB: Undoing Colour Transformations

en: Move the photos to the Shotwell trash
en_GB: Move the photos to the Shotwell wastebasket

en: You do not have any data imports plugins enabled.
    
    In order to use the Import From Application functionality, you need to have at least one data imports plugin enabled. Plugins can be enabled in the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: You do not have any data imports plugins enabled.
    
    In order to use the Import From Application functionality, you need to have at least one data imports plugin enabled. Plugins can be enabled in the Preferences dialogue.

en: %m/%d/%Y, %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y, %H:%M:%S

en: %m/%d/%Y, %I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y, %H:%M:%S

en: Remove and _Trash File | Remove and _Trash Files
en_GB[0]: Remove and Send File to Was_tebasket
en_GB[1]: Remove and Send Files to Was_tebasket

en: Remove Photo From Library
en_GB: Remove Photos From Library

en: This will remove the photo/video from your Shotwell library. Would you also like to move the file to your desktop trash?
    
    This action cannot be undone. | This will remove %d photos/videos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like to move the files to your desktop trash?
    
    This action cannot be undone.
en_GB[0]: This will remove the photo/video from your Shotwell library. Would you also like to move the file to your desktop wastebasket?
    
    This action cannot be undone.
en_GB[1]: This will remove %d photos/videos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like to move the files to your desktop wastebasket?
    
    This action cannot be undone.

en: This will remove the video from your Shotwell library. Would you also like to move the file to your desktop trash?
    
    This action cannot be undone. | This will remove %d videos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like to move the files to your desktop trash?
    
    This action cannot be undone.
en_GB[0]: This will remove the video from your Shotwell library.  Would you also like to move the file to your desktop wastebasket?
    
    This action cannot be undone.
en_GB[1]: This will remove %d videos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like to move the files to your desktop wastebasket?
    
    This action cannot be undone.

en: This will remove the photo from your Shotwell library. Would you also like to move the file to your desktop trash?
    
    This action cannot be undone. | This will remove %d photos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like to move the files to your desktop trash?
    
    This action cannot be undone.
en_GB[0]: This will remove the photo from your Shotwell library. Would you also like to move the file to your desktop wastebasket?
    
    This action cannot be undone.
en_GB[1]: This will remove %d photos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like to move the files to your desktop wastebasket?
    
    This action cannot be undone.

en: The photo or video cannot be moved to your desktop trash. Delete this file? | %d photos/videos cannot be moved to your desktop trash. Delete these files?
en_GB[0]: The photo or video cannot be moved to your desktop wastebasket. Delete this file?
en_GB[1]: %d photos/videos cannot be moved to your desktop wastebasket. Delete these files?

en: Unable open photo %s. Sorry.
en_GB: Unable to open photo %s. Sorry.

en: Reset all color adjustments to original
en_GB: Reset all colour adjustments to original

en: Organize and browse your photos
en_GB: Organise and browse your photos

en: Copy Color Adjustments
en_GB: Copy Colour Adjustments

en: Copy the color adjustments applied to the photo
en_GB: Copy the colour adjustments applied to the photo

en: Paste Color Adjustments
en_GB: Paste Colour Adjustments

en: Apply copied color adjustments to the selected photos
en_GB: Apply copied colour adjustments to the selected photos

en: Adjust the photo’s color and tone
en_GB: Adjust the photo’s colour and tone

note: #-#-#-#-#  1325 (shotwell-0.15)  #-#-#-#-# ...precache the timestamp string... / Locale-specific time format for 12-hour time, i.e. 8:31 PM / Precede modifier with a dash ("-") to pad with spaces, otherwise will pad with zeroes / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-ti
en: %a %b %d, %Y
en_GB: %a %d %b, %Y

[ctx: MultidayFormat]
note: / Locale-specific starting date format for multi-date strings, / i.e. the "Tue Mar 08" in "Tue Mar 08 - 10, 2006" / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %a %b %d
en_GB: %a %d %b

[ctx: MultidayFormat]
note: / Locale-specific ending date format for multi-date strings, / i.e. the "10, 2006" in "Tue Mar 08 - 10, 2006" / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %d, %Y
en_GB: %d %b, %Y

[ctx: MultimonthFormat]
note: / Locale-specific calendar date format for multi-month strings, / i.e. the "Tue Mar 08" in "Tue Mar 08 to Mon Apr 06, 2006" / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %a %b %d
en_GB: %a %d %b

[ctx: MultimonthFormat]
note: / Locale-specific calendar date format for multi-month strings, / i.e. the "Mon Apr 06, 2006" in "Tue Mar 08 to Mon Apr 06, 2006" / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %a %b %d, %Y
en_GB: %a %d %b, %Y

en: and lower
en_GB: and

en: Organize your saved searches
en_GB: Organise your saved searches

en: Organize and browse your photo’s tags
en_GB: Organise and browse your photo’s tags

en: Authorization _Number:
en_GB: Authorisation _Number:

en: Game Boy Color ROM
en_GB: Game Boy Colour ROM

en: GTKtalog catalog
en_GB: GTKtalog catalogue

en: message catalog
en_GB: message catalogue

en: Neo-Geo Pocket Color ROM
en_GB: Neo-Geo Pocket Colour ROM

en: license terms
en_GB: licence terms

en: CCMX color correction file
en_GB: CCMX colour correction file

en: 
        SELinux has denied the $SOURCE access to potentially
        mislabeled files $TARGET_PATH.  This means that SELinux will not
        allow httpd to use these files. If httpd should be allowed this access to these files you should change the file context to one of the following types, %s.
        Many third party apps install html files
        in directories that SELinux policy cannot predict.  These directories
        have to be labeled with a file context which httpd can access.
en_GB: 
        SELinux has denied the $SOURCE access to potentially
        mislabeled files $TARGET_PATH.  This means that SELinux will not
        allow httpd to use these files. If httpd should be allowed this access to these files you should change the file context to one of the following types, %s.
        Many third party apps install html files
        in directories that SELinux policy cannot predict.  These directories
        have to be labelled with a file context which httpd can access.

en: invalid email address
en_GB: invalid e-mail address

en: Opps, %s hit an error!
en_GB: Oops, %s hit an error!

en: Email alert to system administrator.
en_GB: E-mail alert to system administrator.

en: Automatically synchronize _modified keys with key servers
en_GB: Automatically synchronise _modified keys with key servers

en: Lazy mode doesn’t normalize entered date and time values
en_GB: Lazy mode doesn’t normalise entered date and time values

en: _Email Address
en_GB: _E-mail Address

en: Optional email address
en_GB: Optional e-mail address

en: Armored PGP keys
en_GB: Armoured PGP keys

en: A PGP key allows you to encrypt email or files to other people.
en_GB: A PGP key allows you to encrypt e-mail or files to other people.

en: This is not a image file, or an unrecognized kind of image file. Try to use a JPEG image.
en_GB: This is not a image file, or an unrecognised kind of image file. Try to use a JPEG image.

en: You could use a hard to forge photo identification (such as a passport) to personally check that the name on the key is correct. You should have also used email to check that the email address belongs to the owner.
en_GB: You could use a hard-to-forge photo identification (such as a passport) to personally check that the name on the key is correct. You should have also used e-mail to check that the e-mail address belongs to the owner.

en: <b>%d key is selected for synchronizing</b> | <b>%d keys are selected for synchronizing</b>
en_GB[0]: <b>%d key is selected for synchronising</b>
en_GB[1]: <b>%d keys are selected for synchronising</b>

en: Synchronizing keys…
en_GB: Synchronising keys…

en: PGP keys are for encrypting email or files
en_GB: PGP keys are for encrypting e-mail or files

note: TRANSLATORS: The name and email set on the PGP key
en: Name/Email
en_GB: Name/E-mail

en: Used to encrypt emails and files
en_GB: Used to encrypt e-mails and files

en: Couldn’t change authorization for key.
en_GB: Couldn’t change authorisation for key.

en: Your email address, or a reminder of what this key is for.
en_GB: Your e-mail address, or a reminder of what this key is for.

en: If there is a computer you want to use this key with, you can set up that computer to recognize your new key.
en_GB: If there is a computer you want to use this key with, you can set up that computer to recognise your new key.

en: _Email Address:
en_GB: _E-mail Address:

en: Please note that theme files must be installed globally for settings synchronization to work.
en_GB: Please note that theme files must be installed globally for settings synchronisation to work.

note: ../themes/Crux/theme.jl
en: Accent color for focused windows (if unset uses the GTK+ selection color).
en_GB: Accent colour for focused windows (if unset uses the GTK+ selection colour).

note: ../themes/gradient/theme.jl
en: `From' color of inactive frames in `gradient' frame style.
en_GB: `From' colour of active frames in `gradient' frame style.

note: ../themes/gradient/theme.jl
en: `To' color of inactive frames in `gradient' frame style.
en_GB: `To' colour of inactive frames in `gradient' frame style.

note: ../themes/gradient/theme.jl
en: `From' color of active frames in `gradient' frame style.
en_GB: `From' colour of active frames in `gradient' frame style.

note: ../themes/gradient/theme.jl
en: `To' color of active frames in `gradient' frame style.
en_GB: `To' colour of active frames in `gradient' frame style.

note: ../themes/mono/theme.jl
en: Color of inactive frames (if unset use GTK+ background color).
en_GB: Colour of inactive frames (if unset use GTK+ background colour).

note: ../themes/mono/theme.jl
en: Color of active frames (if unset use GTK+ selection color).
en_GB: Colour of active frames (if unset use GTK+ selection colour).

note: #-#-#-#-#  1315 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl ../themes/mono/theme.jl #-#-#-#-#  1314 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-#
en: center
en_GB: centre

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: decoration mode
    
    Set the mode 'when to draw a titlebar and window buttons'.  The decoration mode 'all' means that all windows, even transients/dialogs, will get a titlebar and buttons.  None means no window will get any :-).  Usually transients only have a contents-border.  This option is for reimplementing a sawfish feature that is gone in the latest version.
en_GB: decoration mode
    
    Set the mode 'when to draw a titlebar and window buttons'.  The decoration mode 'all' means that all windows, even transients/dialogues, will get a titlebar and buttons.  None means no window will get any :-).  Usually transients only have a contents-border.  This option is for reimplementing a sawfish feature that is gone in the latest version.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize title string
    
    See the tooltip for the 'title string' option below for more information.  (NOTE: I hope the redrawing problems with this option are solved.  If not, write an email please!)
en_GB: customise title string
    
    See the tooltip for the 'title string' option below for more information.  (NOTE: I hope the redrawing problems with this option are solved.  If not, write an e-mail please!)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: title string
    
    The string you insert here will be your new title string.  Variables always start with a dollar-sign ($) and are replaced with their actual values.  To get the value of an environment variable use $(variable), eg $(DISPLAY).  To get the value of an rep/sawfish function use $[fuction], eg $[current-time-string].  The following vars are built-in: $name, $fullname, $width, $width-content, $height, $height-content, $depth, $x-pos, $y-pos, $current-ws and $last-ws. (NOTE: I hope the redrawing problems with this option are solved.  If not, write an email please!
en_GB: title string
    
    The string you insert here will be your new title string.  Variables always start with a dollar-sign ($) and are replaced with their actual values.  To get the value of an environment variable use $(variable), eg $(DISPLAY).  To get the value of an rep/sawfish function use $[fuction], eg $[current-time-string].  The following vars are built-in: $name, $fullname, $width, $width-content, $height, $height-content, $depth, $x-pos, $y-pos, $current-ws and $last-ws. (NOTE: I hope the redrawing problems with this option are solved.  If not, write an e-mail please!

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize title position
    
    By default the title string is centered horizontally and vertically.
en_GB: customise title position
    
    By default the title string is centred horizontally and vertically.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: real-center
en_GB: real-centre

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: title string horizontal alignment
    
    'real-center' means to take the whole titlebar into account while centering the string. when selecting 'center' only the distance between the buttons is taken into account.
en_GB: title string horizontal alignment
    
    'real-centre' means to take the whole titlebar into account while centring the string. when selecting 'centre' only the distance between the buttons is taken into account.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: title string horizontal align adjustment (-10000 - 10000 pixel)
    
    The horizontal position of the title string can only be adjusted if the horizontal alignment is not 'center'.  The range also depends on the setting of the option above.  It the title string is already aligned left, you cannot adjust it to be even further left because there are button in the way.
en_GB: title string horizontal align adjustment (-10000 - 10000 pixel)
    
    The horizontal position of the title string can only be adjusted if the horizontal alignment is not 'centre'.  The range also depends on the setting of the option above.  It the title string is already aligned left, you cannot adjust it to be even further left because there are button in the way.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: gradient titlebar background (experimental)
    
    When activating the gradient background the normal titlebar background colors will be ignored.  Besides the button background colors will be ignored.  (NOTE: This can be very cpu intensive if you set the quality to a low value, i.e., high quality.)
en_GB: gradient titlebar background (experimental)
    
    When activating the gradient background the normal titlebar background colours will be ignored.  Besides the button background colours will be ignored.  (NOTE: This can be very cpu intensive if you set the quality to a low value, i.e., high quality.)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: gradient mode
    
    With gradient mode vertical or diagonal only the first or last (reversed) 2 colors in the list are used.
en_GB: gradient mode
    
    With gradient mode vertical or diagonal only the first or last (reversed) 2 colours in the list are used.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: gradient color mode
    
    the custom mode will respect the colors set in the list below.
en_GB: gradient colour mode
    
    the custom mode will respect the colours set in the list below.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: 
    
    With gradient mode vertical or diagonal only the first or last (reversed) 2 colors in the list are used.  Besides the gradient color mode must be set to custom to activate this list.
en_GB: 
    
    With gradient mode vertical or diagonal only the first or last (reversed) 2 colours in the list are used.  Besides the gradient colour mode must be set to custom to activate this list.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: reverse colors
en_GB: reverse colours

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused/highlighted titlebar colors hue (0 - 360)
    
    This value changes the hue of a color, by moving (0 - 360) degress around the color cycle...180 for example inverts the color
en_GB: unfocused/highlighted titlebar colours hue (0 - 360)
    
    This value changes the hue of a colour, by moving (0 - 360) degrees around the colour cycle...180 for example inverts the colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused/highlighted titlebar colors saturation (0 - 100% of the focused color)
    
    The saturation of a color is a measurement of the color intensity
en_GB: unfocused/highlighted titlebar colours saturation (0 - 100% of the focused colour)
    
    The saturation of a colour is a measurement of the colour intensity

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused/highlighted titlebar colors brightness (0 - 100% of the focused color)
en_GB: unfocused/highlighted titlebar colours brightness (0 - 100% of the focused colour)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused titlebar color
    
    This is one of the 4 base colors.  You can set these 4 colors and keep the extended colors deactivated.  All other color options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colors.
en_GB:   focused titlebar colour
    
    This is one of the 4 base colours.  You can set these 4 colours and keep the extended colours deactivated.  All other colour options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colours.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused titlebar color
    
    This is one of the 4 base colors.  You can set these 4 colors and keep the extended colors deactivated.  All other color options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colors.
en_GB: unfocused titlebar colour
    
    This is one of the 4 base colours.  You can set these 4 colours and keep the extended colours deactivated.  All other colour options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colours.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused title string color
    
    This is one of the 4 base colors.  You can set these 4 colors and keep the extended colors deactivated.  All other color options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colors.
en_GB:   focused title string colour
    
    This is one of the 4 base colours.  You can set these 4 colours and keep the extended colours deactivated.  All other colour options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colours.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused title string color
    
    This is one of the 4 base colors.  You can set these 4 colors and keep the extended colors deactivated.  All other color options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colors.
en_GB: unfocused title string colour
    
    This is one of the 4 base colours.  You can set these 4 colours and keep the extended colours deactivated.  All other colour options of the theme will then depend on these 4 colours.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize extended title string colors
    
    You can customize additional colors of the title string.  If you deactivate this, these colors will be set to the focused title string color.
en_GB: customize extended title string colours
    
    You can customise additional colours of the title string.  If you deactivate this, these colours will be set to the focused title string colour.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused highlighted title string color
en_GB:   focused highlighted title string colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused highlighted title string color
en_GB: unfocused highlighted title string colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused clicked title string color
en_GB:   focused clicked title string colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused clicked title string color
en_GB: unfocused clicked title string colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize button position (-1 -2 -3 .. title string .. +3 +2 +1)
    
    Enabling this will allow you to set the position of each button in the titlebar manually.  A negative/positiv value means the button will be drawn on left/right side of the titlebar.
en_GB: customise button position (-1 -2 -3 .. title string .. +3 +2 +1)
    
    Enabling this will allow you to set the position of each button in the titlebar manually.  A negative/positive value means the button will be drawn on left/right side of the titlebar.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: maximize button position
en_GB: maximise button position

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize sticky button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as it's name suggests.
    Button1: toggle sticky state of window
en_GB: customise sticky button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as its name suggests.
    Button1: toggle sticky state of window

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize previous button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as it's name suggests. Button1: send window to previous workspace - button2 workspace-list - button3 send window to first workspace - button6 pack window left
en_GB: customise previous button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as its name suggests. Button1: send window to previous workspace - button2 workspace-list - button3 send window to first workspace - button6 pack window left

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize next button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as it's name suggests. Button1: send window to next workspace - button2 workspace-list - button3 send window to last workspace - button6 pack window right
en_GB: customise next button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as its name suggests. Button1: send window to next workspace - button2 workspace-list - button3 send window to last workspace - button6 pack window right

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize configure button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as it's name suggests. Button1: start sawfish-config - button3: toggle custom title string
en_GB: customise configure button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as its name suggests. Button1: start sawfish-config - button3: toggle custom title string

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize info button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as it's name suggests. Button1: window list - button3 window snooper (not included by default)
en_GB: customise info button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as its name suggests. Button1: window list - button3 window snooper (not included by default)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: always on top depth (-1000 - 1000)
    
    A window will have this depth after you have pressed the always-on-top button.  0 is the normal window level.  Every positive value means above other windows, a negative value means below.  Keep it at a positive value in order to have the always-on-top button do it's job.
en_GB: always on top depth (-1000 - 1000)
    
    A window will have this depth after you have pressed the always-on-top button.  0 is the normal window level.  Every positive value means above other windows, a negative value means below.  Keep it at a positive value in order to have the always-on-top button do its job.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize always-on-top button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as it's name suggests. Button1: sets window depth to the adjusted value.
en_GB: customise always-on-top button keymap
    
    By default a button will work as its name suggests. Button1: sets window depth to the adjusted value.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize button-colors
    
    When you active this you will be able to set custom button colors.  By default the button colors depend on the titlebar colors.
en_GB: customise button-colors
    
    When you active this you will be able to set custom button colours.  By default the button colours depend on the titlebar colours.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused button background color
en_GB:   focused button background colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused button background color
en_GB: unfocused button background colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused highlighted button background color
en_GB:   focused highlighted button background colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused highlighted button background color
en_GB: unfocused highlighted button background colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused clicked button background color
en_GB:   focused clicked button background colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused clicked button background color
en_GB: unfocused clicked button background colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused button foreground color
en_GB:   focused button foreground colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused button foreground color
en_GB: unfocused button foreground colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused highlighted button foreground color
en_GB:   focused highlighted button foreground colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused clicked button foreground color
en_GB:   focused clicked button foreground colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: border width for maximized windows (0 - 1000 pixel)
    
    When you like having a big border around your windows you might have noticed that sawfish still draws that big border when the window is maximized.  If you don't want that, set the border width for maximized windows smaller than the border width for unmaximized windows.  (NOTE: this feature is still buggy as sawfish does not resize the windows correctly yet, so the best might be to set it to the normal border width.)
en_GB: border width for maximized windows (0 - 1000 pixel)
    
    When you like having a big border around your windows you might have noticed that sawfish still draws that big border when the window is maximised.  If you don't want that, set the border width for maximised windows smaller than the border width for unmaximised windows.  (NOTE: this feature is still buggy as sawfish does not resize the windows correctly yet, so the best might be to set it to the normal border width.)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize border for focused windows (experimental)
    
    (NOTE: this works but it is VERY cpu intensive and might slow down your computer noticeably.  So turn it on at your own risk.)
en_GB: customize border for focused windows (experimental)
    
    (NOTE: this works but it is VERY CPU intensive and might slow down your computer noticeably.  So turn it on at your own risk.)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: border width for focused windows (0 - 1000 pixel)
    
    (NOTE: this works but it is VERY cpu intensive and might slow down your computer noticeably.  So turn it on at your own risk.)
en_GB: border width for focused windows (0 - 1000 pixel)
    
    (NOTE: this works but it is VERY CPU intensive and might slow down your computer noticeably.  So turn it on at your own risk.)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: corners width adjustement for maximized windows (0 - 100 pixel)
en_GB: corners width adjustment for maximised windows (0 - 100 pixel)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: fake shadow (experimental)
    
    Draw a small additional border around your windows emulating a solid shadow effect.  Use the options below to adjust its width and direction.  (NOTE: this is VERY cpu intensive and might slow down your computer noticeably.  So turn it on at your own risk.)
en_GB: fake shadow (experimental)
    
    Draw a small additional border around your windows emulating a solid shadow effect.  Use the options below to adjust its width and direction.  (NOTE: this is VERY CPU intensive and might slow down your computer noticeably.  So turn it on at your own risk.)

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: shadow color
en_GB: shadow colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: customize border colors
    
    You can customize your border colors here. If you deactivate this, these colors will be set to the focused title string color.
en_GB: customize border colors
    
    You can customize your border colours here. If you deactivate this, these colours will be set to the focused title string colour.

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused border color
en_GB:   focused border colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused border color
en_GB: unfocused border colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused highlighted border color
en_GB:   focused highlighted border colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused highlighted border color
en_GB: unfocused highlighted border colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en:   focused clicked border color
en_GB:   focused clicked border colour

note: ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl
en: unfocused clicked border color
en_GB: unfocused clicked border colour

note: ../themes/simple/theme.jl
en: Color of inactive frames in `simple' frame style.
en_GB: Colour of inactive frames in `simple' frame style.

note: ../themes/simple/theme.jl
en: Color of active frames in `simple' frame style.
en_GB: Colour of active frames in `simple' frame style.

note: ../themes/smaker/theme.jl
en: Color to use when drawing text.
en_GB: Colour to use when drawing text.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/commands/move-cursor.jl
en: Move cursor center
en_GB: Move cursor centre

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/commands/move-cursor.jl
en: Move the cursor to the center of the screen
en_GB: Move the cursor to the centre of the screen

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/commands/grow-pack.jl
en: Whether growing is considered to be maximization.
en_GB: Whether growing is considered to be maximisation.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/commands/grow-pack.jl
en: Whether and how to move the pointer when packing windows.
    `maybe' means that the pointer is moved along with the window, if the
    pointer was within the window area before packing. `always' warps the
    pointer to the center of the window if it isn't already in the
    window, then does like `maybe'.  `never' means not to warp the
    pointer.
en_GB: Whether and how to move the pointer when packing windows.
    `maybe' means that the pointer is moved along with the window, if the
    pointer was within the window area before packing. `always' warps the
    pointer to the centre of the window if it isn't already in the
    window, then does like `maybe'.  `never' means not to warp the
    pointer.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/commands/move-resize.jl
en: Move window center
en_GB: Move window centre

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/ext/tooltips.jl
en: Color used for the tooltips background
en_GB: Colour used for the tooltips background

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/ext/tooltips.jl
en: Color used for the tooltips foreground
en_GB: Colour used for the tooltips foreground

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/ext/match-window.jl
en: Never maximize
en_GB: Never maximise

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/iconify.jl
en: Minimizing a window also removes its: \w
en_GB: Minimising a window also removes its: \w

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/iconify.jl
en: Unminimizing a window also restores its: \w
en_GB: Unminimising a window also restores its: \w

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/iconify.jl
en: Minimize the window.
en_GB: Minimise the window.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/iconify.jl
en: Restore the window from its minimized state.
en_GB: Restore the window from its minimised state.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/iconify.jl
en: Minimize all windows on the current workspace.
en_GB: Minimise all windows on the current workspace.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Lock position and size while windows are maximized.
    
    Remember that after you resize a maximized window, you can't unmaximize it any more.
en_GB: Lock position and size while windows are maximised.
    
    Remember that after you resize a maximised window, you can't unmaximise it any more.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize discard
en_GB: Maximise discard

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Don't treat window as maximized any more, keeping the size and the position. You'll be able to move and resize, but won't be able to unmaximize.
en_GB: Don't treat window as maximised any more, keeping the size and the position. You'll be able to move and resize, but won't be able to unmaximise.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize the dimensions of the window.
en_GB: Maximise the dimensions of the window.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1315 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl #-#-#-#-#  1314 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Unmaximize window
en_GB: Unmaximise window

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Restore the dimensions of the window to its original,
    unmaximized, state.
en_GB: Restore the dimensions of the window to its original,
    unmaximised, state.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1315 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl #-#-#-#-#  1314 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Maximize window vertically
en_GB: Maximise window vertically

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize the vertical dimension of the window.
en_GB: Maximise the vertical dimension of the window.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1315 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl #-#-#-#-#  1314 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Maximize window horizontally
en_GB: Maximise window horizontally

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize the horizontal dimension of the window.
en_GB: Maximise the horizontal dimension of the window.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window toggle
en_GB: Maximise window toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between maximized and unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between maximised and unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window horizontally toggle
en_GB: Maximise window horizontally toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between horizontally maximized and
    unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between horizontally maximized and
    unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window vertically toggle
en_GB: Maximise window vertically toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between vertically maximized and
    unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between vertically maximised and
    unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize fill window
en_GB: Maximise fill window

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize the window without obscuring any other windows.
en_GB: Maximise the window without obscuring any other windows.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize fill window vertically
en_GB: Maximise fill window vertically

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize the window vertically without obscuring any other windows.
en_GB: Maximise the window vertically without obscuring any other windows.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize fill window horizontally
en_GB: Maximise fill window horizontally

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize the window horizontally without obscuring any other windows.
en_GB: Maximise the window horizontally without obscuring any other windows.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize fill window toggle
en_GB: Maximise fill window toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between maximized-filled and unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between maximised-filled and unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize fill window horizontally toggle
en_GB: Maximise fill window horizontally toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between horizontally maximized-filled and
    unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between horizontally maximised-filled and
    unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize fill window vertically toggle
en_GB: Maximise fill window vertically toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between vertically maximized-filled and
    unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between vertically maximised-filled and
    unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window fullscreen
en_GB: Maximise window fullscreen

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Fullscreen maximize the window.
en_GB: Fullscreen maximise the window.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window fullscreen toggle
en_GB: Maximise window fullscreen toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between fullscreen maximized and
    unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between fullscreen maximised and
    unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window fullxinerama
en_GB: Maximise window fullxinerama

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Fullscreen maximize the window across all Xinerama screens.
en_GB: Fullscreen maximise the window across all Xinerama screens.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Maximize window fullxinerama toggle
en_GB: Maximise window fullxinerama toggle

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl
en: Toggle the state of the window between fullscreen maximized
    across all Xinerama and unmaximized.
en_GB: Toggle the state of the window between fullscreen maximised
    across all Xinerama and unmaximised.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/shading.jl
en: If the window is shaded (see `shade-window'), restore it to it's usual
    state.
en_GB: If the window is shaded (see `shade-window'), restore it to its usual
    state.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/util/prompt.jl
en: Prompt message's colors.
en_GB: Prompt message's colours.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/frames.jl
en: Use custom font colors for frames
en_GB: Use custom font colours for frames

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/frames.jl
en: Font color for active frames
en_GB: Font colour for active frames

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/frames.jl
en: Font color for inactive frames
en_GB: Font colour for inactive frames

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/custom.jl
en: Mini/Maximizing
en_GB: Mini/Maximising

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/keymaps.jl
en: maximize-button-keymap
en_GB: maximise-button-keymap

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/keymaps.jl
en: Keymap containing bindings active when the pointer is in the maximize
    button of a window. (Only mouse-bindings are evaluated in this map.)
en_GB: Keymap containing bindings active when the pointer is in the maximise
    button of a window. (Only mouse-bindings are evaluated in this map.)

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/focus.jl
en: Whether focusing a window doesn't change it's position in the stack.
en_GB: Whether focusing a window doesn't change its position in the stack.

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/integration/gnome.jl
en: _Customize GNOME
en_GB: _Customise GNOME

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/integration/kde.jl
en: _Customize KDE
en_GB: _Customise KDE

note: ../lisp/sawfish/wm/integration/xfce.jl
en: _Customize XFCE
en_GB: _Customise XFCE

en: Select color
en_GB: Select colour

en: Analog gamma correction
en_GB: Analogue gamma correction

en: Analog gamma red
en_GB: Analogue gamma red

en: Analog gamma green
en_GB: Analogue gamma green

en: Analog gamma blue
en_GB: Analogue gamma blue

en: Bind analog gamma
en_GB: Bind analogue gamma

en: Warmup lamp
en_GB: Warm up lamp

en: Selects the scan mode (e.g., lineart, monochrome, or color).
en_GB: Selects the scan mode (e.g., lineart, monochrome, or colour).

en: Specifies the width of the media.  Required for automatic centering of sheet-fed scans.
en_GB: Specifies the width of the media.  Required for automatic centring of sheet-fed scans.

en: Gamma-correction table.  In color mode this option equally affects the red, green, and blue channels simultaneously (i.e., it is an intensity gamma table).
en_GB: Gamma-correction table.  In colour mode this option equally affects the red, green, and blue channels simultaneously (i.e., it is an intensity gamma table).

en: In RGB-mode use same values for each color
en_GB: In RGB-mode use same values for each colour

en: Analog gamma-correction
en_GB: Analogue gamma-correction

en: Analog gamma-correction for red
en_GB: Analogue gamma-correction for red

en: Analog gamma-correction for green
en_GB: Analogue gamma-correction for green

en: Analog gamma-correction for blue
en_GB: Analogue gamma-correction for blue

en: Color Lineart
en_GB: Colour Lineart

en: Color Halftone
en_GB: Colour Halftone

en: Operation was canceled
en_GB: Operation was cancelled

en: Fine color
en_GB: Fine colour

en: lamp not stabilized
en_GB: lamp not stabilised

en: Extra color adjustments
en_GB: Extra colour adjustments

en: Grayscale scan
en_GB: Greyscale scan

en: Do a grayscale rather than color scan
en_GB: Do a greyscale rather than colour scan

en: Analog Gain
en_GB: Analogue Gain

en: Increase or decrease the analog gain of the CCD array
en_GB: Increase or decrease the analogue gain of the CCD array

en: Color correction
en_GB: Colour correction

en: Sets the color correction table for the selected output device.
en_GB: Sets the colour correction table for the selected output device.

en: Color correction coefficients
en_GB: Colour correction coefficients

en: Set color of background for scans. May conflict with overscan option
en_GB: Set colour of background for scans. May conflict with overscan option

en: Dropout color
en_GB: Dropout colour

en: One-pass scanners use only one color during gray or binary scanning, useful for colored paper or ink
en_GB: One-pass scanners use only one colour during grey or binary scanning, useful for coloured paper or ink

en: Color filter
en_GB: Colour filter

en: When using gray or lineart this option selects the used color.
en_GB: When using grey or lineart this option selects the used colour.

en: Gray mode color
en_GB: Grey mode colour

en: Selects which scan color is used gray mode (default: green).
en_GB: Selects which scan colour is used grey mode (default: green).

en: Setup gain and offset for scanning automatically. If this option is disabled, options for setting the analog frontend parameters manually are provided. This option is enabled by default. For testing only.
en_GB: Setup gain and offset for scanning automatically. If this option is disabled, options for setting the analogue frontend parameters manually are provided. This option is enabled by default. For testing only.

en: NTSC Gray
en_GB: NTSC Grey

en: XPA Gray
en_GB: XPA Grey

en: Color Matrix
en_GB: Colour Matrix

en: Set the scanner's color matrix.
en_GB: Set the scanner's colour matrix.

en: Custom color matrix.
en_GB: Custom colour matrix.

en: Mono Color Matrix
en_GB: Mono Colour Matrix

en: Custom color matrix for grayscale scans.
en_GB: Custom colour matrix for greyscale scans.

en: Allows one to test device behavior with other supported models
en_GB: Allows one to test device behaviour with other supported models

en: Image colors will be inverted
en_GB: Image colours will be inverted

en: Emulate Grayscale
en_GB: Emulate Greyscale

en: If enabled, image will be scanned in color mode and then converted to grayscale by software. This may improve image quality in some circumstances.
en_GB: If enabled, image will be scanned in colour mode and then converted to greyscale by software. This may improve image quality in some circumstances.

en: If enabled, some images involved in scanner processing are saved to analyze them.
en_GB: If enabled, some images involved in scanner processing are saved to analyse them.

en: color-bw
en_GB: colour-bw

en: Select color/BW button
en_GB: Select colour/BW button

en: Alternates between color and black/white scanning
en_GB: Alternates between colour and black/white scanning

en: color-bw-state
en_GB: colour-bw-state

en: Read color/BW button state
en_GB: Read colour/BW button state

en: Color (48 bits)
en_GB: Colour (48 bits)

en: Color LED indicator
en_GB: Colour LED indicator

en: Hide end-of-page indicator pixels and overwrite with neighbor pixels
en_GB: Hide end-of-page indicator pixels and overwrite with neighbour pixels

en: raw = raw scan data, last = repeat last scan line, raster = b/w raster, white = white color, black = black color, color = RGB or gray color value
en_GB: raw = raw scan data, last = repeat last scan line, raster = b/w raster, white = white colour, black = black colon, colour = RGB or grey colour value

en: RGB or gray color value for filling mode 'color'
en_GB: RGB or grey colour value for filling mode 'colour'

en: Color value for trailing lines filling mode 'color'. RGB color as r*65536+256*g+b or gray value (default=violet or gray)
en_GB: Colour value for trailing lines filling mode 'colour'. RGB colour as r*65536+256*g+b or grey value (default=violet or grey)

en: Lamp color
en_GB: Lamp colour

en: Sets the lamp color (color dropout)
en_GB: Sets the lamp colour (colour dropout)

en: Ignore center double feed sensor
en_GB: Ignore centre double feed sensor

en: Color channels gain settings
en_GB: Colour channels gain settings

en: Gray gain
en_GB: Grey gain

en: Sets gray channel gain
en_GB: Sets grey channel gain

en: Grayscale 4 bits
en_GB: Greyscale 4 bits

en: Grayscale 8 bits
en_GB: Greyscale 8 bits

en: If checked the scanner does not perform backtracking
en_GB: If ticked the scanner does not perform backtracking

en: If checked the color calibration before a scan is done by the backend
en_GB: If ticked the colour calibration before a scan is done by the backend

en: If checked the backend automatically tries to determine an optimal value for the threshold.
en_GB: If ticked the backend automatically tries to determine an optimal value for the threshold.

en: Selects which radiance level should be considered "50 % gray".
en_GB: Selects which radiance level should be considered "50 % grey".

en: Sets the color balance values to the firmware provided values.
en_GB: Sets the colour balance values to the firmware provided values.

en: Fast gray mode
en_GB: Fast grey mode

en: Scan in fast gray mode (lower quality).
en_GB: Scan in fast grey mode (lower quality).

en: Request that all previews are done in the fastest (low-quality) mode. This may be a non-color mode or a low resolution mode.
en_GB: Request that all previews are done in the fastest (low-quality) mode. This may be a non-colour mode or a low resolution mode.

en: Color48
en_GB: Colour48

en: Color24
en_GB: Colour24

en: Gray16
en_GB: Grey16

en: Gray8
en_GB: Grey8

en: Need calibration
en_GB: Needs calibration

en: Negative color
en_GB: Negative colour

en: Negative gray
en_GB: Negative grey

en: 48 bits color
en_GB: 48 bits colour

en: 16 bits gray
en_GB: 16 bits grey

en: Gamma-correction table with 4096 entries. In color mode this option equally affects the red, green, and blue channels simultaneously (i.e., it is an intensity gamma table).
en_GB: Gamma-correction table with 4096 entries. In colour mode this option equally affects the red, green, and blue channels simultaneously (i.e., it is an intensity gamma table).

en: When enabled, scan process will not start immediately. To proceed, press "SCAN" button (for MP150) or "COLOR" button (for other models). To cancel, press "GRAY" button.
en_GB: When enabled, scan process will not start immediately. To proceed, press "SCAN" button (for MP150) or "COLOUR" button (for other models). To cancel, press "GREY" button.

en: Gamma-correction table with 1024 entries. In color mode this option equally affects the red, green, and blue channels simultaneously (i.e., it is an intensity gamma table).
en_GB: Gamma-correction table with 1024 entries. In colour mode this option equally affects the red, green, and blue channels simultaneously (i.e., it is an intensity gamma table).

en: Analog frontend
en_GB: Analogue frontend

en: Color36
en_GB: Colour36

en: Randomize
en_GB: Randomise

en: Grayify
en_GB: Greyify

en: Load the image as grayscale.
en_GB: Load the image as greyscale.

en: Color lines per read
en_GB: Colour lines per read

en: Grayscale lines per read
en_GB: Greyscale lines per read

en: Color RAW
en_GB: Colour RAW

en: Color RGB
en_GB: Colour RGB

en: Color RGB TEXT
en_GB: Colour RGB TEXT

en: Color pattern
en_GB: Colour pattern

en: Simulate a three-pass scanner. In color mode, three frames are transmitted.
en_GB: Simulate a three-pass scanner. In colour mode, three frames are transmitted.

en: Set the order of frames in three-pass color mode.
en_GB: Set the order of frames in three-pass colour mode.

en: Select the kind of test picture. Available options:
    Solid black: fills the whole scan with black.
    Solid white: fills the whole scan with white.
    Color pattern: draws various color test patterns depending on the mode.
    Grid: draws a black/white grid with a width and height of 10 mm per square.
en_GB: Select the kind of test picture. Available options:
    Solid black: fills the whole scan with black.
    Solid white: fills the whole scan with white.
    Colour pattern: draws various colour test patterns depending on the mode.
    Grid: draws a black/white grid with a width and height of 10 mm per square.

en: Color 36
en_GB: Colour 36

en: Multi-level black & white (grayscale mode)
en_GB: Multi-level black & white (greyscale mode)

en: Multi-level RGB color (one pass color)
en_GB: Multi-level RGB colour (one pass colour)

en: Color channels offset settings
en_GB: Colour channels offset settings

en: Gray offset
en_GB: Grey offset

en: Sets gray channel offset
en_GB: Sets grey channel offset

en: Plugin Path
en_GB: Plug-in Path

en: Disable plugin
en_GB: Disable plug-in

en: Set plugin titles
en_GB: Set plug-in titles

en: Set plugin options
en_GB: Set plug-in options

en: [Plugin] group not found
en_GB: [Plug-in] group not found

en: Plugin module %s does not exist
en_GB: Plug-in module %s does not exist

en: New plugin “%s” available
en_GB: New plug-in “%s” available

en: Failed to open plugins folder: “%s”
en_GB: Failed to open plug-ins folder: “%s”

en: Could not load plugin: %s
en_GB: Could not load plug-in: %s

en: No writable URI for %s available
en_GB: No writeable URI for %s available

en: Failed to load plugin %s: %s
en_GB: Failed to load plug-in %s: %s

en: Failed to start Tracker service: %s. Plugin disabled.
en_GB: Failed to start Tracker service: %s. Plug-in disabled.

en: No plugins found in %d second; giving up… | No plugins found in %d seconds; giving up…
en_GB[0]: No plug-ins found in %d second; giving up…
en_GB[1]: No plug-ins found in %d seconds; giving up…

en: Failed to create preferences dialog: %s
en_GB: Failed to create preferences dialogue: %s

note: ($RT::DatabaseName)
en: %1 already exists and has RT's tables in place, but does not contain RT's metadata. The 'Initialize Database' step later on can insert metadata into this existing database. If this is acceptable, click 'Customize Basics' below to continue customizing RT.
en_GB: %1 already exists and has RT's tables in place, but does not contain RT's metadata. The 'Initialise Database' step later on can insert metadata into this existing database. If this is acceptable, click 'Customise Basics' below to continue customising RT.

note: ($RT::DatabaseName)
en: %1 already exists, but does not contain RT's tables or metadata. The 'Initialize Database' step later on can insert tables and metadata into this existing database. if this is acceptable, click 'Customize Basic' below to continue customizing RT.
en_GB: %1 already exists, but does not contain RT's tables or metadata. The 'Initialise Database' step later on can insert tables and metadata into this existing database. if this is acceptable, click 'Customise Basic' below to continue customising RT.

note: ($RT::DatabaseName)
en: %1 appears to be fully initialized.  We won't need to create any tables or insert metadata, but you can continue to customize RT by clicking 'Customize Basics' below
en_GB: %1 appears to be fully initialised. We won't need to create any tables or insert metadata, but you can continue to customise RT by clicking 'Customise Basics' below

note: ($email, $self->loc($args{Type})) ($name, $self->loc($args{Type})) ($email->format, loc($field =~ /^(.*?)s?$/)) ($email->format, loc(substr($field, 6)))
en: %1 is an address RT receives mail at. Adding it as a '%2' would create a mail loop
en_GB: %1 is an address where RT receives mail. Adding it as a '%2' would create a mail loop

en: (Check box to delete)
en_GB: (Tick box to delete)

en: (via this asset's catalog)
en_GB: (via this asset's catalogue)

en: Admin Catalogs
en_GB: Admin Catalogues

en: After logging in you'll be sent to your original destination:
en_GB: After logging in you will be sent to your original destination:

en: All Catalogs
en_GB: All Catalogues

en: All catalogs matching search criteria
en_GB: All catalogues matching search criteria

en: All iCal feeds embed a secret token which authorizes you.  If the URL for one of your iCal feeds was exposed to the outside world, you can get a new secret, <b>breaking all existing iCal feeds</b>, below.
en_GB: All iCal feeds embed a secret token which authorises you.  If the URL for one of your iCal feeds was exposed to the outside world, you can get a new secret, <b>breaking all existing iCal feeds</b>, below.

en: Any word not recognized by RT is searched for in ticket subjects.
en_GB: Any word not recognised by RT is searched for in ticket subjects.

note: ($valid_image_types)
en: Automatically suggested theme colors aren't available for your image. This might be because you uploaded an image type that your installed version of GD doesn't support. Supported types are: %1. You can recompile libgd and GD.pm to include support for other image types.
en_GB: Automatically suggested theme colours are not available for your image. This might be because you uploaded an image type that your installed version of GD does not support. Supported types are: %1. You can recompile libgd and GD.pm to include support for other image types.

en: Autoreply To Requestors
en_GB: Autoreply to Requestors

note: ($ARGS{'SavedSearchLoad'})
en: Can not load saved search "%1"
en_GB: Cannot load saved search "%1"

en: Can't link to a deleted ticket
en_GB: Cannot link to a deleted ticket

note: ($QueueObj->Name)
en: Can't quickly create ticket in queue %1 because custom fields are required.  Please finish by using the normal ticket creation page.
en_GB: Cannot quickly create ticket in queue %1 because custom fields are required.  Please finish by using the normal ticket creation page.

en: Canonicalizer:
en_GB: Canonicaliser:

note: ($self->id, $args{'Name'})
en: Catalog #%1 created: %2
en_GB: Catalogue #%1 created: %2

note: ($Catalog->Name)
en: Catalog %1: Edit Custom Fields
en_GB: Catalogue %1: Edit Custom Fields

note: ($catalog->Name)
en: Catalog %1: Modify basics
en_GB: Catalogue %1: Modify basics

note: ($Catalog->Name)
en: Catalog %1: Modify group rights
en_GB: Catalogue %1: Modify group rights

note: ($catalog->Name)
en: Catalog %1: Modify roles
en_GB: Catalogue %1: Modify roles

note: ($Catalog->Name)
en: Catalog %1: Modify user rights
en_GB: Catalogue %1: Modify user rights

note: ($txn_msg)
en: Catalog Create txn failed: %1
en_GB: Catalogue Create txn failed: %1

note: ($msg)
en: Catalog create failed: %1
en_GB: Catalogue create failed: %1

en: Catalogs may not be deleted
en_GB: Catalogues may not be deleted

en: Click "Initialize Database" to create RT's database and insert initial metadata. This may take a few moments
en_GB: Click "Initialise Database" to create RT's database and insert initial metadata. This may take a few moments

en: Click to choose a color
en_GB: Click to choose a colour

en: Condition is mandatory argument
en_GB: Condition is a mandatory argument

en: Connection succeeded
en_GB: Connection successful

en: Couldn't create role groups for catalog
en_GB: Couldn't create role groups for catalogue

note: ($catalog->Name)
en: Create a new asset in catalog %1
en_GB: Create a new asset in catalogue %1

note: ($m->scomp("/Asset/Elements/SelectCatalog", Default => $ARGS{Catalog}),)
en: Create a new asset in the catalog %1
en_GB: Create a new asset in the catalogue %1

note: ($m->scomp("/Asset/Elements/SelectCatalog"),)
en: Create a new asset in the catalog %1.
en_GB: Create a new asset in the catalogue %1.

en: Create catalog
en_GB: Create catalogue

en: Create, modify, and disable catalogs
en_GB: Create, modify, and disable catalogues

en: Customize Basics
en_GB: Customise Basics

en: Customize Email Addresses
en_GB: Customise Email Addresses

en: Customize Email Configuration
en_GB: Customise Email Configuration

en: Customize dashboards in menu
en_GB: Customise dashboards in menu

en: Customize the RT theme
en_GB: Customise the RT theme

en: Customize the look of your RT
en_GB: Customise the look of your RT

note: ($catalog->Name)
en: Default Values for catalog %1
en_GB: Default Values for catalogue %1

en: Edit Custom Fields for Assets in all Catalogs
en_GB: Edit Custom Fields for Assets in all Catalogues

en: Enabled Catalogs
en_GB: Enabled Catalogues

en: Enabled catalogs matching search criteria
en_GB: Enabled catalogues matching search criteria

en: Fill boxes with color using
en_GB: Fill boxes with colour using

en: GD is disabled or not installed. You can upload an image, but you won't get automatic color suggestions.
en_GB: GD is disabled or not installed. You can upload an image, but you won't get automatic colour suggestions.

en: Include disabled catalogs in listing.
en_GB: Include disabled catalogues in listing.

en: Initialize Database
en_GB: Initialise Database

en: Invalid Catalog
en_GB: Invalid Catalogue

en: Invalid custom field values canonicalizer
en_GB: Invalid custom field values canonicaliser

note: ($args{'RightName'})
en: Invalid right. Couldn't canonicalize right '%1'
en_GB: Invalid right. Couldn't canonicalise right '%1'

en: LocalizedDateTime
en_GB: LocalisedDateTime

en: Modify asset catalogs
en_GB: Modify asset catalogues

en: No catalog specified.
en_GB: No catalogue specified.

en: No catalogs matching search criteria found.
en_GB: No catalogues matching search criteria found.

en: No longer authorized
en_GB: No longer authorised

en: No permission to modify this catalog
en_GB: No permission to modify this catalogue

en: RT is used by Fortune 100 companies, one-person businesses, government agencies, educational institutions, hospitals, nonprofits, NGOs, libraries, open source projects and all sorts of other organizations on all seven continents. (Yes, even Antarctica.)
en_GB: RT is used by Fortune 100 companies, one-person businesses, government agencies, educational institutions, hospitals, nonprofits, NGOs, libraries, open source projects and all sorts of other organisations on all seven continents. (Yes, even Antarctica.)

en: RT's logging configuration is summarized below:
en_GB: RT's logging configuration is summarised below:

en: Reports summarizing ticket resolution and status
en_GB: Reports summarising ticket resolution and status

en: Rich text (HTML) shows formatting such as colored text, bold, italics, and more
en_GB: Rich text (HTML) shows formatting such as coloured text, bold, italics, and more

en: See catalogs
en_GB: See catalogues

en: Select Custom Fields for Assets in all Catalogs
en_GB: Select Custom Fields for Assets in all Catalogues

en: Select a catalog
en_GB: Select a catalogue

en: Select a color for the section
en_GB: Select a colour for the section

en: The default catalog
en_GB: The default catalogue

en: This custom field can not have a canonicalizer
en_GB: This custom field can not have a canonicaliser

note: ($id)
en: Unable to find catalog %1
en_GB: Unable to find catalogue %1

note: ($Catalog)
en: Unable to find catalog '%1'
en_GB: Unable to find catalogue '%1'

en: Unauthorized
en_GB: Unauthorised

en: We are able to find your database and connect as the DBA.  You can click on 'Customize Basics' to continue customizing RT.
en_GB: We are able to find your database and connect as the DBA.  You can click on 'Customise Basics' to continue customising RT.

en: We need to know the name of the database RT will use and where to find it.  We also need to know the username and password of the user RT should use. RT can create the database and user for you, which is why we ask for the username and password of a user with DBA privileges.  During step 6 of the installation process we will use this information to create and initialize RT's database.
en_GB: We need to know the name of the database RT will use and where to find it.  We also need to know the username and password of the user RT should use. RT can create the database and user for you, which is why we ask for the username and password of a user with DBA privileges.  During step 6 of the installation process we will use this information to create and initialise RT's database.

note: ($ARGS{User})
en: You (%1) are not authorized to use RT.
en_GB: You (%1) are not authorised to use RT.

en: You are not authorized to use RT.
en_GB: You are not authorised to use RT.

en: You can also click on the logo above to get colors!
en_GB: You can also click on the logo above to get colours!

note: ($catalog->Name || $catalog->id)
en: You don't have permission to create assets in catalog %1.
en_GB: You don't have permission to create assets in catalogue %1.

en: You don't have permission to view this catalog.
en_GB: You don't have permission to view this catalogue.

note: ($valid_image_types)
en: Your system supports automatic color suggestions for: %1
en_GB: Your system supports automatic colour suggestions for: %1

en: [a hidden catalog]
en_GB: [a hidden catalogue]

en: This is a percentage of activity, based on the periods of activity vs. the total time RSIBreak has been running. The color indicates the level of your activity. When the color is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.
en_GB: This is a percentage of activity, based on the periods of activity vs. the total time RSIBreak has been running. The colour indicates the level of your activity. When the colour is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.

en: This is the time of the last finished short break. The color of this text gradually turns from green to red, indicating when you can expect the next tiny break.
en_GB: This is the time of the last finished short break. The colour of this text gradually turns from green to red, indicating when you can expect the next tiny break.

en: This is the time of the last finished long break.The color of this text gradually turns from green to red,indicating when you can expect the next big break.
en_GB: This is the time of the last finished long break.The colour of this text gradually turns from green to red,indicating when you can expect the next big break.

en: This is a percentage of activity during the last minute. The color indicates the level of your activity. When the color is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.
en_GB: This is a percentage of activity during the last minute. The colour indicates the level of your activity. When the colour is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.

en: This is a percentage of activity during the last hour. The color indicates the level of your activity. When the color is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.
en_GB: This is a percentage of activity during the last hour. The colour indicates the level of your activity. When the colour is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.

en: This is a percentage of activity during the last 6 hours. The color indicates the level of your activity. When the color is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.
en_GB: This is a percentage of activity during the last 6 hours. The colour indicates the level of your activity. When the colour is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace.

en: Simple Gray Effect
en_GB: Simple Grey Effect

en: Check this option to disable and hide the skip button. This way you can prevent skipping the break.
en_GB: Tick this option to disable and hide the skip button. This way you can prevent skipping the break.

en: Check this option to disable and hide the lock button. This way you can prevent pressing the wrong button.
en_GB: Tick this option to disable and hide the lock button. This way you can prevent pressing the wrong button.

en: Check this option to disable and hide the postpone break button. This way you can prevent pressing the wrong button.
en_GB: Tick this option to disable and hide the postpone break button. This way you can prevent pressing the wrong button.

en: With this checkbox you can indicate if you want to see the popup flash when there is activity.
en_GB: With this tickbox you can indicate if you want to see the popup flash when there is activity.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1308  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, labelColor) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorCombo, color)
en: Node color
en_GB: Node colour

en: Error on serializing file format to file.
en_GB: Error on serialising file format to file.

[ctx: Scripting API]
en: Read and set the color string of this node in hex values (e.g., "#ff0000" for red).
en_GB: Read and set the colour string of this node in hex values (e.g., "#ff0000" for red).

en: No service was found to provide a KDE print dialog for PostScript files. We will try to open a generic PostScript viewer (if any), instead.<br><br>Consider installing 'okular', or configure RKWard not to attempt to print using a KDE print dialog.
en_GB: No service was found to provide a KDE print dialogue for PostScript files. We will try to open a generic PostScript viewer (if any), instead.<br><br>Consider installing 'okular', or configure RKWard not to attempt to print using a KDE print dialogue.

en: Unable to open KDE print dialog
en_GB: Unable to open KDE print dialogue

en: A command running in the R-engine wants you to edit the following file(s). Please look at these files, edit them as appropriate, and save them. When done, press the "Done"-button, or close this dialog to resume.<ul><li>
en_GB: A command running in the R-engine wants you to edit the following file(s). Please look at these files, edit them as appropriate, and save them. When done, press the "Done"-button, or close this dialogue to resume.<ul><li>

en: The package '%1' (probably you just loaded it) is currently blacklisted for retrieving structure information. Practically this means, the objects in this package will not appear in the object browser, and there will be no object name completion or function argument hinting for objects in this package.
    Packages will typically be blacklisted, if they contain huge amount of data, that would take too long to load. To unlist the package, visit Settings->Configure RKWard->Workspace.
en_GB: The package '%1' (probably you just loaded it) is currently blacklisted for retrieving structure information. Practically this means, the objects in this package will not appear in the object browser, and there will be no object name completion or function argument hinting for objects in this package.
    Packages will typically be blacklisted, if they contain huge amount of data, that would take too long to load. To de-list the package, visit Settings->Configure RKWard->Workspace.

en: Selected library location not writable
en_GB: Selected library location not writeable

en: <p>The directory you have selected for installation (%1) is not writable with your current user permissions.</p><p>Would you like to install to %2, instead (you can also press "Cancel" and use the "Configure Repositories"-button to set up a different directory)?</p>
en_GB: <p>The directory you have selected for installation (%1) is not writeable with your current user permissions.</p><p>Would you like to install to %2, instead (you can also press "Cancel" and use the "Configure Repositories"-button to set up a different directory)?</p>

en: Show only packages providing RKWard dialogs
en_GB: Show only packages providing RKWard dialogues

en: The following package(s) requested by the backend have not been found in the package repositories: "%1". Maybe the package name was mis-spelled. Or maybe you need to add additional repositories via the "Configure Repositories" button.
en_GB: The following package(s) requested by the backend have not been found in the package repositories: "%1". Maybe the package name was misspelled. Or maybe you need to add additional repositories via the "Configure Repositories" button.

en: Some packages "suggest" additional packages, which are not strictly necessary for using that package, but which may provide additional related functionality. Check this option to include such additional suggested packages.
en_GB: Some packages "suggest" additional packages, which are not strictly necessary for using that package, but which may provide additional related functionality. Tick this option to include such additional suggested packages.

en: <p>Packages marked with an RKWard icon in this column provide enhancements to RKWard, typically in the form of additional graphical dialogs.</p>
en_GB: <p>Packages marked with an RKWard icon in this column provide enhancements to RKWard, typically in the form of additional graphical dialogues.</p>

en: <p>You can select packages for installation / removal by checking / unchecking the corresponding boxes in this column.</p>
en_GB: <p>You can select packages for installation / removal by ticking / unticking the corresponding boxes in this column.</p>

en: Updateable Packages
en_GB: Updatable Packages

en: Mark %1 for installation (actual installation is not yet supported, but you will be prompted with a link to a download page at the last page of this dialog)
en_GB: Mark %1 for installation (actual installation is not yet supported, but you will be prompted with a link to a download page at the last page of this dialogue)

en: <p>This dialog will guide you through a quick check of the basic setup of the required (or recommended) components.</p>
en_GB: <p>This dialogue will guide you through a quick check of the basic setup of the required (or recommended) components.</p>

en: <p>%1 R packages are marked for installation. The R package installation dialog will be started when you press finish. You may be prompted to select a download mirror.</p>
en_GB: <p>%1 R packages are marked for installation. The R package installation dialogue will be started when you press finish. You may be prompted to select a download mirror.</p>

en: Bad serialization format while trying to invoke plugin '%1'. In general, this should not happen, unless you modified the parameters by hand. Please consider reporting this issue.
en_GB: Bad serialisation format while trying to invoke plugin '%1'. In general, this should not happen, unless you modified the parameters by hand. Please consider reporting this issue.

en: Bad serialization format
en_GB: Bad serialisation format

en: License: %1
en_GB: Licence: %1

en: The specified file is not writable.
en_GB: The specified file is not writeable.

en: This url looks valid.
en_GB: This URL looks valid.

en: The given filename / url is not valid.
en_GB: The given filename / URL is not valid.

en: Use Dialog
en_GB: Use Dialogue

en: <p>You are about to start an RKWard dialog from outside of RKWard, probably by clicking on an 'rkward://'-link, somewhere. In case you have found this link on an external website, please bear in mind that R can be used to run arbitrary commands on your computer, <b>potentially including downloading and installing malicious software</b>. If you do not trust the source of the link you were following, you should press 'Cancel', below.</p><p>In case you click 'Continue', no R code will be run, unless and until you click 'Submit' in the dialog window, and you are encouraged to review the generated R code, before doing so.</p><p><i>Note</i>: Checking 'Do not ask again' will suppress this message for the remainder of this session, only.
en_GB: <p>You are about to start an RKWard dialogue from outside of RKWard, probably by clicking on an 'rkward://'-link, somewhere. In case you have found this link on an external website, please bear in mind that R can be used to run arbitrary commands on your computer, <b>potentially including downloading and installing malicious software</b>. If you do not trust the source of the link you were following, you should press 'Cancel', below.</p><p>In case you click 'Continue', no R code will be run, unless and until you click 'Submit' in the dialogue window, and you are encouraged to review the generated R code, before doing so.</p><p><i>Note</i>: Checking 'Do not ask again' will suppress this message for the remainder of this session, only.

en: The <b>R</b> engine is being initialized.
en_GB: The <b>R</b> engine is being initialised.

en: <h1>Add-ons</h1><p>RKWard add-ons come in a variety of forms, each with their own configuration options:</p><h2>R packages</h2><p><a href="rkward://settings/rpackages">Add-ons to the R language itself</a>. These are usually downloaded from "CRAN". Some of these add-on packages may additionally contain RKWard plugins.</p><h2>RKWard plugins</h2><p><a href="rkward://settings/plugins">Graphical dialogs to R functionality</a>. These plugins are usually pre-installed with RKWard, or with an R package. However, they can be activated/deactivated to help keep the menus manageable. Note that it is relatively easy to <a href="https://api.kde.org/doc/rkwardplugins/">create your own custom dialogs as plugins</a>!</p><h2>Kate plugins</h2><p><a href="rkward://settings/kateplugins">Plugins developed for Kate / KTextEditor</a>. These provide shared functionality that is useful in the context of text editing and IDE applications. These plugins are usually found pre-installed on your system. You can configure to load the plugins that are useful to your own workflow.</p>
en_GB: <h1>Add-ons</h1><p>RKWard add-ons come in a variety of forms, each with their own configuration options:</p><h2>R packages</h2><p><a href="rkward://settings/rpackages">Add-ons to the R language itself</a>. These are usually downloaded from "CRAN". Some of these add-on packages may additionally contain RKWard plugins.</p><h2>RKWard plugins</h2><p><a href="rkward://settings/plugins">Graphical dialogues to R functionality</a>. These plugins are usually pre-installed with RKWard, or with an R package. However, they can be activated/deactivated to help keep the menus manageable. Note that it is relatively easy to <a href="https://api.kde.org/doc/rkwardplugins/">create your own custom dialogues as plugins</a>!</p><h2>Kate plugins</h2><p><a href="rkward://settings/kateplugins">Plugins developed for Kate / KTextEditor</a>. These provide shared functionality that is useful in the context of text editing and IDE applications. These plugins are usually found pre-installed on your system. You can configure to load the plugins that are useful to your own workflow.</p>

en: If you wish to avoid ambiguity between navigation completion options and navigating the document, you can set the behavior such that completion items are navigate using Alt+up / Alt+down, instead of just the up/down cursor keys.
en_GB: If you wish to avoid ambiguity between navigation completion options and navigating the document, you can set the behaviour such that completion items are navigate using Alt+up / Alt+down, instead of just the up/down cursor keys.

en: Show selection dialog (default)
en_GB: Show selection dialogue (default)

en: MDI window focus behavior
en_GB: MDI window focus behaviour

en: <p>Many scripts use calls to platform specific standard devices (<i>X11()</i>, <i>windows()</i>, <i>quartz()</i>), although any on-screen device could be used at these places. RKWard provides overloads for these standard device functions, which can change their behavior when used in user code:</p><ul><li>The calls can be re-directed to the RKWard native device (<i>RK()</i>). Some, but not all function arguments will be matched, others will be ignored.</li><li>The original platform specific devices can be used, but embedded into RKWard windows. This option is not available on MacOS X.</li><li>The original platform specific devices can be used unchanged, without the addition of RKWard specific features.</li></ul><p>Regardless of this setting, the original devices are always accessible as <i>grDevices::X11()</i>, etc.</p><p>Using a device on a platform where it is not defined (e.g. <i>Windows()</i> on Mac OS X) will always fall back to the <i>RK()</i> device.</p>
en_GB: <p>Many scripts use calls to platform specific standard devices (<i>X11()</i>, <i>windows()</i>, <i>quartz()</i>), although any on-screen device could be used at these places. RKWard provides overloads for these standard device functions, which can change their behaviour when used in user code:</p><ul><li>The calls can be re-directed to the RKWard native device (<i>RK()</i>). Some, but not all function arguments will be matched, others will be ignored.</li><li>The original platform specific devices can be used, but embedded into RKWard windows. This option is not available on MacOS X.</li><li>The original platform specific devices can be used unchanged, without the addition of RKWard specific features.</li></ul><p>Regardless of this setting, the original devices are always accessible as <i>grDevices::X11()</i>, etc.</p><p>Using a device on a platform where it is not defined (e.g. <i>Windows()</i> on Mac OS X) will always fall back to the <i>RK()</i> device.</p>

en: Use KDE printer dialog for printing devices (if available)
en_GB: Use KDE printer dialogue for printing devices (if available)

en: Commands originating from dialogs and plugins
en_GB: Commands originating from dialogues and plugins

en: Select a CSS file for custom formatting of the output window. Leave empty to use the default CSS file shipped with RKWard. Note that this setting takes effect, when initializing an output file (e.g. after flushing the output), only.
en_GB: Select a CSS file for custom formatting of the output window. Leave empty to use the default CSS file shipped with RKWard. Note that this setting takes effect, when initialising an output file (e.g. after flushing the output), only.

en: Some plugins are available with both, a wizard-like interface and a traditional dialog interface. If both are available, which mode of presentation do you prefer?
en_GB: Some plugins are available with both, a wizard-like interface and a traditional dialogue interface. If both are available, which mode of presentation do you prefer?

en: Always prefer dialogs
en_GB: Always prefer dialogues

en: The following settings mostly affect R behavior in the console. It is generally safe to keep these unchanged.
en_GB: The following settings mostly affect R behaviour in the console. It is generally safe to keep these unchanged.

en: Synchronization commands
en_GB: Synchronisation commands

en: <p>Continue until the caller of this function is reached (unless another debug statement is hit, earlier)</p><p><b>Note:</b> In some cases, the calling function will never be reached, because the call was the last step in the caller. In these cases, the behavior is identical to 'Continue'.</p>
en_GB: <p>Continue until the caller of this function is reached (unless another debug statement is hit, earlier)</p><p><b>Note:</b> In some cases, the calling function will never be reached, because the call was the last step in the caller. In these cases, the behaviour is identical to 'Continue'.</p>

en: For technical reasons, the following dialog allows you to configure the keyboard shortcuts only for those parts of RKWard that are currently active.
    
    Therefore, if you want to configure keyboard shortcuts e.g. for use inside the script editor, you need to open a script editor window, and activate it.
en_GB: For technical reasons, the following dialogue allows you to configure the keyboard shortcuts only for those parts of RKWard that are currently active.
    
    Therefore, if you want to configure keyboard shortcuts e.g. for use inside the script editor, you need to open a script editor window, and activate it.

en: For technical reasons, the following dialog allows you to configure the toolbar buttons only for those parts of RKWard that are currently active.
    
    Therefore, if you want to configure tool buttons e.g. for use inside the script editor, you need to open a script editor window, and activate it.
en_GB: For technical reasons, the following dialogue allows you to configure the toolbar buttons only for those parts of RKWard that are currently active.
    
    Therefore, if you want to configure tool buttons e.g. for use inside the script editor, you need to open a script editor window, and activate it.

en: The url you are trying to open ('%1') is not a local file or the filetype is not supported by RKWard. Do you want to open the url in the default application?
en_GB: The URL you are trying to open ('%1') is not a local file or the filetype is not supported by RKWard. Do you want to open the URL in the default application?

en: You are about to edit object "%1", which is very large (%2 fields). RKWard is not optimized to handle very large objects in the built in data editor. This will use a lot of memory, and - depending on your system - might be very slow. For large objects it is generally recommended to edit using command line means or to split into smaller chunks before editing. On the other hand, if you have enough memory, or the data is simple enough (numeric data is easier to handle, than factor), editing may not be a problem at all. You can configure this warning (or turn it off entirely) under Settings->Configure RKWard->General.
    Really edit object?
en_GB: You are about to edit object "%1", which is very large (%2 fields). RKWard is not optimised to handle very large objects in the built in data editor. This will use a lot of memory, and - depending on your system - might be very slow. For large objects it is generally recommended to edit using command line means or to split into smaller chunks before editing. On the other hand, if you have enough memory, or the data is simple enough (numeric data is easier to handle, than factor), editing may not be a problem at all. You can configure this warning (or turn it off entirely) under Settings->Configure RKWard->General.
    Really edit object?

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Barplot) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Tabulate data before plotting") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Dot chart) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Tabulate data before plotting") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Pareto chart) <settings> <setting> (refer
en: If your data needs to be tabulated / aggregated before plotting, check this option. Refer to <link href="rkward://component/one_var_tabulation"/> for details on the dependent options.
en_GB: If your data needs to be tabulated / aggregated before plotting, tick this option. Refer to <link href="rkward://component/one_var_tabulation"/> for details on the dependent options.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Barplot) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Limit number of groups") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Dot chart) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Limit number of groups") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Pareto chart) <settings> <setting> (refers to element l
en: If there are very many categories in your data, it may make sense to limit the amount of categories that will be displayed. Check this, if you want to set a limit. See Refer to <link href="rkward://component/limit_vector_length"/> for details on the dependent options.
en_GB: If there are very many categories in your data, it may make sense to limit the amount of categories that will be displayed. Tick this, if you want to set a limit. See Refer to <link href="rkward://component/limit_vector_length"/> for details on the dependent options.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Boxplot) <usage>
en: Choose numerical data to be plotted. Data can be organized in separate vectors, or in a single outcome variable and one or more grouping variables.
en_GB: Choose numerical data to be plotted. Data can be organised in separate vectors, or in a single outcome variable and one or more grouping variables.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Boxplot) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Draw Outliers")
en: Whether to draw outliers (if any). Outliers are draw as dots, if this option is checked.
en_GB: Whether to draw outliers (if any). Outliers are draw as dots, if this option is ticked.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Boxplot) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Color")
en: Color of mean / sd indicators. This option is only available, if at least one of mean or sd are to be drawn.
en_GB: Colour of mean / sd indicators. This option is only available, if at least one of mean or sd are to be drawn.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1306 (rkward)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: (Boxplot) <dialog label="Boxplot"> <tab label="Variable(s)"> <frame label="Labels"> <radio label="...">
en: Labeling
en_GB: Labelling

note: i18n: ectx: (Boxplot) <dialog label="Boxplot"> <tab label="Options"> <frame label="...">
en: Size and color of marks
en_GB: Size and colour of marks

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Density Plot) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "type of plot")
en: Type of plot: Plain density curve, or density curve with highest density regions marked up. For the second option, only the gaussian smoothing kernel is available (see below).
en_GB: Type of plot: Plain density curve, or density curve with highest density regions marked up. For the second option, only the Gaussian smoothing kernel is available (see below).

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Density Plot) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Bandwidth")
en: Mode of choosing bandwidth. This is only applicable for gaussian smoothing kernels. This is the <i>bw</i> option of <link href="rkward://rhelp/density">density()</link>.
en_GB: Mode of choosing bandwidth. This is only applicable for Gaussian smoothing kernels. This is the <i>bw</i> option of <link href="rkward://rhelp/density">density()</link>.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Density Plot) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Color")
en: Color to use for drawing the rug.
en_GB: Colour to use for drawing the rug.

note: i18n: ectx: (Density Plot) <dialog label="Density Plot"> [...] <dropdown label="Smoothing Kernel"> <option label="...">
en: gaussian (default)
en_GB: Gaussian (default)

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Dot chart) i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Pareto chart) i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Pie chart)
en: Data is not numeric, but proceeding as requested.\nDid you forget to check the tabulate option?
en_GB: Data is not numeric, but proceeding as requested.\nDid you forget to tick the tabulate option?

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Empirical Distribution Function) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Color")
en: Color of the theoretical normal distribution curve.
en_GB: Colour of the theoretical normal distribution curve.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Empirical Distribution Function) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Color")
en: Color of the rug
en_GB: Colour of the rug

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Histogram) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Color")
en: Which color should the density line be drawn in?
en_GB: Which colour should the density line be drawn in?

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Histogram) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Remove Missing Values")
en: Remove missing values? If not checked, missing values will cause an error.
en_GB: Remove missing values? If not ticked, missing values will cause an error.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Pareto chart) <summary>
en: Creates a pareto chart, and (optionally) prints the values.
en_GB: Creates a Pareto chart, and (optionally) prints the values.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Pareto chart) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Raw vector to plot")
en: If your data is already contains defect counts or defect costs, or other data suitable for direct display in a pareto chart, specify it here. Otherwise, leave this empty, and check the "Tabulate" option, above.
en_GB: If your data is already contains defect counts or defect costs, or other data suitable for direct display in a Pareto chart, specify it here. Otherwise, leave this empty, and check the "Tabulate" option, above.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Pie chart)
en: Counter clockwise
en_GB: anticlockwise

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Pie chart) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Colors")
en: Type of colors to use.
en_GB: Type of colours to use.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Pie chart) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "clockwise")
en: Define if slices should be drawn clockwise or counter clockwise.
en_GB: Define if slices should be drawn clockwise or anticlockwise.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Pie chart) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "angle")
en: Slope of shading lines, given as an angle in degrees (counter-clockwise). This option is only available, if shading lines are drawn, as controlled by the density options above.
en_GB: Slope of shading lines, given as an angle in degrees (anticlockwise). This option is only available, if shading lines are drawn, as controlled by the density options above.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1306 (rkward)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: (Pie chart) <dialog label="Pie chart"> <tab label="Options"> <radio label="Colors"> <option label="..."> #-#-#-#-#  1301 (rkward)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: (Barplot Options) <dialog label="Barplot Options"> <radio label="Colors"> <option label="...">
en: Rainbow colors
en_GB: Rainbow colours

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Generic Plot) <usage>
en: Choose the X and Y variables and customize the options to draw the plot.
en_GB: Choose the X and Y variables and customise the options to draw the plot.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Generic Plot) <usage>
en: Note: <b>plot</b> is a generic function. The type of plot you will actually get depends on the type of the input variables. For instance, for numeric vectors a scatterplot is produced (see below), while for data.frames as scatterplot matrix is plotted, etc. This is often useful to provide a meaningful visualization of the data, but does not allow for fine grained control.
en_GB: Note: <b>plot</b> is a generic function. The type of plot you will actually get depends on the type of the input variables. For instance, for numeric vectors a scatterplot is produced (see below), while for data.frames as scatterplot matrix is plotted, etc. This is often useful to provide a meaningful visualisation of the data, but does not allow for fine grained control.

note: i18n: ectx: (Scatterplot) <dialog label="Scatterplot"> <tab label="Options"> <radio label="Color"> <option label="...">
en: Same color for all variables
en_GB: Same colour for all variables

note: i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Configurable Settings">
en: To configure the behavior of the console, select <a href="rkward://settings/console">Settings->Configure RKWard->R Console</a> or "Configure" from the context menu. The following options are configurable:
en_GB: To configure the behaviour of the console, select <a href="rkward://settings/console">Settings->Configure RKWard->R Console</a> or "Configure" from the context menu. The following options are configurable:

note: i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Configurable Settings">
en: <b>Run commands from script editor through the console</b>: Commands coming from script editors may be sent through the console, i.e. the commands and their results will be shown in the console. If this option is not checked, the commands will only be visible in the Command log, but not in the console.
en_GB: <b>Run commands from script editor through the console</b>: Commands coming from script editors may be sent through the console, i.e. the commands and their results will be shown in the console. If this option is not ticked, the commands will only be visible in the Command log, but not in the console.

note: i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Configurable Settings">
en: <b>Also add those commands to console history</b>: If the above option is checked, this affects, whether such commands are also added to the console history. Turning off this option may help to keep the console history "clean".
en_GB: <b>Also add those commands to console history</b>: If the above option is ticked, this affects, whether such commands are also added to the console history. Turning off this option may help to keep the console history "clean".

note: i18n: ectx: (Using the RKWard R Console) <section title="Configurable Settings">
en: <b>Command history is context sensitive by default</b>: If this is checked, the context sensitive mode of navigating the <link href="#command_history">command history</link> is the default, i.e. available with Up/Down without Shift. Else the key binding for this is Shift+Up/Down.
en_GB: <b>Command history is context sensitive by default</b>: If this is ticked, the context sensitive mode of navigating the <link href="#command_history">command history</link> is the default, i.e. available with Up/Down without Shift. Else the key binding for this is Shift+Up/Down.

note: i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="Basic Analyses">
en: In order to familiarize yourself with RKWard (or with your data), one of the first things to do might be to choose Analysis->Descriptive Statistics from the Menu. You will be presented with a dialog that allows you to select one or more variables to analyse. This looks similar to the workspace browser introduced above. On the additional tabs you can choose which types of descriptive statistics should be calculated.
en_GB: In order to familiarise yourself with RKWard (or with your data), one of the first things to do might be to choose Analysis->Descriptive Statistics from the Menu. You will be presented with a dialogue that allows you to select one or more variables to analyse. This looks similar to the workspace browser introduced above. On the additional tabs you can choose which types of descriptive statistics should be calculated.

note: i18n: ectx: (RKWard for new Users) <section title="Basic Analyses">
en: At the lower right of the dialog, there is a button labelled "Code". Using this, you can show/hide a text area. If you look at the contents of this text area (you may have to resize the window to view it more comfortably), you can see the text changing according to the settings you choose in the dialog. This text is actually R syntax. It is the code that is needed to perform these calculations in R. Most of RKWard is based on generating this code for you, and then running it inside R. Later, when you feel more comfortable, have specific needs not covered by RKWard, or you want to automate repetitive tasks, you can use this syntax to literally program your analyses. Note that the code is divided into up to three sections: "Preprocess" for loading required libraries or defining helper functions, "Calculate" to perform the actual calculations, and "Printout" to generate output in RKWard's output window.
en_GB: At the lower right of the dialogue, there is a button labelled "Code". Using this, you can show/hide a text area. If you look at the contents of this text area (you may have to resize the window to view it more comfortably), you can see the text changing according to the settings you choose in the dialogue. This text is actually R syntax. It is the code that is needed to perform these calculations in R. Most of RKWard is based on generating this code for you, and then running it inside R. Later, when you feel more comfortable, have specific needs not covered by RKWard, or you want to automate repetitive tasks, you can use this syntax to literally program your analyses. Note that the code is divided into up to three sections: "Preprocess" for loading required libraries or defining helper functions, "Calculate" to perform the actual calculations, and "Printout" to generate output in RKWard's output window.

note: i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Workspace View">
en: RKWard comes with a "workspace view" or "object browser". By default this is available by clicking on "Workspace" on the left side of the application window. This allows you to examine and manipulate all objects in the R workspace. By default, only the ".GlobalEnv" environment is shown (where you'll typically do your work; see <link href="rkward://rhelp/.GlobalEnv"/>). But, checking "Show All Environments", you can easily explore data and functions in loaded R libraries (and even in package namespaces).
en_GB: RKWard comes with a "workspace view" or "object browser". By default this is available by clicking on "Workspace" on the left side of the application window. This allows you to examine and manipulate all objects in the R workspace. By default, only the ".GlobalEnv" environment is shown (where you'll typically do your work; see <link href="rkward://rhelp/.GlobalEnv"/>). But, ticking "Show All Environments", you can easily explore data and functions in loaded R libraries (and even in package namespaces).

note: i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Managing installed and loaded Libraries">
en: RKWard provides an advanced dialog to have installation, updating, and loading of packages. This is available from Settings->Manage R Packages.
en_GB: RKWard provides an advanced dialogue to have installation, updating, and loading of packages. This is available from Settings->Manage R Packages.

note: i18n: ectx: (RKWard for R Users) <section title="Everything else">
en: You will notice that RKWard provides a lot of further menu options. These provide access to functionality in R. In fact, they do so by generating R syntax from settings made in a graphical dialog. For instance, select Analysis->Descriptive Statistics. You will notice a small window at the bottom (can be toggled on or off using the "Code" button) that contains the R code needed to generate these statistics. This way, even if you prefer to script your code by hand, you can use dialogs to gain usage examples or snippets of code for functions you are less familiar with in R.
en_GB: You will notice that RKWard provides a lot of further menu options. These provide access to functionality in R. In fact, they do so by generating R syntax from settings made in a graphical dialogue. For instance, select Analysis->Descriptive Statistics. You will notice a small window at the bottom (can be toggled on or off using the "Code" button) that contains the R code needed to generate these statistics. This way, even if you prefer to script your code by hand, you can use dialogues to gain usage examples or snippets of code for functions you are less familiar with in R.

note: i18n: ectx: (Screen device history) <section title="Configurable Settings">
en: <b>Screen device history</b>: Enables / disables the recording of plots globally. You can toggle this from within a running RKWard session which will affect all currently open and future screen devices. When unchecked, RKWard will not store any further plots in the history; although, the ones already stored are not lost! You can access the stored plots by re-enabling this. When toggling this, RKWard tries to save any unsaved plots, but be careful especially when the maximum history length is small (see below). You may want to disable this when the implemented history behavior seems non-intuitive or when dealing with large plots.
en_GB: <b>Screen device history</b>: Enables / disables the recording of plots globally. You can toggle this from within a running RKWard session which will affect all currently open and future screen devices. When unticked, RKWard will not store any further plots in the history; although, the ones already stored are not lost! You can access the stored plots by re-enabling this. When toggling this, RKWard tries to save any unsaved plots, but be careful especially when the maximum history length is small (see below). You may want to disable this when the implemented history behaviour seems non-intuitive or when dealing with large plots.

note: i18n: ectx: (Screen device history) <section title="Configurable Settings">
en: <b>Maximum number of recorded plots</b>: Controls the maximum number of plots that can be stored in the history. When this limit is reached, plots from the beginning of the history will get removed one by one, much like a push-pop stack. A warning dialog is shown when this happens. Be careful when setting this below the number of already stored plots. In that case an appropriate number of plots from the beginning of the history stack will get removed, which may not be desirable.
en_GB: <b>Maximum number of recorded plots</b>: Controls the maximum number of plots that can be stored in the history. When this limit is reached, plots from the beginning of the history will get removed one by one, much like a push-pop stack. A warning dialogue is shown when this happens. Be careful when setting this below the number of already stored plots. In that case an appropriate number of plots from the beginning of the history stack will get removed, which may not be desirable.

note: i18n: ectx: (Screen device history) <section title="Configurable Settings">
en: <b>Maximum size of a single recorded plot</b>: Controls the maximum allowed size (in KB) of a single plot that can be stored in the history. For a plot larger than this specified size, a dialog box, to save or to ignore the plot, will be presented. Unlike the above length restriction, this setting will affect only the future plots (that is, will not remove any already stored, yet large, plots).
en_GB: <b>Maximum size of a single recorded plot</b>: Controls the maximum allowed size (in KB) of a single plot that can be stored in the history. For a plot larger than this specified size, a dialogue box, to save or to ignore the plot, will be presented. Unlike the above length restriction, this setting will affect only the future plots (that is, will not remove any already stored, yet large, plots).

note: i18n: ectx: (Split views) <section title="Splitting views">
en: Splitting views is currently supported for the main window, only. Use Window->Split Vertical or Window->Split Horizontal to split the current view area vertically, or horizontally. For windows that support it (e.g. scripts, help pages), the newly created view area will contain a copy of the current window. When splitting other windows (such as onscreen graphics devices), the new view area will be initialized to show this help page.
en_GB: Splitting views is currently supported for the main window, only. Use Window->Split Vertical or Window->Split Horizontal to split the current view area vertically, or horizontally. For windows that support it (e.g. scripts, help pages), the newly created view area will contain a copy of the current window. When splitting other windows (such as onscreen graphics devices), the new view area will be initialised to show this help page.

note: i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <summary>
en: By default, this page is shown each time RKWard is started. You can disable or re-enable this behavior under Settings->Configure RKWard->General.
en_GB: By default, this page is shown each time RKWard is started. You can disable or re-enable this behaviour under Settings->Configure RKWard->General.

note: i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="Missing something?">
en: Are you missing a particular GUI dialog in the current menu? A growing number of plugins is available for separate download as R packages. See what's available for installation at Settings->Manage R packages and plugins. In the R package installation section, you can select to show packages providing graphics dialogs for RKWard.
en_GB: Are you missing a particular GUI dialogue in the current menu? A growing number of plugins is available for separate download as R packages. See what's available for installation at Settings->Manage R packages and plugins. In the R package installation section, you can select to show packages providing graphics dialogues for RKWard.

note: i18n: ectx: (Welcome to RKWard) <section title="Still missing something?">
en: Check out the <link href="help:/rkwardplugins/index.html">Introduction to Writing Plugins for RKWard</link> (<link href="http://api.kde.org/doc/rkwardplugins/">most recent version online</link>) to learn how easy it is to enhance RKWard with your custom dialogs. And if you like, how to share your work with the community of RKWard users. See the <link href="rkward://rhelp/rkward-package">rkward package overview</link> for RKWard specific function for development and scripting. As another way of contributing, consider supporting the development of RKWard with money. One easy way to give a small amount is <a href="http://flattr.com/thing/1092073/RKWard">donating via <i>Flattr</i></a>.
en_GB: Check out the <link href="help:/rkwardplugins/index.html">Introduction to Writing Plugins for RKWard</link> (<link href="http://api.kde.org/doc/rkwardplugins/">most recent version online</link>) to learn how easy it is to enhance RKWard with your custom dialogues. And if you like, how to share your work with the community of RKWard users. See the <link href="rkward://rhelp/rkward-package">rkward package overview</link> for RKWard specific function for development and scripting. As another way of contributing, consider supporting the development of RKWard with money. One easy way to give a small amount is <a href="http://flattr.com/thing/1092073/RKWard">donating via <i>Flattr</i></a>.

note: i18n: ectx: (Workspace Browser) <section title="What is shown">
en: Note that objects are organized in a hierarchy, i.e. some types of objects contain further "child" objects. This is indicated by a "+" symbol to the left of the object name. Clicking on this will expand the view to show all the children of the object.
en_GB: Note that objects are organised in a hierarchy, i.e. some types of objects contain further "child" objects. This is indicated by a "+" symbol to the left of the object name. Clicking on this will expand the view to show all the children of the object.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Rasch model) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Usual IRT parameterization") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Two parameter logistic model) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Usual IRT parameterization
en: If checked, the coefficients' estimates are reported under the usual Item Response Theory parameterization (which is the default).
en_GB: If ticked, the coefficients' estimates are reported under the usual Item Response Theory parameterisation (which is the default).

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Rasch model) <settings> <setting title="..."> (refers to element labelled "Optimization method:") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Two parameter logistic model) <settings> <setting title="..."> (refers to element labelled "Optimiza
en: Optimization method
en_GB: Optimisation method

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Rasch model) <settings> <setting title="Optimization method"> (refers to element labelled "Optimization method:") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Two parameter logistic model) <settings> <setting title="Optimization method"> (refe
en: The default optimization method is BFGS. It can be set to Nelder-Mead, CG, L-BFGS-B, or SANN instead. Please refer to the <link href="rkward://rhelp/optim">optim()</link> manual for details.
en_GB: The default optimisation method is BFGS. It can be set to Nelder-Mead, CG, L-BFGS-B, or SANN instead. Please refer to the <link href="rkward://rhelp/optim">optim()</link> manual for details.

note: i18n: ectx: (IRT parameter estimation: Rasch model) <dialog label="IRT parameter estimation: Rasch model"> <tab label="Options"> <frame label="Misc options"> <checkbox label="..."> i18n: ectx: (IRT parameter estimation: Two parameter logistic model) <dialog label="IRT parameter estimation: Two param
en: Usual IRT parameterization
en_GB: Usual IRT parameterisation

note: i18n: ectx: (IRT parameter estimation: Rasch model) <dialog label="IRT parameter estimation: Rasch model"> <tab label="Advanced control"> <dropdown label="..."> i18n: ectx: (IRT parameter estimation: Two parameter logistic model) <dialog label="IRT parameter estimation: Two parameter logistic model"
en: Optimization method:
en_GB: Optimisation method:

note: i18n: ectx: (IRT parameter estimation: Rasch model) <dialog label="IRT parameter estimation: Rasch model"> <tab label="Advanced control"> <checkbox label="..."> i18n: ectx: (IRT parameter estimation: Two parameter logistic model) <dialog label="IRT parameter estimation: Two parameter logistic model"
en: Print verbose info about optimization
en_GB: Print verbose info about optimisation

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Birnbaum three parameter model) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Assume equal discrimination parameters")
en: If checked it is assumed that discrimination parameters are equal for all items, as in the 1PL Rasch model. That leaves difficulty and guessing parameters to be estimated.
en_GB: If ticked it is assumed that discrimination parameters are equal for all items, as in the 1PL Rasch model. That leaves difficulty and guessing parameters to be estimated.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Birnbaum three parameter model) <settings> <setting title="..."> (refers to element labelled "Used optimizer:") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Generalized partial credit model) <settings> <setting title="..."> (refers to element 
en: Used optimizer
en_GB: Used optimiser

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Birnbaum three parameter model) <settings> <setting title="Used optimizer"> (refers to element labelled "Used optimizer:") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Generalized partial credit model) <settings> <setting title="Used optimizer
en: By default <link href="rkward://rhelp/optim">optim()</link> is being used for optimization. Alternatively, <link href="rkward://rhelp/nlminb">nlminb()</link> can be called.
en_GB: By default <link href="rkward://rhelp/optim">optim()</link> is being used for optimisation. Alternatively, <link href="rkward://rhelp/nlminb">nlminb()</link> can be called.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Birnbaum three parameter model) <settings> <setting title="Optimization method"> (refers to element labelled "Optimization method:")
en: <i>Only if <code>optim()</code> is used:</i> The default optimization method is BFGS. It can be set to Nelder-Mead, CG, L-BFGS-B, or SANN instead. Please refer to the <link href="rkward://rhelp/optim">optim()</link> manual for details.
en_GB: <i>Only if <code>optim()</code> is used:</i> The default optimisation method is BFGS. It can be set to Nelder-Mead, CG, L-BFGS-B, or SANN instead. Please refer to the <link href="rkward://rhelp/optim">optim()</link> manual for details.

note: i18n: ectx: (IRT parameter estimation: Birnbaum three parameter model) <dialog label="IRT parameter estimation: Birnbaum three parameter model"> <tab label="Advanced control"> <dropdown label="..."> i18n: ectx: (IRT parameter estimation: Generalized partial credit model) <dialog label="IRT parameter
en: Used optimizer:
en_GB: Used optimiser:

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Linear logistic test model) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Compute standard error") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Rating scale model) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Compute standard error") 
en: If checked, standard errors are computed (which is the default).
en_GB: If ticked, standard errors are computed (which is the default).

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Linear logistic test model) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Normalize parameters to sum-0") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Rating scale model) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Normalize paramete
en: By default parameters are normalized to sum-0 by specifying an appropriate design matrix. Uncheck this box to restrict the first parameter to 0.
en_GB: By default parameters are normalised to sum-0 by specifying an appropriate design matrix. Untick this box to restrict the first parameter to 0.

note: i18n: ectx: (IRT parameter estimation: Linear logistic test model) <dialog label="IRT parameter estimation: Linear logistic test model"> <tab label="Options"> <frame label="Misc options"> <checkbox label="..."> i18n: ectx: (IRT parameter estimation: Rating scale model) <dialog label="IRT parameter e
en: Normalize parameters to sum-0
en_GB: Normalise parameters to sum-0

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Generalized partial credit model) <usage>
en: To fit the generalized partial credit model with default settings, just the matrix of manifest variables (polytomous item responses) must be selected. Further options are described in the sections below.
en_GB: To fit the generalised partial credit model with default settings, just the matrix of manifest variables (polytomous item responses) must be selected. Further options are described in the sections below.

note: i18n: ectx: (IRT parameter estimation: Generalized partial credit model) <dialog label="...">
en: IRT parameter estimation: Generalized partial credit model
en_GB: IRT parameter estimation: Generalised partial credit model

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from IRT parameter estimation: Graded response model) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Should parameters be fixed (constraints)?")
en: If checked it is assumed that discrimination parameters are equal for all items.
en_GB: If ticked it is assumed that discrimination parameters are equal for all items.

note: i18n: ectx: (Wald test) <dialog label="Wald test"> <tab label="Options"> <frame label="...">
en: Optimizer
en_GB: Optimiser

note: i18n: ectx: (Cronbach's alpha) <dialog label="Cronbach's alpha"> <tab label="Data"> <frame label="Options"> <checkbox label="...">
en: Compute standardized Cronbach's alpha
en_GB: Compute standardised Cronbach's alpha

note: i18n: ectx: (Item-fit statistics for Rasch, LTM and 3PM) <dialog label="Item-fit statistics for Rasch, LTM and 3PM"> <tab label="Options"> <frame label="Grouping of sample units"> <dropdown label="...">
en: Summarize the ability estimates by
en_GB: Summarise the ability estimates by

note: i18n: ectx: <components> <component label="...">
en: Generalized partial credit model fit
en_GB: Generalised partial credit model fit

note: i18n: ectx: (Plotting fitted 2PL model) <dialog label="Plotting fitted 2PL model"> <tab label="Plot type"> <radio label="Type of plot"> <option label="...">
en: Scatterplot of standardized loadings (2-factor model)
en_GB: Scatterplot of standardised loadings (2-factor model)

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Import SPSS file) <snippet> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Convert string encoding") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Import SPSS file) <snippet> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Convert string encoding") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Import STATA fi
en: If special character (e.g. umlauts) do not show up correctly, the data file probably uses a different locale than your R session. In this case, check this option, and specify the correct character encoding below.
en_GB: If special character (e.g. umlauts) do not show up correctly, the data file probably uses a different locale than your R session. In this case, tick this option, and specify the correct character encoding below.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Import SPSS file) <snippet> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Convert from:") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Import SPSS file) <snippet> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Convert from:") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Import STATA file) <snippet> <setti
en: Select character encoding to convert from. The option above needs to be checked, for this to be enabled.
en_GB: Select character encoding to convert from. The option above needs to be ticked, for this to be enabled.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Import Text / CSV data)
en: Import text / csv data
en_GB: Import text / CSV data

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Import Text / CSV data) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Pad rows if unequal length")
en: If checked, and the rows have differing length, they will be padded with empty values in the imported data.
en_GB: If ticked, and the rows have differing length, they will be padded with empty values in the imported data.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Import SPSS file) <usage>
en: Choose the SPSS data file to import. Usually those files have the ending '*.sav'. An R object containing the SPSS data will be created. This can either be a data.frame, or a list. Several options deal with handling labels and character encoding. See <link href="rkward://rhelp/read.spss"/>. Other SPSS files than data files (i. e.:*.por, *.jnl, *.cht, *.spo, *.sps) are not supported. For issues related to handling of time/dates please refere to <link href="http://cran.r-project.org/doc/Rnews/Rnews_2004-1.pdf">R News 4/1 p30-31</link>.
en_GB: Choose the SPSS data file to import. Usually those files have the ending '*.sav'. An R object containing the SPSS data will be created. This can either be a data.frame, or a list. Several options deal with handling labels and character encoding. See <link href="rkward://rhelp/read.spss"/>. Other SPSS files than data files (i. e.:*.por, *.jnl, *.cht, *.spo, *.sps) are not supported. For issues related to handling of time/dates please refer to <link href="http://cran.r-project.org/doc/Rnews/Rnews_2004-1.pdf">R News 4/1 p30-31</link>.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Import SPSS file) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Convert Variable labels to RKWard format")
en: RKWard can display SPSS like variable labels. Check this option, if you would like to convert the SPSS variable labels to RKWard format. If you leave the option unchecked, the SPSS variable labels will still be available as an attribute "variable.labels" (see <link href="rkward://rhelp/read.spss"/>)
en_GB: RKWard can display SPSS like variable labels. Tick this option, if you would like to convert the SPSS variable labels to RKWard format. If you leave the option unticked, the SPSS variable labels will still be available as an attribute "variable.labels" (see <link href="rkward://rhelp/read.spss"/>)

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Import SPSS file) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Preview")
en: Preview imported data. Only the first 50 rows and columns are shown, for performance reasons. Internally, the preview uses a data.frame, even if <label id="data_frame"/> is not checked.
en_GB: Preview imported data. Only the first 50 rows and columns are shown, for performance reasons. Internally, the preview uses a data.frame, even if <label id="data_frame"/> is not ticked.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Import Microsoft EXCEL sheet) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Skip empty leading or trailing rows")
en: If checked, empty leading and trailing rows will be omitted from the imported data.
en_GB: If ticked, empty leading and trailing rows will be omitted from the imported data.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Import Microsoft EXCEL sheet) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Skip empty leading or trailing columns")
en: If checked, empty leading and trailing columns will be omitted from the imported data.
en_GB: If ticked, empty leading and trailing columns will be omitted from the imported data.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Load an R data file) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Save to environment")
en: Check this option (and specify an environment), in order to load the data into an environment other than .GlobalEnv. If the specified environment does not yet exist, it will be created. If it already exists, it will be overwritten completely, i.e. deleting all objects inside it!
en_GB: Tick this option (and specify an environment), in order to load the data into an environment other than .GlobalEnv. If the specified environment does not yet exist, it will be created. If it already exists, it will be overwritten completely, i.e. deleting all objects inside it!

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Source an R file) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Use directory of source file as working directory")
en: If checked, the working directory will be changed of the directory of the source file. This may be needed, if the source file refers to further files using relative paths.
en_GB: If ticked, the working directory will be changed of the directory of the source file. This may be needed, if the source file refers to further files using relative paths.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Source an R file) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Run in a local environment")
en: If checked, the source file is interpreted in a local environment, instead of the global environment. This is much safer, as no existing objects will be overwritten. On the other hand, if the purpose of the source file is to create new objects (in contrast to just producing printed output), it will have to be run in the global environment.
en_GB: If ticked, the source file is interpreted in a local environment, instead of the global environment. This is much safer, as no existing objects will be overwritten. On the other hand, if the purpose of the source file is to create new objects (in contrast to just producing printed output), it will have to be run in the global environment.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Save R objects) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Ascii")
en: Write an ascii, rather than binary representation of the object(s).
en_GB: Write an ASCII, rather than binary representation of the object(s).

note: i18n: ectx: (Export Table / CSV files) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "")
en: The file to save to. Existing files will be overwritten, unless the append option is checked.
en_GB: The file to save to. Existing files will be overwritten, unless the append option is ticked.

note: i18n: ectx: (Export Table / CSV files) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Quote all strings")
en: Check this to have all string values quoted.
en_GB: Tick this to have all string values quoted.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Export contents of graphics device to various formats) <usage>
en: Choose an exporting function and a filename to save to. Additional options for size and resolution etc. are also available (see below). Exporting is done using <b>dev.print</b>. For exporting using ghostscript, <b>dev2bitmap</b> is used, which needs Ghostscript. Most of the exporting parameters are directly sent to the exporting function (<b>postscript</b>, <b>pdf</b>, <b>svg</b>, <b>png</b>, or <b>jpeg</b>) by dev.print. Note that there are no 'color' options (like background or foreground color) in this plugin. This is because dev.print simply prints the current graphics (mostly on X11) to the specified file in the chosen format. To set background (or foreground) colors, these will need to be provided when calling the plotting function, mostly using <b>par</b>(). Note that all the parameters to postscript are also valid parameters to dev2bitmap.
en_GB: Choose an exporting function and a filename to save to. Additional options for size and resolution etc. are also available (see below). Exporting is done using <b>dev.print</b>. For exporting using ghostscript, <b>dev2bitmap</b> is used, which needs Ghostscript. Most of the exporting parameters are directly sent to the exporting function (<b>postscript</b>, <b>pdf</b>, <b>svg</b>, <b>png</b>, or <b>jpeg</b>) by dev.print. Note that there are no 'colour' options (like background or foreground colour) in this plugin. This is because dev.print simply prints the current graphics (mostly on X11) to the specified file in the chosen format. To set background (or foreground) colours, these will need to be provided when calling the plotting function, mostly using <b>par</b>(). Note that all the parameters to postscript are also valid parameters to dev2bitmap.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Export contents of graphics device to various formats) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Automatic Width")
en: Check this box to let the export function determine the width automatically.
en_GB: Tick this box to let the export function determine the width automatically.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Export contents of graphics device to various formats) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Pagecentre")
en: Uncheck this for NOT centering the image on the page. This is the <i>pagecentre</i> parameter.
en_GB: Untick this for NOT centring the image on the page. This is the <i>pagecentre</i> parameter.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Export contents of graphics device to various formats) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Default Title")
en: Uncheck this box, to specify a custom title to the graphics file. Note that this is not displayed on the plot, but rather it is embedded inside the graphics file. This is the <i>title</i> parameter to <b>postscript</b>.
en_GB: Untick this box, to specify a custom title to the graphics file. Note that this is not displayed on the plot, but rather it is embedded inside the graphics file. This is the <i>title</i> parameter to <b>postscript</b>.

note: i18n: ectx: (Export contents of graphics device to various formats) <dialog label="Export contents of graphics device to various formats"> [...] <dropdown label="GS Output device"> <option label="...">
en: PNG (grayscale)
en_GB: PNG (greyscale)

note: i18n: ectx: (Export contents of graphics device to various formats) <dialog label="Export contents of graphics device to various formats"> [...] <dropdown label="GS Output device"> <option label="...">
en: PNG (256 colors)
en_GB: PNG (256 colours)

note: i18n: ectx: (Export contents of graphics device to various formats) <dialog label="Export contents of graphics device to various formats"> [...] <dropdown label="GS Output device"> <option label="...">
en: PNG (16M colors)
en_GB: PNG (16M colours)

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Limit Vector Length) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Statistic")
en: Statistic to use for summarizing the cut off values.
en_GB: Statistic to use for summarising the cut off values.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Limit Vector Length) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Custom statistic (as function of x)")
en: If you chose to use a custom statistic for summarizing the cut off values, specify it, here, as a function of <em>x</em>.
en_GB: If you chose to use a custom statistic for summarising the cut off values, specify it, here, as a function of <em>x</em>.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Limit Vector Length) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Remainder category label")
en: Label to use for the "others" category. Note: If your data is not labeled, emptying this field will sometimes be preferable.
en_GB: Label to use for the "others" category. Note: If your data is not labelled, emptying this field will sometimes be preferable.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1301 (rkward)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: <components> <component label="...">
en: Color Chooser
en_GB: Colour Chooser

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Barplot Options) <usage>
en: Choose if you want stacked bars, legend, and rainbow colors. Also you can choose if you want to display or not bar values (labels) and in what place.
en_GB: Choose if you want stacked bars, legend, and rainbow colours. Also you can choose if you want to display or not bar values (labels) and in what place.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Barplot Options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Colors")
en: Select between grey and rainbow colors.
en_GB: Select between grey and rainbow colours.

note: i18n: ectx: (Barplot Options) <dialog label="Barplot Options"> <radio label="Colors"> <option label="...">
en: Default (grayscale)
en_GB: Default (greyscale)

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Choose color) <summary>
en: Simple color picker.
en_GB: Simple colour picker.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Choose color) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Color")
en: The color to use.
en_GB: The colour to use.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1301 (rkward)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: (Choose color) <dialog label="...">
en: Choose color
en_GB: Choose colour

note: i18n: ectx: (Choose color) <dialog label="Choose color"> <dropdown label="Color"> <option label="...">
en: Gray1
en_GB: Grey1

note: i18n: ectx: (Choose color) <dialog label="Choose color"> <dropdown label="Color"> <option label="...">
en: Gray2
en_GB: Grey2

note: i18n: ectx: (Choose color) <dialog label="Choose color"> <dropdown label="Color"> <option label="...">
en: Gray3
en_GB: Grey3

note: i18n: ectx: (Choose color) <dialog label="Choose color"> <dropdown label="Color"> <option label="...">
en: Gray4
en_GB: Grey4

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default histogram options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Add bars to current plot")
en: Check this box if the histogram is to be added to the current plot. This is the <i>add</i> parameter.
en_GB: Tick this box if the histogram is to be added to the current plot. This is the <i>add</i> parameter.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default histogram options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Draw border")
en: Whether border to the histogram bars are to be drawn. If unchecked then, <i>border=FALSE</i> is added to the code. Otherwise a color is provided as the argument to <i>border</i>.
en_GB: Whether border to the histogram bars are to be drawn. If unticked then, <i>border=FALSE</i> is added to the code. Otherwise a colour is provided as the argument to <i>border</i>.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default histogram options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Color")
en: This is the <i>border</i> argument which provides the color of the border. Check the above box to use this option.
en_GB: This is the <i>border</i> argument which provides the colour of the border. Check the above box to use this option.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default histogram options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Line type for histogram")
en: This is the <i>lty</i> parameter. Choosing 'Blank' will not draw any lines, select a fill color to make a sensible plot. See R reference for further details.
en_GB: This is the <i>lty</i> parameter. Choosing 'Blank' will not draw any lines, select a fill colour to make a sensible plot. See R reference for further details.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default histogram options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Use Fill color")
en: Check this box to use a fill color for the histogram bars.
en_GB: Tick this box to use a fill colour for the histogram bars.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default histogram options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Color")
en: This is the <i>col</i> parameter. The embedding plugin might set a default color. If it is empty, then <i>col</i> is not used in the code, otherwise the chosen color is used to fill the bars.
en_GB: This is the <i>col</i> parameter. The embedding plugin might set a default colour. If it is empty, then <i>col</i> is not used in the code, otherwise the chosen colour is used to fill the bars.

note: i18n: i18n: "true", "false, and terms inside <i></i> or <b></b> should not be translated, here i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default histogram options) <technical>
en: <i>allow_barlabels</i>: Setting this to "true" ("false") enables (disables) the display of the '<label id="barlabels"/>' check box.
en_GB: <i>allow_barlabels</i>: Setting this to "true" ("false") enables (disables) the display of the '<label id="barlabels"/>' tick box.

note: i18n: ectx: (Default histogram options) <dialog label="Default histogram options"> <frame label="Histogram Fill options"> <checkbox label="...">
en: Use Fill color
en_GB: Use Fill colour

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default plot options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Interpret this label as literal (quoted) string")
en: If this box is checked, the <i>main</i> title will be used literally (quoted). Otherwise is will be interpreted as an R statement
en_GB: If this box is ticked, the <i>main</i> title will be used literally (quoted). Otherwise is will be interpreted as an R statement

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default plot options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Interpret this label as literal (quoted) string")
en: If this box is checked, the <i>sub</i> title will be used literally (quoted). Otherwise is will be interpreted as an R statement
en_GB: If this box is ticked, the <i>sub</i> title will be used literally (quoted). Otherwise is will be interpreted as an R statement

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default plot options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Custom margins")
en: Enable this option, if you want to customize the margins.
en_GB: Enable this option, if you want to customise the margins.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default plot options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Draw Y axis")
en: Uncheck this box to avoid drawing the Y axis. This is the <i>yaxt</i> argument to par. See R reference on <b>par</b>.
en_GB: Untick this box to avoid drawing the Y axis. This is the <i>yaxt</i> argument to par. See R reference on <b>par</b>.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default plot options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "X axis logarithmic")
en: This specifies the <i>log</i> argument to plot.default. Check this box to set <i>log="x"</i>. See R reference on <b>plot.default</b>.
en_GB: This specifies the <i>log</i> argument to plot.default. Tick this box to set <i>log="x"</i>. See R reference on <b>plot.default</b>.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default plot options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Y axis logarithmic")
en: This specifies the <i>log</i> argument to plot.default. Check this box to set <i>log="y"</i>. Check both the boxes to set <i>log="xy"</i>. See R reference on <b>plot.default</b>.
en_GB: This specifies the <i>log</i> argument to plot.default. Tick this box to set <i>log="y"</i>. Tick both the boxes to set <i>log="xy"</i>. See R reference on <b>plot.default</b>.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default plot options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Labels (leave empty for default)")
en: The X and Y axis labels. These are the <i>xlab</i> and <i>ylab</i> arguments to <b>plot.default</b>, respectively. The checkboxes enable or disable the labels being evaluated as literal (quoted) strings. To achieve a line-break (in a quoted string), enter '\n'.
en_GB: The X and Y axis labels. These are the <i>xlab</i> and <i>ylab</i> arguments to <b>plot.default</b>, respectively. The tick boxes enable or disable the labels being evaluated as literal (quoted) strings. To achieve a line-break (in a quoted string), enter '\n'.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default plot options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Color")
en: Choose one of the listed point/line colors for the plot. To let the calling function use its default plotting color, choose the 'default' option. This is the <i>col</i> argument to <b>plot.default</b>.
en_GB: Choose one of the listed point/line colours for the plot. To let the calling function use its default plotting colour, choose the 'default' option. This is the <i>col</i> argument to <b>plot.default</b>.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default plot options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Add Grid to the plot")
en: Check this box to add a grid to the current plot. For various grid options see <link href="rkward://component/x11grid"/>. Note that these options are not for <b>plot.default</b> but rather for the function <b>grid</b>. For this to be functional the embedding plugin should implement it internally.
en_GB: Tick this box to add a grid to the current plot. For various grid options see <link href="rkward://component/x11grid"/>. Note that these options are not for <b>plot.default</b> but rather for the function <b>grid</b>. For this to be functional the embedding plugin should implement it internally.

note: i18n: i18n: "true", "false", and terms inside <i></i> or <b></b> should not be translated, here i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default plot options) <technical>
en: <i>default_pointcolor</i>: A string that provides the default point color when the user chooses 'Default' for '<label id="pointcolor"/>'. For various possibilities see the code color_chooser.xml; the options for the <i>col</i> argument.
en_GB: <i>default_pointcolor</i>: A string that provides the default point colour when the user chooses 'Default' for '<label id="pointcolor"/>'. For various possibilities see the code color_chooser.xml; the options for the <i>col</i> argument.

note: i18n: i18n: "true", "false", and terms inside <i></i> or <b></b> should not be translated, here i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Default plot options) <technical>
en: <i>allow_log</i>: Setting this to "true" ("false") enables (disables) the display of '<label id="xlog"/>' and '<label id="ylog"/>' check boxes.
en_GB: <i>allow_log</i>: Setting this to "true" ("false") enables (disables) the display of '<label id="xlog"/>' and '<label id="ylog"/>' tick boxes.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Step function plot options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Draw points")
en: This is the <i>do.points</i> argument. Uncheck this option if points are NOT to be drawn.
en_GB: This is the <i>do.points</i> argument. Untick this option if points are NOT to be drawn.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Step function plot options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Color")
en: This is the <i>col.points</i> argument. Leave this as 'default' for using the standard color settings from par().
en_GB: This is the <i>col.points</i> argument. Leave this as 'default' for using the standard colour settings from par().

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Step function plot options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Draw vertical lines")
en: This is the <i>verticals</i> arguments. Uncheck this option if vertical lines are NOT to be drawn.
en_GB: This is the <i>verticals</i> arguments. Untick this option if vertical lines are NOT to be drawn.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Step function plot options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "For y = 1 line")
en: The above two options are not for <b>plot.stepfun</b>, but rather for <b>ecdf</b>. These are visible only in the context of 'ecdf'. They are used to set the color for the horizontal lines at y = 0 and y = 1 respectively. Specifically, this is the <i>col.01line</i> argument to <b>ecdf</b>. If only one is provided (i.e the other is set as 'Default') then both the line are of the same (specified) color. Otherwise (i.e., when both the colors are provided) both the colors are provided as a character vector of length two.
en_GB: The above two options are not for <b>plot.stepfun</b>, but rather for <b>ecdf</b>. These are visible only in the context of 'ecdf'. They are used to set the colour for the horizontal lines at y = 0 and y = 1 respectively. Specifically, this is the <i>col.01line</i> argument to <b>ecdf</b>. If only one is provided (i.e the other is set as 'Default') then both the line are of the same (specified) colour. Otherwise (i.e., when both the colours are provided) both the colours are provided as a character vector of length two.

note: i18n: i18n: "true", "false", and terms inside <i></i> or <b></b> should not be translated, here i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Step function plot options) <technical>
en: <i>default_dopoints</i>: Setting this to "true" ("false") toggles the state of the '<label id="do_points"/>' check box.
en_GB: <i>default_dopoints</i>: Setting this to "true" ("false") toggles the state of the '<label id="do_points"/>' tick box.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Grid options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Custom Line width")
en: Check this option to use a custom line width. In which case, provide the width below.
en_GB: Tick this option to use a custom line width. In which case, provide the width below.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Grid options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Line width")
en: This is the <i>lwd</i> argument. Check the above option to use this.
en_GB: This is the <i>lwd</i> argument. Tick the above option to use this.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Grid options) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Equilogs")
en: This is the <i>equilogs</i> argument. Uncheck this option to set <i>equilogs=FALSE</i>.
en_GB: This is the <i>equilogs</i> argument. Untick this option to set <i>equilogs=FALSE</i>.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Central Limit Theorem: Binomial to Normal) <snippet> <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Color") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Central Limit Theorem: Geometric to Normal) <snippet> <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Color") i18
en: Color of the Normal curve.
en_GB: Colour of the Normal curve.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Central Limit Theorem: Binomial to Normal) <snippet> <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Histogram Options") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Central Limit Theorem: Geometric to Normal) <snippet> <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled 
en: The 'Frequency' checkbox is unavailable because, in this situation, drawing the histogram with <i>freq=TRUE</i> does not make sense. Also, since histogram is the main plot, 'Add to current plot' checkbox has also been disabled. See RKWard help on <link href="rkward://component/histogram_options"/> for other histogram centric details.
en_GB: The 'Frequency' tick box is unavailable because, in this situation, drawing the histogram with <i>freq=TRUE</i> does not make sense. Also, since histogram is the main plot, 'Add to current plot' tick box has also been disabled. See RKWard help on <link href="rkward://component/histogram_options"/> for other histogram centric details.

note: i18n: ectx: (Plot negative binomial probabilities) <snippets> <snippet> <frame label="Parameters"> <radio label="..."> i18n: ectx: (Central Limit Theorem: Negative Binomial to Normal) <snippets> <snippet> <frame label="Negative Binomial Parameters"> <radio label="...">
en: Type of Parametrization
en_GB: Type of Parametrisation

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Plot Beta probabilities) <snippet> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Logarithmic") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Plot Beta probabilities) <snippet> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Logarithmic") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Plot binomial probabiliti
en: Check this box if log of the function values are to be plotted.
en_GB: Tick this box if log of the function values are to be plotted.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Plot Beta probabilities) <snippet> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Lower Tail") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Plot Beta probabilities) <snippet> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Lower Tail") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Plot binomial probabilities
en: This option is valid only for plotting the distribution function. Uncheck this box if the upper tail of the distribution function (P[X > x]) is to be plotted.
en_GB: This option is valid only for plotting the distribution function. Untick this box if the upper tail of the distribution function (P[X > x]) is to be plotted.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Plot Beta probabilities) <snippet> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Preview") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Plot Beta probabilities) <snippet> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Preview") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Loaded from Plot binomial probabilities) <sni
en: Check this box for previewing the function plot. A new graphics window will pop up and it will be dynamically updated based on the choice of parameters. It may take a while for the window to show up. Sometimes, only an empty graphics device may get displayed, in which case, close the device (dev.off() or may be even graphics.off()), uncheck the box, wait for a while and try again. If it still persists, use only the "Submit" button to view the exported plot in the Output window.
en_GB: Tick this box for previewing the function plot. A new graphics window will pop up and it will be dynamically updated based on the choice of parameters. It may take a while for the window to show up. Sometimes, only an empty graphics device may get displayed, in which case, close the device (dev.off() or may be even graphics.off()), uncheck the box, wait for a while and try again. If it still persists, use only the "Submit" button to view the exported plot in the Output window.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Plot negative binomial probabilities) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Target number of successful trials")
en: This is the <i>size</i> parameter when the 'probability' form of the parametrization is used. This is always a non-negative integer. See R reference on Negative Binomial distribution.
en_GB: This is the <i>size</i> parameter when the 'probability' form of the parametrisation is used. This is always a non-negative integer. See R reference on Negative Binomial distribution.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Plot negative binomial probabilities) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Dispersion (Size)")
en: This is the <i>size</i> parameter when the 'mu' form of the parametrization is used. This is a non-negative real number. See R reference on Negative Binomial distribution.
en_GB: This is the <i>size</i> parameter when the 'mu' form of the parametrisation is used. This is a non-negative real number. See R reference on Negative Binomial distribution.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Plot negative binomial probabilities) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Type of Parametrization")
en: The type of the parametrization to be used. See R reference on Negative Binomial distribution.
en_GB: The type of the parametrisation to be used. See R reference on Negative Binomial distribution.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Jarque-Bera Normality Test) <usage>
en: Make sure the data does not contain NAs or, if so, that the 'Exclude NAs' option is checked, as neglecting this will usually prevent the test from succeeding.
en_GB: Make sure the data does not contain NAs or, if so, that the 'Exclude NAs' option is ticked, as neglecting this will usually prevent the test from succeeding.

note: i18n: ectx: (Recode categorical data) <technical>
en: This plugin utilizes the <link href="rkward://component/rkward/level_select"/> and <link href="rkward://component/rkward/multi_input"/> embeddable plugins.
en_GB: This plugin utilises the <link href="rkward://component/rkward/level_select"/> and <link href="rkward://component/rkward/multi_input"/> embeddable plugins.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Correlation matrix) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Calculate p values")
en: If checked, an additional table with the (two-sided) significance values is calculated and printed. For polyserial/polychoric correlations, Chi-squared tests of bivariate normality are conducted, and also the standard errors are reported.
en_GB: If ticked, an additional table with the (two-sided) significance values is calculated and printed. For polyserial/polychoric correlations, Chi-squared tests of bivariate normality are conducted, and also the standard errors are reported.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Bonett-Seier test of Geary's kurtosis) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Verbose alternative hypothesis") i18n: ectx: (Loaded from D'Agostino test of skewness) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Verbose alternative hypothesis") i18n: ectx: (Loa
en: If checked, a verbose description of the alternative hypothesis will be shown along with the results
en_GB: If ticked, a verbose description of the alternative hypothesis will be shown along with the results

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from sample moment) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "compute central moments")
en: If checked, central moments are computed.
en_GB: If ticked, central moments are computed.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from sample moment) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "compute absolute moments")
en: If checked, absolute moments are computed.
en_GB: If ticked, absolute moments are computed.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from sample moment) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "remove missing values")
en: If checked, missing values will be excluded from calculation (default setting in RKWard).
en_GB: If ticked, missing values will be excluded from calculation (default setting in RKWard).

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Skewness and Kurtosis) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Exclude missing values")
en: If checked, missing values will be excluded from calculation of skewness and kurtosis.
en_GB: If ticked, missing values will be excluded from calculation of skewness and kurtosis.

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from F test) <settings> <setting> (refers to element labelled "Hypothesized ratio")
en: Defines the hypothesized ratio of the population variances.
en_GB: Defines the hypothesised ratio of the population variances.

note: i18n: ectx: (F test) <dialog label="F test"> <tab label="Options"> <spinbox label="...">
en: Hypothesized ratio
en_GB: Hypothesised ratio

note: i18n: ectx: (Loaded from Basic statistics)
en: Winsorized values for Huber estimator
en_GB: Winsorised values for Huber estimator

en: %s: %s
    
    Try %s --help to see a full list of
    available command line options.
en_GB: %s: %s
    Try %s --help to see a full list of available command line options.

en: Are you sure you want to send image '%s' to trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to send image '%s' to the Wastebasket?

en: An error occurred when sending image '%s' to trash.
    
    %s
en_GB: An error occurred when sending image '%s' to the wastebasket.
    
    %s

en: Active item fill color
en_GB: Active item fill colour

en: Active item border color
en_GB: Active item border colour

en: Active item text color
en_GB: Active item text colour

en: Cursor item fill color
en_GB: Cursor item fill colour

en: Cursor item border color
en_GB: Cursor item border colour

en: Cursor item text color
en_GB: Cursor item text colour

en: Override background color:
en_GB: Override background colour:

en: The thumbnail bar can be automatically hidden when the window is fullscreen.
en_GB: The thumbnailbar can be automatically hidden 
    when the image-viewer is fullscreen.

en: Show an analog clock that displays the current time when the window is fullscreen
en_GB: The thumbnailbar can be automatically hidden 
    when the image-viewer is fullscreen.

en: Maximize window on startup when opening an image
en_GB: Maximise window on startup when opening an image

en: Seek backward, in current track, by 5 seconds.
en_GB: Seek backwards, in current track, by 5 seconds.

en: Seek forward, in current track, by 10 seconds.
en_GB: Seek forwards, in current track, by 10 seconds.

en: Best suitable for desktop
    environments like Gnome and Elementary.
en_GB: Best suitable for desktop
    environments like GNOME and elementary.

en: Display the playback controls in the toolbar in visually compact style instead of the standard rhythmbox style.
    Always enabled for modern toolbar mode.
en_GB: Display the playback controls in the toolbar in visually compact style, instead of the standard Rhythmbox style.
    Always enabled for modern toolbar mode.

en: Show or hide the playing controls on player startup.
en_GB: Show or hide the playing controls on player start-up.

en: Display Song and Artist labels before the progress slider.  If not checked, they are displayed above the progress slider.
en_GB: Display Song and Artist labels before the progress slider.  If not ticked, they are displayed above the progress slider.

en: Enhanced plugins dialog
en_GB: Enhanced plug-ins dialogue

en: Show or hide redesigned plugins dialog. It features switches instead of checkboxes and inline toolbar with symbolic icons .  Works best with Gnome based desktop environments.
en_GB: Show or hide redesigned plug-ins dialogue. It features switches instead of checkboxes, and inline toolbar with symbolic icons. Works best with Gnome based desktop environments.

en: Play and organize your music collection
en_GB: Play and organise your music collection

en: _Save to File...
en_GB: _Save to File…

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for the current day, strftime format. like "Today 12:34 am"
en: Today %I:%M %p
en_GB: Today %H:%M

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for the previous day, * strftime format. e.g. "Yesterday 12:34 am"
en: Yesterday %I:%M %p
en_GB: Yesterday %H:%M

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current week, * strftime format. e.g. "Wed 12:34 am"
en: %a %I:%M %p
en_GB: %a %H:%M

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current year, * strftime format. e.g. "Feb 12 12:34 am"
en: %b %d %I:%M %p
en_GB: %d %b %H:%M

en: Waiting for authentication...
en_GB: Waiting for authentication…

note: Other error
en: Error tuning station: %i - %s
en_GB: Error tuning station: %i — %s

en: Duplicate Audio CD...
en_GB: Duplicate Audio CD…

en: ♫ Listening to music... ♫
en_GB: ♫ Listening to music… ♫

en: _Initialize
en_GB: _Initialise

en: Rhythmbox has detected a device that is probably an uninitialized or corrupted iPod. It must be initialized before Rhythmbox can use it, but this will destroy any song metadata already present. If you wish Rhythmbox to initialize the iPod, please fill in the information below. If the device is not an iPod, or you do not wish to initialize it, please click cancel.
en_GB: Rhythmbox has detected a device that is probably an uninitialised or corrupted iPod. It must be initialised before Rhythmbox can use it, but this will destroy any song metadata already present. If you wish Rhythmbox to initialise the iPod, please fill in the information below. If the device is not an iPod, or you do not wish to initialise it, please click cancel.

en: Do you want to initialize your iPod?
en_GB: Do you want to initialise your iPod?

en: Unable to initialize new iPod
en_GB: Unable to initialise new iPod

en: Choose lyrics folder...
en_GB: Choose lyrics folder…

en: Searching for lyrics...
en_GB: Searching for lyrics…

en:     * Free listening of all songs
en_GB:     • Free listening of all songs

en:     * Paid members get totally unlimited downloading of the entire catalog (no other service allows that)
en_GB:     * Paid members get totally unlimited downloading of the entire catalogue (no other service allows that)

en:     * All albums and artists hand-picked
en_GB:     • All albums and artists hand-picked

en: Unable to load catalog
en_GB: Unable to load catalogue

en: Rhythmbox could not understand the Magnatune catalog, please file a bug.
en_GB: Rhythmbox could not understand the Magnatune catalogue, please file a bug.

en: Loading Magnatune catalog
en_GB: Loading Magnatune catalogue

en: An error occurred while trying to authorize the download.
    The Magnatune server returned:
    %s
en_GB: An error occurred while trying to authorise the download.
    The Magnatune server returned:
    %s

en: Interactive python console
en_GB: Interactive Python console

en: A sample plugin in C with no features
en_GB: A sample plug-in in C with no features

en: Rhythmbox is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Rhythmbox is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or
    (at your option) any later version.

en: Rhythmbox is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Rhythmbox is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with Rhythmbox; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
    51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
    along with Rhythmbox; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
    51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301  USA

en: Width of border around the label and image in the alert dialog
en_GB: Width of border around the label and image in the alert dialogue

en: The buttons shown in the alert dialog
en_GB: The buttons shown in the alert dialogue

en: Visualization
en_GB: Visualisation

en: Connecting to “%s”…
en_GB: Connecting to "%s"…

en: Connecting to “%s” via SSH…
en_GB: Connecting to %s via SSH…

en: The “%s” command is not available on the SSH server.
en_GB: The ‘%s’ command is not available on the SSH server.

en: Could not run the “%s” command on the SSH server (status = %i).
en_GB: Could not run the ‘%s’ command on the SSH server (status = %i).

en: Picking a terminal colouring file replaces the file:
en_GB: Pick a terminal colouring file

en: The filename can use the following placeholders:
    
      • %h is substituted with the server name
      • %t is substituted with the SSH server name
      • %u is substituted with the username
      • %U is substituted with the SSH username
      • %p is substituted with Remmina profile name
      • %g is substituted with Remmina profile group name
      • %d is substituted with local date and time in ISO 8601 format
en_GB: The filename can use the following placeholders:
    
      • %h is substituted with the server name
      • %t is substituted with the SSH server name
      • %u is substituted with the username
      • %U is substituted with the SSH username
      • %p is substituted with Remmina profile name
      • %g is substituted with Remmina profile group name
      • %d is substituted with local datetime in iso8601 format

en: Terminal color scheme
en_GB: Terminal colour scheme

note: TRANSLATORS: Shown in terminal. Do not use characters that may be not supported on a terminal
en: Show 'About'
en_GB: Show ‘About’

en: The file “%s” is corrupted, unreadable, or could not be found.
en_GB: The file ‘%s’ is corrupted, unreadable, or could not be found.

en: Are you sure you want to delete “%s”?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to delete ‘%s’?

note: TRANSLATORS: The placeholder %s is a directory path
en: Could not create the folder “%s”.
en_GB: Could not create the folder ‘%s’.

note: TRANSLATORS: The placeholder %s is a file path
en: Could not create the file “%s”.
en_GB: Could not create the file ‘%s’.

note: TRANSLATORS: The placeholders %s are a file path, and an error message.
en: Could not open the file “%s” on the server. %s
en_GB: Could not open the file ‘%s’ on the server. %s

en: Could not open the folder “%s”. %s
en_GB: Could not open the folder ‘%s’. %s

en: Could not create the folder “%s” on the server. %s
en_GB: Could not create the folder ‘%s’ on the server. %s

en: Could not create the file “%s” on the server. %s
en_GB: Could not create the file ‘%s’ on the server. %s

en: Could not write to the file “%s” on the server. %s
en_GB: Could not write to the file ‘%s’ on the server. %s

en: Could not delete “%s”. %s
en_GB: Could not delete ‘%s’. %s

en: Could not authenticate with TOTP/OTP/2FA. %s
en_GB: Could not authenticate with SSH password. %s

en: SSH identity file not selected.
en_GB: SSH Key file not yet set.

en: Could not authenticate automatically with SSH agent. %s
en_GB: Could not authenticate automatically with public SSH key. %s

en: Could not authenticate with SSH GSSAPI/Kerberos. %s
en_GB: Could not authenticate with SSH Kerberos/GSSAPI. %s

en: Could not authenticate with keyboard-interactive. %s
en_GB: Could not authenticate with public SSH key. %s

en: Could not authenticate with automatic public SSH key. %s
en_GB: Could not authenticate with public SSH key. %s

note: TRANSLATORS: The placeholder %s is an error message
en: Could not fetch checksum of the public SSH key. %s
en_GB: Could not fetch checksum for public SSH key. %s

en: Warning: The server has changed its public key. This means you are either under attack,
    or the administrator has changed the key. The new public key fingerprint is:
en_GB: Warning: The server has changed its public key. This means either you are under attack,
    or the administrator has changed the key. The new public key fingerprint is:

en: <tt><big>• command in PATH args %h
    • /path/to/foo -options %h %u
    • %h is substituted with the server name
    • %t is substituted with the SSH server name
    • %u is substituted with the username
    • %U is substituted with the SSH username
    • %p is substituted with Remmina profile name
    • %g is substituted with Remmina profile group name
    • %d is substituted with local date and time in ISO 8601 format
    Do not run in background if you want the command to be executed before connecting.
    </big></tt>
en_GB: <tt><big>• command in PATH args %h
    • /path/to/foo -options %h %u
    • %h is substituted with the server name
    • %t is substituted with the SSH server name
    • %u is substituted with the username
    • %U is substituted with the SSH username
    • %p is substituted with Remmina profile name
    • %g is substituted with Remmina profile group name
    • %d is substituted with local datetime in iso8601 format
    Do not run in background if you want the command to be executed before connecting.
    </big></tt>

en: Execute a Command
en_GB: Execute a command

en: Auto-start this profile
en_GB: Autostart this profile

en: Start-up path
en_GB: Startup path

en: Remote Connection Profile
en_GB: New connection profile

en: Turn off encryption
en_GB: Use TLS encryption

en: Disconnected from the SPICE server “%s”.
en_GB: Disconnected from the SPICE server ‘%s’.

en: Prefered video codec
en_GB: Preference

en: Turn off GStreamer overlay
en_GB: Disable server input

en: Prefered image compression
en_GB: Preferred image compression

en: No clipboard sync
en_GB: Turn off clipboard sync

en: Ran out of available local X display numbers.
en_GB: Run out of available local X display number.

en: The protocol “%s” is unavailable because GtkSocket only works under X.Org.
en_GB: The protocol ‘%s’ is unavailable because GtkSocket only works under X.Org.

en: Could not access the RDP server “%s”.
    Account locked out.
en_GB: Could not access the RDP server ‘%s’.
    Account locked out.

en: Could not access the RDP server “%s”.
    Account expired.
en_GB: Could not access the RDP server ‘%s’.
    Account expired.

en: Could not access the RDP server “%s”.
    Password expired.
en_GB: Could not access the RDP server ‘%s’.
    Password expired.

en: Could not access the RDP server “%s”.
    Account disabled.
en_GB: Could not access the RDP server ‘%s’.
    Account disabled.

en: Could not access the RDP server “%s”.
    Insufficient user privileges.
en_GB: Could not access the RDP server ‘%s’.
    Insufficient user privileges.

en: Could not access the RDP server “%s”.
    Account restricted.
en_GB: Could not access the RDP server ‘%s’.
    Account restricted.

en: Could not access the RDP server “%s”.
    Change user password before connecting.
en_GB: Could not access the RDP server ‘%s’.
    Change user password before connecting.

en: Lost connection to the RDP server “%s”.
en_GB: Lost connection to the RDP server ‘%s’.

en: Could not find the address for the RDP server “%s”.
en_GB: Could not find the address for the RDP server ‘%s’.

en: Could not connect to the RDP server “%s” via TLS. Check that client and server support a common TLS version.
en_GB: Could not connect to the RDP server ‘%s’ via TLS. Check that client and server support a common TLS version.

note: TRANSLATORS: the placeholder may be either an IP/FQDN or a server hostname
en: Unable to establish a connection to the RDP server “%s”. Check "Security protocol negotiation".
en_GB: Unable to establish a connection to the RDP server. Check ‘Security protocol negotiation’ ‘%s’.

en: Cannot connect to the RDP server “%s”.
en_GB: Cannot connect to the RDP server ‘%s’.

en: You requested a H.264 GFX mode for the server “%s”, but your libfreerdp does not support H.264. Please use a non-AVC colour depth setting.
en_GB: You requested a H.264 GFX mode for the server ‘%s’, but your libfreerdp does not support H.264. Please use a non-AVC colour depth setting.

en: The “%s” server refused the connection.
en_GB: The ‘%s’ server refused the connection.

en: The Remote Desktop Gateway “%s” denied the user "%s\%s" access due to policy.
en_GB: The Remote Desktop Gateway ‘%s’ denied the user ‘%s\%s’ access due to policy.

en: Cannot connect to the “%s” RDP server.
en_GB: Cannot connect to the ‘%s’ RDP server.

en: Used i.a. by terminal services in a smart card channel to distinguish client capabilities:
      • < 4034: Windows XP base smart card functions
      • 4034-7064: Windows Vista/7: SCardReadCache(),
        SCardWriteCache(), SCardGetTransmitCount()
      • >= 7065: Windows 8 and newer: SCardGetReaderIcon(),
        SCardGetDeviceTypeId()
en_GB: Used i.a. by terminal services in smart card channel to distinguish client capabilities:
      • < 4034: Windows XP base smart card functions
      • 4034-7064: Windows Vista/7: SCardReadCache(),
        SCardWriteCache(), SCardGetTransmitCount()
      • >= 7065: Windows 8 and newer: SCardGetReaderIcon(),
        SCardGetDeviceTypeId()

en: Options for redirection of audio input:
      • [sys:<sys>,][dev:<dev>,][format:<format>,][rate:<rate>,]
        [channel:<channel>] Audio input (microphone)
      • sys:pulse
      • format:1
      • sys:oss,dev:1,format:1
      • sys:alsa
en_GB: Options for redirection of audio input:
      • [sys:<sys>,][dev:<dev>,][format:<format>,][rate:<rate>,]
        [channel:<channel>] Audio input (microphone)
      • format:1
      • sys:oss,dev:1,format:1
      • sys:alsa

en: Options for redirection of audio ouput:
      • [sys:<sys>,][dev:<dev>,][format:<format>,][rate:<rate>,]
        [channel:<channel>] Audio output
      • sys:pulse
      • format:1
      • sys:oss,dev:1,format:1
      • sys:alsa
en_GB: Options for redirection of audio input:
      • [sys:<sys>,][dev:<dev>,][format:<format>,][rate:<rate>,]
        [channel:<channel>] Audio input (microphone)
      • format:1
      • sys:oss,dev:1,format:1
      • sys:alsa

en: Advanced setting for high latency links:
    Adjusts the connection timeout. Use if your connection times out.
    The highest possible value is 600000 ms (10 minutes).
en_GB: Advanced setting for high latency links:
    Adjust connection timeout, use if you encounter timeout failures with your connection.
    The highest possible value is 600,000 ms (10 minutes)

en: Network connection type
en_GB: New connection profile

en: tag:level[,tag:level[,…]]
en_GB: tag:level[,tag:level[,...]]

en: Redirect local audio output
en_GB: Redirect local microphone

en: <Auto-detect>
en_GB: <Auto detect>

en: To enable access to some important features, like password saving in your keyring and RDP printer sharing, please open your software center and give the appropriate permissions to Remmina. As an alternative you can enter the following commands in a terminal window:
en_GB: To enable access to some important features, such as password saving in your keyring and RDP printer sharing, please open your software centre and give the appropriate permissions to Remmina. As an alternative, you can enter the following commands in a terminal window:

en: 
    Copyright © 2014–2021 Antenore Gatta, Giovanni Panozzo.
    Copyright © 2009–2014 Vic Lee
    More details in COPYING
en_GB: 
    Copyright © 2014–2020 Antenore Gatta, Giovanni Panozzo.
    Copyright © 2009–2014 Vic Lee
    More details in COPYING

note: Pay attention to thr quoting charachters as they may break the pango layout. If in doubt and cannot test, copy and paste the symbols from the English string.
en: <span>
    <b>You have our gratitude in choosing copylefted libre software, <a href="https://remmina.org/donations/" title="Where’s the money, Lebowski? “blblblblblb”">donations also make us happy</a>, and further help improve Remmina.</b>
    </span>
en_GB: <span>
    <b>You have our gratitude in choosing copylefted libre software, <a href="https://remmina.org/donations/" title="Where’s the money, Lebowski? ‘blblblblblb’">donations also make us happy</a>, and further help improve Remmina.</b>
    </span>

en: Step size for auto-scroll
en_GB: Step size for auto scroll

en: The folder connection profiles are saved in, it defaults to the XDG_USER_DATA
en_GB: The folder where connection profiles are saved, it defaults to the XDG_USER_DATA

en: Remember last view for each connection
en_GB: Remember last view mode for each connection

en: Default view
en_GB: Default view mode

en: By protocol
en_GB: By protocols

en: Fingerprints and certificates
en_GB: Accept changed certificate?

en: Automatically accept all fingerprints and certificates
en_GB: Accept changed certificate?

en: Trust all fingerprints and certificates
en_GB: Accept changed certificate?

en: Bold colour
en_GB: Normal colours

en: Current-match color
en_GB: Current-match colour

en: Match color
en_GB: Match colour

en: The background color used to highlight matches of the search expression.
en_GB: The background colour used to highlight matches of the search expression.

en: The background color used to highlight the currently selected match of the search expression.
en_GB: The background colour used to highlight the currently selected match of the search expression.

en: C_urrent match color:
en_GB: C_urrent match colour:

en: _Match color:
en_GB: _Match colour:

en: Redshift adjusts the color temperature of your screen according to your surroundings. This may help your eyes hurt less if you are working in front of the screen at night.
en_GB: Redshift adjusts the colour temperature of your screen according to your surroundings. This may help your eyes hurt less if you are working in front of the screen at night.

en: The color temperature is set according to the position of the sun. A different color temperature is set during night and daytime. During twilight and early morning, the color temperature transitions smoothly from night to daytime temperature to allow your eyes to slowly adapt.
en_GB: The colour temperature is set according to the position of the Sun. A different colour temperature is set during night and daytime. During twilight and early morning, the colour temperature transitions smoothly from night to daytime temperature to allow your eyes to slowly adapt.

en: Color temperature adjustment
en_GB: Colour temperature adjustment

en: Color temperature adjustment tool
en_GB: Colour temperature adjustment tool

en: Initialization of %s failed.
en_GB: Initialisation of %s failed.

en: Color temperature: %uK
en_GB: Colour temperature: %uK

note: TRANSLATORS: help output 2 no-wrap
en: Set color temperature of display according to time of day.
en_GB: Set colour temperature of display according to time of day.

note: TRANSLATORS: help output 4 `list' must not be translated no-wrap
en:   -b DAY:NIGHT	Screen brightness to apply (between 0.1 and 1.0)
      -c FILE	Load settings from specified configuration file
      -g R:G:B	Additional gamma correction to apply
      -l LAT:LON	Your current location
      -l PROVIDER	Select provider for automatic location updates
      		(Type `list' to see available providers)
      -m METHOD	Method to use to set color temperature
      		(Type `list' to see available methods)
      -o		One shot mode (do not continuously adjust color temperature)
      -O TEMP	One shot manual mode (set color temperature)
      -p		Print mode (only print parameters and exit)
      -P		Reset existing gamma ramps before applying new color effect
      -x		Reset mode (remove adjustment from screen)
      -r		Disable fading between color temperatures
      -t DAY:NIGHT	Color temperature to set at daytime/night
en_GB:   -b DAY:NIGHT	Screen brightness to apply (between 0.1 and 1.0)
      -c FILE	Load settings from specified configuration file
      -g R:G:B	Additional gamma correction to apply
      -l LAT:LON	Your current location
      -l PROVIDER	Select provider for automatic location updates
      		(Type `list' to see available providers)
      -m METHOD	Method to use to set colour temperature
      		(Type `list' to see available methods)
      -o		One shot mode (do not continuously adjust colour temperature)
      -O TEMP	One shot manual mode (set colour temperature)
      -p		Print mode (only print parameters and exit)
      -P		Reset existing gamma ramps before applying new colour effect
      -x		Reset mode (remove adjustment from screen)
      -r		Disable fading between colour temperatures
      -t DAY:NIGHT	Colour temperature to set at daytime/night

note: TRANSLATORS: help output 5
en: The neutral temperature is %uK. Using this value will not change the color
    temperature of the display. Setting the color temperature to a value higher
    than this results in more blue light, and setting a lower value will result in
    more red light.
en_GB: The neutral temperature is %uK. Using this value will not change the colour
    temperature of the display. Setting the colour temperature to a value higher
    than this results in more blue light, and setting a lower value will result in
    more red light.

en: Does not affect the display but prints the color temperature to the terminal.
en_GB: Does not affect the display but prints the colour temperature to the terminal.

en: Not authorized to obtain location from CoreLocation.
en_GB: Not authorised to obtain location from CoreLocation.

en: Waiting for authorization to obtain location...
en_GB: Waiting for authorisation to obtain location...

en: Request for location was not authorized!
en_GB: Request for location was not authorised!

en: Latitude and longitude must be set.
en_GB: Latitude and Longitude must be set.

en: You can backup your journal to a zip file to avoid data loss.
en_GB: You can backup your journal to a zip file, to avoid data loss.

en: Insert an image from the harddisk
en_GB: Insert an image from the hard disk

en: Today I went to the //pet shop// and bought a **tiger**. Then we went to the --pool-- park and had a nice time playing ultimate frisbee. Afterwards we watched "__Life of Brian__".
en_GB: Today I went to the //pet shop// and bought a **tiger**. Then we went to the --beach-- and had a nice time playing ultimate frisbee. Afterwards we watched "__Life of Brian__".

en: Everything you enter will be saved automatically at regular intervals and when you exit the program.
en_GB: Everything you enter will be saved automatically at regular intervals and when you exit the programme.

en: === Journey ===
    **Date:**
    
    **Location:**
    
    **Participants:**
    
    **The trip:**
    First we went to xxxxx then we got to yyyyy ...
    
    **Pictures:** [Image folder ""/path/to/the/images/""]
en_GB: === Journey ===
    **Date:**
    
    **Location:**
    
    **Participants:**
    
    **The trip:**
    First we went to xxxxx then we got to yyyyy…
    
    **Pictures:** [Image folder ""/path/to/the/images/""]

en: Not authorized to perform this action
en_GB: Not authorised to perform this action

en: Couldn't initialize kerberos
en_GB: Couldn't initialise kerberos

en: Initializing device backend.
en_GB: Initialising device backend.

en: Device backend initialized.
en_GB: Device backend initialised.

en: Romanize _Japanese text
en_GB: Romanise _Japanese text

en: Shows synchronized lyrics from .lrc file with same name as the track.
en_GB: Shows synchronised lyrics from .lrc file with same name as the track.

en: GStreamer plugin '%(name)s' could not be initialized
en_GB: GStreamer plugin '%(name)s' could not be initialised

en: Edit Columns
en_GB: Visible Columns

en: Option %r not recognized.
en_GB: Option %r not recognised.

en: Option %r requires an argument.
en_GB: Option '%r' requires an argument.

en: %r is not a unique prefix.
en_GB: '%r' is not a unique prefix.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1287 (Quod Libet 2.3)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Also e.g. "record label", "publisher"
en: organization
en_GB: organisation

[ctx: BufferViewEditDlg|]
en: Dialog
en_GB: Dialogue

[ctx: ChatViewColorSettingsPage|]
en: Show colored text in the chat window
en_GB: Show coloured text in the chat window

[ctx: ChatViewColorSettingsPage|]
en: Allow colored text (mIRC color codes)
en_GB: Allow coloured text (mIRC colour codes)

[ctx: ChatViewColorSettingsPage|]
en: Custom Colors
en_GB: Custom Colours

[ctx: ChatViewColorSettingsPage|]
en: Use Sender Coloring
en_GB: Use Sender Colouring

[ctx: ClientAuthHandler|]
en: Unencrypted connection canceled
en_GB: Unencrypted connection cancelled

[ctx: ClientAuthHandler|]
en: Synchronizing to core...
en_GB: Synchronising to core...

[ctx: ClientAuthHandler|]
en: Login canceled
en_GB: Login cancelled

[ctx: ContextMenuActionProvider|]
en: Client info
en_GB: Client

[ctx: Core|]
en: Could not setup storage!
en_GB: Could not set-up storage!

[ctx: Core|]
en: Closing server for basic setup.
en_GB: Closing server for basic set-up.

[ctx: CoreConfigWizardIntroPage|]
en: This wizard will guide you through the setup of your Quassel Core.
en_GB: This wizard will guide you through the set-up of your Quassel Core.

[ctx: CoreConnection|]
en: Synchronizing to %1...
en_GB: Synchronising to %1...

[ctx: CoreConnection|]
en: Synchronized to %1
en_GB: Synchronised to %1

[ctx: CoreInfoDlg|]
en: %n Day(s) | %n Day(s)
en_GB[0]: %n Day
en_GB[1]: %n Days

[ctx: CoreUserInputHandler|]
en: [usage] /showkey <nick|channel> shows the encryption key for nick or channel or just /showkey when in a channel or query.
en_GB: [usage] /delkey <nick|channel> deletes the encryption key for nick or channel or just /delkey when in a channel or query.

[ctx: DebugBufferViewOverlay|]
en: Is initialized:
en_GB: Is initialised:

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: [Whois]
en_GB: [Whois] %1

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: Received non-RFC-compliant RPL_ISUPPORT: this can lead to unexpected behavior!
en_GB: Received non RFC compliant RPL_ISUPPORT: this can lead to unexpected behaviour!

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: [Whois] %1 is online via %2 (%3)
en_GB: %1 is online via %2 (%3)

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: [Whowas] %1 was online via %2 (%3)
en_GB: [Whowas] %1 was %2 (%3)

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: [Whois] %1 is idling for %2 (since %3)
en_GB: [Whois] %1 is idling for %2 (%3)

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: [Whois] End of /WHOIS list
en_GB: [Who] End of /WHO list for %1

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: Channel %1 has %2 users. Topic is: "%3"
en_GB: Channel %1 has %2 users. Topic is: %3

[ctx: EventStringifier|]
en: [Whois] %1 is authed as %2
en_GB: [Whois] %1 is away: "%2"

[ctx: IdentityPage|]
en: Setup Identity
en_GB: Set-up Identity

[ctx: InputWidget|]
en: Clear Color
en_GB: Clear Colour

[ctx: ItemViewSettingsPage|]
en: Use Custom Colors
en_GB: Use Custom Colours

[ctx: ItemViewSettingsPage|]
en: Custom Nick List Colors
en_GB: Custom Nick List Colours

[ctx: KNotificationBackend|]
en: %n pending highlight(s) | %n pending highlight(s)
en_GB[0]: %n pending highlight
en_GB[1]: %n pending highlights

[ctx: MainWin|]
en: &Full Screen Mode
en_GB: &Fullscreen mode

[ctx: MultiLineEdit|]
en: Do you really want to paste %n line(s)? | Do you really want to paste %n line(s)?
en_GB[0]: Do you really want to paste %n line?
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to paste %n lines?

[ctx: NetworkEditDlg|]
en: Dialog
en_GB: Dialogue

[ctx: NetworkModelController|]
en: Do you want to delete the following buffer(s) permanently? | Do you want to delete the following buffer(s) permanently?
en_GB[0]: Do you want to delete the following buffer permanently?
en_GB[1]: Do you want to delete the following buffers permanently?

[ctx: NetworkPage|]
en: Setup Network Connection
en_GB: Set-up Network Connection

[ctx: QObject|]
en: This wizard will help you to set up your default identity and your IRC network connection.<br>This only covers basic settings. You can cancel this wizard any time and use the settings dialog for more detailed changes.
en_GB: This wizard will help you to set up your default identity and your IRC network connection.<br>This only covers basic settings. You can cancel this wizard any time and use the settings dialogue for more detailed changes.

[ctx: QssParser|]
en: Illegal IRC color specification (must be between 00 and 0f): %1
en_GB: Illegal IRC colour specification (must be between 00 and 0f): %1

[ctx: QssParser|]
en: Invalid palette color role specification: %1
en_GB: Invalid palette colour role specification: %1

[ctx: QssParser|]
en: Unknown palette color role: %1
en_GB: Unknown palette colour role: %1

[ctx: ShortcutsModel|]
en: Action
en_GB: Action:

[ctx: SqliteStorage|]
en: SQLite is a file-based database engine that does not require any setup. It is suitable for small and medium-sized databases that do not require access via network. Use SQLite if your Quassel Core should store its data on the same machine it is running on, and if you only expect a few users to use your core.
en_GB: SQLite is a file-based database engine that does not require any set-up. It is suitable for small and medium-sized databases that do not require access via network. Use SQLite if your Quassel Core should store its data on the same machine it is running on, and if you only expect a few users to use your core.

[ctx: SslInfoDlg|]
en: <b>Organization:</b>
en_GB: <b>Organisation:</b>

[ctx: SslInfoDlg|]
en: <b>Organizational unit:</b>
en_GB: <b>Organisational unit:</b>

[ctx: SystrayNotificationBackend|]
en: %n pending highlight(s) | %n pending highlight(s)
en_GB[0]: %n pending highlight
en_GB[1]: %n pending highlights

[ctx: SystrayNotificationBackend::ConfigWidget|]
en: Show a message in a popup
en_GB: Show messages in indicator

[ctx: TabCompleter|]
en: Tab completion
en_GB: Tab Completion

[ctx: UserCategoryItem|]
en: %n Owner(s) | %n Owner(s)
en_GB[0]: %n Owner
en_GB[1]: %n Owners

[ctx: UserCategoryItem|]
en: %n Admin(s) | %n Admin(s)
en_GB[0]: %n Admin
en_GB[1]: %n Admins

[ctx: UserCategoryItem|]
en: %n Operator(s) | %n Operator(s)
en_GB[0]: %n Operator
en_GB[1]: %n Operators

[ctx: UserCategoryItem|]
en: %n Half-Op(s) | %n Half-Op(s)
en_GB[0]: %n Half-Op
en_GB[1]: %n Half-Ops

[ctx: UserCategoryItem|]
en: %n User(s) | %n User(s)
en_GB[0]: %n User
en_GB[1]: %n Users

en: Pick a Color
en_GB: Pick a Colour

en: Quarry Control Center
en_GB: Quarry Control Centre

en: File named `%s' already exists. Do you want to overwrite it with the one you are saving?
en_GB: File named ‘%s’ already exists. Do you want to overwrite it with the one you are saving?

en: Go to the current variation's last node
en_GB: Go to the current variation’s last node

en: /File/_New Game...
en_GB: /File/_New Game…

en: /File/Ne_w Game Record...
en_GB: /File/Ne_w Game Record…

en: /File/_Open...
en_GB: /File/_Open…

en: /File/_Resume Game...
en_GB: /File/_Resume Game…

en: /File/_Export...
en_GB: /File/_Export…

en: /File/Export.../_ASCII Diagram
en_GB: /File/Export…/_ASCII Diagram

en: /File/Export.../_Sensei's Library Diagram
en_GB: /File/Export…/_Sensei’s Library Diagram

en: /File/Save _As...
en_GB: /File/Save _As…

en: /Edit/Delete Node's C_hildren
en_GB: /Edit/Delete Node’s C_hildren

en: /View/_Recenter on Current Node
en_GB: /View/_Recentre on Current Node

en: /View/_Control Center
en_GB: /View/_Control Centre

en: /Go/_Go to Named Node...
en_GB: /Go/_Go to Named Node…

en: Save changes to game record `%s' before closing?
en_GB: Save changes to game record ‘%s’ before closing?

en: Adjourn & Save As...
en_GB: Adjourn & Save As…

en: Error saving to file `%s'
en_GB: Error saving to file ‘%s’

en: You can later resume the game by pressing the `Resume Game' button in Quarry Control Center, or selecting `Resume Game' item from the `File' menu.
en_GB: You can later resume the game by pressing the ‘Resume Game’ button in Quarry Control Centre, or selecting ‘Resume Game’ item from the ‘File’ menu.

en: The game is adjourned and saved in file `%s'
en_GB: The game is adjourned and saved in file ‘%s’

en: Sensei's Library diagram has been exported to clipboard
en_GB: Sensei’s Library diagram has been exported to clipboard

en: You can usually paste the diagram in another application using `Ctrl+C' key combination or by selecting appropriate menu item.
en_GB: You can usually paste the diagram in another application using ‘Ctrl+C’ key combination or by selecting appropriate menu item.

en: Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Paul Pogonyshev and others
en_GB: Copyright © 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Paul Pogonyshev and others

note: TRANSLATORS: Note that game name will be in `normal' form.
en: GTP engine `%s' reported it could handle %s game, but failed to initialize itself for it
en_GB: GTP engine ‘%s’ reported it could handle %s game, but failed to initialise itself for it

en: GTP engine `%s' cannot handle %dx%d board size, sorry
en_GB: GTP engine ‘%s’ cannot handle %d×%d board size, sorry

en: GTP engine `%s' failed to clean the board
en_GB: GTP engine ‘%s’ failed to clean the board

en: GTP engine `%s' failed to set initial time limits (it could ignore them, but not fail)
en_GB: GTP engine ‘%s’ failed to set initial time limits (it could ignore them, but not fail)

en: GTP engine `%s' failed to set handicap stones on board
en_GB: GTP engine ‘%s’ failed to set handicap stones on board

en: GTP engine is scoring...
en_GB: GTP engine is scoring…

en: comment|Empty
en_GB: Empty

en: * ERROR: unrecognized response line:
en_GB: * ERROR: unrecognised response line:

note: TRANSLATORS: Don't put ellipsis here, this string will most often go to fixed-width font terminals.
en: * WARNING: future GTP version, I don't know about it...
en_GB: * WARNING: future GTP version, I don’t know about it...

en: You can always change and expand game information later. Just choose `Edit/Game Information' menu item or press `Info' button on the main toolbar.
en_GB: You can always change and expand game information later. Just choose ‘Edit/Game Information’ menu item or press ‘Info’ button on the main toolbar.

en: Error reading file `%s'
en_GB: Error reading file ‘%s’

en: File `%s' doesn't appear to be a valid SGF file
en_GB: File ‘%s’ doesn’t appear to be a valid SGF file

en: Quarry uses SGF file format for storing game records. SGF files would normally have `sgf' extension, but that's not necessarily true. Please make sure you select a proper SGF file.
en_GB: Quarry uses SGF file format for storing game records. SGF files would normally have ‘sgf’ extension, but that’s not necessarily true. Please make sure you select a correct SGF file.

en: Open SGF File...
en_GB: Open SGF File…

en: Parsing file `%s'...
en_GB: Parsing file ‘%s’…

en: Use _old-style file selection dialog
en_GB: Use _old-style file selection dialogue

en: File Chooser Dialog Style
en_GB: File Chooser Dialogue Style

en: _Recenter view on the current node
en_GB: _Recentre view on the current node

en: Track Tree's Current Node
en_GB: Track Tree’s Current Node

en: Pick Checkerboard Pattern Color
en_GB: Pick Chequered Pattern Colour

en: Checkerboard _pattern color:
en_GB: Chequered _pattern colour:

en: Checkerboard pattern _opacity:
en_GB: Chequered pattern _opacity:

en: Use _solid color:
en_GB: Use _solid colour:

en: Choose a Background Texture...
en_GB: Choose a Background Texture…

en: Pick Background Color
en_GB: Pick Background Colour

en: Pick Color for Grid and Labels
en_GB: Pick Colour for Grid and Labels

en: _Grid and labels color:
en_GB: _Grid and labels colour:

en: Pick Color for Markup
en_GB: Pick Colour for Markup

en: You can use `%n' and `%v' strings in <i>Screen name</i> field. They will substituted with name and version of the engine correspondingly. By default, `%n %v' is used.
en_GB: You can use ‘%n’ and ‘%v’ strings in <i>Screen name</i> field. They will substituted with name and version of the engine correspondingly. By default, ‘%n %v’ is used.

en: Choose GTP Engine...
en_GB: Choose GTP Engine…

en: Querying engine's name, version and known commands...
en_GB: Querying engine’s name, version and known commands…

en: Please make sure you typed engine's filename correctly and that you have permission to execute it.
en_GB: Please make sure you typed engine’s filename correctly and that you have permission to execute it.

en: Waiting for the engine to quit...
en_GB: Waiting for the engine to quit…

en: The engine might have crashed, quit prematurely or disconnected. Please verify command line, including options, and consult engine's documentation if needed.
en_GB: The engine might have crashed, quit prematurely or disconnected. Please verify command line, including options, and consult engine’s documentation if needed.

en: Perhaps engine's binary has been deleted or changed. You will probably need to alter engine's command line in the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Perhaps engine’s binary has been deleted or changed. You will probably need to alter engine’s command line in the Preferences dialogue.

en: Resume Game...
en_GB: Resume Game…

en: The game stored in file `%s' (%s) is not supported by Quarry
en_GB: The game stored in file ‘%s’ (%s) is not supported by Quarry

en: handicap|Not set
en_GB: Not set

en: komi|Not set
en_GB: Not set

en: A_uto-close this dialog
en_GB: A_uto-close this dialogue

en: If you don't save, changes from the last %d second will be lost permanently. | If you don't save, changes from the last %d seconds will be lost permanently.
en_GB[0]: If you don’t save, changes from the last %d second will be lost permanently.
en_GB[1]: If you don’t save, changes from the last %d seconds will be lost permanently.

en: If you don't save, changes from the last minute will be discarded.
en_GB: If you don’t save, changes from the last minute will be discarded.

note: TRANSLATORS: Cannot be one minute one second, actually.
en: If you don't save, changes from the last minute and %d second will be lost permanently. | If you don't save, changes from the last minute and %d seconds will be lost permanently.
en_GB[0]: If you don’t save, changes from the last minute and %d second will be lost permanently.
en_GB[1]: If you don’t save, changes from the last minute and %d seconds will be lost permanently.

en: If you don't save, changes from the last %d minute will be lost permanently. | If you don't save, changes from the last %d minutes will be lost permanently.
en_GB[0]: If you don’t save, changes from the last %d minute will be lost permanently.
en_GB[1]: If you don’t save, changes from the last %d minutes will be lost permanently.

note: TRANSLATORS: Cannot be one hour one minute, actually.
en: If you don't save, changes from the last hour and %d minute will be lost permanently. | If you don't save, changes from the last hour and %d minutes will be lost permanently.
en_GB[0]: If you don’t save, changes from the last hour and %d minute will be lost permanently.
en_GB[1]: If you don’t save, changes from the last hour and %d minutes will be lost permanently.

en: If you don't save, changes from the last %d hour will be lost permanently. | If you don't save, changes from the last %d hours will be lost permanently.
en_GB[0]: If you don’t save, changes from the last %d hour will be lost permanently.
en_GB[1]: If you don’t save, changes from the last %d hours will be lost permanently.

en: find|_Next
en_GB: _Next

en: find|_Previous
en_GB: _Previous

note: TRANSLATORS: Not important currently. TRANSLATORS: Use your language's natural capitalization for the name of the game.  I.e. it doesn't have to start with a capital letter.
en: Nine Men's Morris
en_GB: Nine Men’s Morris

note: TRANSLATORS: Not important currently. TRANSLATORS: Use your language's natural capitalization for the name of the game.  I.e. it doesn't have to start with a capital letter.
en: Philosopher's Football
en_GB: Philosopher’s Football

en: Whether to give blocks random colors
en_GB: Whether to give blocks random colours

en: Whether to give blocks random colors.
en_GB: Whether to give blocks random colours.

en: true if the window is maximized
en_GB: true if the window is maximised

note: rotate counter clock wise
en: _Rotate blocks counterclockwise
en_GB: _Rotate blocks anti-clockwise

en: The uri of the resource
en_GB: The URI of the resource

en: Whether to enable accesibility enhanced keyboard navigation
en_GB: Whether to enable accessibility enhanced keyboard navigation

en: Editing behavior
en_GB: Editing behaviour

en: The behavior mode to use in editing mode
en_GB: The behaviour mode to use in editing mode

en: uncheck
en_GB: untick

en: check
en_GB: tick

en: qemu 4.1.0 output shifts to scientific notation at 1000mb, breaking oslo.utils. ``QemuImgInfo`` is now fixed to support this notation.
en_GB: QEMU 4.1.0 output shifts to scientific notation at 1000MB, breaking oslo.utils. ``QemuImgInfo`` is now fixed to support this notation.

en: Unrecognized value '%(val)s', acceptable values are: %(acceptable)s
en_GB: Unrecognised value '%(val)s', acceptable values are: %(acceptable)s

en: The JSONFormatter formatter now converts unserializable objects with repr() to prevent JSON serialization errors on logging. The fix requires oslo.serialization 2.20.2 or newer. (Bug #1593641)
en_GB: The JSONFormatter formatter now converts un-serialisable objects with repr() to prevent JSON serialisation errors on logging. The fix requires oslo.serialisation 2.20.2 or newer. (Bug #1593641)

en: The JSONFormatter formatter now converts unserializable objects with repr() to prevent JSON serialization errors on logging. The fix requires oslo.serialization 2.21.1 or newer. (Bug #1593641)
en_GB: The JSONFormatter formatter now converts unserialisable objects with repr() to prevent JSON serialization errors on logging. The fix requires oslo.serialisation 2.21.1 or newer. (Bug #1593641)

en: The log_config_append configuration option is now mutable and the logging settings it controls are reconfigured when the configuration file is reread. This can be used to, for example, change logger or handler levels.
en_GB: The log_config_append configuration option is now mutable and the logging settings it controls are reconfigured when the configuration file is re-read. This can be used to, for example, change logger or handler levels.

en: %(what)s is deprecated as of %(as_of)s in favor of %(in_favor_of)s and may be removed in %(remove_in)s.
en_GB: %(what)s is deprecated as of %(as_of)s in favour of %(in_favor_of)s and may be removed in %(remove_in)s.

en: %(what)s is deprecated as of %(as_of)s in favor of %(in_favor_of)s.
en_GB: %(what)s is deprecated as of %(as_of)s in favour of %(in_favor_of)s.

en: Repaired the "synchronous_reader" modifier of enginefacade so that it refers to the "writer" engine when set to True, thereby allowing "synchronous" behavior with the writer.  When set to False, this is "asynchronous", so this should be associated with the async engines. The flag had the reverse behavior previously.
en_GB: Repaired the "synchronous_reader" modifier of enginefacade so that it refers to the "writer" engine when set to True, thereby allowing "synchronous" behaviour with the writer.  When set to False, this is "asynchronous", so this should be associated with the async engines. The flag had the reverse behaviour previously.

en: The configuration option ``sqlite_db`` is removed. Pease use configuration option ``connection`` or ``slave_connection`` to connect to the database.
en_GB: The configuration option ``sqlite_db`` is removed. Please use configuration option ``connection`` or ``slave_connection`` to connect to the database.

en: base test classes from ``oslo_db.sqlalchemy.test_base`` are deprecated in favor of new fixtures introduced in ``oslo_db.sqlalchemy.test_fixtures`` module
en_GB: base test classes from ``oslo_db.sqlalchemy.test_base`` are deprecated in flavour of new fixtures introduced in ``oslo_db.sqlalchemy.test_fixtures`` module

en: A new kwarg, ``python_exec`` is added to the execute() function in the processutils module. This option is used to specify the path to the python executable to use for prlimits enforcement.
en_GB: A new kwarg, ``python_exec`` is added to the execute() function in the processutils module. This option is used to specify the path to the Python executable to use for prlimits enforcement.

en: this color is to be translated
en_GB: this colour is to be translated

note: settings-example@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->date- select->description
en: Choose a Date
en_GB: Choose a date

en: Choose how the atoms are colored:
en_GB: Choose how the atoms are coloured:

en: By atomic number, default "jmol" colors
en_GB: By atomic number, default "jmol" colours

en: Colors ...
en_GB: Colours ...

en: Movie ...
en_GB: Film ...

note: TRANSLATORS: e.g. "Au fcc100 surface with 2 atoms." or "Au fcc100 surface with 2 atoms. Vacuum: 5 Å."
en: {symbol} {surf} surface with one atom.{vacuum} | {symbol} {surf} surface with {natoms} atoms.{vacuum}
en_GB[0]: {symbol} {surf} surface with {natoms} atom.{vacuum}
en_GB[1]: {symbol} {surf} surface with {natoms} atoms.{vacuum}

en: If set, pawn promotes to queen without promotion dialog selection.
en_GB: If set, Pawn promotes to Queen without promotion dialogue selection.

en: Colorize analyzed moves
en_GB: Colourise analysed moves

en: If set, PyChess will colorize suboptimal analyzed moves with red.
en_GB: If set, PyChess will colourise suboptimal analysed moves with red.

en: If set, the hint analyzer engine evaluation value is shown.
en_GB: If set, the hint analyser engine evaluation value is shown.

en: Use _analyzer
en_GB: Use _analyser

en: The analyzer will run in the background and analyze the game. <b>This is necessary for the hint mode to work</b>
en_GB: The analyser will run in the background and analyse the game. <b>This is necessary for the hint mode to work</b>

en: Use _inverted analyzer
en_GB: Use _inverted analyser

en: The inverse analyzer will analyze the game as if your opponent was to move. <b>This is necessary for the spy mode to work</b>
en_GB: The inverse analyser will analyse the game as if your opponent was to move. <b>This is necessary for the spy mode to work</b>

en: <b>Analyzing</b>
en_GB: <b>Analysing</b>

en: Save analyzing engine _evaluation values
en_GB: Save analysing engine _evaluation values

en: _Analyze Game
en_GB: _Analyse Game

en: Analyze game
en_GB: Analyse game

en: Use analyzer:
en_GB: Use analyser:

en: If the analyzer finds a move where the evaluation difference (the difference between the evaluation for the move it thinks is the best move and the evaluation for the move made in the game) exceeds this value, it will add an annotation for that move (consisting of the engine's Principal Variation for the move) to the Annotation panel
en_GB: If the analyser finds a move where the evaluation difference (the difference between the evaluation for the move it thinks is the best move and the evaluation for the move made in the game) exceeds this value, it will add an annotation for that move (consisting of the engine's Principal Variation for the move) to the Annotation panel

en: Analyze from current position
en_GB: Analyse from current position

en: Analyze black moves
en_GB: Analyse black moves

en: Analyze white moves
en_GB: Analyse white moves

en: Center:
en_GB: Centre:

en: <b>Your Color</b>
en_GB: <b>Your Colour</b>

en: _Your Color:
en_GB: _Your Colour:

en: You can't switch colors during the game.
en_GB: You can't switch colours during the game.

en: Because %(loser)s was checkmated
en_GB: Because %(loser)s was Checkmated

en: Because %(loser)s king exploded
en_GB: Because %(loser)s King exploded

en: Because %(winner)s king reached the center
en_GB: Because %(winner)s king reached the centre

en: FICS wild/4: http://www.freechess.org/Help/HelpFiles/wild.html
    * Randomly chosen pieces (two queens or three rooks possible)
    * Exactly one king of each color
    * Pieces placed randomly behind the pawns, SUBJECT TO THE CONSTRAINT THAT THE BISHOPS ARE BALANCED
    * No castling
    * Black's arrangement DOES NOT mirrors white's
en_GB: FICS wild/4: http://www.freechess.org/Help/HelpFiles/wild.html
    * Randomly chosen pieces (two queens or three rooks possible)
    * Exactly one king of each colour
    * Pieces placed randomly behind the pawns, SUBJECT TO THE CONSTRAINT THAT THE BISHOPS ARE BALANCED
    * No castling
    * Black's arrangement DOES NOT mirrors white's

en: http://brainking.com/en/GameRules?tp=2
    * Placement of the pieces on the 1st and 8th row are randomized
    * The king is in the right hand corner
    * Bishops must start on opposite color squares
    * Black's starting position is obtained by rotating white's position 180 degrees around the board's center
    * No castling
en_GB: http://brainking.com/en/GameRules?tp=2
    * Placement of the pieces on the 1st and 8th row are randomised
    * The king is in the right hand corner
    * Bishops must start on opposite colour squares
    * Black's starting position is obtained by rotating white's position 180 degrees around the board's centre
    * No castling

en: Bringing your king legally to the center (e4, d4, e5, d5) instantly wins the game!
    Normal rules apply in other cases and checkmate also ends the game.
en_GB: Bringing your king legally to the centre (e4, d4, e5, d5) instantly wins the game!
    Normal rules apply in other cases and checkmate also ends the game.

en: FICS wild/3: http://www.freechess.org/Help/HelpFiles/wild.html
    * Randomly chosen pieces (two queens or three rooks possible)
    * Exactly one king of each color
    * Pieces placed randomly behind the pawns
    * No castling
    * Black's arrangement mirrors white's
en_GB: FICS wild/3: http://www.freechess.org/Help/HelpFiles/wild.html
    * Randomly chosen pieces (two queens or three rooks possible)
    * Exactly one king of each colour
    * Pieces placed randomly behind the pawns
    * No castling
    * Black's arrangement mirrors white's

en: xboard wildcastle http://home.hccnet.nl/h.g.muller/engine-intf.html#8
    FICS wild/1: http://www.freechess.org/Help/HelpFiles/wild.html
    * In this variant both sides have the same set of pieces as in normal chess.
    * The white king starts on d1 or e1 and the black king starts on d8 or e8,
    * and the rooks are in their usual positions.
    * Bishops are always on opposite colors.
    * Subject to these constraints the position of the                  pieces on their first ranks is random.
    * Castling is done similarly to normal chess:
    * o-o-o indicates long castling and o-o short castling.
en_GB: xboard wildcastle http://home.hccnet.nl/h.g.muller/engine-intf.html#8
    FICS wild/1: http://www.freechess.org/Help/HelpFiles/wild.html
    * In this variant both sides have the same set of pieces as in normal chess.
    * The white king starts on d1 or e1 and the black king starts on d8 or e8,
    * and the rooks are in their usual positions.
    * Bishops are always on opposite colours.
    * Subject to these constraints the position of the                  pieces on their first ranks is random.
    * Castling is done similarly to normal chess:
    * o-o-o indicates long castling and o-o short castling.

en: If set you can refuse players accepting your seek
en_GB: If set, you can refuse players accepting your seek

en: Game analyzing in progress...
en_GB: Game analysing in progress...

en: wine not installed
en_GB: Wine not installed

en: <b>Hint mode</b> analyzing your game, enable this type <b>Ctrl+H</b>.
en_GB: <b>Hint mode</b> analysing your game, enable this type <b>Ctrl+H</b>.

en: <b>Spy mode</b> analyzing the oponnent game, enable this type <b>Ctrl+Y</b>.
en_GB: <b>Spy mode</b> analysing the oponnent game, enable this type <b>Ctrl+Y</b>.

en: Active color field must be one of w or b. 
    
    %s
en_GB: Active colour field must be one of w or b. 
    
    %s

en: moves bishop into fianchetto: %s
en_GB: moves Bishop into fianchetto: %s

en: castles
en_GB: Castles

en: %(color)s got a double pawn %(place)s
en_GB: %(color)s got a double Pawn %(place)s

en: %(color)s got new double pawns %(place)s
en_GB: %(color)s got new double Pawns %(place)s

en: %(color)s got an isolated pawn in the %(x)s file | %(color)s got isolated pawns in the %(x)s files
en_GB[0]: %(color)s got an isolated Pawn in the %(x)s file
en_GB[1]: %(color)s got isolated Pawns in the %(x)s files

en: %s moves pawns into stonewall formation
en_GB: %s moves Pawns into stonewall formation

en: %(opcolor)s has a new trapped bishop on %(cord)s
en_GB: %(opcolor)s has a new trapped Bishop on %(cord)s

en: develops a pawn: %s
en_GB: develops a Pawn: %s

en: brings a pawn closer to the backrow: %s
en_GB: brings a Pawn closer to the backrow: %s

en: brings a %(piece)s closer to enemy king: %(cord)s
en_GB: brings a %(piece)s closer to enemy King: %(cord)s

en: The comments panel will try to analyze and explain the moves played
en_GB: The comments panel will try to analyse and explain the moves played

en: cpu package %i
en_GB: CPU package %i

en: cpu package
en_GB: CPU package

en: Estimated power: %5.1f    Measured power: %5.1f    Sum: %5.1f
en_GB: Estimated power: %5.1f    Measured power:  %5.1f   Sum: %5.1f

en: The activity service is not running.
    It is necessary to have the activity manager running to configure activity-specific power management behavior.
en_GB: The activity service is not running.
    It is necessary to have the activity manager running to configure activity-specific power management behaviour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, specialBehaviorRadio)
en: Define a special behavior
en_GB: Define a special behaviour

en: Prompt log out dialog
en_GB: Prompt log out dialogue

en: Changing the policy type will cause a relabel of the entire file system on the next boot. Relabeling takes a long time depending on the size of the file system.  Do you wish to continue?
en_GB: Changing the policy type will cause a relabel of the entire file system on the next boot. Relabelling takes a long time depending on the size of the file system.  Do you wish to continue?

en: Changing to SELinux enabled will cause a relabel of the entire file system on the next boot. Relabeling takes a long time depending on the size of the file system.  Do you wish to continue?
en_GB: Changing to SELinux enabled will cause a relabel of the entire file system on the next boot. Relabelling takes a long time depending on the size of the file system.  Do you wish to continue?

note: #-#-#-#-#  425 (gnome-2048 master)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: summary of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/2048/window-maximized'
en: Window maximized
en_GB: Window maximised

en: Window maximized state
en_GB: Window maximised state

note: this year Translators: this is the month name and day number followed by a time string in 24h format. i.e. "May 25, 14:30"
en: %B %d, %H∶%M
en_GB: %d %B, %H∶%M

note: before this year Translators: this is the month name, day number, year number followed by a time string in 24h format. i.e. "May 25 2012, 14:30"
en: %B %d %Y, %H∶%M
en_GB: %d %B %Y, %H:%M

note: this year Translators: this is the month name and day number followed by a time string in 12h format. i.e. "May 25, 2:30 pm"
en: %B %d, %l∶%M %p
en_GB: %d %B, %l∶%M %p

note: before this year Translators: this is the month name, day number, year number followed by a time string in 12h format. i.e. "May 25 2012, 2:30 pm"
en: %B %d %Y, %l∶%M %p
en_GB: %d %B %Y, %l∶%M %p

en: Updating catalog
en_GB: Updating catalogue

en: Failed to load extracted catalog.
en_GB: Failed to load extracted catalogue.

en: Broken catalog file: singular form msgstr used together with msgid_plural
en_GB: Broken catalogue file: singular form msgstr used together with msgid_plural

en: Broken catalog file: plural form msgstr used without msgid_plural
en_GB: Broken catalogue file: plural form msgstr used without msgid_plural

en: There were errors when loading the catalog. Some data may be missing or corrupted as the result.
en_GB: There were errors when loading the catalogue. Some data may be missing or corrupted as the result.

en: The catalog couldn’t be saved in “%s” charset as specified in catalog settings.
    
    It was saved in UTF-8 instead and the setting was modified accordingly.
en_GB: The catalogue couldn’t be saved in “%s” charset as specified in catalogue settings.
    
    It was saved in UTF-8 instead and the setting was modified accordingly.

en: Error saving catalog
en_GB: Error saving catalogue

en: Not authorized, please sign in again.
en_GB: Not authorised, please sign in again.

en: Crowdin is an online localization management platform and collaborative translation tool. Poedit can seamlessly sync PO files managed at Crowdin.
en_GB: Crowdin is an online localisation management platform and collaborative translation tool. Poedit can seamlessly sync PO files managed at Crowdin.

en: Open catalog
en_GB: Open catalogue

en: The file may be either corrupted or in a format not recognized by Poedit.
en_GB: The file may be either corrupted or in a format not recognised by Poedit.

en: Catalog modified. Do you want to save changes?
en_GB: Catalogue modified. Do you want to save changes?

en: Do&n’t save
en_GB: Don’t save

en: Open catalog template
en_GB: Open catalogue template

en: Translations couldn’t be updated from the source code, because no code was found in the location specified in the catalog’s Properties.
en_GB: Translations couldn’t be updated from the source code, because no code was found in the location specified in the catalogue’s Properties.

en: You don’t have permission to read source code files from the location specified in the catalog’s Properties.
en_GB: You don’t have permission to read source code files from the location specified in the catalogue’s Properties.

en: Entries in the catalog are probably incorrect.
en_GB: Entries in the catalogue are probably incorrect.

en: Updating the catalog failed. Click on 'Details >>' for details.
en_GB: Updating the catalogue failed. Click on 'Details >>' for details.

en: This catalog has entries with plural forms, but doesn’t have Plural-Forms header configured.
en_GB: This catalogue has entries with plural forms, but doesn’t have Plural-Forms header configured.

en: Entries in this catalog have different plural forms count from what catalog’s Plural-Forms header says
en_GB: Entries in this catalogue have different plural forms count from what catalogue’s Plural-Forms header says

note: TRANSLATORS: %s is language name in its basic form (as you would see e.g. in a list of supported languages). You may need to rephrase it, e.g. to an equivalent of "for language %s".
en: Plural forms expression used by the catalog is unusual for %s.
en_GB: Plural forms expression used by the catalogue is unusual for %s.

en: Error loading message catalog file “%s”.
en_GB: Error loading message catalogue file “%s”.

en: Failed to merge gettext catalogs.
en_GB: Failed to merge gettext catalogues.

en: Poedit - Catalogs manager
en_GB: Poedit - Catalogues manager

en: Do you really want to do mass update of
    all catalogs in this project?
en_GB: Do you really want to do mass update of
    all catalogues in this project?

en: your_email@example.com
en_GB: your_e-mail@example.com

en: Your name and email address are only used to set the Last-Translator header of GNU gettext files.
en_GB: Your name and e-mail address are only used to set the Last-Translator header of GNU gettext files.

en: Show summary after catalog update
en_GB: Show summary after catalogue update

en: Finalizing…
en_GB: Finalising…

en: Supports all programming languages recognized by GNU gettext tools (PHP, C/C++, C#, Perl, Python, Java, JavaScript and others).
en_GB: Supports all programming languages recognised by GNU gettext tools (PHP, C/C++, C#, Perl, Python, Java, JavaScript and others).

en: Update all catalogs in the project
en_GB: Update all catalogues in the project

en: Catalogs &manager
en_GB: Catalogues &manager

en: Catalogs &Manager
en_GB: Catalogues &Manager

en: C&atalog
en_GB: C&atalogue

en: Catalog properties
en_GB: Catalogue properties

en: Use these keywords (function names) to recognize translatable strings
    in source files:
en_GB: Use these keywords (function names) to recognise translatable strings
    in source files:

en: These strings were found in the sources but were not in the catalog.
    Poedit will add them to the catalog now.
en_GB: These strings were found in the sources but were not in the catalogue.
    Poedit will add them to the catalogue now.

en: These strings are no longer in the sources.
    Poedit will remove them from the catalog now.
en_GB: These strings are no longer in the sources.
    Poedit will remove them from the catalogue now.

en: Save catalog
en_GB: Save catalogue

en: The simplest way to fill this catalog is to update it from a POT:
en_GB: The simplest way to fill this catalogue is to update it from a POT:

en: Synchronize the translation with Crowdin
en_GB: Synchronise the translation with Crowdin

en: Unauthorized Thunderbolt device <b>%1</b> was detected. Do you want to authorize it?
en_GB: Unauthorised Thunderbolt device <b>%1</b> was detected. Do you want to authorise it?

en: %1 unauthorized Thunderbolt device was detected. Do you want to authorize it? | %1 unauthorized Thunderbolt devices were detected. Do you want to authorize them?
en_GB[0]: %1 unauthorised Thunderbolt device was detected. Do you want to authorise it?
en_GB[1]: %1 unauthorised Thunderbolt devices were detected. Do you want to authorise them?

en: Authorize Now
en_GB: Authorise Now

en: Authorize Permanently
en_GB: Authorise Permanently

en: Thunderbolt Device Authorization Error
en_GB: Thunderbolt Device Authorisation Error

en: Failed to authorize Thunderbolt device <b>%1</b>: %2
en_GB: Failed to authorise Thunderbolt device <b>%1</b>: %2

note: #-#-#-#-#  454 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: The time point the device was authorized.
en: Authorized at:
en_GB: Authorised at:

en: Authorizing...
en_GB: Authorising...

en: Authorize
en_GB: Authorise

en: Hint: trusted device will be automatically authorized the next time it is connected to the computer.
en_GB: Hint: trusted device will be automatically authorised the next time it is connected to the computer.

en: Hint: an untrusted device needs to be manually authorized each time it is connected to the computer.
en_GB: Hint: an untrusted device needs to be manually authorised each time it is connected to the computer.

en: Authorization Error
en_GB: Authorisation Error

en: Authorizing
en_GB: Authorising

en: Connected & Authorized
en_GB: Connected & Authorised

[ctx: The role of the transaction, in past tense]
en: Canceled
en_GB: Cancelled

en: The task was canceled
en_GB: The task was cancelled

en: The task was forcibly canceled
en_GB: The task was forcibly cancelled

en: The license agreement failed
en_GB: The licence agreement failed

en: Failed to initialize
en_GB: Failed to initialise

en: Failed to finalize
en_GB: Failed to finalise

en: Authorization failed
en_GB: Authorisation failed

en: The package identifier was not well formed when sent to the system daemon.
    This normally indicates an internal bug and should be reported.
en_GB: The package identifier was not well formed when sent to the system dæmon.
    This normally indicates an internal bug and should be reported.

en: The task was canceled successfully and no packages were changed.
    The backend did not exit cleanly.
en_GB: The task was cancelled successfully and no packages were changed.
    The backend did not exit cleanly.

en: The license agreement was not agreed to.
    To use this software you have to accept the license.
en_GB: The licence agreement was not agreed to.
    To use this software you have to accept the licence.

en: Failed to initialize packaging backend.
    This may occur if other packaging tools are being used simultaneously.
en_GB: Failed to initialise packaging backend.
    This may occur if other packaging tools are being used simultaneously.

[ctx: The group type]
en: Localization
en_GB: Localisation

[ctx: The group type]
en: Virtualization
en_GB: Virtualisation

[ctx: Some updates are being shown on the screen]
en: 1 Update | %1 Updates
en_GB[0]: Update
en_GB[1]: %1 Updates

[ctx: Part of: %1 Updates, %1 Selected]
en: %1 Update | %1 Updates
en_GB[0]: Update
en_GB[1]: %1 Updates

en: 1 Package | %1 Packages
en_GB[0]: Package
en_GB[1]: %1 Packages

en: Please insert the CD labeled '%1', and press continue.
en_GB: Please insert the CD labelled '%1', and press continue.

en: Please insert the DVD labeled '%1', and press continue.
en_GB: Please insert the DVD labelled '%1', and press continue.

en: Please insert the disc labeled '%1', and press continue.
en_GB: Please insert the disc labelled '%1', and press continue.

en: Please insert the medium labeled '%1', and press continue.
en_GB: Please insert the medium labelled '%1', and press continue.

en: It's strongly recommended that you check for new updates now
en_GB: It is strongly recommended that you check for new updates now

en: Front Center
en_GB: Front Centre

en: Maximize Panel
en_GB: Maximise Panel

en: Enter your Google credentials and browse through your picasa albums
en_GB: Enter your Google credentials and browse through your Picasa albums

en: You recently updated your kernel. Iptables is failing to initialize, please reboot.
en_GB: You recently updated your kernel. Iptables is failing to initialise, please reboot.

en: Please install a firewall, such as ufw or firewalld
en_GB: Please install a firewall, such as UFW or firewalld

[ctx: @info/rich]
en: <note>It is safe to close this dialog. If you do not want to, you do not have to file a bug report.</note>
en_GB: <note>It is safe to close this dialogue. If you do not want to, you do not have to file a bug report.</note>

[ctx: @info/rich]
en: If you can, describe in as much detail as possible the crash circumstances, and what you were doing when the application crashed (this information is going to be requested later.) You can mention:
en_GB: If you can, describe in as much detail as possible the crash circumstances, and what you were doing when the application crashed (this information is going to be requested later). You can mention:

[ctx: @info/rich]
en: If the crash information is not detailed enough, you may need to install some debug packages and reload it (if the <interface>Install Debug Symbols</interface> button is available you can use it to automatically install the missing information.)
en_GB: If the crash information is not detailed enough, you may need to install some debug packages and reload it (if the <interface>Install Debug Symbols</interface> button is available you can use it to automatically install the missing information).

[ctx: @info/rich]
en: The KWallet dialog may appear when pressing Login to save your password in the KWallet password system. Also, it will prompt you for the KWallet password upon loading to autocomplete the login fields if you use this assistant again.
en_GB: The KWallet dialogue may appear when pressing Login to save your password in the KWallet password system. Also, it will prompt you for the KWallet password upon loading to autocomplete the login fields if you use this assistant again.

[ctx: @info/rich]
en: If not enough possible duplicates are found, or you did not find a similar report, then you can force it to search for more bug reports (only if the date range limit is not reached.)
en_GB: If not enough possible duplicates are found, or you did not find a similar report, then you can force it to search for more bug reports (only if the date range limit is not reached).

[ctx: @info/rich]
en: <note>You should <strong>write those information in English</strong>.</note>
en_GB: <note>You should <strong>write this information in English</strong>.</note>

[ctx: @title]
en: Results of the Analyzed Crash Details
en_GB: Results of the Analysed Crash Details

[ctx: @info:tooltip help and examples of good bug descriptions]
en: - Note if you noticed any unusual behavior in the application or in the whole environment.
en_GB: - Note if you noticed any unusual behaviour in the application or in the whole environment.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_actionsInsideApp)
en: Check this option if you can describe what were you doing inside the application before it crashed
en_GB: Tick this option if you can describe what were you doing inside the application before it crashed

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_actionsInsideApp)
en: Check this option if you can describe what were you doing inside the application before it crashed
en_GB: Tick this option if you can describe what were you doing inside the application before it crashed

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_unusualSituation)
en: Check this option if you can describe any unusual behavior or appearance in the application or the whole desktop
en_GB: Tick this option if you can describe any unusual behaviour or appearance in the application or the whole desktop

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_unusualSituation)
en: Check this option if you can describe any unusual behavior or appearance in the application or the whole desktop
en_GB: Tick this option if you can describe any unusual behaviour or appearance in the application or the whole desktop

[ctx: @option:check kind of information the user can provide about the crash]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_unusualSituation)
en: Unusual desktop behavior I noticed
en_GB: Unusual desktop behaviour I noticed

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_appSpecificDetails)
en: Check this option if you can provide application specific details or settings that may be related to the crash.
en_GB: Tick this option if you can provide application specific details or settings that may be related to the crash.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_appSpecificDetails)
en: Check this option if you can provide application specific details or settings that may be related to the crash.
en_GB: Tick this option if you can provide application specific details or settings that may be related to the crash.

[ctx: @info]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_introLabel)
en: This assistant will analyze the crash information and guide you through the bug reporting process.
en_GB: This assistant will analyse the crash information and guide you through the bug reporting process.

[ctx: @info note before starting the bug reporting process]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_warningLabel)
en: <p><i>Note:</i> Since communication between you and the developers is required for effective debugging, to continue reporting this bug <strong>it is required for you to agree that developers may contact you.</strong></p><p>Feel free to close this dialog if you do not accept this.</p>
en_GB: <p><i>Note:</i> Since communication between you and the developers is required for effective debugging, to continue reporting this bug <strong>it is required for you to agree that developers may contact you.</strong></p><p>Feel free to close this dialogue if you do not accept this.</p>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>The reporting assistant is disabled because the crash handler dialog was started in safe mode.<nl />You can manually report this bug to %1 (including the backtrace from the <interface>Developer Information</interface> tab.)</para>
en_GB: <para>The reporting assistant is disabled because the crash handler dialogue was started in safe mode.<nl />You can manually report this bug to %1 (including the backtrace from the <interface>Developer Information</interface> tab.)</para>

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Close this dialog (you will lose the crash information.)
en_GB: Close this dialogue (you will lose the crash information).

[ctx: @info:shell]
en: Do not show a notification but launch the debug dialog directly
en_GB: Do not show a notification but launch the debug dialogue directly

en: It is, however, a library which can be extended to create other dock programs with more advanced features. Thus, Plank is the underlying technology for Docky (starting in version 3.0.0) and aims to provide all the core features while Docky extends it to add fancier things like Docklets, painters, settings dialogs, etc.
en_GB: It is, however, a library which can be extended to create other dock programs with more advanced features. Thus, Plank is the underlying technology for Docky (starting in version 3.0.0) and aims to provide all the core features while Docky extends it to add fancier things like Docklets, painters, settings dialogues, etc.

en: Offset in percent from the center of the screen-edge
en_GB: Offset in percent from the centre of the screen-edge

en: Dodge maximized window
en_GB: Dodge maximised window

en: 
        %prog [PROJECT_FILE]               # Start the video editor.
        %prog -i [-a] [MEDIA_FILE1 ...]    # Start the editor and create a project.
        %prog PROJECT_FILE -r OUTPUT_FILE  # Render a project.
        %prog PROJECT_FILE -p              # Preview a project.
en_GB: 
        %prog [PROJECT_FILE]               # Start the video editor.
        %prog -i [-a] [MEDIA_FILE1 …]    # Start the editor and create a project.
        %prog PROJECT_FILE -r OUTPUT_FILE  # Render a project.
        %prog PROJECT_FILE -p              # Preview a project.

en: Make sure you have installed gst-plugins-good and is available in the GStreamer plugin path.
en_GB: Make sure you have installed gst-plugins-good and that it's available in the GStreamer plugin path.

en: You do not have a recent enough version of the GTK+ Python bindings (currently %s)
en_GB: You do not have a recent enough version of the GTK+ Python bindings (your version %s)

en: Install a version of the GTK+ Python bindings greater or equal to %s
en_GB: Install a version of the GTK+ Python bindings greater than or equal to %s

en: You do not have a recent enough version of the GStreamer Python bindings (currently %s)
en_GB: You do not have a recent enough version of the GStreamer Python bindings (your version %s)

en: Install a version of the GStreamer Python bindings greater or equal to %s
en_GB: Install a version of the GStreamer Python bindings greater than or equal to %s

en: You do not have a recent enough version of GStreamer (currently %s)
en_GB: You do not have a recent enough version of GStreamer (your version %s)

en: Install a version of the GStreamer greater or equal to %s
en_GB: Install a version of the GStreamer greater than or equal to %s

en: You do not have a recent enough version of the cairo Python bindings (currently %s)
en_GB: You do not have a recent enough version of the cairo Python bindings (your version %s)

en: Install a version of the cairo Python bindings greater or equal to %s
en_GB: Install a version of the cairo Python bindings greater than or equal to %s

en: You do not have a recent enough version of the GNonLin GStreamer plugin (currently %s)
en_GB: You do not have a recent enough version of the GNonLin GStreamer plugin (your version %s)

en: Install a version of the GNonLin GStreamer plugin greater or equal to %s
en_GB: Install a version of the GNonLin GStreamer plugin greater than or equal to %s

en: Make sure you have the distutils python module installed
en_GB: Make sure you have the distutils Python module installed

note: woot, nothing decodable
en: Can not decode file.
en_GB: Cannot decode file.

en: Timeout while analyzing file.
en_GB: Timeout while analysing file.

en: Analyzing the file took too long.
en_GB: Analysing the file took too long.

en: You do not have a GStreamer source element to handle protocol '%s'
en_GB: You do not have a GStreamer source element to handle the '%s' protocol

en: An internal error occurred while analyzing this file: %s
en_GB: An internal error occurred while analysing this file: %s

en: <b>Video:</b> %d x %d <i>pixels</i> at %.2f<i>fps</i>
en_GB: <b>Video:</b> %d×%d <i>pixels</i> at %.2f<i>fps</i>

en: <b>Image:</b> %d x %d <i>pixels</i>
en_GB: <b>Image:</b> %d×%d <i>pixels</i>

en: 23,976 fps
en_GB: 23.976 fps

en: 29,97 fps
en_GB: 29.97 fps

en: 59,94 fps
en_GB: 59.94 fps

en: Properties For: %d object | Properties For: %d objects
en_GB[0]: Properties for: %d object
en_GB[1]: Properties for: %d objects

en: No properties...
en_GB: No properties…

en: Edit Project Settings...
en_GB: Edit Project Settings…

en: Estimating...
en_GB: Estimating…

en: Error while analyzing a file
en_GB: Error while analysing a file

en: Render project...
en_GB: Render project…

en: _Plugins...
en_GB: _Plugins…

en: Import from _Webcam...
en_GB: Import from _Webcam…

en: _Make screencast...
en_GB: _Make screencast…

en: _Capture Network Stream...
en_GB: _Capture Network Stream…

en: GNU Lesser General Public License
    See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lesser.html for more details
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence
    See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lesser.html for more details

en: Locate missing file...
en_GB: Locate missing file…

en: This plugin is already installed in your system.
    If you agree, version %(v1)s will be replaced with version %(v2)s
en_GB: This plugin is already installed on your system.
    If you agree, version %(v1)s will be replaced with version %(v2)s

en: Import clips...
en_GB: Import clips…

en: _Import clips...
en_GB: _Import clips…

en: Import _folder of clips...
en_GB: Import _folder of clips…

en: Errors occured while importing.
en_GB: Errors occurred while importing.

en: An error occured while importing.
en_GB: An error occurred while importing.

en: Error while analyzing files
en_GB: Error while analysing files

en: Browse projects...
en_GB: Browse projects…

en: One or more GStreamer errors has occured!
en_GB: One or more GStreamer errors has occurred!

en: The background color for clips in video tracks.
en_GB: The background colour for clips in video tracks.

en: The background color for clips in audio tracks.
en_GB: The background colour for clips in audio tracks.

en: Selection Color
en_GB: Selection Colour

en: Selected clips will be tinted with this color.
en_GB: Selected clips will be tinted with this colour.

note: Translators: "non local" means the project is not stored on a local filesystem
en: %s doesn't yet handle non local projects
en_GB: %s doesn't yet handle non-local projects

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, serversievelabel)
en: The server port changed when ManageSieve turned into a full RFC Standard. Old server implementations still use port 2000, while newer standard conform server can only be accessed via port 4190.
en_GB: The server port changed when ManageSieve became a full RFC Standard. Old server implementations still use port 2000, while newer standard conform server can only be accessed via port 4190.

en: Task Canceled
en_GB: Task Cancelled

en: Failed to synchronize %1.
en_GB: Failed to synchronise %1.

en: Resource %1 synchronized.
en_GB: Resource %1 synchronised.

en: All resources synchronized.
en_GB: All resources synchronised.

en: Start synchronizing...
en_GB: Start synchronising...

en: Resource config file "%1" doesn't exist.
en_GB: Resource configuration file "%1" doesn't exist.

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Synchronize Resources
en_GB: Synchronise Resources

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Synchronize resources
en_GB: Synchronise resources

en: Synchronize resources... It can take some time.
en_GB: Synchronise resources... It can take some time.

en: File or url. The user will be asked whether to import or export.
en_GB: File or URL. The user will be asked whether to import or export.

en: Displayed when a buddy goes offline.
en_GB: Displayed when a buddy goes offline

en: Displayed when a buddy returns from idle.
en_GB: Displayed when a buddy returns from idle

en: New notification
en_GB: New notifications

en: The end all, be all, toaster popup plugin
en_GB: The be all, and end all, toaster popup plugin

en: Guifications:
    The end all, be all, toaster popup plugin
en_GB: Guifications:
    The be all, and end all, toaster popup plugin

en: Authorize buddy?
en_GB: Authorise buddy?

en: Please Update the necessary fields.
en_GB: Please update the necessary fields.

en: Message was not sent, because you are not signed on.
en_GB: Message was not sent because you are not signed on.

en: The account has disconnected and you are no longer in this chat. You will be automatically rejoined in the chat when the account reconnects.
en_GB: The account has disconnected and you are no longer in this chat. You will automatically rejoin the chat when the account reconnects.

en: %s is not a valid color. See '/help msgcolor' for valid colors.
en_GB: %s is not a valid colour. See '/help msgcolor' for valid colours.

en: users:  Show the list of users in the chat.
en_GB: users: Show the list of users in the chat.

en: plugins: Show the plugins window.
en_GB: plugins: Show the plugins window

en: buddylist: Show the buddylist.
en_GB: buddylist: Show the buddy list.

en: statuses: Show the savedstatuses window.
en_GB: statuses: Show the saved-statuses window.

en: msgcolor &lt;class&gt; &lt;foreground&gt; &lt;background&gt;: Set the color for different classes of messages in the conversation window.<br>    &lt;class&gt;: receive, send, highlight, action, timestamp<br>    &lt;foreground/background&gt;: black, red, green, blue, white, gray, darkgray, magenta, cyan, default<br><br>EXAMPLE:<br>    msgcolor send cyan default
en_GB: msgcolor &lt;class&gt; &lt;foreground&gt; &lt;background&gt;: Set the colour for different classes of messages in the conversation window.<br>    &lt;class&gt;: receive, send, highlight, action, timestamp<br>    &lt;foreground/background&gt;: black, red, green, blue, white, gray, darkgray, magenta, cyan, default<br><br>EXAMPLE:<br>    msgcolor send cyan default

en: You have mail!
en_GB: You have email!

en: Plugin need to be loaded before you can configure it.
en_GB: Plugin needs to be loaded before you can configure it.

en: You can (un)load plugins from the following list.
en_GB: You are (un)load plugins from the following list.

en: Open an IM window
en_GB: Open a message window

en: Hit 'Enter' to find more rooms of this category.
en_GB: Press 'Enter' to find more rooms of this category.

en: No Sound
en_GB: No Sounds

en: Are you sure you want to delete "%s"
en_GB: Are you sure you want to delete "%s"?

en: Substatus
en_GB: Sub-status

en: Someone speaks in a chat
en_GB: Someone speaks in chat

en: Someone says your name in a chat
en_GB: Someone says your name in chat

en: <b>Conversation with %s on %s:</b><br>
en_GB: <h1>Conversation with %s on %s:</b><br>

en: History Plugin Requires Logging
en_GB: History Plug-in Requires Logging

en: When a new conversation is opened this plugin will insert the last conversation into the current conversation.
en_GB: When a new conversation is opened this plug-in will insert the last conversation into the current conversation.

en: Online Buddies
en_GB: Online buddies

en: Offline Buddies
en_GB: Offline buddies

en: Missing protocol plugin for %s
en_GB: Missing protocol plug-in for %s

en: Plugin magic mismatch %d (need %d)
en_GB: Plug-in magic mismatch %d (need %d)

en: The required plugin %s was not found. Please install this plugin and try again.
en_GB: The required plug-in %s was not found. Please install this plug-in and try again.

en: Unable to load the plugin
en_GB: Unable to load the plug-in.

en: The required plugin %s was unable to load.
en_GB: The required plug-in %s could not be loaded.

en: Unable to load your plugin.
en_GB: Unable to load your plug-in.

note: *< name *< version *  summary *  description
en: DBus Plugin Example
en_GB: DBus Plug-in Example

en: Unset Idle Time for All Idled Accounts
en_GB: Unset Idle Time For All Idled Accounts

en: Allows you to hand-configure how long you've been idle
en_GB: Allows you to hand-configure how long you've been idle for

note: *< name *< version *  summary
en: Test plugin IPC support, as a client.
en_GB: Test plug-in IPC support, as a client.

note: *  description
en: Test plugin IPC support, as a client. This locates the server plugin and calls the commands registered.
en_GB: Test plug-in IPC support, as a client. This locates the server plug-in and calls the commands registered.

note: *< name *< version *  summary
en: Test plugin IPC support, as a server.
en_GB: Test plug-in IPC support, as a server.

note: *  description
en: Test plugin IPC support, as a server. This registers the IPC commands.
en_GB: Test plug-in IPC support, as a server. This registers the IPC commands.

en: One or more messages may have been undeliverable.
en_GB: One or more messages may not have been delivered.

en: Mono Plugin Loader
en_GB: Mono Plug-in Loader

en: Loads .NET plugins with Mono.
en_GB: Loads .NET plug-ins with Mono.

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id
en: Perl Plugin Loader
en_GB: Perl Plug-in Loader

note: *< name *< version *< summary
en: Provides support for loading perl plugins.
en_GB: Provides support for loading perl plug-ins.

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id
en: Simple Plugin
en_GB: Simple Plug-in

en: Buddy Goes _Idle
en_GB: Buddy Becomes _Idle

en: Tcl Plugin Loader
en_GB: Tcl Plug-in Loader

en: Provides support for loading Tcl plugins
en_GB: Provides support for loading Tcl plug-ins

en: Unable to establish connection with the local mDNS server.  Is it running?
en_GB: Unable to establish connection with the local mDNS server - is it running?

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version *  summary *  description
en: Bonjour Protocol Plugin
en_GB: Bonjour Protocol Plug-in

en: Unable to send the message, the conversation couldn't be started.
en_GB: Unable to send the message: the conversation couldn't be started.

en: Save Buddylist...
en_GB: Send Buddylist...

en: Couldn't load buddylist
en_GB: Couldn't load buddy list

en: Please, enter your search criteria below
en_GB: Please enter your search criteria below

en: Birth Year
en_GB: Year of birth

note: magic major_version minor_version plugin type ui_requirement flags dependencies priority id name version
en: Gadu-Gadu Protocol Plugin
en_GB: Gadu-Gadu Protocol Plug-in

note: summary
en: Polish popular IM
en_GB: Polish popular IM system

en: Don't use encryption
en_GB: Do not use encryption

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version
en: IRC Protocol Plugin
en_GB: IRC Protocol Plug-in

note: *  summary
en: The IRC Protocol Plugin that Sucks Less
en_GB: The IRC Protocol Plug-in that Sucks Less

en: Cannot join %s: Registration is required.
en_GB: Cannot join %s: Registration required.

en: SASL authentication failed
en_GB: SASL Authentication failed

en: Postal Code
en_GB: Postcode

en: Organization Name
en_GB: Organisation Name

en: Organization Unit
en_GB: Organisation Unit

en: (Re-)Request authorization
en_GB: (Re-)Request authorisation

en: Initializing Stream
en_GB: Initialising Stream

en: Initializing SSL/TLS
en_GB: Initialising SSL/TLS

en: Re-initializing Stream
en_GB: Re-initialising Stream

en: Not Authorized
en_GB: Not Authorised

en: Recipient Unavailable
en_GB: Recipient unavailable

en: Authorization Aborted
en_GB: Authorisation Aborted

en: Incorrect encoding in authorization
en_GB: Incorrect encoding in authorisation

en: Invalid Authorization Mechanism
en_GB: Invalid Authorisation Mechanism

en: Authorization mechanism too weak
en_GB: Authorisation mechanism too weak

en: Account does not support PEP, can't set mood
en_GB: Account does not support PEP, cannot set mood

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version *  summary *  description
en: XMPP Protocol Plugin
en_GB: XMPP Protocol Plug-in

en: Please specify a new nickname for you.
en_GB: Please specify a new nickname for yourself.

en: Could not recognize the host of the username you entered
en_GB: Could not recognise the host of the username you entered

en: %s appears to be offline and did not receive the message that you just sent.
en_GB: %s appears to be offline and did not receive the message that you have just sent.

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version *  summary *  description
en: Novell GroupWise Messenger Protocol Plugin
en_GB: Novell GroupWise Messenger Protocol Plug-in

en: Please authorize me so I can add you to my buddy list.
en_GB: Please authorise me so I can add you to my buddy list.

en: Authorization Denied Message:
en_GB: Authorisation Denied Message:

en: You required encryption in your account settings, but one of the servers doesn't support it.
en_GB: You required encryption in your account settings, but one of the servers does not support it.

en: Having Coffee
en_GB: Having coffee

note: TODO: Don't call this with ssi
en: Finalizing connection
en_GB: Finalising connection

en: Received authorization
en_GB: Received authorisation

en: Unable to initialize connection
en_GB: Unable to initialise connection

en: ICQ authorization denied.
en_GB: ICQ authorisation denied.

en: Username formatting can change only capitalization and whitespace.
en_GB: Username formatting can change only capitalisation and whitespace.

en: The maximum profile length of %d byte has been exceeded.  It has been truncated for you. | The maximum profile length of %d bytes has been exceeded.  It has been truncated for you.
en_GB[0]: The maximum profile length of %d byte has been exceeded.  It has been truncated it for you.
en_GB[1]: The maximum profile length of %d bytes has been exceeded.  It has been truncated it for you.

en: Authorization Given
en_GB: Authorisation Given

en: Authorization Granted
en_GB: Authorisation Granted

en: Authorization Denied
en_GB: Authorisation Denied

en: Re-request Authorization
en_GB: Re-request Authorisation

en: Require authorization
en_GB: Require authorisation

en: Web aware (enabling this will cause you to receive SPAM!)
en_GB: Web aware (enabling this will cause you to receive spam!)

en: you are not waiting for authorization
en_GB: you are not waiting for authorisation

en: You are awaiting authorization from the following buddies
en_GB: You are awaiting authorisation from the following buddies

en: You can re-request authorization from these buddies by right-clicking on them and selecting "Re-request Authorization."
en_GB: You can re-request authorisation from these buddies by right-clicking on them and selecting "Re-request Authorisation."

note: ICQ actions
en: Set Privacy Options...
en_GB: Show Privacy Options...

en: Change Currently Registered Email Address...
en_GB: Change Currently Registered Email Address

en: Show Buddies Awaiting Authorization
en_GB: Show Buddies Awaiting Authorisation

en: Zip Code
en_GB: Postcode

note: Translators: This string is a menu option that, if selected, will cause you to appear offline to the chosen user when your status is set to Invisible (this is the default).
en: Don't Appear Online
en_GB: Do not Appear Online

note: Translators: This string is a menu option that, if selected, will cause you to appear offline to the chosen user if you are invisible, and appear online to the chosen user if you are not invisible (this is the default).
en: Don't Appear Offline
en_GB: Do not Appear Offline

en: Available Conferences
en_GB: Available Conference

en: Synchronize List with Server
en_GB: Synchronise List with Server

en: You cannot receive buddy notifications until you import his/her public key.  You can use the Get Public Key command to get the public key.
en_GB: You cannot receive buddy notifications until you import their public key.  You can use the Get Public Key command to get the public key.

en: To add the buddy you must import his/her public key. Press Import to import a public key.
en_GB: To add the buddy you must import their public key. Press Import to import a public key.

en: Channel authentication is used to secure the channel from unauthorized access. The authentication may be based on passphrase and digital signatures. If passphrase is set, it is required to be able to join. If channel public keys are set then only users whose public keys are listed are able to join.
en_GB: Channel authentication is used to secure the channel from unauthorised access. The authentication may be based on passphrase and digital signatures. If passphrase is set, it is required to be able to join. If channel public keys are set then only users whose public keys are listed are able to join.

en: Creating connection failed
en_GB: Connection creation failed

en: Birth Day
en_GB: Date of Birth

en: Roomlist
en_GB: Room List

en: Your VCard File
en_GB: Your vCard File

en: Create SILC Key Pair...
en_GB: Create SILC key pair...

en: Topic too long
en_GB: Topic too long.

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version *  summary
en: SILC Protocol Plugin
en_GB: SILC Protocol Plug-in

en: Organization: 	%s
en_GB: Organisation: 	%s

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version
en: SIP/SIMPLE Protocol Plugin
en_GB: SIP/SIMPLE Protocol Plug-in

note: *  summary
en: The SIP/SIMPLE Protocol Plugin
en_GB: The SIP/SIMPLE Protocol Plug-in

en: Publish status (note: everyone may watch you)
en_GB: Publish status (note: anyone can watch you)

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id *< name *< version *  summary *  description
en: Zephyr Protocol Plugin
en_GB: Zephyr Protocol Plug-in

en: Access denied: HTTP proxy server forbids port %d tunneling
en_GB: Access denied: HTTP proxy server forbids port %d tunnelling

en: %s became unidle
en_GB: %s is no longer idle

en: +++ %s became unidle
en_GB: +++ %s is no longer idle

en: Error Reading %s
en_GB: Error reading %s

en: The background color for the buddy list
en_GB: The background colour for the buddy list

note: Group Note to translators: These two strings refer to the background color of a buddy list group when in its expanded state
en: Expanded Background Color
en_GB: Expanded Background Colour

en: The background color of an expanded group
en_GB: The background colour of an expanded group

note: Note to translators: These two strings refer to the background color of a buddy list group when in its collapsed state
en: Collapsed Background Color
en_GB: Collapsed Background Colour

en: The background color of a collapsed group
en_GB: The background colour of a collapsed group

note: Buddy Note to translators: These two strings refer to the background color of a buddy list contact or chat room
en: Contact/Chat Background Color
en_GB: Contact/Chat Background Colour

en: The background color of a contact or chat
en_GB: The background colour of a contact or chat

en: Add _Buddy...
en_GB: Add _Buddy

en: Add C_hat...
en_GB: Add C_hat

en: /Tools/Plu_gins
en_GB: /Tools/Plu_g-ins

en: /Buddies/Show/Empty Groups
en_GB: /Buddies/Show/ Empty Groups

en: Buddy's _username:
en_GB: Buddy _username:

en: Valencian-Catalan
en_GB: Valencian Catalan

en: Hyperlink color
en_GB: Hyperlink colour

en: Color to draw hyperlinks.
en_GB: Colour to draw hyperlinks.

en: Hyperlink visited color
en_GB: Hyperlink visited colour

en: Color to draw hyperlink after it has been visited (or activated).
en_GB: Colour to draw hyperlinks after they has been visited (or activated).

en: Hyperlink prelight color
en_GB: Hyperlink prelight colour

en: Color to draw hyperlinks when mouse is over them.
en_GB: Colour to draw hyperlinks when mouse is over them.

en: Sent Message Name Color
en_GB: Sent Message Name Colour

en: Received Message Name Color
en_GB: Received Message Name Colour

en: Color to draw the name of a message you received.
en_GB: Colour to draw the name of a message you received.

en: "Attention" Name Color
en_GB: "Attention" Name Colour

en: Color to draw the name of a message you received containing your name.
en_GB: Colour to draw the name of a message you received containing your name.

en: Action Message Name Color
en_GB: Action Message Name Colour

en: Color to draw the name of an action message.
en_GB: Colour to draw the name of an action message.

en: Action Message Name Color for Whispered Message
en_GB: Action Message Name Colour for Whispered Message

en: Color to draw the name of a whispered action message.
en_GB: Colour to draw the name of a whispered action message.

en: Whisper Message Name Color
en_GB: Whisper Message Name Colour

en: Color to draw the name of a whispered message.
en_GB: Colour to draw the name of a whispered message.

en: Typing notification color
en_GB: Typing notification colour

en: The color to use for the typing notification
en_GB: The colour to use for the typing notification

en: <span size='larger' weight='bold'>Unrecognized file type</span>
    
    Defaulting to PNG.
en_GB: <span size='larger' weight='bold'>Unrecognised file type</span>
    
    Defaulting to PNG.

en: Select Text Color
en_GB: Select Text Colour

en: Select Background Color
en_GB: Select Background Colour

en: Foreground Color
en_GB: Foreground Colour

en: Foreground _color
en_GB: Foreground _colour

en: Bac_kground color
en_GB: Bac_kground colour

en: don't automatically login
en_GB: do not automatically login

en: The following plugins will be unloaded.
en_GB: The following plug-ins will be unloaded.

en: Multiple plugins will be unloaded.
en_GB: Multiple plug-ins will be unloaded.

en: Unload Plugins
en_GB: Unload Plug-ins

en: Configure Pl_ugin
en_GB: Configure Pl_ug-in

en: <b>Plugin Details</b>
en_GB: <b>Plug-in Details</b>

en: Ret_urns from away
en_GB: Ret_urn from away

en: Ope_n an IM window
en_GB: Ope_n a message window

en: _Placement:
en_GB: _Placement

en: _Open link in:
en_GB: _Open Link in:

en: M_ute sounds
en_GB: M_ute Sounds

en: Click to change your buddyicon for this account.
en_GB: Click to change your buddy icon for this account.

en: Click to change your buddyicon for all accounts.
en_GB: Click to change your buddy icon for all accounts.

en: Response Probability:
en_GB: Responses Probability:

en: Buddy is "extended" away
en_GB: Buddy is away for an extended period

en: The buddy with the <i>largest score</i> is the buddy who will have priority in the contact.
en_GB: The buddy with the <i>highest score</i> is the buddy who will have priority in the contact.

en: Conversation Colors
en_GB: Conversation Colours

en: Customize colors in the conversation window
en_GB: Customise colours in the conversation window

en: Select Color for %s
en_GB: Select Colour for %s

en: First name:
en_GB: Forename:

en: Last name:
en_GB: Surname:

note: *< name *< version *  summary *  description
en: Test to see that all ui signals are working properly.
en_GB: Test to see that all UI signals are working properly.

note: Count xprop method button
en: Insert count of new message into _X property
en_GB: Insert count of new messages into _X property

note: *< type *< ui_requirement *< flags *< dependencies *< priority *< id
en: Pidgin Demonstration Plugin
en_GB: Pidgin Demonstration Plug-in

note: *< name *< version *  summary
en: An example plugin that does stuff - see the description.
en_GB: An example plug-in that does stuff - see the description.

note: *  description
en: This is a really cool plugin that does a lot of stuff:
    - It tells you who wrote the program when you log in
    - It reverses all incoming text
    - It sends a message to people on your list immediately when they sign on
en_GB: This is a really cool plug-in that does a lot of stuff:
    - It tells you who wrote the program when you log in
    - It reverses all incoming text
    - It sends a message to people on your list immediately when they sign on

en: Hyperlink Color
en_GB: Hyperlink Colour

en: Visited Hyperlink Color
en_GB: Visited Hyperlink Colour

en: Highlighted Message Name Color
en_GB: Highlighted Messages Name Colour

en: Typing Notification Color
en_GB: Typing Notification Colour

en: Authorization dialog
en_GB: Authorisation dialog

en: Co_nversations:
en_GB: Co_nversations

note: *< name *< version *  summary
en: Customizes the message timestamp formats.
en_GB: Customises the message timestamp formats.

note: *  description
en: This plugin allows the user to customize conversation and logging message timestamp formats.
en_GB: This plug-in allows the user to customize conversation and logging message timestamp formats.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1214 (Pidgin)  #-#-#-#-# Installer Subsection Text #-#-#-#-#  69 (bleachbit)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: Localizations are files supporting specific languages, so applications appear in Spanish, etc.
en: Localizations
en_GB: Localisations

note: $R3 will display the URL that the Dictionary failed to download from
en: Error Installing Spellchecking ($R3).$\rIf retrying fails, manual installation instructions are at: http://developer.pidgin.im/wiki/Installing%20Pidgin#manual_win32_spellcheck_installation
en_GB: Error installing spellchecking ($R3).$\rIf retrying fails, manual installation instructions are at: http://developer.pidgin.im/wiki/Installing%20Pidgin#manual_win32_spellcheck_installation

[ctx: work_type]
en: An audio drama is a dramatized, purely acoustic performance, broadcast on radio or published on an audio medium (tape, CD, etc.).
en_GB: An audio drama is a dramatised, purely acoustic performance, broadcast on radio or published on an audio medium (tape, CD, etc.).

en: Authorization code:
en_GB: Authorisation code:

en: <br/>Translated to LANG by %s
en_GB: <br/>Translated to British English by %s

en: Catalog #s
en_GB: Catalogue #s

en: Catalog No.
en_GB: Catalogue No.

en: Ok match
en_GB: Okay match

en: &Builtin search
en_GB: &Built-in search

en: Picard needs authorization to access your personal data on the MusicBrainz server. Would you like to log in now?
en_GB: Picard needs authorisation to access your personal data on the MusicBrainz server. Would you like to log in now?

en: Use builtin search rather than looking in browser
en_GB: Use built-in search rather than looking in browser

en: Customize Action Toolbar
en_GB: Customise Action Toolbar

en: Use standardized artist names
en_GB: Use standardised artist names

en: Use standardized instrument and vocal credits
en_GB: Use standardised instrument and vocal credits

en: &Ok
en_GB: &OK

en: &Restore all Defaults
en_GB: &Restore All Defaults

en: Colors changed
en_GB: Colours changed

en: You have changed the interface colors. You may have to restart Picard in order for the changes to take effect.
en_GB: You have changed the interface colours. You may have to restart Picard in order for the changes to take effect.

en: Catalog Number
en_GB: Catalogue Number

en: Unrecognized alter operation.
en_GB: Unrecognised alter operation.

en: A symbol name was expected! A reserved keyword can not be used as a column name without backquotes.
en_GB: A symbol name was expected! A reserved keyword cannot be used as a column name without backquotes.

en: Unrecognized data type.
en_GB: Unrecognised data type.

en: Unexpected end of Lock expression.
en_GB: Unexpected end of LOCK expression.

en: Unrecognized statement type.
en_GB: Unrecognised statement type.

en: Unrecognized keyword.
en_GB: Unrecognised keyword.

note: Translators: This is a time format for a date in long format
en: %A, %B %-e
en_GB: %A, %d %B

en: Authentication type of wifi network “%s” not supported
en_GB: Authentication type of Wi-Fi network “%s” not supported

en: Enter password for the wifi network “%s”
en_GB: Enter password for the Wi-Fi network “%s”

note: Translators: this is the date in (short) number only format
en: %d.%m.%y
en_GB: %d/%m/%y

en: Authentication dialog was dismissed by the user
en_GB: Authentication dialogue was dismissed by the user

en: Remove from _Favorites
en_GB: Remove from _Favourites

en: Add to _Favorites
en_GB: Add to _Favourites

[ctx: BackendSelection|]
en: A list of Phonon Backends found on your system.  The order here determines the order Phonon will use them in.
en_GB: A list of Phonon backends found on your system.  The order here determines the order in which Phonon will use them.

[ctx: Phonon::DevicePreference|]
en: Defines the default ordering of devices which can be overridden by individual categories.
en_GB: Defines the default ordering of devices, which can be overridden by individual categories.

[ctx: DevicePreference|]
en: Various categories of media use cases.  For each category, you may choose what device you prefer to be used by the Phonon applications.
en_GB: Various categories of media use cases.  For each category, you may choose which device you prefer to be used by Phonon applications.

[ctx: Settings|]
en: Dialog
en_GB: Dialogue

en: Right click to add, delete, or rename units. 
    With the checkboxes you can select which units you want to practice. 
    Only checked units [x] will be asked in the practice!
en_GB: Right click to add, delete, or rename units. 
    With the tickboxes you can select which units you want to practice. 
    Only ticked units [x] will be asked in the practice!

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, GroupBox2)
en: &Last Practiced
en_GB: &Last Practised

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDateEdit, queryDateEdit)
en: The date this expression was last practiced
en_GB: The date this expression was last practised

note: i18n: ectx: property (specialValueText), widget (QDateEdit, queryDateEdit)
en: Not Practiced Yet
en_GB: Not Practised Yet

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, mathModeCheckBox)
en: Math mode
en_GB: Maths mode

en: Practice Dialogs
en_GB: Practice Dialogues

en: Start practicing
en_GB: Start practising

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Do not practice vocabulary that has been asked within:
en_GB: Do not practise vocabulary that has been asked within:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_IgnoreCapitalizationMistakes)
en: Any captitalization in the answer is counted as correct.
en_GB: Any captitalisation in the answer is counted as correct.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_IgnoreCapitalizationMistakes)
en: Ignore Capitalization
en_GB: Ignore Capitalisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Times practiced
en_GB: Times practised

en: Your answer was a synonym and your capitalization was wrong.
en_GB: Your answer was a synonym and your capitalisation was wrong.

en: Your answer was wrong as capitalization mistakes are not accepted. Please try again.
en_GB: Your answer was wrong as capitalisation mistakes are not accepted. Please try again.

en: Your answer was right, but your capitalization was wrong.
en_GB: Your answer was right, but your capitalisation was wrong.

en: Your answer was right... but not on the first try and your capitalization was wrong.
en_GB: Your answer was right... but not on the first try and your capitalisation was wrong.

en: Script Dialog
en_GB: Script Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KComboBox, licenseComboBox)
en: The license under which your document will be.
    If you consider contributing your file to KDE in the future, an appropriate license is required.
en_GB: The licence under which your document will be.
    If you consider contributing your file to KDE in the future, an appropriate licence is required.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoOpenLast)
en: When this option is checked, the last active collection will be loaded automatically when starting Parley instead of showing the welcome screen.
en_GB: When this option is ticked, the last active collection will be loaded automatically when starting Parley instead of showing the welcome screen.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoSave) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoBackup)
en: Your work will be automatically saved if you check this option
en_GB: Your work will be automatically saved if you tick this option

en: The selected user defined tense could not be deleted
    because it is in use.
en_GB: The selected user-defined tense could not be deleted
    because it is in use.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SmartAppend), group (General)
en: If true, when using the entry dialog, new rows will be appended as needed
en_GB: If true, when using the entry dialogue, new rows will be appended as needed

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Block), group (PracticeOptions)
en: In Blocking Query Tab Dialog, if checked then the Query is blocked
en_GB: In Blocking Query Tab Dialogue, if ticked then the Query is blocked

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Expire), group (PracticeOptions)
en: In Blocking Query Tab Dialog, if checked then the Query accepts an expiring time
en_GB: In Blocking Query Tab Dialogue, if ticked then the Query accepts an expiring time

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TestNumberOfEntries), group (PracticeOptions)
en: The number of entries that are practiced at the same time. If one of these is answered correctly another entry will be appended.
en_GB: The number of entries that are practised at the same time. If one of these is answered correctly another entry will be appended.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (IgnoreCapitalizationMistakes), group (PracticeOptions)
en: Count answers as right when only the capitalization is wrong.
en_GB: Count answers as right when only the capitalisation is wrong.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Periods), group (PracticeOptions)
en: Split translations at periods.
en_GB: Split translations at full stops.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PracticeImagesEnabled), group (PracticeOptions)
en: Enable image display in the practice dialogs.
en_GB: Enable image display in the practice dialogues.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PracticeSoundEnabled), group (PracticeOptions)
en: Enable sound playback in the practice dialogs.
en_GB: Enable sound playback in the practice dialogues.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (GradeColor), group (Appearance)
en: Color used to display the confidence levels
en_GB: Colour used to display the confidence levels

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreGradeColor), group (Appearance)
en: Color used to display the early confidence levels
en_GB: Colour used to display the early confidence levels

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_InvalidUnitColor) i18n: ectx: label, entry (InvalidUnitColor), group (Appearance)
en: Color used to display invalid units
en_GB: Colour used to display invalid units

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, gradeColorLabel)
en: Base color for displaying grades:
en_GB: Base colour for displaying grades:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_GradeColor)
en: Color used to display the progress
en_GB: Colour used to display the progress

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_GradeColor)
en: Click here to change the color used to display the progress.
en_GB: Click here to change the colour used to display the progress.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, preGradeColorLabel)
en: Color for displaying early progress:
en_GB: Colour for displaying early progress:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_PreGradeColor)
en: Color used to display the early progress
en_GB: Colour used to display the early progress

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_PreGradeColor)
en: Click here to change the color used to display the early progress.
en_GB: Click here to change the colour used to display the early progress.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, invalidUnitColorLabel)
en: Color used to display the grades:
en_GB: Colour used to display the grades:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_InvalidUnitColor)
en: Click here to change the color used to display invalid units.
en_GB: Click here to change the colour used to display invalid units.

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>If you do not want to see the answer again after pressing enter when practicing, you can configure Parley to directly skip to the next entry.</p>
    <p>You can even choose to display the answer for a fixed amount of time. Use "Configure Practice..." -> "Advanced" -> "Show solution after answering".</p>
en_GB: <p>If you do not want to see the answer again after pressing enter when practising, you can configure Parley to directly skip to the next entry.</p>
    <p>You can even choose to display the answer for a fixed amount of time. Use "Configure Practice..." -> "Advanced" -> "Show solution after answering".</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>You can use the "Download New Vocabulary" dialog or visit the website listing many vocabulary documents:
    <a href="https://edu.kde.org/contrib/kvtml2.php">https://edu.kde.org/contrib/kvtml2.php</a>.</p>
en_GB: <p>You can use the "Download New Vocabulary" dialogue or visit the website listing many vocabulary documents:
    <a href="https://edu.kde.org/contrib/kvtml2.php">https://edu.kde.org/contrib/kvtml2.php</a>.</p>

en: file type not recognized: %s%s
en_GB: file type not recognised: %s%s

en: config file %s, line %d: directive '%s' in section '%s' not recognized.
en_GB: config file %s, line %d: directive '%s' in section '%s' not recognised.

en: failed to initialize alpm library
    (%s: %s)
en_GB: failed to initialise alpm library
    (%s: %s)

en: Synchronizing package databases...
en_GB: Synchronising package databases...

en:       --color <when>   colorize the output
en_GB:       --color <when>   colourise the output

en:   -m, --nocolor    Disable colorized output messages
en_GB:   -m, --nocolor    Disable colourised output messages

en:   -V, --version    Show version information and exit
en_GB:   -V, --version Show version information and exit

en:   --verifysource   Download source files (if needed) and perform integrity checks
en_GB:   --verifysource Download source files (if needed) and perform integrity checks

en:   --nocolor            disable colorized output messages
en_GB:   --nocolor            disable colourised output messages

en:   -f, --finger              List fingerprint for specified or all keyids
en_GB:   -f, --finger        List fingerprint for specified or all keyids

en:   -v, --verify              Verify the file(s) specified by the signature(s)
en_GB:   -v, --verify        Verify the file(s) specified by the signature(s)

en:   --init                    Ensure the keyring is properly initialized
en_GB:   --init                    Ensure the keyring is properly initialised

en:   --populate                Reload the default keys from the (given) keyrings\n                            in '%s'
en_GB:   --populate                Reload the default keys from the (given) keyrings\n in '%s'

en:   --nocolor         turn off color in output\n
en_GB:   --nocolor         turn off colour in output\n

en:   -q, --quiet       minimize output\n
en_GB:   -q, --quiet       minimise output\n

en: Unrecognized reference: %s
en_GB: Unrecognised reference: %s

en: url '%s' is invalid
en_GB: URL '%s' is invalid

en: library not initialized
en_GB: library not initialised

en: library already initialized
en_GB: library already initialised

en: database not initialized
en_GB: database not initialised

en: transaction already initialized
en_GB: transaction already initialised

en: transaction not initialized
en_GB: transaction not initialised

en: Color of contact tags
en_GB: Colour of contact tags

en: Color of links
en_GB: Colour of links

en: Strikethrough past day notes
en_GB: Strike-through past day notes

en: Weekend days color
en_GB: Weekend days colour

en: Cursor color
en_GB: Cursor colour

en: Event marker color
en_GB: Event marker colour

en: Current day marker color
en_GB: Current day marker colour

en: Birthday marker color
en_GB: Birthday marker colour

en: Simultaneously use two or more copies of OSMO can be a cause of data loss.
en_GB: Simultaneous use two or more copies of OSMO can be a cause of data loss.

en: Color of items that are due today
en_GB: Colour of items that are due today

en: Color of items that are due in the next 7 days
en_GB: Colour of items that are due in the next 7 days

en: Color of items that are past due
en_GB: Colour of items that are past due

en: Show in bold tasks with high priority
en_GB: Show in bold, tasks with high priority

en: Home state
en_GB: Home county

en: Work state
en_GB: Work county

en: Cell phone 2
en_GB: Mobile phone 2

en: Cell phone 3
en_GB: Mobile phone 3

en: Cell phone 4
en_GB: Mobile phone 4

note: #-#-#-#-#  190  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, authTab)
en: Authorization
en_GB: Authorisation

en: day till end of year | days till end of year
en_GB[0]: day till end of year
en_GB[1]: days until end of year

en: Select day color
en_GB: Select day colour

en: Namedays
en_GB: Name-days

en: Ctrl+PageDn
en_GB: Ctrl+PageDown

en: PageUp/PageDn
en_GB: PageUp/PageDown

en: assign background color to day note
en_GB: assign background colour to day note

en: toggle strikethrough
en_GB: toggle strike-through

en: A handy personal organizer
en_GB: A handy personal organiser

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '(' (U+0028)
en: left paren
en_GB: left bracket

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character ')' (U+0029)
en: right paren
en_GB: right bracket

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '[' (U+005b)
en: left bracket
en_GB: left square bracket

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character ']' (U+005d)
en: right bracket
en_GB: right square bracket

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '¡' (U+00a1)
en: inverted exclamation point
en_GB: inverted exclamation mark

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '¼' (U+00bc)
en: one fourth
en_GB: one quarter

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '¾' (U+00be)
en: three fourths
en_GB: three quarters

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '✓' (U+2713) It can be used as a bullet in a list.
en: check mark
en_GB: tick mark

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '✔' (U+2714) It can be used as a bullet in a list.
en: heavy check mark
en_GB: heavy tick mark

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '⁽' (U+207d)
en: superscript left paren
en_GB: superscript left bracket

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '⁾' (U+207e)
en: superscript right paren
en_GB: superscript right bracket

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '₍' (U+208d)
en: subscript left paren
en_GB: subscript left bracket

note: Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '₎' (U+208e)
en: subscript right paren
en_GB: subscript right bracket

note: Translators: the Orca "Find" dialog allows a user to search for text in a window and then move focus to that text. For example, they may want to find the "OK" button.
en: Open the Find dialog
en_GB: Open the Find dialogue

note: Translators: the preferences configuration dialog is the dialog that allows users to set their preferences for Orca.
en: Display the preferences configuration dialog
en_GB: Display the preferences configuration dialogue

note: Translators: the preferences configuration dialog is the dialog that allows users to set their preferences for a specific application within Orca.
en: Display the application preferences configuration dialog
en_GB: Display the application preferences configuration dialogue

note: Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via text- to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers to as 
en: Cycle to the next capitalization style
en_GB: Cycle to the next capitalisation style

[ctx: color name]
note: Translators: This refers to a CSS color name. The name, hex value, and color can be found at http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css_colornames.asp and at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_colors#X11_color_names.
en: blanched almond
en_GB: blanched diamond

[ctx: color name]
note: Translators: This refers to a CSS color name. The name, hex value, and color can be found at http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css_colornames.asp and at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_colors#X11_color_names.
en: dark gray
en_GB: dark grey

[ctx: color name]
note: Translators: This refers to a CSS color name. The name, hex value, and color can be found at http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css_colornames.asp and at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_colors#X11_color_names.
en: dark slate gray
en_GB: dark slate grey

[ctx: color name]
note: Translators: This refers to a CSS color name. The name, hex value, and color can be found at http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css_colornames.asp and at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_colors#X11_color_names.
en: dim gray
en_GB: dim grey

[ctx: color name]
note: Translators: This refers to a CSS color name. The name, hex value, and color can be found at http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css_colornames.asp and at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_colors#X11_color_names.
en: gray
en_GB: grey

[ctx: color name]
note: Translators: This refers to a CSS color name. The name, hex value, and color can be found at http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css_colornames.asp and at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_colors#X11_color_names.
en: light gray
en_GB: light grey

[ctx: color name]
note: Translators: This refers to a CSS color name. The name, hex value, and color can be found at http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css_colornames.asp and at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_colors#X11_color_names.
en: light slate gray
en_GB: light slate grey

[ctx: color name]
note: Translators: This refers to a CSS color name. The name, hex value, and color can be found at http://www.w3schools.com/cssref/css_colornames.asp and at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Web_colors#X11_color_names.
en: slate gray
en_GB: slate grey

note: Translators: If this checkbox is checked, then Orca will provide the user with chat room specific message histories rather than just a single history which contains the latest messages from all the chat rooms that they are in.
en: Provide chat room specific _message histories
en_GB: Provide chat room-specific _message histories

note: Translators: This is a label which will appear in the list of available speech engines as a special item. It refers to the default engine configured within the speech subsystem. Apart from this item, the user will have a chance to select a particular speech engine by its real name (Festival, IBMTTS,
en: Default Synthesizer
en_GB: Default Synthesiser

[ctx: structural navigation]
note: Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which contains the label of a check box.
en: Check Box
en_GB: Tick Box

[ctx: structural navigation]
note: Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box.
en: Check Boxes
en_GB: Tick Boxes

note: Translators: This is a label for an option to tell Orca whether or not it should speak table cell coordinates in document content.
en: Speak _cell coordinates
en_GB: Speak _cell co-ordinates

[ctx: math symbol]
note: Translators: this is the spoken representation for the character '∇' (U+2207)
en: nabla
en_GB: nable

[ctx: math symbol]
note: Translators: this is the spoken representation for the character '∯' (U+222f)
en: surface integral
en_GB: surface interval

note: Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers to as a
en: Capitalization style set to icon.
en_GB: Capitalisation style set to icon.

note: Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers to as a
en: Capitalization style set to none.
en_GB: Capitalisation style set to none.

note: Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers to as a
en: Capitalization style set to spell.
en_GB: Capitalisation style set to spell.

[ctx: cell]
note: Translators: this message is spoken to announce that multiple table cells just became selected (e.g as a result of navigation via Shift + Arrows). The first string substitution is the name of the first cell in the range. The second string substitution is for the name of the last cell in the range. A
en: %s through %s selected
en_GB: %s to %s selected

[ctx: cell]
note: Translators: this message is spoken to announce that multiple table cells just became unselected (e.g as a result of navigation via Shift + Arrows). The first string substitution is the name of the first cell in the range. The second string substitution is for the name of the last cell in the range.
en: %s through %s unselected
en_GB: %s to %s unselected

note: Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten mes
en: Do not provide chat room specific message histories.
en_GB: Do not provide chat room-specific message histories.

note: Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten mes
en: Provide chat room specific message histories.
en_GB: Provide chat room-specific message histories.

note: Translators: this message will be presented to indicate the focused object will cause a dialog to appear if activated.
en: opens dialog
en_GB: opens dialogue

note: Translators: The following string instructs the user how to navigate amongst the list of commands presented in learn mode, as well as how to exit the list when finished.
en: Use Up and Down Arrow to navigate the list. Press Escape to exit.
en_GB: Use Up and Down Arrows to navigate the list. Press Escape to exit.

note: Translators: This is to inform the user of the presence of the red squiggly line which indicates that a given word is not spelled correctly.
en: misspelled
en_GB: misspelt

note: Translators: Orca tries to provide more compelling output of the spell check dialog in some applications. The first thing it does is let the user know what the misspelled word is.
en: Misspelled word: %s
en_GB: Misspelt word: %s

note: Translators: This is for navigating document content by moving from check box to check box. This is a detailed message which will be presented to the user if no more check boxes can be found.
en: No more check boxes.
en_GB: No more tick boxes.

note: Translators: This message appears in a warning dialog when the user performs the command to get into Orca's preferences dialog when the preferences dialog is already open.
en: You already have an instance of an Orca preferences dialog open.
    Please close it before opening a new one.
en_GB: You already have an instance of an Orca preferences dialogue open.
    Please close it before opening a new one.

note: Translators: this message is spoken to announce that multiple table columns just became selected (e.g as a result of navigation via Shift + Arrows). The first string substitution is the label of the first column in the range. The second string substitution is the label in the last column in the rang
en: Columns %s through %s selected
en_GB: Columns %s to %s selected

note: Translators: this message is spoken to announce that multiple table columns just became unselected (e.g as a result of navigation via Shift + Arrows). The first string substitution is the label of the first column in the range. The second string substitution is the label in the last column in the ra
en: Columns %s through %s unselected
en_GB: Columns %s to %s unselected

note: Translators: this message is spoken to announce that multiple table rows just became selected (e.g as a result of navigation via Shift + Arrows). The first string substitution is the label of the first row in the range. The second string substitution is the label of the last row in the range. An exa
en: Rows %s through %s selected
en_GB: Rows %s to %s selected

note: Translators: this message is spoken to announce that multiple table rows just became unselected (e.g as a result of navigation via Shift + Arrows). The first string substitution is the label of the first row in the range. The second string substitution is the label of the last row in the range. An e
en: Rows %s through %s unselected
en_GB: Rows %s to %s unselected

note: Translators: This message informs the user how many unfocused alert and dialog windows a newly (re)focused application has. It is added at the end of a braille message containing the app which just claimed focus.
en: (%d dialog) | (%d dialogs)
en_GB[0]: (%d dialogue)
en_GB[1]: (%d dialogues)

note: Translators: This message informs the user how many unfocused alert and dialog windows a newly (re)focused application has. It is added at the end of a spoken message containing the app which just claimed focus.
en: %d unfocused dialog | %d unfocused dialogs
en_GB[0]: %d unfocused dialogue
en_GB[1]: %d unfocused dialogues

[ctx: checkbox]
note: Translators: This is a state which applies to a check box.
en: checked
en_GB: ticked

[ctx: checkbox]
note: Translators: This is a state which applies to a check box.
en: not checked
en_GB: not ticked

[ctx: checkbox]
note: Translators: This is a state which applies to a check box.
en: partially checked
en_GB: partially ticked

note: Translators: This state represents an item on the screen that has been set insensitive (or grayed out).
en: grayed
en_GB: greyed

[ctx: text]
note: Translators: Certain objects (such as form controls on web pages) can have STATE_EDITABLE set to inform the user that this field can be filled out. It is assumed that form fields will be editable; if they lack this state, we need to present that information to the user. This string is the spoken ver
en: read only
en_GB: read-only

en: Screen Reader Find Dialog
en_GB: Screen Reader Find Dialogue

en: Speech synthesi_zer:
en_GB: Speech s_ynthesiser:

note: Translators: Orca has a command to present font and formatting information, including foreground and background color. The setting associated with this checkbox determines how Orca will speak colors: As rgb values or as names (e.g. light blue).
en: S_peak colors as names
en_GB: S_peak colours as names

note: Translators: The misspelled-word indicator is the red squiggly line that appears underneath misspelled words in editable text fields. If this setting is enabled, when a user first moves into a word with this indicator, or types a misspelled word causing this indicator to appear, Orca will announce t
en: Speak _misspelled-word indicator
en_GB: Speak _misspelt-word indicator

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this attribute specifies the background color of the text. The value is an RGB value of the format "u,u,u". See: http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: background color
en_GB: background colour

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this attribute specifies the foreground color of the text. The value is an RGB value of the format "u,u,u". See: http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: foreground color
en_GB: foreground colour

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "justification". See: http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: center
en_GB: centre

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "stretch". See: http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: ultra condensed
en_GB: ultra-condensed

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "stretch". See: http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: extra condensed
en_GB: extra-condensed

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "stretch". See: http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: semi condensed
en_GB: semi-condensed

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "stretch". See: http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: semi expanded
en_GB: semi-expanded

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "stretch". See: http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: extra expanded
en_GB: extra-expanded

[ctx: textattr]
note: Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following text attributes: "stretch". See: http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute
en: ultra expanded
en_GB: ultra-expanded

note: Translators: If this application has more than one unfocused alert or dialog window, inform user of how to refocus these.
en: Press alt+f6 to give focus to child windows.
en_GB: Press Alt+F6 to give focus to child windows.

note: Translators: this gives tips on how to navigate items in a layered pane.
en: To move to items, use either the arrow keys or type ahead searching.
en_GB: To move to items, use either the arrow keys or type-ahead searching.

note: Translators: this is the tutorial string for when first landing on the desktop, describing how to access the system menus.
en: To get to the system menus press the alt+f1 key.
en_GB: To get to the system menus press the Alt+F1 key.

note: Translators: this is the tutorial string for when landing on a spin button.
en: Use up or down arrow to select value. Or type in the desired numerical value.
en_GB: Use up or down arrow to select value, or type in the desired numerical value.

note: Translators: this is a tip for the user, how to navigate menus.
en: To navigate, press left or right arrow. To move through items press up or down arrow.
en_GB: To navigate, press the left or right arrows. To move through items press the up or down arrows.

note: Translators: this is a tip for the user, how to navigate into sub menus.
en: To enter sub menu, press right arrow.
en_GB: To enter a sub-menu, press the right arrow.

note: Translators: this is the tutorial string for when landing on a slider.
en: To decrease press left arrow, to increase press right arrow. To go to minimum press home, and for maximum press end.
en_GB: To decrease, press the left arrow; to increase, press the right arrow. To go to minimum press home, and for maximum press end.

en: color chooser
en_GB: colour chooser

en: Border color:
en_GB: Border colour:

en: The connection editor dialog could not be initialized due to an unknown error.
en_GB: The connection editor dialogue could not be initialised due to an unknown error.

en: Unknown error creating connection editor dialog.
en_GB: Unknown error creating connection editor dialogue.

en: Error initializing editor
en_GB: Error initialising editor

en: Tunneled TLS
en_GB: Tunnelled TLS

en: The file “%s” could not be read or does not contain recognized VPN connection information
    
    Error: %s.
en_GB: The file “%s” could not be read or does not contain recognised VPN connection information
    
    Error: %s.

en: Choose your personal certificate...
en_GB: Choose your personal certificate…

en: Choose your private key...
en_GB: Choose your private key…

en: Failed to initialize the decryption cipher slot.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the decryption cipher slot.

en: Failed to initialize the decryption context.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the decryption context.

en: Failed to finalize decryption of the private key: %d.
en_GB: Failed to finalise decryption of the private key: %d.

en: Set Breakpoint with Dialog...
en_GB: Set Breakpoint with Dialogue…

en: Set a breakpoint at the current line using a dialog
en_GB: Set a breakpoint at the current line using a dialogue

en: Set Breakpoint...
en_GB: Set Breakpoint…

en: Set Watchpoint with Dialog...
en_GB: Set Watchpoint with Dialogue…

en: Set a watchpoint using a dialog
en_GB: Set a watchpoint using a dialogue

en: _Open Source File...
en_GB: _Open Source File…

en: Load _Executable...
en_GB: Load _Executable…

en: _Connect to Remote Target...
en_GB: _Connect to Remote Target…

en: Loading files from target executable...
en_GB: Loading files from target executable…

en: Assembly flavor
en_GB: Assembly flavour

en: The data is not valid or unrecognized
en_GB: The data is not valid or unrecognised

en: The encrypted data is not valid or unrecognized
en_GB: The encrypted data is not valid or unrecognised

en: The crypto mechanism is invalid or unrecognized
en_GB: The crypto mechanism is invalid or unrecognised

en: The signature is unrecognized or corrupted
en_GB: The signature is unrecognised or corrupted

en: The device is invalid or unrecognizable
en_GB: The device is invalid or unrecognisable

en: Unable to initialize the random number generator
en_GB: Unable to initialise the random number generator

en: The module has not been initialized
en_GB: The module has not been initialised

en: The module has already been initialized
en_GB: The module has already been initialised

en: Show a diagnostic dialog
en_GB: Show a diagnostic dialogue

en: Error: "gdb" can't be found
en_GB: Error: 'gdb' can't be found

en: An unknown error occured
en_GB: An unknown error occurred

en: Unrecognized bookmark format.
en_GB: Unrecognised bookmark format.

en: To use the above URI open a news aggregator. There is usually a menu or button "New Subscription", "New News Feed" or similar.
    Alternatively go to Preferences, Applications in Midori, and select a News Aggregator. Next time you click the news feed icon, it will be added automatically.
en_GB: To use the above URI, open a news aggregator. There is usually a menu or button labelled 'New Subscription', 'New News Feed' or similar. Alternatively, you can go to Preferences -> Applications in Midori, and select a News Aggregator. Next time you click the news feed icon, it will be added automatically.

en: This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Move Tab _Backward
en_GB: Move Tab _Backwards

en: _Move Tab Forward
en_GB: _Move Tab Forwards

en: Failed to initialize history: %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise history: %s

en: The file "%s" can't be saved in this folder.
en_GB: The file '%s' can't be saved in this folder.

en: There is not enough free space to download "%s".
en_GB: There is not enough free space to download '%s'.

en: A comma separated list of languages preferred for rendering multilingual webpages, for example "de", "ru,nl" or "en-us;q=1.0, fr-fr;q=0.667"
en_GB: A comma-separated list of preferred languages for rendering multilingual webpages, for example 'de', 'ru,nl' or 'en-us;q=1.0, fr-fr;q=0.667'

en: New tab behavior:
en_GB: New tab behaviour:

note: i18n: Referer here is not a typo but a technical term
en: Whether the "Referer" header should be shortened to the hostname
en_GB: Whether the 'Referer' header should be shortened to the hostname

en: Colorful Tabs
en_GB: Colourful Tabs

en: Download files with "%s" or a custom command
en_GB: Download files with '%s' or a custom command

en: Right-click a suggestion to customize it
en_GB: Right-click a suggestion to customise it

en: Failed to find required Atom "entry" elements in XML data.
en_GB: Failed to find required Atom 'entry' elements in XML data.

en: Failed to find required Atom "feed" elements in XML data.
en_GB: Failed to find required Atom 'feed' elements in XML data.

en: Failed to find "channel" element in RSS XML data.
en_GB: Failed to find 'channel' element in RSS XML data.

en: Failed to find required RSS "item" elements in XML data.
en_GB: Failed to find required RSS 'item' elements in XML data.

en: Failed to find required RSS "channel" elements in XML data.
en_GB: Failed to find required RSS 'channel' elements in XML data.

en: Master password required
    to open password database
en_GB: A username and a password are required
    to open this location:

en: Tab closing behavior
en_GB: Tab closing behaviour

en: Customize Keyboard shortcuts
en_GB: Customise Keyboard shortcuts

en: Customize Sh_ortcuts…
en_GB: Customise Sh_ortcuts…

en: _Customize Toolbar…
en_GB: _Customise Toolbar…

note: i18n: Trash, or wastebin, containing closed tabs
en: The trash couldn't be saved. %s
en_GB: The Bin couldn't be saved. %s

en: Show a dialog after Midori crashed
en_GB: Show a dialogue after Midori crashed

en: The trash couldn't be loaded: %s
en_GB: The Bin couldn't be loaded: %s

en: The following errors occured:
en_GB: The following errors occurred:

en: Could not open database of extenstion: %s
en_GB: Could not open database of extension: %s

en: This action will delete all cookie permissions. You will be asked for permissions again for each web site visited.
en_GB: This action will delete all cookie permissions. You will once again be asked for permissions for each website you visit.

en: Below is a list of all web sites and the policy set for them. You can delete policies by marking the entries and clicking on <i>Delete</i>.You can also add a policy for a domain manually by entering the domain below, choosing the policy and clicking on <i>Add</i>.
en_GB: Below is a list of all websites and the policy set for them. You can delete policies by marking the entries and clicking on <i>Delete</i>.You can also add a policy for a domain manually by entering the domain below, choosing the policy and clicking on <i>Add</i>.

en: A fatal error occurred which prevents the cookie permission manager extension to continue. You should disable it.
en_GB: A fatal error occurred which prevents the cookie permission manager extension from continuing. You should disable it.

en: Till session end
en_GB: Until session end

en: Expire date
en_GB: Expiry date

en: MATE Disk Usage Analyzer
en_GB: MATE Disk Usage Analyser

en: Disk Usage Analyzer Preferences
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser Preferences

en: _Analyzer
en_GB: _Analyser

en: Scan F_older...
en_GB: Scan F_older…

en: S_can Remote Folder...
en_GB: S_can Remote Folder…

en: Disk Usage Analyzer
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser

en: A disk usage analyzing tool for MATE Desktop
en_GB: A disk usage analysing tool for MATE Desktop

en: Calculating percentage bars...
en_GB: Calculating percentage bars…

en: Could not initialize monitoring
en_GB: Could not initialise monitoring

en: View as Rings Chart
en_GB: View as Ring Chart

en: Without mount points disk usage cannot be analyzed.
en_GB: Without mount points disk usage cannot be analysed.

en: Cannot Connect to Server. You must enter a name for the server.
en_GB: Cannot connect to server. You must enter a name for the server.

en: Could not analyze disk usage.
en_GB: Could not analyse disk usage.

en: Could not move file to the Trash
en_GB: Could not move file to the Bin

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: A graphical tool to analyze disk usage.
en_GB: A graphical tool to analyse disk usage.

en: Default Window Maximized
en_GB: Default Window Maximised

en: This key determines if the search tool window starts in a maximized state.
en_GB: This key determines if the search tool window starts in a maximised state.

en: This key determines if the "Owner is unrecognized" search option is selected when the search tool is started.
en_GB: This key determines if the "Owner is unrecognised" search option is selected when the search tool is started.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1177 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: entry/para
en: Owner is unrecognized
en_GB: Owner is unrecognised

en: 
    ... Too many errors to display ...
en_GB: 
    Too many errors to display…

en: Please specify either foreground or background color!
en_GB: Please specify either foreground or background colour!

en: [LOGFILE...]
en_GB: [LOGFILE…]

en: %d lines (%s) - %s
en_GB: %d lines (%s) — %s

en: Show the about dialog for the log viewer
en_GB: Show the about dialogue for the log viewer

en: Searching for '%s'...
en_GB: Searching for '%s'…

en: %s - Dictionary
en_GB: %s — Dictionary

en: _Save a Copy...
en_GB: _Save a Copy…

en: P_review...
en_GB: P_review…

note: (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
en: DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <_:orderedlist-1/>
en_GB: DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENCE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <_:orderedlist-1/>

en: Otherwise, an error dialog will appear, with a message explaining the nature of the error.
en_GB: Otherwise, an error dialogue will appear, with a message explaining the nature of the error.

en: To save the results of a look up, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save a Copy</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Enter a name for the file in the <guilabel>Save a Copy</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.
en_GB: To save the results of a look up, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save a Copy</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Enter a name for the file in the <guilabel>Save a Copy</guilabel> dialogue, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.

en: To add <application>Dictionary Applet</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select Dictionary Applet in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Dictionary Applet</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select Dictionary Applet in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

note: (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
en: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <_:ulink-1/> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.
en_GB: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <_:ulink-1/> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.

en: To view a log, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. In the <guilabel>Open Log</guilabel> dialog, select the log that you want to open, then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. Use the scrollbars to scroll through the log.
en_GB: To view a log, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. In the <guilabel>Open Log</guilabel> dialogue, select the log that you want to open, then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. Use the scrollbars to scroll through the log.

en: Log information are generally displayed in the status bar, including :
en_GB: Log information are generally displayed in the status bar, including:

en: Search for files that are modified less than the period specified in days.
en_GB: Search for files that have been modified less than the period specified in days.

en: Search for files that are modified longer than the period specified in days.
en_GB: Search for files that have been modified longer than the period specified in days.

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: Every user has a Home Folder. The Home Folder contains all user's files. The desktop is another folder. The desktop contains special icons allowing easy access to the users Home Folder, Trash, and also removable media such as floppy disks, CDs and USB flash drives.
en_GB: Every user has a Home Folder. The Home Folder contains all user's files. The desktop is another folder. The desktop contains special icons allowing easy access to the users Home Folder, Bin, and also removable media such as floppy disks, CDs and USB flash drives.

note: (itstool) path: info/title
en: Moving a File or Folder to Trash
en_GB: Moving a File or Folder to Bin

note: (itstool) path: section/indexterm
en: <primary>file manager</primary> <secondary>Trash</secondary> <see>Trash</see>
en_GB: <primary>file manager</primary> <secondary>Bin</secondary> <see>Bin</see>

note: (itstool) path: section/indexterm
en: <primary>Trash</primary> <secondary>moving files or folders to</secondary>
en_GB: <primary>Bin</primary> <secondary>moving files or folders to</secondary>

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: To move a file or folder to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> perform the following steps:
en_GB: To move a file or folder to <guilabel>Bin</guilabel> perform the following steps:

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: Select the file or folder that you want to move to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>.
en_GB: Select the file or folder that you want to move to <guilabel>Bin</guilabel>.

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Move to Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on the file or folder, then choose <guimenuitem>Move to Trash</guimenuitem>.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Move to Bin</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on the file or folder, then choose <guimenuitem>Move to Bin</guimenuitem>.

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: Alternatively, you can drag the file or folder to the <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> object on the desktop.
en_GB: Alternatively, you can drag the file or folder to the <guilabel>Bin</guilabel> object on the desktop.

note: (itstool) path: note/para
en: When you move a file or folder from a removable media to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, the file or folder is stored in a <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> location on the removable media. To remove the file or folder permanently from the removable media, you must empty <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>.
en_GB: When you move a file or folder from a removable media to <guilabel>Bin</guilabel>, the file or folder is stored in a <guilabel>Bin</guilabel> location on the removable media. To remove the file or folder permanently from the removable media, you must empty <guilabel>Bin</guilabel>.

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: When you delete a file or folder, the file or folder is not moved to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, but is deleted from your file system immediately. The <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item is only available if you select the <guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>File Management Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: When you delete a file or folder, the file or folder is not moved to <guilabel>Bin</guilabel>, but is deleted from your file system immediately. The <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item is only available if you select the <guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Bin</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>File Management Preferences</guilabel> dialog.

note: (itstool) path: note/para
en: This shortcut is independent from the <guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</guilabel> option.
en_GB: This shortcut is independent from the <guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Bin</guilabel> option.

note: (itstool) path: info/title
en: Using Trash
en_GB: Using Bin

note: (itstool) path: screenshot/mediaobject
en: <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_trash_launcher.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>Trash icon, empty.</phrase> </textobject>
en_GB: <imageobject> <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_trash_launcher.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>Bin icon, empty.</phrase> </textobject>

note: (itstool) path: section/indexterm
en: <primary>Trash</primary> <secondary>introduction</secondary>
en_GB: <primary>Bin</primary> <secondary>introduction</secondary>

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: Trash is a special folder that holds files that you no longer want to keep. Files in the Trash are not deleted permanently until you empty the trash. This two-stage process is in case you change your mind, or accidentally remove the wrong file.
en_GB: Bin is a special folder that holds files that you no longer want to keep. Files in the Bin are not deleted permanently until you empty the bin. This two-stage process is in case you change your mind, or accidentally remove the wrong file.

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: You can move the following items to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>:
en_GB: You can move the following items to <guilabel>Bin</guilabel>:

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: If you need to retrieve a file from <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, you can display <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> and move the file out of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>. When you empty <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, you delete the contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> permanently.
en_GB: If you need to retrieve a file from <guilabel>Bin</guilabel>, you can display <guilabel>Bin</guilabel> and move the file out of <guilabel>Bin</guilabel>. When you empty <guilabel>Bin</guilabel>, you delete the contents of <guilabel>Bin</guilabel> permanently.

note: (itstool) path: info/title
en: To Display Trash
en_GB: To Display Bin

note: (itstool) path: section/indexterm
en: <primary>Trash</primary> <secondary>displaying</secondary>
en_GB: <primary>Bin</primary> <secondary>displaying</secondary>

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: You can display the contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> in the following ways:
en_GB: You can display the contents of <guilabel>Bin</guilabel> in the following ways:

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> are displayed in the window.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Bin</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The contents of <guilabel>Bin</guilabel> are displayed in the window.

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> are displayed in the window.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Bin</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The contents of <guilabel>Bin</guilabel> are displayed in the window.

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: Double-click on the <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> object on the desktop.
en_GB: Double-click on the <guilabel>Bin</guilabel> object on the desktop.

note: (itstool) path: info/title
en: To Empty Trash
en_GB: To Empty Bin

note: (itstool) path: section/indexterm
en: <primary>Trash</primary> <secondary>emptying</secondary>
en_GB: <primary>Bin</primary> <secondary>emptying</secondary>

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: You can empty the contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> in the following ways:
en_GB: You can empty the contents of <guilabel>Bin</guilabel> in the following ways:

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Empty Bin</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: Right-click on the <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> object, then choose <guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem>.
en_GB: Right-click on the <guilabel>Bin</guilabel> object, then choose <guimenuitem>Empty Bin</guimenuitem>.

note: (itstool) path: caution/para
en: When you empty trash, you destroy all files in the trash. Be sure that the trash only contains files you no longer need.
en_GB: When you empty the bin, you destroy all files in the bin. Be sure that the bin only contains files you no longer need.

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: The behavior of files and folders, executable text files, and Trash.
en_GB: The behaviour of files and folders, executable text files, and Bin.

note: (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
en: <guilabel>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</guilabel>
en_GB: <guilabel>Ask before emptying the Bin or deleting files</guilabel>

note: (itstool) path: listitem/para
en: Select this option to display a confirmation message before <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> is emptied, or files are deleted. Leave this selected unless you have good reason not to.
en_GB: Select this option to display a confirmation message before <guilabel>Bin</guilabel> is emptied, or files are deleted. Leave this selected unless you have good reason not to.

note: (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
en: <guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</guilabel>
en_GB: <guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Bin</guilabel>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1174 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
en: Minimize the window
en_GB: Minimise the window

note: #-#-#-#-#  1174 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
en: Unmaximize the window
en_GB: Unmaximise the window

note: Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24".
en: %b %e
en_GB: %e %b

note: Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24, 2013".
en: %b %e, %Y
en_GB: %e %b, %Y

en: Normally you can access the menubar with F10. This can also be customized via gtkrc (gtk-menu-bar-accel = "whatever"). This option allows the standard menubar accelerator to be disabled.
en_GB: Normally you can access the menubar with F10. This can also be customised via gtkrc (gtk-menu-bar-accel = "whatever"). This option allows the standard menubar accelerator to be disabled.

en: Default color of text in the terminal
en_GB: Default colour of text in the terminal

en: Default color of text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as "red").
en_GB: Default colour of text in the terminal, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as "red").

en: Default color of terminal background
en_GB: Default colour of terminal background

en: Default color of terminal background, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as "red").
en_GB: Default colour of terminal background, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as "red").

en: Default color of bold text in the terminal
en_GB: Default colour of bold text in the terminal

en: Default color of bold text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as "red"). This is ignored if bold_color_same_as_fg is true.
en_GB: Default colour of bold text in the terminal, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as "red"). This is ignored if bold_color_same_as_fg is true.

en: Whether bold text should use the same color as normal text
en_GB: Whether bold text should use the same colour as normal text

en: If true, boldface text will be rendered using the same color as normal text.
en_GB: If true, boldface text will be rendered using the same colour as normal text.

en: Terminals have a 16-color palette that applications inside the terminal can use. This is that palette, in the form of a colon-separated list of color names. Color names should be in hex format e.g. "#FF00FF"
en_GB: Terminals have a 16-colour palette that applications inside the terminal can use. This is that palette, in the form of a colon-separated list of colour names. Colour names should be in hex format e.g. "#FF00FF"

en: Type of terminal background. May be "solid" for a solid color, "image" for an image, or "transparent" for either real transparency if a compositing window manager is running, or pseudo-transparency otherwise.
en_GB: Type of terminal background. May be "solid" for a solid colour, "image" for an image, or "transparent" for either real transparency if a compositing window manager is running, or pseudo-transparency otherwise.

en: Whether to use the colors from the theme for the terminal widget
en_GB: Whether to use the colours from the theme for the terminal widget

en: If true, the theme color scheme used for text entry boxes will be used for the terminal, instead of colors provided by the user.
en_GB: If true, the theme colour scheme used for text entry boxes will be used for the terminal, instead of colours provided by the user.

en: Keyboard shortcut key for bringing up the dialog for profile creation. Expressed as a string in the same format used for GTK+ resource files. If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keyboard shortcut for this action.
en_GB: Keyboard shortcut key for bringing up the dialogue for profile creation. Expressed as a string in the same format used for GTK+ resource files. If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keyboard shortcut for this action.

en: Keyboard shortcut to show the find dialog
en_GB: Keyboard shortcut to show the find dialogue

en: Keyboard shortcut key for showing the find dialog. Expressed as a string in the same format used for GTK+ resource files. If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keyboard shortcut for this action.
en_GB: Keyboard shortcut key for showing the find dialogue. Expressed as a string in the same format used for GTK+ resource files. If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keyboard shortcut for this action.

en: Choose Palette Color %d
en_GB: Choose Palette Colour %d

en: Choose Terminal Background Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Background Colour

en: Choose Terminal Text Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Text Colour

en: Bol_d color:
en_GB: Bol_d colour:

en: _Underline color:
en_GB: _Underline colour:

en: _Same as text color
en_GB: _Same as text colour

en: No such profile "%s", using default profile
en_GB: No such profile "%s"; using default profile

en: Not a valid terminal config file.
en_GB: Not a valid terminal configuration file.

en: Incompatible terminal config file version.
en_GB: Incompatible terminal configuration file version.

en: MATE Terminal is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: MATE Terminal is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: MATE Terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: MATE Terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with MATE Terminal; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301 USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with MATE Terminal; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301 USA

en: _Incremental Search...
en_GB: _Incremental Search…

note: #-#-#-#-#  1168 (mate-system-monitor 1.23.0)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: description of the pie color picker's (mem, swap) filled percentage property #-#-#-#-#  508 (procman)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: description of the pie color picker's (mem, swap) filled percentage property
en: Percentage full for pie color pickers
en_GB: Percentage full for pie colour pickers

en: Current Color
en_GB: Current Colour

en: The selected color
en_GB: The selected colour

en: Type of color picker
en_GB: Type of colour picker

en: Received invalid color data
en_GB: Received invalid colour data

en: Click to set graph colors
en_GB: Click to set graph colours

note: Translators: color picker title, %s is CPU, Memory, Swap, Receiving, Sending
en: Pick a Color for '%s'
en_GB: Pick a Colour for '%s'

en: If TRUE, main window will open maximized, and saved size and position values are ignored.
en_GB: If TRUE, main window will open maximised, and saved size and position values are ignored.

en: Show warning dialog when killing processes
en_GB: Show warning dialogue when killing processes

en: Default graph CPU color
en_GB: Default graph CPU colour

en: Default graph cpu color
en_GB: Default graph CPU colour

en: Default graph memory color
en_GB: Default graph memory colour

en: Default graph swap color
en_GB: Default graph swap colour

en: Default graph incoming network traffic color
en_GB: Default graph incoming network traffic colour

en: Default graph outgoing network traffic color
en_GB: Default graph outgoing network traffic colour

en: Show process 'Control Group' column on startup
en_GB: Show process 'Control Group' column on start-up

en: Show process 'Unit' column on startup
en_GB: Show process 'Unit' column on start-up

en: Show process 'Session' column on startup
en_GB: Show process 'Session' column on start-up

en: Show process 'Seat' column on startup
en_GB: Show process 'Seat' column on start-up

en: Show process 'Owner' column on startup
en_GB: Show process 'Owner' column on start-up

en: Writable Memory
en_GB: Writeable Memory

en: The type of antialiasing to use when rendering fonts. Possible values are: "none" for no antialiasing, "grayscale" for standard grayscale antialiasing, and "rgba" for subpixel antialiasing (LCD screens only).
en_GB: The type of antialiasing to use when rendering fonts. Possible values are: "none" for no antialiasing, "grayscale" for standard greyscale antialiasing, and "rgba" for subpixel antialiasing (LCD screens only).

en: Whether this plugin would be activated by mate-settings-daemon or not
en_GB: Whether this plug-in would be activated by mate-settings-daemon or not

en: Priority to use for this plugin in mate-settings-daemon startup queue
en_GB: Priority to use for this plug-in in mate-settings-daemon startup queue

en: Binding to launch the email client.
en_GB: Binding to launch the e-mail client.

en: Enhance _contrast in colors
en_GB: Enhance _contrast in colours

en: Mpris plugin
en_GB: Mpris plug-in

en: Control gnome compatibility component startup
en_GB: Control GNOME compatibility component start-up

en: Show logout dialog
en_GB: Show logout dialogue

en: Show shutdown dialog
en_GB: Show shutdown dialogue

en: Use dialog boxes for errors
en_GB: Use dialogue boxes for errors

en: Color of the graph for the sensor
en_GB: Colour of the graph for the sensor

en: Graph Color
en_GB: Graph Colour

en: Graph _color
en_GB: Graph _colour

en: Theme to use for the lock dialog
en_GB: Theme to use for the lock dialogue

en: A pop-art-ish grid of pulsing colors.
en_GB: A pop-art-ish grid of pulsing colours.

en: image - floats images around the screen
en_GB: image — floats images around the screen

en: Color to use for images background
en_GB: Colour to use for image background

en: Do not randomize pictures from location
en_GB: Do not randomise pictures from location

en: Message to show in the dialog
en_GB: Message to show in the dialogue

en: Can not get username
en_GB: Cannot get username

en: Retype new UNIX password:
en_GB: Retype new Unix password:

en: Enter new UNIX password:
en_GB: Enter new Unix password:

en: (current) UNIX password:
en_GB: (current) Unix password:

en: S_witch User...
en_GB: S_witch User…

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

note: #-#-#-#-#  499 (gnome-settings-daemon)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile) is getting a little low TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low
en: Cell phone battery low
en_GB: Mobile phone battery low

en: Cell phone is low in power (%.0f%%)
en_GB: Mobile phone is low in power (%.0f%%)

en: Cell phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.
en_GB: Mobile phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.

en: The UPS is below the critical level and this computer is about to shutdown.
en_GB: The UPS is below the critical level and this computer is about to shut down.

en: Licensed under the GNU General Public License Version 2
en_GB: Licensed under the GNU General Public Licence Version 2

en: Select user...
en_GB: Select user…

note: #-#-#-#-#  1158 (mate-panel 1.23.2)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a strftime format string. * It is used to display the date. Replace %e with %d if, when * the day of the month as a decimal number is a single digit, * it should begin with a 0 in your locale (e.g. "May 01" * instead of "May  1").
en: %a %b %e
en_GB: %a %e %b

note: Translators: This is a strftime format string. * It is used to display a date. Please leave "%%s" as it is: * it will be used to insert the timezone name later.
en: %A %B %d (%%s)
en_GB: %A %d %B (%%s)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1158 (mate-panel 1.23.2)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a strftime format string. * It is used to display a date in the full format (so that people can * copy and paste it elsewhere). #-#-#-#-#  521 (gnote)  #-#-#-#-# Format: "Today: Friday, July 01 2005"
en: %A, %B %d %Y
en_GB: %A, %d %B %Y

en: Set System Time...
en_GB: Set System Time…

note: Languages that have a single word that translates as either "state" or "province" should use that instead of "region".
en: <small><i>Type a city, region, or country name and then select a match from the pop-up.</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i>Type a city, region, or country name and then select a match from the popup.</i></small>

en: <small>Set...</small>
en_GB: <small>Set…</small>

en: Move windows to current workspace when unminimized
en_GB: Move windows to current workspace when unminimised

en: If true, then when unminimizing a window, move it to the current workspace. Otherwise, switch to the workspace of the window.
en_GB: If true, then when unminimising a window, move it to the current workspace. Otherwise, switch to the workspace of the window.

en: Restoring Minimized Windows
en_GB: Restoring Minimised Windows

en: The default panels layout to use when panels are created or resetted.
en_GB: The default panel layout to use when panels are created or reset.

en: Enable program list in "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: Enable program list in "Run Application" dialogue

en: If true, the "Known Applications" listing in the "Run Application" dialog is made available. Whether or not the listing is expanded when the dialog is shown is controlled by the show_program_list key.
en_GB: If true, the "Known Applications" listing in the "Run Application" dialogue is made available. Whether or not the listing is expanded when the dialogue is shown is controlled by the show_program_list key.

en: Expand program list in "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: Expand program list in "Run Application" dialogue

en: If true, the "Known Applications" listing in the "Run Application" dialog is expanded when the dialog is opened. This key is only relevant if the enable_program_list key is true.
en_GB: If true, the "Known Applications" listing in the "Run Application" dialogue is expanded when the dialogue is opened. This key is only relevant if the enable_program_list key is true.

en: Enable autocompletion in "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: Enable autocompletion in "Run Application" dialogue

en: If true, autocompletion in the "Run Application" dialog is made available.
en_GB: If true, autocompletion in the "Run Application" dialogue is made available.

en: History for "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: History for "Run Application" dialogue

en: This is the list of commands used in "Run Application" dialog. The commands are sorted descendingly by recency (e.g., most recent command comes first).
en_GB: This is the list of commands used in the "Run Application" dialogue. The commands are sorted descending by recency (e.g., most recent command comes first).

en: Maximum history size for "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: Maximum history size for "Run Application" dialogue

en: Controls the maximum size of the history of the "Run Application" dialog. A value of 0 will disable the history.
en_GB: Controls the maximum size of the history of the "Run Application" dialogue. A value of 0 will disable the history.

en: Reverse the history of the "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: Reverse the history of the "Run Application" dialogue

en: If true, a dialog is shown asking for confirmation if the user wants to remove a panel.
en_GB: If true, a dialogue is shown asking for confirmation if the user wants to remove a panel.

en: The orientation of the panel. Possible values are "top", "bottom", "left", "right". In expanded mode the key specifies which screen edge the panel is on. In un-expanded mode the difference between "top" and "bottom" is less important - both indicate that this is a horizontal panel - but still give a useful hint as to how some panel objects should behave. For example, on a "top" panel a menu button will pop up its menu below the panel, whereas on a "bottom" panel the menu will be popped up above the panel.
en_GB: The orientation of the panel. Possible values are "top", "bottom", "left", "right". In expanded mode the key specifies which screen edge the panel is on. In un-expanded mode the difference between "top" and "bottom" is less important – both indicate that this is a horizontal panel – but still give a useful hint as to how some panel objects should behave. For example, on a "top" panel a menu button will pop up its menu below the panel, whereas on a "bottom" panel the menu will be popped up above the panel.

en: Center panel on x-axis
en_GB: Centre panel on x-axis

en: If true, the x and x_right keys are ignored and the panel is placed at the center of the x-axis of the screen. If the panel is resized it will remain at that position - i.e. the panel will grow on both sides. If false, the x and x_right keys specify the location of the panel.
en_GB: If true, the x and x_right keys are ignored and the panel is placed at the centre of the x-axis of the screen. If the panel is resized it will remain at that position — i.e. the panel will grow on both sides. If false, the x and x_right keys specify the location of the panel.

en: Center panel on y-axis
en_GB: Centre panel on y-axis

en: If true, the y and y_bottom keys are ignored and the panel is placed at the center of the y-axis of the screen. If the panel is resized it will remain at that position - i.e. the panel will grow on both sides. If false, the y and y_bottom keys specify the location of the panel.
en_GB: If true, the y and y_bottom keys are ignored and the panel is placed at the centre of the y-axis of the screen. If the panel is resized it will remain at that position — i.e. the panel will grow on both sides. If false, the y and y_bottom keys specify the location of the panel.

en: Specifies the background color for the panel in #RGB format.
en_GB: Specifies the background colour for the panel in #RGB format.

en: Background color opacity
en_GB: Background colour opacity

en: Specifies the opacity of the background color format. If the color is not completely opaque (a value of less than 65535), the color will be composited onto the desktop background image.
en_GB: Specifies the opacity of the background colour format. If the colour is not completely opaque (a value of less than 65535), the colour will be composited onto the desktop background image.

en: _Add to Drawer...
en_GB: _Add to Drawer…

en: Replace a currently running panel
en_GB: Replace a currently-running panel

en: Execute the run dialog
en_GB: Execute the run dialogue

en: Protect your computer from unauthorized use
en_GB: Protect your computer from unauthorised use

en: Run Application...
en_GB: Run Application…

en: Search for Files...
en_GB: Search for Files…

en: Application Launcher...
en_GB: Application Launcher…

en: A separator to organize the panel items
en_GB: A separator to organise the panel items

en: Choose an application...
en_GB: Choose an application…

en: Choose a file...
en_GB: Choose a file…

en: Change desktop appearance and behavior, get help, or log out
en_GB: Change desktop appearance and behaviour, get help, or log out

note: #-#-#-#-#  1158 (mate-panel 1.23.2)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: this string is used ONLY if you translated * "1" (msgctxt: "panel:showusername") to "1"
en: Log Out %s...
en_GB: Log Out %s…

en: Solid c_olor
en_GB: Solid c_olour

en: Pick a color
en_GB: Pick a colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  454 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# The color of the accessibility crosshair
en: Co_lor:
en_GB: Co_lour:

en: Clear Recent Documents...
en_GB: Clear Recent Documents…

en: Choose a file to append to the command...
en_GB: Choose a file to append to the command…

en: URI list dropped on run dialog had wrong format (%d) or length (%d)
en_GB: URI list dropped on run dialogue had wrong format (%d) or length (%d)

en: Run with _file...
en_GB: Run with _file…

en: You can customize the image shown and the command that is run when it is clicked.
en_GB: You can customise the image shown and the command that is run when it is clicked.

en: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog, then select <guilabel>Fish</guilabel>.
en_GB: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialogue, then select <guilabel>Fish</guilabel>.

en: Click on the applet to display the <guilabel>Wanda the Fish</guilabel> dialog. The dialog typically displays a fortune cookie. You can configure the applet to specify the command to run when you click on the applet. See <xref linkend="fish-settings"/> for more information.
en_GB: Click on the applet to display the <guilabel>Wanda the Fish</guilabel> dialogue. The dialogue typically displays a fortune cookie. You can configure the applet to specify the command to run when you click on the applet. See <xref linkend="fish-settings"/> for more information.

en: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog, then select <guilabel>Clock</guilabel>.
en_GB: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialogue, then select <guilabel>Clock</guilabel>.

en: Error initializing libmatenotify
en_GB: Error initializing libnotify

en: Settings controlling the desktop appearance and behavior
en_GB: Settings controlling the desktop appearance and behaviour

en: Remove from favorites
en_GB: Remove from favourites

en: Show in my favorites
en_GB: Show in my favourites

en: Couldn't save favorites. Check if you have write access to ~/.config/mate-menu
en_GB: Couldn't save favourites. Check if you have write access to ~/.config/mate-menu

en: Rear Center
en_GB: Rear Centre

en: Front Left of Center
en_GB: Front Left of Centre

en: Front Right of Center
en_GB: Front Right of Centre

en: Top Front Center
en_GB: Top Front Centre

en: Top Center
en_GB: Top Centre

en: Top Rear Center
en_GB: Top Rear Centre

en: Whether or not to give the color an alpha value
en_GB: Whether or not to give the colour an alpha value

en: Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity
en_GB: Whether the colour selector should allow setting opacity

en: The current color
en_GB: The current colour

en: The hexadecimal string of current color
en_GB: The hexadecimal string of current colour

en: Select the color you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or lightness of that color using the inner triangle.
en_GB: Select the colour you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or lightness of that colour using the inner triangle.

en: Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select that color.
en_GB: Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select that colour.

en: Position on the color wheel.
en_GB: Position on the colour wheel.

en: "Deepness" of the color.
en_GB: "Deepness" of the colour.

en: Brightness of the color.
en_GB: Brightness of the colour.

en: Amount of red light in the color.
en_GB: Amount of red light in the colour.

en: Amount of green light in the color.
en_GB: Amount of green light in the colour.

en: Amount of blue light in the color.
en_GB: Amount of blue light in the colour.

en: Transparency of the color.
en_GB: Transparency of the colour.

en: Color _name:
en_GB: Colour _name:

en: You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal color value, or simply a color name such as 'orange' in this entry.
en_GB: You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal colour value, or simply a colour name such as 'orange' in this entry.

en: Color Wheel
en_GB: Colour Wheel

en: The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting now. You can drag this color to a palette entry, or select this color as current by dragging it to the other color swatch alongside.
en_GB: The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're selecting now. You can drag this colour to a palette entry, or select this colour as current by dragging it to the other colour swatch alongside.

en: The color you've chosen. You can drag this color to a palette entry to save it for use in the future.
en_GB: The colour you've chosen. You can drag this colour to a palette entry to save it for use in the future.

en: The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting now.
en_GB: The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're selecting now.

en: The color you've chosen.
en_GB: The colour you've chosen.

en: _Save color here
en_GB: _Save colour here

en: Click this palette entry to make it the current color. To change this entry, drag a color swatch here or right-click it and select "Save color here."
en_GB: Click this palette entry to make it the current colour. To change this entry, drag a colour swatch here or right-click it and select "Save colour here."

en: Color Selection
en_GB: Colour Selection

en: The color selection embedded in the dialog.
en_GB: The colour selection embedded in the dialogue.

en: The OK button of the dialog.
en_GB: The OK button of the dialogue.

en: The cancel button of the dialog.
en_GB: The cancel button of the dialogue.

en: The help button of the dialog.
en_GB: The help button of the dialogue.

en: RANDR extension is not present
en_GB: RandR extension is not present

en: Determines how the image set by wallpaper_filename is rendered. Possible values are "wallpaper", "centered", "scaled", "stretched", "zoom", "spanned".
en_GB: Determines how the image set by wallpaper_filename is rendered. Possible values are "wallpaper", "centred", "scaled", "stretched", "zoom", "spanned".

en: Primary Color
en_GB: Primary Colour

en: Left or Top color when drawing gradients, or the solid color.
en_GB: Left or Top colour when drawing gradients, or the solid colour.

en: Secondary Color
en_GB: Secondary Colour

en: Right or Bottom color when drawing gradients, not used for solid color.
en_GB: Right or Bottom colour when drawing gradients, not used for solid colour.

en: Color Shading Type
en_GB: Colour Shading Type

en: How to shade the background color. Possible values are "horizontal-gradient", "vertical-gradient", and "solid".
en_GB: How to shade the background colour. Possible values are "horizontal-gradient", "vertical-gradient", and "solid".

en: List of symbolic names and color equivalents
en_GB: List of symbolic names and colour equivalents

en: A '\n' separated list of "name:color" as defined by the 'gtk-color-scheme' setting
en_GB: A '\n' separated list of "name:colour" as defined by the 'gtk-colour-scheme' setting

en: Whether builtin GTK+ dialogs such as the file chooser, the color chooser or the font chooser will use a header bar at the top to show action widgets, or an action area at the bottom. This setting does not affect custom dialogs using GtkDialog directly, or message dialogs.
en_GB: Whether builtin GTK+ dialogs such as the file chooser, the colour chooser or the font chooser will use a header bar at the top to show action widgets, or an action area at the bottom. This setting does not affect custom dialogues using GtkDialog directly, or message dialogues.

en: This setting determines whether MATE controls the scale factor for QT applications. Enable to synchronize with the GTK scale factor when initializing the session, disable to control this value elsewhere. Requires restarting your session.
en_GB: This setting determines whether MATE controls the scale factor for QT applications. Enable to synchronise with the GTK scale factor when initializing the session, disable to control this value elsewhere. Requires restarting your session.

en: Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's "Run Application" dialog.
en_GB: Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's "Run Application" dialogue.

en: Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Save as" dialogs.
en_GB: Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Save as" dialogues.

en: Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Print" dialogs.
en_GB: Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Print" dialogues.

en: Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Print Setup" dialogs.
en_GB: Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Print Setup" dialogues.

en: MATE Color Selection
en_GB: MATE Colour Selection

en: Color selection dialog
en_GB: Colour selection dialogue

en: Choose colors from the palette or the screen
en_GB: Choose colours from the palette or the screen

en: The task name to be displayed in the control-center followed by a ";" separator then the filename of an associated .desktop file to launch for that task.
en_GB: The task name to be displayed in the control-centre followed by a ";" separator then the filename of an associated .desktop file to launch for that task.

en: Close the control-center when a task is activated
en_GB: Close the control-centre when a task is activated

en: if true, the control-center will close when a "Common Task" is activated.
en_GB: if true, the control-centre will close when a "Common Task" is activated.

en: Change Passwo_rd...
en_GB: Change Passwo_rd…

en: Enable _Fingerprint Login...
en_GB: Enable _Fingerprint Login…

en: Disable _Fingerprint Login...
en_GB: Disable _Fingerprint Login…

en: Checking password...
en_GB: Checking password…

en: Jump to Preferred Applications dialog
en_GB: Jump to Preferred Applications dialogue

en: Jump to the Keyboard Accessibility dialog
en_GB: Jump to the Keyboard Accessibility dialogue

en: Jump to the Mouse Accessibility dialog
en_GB: Jump to the Mouse Accessibility dialogue

en: Jump to the Accessible Login dialog
en_GB: Jump to the Accessible Login dialogue

en: [WALLPAPER...]
en_GB: [WALLPAPER…]

en: Customize Theme
en_GB: Customise Theme

en: The current controls theme does not support color schemes.
en_GB: The current controls theme does not support colour schemes.

en: Gra_yscale
en_GB: Gre_yscale

en: Save Theme As...
en_GB: Save Theme As…

en: C_ustomize...
en_GB: C_ustomise…

en: _Install...
en_GB: _Install…

en: C_olors:
en_GB: C_olours

en: D_etails...
en_GB: D_etails…

en: Customize the look of the desktop
en_GB: Customise the look of the desktop

en: Parent window of the dialog
en_GB: Parent window of the dialogue

en: Current URI index - starts from 1
en_GB: Current URI index — starts from 1

en: New shortcut...
en_GB: New shortcut…

en: _Show...
en_GB: _Show…

en: Audio _Feedback...
en_GB: Audio _Feedback…

en: Maximize Horizontally
en_GB: Maximise Horizontally

en: Maximize Vertically
en_GB: Maximise Vertically

en: Center _new windows
en_GB: Centre _new windows

en: America/North_Dakota/Center
en_GB: America/North_Dakota/Centre

en: Unable to bring up the typing break properties dialog with the following error: %s
en_GB: Unable to bring up the typing break properties dialogue with the following error: %s

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (mate-calc 1.23.0)  #-#-#-#-# Accessible name for the factorize button #-#-#-#-#  444 (gcalctool)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  181  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_structuring)
en: Factorize
en_GB: Factorise

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (mate-calc 1.23.0)  #-#-#-#-# Tooltip for the factor button
en: Factorize [Ctrl+F]
en_GB: Factorise [Ctrl+F]

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (mate-calc 1.23.0)  #-#-#-#-# Tooltip for the double declining depreciation button
en: Double Declining Depreciation
en_GB: Double-Declining Depreciation

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (mate-calc 1.23.0)  #-#-#-#-# Tooltip for the sum of the years digits depreciation button
en: Sum of the Years Digits Depreciation
en_GB: Sum-of-the-Years' Digits Depreciation

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (mate-calc 1.23.0)  #-#-#-#-# Tooltip for the straight line depreciation button
en: Straight Line Depreciation
en_GB: Straight-Line Depreciation

note: Error displayed when trying to factorize a non-integer value
en: Need an integer to factorize
en_GB: Need an integer to factorise

en: Kilometers
en_GB: Kilometres

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: kilometer,kilometers,km,kms
en_GB: kilometre,kilometres,km,kms

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: meter,meters,m
en_GB: metre,metres,m

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: centimeter,centimeters,cm,cms
en_GB: centimetre,centimetres,cm,cms

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: millimeter,millimeters,mm
en_GB: millimetre,millimetres,mm

en: Micrometers
en_GB: Micrometres

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: micrometer,micrometers,um
en_GB: micrometre,micrometres,um

en: Nanometers
en_GB: Nanometres

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: nanometer,nanometers,nm
en_GB: nanometre,nanometres,nm

en: Square Meters
en_GB: Square Metres

en: Square Centimeters
en_GB: Square Centimetres

en: Square Millimeters
en_GB: Square Millimetres

en: Cubic Meters
en_GB: Cubic Metres

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: microsecond,microseconds,us,μs
en_GB: microsecond,microseconds,us,µs

en: Lady Bird
en_GB: Ladybird

note: (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
en: <revnumber>Panel Trash V2.12</revnumber> <date>July 2015</date> <_:revdescription-1/>
en_GB: <revnumber>Panel Bin V2.12</revnumber> <date>July 2015</date> <_:revdescription-1/>

note: (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
en: <revnumber>Panel Trash 2.10</revnumber> <date>March 2005</date> <_:revdescription-1/>
en_GB: <revnumber>Panel Bin 2.10</revnumber> <date>March 2005</date> <_:revdescription-1/>

note: (itstool) path: revhistory/revision
en: <revnumber>Panel Trash V2.8</revnumber> <date>July 2004</date> <_:revdescription-1/>
en_GB: <revnumber>Panel Bin V2.8</revnumber> <date>July 2004</date> <_:revdescription-1/>

note: (itstool) path: articleinfo/releaseinfo
en: This manual describes version 1.10.2 of the Panel Trash applet.
en_GB: This manual describes version 1.10.2 of the Panel Bin applet.

note: (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
en: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Panel Trash applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="help:mate-user-guide/feedback" type="help">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>.
en_GB: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Panel Bin applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="help:mate-user-guide/feedback" type="help">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>.

note: (itstool) path: article/indexterm
en: <primary>Trash</primary>
en_GB: <primary>Bin</primary>

note: (itstool) path: sect2/para
en: To permanently delete all the items in the Trash, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.
en_GB: To permanently delete all the items in the Bin, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Empty Bin</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.

note: (itstool) path: sect2/para
en: To open Trash, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Open Trash</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The Trash window opens in <application>Caja</application> file manager.
en_GB: To open Bin, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Open Bin</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The Bin window opens in <application>Caja</application> file manager.

en: To configure the default size for all sticky notes, right-click on the sticky notes icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: To configure the default size for all sticky notes, right-click on the sticky notes icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialogue is displayed.

en: Changing Color and Font
en_GB: Changing Colour and Font

en: To configure the color and font for all sticky notes, right-click on the icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: To configure the colour and font for all sticky notes, right-click on the icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialogue is displayed.

en: Click on the color selector button to display the color selector dialog. On the color selector dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the default font color for stickynotes.
en_GB: Click on the colour selector button to display the colour selector dialogue. On the colour selector dialogue, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the default font colour for stickynotes.

en: If you have selected, <guilabel>Use color from the system theme</guilabel>, then the current theme colors will be used and you will not be able to select new defaults.
en_GB: If you have selected, <guilabel>Use colour from the system theme</guilabel>, then the current theme colours will be used and you will not be able to select new defaults.

en: Click on the color selector button to display the color selector dialog. On the color selector dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the default base color for sticky notes.
en_GB: Click on the colour selector button to display the colour selector dialogue. On the colour selector dialoug, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the default base colour for sticky notes.

en: If you have selected, <guilabel>Use color from the system theme</guilabel>, then the current theme colors will be used and you will not able to select new defaults.
en_GB: If you have selected, <guilabel>Use coloir from the system theme</guilabel>, then the current theme coloirs will be used and you will not able to select new defaults.

en: Click on the font selector button to display the font selector dialog. On the font selector dialog, use the list boxes to choose the default font for sticky notes.
en_GB: Click on the font selector button to display the font selector dialogue. On the font selector dialogue, use the list boxes to choose the default font for sticky notes.

en: Customizing Behavior
en_GB: Customising Behaviour

en: To customize the behavior of <application>Sticky Notes</application>, right-click on the icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: To customise the behaviour of <application>Sticky Notes</application>, right-click on the icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialogue is displayed.

en: To specify that sticky notes are visible on all workspaces on the desktop, select <guilabel>Put notes on all workspaces</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Sticky Notes Preferences</guilabel> dialog. If you are using multiple workspaces, this will cause all sticky notes to be visible on all workspaces.
en_GB: To specify that sticky notes are visible on all workspaces on the desktop, select <guilabel>Put notes on all workspaces</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Sticky Notes Preferences</guilabel> dialogue. If you are using multiple workspaces, this will cause all sticky notes to be visible on all workspaces.

en: The option, <guilabel>Force default color and font on notes</guilabel>, will force all sticky notes on your desktop to use the color and font settings specified in the <guilabel>Default Note Properties</guilabel> above (see <xref linkend="stickynotes-color"/>).
en_GB: The option, <guilabel>Force default colour and font on notes</guilabel>, will force all sticky notes on your desktop to use the colour and font settings specified in the <guilabel>Default Note Properties</guilabel> above (see <xref linkend="stickynotes-color"/>).

en: Customizing Individual Notes
en_GB: Customising Individual Notes

en: You can customize the look of each individual sticky note. This can be useful for visually distinguishing different types of notes quickly. To configure the settings for an individual sticky note, right-click on the note's title, then choose <guimenu>Properties</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Note Properties</application> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: You can customise the look of each individual sticky note. This can be useful for visually distinguishing different types of notes quickly. To configure the settings for an individual sticky note, right-click on the note's title, then choose <guimenu>Properties</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Note Properties</application> dialogue is displayed.

en: Select this option to use the default base color for this sticky note. For information on setting the default base color, see <xref linkend="stickynotes-color"/>.
en_GB: Select this option to use the default base colour for this sticky note. For information on setting the default base colour, see <xref linkend="stickynotes-color"/>.

en: Click on the color selector button to display the color selector dialog. On the color selector dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the font color for this sticky note.
en_GB: Click on the colour selector button to display the colour selector dialogue. On the colour selector dialogue, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the font colour for this sticky note.

en: Click on the color selector button to display the color selector dialog. On the color selector dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the base color for this sticky note.
en_GB: Click on the colour selector button to display the colour selector dialogue. On the colour selector dialogue, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the base colour for this sticky note.

en: Click on the font selector button to display the font selector dialog. On the font selector dialog, use the list boxes to choose the font for this sticky note.
en_GB: Click on the font selector button to display the font selector dialogue. On the font selector dialogue, use the list boxes to choose the font for this sticky note.

en: There was an error launching the keyboard preferences dialog: %s
en_GB: There was an error launching the keyboard preferences dialogue: %s

en: Use the value defined in red_value as a time remaining to show the warning dialog rather than a percentage.
en_GB: Use the value defined in red_value as a time remaining to show the warning dialogue rather than a percentage.

en: Shows the output of a command
en_GB: Display the output of a command

en: See the ForeCast Details
en_GB: See the Forecast Details

en: Graph color for user-related CPU activity
en_GB: Graph colour for user-related CPU activity

en: Graph color for system-related CPU activity
en_GB: Graph colour for system-related CPU activity

en: Graph color for nice-related CPU activity
en_GB: Graph colour for nice-related CPU activity

en: Graph color for iowait related CPU activity
en_GB: Graph colour for iowait related CPU activity

en: CPU graph background color
en_GB: CPU graph background colour

en: Graph color for user-related memory usage
en_GB: Graph colour for user-related memory usage

en: Graph color for shared memory
en_GB: Graph colour for shared memory

en: Graph color for buffer memory
en_GB: Graph colour for buffer memory

en: Graph color for cached memory
en_GB: Graph colour for cached memory

en: Memory graph background color
en_GB: Memory graph background colour

en: Graph color for input network activity
en_GB: Graph colour for input network activity

en: Graph color for output network activity
en_GB: Graph colour for output network activity

en: Graph color for loopback network usage
en_GB: Graph colour for loopback network usage

en: Network graph background color
en_GB: Network graph background colour

en: Grid line color
en_GB: Grid line colour

en: Graph color for user-related swap usage
en_GB: Graph colour for user-related swap usage

en: Swap graph background color
en_GB: Swap graph background colour

en: Graph color for load average
en_GB: Graph colour for load average

en: Load graph background color
en_GB: Load graph background colour

en: Graph color for disk read
en_GB: Graph colour for disk read

en: Graph color for disk write
en_GB: Graph colour for disk write

en: Background color for disk load graph
en_GB: Background colour for disk load graph

en: In color
en_GB: In colour

en: The color of the graph of the inbound traffic
en_GB: The colour of the graph of the inbound traffic

en: Out color
en_GB: Out colour

en: The color of the graph of the outbound traffic
en_GB: The colour of the graph of the outbound traffic

en: _In graph color
en_GB: _In graph colour

en: _Out graph color
en_GB: _Out graph colour

en: has no ip
en_GB: has no IP

en: _Delete Note...
en_GB: _Delete Note…

en: Note C_olor:
en_GB: Note C_olour:

en: Font Co_lor:
en_GB: Font Co_lour:

en: Choose a base color to use for all sticky notes
en_GB: Choose a base colour to use for all sticky notes

en: Pick a default sticky note color
en_GB: Pick a default sticky note colour

en: Use co_lor from the system theme
en_GB: Use co_lour from the system theme

en: Force _default color and font on notes
en_GB: Force _default colour and font on notes

en: Choose a color for the note
en_GB: Choose a colour for the note

en: Pick a color for the sticky note
en_GB: Pick a colour for the sticky note

en: Note _Color:
en_GB: Note _Colour:

en: Font C_olor:
en_GB: Font C_olour:

en: Use default co_lor
en_GB: Use default co_lour

en: Default color for new notes
en_GB: Default colour for new notes

en: Default color for new sticky notes. This should be in html hex specification, for example "#30FF50".
en_GB: Default colour for new sticky notes. This should be in html hex specification, for example "#30FF50".

en: Default color for font
en_GB: Default colour for font

en: Default font color for new sticky notes. This should be in html hex specification, for example "#000000".
en_GB: Default font colour for new sticky notes. This should be in html hex specification, for example "#000000".

en: Sticky notes' workspace stickyness
en_GB: Sticky notes' workspace stickiness

en: Whether to use the default system color
en_GB: Whether to use the default system colour

en: If this option is disabled, a custom color can be used as the default color for all sticky notes.
en_GB: If this option is disabled, a custom colour can be used as the default colour for all sticky notes.

en: Whether to force the default color and font on all notes
en_GB: Whether to force the default colour and font on all notes

en: If this option is enabled, the custom colors and fonts that have been assigned to individual notes will be ignored.
en_GB: If this option is enabled, the custom colours and fonts that have been assigned to individual notes will be ignored.

en: Show notification popup when timer finish
en_GB: Show notification popup when timer finishes

en: Show dialog window when timer finish
en_GB: Show dialogue window when timer finishes

en: Show dialog
en_GB: Show dialogue

en: %d Item in Trash | %d Items in Trash
en_GB[0]: %d Item in the Wastebasket
en_GB[1]: %d Items in the Wastebasket

en: Error while spawning caja:
    %s
en_GB: Error while spawning Caja:
    %s

en: About Trash Applet
en_GB: About Bin Applet

en: A MATE trash bin that lives in your panel. You can use it to view the trash or drag and drop items into the trash.
en_GB: A MATE rubbish bin that lives in your panel. You can use it to view the rubbish or drag and drop items into the bin.

en: Customizing Appearance
en_GB: Customising Appearance

en: Preferences Dialog
en_GB: Preferences Dialogue

en: Changing the Colors in a Graph
en_GB: Changing the Colours in a Graph

en: To change the colors in a graph, perform the following steps:
en_GB: To change the colours in a graph, perform the following steps:

en: Select the relevant tab in the <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> area of the <guilabel>System Monitor Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Select the relevant tab in the <guilabel>Colours</guilabel> area of the <guilabel>System Monitor Preferences</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Click on the relevant color selector button in the selected tabbed section.
en_GB: Click on the relevant colour selector button in the selected tabbed section.

en: On the <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the line color for the selected parameter.
en_GB: On the <guilabel>Pick a Colour</guilabel> dialogue, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the line colour for the selected parameter.

en: The tabbed section for each resource provides color selection buttons that you can use to change the color of the parameters for each resource.
en_GB: The tabbed section for each resource provides colour selection buttons that you can use to change the colour of the parameters for each resource.

en: Select this tab to display the color buttons for the following parameters:
en_GB: Select this tab to display the colour buttons for the following parameters:

en: The Weather Report Applet downloads weather information for a given location from the internet and displays the temperature and a symbol representing the current weather conditions in the panel. When clicked on, more information is given, such as the forecast, the time of sunrise and sunset, wind direction, pressure, and more. All units are customizable.
en_GB: The Weather Report Applet downloads weather information for a given location from the internet and displays the temperature and a symbol representing the current weather conditions in the panel. When clicked on, more information is given, such as the forecast, the time of sunrise and sunset, wind direction, pressure, and more. All units are customisable.

en: Choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> from the application popup menu. The application displays the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> from the application popup menu. The application displays the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue.

en: In the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog under the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, select the <guilabel>Automatically update every ... minutes</guilabel> option.
en_GB: In the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue under the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, select the <guilabel>Automatically update every ... minutes</guilabel> option.

en: Go to the right-click menu and select <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. In the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog under the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, select the units of measurement you want to use.
en_GB: Go to the right-click menu and select <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. In the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue under the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, select the units of measurement you want to use.

en: To view detailed weather information, right-click on the Weather Report, then choose <guimenuitem>Details</guimenuitem>. The Weather Report displays the <guilabel>Details</guilabel> dialog. The <guilabel>Details</guilabel> dialog contains the following default tabbed sections:
en_GB: To view detailed weather information, right-click on the Weather Report, then choose <guimenuitem>Details</guimenuitem>. The Weather Report displays the <guilabel>Details</guilabel> dialogue. The <guilabel>Details</guilabel> dialogue contains the following default tabbed sections:

en: By default, the <guilabel>Radar Map</guilabel> tabbed section is not displayed in the <guilabel>Forecast</guilabel> dialog. <application>Weather Report</application> downloads the radar maps from www.weather.com. If the radar map is not available from www.weather.com, Weather Report displays a question mark. To go to the www.weather.com web site, click on the <guibutton>Visit Weather.com</guibutton> button.
en_GB: By default, the <guilabel>Radar Map</guilabel> tabbed section is not displayed in the <guilabel>Forecast</guilabel> dialogue. <application>Weather Report</application> downloads the radar maps from www.weather.com. If the radar map is not available from www.weather.com, Weather Report displays a question mark. To go to the www.weather.com web site, click on the <guibutton>Visit Weather.com</guibutton> button.

en: Go to the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog by selecting <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> in the right-click menu.
en_GB: Go to the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue by selecting <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> in the right-click menu.

en: To set the CPU frequency, (left-)click on the monitor and a menu will be shown. This menu will offer you a list of available frequencies and/or frequency governors for your machine.
en_GB: To set the CPU frequency, left click on the monitor and a menu will be shown. This menu will offer you a list of available frequencies and/or frequency governors for your machine.

en: The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> dialog contains the following components:
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> dialogue contains the following components:

en: CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor Preferences Dialog
en_GB: CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor Preferences Dialogue

note: ==== End of Figure =======================================
en: The <application>Character Palette</application> provides a convenient way to access characters that are not on your keyboard, such as accented characters, mathematical symbols, special symbols, and punctuation marks. You can insert characters from the applet into text strings, for example in text documents or at the command line. You can customize the contents of the applet to suit your requirements.
en_GB: The <application>Character Palette</application> provides a convenient way to access characters that are not on your keyboard, such as accented characters, mathematical symbols, special symbols and punctuation marks. You can insert characters from the applet into text strings, for example in text documents or at the command line. You can customise the contents of the applet to suit your requirements.

en: Customizing Character Palette
en_GB: Customising Character Palette

en: To configure <application>Character Palette</application>, right-click on the applet, then choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Character Palette Preferences</guilabel> dialog contains the <guilabel>Palettes</guilabel> list box, which lists the palettes that are available from the applet. To close the <guilabel>Character Palette Preferences</guilabel> dialog, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.
en_GB: To configure <application>Character Palette</application>, right-click on the applet, then choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Character Palette Preferences</guilabel> dialogue contains the <guilabel>Palettes</guilabel> list box, which lists the palettes that are available from the applet. To close the <guilabel>Character Palette Preferences</guilabel> dialogue, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.

en: To modify a palette, select the palette, then click on the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. Modify the palette in the <guilabel>Edit Palette</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To modify a palette, select the palette, then click on the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. Modify the palette in the <guilabel>Edit Palette</guilabel> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Selecting this option will cause a warning dialog to be displayed whenever your laptop battery reaches specified value, either as a percentage remaining or a number of minutes remaining. This indicates that the amount of charge remaining in your battery is critically low. charge. You can dismiss this warning dialog yourself, otherwise it will vanish automatically when you plug your laptop into mains power.
en_GB: Selecting this option will cause a warning dialogue to be displayed whenever your laptop battery reaches specified value, either as a percentage remaining or a number of minutes remaining. This indicates that the amount of charge remaining in your battery is critically low. charge. You can dismiss this warning dialogue yourself, otherwise it will vanish automatically when you plug your laptop into mains power.

en: Save Current Visualization
en_GB: Save Current Visualisation

en: Massif Visualizer
en_GB: Massif Visualiser

en: A visualizer for output generated by Valgrind's massif tool.
en_GB: A visualiser for output generated by Valgrind's massif tool.

en: Toggle maximization state
en_GB: Toggle maximisation state

en: This option determines the effects of double-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are 'toggle_shade', which will shade/unshade the window, 'toggle_maximize' which will maximize/unmaximize the window, 'toggle_maximize_horizontally' and 'toggle_maximize_vertically' which will maximize/unmaximize the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimize the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, and 'none' which will not do anything.
en_GB: This option determines the effects of double-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are 'toggle_shade', which will shade/unshade the window, 'toggle_maximize' which will maximise/unmaximise the window, 'toggle_maximize_horizontally' and 'toggle_maximize_vertically' which will maximise/unmaximise the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimise the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, and 'none' which will not do anything.

en: This option determines the effects of middle-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are 'toggle_shade', which will shade/unshade the window, 'toggle_maximize' which will maximize/unmaximize the window, 'toggle_maximize_horizontally' and 'toggle_maximize_vertically' which will maximize/unmaximize the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimize the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, and 'none' which will not do anything.
en_GB: This option determines the effects of middle-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are 'toggle_shade', which will shade/unshade the window, 'toggle_maximize' which will maximise/unmaximise the window, 'toggle_maximize_horizontally' and 'toggle_maximize_vertically' which will maximise/unmaximise the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimise the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, and 'none' which will not do anything.

en: This option determines the effects of right-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are 'toggle_shade', which will shade/unshade the window, 'toggle_maximize' which will maximize/unmaximize the window, 'toggle_maximize_horizontally' and 'toggle_maximize_vertically' which will maximize/unmaximize the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimize the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, and 'none' which will not do anything.
en_GB: This option determines the effects of right-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are 'toggle_shade', which will shade/unshade the window, 'toggle_maximize' which will maximise/unmaximise the window, 'toggle_maximize_horizontally' and 'toggle_maximize_vertically' which will maximise/unmaximise the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimize the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, and 'none' which will not do anything.

en: Determines if new windows are created on the center of the screen
en_GB: Determines if new windows are created on the centre of the screen

en: If set to true, new windows are opened in the center of the screen. Otherwise, they are opened at the top left of the screen.
en_GB: If set to true, new windows are opened in the centre of the screen. Otherwise, they are opened at the top left of the screen.

en: If enabled, dropping windows on screen edges maximizes them vertically and resizes them horizontally to cover half of the available area. Drag-dropping to the top maximizes the window if allow-top-tiling is enabled.
en_GB: If enabled, dropping windows on screen edges maximises them vertically and resizes them horizontally to cover half of the available area. Drag-dropping to the top maximises the window if allow-top-tiling is enabled.

en: Whether to maximize the window when dragged to the top of the screen
en_GB: Whether to maximise the window when dragged to the top of the screen

en: If enabled, drag-dropping a window to the top of the screen will maximize it. Only works when allow-tiling is enabled.
en_GB: If enabled, drag-dropping a window to the top of the screen will maximise it. Only works when allow-tiling is enabled.

en: Show the panel's "Run Application" dialog box
en_GB: Show the panel's "Run Application" dialogue box

en: Initialize session from savefile
en_GB: Initialise session from savefile

en: Don't make fullscreen windows that are maximized and have no decorations
en_GB: Don't make fullscreen windows that are maximised and have no decorations

en: Gradients should have at least two colors
en_GB: Gradients should have at least two colours

en: GTK color specification must have the state in brackets, e.g. gtk:fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse "%s"
en_GB: GTK colour specification must have the state in brackets, e.g. gtk:fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse "%s"

en: GTK color specification must have a close bracket after the state, e.g. gtk:fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse "%s"
en_GB: GTK colour specification must have a close bracket after the state, e.g. gtk:fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse "%s"

en: Did not understand state "%s" in color specification
en_GB: Did not understand state "%s" in colour specification

en: Did not understand color component "%s" in color specification
en_GB: Did not understand colour component "%s" in colour specification

en: Blend format is "blend/bg_color/fg_color/alpha", "%s" does not fit the format
en_GB: Blend format is "blend/bg_colour/fg_colour/alpha", "%s" does not fit the format

en: Could not parse alpha value "%s" in blended color
en_GB: Could not parse alpha value "%s" in blended colour

en: Alpha value "%s" in blended color is not between 0.0 and 1.0
en_GB: Alpha value "%s" in blended colour is not between 0.0 and 1.0

en: Shade format is "shade/base_color/factor", "%s" does not fit the format
en_GB: Shade format is "shade/base_colour/factor", "%s" does not fit the format

en: Could not parse shade factor "%s" in shaded color
en_GB: Could not parse shade factor "%s" in shaded colour

en: Shade factor "%s" in shaded color is negative
en_GB: Shade factor "%s" in shaded colour is negative

en: Could not parse color "%s"
en_GB: Could not parse colour "%s"

en: Should not have "resize" attribute on <%s> element for maximized/shaded states
en_GB: Should not have "resize" attribute on <%s> element for maximised/shaded states

en: Should not have "resize" attribute on <%s> element for maximized states
en_GB: Should not have "resize" attribute on <%s> element for maximised states

en: This is a sample message in a sample dialog
en_GB: This is a sample message in a sample dialogue

en: Dialog Box
en_GB: Dialogue Box

en: Modal Dialog Box
en_GB: Modal Dialogue Box

en: Cursor blink
en_GB: Cursor Blinks:

en: Tab panel position
en_GB: Tab panel position:

en: Hide scroll bar
en_GB: Hide scroll bar:

en: Hide Close buttons
en_GB: Hide Close button

en: Select-by-word characters
en_GB: Select-by-word characters:

en: <b>Choose Icon From:</b>
en_GB: <b>Choose icon from:</b>

en: Choose An Icon...
en_GB: Choose an icon...

en: Unmi_nimize
en_GB: Unmi_nimise

en: Unminimize the window
en_GB: Unminimise the window

en: Maximize horizontally the window
en_GB: Maximise the window horizontally

en: Unmaximize horizontally the window
en_GB: Unmaximise the window horizontally

en: Maximize vertically the window
en_GB: Maximise the window vertically

en: Unmaximize vertically the window
en_GB: Unmaximise the window vertically

en: Left Neighbor: %s
en_GB: Left Neighbour: %s

en: Right Neighbor: %s
en_GB: Right Neighbour: %s

en: Top Neighbor: %s
en_GB: Top Neighbour: %s

en: Bottom Neighbor: %s
en_GB: Bottom Neighbour: %s

en: dialog window
en_GB: dialogue window

en: minimized
en_GB: minimised

en: maximized
en_GB: maximised

en: maximized horizontally
en_GB: maximised horizontally

en: maximized vertically
en_GB: maximised vertically

en: maximize horizontally
en_GB: maximise horizontally

en: unmaximize horizontally
en_GB: unmaximise horizontally

en: maximize vertically
en_GB: maximise vertically

en: unmaximize vertically
en_GB: unmaximise vertically

en: minimize
en_GB: minimise

en: unminimize
en_GB: unminimise

en: maximize
en_GB: maximise

en: unmaximize
en_GB: unmaximise

en: On the following screens, you will be asked to describe how the problem occurred, to choose how to analyze the problem (if needed), to review collected data, and to choose where the problem should be reported. Click 'Forward' to proceed.
en_GB: On the following screens, you will be asked to describe how the problem occurred, to choose how to analyse the problem (if needed), to review collected data, and to choose where the problem should be reported. Click 'Forward' to proceed.

en: Sending an email...
en_GB: Sending an e-mail...

en: Send via email
en_GB: Send via e-mail

en: Sender's email
en_GB: Sender's e-mail

en: Recipient's email
en_GB: Recipient's e-mail

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_BORDER_TYPE]
note: ozfAi
en: 3D look
en_GB: 3-D look

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_ALIGNMENT]
note: GdfD5
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_VISUALEFFECT]
note: GLuPa
en: 3D
en_GB: 3-D

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: j3mHa
en: Left centered
en_GB: Left centred

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: t54wS
en: Right centered
en_GB: Right centred

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: dmgVh
en: Above centered
en_GB: Above centred

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: 4JdJh
en: Below centered
en_GB: Below centred

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: GBHDS
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: RID_STR_TRISTATE]
note: G8AE8
en: Tristate
en_GB: Tri-state

[ctx: RID_STR_BACKGROUNDCOLOR]
note: Lnf24
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: RID_STR_MULTILINE]
note: BtyAC
en: Multiline input
en_GB: Multi-line input

[ctx: RID_STR_TABSTOP]
note: hKt8F
en: Tabstop
en_GB: Tab stop

[ctx: RID_STR_DROPDOWN]
note: jY5NK
en: Dropdown
en_GB: Drop-down

[ctx: RID_STR_FILLCOLOR]
note: bDeXi
en: Fill color
en_GB: Fill colour

[ctx: RID_STR_LINECOLOR]
note: g8XyV
en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

[ctx: RID_STR_ESCAPE_PROCESSING]
note: fDtsB
en: Analyze SQL command
en_GB: Analyse SQL command

[ctx: RID_STR_SYMBOLCOLOR]
note: MkadC
en: Symbol color
en_GB: Symbol colour

[ctx: RID_STR_XSD_WHITESPACES]
note: jtrXQ
en: Whitespaces
en_GB: Whitespace

[ctx: RID_STR_BORDERCOLOR]
note: wwWir
en: Border color
en_GB: Border colour

[ctx: RID_STR_GRIDLINECOLOR]
note: DNLCM
en: Grid line color
en_GB: Grid line colour

[ctx: RID_STR_HEADERBACKGROUNDCOLOR]
note: todcc
en: Header background color
en_GB: Header background colour

[ctx: RID_STR_HEADERTEXTCOLOR]
note: fkCyv
en: Header text color
en_GB: Header text colour

[ctx: RID_STR_ACTIVESELECTIONBACKGROUNDCOLOR]
note: oFyqF
en: Active selection background color
en_GB: Active selection background colour

[ctx: ID_STR_ACTIVESELECTIONTEXTCOLOR]
note: ZJNz8
en: Active selection text color
en_GB: Active selection text colour

[ctx: RID_STR_INACTIVESELECTIONBACKGROUNDCOLOR]
note: PQiGr
en: Inactive selection background color
en_GB: Inactive selection background colour

[ctx: RID_STR_INACTIVESELECTIONTEXTCOLOR]
note: p46Zf
en: Inactive selection text color
en_GB: Inactive selection text colour

[ctx: STR_DETAIL_FORM]
note: LyDfr
en: Sub Form
en_GB: Sub-form

[ctx: STR_COULD_NOT_BE_INIT]
note: gBtAM
en: The SANE interface could not be initialized. Scanning is not possible.
en_GB: The SANE interface could not be initialised. Scanning is not possible.

[ctx: datasourcepage|extended_tip|browse]
note: apVFE
en: Specifies the location using a file dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the location using a file dialogue box.

[ctx: datasourcepage|warning]
note: iHrkL
en: Another data source already has this name. As data sources have to have globally unique names, you need to choose another one.
en_GB: Another data source already has this name. As data sources must have globally unique names, you must choose another name.

[ctx: fieldassignpage|label2]
note: XXEB7
en: To incorporate the address data in your templates, %PRODUCTNAME has to know which fields contain which data.
    
    For instance, you could have stored the email addresses in a field named "email", or "E-mail" or "EM" - or something completely different.
    
    Click the button below to open another dialog where you can enter the settings for your data source.
en_GB: To incorporate the address data in your templates, %PRODUCTNAME has to know which fields contain which data.
    
    For instance, you could have stored the email addresses in a field named "email", or "E-mail" or "EM" - or something completely different.
    
    Click the button below to open another dialogue box where you can enter the settings for your data source.

[ctx: fieldassignpage|extended_tip|assign]
note: 94fxb
en: Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialogue box.

[ctx: fieldassignpage|extended_tip|FieldAssignPage]
note: CuPoK
en: Opens a dialog that allows you to specify the field assignment.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box that allows you to specify the field assignment.

[ctx: invokeadminpage|label2]
note: 3dtcD
en: To set up the new data source, additional information is required.
    
    Click the following button to open another dialog in which you then enter the necessary information.
en_GB: To set up the new data source, additional information is required.
    
    Click the following button to open another dialogue box in which you then enter the necessary information.

[ctx: invokeadminpage|extended_tip|settings]
note: GNt8z
en: Calls a dialog in which you can enter additional settings.
en_GB: Calls a dialogue box in which you can enter additional settings.

[ctx: generalpage|organization]
note: vsfLN
en: Organi_zation
en_GB: Organi_sation

[ctx: generalpage|extended_tip|GeneralPage]
note: x9s9K
en: Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
en_GB: Insert, delete, edit and organise records in the bibliography database.

[ctx: mappingdialog|label17]
note: KVHpY
en: Organi_zation
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: toolbar|extended_tip|toolbar]
note: 8s8QS
en: Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
en_GB: Insert, delete, edit and organise records in the bibliography database.

[ctx: multiline|tooltip]
note: 8EkFC
en: Multiline Editing
en_GB: Multi-line Editing

[ctx: STR_UNDO_DRAGDROP]
note: eh6CM
en: Drag and Drop
en_GB: Drag-and-Drop

[ctx: STR_MSSG_MAKEAUTOFILTER_0]
note: BC4uB
en: The range does not contain column headers.
    Do you want the first line to be used as column header?
en_GB: The range does not contain column headers.
    Do you want the first line to be used as column headers?

[ctx: STR_UNDO_SPELLING]
note: R2KAi
en: Spellcheck
en_GB: Spell check

[ctx: STR_LONG_ERR_NO_VALUE]
note: 9y5GD ERROR.TYPE( #VALUE! ) == 3
en: Error: Wrong data type
en_GB: Error: No result

[ctx: STR_LONG_ERR_ILL_FPO]
note: MMr4E ERROR.TYPE( #NUM! ) == 6
en: Error: Invalid numeric value
en_GB: Error: Invalid floating point operation

[ctx: STR_LONG_ERR_SYNTAX]
note: NnSBz
en: Internal syntactical error
en_GB: Internal syntax error

[ctx: STR_FORMULAS]
note: FYZA4
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: STR_IMPORT_DBF]
note: DDCJY
en: Import DBase files
en_GB: Import dBASE files

[ctx: STR_EXPORT_DBF]
note: 7NkGD
en: DBase export
en_GB: dBASE export

[ctx: STR_SPELLING_BEGIN_TAB]
note: EMMdQ
en: Should the spellcheck be continued at the beginning of the current sheet?
en_GB: Should the spell check be continued at the beginning of the current sheet?

[ctx: STR_SPELLING_STOP_OK]
note: 8M6Nx
en: The spellcheck of this sheet has been completed.
en_GB: The spell check of this sheet has been completed.

[ctx: STR_UNDO_SET_TAB_BG_COLOR]
note: 8soVt
en: Color Tab
en_GB: Colour Tab

[ctx: STR_UNDO_SET_MULTI_TAB_BG_COLOR]
note: 3DXsa
en: Color Tabs
en_GB: Colour Tabs

[ctx: STR_SCATTR_PAGE_FORMULAS]
note: opCNb
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: STR_QUICKHELP_DELETE]
note: pH5Pf
en: Delete contents
en_GB: Delete content

[ctx: STR_CHANGED_MOVE_REJECTION_WARNING]
note: UCv9m
en: WARNING: This action may have resulted in unintended changes to cell references in formulas.
en_GB: WARNING: This action may have resulted in unintended changes to cell references in formulae.

[ctx: STR_COND_COLORSCALE]
note: E8yxG
en: ColorScale
en_GB: ColourScale

[ctx: RID_ERRHDLSC]
note: UbTaD
en: The document contains information not recognized by this program version.
    Resaving the document will delete this information!
en_GB: The document contains information not recognised by this program version.
    Resaving the document will delete this information!

[ctx: RID_ERRHDLSC]
note: Bxz6s
en: Not all cell contents could be saved in the specified format.
en_GB: Not all cell content could be saved in the specified format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_COUNT_2]
note: DFDyC
en: Counts all non-blank cells of a data range where the content corresponds to the search criteria.
en_GB: Counts all non-blank cells of a data range for which the cell content corresponds to the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_MIN]
note: e9z3D
en: Returns the minimum of all cells of a data range where the contents correspond to the search criteria.
en_GB: Returns the minimum of all cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_PRODUCT]
note: 8hsR2
en: Multiplies all cells of a data range where the contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Multiplies all cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_SUM]
note: rFsPm
en: Adds all the cells of a data range where the contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Adds all the cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_VAR]
note: ucdoS
en: Determines the variance of all the cells in a data range where the contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Determines the variance of all the cells in a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_VAR_P]
note: m7qTy
en: Determines variance of a population based on all cells in a data range where contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Determines variance of a population based on all cells in a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE]
note: 6BwEu
en: An integer between 1583 and 9956 or 0 and 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the defined option).
en_GB: An integer in the range 1583 to 9956 or in the range 0 to 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the defined option).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE]
note: DymKU
en: An integer between 1 and 12 representing the month.
en_GB: An integer in the range 1 to 12 representing the month.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE]
note: McM2X
en: An integer between 1 and 31 representing the day of the month.
en_GB: An integer in the range 1 to 31 representing the day of the month.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE_VALUE]
note: RCsfH
en: Returns an internal number for a text having a possible date format.
en_GB: Returns an internal number for a text string having a possible date format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE_VALUE]
note: yTX6f
en: A text enclosed in quotation marks which returns a date in a %PRODUCTNAME date format.
en_GB: A text string enclosed by quotation marks which returns a date in a %PRODUCTNAME date format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_TIME_VALUE]
note: BSYE2
en: Returns a sequential number for a text shown in a possible time entry format.
en_GB: Returns a sequential number for a text string shown in a possible time entry format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_TIME_VALUE]
note: efjBJ
en: A text enclosed in quotation marks which returns a time in a %PRODUCTNAME time format.
en_GB: A text string enclosed by quotation marks which returns a time in a %PRODUCTNAME time format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EASTERSUNDAY]
note: oBcHn
en: An integer between 1583 and 9956, or 0 and 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the option set).
en_GB: An integer in the range 1583 to 9956, or 0 to 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the option set).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ISPMT]
note: xeEfA
en: Returns the amount of interest for constant amortization rates.
en_GB: Returns the amount of interest for constant amortisation rates.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ISPMT]
note: Q35Lv
en: Interest rate for a single amortization rate.
en_GB: Interest rate for a single amortisation rate.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ISPMT]
note: CqKcE
en: Number of amortization periods for the calculation of the interest.
en_GB: Number of amortisation periods for the calculation of the interest.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ISPMT]
note: iYD4K
en: Sum total of amortization periods.
en_GB: Sum total of amortisation periods.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CELL]
note: VP7rD
en: Determines information about address, formatting or contents of a cell.
en_GB: Determines information about address, formatting or content of a cell.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_POWER]
note: WAWLC
en: The base a of the power a^b.
en_GB: The number that is to be raised to the power of another.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_POWER]
note: iUBVy
en: Exponent
en_GB: Power

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_POWER]
note: baWUA
en: The exponent b of the power a^b.
en_GB: The power by which the number is to be raised.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SUM_IFS]
note: 9qDvh
en: Range 1, range 2,... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.
en_GB: Range 1, range 2, ... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_AVERAGE_IFS]
note: wvbDq
en: Range 1, range 2,... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.
en_GB: Range 1, range 2, ... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_COUNT_IFS]
note: 8GRAv
en: Range 1, range 2,... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.
en_GB: Range 1, range 2, ... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SQRT]
note: c7XVK
en: A positive value for which the square root is to be calculated.
en_GB: A positive value, for which the square root is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RANDOM]
note: KJ7e9
en: Returns a random number between 0 and 1.
en_GB: Returns a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_COS]
note: QPAG9
en: Returns the arccosine of a number.
en_GB: Returns the arc cosine of a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_COS]
note: 3DWTM
en: A value between -1 and 1 for which the arccosine is to be returned.
en_GB: A value in the range -1.0 to +1.0 for which the arc cosine is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_SIN]
note: tAK2r
en: Returns the arcsine of a number.
en_GB: Returns the arc sine of a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_SIN]
note: qLmmB
en: A value between -1 and 1 for which the arcsine is to be returned.
en_GB: A value in the range -1.0 to +1.0 for which the arc sine is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN]
note: EmMe7
en: Returns the arctangent of a number.
en_GB: Returns the arc tangent of a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN]
note: CShfM
en: The value for which the arctangent is to be returned.
en_GB: The value for which the arc tangent is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_COT_HYP]
note: DoCMo
en: A value smaller than -1 or greater than 1 for which the inverse hyperbolic cotangent is to be returned.
en_GB: A value smaller than -1.0 or greater than +1.0 for which the inverse hyperbolic cotangent is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_HYP]
note: aJFAn
en: A value between -1 and 1 for which the inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be returned.
en_GB: A value in the range -1.0 to +1.0 for which the inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_COS]
note: jghqr
en: The angle in the radians for which the cosine is to be returned.
en_GB: The angle in radians for which the cosine is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_2]
note: 8U6yM
en: Returns the arctangent for the specified coordinates.
en_GB: Returns the arc tangent for the specified coordinates.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_2]
note: WsSq4
en: The value for the X coordinate.
en_GB: The value for the x-coordinate.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_2]
note: TRECx
en: The value for the Y coordinate.
en_GB: The value for the y-coordinate.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DEG]
note: dnE9t
en: Converts a radian to degrees
en_GB: Converts an angle in radians to degrees

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DEG]
note: GoxCo
en: The angle in a radian
en_GB: The angle in radians

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RAD]
note: RGeKe
en: Converts degrees to radians
en_GB: Converts an angle in degrees to radians

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LINEST]
note: fyrtU
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LINEST]
note: aKFRR
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOGEST]
note: qwCCT
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOGEST]
note: kMYqN
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TREND]
note: XBTHe
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TREND]
note: LhqAb
en: The X data array as the basis for the regression.
en_GB: The x-data array as the basis for the regression.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TREND]
note: JedWB
en: The array of X data for recalculating the values.
en_GB: The array of x-data for recalculating the values.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GROWTH]
note: 4kBWF
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GROWTH]
note: iGU4n
en: The X data array as the basis for the regression.
en_GB: The x-data array as the basis for the regression.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GROWTH]
note: kFxgD
en: The array of X data for recalculating the values.
en_GB: The array of x-data for recalculating the values.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_PERCENTILE]
note: BGTaw
en: The percentage rate of the quantile between 0 and 1.
en_GB: The percentage rate of the quantile in the range 0.0 to 1.0.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_QUARTILE_INC]
note: SytHE
en: The type of the quartile (0 = MIN, 1 = 25%, 2 = 50%, 3 = 75%, 4 = MAX).
en_GB: The type of the quartile (0 = MIN, 1 = 25%, 2 = 50 %, 3 = 75 %, 4 =MAX).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_B]
note: K7rEA
en: Returns the probability of a trial result using binomial distribution.
en_GB: Returns the probability of a trial result using the binomial distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FISHER]
note: D9FC4
en: The value to be transformed (-1 < VALUE < 1).
en_GB: The value to be transformed (-1.0 < VALUE < +1.0).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_BINOM_DIST]
note: ZLkQt
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the individual probability, C=1 the cumulated probability.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the individual probability, C=1 the cumulated probability.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST]
note: iDXnR
en: Values of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST]
note: mwMAz
en: The value for which the log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST]
note: ekGoh
en: The mean value of the log normal distribution. It is set to 0 if omitted.
en_GB: The mean value of the log-normal distribution. It is set to 0 if omitted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST]
note: JvuRB
en: The standard deviation of the log normal distribution. It is set to 1 if omitted.
en_GB: The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution. It is set to 1 if omitted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST_MS]
note: ZgdzP
en: Values of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST_MS]
note: 88B3n
en: The value for which the log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST_MS]
note: qNMyM
en: The mean value of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: The mean value of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST_MS]
note: DkbJX
en: The standard deviation of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV]
note: vGkMb
en: Values of the inverse of the lognormal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the inverse of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV]
note: mLwp6
en: The probability value for which the inverse log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV]
note: PMBtZ
en: Mean value. The mean value of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Mean value. The mean value of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV]
note: 2GWhL
en: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV_MS]
note: T4N5D
en: Values of the inverse of the lognormal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the inverse of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV_MS]
note: 3dBqA
en: The probability value for which the inverse log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV_MS]
note: mhYEa
en: Mean value. The mean value of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Mean value. The mean value of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV_MS]
note: ae6FC
en: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXP_DIST]
note: HUSCi
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXP_DIST_MS]
note: CHL5y
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_WEIBULL]
note: o2XuL
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_WEIBULL_MS]
note: tQDCB
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_HYP_GEOM_DIST]
note: 5WYBD
en: Cumulated. TRUE calculates the cumulative distribution function, FALSE the probability mass function.
en_GB: Cumulative. TRUE calculates the cumulative distribution function, FALSE the probability mass function.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST]
note: kxECY
en: The value for which the F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST]
note: KYyaV
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST]
note: 9uERz
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_LT]
note: HGZbw
en: The value for which the F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_LT]
note: oMuVC
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_LT]
note: NKz4T
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_RT]
note: wtiPo
en: The value for which the F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_RT]
note: rGfRz
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_RT]
note: XkzrA
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV]
note: YvZEM
en: Values of the inverse F distribution.
en_GB: Values of the inverse F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV]
note: wzbhN
en: The probability value for which the inverse F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV]
note: cddNQ
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV]
note: YnBhQ
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV_LT]
note: bAmiD
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV_LT]
note: GvYvE
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV_RT]
note: W5XD8
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV_RT]
note: pHY8v
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST]
note: aLsFJ
en: The value for which the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST]
note: fp4Bb
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST_MS]
note: pocbP
en: The value for which the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST_MS]
note: HkQSM
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV]
note: QWfxh
en: The probability value for which the inverse chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV]
note: jdv4f
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV_MS]
note: fv25C
en: The probability value for which the inverse chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV_MS]
note: TBGPq
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV]
note: vA5pq
en: Values of the inverse of CHISQDIST(x;DegreesOfFreedom;TRUE()).
en_GB: Values of the inverse of CHISQDIST(x; DegreesOfFreedom; TRUE()).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV]
note: x8dMV
en: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV]
note: 5nK9R
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV_MS]
note: Ux2Ly
en: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV_MS]
note: NXEiP
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_STANDARD]
note: ycGVn
en: Converts a random variable to a normalized value.
en_GB: Converts a random variable to a normalised value.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_STANDARD]
note: 8yf6s
en: The value to be standardized.
en_GB: The value to be standardised.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_TEST]
note: msJXN
en: Returns the chi square independence test.
en_GB: Returns the chi-square independence test.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_TEST_MS]
note: 34jxF
en: Returns the chi square independence test.
en_GB: Returns the chi-square independence test.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_TEST]
note: CfCjB
en: Calculates the F test.
en_GB: Calculates the F-test.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_TEST_MS]
note: xAyB8
en: Calculates the F test.
en_GB: Calculates the F-test.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RSQ]
note: cDSEe
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RSQ]
note: hcEaB
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INTERCEPT]
note: EeGGQ
en: Returns the intercept of the linear regression line and the Y axis.
en_GB: Returns the intercept of the linear regression line and the y-axis.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INTERCEPT]
note: WXipw
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INTERCEPT]
note: T4PDz
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SLOPE]
note: uaECq
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SLOPE]
note: xFSqB
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_STEYX]
note: iURZt
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_STEYX]
note: o5k38
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST]
note: vQ4CY
en: The X value for which the Y value on the regression linear is to be calculated.
en_GB: The x-value for which the y-value on the linear regression is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST]
note: 5dSvW
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST]
note: 2EEKK
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST_LIN]
note: 2SBHF
en: The X value for which the Y value on the regression linear is to be calculated.
en_GB: The x-value for which the y-value on the linear regression is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST_LIN]
note: peRhT
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST_LIN]
note: mBkBN
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHOOSE]
note: 3cXEF
en: Value 1, value 2,... The list of arguments from which a value is chosen.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30: The list of arguments from which a value is chosen.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SHEET]
note: GJdEA
en: The reference to a cell or a range or the character string of a sheet name.
en_GB: The reference to a cell or a range or the text string of a sheet name.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INDIRECT]
note: AAABU
en: Returns the contents of a cell that is referenced in text form.
en_GB: Returns the content of a cell that is referenced in text form.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_JIS]
note: EUW4G
en: The text to convert.
en_GB: The text string to convert.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ASC]
note: s8JfK
en: The text to convert.
en_GB: The text string to convert.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CODE]
note: S4kqK
en: This is the text for which the code of the first character is to be found.
en_GB: This is the text string for which the code of the first character is to be found.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CLEAN]
note: 3fTcT
en: Removes all nonprintable characters from text.
en_GB: Removes all non-printable characters from text.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CLEAN]
note: EArbN
en: The text from which nonprintable characters are to be removed.
en_GB: The text string from which non-printable characters are to be removed.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CONCAT]
note: ESNqo
en: Text for the concatenation.
en_GB: A text string for concatenation.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXACT]
note: e5Dg2
en: Specifies whether two texts are identical.
en_GB: Specifies whether two text strings are identical.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXACT]
note: d9DGd
en: The first text to be used for comparing texts.
en_GB: The first text string to be used for comparison.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXACT]
note: yVwcJ
en: The second text for comparing texts.
en_GB: The second text string for comparison.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FIND]
note: 8sCqL
en: Looks for a string of text within another (case sensitive)
en_GB: Looks for a text string within another (case-sensitive)

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FIND]
note: CCsnG
en: The text to be found.
en_GB: The text string to be found.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FIND]
note: 9qGoG
en: The text in which a search is to be made.
en_GB: The text string in which a search is to be made.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FIND]
note: 3MHVV
en: The position in the text from which the search starts.
en_GB: The position in the text string from which the search starts.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCH]
note: XLB5s
en: Looks for one text value within another (not case-sensitive).
en_GB: Looks for one text string within another (not case-sensitive).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCH]
note: wdv9o
en: The text to be found.
en_GB: The text string to be found.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCH]
note: wKr3q
en: The text in which a search is to be made.
en_GB: The text string in which a search is to be made.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCH]
note: kK7Aw
en: The position in the text where the search is started.
en_GB: The position in the text string from which the search is started.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TRIM]
note: nPCDu
en: The text in which extra spaces between words are to be deleted.
en_GB: The text string in which extra spaces between words are to be deleted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_PROPER]
note: NBR7q
en: Capitalizes the first letter in all words.
en_GB: Capitalises the first letter in all words.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_PROPER]
note: tyvcU
en: The text in which the beginning of words are to be replaced by capital letters.
en_GB: The text string in which the beginning of words are to be replaced by capital letters.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_UPPER]
note: qhYws
en: Converts text to uppercase.
en_GB: Converts a text string to upper-case.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_UPPER]
note: PFrYF
en: The text in which lower case letters are to be converted to capitals.
en_GB: The text string in which lower-case letters are to be converted to capitals.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOWER]
note: CqaAp
en: Converts text to lowercase.
en_GB: Converts a text string to lower-case.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOWER]
note: BQTkH
en: The text in which capitals are converted to lower case letters.
en_GB: The text string in which capitals are converted to lower-case letters.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_VALUE]
note: tCABh
en: Converts text to a number.
en_GB: Converts a text string to a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_VALUE]
note: AND3E
en: The text to be converted to a number.
en_GB: The text string to be converted to a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TEXT]
note: P9VnF
en: Converts a number to text according to a given format.
en_GB: Converts a number to a text string according to a given format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TEXT]
note: iuGqF
en: The text that describes the format.
en_GB: The text string that describes the format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPLACE]
note: mhLYu
en: The text in which some characters are to be replaced.
en_GB: The text string in which some characters are to be replaced.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPLACE]
note: AzPGB
en: The text to be inserted.
en_GB: The text string to be inserted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEN]
note: BYoYq
en: The text in which the length is to be determined.
en_GB: The text string of which the length is to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFT]
note: Ec5G6
en: Returns the first character or characters of a text.
en_GB: Defines the first character (or characters) of a text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFT]
note: yDAgS
en: The text where the initial partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string where the initial partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFT]
note: NK7tc
en: The number of characters for the start text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the start text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHT]
note: FkF2R
en: Returns the last character or characters of a text.
en_GB: Returns the last character or characters of a text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHT]
note: Q5J4W
en: The text in which the end partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which the end partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHT]
note: RCSNC
en: The number of characters for the end text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the end text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MID]
note: eDWjF
en: Returns a partial text string of a text.
en_GB: Returns a partial text string of a text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MID]
note: YHAni
en: The text in which partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MID]
note: A6Bii
en: The number of characters for the text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPT]
note: vAoTX
en: Repeats text a given number of times.
en_GB: Repeats a text string a given number of times.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPT]
note: b4GkF
en: The text to be repeated.
en_GB: The text string to be repeated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPT]
note: GTWVn
en: The number of times the text is to be repeated.
en_GB: The number of times the text string is to be repeated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SUBSTITUTE]
note: ZxnGj
en: The text in which partial words are to be replaced.
en_GB: The text string in which partial words are to be replaced.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SUBSTITUTE]
note: x5fUC
en: The text which is to replace the text string.
en_GB: The text string which is to replace the text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_BASE]
note: yHJT7
en: If the text is shorter than the specified length, zeros are added to the left of the string.
en_GB: If the resulting text string is shorter than the specified length, zeros are added to the left of the text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DECIMAL]
note: xDzRi
en: Converts a text of a specified number system to a positive integer in the base given.
en_GB: Converts a text string in a specified number system to a positive integer in the base given.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DECIMAL]
note: wiCrE
en: The text to be converted.
en_GB: The text string to be converted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARABIC]
note: SY8fF
en: The text that represents a Roman numeral.
en_GB: The text string that represents a Roman numeral.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INFO]
note: X9hTy
en: Can be "osversion", "system", "release", "numfile", and "recalc".
en_GB: Can be "osversion", "system", "release", "numfile" and "recalc".

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_UNICODE]
note: cyj3B
en: This is the text for which the code of the first character is to be found.
en_GB: This is the text string for which the code of the first character is to be found.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EUROCONVERT]
note: wEFTA
en: Converts a value from one to another Euro currency.
en_GB: Converts a value from one to another old European national currency or euro.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EUROCONVERT]
note: QyJhX
en: ISO 4217 code of the currency from which is converted.
en_GB: ISO 4217 code of the currency being converted from.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EUROCONVERT]
note: CUkEB
en: ISO 4217 code of the currency into which is converted.
en_GB: ISO 4217 code of the currency being converted to.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_NUMBERVALUE]
note: upY2X
en: Converts text to a number, in a locale-independent way.
en_GB: Converts a text string to a number, in a locale-independent way.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_NUMBERVALUE]
note: CLoEY
en: The text to be converted to a number.
en_GB: The text string to be converted to a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LENB]
note: jDBmj
en: The text in which the length is to be determined.
en_GB: The text string of which the length is to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHTB]
note: KQzBT
en: Returns the last character or characters of a text,with DBCS
en_GB: Returns the last character or characters of a text string, with DBCS

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHTB]
note: PXhin
en: The text in which the end partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which the end partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHTB]
note: sWFUo
en: The number of characters for the end text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the end text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFTB]
note: smAs2
en: Returns the first character or characters of a text,with DBCS
en_GB: Defines the first character (or characters) of a text string, with DBCS.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFTB]
note: gWnk6
en: The text where the initial partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string where the initial partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFTB]
note: DMhmF
en: The number of characters for the start text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the start text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MIDB]
note: KUfM8
en: Returns a partial text string of a text, with DBCS
en_GB: Returns a partial text string of a text string, with DBCS.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MIDB]
note: obJfT
en: The text in which partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MIDB]
note: QR8KJ
en: The number of characters for the text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_COLOR]
note: ifSEQ
en: Returns an implementation defined value representing a RGBA color
en_GB: Returns an implementation defined value representing a RGBA colour

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ERFC_MS]
note: RdZKS
en: Returns the complementary error function.
en_GB: Returns the complementary error function

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FINDB]
note: TuGn8
en: Looks for a string of text within another (case sensitive), using byte positions.
en_GB: Looks for a string of text within another (case-sensitive), using byte positions.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCHB]
note: VS3cd
en: Looks for a string of text within another (not case sensitive), using byte positions.
en_GB: Looks for a string of text within another (not case-sensitive), using byte positions.

[ctx: SCSTR_SET_TAB_BG_COLOR]
note: EEcgV
en: Tab Color
en_GB: Tab Colour

[ctx: STR_ACC_CENTERAREA_NAME]
note: RA4AS
en: Center area
en_GB: Centre area

[ctx: STR_ACC_EDITLINE_DESCR]
note: ejFak
en: This is where you enter or edit text, numbers and formulas.
en_GB: This is where you enter or edit text, numbers and formulae.

[ctx: STR_NOCOLROW]
note: YFnCS
en: Neither row or column specified.
en_GB: Neither row nor column specified.

[ctx: STR_NOCOLFORMULA]
note: G8KPr
en: Formulas don't form a column.
en_GB: Formulae don't form a column.

[ctx: STR_NOROWFORMULA]
note: uSxCb
en: Formulas don't form a row.
en_GB: Formulae don't form a row.

[ctx: STR_DEL_AUTOFORMAT_MSG]
note: KCDoJ
en: Do you really want to delete the # AutoFormat?
en_GB: Do you really want to delete the # AutoFomat?

[ctx: STR_DISTRIBUTION_CHI_SQUARED]
note: zzpmN
en: Chi Squared
en_GB: Chi-Squared

[ctx: STR_HYPOTHESIZED_MEAN_DIFFERENCE_LABEL]
note: LU4CC
en: Hypothesized Mean Difference
en_GB: Hypothesised Mean Difference

[ctx: STR_LABEL_XVARIABLES_COUNT]
note: ACsNA
en: Count of X variables
en_GB: Count of x-variables

[ctx: STR_MESSAGE_YVARIABLE_MULTI_COLUMN]
note: ZdyQs
en: Y variable range cannot have more than 1 column.
en_GB: y-Variable range cannot have more than 1 column.

[ctx: STR_MESSAGE_YVARIABLE_MULTI_ROW]
note: UpZqC
en: Y variable range cannot have more than 1 row.
en_GB: y-Variable range cannot have more than 1 row.

[ctx: STR_MESSAGE_UNIVARIATE_NUMOBS_MISMATCH]
note: DrsBe
en: Univariate regression : The observation count in X and Y must match.
en_GB: Univariate regression : The observation count in x and y must match.

[ctx: STR_MESSAGE_MULTIVARIATE_NUMOBS_MISMATCH]
note: KuttF
en: Multivariate regression : The observation count in X and Y must match.
en_GB: Multivariate regression : The observation count in x and y must match.

[ctx: STR_LABEL_PREDICTEDY]
note: oa4Cm
en: Predicted Y
en_GB: Predicted y

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: uNEJE
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: aXv3t
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: jDQ63
en: Meter
en_GB: metre

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: eGGuc
en: Kilometer
en_GB: kilometre

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: cF6mB
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: 9cmpi
en: Foot
en_GB: foot

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: H5KNf
en: Miles
en_GB: mile

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: xpgDS
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: uEBed
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: fUxef
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: gzGAU
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|rbfilterarea]
note: v3B8V
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|case]
note: HBUJA
en: _Case sensitive
en_GB: _Case-sensitive

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|case]
note: VewXr
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when filtering the data.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when filtering the data.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|copyresult]
note: tx6QF
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|destpers]
note: KpECC
en: Select the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range where you want to display the filtered data. If this box is checked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.
en_GB: Mark the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range in which you want to display the filtered data. If this check box is marked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|lbcopyarea]
note: CqSuV
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|edcopyarea]
note: mXpt4
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|rbcopyarea]
note: YCsyS
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: analysisofvariancedialog|alpha-spin]
note: ickoF
en: 0,05
en_GB: 0.05

[ctx: autoformattable|extended_tip|cancel]
note: tCRU9
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: autoformattable|extended_tip|ok]
note: V6Tpf
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: autoformattable|extended_tip|rename]
note: zy4WL
en: Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.

[ctx: cellprotectionpage|extended_tip|checkHideFormula]
note: jCAZ4
en: Hides formulas in the selected cells.
en_GB: Hides formulae in the selected cells.

[ctx: cellprotectionpage|extended_tip|checkHideAll]
note: 5v3YW
en: Hides formulas and contents of the selected cells.
en_GB: Hides formulae and contents of the selected cells.

[ctx: extended_tip|columns]
note: orYEB
en: Select the Columns option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.
en_GB: Select the Columns option to summarise the contents of the selected columns in a list.

[ctx: extended_tip|rows]
note: CCfoS
en: Select the Rows option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.
en_GB: Select the Rows option to summarise the contents of the selected rows in a list.

[ctx: condformatmanager|extended_tip|CondFormatManager]
note: yDqGa
en: This dialog allows you to see all the conditional formatting defined in the spreadsheet.
en_GB: This dialogue box allows you to see all the conditional formatting defined in the spreadsheet.

[ctx: conditionalentry|colorformat]
note: vgneU
en: Color Scale (2 Entries)
en_GB: Colour Scale (2 Entries)

[ctx: conditionalentry|colorformat]
note: U3CvE
en: Color Scale (3 Entries)
en_GB: Colour Scale (3 Entries)

[ctx: conditionalentry|iconsettype]
note: uC7X4
en: 3 Gray Arrows
en_GB: 3 Grey Arrows

[ctx: conditionalentry|iconsettype]
note: UFw2i
en: 3 Colored Smileys
en_GB: 3 Coloured Smileys

[ctx: conditionalentry|iconsettype]
note: 4kGKQ
en: 4 Gray Arrows
en_GB: 4 Grey Arrows

[ctx: conditionalentry|iconsettype]
note: 7EuvV
en: 5 Gray Arrows
en_GB: 5 Grey Arrows

[ctx: conditionalformatdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: PYsX2
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: conditionalformatdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: zqDuf
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: conditionalformatdialog|extended_tip|rbassign]
note: hZBzt
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: HqCsB
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: EHBqo
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|rbdataarea]
note: N6jCs
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|lbdestarea]
note: ziYLq
en: Displays the first cell in the range where the consolidation results will be displayed.
en_GB: Displays the first cell in the range in which the consolidation results will be displayed.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|eddestarea]
note: BPrCM
en: Displays the first cell in the range where the consolidation results will be displayed.
en_GB: Displays the first cell in the range in which the consolidation results will be displayed.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|rbdestarea]
note: HUuw6
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: databaroptions|fill_type]
note: NArFG
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: databaroptions|label2]
note: cA4CB
en: Bar Colors
en_GB: Bar Colours

[ctx: databaroptions|label9]
note: 4oGae
en: Color of vertical axis:
en_GB: Colour of vertical axis:

[ctx: datafielddialog|extended_tip|expander]
note: mk9vJ
en: Expands or reduces the dialog. The More button is visible for data fields only.
en_GB: Expands or reduces the dialogue box. The More button is visible for data fields only.

[ctx: datafieldoptionsdialog|extended_tip|ascending]
note: u8pkE
en: Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.
en_GB: Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialogue box was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.

[ctx: datafieldoptionsdialog|extended_tip|descending]
note: qyGGy
en: Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.
en_GB: Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialogue box was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.

[ctx: definedatabaserangedialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: CyzxS
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: definedatabaserangedialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: djkZd
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: definedatabaserangedialog|extended_tip|assign]
note: phDVh
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: definedatabaserangedialog|extended_tip|assignrb]
note: ySCS4
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: definename|extended_tip|DefineNameDialog]
note: gBKqi
en: Opens a dialog where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.

[ctx: deletecontents|DeleteContentsDialog]
note: VWjSF
en: Delete Contents
en_GB: Delete Content

[ctx: deletecontents|extended_tip|text]
note: BzXFc
en: Deletes text only. Formats, formulas, numbers and dates are not affected.
en_GB: Deletes text only. Formats, formulae, numbers and dates are not affected.

[ctx: deletecontents|extended_tip|numbers]
note: HdAdi
en: Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulas remain unchanged.
en_GB: Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulae remain unchanged.

[ctx: deletecontents|extended_tip|datetime]
note: uYNYA
en: Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulas remain unchanged.
en_GB: Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulae remain unchanged.

[ctx: deletecontents|formulas]
note: igEyD
en: _Formulas
en_GB: _Formulae

[ctx: deletecontents|extended_tip|formulas]
note: XTY3K
en: Deletes formulas. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.
en_GB: Deletes formulae. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.

[ctx: erroralerttabpage|extended_tip|browseBtn]
note: pWEXG
en: Opens the Macro dialog where you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.
en_GB: Opens the Macro dialogue box in which you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.

[ctx: externaldata|extended_tip|browse]
note: jrW22
en: Open a file dialog to locate the file containing the data you want to insert.
en_GB: Open a file dialogue box to locate the file containing the data you want to insert.

[ctx: filldlg|extended_tip|increment]
note: LMokQ
en: Determines the value by which the series of the selected type increases by each step.
en_GB: Determines the value by which the series of the selected type is increased each step.

[ctx: filldlg|extended_tip|FillSeriesDialog]
note: AvMwH
en: Automatically generate series with the options in this dialog. Determine direction, increment, time unit and series type.
en_GB: Automatically generate series with the options in this dialogue box. Determine direction, increment, time unit and series type.

[ctx: fourieranalysisdialog|extended_tip|FourierAnalysisDialog]
note: CAw2k
en: Produces the Fourier analysis of a data set by computing the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms.
en_GB: Produces the Fourier analysis of a data set by computing the  Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|cancel]
note: fiWse
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|ok]
note: fKq27
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|formulabutton]
note: hVQYj
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|varbutton]
note: phzQE
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|GoalSeekDialog]
note: Aguih
en: Opens a dialog where you can solve an equation with a variable.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can solve an equation with a variable.

[ctx: headerfootercontent|labelFT_CENTER]
note: wFDyu
en: _Center area
en_GB: _Centre area

[ctx: headerfootercontent|extended_tip|textviewWND_CENTER]
note: yHbZN
en: Enter the text to be displayed at the center of the header or footer.
en_GB: Enter the text to be displayed at the centre of the header or footer.

[ctx: headerfootercontent|extended_tip|buttonBTN_TEXT]
note: VHkhc
en: Opens a dialog to assign formats to new or selected text.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to assign formats to new or selected text.

[ctx: headerfootercontent|labelSTR_HF_CUSTOMIZED]
note: CASF2
en: Customized
en_GB: Customised

[ctx: imoptdialog|extended_tip|asshown]
note: kWBhB
en: Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.
en_GB: Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this check box is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.

[ctx: imoptdialog|formulas]
note: Fn8ts
en: Save cell fo_rmulas instead of calculated values
en_GB: Save cell fo_rmulae instead of calculated values

[ctx: inputstringdialog|extended_tip|InputStringDialog]
note: MwM2i
en: This command opens a dialog where you can assign a different name to the current sheet.
en_GB: This command opens a dialogue box in which you can assign a different name to the current sheet.

[ctx: insertcells|extended_tip|down]
note: FA4mZ
en: Moves the contents of the selected range downward when cells are inserted.
en_GB: Moves the contents of the selected range downwards when cells are inserted.

[ctx: insertcells|extended_tip|InsertCellsDialog]
note: g2sxi
en: Opens the Insert Cells dialog, in which you can insert new cells according to the options that you specify.
en_GB: Opens the Insert Cells dialogue box, in which you can insert new cells according to the options that you specify.

[ctx: insertsheet|extended_tip|new]
note: CyX37
en: Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the Name field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces, and the underline character.
en_GB: Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the Name field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces and the underline character.

[ctx: insertsheet|extended_tip|browse]
note: LnzZX
en: Opens a dialog for selecting a file.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: managenamesdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: RcgP4
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: managenamesdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: ftVCr
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: managenamesdialog|extended_tip|assign]
note: EJrBk
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: managenamesdialog|extended_tip|ManageNamesDialog]
note: j3EMw
en: Opens a dialog where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.

[ctx: mergecellsdialog|extended_tip|MergeCellsDialog]
note: ufnGZ
en: Combines the selected cells into a single cell or splits merged cells. Aligns cell content centered.
en_GB: Combines the selected cells into a single cell or splits merged cells. Aligns cell content centred.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: DsuEQ
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: EEze8
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|formulasft]
note: aQNVa
en: _Formulas:
en_GB: _Formulae:

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|formulas]
note: 5RfAg
en: Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulas that you want to use in the multiple operation.
en_GB: Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulae that you want to use in the multiple operation.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|formulasref]
note: uQeAG
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|rowref]
note: qdF79
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|colref]
note: pzEjo
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: ABAZQ
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: jkh7A
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|rbassign]
note: JXXhm
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|rbassign2]
note: PvBUo
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|NameRangesDialog]
note: aDbLN
en: Opens a dialog in which you can define a label range.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can define a label range.

[ctx: navigatorpanel|extended_tip|dragmode]
note: qBchV
en: Opens a submenu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging and dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.
en_GB: Opens a sub-menu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging and dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_compact|formatb]
note: scY66
en: F_ont
en_GB: St_yles

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_compact|3Db]
note: cbMTW
en: 3_D
en_GB: 3-_D

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_full|colorb]
note: DDTxx
en: C_olor
en_GB: C_olour

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_full|3Db]
note: fNGFB
en: 3_D
en_GB: 3-_D

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|centerb]
note: c27x6
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|vcenterb]
note: QSVEb
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: optcalculatepage|case]
note: XyA9j
en: Case se_nsitive
en_GB: Case-se_nsitive

[ctx: optcalculatepage|case|tooltip_text]
note: FF8Nh
en: Disable case sensitivity for interoperability with Microsoft Excel
en_GB: Disable case-sensitivity for interoperability with Microsoft Excel

[ctx: extended_tip|case]
note: fGMgy
en: Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
en_GB: Specifies whether to distinguish between upper- and lower-case in text strings when comparing cell content.

[ctx: extended_tip|iterate]
note: pBKcn
en: Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.
en_GB: Specifies whether formulae with iterative references (formulae that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.

[ctx: optcalculatepage|datestd]
note: BA74j
en: 12/30/1899 (defa_ult)
en_GB: 30/12/1899 (defa_ult)

[ctx: optcalculatepage|datestd|tooltip_text]
note: ApqYV
en: Value 0 corresponds to 12/30/1899
en_GB: Value 0 corresponds to 1899-12-30

[ctx: extended_tip|datestd]
note: SCewx
en: Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.
en_GB: Sets 1899-12-30 as day zero.

[ctx: optcalculatepage|datesc10|tooltip_text]
note: etLCb
en: Value 0 corresponds to 01/01/1900
en_GB: Value 0 corresponds to 1900-01-01

[ctx: extended_tip|datesc10]
note: LEunE
en: Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.
en_GB: Sets 1900-01-01 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.

[ctx: optcalculatepage|date1904|tooltip_text]
note: aBzk5
en: 0 corresponds to 01/01/1904
en_GB: 0 corresponds to 1904-01-01

[ctx: extended_tip|date1904]
note: EkAYW
en: Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.
en_GB: Sets 1904-01-01 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.

[ctx: optcalculatepage|formulawildcards]
note: Hd6CV
en: Enable w_ildcards in formulas
en_GB: Enable w_ildcards in formulae

[ctx: optcalculatepage|formularegex]
note: Gghyb
en: Enable r_egular expressions in formulas
en_GB: Enable r_egular expressions in formulae

[ctx: optcalculatepage|formulaliteral]
note: gg3Am
en: No wildcards or regular expressions in formulas
en_GB: No wildcards or regular expressions in formulae

[ctx: optcalculatepage|label5]
note: XEPCe
en: Formulas Wildcards
en_GB: Formulae Wildcards

[ctx: extended_tip|changes]
note: BiCsr
en: Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
en_GB: Specifies the colour for changes of cell contents.

[ctx: extended_tip|deletions]
note: NGpxf
en: Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
en_GB: Specifies the colour to highlight deletions in a document.

[ctx: extended_tip|entries]
note: XXK7D
en: Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
en_GB: Specifies the colour to highlight moved cell contents.

[ctx: extended_tip|insertions]
note: 67CPn
en: Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
en_GB: Specifies the colour to highlight insertions in a document.

[ctx: optchangespage|label1]
note: AYxhD
en: Colors for Changes
en_GB: Colours for Changes

[ctx: extended_tip|OptChangesPage]
note: GyGpz
en: The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
en_GB: The Changes dialogue box specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.

[ctx: extended_tip|printCB]
note: Cqsrk
en: Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
en_GB: Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialogue box or in the Format - Print Ranges dialogue box. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.

[ctx: extended_tip|copy]
note: FprUE
en: Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
en_GB: Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialogue box appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialogue box to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.

[ctx: extended_tip|OptSortLists]
note: L7EBD
en: All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
en_GB: All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialogue box. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.

[ctx: pagetemplatedialog|organizer]
note: D22J5
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: paratemplatedialog|organizer]
note: AGL7z
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: pastespecial|extended_tip|paste_all]
note: Labin
en: Pastes all cell contents, comments, formats, and objects into the current document.
en_GB: Pastes all cell content, comments, formats and objects into the current document.

[ctx: pastespecial|formulas]
note: MSe4m
en: _Formulas
en_GB: _Formulae

[ctx: pastespecial|extended_tip|objects]
note: DZsnr
en: Inserts objects contained within the selected cell range. These can be OLE objects, chart objects, or drawing objects.
en_GB: Inserts objects contained within the selected cell range. These can be OLE objects, chart objects or drawing objects.

[ctx: pastespecial|extended_tip|none]
note: 7GKDG
en: Does not apply an operation when you insert the cell range from the clipboard. The contents of the clipboard will replace existing cell contents.
en_GB: Does not apply an operation when you insert the cell range from the clipboard. The content of the clipboard will replace existing cell content.

[ctx: pivotfielddialog|extended_tip|options]
note: G7ky9
en: Opens the Data Field Options dialog. The Options button is visible for column, row, or page fields only.
en_GB: Opens the Data Field Options dialogue box. The Options button is visible for column, row, or page fields only.

[ctx: pivotfilterdialog|case]
note: ckB2T
en: _Case sensitive
en_GB: _Case-sensitive

[ctx: pivotfilterdialog|extended_tip|case]
note: nENeC
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: FCKww
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: ieEKA
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|listbox-column]
note: uxqkM
en: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.
en_GB: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag-and-drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|listbox-data]
note: DforL
en: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.
en_GB: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag-and-drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|listbox-row]
note: vsPty
en: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.
en_GB: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag-and-drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|listbox-page]
note: 9M3jG
en: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.
en_GB: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag-and-drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|listbox-fields]
note: ZkDd9
en: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.
en_GB: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag-and-drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|check-drill-to-details]
note: EVPJi
en: Select this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details for the item. Clear this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.
en_GB: Mark this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details of the item. Unmark this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|destination-button]
note: WEQjx
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: 9SYaB
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: BftEK
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|rbprintarea]
note: DrnyM
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|rbrepeatrow]
note: J22Vh
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|rbrepeatcol]
note: MG6GD
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|PrintAreasDialog]
note: jpB5m
en: Opens a dialog where you can specify the print range.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can specify the print range.

[ctx: randomnumbergenerator|distribution-liststore]
note: NBPGN
en: Chi Squared
en_GB: Chi-squared

[ctx: randomnumbergenerator|extended_tip|seed-spin]
note: sB7kk
en: Value set to initiate the random number generator algorithm. It is used to initialize (seed) the random number generator in order to reproduce the same sequence of pseudorandom numbers. Specify a positive integer number (1, 2, ...) to produce a specific sequence, or leave the field blank if you don't need this particular feature.
en_GB: Value set to initiate the random number generator algorithm. It is used to initialise (seed) the random number generator in order to reproduce the same sequence of pseudorandom numbers. Specify a positive integer number (1, 2, ...) to produce a specific sequence or leave the field blank if you don't need this particular feature.

[ctx: regressiondialog|variable1-range-label]
note: NuoZN
en: Independent variable(s) (X) range:
en_GB: Independent variable(s) (x) range:

[ctx: regressiondialog|variable2-range-label]
note: NGXXg
en: Dependent variable (Y) range:
en_GB: Dependent variable (y) range:

[ctx: regressiondialog|withlabels-check]
note: SougG
en: Both X and Y ranges have labels
en_GB: Both x- and y-ranges have labels

[ctx: scenariodialog|extended_tip|copyback]
note: AFrxj
en: Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not select this option, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behavior of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.
en_GB: Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not mark this check box, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behaviour of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.

[ctx: scenariodialog|extended_tip|preventchanges]
note: QJLrA
en: Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behavior of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.
en_GB: Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behaviour of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.

[ctx: scenariodialog|extended_tip|showframe]
note: NuN3J
en: Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The color for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.
en_GB: Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The colour for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.

[ctx: scenariodialog|extended_tip|bordercolor]
note: cTLu7
en: Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The color for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.
en_GB: Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The colour for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.

[ctx: scenariomenu|edit]
note: ZnKYh
en: Properties...
en_GB: Properties…

[ctx: scenariomenu|extended_tip|edit]
note: nAdtF
en: Opens the Edit scenario dialog, where you can edit the scenario properties.
en_GB: Opens the Edit scenario dialogue box, where you can edit the scenario properties.

[ctx: searchresults|ShowBox]
note: KSm3x
en: _Show this dialog
en_GB: _Show this dialogue box

[ctx: searchresults|ShowBox]
note: HggTE
en: Enable the dialog again at Tools > Options > Calc > View
en_GB: Enable the dialogue box again at Tools > Options > Calc > View

[ctx: selectdatasource|extended_tip|type]
note: jZRBA
en: Click the source type of for the selected data source.
en_GB: Click the source type for the selected data source.

[ctx: selectrange|extended_tip|treeview]
note: LTKjo
en: Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range, click its name, and then click OK.
en_GB: Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range in your spreadsheet, click its name, and then click OK.

[ctx: selectsource|extended_tip|external]
note: S9LNt
en: Opens the External Source dialog where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.
en_GB: Opens the External Source dialogue box where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.

[ctx: selectsource|extended_tip|SelectSourceDialog]
note: JV3gr
en: Opens a dialog where you can select the source for your pivot table, and then create your table.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can select the source for your pivot table, and then create your table.

[ctx: sharedocumentdlg|warning]
note: xpXCL
en: Note: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colors, and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.
en_GB: Note: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colours and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.

[ctx: sharedwarningdialog|SharedWarningDialog]
note: 9e6DK
en: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colors, and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.
en_GB: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colours and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.

[ctx: sheetprintpage|extended_tip|checkBTN_PAGENO]
note: SDefG
en: Select this option if you want the first page to start with a number other than 1.
en_GB: Mark this check box if you want the first page to start with a number other than 1.

[ctx: sheetprintpage|checkBTN_FORMULAS]
note: ideQb
en: _Formulas
en_GB: _Formulae

[ctx: sheetprintpage|extended_tip|checkBTN_FORMULAS]
note: 9PVBj
en: Prints the formulas contained in the cells, instead of the results.
en_GB: Prints the formulae contained in the cells, instead of the results.

[ctx: showdetaildialog|extended_tip|dimsTreeview]
note: GJu4j
en: Choose the field that you want to view the details for.
en_GB: Choose the field for which you want to view details.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|cellbackgroundcolor|tooltip_text]
note: bjHWc
en: Select the background color of the selected cells.
en_GB: Select the background colour of the selected cells.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|cellbackground|tooltip_text]
note: wCWut
en: Select the background color of the selected cells.
en_GB: Select the background colour of the selected cells.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|borderlinecolor|tooltip_text]
note: D2TVi
en: Select the line color of the borders.
en_GB: Select the line colour of the borders.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|linecolor|tooltip_text]
note: GqfZD
en: Select the line color of the borders.
en_GB: Select the line colour of the borders.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|borderlinecolor-atkobject]
note: 8AUBs
en: Border Line Color
en_GB: Border Line Colour

[ctx: sidebarnumberformat|leadingzeroeslabel]
note: 4h3mG
en: Leading _zeroes:
en_GB: Leading _zeros:

[ctx: sidebarnumberformat|leadingzeroes|tooltip_text]
note: 35pSE
en: Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display before the decimal point.
en_GB: Enter the maximum number of zeros to display before the decimal point.

[ctx: sidebarnumberformat|leadingzeroes-atkobject]
note: UFTBa
en: Leading Zeroes
en_GB: Leading Zeros

[ctx: sidebarnumberformat|negativenumbersred|tooltip_text]
note: apRL8
en: Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
en_GB: Changes the font colour of negative numbers to red.

[ctx: solverdlg|extended_tip|options]
note: UABF3
en: Opens the Solver Options dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Solver Options dialogue box.

[ctx: solverdlg|result]
note: CgmTB
en: Optimize result to
en_GB: Optimise result to

[ctx: solverdlg|extended_tip|targetedit]
note: qsQDn
en: Enter or click the cell reference of the target cell. This field takes the address of the cell whose value is to be optimized.
en_GB: Enter or click the cell reference of the target cell. This field takes the address of the cell whose value is to be optimised.

[ctx: solverdlg|extended_tip|SolverDialog]
note: bXYQB
en: Opens the Solver dialog. A solver allows you to solve mathematical problems with multiple unknown variables and a set of constraints on the variables by goal-seeking methods.
en_GB: Opens the Solver dialogue box. A solver allows you to solve mathematical problems with multiple unknown variables and a set of constraints on the variables by goal-seeking methods.

[ctx: solveroptionsdialog|extended_tip|engine]
note: pTBRt
en: Select a solver engine. The listbox is disabled if only one solver engine is installed.
en_GB: Select a solver engine. The list box is disabled if only one solver engine is installed.

[ctx: solveroptionsdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: YPbhC
en: If the current entry in the Settings listbox allows you to edit a value, you can click the Edit button. A dialog opens where you can change the value.
en_GB: If the current entry in the Settings list box allows you to edit a value, you can click the Edit button. A dialogue box opens where you can change the value.

[ctx: sortoptionspage|extended_tip|case]
note: F9BE3
en: Sorts first by uppercase letters and then by lowercase letters. For Asian languages, special handling applies.
en_GB: Sorts first by upper-case letters and then by lower-case letters. For Asian languages, special handling applies.

[ctx: sortoptionspage|extended_tip|naturalsort]
note: VH4tV
en: Natural sort is a sort algorithm that sorts string-prefixed numbers based on the value of the numerical element in each sorted number, instead of the traditional way of sorting them as ordinary strings.
en_GB: Natural sort is a sort algorithm that sorts string-prefixed numbers based on the value of the numeric element in each sorted number, instead of the traditional way of sorting them as ordinary strings.

[ctx: sortwarning|sorttip]
note: Ny8FF
en: Tip: The sort range can be detected automatically. Place the cell cursor inside a list and execute sort. The whole range of neighboring non-empty cells will then be sorted.
en_GB: Tip: The sort range can be detected automatically. Place the cell cursor inside a list and execute sort. The whole range of neighbouring non-empty cells will then be sorted.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: kFyDu
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: JEsDB
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|case]
note: L6LRF
en: _Case sensitive
en_GB: _Case-sensitive

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|case]
note: juNCs
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when filtering the data.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when filtering the data.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|copyresult]
note: vapFg
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|destpers]
note: rSZi5
en: Select the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range where you want to display the filtered data. If this box is checked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.
en_GB: Mark the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range in which you want to display the filtered data. If this check box is marked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|lbcopyarea]
note: ETDiJ
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|edcopyarea]
note: om6jr
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|rbcopyarea]
note: WSVsk
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: subtotalgrppage|extended_tip|group_by]
note: 9SJx9
en: Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column change, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.
en_GB: Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column changes, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.

[ctx: subtotaloptionspage|extended_tip|pagebreak]
note: LRtCo
en: Inserts a new page after each group of subtotaled data.
en_GB: Inserts a new page after each group of subtotalled data.

[ctx: subtotaloptionspage|case]
note: vAGGF
en: _Case sensitive
en_GB: _Case-sensitive

[ctx: subtotaloptionspage|extended_tip|btnuserdef]
note: EP8RH
en: Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialog box at %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists.
en_GB: Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialogue box at %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists.

[ctx: subtotaloptionspage|extended_tip|lbuserdef]
note: T5A7R
en: Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialog box at %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists.
en_GB: Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialogue box at %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists.

[ctx: texttransformation_type|capitalize]
note: ZsHz4
en: Capitalize
en_GB: Capitalise

[ctx: tpviewpage|formula]
note: D7zk3
en: _Formulas
en_GB: _Formulae

[ctx: extended_tip|formula]
note: NZfqW
en: Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.
en_GB: Specifies whether to show formulae instead of results in the cells.

[ctx: extended_tip|annot]
note: gbz6Y
en: Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|value]
note: Ve6Bg
en: Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.
en_GB: Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colours, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.

[ctx: extended_tip|clipmark]
note: qSy8Z
en: If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.
en_GB: If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighbouring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighbouring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.

[ctx: tpviewpage|rangefind]
note: aqEWS
en: _Show references in color
en_GB: _Show references in colour

[ctx: extended_tip|rangefind]
note: hSxKG
en: Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
en_GB: Specifies that each reference is highlighted in colour in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a coloured border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.

[ctx: tpviewpage|synczoom]
note: g4FQY
en: S_ynchronize sheets
en_GB: S_ynchronise sheets

[ctx: extended_tip|synczoom]
note: C5GAq
en: If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.
en_GB: If marked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not marked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.

[ctx: extended_tip|color]
note: yajBD
en: Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.
en_GB: Specifies a colour for the grid lines in the current document.

[ctx: tpviewpage|color_label]
note: E2U6D
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: tpviewpage|grid]
note: GXPYd
en: Show on colored cells
en_GB: Show on coloured cells

[ctx: extended_tip|grid]
note: vFtNT
en: Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.
en_GB: Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background colour. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background colour, or to hide them.

[ctx: validationcriteriapage|extended_tip|sortascend]
note: zejAE
en: Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not checked, the order from the data source is taken.
en_GB: Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not marked, the order is taken from the data source.

[ctx: RID_COMMON_START_0]
en: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disk.
en_GB: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disc.

[ctx: RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START_6]
en: ~Use letterhead paper with pre-printed elements
en_GB: ~Use paper with pre-printed letterhead elements

[ctx: RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START_45]
en: ZIP code/State/City:
en_GB: Postcode/County/Post town:

[ctx: RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START_49]
en: To create another new letter out of the template just navigate to the template location and double-click it.
en_GB: To create another new letter using the template just navigate to the template location and double-click it.

[ctx: RID_FAXWIZARDDIALOG_START_21]
en: ZIP code/State/City:
en_GB: Postcode/County/Post town:

[ctx: RID_FAXWIZARDDIALOG_START_24]
en: To create another new fax out of the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.
en_GB: To create another new fax using the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_17]
en: Placeholders will be used in empty fields. You can replace placeholders with text later.
en_GB: Placeholders will be used in empty fields. You can replace them with text later.

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_20]
en: To create a new agenda out of the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.
en_GB: To create a new agenda using the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_26]
en: Minute keeper
en_GB: Minute taker

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_31]
en: The agenda template will include placeholders for the names of the selected people. When creating an agenda from the template, you can replace these placeholder with the appropriate names.
en_GB: The agenda template will include placeholders for the names of the selected people. When creating an agenda from the template, you can replace these placeholders with the appropriate names.

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_64]
en: Minute keeper
en_GB: Secretary

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_89]
en: Colorful
en_GB: Colourful

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: EnLKw
en: Disk or hard drive full.
en_GB: Disc or hard drive full.

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: WcKob
en: Disk not ready.
en_GB: Disc not ready.

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: DnKBx
en: Timeout while waiting for DDE response.
en_GB: Time-out while waiting for DDE response.

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: ScKEy
en: This property is write only.
en_GB: This property is write-only.

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: tC47t
en: For loop not initialized.
en_GB: For loop not initialised.

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_HORJUST_CENTER]
note: icuN2
en: Centered horizontally
en_GB: Centred horizontally

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_VERJUST_CENTER]
note: UjmWt
en: Centered vertically
en_GB: Centred vertically

[ctx: spellmenu|check]
note: MFssd
en: _Spellcheck...
en_GB: _Spell check...

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_COLOR_GRAY]
note: QUDGM
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_COLOR_LIGHTGRAY]
note: a44zF
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_CASEMAP_GEMEINE]
note: DngZG
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_ADJUST_CENTER]
note: PDyMM
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: RID_EMBOSSED]
note: RmYEL
en: 3D embossed
en_GB: 3-D embossed

[ctx: RID_ENGRAVED]
note: BXK8h
en: 3D engraved
en_GB: 3-D engraved

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_HNGPNCT_OFF]
note: ziURW
en: No hanging punctuation at line end
en_GB: No hanging punctuation at end of line

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_HNGPNCT_ON]
note: SgFE5
en: Hanging punctuation at line end
en_GB: Hanging punctuation at end of line

[ctx: pdfgeneralpage|extended_tip|emptypages]
note: ZkGWy
en: If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
en_GB: If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the PDF file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.

[ctx: pdflinkspage|extended_tip|convert]
note: FEokC
en: Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
en_GB: Enable this check box to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.

[ctx: pdflinkspage|extended_tip|exporturl]
note: RcdUF
en: Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
en_GB: Enable this check box to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.

[ctx: pdfsecuritypage|extended_tip|setpassword]
note: C9DhC
en: Click to open a dialog where you enter the passwords.
en_GB: Click to open a dialogue box where you enter the passwords.

[ctx: pdfsecuritypage|extended_tip|printlow]
note: kB7dx
en: The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
en_GB: The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honour this setting.

[ctx: pdfsignpage|extended_tip|select]
note: 8iktV
en: Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Select Certificate dialogue box.

[ctx: pdfuserinterfacepage|center]
note: 92sua
en: _Center window on screen
en_GB: _Centre window on screen

[ctx: pdfuserinterfacepage|extended_tip|center]
note: fGFCM
en: Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
en_GB: Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centred on screen.

[ctx: pdfviewpage|extended_tip|firstonleft]
note: xWdBk
en: Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: testxmlfilter|extended_tip|currentdocument]
note: GRXCc
en: The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the XML Filter output window.
en_GB: The frontmost open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the XML Filter output window.

[ctx: testxmlfilter|extended_tip|importbrowse]
note: eR68F
en: Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.

[ctx: testxmlfilter|extended_tip|recentfile]
note: 2vFnT
en: Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
en_GB: Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialogue box.

[ctx: testxmlfilter|extended_tip|recentfilename]
note: RHRHL
en: Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
en_GB: Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|help]
note: x9LGg
en: Displays the help page for this dialog.
en_GB: Displays the help page for this dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|close]
note: CmVSC
en: Closes the dialog.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|new]
note: 5Enmj
en: Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box with the name of a new filter.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|edit]
note: K8XRa
en: Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box with the name of the selected file.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|test]
note: zFrBM
en: Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box with the name of the selected file.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|delete]
note: bDixG
en: Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.
en_GB: Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialogue box that follows.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|save]
note: tPh4b
en: Displays a Save as dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
en_GB: Displays a Save as dialogue box to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|open]
note: D3FRp
en: Displays an Open dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
en_GB: Displays an Open dialogue box to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|XMLFilterSettingsDialog]
note: bC6ha
en: Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
en_GB: Opens the XML Filter Settings dialogue box, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagegeneral|extended_tip|filtername]
note: rYNyn
en: Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the XML Filter Settings dialog.
en_GB: Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the XML Filter Settings dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagegeneral|extended_tip|interfacename]
note: fZvBA
en: Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogs.
en_GB: Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogue boxes.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagetransformation|extended_tip|browseexport]
note: QLd25
en: Opens a file selection dialog.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagetransformation|extended_tip|browseimport]
note: TecWL
en: Opens a file selection dialog.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagetransformation|extended_tip|browsetemp]
note: Dce3n
en: Opens a file selection dialog.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: xsltfilterdialog|extended_tip|help]
note: bCZh2
en: Displays the help page for this dialog.
en_GB: Displays the help page for this dialogue box.

[ctx: xsltfilterdialog|extended_tip|XSLTFilterDialog]
note: ocohs
en: Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box with the name of a new filter.

[ctx: RID_STR_CONFLICTING_NAMES]
note: anFDx
en: There are tables in the database whose names conflict with the names of existing queries. To make full use of all queries and tables, make sure they have distinct names.
en_GB: There are tables in the database whose names conflict with the names of existing queries. To make full use of all queries and tables, ensure they have distinct names.

[ctx: RID_STR_RESULT_IS_READONLY]
note: 9BUGj
en: Result set is read only.
en_GB: Result set is read-only.

[ctx: STR_QUERY_UNDO_MOVETABWIN]
note: DUDsr
en: Move table window
en_GB: Move Table Window

[ctx: STR_QUERY_UNDO_SIZETABWIN]
note: 9Uu5p
en: Resize table window
en_GB: Resize Table Window

[ctx: STR_QUERY_UNDO_TABFIELDMOVED]
note: srRyA
en: Move column
en_GB: Move Column

[ctx: STR_QUERY_UNDO_SIZE_COLUMN]
note: 79APm
en: Adjust column width
en_GB: Adjust Column Width

[ctx: STR_STATEMENT_WITHOUT_RESULT_SET]
note: pH2Jv
en: The query does not create a result set, and thus cannot be part of another query.
en_GB: The query does not create a result set and thus cannot be part of another query.

[ctx: RID_STR_FORMS_HELP_TEXT]
note: e4rD6
en: Create a form by specifying the record source, controls, and control properties.
en_GB: Create a form by specifying the record source, controls and control properties.

[ctx: RID_STR_REPORT_HELP_TEXT]
note: WMRFD
en: Create a report by specifying the record source, controls, and control properties.
en_GB: Create a report by specifying the record source, controls and control properties.

[ctx: RID_STR_TABLES_HELP_TEXT_WIZARD]
note: ctDmY
en: Choose from a selection of business and personal table samples, which you customize to create a table.
en_GB: Choose from a selection of business and personal table samples, which you customise to create a table.

[ctx: STR_SUB_DOCS_WITH_SCRIPTS_DETAIL]
note: v33uG
en: Macros should be embedded into the database document itself.
    
    You can continue to use your document as before, however, you are encouraged to migrate your macros. The menu item 'Tools / Migrate Macros ...' will assist you with this.
    
    Note that you won't be able to embed macros into the database document itself until this migration is done.
en_GB: Macros should be embedded into the database document itself.
    
    You can continue to use your document as before, however, you are encouraged to migrate your macros. The menu item 'Tools - Migrate Macros ...' will assist you with this.
    
    Note that you won't be able to embed macros into the database document itself until this migration is done.

[ctx: STR_HELP_AUTOINCREMENT]
note: Y5q39
en: Choose if this field should contain AutoIncrement values.
    
    You can not enter data in fields of this type. An intrinsic value will be assigned to each new record automatically (resulting from the increment of the previous record).
en_GB: Choose if this field should contain AutoIncrement values.
    
    You can not enter data in fields of this type. An intrinsic value will be assigned to each new record automatically (by incrementing the previous record).

[ctx: STR_MSACCESS_FILTERNAME]
note: dyCvN
en: MS Access file
en_GB: Microsoft Access file

[ctx: STR_MSACCESS_2007_FILTERNAME]
note: rDsuu
en: MS Access 2007 file
en_GB: Microsoft Access 2007 file

[ctx: STR_DIRECTSQL_CONNECTIONLOST]
note: BhFXv
en: The connection to the database has been lost. This dialog will be closed.
en_GB: The connection to the database has been lost. This dialogue box will be closed.

[ctx: STR_CTW_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER_COUNT]
note: 7pnvE
en: Illegal number of initialization parameters.
en_GB: Illegal number of initialisation parameters.

[ctx: STR_CTW_ERROR_DURING_INITIALIZATION]
note: z3h9J
en: An error occurred during initialization.
en_GB: An error occurred during initialisation.

[ctx: choosedatasourcedialog|organize]
note: jctjv
en: Or_ganize...
en_GB: Or_ganise...

[ctx: odbcpage|useCatalogCheckbutton]
note: siTp3
en: Use catalog for file-based databases
en_GB: Use catalogue for file-based databases

[ctx: querypropertiesdialog|extended_tip|QueryPropertiesDialog]
note: GoEm9
en: In the Query Properties dialog you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.
en_GB: In the Query Properties dialogue box you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.

[ctx: savedialog|catalogft]
note: oiUCs
en: _Catalog:
en_GB: _Catalogue:

[ctx: specialsettingspage|usesql92]
note: WKnRX
en: Use SQL92 naming constraints
en_GB: Use SQL-92 naming constraints

[ctx: specialsettingspage|usecatalogname]
note: JqBdc
en: Use catalog name in SELECT statements
en_GB: Use catalogue name in SELECT statements

[ctx: specialsettingspage|comparison]
note: NhGDH
en: MS Access
en_GB: Microsoft Access

[ctx: userdetailspage|usecatalog]
note: rEGAs
en: _Use catalog
en_GB: _Use catalogue

[ctx: RID_FILEOPEN_NOTEXISTENTFILE]
note: 99gqd
en: The file $name$ does not exist.
    Make sure you have entered the correct file name.
en_GB: The file $name$ does not exist.
    Ensure you have entered the correct file name.

[ctx: STR_SVT_NOREMOVABLEDEVICE]
note: o5hFk
en: No removable storage device detected.
    Make sure it is plugged in properly and try again.
en_GB: No removable storage device detected.
    Ensure it is plugged in properly and try again.

[ctx: RID_STR_ACC_PANEL_DESCRIPTION]
note: DNmVr
en: Please press enter to go into child control for more operations
en_GB: Please press Enter to go into child control for more operations

[ctx: RID_STR_CONTROL_SUBSTITUTED_EPXPLAIN]
en: An error occurred while this control was being loaded. It was therefore replaced with a placeholder.
en_GB: An error occurred while this control was being loaded. It was, therefore, replaced with a placeholder.

[ctx: RID_STR_INVALID_VALIDATOR]
en: The control is connected to an external value binding, which at the same time acts as validator. You need to revoke the value binding, before you can set a new validator.
en_GB: The control is connected to an external value binding, which at the same time acts as validator. You must revoke the value binding before you can set a new validator.

[ctx: RID_STR_TRANSLATION_NOTLOCALIZED]
note: Tho9k
en: <Not localized>
en_GB: <Not localised>

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|extended_tip|libraries]
note: 8Bfcg
en: Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog.
en_GB: Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialogue box.

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|macrotoft]
note: Qth4v
en: Save Macro In
en_GB: Save macro in

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|extended_tip|assign]
note: qEaMG
en: Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
en_GB: Opens the Customise dialogue box, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|organize]
note: Gh52t
en: Organizer...
en_GB: Organiser...

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|extended_tip|organize]
note: 3L2hk
en: Opens the Macro Organizer dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.
en_GB: Opens the Macro Organiser dialogue box, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogue boxes, and libraries.

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|extended_tip|BasicMacroDialog]
note: gMDg9
en: Opens a dialog to organize macros.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to organise macros.

[ctx: dialogpage|extended_tip|import]
note: 8VCZB
en: Locate that %PRODUCTNAME Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.
en_GB: Locate the %PRODUCTNAME Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.

[ctx: importlibdialog|extended_tip|ref]
note: gxCjk
en: Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time that you start %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: libpage|extended_tip|location]
note: JAxWt
en: Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
en_GB: Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organise.

[ctx: libpage|extended_tip|import]
note: W7BzD
en: Locate that %PRODUCTNAME Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.
en_GB: Locate the %PRODUCTNAME Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.

[ctx: libpage|extended_tip|LibPage]
note: dfZKj
en: Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
en_GB: Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organise.

[ctx: managelanguages|label2]
note: eDZBN
en: The default language is used if no localization for a user interface locale is present. Furthermore all strings from the default language are copied to resources of newly added languages.
en_GB: The default language is used if no localisation for a user interface locale is present. Furthermore all strings from the default language are copied to resources of newly added languages.

[ctx: modulepage|extended_tip|import]
note: qCXgD
en: Locate that %PRODUCTNAME Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.
en_GB: Locate the %PRODUCTNAME Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.

[ctx: organizedialog|OrganizeDialog]
note: uVgXz
en: Basic Macro Organizer
en_GB: Basic Macro Organiser

[ctx: STR_NO_CONNECTION]
note: GgFCn
en: The connection could not be created. May be the necessary data provider is not installed.
en_GB: The connection could not be created. Perhaps the necessary data provider is not installed.

[ctx: STR_COLUMN_NOT_ALTERABLE]
note: ZvEz9
en: The column '$columnname$' could not be altered. May be the file system is write protected.
en_GB: The column '$columnname$' could not be altered. Perhaps the file system is write protected.

[ctx: STR_COLUMN_NOT_ADDABLE]
note: dFAFB
en: The column '$columnname$' could not be added. May be the file system is write protected.
en_GB: The column '$columnname$' could not be added. Perhaps the file system is write protected.

[ctx: STR_COLUMN_NOT_DROP]
note: zk3QB
en: The column at position '$position$' could not be dropped. May be the file system is write protected.
en_GB: The column at position '$position$' could not be dropped. Perhaps the file system is write protected.

[ctx: STR_TABLE_NOT_DROP]
note: hAwmi
en: The table '$tablename$' could not be dropped. May be the file system is write protected.
en_GB: The table '$tablename$' could not be dropped. Perhaps the file system is write protected.

[ctx: STR_INVALID_DBASE_FILE]
note: UuoNm
en: The file '$filename$' is an invalid (or unrecognized) dBase file.
en_GB: The file '$filename$' is an invalid (or unrecognised) dBASE file.

[ctx: STR_TABLE_READONLY]
note: kCjVU
en: The table can not be changed. It is read only.
en_GB: The table can not be changed. It is read-only.

[ctx: STR_NO_ROWCOUNT]
note: kiYDS
en: The execution of the update statement doesn't effect any rows.
en_GB: The execution of the update statement doesn't affect any rows.

[ctx: STR_PARSER_CYCLIC_SUB_QUERIES]
note: hdDea
en: The statement contains a cyclic reference to one or more sub queries.
en_GB: The statement contains a cyclic reference to one or more sub-queries.

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Workday]
note: i8Y7Z
en: Returns the serial number of the date before or after a specified number of workdays
en_GB: Returns the serial number of the date before or after a specified number of working days

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Workday]
note: EPJV2
en: The number of workdays before or after the start date
en_GB: The number of working days before or after the start date

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Delta]
note: EzTEV
en: Number 1
en_GB: Number1

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Delta]
note: H7EGL
en: Number 2
en_GB: Number2

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Gestep]
note: ckg2G
en: The threshold value
en_GB: The threshhold value

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Effect]
note: VADwy
en: Npery
en_GB: NumPerYear

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Nominal]
note: s2F7k
en: Npery
en_GB: NumPerYear

[ctx: DATE_FUNCDESC_Rot13]
note: U4M9a
en: Encrypts or decrypts a text using the ROT13 algorithm
en_GB: Encrypts or decrypts a text string using the ROT13 algorithm

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: ZQK5A
en: First Name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: DGeQh
en: Last Name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: nM8CX
en: City
en_GB: Post Town

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: hTMFo
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: d9nJo
en: ZIP
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: RID_SW_ERRHDL]
note: FCni4
en: Cells cannot be further split.
en_GB: Cells cannot be split further.

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: YUbUQ Format names
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: BB8yt
en: Char Back Color
en_GB: Char Back Colour

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: AxVck
en: Char Color
en_GB: Char Colour

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: ujBVU
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: a9SsD
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: 2RuJU
en: Meter
en_GB: metre

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: s4zrG
en: Kilometer
en_GB: kilometre

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: SGXPk
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: 3kDJD
en: Foot
en_GB: foot

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: Z9v2E
en: Miles
en_GB: mile

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: ngFw4
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: C2njC
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: STR_READONLY_PATH]
note: QRU4j
en: The 'AutoText' directories are read-only. Do you want to call the path settings dialog?
en_GB: The 'AutoText' directories are read-only. Do you want to call the path settings dialogue box?

[ctx: STR_STATSTR_SPELL]
note: LuH5F
en: Spellcheck...
en_GB: Spell check...

[ctx: STR_MULT_INTERACT_HYPH_WARN]
note: iD3WQ
en: The interactive hyphenation is already active
    in a different document
en_GB: Interactive hyphenation is already active
    in a different document

[ctx: STR_OLE]
note: gcZ3a
en: OLE-object
en_GB: OLE object

[ctx: STR_PRINTOPTUI_COLOR]
note: X8Bfu
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: STR_AUTH_FIELD_ORGANIZATIONS]
note: ZB7Go
en: Organization
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: STR_FILTER_DBF]
note: QupGC
en: dBase (*.dbf)
en_GB: dBASE (*.dbf)

[ctx: STR_SPELLING_COMPLETED]
note: gE7CA
en: The spellcheck is complete.
en_GB: The spell check is complete.

[ctx: FLD_EU_VORNAME]
note: WWxTK
en: First Name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: FLD_EU_NAME]
note: 4tdAc
en: Last Name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: FLD_EU_PLZ]
note: ESbkx
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: FLD_EU_ORT]
note: WDAc2
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: FLD_EU_STATE]
note: 6GBRm
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: STR_WORDCOUNT_HINT]
note: XWMSH
en: Word and character count. Click to open Word Count dialog.
en_GB: Word and character count. Click to open Word Count dialogue box.

[ctx: STR_BOOKCTRL_HINT]
note: xBHUG
en: Page number in document. Click to open Go to Page dialog or right-click for bookmark list.
en_GB: Page number in document. Click to open Go to Page dialogue box or right-click for bookmark list.

[ctx: STR_BOOKCTRL_HINT_EXTENDED]
note: XaF3v
en: Page number in document (Page number on printed document). Click to open Go to Page dialog.
en_GB: Page number in document (Page number on printed document). Click to open Go to Page dialogue box.

[ctx: STR_TMPLCTRL_HINT]
note: EWtd2
en: Page Style. Right-click to change style or click to open Style dialog.
en_GB: Page Style. Right-click to change style or click to open Style dialogue box.

[ctx: STR_VERT_CENTER]
note: GPTAu
en: Centered vertically
en_GB: Centred vertically

[ctx: STR_LINE_CENTER]
note: MU7hC
en: Line centered
en_GB: Line centred

[ctx: STR_HORI_CENTER]
note: wzGK7
en: Centered horizontally
en_GB: Centred horizontally

[ctx: STR_DRAWMODE_GREY]
note: kbALJ
en: Grayscales
en_GB: Greyscales

[ctx: STR_IMGBTN_SRCH_REP_DOWN]
note: gbnwp
en: Continue search forward
en_GB: Continue search forwards

[ctx: STR_FRMUI_CENTER_BASE]
note: sdyVF
en: Base line ~centered
en_GB: Base line ~centred

[ctx: STR_SENDER_TOKENS]
note: yAAPM
en: COMPANY;CR;FIRSTNAME; ;LASTNAME;CR;ADDRESS;CR;CITY; ;STATEPROV; ;POSTALCODE;CR;COUNTRY;CR;
en_GB: COMPANY;CR;FORENAME; ;SURNAME;CR;ADDRESS;CR;POSTTOWN; ;COUNTY; ;POSTCODE;CR;COUNTRY;CR;

[ctx: RID_SHELLRES_AUTOFMTSTRS]
note: JBCDA
en: Capitalize first letter of sentences
en_GB: Capitalise first letter of sentences

[ctx: RID_SHELLRES_AUTOFMTSTRS]
note: rpT9U
en: Add non breaking space
en_GB: Add non-breaking space

[ctx: addressblockdialog|customft]
note: pAsvT
en: 2. Customi_ze salutation
en_GB: 2. Customise salutation

[ctx: autoformattable|extended_tip|AutoFormatTableDialog]
note: DFUNM
en: Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.
en_GB: Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading and borders.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|replace]
note: DDAC8
en: Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.
en_GB: Replaces the content of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|macro]
note: Eum5k
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, with which you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|import]
note: MVT2K
en: Opens a dialog where you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|path]
note: JzGXV
en: Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.
en_GB: Opens the Edit Paths dialogue box, in which you can select the directory to store AutoText.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|AutoTextDialog]
note: 2FEex
en: Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.
en_GB: Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.

[ctx: bibliographyentry|extended_tip|new]
note: XnbFd
en: Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose Tools - Bibliography Database.
en_GB: Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialogue box, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose Tools - Bibliography Database.

[ctx: bibliographyentry|extended_tip|edit]
note: xHxhn
en: Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.
en_GB: Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialogue box where you can edit the selected bibliography record.

[ctx: bibliographyentry|extended_tip|close]
note: zo8CS
en: Closes the dialog.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box.

[ctx: bulletsandnumbering|customize]
note: nFfDs
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: businessdatapage|countryft]
note: AgVpM
en: Co_untry/state:
en_GB: Co_untry/County:

[ctx: businessdatapage|icityft]
note: Po3B3
en: _Zip/city:
en_GB: _Postcode/post town:

[ctx: businessdatapage|izip-atkobject]
note: ytCQe
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: charurlpage|extended_tip|visitedlb]
note: CqHA6
en: Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.
en_GB: Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialogue box and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.

[ctx: charurlpage|extended_tip|unvisitedlb]
note: w7Cdu
en: Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.
en_GB: Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialogue box and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.

[ctx: columnpage|lineposlb]
note: MKcWL
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: columnpage|linecolorft]
note: kkGNR
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: columnpage|extended_tip|applytolb]
note: F7MQT
en: Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.
en_GB: Select the item to which you want to apply the column layout.

[ctx: conditionpage|extended_tip|condstyle]
note: 3pzaG
en: Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.
en_GB: Mark this check box to define a new style as a conditional style.

[ctx: converttexttable|extended_tip|autofmt]
note: ArFSS
en: Opens the AutoFormat dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.
en_GB: Opens the AutoFormat dialogue box, in which you can select a predefined layout for table.

[ctx: createaddresslist|extended_tip|FIND]
note: hiYxd
en: Opens the Find Entry dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.
en_GB: Opens the Find Entry dialogue box. You can leave the dialogue box open while you edit the entries.

[ctx: createaddresslist|CUSTOMIZE]
note: rTdBt
en: C_ustomize...
en_GB: C_ustomise...

[ctx: createaddresslist|extended_tip|CUSTOMIZE]
note: Y965L
en: Opens the Customize Address List dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.
en_GB: Opens the Customise Address List dialogue box in which you can rearrange, rename, add and delete fields.

[ctx: customizeaddrlistdialog|CustomizeAddrListDialog]
note: 7dr3i
en: Customize Address List
en_GB: Customise Address List

[ctx: dropdownfielddialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: Ct7px
en: Displays the Edit Fields: Functions dialog, where you can edit the Input list.
en_GB: Displays the Edit Fields: Functions dialogue box, where you can edit the Input list.

[ctx: editsectiondialog|extended_tip|password]
note: PYhAa
en: Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can change the current password.

[ctx: envformatpage|extended_tip|format]
note: g3nMo
en: Select the envelope size that want, or select "User Defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.
en_GB: Select the envelope size that you want, or select "User-defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.

[ctx: envprinterpage|horicenterl|tooltip_text]
note: EqZR7
en: Horizontal Center
en_GB: Horizontal Centre

[ctx: envprinterpage|vertcenterl|tooltip_text]
note: HKeFF
en: Vertical Center
en_GB: Vertical Centre

[ctx: envprinterpage|horicenteru|tooltip_text]
note: tdktA
en: Horizontal Center
en_GB: Horizontal Centre

[ctx: envprinterpage|vertcenteru|tooltip_text]
note: NPzAL
en: Vertical Center
en_GB: Vertical Centre

[ctx: envprinterpage|extended_tip|setup]
note: jyNbK
en: Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.
en_GB: Opens the Print Setup dialogue box in which you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.

[ctx: exchangedatabases|extended_tip|browse]
note: HvR9A
en: Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.
en_GB: Opens a file open dialogue box to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.

[ctx: exchangedatabases|label7]
note: ZgGFH
en: Use this dialog to replace the databases you access in your document via database fields, with other databases. You can only make one change at a time. Multiple selection is possible in the list on the left.
    Use the browse button to select a database file.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to replace the databases you access in your document via database fields, with other databases. You can only make one change at a time. Multiple selection is possible in the list on the left.
    Use the browse button to select a database file.

[ctx: fielddialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: AYDUA
en: Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the Close button.
en_GB: Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialogue box, click the Close button.

[ctx: fielddialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: AVAfz
en: Closes the dialog.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box.

[ctx: flddbpage|extended_tip|browse]
note: FnCPc
en: Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.
en_GB: Opens a file open dialogue box in which you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.

[ctx: fldfuncpage|extended_tip|macro]
note: pHLUT
en: Opens the Macro Selector, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.
en_GB: Opens the Macro Selector, in which you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.

[ctx: floatingsync|FloatingSync]
note: b5iXT
en: Synchronize
en_GB: Synchronise

[ctx: floatingsync|sync]
note: ooBrL
en: Synchronize Labels
en_GB: Synchronise Labels

[ctx: footnoteareapage|label7]
note: myPFY
en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

[ctx: footnoteareapage|position]
note: dqnpa
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: footnoteareapage|extended_tip|color]
note: aHwK5
en: Select the color of the separator line.
en_GB: Select the colour of the separator line.

[ctx: formattablepage|center]
note: kMsAJ
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

[ctx: formattablepage|extended_tip|center]
note: j2nPx
en: Centers the table horizontally on the page.
en_GB: Centres the table horizontally on the page.

[ctx: frmaddpage|extended_tip|protectcontent]
note: FrDqV
en: Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.
en_GB: Prevents changes to the content of the selected item.

[ctx: frmaddpage|liststore]
note: Mz6Ss
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: frmtypepage|extended_tip|relwidth]
note: H3kKU
en: Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.
en_GB: Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the text area of the paragraph it is anchored to.

[ctx: frmtypepage|extended_tip|relheight]
note: 6BmoJ
en: Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.
en_GB: Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the text area of the paragraph it is anchored to.

[ctx: indexentry|new|tooltip_text]
note: goQoK
en: New User-defined Index
en_GB: New User-Defined Index

[ctx: inputwinmenu|leq]
note: 9y6jk
en: Less Than or Equal
en_GB: Less Than or Equal To

[ctx: inputwinmenu|geq]
note: mDjkK
en: Greater Than or Equal
en_GB: Greater Than or Equal To

[ctx: inputwinmenu|asin]
note: PUrKG
en: Arcsine
en_GB: Arc sine

[ctx: inputwinmenu|acos]
note: 4VKJB
en: Arccosine
en_GB: Arc cosine

[ctx: inputwinmenu|atan]
note: QB8fF
en: Arctangent
en_GB: Arc tangent

[ctx: insertbreak|columnrb-atkobject]
note: poiJj
en: Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next column. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.
en_GB: Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next column. A manual column break is indicated by a non-printing border at the top of the new column.

[ctx: insertbreak|pagerb-atkobject]
note: G7e9T
en: Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.
en_GB: Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a non-printing border at the top of the new page.

[ctx: insertcaption|extended_tip|auto]
note: eNMYS
en: Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: Opens the Caption dialogue box. It has the same information as the dialogue box you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: insertdbcolumnsdialog|extended_tip|tableformat]
note: s2Yfx
en: Opens the Table Format dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.
en_GB: Opens the Table Format dialogue box, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.

[ctx: insertdbcolumnsdialog|extended_tip|autoformat]
note: uc3tJ
en: Opens the AutoFormat dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.
en_GB: Opens the AutoFormat dialogue box, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.

[ctx: inserttable|extended_tip|ok]
note: AzYkF
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: inserttable|extended_tip|cancel]
note: M4Bgm
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: labeloptionspage|synchronize]
note: dPmJF
en: Synchroni_ze contents
en_GB: Synchroni_se contents

[ctx: labeloptionspage|extended_tip|setup]
note: eBLwT
en: Opens the Printer Setup dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Printer Setup dialogue box.

[ctx: labeloptionspage|extended_tip|LabelOptionsPage]
note: BxCVt
en: Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronization and printer settings.
en_GB: Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronisation and printer settings.

[ctx: extended_tip|test]
note: tezBK
en: Opens the Test Account Settings dialog to test the current settings.
en_GB: Opens the Test Account Settings dialogue box to test the current settings.

[ctx: mailmerge|extended_tip|pathpb]
note: JFCAP
en: Opens the Select Path dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Select Path dialogue box.

[ctx: mailmerge|extended_tip|MailmergeDialog]
note: sQ3GC
en: The Mail Merge dialog helps you in printing and saving form letters.
en_GB: The Mail Merge dialogue box helps you in printing and saving form letters.

[ctx: mergeconnectdialog|label2]
note: NEDKH
en: Fields are used to personalize form letters. The fields are placeholders for data from a data source, such as a database. The fields in the form letter must be connected to the data source.
en_GB: Fields are used to personalise form letters. The fields are placeholders for data from a data source, such as a database. The fields in the form letter must be connected to the data source.

[ctx: mmaddressblockpage|extended_tip|addresslist]
note: 7vUgG
en: Opens the Select Address List dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.
en_GB: Opens the Select Address List dialogue box, in which you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.

[ctx: mmaddressblockpage|extended_tip|assign]
note: seTsD
en: Opens the Match Fields dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Match Fields dialogue box.

[ctx: mmaddressblockpage|extended_tip|settings]
note: irYyv
en: Opens the Select Address Block dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Select Address Block dialogue box.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|general]
note: fB4pf
en: Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.
en_GB: Select the default greeting to use if a personalised salutation cannot be created.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|newfemale]
note: FUyzo
en: Opens the Custom Salutation dialog for a female recipient.
en_GB: Opens the Custom Salutation dialogue box for a female recipient.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|newmale]
note: MPBju
en: Opens the Custom Salutation dialog for a male recipient.
en_GB: Opens the Custom Salutation dialogue box for a male recipient.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|female]
note: qEdFG
en: Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.
en_GB: Select the personalised greeting for a female recipient.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|male]
note: 6Fqxk
en: Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.
en_GB: Select the personalised greeting for a male recipient.

[ctx: mmmailbody|personalized]
note: K6a9E
en: Insert personalized salutation
en_GB: Insert personalised salutation

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|personalized]
note: vyKar
en: Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.
en_GB: Adds a personalised salutation. To use the default salutation, unmark this check box.

[ctx: mmoutputtypepage|letterft]
note: Zqr7R
en: Send letters to a group of recipients. The letters can contain an address block and a salutation. The letters can be personalized for each recipient.
en_GB: Send letters to a group of recipients. The letters can contain an address block and a salutation. The letters can be personalised for each recipient.

[ctx: mmoutputtypepage|emailft]
note: 8KmNe
en: Send email messages to a group of recipients. The email messages can contain a salutation. The email messages can be personalized for each recipient.
en_GB: Send email messages to a group of recipients. The email messages can contain a salutation. The email messages can be personalised for each recipient.

[ctx: mmresultemaildialog|extended_tip|copyto]
note: RsFBa
en: Opens the Copy To dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.
en_GB: Opens the Copy To dialogue box in which you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|assign]
note: TdGGG
en: Opens the Match Fields dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Match Fields dialogue box.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|general]
note: 7Snab
en: Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.
en_GB: Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalised salutation.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|newfemale]
note: iQETJ
en: Opens the Custom Salutation (Female recipient) dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Custom Salutation (Female recipient) dialogue box.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|newmale]
note: ACYDN
en: Opens the Custom Salutation (Male recipient) dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Custom Salutation (Male recipient) dialogue box.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|female]
note: fAUfC
en: Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.
en_GB: Select the personalised greeting for a female recipient.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|male]
note: 9oaEY
en: Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.
en_GB: Select the personalised greeting for a male recipient.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|personalized]
note: AXiog
en: Insert personalized salutation
en_GB: Insert personalised salutation

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|personalized]
note: YZcw2
en: Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.
en_GB: Adds a personalised salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, unmark this check box.

[ctx: mmselectpage|extended_tip|browsetemplate]
note: CdmfM
en: Opens a template selector dialog.
en_GB: Opens a template selector dialogue box.

[ctx: navigatorpanel|extended_tip|edit]
note: phQFB
en: Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the Index dialog is opened.
en_GB: Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the Index dialogue box is opened.

[ctx: newuserindexdialog|NewUserIndexDialog]
note: mYVYE
en: Create New User-defined Index
en_GB: Create New User-Defined Index

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_full|3DButton]
note: rDBLq
en: 3_D
en_GB: 3-_D

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_full|ColorButton]
note: hpbGC
en: C_olor
en_GB: C_olour

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylegray]
note: 6WNhQ
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylecolorred]
note: FHkoR
en: Colorize Red
en_GB: Colorise Red

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylecolorblue]
note: d62Cu
en: Colorize Blue
en_GB: Colorise Blue

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylecolorgreen]
note: wEHYw
en: Colorize Green
en_GB: Colorise Green

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylecolororange]
note: b6DBd
en: Colorize Orange
en_GB: Colorise Orange

[ctx: optcompatpage|globalcompatoptions]
note: VuRJj
en: Reorganize Form menu to have it MS compatible
en_GB: Reorganise Form menu to have it Microsoft compatible

[ctx: extended_tip|hyphens]
note: D9auF
en: Specifies whether soft hyphens (called also as optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
en_GB: Specifies whether soft hyphens (also called optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.

[ctx: extended_tip|nonbreak]
note: jd36B
en: Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
en_GB: Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as grey boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.

[ctx: optgeneralpage|standardizedpageshow]
note: 9pDAg
en: Show standardized page count
en_GB: Show standardised page count

[ctx: optgeneralpage|labelstandardpages]
note: qJ4Fr
en: Characters per standardized page:
en_GB: Characters per standardised page:

[ctx: optredlinepage|insertcolor_label]
note: AdCLY
en: Co_lor:
en_GB: Co_lour:

[ctx: optredlinepage|insert]
note: sDgMx
en: Uppercase
en_GB: Upper-case

[ctx: optredlinepage|insert]
note: LqieQ
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: optredlinepage|insert]
note: NPD8e
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: optredlinepage|insertcolor-atkobject]
note: mGEfK
en: Color of Insertions
en_GB: Colour of Insertions

[ctx: extended_tip|insertcolor]
note: NHubs
en: You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by %PRODUCTNAME, then modified to match to the author of each change.
en_GB: You can also choose a colour to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the colour is automatically determined by %PRODUCTNAME, then modified to match to the author of each change.

[ctx: optredlinepage|deletedcolor_label]
note: CzQcF
en: Col_or:
en_GB: Col_our:

[ctx: optredlinepage|deletedcolor-atkobject]
note: P2XbL
en: Color of Deletions
en_GB: Colour of Deletions

[ctx: extended_tip|deletedcolor]
note: w84gW
en: You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by %PRODUCTNAME, then modified to match to the author of each change.
en_GB: You can also choose a colour to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the colour is automatically determined by %PRODUCTNAME, then modified to match to the author of each change.

[ctx: optredlinepage|changedcolor_label]
note: 3pALq
en: Colo_r:
en_GB: Colou_r:

[ctx: optredlinepage|changedcolor-atkobject]
note: QUmdP
en: Color of Changed Attributes
en_GB: Colour of Changed Attributes

[ctx: extended_tip|changedcolor]
note: ZmSyG
en: You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by %PRODUCTNAME, then modified to match to the author of each change.
en_GB: You can also choose a colour to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the colour is automatically determined by %PRODUCTNAME, then modified to match to the author of each change.

[ctx: optredlinepage|markcolor-atkobject]
note: E9g4Y
en: Color of Mark
en_GB: Colour of Mark

[ctx: extended_tip|markcolor]
note: RrcPw
en: Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
en_GB: Specifies the colour for highlighting the changed lines in the text.

[ctx: optredlinepage|markcolor_label]
note: paCGy
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: extended_tip|numformatting]
note: 8Bg9h
en: Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
en_GB: Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognised and formatted as numbers.

[ctx: opttablepage|label10]
note: LhnNT
en: Behavior of rows/columns
en_GB: Behaviour of rows/columns

[ctx: opttablepage|label14]
note: KcBp8
en: Insert cell
en_GB: In‌sert cell

[ctx: outlinenumbering|extended_tip|saveas]
note: ABAWF
en: Opens a dialog where you can save the current settings for the selected chapter and outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can save the current settings for the selected chapter and outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.

[ctx: outlinepositionpage|liststore1]
note: W4eDj
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: outlinepositionpage|extended_tip|numalignlb]
note: CPWPU
en: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
en_GB: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.

[ctx: outlinepositionpage|extended_tip|indentatmf]
note: VgG4o
en: Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
en_GB: Enter the distance from the left page margin to the beginning of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.

[ctx: outlinepositionpage|extended_tip|num2alignlb]
note: rhrGW
en: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
en_GB: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.

[ctx: printeroptions|label5]
note: uFDfh
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: printmergedialog|extended_tip|PrintMergeDialog]
note: LyE96
en: When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the Mail Merge dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.
en_GB: When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialogue box asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the Mail Merge dialogue box opens in which you can select the database records to print.

[ctx: extended_tip|background]
note: ocn5F
en: Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
en_GB: Specifies whether to include colours and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.

[ctx: extended_tip|textplaceholder]
note: QfL9u
en: Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
en_GB: Enable this option to print text placeholders. Unmark this check box to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.

[ctx: extended_tip|rtl]
note: bjysC
en: Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
en_GB: Mark this check box to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.

[ctx: extended_tip|blankpages]
note: JB64a
en: If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
en_GB: If this check box is marked, automatically-inserted blank pages will be printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.

[ctx: privateuserpage|nameft]
note: APhFB
en: First/last _name/initials:
en_GB: First/Last _name/Initials:

[ctx: privateuserpage|countryft]
note: DzXD5
en: Co_untry/state:
en_GB: Co_untry/county:

[ctx: privateuserpage|icityft]
note: LGHpW
en: _Zip/city:
en_GB: _Postcode/post town:

[ctx: privateuserpage|izip-atkobject]
note: AZwKD
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: queryredlinedialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: baD9M
en: Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.

[ctx: sectionpage|extended_tip|selectpassword]
note: nBQLQ
en: Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can change the current password.

[ctx: selectaddressdialog|extended_tip|create]
note: Q7aPs
en: Opens the New Address List dialog, where you can create a new address list.
en_GB: Opens the New Address List dialogue box, in which you can create a new address list.

[ctx: selectaddressdialog|extended_tip|filter]
note: MByRg
en: Opens the Standard Filter dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.
en_GB: Opens the Standard Filter dialogue box, in which you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.

[ctx: selectaddressdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: Kp7hn
en: Opens the New Address List dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.
en_GB: Opens the New Address List dialogue box, in which you can edit the selected address list.

[ctx: selectaddressdialog|extended_tip|changetable]
note: WDUAW
en: Opens the Select Table dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.
en_GB: Opens the Select Table dialogue box, in which you can select another table to use for mail merge.

[ctx: selectblockdialog|extended_tip|new]
note: HAcMA
en: Opens the New Address Block dialog where you can define a new address block layout.
en_GB: Opens the New Address Block dialogue box in which you can define a new address block layout.

[ctx: selectblockdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: TauiG
en: Opens the Edit Address Block dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.
en_GB: Opens the Edit Address Block dialogue box where you can edit the selected address block layout.

[ctx: selecttabledialog|extended_tip|preview]
note: Wo98B
en: Opens the Mail Merge Recipients dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Mail Merge Recipients dialogue box.

[ctx: sidebartheme|label2]
note: B25Kd
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: sortdialog|extended_tip|delimpb]
note: VhhBB
en: Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.
en_GB: Opens the Special Characters dialogue box, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.

[ctx: sortdialog|extended_tip|matchcase]
note: Nd8XG
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.

[ctx: tabletextflowpage|extended_tip|break]
note: LEfit
en: Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.
en_GB: Mark this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.

[ctx: tabletextflowpage|extended_tip|pagenonf]
note: b8xXZ
en: Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.
en_GB: Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the check box unchecked.

[ctx: tabletextflowpage|liststore2]
note: 5Pb5v
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: templatedialog1|organizer]
note: UH8Vz
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: templatedialog16|organizer]
note: tA5vb
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: templatedialog16|customize]
note: g5NQF
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: templatedialog2|organizer]
note: 2NhWM
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: templatedialog4|organizer]
note: 8dRdE
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: templatedialog8|organizer]
note: BvGbL
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|spinMF_TEXTSIZE]
note: kKNkF
en: Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.
en_GB: Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in fewer characters per line.

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|checkCB_DISPLAY]
note: rB5ty
en: Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.
en_GB: Specifies the printing and colour options of the text grid.

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|checkCB_PRINT]
note: kvaYD
en: Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.
en_GB: Specifies the printing and colour options of the text grid.

[ctx: textgridpage|labelFT_COLOR]
note: qBUXt
en: Grid color:
en_GB: Grid colour:

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|listLB_COLOR]
note: Gcv2C
en: Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.
en_GB: Specifies the printing and colour options of the text grid.

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|TextGridPage]
note: F6YEz
en: Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: tocentriespage|extended_tip|edit]
note: Dzkip
en: Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the selected character style.

[ctx: tocentriespage|extended_tip|tabstop]
note: 28QwC
en: Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the Fill character box. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the Tab stop position box, or select the Align right check box.
en_GB: Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the Fill character box. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the Tab stop position box, or mark the Align right check box.

[ctx: tocindexpage|liststore1]
note: DuFx3
en: User-Defined
en_GB: User-defined

[ctx: tocindexpage|extended_tip|addstylescb]
note: mDsDx
en: Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the Assign Styles dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the Assign Styles (...) button to the right of this box.
en_GB: Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the Assign Styles dialogue box as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the Assign Styles (...) button to the right of this box.

[ctx: tocindexpage|extended_tip|styles]
note: FAiTL
en: Opens the Assign Styles dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index. Choose the proper heading level on which the style will be included in the index.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Styles dialogue box, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index. Choose the proper heading level on which the style will be included in the index.

[ctx: tocindexpage|extended_tip|usedash]
note: A3eqB
en: Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".
en_GB: Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range in which the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".

[ctx: tocindexpage|casesens]
note: GfaT4
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: tocindexpage|extended_tip|casesens]
note: rAwSj
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.

[ctx: tocindexpage|initcaps]
note: e35vc
en: AutoCapitalize entries
en_GB: AutoCapitalise entries

[ctx: tocindexpage|extended_tip|initcaps]
note: CLSou
en: Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.
en_GB: Automatically capitalises the first letter of an index entry.

[ctx: tocstylespage|extended_tip|edit]
note: Y9dVq
en: Opens the Paragraph Style dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.
en_GB: Opens the Paragraph Style dialogue box, in which you can modify the selected paragraph style.

[ctx: extended_tip|helplines]
note: ChPAo
en: Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
en_GB: Displays snap lnes around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.

[ctx: extended_tip|comments]
note: PYSxn
en: Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
en_GB: Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comment's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.

[ctx: watermarkdialog|ColorLabel]
note: LGwjR
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: watermarkdialog|extended_tip|Angle]
note: CAaVN
en: Select the rotation angle for the watermark. The text will be rotated by this angle in counterclockwise direction.
en_GB: Select the rotation angle for the watermark. The text will be rotated by this angle in anticlockwise direction.

[ctx: watermarkdialog|extended_tip|Color]
note: tFkYv
en: Select a color from the drop-down box.
en_GB: Select a colour from the drop-down box.

[ctx: wordcount-mobile|standardizedpages]
note: mfBEG
en: Standardized pages
en_GB: Standardised pages

[ctx: wordcount|standardizedpages]
note: dZmso
en: Standardized pages
en_GB: Standardised pages

[ctx: RID_STR_SYNCHRONIZING_REPOSITORY]
note: wzGYv
en: Synchronizing repository for %NAME extensions
en_GB: Synchronising repository for %NAME extensions

[ctx: RID_STR_ACCEPT_LICENSE]
note: GjgyB
en: Accept license for %EXTENSION_NAME
en_GB: Accept licence for %EXTENSION_NAME

[ctx: RID_STR_NO_ADMIN_PRIVILEGE]
note: AEv5h
en: %PRODUCTNAME has been updated to a new version. Some shared %PRODUCTNAME extensions are not compatible with this version and need to be updated before %PRODUCTNAME can be started.
    
    Updating of shared extension requires administrator privileges. Contact your system administrator to update the following shared extensions:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME has been updated to a new version. Some shared %PRODUCTNAME extensions are not compatible with this version and must be updated before %PRODUCTNAME can be started.
    
    Updating of shared extension requires administrator privileges. Contact your system administrator to update the following shared extensions:

[ctx: RID_STR_ERROR_MISSING_LICENSE]
note: X4uSy
en: This extension is disabled because you haven't accepted the license yet.
en_GB: This extension is disabled because you haven't accepted the licence yet.

[ctx: RID_STR_SHOW_LICENSE_CMD]
note: ky6LA
en: Show license
en_GB: Show licence

[ctx: RID_DLG_UPDATE_INSTALL_ERROR_LIC_DECLINED]
note: DNwGS
en: The license agreement for extension %NAME was refused.
en_GB: The licence agreement for extension %NAME was refused.

[ctx: STR_BOOTSTRAP_ERR_NOTENOUGHDISKSPACE]
note: Cy4Wz
en: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be completed due to insufficient free disk space. Please free more disc space at the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be completed due to insufficient free disc space. Please free more disc space at the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:

[ctx: STR_BOOTSTRAP_ERR_NOACCESSRIGHTS]
note: 2o5XG
en: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be processed due to missing access rights. Please make sure that you have sufficient access rights for the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be processed due to missing access rights. Please ensure that you have sufficient access rights for the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:

[ctx: RID_STR_UNOPKG_ACCEPT_LIC_1]
note: uigQN
en: Extension Software License Agreement of $NAME:
en_GB: Extension Software Licence Agreement of $NAME:

[ctx: RID_STR_UNOPKG_ACCEPT_LIC_2]
note: DEkAo
en: Read the complete License Agreement displayed above. Accept the License Agreement by typing "yes" on the console then press the Return key. Type "no" to decline and to abort the extension setup.
en_GB: Read the complete Licence Agreement displayed above. Accept the Licence Agreement by typing "yes" on the console then press the Return key. Type "no" to decline and to abort the extension setup.

[ctx: RID_STR_CONCURRENTINSTANCE]
note: aCY73
en: unopkg cannot be started. The lock file indicates it is already running. If this does not apply, delete the lock file at:
en_GB: unopkg cannot be started. The lock file indicates it as already running. If this does not apply, delete the lock file at:

[ctx: extensionmanager|extended_tip|extensions]
note: BAVdg
en: Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.
en_GB: Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialogue box.

[ctx: extensionmanager|extended_tip|optionsbtn]
note: DbuQS
en: Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.
en_GB: Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialogue box for the extension.

[ctx: licensedialog|LicenseDialog]
note: feAcg
en: Extension Software License Agreement
en_GB: Extension Software Licence Agreement

[ctx: licensedialog|label4]
note: 5h4GZ
en: Read the complete License Agreement. Use the scroll bar or the 'Scroll Down' button in this dialog to view the entire license text.
en_GB: Read the complete Licence Agreement. Use the scroll bar or the 'Scroll Down' button in this dialogue box to view the entire licence text.

[ctx: licensedialog|label5]
note: oyoCK
en: Accept the License Agreement for the extension by pressing the 'Accept' button.
en_GB: Accept the Licence Agreement for the extension by pressing the 'Accept' button.

[ctx: showlicensedialog|extended_tip|ShowLicenseDialog]
note: x4PCF
en: Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
en_GB: Read the licence. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.

[ctx: showlicensedialog|ShowLicenseDialog]
note: qquCs
en: Extension Software License Agreement
en_GB: Extension Software Licence Agreement

[ctx: updatedialog|extended_tip|UPDATE_ALL]
note: ihAhY
en: By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
en_GB: By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialogue box. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.

[ctx: updatedialog|extended_tip|DESCRIPTIONS]
note: UEHCd
en: While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.
en_GB: While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialogue box, or click Cancel to abort the update check.

[ctx: STR_TOOLBAR_CUSTOMIZE_TOOLBAR]
note: 342Pc
en: ~Customize Toolbar...
en_GB: ~Customise Toolbar...

[ctx: STR_FULL_DISC_MSG]
note: Cu3Ch
en: %PRODUCTNAME could not save important internal information due to insufficient free disk space at the following location:
    %PATH
    
    You will not be able to continue working with %PRODUCTNAME without allocating more free disk space at that location.
    
    Press the 'Retry' button after you have allocated more free disk space to retry saving the data.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME could not save important internal information due to insufficient free disc space at the following location:
    %PATH
    
    You will not be able to continue working with %PRODUCTNAME without allocating more free disc space at that location.
    
    Press the 'Retry' button after you have allocated more free disc space to retry saving the data.

[ctx: STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_QUALITY_CHOICES]
note: peBEn
en: Original colors
en_GB: Original colours

[ctx: STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_QUALITY_CHOICES]
note: hoEiK
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: STR_AUTOLAYOUT_ONLY_TEXT]
note: yEaXc
en: Centered Text
en_GB: Centred Text

[ctx: STR_END_SPELLING]
note: SDm68
en: Spellcheck of entire document has been completed.
en_GB: Spell check of entire document has been completed.

[ctx: STR_END_SPELLING_OBJ]
note: gefTJ
en: The spellcheck for the selected objects has been completed.
en_GB: The spell check for the selected objects has been completed.

[ctx: STR_EYEDROPPER]
note: B6jDL
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: STR_UNDO_APPLY_3D_FAVOURITE]
note: wXCu2
en: Apply 3D favorite
en_GB: Apply 3-D favourite

[ctx: STRING_DRAG_AND_DROP_PAGES]
note: m8crC
en: Drag and Drop Pages
en_GB: Drag-and-drop Pages

[ctx: STRING_DRAG_AND_DROP_SLIDES]
note: CAGzA
en: Drag and Drop Slides
en_GB: Drag-and-drop Slides

[ctx: STR_PRESOBJ_MPNOTESTEXT]
note: CuXWS
en: Click to edit the notes format
en_GB: Click to edit the notes' format

[ctx: STR_PRESOBJ_ORGCHART]
note: eKgCA
en: Double-click to add an Organization Chart
en_GB: Double-click to add an Organisation Chart

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_FIRST_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: eJ4qZ
en: First color:
en_GB: First colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_SECOND_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: CSbCE
en: Second color:
en_GB: Second colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_FILL_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: cZUiD
en: Fill color:
en_GB: Fill colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_FONT_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: Fdsks
en: Font color:
en_GB: Font colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_LINE_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: nAqeR
en: Line color:
en_GB: Line colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: wiQPZ
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_FORWARD]
note: AvNV8
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_BACKWARD]
note: P5gKe
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_FORWARD_DRAW]
note: KGmdL
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the end of the document. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the end of the document. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_BACKWARD_DRAW]
note: oEn6r
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_QUALITY]
note: CSUbC
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: STR_SAR_WRAP_FORWARD]
note: pPiWM
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: STR_SAR_WRAP_BACKWARD]
note: buKAC
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: STR_SAR_WRAP_FORWARD_DRAW]
note: iiE2i
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the end of the document. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the end of the document. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: STR_SAR_WRAP_BACKWARD_DRAW]
note: RAhiP
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|default]
note: BCDCG
en: Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
en_GB: Resets the values visible in the dialogue box back to the default installation values.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|ok]
note: ELfL6
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|cancel]
note: AiFRo
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: copydlg|label5]
note: 27j9Q
en: _X axis:
en_GB: _x-Axis:

[ctx: copydlg|label6]
note: G5trD
en: _Y axis:
en_GB: _y-Axis:

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|x]
note: a63ej
en: Enter the horizontal distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object to the right and negative values shift the duplicate object to the left.
en_GB: Enter the horizontal distance between the centres of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object to the right and negative values shift the duplicate object to the left.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|y]
note: qPCGk
en: Enter the vertical distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object down and negative values shift the duplicate object up.
en_GB: Enter the vertical distance between the centres of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object down and negative values shift the duplicate object up.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|start]
note: ULShA
en: Choose a color for the selected object.
en_GB: Choose a colour for the selected object.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|end]
note: AAoBa
en: Choose a color for the duplicate object. If you are making more than one copy, this color is applied to the last copy.
en_GB: Choose a colour for the duplicate object. If you are making more than one copy, this colour is applied to the last copy.

[ctx: copydlg|label3]
note: F3A93
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: dlgsnap|extended_tip|SnapObjectDialog]
note: hGNY5
en: Inserts a snap point or snap line (also known as guide) that you can use to quickly align objects.
en_GB: Inserts a snap point or snap line (also known as a guide) that you can use to quickly align objects.

[ctx: drawprinteroptions|originalcolors]
note: vxJf8
en: Original colors
en_GB: Original colours

[ctx: drawprinteroptions|grayscale]
note: 5FsHB
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: drawprinteroptions|label5]
note: MGAFs
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: drawprtldialog|RID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS]
note: ANGDj
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: insertslidesdialog|extended_tip|links]
note: c7yDj
en: Inserts a file or some file elements as a link that is automatically updated when the source file is modified.
en_GB: Inserts a file, or some file elements, as a link that is automatically updated when the source file is modified.

[ctx: draw_notebookbar_groupedbar_compact|3Db]
note: TCPHC
en: 3_D
en_GB: 3-_D

[ctx: vectorize|label2]
note: 4LBUQ
en: Number of colors:
en_GB: Number of colours:

[ctx: vectorize|extended_tip|colors]
note: fhFE7
en: Enter the number of colors to be displayed in the converted image. %PRODUCTNAME generates a polygon for each occurrence of a color in the image.
en_GB: Enter the number of colours to be displayed in the converted image. %PRODUCTNAME generates a polygon for each occurrence of a colour in the image.

[ctx: vectorize|extended_tip|points]
note: enFzr
en: Removes color polygons that are smaller than the pixel value you enter.
en_GB: Removes colour polygons that are smaller than the pixel value you enter.

[ctx: vectorize|extended_tip|fillholes]
note: AF6Bf
en: Fills the color gaps caused by applying a point reduction.
en_GB: Fills the colour gaps caused by applying a point reduction.

[ctx: vectorize|label6]
note: HYpvA
en: Vectorized image:
en_GB: Vectorised image:

[ctx: clientboxfragment|STR_DEAUTHORISE_CLIENT]
note: bCCCX
en: Remove Client Authorization
en_GB: Remove Client Authorisation

[ctx: customanimationeffecttab|dim_color_label]
note: DUrNg
en: Di_m color:
en_GB: Di_m colour:

[ctx: customanimationeffecttab|extended_tip|dim_color_list]
note: EwZ9F
en: Select the dim color.
en_GB: Select the dim colour.

[ctx: customanimationeffecttab|aeffect_list]
note: Aj8J7
en: Dim with color
en_GB: Dim with colour

[ctx: customanimationeffecttab|extended_tip|aeffect_list]
note: PZg2D
en: Select a color to be shown after the animation ends, or select another after-effect from the list
en_GB: Select a colour to be shown after the animation ends, or select another after-effect from the list

[ctx: customanimationfragment|counterclock]
note: eoS4e
en: Counter-clockwise
en_GB: Anticlockwise

[ctx: customslideshows|extended_tip|ok]
note: jiFoQ
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: dockinganimation|alignment]
note: 7NwKN
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: impressprinteroptions|originalcolors]
note: rA69H
en: Original colors
en_GB: Original colours

[ctx: impressprinteroptions|grayscale]
note: Hp6An
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: impressprinteroptions|label5]
note: G3CZp
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: masterlayoutdlg|extended_tip|MasterLayoutDialog]
note: 2iPYT
en: Adds or removes header, footer, date, and slide number placeholders to the layout of the master slide.
en_GB: Adds or removes header, footer, date and slide number placeholders to the layout of the master slide.

[ctx: navigatorpanel|extended_tip|shapes]
note: EUeae
en: In the submenu you can choose to display a list of all shapes or only the named shapes. Use drag-and-drop in the list to reorder the shapes. When you set the focus to a slide and press the Tab key, the next shape in the defined order is selected.
en_GB: In the sub-menu you can choose to display a list of all shapes or only the named shapes. Use drag-and-drop in the list to reorder the shapes. When you move the focus to a slide and press the Tab key, the next shape in the defined order is selected.

[ctx: impressnotebookbar|FormMenuButton]
note: pA8DH
en: 3_d
en_GB: 3-_d

[ctx: impressnotebookbar|FormLabel]
note: xwrog
en: 3~d
en_GB: 3-~d

[ctx: notebookbar_impress_compact|FormButton]
note: 4f9xG
en: 3_d
en_GB: 3-_d

[ctx: notebookbar_impress_compact|FormLabel]
note: ntfL7
en: 3~d
en_GB: 3-~d

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|layout05]
note: PAqPF
en: Centered Text
en_GB: Centred Text

[ctx: presentationdialog|extended_tip|manualslides]
note: 2PEAj
en: Slides never change automatically when this box is selected.
en_GB: Slides never change automatically when this check box is marked.

[ctx: extended_tip|defaultrb]
note: pjmw3
en: Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
en_GB: Specifies that you want to print in original colours.

[ctx: prntopts|grayscalerb]
note: sFK9C
en: Gra_yscale
en_GB: Gre_yscale

[ctx: extended_tip|grayscalerb]
note: 85Da5
en: Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
en_GB: Specifies that you want to print colours as greyscale.

[ctx: publishingdialog|extended_tip|pngRadiobutton]
note: tBByA
en: The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.
en_GB: The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colours.

[ctx: publishingdialog|extended_tip|gifRadiobutton]
note: CjCTt
en: The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colors.
en_GB: The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colours.

[ctx: publishingdialog|extended_tip|jpgRadiobutton]
note: bEwzb
en: The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colors.
en_GB: The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colours.

[ctx: publishingdialog|docColorsRadiobutton]
note: ExziF
en: _Apply color scheme from document
en_GB: _Apply colour scheme from document

[ctx: publishingdialog|defaultRadiobutton]
note: fsTQM
en: Use _browser colors
en_GB: Use _browser colours

[ctx: publishingdialog|userRadiobutton]
note: FtkC2
en: _Use custom color scheme
en_GB: _Use custom colour scheme

[ctx: publishingdialog|selectColorLabel]
note: 3mrfM
en: Select Color Scheme
en_GB: Select Colour Scheme

[ctx: slidecontextmenu|color]
note: 222Gq
en: _Change Pen Color...
en_GB: _Change Pen Colour...

[ctx: slidedesigndialog|extended_tip|load]
note: KDCjh
en: Displays the Load Master Slide dialog, where you can select additional slide designs.
en_GB: Displays the Load Master Slide dialogue box, where you can select additional slide designs.

[ctx: slidedesigndialog|extended_tip|SlideDesignDialog]
note: SRRvK
en: Displays the Available Master Slides dialog, where you can select a layout scheme for the current slide. Any objects in the slide design are inserted behind objects in the current slide.
en_GB: Displays the Available Master Slides dialogue box, where you can select a layout scheme for the current slide. Any objects in the slide design are inserted behind objects in the current slide.

[ctx: slidetransitionspanel|extended_tip|rb_auto_after]
note: rJJQy
en: Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numerical field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.
en_GB: Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numeric field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.

[ctx: slidetransitionspanel|extended_tip|auto_after_value]
note: YctZb
en: Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numerical field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.
en_GB: Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numeric field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.

[ctx: templatedialog|organizer]
note: HsXnQ
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: exportepub|customizeft]
note: yFjyH
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: RID_XEQY_HELP]
note: DcpN2
en: Is Equal
en_GB: Is Equal To

[ctx: RID_XNEQY_HELP]
note: 67oaU
en: Is Not Equal
en_GB: Is Not Equal To

[ctx: RID_XAPPROXY_HELP]
note: PiF9E
en: Is Approximately Equal
en_GB: Is Approximately Equal To

[ctx: RID_XSIMEQY_HELP]
note: Yu5EU
en: Is Similar Or Equal
en_GB: Is Similar Or Equal To

[ctx: RID_XTOWARDY_HELP]
note: kKBBK
en: Toward
en_GB: Towards

[ctx: RID_XSUBSETY_HELP]
note: ToVZV
en: Subset
en_GB: Subset Of

[ctx: RID_XSUBSETEQY_HELP]
note: ERo34
en: Subset Or Equal To
en_GB: Subset Of Or Equal to

[ctx: RID_XSUPSETY_HELP]
note: Ut5XD
en: Superset
en_GB: Superset Of

[ctx: RID_XSUPSETEQY_HELP]
note: BCHWL
en: Superset Or Equal To
en_GB: Superset Of Or Equal to

[ctx: RID_XNSUBSETY_HELP]
note: K67nF
en: Not Subset
en_GB: Not Subset Of

[ctx: RID_XNSUBSETEQY_HELP]
note: FsuYX
en: Not Subset Or Equal
en_GB: Not Subset Of Or Equal To

[ctx: RID_XNSUPSETY_HELP]
note: 7LJYb
en: Not Superset
en_GB: Not Superset Of

[ctx: RID_XNSUPSETEQY_HELP]
note: 2Z4St
en: Not Superset Or Equal
en_GB: Not Superset Of Or Equal To

[ctx: RID_ARCSINX_HELP]
note: DsTBd
en: Arcsine
en_GB: Arc sine

[ctx: RID_ARCCOSX_HELP]
note: FPzbg
en: Arccosine
en_GB: Arc cosine

[ctx: RID_COLORX_BLACK_HELP]
note: EGfMH
en: Color Black
en_GB: Colour Black

[ctx: RID_COLORX_BLUE_HELP]
note: GrXZS
en: Color Blue
en_GB: Colour Blue

[ctx: RID_COLORX_GREEN_HELP]
note: DRFYB
en: Color Green
en_GB: Colour Green

[ctx: RID_COLORX_RED_HELP]
note: MJhTE
en: Color Red
en_GB: Colour Red

[ctx: RID_COLORX_AQUA_HELP]
note: dDDvs
en: Color Aqua
en_GB: Colour Aqua

[ctx: RID_COLORX_FUCHSIA_HELP]
note: 6zGQ2
en: Color Fuchsia
en_GB: Colour Fuchsia

[ctx: RID_COLORX_GRAY_HELP]
note: em3aA
en: Color Gray
en_GB: Colour Grey

[ctx: RID_COLORX_LIME_HELP]
note: 8Pn5t
en: Color Lime
en_GB: Colour Lime

[ctx: RID_COLORX_MAROON_HELP]
note: xGjXA
en: Color Maroon
en_GB: Colour Maroon

[ctx: RID_COLORX_NAVY_HELP]
note: Cmhuj
en: Color Navy
en_GB: Colour Navy

[ctx: RID_COLORX_OLIVE_HELP]
note: XL3XB
en: Color Olive
en_GB: Colour Olive

[ctx: RID_COLORX_PURPLE_HELP]
note: yZ9RF
en: Color Purple
en_GB: Colour Purple

[ctx: RID_COLORX_SILVER_HELP]
note: 2zE5Z
en: Color Silver
en_GB: Colour Silver

[ctx: RID_COLORX_TEAL_HELP]
note: vMBoD
en: Color Teal
en_GB: Colour Teal

[ctx: RID_COLORX_YELLOW_HELP]
note: U7bEA
en: Color Yellow
en_GB: Colour Yellow

[ctx: RID_COLORX_RGB_HELP]
note: 6mDX7
en: Color RGB
en_GB: Colour RGB

[ctx: RID_COLORX_RGBA_HELP]
note: FHLCx
en: Color RGBA
en_GB: Colour RGBA

[ctx: RID_COLORX_HEX_HELP]
note: UxFDW
en: Color hexadecimal
en_GB: Colour hexadecimal

[ctx: RID_COLORX_CORAL_HELP]
note: MGdCv
en: Color Coral
en_GB: Colour Coral

[ctx: RID_COLORX_CRIMSON_HELP]
note: gPCCe
en: Color Crimson
en_GB: Colour Crimson

[ctx: RID_COLORX_MIDNIGHT_HELP]
note: oDRbR
en: Color Midnight blue
en_GB: Colour Midnight blue

[ctx: RID_COLORX_VIOLET_HELP]
note: 4aCMu
en: Color Violet
en_GB: Colour Violet

[ctx: RID_COLORX_ORANGE_HELP]
note: Qivdb
en: Color Orange
en_GB: Colour Orange

[ctx: RID_COLORX_ORANGERED_HELP]
note: CVygm
en: Color Orangered
en_GB: Colour Orangered

[ctx: RID_COLORX_SEAGREEN_HELP]
note: LbfRK
en: Color Seagreen
en_GB: Colour Seagreen

[ctx: RID_COLORX_INDIGO_HELP]
note: DKivY
en: Color Indigo
en_GB: Colour Indigo

[ctx: RID_COLORX_LAVENDER_HELP]
note: GHgTB
en: Color Lavender
en_GB: Colour Lavender

[ctx: RID_COLORX_SNOW_HELP]
note: HQmw7
en: Color Snow
en_GB: Colour Snow

[ctx: RID_ALIGNCX_HELP]
note: BpAbA
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: STR_GRAY]
note: fZKES
en: gray
en_GB: grey

[ctx: STR_ALIGN_CENTER]
note: dBczP
en: center
en_GB: centre

[ctx: RID_ERR_COLOREXPECTED]
note: HLZNK
en: Color required
en_GB: Colour required

[ctx: alignmentdialog|extended_tip|default]
note: RK3fb
en: Click here to save your changes as the default settings for new formulas.
en_GB: Click here to save your changes as the default settings for new formulae.

[ctx: alignmentdialog|center]
note: v8DVF
en: _Centered
en_GB: _Centred

[ctx: alignmentdialog|extended_tip|center]
note: Cppmw
en: Aligns the elements of a formula to the center.
en_GB: Aligns the elements of a formula to the centre.

[ctx: alignmentdialog|extended_tip|AlignmentDialog]
note: qV2H7
en: You can define the alignment of multi-line formulas as well as formulas with several elements in one line.
en_GB: You can define the alignment of multi-line formulae as well as formulae with several elements in one line.

[ctx: catalogdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: TZoCR
en: Click here to open the Edit Symbols dialog.
en_GB: Click here to open the Edit Symbols dialogue box.

[ctx: catalogdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: w4mRB
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: catalogdialog|extended_tip|symbolset]
note: UA5cZ
en: All symbols are organized into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.
en_GB: All symbols are organised into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.

[ctx: catalogdialog|extended_tip|CatalogDialog]
note: DSYgZ
en: Opens the Symbols dialog, in which you can select a symbol to insert in the formula.
en_GB: Opens the Symbols dialogue box, in which you can select a symbol to insert in the formula.

[ctx: fontdialog|extended_tip|bold]
note: XACty
en: Check this box to assign the bold attribute to the font.
en_GB: Mark this check box to assign the bold attribute to the font.

[ctx: fontdialog|extended_tip|italic]
note: W4VUL
en: Check this box to assign the italic attribute to the font.
en_GB: Mark this check box to assign the italic attribute to the font.

[ctx: fontdialog|extended_tip|FontDialog]
note: pwqjH
en: Use this dialog to select the font for the respective category in the Fonts dialog.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to select the font for the respective category in the Fonts dialogue box.

[ctx: fontsizedialog|extended_tip|default]
note: BywFC
en: Click this button to save your changes as a default for all new formulas.
en_GB: Click this button to save your changes as a default for all new formulae.

[ctx: fontsizedialog|extended_tip|spinB_index]
note: AqFSQ
en: Select the relative size for the indexes in a formula in proportion to the base size.
en_GB: Select the relative size for the indices in a formula in proportion to the base size.

[ctx: fontsizedialog|extended_tip|FontSizeDialog]
note: 5Tw56
en: Use this dialog to specify the font sizes for your formula. Select a base size and all elements of the formula will be scaled in relation to this base.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to specify the font sizes for your formula. Select a base size and all elements of the formula will be scaled in relation to this base.

[ctx: fonttypedialog|extended_tip|modify]
note: uQCNw
en: Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the Fonts dialog, where you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts.
en_GB: Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the Fonts dialogue box, in which you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts.

[ctx: fonttypedialog|extended_tip|default]
note: gAvNx
en: Click this button to save your changes as the default for all new formulas.
en_GB: Click this button to save your changes as the default for all new formulae.

[ctx: savedefaultsdialog|SaveDefaultsDialog]
note: 7oNeH
en: These changes will apply for all new formulas.
en_GB: These changes will apply for all new formulae.

[ctx: extended_tip|saveonlyusedsymbols]
note: BkZLa
en: Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.
en_GB: Saves only those symbols which each formula that are used in that formula.

[ctx: symdefinedialog|extended_tip|EditSymbols]
note: zBbJC
en: Use this dialog to add symbols to a symbol set, to edit symbol sets, or to modify symbol notations.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to add symbols to a symbol set, to edit symbol sets, or to modify symbol notations.

[ctx: STR_PAGE_XERROR_BARS]
note: EvFoA
en: X Error Bars
en_GB: x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_PAGE_YERROR_BARS]
note: NKDFm
en: Y Error Bars
en_GB: y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_AXIS_X]
note: jNgVd
en: X Axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_AXIS_Y]
note: cA4xe
en: Y Axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_AXIS_Z]
note: ZXErW
en: Z Axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_SECONDARY_X_AXIS]
note: qkJUd
en: Secondary X Axis
en_GB: Secondary x-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_SECONDARY_Y_AXIS]
note: YHCbM
en: Secondary Y Axis
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MAJOR_X]
note: pEwe5
en: X Axis Major Grid
en_GB: x-Axis Major Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MAJOR_Y]
note: ETsPn
en: Y Axis Major Grid
en_GB: y-Axis Major Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MAJOR_Z]
note: SonFW
en: Z Axis Major Grid
en_GB: z-Axis Major Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MINOR_X]
note: sBgvb
en: X Axis Minor Grid
en_GB: x-Axis Minor Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MINOR_Y]
note: 3YcEK
en: Y Axis Minor Grid
en_GB: y-Axis Minor Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MINOR_Z]
note: hkZQA
en: Z Axis Minor Grid
en_GB: z-Axis Minor Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_X_AXIS]
note: eZE2v
en: X Axis Title
en_GB: x-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_Y_AXIS]
note: uqBii
en: Y Axis Title
en_GB: y-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_Z_AXIS]
note: 37EU5
en: Z Axis Title
en_GB: z-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_SECONDARY_X_AXIS]
note: QmoDH
en: Secondary X Axis Title
en_GB: Secondary x-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_SECONDARY_Y_AXIS]
note: F7NWG
en: Secondary Y Axis Title
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_ERROR_BARS_X]
note: apx4j
en: X Error Bars
en_GB: x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_ERROR_BARS_Y]
note: BUEbq
en: Y Error Bars
en_GB: y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_ERROR_BARS_Z]
note: tQCpv
en: Z Error Bars
en_GB: z-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_ACTION_EDIT_3D_VIEW]
note: RmtWN
en: Edit 3D view
en_GB: Edit 3-D view

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_X]
note: ozAB8
en: X-Values
en_GB: x-Values

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_Y]
note: FgGiW
en: Y-Values
en_GB: y-Values

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_X_ERROR]
note: pMGL4
en: X-Error-Bars
en_GB: x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_X_ERROR_POSITIVE]
note: c9oCh
en: Positive X-Error-Bars
en_GB: Positive x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_X_ERROR_NEGATIVE]
note: uTsVM
en: Negative X-Error-Bars
en_GB: Negative x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_Y_ERROR]
note: RZaBP
en: Y-Error-Bars
en_GB: y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_Y_ERROR_POSITIVE]
note: ZFFKK
en: Positive Y-Error-Bars
en_GB: Positive y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_Y_ERROR_NEGATIVE]
note: pZ3af
en: Negative Y-Error-Bars
en_GB: Negative y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_EDITOR_INCORRECT_INPUT]
note: EDFdH
en: Your last input is incorrect.
    Ignore this change and close the dialog?
en_GB: Your last input is incorrect.
    Ignore this change and close the dialogue box?

[ctx: STR_PROPERTY_ROLE_FILLCOLOR]
note: GtGu4
en: Fill Color
en_GB: Fill Colour

[ctx: STR_PROPERTY_ROLE_BORDERCOLOR]
note: bzDDY
en: Border Color
en_GB: Border Colour

[ctx: STR_CONTROLTEXT_ERROR_BARS_FROM_DATA]
note: TuRxr
en: From Data Table
en_GB: From Chart Data Table

[ctx: STR_DONUT_EXPLODED]
note: gxFtf
en: Exploded Donut Chart
en_GB: Exploded Doughnut Chart

[ctx: STR_DONUT]
note: nsoQ2
en: Donut
en_GB: Doughnut

[ctx: STR_TYPE_XY]
note: Miu8E
en: XY (Scatter)
en_GB: X-Y (Scatter)

[ctx: STR_LINES_3D]
note: AAEA2
en: 3D Lines
en_GB: 3-D Lines

[ctx: 3dviewdialog|3DViewDialog]
note: VVVyQ
en: 3D View
en_GB: 3-D View

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|MoveLeftColumn]
note: V7UUB
en: Switches the current column with its neighbor at the left.
en_GB: Switches the current column with its neighbour at the left.

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|MoveRightColumn]
note: JxZC8
en: Switches the current column with its neighbor at the right.
en_GB: Switches the current column with its neighbour to the right.

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|MoveUpRow]
note: DnZTt
en: Switches the current row with its neighbor above.
en_GB: Switches the current row with its neighbour above.

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|MoveDownRow]
note: u8jmj
en: Switches the current row with its neighbor below.
en_GB: Switches the current row with its neighbour below.

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|ChartDataDialog]
note: rRJDK
en: Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.
en_GB: Opens the Data Table dialogue box where you can edit the chart data.

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|extended_tip|PB_NUMBERFORMAT]
note: yHa5z
en: Opens a dialog to select the number format.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to select the number format.

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|extended_tip|PB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT]
note: Wj42y
en: Opens a dialog to select the percentage format.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to select the percentage format.

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|liststorePLACEMENT]
note: CFGTS
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|extended_tip|tp_DataLabel]
note: 6bBph
en: Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
en_GB: Opens the Data Labels dialogue box, which enables you to set the data labels.

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|extended_tip|dlg_DataLabels]
note: bt7D7
en: Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
en_GB: Opens the Data Labels dialogue box, which enables you to set the data labels.

[ctx: dlg_InsertErrorBars|extended_tip|ED_RANGE_POSITIVE]
note: SUBEs
en: Enter the address range from where to get the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
en_GB: Enter the address range from where to obtain the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.

[ctx: dlg_InsertErrorBars|extended_tip|IB_RANGE_POSITIVE]
note: JYk3c
en: Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
en_GB: Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.

[ctx: dlg_InsertErrorBars|extended_tip|ED_RANGE_NEGATIVE]
note: DTR5D
en: Enter the address range from where to get the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
en_GB: Enter the address range from where to obtain the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.

[ctx: dlg_InsertErrorBars|extended_tip|IB_RANGE_NEGATIVE]
note: mEwUr
en: Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
en_GB: Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|primaryX]
note: 4Drc8
en: _X axis
en_GB: _x-Axis

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|primaryX]
note: QyAAw
en: Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.
en_GB: Displays the x-axis as a line with subdivisions.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|primaryY]
note: XeWVu
en: _Y axis
en_GB: _y-Axis

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|primaryY]
note: 8ZzUp
en: Displays the Y axis as a line with subdivisions.
en_GB: Displays the y-axis as a line with subdivisions.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|primaryZ]
note: FoAXW
en: _Z axis
en_GB: _z-Axis

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|primaryZ]
note: DgjxB
en: Displays the Z axis as a line with subdivisions.
en_GB: Displays the z-axis as a line with subdivisions.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|secondaryX]
note: WEUFf
en: X _axis
en_GB: x-_Axis

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|secondaryX]
note: JGQhE
en: Displays a secondary X axis in the chart.
en_GB: Displays a secondary x-axis in the chart.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|secondaryY]
note: 598Gk
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|secondaryY]
note: trDFK
en: The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 in. and the other to 1.5 in.
en_GB: The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 cm. and the other to 1.5 cm.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|secondaryZ]
note: CAFjD
en: Z axi_s
en_GB: z-Axi_s

[ctx: insertgriddlg|primaryX]
note: adEgJ
en: _X axis
en_GB: _x-Axis

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|primaryX]
note: TeVcH
en: Adds gridlines to the X axis of the chart.
en_GB: Adds grid lines to the x-axis of the chart.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|primaryY]
note: FEBZW
en: _Y axis
en_GB: _y-Axis

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|primaryY]
note: 6SmKJ
en: Adds gridlines to the Y axis of the chart.
en_GB: Adds grid lines to the y-axis of the chart.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|primaryZ]
note: XEXTu
en: _Z axis
en_GB: _z-Axis

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|primaryZ]
note: bF4Eb
en: Adds gridlines to the Z axis of the chart.
en_GB: Adds grid lines to the z-axis of the chart.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|secondaryX]
note: wqXds
en: X _axis
en_GB: x-_Axis

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|secondaryX]
note: cfAUn
en: Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.
en_GB: Adds grid lines that subdivide the x-axis into smaller sections.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|secondaryY]
note: PkzaY
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|secondaryY]
note: a3asH
en: Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.
en_GB: Adds grid lines that subdivide the y-axis into smaller sections.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|secondaryZ]
note: CcCG8
en: Z axi_s
en_GB: z-Axi_s

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|secondaryZ]
note: hcj99
en: Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.
en_GB: Adds grid lines that subdivide the z-axis into smaller sections.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|InsertGridDialog]
note: URB9E
en: You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
en_GB: You can divide the axes into sections by assigning grid lines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelPrimaryXaxis]
note: y8KiH
en: _X axis
en_GB: _x-Axis

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelPrimaryYaxis]
note: RhsUT
en: _Y axis
en_GB: _y-Axis

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelPrimaryZaxis]
note: ypJFt
en: _Z axis
en_GB: _z-Axis

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|primaryXaxis]
note: qz8WP
en: Enter the desired title for the X axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired title for the x-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|primaryYaxis]
note: 3m5Dk
en: Enter the desired title for the Y axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired title for the y-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|primaryZaxis]
note: PY2EU
en: Enter the desired title for the Z axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired title for the z-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelSecondaryXAxis]
note: 8XRFP
en: X _axis
en_GB: x-_Axis

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelSecondaryYAxis]
note: Tq7G9
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|secondaryXaxis]
note: EsHDi
en: Enter the desired secondary title for the X axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired secondary title for the x-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|secondaryYaxis]
note: bnwti
en: Enter the desired secondary title for the Y axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired secondary title for the y-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|InsertTitleDialog]
note: Y96AE
en: Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to enter or modify the titles in a chart.

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_x_axis]
note: Am6Gz
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_x_axis_title]
note: P5gxx
en: X axis title
en_GB: x-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_y_axis]
note: iMXPp
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_y_axis_title]
note: vF4oS
en: Y axis title
en_GB: y-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_z_axis]
note: A35cf
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_z_axis_title]
note: RZFAU
en: Z axis title
en_GB: z-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_2nd_x_axis]
note: GoJDH
en: 2nd X axis
en_GB: 2nd x-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_2nd_x_axis_title]
note: nsoDZ
en: 2nd X axis title
en_GB: 2nd x-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_2nd_y_axis]
note: bGsCM
en: 2nd Y axis
en_GB: 2nd y-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_2nd_y_axis_title]
note: yDNuy
en: 2nd Y axis title
en_GB: 2nd y-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarseries|comboboxtext_label]
note: CWwzt
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: sidebarseries|checkbutton_y_error]
note: bXUND
en: Y error bars
en_GB: y-Error bars

[ctx: sidebarseries|checkbutton_x_error]
note: zK6DE
en: X error bars
en_GB: x-Error bars

[ctx: sidebarseries|radiobutton_primary_axis]
note: vhdnt
en: Primary Y axis
en_GB: Primary y-Axis

[ctx: sidebarseries|radiobutton_secondary_axis]
note: VPWVq
en: Secondary Y axis
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis

[ctx: sidebartype|3dlook]
note: mZfrk
en: _3D Look
en_GB: _3-D Look

[ctx: sidebartype|sort]
note: xW9CQ
en: _Sort by X values
en_GB: _Sort by x-values

[ctx: steppedlinesdlg|extended_tip|step_center_y_rb]
note: S528C
en: Start to step up vertically to the middle of the Y values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.
en_GB: Start to step up vertically to the middle of the y-values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.

[ctx: titlerotationtabpage|extended_tip|stackedCB]
note: VGDph
en: Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.
en_GB: Assigns vertical text orientation for cell content.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneAppearance|extended_tip|LB_SCHEME]
note: raML6
en: Select a scheme from the list box, or click any of the check boxes below.
en_GB: Select a scheme from the list box, or mark any of the check boxes below.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|extended_tip|CBX_RIGHT_ANGLED_AXES]
note: QxmLn
en: If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in X and Y direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3D charts. Pie and Donut charts do not support right-angled axes.
en_GB: If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in x- and y-direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3-D charts. Pie and Doughnut charts do not support right-angled axes.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|FT_X_ROTATION]
note: y8Tyg
en: _X rotation
en_GB: _x-Rotation

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|FT_Y_ROTATION]
note: TJ2Xp
en: _Y rotation
en_GB: _y-Rotation

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|FT_Z_ROTATION]
note: UTAG5
en: _Z rotation
en_GB: _z-Rotation

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|extended_tip|MTR_FLD_Z_ROTATION]
note: PP8jT
en: Sets the rotation of the chart on the z axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
en_GB: Sets the rotation of the chart on the z-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|extended_tip|MTR_FLD_Y_ROTATION]
note: AyMWn
en: Sets the rotation of the chart on the y axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
en_GB: Sets the rotation of the chart on the y-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|extended_tip|MTR_FLD_X_ROTATION]
note: EGS4B
en: Sets the rotation of the chart on the x axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
en_GB: Sets the rotation of the chart on the x-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|LB_LIGHTSOURCE]
note: DwEDc
en: Select a color for the selected light source.
en_GB: Select a colour for the selected light source.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|BTN_LIGHTSOURCE_COLOR|tooltip_text]
note: gfdAB
en: Select a color using the color dialog
en_GB: Select a colour using the colour dialogue box

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|BTN_LIGHTSOURCE_COLOR]
note: JnBhP
en: Select a color using the color dialog.
en_GB: Select a colour using the colour dialogue box.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|LB_AMBIENTLIGHT]
note: WssJA
en: Select a color for the ambient light.
en_GB: Select a colour for the ambient light.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|BTN_AMBIENT_COLOR|tooltip_text]
note: NpAu7
en: Select a color using the color dialog
en_GB: Select a colour using the colour dialogue box

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|BTN_AMBIENT_COLOR]
note: 943Za
en: Select a color using the color dialog.
en_GB: Select a colour using the colour dialogue box.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|tp_3D_SceneIllumination]
note: tQBhd
en: Set the light sources for the 3D view.
en_GB: Set the light sources for the 3-D view.

[ctx: tp_AxisPositions|extended_tip|RB_ON]
note: FaKJZ
en: Specifies that the axis is positioned on the first/last tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at the value axis.
en_GB: Specifies that the axis is positioned on the first/last tick marks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at the value axis.

[ctx: tp_AxisPositions|extended_tip|RB_BETWEEN]
note: BSx2x
en: Specifies that the axis is positioned between the tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at a distance from the value axis.
en_GB: Specifies that the axis is positioned between the tick marks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at a distance from the value axis.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|subtype]
note: wBFXQ
en: Select a sub type of the basic chart type.
en_GB: Select a sub-type of the basic chart type.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|3dlook]
note: FSf6b
en: _3D Look
en_GB: _3-D Look

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|3dlook]
note: EB95g
en: Enables a 3D look for the data values.
en_GB: Enables a 3-D look for the data values.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|3dscheme]
note: zZxWG
en: Select the type of 3D look.
en_GB: Select the type of 3-D look.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|properties]
note: EnymX
en: Opens a dialog to set the line or curve properties.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to set the line or curve properties.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|sort]
note: KzGZQ
en: _Sort by X values
en_GB: _Sort by x-values

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|sort]
note: tbgi3
en: Connects points by ascending X values, even if the order of values is different, in an XY scatter diagram.
en_GB: Connects points by ascending x-values, even if the order of values is different, in an X-Y scatter diagram.

[ctx: tp_DataLabel|extended_tip|PB_NUMBERFORMAT]
note: nzq24
en: Opens a dialog to select the number format.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to select the number format.

[ctx: tp_DataLabel|extended_tip|PB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT]
note: 3wD3x
en: Opens a dialog to select the percentage format.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to select the percentage format.

[ctx: tp_DataLabel|liststorePLACEMENT]
note: ba7eW
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: tp_DataLabel|extended_tip|tp_DataLabel]
note: iDheE
en: Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
en_GB: Opens the Data Labels dialogue box, which enables you to set the data labels.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|extended_tip|EDT_RANGE]
note: M2BSw
en: Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|extended_tip|IMB_RANGE_MAIN]
note: CwKet
en: Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|extended_tip|EDT_CATEGORIES]
note: ogTbE
en: Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Shows the source range address of the categories (the text strings that you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an X-Y chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|extended_tip|IMB_RANGE_CAT]
note: EYFEo
en: Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Shows the source range address of the categories (the text strings that you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an X-Y chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|FT_CAPTION_FOR_WIZARD]
note: YwALA
en: Customize Data Ranges for Individual Data Series
en_GB: Customise Data Ranges for Individual Data Series

[ctx: tp_ErrorBars|extended_tip|ED_RANGE_POSITIVE]
note: D5XCD
en: Enter the address range from where to get the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
en_GB: Enter the address range from where to obtain the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.

[ctx: tp_ErrorBars|extended_tip|IB_RANGE_POSITIVE]
note: QYRko
en: Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
en_GB: Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.

[ctx: tp_ErrorBars|extended_tip|ED_RANGE_NEGATIVE]
note: S8d3Y
en: Enter the address range from where to get the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
en_GB: Enter the address range from where to obtain the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.

[ctx: tp_ErrorBars|extended_tip|IB_RANGE_NEGATIVE]
note: oEACZ
en: Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
en_GB: Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.

[ctx: tp_PolarOptions|extended_tip|CB_CLOCKWISE]
note: GikR7
en: The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counterclockwise. Enable the Clockwise direction checkbox to draw the pieces in opposite direction.
en_GB: The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counter-clockwise. Mark the Clockwise direction check box to draw the pieces in the opposite direction.

[ctx: tp_PolarOptions|extended_tip|CT_ANGLE_DIAL]
note: mEJCE
en: Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or donut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.
en_GB: Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or doughnut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.

[ctx: tp_PolarOptions|extended_tip|NF_STARTING_ANGLE]
note: EEVTg
en: Enter the starting angle between 0 and 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.
en_GB: Enter the starting angle in the range 0 to 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|ED_RANGE]
note: WKLi7
en: Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|IB_RANGE]
note: FVivY
en: Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|RB_DATAROWS]
note: w6DuB
en: Data series get their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.
en_GB: Data series obtain their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|RB_DATACOLS]
note: RfFZF
en: Data series get their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.
en_GB: Data series obtain their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|CB_FIRST_ROW_ASLABELS]
note: HviBv
en: For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not selected, all rows are data series.
en_GB: For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not marked, all rows are data series.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|CB_FIRST_COLUMN_ASLABELS]
note: tTAhH
en: For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not selected, all columns are data columns.
en_GB: For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not marked, all columns are data columns.

[ctx: tp_Scale|extended_tip|CBX_REVERSE]
note: DNJFK
en: Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unchecked state is the mathematical direction.
en_GB: Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unmarked state is the mathematical direction.

[ctx: tp_Scale|extended_tip|CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN]
note: Z35M3
en: You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
en_GB: You must first unmark the Automatic option in order to modify the values.

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|RBT_OPT_AXIS_1]
note: YK66G
en: Primary Y axis
en_GB: Primary y-Axis

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|extended_tip|RBT_OPT_AXIS_1]
note: ApXPx
en: This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary Y axis.
en_GB: This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary y-axis.

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|RBT_OPT_AXIS_2]
note: aZ7G8
en: Secondary Y axis
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|extended_tip|RBT_OPT_AXIS_2]
note: nTQUy
en: Changes the scaling of the Y axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.
en_GB: Changes the scaling of the y-axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|extended_tip|RB_CONTINUE_LINE]
note: 2HArG
en: For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbor values will be shown. This is the default for chart type XY.
en_GB: For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbouring values will be shown. This is the default for chart type X-Y.

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|extended_tip|CB_INCLUDE_HIDDEN_CELLS]
note: vEDHo
en: Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.
en_GB: Mark this check box to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.

[ctx: tp_Trendline|extended_tip|label6]
note: 99kQL
en: Name of X variable in trend line equation.
en_GB: Name of x variable in trend line equation.

[ctx: tp_Trendline|extended_tip|entry_Xname]
note: Fz8b3
en: Name of X variable in trend line equation.
en_GB: Name of x variable in trend line equation.

[ctx: tp_Trendline|extended_tip|label9]
note: 2PBW3
en: Name of Y variable in trend line equation.
en_GB: Name of y variable in trend line equation.

[ctx: tp_Trendline|extended_tip|entry_Yname]
note: WHNXu
en: Name of Y variable in trend line equation.
en_GB: Name of y variable in trend line equation.

[ctx: tp_axisLabel|extended_tip|stackedCB]
note: ra62A
en: Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.
en_GB: Assigns vertical text orientation for cell content.

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelPrimaryXaxis]
note: tCfsY
en: _X axis
en_GB: _x-Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelPrimaryYaxis]
note: LtEdA
en: _Y axis
en_GB: _y-Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelPrimaryZaxis]
note: tVeNC
en: _Z axis
en_GB: _z-Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelSecondaryXAxis]
note: GJ7pJ
en: X _axis
en_GB: x-_Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelSecondaryYAxis]
note: bBRgE
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: wizelementspage|Axe]
note: REBEt
en: Choose Titles, Legend, and Grid Settings
en_GB: Choose Titles, Legend and Grid Settings

[ctx: wizelementspage|x]
note: wp2DC
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|y]
note: KPGMU
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: wizelementspage|z]
note: G65v4
en: Z axi_s
en_GB: z-Axi_s

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: KgnBz
en: You are about to save/export a password protected basic library containing module(s) 
    $(ARG1)
    which are too large to store in binary format. If you wish users that don't have access to the library password to be able to run macros in those module(s) you must split those modules into a number of smaller modules. Do you wish to continue to save/export this library?
en_GB: You are about to save/export a password-protected basic library containing module(s) 
    $(ARG1)
    which are too large to store in binary format. If you wish users that don't have access to the library password to be able to run macros in those module(s) you must split those modules into a number of smaller modules. Do you wish to continue to save/export this library?

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: 5MfGQ
en: The data associated with the partnership is corrupted.
en_GB: The data associated with the partnership is corrupt.

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: fKMdA
en: The data associated with the partnership $(ARG1) is corrupted.
en_GB: The data associated with the partnership $(ARG1) is corrupt.

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: AqFh4
en: Please insert disk $(ARG1).
en_GB: Please insert disc $(ARG1).

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: CUbSR
en: The file '$(ARG1)' is corrupt and therefore cannot be opened. %PRODUCTNAME can try to repair the file.
    
    The corruption could be the result of document manipulation or of structural document damage due to data transmission.
    
    We recommend that you do not trust the content of the repaired document.
    Execution of macros is disabled for this document.
    
    Should %PRODUCTNAME repair the file?
en_GB: The file '$(ARG1)' is corrupt and therefore cannot be opened. %PRODUCTNAME can try to repair the file.
    
    The corruption could be the result of document manipulation or of structural document damage due to data transmission.
    
    We recommend that you do not trust the content of the repaired document.
    Execution of macros is disabled for this document.
    
    Should %PRODUCTNAME attempt to repair the file?

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: JCpTn
en: Configuration data in '$(ARG1)' is corrupted. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue startup of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupted configuration data?
en_GB: Configuration data in '$(ARG1)' is corrupted. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue start-up of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupt configuration data?

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: QCACp
en: The personal configuration file '$(ARG1)' is corrupted and must be deleted to continue. Some of your personal settings may be lost.
    Do you want to continue startup of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupted configuration data?
en_GB: The personal configuration file '$(ARG1)' is corrupted and must be deleted to continue. Some of your personal settings may be lost.
    Do you want to continue start-up of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupt configuration data?

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: 4gRCA
en: The configuration data source '$(ARG1)' is unavailable. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue startup of %PRODUCTNAME without the missing configuration data?
en_GB: The configuration data source '$(ARG1)' is unavailable. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue start-up of %PRODUCTNAME without the missing configuration data?

[ctx: masterpassworddlg|extended_tip|password]
note: bRcP4
en: Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
en_GB: Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.

[ctx: password|extended_tip|newpassEntry]
note: XDzCT
en: Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
en_GB: Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.

[ctx: setmasterpassworddlg|label4]
note: aNzdJ
en: Caution: If you forget the master password, you will be unable to access any of the information protected by it. Passwords are case sensitive.
en_GB: Caution: If you forget the master password, you will be unable to access any of the information protected by it. Passwords are case-sensitive.

[ctx: STR_SVT_4BIT_GRAYSCALE]
note: kciH5
en: 4 bit grayscale
en_GB: 4 bit greyscale

[ctx: STR_SVT_4BIT_COLOR_PALETTE]
note: TrBvg
en: 4 bit color
en_GB: 4 bit colour

[ctx: STR_SVT_8BIT_GRAYSCALE]
note: q6mH9
en: 8 bit grayscale
en_GB: 8 bit greyscale

[ctx: STR_SVT_8BIT_COLOR_PALETTE]
note: 8u2Zf
en: 8 bit color
en_GB: 8 bit colour

[ctx: STR_SVT_24BIT_TRUE_COLOR]
note: DZVK4
en: 24 bit true color
en_GB: 24 bit true colour

[ctx: STR_SVT_PRNDLG_INITIALIZING]
note: nyGEq
en: Initializing
en_GB: Initialising

[ctx: STR_SVT_PRNDLG_OFFLINE]
note: BMWJx
en: Offline
en_GB: Off-line

[ctx: STR_FIELD_FIRSTNAME]
note: LXmyi
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: STR_FIELD_LASTNAME]
note: 2MkxF
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: STR_FIELD_ZIPCODE]
note: tAg9k
en: ZIP Code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: STR_FIELD_CITY]
note: UYGgj
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: STR_FIELD_STATE]
note: H3ygA
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_WORD_DOC]
note: E2Kzj
en: MS Word document
en_GB: Microsoft Word document

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_EXCEL_DOC]
note: Xcec2
en: MS Excel document
en_GB: Microsoft Excel document

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_EXCEL_TEMPLATE_DOC]
note: FWiWT
en: MS Excel template
en_GB: Microsoft Excel template

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_FLOPPY_VOLUME]
note: MEF3h
en: Disk drive
en_GB: Disc drive

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_POWERPOINT]
note: 3CBfJ
en: MS PowerPoint Document
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint Document

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_POWERPOINT_TEMPLATE]
note: DS7CP
en: MS PowerPoint Template
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint Template

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_POWERPOINT_SHOW]
note: syag8
en: MS PowerPoint Show
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint Show

[ctx: RID_ERRCTX]
note: HRZZ7
en: $(ERR) copying or moving document contents
en_GB: $(ERR) copying or moving document content

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: cmB26
en: Nonexistent object
en_GB: Non-existent object

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: GKKn5
en: Nonexistent file.
en_GB: Non-existent file.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: FXGgZ
en: An unknown I/O error has occurred.
en_GB: The file name contains invalid characters.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: 4BfhE
en: An invalid attempt was made to access the file.
en_GB: An unknown I/O error has occurred.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: Bxx3u
en: The requested Internet data is not available in the cache and cannot be transmitted as the Online mode has not be activated.
en_GB: The requested Internet data is not available in the cache and cannot be transmitted as the Online mode has not been activated.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: BCqFD
en: The maximum number of documents that can be opened at the same time has been reached. You need to close one or more documents before you can open a new document.
en_GB: The maximum number of documents that can be opened at the same time has been reached. You must close one or more documents before you can open a new document.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: mfmpc
en: Could not create backup copy.
en_GB: Could not create a backup copy.

[ctx: graphicexport|liststore1]
note: iMZW3
en: pixels/meter
en_GB: pixels/metre

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|colordepthlb]
note: Dc5fy
en: Select the color depth from 8 bit grayscale or 24 bit true color.
en_GB: Select the colour depth from 8 bit greyscale or 24 bit true colour.

[ctx: graphicexport|label2]
note: hFaPC
en: Color Depth
en_GB: Colour Depth

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|savetransparencycb]
note: kZ3uW
en: Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.
en_GB: Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Colour Replacer to set the transparent colour in the picture.

[ctx: graphicexport|color1rb]
note: Jfbgx
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|color1rb]
note: LNHEi
en: Exports the file in color.
en_GB: Exports the file in colour.

[ctx: graphicexport|color2rb]
note: VeZFK
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|color2rb]
note: TWEx8
en: Exports the file in grayscale tones.
en_GB: Exports the file in greyscale tones.

[ctx: graphicexport|label18]
note: BbSGF
en: Color Format
en_GB: Colour Format

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|level2rb]
note: wiWrE
en: Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports colored bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.
en_GB: Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports coloured bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.

[ctx: printersetupdialog|extended_tip|options]
note: BAnmG
en: Opens the Printer Options dialog where you can override the global printer options set on the Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - Print panel for the current document.
en_GB: Opens the Printer Options dialogue box where you can override the global printer options set on the Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - Print panel for the current document.

[ctx: RID_PROPERTY_ALGORITHM]
en: Swarm algorithm (0 - Differential Evolution, 1 - Particle Swarm Optimization)
en_GB: Swarm algorithm (0 - Differential Evolution, 1 - Particle Swarm Optimisation)

[ctx: RID_STR_TYPE_CONST]
note: kGCKF
en: User defined Function
en_GB: User-defined Function

[ctx: RID_STR_PARAADJUST_CONST]
note: zsB3C
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: RID_STR_BACKCOLOR]
note: AAcyy
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: conditionwin|ToolBoxItem4]
note: XeLfz
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: conditionwin|ToolBoxItem5]
note: bF2Nt
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: navigatormenu|properties]
note: iunNU
en: Properties...
en_GB: Properties…

[ctx: pagenumberdialog|alignment]
note: s4C48
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: extended_tip|tablecontainer]
note: gdF9q
en: The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
en_GB: The Details page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays detailed information about the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|CertDetails]
note: JXgjT
en: The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
en_GB: The Details page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays detailed information about the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|box1]
note: wAmPG
en: The General page of the View Certificate dialog displays basic information about the certificate.
en_GB: The General page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays basic information about the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|signatures]
note: Dunt9
en: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
en_GB: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays the location and the status of the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|status]
note: YTTCA
en: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
en_GB: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays the location and the status of the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|CertPage]
note: vAj7M
en: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
en_GB: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays the location and the status of the certificate.

[ctx: digitalsignaturesdialog|extended_tip|view]
note: sTgVK
en: Opens the View Certificate dialog.
en_GB: Opens the View Certificate dialogue box.

[ctx: digitalsignaturesdialog|extended_tip|sign]
note: FsG4K
en: Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Select Certificate dialogue box.

[ctx: digitalsignaturesdialog|extended_tip|DigitalSignaturesDialog]
note: znY8A
en: Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
en_GB: Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialogue box to view certificates.

[ctx: extended_tip|viewcert]
note: c3ydP
en: Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.
en_GB: Opens the View Certificate dialogue box for the selected certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|addfile]
note: 9bJoL
en: Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.
en_GB: Opens a folder selection dialogue box. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.

[ctx: extended_tip|locations]
note: yZBo6
en: Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.
en_GB: Trusted file locations are used only if the security level is set to "very high". With this setting, document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.

[ctx: selectcertificatedialog|extended_tip|viewcert]
note: zqWDZ
en: Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
en_GB: Opens the View Certificate dialogue box in which you can examine the selected certificate.

[ctx: STR_XMLSEC_ODF12_EXPECTED]
note: W5PzH
en: The document format version is set to ODF 1.1 (OpenOffice.org 2.x) in Tools-Options-Load/Save-General. Signing documents requires ODF 1.2 (OpenOffice.org 3.x).
en_GB: The document format version is set to ODF 1.1 (OpenOffice.org 2.x) in Tools - Options - Load/Save - General. Signing documents requires ODF 1.2 (OpenOffice.org 3.x).

[ctx: STR_INFO_NOSEARCHTEXTFOUND]
note: 9D6Ze
en: The text you entered was not found.
en_GB: The text that you entered was not found.

[ctx: RID_HELP_ONSTARTUP_TEXT]
note: qLPDs
en: ~Display %PRODUCTNAME %MODULENAME Help at Startup
en_GB: ~Display %PRODUCTNAME %MODULENAME Help at Start-up

[ctx: STR_QUICKSTART_STARTCENTER]
note: c6wAB
en: Startcenter
en_GB: Startcentre

[ctx: RID_CNT_STR_WAITING]
note: m9FCm
en: The templates are being initialized for first-time usage.
en_GB: The templates are being initialised for first-time usage.

[ctx: charmapcontrol|label1]
note: WGFBK
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

[ctx: custominfopage|extended_tip|properties]
note: kSFdB
en: Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
en_GB: Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.

[ctx: helpmanual|hidedialog]
note: B2Wzh
en: Do not show this dialog again
en_GB: Do not show this dialogue box again

[ctx: licensedialog|show]
note: yLwba
en: _Show License
en_GB: _Show Licence

[ctx: optprintpage|reducegradcolor]
note: W8LE7
en: Intermediate _color
en_GB: Intermediate _colour

[ctx: extended_tip|reducegradcolor]
note: TUbxx
en: Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
en_GB: Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate colour.

[ctx: optprintpage|converttogray]
note: wm7C7
en: Con_vert colors to grayscale
en_GB: Con_vert colours to greyscale

[ctx: extended_tip|converttogray]
note: UNSqH
en: Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
en_GB: Specifies that all colours are printed only as greyscale.

[ctx: password|extended_tip|pass1ed]
note: yVorz
en: Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
en_GB: Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.

[ctx: password|extended_tip|pass2ed]
note: EkHiq
en: Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
en_GB: Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.

[ctx: tabbar|customization]
note: hEmHk
en: Customization
en_GB: Customisation

[ctx: templatedlg|hidedialogcb]
note: rhuYP
en: Show this dialog at startup
en_GB: Show this dialogue box at startup

[ctx: versioncommentdialog|extended_tip|VersionCommentDialog]
note: T5AY5
en: Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.
en_GB: Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialogue box, you cannot edit the comment.

[ctx: versionsofdialog|extended_tip|save]
note: gTR6x
en: Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
en_GB: Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialogue box before you save the new version.

[ctx: versionsofdialog|extended_tip|VersionsOfDialog]
note: 5BdCA
en: Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete and compare previous versions.
en_GB: Saves and organises multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete and compare previous versions.

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulFREELINE]
note: FQeae
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralFREELINE]
note: c8gFR
en: Freeform Lines
en_GB: Free-form Lines

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulFREEFILL]
note: GSmPG
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralFREEFILL]
note: 8k7tC
en: Freeform Lines
en_GB: Free-form Lines

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulCube3d]
note: LYyRP
en: 3D cube
en_GB: 3-D cube

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralCube3d]
note: ZsF4T
en: 3D cubes
en_GB: 3-D cubes

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulObj3d]
note: CE5Gk
en: 3D object
en_GB: 3-D object

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralObj3d]
note: pECo3
en: 3D objects
en_GB: 3-D objects

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulScene3d]
note: Wuqvb
en: 3D scene
en_GB: 3-D scene

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralScene3d]
note: tH8BD
en: 3D scenes
en_GB: 3-D scenes

[ctx: STR_EditMovToTop]
note: AweBA
en: Move %1 forward
en_GB: Move %1 forwards

[ctx: STR_EditPutToTop]
note: B83UQ
en: Move %1 to front
en_GB: Move %1 to the front

[ctx: STR_EditPutToBtm]
note: aHzgz
en: Move %1 to back
en_GB: Move %1 to the back

[ctx: STR_EditSetPointsSmooth]
note: sE8PU
en: Modify bézier properties of %1
en_GB: Modify Bézier properties of %1

[ctx: STR_EditSetSegmentsKind]
note: CzVVY
en: Modify bézier properties of %1
en_GB: Modify Bézier properties of %1

[ctx: STR_EditAlignVCenter]
note: SyXzE
en: Horizontally center %1
en_GB: Horizontally centre %1

[ctx: STR_EditAlignHCenter]
note: apfuW
en: Vertically center %1
en_GB: Vertically centre %1

[ctx: STR_EditAlignCenter]
note: ttEmT
en: Center %1
en_GB: Centre %1

[ctx: STR_EqualizeWidthMarkedObjects]
note: CnGYu
en: Equalize Width %1
en_GB: Equalise Width %1

[ctx: STR_EqualizeHeightMarkedObjects]
note: zBTZe
en: Equalize Height %1
en_GB: Equalise Height %1

[ctx: STR_ItemValTEXTVADJCENTER]
note: 3Cde5
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: STR_ItemValTEXTHADJCENTER]
note: bDPBk
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: STR_ItemValMEASURE_TEXTINSIDE]
note: ZUEgu
en: inside (centered)
en_GB: inside (centred)

[ctx: STR_ItemValMEASURETEXT_VERTICALCEN]
note: WL8XG
en: centered
en_GB: centred

[ctx: SIP_XA_LINECOLOR]
note: NuJkv
en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

[ctx: SIP_XA_LINESTARTCENTER]
note: FcHDB
en: Center arrowhead
en_GB: Centre arrowhead

[ctx: SIP_XA_LINEENDCENTER]
note: KnFtT
en: Center arrowend
en_GB: Centre arrowend

[ctx: SIP_XA_FILLCOLOR]
note: RDcH6
en: Fillcolor
en_GB: Fillcolour

[ctx: SIP_XA_FORMTXTSHDWCOLOR]
note: oDiYn
en: Fontwork shadow color
en_GB: Fontwork shadow colour

[ctx: SIP_SA_SHADOWCOLOR]
note: dSwen
en: Shadow color
en_GB: Shadow colour

[ctx: SIP_SA_SHADOW3D]
note: sDFuG
en: 3D shadow
en_GB: 3-D shadow

[ctx: SIP_EE_CHAR_COLOR]
note: kpiTD
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: SIP_SA_GLOW_COLOR]
note: 3hvai
en: Color of glow effect
en_GB: Colour of glow effect

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR]
note: mrTdk
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_CENTERED]
note: X4EFw
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_NOTCENTERED]
note: FFe8m
en: Not centered
en_GB: Not centred

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRAFMODE_GREYS]
note: DdAzc
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLORBAR]
note: ZWz8Y
en: Left click to apply as background color, right click to set line color
en_GB: Left click to apply as background colour, right click to set line colour

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_GREY]
note: PwGvV
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_LIGHTGRAY]
note: wVMiq Light variants of the standard color palette
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_DARKGRAY]
note: J6DDx Dark variants of the standard color palette
en: Dark Gray
en_GB: Dark Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_MATERIAL_GRAY_A]
note: BZGUS Elements of the Material color palette
en: Gray A
en_GB: Grey A

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_MATERIAL_BLUE_GRAY_A]
note: RA8KB
en: Blue Gray A
en_GB: Blue Grey A

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_MATERIAL_BLUE_GRAY]
note: yXhED
en: Blue Gray
en_GB: Blue Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_BLUEGREY]
note: CWbzY
en: Blue gray
en_GB: Blue grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_3D]
note: 4gHhZ 16 old AutoFormat Table Styles
en: 3D
en_GB: 3-D

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_CURRENCY_3D]
note: sQpNL
en: Currency 3D
en_GB: Currency 3-D

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_CURRENCY_GRAY]
note: ACACr
en: Currency Gray
en_GB: Currency Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_GRAY]
note: a8AGf
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_LINEJOINT_MITER]
note: EtQJT
en: Line joint miter
en_GB: Line joint mitre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRDT8]
note: hi3tb
en: Ellipsoid blue gray/light blue
en_GB: Ellipsoid blue grey/light blue

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRDT59]
note: S3bJ9 gradients of unknown provenience
en: Gray Gradient
en_GB: Grey Gradient

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRDT73]
note: ZAj48
en: Blank with Gray
en_GB: Blank with Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRDT74]
note: CJqu3
en: Spotted Gray
en_GB: Spotted Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_BMP10]
note: bAE9x
en: Colorful Pebbles
en_GB: Colourful Pebbles

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_BMP16]
note: AVGfC
en: Color Stripes
en_GB: Colour Stripes

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_LIBRE_GREEN_1]
note: hGytB
en: Green 1 (%PRODUCTNAME Main Color)
en_GB: Green 1 (%PRODUCTNAME Main Colour)

[ctx: RID_SVX_3D_UNDO_ROTATE]
note: Heqmn
en: Rotate 3D object
en_GB: Rotate 3-D object

[ctx: RID_SVX_3D_UNDO_BREAK_LATHE]
note: EL9V9
en: Split 3D object
en_GB: Split 3-D object

[ctx: RID_GALLERYSTR_THEME_3D]
note: 5uYha
en: 3D Effects
en_GB: 3-D Effects

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DOC_COLORS]
note: xqzJj
en: Document colors
en_GB: Document colours

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DOC_COLOR_PREFIX]
note: 6BoWp
en: Document Color
en_GB: Document Colour

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_UNDO_APPLY_EXTRUSION_COLOR]
note: DFEZP
en: Change Extrusion Color
en_GB: Change Extrusion Colour

[ctx: RID_SVXFLOAT3D_FAVORITE]
note: hXNfG
en: Favorite
en_GB: Favourite

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_RECTCTL_ACC_CHLD_LM]
note: CznfN
en: Left center
en_GB: Left centre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_RECTCTL_ACC_CHLD_MM]
note: jvzC7
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_RECTCTL_ACC_CHLD_RM]
note: HPtYD
en: Right center
en_GB: Right centre

[ctx: RID_STR_DELETECONFIRM]
note: zSJQe
en: If you click Yes, you won't be able to undo this operation.
    Do you want to continue anyway?
en_GB: If you click Yes, you won't be able to undo this operation!
    Do you want to continue?

[ctx: RID_STR_NOCONTROLS_FOR_EXTERNALDISPLAY]
note: 6RPtu
en: Valid bound controls which can be used in the table view do not exist in the current form.
en_GB: No valid bound controls which can be used in the table view exist in the current form.

[ctx: RID_STR_SVT_SQL_SYNTAX_ACCESS_DAT_NO_VALID]
note: tzFv5
en: The value entered is not a valid date. Please enter a date in a valid format, for example, MM/DD/YY.
en_GB: The value entered is not a valid date. Please enter a date in a valid format, for example, DD/MM/YY.

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_RULER_TAB_CENTER]
note: MhfuC
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_ZOOMTOOL_HINT]
note: Bc5Sg
en: Zoom factor. Right-click to change zoom factor or click to open Zoom dialog.
en_GB: Zoom factor. Right-click to change zoom factor or click to open Zoom dialogue box.

[ctx: RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK_STR_PALETTE]
note: ihDqY
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK_STR_TITLE]
note: sDL47
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: RID_SVXDLG_FLOAT3D_STR_TITLE]
note: 7FcWA
en: 3D Effects
en_GB: 3-D Effects

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_3]
note: k3LBG
en: Uppercase Roman number I. II. III.
en_GB: Upper-case Roman number I. II. III.

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_4]
note: BPgDJ
en: Uppercase letter A) B) C)
en_GB: Upper-case letter A) B) C)

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_5]
note: GooHz
en: Lowercase letter a) b) c)
en_GB: Lower-case letter a) b) c)

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_6]
note: k6waJ
en: Lowercase letter (a) (b) (c)
en_GB: Lower-case letter (a) (b) (c)

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_7]
note: ZiWKK
en: Lowercase Roman number i. ii. iii.
en_GB: Lower-case Roman number i. ii. iii.

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_0]
note: oDTBg
en: Numeric, numeric, lowercase letters, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Numeric, numeric, lower-case letters, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_1]
note: m56fN
en: Numeric, lowercase letters, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Numeric, lower-case letters, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_2]
note: RyTLW
en: Numeric, lowercase letters, lowercase Roman, uppercase letters, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Numeric, lower-case letters, lower-case Roman, upper-case letters, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_4]
note: gjEgN
en: Uppercase Roman, uppercase letters, lowercase Roman, lowercase letters, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Upper-case Roman, upper-case letters, lower-case Roman, lower-case letters, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_5]
note: DZ2kE
en: Uppercase letters, uppercase Roman, lowercase letters, lowercase Roman, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Upper-case letters, upper-case Roman, lower-case letters, lower-case Roman, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_PAGE_NUM_CHR_LOWER]
note: DuQGP
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_PAGE_NUM_ROM_UPPER]
note: nWQ7R
en: Uppercase Roman
en_GB: Upper-case Roman

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_PAGE_NUM_ROM_LOWER]
note: PxkPZ
en: Lowercase Roman
en_GB: Lower-case Roman

[ctx: STR_COLORTABLE]
note: Deknh
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: RID_SUBSETMAP]
note: gMEFL
en: Latin Extended Additionals
en_GB: Latin Extended Additional

[ctx: RID_SUBSETMAP]
note: WLLAP
en: Kangxi Radicals
en_GB: Kanxi Radicals

[ctx: RID_ATTR_NAMES]
note: TtzX2
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: RID_ATTR_NAMES]
note: A7wEV
en: Character set color
en_GB: Character set colour

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: DPZws
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: RWGZH
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: Uy6BJ
en: Meter
en_GB: metre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: ej2m5
en: Kilometer
en_GB: kilometre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: EFSC2
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: pcGHS
en: Foot
en_GB: foot

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: 5a3Dq
en: Miles
en_GB: mile

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: zpCki
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: aTBVj
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: RID_SVXERRCTX]
note: fpWGL
en: $(ERR) executing the spellcheck.
en_GB: $(ERR) executing the spell check.

[ctx: RID_SVXERRCODE]
note: JhrPu
en: Spellcheck is not available.
en_GB: Spell check is not available.

[ctx: RID_SVXERRCODE]
note: YAuTf
en: A language has not been fixed for the selected term.
en_GB: A language has not been specified for the selected term.

[ctx: RID_SVXERRCODE]
note: 4CPe7
en: Password protection is not supported when documents are saved in a Microsoft Office format.
    Do you want to save the document without password protection?
en_GB: Password-protection is not supported when documents are saved in a Microsoft Office format.
    Do you want to save the document without password-protection?

[ctx: RID_SVXSW_FRAMEPOSITIONS]
note: zLzw8
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: addconditiondialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: YARAf
en: Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.
en_GB: Opens the Form Namespaces dialogue box in which you can add, edit or delete namespaces.

[ctx: addconditiondialog|extended_tip|AddConditionDialog]
note: obZQs
en: Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.
en_GB: Add a condition in this sub-dialogue box of the Add Item / Edit Item dialogue box of the Data Navigator.

[ctx: asianphoneticguidedialog|adjustlb]
note: AoQvC
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: charviewmenu|STR_CLEAR_ALL_CHAR]
note: evrE6
en: Add to favorites
en_GB: Add to favourites

[ctx: charviewmenu|STR_CLEAR_ALL_CHAR]
note: XPhLz
en: Remove from favorites
en_GB: Remove from favourites

[ctx: chineseconversiondialog|extended_tip|editterms]
note: RpF9A
en: Opens the Edit Dictionary dialog where you can edit the list of conversion terms.
en_GB: Opens the Edit Dictionary dialogue box in which you can edit the list of conversion terms.

[ctx: chinesedictionary|property]
note: fG6PM
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: chinesedictionary|property]
note: HbNRg
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: classificationdialog|label-PartNumber]
note: cDs9q
en: License:
en_GB: Licence:

[ctx: colorwindow|color_picker_button]
note: 5MZ3i
en: Custom Color…
en_GB: Custom Colour…

[ctx: crashreportdlg|ed_bugreport]
note: DDKL6
en: Please check the report and if no bug report is connected to the crash report yet, open a new bug report at bugs.documentfoundation.org.
    Add detailed instructions on how to reproduce the crash and the shown crash ID into the crash report field.
    Thank you for your help in improving %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Please check the report, and if no bug report is connected to the crash report yet, open a new bug report at bugs.documentfoundation.org.
    Add detailed instructions on how to reproduce the crash and the shown crash ID into the crash report field.
    Thank you for your help in improving %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|instancesadd]
note: MFX47
en: Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can add a new instance.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|instancesedit]
note: cJYQx
en: Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can modify the current instance.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|modelsadd]
note: QMNcJ
en: Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
en_GB: Opens the Add Model dialogue box in which you can add an XForm model.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|modelsbutton]
note: VnGCB
en: Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
en_GB: Adds, renames and removes XForms models.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|instances]
note: VtqeQ
en: This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.
en_GB: This button has sub-menus to add, to edit, and to remove instances.

[ctx: defaultshapespanel|label10]
note: cibWf
en: 3D Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: deletefooterdialog|DeleteFooterDialog]
note: EthWp
en: All contents of the footer will be deleted and can not be restored.
en_GB: All content of the footer will be deleted and can not be restored.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|diagonal]
note: Mk8WM
en: Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|scaleddepth]
note: W4Agm
en: Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|angle]
note: zHDZb
en: Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.
en_GB: Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3-D rotation object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|depth]
note: 8x6QY
en: Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.
en_GB: Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3-D object. This option is not valid for 3-D rotation objects.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|veri]
note: eECGL
en: Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object
en_GB: Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3-D rotation object

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|hori]
note: zDoUt
en: Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.
en_GB: Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3-D rotation object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|objspecific]
note: 6Eqby
en: Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.
en_GB: Renders the 3-D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|flat]
note: MgFbn
en: Renders the 3D surface as polygons.
en_GB: Renders the 3-D surface as polygons.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|spherical]
note: Ant38
en: Renders a smooth 3D surface.
en_GB: Renders a smooth 3-D surface.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|doublesided]
note: KhQUE
en: Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3D).
en_GB: Closes the shape of a 3-D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3-D).

[ctx: docking3deffects|to3d|tooltip_text]
note: XjqvC
en: Convert to 3D
en_GB: Convert to 3-D

[ctx: docking3deffects|preview-atkobject]
note: S27FV
en: 3D Preview
en_GB: 3-D Preview

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightpreview-atkobject]
note: c86Xg
en: Color Light Preview
en_GB: Colour Light Preview

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|mode]
note: oq9Aj
en: Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.
en_GB: Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single colour to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colours across the polygons. Phong shading averages the colour of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.

[ctx: docking3deffects|shadow|tooltip_text]
note: 4yMr6
en: 3D Shadowing On/Off
en_GB: 3-D Shadowing On/Off

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|shadow]
note: uPZTo
en: Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|distance]
note: QDWn9
en: Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.
en_GB: Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the centre of the selected object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton1|tooltip_text]
note: DNnED
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|colorbutton1]
note: fbmBv
en: Select a color for the ambient light.
en_GB: Select a colour for the ambient light.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|ambientcolor]
note: yWUfc
en: Select a color for the ambient light.
en_GB: Select a colour for the ambient light.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton2|tooltip_text]
note: nSELF
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light1]
note: 9QFz2
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light2]
note: jwgPB
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light3]
note: sCqw6
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light4]
note: Vus8w
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light5]
note: dESZk
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light6]
note: CgMts
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light7]
note: LJ3Lp
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light8]
note: 7GZgb
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor1|tooltip_text]
note: FN3e6
en: Light 1 color
en_GB: Light 1 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|lightcolor1]
note: djVxQ
en: Select a color for the current light source.
en_GB: Select a colour for the current light source.

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor2|tooltip_text]
note: EBVTG
en: Light 2 color
en_GB: Light 2 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor3|tooltip_text]
note: wiDjj
en: Light 3 color
en_GB: Light 3 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor4|tooltip_text]
note: zZSLi
en: Light 4 color
en_GB: Light 4 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor5|tooltip_text]
note: bPGBH
en: Light 5 color
en_GB: Light 5 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor6|tooltip_text]
note: mCg85
en: Light 6 color
en_GB: Light 6 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor7|tooltip_text]
note: Lj2HV
en: Light 7 color
en_GB: Light 7 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor8|tooltip_text]
note: aNZDv
en: Light 8 color
en_GB: Light 8 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|texcolor|tooltip_text]
note: rfdVf
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|texcolor]
note: dkTiY
en: Converts the texture to color.
en_GB: Converts the texture to colour.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|texmodulate]
note: 3g4zG
en: Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialog.
en_GB: Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialogue box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|texblend|tooltip_text]
note: ycQqQ
en: Texture, Shadow and Color
en_GB: Texture, Shadow and Colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|label26]
note: fYX37
en: _Favorites
en_GB: _Favourites

[ctx: docking3deffects|label27]
note: mNa7V
en: _Object color
en_GB: _Object colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|label29]
note: rGGJC
en: _Illumination color
en_GB: _Illumination colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|objcolor]
note: UmpFS
en: Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
en_GB: Select the colour that you want to apply to the object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|illumcolor]
note: 8ufuo
en: Select the color to illuminate the object.
en_GB: Select the colour to illuminate the object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|favorites]
note: KDxBg
en: Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
en_GB: Select a predefined colour scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom colour scheme.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton3|tooltip_text]
note: AndqG
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|colorbutton3]
note: BT3GD
en: Select the color to illuminate the object.
en_GB: Select the colour to illuminate the object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton4|tooltip_text]
note: tsEoC
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|label30]
note: wY3tE
en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|speccolor]
note: TAoRf
en: Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
en_GB: Select the colour that you want the object to reflect.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton5|tooltip_text]
note: 8fdJB
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|material]
note: xN7Sr
en: Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Changes the colouring of the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|texture]
note: DVwWG
en: Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3-D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light]
note: 9WEJD
en: Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Define the light source for the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|representation]
note: HF3KP
en: Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|geometry]
note: h4c39
en: Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3D, or Convert - To 3D Rotation Object.
en_GB: Adjusts the shape of the selected 3-D object. You can only modify the shape of a -3D object that was created by converting a 2-D object. To convert a 2-D object to 3-D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3-D, or Convert - To 3-D Rotation Object.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|label2]
note: dzpTm
en: Source color
en_GB: Source colour

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|cbx2-atkobject]
note: 7BFw2 This string is used by the eyedropper dialog to denote a color in an image that will be replaced by another color.
en: Source Color 2
en_GB: Source Colour 2

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx2]
note: PQMJr
en: Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
en_GB: Select this check box to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|cbx3-atkobject]
note: 8kZuj This string is used by the eyedropper dialog to denote a color in an image that will be replaced by another color.
en: Source Color 3
en_GB: Source Colour 3

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx3]
note: N86Pu
en: Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
en_GB: Select this check box to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|cbx4-atkobject]
note: 3asCq This string is used by the eyedropper dialog to denote a color in an image that will be replaced by another color.
en: Source Color 4
en_GB: Source Colour 4

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx4]
note: LBfJA
en: Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
en_GB: Select this check box to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|cbx1-atkobject]
note: 5MXBc This string is used by the eyedropper dialog to denote a color in an image that will be replaced by another color.
en: Source Color 1
en_GB: Source Colour 1

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx1]
note: QFJGw
en: Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
en_GB: Select this check box to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx5]
note: GTTDs
en: Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.
en_GB: Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the colour that you select.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|tol1]
note: 5yRXd
en: Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
en_GB: Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|tol2]
note: meE29
en: Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
en_GB: Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|tol3]
note: TFmby
en: Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
en_GB: Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|tol4]
note: PBa9G
en: Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
en_GB: Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color1]
note: HHM3q
en: Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
en_GB: Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color2]
note: Xov5N
en: Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
en_GB: Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color3]
note: n4BEe
en: Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
en_GB: Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color4]
note: 2jmAc
en: Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
en_GB: Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color5]
note: JaAwK
en: Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.
en_GB: Select the colour to replace the transparent areas in the current image.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|label1]
note: EeBXP
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|replace]
note: 8uHoS
en: Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the Replace with boxes.
en_GB: Replaces the selected source colours in the current image with the colours that you specify in the Replace with boxes.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|pipette]
note: CQGvD
en: Select one of the four source color boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the color that you want to replace.
en_GB: Select one of the four source colour boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the colour that you want to replace.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|toolgrid]
note: ErWSB
en: Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected.
en_GB: Displays the colour in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Colour Replacer tool is selected.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|DockingColorReplace]
note: gbska
en: Opens the Color Replacer dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.
en_GB: Opens the Colour Replacer dialogue box, where you can replace colours in bitmap and meta file graphics.

[ctx: dockingfontwork|center|tooltip_text]
note: Gd3Fn
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: dockingfontwork|extended_tip|center]
note: QvAnd
en: Centers the text on the text baseline.
en_GB: Centres the text on the text baseline.

[ctx: dockingfontwork|extended_tip|indent]
note: nQpqX
en: Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.
en_GB: Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline and the beginning of the text.

[ctx: dockingfontwork|extended_tip|contour]
note: hwZ5Q
en: Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object.
en_GB: Shows or hides the text baseline or the edges of the selected object.

[ctx: dockingfontwork|color|tooltip_text]
note: MDpHx
en: Shadow Color
en_GB: Shadow Colour

[ctx: dockingfontwork|extended_tip|color]
note: bNpUP
en: Select a color for the text shadow.
en_GB: Select a colour for the text shadow.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|matchcase]
note: mMSX7
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case characters.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|layout]
note: JEwqr
en: Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Find list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace list.
en_GB: Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this check box, and then select a style from the Find list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace list.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|similarity]
note: 9Div9
en: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
en_GB: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this check box, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|soundslike]
note: 2Sw86
en: Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.
en_GB: Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Mark this check box, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|notes]
note: z68pk
en: In Writer, you can select to include the comment texts in your searches.
en_GB: In Writer, you can select to include the comment text strings in your searches.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|calcsearchin]
note: GGhEA
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: floatingareastyle|left|tooltip_text]
note: JjgJw
en: Rotate counterclockwise by 45 degrees.
en_GB: Rotate counter-clockwise by 45 degrees.

[ctx: floatingareastyle|label2]
note: hrDvA
en: Center _X:
en_GB: Centre _X:

[ctx: floatingareastyle|label3]
note: 2edDC
en: Center _Y:
en_GB: Centre _Y:

[ctx: floatingareastyle|centerx|tooltip_text]
note: C7FRC
en: Specify the horizontal offset percentage from the center for the gradient shading style. 50% is the horizontal center.
en_GB: Specify the horizontal offset percentage from the centre for the gradient shading style. 50% is the horizontal centre.

[ctx: floatingareastyle|centery|tooltip_text]
note: eBXEr
en: Specify the vertical offset percentage from the center for the gradient shading style.  50% is the vertical center.
en_GB: Specify the vertical offset percentage from the centre for the gradient shading style.  50% is the vertical centre.

[ctx: floatingcontour|statuscolor]
note: kFDBb
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: floatingcontour|extended_tip|TBI_PIPETTE]
note: A6v7a
en: Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the Tolerance box.
en_GB: Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same colour. Click here, and then click a colour in the bitmap. To increase the colour range that is selected, increase the value in the Tolerance box.

[ctx: floatingcontour|spinbutton|tooltip_text]
note: vRR3B
en: Color Tolerance
en_GB: Colour Tolerance

[ctx: floatingcontour|extended_tip|spinbutton]
note: o4Dxq
en: Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.
en_GB: Enter the colour tolerance for the Colour Replacer as a percentage. To increase the colour range that the Colour Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.

[ctx: fontworkalignmentcontrol|RID_SVXSTR_ALIGN_CENTER]
note: Dt4xu
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

[ctx: imapdialog|extended_tip|TBI_FREEPOLY]
note: jqx5a
en: Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
en_GB: Draws a hotspot that is based on a free-form polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a free-form line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.

[ctx: extended_tip|mtrflddrawx]
note: GhA8G
en: Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
en_GB: Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the x-axis.

[ctx: extended_tip|mtrflddrawy]
note: fPCcF
en: Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
en_GB: Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the y-axis.

[ctx: extended_tip|numflddivisionx]
note: QBM3z
en: Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the X-axis.
en_GB: Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the x-axis.

[ctx: extended_tip|numflddivisiony]
note: hNLHu
en: Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the Y-axis.
en_GB: Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the y-axis.

[ctx: passwd|oldpass]
note: FkYnV
en: Old Password
en_GB: Old password

[ctx: passwd|extended_tip|confirmpassEntry]
note: QF45Y
en: Reenter the new password for the selected library.
en_GB: Re-enter the new password for the selected library.

[ctx: rulermenu|mm]
note: xHAu7
en: Millimeter
en_GB: Millimetre

[ctx: rulermenu|cm]
note: wvJrk
en: Centimeter
en_GB: Centimetre

[ctx: rulermenu|m]
note: 9CXyh
en: Meter
en_GB: Metre

[ctx: rulermenu|km]
note: BuJwF
en: Kilometer
en_GB: Kilometre

[ctx: safemodedialog|label4]
note: C6Drd
en: You can also include relevant parts of your user profile in the bugreport (be aware it might contain personal data).
en_GB: You can also include relevant parts of your user profile in the bug report (be aware it might contain personal data).

[ctx: sidebararea|color|tooltip_text]
note: egzhb
en: Select the color to apply.
en_GB: Select the colour to apply.

[ctx: sidebargraphic|colorlmodelabel]
note: 6cABJ
en: Color _mode:
en_GB: Colour _mode:

[ctx: sidebargraphic|setcolormode-atkobject]
note: Rj5UQ
en: Color mode
en_GB: Colour mode

[ctx: sidebarline|colorlabel]
note: hqTEs
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: sidebarline|color|tooltip_text]
note: oEqwH
en: Select the color of the line.
en_GB: Select the colour of the line.

[ctx: sidebarline|setcolor|tooltip_text]
note: JbEBs
en: Select the color of the line.
en_GB: Select the colour of the line.

[ctx: sidebarline|edgestyle]
note: MuNWz
en: Mitered
en_GB: Mitred

[ctx: sidebarline|edgestyle]
note: Dftrf
en: Beveled
en_GB: Bevelled

[ctx: sidebarparagraph|backgroundcolor|tooltip_text]
note: aFsx7
en: Paragraph Background Color
en_GB: Paragraph Background Colour

[ctx: sidebarshadow|color]
note: RFRDq
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: RID_STR_PAPERNAMES]
note: heERi
en: User Defined
en_GB: User-defined

[ctx: SV_HELPTEXT_MINIMIZE]
note: FinRN
en: Minimize
en_GB: Minimise

[ctx: SV_HELPTEXT_MAXIMIZE]
note: wNV6G
en: Maximize
en_GB: Maximise

[ctx: STR_FONT_FEATURE_ID_CPCT]
note: eFooQ
en: Centered CJK Punctuation
en_GB: Centred CJK Punctuation

[ctx: STR_FONT_FEATURE_ID_PCAP]
note: 7sRp3
en: Lowercase to Petite Capitals
en_GB: Lower-case to Petite Capitals

[ctx: STR_FONT_FEATURE_ID_SMCP]
note: iWL8L
en: Lowercase to Small Capitals
en_GB: Lower-case to Small Capitals

[ctx: printdialog|extended_tip|setup]
note: 89CRC
en: Opens the Printer Properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.
en_GB: Opens the Printer Properties dialogue box. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.

[ctx: printerdevicepage|label11]
note: e9E5A
en: Color _depth:
en_GB: Colour _depth:

[ctx: printerdevicepage|label10]
note: U29RG
en: Co_lor:
en_GB: Co_lour:

[ctx: printerdevicepage|colorspace]
note: WXFof
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: printerdevicepage|colorspace]
note: VGAv4
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: RID_STRLIST_FUNCTION_NAMES]
note: tpAGN
en: STANDARDIZE
en_GB: STANDARDISE

[ctx: RID_STRLIST_FUNCTION_NAMES]
note: KNiFR
en: COLOR
en_GB: COLOUR

[ctx: formuladialog|RB_REF|tooltip_text]
note: Bdgot
en: Maximize
en_GB: Maximise

[ctx: functionpage|extended_tip|FunctionPage]
note: jY887
en: Opens the Function Wizard, which helps you to interactively create formulas.
en_GB: Opens the Function Wizard, which helps you to interactively create formulae.

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_ADD_SUBMENU]
note: KbZFf
en: Add Submenu
en_GB: Add Sub-menu

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SUBMENU_NAME]
note: w2qNv
en: Submenu name
en_GB: Sub-menu name

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_MNUCFG_ALREADY_INCLUDED]
note: CPW5b
en: Function is already included in this popup.
en_GB: Function is already included in this pop-up.

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_REMOVE_FAVORITES]
note: c8nou
en: Remove from Favorites
en_GB: Remove from Favourites

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_ADD_FAVORITES]
note: 7tBGT
en: Add to Favorites
en_GB: Add to Favourites

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_EVENT_CALCULATE]
note: tVSz9
en: Formulas calculated
en_GB: Formulae calculated

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_CONFIG_DELETE]
note: XEFrB
en: Do you really want to delete the color scheme?
en_GB: Do you really want to delete the colour scheme?

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_CONFIG_DELETE_TITLE]
note: ybdED
en: Color Scheme Deletion
en_GB: Colour Scheme Deletion

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_CONFIG_SAVE2]
note: tFrki
en: Name of color scheme
en_GB: Name of colour scheme

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_CAPITAL_WORDS]
note: zbEv9
en: Check uppercase words
en_GB: Check upper-case words

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_NUM_MIN_WORDLEN]
note: f6v3L
en: Minimal number of characters for hyphenation:
en_GB: Minimum number of characters for hyphenation:

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DESC_COLOR]
note: QgAFH
en: Please enter a name for the new color:
en_GB: Please enter a name for the new colour:

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_CPTL_STT_SENT]
note: p5h3s
en: Capitalize first letter of every sentence
en_GB: Capitalise first letter of every sentence

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DEL_SPACES_BETWEEN_LINES]
note: R9Kke
en: Delete spaces and tabs at end and start of line
en_GB: Delete spaces and tabs at beginning and end of line

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_HOR_PRESET_ONLYHOR]
note: nCjXG
en: Set Top and Bottom Borders, and All Inner Lines
en_GB: Set Top and Bottom Borders and All Inner Lines

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_VER_PRESET_ONLYVER]
note: 46Fq7
en: Set Left and Right Borders, and All Inner Lines
en_GB: Set Left and Right Borders and All Inner Lines

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DELETEUSERCOLOR1]
note: AD8QJ
en: You can only delete user-defined colors
en_GB: You can only delete user-defined colours

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DELETEUSERCOLOR2]
note: 4LWGV
en: Please select the color to delete
en_GB: Please select the colour to delete

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: m8rYd
en: Need to allow changes to parts of a read-only document in Writer? Insert frames or sections that can authorize changes.
en_GB: Need to allow changes to parts of a read-only document in Writer? Insert frames or sections that can authorise changes.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 3JyGD
en: Optimize your table layout with Table ▸ Size ▸ Distribute Rows / Columns Evenly.
en_GB: Optimise your table layout with Table ▸ Size ▸ Distribute Rows / Columns Evenly.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: hr7ym
en: Use View ▸ Value Highlighting to display cell contents in colors: Text/black, Formulas/green, Numbers/blue, Protected cells/grey background.
en_GB: Use View ▸ Value Highlighting to display cell contents in colours: Text/black, Formulas/green, Numbers/blue, Protected cells/grey background.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: VBCF7
en: Generate fully customized PDF documents with the exact format, image compression, comments, access rights, password, etc., via File ▸ Export as PDF.
en_GB: Generate fully customised PDF documents with the exact format, image compression, comments, access rights, password, etc., via File ▸ Export as PDF.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 8x8QZ local help missing
en: Construct your own 2D shapes in Draw. Select two or more objects, and explore possibilities with Shape ▸ Combine, Shape ▸ Merge, Shape ▸ Subtract, and Shape ▸ Intersect.
en_GB: Construct your own 2-D shapes in Draw. Select two or more objects, and explore possibilities with Shape ▸ Combine, Shape ▸ Merge, Shape ▸ Subtract, and Shape ▸ Intersect.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: f6Lan
en: Do you plan to change your computer and want to recover your customizations? See:
en_GB: Do you plan to change your computer and want to recover your customisations? See:

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: FnWjD https://help.libreoffice.org/%PRODUCTVERSION/%LANGUAGENAME/text/shared/optionen/01030300.html
en: %PRODUCTNAME intends to apply as an organization for Google Summer of Code (GSoC) see:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME intends to apply as an organisation for Google Summer of Code (GSoC) see:

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: TD8Ux
en: Customize footnote appearance with Tools ▸ Footnotes and Endnotes…
en_GB: Customise footnote appearance with Tools ▸ Footnotes and Endnotes…

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: muc5F
en: With Slide Show ▸ Custom Slide Show, reorder and pick slides to fit a slideshow to the needs of your viewers.
en_GB: With Slide Show ▸ Custom Slide Show, reorder and pick slides to fit a slide show to the needs of your viewers.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: oTX4L
en: Writer can insert a blank page between two odd (even) pages that follow. Check “Print automatically inserted blank pages” in the print dialog’s %PRODUCTNAME Writer tab.
en_GB: Writer can insert a blank page between two odd (even) pages that follow. Check “Print automatically inserted blank pages” in the print dialogue box’s %PRODUCTNAME Writer tab.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: J853i
en: In %PRODUCTNAME Impress, use Insert ▸ Media ▸ Photo Album to create a slideshow from a series of pictures with the “Photo Album” feature.
en_GB: In %PRODUCTNAME Impress, use Insert ▸ Media ▸ Photo Album to create a slide show from a series of pictures with the “Photo Album” feature.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: BcK3A
en: You can show formulas instead of results with View ▸ Show Formula (or Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Calc ▸ View ▸ Display ▸ Formulas).
en_GB: You can show formulae instead of results with View ▸ Show Formula (or Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Calc ▸ View ▸ Display ▸ Formulae).

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: GEJXj
en: Left-handed? Enable Tools ▸ Options ▸ Language Settings ▸ Languages ▸ Asian and check Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Writer ▸ View ▸ Ruler ▸ Right-aligned, which displays the scrollbar to the left.
en_GB: Left-handed? Enable Tools ▸ Options ▸ Language Settings ▸ Languages ▸ Asian and check Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Writer ▸ View ▸ Ruler ▸ Right-aligned, which displays the scroll bar to the left.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: XDhNo
en: Use column or row labels in formulas. For example, if you have two columns, “Time” and “KM”, use =Time/KM to get minutes per kilometer.
en_GB: Use column or row labels in formulas. For example, if you have two columns, “Time” and “KM”, use =Time/KM to get minutes per kilometre.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: E7GZz
en: Annoyed by the “marching ants” around cells in Calc? Press escape to stop them; the copied content will remain available for pasting.
en_GB: Annoyed by the “marching ants” around cells in Calc? Press Escape to stop them; the copied content will remain available for pasting.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: eRzRG
en: Click on the special character icon in the toolbar to get quick access to favorite and recent characters to insert.
en_GB: Click on the special character icon in the toolbar to get quick access to favourite and recent characters to insert.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: cCnpG
en: You would like to view the calculation of individual elements of a formula, select the respective elements and press F9.
en_GB: To view the calculation of individual elements of a formula, select the respective elements and press F9.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 8qYrk
en: To quickly get a math object in Writer type your formula, mark it, and use Insert ▸ Object ▸ Formula to convert the text.
en_GB: To quickly get a Math object in Writer type your formula, mark it, and use Insert ▸ Object ▸ Formula to convert the text.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: WMnj2 online help is different https://help.libreoffice.org/%PRODUCTVERSION/%LANGUAGENAME/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.html#hd_id3148675
en: You can customize the middle mouse button per Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME ▸ View ▸ Middle Mouse button.
en_GB: You can customise the middle mouse button using Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME ▸ View ▸ Middle Mouse button.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 7CjmG https://help.libreoffice.org/%PRODUCTVERSION/%LANGUAGENAME/text/swriter/guide/autotext.html
en: Play music throughout a slideshow by assigning the sound to the first slide transition without clicking the “Apply to All Slides” button.
en_GB: Play music throughout a slide show by assigning the sound to the first slide transition without clicking the “Apply to All Slides” button.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: e3dfT local help missing
en: Need to present a report written with Writer? File ▸ Send ▸ Outline to Presentation automatically creates a slideshow from the outline.
en_GB: Need to present a report written with Writer? File ▸ Send ▸ Outline to Presentation automatically creates a slide show from the outline.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: qyyJ4 local help missing
en: Uncheck Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Calc ▸ View ▸ Zoom: “Synchronize sheets” so that each sheet in Calc has its own zoom factor.
en_GB: Uncheck Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Calc ▸ View ▸ Zoom: “Synchronise sheets” so that each sheet in Calc has its own zoom factor.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: qK7Xz
en: You can set a color for each tab: right-click the tab or use Sheet ▸ Sheet Tab Color.
en_GB: You can set a colour for each tab: right-click the tab or use Sheet ▸ Sheet Tab Colour.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: mJ6Gu local help missing
en: Insert and number your formulas in one step: type fn then F3. An AutoText is inserted with formula and number aligned in a table.
en_GB: Insert and number your formulae in one step: type fn then F3. An AutoText is inserted with formula and number aligned in a table.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: MZyXB
en: Want to export formulas to CSV? File ▸ Save As ▸ Type:Text CSV, check “Edit filter settings”, and check “Save cell formulas” in the next dialog.
en_GB: Want to export formulae to CSV? File ▸ Save As ▸ Type:Text CSV, check “Edit filter settings”, and check “Save cell formulae” in the next dialogue box.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: BnMpb local help missing
en: Use Format ▸ Align (or the context menu) for precise positioning of objects in Draw/Impress: it centers on the page if one object is selected or works on the group respectively.
en_GB: Use Format ▸ Align (or the context menu) for precise positioning of objects in Draw/Impress: it centres on the page if one object is selected or works on the group respectively.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 6GtGH
en: No need to scroll through the list at Tools ▸ Customize ▸ Keyboard to find a shortcut: just type it.
en_GB: No need to scroll through the list at Tools ▸ Customise ▸ Keyboard to find a shortcut: just type it.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: JBgEb
en: Chapter numbering dialog lets you set text to be displayed before the chapter number. For example, type “Chapter ” to display “Chapter 1”
en_GB: Chapter numbering dialogue box lets you set text to be displayed before the chapter number. For example, type “Chapter ” to display “Chapter 1”

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: PBjFr
en: To copy a comment without losing the content of the target cell you should use Paste Special and uncheck everything except “Comments” in dialog. Use Operations “Add” to not override existing content.
en_GB: To copy a comment without losing the content of the target cell you should use Paste Special and uncheck everything except “Comments” in dialogue. Use Operations “Add” to not override existing content.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: rxTGc
en: Keep the zeros before a number by using the “leading zeroes” cell format option or format the cell as text before entering the number.
en_GB: Keep the zeros before a number by using the “leading zeros” cell format option or format the cell as text before entering the number.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: cPNVv
en: Want to center cells on a printed page in Calc? Format ▸ Page, Page ▸ Layout settings ▸ Table alignment.
en_GB: Want to centre cells on a printed page in Calc? Format ▸ Page, Page ▸ Layout settings ▸ Table alignment.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 7dGQR
en: %PRODUCTNAME has a template center to create good looking documents—check it out.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME has a template centre to create good looking documents—check it out.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: tvpFN
en: Calculate loan repayments with Calc: eg. PMT(2%/12;36;2500) interest rate per payment period 2%/12, 36 months, loan amount 2500.
en_GB: Calculate loan repayments with Calc: e.g. PMT(2%/12;36;2500) interest rate per payment period 2%/12, 36 months, loan amount 2500.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: BiSJM local help missing
en: Want to know if a cell is referred in formulas of other cells? Tools ▸ Detective ▸ Trace Dependents (Shift+F5).
en_GB: Want to know if a cell is referred in formulae of other cells? Tools ▸ Detective ▸ Trace Dependents (Shift+F5).

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: UggLQ
en: To display the scrollbar to the left, enable Tools ▸ Options ▸ Language Settings ▸ Languages ▸ Complex text and check Sheet ▸ Right-To-Left.
en_GB: To display the scroll bar to the left, enable Tools ▸ Options ▸ Language Settings ▸ Languages ▸ Complex text and check Sheet ▸ Right-To-Left.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: gqs9W
en: Drag a formatted object to the Styles and Formatting window. A dialog box opens, just enter the name of the new style.
en_GB: Drag a formatted object to the Styles and Formatting window. A dialogue box opens, just enter the name of the new style.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: C7Ya2
en: Press Shift+F1 to see any available extended tooltips in dialog boxes, when "Extended tips" is not enabled in Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME ▸ General.
en_GB: Press Shift+F1 to see any available extended tooltips in dialogue boxes, when "Extended tips" is not enabled in Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME ▸ General.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TOOLBARMODES]
note: MEQAE
en: The Tabbed user interface is the most similar to the Ribbons used by Microsoft. It organize functions in tabs and makes the main menu obsolete.
en_GB: The Tabbed user interface is the most similar to the Ribbons used by Microsoft. It organises functions in tabs and makes the main menu obsolete.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TOOLBARMODES]
note: GFycb
en: The Groupedbar Compact variant provides access to functions in groups with most frequently used features in icons and less often used in a dropdown menu. The compact variant favors vertical size.
en_GB: The Groupedbar Compact variant provides access to functions in groups with most frequently used features in icons and less often used in a drop-down menu. The compact variant favours vertical size.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TOOLBARMODES]
note: Exopn
en: The Groupedbar interface provides access to functions in groups with most frequently used features in icons and less often used in a dropdown menu. The full variant favors functions and is slightly larger than other variants.
en_GB: The Groupedbar interface provides access to functions in groups with most frequently used features in icons and less often used in a drop-down menu. The full variant favours functions and is slightly larger than other variants.

[ctx: SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS_RES]
note: ZhEG3
en: Personalization
en_GB: Personalisation

[ctx: SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS_RES]
note: DLfE7
en: Application Colors
en_GB: Application Colours

[ctx: SID_SCH_EDITOPTIONS_RES]
note: XAhzo
en: Default Colors
en_GB: Default Colours

[ctx: extended_tip|edit]
note: Z7SA5
en: Opens a dialog to edit the preference.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to edit the preference.

[ctx: extended_tip|reset]
note: 95seU
en: Undo changes done so far in this dialog.
en_GB: Undo changes done so far in this dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|preferences]
note: A9J9F
en: List the preferences organized hierarchically in a tree layout.
en_GB: List the preferences organised hierarchically in a tree layout.

[ctx: acorexceptpage|extended_tip|abbrev]
note: FAPZ6
en: Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents %PRODUCTNAME from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.
en_GB: Type an abbreviation followed by a full stop, and then click New. This prevents %PRODUCTNAME from automatically capitalising the first letter of the word that comes after the full stop at the end of the abbreviation.

[ctx: acorexceptpage|extended_tip|autoabbrev]
note: 5B9tX
en: Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
en_GB: Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalise first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column on the Options tab of this dialogue box.

[ctx: acorexceptpage|extended_tip|autodouble]
note: 6fGTF
en: Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
en_GB: Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalise first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialogue box.

[ctx: agingdialog|extended_tip|value]
note: A8e8L
en: Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
en_GB: Specifies the number of colours to which the image is to be reduced.

[ctx: agingdialog|extended_tip|AgingDialog]
note: pciJf
en: All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
en_GB: All pixels are set to their grey values, and then the green and blue colour channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red colour channel is not changed.

[ctx: areatabpage|btncolor]
note: AiEuM
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: autocorrectdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: PbHCG
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: autocorrectdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: Qqmqp
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: autocorrectdialog|localized]
note: TCyBg
en: Localized Options
en_GB: Localised Options

[ctx: baselinksdialog|extended_tip|TB_LINKS]
note: 7k36Q
en: Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.
en_GB: Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialogue box in which you can select another object for this link.

[ctx: bitmaptabpage|positionlb]
note: SuAZu
en: Top Center
en_GB: Top Centre

[ctx: bitmaptabpage|positionlb]
note: gB3qr
en: Center Left
en_GB: Centre Left

[ctx: bitmaptabpage|positionlb]
note: 6nG4k
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: bitmaptabpage|positionlb]
note: 5uwBi
en: Center Right
en_GB: Centre Right

[ctx: bitmaptabpage|positionlb]
note: BFD9u
en: Bottom Center
en_GB: Bottom Centre

[ctx: borderpage|label17]
note: Dweon
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: borderpage|sync]
note: M8CGp
en: Synchronize
en_GB: Synchronise

[ctx: borderpage|shadowcolorft]
note: gEF6E
en: C_olor:
en_GB: C_olour:

[ctx: bulletandposition|colorft]
note: Cv7BZ
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: bulletandposition|indentmf]
note: SDhv3
en: 0,00
en_GB: 0.00

[ctx: bulletandposition|numberingwidthmf]
note: eeDkR
en: 0,00
en_GB: 0.00

[ctx: calloutpage|position]
note: W5B2V
en: Center
en_GB: Middle

[ctx: cellalignment|liststoreHorzAlign]
note: RGwHA
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: cellalignment|extended_tip|comboboxHorzAlign]
note: 8xDX2
en: Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
en_GB: Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell content.

[ctx: cellalignment|extended_tip|comboboxVertAlign]
note: MH9tT
en: Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
en_GB: Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell content.

[ctx: cellalignment|extended_tip|CellAlignPage]
note: U4vgj
en: Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
en_GB: Sets the alignment options for the content of the current cell, or the selected cells.

[ctx: certdialog|extended_tip|add]
note: zx3Mw
en: Opens a file picker dialog to add a new Network Security Services Certificate directory to the list.
en_GB: Opens a file picker dialogue box to add a new Network Security Services Certificate directory to the list.

[ctx: charnamepage|extended_tip|westlanglb-nocjk]
note: 63kyg
en: Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
en_GB: Sets the language that the spell checker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.

[ctx: charnamepage|extended_tip|westlanglb-cjk]
note: zCCrx
en: Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
en_GB: Sets the language that the spell checker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.

[ctx: charnamepage|extended_tip|eastlanglb]
note: KLJQT
en: Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
en_GB: Sets the language that the spell checker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.

[ctx: charnamepage|extended_tip|ctllanglb]
note: zCKxL
en: Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
en_GB: Sets the language that the spell checker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.

[ctx: colorconfigwin|font]
note: TkNp4
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: colorconfigwin|autospellcheck]
note: RP2Vp
en: AutoSpellcheck
en_GB: AutoSpellCheck

[ctx: colorconfigwin|formulas]
note: UfL75
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: colorpage|label20]
note: fKSac
en: Recent Colors
en_GB: Recent Colours

[ctx: colorpage|label1]
note: 5jjvt
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: colorpage|oldpreview-atkobject]
note: CvMfT
en: Old Color
en_GB: Old Colour

[ctx: colorpage|newpreview-atkobject]
note: AwBVq
en: New Color
en_GB: New Colour

[ctx: colorpickerdialog|ColorPicker]
note: MnQ4Q
en: Pick a Color
en_GB: Pick a Colour

[ctx: extended tip | preview]
note: fMFDR
en: In the left part of the bottom bar, the current result of your work in this dialog is visible.
en_GB: In the left part of the bottom bar, the current result of your work in this dialogue box is visible.

[ctx: extended tip | previous]
note: 7jLV5
en: In the right part of the bottom bar, you will see the original color from the parent tab, Colors.
en_GB: In the right part of the bottom bar, you will see the original colour from the parent tab, Colours.

[ctx: extended tip | colorField]
note: yEApx
en: Click in the big color area on the left to select a new color. Using this selector area you can modify two components of the color as represented in the RGB or HSB color models. Note that these are the two components not selected with the radio buttons on the right side of the dialog.
en_GB: Click in the big colour area on the left to select a new colour. Using this selector area you can modify two components of the colour as represented in the RGB or HSB colour models. Note that these are the two components not selected with the radio buttons on the right side of the dialogue box.

[ctx: extended tip | colorSlider]
note: N8gjc
en: With the vertical color component slider you can modify the value of each component of the color.
en_GB: With the vertical colour component slider you can modify the value of each component of the colour.

[ctx: extended tip | redRadiobutton]
note: yWDJE
en: Sets the Red component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Green and Blue components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Sets the Red component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Green and Blue components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | greenRadiobutton]
note: 3YZDt
en: Sets the Green component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Red and Blue components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Sets the Green component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Red and Blue components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | blueRadiobutton]
note: gSvva
en: Sets the Blue component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Green and Red components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Sets the Blue component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Green and Red components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | redSpinbutton]
note: c5MTh
en: Set the Red color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Set the Red colour value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | greenSpinbutton]
note: 2yY2G
en: Set the Green color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Set the Green colour value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | blueSpinbutton]
note: UREX7
en: Set the Blue color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Set the Blue colour value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | hexEntry]
note: zPsRu
en: Displays and sets the color value in the RGB color model expressed as a hexadecimal number.
en_GB: Displays and sets the colour value in the RGB colour model expressed as a hexadecimal number.

[ctx: extended tip | hueRadiobutton]
note: qnLnB
en: Sets the Hue component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Saturation and Brightness components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.
en_GB: Sets the Hue component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Saturation and Brightness components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.

[ctx: extended tip | satRadiobutton]
note: wGdN5
en: Sets the Saturation component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Hue and Brightness components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
en_GB: Sets the Saturation component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Hue and Brightness components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).

[ctx: extended tip | brightRadiobutton]
note: KkBQX
en: Sets the Brightness component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Hue and Saturation components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
en_GB: Sets the Brightness component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Hue and Saturation components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).

[ctx: extended tip | hueSpinbutton]
note: BCvUX
en: Set the Hue directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.
en_GB: Set the Hue directly in the HSB colour model. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.

[ctx: extended tip | satSpinbutton]
note: TcDh8
en: Set the Saturation directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
en_GB: Set the Saturation directly in the HSB colour model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).

[ctx: extended tip | brightSpinbutton]
note: hucEE
en: Set the Brightness directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
en_GB: Set the Brightness directly in the HSB colour model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).

[ctx: extended tip | cyanSpinbutton]
note: bNiCN
en: Set the Cyan color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
en_GB: Set the Cyan colour value as expressed in the CMYK colour model.

[ctx: extended tip | magSpinbutton]
note: mMXFr
en: Set the Magenta color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
en_GB: Set the Magenta colour value as expressed in the CMYK colour model.

[ctx: extended tip | yellowSpinbutton]
note: EEgiy
en: Set the Yellow color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
en_GB: Set the Yellow colour value as expressed in the CMYK colour model.

[ctx: extended tip | keySpinbutton]
note: UAAnZ
en: Set the Black color value or key (black) as expressed in the CMYK color model.
en_GB: Set the Black colour value or key (black) as expressed in the CMYK colour model.

[ctx: extended tip | ColorPicker]
note: 9KyXs
en: %PRODUCTNAME lets you define custom colors using a two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart of the Pick a Color dialog.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME lets you define custom colours using a two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart of the Pick a Colour dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|enablepooling]
note: b26rn
en: Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver checkbox in order to pool its connection.
en_GB: Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver check box in order to pool its connection.

[ctx: cuiimapdlg|extended_tip|frameCB]
note: 2uSg3
en: Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.
en_GB: Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognised by all browsers from the list.

[ctx: customizedialog|CustomizeDialog]
note: 8LR3s
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: extended_tip|browse]
note: YPWDd
en: Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.
en_GB: Opens a file dialogue box in which you can select the database file.

[ctx: extended_tip|new]
note: AFdvd
en: Opens the Database Link dialog to create a new entry.
en_GB: Opens the Database Link dialogue box to create a new entry.

[ctx: extended_tip|edit]
note: fAwt9
en: Opens the Database Link dialog to edit the selected entry.
en_GB: Opens the Database Link dialogue box to edit the selected entry.

[ctx: EditDictionaryDialog]
note: 35DN3
en: In the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog you have the option to enter new terms or edit existing entries.
en_GB: In the Edit Custom Dictionary dialogue box you have the option to enter new terms or edit existing entries.

[ctx: effectspage|liststore1]
note: CqAwB
en: Capitalize Every Word
en_GB: Capitalise Every Word

[ctx: effectspage|extended_tip|underlinecolorlb]
note: qtErr
en: Select the color for the underlining.
en_GB: Select the colour for the underlining.

[ctx: effectspage|extended_tip|overlinecolorlb]
note: vuxpt
en: Select the color for the overlining.
en_GB: Select the colour for the overlining.

[ctx: effectspage|fontcolorft]
note: omW2n
en: Font color:
en_GB: Font colour:

[ctx: effectspage|extended_tip|fontcolorlb]
note: ttwFt
en: Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
en_GB: Sets the colour for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text colour is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.

[ctx: effectspage|a11ywarning]
note: aAbzm
en: Accessibility option "Use automatic font color for screen display" is active. Font color attributes are not currently used to display text.
en_GB: Accessibility option "Use automatic font colour for screen display" is active. Font colour attributes are not currently used to display text.

[ctx: effectspage|fontcolorft3]
note: vELSr
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: embossdialog|extended_tip|EmbossDialog]
note: AuuQ6
en: Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
en_GB: Displays a dialogue box for creating reliefs.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|close]
note: QReEJ
en: Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|SoundsLikeCJK]
note: m2QkD
en: Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.
en_GB: Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Mark this check box, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|cbApprox]
note: zDTS6
en: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
en_GB: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this check box, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|pbApproxSettings]
note: PtuHs
en: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
en_GB: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this check box, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|cbCase]
note: Gdo9i
en: Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
en_GB: Specifies that upper- and lower-case are taken into consideration during the search.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|cbStartOver]
note: y83im
en: Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
en_GB: Restarts the search. A forwards search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.

[ctx: gradientpage|centerft]
note: LAhqj
en: Center ( X / Y ):
en_GB: Centre ( X / Y ):

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|centerxmtr]
note: mP62s
en: Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box.
en_GB: Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint colour in the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the To Colour box.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|centerymtr]
note: AP27S
en: Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box.
en_GB: Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint colour in the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the To Colour box.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|bordermtr]
note: iZbnF
en: Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box.
en_GB: Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint colour on the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the To Colour box.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|colortomtr]
note: fwB6f
en: Enter the intensity for the color in the To Color box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
en_GB: Enter the intensity for the colour in the To Colour box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected colour.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|colortolb]
note: C6iys
en: Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.
en_GB: Select a colour for the endpoint of the gradient.

[ctx: gradientpage|colortoft]
note: tFEUh
en: _To Color:
en_GB: _To Colour:

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|colorfromlb]
note: RnucA
en: Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.
en_GB: Select a colour for the beginning point of the gradient.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|colorfrommtr]
note: B9z2L
en: Enter the intensity for the color in the From Color box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
en_GB: Enter the intensity for the colour in the From Colour box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected colour.

[ctx: gradientpage|colorfromft]
note: TQFE8
en: _From Color:
en_GB: _From Colour:

[ctx: gradientpage|a11y_center_x]
note: RNhur
en: Center X
en_GB: Centre X

[ctx: gradientpage|a11y_center_y]
note: qkLcz
en: Center Y
en_GB: Centre Y

[ctx: gradientpage|a11y_percentage_from]
note: VX2bJ
en: From color percentage
en_GB: From colour percentage

[ctx: gradientpage|a11y_percentage_to]
note: 3qVyC
en: To color percentage
en_GB: To colour percentage

[ctx: hangulhanjaconversiondialog|ignore]
note: db8Nj
en: _Ignore
en_GB: Ignore

[ctx: hangulhanjaconversiondialog|extended_tip|options]
note: GVqQg
en: Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialogue box.

[ctx: hangulhanjaoptdialog|extended_tip|new]
note: hNjua
en: Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.
en_GB: Opens the New dictionary dialogue box, in which you can create a new dictionary.

[ctx: hangulhanjaoptdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: NKvWY
en: Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.
en_GB: Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialogue box in which you can edit any user-defined dictionary.

[ctx: hangulhanjaoptdialog|extended_tip|dicts]
note: v7Bkk
en: Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
en_GB: Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Mark the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Unmark the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.

[ctx: hatchpage|linecolorft]
note: VyTto
en: Line _color:
en_GB: Line _colour:

[ctx: hatchpage|extended_tip|linecolorlb]
note: AwxCA
en: Select the color of the hatch lines.
en_GB: Select the colour of the hatch lines.

[ctx: hatchpage|backgroundcolor]
note: 3hgCJ
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: hyperlinkdialog|extended_tip|reset]
note: 3B8Aq
en: Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.
en_GB: Resets the entries in the dialogue box to their original state.

[ctx: hyperlinkdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: CS6kG
en: Closes the dialog without saving.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box without saving.

[ctx: hyperlinkdocpage|extended_tip|fileopen]
note: mJQ7c
en: Opens the Open dialog, where you can select a file.
en_GB: Opens the Open dialogue box, where you can select a file.

[ctx: hyperlinkdocpage|extended_tip|browse]
note: wnXzL
en: Opens the Target in Document dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Target in Document dialogue box.

[ctx: hyperlinkdocpage|extended_tip|script]
note: EbFym
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.

[ctx: hyperlinkdocpage|extended_tip|HyperlinkDocPage]
note: 789Vi
en: Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog.
en_GB: Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the Document tab from the Hyperlink dialogue box.

[ctx: hyperlinkinternetpage|extended_tip|script]
note: sYWVn
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.

[ctx: hyperlinkinternetpage|extended_tip|HyperlinkInternetPage]
note: 8UdTe
en: Use the Internet page of the Hyperlink dialog to edit hyperlinks with WWW or FTP addresses.
en_GB: Use the Internet page of the Hyperlink dialogue box to edit hyperlinks with WWW or FTP addresses.

[ctx: hyperlinkmailpage|extended_tip|script]
note: rukYs
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.

[ctx: hyperlinkmailpage|extended_tip|HyperlinkMailPage]
note: SvyDu
en: On the Mail page in the Hyperlink dialog you can edit hyperlinks for email addresses.
en_GB: On the Mail page in the Hyperlink dialogue box you can edit hyperlinks for email addresses.

[ctx: hyperlinkmarkdialog|extended_tip|close]
note: CLEQK
en: Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialog.
en_GB: Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialogue box.

[ctx: hyperlinknewdocpage|extended_tip|create]
note: FPajM
en: Opens the Select Path dialog, where you can select a path.
en_GB: Opens the Select Path dialogue box, where you can select a path.

[ctx: hyperlinknewdocpage|extended_tip|script]
note: MikBD
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.

[ctx: hyperlinknewdocpage|extended_tip|HyperlinkNewDocPage]
note: ztAbs
en: Use the New Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.
en_GB: Use the New Document tab from the Hyperlink dialogue box to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.

[ctx: iconselectordialog|extended_tip|importButton]
note: rAyQo
en: Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Adds new icons to the list of icons. You will see a file open dialogue box that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: insertfloatingframe|extended_tip|scrollbaron]
note: qobGp
en: Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.
en_GB: Displays the scroll bar for the floating frame.

[ctx: insertfloatingframe|extended_tip|scrollbaroff]
note: pdYYk
en: Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.
en_GB: Hides the scroll bar for the floating frame.

[ctx: insertfloatingframe|extended_tip|scrollbarauto]
note: xEruo
en: Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.
en_GB: Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scroll bar when needed.

[ctx: insertoleobject|extended_tip|linktofile]
note: FDCFK
en: Enable this checkbox to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this checkbox is not enabled, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.
en_GB: Mark this check box to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this check box is not marked, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.

[ctx: extended_tip|editbtn]
note: 5FP58
en: Opens a dialog where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.

[ctx: lineendstabpage|label1]
note: hEYzS
en: Organize Arrow Styles
en_GB: Organise Arrow Styles

[ctx: linetabpage|FT_COLOR]
note: WBP2J
en: Colo_r:
en_GB: Colou_r:

[ctx: linetabpage|TSB_CENTER_START]
note: aZYyn
en: Ce_nter
en_GB: Ce_ntre

[ctx: linetabpage|CBX_SYNCHRONIZE]
note: pQfyE
en: Synchroni_ze ends
en_GB: S_ynchronise ends

[ctx: linetabpage|TSB_CENTER_END]
note: g2gLY
en: C_enter
en_GB: C_entre

[ctx: linetabpage|liststoreEDGE_STYLE]
note: HZoVf
en: Mitered
en_GB: Mitred

[ctx: linetabpage|liststoreEDGE_STYLE]
note: RjDyz
en: Beveled
en_GB: Bevelled

[ctx: macroselectordialog|helptoolbar]
note: nVAE3
en: To add a command to a toolbar, select the category and then the command. Then drag the command to the Commands list of the Toolbars tab page in the Customize dialog.
en_GB: To add a command to a toolbar, select the category and then the command. Then drag the command to the Commands list of the Toolbars tab page in the Customise dialogue box.

[ctx: menuassignpage|insertsubmenu]
note: RNPyo
en: Insert Submenu
en_GB: Insert Sub-menu

[ctx: menuassignpage|gear_rename]
note: iRLgG
en: _Rename...
en_GB: _Rename…

[ctx: menuassignpage|extended_tip|toplevellist]
note: 2HL6E
en: Select the menu where the customization is to be applied. The current set of functions is displayed in the box below.
en_GB: Select the menu where the customisation is to be applied. The current set of functions is displayed in the box below.

[ctx: menuassignpage|customizelabel]
note: AZQ8V
en: _Customize
en_GB: _Customise

[ctx: menuassignpage|extended_tip|MenuAssignPage]
note: yFQHn
en: Lets you customize %PRODUCTNAME menus for all modules.
en_GB: Lets you customise %PRODUCTNAME menus for all modules.

[ctx: mosaicdialog|extended_tip|MosaicDialog]
note: LGB8f
en: Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
en_GB: Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same colour.

[ctx: multipathdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: xFCHr
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: multipathdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: LCieM
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: cui/ui/multipathdialog/add]
note: yfofV
en: Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
en_GB: Opens the Select Path dialogue box to select another folder or the Open dialogue box to select another file.

[ctx: numberingformatpage|extended_tip|leadzerosed]
note: zG6sE
en: Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.
en_GB: Enter the maximum number of zeros to display in front of the decimal point.

[ctx: numberingformatpage|leadzerosft]
note: EXEbk
en: Leading _zeroes:
en_GB: Leading _zeros:

[ctx: numberingformatpage|extended_tip|negnumred]
note: 8SFwc
en: Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
en_GB: Changes the font colour of negative numbers to red.

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|orientlb]
note: YgzFa
en: Center of baseline
en_GB: Centre of baseline

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|orientlb]
note: 5z7jX
en: Center of character
en_GB: Centre of character

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|orientlb]
note: UoEug
en: Center of line
en_GB: Centre of line

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|extended_tip|color]
note: NCamZ
en: Select a color for the current numbering style.
en_GB: Select a colour for the current numbering style.

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|colorft]
note: 6r484
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|extended_tip|indentatmf]
note: PEgTA
en: Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
en_GB: Enter the distance from the left page margin to the beginning of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|numberingwidth]
note: bt7Fj
en: Width of numbering:
en_GB: Width of numbering

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|extended_tip|numberingwidthmf]
note: V6FF5
en: Enter the width of the numbering area. The numbering symbol can be left, center or right in this area.
en_GB: Enter the width of the numbering area. The numbering symbol can be left, centre or right in this area.

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|liststore1]
note: FzFuR
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|extended_tip|numalignlb]
note: 2cBQp
en: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
en_GB: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|extended_tip|num2alignlb]
note: mLBFy
en: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
en_GB: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.

[ctx: optaccessibilitypage|autodetecthc]
note: pLAWF
en: Automatically _detect high contrast mode of operating system
en_GB: Automatically _detect high-contrast mode of operating system

[ctx: extended_tip|autodetecthc]
note: S8FrL
en: Switches %PRODUCTNAME into high contrast mode when the system background color is very dark.
en_GB: Switches %PRODUCTNAME into high-contrast mode when the system background colour is very dark.

[ctx: optaccessibilitypage|autofontcolor]
note: Sc8Cq
en: Use automatic font _color for screen display
en_GB: Use automatic font _colour for screen display

[ctx: extended_tip|autofontcolor]
note: DP3mg
en: Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.
en_GB: Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system colour settings. This option only affects the screen display.

[ctx: optaccessibilitypage|systempagepreviewcolor]
note: n24Cd
en: _Use system colors for page previews
en_GB: _Use system colours for page previews

[ctx: extended_tip|systempagepreviewcolor]
note: DRkNv
en: Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
en_GB: Applies the high-contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.

[ctx: extended_tip|parameters]
note: DJxvJ
en: Opens the Java Start Parameters dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Java Start Parameters dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|classpath]
note: qDrtT
en: Opens the Class Path dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Class Path dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|expertconfig]
note: rAnYG
en: Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Opens the Expert Configuration dialogue box for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: extended_tip|save]
note: k8ACj
en: Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.
en_GB: Saves the current settings as a colour scheme that you can reload later.

[ctx: extended_tip|delete]
note: 4YuTW
en: Deletes the color scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.
en_GB: Deletes the colour scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.

[ctx: extended_tip|colorschemelb]
note: Gii2p
en: Selects the color scheme you want to use.
en_GB: Selects the colour scheme you want to use.

[ctx: optappearancepage|label1]
note: jzELX
en: Color Scheme
en_GB: Colour Scheme

[ctx: extended_tip|colorconfig]
note: RAEbU
en: Select the colors for the user interface elements.
en_GB: Select the colours for the user interface elements.

[ctx: optappearancepage|colorsetting]
note: nrHHF
en: Color setting
en_GB: Colour setting

[ctx: optappearancepage|label2]
note: HFLPF
en: Custom Colors
en_GB: Custom Colours

[ctx: extended_tip|OptAppearancePage]
note: vxBRc
en: Sets the colors for the %PRODUCTNAME user interface.
en_GB: Sets the colours for the %PRODUCTNAME user interface.

[ctx: extended_tip|colors]
note: VXGYT
en: Displays all the colors available for the data series.
en_GB: Displays all the colours available for the data series.

[ctx: optchartcolorspage|label20]
note: vTZjC
en: Chart Colors
en_GB: Chart Colours

[ctx: extended_tip|default]
note: mpSKB
en: Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
en_GB: Restores the colour settings that were defined when the program was installed.

[ctx: optchartcolorspage|label1]
note: KoHHw
en: Color Table
en_GB: Colour Table

[ctx: extended_tip|OptChartColorsPage]
note: xxtZE
en: Displays all the colors available for the data series.
en_GB: Displays all the colours available for the data series.

[ctx: extended_tip|movementlogical]
note: W9NrD
en: Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
en_GB: Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor towards the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor towards the beginning of the current text.

[ctx: extended_tip|browse]
note: Vs69j
en: Opens a file dialog to select the email program.
en_GB: Opens a file dialogue box to select the email program.

[ctx: extended_tip|checklbcontainer]
note: xrKRQ
en: The [L] and [S] checkbox displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into %PRODUCTNAME [L] and/or when saving into a Microsoft format [S].
en_GB: The [L] and [S] check box displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into %PRODUCTNAME [L] and/or when saving into a Microsoft format [S].

[ctx: extended_tip|mso_lockfile]
note: NDG4H
en: Mark this checkbox to generate a Microsoft Office lock file in addition to %PRODUCTNAME own lock file.
en_GB: Mark this check box to generate a Microsoft Office lock file in addition to %PRODUCTNAME own lock file.

[ctx: extended_tip|wo_exec]
note: DrWP3
en: The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
en_GB: The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this check box is not marked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.

[ctx: extended_tip|ex_exec]
note: qvcsz
en: The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
en_GB: The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this check box is not marked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.

[ctx: extended_tip | checklb]
note: MN8PJ
en: Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
en_GB: Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace both the screen font and the printer font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.

[ctx: extended_tip | replacements]
note: k4PCs
en: Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.
en_GB: Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution only replaces a font when it is displayed on screen or during printing. It does not change the font specified in your document formatting.

[ctx: extended_tip | nonpropfontonly]
note: aUYNh
en: Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
en_GB: Mark this check box to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.

[ctx: extended_tip | exthelp]
note: ypuz2
en: Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.
en_GB: Displays some short help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control in a dialogue box.

[ctx: optgeneralpage|popupnohelp]
note: Cbeuc
en: Show "No offline help installed" popup
en_GB: Show "No offline help installed" pop-up

[ctx: optgeneralpage|TipOfTheDayCheckbox]
note: YUaEz
en: Show "Tip of the Day" dialog on start-up
en_GB: Show "Tip of the Day" dialogue box on start-up

[ctx: optgeneralpage|filedlg]
note: aqdMJ
en: _Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs
en_GB: _Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogue boxes

[ctx: optgeneralpage|label2]
note: ySSsA
en: Open/Save Dialogs
en_GB: Open/Save Dialogue Boxes

[ctx: optgeneralpage|printdlg]
note: JAW5C
en: Use %PRODUCTNAME _dialogs
en_GB: Use %PRODUCTNAME _dialogue boxes

[ctx: optgeneralpage|label3]
note: F6nzA
en: Print Dialogs
en_GB: Print Dialogue Boxes

[ctx: extended_tip | year]
note: huNG6
en: Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
en_GB: Defines a date range, within which the system recognises a two-digit year.

[ctx: extended_tip|unknowntag]
note: QvehA
en: Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by %PRODUCTNAME to be imported as fields.
en_GB: Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognised by %PRODUCTNAME to be imported as fields.

[ctx: extended_tip|numbersenglishus]
note: c4j5A
en: If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.
en_GB: If not marked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialogue box. If marked, numbers will be interpreted using the 'English (USA)' locale.

[ctx: extended_tip|savegrflocal]
note: fPAEu
en: Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
en_GB: Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialogue box to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.

[ctx: optionsdialog|extended_tip|revert]
note: 5UNGW
en: Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened.
en_GB: Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialogue box was opened.

[ctx: optionsdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: r2pWX
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: optionsdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: 9asgn
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: extended_tip|userinterface]
note: PwNF7
en: Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogue boxes, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: extended_tip|westernlanguage]
note: E3UQs
en: Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
en_GB: Specifies the language used for the spelling check function in western alphabets.

[ctx: extended_tip|asianlanguage]
note: oP5CC
en: Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
en_GB: Specifies the language used for the spelling check function in Asian alphabets.

[ctx: extended_tip|complexlanguage]
note: cZNNA
en: Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
en_GB: Specifies the language for the complex text layout spelling check.

[ctx: extended_tip|datepatterns]
note: eNFJn
en: Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognized as a valid date.
en_GB: Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognised as a valid date.

[ctx: lingudictsnew]
note: 9ozFQ
en: Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
en_GB: Opens the New Dictionary dialogue box, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.

[ctx: lingudictsedit]
note: Y2AmA
en: Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
en_GB: Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialogue box, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.

[ctx: linguoptions]
note: sE9tc
en: Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.
en_GB: Defines the options for the spell-check and hyphenation.

[ctx: optonlineupdatepage|extrabits|tooltip_text]
note: b95Sc
en: This information lets us make optimizations for your hardware and operating system.
en_GB: This information lets us make optimisations for your hardware and operating system.

[ctx: edit]
note: LTD6T
en: Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialog.
en_GB: Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialogue box.

[ctx: load_docprinter]
note: 69Rzq
en: If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.
en_GB: If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialogue box. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.

[ctx: docinfo]
note: LSD3v
en: Specifies that the Properties dialog will appear every time you select the Save As command.
en_GB: Specifies that the Properties dialogue box will appear every time you select the Save As command.

[ctx: optsavepage|relative_inet]
note: ctAxA
en: Save URLs relative to internet
en_GB: Save URLs relative to Internet

[ctx: optsavepage|backup]
note: YsjVX
en: Al_ways create backup copy
en_GB: Al_ways create a backup copy

[ctx: warnalienformat]
note: zGBEu
en: You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: odfversion]
note: w2urA
en: Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1, or ODF 1.2 format. You can select these format to save in the listbox. These older formats cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.3 (Extended) is recommended where possible.
en_GB: Some companies or organisations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1, or ODF 1.2 format. You can select these format to save in the list box. These older formats cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.3 (Extended) is recommended where possible.

[ctx: saveas]
note: 69GMF
en: Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialog.
en_GB: Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|tsas]
note: Wzygs
en: Opens the Time Stamping Authority URLs dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Time Stamping Authority URLs dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|cert]
note: GFX6B
en: Opens the Certificate Path dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Certificate Path dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|macro]
note: eGAGp
en: Opens the Macro Security dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Macro Security dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|connections]
note: GLEjB
en: Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.
en_GB: Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|masterpassword]
note: w3TQo
en: Opens the Enter Master Password dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Enter Master Password dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|options]
note: pepKZ
en: Opens the "Security Options and Warnings" dialog.
en_GB: Opens the "Security Options and Warnings" dialogue box.

[ctx: optuserpage|nameft]
note: 33C7p
en: First/last _name/initials:
en_GB: Forename/sur_name/initials:

[ctx: optuserpage|firstname-atkobject]
note: ZYaYQ
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: lastname-atkobject]
note: kW7rP
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: state-atkobject]
note: CnJ3K
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: zip-atkobject]
note: ADpC7
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: ruslastname-atkobject]
note: 9GPga
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: izip-atkobject]
note: Hdniz
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: extended tip | encrypttoself]
note: FaxaF
en: Mark this checkbox to also encrypt the file with your public key, so you can open the document with your private key.
en_GB: Mark this check box to also encrypt the file with your public key, so you can open the document with your private key.

[ctx: optviewpage|mousepos]
note: 6UedG
en: Dialog center
en_GB: Dialogue box centre

[ctx: extended_tip | mousepos]
note: pDN23
en: Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.
en_GB: Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogue boxes.

[ctx: optviewpage|iconstyle]
note: RNRKB
en: High Contrast
en_GB: High-contrast

[ctx: extended_tip | iconstyle]
note: dDE86
en: Specifies the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
en_GB: Specifies the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogue boxes.

[ctx: extended_tip | useaa]
note: fUKV9
en: When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
en_GB: When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with fewer artifacts.

[ctx: optviewpage|aafont]
note: 2FKuk
en: Screen font antialiasin_g
en_GB: Screen font anti-aliasin_g

[ctx: extended_tip | aanf]
note: 9tsFW
en: Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.
en_GB: Enter the smallest font size to apply anti-aliasing.

[ctx: paragalignpage|radioBTN_CENTERALIGN]
note: anEQu
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

[ctx: paragalignpage|liststoreLB_LASTLINE]
note: d23Ct
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: paratabspage|radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER]
note: fDVEt
en: C_entered
en_GB: C_entred

[ctx: patterntabpage|label5]
note: BvHTn
en: Foreground Color:
en_GB: Foreground Colour:

[ctx: patterntabpage|extended_tip|LB_COLOR]
note: EkYFZ
en: Set the color of the activated pattern pixels.
en_GB: Set the colour of the activated pattern pixels.

[ctx: patterntabpage|label6]
note: S8mpk
en: Background Color:
en_GB: Background Colour:

[ctx: patterntabpage|extended_tip|LB_BACKGROUND_COLOR]
note: h8fmT
en: Set the color of the deactivated pattern pixels.
en_GB: Set the colour of the deactivated pattern pixels.

[ctx: patterntabpage|extended_tip|PatternTabPage]
note: zmVMN
en: Fills the object with a simple two color pattern selected on this page.
en_GB: Fills the object with a simple two colour pattern selected on this page.

[ctx: posterdialog|PosterDialog]
note: BydCX
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: posterdialog|extended_tip|value]
note: ySBCG
en: Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
en_GB: Specifies the number of colours to which the image is to be reduced.

[ctx: posterdialog|label2]
note: 2ncug
en: Poster colors:
en_GB: Poster colours:

[ctx: posterdialog|extended_tip|PosterDialog]
note: DoLFC
en: Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to determine the number of poster colours.

[ctx: querydeletechartcolordialog|QueryDeleteChartColorDialog]
note: 3eai8
en: Delete Color?
en_GB: Delete Colour?

[ctx: querydeletechartcolordialog|QueryDeleteChartColorDialog]
note: RUXnG
en: Do you really want to delete the chart color?
en_GB: Do you really want to delete the chart colour?

[ctx: querydeletecolordialog|AskDelColorDialog]
note: tDhhU
en: Delete color?
en_GB: Delete colour?

[ctx: querydeletecolordialog|AskDelColorDialog]
note: mULEd
en: Do you want to delete the color?
en_GB: Do you want to delete the colour?

[ctx: scriptorganizer|extended_tip|rename]
note: D6WNC
en: Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can change the name of the selected script.

[ctx: extended_tip|savesenddocs]
note: nPLGw
en: Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
en_GB: Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.

[ctx: extended_tip|whensigning]
note: zPKQY
en: Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
en_GB: Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.

[ctx: extended_tip|whenprinting]
note: fYdUd
en: Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
en_GB: Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.

[ctx: extended_tip|whenpdf]
note: jVm3C
en: Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
en_GB: Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.

[ctx: extended_tip|password]
note: kWgcV
en: Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
en_GB: Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogue boxes. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.

[ctx: extended_tip|blockuntrusted]
note: Zm9kD
en: Blocks the use of linked images by documents not in the trusted locations defined on the Trusted Sources tab of the Macro Security dialog.
en_GB: Blocks the use of linked images by documents not in the trusted locations defined on the Trusted Sources tab of the Macro Security dialogue box.

[ctx: selectpathdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: R45hT
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: selectpathdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: 2rXGN
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: cui/ui/selectpathdialog/add]
note: dUWC3
en: Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
en_GB: Opens the Select Path dialogue box to select another folder or the Open dialogue box to select another file.

[ctx: shadowtabpage|extended_tip|LB_SHADOW_COLOR]
note: BEyDS
en: Select a color for the shadow.
en_GB: Select a colour for the shadow.

[ctx: shadowtabpage|FT_SHADOW_COLOR]
note: 5ZBde
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: signatureline|extended_tip|checkbox_can_add_comments]
note: Gonpf
en: Enable signer to insert comments in the Sign Signature Line dialog at time of signature.
en_GB: Enable signer to insert comments in the Sign Signature Line dialogue box at time of signature.

[ctx: signatureline|extended_tip|checkbox_show_sign_date]
note: QnaFT
en: Mark this checkbox to display the date of the signature, at the time when the document is digitally signed.
en_GB: Mark this check box to display the date of the signature, at the time when the document is digitally signed.

[ctx: signatureline|extended_tip|edit_instructions]
note: AdqtN
en: Insert instructions for the signer. The instructions appears in the Sign Signature Line dialog box, at the time of signature.
en_GB: Insert instructions for the signer. The instructions appears in the Sign Signature Line dialogue box, at the time of signature.

[ctx: signsignatureline|extended_tip|btn_select_certificate]
note: uJ9EC
en: Click on the Select Certificate button to open the Select Certificate dialog box, where your certificates are listed. Select the certificate suitable for signing the document.
en_GB: Click on the Select Certificate button to open the Select Certificate dialogue box, where your certificates are listed. Select the certificate suitable for signing the document.

[ctx: similaritysearchdialog|extended_tip|SimilaritySearchDialog]
note: TBNnx
en: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
en_GB: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this check box, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.

[ctx: slantcornertabpage|extended_tip|controlx1]
note: 2e5NJ
en: Enter the X coordinate of the control point 1
en_GB: Enter the x-coordinate of the control point 1

[ctx: slantcornertabpage|extended_tip|controly1]
note: ozMHB
en: Enter the Y coordinate of the control point 1
en_GB: Enter the y-coordinate of the control point 1

[ctx: slantcornertabpage|extended_tip|controlx2]
note: nvSvt
en: Enter the X coordinate of the control point 2
en_GB: Enter the x-coordinate of the control point 2

[ctx: slantcornertabpage|extended_tip|controly2]
note: zAyqa
en: Enter the Y coordinate of the control point 2
en_GB: Enter the y-coordinate of the control point 2

[ctx: smarttagoptionspage|extended_tip|SmartTagOptionsPage]
note: dUASA
en: When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.
en_GB: When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you will see the Smart Tags page.

[ctx: solarizedialog|SolarizeDialog]
note: xAH4y
en: Solarization
en_GB: Solarisation

[ctx: solarizedialog|extended_tip|value]
note: GEGrA
en: Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
en_GB: Specifies the number of colours to which the image is to be reduced.

[ctx: solarizedialog|extended_tip|invert]
note: owmYE
en: Specifies to also invert all pixels.
en_GB: Specifies whether the pixels to be solarised are also to be inverted.

[ctx: solarizedialog|extended_tip|SolarizeDialog]
note: Vec6B
en: Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box for defining solarisation. Solarisation refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colours become partly inverted.

[ctx: specialcharacters|favbtn]
note: UAnec
en: Add to Favorites
en_GB: Add to Favourites

[ctx: specialcharacters|favbtn|symboltext2]
note: LQZ7q
en: Favorite Characters:
en_GB: Favourite Characters:

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|options]
note: CTnCk
en: Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box, in which you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for checking spelling.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|sentence]
note: fsyKA
en: Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
en_GB: Displays the sentence with the misspelt word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|change]
note: m7FFp
en: Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
en_GB: Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelt word, the entire sentence is replaced.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|ignore]
note: M5qZF
en: Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
en_GB: Skips the unknown word and continues with the spell check.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|ignoreall]
note: B5UQJ
en: Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck.
en_GB: Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spell check.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|SpellingDialog]
note: GSZVa
en: Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
en_GB: Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialogue box also checks for grammar errors.

[ctx: textanimtabpage|extended_tip|TSB_ENDLESS]
note: RBFeu
en: Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box.
en_GB: Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, unmark this check box, and enter a number in the Continuous box.

[ctx: textanimtabpage|extended_tip|TSB_AUTO]
note: HwKA5
en: %PRODUCTNAME automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, unmark this check box, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.

[ctx: textflowpage|labelLineEnd]
note: c6KN2
en: C_haracters at line end
en_GB: C_haracters at end of line

[ctx: textflowpage|labelLineBegin]
note: AGfNV
en: Cha_racters at line begin
en_GB: Cha_racters at beginning of line

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|checkInsert]
note: Zje9t
en: Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.
en_GB: Mark this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|checkPageStyle]
note: RFwGc
en: Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.
en_GB: Mark this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|spinPageNumber]
note: tX6ag
en: Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.
en_GB: Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the check box unchecked.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|checkOrphan]
note: zADSo
en: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
en_GB: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|checkWidow]
note: SmFT5
en: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
en_GB: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|spinOrphan]
note: mb9LZ
en: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
en_GB: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|spinWidow]
note: 3cNEP
en: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
en_GB: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.

[ctx: thesaurus|extended_tip|ThesaurusDialog]
note: VGEXu
en: Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.

[ctx: TipOfTheDay|Checkbox_Tooltip]
note: VKaJE
en: Enable the dialog again at Tools > Options > General
en_GB: Enable the dialogue box again at Tools > Options > General

[ctx: transparencytabpage|extended_tip|RBT_TRANS_OFF]
note: vysNZ
en: Turns off color transparency.
en_GB: Turns off colour transparency.

[ctx: transparencytabpage|extended_tip|RBT_TRANS_LINEAR]
note: RpVxj
en: Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
en_GB: Turns on colour transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.

[ctx: transparencytabpage|extended_tip|RBT_TRANS_GRADIENT]
note: 6WDfQ
en: Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.
en_GB: Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill colour. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.

[ctx: transparencytabpage|extended_tip|MTR_TRANSPARENT]
note: FBxYk
en: Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).
en_GB: Adjusts the transparency of the current fill colour. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).

[ctx: transparencytabpage|FT_TRGR_CENTER_X]
note: kfKen
en: Center _X:
en_GB: Centre _X:

[ctx: transparencytabpage|FT_TRGR_CENTER_Y]
note: Nsx4p
en: Center _Y:
en_GB: Centre _Y:

[ctx: wordcompletionpage|extended_tip|entries]
note: GCXAm
en: Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".
en_GB: Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, unmark "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".

[ctx: wordcompletionpage|extended_tip|whenclosing]
note: RFvtW
en: When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: When marked, the list is cleared upon closing the current document. When cleared, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: hu_HU_en_US.properties cap property.text]
en: Capitalization
en_GB: Capitalisation

[ctx: folderitem_impress.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_IMPRESS LngText.text]
en: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages by using Impress.
en_GB: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages using Impress.

[ctx: module_impress.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_IMPRESS LngText.text]
en: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages by using %PRODUCTNAME Impress.
en_GB: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages using %PRODUCTNAME Impress.

[ctx: folderitem_math.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_MATH LngText.text]
en: Create and edit scientific formulas and equations by using Math.
en_GB: Create and edit scientific formulae and equations using Math.

[ctx: module_math.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_MATH LngText.text]
en: Create and edit scientific formulas and equations by using %PRODUCTNAME Math.
en_GB: Create and edit scientific formulae and equations using %PRODUCTNAME Math.

[ctx: folderitem_calc.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_CALC LngText.text]
en: Perform calculations, analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets by using Calc.
en_GB: Perform calculations, analyse information and manage lists in spreadsheets using Calc.

[ctx: module_calc.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_CALC LngText.text]
en: Perform calculations, analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets by using %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
en_GB: Perform calculations, analyse information and manage lists in spreadsheets using %PRODUCTNAME Calc.

[ctx: module_extensions.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_OPTIONAL_EXTENSIONS_NUMBERTEXT LngText.text]
en: Provides the NUMBERTEXT/MONEYTEXT spreadsheet functions which convert numbers to localized text, e.g. '100' to 'hundred'.
en_GB: Provides the NUMBERTEXT/MONEYTEXT spreadsheet functions which convert numbers to localised text, e.g. '100' to 'hundred'.

[ctx: folderitem_draw.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_DRAW LngText.text]
en: Create and edit drawings, flow charts, and logos by using Draw.
en_GB: Create and edit drawings, flow charts and logos using Draw.

[ctx: module_draw.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_DRAW LngText.text]
en: Create and edit drawings, flow charts, and logos by using %PRODUCTNAME Draw.
en_GB: Create and edit drawings, flow charts and logos using %PRODUCTNAME Draw.

[ctx: registryitem_draw.ulf STR_REG_VAL_PORTABLE_GRAYMAP_FORMAT LngText.text]
en: Portable Graymap Format File
en_GB: Portable Greymap Format File

[ctx: folderitem_base.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_BASE LngText.text]
en: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information by using Base.
en_GB: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information using Base.

[ctx: module_base.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_BASE LngText.text]
en: Create and edit databases by using %PRODUCTNAME Base.
en_GB: Create and edit databases using %PRODUCTNAME Base.

[ctx: Options.xhp par_id0503200917103832 help.text]
en: If <emph>enabled</emph>, an additional dialog is shown during the solving process which gives information about the current progress, the level of stagnation, the currently best known solution as well as the possibility, to stop or resume the solver.
en_GB: If <emph>enabled</emph>, an additional dialogue box is shown during the solving process which gives information about the current progress, the level of stagnation, the currently best known solution as well as the possibility, to stop or resume the solver.

[ctx: Usage.xhp par_id0603200910430845 help.text]
en: Regardless whether you use DEPS or SCO, you start by going to Tools - Solver and set the Cell to be optimized, the direction to go (minimization, maximization) and the cells to be modified to reach the goal. Then you go to the Options and specify the solver to be used and if necessary adjust the according <link href="com.sun.star.comp.Calc.NLPSolver/Options.xhp">parameters</link>.
en_GB: Regardless whether you use DEPS or SCO, you start by going to Tools - Solver and set the Cell to be optimized, the direction to go (minimisation, maximisation) and the cells to be modified to reach the goal. Then you go to the Options and specify the solver to be used and if necessary adjust the according <link href="com.sun.star.comp.Calc.NLPSolver/Options.xhp">parameters</link>.

[ctx: Usage.xhp par_id0603200910430821 help.text]
en: There is also a list of constraints you can use to restrict the possible range of solutions or to penalize certain conditions. However, in case of the evolutionary solvers DEPS and SCO, these constraints are also used to specify bounds on the variables of the problem. Due to the random nature of the algorithms, it is <emph>highly recommended</emph> to do so and give upper (and in case "Assume Non-Negative Variables" is turned off also lower) bounds for all variables. They don't have to be near the actual solution (which is probably unknown) but should give a rough indication of the expected size (0 ≤ var ≤ 1 or maybe -1000000 ≤ var ≤ 1000000).
en_GB: There is also a list of constraints you can use to restrict the possible range of solutions or to penalise certain conditions. However, in case of the evolutionary solvers DEPS and SCO, these constraints are also used to specify bounds on the variables of the problem. Due to the random nature of the algorithms, it is <emph>highly recommended</emph> to do so and give upper (and in case "Assume Non-Negative Variables" is turned off also lower) bounds for all variables. They don't have to be near the actual solution (which is probably unknown) but should give a rough indication of the expected size (0 ≤ var ≤ 1 or maybe -1000000 ≤ var ≤ 1000000).

[ctx: en_en_US.properties hlp_cap property.text]
en: Check missing capitalization of sentences.
en_GB: Check missing capitalisation of sentences.

[ctx: en_en_US.properties cap property.text]
en: Capitalization
en_GB: Capitalisation

[ctx: description.xml dispname description.text]
en: Czech spell check dictionary, hyphenation rules and thesaurus
en_GB: Czech spell check dictionary, hyphenation rules, and thesaurus

[ctx: description.xml dispname description.text]
en: Turkish Spellcheck Dictionary
en_GB: Turkish Spell-check Dictionary

[ctx: insert_frame.xhp par_id030720160603138925 help.text]
note: LZL3Y
en: <ahelp hid=".">This submenu contains both interactive and non-interactive means of inserting a frame.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">This sub-menu contains both interactive and non-interactive means of inserting a frame.</ahelp>

[ctx: insert_header_footer.xhp par_id030720160442296603 help.text]
note: RV7vJ
en: <ahelp hid=".">This submenu includes commands to add and remove page headers and footers.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">This sub-menu includes commands to add and remove page headers and footers.</ahelp>

[ctx: submenu_more_breaks.xhp tit help.text]
note: cSY5i
en: More Breaks (submenu)
en_GB: More Breaks (sub-menu)

[ctx: submenu_more_breaks.xhp par_id911601651828340 help.text]
note: CLUjA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Submenu with additional row, column, and page breaks</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Sub-menu with additional row, column and page breaks</ahelp>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_180 help.text]
note: HvLY3
en: LibreLogo is a simple, localized, Logo-like programming environment with turtle vector graphics for teaching of computing (programming and word processing), DTP and graphic design. See <link href="http://www.numbertext.org/logo/librelogo.pdf">http://www.numbertext.org/logo/librelogo.pdf</link>.
en_GB: LibreLogo is a simple, localised, Logo-like programming environment with turtle vector graphics for teaching of computing (programming and word processing), DTP and graphic design. See <link href="http://www.numbertext.org/logo/librelogo.pdf">http://www.numbertext.org/logo/librelogo.pdf</link>.

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_345 help.text]
note: vwPnb
en: The “magic wand” icon sets 2-page layout for program editing, expands and converts to uppercase the abbreviated, lowercase Logo commands in the Writer document. Change the language of the document (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - Language Settings - Languages - Western</menuitem>) and click on this icon to translate the Logo program to the selected language.
en_GB: The “magic wand” icon sets 2-page layout for program editing, expands and converts to upper-case the abbreviated, lower-case Logo commands in the Writer document. Change the language of the document (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - Language Settings - Languages - Western</menuitem>) and click on this icon to translate the Logo program to the selected language.

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_415 help.text]
note: YPKYU
en: Turtle shape of LibreLogo is a normal fixed size drawing object. You can positionate and rotate it on standard way, too, using the mouse and the Rotate icon of the Drawing Object Properties toolbar. Modify Line Width, Line Color and Area Color settings of the turtle shape to set PENSIZE, PENCOLOR and FILLCOLOR attributes of LibreLogo.
en_GB: Turtle shape of LibreLogo is a normal fixed size drawing object. You can position and rotate it in a standard way, too, using the mouse and the Rotate icon of the Drawing Object Properties toolbar. Modify Line Width, Line Colour and Area Colour settings of the turtle shape to set PENSIZE, PENCOLOR and FILLCOLOR attributes of LibreLogo.

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_450 help.text]
note: ykQmR
en: LibreLogo is an easily localizable, Logo-like programming language, localized in several languages by LibreOffice native language communities. It is back-compatible with the older Logo systems in the case of the simple Logo programs used in education, eg.
en_GB: LibreLogo is an easily localisable, Logo-like programming language, localised in several languages by LibreOffice native language communities. It is back-compatible with the older Logo systems in the case of the simple Logo programs used in education, eg.

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_500 help.text]
note: FLEGH
en: Program blocks need space or new line at parenthesization: REPEAT 10 [ FORWARD 10 LEFT 36 ]
en_GB: Program blocks need space or new line at parenthesisation: REPEAT 10 [ FORWARD 10 LEFT 36 ]

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_510 help.text]
note: hpwPD
en: Lists need close parenthesization: POSITION [0, 0], and not POSITION [ 0, 0 ]
en_GB: Lists need close parenthesisation: POSITION [0, 0], and not POSITION [ 0, 0 ]

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_640 help.text]
note: SWbkD
en: PRINT FILLCOLOR<br/> p = POSITION<br/> PRINT p<br/> REPEAT 10 [ POSITION ANY POSITION p ]<br/>
en_GB: PRINT FILLCOLOUR<br/> p = POSITION<br/> PRINT p<br/> REPEAT 10 [ POSITION ANY POSITION p ]<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_650 help.text]
note: DPDpi
en: Alternative parenthesization in function calls
en_GB: Alternative parenthesisation in function calls

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_660 help.text]
note: kRVnr
en: TO star size color<br/> FILLCOLOR color<br/> REPEAT 5 [ LEFT 72 FORWARD size RIGHT 144 FORWARD size ]<br/> FILL<br/> END<br/> <br/> star 100 “red”<br/> star (100, “green”)<br/> star(100, “blue”)<br/>
en_GB: TO star size colour<br/> FILLCOLOUR colour<br/> REPEAT 5 [ LEFT 72 FORWARD size RIGHT 144 FORWARD size ]<br/> FILL<br/> END<br/> <br/> star 100 “red”<br/> star (100, “green”)<br/> star(100, “blue”)<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_700 help.text]
note: s6ExK
en: Commands, color constants are case insensitive:
en_GB: Commands, colour constants are case insensitive:

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_720 help.text]
note: gPcBk
en: Variable names are case sensitive:
en_GB: Variable names are case-sensitive:

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_1150 help.text]
note: C57VA
en: PENCOLOR “red” ; set red pen color (by color name, see color constants)<br/> PENCOLOR [255, 255, 0] ; set yellow color (RGB list)<br/> PENCOLOR 0xffff00 ; set yellow color (hexa code)<br/> PENCOLOR 0 ; set black color (0x000000)<br/> PENCOLOR ANY ; random color<br/> PENCOLOR [5] ; set red color (by color identifier, see color constants)<br/> PENCOLOR “invisible” ; invisible pen color for shapes without visible outline<br/> PENCOLOR “~red” ; set random red color<br/>
en_GB: PENCOLOUR “red” ; set red pen colour (by colour name, see colour constants)<br/> PENCOLOUR [255, 255, 0] ; set yellow colour (RGB list)<br/> PENCOLOUR 0xffff00 ; set yellow colour (hexa code)<br/> PENCOLOUR 0 ; set black colour (0x000000)<br/> PENCOLOUR ANY ; random colour<br/> PENCOLOUR [5] ; set red colour (by colour identifier, see colour constants)<br/> PENCOLOUR “invisible” ; invisible pen colour for shapes without visible outline<br/> PENCOLOUR “~red” ; set random red colour<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_1152 help.text]
note: i2ZFZ
en: PENTRANSPARENCY 80 ; set the transparency of the actual pen color to 80%<br/>
en_GB: PENTRANSPARENCY 80 ; set the transparency of the actual pen colour to 80%<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_1220 help.text]
note: XsEBA
en: FILLCOLOR “blue” ; fill with blue color, see also PENCOLOR<br/> FILLCOLOR “invisible” CIRCLE 10 ; unfilled circle<br/> FILLCOLOR [“blue”, “red”] ; gradient between red and blue<br/> FILLCOLOR [[255, 255, 255], [255, 128, 0]] ; between white and orange<br/> FILLCOLOR [“blue”, “red”, 1, 0, 0] ; set axial gradient (with the required rotation and border settings), possible values: 0-5 = linear, axial, radial, elliptical, square and rectangle gradients<br/> FILLCOLOR [“red”, “blue”, 0, 90, 20] ; linear with 20% border, rotated with 90 degrees from the actual heading of the turtle<br/> FILLCOLOR [“red”, “blue”, 0, 90, 20, 0, 0, 200, 50] ; from 200% to 50% intensity<br/> FILLCOLOR [ANY, ANY, 2, 0, 0, 50, 50] ; radial gradient with random colors and 50-50% horizontal and vertical positions of the center<br/>
en_GB: FILLCOLOUR “blue” ; fill with blue colour, see also PENCOLOUR<br/> FILLCOLOUR “invisible” CIRCLE 10 ; unfilled circle<br/> FILLCOLOUR [“blue”, “red”] ; gradient between red and blue<br/> FILLCOLOUR [[255, 255, 255], [255, 128, 0]] ; between white and orange<br/> FILLCOLOUR [“blue”, “red”, 1, 0, 0] ; set axial gradient (with the required rotation and border settings), possible values: 0-5 = linear, axial, radial, elliptical, square and rectangle gradients<br/> FILLCOLOUR [“red”, “blue”, 0, 90, 20] ; linear with 20% border, rotated with 90 degrees from the actual heading of the turtle<br/> FILLCOLOUR [“red”, 'blue”, 0, 90, 20, 0, 0, 200, 50] ; from 200% to 50% intensity<br/> FILLCOLOUR [ANY, ANY, 2, 0, 0, 50, 50] ; radial gradient with random colours and 50-50% horizontal and vertical positions of the centre<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_1226 help.text]
note: o3NSR
en: FILLTRANSPARENCY 80 ; set the transparency of the actual fill color to 80%<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80] ; set linear transparency gradient from 80% to 0%<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80, 20] ; set linear transparency gradient from 80% to 20%<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80, 20, 1, 90] ; set axial transparency gradient rotated with 90 degrees from the actual heading of the turtle<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80, 20, 2, 0, 20, 50, 50] ; set radial transparency gradient from outer 80% to inner 20% transparency with 20% border and with 50-50% horizontal and vertical positions of the center<br/>
en_GB: FILLTRANSPARENCY 80 ; set the transparency of the actual fill colour to 80%<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80] ; set linear transparency gradient from 80% to 0%<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80, 20] ; set linear transparency gradient from 80% to 20%<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80, 20, 1, 90] ; set axial transparency gradient rotated with 90 degrees from the actual heading of the turtle<br/> FILLTRANSPARENCY [80, 20, 2, 0, 20, 50, 50] ; set radial transparency gradient from outer 80% to inner 20% transparency with 20% border and with 50-50% horizontal and vertical positions of the centre<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_1240 help.text]
note: LKRzD
en: FILLSTYLE 0 ; fill without hatches (default)<br/> FILLSTYLE 1 ; black single hatches (horizontal)<br/> FILLSTYLE 2 ; black single hatches (45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 3 ; black single hatches (-45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 4 ; black single hatches (vertical)<br/> FILLSTYLE 5 ; red crossed hatches (45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 6 ; red crossed hatches (0 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 7 ; blue crossed hatches (45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 8 ; blue crossed hatches (0 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 9 ; blue triple crossed<br/> FILLSTYLE 10 ; black wide single hatches (45 degrees)<br/> <br/> ; custom hatches specified by a list with the following arguments:<br/> ; – style (1 = single, 2 = double, 3 = triple hatching)<br/> ; – color<br/> ; – distance<br/> ; – degree<br/> <br/> FILLSTYLE [2, “green”, 3pt, 15°] ; green crossed hatches (15 degrees)<br/>
en_GB: FILLSTYLE 0 ; fill without hatches (default)<br/> FILLSTYLE 1 ; black single hatches (horizontal)<br/> FILLSTYLE 2 ; black single hatches (45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 3 ; black single hatches (-45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 4 ; black single hatches (vertical)<br/> FILLSTYLE 5 ; red crossed hatches (45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 6 ; red crossed hatches (0 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 7 ; blue crossed hatches (45 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 8 ; blue crossed hatches (0 degrees)<br/> FILLSTYLE 9 ; blue triple crossed<br/> FILLSTYLE 10 ; black wide single hatches (45 degrees)<br/> <br/> ; custom hatches specified by a list with the following arguments:<br/> ; – style (1 = single, 2 = double, 3 = triple hatching)<br/> ; – colour<br/> ; – distance<br/> ; – degree<br/> <br/> FILLSTYLE [2, “green”, 3pt, 15°] ; green crossed hatches (15 degrees)<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_1350 help.text]
note: 4ybCB
en: POINT ; draw a point with size and color of the pen<br/>
en_GB: POINT ; draw a point with size and colour of the pen<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_1354 help.text]
note: rTcpT
en: CLOSE can join the last points, FILL can fill the shape defined by points. For example, it’s easy to draw a “flat” star starting from its center:
en_GB: CLOSE can join the last points, FILL can fill the shape defined by points. For example, it’s easy to draw a “flat” star starting from its centre:

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_1420 help.text]
note: ZZjQ6
en: FONTCOLOR “green” ; set font color<br/>
en_GB: FONTCOLOUR “green” ; set font colour<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2030 help.text]
note: m66pW
en: Default random value of colors, etc.
en_GB: Default random value of colours, etc.

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2040 help.text]
note: vmg8Q
en: PENCOLOR ANY ; random pen color<br/>
en_GB: PENCOLOUR ANY ; random pen colour<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2120 help.text]
note: fWzPv
en: PRINT PAGESIZE ; print list of the page sizes in points, eg. [595.30, 841.89]<br/>
en_GB: PRINT PAGESIZE ; print list of the page sizes in points, e.g. [595.30, 841.89]<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2170 help.text]
note: a5BAu
en: PRINT “text” ; print “text” in a dialog box<br/> PRINT 5 + 10 ; print 15<br/>
en_GB: PRINT “text” ; print “text” in a dialogue box<br/> PRINT 5 + 10 ; print 15<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2190 help.text]
note: FFEEm
en: PRINT INPUT “Input value?” ; ask and print a string by a query dialog box<br/> PRINT FLOAT (INPUT “First number?”) + FLOAT (INPUT “Second number?”) ; simple calculator<br/>
en_GB: PRINT INPUT “Input value?” ; ask and print a string by a query dialogue box<br/> PRINT FLOAT (INPUT “First number?”) + FLOAT (INPUT “Second number?”) ; simple calculator<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2390 help.text]
note: XUEnV
en: PRINT COS 0 * PI/180 ; print 1.0 (cosinus of 0° in radians)<br/>
en_GB: PRINT COS 0 * PI/180 ; print 1.0 (cosine of 0° in radians)<br/>

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp hd_2710 help.text]
note: CBQoA
en: Color constants
en_GB: Colour constants

[ctx: LibreLogo.xhp par_2720 help.text]
note: PdoH2
en: PENCOLOR “SILVER” ; set by name<br/> PENCOLOR [1] ; set by identifiers<br/> PENCOLOR “~SILVER” ; random silver color<br/> <br/>
en_GB: PENCOLOUR “SILVER” ; set by name<br/> PENCOLOUR [1] ; set by identifiers<br/> PENCOLOUR “~SILVER” ; random silver colour<br/> <br/>

[ctx: anchor_object.xhp bm_id3147828 help.text]
note: xUTz4
en: <bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>anchors;objects</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>centring;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>

[ctx: anchor_object.xhp par_idN10674 help.text]
note: SNGPX
en: To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it "as character", then center the paragraph.
en_GB: To centre an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it "as character", then centre the paragraph.

[ctx: anchor_object.xhp par_id3145715 help.text]
note: C2FTe
en: When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type="menuitem">Anchor</item> submenu.
en_GB: When you insert an object, graphic or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type="menuitem">Anchor</item> sub-menu.

[ctx: auto_numbering.xhp par_id3147773 help.text]
note: DE5Ph
en: Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i).
en_GB: Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a full stop, for example, 1) or i).

[ctx: auto_off.xhp bm_id3154250 help.text]
note: vC3UF
en: <bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>upper-case;changing to lower-case</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after full stops</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_idN1081B help.text]
note: n3vxM
en: To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z.
en_GB: To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3151220 help.text]
note: E3bi7
en: Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab
en_GB: Click the <emph>Localised Options</emph> tab

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3151245 help.text]
note: nRqek
en: Clear the "Replace" check box(es).
en_GB: Unmark the "Replace" check box(es).

[ctx: auto_off.xhp hd_id3155076 help.text]
note: 8KiPP
en: To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence
en_GB: To Stop Capitalising the First Letter of a Sentence

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3155099 help.text]
note: L7MBA
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3155148 help.text]
note: v63kw
en: Clear the "Capitalize first letter of every sentence" check box.
en_GB: Unmark the "Capitalise first letter of every sentence" check box.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3155488 help.text]
note: vABgs
en: Clear the "Apply border" check box.
en_GB: Unmark the "Apply border" check box.

[ctx: auto_spellcheck.xhp bm_id3154265 help.text]
note: RLvAf
en: <bookmark_value>spellcheck;Automatic Spell Checking on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spellcheck;Automatic Spell Checking on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic spell checking</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;disabling spell checking</bookmark_value>

[ctx: auto_spellcheck.xhp par_id3155569 help.text]
note: HVhVr
en: Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu.
en_GB: Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> sub-menu.

[ctx: auto_spellcheck.xhp hd_id3147220 help.text]
note: zdKdc
en: To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck
en_GB: To Exclude Words From the Spell check

[ctx: autocorr_except.xhp bm_id3152887 help.text]
note: CGDPp
en: <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: autocorr_except.xhp par_id3154254 help.text]
note: C8LFD
en: You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters.
en_GB: You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lower-case letters.

[ctx: autocorr_except.xhp par_id3147786 help.text]
note: nw7Cq
en: Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: Type the abbreviation followed by a full stop in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital)</emph> box and click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: autocorr_except.xhp par_id3147812 help.text]
note: ABEEd
en: Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals</emph> box and click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: autotext.xhp par_id3147761 help.text]
note: EX4jF
en: Select the category where you want to store the AutoText.
en_GB: Select the category in which you want to store the AutoText.

[ctx: autotext.xhp par_id3155136 help.text]
note: YnmNy
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>.

[ctx: background.xhp tit help.text]
note: ZSCL9
en: Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics
en_GB: Defining Background Colours or Background Graphics

[ctx: background.xhp hd_id3149346 help.text]
note: CYrKG
en: <variable id="background"><link href="text/swriter/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="background"><link href="text/swriter/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Background Colours or Background Graphics">Defining Background Colours or Background Graphics</link></variable>

[ctx: background.xhp par_id7355265 help.text]
note: wVXEV
en: You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer.
en_GB: You can define a background colour or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3154938 help.text]
note: wLrJQ
en: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic.
en_GB: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background colour or a background graphic.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3156280 help.text]
note: B4nrM
en: In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection.
en_GB: In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the colour or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialogue box, the change applies to the selection.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3150767 help.text]
note: PACzd
en: To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and use the <emph>Table Cell Background Color</emph> button dropdown on the <emph>Table</emph> toolbar.
en_GB: To apply a background colour to cells, select the cells and use the <emph>Table Cell Background Colour</emph> button dropdown on the <emph>Table</emph> toolbar.

[ctx: background.xhp par_idN10A56 help.text]
note: mzrGX
en: <link href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp">Highlight Color icon</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp">Highlight Colour icon</link>

[ctx: border_character.xhp par_id3148413 help.text]
note: SJe5c
en: If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, color, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document.
en_GB: If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, colour, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document.

[ctx: border_character.xhp par_id3151046 help.text]
note: uDZF9
en: Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style, width and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: border_character.xhp hd_id3142068 help.text]
note: ioHhY
en: To Set a Customized Border Style
en_GB: To Set a Customised Border Style

[ctx: border_character.xhp par_id3119149 help.text]
note: 2P7AE
en: Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style, width and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: border_object.xhp bm_id3146957 help.text]
note: 6CPBG
en: <bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value>

[ctx: border_object.xhp par_id3149578 help.text]
note: 77sGp
en: Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window.

[ctx: border_object.xhp hd_id3152474 help.text]
note: WKm9B
en: To Set a Customized Border Style
en_GB: To Set a Customised Border Style

[ctx: border_object.xhp par_id3156344 help.text]
note: hqKL6
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - (object name) - Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected.

[ctx: border_object.xhp par_id3152933 help.text]
note: WUVyx
en: Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: border_page.xhp bm_id3156136 help.text]
note: XbD3B
en: <bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>

[ctx: border_page.xhp par_id3148473 help.text]
note: yzA4z
en: In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename].
en_GB: In Writer, borders may be defined for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename].

[ctx: border_page.xhp par_id3154046 help.text]
note: Dusij
en: Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style, width and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: border_page.xhp hd_id3145068 help.text]
note: EAW2F
en: To Set a Customized Border Style
en_GB: To Set a Customised Border Style

[ctx: border_page.xhp par_id3159149 help.text]
note: gaFVX
en: Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style, width and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: borders.xhp tit help.text]
note: EKaat
en: User Defined Borders in Text Documents
en_GB: User-Defined Borders in Text Documents

[ctx: borders.xhp bm_id6737876 help.text]
note: xXnc6
en: <bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value>

[ctx: borders.xhp hd_id3614917 help.text]
note: BAKzs
en: <variable id="borders"><link href="text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="borders"><link href="text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp">User-Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1069368 help.text]
note: wQZ94
en: You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts.
en_GB: You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user-defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id8141117 help.text]
note: a4UqX
en: In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.
en_GB: In the dialogue box, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1076998 help.text]
note: X4dzC
en: One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected
en_GB: One cell selected in a table that has more than one cell, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id292062 help.text]
note: xRPTG
en: The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.
en_GB: The thin grey lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1361735 help.text]
note: tCiZw
en: The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color.
en_GB: The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and colour.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id82399 help.text]
note: sayPR
en: The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.
en_GB: The thick grey lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.

[ctx: borders.xhp hd_id5110019 help.text]
note: aecDs
en: User defined settings
en_GB: User-defined settings

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1820734 help.text]
note: ogb6y
en: In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states.
en_GB: In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id4618671 help.text]
note: NwPMF
en: A gray line
en_GB: A grey line

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1239356 help.text]
note: AKNXQ
en: <image id="img_id2688680" src="media/helpimg/border_wr_7.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt id="alt_id2688680">gray line for border</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id2688680" src="media/helpimg/border_wr_7.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt id="alt_id2688680">grey line for border</alt></image>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id9474166 help.text]
note: cCk6A
en: A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.
en_GB: A grey line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.

[ctx: calculate_clipboard.xhp bm_id3147692 help.text]
note: rnfNq
en: <bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulae</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulae;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calculate_intable.xhp bm_id3147400 help.text]
note: mADd9
en: <bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calculate_intable.xhp par_id3154222 help.text]
note: GHxFq
en: Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Sum</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The               <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry "=sum".
en_GB: Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Sum</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Table</item> bar.<br/>The <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> bar appears with the entry "=sum".

[ctx: calculate_intext.xhp tit help.text]
note: WivoG
en: Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents
en_GB: Calculating Complex Formulae in Text Documents

[ctx: calculate_intext.xhp bm_id3147406 help.text]
note: ajf6t
en: <bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae; complex formulae in text</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>calculating;formulae/mean values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calculate_intext.xhp hd_id3147406 help.text]
note: EJvF7
en: <variable id="calculate_intext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp" name="Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="calculate_intext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp" name="Calculating Complex Formulae in Text Documents">Calculating Complex Formulae in Text Documents</link></variable>

[ctx: calculate_intext2.xhp bm_id3153899 help.text]
note: HBPFV
en: <bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calculate_intext2.xhp par_id3155551 help.text]
note: BThRn
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> bar, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.

[ctx: calculate_multitable.xhp bm_id3154248 help.text]
note: sXiSw
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text tables;calculating across</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calculate_multitable.xhp par_id3147228 help.text]
note: HqCed
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> bar, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.

[ctx: captions.xhp par_id3145671 help.text]
note: EJ2B4
en: $[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>.
en_GB: $[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame or table. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>.

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp hd_id3147684 help.text]
note: GfPV7
en: <variable id="captions_numbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp" name="Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="captions_numbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp" name="Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link></variable>

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp par_id3147408 help.text]
note: mZaBW
en: Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles.
en_GB: Ensure that the text in your document is organised by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles.

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp par_id3150527 help.text]
note: UpjLH
en: Select a caption title from the <item type="menuitem">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type="menuitem">Caption</item> box.
en_GB: Select a caption title from the <item type="menuitem">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialogue box. If you want, enter text in the <item type="menuitem">Caption</item> box.

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp par_id3155586 help.text]
note: GMfqf
en: In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialogue box, click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp par_id3147226 help.text]
note: D6KRT
en: $[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>.
en_GB: $[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic or table. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>.

[ctx: captions_numbers.xhp par_id3145567 help.text]
note: H4yBp
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp" name="Caption dialog">AutoCaption dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp" name="Caption dialogue box">AutoCaption dialogue box</link>

[ctx: delete_from_dict.xhp bm_id3147688 help.text]
note: 8bwEC
en: <bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>removing;words from user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>

[ctx: dragdroptext.xhp par_id3154236 help.text]
note: imU8h
en: To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/><image id="img_id3153148" src="media/helpimg/movedata.png" width="0.3335in" height="0.3335in"><alt id="alt_id3153148">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image>
en_GB: To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a grey box.<br/><image id="img_id3153148" src="media/helpimg/movedata.png" width="0.3335in" height="0.3335in"><alt id="alt_id3153148">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image>

[ctx: even_odd_sdw.xhp par_id3153179 help.text]
note: J9WgE
en: Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Organiser</emph> tab.

[ctx: even_odd_sdw.xhp par_id8147221 help.text]
note: 49PDE
en: Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>.
en_GB: Remove the tick mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>.

[ctx: even_odd_sdw.xhp par_id3145596 help.text]
note: 9aMBF
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialog">Insert Break dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialogue box">Insert Break dialogue box</link>

[ctx: field_convert.xhp bm_id3154079 help.text]
note: 6jAjr
en: <bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: field_convert.xhp par_id3154262 help.text]
note: LwpWS
en: Click "Unformatted text" in the               <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> list, and then click               <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.
en_GB: Click "Unformatted text" in the <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> list, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.

[ctx: fields.xhp bm_id3145576 help.text]
note: PXvmb
en: <bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>

[ctx: fields.xhp par_id3150536 help.text]
note: QgDik
en: To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>.
en_GB: To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colours</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>.

[ctx: fields.xhp par_id3152885 help.text]
note: oP6DB
en: To change the color of field shadings, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="$[officename] - Application Colors"><item type="menuitem">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></link>, locate the <item type="menuitem">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type="menuitem">Color setting</item> box.
en_GB: To change the colour of field shadings, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="$[officename] - Application Colours"><item type="menuitem">$[officename] - Application Colours</item></link>, locate the <item type="menuitem">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different colour in the <item type="menuitem">Colour setting</item> box.

[ctx: fields.xhp par_id3147812 help.text]
note: akCuX
en: Opens a dialog to insert the object corresponding to the placeholder, except for text placeholders. For text placeholders, click on the placeholder and type over it.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to insert the object corresponding to the placeholder, except for text placeholders. For text placeholders, click on the placeholder and type over it.

[ctx: fields.xhp par_id3145637 help.text]
note: aQQAY
en: Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to edit the content of the field.

[ctx: fields_date.xhp bm_id5111545 help.text]
note: MAPDo
en: <bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value>     <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>

[ctx: fields_date.xhp par_id3154491 help.text]
note: bAf7A
en: You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update.
en_GB: You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time that you open the document, or as a field that does not update.

[ctx: fields_date.xhp par_id3155602 help.text]
note: bjJuQ
en: To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> list.
en_GB: To insert the date as a field that updates each time that you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> list.

[ctx: fields_enter.xhp par_id3153409 help.text]
note: DwE3L
en: An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable.
en_GB: An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialogue box in which you can edit the variable.

[ctx: fields_enter.xhp par_id3145776 help.text]
note: dHcxN
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Functions</item> tab.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Field - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Functions</item> tab.

[ctx: fields_enter.xhp par_id3155620 help.text]
note: mvGzC
en: Click “Input field”in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.
en_GB: Click “Input field” in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.

[ctx: fields_userdata.xhp par_id3155533 help.text]
note: 2JctZ
en: In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == "Doe"</emph>, where "Doe" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from.
en_GB: In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == "Doe"</emph>, where "Doe" is the surname of the user that you want to hide the text from.

[ctx: fields_userdata.xhp par_id3147268 help.text]
note: rNuKY
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: fields_userdata.xhp par_id3145615 help.text]
note: snBXx
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: fields_userdata.xhp par_id3145679 help.text]
note: RVBtx
en: Zip Code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: fields_userdata.xhp par_id3145729 help.text]
note: VEjyu
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: fields_userdata.xhp par_id3147344 help.text]
note: E6nm9
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: finding.xhp bm_id1163670 help.text]
note: qUUFg
en: <bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value>

[ctx: finding.xhp hd_id6226081 help.text]
note: oyKA8
en: The Find & Replace dialog
en_GB: The Find & Replace dialogue box

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id6702780 help.text]
note: AzAuN
en: To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialogue box without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id6957304 help.text]
note: CQPtA
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id1371807 help.text]
note: ePJiu
en: If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog.
en_GB: If you closed the dialogue box, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2467421 help.text]
note: FSkop
en: Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2696920 help.text]
note: GQhki
en: Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id896938 help.text]
note: 4nxG5
en: Click <emph>Other options</emph> to expand the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>Other options</emph> to expand the dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2448805 help.text]
note: 5nDAM
en: Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id4542985 help.text]
note: xVqTZ
en: Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id4646748 help.text]
note: G6VBU
en: When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text.
en_GB: When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialogue box offers options to search Asian text.

[ctx: footer_nextpage.xhp par_id3147134 help.text]
note: AgLUr
en: In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab.
en_GB: In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialogue box, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab.

[ctx: footer_pagenumber.xhp bm_id3155624 help.text]
note: bifRM
en: <bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>

[ctx: footer_pagenumber.xhp par_id3155532 help.text]
note: GBNZo
en: Click in front of the page number field, type <item type="literal">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type="literal">of</item> and enter another space.
en_GB: Click in front of the page number field, type <item type="literal">Page</item> followed by a space, click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type="literal">of</item> and enter another space.

[ctx: footnote_usage.xhp bm_id3145819 help.text]
note: EVnFz
en: <bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>organising;footnotes</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: footnote_with_line.xhp par_id3145808 help.text]
note: TvzoQ
en: If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style.
en_GB: If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote elements, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style.

[ctx: footnote_with_line.xhp par_id3150961 help.text]
note: dF8v9
en: Select "White" in the <item type="menuitem">Color</item> box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color.
en_GB: Select "White" in the <item type="menuitem">Colour</item> box. If the background of the page is not white, select the colour that best matches the background colour.

[ctx: footnote_with_line.xhp par_id3150519 help.text]
note: FM2GH
en: In the <emph>Padding</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Padding</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronise</emph> check box.

[ctx: form_letters_main.xhp par_idN10672 help.text]
note: mjyXE
en: You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:
en_GB: You will see the Mail Merge Wizard dialogue box. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:

[ctx: form_letters_main.xhp par_idN10681 help.text]
note: muvGa
en: You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You will see the <emph>New</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: form_letters_main.xhp par_idN10685 help.text]
note: Fyg2M
en: Select <item type="literal">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type="literal">"Modern" business letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard.
en_GB: Select <item type="literal">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type="literal">"Modern" business letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialogue box, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard.

[ctx: form_letters_main.xhp par_idN106C5 help.text]
note: GFeTA
en: Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters.
en_GB: Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Unmark the <emph>Insert personalised salutation</emph> check box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters.

[ctx: form_letters_main.xhp par_idN106C6 help.text]
note: hnpkD
en: If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column.
en_GB: If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag-and-drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp tit help.text]
note: vAAGC
en: Master Documents and Subdocuments
en_GB: Master Documents and Sub-documents

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp bm_id3145246 help.text]
note: VYKuD
en: <bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sub-documents;properties</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; master documents and sub-documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp hd_id3145246 help.text]
note: iAcnD
en: <variable id="globaldoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="globaldoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp">Master Documents and Sub-documents</link></variable>

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id3149806 help.text]
note: uwqGi
en: A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.
en_GB: A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called sub-documents.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id3150096 help.text]
note: TvGNQ
en: When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed.
en_GB: When you print a master document, the contents of all sub-documents, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id3153400 help.text]
note: ZqCAM
en: You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments.
en_GB: You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the sub-documents.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id3155854 help.text]
note: N6FjY
en: Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document.
en_GB: Styles that are used in sub-documents, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id9033783 help.text]
note: 8BgGF
en: When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments.
en_GB: When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from sub-documents.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id3419598 help.text]
note: TBRoC
en: Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document.
en_GB: Sub-documents never get changed by changes made to the master document.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id3155180 help.text]
note: UMbbz
en: When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit.
en_GB: When you add a document to a master document or create a new sub-document, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a sub-document directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any sub-document for edit.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id5817743 help.text]
note: gpEgs
en: A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved.
en_GB: A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the sub-documents sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each sub-document a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the sub-documents are saved.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id9169591 help.text]
note: 5TBCY
en: When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported.
en_GB: When you save the master document, the styles from the sub-documents are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id1590014 help.text]
note: hD7fs
en: In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document.
en_GB: In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first sub-document. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first sub-document. However, the second sub-document by itself will not be changed. You will see the Style1 paragraphs from the second sub-document with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document.

[ctx: globaldoc.xhp par_id5878780 help.text]
note: VoZ3f
en: To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>.
en_GB: To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its sub-documents. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its sub-documents from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp tit help.text]
note: BYbcU
en: Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments
en_GB: Working with Master Documents and Sub-documents

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp bm_id3145246 help.text]
note: 4EhSe
en: <bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>sub-documents;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>removing;sub-documents</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp hd_id3145246 help.text]
note: DQUJN
en: <variable id="globaldoc_howtos"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="globaldoc_howtos"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp">Working with Master Documents and Sub-documents</link></variable>

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id1522873 help.text]
note: v5KGZ
en: A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.
en_GB: A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called sub-documents.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3149873 help.text]
note: 6AoKa
en: If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type="menuitem">Text</item> entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments.
en_GB: If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type="menuitem">Text</item> entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the sub-documents.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3145405 help.text]
note: DHqof
en: To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.
en_GB: To create a new sub-document, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id8550981 help.text]
note: DyEs4
en: To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.
en_GB: To insert some text between sub-documents, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3154255 help.text]
note: D9BYm
en: Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document.
en_GB: Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the sub-documents in a master document.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3155879 help.text]
note: wyens
en: To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator.
en_GB: To open a sub-document for editing, double-click the name of the sub-document in the Navigator.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3155931 help.text]
note: bae99
en: To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed.
en_GB: To remove a sub-document from the master document, right-click the sub-document in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The sub-document file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3148677 help.text]
note: 8PriS
en: To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.
en_GB: To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document in which you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3149982 help.text]
note: dtCPm
en: To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type="menuitem">Move down</item> or <item type="menuitem">Move up</item> icon.
en_GB: To reorder the sub-documents in a master document, drag a sub-document to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a sub-document in the list, and click the <item type="menuitem">Move down</item> or <item type="menuitem">Move up</item> icon.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp hd_id3153656 help.text]
note: D4ENL
en: To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page
en_GB: To Start Each Sub-document on a New Page

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3152760 help.text]
note: UDeGc
en: Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example "Heading 1".
en_GB: Ensure that each sub-document starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example "Heading 1".

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id3150224 help.text]
note: M7uEC
en: If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select "Right page" in the box.
en_GB: If you want each sub-document to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select "Right page" in the box.

[ctx: globaldoc_howtos.xhp par_id8371227 help.text]
note: qGjnL
en: The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type="menuitem">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections.
en_GB: The sub-documents will be exported as sections. Use <item type="menuitem">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections.

[ctx: header_footer.xhp par_id3154255 help.text]
note: Smjno
en: Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document.
en_GB: Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins in which you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document.

[ctx: header_footer.xhp par_id3155896 help.text]
note: xVLv3
en: To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.
en_GB: To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the sub-menu.

[ctx: header_footer.xhp par_id3147119 help.text]
note: MsFCL
en: To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.
en_GB: To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the sub-menu.

[ctx: header_pagestyles.xhp par_id3150536 help.text]
note: poyui
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> tab.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialogue box, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> tab.

[ctx: header_pagestyles.xhp par_id3153750 help.text]
note: PY2bt
en: Select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab.
en_GB: Select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organiser</item> tab.

[ctx: header_pagestyles.xhp par_id3150748 help.text]
note: SrMMw
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> tab.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialogue box, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> tab.

[ctx: header_pagestyles.xhp par_id3153172 help.text]
note: GvMFs
en: Select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab.
en_GB: Select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organiser</item> tab.

[ctx: header_with_chapter.xhp par_id3153729 help.text]
note: ovYTz
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item> or <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Header</item> or <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the sub-menu.

[ctx: header_with_line.xhp bm_id3154866 help.text]
note: zdqmE
en: <bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: header_with_line.xhp par_id3147128 help.text]
note: sBEAA
en: To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type="menuitem">More</item>. The <item type="menuitem">Border/Background</item> dialog opens.
en_GB: To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type="menuitem">More</item>. The <item type="menuitem">Border/Background</item> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: header_with_line.xhp par_id3153742 help.text]
note: duDop
en: To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box.
en_GB: To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronise</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box.

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp par_id3149640 help.text]
note: 4Aae2
en: Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click "Set Variable" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Variables</emph> tab and click "Set Variable" in the <emph>Type</emph> list.

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp par_id3149970 help.text]
note: U32BC
en: Click "General" in the <emph>Format </emph>list.
en_GB: Click "General" in the <emph>Format</emph> list.

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp par_id3155325 help.text]
note: cYkTc
en: Click "Hidden Text" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.
en_GB: Click "Hidden Text" in the <emph>Type</emph> list.

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp par_id3153371 help.text]
note: CBzFh
en: Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box.
en_GB: Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text</emph> box.

[ctx: hidden_text.xhp par_id3155902 help.text]
note: pBHeU
en: Click "Hidden Paragraph" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.
en_GB: Click "Hidden Paragraph" in the <emph>Type</emph> list.

[ctx: hidden_text_display.xhp bm_id3148856 help.text]
note: 73jRh
en: <bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: hidden_text_display.xhp par_id5659962 help.text]
note: DGBMA
en: If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:
en_GB: If you have some text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:

[ctx: hyphen_prevent.xhp bm_id3149695 help.text]
note: jKDe6
en: <bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value>

[ctx: hyphen_prevent.xhp par_id3153658 help.text]
note: EkpCP
en: Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.
en_GB: Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary</emph> list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.

[ctx: hyphen_prevent.xhp par_id3150218 help.text]
note: BogyJ
en: In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, "pretentious=".
en_GB: In the <emph>Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, "pretentious=".

[ctx: hyphen_prevent.xhp par_id3147036 help.text]
note: G4QeD
en: To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select "None" in the <emph>Language </emph>box.
en_GB: To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font</emph> tab, and select "None" in the <emph>Language</emph> box.

[ctx: indenting.xhp bm_id3155869 help.text]
note: bdJQo
en: <bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: indenting.xhp par_id2136295 help.text]
note: bFAbP
en: The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type="menuitem">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.
en_GB: The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type="menuitem">Before text</item> indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.

[ctx: indices_delete.xhp par_id3155893 help.text]
note: SMGNn
en: To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp" name="Edit Index Entry dialog"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>.
en_GB: To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp" name="Edit Index Entry dialogue box"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialogue box</link>.

[ctx: indices_edit.xhp bm_id3149695 help.text]
note: 4WRZY
en: <bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: indices_enter.xhp par_id3150523 help.text]
note: Y2zid
en: In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to.
en_GB: In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level to which you want to apply the paragraph style.

[ctx: indices_form.xhp bm_id3155855 help.text]
note: AqmKB
en: <bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: indices_form.xhp par_id3154259 help.text]
note: HBS4r
en: You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background colour of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: indices_form.xhp par_id3147135 help.text]
note: iG8Gs
en: Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab.

[ctx: indices_form.xhp par_id3150229 help.text]
note: Cfyqb
en: Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list.
en_GB: Click an index level in the <emph>Levels</emph> list.

[ctx: indices_form.xhp par_id3150934 help.text]
note: rr9MB
en: Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list.
en_GB: Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> list.

[ctx: indices_form.xhp par_id3148424 help.text]
note: r2eCi
en: In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Structure</emph> area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.

[ctx: indices_index.xhp par_id3150223 help.text]
note: C9jSc
en: Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab.
en_GB: Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialogue box. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetic delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab.

[ctx: indices_literature.xhp par_id3146897 help.text]
note: 4R6uK
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> dialog, click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>, and then <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> dialogue box, click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>, and then <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.

[ctx: indices_multidoc.xhp par_id3150230 help.text]
note: psdVe
en: Create a <link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp" name="master document">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>.
en_GB: Create a <link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp" name="master document">master document</link>, add as sub-documents the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>.

[ctx: indices_toc.xhp par_id3146896 help.text]
note: A74Fc
en: If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type="menuitem">Additional Styles</item> check box in the <item type="menuitem">Create from</item> area, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Assign styles</item> button next to the check box. In the <item type="menuitem">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type="menuitem">>></item> or the <item type="menuitem"><<</item> button to define the chapter level for the paragraph style.
en_GB: If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type="menuitem">Additional Styles</item> check box in the <item type="menuitem">Create from</item> area, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Assign styles</item> button next to the check box. In the <item type="menuitem">Assign Styles</item> dialogue box, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type="menuitem">>></item> or the <item type="menuitem"><<</item> button to define the chapter level for the paragraph style.

[ctx: indices_toc.xhp par_id1001574720273772 help.text]
note: a7Nyb
en: %PRODUCTNAME creates the table of contents entries based on the chapter level of the paragraph style and the paragraph contents. If the paragraph is empty, it will not be included in the table of contents. To force the empty paragraph to be listed in the table of contents, manually add a space or a non breaking space to the paragraph. Spaces added in the <emph>After</emph> text box of the Numbering tab in the Chapter Numbering dialog will not work for this purpose, since they are part of the paragraph numbering, not the paragraph contents.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME creates the table of contents entries based on the chapter level of the paragraph style and the paragraph contents. If the paragraph is empty, it will not be included in the table of contents. To force the empty paragraph to be listed in the table of contents, manually add a space or a non breaking space to the paragraph. Spaces added in the <emph>After</emph> text box of the Numbering tab in the Chapter Numbering dialogue box will not work for this purpose, since they are part of the paragraph numbering, not the paragraph contents.

[ctx: indices_userdef.xhp par_id3154248 help.text]
note: VDvA7
en: Click the <item type="menuitem">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type="menuitem">Index</item> box.
en_GB: Click the <item type="menuitem">New User-Defined Index</item> button next to the <item type="menuitem">Index</item> box.

[ctx: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp bm_id3154896 help.text]
note: sG8ey
en: <bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialogue box</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; pictures by dialogue box</bookmark_value>

[ctx: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp par_id3153396 help.text]
note: Wz9DW
en: By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in.
en_GB: By default, the inserted graphic is centred above the paragraph that you clicked in.

[ctx: insert_graphic_scan.xhp bm_id3156017 help.text]
note: yhUUQ
en: <bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>

[ctx: insert_graphic_scan.xhp par_id3155864 help.text]
note: ytaAN
en: Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04060000.xhp" name="Insert - Media - Scan"><emph>Insert - Media - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu.
en_GB: Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04060000.xhp" name="Insert - Media - Scan"><emph>Insert - Media - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the sub-menu.

[ctx: join_numbered_lists.xhp par_id3155911 help.text]
note: FnnAw
en: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice.
en_GB: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice.

[ctx: join_numbered_lists.xhp par_id3145102 help.text]
note: mLFjo
en: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice.
en_GB: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp bm_id3151169 help.text]
note: ETbd7
en: <bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3155870 help.text]
note: 9gNAe
en: Press F6 until the focus is on the               <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> toolbar.
en_GB: Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> toolbar.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3153388 help.text]
note: LADBc
en: Press F6 until the focus is on the               <item type="menuitem">Standard</item> toolbar.
en_GB: Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type="menuitem">Standard</item> toolbar.

[ctx: load_styles.xhp bm_id3145086 help.text]
note: PT73U
en: <bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value>

[ctx: load_styles.xhp par_id3149632 help.text]
note: MM5dc
en: Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>.
en_GB: Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialogue box to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>.

[ctx: navigator.xhp bm_id3154897 help.text]
note: Eyk8m
en: <bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: navigator.xhp par_id3155878 help.text]
note: 7RCxg
en: To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box.
en_GB: To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin button.

[ctx: nonprintable_text.xhp bm_id3148856 help.text]
note: AWBYB
en: <bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value>

[ctx: nonprintable_text.xhp par_id3149789 help.text]
note: rSjkA
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert – Frame</item> and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.

[ctx: nonprintable_text.xhp par_id3145227 help.text]
note: rGYxw
en: In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box.

[ctx: number_date_conv.xhp par_id3155527 help.text]
note: hDANA
en: Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> check box.
en_GB: Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and mark or unmark the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> check box.

[ctx: numbering_lines.xhp par_id3149842 help.text]
note: dJpzm
en: $[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers.
en_GB: $[officename] can automatically count and add line numbers to the lines in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers.

[ctx: numbering_lines.xhp par_id3150956 help.text]
note: kfFgy
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Line Numbering</item> area, clear the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Line Numbering</item> area, unmark the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box.

[ctx: numbering_lines.xhp par_id3148389 help.text]
note: DB5Bp
en: Select the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box.
en_GB: Mark the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box.

[ctx: numbering_lines.xhp par_id3148414 help.text]
note: UjxGJ
en: Select <item type="menuitem">Restart at the paragraph</item> check box.
en_GB: Mark the <item type="menuitem">Restart at the paragraph</item> check box.

[ctx: page_break.xhp par_id3153380 help.text]
note: nEFqF
en: Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box.
en_GB: Unmark the <emph>Break</emph> check box.

[ctx: page_break.xhp par_id3154249 help.text]
note: xYtzm
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialog">Insert Break dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialogue box">Insert Break dialogue box</link>

[ctx: pagebackground.xhp par_idN10812 help.text]
note: 9RyTG
en: $[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages.
en_GB: $[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you must create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages.

[ctx: pagebackground.xhp par_idN1083F help.text]
note: sDeqh
en: On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box.
en_GB: On the <emph>Organiser</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box.

[ctx: pagenumbers.xhp par_id5757621 help.text]
note: AF8ZK
en: Click into the first paragraph of your document.
en_GB: Click within the first paragraph of your document.

[ctx: pagenumbers.xhp par_id3032319 help.text]
note: LPSDA
en: Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Double-click directly before the page number field. You will see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: pagenumbers.xhp par_id4473403 help.text]
note: EhFZ8
en: Click into the first page of your document.
en_GB: Click within the first page of your document.

[ctx: pagenumbers.xhp par_id7588732 help.text]
note: seAET
en: Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied.
en_GB: Click at the beginning of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied.

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp bm_id9683828 help.text]
note: 3mWPy
en: <bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value>

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp par_idN10751 help.text]
note: MQjFP
en: On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example "My Landscape".
en_GB: On the <emph>Organiser</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example "My Landscape".

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp hd_id166020 help.text]
note: pj4B8
en: Manually Defined Range of a Page style
en_GB: Manually Defined Range of a Page Style

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp par_id1811578 help.text]
note: Ngvme
en: To insert a "page break with style" at the cursor position, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK.
en_GB: To insert a "page break with style" at the cursor position, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the list box, and click OK.

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp par_id9935911 help.text]
note: FZrzw
en: To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.
en_GB: To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the list box.

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp par_id4753868 help.text]
note: 7vS2R
en: To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.
en_GB: To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the list box.

[ctx: pageorientation.xhp par_id4744407 help.text]
note: AtnkB
en: To apply the "page break with style" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Styles</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.
en_GB: To apply the "page break with style" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Styles</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the list box.

[ctx: pagestyles.xhp par_id3149614 help.text]
note: gZoRw
en: On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box.
en_GB: On the <emph>Organiser</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box.

[ctx: pagestyles.xhp par_id3154252 help.text]
note: uqEFP
en: Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Use the tabs in the dialogue box to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: pagestyles.xhp par_id3154873 help.text]
note: JHnGZ
en: Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to.
en_GB: Click in the page to which you want to apply the page style.

[ctx: print_brochure.xhp bm_id6743064 help.text]
note: vDstW
en: <bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value>

[ctx: print_brochure.xhp par_idN106B6 help.text]
note: k8fbd
en: In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box, click <emph>Properties</emph>.

[ctx: print_brochure.xhp par_idN1070E help.text]
note: HnA4D
en: In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape.
en_GB: In the properties dialogue box for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape.

[ctx: print_brochure.xhp par_id8947416 help.text]
note: 6eFBN
en: If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the "duplex - short edge" setting in your printer setup dialog.
en_GB: If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the "duplex - short edge" setting in your printer setup dialogue box.

[ctx: print_preview.xhp par_idN1067F help.text]
note: xq69U
en: To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialog.
en_GB: To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialogue box.

[ctx: print_small.xhp bm_id3149694 help.text]
note: qKF9L
en: <bookmark_value>multi-page view of documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page view</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>multi-page view of document</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overviews; printing multi-page view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value>

[ctx: printing_order.xhp bm_id3149688 help.text]
note: F6jHC
en: <bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value>

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id18112016456780 help.text]
note: DMsXm
en: If the protection does not have a password and you would like to use one, choose the <emph>With password</emph> checkbox, click the <emph>Password</emph> button, and enter and confirm a password of at least five characters.
en_GB: If the protection does not have a password and you would like to use one, choose the <emph>With password</emph> check box, click the <emph>Password</emph> button, then enter and confirm a password of at least five characters.

[ctx: references.xhp bm_id3145087 help.text]
note: WEj5W
en: <bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>

[ctx: references.xhp par_id3156257 help.text]
note: ebCyE
en: Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section.
en_GB: Leave the dialogue box open and proceed to the next section.

[ctx: references.xhp par_id7796868 help.text]
note: kKihW
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialogue box, if it is not open already.

[ctx: references_modify.xhp par_id3154255 help.text]
note: kXCBo
en: Use the arrow buttons in the <item type="menuitem">Edit Fields</item> dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document.
en_GB: Use the arrow buttons in the <item type="menuitem">Edit Fields</item> dialogue box to browse through the cross-references in the current document.

[ctx: registertrue.xhp bm_id4825891 help.text]
note: jawYy
en: <bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines of text; register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines of text;register-true</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: reset_format.xhp bm_id3149963 help.text]
note: QE2HC
en: <bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: resize_navigator.xhp par_id3155861 help.text]
note: 6BkSQ
en: To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles window, hold down the <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>.
en_GB: To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles window, hold down the <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a grey area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>.

[ctx: ruler.xhp par_id3149164 help.text]
note: qDYHz
en: You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: search_regexp.xhp par_id2142399 help.text]
note: LChLS
en: Click <item type="menuitem">More Options</item> to expand the dialog.
en_GB: Click <item type="menuitem">More Options</item> to expand the dialogue box.

[ctx: search_regexp.xhp par_id3155861 help.text]
note: hxcAK
en: Select the <item type="menuitem">Regular expressions</item> check box.
en_GB: Mark the <item type="menuitem">Regular expressions</item> check box.

[ctx: section_insert.xhp par_id3156103 help.text]
note: xdcT4
en: If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph.
en_GB: If you select some text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph.

[ctx: section_insert.xhp par_id3153387 help.text]
note: WDWTQ
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Link</item> area, select the <item type="menuitem">Link</item> check box. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type="menuitem">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Link</item> area, mark the <item type="menuitem">Link</item> check box. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Under Windows, you can also mark the <item type="menuitem">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: sections.xhp bm_id3149832 help.text]
note: 82paq
en: <bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value>

[ctx: sections.xhp par_id3149855 help.text]
note: J5FBB
en: A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text.
en_GB: A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select some text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text.

[ctx: sections.xhp par_id3153367 help.text]
note: kzHjX
en: To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.
en_GB: To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.

[ctx: send2html.xhp par_id3149825 help.text]
note: Riuhz
en: You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages.
en_GB: You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time that the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages.

[ctx: shortcut_writing.xhp bm_id3149689 help.text]
note: 5gF4C
en: <bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: smarttags.xhp par_id3856013 help.text]
note: GGNDu
en: Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file.
en_GB: Save the *.oxt extension file to your hard drive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file.

[ctx: smarttags.xhp par_id1917477 help.text]
note: wt8DB
en: Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>.
en_GB: Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta coloured underline. You can change the colour in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colours</item>.

[ctx: smarttags.xhp par_id1998962 help.text]
note: BsAXi
en: In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type="menuitem">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options.
en_GB: In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type="menuitem">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - AutoCorrect Options.

[ctx: smarttags.xhp par_id349131 help.text]
note: oLnFX
en: When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type="menuitem">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags.
en_GB: When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you will see the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>. Use this dialogue box to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags.

[ctx: smarttags.xhp par_id1216467 help.text]
note: CPCjL
en: Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck.
en_GB: Text that is recognised as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spell check.

[ctx: spellcheck_dialog.xhp tit help.text]
note: KGBAB
en: Checking Spelling and Grammar
en_GB: Checking Spelling Manually

[ctx: spellcheck_dialog.xhp bm_id3149684 help.text]
note: ogrxa
en: <bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spell check; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>

[ctx: spellcheck_dialog.xhp par_id0525200902184476 help.text]
note: 66nTi
en: To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href="https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center?getCategories=Dictionary">extensions web page</link>.
en_GB: To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spell checker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href="https://extensions.libreoffice.org/extension-center?getCategories=Dictionary">extensions web page</link>.

[ctx: spellcheck_dialog.xhp par_id3149828 help.text]
note: X3zXc
en: The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection.
en_GB: The spell check starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection.

[ctx: stylist_fillformat.xhp bm_id3145084 help.text]
note: kP3p2
en: <bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: stylist_fromselect.xhp bm_id3155911 help.text]
note: wzJBC
en: <bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>

[ctx: stylist_fromselect.xhp par_id3153138 help.text]
note: oz6zW
en: Click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type="menuitem">New Style from Selection</item> from the submenu
en_GB: Click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type="menuitem">New Style from Selection</item> from the sub-menu

[ctx: stylist_fromselect.xhp hd_id3153373 help.text]
note: AC6pZ
en: To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop
en_GB: To Create a New Style by Drag-and-Drop

[ctx: subscript.xhp bm_id3155174 help.text]
note: AFhoj
en: <bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>

[ctx: table_cellmerge.xhp bm_id3147240 help.text]
note: F9N9E
en: <bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: table_cellmerge.xhp par_id634174 help.text]
note: QvhBe
en: A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically.
en_GB: A dialogue box allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically.

[ctx: table_delete.xhp bm_id3149489 help.text]
note: 25PSQ
en: <bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: table_insert.xhp bm_id3156377 help.text]
note: VKWrN
en: <bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value>

[ctx: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp bm_id3155870 help.text]
note: PtFEm
en: <bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>table headings; repeating after page breaks</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>

[ctx: table_sizing.xhp par_id3146497 help.text]
note: BErzm
en: You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type="menuitem">Optimize Size</item> toolbar on the <item type="menuitem">Table</item> Bar.
en_GB: You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type="menuitem">Optimise Size</item> toolbar on the <item type="menuitem">Table</item> Bar.

[ctx: table_sizing.xhp par_id5366679 help.text]
note: LbLAJ
en: Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table.
en_GB: Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the grey area to resize the table.

[ctx: table_sizing.xhp par_id1279030 help.text]
note: UCHCh
en: Click inside the table. Choose <item type="menuitem">Table - Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers.
en_GB: Click inside the table. Choose <item type="menuitem">Table - Properties</item> to open a dialogue box and set the properties to the numbers.

[ctx: tablemode.xhp bm_id3155856 help.text]
note: iGzuT
en: <bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behaviour of rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behaviour of rows/columns</bookmark_value>

[ctx: tablemode.xhp hd_id3155856 help.text]
note: FdLCX
en: <variable id="tablemode"><link href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp" name="Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tablemode"><link href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp" name="Modifying the Behaviour of Rows and Columns by Keyboard">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>

[ctx: tablemode.xhp par_id3149835 help.text]
note: 6rEkW
en: When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type="menuitem">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits.
en_GB: When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type="menuitem">Behaviour of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighbouring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits.

[ctx: template_default.xhp bm_id3155913 help.text]
note: i5aig
en: <bookmark_value>default templates;defining/resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>default templates; defining/resetting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value>

[ctx: template_default.xhp par_id3153409 help.text]
note: qRXCr
en: In the dialog that appears, double-click the "My Templates" folder, and then click <emph>Save</emph>. You will then be prompted for a name; write it and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the dialogue box that appears, double-click the "My Templates" folder, and then click <emph>Save</emph>. You will then be prompted for a name; write it and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: template_default.xhp par_id3149620 help.text]
note: qhVub
en: Close the dialog.
en_GB: Close the dialogue box.

[ctx: templates_styles.xhp bm_id3153396 help.text]
note: eEY2x
en: <bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organising; templates (guide)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>templates; organising (guide)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_capital.xhp bm_id3155182 help.text]
note: qoRse
en: <bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>characters; upper-case or lower-case</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; upper-case or lower-case</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lower-case letters; text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>upper-case; formatting text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_capital.xhp par_id3155916 help.text]
note: HLzSM
en: You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection.
en_GB: You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalise the first letter of each word in a selection.

[ctx: text_capital.xhp hd_id3155861 help.text]
note: p9sab
en: To Capitalize Text
en_GB: To Capitalise Text

[ctx: text_capital.xhp par_id3147420 help.text]
note: LphFF
en: Select the text that you want to capitalize.
en_GB: Select the text that you want to capitalise.

[ctx: text_capital.xhp par_id1120200910485775 help.text]
note: NJpH2
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. "Capitals" capitalizes all letters. "Title" capitalizes the first letter of each word. "Small capitals" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalisation in the Effects box. "Capitals" capitalises all letters. "Title" capitalises the first letter of each word. "Small capitals" capitalises all letters, but in a reduced font size.

[ctx: text_capital.xhp hd_id3149644 help.text]
note: cALFP
en: To Change Text to Lowercase
en_GB: To Change Text to Lower-case

[ctx: text_capital.xhp par_id3149964 help.text]
note: BskVP
en: Select the text that you want to change to lowercase.
en_GB: Select the text that you want to change to lower-case.

[ctx: text_capital.xhp par_id1120200910490034 help.text]
note: QbrwR
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select "Lowercase" in the Effects box.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select "Lower-case" in the Effects box.

[ctx: text_centervert.xhp tit help.text]
note: XGBDs
en: Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page
en_GB: Using a Frame to Centre Text on a Page

[ctx: text_centervert.xhp bm_id3155177 help.text]
note: b3dV2
en: <bookmark_value>frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>centering;frames on pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>frames; centring on pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>centring;frames on pages</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>title pages; centring text on</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_centervert.xhp hd_id3155177 help.text]
note: DwAcK
en: <variable id="text_centervert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp" name="Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text_centervert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp" name="Using a Frame to Centre Text on a Page">Using a Frame to Centre Text on a Page</link></variable>

[ctx: text_centervert.xhp par_id3155920 help.text]
note: uBoZC
en: Select the text that you want to center on the page.
en_GB: Select the text that you want to centre on the page.

[ctx: text_centervert.xhp par_id3156114 help.text]
note: DEvXA
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Position</item> area, select "Center" in the <item type="menuitem">Horizontal</item> and <item type="menuitem">Vertical</item> boxes.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Position</item> area, select "Centre" in the <item type="menuitem">Horizontal</item> and <item type="menuitem">Vertical</item> boxes.

[ctx: text_direct_cursor.xhp par_id3155921 help.text]
note: S7Nnb
en: To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>.
en_GB: To set the behaviour of the direct cursor, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>.

[ctx: text_emphasize.xhp tit help.text]
note: 7p9Dn
en: Emphasizing Text
en_GB: Emphasising Text

[ctx: text_emphasize.xhp bm_id3149820 help.text]
note: fBy57
en: <bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text; emphasising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>emphasising text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_emphasize.xhp hd_id3149820 help.text]
note: TMrWA
en: <variable id="text_emphasize"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp" name="Emphasizing Text">Emphasizing Text</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text_emphasize"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp" name="Emphasising Text">Emphasising Text</link></variable>

[ctx: text_emphasize.xhp par_id3155922 help.text]
note: uVqzq
en: Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:
en_GB: Here are a few examples of how to emphasise text in a document:

[ctx: text_emphasize.xhp par_id3149840 help.text]
note: 6CJxB
en: Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>, set the options that you want, for example, the background colour, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: text_frame.xhp tit help.text]
note: CiExc
en: Inserting, Editing, and Linking Frames
en_GB: Inserting, Editing and Linking Frames

[ctx: text_frame.xhp hd_id3149487 help.text]
note: XN4cq
en: <variable id="text_frame"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp" name="Inserting, Editing, and Linking Frames">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Frames</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text_frame"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp" name="Inserting, Editing and Linking Frames">Inserting, Editing and Linking Frames</link></variable>

[ctx: textdoc_inframe.xhp bm_id3155185 help.text]
note: AkXYb
en: <bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: textdoc_inframe.xhp par_id3153127 help.text]
note: qZCCX
en: Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box.
en_GB: Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then mark the <emph>Link</emph> check box.

[ctx: textdoc_inframe.xhp par_id3149968 help.text]
note: sAU38
en: If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the               <item type="menuitem">Sections</item> box.
en_GB: If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the <item type="menuitem">Sections</item> box.

[ctx: using_hyphen.xhp bm_id3149695 help.text]
note: UnByp
en: <bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: using_hyphen.xhp par_id3155918 help.text]
note: 9Z4i3
en: By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior:
en_GB: By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behaviour:

[ctx: using_hyphen.xhp par_id3150101 help.text]
note: CzTdG
en: In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box.
en_GB: In the Hyphenation area, mark the Automatically check box.

[ctx: using_hyphen.xhp par_id3149582 help.text]
note: DU8PC
en: In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, mark the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box.

[ctx: using_numbered_lists.xhp par_id3153399 help.text]
note: XtKb5
en: To introduce another bulleting symbol, click on the <item type="menuitem">Customize</item> tab, click the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> button next to <item type="menuitem">Character</item>, then select a special character.
en_GB: To introduce another bulleting symbol, click on the <item type="menuitem">Customise</item> tab, click the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> button next to <item type="menuitem">Character</item>, then select a special character.

[ctx: using_numbered_lists2.xhp bm_id3147418 help.text]
note: UTBpr
en: <bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>

[ctx: using_numbered_lists2.xhp hd_id3147418 help.text]
note: fJmEh
en: <variable id="using_numbered_lists2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp" name="Adding Numbering">Adding Numbering</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="using_numbered_lists2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp" name="Adding Numbering">Adding Numbering</link></variable>

[ctx: using_numbered_lists2.xhp par_id3149968 help.text]
note: TEiyu
en: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id="img_id3153125" src="cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt id="alt_id3153125">Icon</alt></image>.
en_GB: On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id="img_id3153125" src="cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt id="alt_id3153125">Icon</alt></image>.

[ctx: using_numbering.xhp bm_id3155174 help.text]
note: 6emSb
en: <bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value>

[ctx: using_numbering.xhp par_id3155866 help.text]
note: XgBso
en: To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar.
en_GB: To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar.

[ctx: using_thesaurus.xhp bm_id3145576 help.text]
note: S9RGn
en: <bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>

[ctx: using_thesaurus.xhp par_id3156263 help.text]
note: 3NdB9
en: Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use.
en_GB: Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialogue box displays the language in use.

[ctx: using_thesaurus.xhp par_id3196263 help.text]
note: tLEYs
en: If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word.
en_GB: If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms sub-menu. Select any of the terms from the sub-menu to replace the word.

[ctx: word_completion.xhp bm_id3148882 help.text]
note: 2sCje
en: <bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: word_completion.xhp par_idN107AD help.text]
note: MasxC
en: Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> .
en_GB: Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph>.

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp bm_id3148882 help.text]
note: 6BGBK
en: <bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_id4814294 help.text]
note: P8C3U
en: If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session.
en_GB: If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behaviour. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in subsequent sessions.

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_id2593462 help.text]
note: F8dY5
en: To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:
en_GB: To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_idN10B4C help.text]
note: yBdBy
en: Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>.
en_GB: Unmark the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>.

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_idN10B56 help.text]
note: Scpju
en: If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open.
en_GB: If you mark the check box, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open.

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_idN10B94 help.text]
note: iEsvo
en: If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected.
en_GB: If the automatic spell check option is enabled, only the words that are recognised by the spell check are collected.

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_idN107F4 help.text]
note: WHGFA
en: Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words.
en_GB: Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words.

[ctx: word_completion_adjust.xhp par_idN10809 help.text]
note: r5NFf
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Word Completion</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Word Completion </link>

[ctx: words_count.xhp bm_id3149686 help.text]
note: YksvJ
en: <bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: wrap.xhp par_id3150231 help.text]
note: BGuvG
en: Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Apply</item> icon (green check mark).
en_GB: Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Apply</item> icon (green tick mark).

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3148674 help.text]
note: 4fbWp
en: Nonprinting Characters on/off
en_GB: Non-printing Characters on/off

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3148604 help.text]
note: Sfbo5
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153930 help.text]
note: nkCM3
en: Move cursor to left
en_GB: Move cursor to the left

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3148656 help.text]
note: AfCys
en: Go to beginning of word
en_GB: Go to the beginning of word

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153161 help.text]
note: fWN5N
en: Move cursor to right
en_GB: Move cursor to the right

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3154093 help.text]
note: FGKdD
en: Go to start of next word
en_GB: Go to the beginning of the next word

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id1764275 help.text]
note: AMkTV
en: Move cursor to beginning of the previous paragraph
en_GB: Move cursor to the beginning of the previous paragraph

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id778527 help.text]
note: VEwNS
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Up
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>Shift+Arrow Up

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id1797235 help.text]
note: Mvja7
en: Select to beginning of paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to beginning of previous paragraph
en_GB: Select to the beginning of the paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to the beginning of the previous paragraph

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153331 help.text]
note: G2CEB
en: Selecting lines in a downward direction
en_GB: Selecting lines in a downwards direction

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id6164433 help.text]
note: dezro
en: Move cursor to beginning of next paragraph.
en_GB: Move cursor to the beginning of the next paragraph

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id7405011 help.text]
note: vB7xy
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Down
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>Shift+Arrow Down

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3729361 help.text]
note: 4Ygc8
en: Select to end of paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to end of next paragraph
en_GB: Select to the end of the paragraph. Next keystroke extends selection to the end of the next paragraph

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3154512 help.text]
note: FXCQV
en: Go to beginning of line
en_GB: Go to the beginning of the line

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3154544 help.text]
note: MyZhF
en: Go and select to the beginning of a line
en_GB: Go and select to the beginning of the line

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3150986 help.text]
note: MAucD
en: Go to end of line
en_GB: Go to the end of the line

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3151019 help.text]
note: qCDwe
en: Go and select to end of line
en_GB: Go and select to the end of the line

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149396 help.text]
note: TyzSU
en: Go to start of document
en_GB: Go to the beginning of the document

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3151055 help.text]
note: Soi4q
en: Go and select text to start of document
en_GB: Go and select text to the beginning of the document

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3147064 help.text]
note: HD7Wn
en: Go and select text to end of document
en_GB: Go and select text to the end of the document

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3148474 help.text]
note: 9dS2G
en: Delete text to end of word
en_GB: Delete text to the end of the word

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3151106 help.text]
note: 3uHLP
en: Delete text to beginning of word
en_GB: Delete text to the beginning of the word

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3146919 help.text]
note: CFwv6
en: Delete text to end of sentence
en_GB: Delete text to the end of the sentence

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153532 help.text]
note: m8Ajx
en: Delete text to beginning of sentence
en_GB: Delete text to the beginning of the sentence

[ctx: 01020000.xhp bm_id3155395 help.text]
note: 5Hhch
en: <bookmark_value>tab stops; before headings</bookmark_value>               <bookmark_value>headings; starting with tab stops</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>tab stops; before headings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headings; starting with tab stops</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3154285 help.text]
note: eYN6q
en: If the active cell is empty: goes to the beginning of the table. Otherwise: first press goes to beginning of the active cell, second press goes to beginning of the current table, third press goes to beginning of document.
en_GB: If the active cell is empty: goes to the beginning of the table. Otherwise: first press goes to the beginning of the active cell, second press goes to the beginning of the current table, third press goes to the beginning of the document.

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id3147407 help.text]
note: 46DLZ
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRows">Inserts one or more rows in the table, below the selection. You can insert more than one row by opening the dialog (choose <emph>Table - Insert - Rows</emph>), or by selecting more than one row before clicking the icon.</ahelp> The second method inserts rows of the same height as the originally selected rows.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRows">Inserts one or more rows in the table, below the cursor position or selection. You can insert more than one row by opening the corresponding dialogue box (choose <emph>Table - Insert - Rows</emph>), or by selecting more than one row before clicking the icon.</ahelp> The second method inserts rows of the same height as the originally selected rows.

[ctx: 04100000.xhp par_id3145078 help.text]
note: K7GFa
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertColumns">Inserts one or more columns into the table, after the selection. You can insert several columns at the same time by opening the dialog (choose <emph>Table - Insert - Columns</emph>), or by selecting several columns before clicking the icon.</ahelp> If the latter method is used, the columns inserted will have the same relative width as the selected columns.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertColumns">Inserts one or more columns into the table, to the right of the cursor position or selection. You can insert several columns at the same time by opening the corresponding dialogue box (choose <emph>Table - Insert - Columns</emph>), or by selecting several columns before clicking the icon.</ahelp> If the latter method is used, the columns inserted will have the same relative width as the selected columns.

[ctx: 04220000.xhp par_id3151174 help.text]
note: ACJtt
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:TableModeFix" visibility="visible">If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect only the neighboring lines or columns in question.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:TableModeFix" visibility="visible">If this mode is active, changes to a line and/or column affect only the neighbouring lines or columns in question.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04250000.xhp par_id3154504 help.text]
note: Eii4Q
en: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> recognizes the cell range for the sum function as long as the cells are filled with numbers. Prior to entering the data, you must enable the <emph>Number Recognition</emph> in the context menu of the table.
en_GB: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> identifies the cell range in which you want to use the sum function as long as the cells are filled with numbers. Prior to entering the data, you must enable <emph>Number Recognition</emph> in the context menu of the table.

[ctx: 04250000.xhp par_id3148771 help.text]
note: CmiXF
en: Click <emph>Apply</emph> to accept the sum formula as it appears in the entry line.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Apply</emph> icon to accept the sum formula as it appears in the entry line.

[ctx: 08010000.xhp par_id3145417 help.text]
note: B89AK
en: You can turn the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link> display on or off by double-clicking the<emph> Page Number </emph>field.
en_GB: You can turn the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link> display on or off by double-clicking the <emph>Page Number</emph> field.

[ctx: 08080000.xhp par_id3156375 help.text]
note: YJiwS
en: When the cursor is in a named section, the section name appears. When the cursor is in a table, the name of the table cell appears. The size of the object is shown when you edit frames or drawing objects.
en_GB: When the cursor is in a named section, the section name will appear. When the cursor is in a table, the name of the table cell will appear. The size of the object is shown when you edit frames or drawing objects.

[ctx: 08080000.xhp par_id3145416 help.text]
note: Ef5m2
en: When the cursor is positioned within text, you can double-click this field to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. In this dialog, you can define a field to be inserted in your document at the current cursor position. When the cursor is positioned in a table, a double-click in this field will call the <emph>Table Format</emph> dialog. Depending on the object selected, you can call up a dialog to edit a section, a graphic object, a floating frame, an OLE object, direct numbering or the position and size of a drawing object.
en_GB: When the cursor is positioned within text, you can double-click this field to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialogue box. In this dialogue box, you can define a field to be inserted in your document at the current cursor position. When the cursor is positioned in a table, a double-click in this field will call the <emph>Table Format</emph> dialogue box. Depending on the object selected, you can call up a dialogue box to edit a section, a graphic object, a floating frame, an OLE object, direct numbering or the position and size of a drawing object.

[ctx: 10070000.xhp par_id3154573 help.text]
note: PnAup
en: After clicking the <emph>Multiple Pages Preview</emph> icon, the<emph> Multiple pages</emph> dialog opens. Use the two spin buttons to set the number of pages to be displayed.
en_GB: After clicking the <emph>Multiple Pages Preview</emph> icon, the<emph> Multiple pages</emph> dialogue box opens. Use the two spin buttons to set the number of pages to be displayed.

[ctx: 10070000.xhp par_id3149822 help.text]
note: Eotvo
en: The settings you choose in the dialog can also be set using the mouse: Click the arrow next to the <emph>Multiple Pages Preview</emph> icon. Now move the mouse over the desired number of rows and columns.
en_GB: The settings you choose in the dialogue box can also be set using the mouse: Click the arrow next to the <emph>Multiple Pages Preview</emph> icon. Now move the mouse over the desired number of rows and columns.

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3143270 help.text]
note: fMazZ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu, from which you can insert a formula into the cell of a table.</ahelp> Place the cursor in a cell in the table or at the position in the document where you want the result to appear. Click the<emph> Formula </emph>icon and choose the desired formula from the submenu.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu, from which you can insert a formula into the cell of a table.</ahelp> Place the cursor in a cell in the table or at the position in the document where you want the result to appear. Click the<emph> Formula </emph>icon and choose the desired formula from the sub-menu.

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3149096 help.text]
note: 5x7iX
en: The formula appears in the input line. To specify a range of cells in a table, select the desired cells with the mouse. The corresponding cell references also appear in the input line. Enter additional parameters, as necessary, and click <emph>Apply</emph> to confirm your entry. You can also enter the formula directly if you know the appropriate syntax. This is necessary, for example, in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Insert Fields"><emph>Insert Fields</emph></link> and <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialogs.
en_GB: The formula appears in the input line. To specify a range of cells in a table, select the desired cells with the mouse. The corresponding cell references also appear in the input line. Enter additional parameters, as necessary, and click the <emph>Apply</emph> icon to confirm your entry. You can also enter the formula directly if you know the appropriate syntax. This is necessary, for example, in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Insert Fields"><emph>Insert Fields</emph></link> and <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialogue boxes.

[ctx: 14020000.xhp hd_id3156260 help.text]
note: DdgLa
en: Basic Functions in the Submenu
en_GB: Basic Functions in the Sub-menu

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3147524 help.text]
note: CvHCo
en: Example: <A1> NEQ 2 displays 0 (wrong), if the content of A1 equals 2.
en_GB: Example: <A1> NEQ 2 displays 0 (false), if the content of A1 equals 2.

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3147553 help.text]
note: FuXYL
en: Less than or Equal
en_GB: Less than or Equal to

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3153729 help.text]
note: 24FA3
en: Greater than or Equal
en_GB: Greater than or Equal to

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3150836 help.text]
note: zEADu
en: Less
en_GB: Less than

[ctx: 14020000.xhp par_id3150720 help.text]
note: R7RyE
en: Greater
en_GB: Greater than

[ctx: 14050000.xhp par_id3154501 help.text]
note: VRahE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Allows you to create a formula by typing it directly into the input line or by clicking the <emph>Formula</emph> icon to display the formulas in submenu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Allows you to create a formula by typing it directly into the input line or by clicking the <emph>Formula</emph> icon to display the formulas in sub-menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: 18030000.xhp par_id3147403 help.text]
note: VSSUW
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open the Fields dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu.</ahelp> Click to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Fields</link> dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a submenu.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open the Fields dialogue box. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a sub-menu.</ahelp> Click to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Fields</link> dialogue box. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a sub-menu.

[ctx: 18030100.xhp par_id3151312 help.text]
note: Nb7FF
en: If you would like to define a different date format, or have the date updated automatically, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> to insert a field command and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. The format of an existing date field can be modified at any time by choosing <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>.
en_GB: If you would like to define a different date format, or have the date updated automatically, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> to insert a field command and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialogue box. The format of an existing date field can be modified at any time by choosing <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>.

[ctx: 18030200.xhp par_id3151177 help.text]
note: G6Z68
en: To assign a different time format, or adapt the actual time data, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired changes in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. Additionally, you can modify the format of an inserted time field at any time by choosing <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>.
en_GB: To assign a different time format, or adapt the actual time data, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired changes in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialogue box. Additionally, you can modify the format of an inserted time field at any time by choosing <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>.

[ctx: 18030300.xhp par_id3151175 help.text]
note: mDJBW
en: If you would like to define a different format or modify the page number, insert a field with <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. It is also possible to edit a field inserted with the <emph>Page Number</emph> command with <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>. To change page numbers, read the <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp" name="Page Numbers"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide.
en_GB: If you would like to define a different format or modify the page number, insert a field with <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialogue box. It is also possible to edit a field inserted with the <emph>Page Number</emph> command with <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Fields"><emph>Edit - Fields</emph></link>. To change page numbers, read the <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp" name="Page Numbers"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide.

[ctx: 18030400.xhp par_id3149294 help.text]
note: Ld9fD
en: If you wish to have the page number formatted with a different numbering style, choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> to insert the required field, and specify the settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Field"><emph>Field</emph></link> dialog. The format of the field inserted using the <emph>Page Number</emph> command can also be modified using the <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Field"><emph>Edit - Field</emph></link> command.
en_GB: If you wish to have the page number formatted with a different numbering style, choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> to insert the required field, and specify the settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Field"><emph>Field</emph></link> dialogue box. The format of the field inserted using the <emph>Page Number</emph> command can also be modified using the <link href="text/swriter/01/02140000.xhp" name="Edit - Field"><emph>Edit - Field</emph></link> command.

[ctx: 18030500.xhp par_id3156380 help.text]
note: wsHdq
en: If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. The <emph>DocInformation</emph> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties.
en_GB: If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialogue box. The <emph>DocInformation</emph> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties.

[ctx: 18030600.xhp par_id3148768 help.text]
note: RSHaD
en: If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialog. The <emph>DocInformation</emph> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties.
en_GB: If you would like to insert a different document property as a field, select <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and make the desired settings in the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields"><emph>Fields</emph></link> dialogue box. The <emph>DocInformation</emph> category contains all of the fields shown in the document properties.

[ctx: 18130000.xhp par_id3155902 help.text]
note: RwxaU
en: If you place the direct cursor approximately in the middle between the left and the right margin of a page or a table cell, the text you insert will be centered. Similarly, text is right-aligned when the direct cursor is placed on the right margin.
en_GB: If you place the direct cursor approximately in the middle between the left and the right margin of a page or a table cell, the text you insert will be centred. Similarly, text is right-aligned when the direct cursor is placed on the right margin.

[ctx: 18130000.xhp par_id3151255 help.text]
note: 5miBP
en: The AutoCorrect tool automatically removes empty paragraphs, tabs, and spaces that are inserted by the direct cursor. If you want to use the direct cursor, then disable the AutoCorrect tool.
en_GB: The AutoCorrect tool automatically removes empty paragraphs, tabs, and spaces that are inserted by the direct cursor. If you want to use the direct cursor, you must disable the AutoCorrect tool.

[ctx: 19040000.xhp par_id3151173 help.text]
note: Fzfpw
en: Click to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link> dialog. Click the arrow next to the icon and select the required field from the submenu.
en_GB: Click to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link> dialogue box. Click the arrow next to the icon and select the required field from the sub-menu.

[ctx: word_count_stb.xhp hd_id3149687 help.text]
note: ESMYi
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:StateWordCount">The number of words in the document and selection is displayed in this field of the status bar. A double-click opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp" name="Word Count">word count dialog</link>, which shows extra document statistics.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:StateWordCount">The number of words in the document and selection is displayed in this field of the status bar. A double-click opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp" name="Word Count">word count dialogue box</link>, which shows extra document statistics.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3151187 help.text]
note: 9AvD2
en: <variable id="serienbrieftext"><ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialog helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="serienbrieftext"><ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialogue box helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3149553 help.text]
note: RfKS7
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/pathpb">Opens the<emph> Select Path </emph>dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/pathpb">Opens the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3149802 help.text]
note: uXgCi
en: <ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the Navigator window, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. Navigator is also available as a deck of the Sidebar. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.</ahelp> To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken" name="dock">dock</link> the Navigator at the edge of your workspace.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the Navigator window, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. Navigator is also available as a deck of the Sidebar. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organise master documents.</ahelp> To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken" name="dock">dock</link> the Navigator at the edge of your workspace.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3155136 help.text]
note: SMFgG
en: A hidden section in a document appears gray in the Navigator, and displays the text "hidden" when you rest the mouse pointer over it. The same applies to header and footer contents of Page Styles that are not used in a document, and hidden contents in tables, frames, graphics, OLE objects, and indexes.
en_GB: A hidden section in a document appears grey in the Navigator, and displays the text "hidden" when you rest the mouse pointer over it. The same applies to header and footer contents of Page Styles that are not used in a document, and hidden contents in tables, frames, graphics, OLE objects, and indexes.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3155932 help.text]
note: R8cwF
en: To quickly reorder headings and their associated text in your document, select the "Headings" category in the list, and then click the<emph> Content View</emph> icon. Now you can use drag-and-drop to reorder contents.
en_GB: To quickly reorder headings and their associated text in your document, select the "Headings" category in the list, and then click the <emph>Content View</emph> icon. Now you can use drag-and-drop to reorder contents.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3150954 help.text]
note: 8BVxG
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP">Creates a hyperlink when you drag and drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP">Creates a hyperlink when you drag-and-drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3154371 help.text]
note: Q8EAG
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK">Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag and drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK">Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag-and-drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3155589 help.text]
note: GFSCB
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY">Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag and drop in the current document. You cannot drag and drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY">Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag-and-drop in the current document. You cannot drag-and-drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3148999 help.text]
note: rZmAa
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX">Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the contents of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word "active" after its name in the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX">Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the content of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word "active" after its name in the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110100.xhp par_id3148783 help.text]
note: BiC9u
en: For table formulas, you can either jump to all table formulas located within your document or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulas, you jump only to formulas that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulas with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulas).
en_GB: For table formulae, you can either jump to all table formulae located within your document, or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulae, you jump only to formulae that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulae with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulae).

[ctx: 02110100.xhp par_id3153141 help.text]
note: sg88n
en: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_VS">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the "Previous Object" or "Next Object" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_VS">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click either the "Previous Object" or "Next Object" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110100.xhp par_id3149968 help.text]
note: j8DZJ
en: You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customize"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp" name="menus">menus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp" name="keyboard input">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the "Navigate" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the "To Next/Previous Index Tag" functions.
en_GB: You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customise"><emph>Tools - Customise</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp" name="menus">menus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp" name="keyboard input">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the "Navigate" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the "To Next/Previous Index Tag" functions.

[ctx: 02110100.xhp par_id3155361 help.text]
note: 8ZsLT
en: With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialog. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialog.
en_GB: With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialogue box. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: 02110100.xhp par_idN1086E help.text]
note: CGgax
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through table formulas.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through table formulae.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110100.xhp par_idN10885 help.text]
note: nRUw3
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through wrong table formulas.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through incorrect table formulae.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3154571 help.text]
note: YDBoV
en: <variable id="autotexttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditGlossary">Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="autotexttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditGlossary">Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3153640 help.text]
note: E8EtV
en: The <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog lists the AutoText categories and entries.
en_GB: The <emph>AutoText </emph>dialogue box lists the AutoText categories and entries.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3155862 help.text]
note: uFCEf
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText </emph>button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3153300 help.text]
note: C3uDS
en: You can drag and drop AutoText entries from one category to another.
en_GB: You can drag-and-drop AutoText entries from one category to another.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3149607 help.text]
note: AcAYU
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace">Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace">Replaces the content of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3150786 help.text]
note: ABcPw
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp" name="Rename Text Block">Rename AutoText</link> dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Rename AutoText dialogue box, in which you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp" name="Rename Text Block">Rename AutoText</link> dialogue box, with which you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3145106 help.text]
note: PpSwY
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp" name="Assign Macro">Assign Macro</link> dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, with which you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp" name="Assign Macro">Assign Macro</link> dialogue box, with which you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3149583 help.text]
note: qxtvA
en: You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the provided AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the "text only" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field.
en_GB: You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the supplied AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the "text only" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3148937 help.text]
note: PCNLQ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import">Opens a dialog where you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import">Opens a dialogue box in which you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3154933 help.text]
note: JFBJJ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the<emph> Name</emph> box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the <emph>Name</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3153379 help.text]
note: VZJjb
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3154852 help.text]
note: FsKz9
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp" name="Edit Paths">Edit Paths</link> dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Edit Paths dialogue box, in which you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp" name="Edit Paths">Edit Paths</link> dialogue box, in which you can select the directory to store AutoText.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3156064 help.text]
note: 2uAPt
en: To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog.
en_GB: To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02130000.xhp par_id3154766 help.text]
note: F9TwU
en: Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the <emph>Edit Bibliography Entry </emph>dialog.
en_GB: Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the <emph>Edit Bibliography Entry</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02130000.xhp par_id3166468 help.text]
note: UWaCM
en: Closes the dialog.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02130000.xhp par_id3151389 help.text]
note: sK6CB
en: Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new entry.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialogue box, in which you can create a new entry.

[ctx: 02130000.xhp par_id3155620 help.text]
note: CkvE8
en: Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can edit the current entry.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialogue box, with which you can edit the current entry.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3151184 help.text]
note: APCwH
en: <variable id="fields_text"><variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FieldDialog">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.</ahelp> In the dialog, you can use the arrow buttons to move to the previous or the next field. </variable></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="fields_text"><variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FieldDialog">Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.</ahelp> In the dialogue box, you can use the arrow buttons to move to the previous or the next field. </variable></variable>

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3149106 help.text]
note: fabLD
en: If you select a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link> link in your document, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Fields</item>, the <link href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp" name="Edit Links"><emph>Edit Links</emph></link> dialog opens.
en_GB: If you select a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link> link in your document, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Fields</item>, the <link href="text/shared/01/02180000.xhp" name="Edit Links"><emph>Edit Links</emph></link> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3149036 help.text]
note: TitAj
en: If you click in front of a "sender" type field, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Fields</item>, the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp" name="User data"><emph>User data</emph></link> dialog opens.
en_GB: If you click in front of a "sender" type field, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Fields</item>, the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp" name="User data"><emph>User data</emph></link> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3151371 help.text]
note: qPvDs
en: The following dialog elements are only visible when the corresponding field type is selected.
en_GB: The following dialogue box elements are only visible when the corresponding field type is selected.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3147409 help.text]
note: 7gCVA
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat">Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click "Additional formats" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat">Select the format for the content of the field. For date, time and user-defined fields, you can also click "Additional formats" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3145256 help.text]
note: TX3VG
en: Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for "Next Page," "Page Numbers" or "Previous Page". You can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number.
en_GB: Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for "Next Page," "Page Numbers" or "Previous Page". If you want, you can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number.

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3150772 help.text]
note: Gduki
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Insert Footnote">Insert Footnote/Endnote</link> dialog.
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Insert Footnote">Insert Footnote/Endnote</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02160000.xhp par_id3155539 help.text]
note: 9vVk3
en: You can jump quickly to index entries with the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp" name="Navigation Bar">Navigation Bar</link>.
en_GB: You can quickly jump to index entries with the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp" name="Navigation Bar">Navigation Bar</link>.

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3143275 help.text]
note: pEsGp
en: The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialog is similar to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp" name="Insert - Section"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialog, and offers the following additional options:
en_GB: The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialogue box is similar to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp" name="Insert - Section"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialogue box, and offers the following additional options:

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3149104 help.text]
note: t7ZoG
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section </emph>list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section</emph> list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window.

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3152773 help.text]
note: DJA5z
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp" name="Options"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp" name="Options"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behaviour of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password-protected, you must enter the password first.

[ctx: 03050000.xhp par_id3147514 help.text]
note: 4CZcY
en: <ahelp hid=".">Contains a submenu for showing or hiding the horizontal and vertical rulers.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Contains a sub-menu for showing or hiding the horizontal and vertical rulers.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03050000.xhp par_id3147517 help.text]
note: HqkF4
en: Show or hide the horizontal ruler and if activate, the vertical ruler. The horizontal ruler can be used to adjust page horizontal margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.
en_GB: Show or hide the horizontal ruler and, if active, the vertical ruler. The horizontal ruler can be used to adjust page horizontal margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells and to arrange objects on the page.

[ctx: 03050000.xhp par_id110120150347249577 help.text]
note: Aeydu
en: Show or hide the vertical ruler. The vertical ruler can be used to adjust page vertical margins, table cells, and object heights on the page.
en_GB: Show or hide the vertical ruler. The vertical ruler can be used to adjust page vertical margins, table cells and object heights on the page.

[ctx: 03090000.xhp par_id3147171 help.text]
note: j4HCh
en: <ahelp hid=".">Switches between showing fields as field names or field values.</ahelp> When enabled the field names are displayed, and when disabled the field values displayed. Some field contents cannot be displayed.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Switches between showing fields as field names or field values.</ahelp> When enabled the field names are displayed, and when disabled the field values are displayed. Some field contents cannot be displayed.

[ctx: 03090000.xhp par_id3149287 help.text]
note: t6YzS
en: To change the default field display to field names instead of the field contents, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph>, and then select the <emph>Field codes</emph> checkbox in the <emph>Display</emph> area.
en_GB: To change the default field display to field names instead of the field contents, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph>, and then select the <emph>Field codes</emph> check box in the <emph>Display</emph> area.

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3155182 help.text]
note: GFhgq
en: Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next <link href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp" name="column">column</link>. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.
en_GB: Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next <link href="text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp" name="column">column</link>. A manual column break is indicated by a non-printing border at the top of the new column.

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3149102 help.text]
note: mHBEG
en: Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.
en_GB: Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a non-printing border at the top of the new page.

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3155183 help.text]
note: DqPAE
en: The <emph>Insert Section </emph>dialog contains the following tabs:
en_GB: The <emph>Insert Section </emph>dialogue box contains the following tabs:

[ctx: 04020100.xhp par_id3147742 help.text]
note: An8TC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box where you can change the current password.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04020100.xhp par_id3148849 help.text]
note: EZthG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.</ahelp> The components of a hidden sections appear gray in the Navigator. When you rest your mouse pointer over a hidden component in the Navigator, the Help tip "hidden" is displayed.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.</ahelp> The components of a hidden sections appear grey in the Navigator. When you rest your mouse pointer over a hidden component in the Navigator, the Help tip "hidden" is displayed.

[ctx: 04020100.xhp par_idN108E3 help.text]
note: j34CE
en: You see this area of the dialog when the current document is an XForms document.
en_GB: You see this area of the dialogue box when the current document is an XForms document.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_idN1074A help.text]
note: MEC5D
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Caption dialogue box. It has the same information as the dialogue box you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id396130 help.text]
note: Cji5e
en: Click into the envelope page to make it the current page.
en_GB: Click within the envelope page to make it the current page.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id7657704 help.text]
note: SUCEa
en: A submenu opens showing some page styles.
en_GB: A sub-menu opens showing some page styles.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id5187536 help.text]
note: xckvs
en: Choose the "Default" page style from the submenu.
en_GB: Choose the "Default" page style from the sub-menu.

[ctx: 04070200.xhp par_id3149481 help.text]
note: 5DXo5
en: Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the addressee field.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the character formatting that is used in the addressee field.

[ctx: 04070200.xhp par_id3149828 help.text]
note: HHtyG
en: Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the addressee field.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the addressee field.

[ctx: 04070200.xhp par_id3155918 help.text]
note: BzhWw
en: Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the sender field.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the character formatting that is used in the sender field.

[ctx: 04070200.xhp par_id3150112 help.text]
note: iRmLL
en: Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the sender field.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the sender field.

[ctx: 04070200.xhp par_id3147422 help.text]
note: fTvFo
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format">Select the envelope size that want, or select "User Defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format">Select the envelope size that you want, or select "User-defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070300.xhp hd_id3155898 help.text]
note: BztGH
en: Horizontal center
en_GB: Horizontal centre

[ctx: 04070300.xhp par_id3149694 help.text]
note: gAUjv
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the centre of the printer tray.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070300.xhp hd_id3151260 help.text]
note: BSJav
en: Vertical center
en_GB: Vertical centre

[ctx: 04070300.xhp par_id3148968 help.text]
note: AdFPG
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter">Feeds the envelope vertically from the centre of the printer tray.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070300.xhp par_id3147418 help.text]
note: 5tRJs
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup">Opens the Print Setup dialogue box in which you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id3154190 help.text]
note: xBNXy
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FIELD_INSERT">Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the <emph>Close </emph>button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FIELD_INSERT">Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialogue box, click the <emph>Close</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id5591296 help.text]
note: 72scW
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090001.xhp par_id3153672 help.text]
note: 533CT
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The following fields are available:
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select</emph> list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The following fields are available:

[ctx: 04090001.xhp par_id3154631 help.text]
note: 2FEpZ
en: The following fields can only be inserted if the corresponding field type is selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list.
en_GB: The following fields can only be inserted if the corresponding field type is selected in the <emph>Type</emph> list.

[ctx: 04090001.xhp par_id3150678 help.text]
note: fDsGY
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type</emph> list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090001.xhp par_id3145188 help.text]
note: vVqsH
en: If you want, you can enter an <emph>Offset </emph>for the displayed page number. With an <emph>Offset</emph> value of 1, the field will display a number that is 1 more than the current page number, but only if a page with that number exists. On the last page of the document, this same field will be empty.
en_GB: If you want, you can enter an <emph>Offset</emph> for the displayed page number. With an <emph>Offset</emph> value of 1, the field will display a number that is 1 more than the current page number, but only if a page with that number exists. On the last page of the document, this same field will be empty.

[ctx: 04090002.xhp par_id3159197 help.text]
note: 4BgfB
en: The advantage of entering a cross-reference as a field is that you do not have to adjust the references manually every time you change the document. Just update the fields with F9 and the references in the document are updated too.
en_GB: The advantage of entering a cross-reference as a field is that you do not have to adjust the references manually every time that you change the document. Just update the fields with F9 and the references in the document are updated too.

[ctx: 04090002.xhp par_id3147746 help.text]
note: 2uYWW
en: Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position has to be defined with "Set Reference" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under <emph>Selection</emph> is not possible.
en_GB: Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position must be defined with "Set Reference" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under <emph>Selection</emph> is not possible.

[ctx: 04090002.xhp par_id3146344 help.text]
note: gGk3v
en: In master documents, you can also reference from one sub-document to another. Note that the reference name will not appear in the selection field and has to be entered "by hand".
en_GB: In master documents, you can also reference from one sub-document to another. Note that the reference name will not appear in the selection field and must be entered "by hand".

[ctx: 04090002.xhp par_id3154772 help.text]
note: 3Uoa3
en: References are fields. To remove a reference, delete the field. If you set a longer text as a reference and you do not want to reenter it after deleting the reference, select the text and copy it to the clipboard. You can then reinsert it as "unformatted text" at the same position using the command <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>. The text remains intact while the reference is deleted.
en_GB: References are fields. To remove a reference, delete the field. If you set a longer text as a reference and you do not want to re-enter it after deleting the reference, select the text and copy it to the clipboard. You can then reinsert it as "unformatted text" at the same position using the command <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>. The text remains intact while the reference is deleted.

[ctx: 04090002.xhp par_id3156032 help.text]
note: DRRLC
en: In a master document, targets that are in different sub-documents are not displayed in the<emph> Selection</emph> list. If you want to insert a reference to the target, you must type the path and the name in the <emph>Name </emph>box.
en_GB: In a master document, targets that are in different sub-documents are not displayed in the <emph>Selection</emph> list. If you want to insert a reference to the target, you must type the path and the name in the <emph>Name</emph> box.

[ctx: 04090002.xhp par_id3159216 help.text]
note: zRBwU
en: If you select text in the document, and then insert a reference, the selected text becomes the contents of the field that you insert.
en_GB: If you select text in the document, and then insert a reference, the selected text becomes the content of the field that you insert.

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id0902200804352037 help.text]
note: vXJzx
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select</emph> list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3149881 help.text]
note: uJGGF
en: Inserts text if a certain <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="condition">condition</link> is met. For example, enter "sun eq 1" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable "sun" equals "1" in the <emph>Then </emph>box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the <emph>Else</emph> box. To define the variable "sun", click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp" name="Variables"><emph>Variables</emph></link> tab, select "Set variable", type "sun" in the<emph> Name</emph> box, and its value in the<emph> Value</emph> box.
en_GB: Inserts text if a certain <link href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp" name="condition">condition</link> is met. For example, enter "sun eq 1" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable "sun" equals "1" in the <emph>Then</emph> box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the <emph>Else</emph> box. To define the variable "sun", click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp" name="Variables"><emph>Variables</emph></link> tab, select "Set variable", type "sun" in the <emph>Name</emph> box, and its value in the <emph>Value</emph> box.

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3147564 help.text]
note: 9RXUT
en: Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in your document or press Ctrl+Shift+F9 to display the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp" name="Choose Item"><emph>Choose Item</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in your document or press Ctrl+Shift+F9 to display the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp" name="Choose Item"><emph>Choose Item</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3146865 help.text]
note: vA4qz
en: You can also insert database fields in the <emph>Then </emph>and <emph>Else </emph>boxes using the format "databasename.tablename.fieldname".
en_GB: You can also insert database fields in the <emph>Then</emph> and <emph>Else</emph> boxes using the format "databasename.tablename.fieldname".

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3155912 help.text]
note: 7TTJC
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the "Execute macro" function field.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, in which you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the "Execute macro" function field.

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3147455 help.text]
note: VuawG
en: This dialog is shown when you click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in the document.
en_GB: This dialogue box is shown when you click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in the document.

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3148855 help.text]
note: y3cNZ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/edit">Displays the <emph>Edit Fields: Functions</emph> dialog, where you can edit the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/edit">Displays the <emph>Edit Fields: Functions</emph> dialogue box, where you can edit the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090003.xhp par_id3148434 help.text]
note: DGE2F
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/next">Closes the current <emph>Input list</emph> and displays the next, if available.</ahelp> You see this button when you open the <emph>Choose Item</emph> dialog by Ctrl+Shift+F9.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropdownfielddialog/next">Closes the current <emph>Input list</emph> and displays the next, if available.</ahelp> You see this button when you open the <emph>Choose Item</emph> dialogue box by Ctrl+Shift+F9.

[ctx: 04090005.xhp par_id0903200802243625 help.text]
note: PM34A
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select</emph> list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090005.xhp par_id3152772 help.text]
note: 7amgE
en: Inserts automatic numbering for tables, graphics, or frames.
en_GB: Inserts automatic numbering for tables, graphics or frames.

[ctx: 04090005.xhp par_id3150696 help.text]
note: siatD
en: In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the "Set variable" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the <emph>Value </emph>box is converted to an opening HTML <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tag">tag</link> (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select.
en_GB: In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the "Set variable" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the <emph>Value</emph> box is converted to an opening HTML <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tag">tag</link> (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select.

[ctx: 04090006.xhp par_id090220080439090 help.text]
note: hAFUi
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select</emph> list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090006.xhp par_idN10772 help.text]
note: jNhC6
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse">Opens a file open dialogue box in which you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090006.xhp hd_id3155084 help.text]
note: BZDCz
en: User defined
en_GB: User-defined

[ctx: 04090006.xhp par_idN10803 help.text]
note: CkAyn
en: <ahelp hid=".">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialogue box asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialogue box opens in which you can select the database records to print.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090007.xhp par_id3152960 help.text]
note: wqYAF
en: $[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognized by an HTML filter depends on the field type.
en_GB: $[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognised by an HTML filter depends on the field type.

[ctx: 04090007.xhp par_id3149485 help.text]
note: 5CDDm
en: Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:
en_GB: Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognised by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:

[ctx: 04090007.xhp par_id3149562 help.text]
note: GKr9N
en: Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:
en_GB: Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognised by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:

[ctx: 04090100.xhp par_id3154470 help.text]
note: Qrj7z
en: To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialog.
en_GB: To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp bm_id3145828 help.text]
note: w6GFr
en: <bookmark_value>logical expressions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulating conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>conditions; in fields and sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fields;defining conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections;defining conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>variables; in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>user data;in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>databases;in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding; database fields</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>logical expressions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulating conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>conditions; in fields and sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fields;defining conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections;defining conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>variables; in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>user data;in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>databases;in conditions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding; database fields</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3149289 help.text]
note: i5GC7
en: Hidden text: hides the contents of the field if the condition is true.
en_GB: Hidden text: hides the content of the field if the condition is true.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3149802 help.text]
note: Rjj7J
en: The simplest way to define a condition is to type the logical expression directly in a <emph>Condition </emph>box using the following values:
en_GB: The simplest way to define a condition is to type the logical expression directly in a <emph>Condition</emph> box using the following values:

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3147090 help.text]
note: hyaBZ
en: If you leave the <emph>Condition </emph>box empty, the condition is interpreted as not being met.
en_GB: If you leave the <emph>Condition</emph> box empty, the condition is interpreted as not being met.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3149953 help.text]
note: Ni7UQ
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3149601 help.text]
note: mVhRE
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3156241 help.text]
note: VuC8X
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3148945 help.text]
note: NEsBf
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3154128 help.text]
note: V88Ua
en: You can define conditions for accessing databases, or database fields. For example, you can check the contents of a database field from a condition, or use database fields in logical expressions. The following table lists a few more examples of using databases in conditions:
en_GB: You can define conditions for accessing databases, or database fields. For example, you can check the content of a database field from a condition, or use database fields in logical expressions. The following table lists a few more examples of using databases in conditions:

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3154605 help.text]
note: yas2m
en: Database.Table.Firstname AND Database.Table.Name
en_GB: Database.Table.Forename AND Database.Table.Surname

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3153059 help.text]
note: JE4uA
en: Returns TRUE if the record contains the first and the last name.
en_GB: Returns TRUE if the record contains the forename and the surname.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3154294 help.text]
note: oQ9Es
en: In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type "page == 1".
en_GB: In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type "page == 1".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3150640 help.text]
note: q2GJJ
en: In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type "There are several pages".
en_GB: In the <emph>Or</emph> box, type "There are several pages".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3155109 help.text]
note: nFZmQ
en: In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click "Set Variable".
en_GB: In the <emph>Type</emph> list, click "Set Variable".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3147008 help.text]
note: BiGCY
en: In the<emph> Name</emph> box, type "Profit".
en_GB: In the <emph>Name</emph> box, type "Profit".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3147032 help.text]
note: HCCpo
en: In the<emph> Value</emph> box, type "5000".
en_GB: In the <emph>Value</emph> box, type "5000".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3156317 help.text]
note: tt2tE
en: In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type "Target is met".
en_GB: In the <emph>Or</emph> box, type "Target is met".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp hd_id3155573 help.text]
note: dnveA
en: To display conditional text based on the contents of a database field:
en_GB: To display conditional text based on the content of a database field:

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3155587 help.text]
note: fTqTB
en: The first part of this example inserts a space between the "First Name" and "Last Name" fields in a document, and the second part inserts text based on the contents of a field. This example requires that an address data source is registered with $[officename].
en_GB: The first part of this example inserts a space between the "Forename" and "Surname" fields in a document, and the second part inserts text based on the content of a field. This example requires that an address data source is registered with $[officename].

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3148811 help.text]
note: 5ANfT
en: In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click "Mail merge fields".
en_GB: In the <emph>Type</emph> list, click "Mail merge fields".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3148841 help.text]
note: 6y4CB
en: In the<emph> Database selection</emph> box, double-click an address book, click "First Name", and then click<emph> Insert</emph>. Repeat for "Last Name".
en_GB: In the <emph>Database selection</emph> box, double-click an address book, click "Forename", and then click <emph>Insert</emph>. Repeat for "Surname".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3147549 help.text]
note: EAvoR
en: In the document, place the cursor between the two fields, press Space, and then return to the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog:
en_GB: In the document, place the cursor between the two fields, press Space, and then return to the <emph>Fields</emph> dialogue box:

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3153589 help.text]
note: VBTBK
en: In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: "Addressbook.addresses.firstname".
en_GB: In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type: "Addressbook.addresses.forename".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3153615 help.text]
note: DGjxA
en: In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type a space and leave the <emph>Or </emph>box blank.
en_GB: In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type a space and leave the <emph>Or</emph> box blank.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3153562 help.text]
note: HNNFU
en: You can now use a condition to insert text based on the contents of the First Name field.
en_GB: You can now use a condition to insert text based on the contents of the Forename field.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3150574 help.text]
note: jLGF8
en: In the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog, click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab.
en_GB: In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialogue box, click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3150605 help.text]
note: xpBc7
en: In the <emph>Type </emph>box, click "Conditional text".
en_GB: In the <emph>Type</emph> box, click "Conditional text".

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3151277 help.text]
note: nLcRi
en: In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: Addressbook.addresses.firstname == "Michael"
en_GB: In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type: Addressbook.addresses.forename == "Michael"

[ctx: 04090200.xhp par_id3151303 help.text]
note: FKcEF
en: In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type "Dear".
en_GB: In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type "Dear".

[ctx: 04090300.xhp par_id241519650657361 help.text]
note: jQWP3
en: When visible, opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field. The dialog depends on the type of the field.
en_GB: When visible, opens a dialogue box to edit the contents of the field. The dialogue box depends on the type of the field.

[ctx: 04120000.xhp par_idN105AC help.text]
note: tCd22
en: Opens a menu to insert an index or bibliography entry, as well as inserting a table of contents, index, and or bibliography.
en_GB: Opens a menu to insert an index or bibliography entry, as well as inserting a table of contents, index, and/or bibliography.

[ctx: 04120100.xhp par_id3145760 help.text]
note: 3Nui7
en: You can leave the <emph>Insert Index Entry</emph> dialog open while you select and insert entries.
en_GB: You can leave the <emph>Insert Index Entry</emph> dialogue box open while you select and insert entries.

[ctx: 04120100.xhp par_id3145783 help.text]
note: CcW9W
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb">Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames, and captions is not included.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/applytoallcb">Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames and captions is not included.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120100.xhp par_id3155920 help.text]
note: KHEQn
en: You cannot use the function for an <emph>Entry </emph>that you entered manually in this dialog.
en_GB: You cannot use the function for an <emph>Entry</emph> that you entered manually in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 04120100.xhp par_id3154777 help.text]
note: mGVfH
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120100.xhp par_id3150161 help.text]
note: ATPwD
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/new">Opens the <emph>Create New User-defined Index</emph> dialog where you can create a custom index.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/new">Opens the <emph>Create New User-defined Index</emph> dialogue box where you can create a custom index.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120200.xhp par_id3154575 help.text]
note: ZBcCP
en: You can also preview the index or table in this dialog.
en_GB: You can also preview the index or table in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 04120201.xhp par_id3154505 help.text]
note: AabLF
en: You can assign different paragraph styles to change the formatting of index titles, separators and index entries. You can also modify paragraph styles in this dialog.
en_GB: You can assign different paragraph styles to change the formatting of index titles, separators and index entries. You can also modify paragraph styles in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 04120201.xhp par_id3149290 help.text]
note: T2vmL
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/styles">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><) </emph>button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/styles">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><)</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120201.xhp par_id3153675 help.text]
note: fDM3t
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/edit">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/edit">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialogue box, in which you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120210.xhp par_id3148390 help.text]
note: EYCiW
en: Use this tab to specify and define the type of  <link href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp" name="index">index</link> that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes.
en_GB: Use this tab to specify and define the type of <link href="text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp" name="index">index</link> that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes.

[ctx: 04120211.xhp par_id1209200804373840 help.text]
note: XavFH
en: You can also assign the outline levels in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp">Outline & Numbering</link> tab page of the Format - Paragraph dialog.
en_GB: You can also assign the outline levels in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp">Outline & Numbering</link> tab page of the Format - Paragraph dialogue box.

[ctx: 04120211.xhp par_id3152772 help.text]
note: kVXzU
en: <variable id="vorlg"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...)</emph> button to the right of this box.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="vorlg"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialogue box as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...)</emph> button to the right of this box.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04120211.xhp par_id3145776 help.text]
note: fXKAD
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/styles">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index. Choose the proper heading level on which the style will be included in the index.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/styles">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialogue box, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index. Choose the proper heading level on which the style will be included in the index.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120212.xhp par_id3155962 help.text]
note: GNpsZ
en: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Alphabetical Index </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Alphabetical Index</emph> as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type. </variable>

[ctx: 04120212.xhp par_id3145825 help.text]
note: KDtqw
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range in which the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120212.xhp hd_id3154502 help.text]
note: 9NZbj
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: 04120212.xhp par_id3149880 help.text]
note: 4Uisa
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens">Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>.

[ctx: 04120212.xhp par_idN10671 help.text]
note: Uk3yX
en: To use multi-level collation to Asian languages, select <emph>Case sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared.
en_GB: To use multi-level collation with Asian languages, select <emph>Case-sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared.

[ctx: 04120212.xhp hd_id3150569 help.text]
note: MLChM
en: AutoCapitalize entries
en_GB: AutoCapitalise entries

[ctx: 04120212.xhp par_id3148772 help.text]
note: EK4QN
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps">Automatically capitalises the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120212.xhp par_id3151184 help.text]
note: f9rfK
en: To define an index key, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Insert Index Entry"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: To define an index key, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp" name="Insert Index Entry"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 04120213.xhp par_id3145415 help.text]
note: GbFAz
en: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select the <emph>Illustration Index </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select the <emph>Illustration Index</emph> as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>

[ctx: 04120214.xhp par_id3146320 help.text]
note: WTeYQ
en: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Index of Tables </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Index of Tables</emph> as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>

[ctx: 04120215.xhp par_id3151183 help.text]
note: GRFyd
en: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>User-Defined </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>User-Defined</emph> as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>

[ctx: 04120216.xhp par_id3147175 help.text]
note: ckWBu
en: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Objects </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Objects</emph> as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>

[ctx: 04120217.xhp par_id3145825 help.text]
note: FxwgF
en: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Bibliography </emph>as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="verzeichnis">The following options are available when you select <emph>Bibliography</emph> as the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index">index</link> type.</variable>

[ctx: 04120219.xhp par_id3147176 help.text]
note: BpYdC
en: To create an index entry from a paragraph style, click the style in the<emph> Styles</emph> list, and then click the <emph>>> </emph>button to move the style to the index level that you want.
en_GB: To create an index entry from a paragraph style, click the style in the <emph>Styles</emph> list, and then click the <emph>>></emph> button to move the style to the index level that you want.

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3154638 help.text]
note: fsKwb
en: The <emph>Structure </emph>line defines how the entries in the index are composed. To change the appearance of an entry you can enter codes or text in the empty boxes on this line. You can also click in an empty box or on a code, and then click a code button.
en_GB: The <emph>Structure</emph> line defines how the entries in the index are composed. To change the appearance of an entry you can enter codes or text in the empty boxes on this line. You can also click in an empty box or on a code, and then click a code button.

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3149292 help.text]
note: m3Jkx
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Displays the remainder of the <emph>Structure </emph>line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Displays the remainder of the <emph>Structure</emph> line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3147512 help.text]
note: 7d4aW
en: To delete a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then press the <item type="keycode">Delete</item> key.
en_GB: To delete a code from the <emph>Structure</emph> line, click the code, and then press the <item type="keycode">Delete</item> key.

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3149806 help.text]
note: aqo9k
en: To replace a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then click a code button.
en_GB: To replace a code from the <emph>Structure</emph> line, click the code, and then click a code button.

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3154480 help.text]
note: qNe4D
en: To add a code to the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in an empty box, and then click a code button.
en_GB: To add a code to the <emph>Structure</emph> line, click in an empty box, and then click a code button.

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3149490 help.text]
note: E984A
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position </emph>box, or select the <emph>Align right </emph>check box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position</emph> box, or mark the <emph>Align right</emph> check box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3153631 help.text]
note: CbWAi
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure</emph> line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120221.xhp par_id3151372 help.text]
note: 63F9N
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit">Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit">Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120222.xhp par_id3153532 help.text]
note: EqsNj
en: Level "S" refers to the single letter headings that divide the index entries alphabetically. To enable these headings, select the <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph> check box in the <emph>Format</emph> area.
en_GB: Level "S" refers to the single letter headings that divide the index entries alphabetically. To enable these headings, mark the <emph>Alphabetic delimiter</emph> check box in the <emph>Format</emph> area.

[ctx: 04120222.xhp par_id3154573 help.text]
note: LYFhH
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120222.xhp hd_id3148977 help.text]
note: enRHa
en: Alphabetical delimiter
en_GB: Alphabetic delimiter

[ctx: 04120227.xhp par_id3147175 help.text]
note: Q6CBF
en: Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=".">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog to add new entries.
en_GB: Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=".">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialogue box to add new entries.

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id837427 help.text]
note: rZWDJ
en: You can use the Find All button on the Find & Replace dialog to highlight all places where a word appears, then open the Insert Index Entry dialog to add that word and places to the alphabetical index. However, if you need the same set of alphabetical indexes in multiple documents, the concordance file allows you to enter every word just once, then use the list many times.
en_GB: You can use the Find All button on the Find & Replace dialogue box to highlight all places where a word appears, then open the Insert Index Entry dialogue box to add that word and places to the alphabetical index. However, if you need the same set of alphabetical indexes in multiple documents, the concordance file allows you to enter every word just once, then use the list many times.

[ctx: 04120250.xhp hd_id3154645 help.text]
note: cFHDU
en: To access the Edit Concordance File dialog:
en_GB: To access the Edit Concordance File dialogue box:

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3145420 help.text]
note: YJSWn
en: In the <emph>Type </emph>box, select "Alphabetical Index".
en_GB: In the <emph>Type</emph> box, select "Alphabetical Index".

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3154107 help.text]
note: tNeAS
en: In the <emph>Options </emph>area, select the <emph>Concordance file</emph> check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Options</emph> area, mark the <emph>Concordance file</emph> check box.

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3155184 help.text]
note: PqJ9t
en: "Match case" means that uppercase and lowercase letters are considered.
en_GB: "Match case" means that upper-case and lower-case letters are considered.

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3147220 help.text]
note: YmG7P
en: To enable the "Match case" or "Word only" options, click in the corresponding cell, and then select the check box.
en_GB: To enable the "Match case" or "Word only" options, click in the corresponding cell, and then mark the check box.

[ctx: 04120250.xhp hd_id3153629 help.text]
note: xADn5
en: To create a concordance file without the Edit Concordance File dialog:
en_GB: To create a concordance file without the Edit Concordance File dialogue box:

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3155907 help.text]
note: AFejJ
en: For example, to include the word "Boston" in your alphabetical index under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line in the concordance file:
en_GB: For example, to include the word "London" in your alphabetical index under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line in the concordance file:

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3151383 help.text]
note: NQkQN
en: This also finds "Boston" if it is written in lowercase letters.
en_GB: This also finds "London" if it is written in lower-case letters.

[ctx: 04120250.xhp par_id3155866 help.text]
note: 3Skot
en: To include the "Beacon Hill" district in Boston under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line:
en_GB: To include the "Westminster" district in London under the "Cities" entry, enter the following line:

[ctx: 04120300.xhp par_id3149036 help.text]
note: twQjc
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120300.xhp par_id3147579 help.text]
note: 2GdDf
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialogue box, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04120300.xhp par_id3157900 help.text]
note: t2twE
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp" name="Define Bibliography Entry">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialogue box where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04130000.xhp par_id3155896 help.text]
note: riDFE
en: In the preview area of the <emph>Frame</emph> dialog, the frame is represented by a green rectangle, and the reference area by a red rectangle.
en_GB: In the preview area of the <emph>Frame</emph> dialogue box, the frame is represented by a green rectangle, and the reference area by a red rectangle.

[ctx: 04150000.xhp par_id3153511 help.text]
note: pcCBW
en: On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialog, where you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.
en_GB: On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialogue box, in which you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.

[ctx: 04180400.xhp par_id3154651 help.text]
note: yBq8D
en: You can only change one database at a time in this dialog.
en_GB: You can only change one database at a time in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 04180400.xhp par_idN106DF help.text]
note: uiEBb
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse">Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse">Opens a file open dialogue box to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04200000.xhp par_id3150572 help.text]
note: pB6kM
en: If your document contains more than one script, the <emph>Edit Script</emph> dialog contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script.
en_GB: If your document contains more than one script, the <emph>Edit Script</emph> dialogue box contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script.

[ctx: 04220000.xhp par_id3145827 help.text]
note: ZBFbd
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the sub-menu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.

[ctx: 04220000.xhp par_id3150570 help.text]
note: yG4tD
en: A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have headers.
en_GB: A tick mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have headers.

[ctx: 04230000.xhp par_id3149353 help.text]
note: XjP6E
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the sub-menu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the "Default" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document.

[ctx: 04230000.xhp par_id3150018 help.text]
note: tVUjn
en: A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have footers.
en_GB: A tick mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have footers.

[ctx: 04990000.xhp par_id3145827 help.text]
note: qVhAD
en: The submenu lists the most common field types that can be inserted into a document at the current cursor position. To view all of the available fields, choose <emph>More Fields</emph>.
en_GB: The sub-menu lists the most common field types that can be inserted into a document at the current cursor position. To view all of the available fields, choose <emph>More Fields</emph>.

[ctx: 05030200.xhp hd_id3145413 help.text]
note: bzNpm
en: Characters at line begin
en_GB: Characters at beginning of line

[ctx: 05030200.xhp par_id3154574 help.text]
note: tGvde
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert">Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert">Mark this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030200.xhp par_id3143275 help.text]
note: qtPBp
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle">Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle">Mark this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030200.xhp par_id3147089 help.text]
note: MkA9k
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the check box unchecked.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030200.xhp par_id3156279 help.text]
note: 8xv5r
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines</emph> box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines</emph> box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page.

[ctx: 05030200.xhp par_id3155918 help.text]
note: owvwc
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the position of the break is adjusted.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines</emph> box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines</emph> box, the position of the break is adjusted.

[ctx: 05040500.xhp par_id3154827 help.text]
note: AgHsC
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/applytolb">Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.</ahelp> This option is only available if you access this dialog by choosing <emph>Format - Columns</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/applytolb">Select the item to which you want to apply the column layout.</ahelp> This option is only available if you access this dialogue box by choosing <emph>Format - Columns</emph>.

[ctx: 05040501.xhp par_id3151390 help.text]
note: kNCQC
en: Sections follow the text flow behavior of the page they are inserted into.
en_GB: Sections follow the text flow behaviour of the page they are inserted into.

[ctx: 05040600.xhp hd_id3151255 help.text]
note: SPoDG
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05040600.xhp par_id3149107 help.text]
note: CLAvS
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/color">Select the color of the separator line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/color">Select the colour of the separator line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040700.xhp par_id3143283 help.text]
note: TUuZv
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is marked.

[ctx: 05040700.xhp par_id3145776 help.text]
note: XW542
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is marked.

[ctx: 05040800.xhp par_id3151171 help.text]
note: MtvTq
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040800.xhp par_id3154193 help.text]
note: XLF6W
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE">Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE">Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in fewer characters per line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040800.xhp par_id3147089 help.text]
note: eFbLG
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR">Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR">Specifies the printing and colour options of the text grid.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3150759 help.text]
note: Ah743
en: The <emph>Image</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:
en_GB: The <emph>Image</emph> dialogue box contains the following tab pages:

[ctx: 05060100.xhp par_id3145413 help.text]
note: jCG6y
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the text area of the paragraph it is anchored to.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060100.xhp par_id3154563 help.text]
note: StGCH
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the text area of the paragraph it is anchored to.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060100.xhp par_id3153352 help.text]
note: 3AoMX
en: Specify the anchoring options for the selected object or frame. The anchor options are not available when you open the dialog from the Styles window.
en_GB: Specify the anchoring options for the selected object or frame. The anchor options are not available when you open the dialogue box from the Styles window.

[ctx: 05060100.xhp par_id3150463 help.text]
note: uAuov
en: If you anchor an object to a frame with a fixed height, only the "Bottom" and "Center" alignment options are available.
en_GB: If you anchor an object to a frame with a fixed height, only the "Bottom" and "Centre" alignment options are available.

[ctx: 05060201.xhp par_id3154219 help.text]
note: GDkjD
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_REDO">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo </emph>command.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_REDO">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo</emph> command.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060201.xhp hd_id3153212 help.text]
note: 9mUfu
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: 05060201.xhp par_id3145098 help.text]
note: 2EeVo
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same colour. Click here, and then click a colour in the bitmap. To increase the colour range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060201.xhp par_id3149381 help.text]
note: ztVdS
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: 05060201.xhp par_id3154735 help.text]
note: ZUrbQ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the colour tolerance for the Colour Replacer as a percentage. To increase the colour range that the Colour Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060700.xhp par_id3147391 help.text]
note: dQBpF
en: Nonprinting characters, such as tabs and line breaks, are entered
en_GB: Non-printing characters, such as tabs and line breaks, are entered

[ctx: 05060900.xhp par_id3149105 help.text]
note: fHMnG
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent">Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent">Prevents changes to the content of the selected item.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060900.xhp par_id3147099 help.text]
note: ULigj
en: You can still copy the contents of the selected item.
en_GB: You can still copy the content of the selected item.

[ctx: 05060900.xhp par_id3151374 help.text]
note: 3repr
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/textflow">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings </emph>from the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/textflow">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings</emph> from the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05090100.xhp par_id3153672 help.text]
note: M4CRh
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left </emph>box in the <emph>Spacing </emph>area.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> box in the <emph>Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05090100.xhp hd_id3155899 help.text]
note: BuSsP
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 05090100.xhp par_id3149696 help.text]
note: NSV72
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center">Centers the table horizontally on the page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center">Centres the table horizontally on the page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05090100.xhp par_id3155180 help.text]
note: DDrT5
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the<emph> Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp" name="column widths">column widths</link>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the <emph>Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp>$[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp" name="column widths">column widths</link>.

[ctx: 05090100.xhp par_id3154836 help.text]
note: tSoCz
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.

[ctx: 05090100.xhp par_id3147220 help.text]
note: VgoK4
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.

[ctx: 05090300.xhp par_id3154643 help.text]
note: AeBqQ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break">Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break">Mark this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05090300.xhp par_id3148978 help.text]
note: xdFxH
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the check box unchecked.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05100400.xhp par_id3154558 help.text]
note: BMgnL
en: To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T.
en_GB: To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T.

[ctx: 05130000.xhp par_id3155897 help.text]
note: GiASi
en: Use Page Styles to organize the structure of the document, and to add page numbers. You can also specify the page style to apply to the first page that follows after a page break.
en_GB: Use Page Styles to organise the structure of the document, and to add page numbers. You can also specify the page style to apply to the first page that follows after a page break.

[ctx: 05130004.xhp par_id3149501 help.text]
note: bzFhD
en: Here you can create a Numbering Style. The Numbering Styles are organized in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles">Styles</link> window.
en_GB: Here you can create a Numbering Style. The Numbering Styles are organised in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles">Styles</link> window.

[ctx: 05130004.xhp par_id3151390 help.text]
note: EpdZF
en: When a Numbering Style is created, a name is assigned to the numbering. This is why such templates are also called "named" numberings. Unnamed numberings, which are used for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung" name="direct formatting">direct formatting</link>, can be created in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Numbering/bullets">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialog or with the icons of the <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp" name="object bar">object bar</link>.
en_GB: When a Numbering Style is created, a name is assigned to the numbering. This is why such templates are also called "named" numberings. Unnamed numberings, which are used for <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung" name="direct formatting">direct formatting</link>, can be created in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Numbering/bullets">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialogue box or with the icons of the <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp" name="object bar">object bar</link>.

[ctx: 05130100.xhp par_id3149349 help.text]
note: keRBa
en: $[officename] applies the paragraph properties of conditional styles as follows (the bold terms correspond to the titles of dialog fields): If a paragraph formatted with a conditional style is in a <emph>Context</emph> that has an <emph>Applied Style</emph> linked to it, then the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> from that condition is used. If no style is linked to the <emph>Context</emph>, then the attributes defined in the conditional style apply. The following example illustrates this relationship:
en_GB: $[officename] applies the paragraph properties of conditional styles as follows (the bold terms correspond to the titles of dialogue box fields): If a paragraph formatted with a conditional style is in a <emph>Context</emph> that has an <emph>Applied Style</emph> linked to it, then the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> from that condition is used. If no style is linked to the <emph>Context</emph>, then the attributes defined in the conditional style apply. The following example illustrates this relationship:

[ctx: 05130100.xhp par_id3148768 help.text]
note: ybTYn
en: Define a new Paragraph Style by choosing <emph>New</emph> in the <emph>Styles</emph> window, and selecting all the paragraph properties that you want for your business letter in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog. Name this style "Business letter".
en_GB: Define a new Paragraph Style by choosing <emph>New</emph> in the <emph>Styles</emph> window, and selecting all the paragraph properties that you want for your business letter in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialogue box. Name this style "Business letter".

[ctx: 05130100.xhp par_id3150760 help.text]
note: PvNZL
en: You can apply the Paragraph Style to the context by double-clicking the selected entry in the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> list box or by using <emph>Apply</emph>.
en_GB: You can apply the Paragraph Style to the context by double-clicking the selected entry in the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> list box or by using <emph>Assign</emph>.

[ctx: 05130100.xhp par_id3149753 help.text]
note: ZFDp8
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Paragraph Style dialog, and then format all paragraphs in your business letter, including the header, with the new "Business letter" conditional Paragraph Style. (When you click in the header, you may need to display <item type="literal">All Styles</item> or <item type="literal">Custom Styles</item> in the style list to use the new business letter style.)
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Paragraph Style dialogue box, and then format all paragraphs in your business letter, including the header, with the new "Business letter" conditional Paragraph Style. (When you click in the header, you may need to display <item type="literal">All Styles</item> or <item type="literal">Custom Styles</item> in the style list to use the new business letter style.)

[ctx: 05130100.xhp par_id3150974 help.text]
note: JG6u9
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/condstyle">Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/condstyle">Mark this check box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05140000.xhp par_id3149800 help.text]
note: qAqK4
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for paragraphs.</ahelp> Use paragraph styles to apply the same <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung" name="formatting">formatting</link>, such as font, numbering, and layout to the paragraphs in your document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays formatting styles for paragraphs.</ahelp> Use paragraph styles to apply the same <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung" name="formatting">formatting</link>, such as font, numbering and layout to the paragraphs in your document.

[ctx: 05140000.xhp par_idN109BB help.text]
note: KFB5g
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu with more commands.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu with more commands.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05140000.xhp par_id3149552 help.text]
note: L5UYB
en: <ahelp hid=".">Creates a new style based on the formatting of the current paragraph, page, or selection.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Creates a new style based on the formatting of the current paragraph, page or selection.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05140000.xhp par_idN10A36 help.text]
note: TSnrm
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Load Styles dialog to import styles from another document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Load Styles dialogue box to import styles from another document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05150000.xhp par_id1029200810080924 help.text]
note: jMxQr
en: Opens the AutoCorrect dialog.
en_GB: Opens the AutoCorrect dialogue box.

[ctx: 05150000.xhp par_id3147570 help.text]
note: avdcs
en: To open the <link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp" name="AutoFormat for Tables">AutoFormat for Tables</link> dialog, click in a table cell, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>.
en_GB: To open the <link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp" name="AutoFormat for Tables">AutoFormat for Tables</link> dialogue box, click in a table cell, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat Styles</emph>.

[ctx: 05150100.xhp tit help.text]
note: uw4nF
en: While  Typing
en_GB: While Typing

[ctx: 05150100.xhp hd_id3147436 help.text]
note: 5FzfD
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp" name="While  Typing">While Typing</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp" name="While Typing">While Typing</link>

[ctx: 05150101.xhp par_id3149500 help.text]
note: V6p4i
en: <variable id="autoformattabelle"><ahelp hid=".">Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="autoformattabelle"><ahelp hid=".">Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading and borders.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05150101.xhp par_id3151168 help.text]
note: Eiwoh
en: In the <emph>Add AutoFormat</emph> dialog, enter a name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Add AutoFormat</emph> dialogue box, enter a name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: 05150200.xhp par_id3150763 help.text]
note: udjza
en: To create a numbered list, type a number followed by a period (.), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph.
en_GB: To create a numbered list, type a number followed by a full stop (.), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph.

[ctx: 05150300.xhp par_id3152999 help.text]
note: oMC8P
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph>. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph>. In a dialogue box, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05150300.xhp par_id3147570 help.text]
note: a4rKw
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/edit">Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/edit">Opens a dialogue box where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05190000.xhp par_id3145411 help.text]
note: Gx63y
en: When you split a table that contains formulas, the formulas may be affected.
en_GB: When you split a table that contains formulae, the formulae may be affected.

[ctx: 05200000.xhp tit help.text]
note: JwChf
en: Merge Table
en_GB: Merge Tables

[ctx: 05200000.xhp hd_id3154652 help.text]
note: SHdXh
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp" name="Merge Table">Merge Table</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp" name="Merge Tables">Merge Tables</link>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3148572 help.text]
note: nUqc5
en: <variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.</ahelp> $[officename] searches the document and suggests hyphenation that you can accept or reject. If text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the selected text only. If no text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the whole document.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.</ahelp> $[officename] searches the document and suggests hyphenation that you can accept or reject. If text is selected, the Hyphenation dialogue box works on the selected text only. If no text is selected, the Hyphenation dialogue box works on the whole document.</variable>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3153811 help.text]
note: AWz4F
en: To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link> tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialog will not find any word to hyphenate.
en_GB: To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link> tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialogue box will not find any word to hyphenate.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3150019 help.text]
note: S7Qtb
en: To end hyphenation, click <emph>Close</emph>. The hyphenation that is applied already will not be reverted. You can use <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to undo all hyphenation that was applied while the Hyphenation dialog was open.
en_GB: To end hyphenation, click <emph>Close</emph>. The hyphenation that is applied already will not be reverted. You can use <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to undo all hyphenation that was applied while the Hyphenation dialogue box was open.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3147562 help.text]
note: qc5UE
en: To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the Text Flow tab, and then clear the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box in the Hyphenation area.
en_GB: To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the Text Flow tab, and then unmark the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box in the Hyphenation area.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3154276 help.text]
note: k84at
en: To disable the Hyphenation dialog and always hyphenate automatically, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp" name="Language Settings - Writing Aids"><emph>Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph></link>, and select the <emph>Hyphenate without inquiry</emph> check box.
en_GB: To disable the Hyphenation dialogue box and always hyphenate automatically, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp" name="Language Settings - Writing Aids"><emph>Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph></link>, and select the <emph>Hyphenate without inquiry</emph> check box.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3152950 help.text]
note: nxwSz
en: To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign (-).
en_GB: To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word into which you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign (-).

[ctx: 06060000.xhp par_id3155892 help.text]
note: LsqXh
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/saveas">Opens a dialog where you can save the current settings for the selected chapter and outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumbering/saveas">Opens a dialogue box where you can save the current settings for the selected chapter and outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3153533 help.text]
note: E2DAU
en: Lowercase letters
en_GB: Lower-case letters

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3149820 help.text]
note: AdZyB
en: Alphabetical numbering with identical lower case letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the third number in level two is "cc".
en_GB: Alphabetical numbering with identical lower-case letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the third number in level two is "cc".

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3153358 help.text]
note: sScy6
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/suffix">Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type a period (.) to display "1."
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinenumberingpage/suffix">Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type a full stop (.) to display "1."

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3153154 help.text]
note: GCndz
en: Uppercase
en_GB: Upper-case

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3147508 help.text]
note: VZFLB
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3152940 help.text]
note: uviUq
en: Roman numerals (upper case)
en_GB: Roman numerals (upper-case)

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3150359 help.text]
note: JQFJY
en: Roman numerals (lower case)
en_GB: Roman numerals (lower-case)

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3155895 help.text]
note: L9mtD
en: Alphabetical numbering with uppercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "AA".
en_GB: Alphabetical numbering with upper-case letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "AA".

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3149297 help.text]
note: NDVBP
en: Alphabetical numbering with lowercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "aa".
en_GB: Alphabetical numbering with lower-case letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at "aa".

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3148983 help.text]
note: 9hk8D
en: Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the top of each page. This option is only available if the <emph>End of page </emph>check box is selected in the <emph>Position </emph>area.
en_GB: Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the top of each page. This option is only available if the <emph>End of page</emph> check box is marked in the <emph>Position</emph> area.

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id334242345 help.text]
note: ZUp7X
en: Footnote numbers are left aligned by default in the footnote area. For right aligned footnote numbers first edit the paragraph style <emph>Footnote</emph>. Press <item type="keycode">F11</item> to open <emph>Styles</emph> dialog and select <emph>Footnote</emph> from the list of paragraph styles. Open the local menu with right click and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Go to the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab page and set indent to 0 before and after the paragraph, including the first line. On <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page create a tab of right type at 12pt and a tab of left type at 14pt. Then in <emph>Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</emph> dialog enter <item type="input">\t</item> into the <emph>Before</emph> and <emph>After</emph> edit boxes.
en_GB: Footnote numbers are left aligned by default in the footnote area. For right aligned footnote numbers first edit the paragraph style <emph>Footnote</emph>. Press <item type="keycode">F11</item> to open <emph>Styles</emph> dialogue box and select <emph>Footnote</emph> from the list of paragraph styles. Open the local menu with right click and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Go to the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab page and set indent to 0 before and after the paragraph, including the first line. On <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page create a tab of right type at 12pt and a tab of left type at 14pt. Then in <emph>Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</emph> dialogue box enter <item type="input">\t</item> into the <emph>Before</emph> and <emph>After</emph> edit boxes.

[ctx: 06080100.xhp par_id3149229 help.text]
note: SyJgg
en: This option is only available if the <emph>End of Document</emph> check box is selected in the <emph>Position</emph> area.
en_GB: This option is only available if the <emph>End of Document</emph> check box is marked in the <emph>Position</emph> area.

[ctx: 06080100.xhp hd_id3154784 help.text]
note: AF7tD
en: Start of next page
en_GB: Beginning of next page

[ctx: 06090000.xhp bm_id3147402 help.text]
note: iF4fJ
en: <bookmark_value>converting; text, into tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; converting to tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; converting to text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>converting; text to tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; converting to tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; converting to text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06090000.xhp par_id3150015 help.text]
note: x3MAF
en: The options available in this dialog depending on the type of conversion.
en_GB: The options available in this dialogue box depending on the type of conversion.

[ctx: 06090000.xhp par_id31542781 help.text]
note: GGKFD
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialogue box, in which you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06100000.xhp par_id3150350 help.text]
note: 2Bs8N
en: Paragraphs are separated by nonprinting paragraph marks. You can also specify that tabs or a character act as separators when you sort paragraphs.
en_GB: Paragraphs are separated by non-printing paragraph marks. You can also specify that tabs or a character act as separators when you sort paragraphs.

[ctx: 06100000.xhp par_id3155178 help.text]
note: HhFEh
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb">Opens the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb">Opens the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialogue box, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06100000.xhp par_id3154838 help.text]
note: 5D9kq
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06180000.xhp par_id3150249 help.text]
note: ca98d
en: <variable id="zeinum">Adds or removes and formats line numbers in the current document. To exclude a paragraph from line numbering, click in the paragraph, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab, and then clear the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph> check box.</variable> You can also exclude a paragraph style from line numbering.
en_GB: <variable id="zeinum">Adds or removes and formats line numbers in the current document. To exclude a paragraph from line numbering, click in the paragraph, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab, and then unmark the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph> check box.</variable> You can also exclude a paragraph style from line numbering.

[ctx: format_object.xhp par_idN10558 help.text]
note: ev5DK
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: format_object.xhp par_id2874538 help.text]
note: YmaBu
en: Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog.
en_GB: Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialogue box.

[ctx: mailmerge00.xhp par_idN105F6 help.text]
note: tXUcc
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Configurable Mail Merge dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Configurable Mail Merge dialogue box</link>

[ctx: mailmerge01.xhp par_idN1057D help.text]
note: Nh6Ed
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a template selector dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a template selector dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge03.xhp par_idN1056C help.text]
note: AWG5X
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">Select Address List</link> dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">Select Address List</link> dialogue box, in which you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge03.xhp par_id7805416 help.text]
note: cnF64
en: If you select <emph>This document shall contain an address block</emph>, the third and fourth substeps become enabled on this page. Then you have to match the <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">address block elements</link> and the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">field names</link> used in the mail.
en_GB: If you select <emph>This document shall contain an address block</emph>, the third and fourth sub-steps become enabled on this page. Then you have to match the <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">address block elements</link> and the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">field names</link> used in the mail.

[ctx: mailmerge03.xhp par_idN1058B help.text]
note: vsaBC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">Select Address Block</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">Select Address Block</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge03.xhp par_idN105A0 help.text]
note: VU5HE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp tit help.text]
note: 45mQF
en: Mail Merge Wizard - Greeting Line
en_GB: Mail Merge Wizard - Create a salutation

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN1055D help.text]
note: 8iQqt
en: Insert personalized salutation
en_GB: Insert personalised salutation

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN10561 help.text]
note: euaCv
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalised salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, unmark this check box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN10568 help.text]
note: WgoRg
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalised greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN1056F help.text]
note: 4fd4C
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Female recipient) dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Female recipient) dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN10584 help.text]
note: a5tPP
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalised greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN1058B help.text]
note: 77eUG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Male recipient) dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Male recipient) dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN105AE help.text]
note: BFkdS
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalised salutation.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge04.xhp par_idN105BC help.text]
note: BfFvG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_cusaddlis.xhp tit help.text]
note: FHSJ5
en: Customize Address List
en_GB: Customise Address List

[ctx: mm_cusaddlis.xhp par_idN1053C help.text]
note: HiCed
en: Customize Address List
en_GB: Customise Address List

[ctx: mm_cusaddlis.xhp par_idN10540 help.text]
note: CSFHG
en: Customizes the address list for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.
en_GB: Customises the address list for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.

[ctx: mm_cusgrelin.xhp par_idN1056D help.text]
note: JmqBg
en: Customize salutation
en_GB: Customise salutation

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN1055B help.text]
note: GFHN4
en: Insert personalized salutation
en_GB: Insert personalised salutation

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN1055F help.text]
note: CcCi7
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalised salutation. To use the default salutation, unmark this check box.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN10566 help.text]
note: HoC7L
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalised greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN1056D help.text]
note: Y2QmN
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a female recipient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialogue box for a female recipient.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN10582 help.text]
note: AGB8N
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the personalised greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN10589 help.text]
note: FW7bL
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a male recipient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialogue box for a male recipient.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_emabod.xhp par_idN105AC help.text]
note: cegDP
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the default greeting to use if a personalised salutation cannot be created.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp par_idN105F3 help.text]
note: E9Xmd
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp">Copy To</link> dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp">Copy To</link> dialogue box in which you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_newaddlis.xhp par_idN10546 help.text]
note: jFDBk
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</ahelp> When you click <emph>OK</emph>, a dialog prompts you for the location to save the address list.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</ahelp> When you click <emph>OK</emph>, a dialogue box prompts you for the location to save the address list.

[ctx: mm_newaddlis.xhp par_idN10589 help.text]
note: U58Zi
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp">Find Entry</link> dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp">Find Entry</link> dialogue box. You can leave the dialogue box open while you edit the entries.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_newaddlis.xhp par_idN1059A help.text]
note: UPmWa
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: mm_newaddlis.xhp par_idN1059E help.text]
note: HLwrS
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp">Customize Address List</link> dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp">Customise Address List</link> dialogue box in which you can rearrange, rename, add and delete fields.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seladdblo.xhp par_idN1056E help.text]
note: SuFzs
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can define a new address block layout.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">New Address Block</link> dialogue box in which you can define a new address block layout.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seladdblo.xhp par_idN10583 help.text]
note: gFpeE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">Edit Address Block</link> dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">Edit Address Block</link> dialogue box where you can edit the selected address block layout.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seladdlis.xhp par_idN1055E help.text]
note: Sq8DA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.</ahelp> If the file contains more than one table, the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog opens.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.</ahelp> If the file contains more than one table, the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: mm_seladdlis.xhp par_idN10589 help.text]
note: PL7dd
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can create a new address list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialogue box, in which you can create a new address list.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seladdlis.xhp par_idN1059E help.text]
note: cFCzM
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/02/12090100.xhp">Standard Filter</link> dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/02/12090100.xhp">Standard Filter</link> dialogue box, in which you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seladdlis.xhp par_idN105B3 help.text]
note: mCF6w
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialogue box, in which you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seladdlis.xhp par_idN105C8 help.text]
note: vSBnj
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialogue box, in which you can select another table to use for mail merge.</ahelp>

[ctx: mm_seltab.xhp par_idN1055B help.text]
note: 6J8Xg
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge Recipients</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge Recipients</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: selection_mode.xhp par_id2962126 help.text]
note: 6tyDw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the selection mode from the submenu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the selection mode from the sub-menu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.</ahelp>

[ctx: title_page.xhp par_id300920161443293374 help.text]
note: vCmHm
en: Using the Default (or any other) page style for your document, you can add a header or footer as you wish to the first page by deselecting the <item type="menuitem">Same content on first page</item> option on the header/footer tabs in the <emph>Page Style</emph> dialog, and then adding the header or footer. You can then add a different header or footer to the other pages of the document.
en_GB: Using the Default (or any other) page style for your document, you can add a header or footer as you wish to the first page by deselecting the <item type="menuitem">Same content on first page</item> option on the header/footer tabs in the <emph>Page Style</emph> dialogue box and then adding the header or footer. You can then add a different header or footer to the other pages of the document.

[ctx: watermark.xhp par_id731516900297974 help.text]
note: EnyKB
en: Fill the dialog settings below.
en_GB: Fill the dialogue box settings below.

[ctx: watermark.xhp par_id501516905708560 help.text]
note: FhzgC
en: The values entered applies to the actual page style.
en_GB: The values entered apply to the actual page style.

[ctx: watermark.xhp par_id47418 help.text]
note: a3iUA
en: <image id="img_id16673" src="media/screenshots/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/WatermarkDialog.png" width="11cm" height="8cm"><alt id="alt_id47763">Watermark dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id16673" src="media/screenshots/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/WatermarkDialog.png" width="11cm" height="8cm"><alt id="alt_id47763">Watermark dialogue box</alt></image>

[ctx: watermark.xhp par_id531516900343270 help.text]
note: rF8xW
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the rotation angle for the watermark. The text will be rotated by this angle in counterclockwise direction.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the rotation angle for the watermark. The text will be rotated by this angle in anticlockwise direction.</ahelp>

[ctx: watermark.xhp hd_id321516900368799 help.text]
note: t8xjF
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: watermark.xhp par_id521516900373461 help.text]
note: 5TFmS
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select a color from the drop-down box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select a colour from the drop-down box.</ahelp>

[ctx: watermark.xhp hd_id771516906476223 help.text]
note: Eabmi
en: To change a watermark contents or setting.
en_GB: To change a watermark content or setting.

[ctx: watermark.xhp par_id831516906589936 help.text]
note: hCQFn
en: If the watermark in use is a text inserted by the <item type="menuitem">Format - Watermark</item> menu command or by the <link href="text/swriter/classificationbar.xhp" name="classification bar">document classification settings</link>, you can edit the contents and settings on opening the watermark dialog.
en_GB: If the watermark in use is a text inserted by the <item type="menuitem">Format - Watermark</item> menu command or by the <link href="text/swriter/classificationbar.xhp" name="classification bar">document classification settings</link>, you can edit the content and settings on opening the watermark dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000402.xhp par_id3151243 help.text]
note: CuxBv
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F3
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F3

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3149295 help.text]
note: C3Avr
en: <variable id="felddokument">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Document</emph> tab</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="felddokument">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Document</emph> tab </variable>

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3147515 help.text]
note: GJDk8
en: <variable id="feldfunktionen">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Functions</emph> tab</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="feldfunktionen">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Functions</emph> tab </variable>

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3153581 help.text]
note: gzeof
en: <variable id="felddokumentinfo">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - DocInformation</emph> tab</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="felddokumentinfo">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - DocInformation</emph> tab </variable>

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3150710 help.text]
note: ApGDC
en: <variable id="feldvariablen">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Variables</emph> tab</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="feldvariablen">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Variables</emph> tab </variable>

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3152945 help.text]
note: 2GeFY
en: <variable id="felddatenbank">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Database</emph> tab</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="felddatenbank">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields - Database</emph> tab </variable>

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id655978063576 help.text]
note: 2dbBm
en: In the <emph>Styles</emph> window. Click the <emph>Styles action</emph> icon on the top right of the <emph>Styles</emph> window and keep the mouse button pressed. Choose <menuitem>Load Styles</menuitem> from the submenu.
en_GB: In the <emph>Styles</emph> window. Click the <emph>Styles action</emph> icon on the top right of the <emph>Styles</emph> window and keep the mouse button pressed. Choose <menuitem>Load Styles</menuitem> from the sub-menu.

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3155555 help.text]
note: mLkuG
en: Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> bar, click
en_GB: Open <emph>Optimise Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> bar, click

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3153755 help.text]
note: anxFF
en: Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> bar, click
en_GB: Open <emph>Optimise Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> bar, click

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3148932 help.text]
note: DZ9xL
en: Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> bar, click
en_GB: Open <emph>Optimise Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> bar, click

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3156426 help.text]
note: GZbSc
en: Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> bar, click
en_GB: Open <emph>Optimise Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> bar, click

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3151249 help.text]
note: w865X
en: <variable id="alles">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All </emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="alles">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3154839 help.text]
note: vmmB6
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields </emph>
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph>

[ctx: classificationbar.xhp par_id030820161744113553 help.text]
note: o6ZJC
en: Information is exchanged between users and organizations that collaborate to pursue a business goal. Where sensitive information is involved, it is assumed that the parties will have agreed what information is sensitive and how such information will be identified and handled. Any recipient of a resource will rely upon the provider of the information to follow the agreed procedures to identify the sensitivity of the information.
en_GB: Information is exchanged between users and organisations that collaborate to pursue a business goal. Where sensitive information is involved, it is assumed that the parties will have agreed what information is sensitive and how such information will be identified and handled. Any recipient of a resource will rely upon the provider of the information to follow the agreed procedures to identify the sensitivity of the information.

[ctx: classificationbar.xhp par_id030820161744118823 help.text]
note: Ds7Zb
en: %PRODUCTNAME provides standardized means for such sensitivity information to be expressed and may be used between parties if interoperable systems are to be implemented. It provides a set of standard “fields” that can be used to hold sensitivity information. It does not attempt to define what the contents of these “fields” should be. This approach is an improvement upon the only alternative that exists at the moment, which is for the provider to use an arbitrary means to express sensitivity that may not be useful to a recipient.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME provides standardised means for such sensitivity information to be expressed and may be used between parties if interoperable systems are to be implemented. It provides a set of standard “fields” that can be used to hold sensitivity information. It does not attempt to define what the contents of these “fields” should be. This approach is an improvement upon the only alternative that exists at the moment, which is for the provider to use an arbitrary means to express sensitivity that may not be useful to a recipient.

[ctx: classificationbar.xhp par_id030820161744121143 help.text]
note: J3mB2
en: While this standard has been developed with the intent that it would be applicable in any domain of activity, %PRODUCTNAME retained the aerospace and defense industry nomenclature and categories, where sensitivity marking results from national security, export control and intellectual property policies.
en_GB: While this standard has been developed with the intent that it would be applicable in any domain of activity, %PRODUCTNAME retained the aerospace and defence industry nomenclature and categories, where sensitivity marking results from national security, export control and intellectual property policies.

[ctx: classificationbar.xhp hd_id030820161747134459 help.text]
note: wTzaa
en: Customizing classification levels.
en_GB: Customising classification levels.

[ctx: classificationbar.xhp bm_id030820161851045883 help.text]
note: z6j8J
en: <bookmark_value>custom;classification levels</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>classification levels;customizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>custom;classification levels</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>classification levels;customising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: classificationbar.xhp par_id030820161747133280 help.text]
note: zP3TN
en: %PRODUCTNAME allows customization of the levels of classification for your business. To customize the number and the name of the levels, copy the file <item type="literal">example.xml</item> located in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - LibreOffice - Paths - Classification</menuitem> into a local folder and edit the contents.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME allows customisation of the levels of classification for your business. To customise the number and the name of the levels, copy the file <item type="literal">example.xml</item> located in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - LibreOffice - Paths - Classification</menuitem> into a local folder and edit the contents.

[ctx: classificationbar.xhp par_id030820161754171423 help.text]
note: FtFz5
en: The <emph>Classification</emph> toolbar contains listboxes to help in selecting the security of the document, according to the <item type="acronym">BAF</item> category policy and <item type="acronym">BAILS</item> levels. %PRODUCTNAME will add custom fields in the document properties (<item type="menuitem">File - Properties</item>, <emph>Custom Properties</emph> tab) to store the classification policy as document metadata.
en_GB: The <emph>Classification</emph> toolbar contains list boxes to help in selecting the security of the document, according to the <item type="acronym">BAF</item> category policy and <item type="acronym">BAILS</item> levels. %PRODUCTNAME will add custom fields in the document properties (<item type="menuitem">File - Properties</item>, <emph>Custom Properties</emph> tab) to store the classification policy as document metadata.

[ctx: mailmergetoolbar.xhp par_idN10556 help.text]
note: Qm2ty
en: <ahelp hid=".">Creates a single merged document with page breaks between each recipient.</ahelp> The names and the addresses of the recipients are contained in the document, which can be customized as needed.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Creates a single merged document with page breaks between each recipient.</ahelp> The names and the addresses of the recipients are contained in the document, which can be customised as needed.

[ctx: main0100.xhp par_id3149569 help.text]
note: b6Ayw
en: The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogs.
en_GB: The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogue boxes.

[ctx: main0102.xhp par_id102920150120459176 help.text]
note: 96mxR
en: Allows a user to click at the beginning, middle, or end of any possible text line on a page and then begin typing.
en_GB: Allows a user to click at the beginning, middle or end of any possible text line on a page and then begin typing.

[ctx: main0106.xhp hd_id3147406 help.text]
note: VY3FE
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customise">Customise</link>

[ctx: main0110.xhp par_idN10563 help.text]
note: DunBb
en: <ahelp hid=".">Shows commands to insert, edit, and delete a table and its elements inside a text document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Shows commands to insert, edit and delete a table and its elements inside a text document.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0110.xhp par_idN106B8 help.text]
note: cuCmA
en: Opens the Column Width dialog where you can change the width of a column.
en_GB: Opens the Column Width dialogue box in which you can change the width of a column.

[ctx: main0110.xhp par_idN106EC help.text]
note: NE7NJ
en: Opens the Row Height dialog where you can change the height of a row.
en_GB: Opens the Row Height dialogue box in which you can change the height of a row.

[ctx: main0110.xhp par_idN1074F help.text]
note: tAGig
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can convert the selected text to a table.</ahelp> Opens <link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp">a dialog</link> where you can convert the selected text to a table.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box with which you can convert the selected text to a table.</ahelp> Opens <link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp">a dialogue box</link> with which you can convert the selected text to a table.

[ctx: main0110.xhp par_idN10766 help.text]
note: LAbdZ
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can convert the current table to text.</ahelp> Opens <link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp">a dialog</link> where you can convert the current table to text.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box with which you can convert the current table to text.</ahelp> Opens <link href="text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp">a dialogue box</link> with which you can convert the current table to text.

[ctx: main0110.xhp par_idN107AC help.text]
note: xfWAX
en: Opens <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp">a dialog</link> where you can specify the format of numbers in the table.
en_GB: Opens <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp">a dialogue box</link> where you can specify the format of numbers in the table.

[ctx: main0115.xhp par_idN10563 help.text]
note: GLxFE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Contains commands to apply, create, edit, update, load, and manage <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp" name="styles">styles</link> in a text document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Contains commands to apply, create, edit, update, load and manage <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp" name="styles">styles</link> in a text document.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0115.xhp par_id451529878529005 help.text]
note: foqCF
en: You can customize the list of styles entries using menu <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp" name="customize menu"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. Because custom styles belongs to the actual document, remember to store the customized menu in the document scope.
en_GB: You can customize the list of styles entries using menu <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp" name="customize menu"><emph>Tools - Customise</emph></link>. Because custom styles belongs to the actual document, remember to store the customised menu in the document scope.

[ctx: main0115.xhp par_id111529881420452 help.text]
note: yrGy9
en: Opens the Paragraph Style dialog box of the current paragraph.
en_GB: Opens the Paragraph Style dialogue box of the current paragraph.

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3149593 help.text]
note: FUzck
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Color">Font Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Colour">Font Colour</link>

[ctx: main0205.xhp hd_id3147229 help.text]
note: rkMsR
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Color">Line Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Colour">Line Colour</link>

[ctx: main0213.xhp par_id3154239 help.text]
note: NtELb
en: By double-clicking on the ruler, you can open the <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialog and assign <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung" name="direct paragraph formatting">direct paragraph formatting</link> for the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs.
en_GB: By double-clicking on the ruler, you can open the <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialogue box and assign <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung" name="direct paragraph formatting">direct paragraph formatting</link> for the current paragraph or all selected paragraphs.

[ctx: main0215.xhp hd_id3151285 help.text]
note: UcRFJ
en: <link href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp" name="Background Color">Background Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp" name="Background Colour">Background Colour</link>

[ctx: main0216.xhp tit help.text]
note: vjbUV
en: OLE-Object Bar
en_GB: OLE Object Bar

[ctx: main0216.xhp hd_id3150726 help.text]
note: W8UvK
en: <link href="text/swriter/main0216.xhp" name="OLE-Object Bar">OLE-Object Bar</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/main0216.xhp" name="OLE Object Bar">OLE Object Bar</link>

[ctx: main0216.xhp par_id3150746 help.text]
note: CQsLx
en: <ahelp hid="HID_OLE_TOOLBOX">The<emph> OLE-Object </emph>bar appears when objects are selected, and contains the most important functions for formatting and positioning objects.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_OLE_TOOLBOX">The <emph>OLE Object</emph> bar appears when objects are selected, and contains the most important functions for formatting and positioning objects.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3154263 help.text]
note: DVNHm
en: $[officename] Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. You can then save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized OpenDocument format (ODF), Microsoft Word .doc format, or HTML. And you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format (PDF).
en_GB: $[officename] Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. You can then save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardised OpenDocument format (ODF), Microsoft Word .doc format, or HTML. And you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format (PDF).

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3147768 help.text]
note: hRCfc
en: $[officename] Writer lets you create both basic documents, such as memos, <link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp" name="faxes">faxes</link>, letters , resumes and <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp" name="merge documents">merge documents</link>, as well as long and complex or multi-part documents, complete with bibliographies, reference tables and indexes.
en_GB: $[officename] Writer lets you create both basic documents, such as memos, <link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp" name="faxes">faxes</link>, letters, CVs and <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp" name="merge documents">merge documents</link>, as well as long and complex or multi-part documents, complete with bibliographies, reference tables and indexes.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145610 help.text]
note: aTuVb
en: $[officename] Writer contains numerous desktop publishing and drawing tools to assist you in creating professionally styled documents, such as brochures, newsletters and invitations. You can format your documents with multi-column layouts, <link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp" name="frames">frames</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp" name="graphics">graphics</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp" name="tables">tables</link>, and other objects.
en_GB: $[officename] Writer contains numerous desktop publishing and drawing tools to assist you in creating professionally styled documents, such as brochures, newsletters and invitations. You can format your documents with multi-column layouts, <link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp" name="frames">frames</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp" name="graphics">graphics</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp" name="tables">tables</link> and other objects.

[ctx: align.xhp par_id3150249 help.text]
en: To accomplish this, you must define empty groups and character strings. They do not require any space, but carry information that helps in the alignment process.
en_GB: To accomplish this, you must define empty groups and text strings. They do not require any space, but carry information that helps in the alignment process.

[ctx: align.xhp par_id3153912 help.text]
en: To create empty groups, enter curly brackets <emph>{}</emph> in the Commands window. In the following example, the goal is to achieve a line break so that the plus signs are beneath one another, even though one less character is entered in the upper line:
en_GB: To create empty groups, enter curly brackets <emph>{}</emph> in the Commands window. In the following example, the goal is to achieve a line break so that the plus signs are beneath one another, even though one fewer character is entered in the upper line:

[ctx: align.xhp par_id3143229 help.text]
en: Empty character strings are a simple way to ensure that texts and formulas are left-aligned. They are defined using double inverted commas "" . Make sure you do not use any typographic inverted commas. Example:
en_GB: Empty text strings are a simple way to ensure that text strings and formulae are left-aligned. They are defined using double inverted commas "" . Ensure you do not use any typographic inverted commas. Example:

[ctx: attributes.xhp par_id3148870 help.text]
en: Some parts of formulas are always formatted bold or italic by default.
en_GB: Some parts of formulae are always formatted bold or italic by default.

[ctx: brackets.xhp bm_id3152596 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>brackets; merging formula parts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula parts; merging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fractions in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging;formula parts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>brackets; merging formula parts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula parts; merging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fractions in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging;formula parts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: brackets.xhp hd_id3154511 help.text]
en: Inserting fractions into formulas
en_GB: Inserting fractions into formulae

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3150537 help.text]
en: You can compose formulas using the Elements pane. Open it with the menu <emph>View - Elements</emph> if it is not already open.
en_GB: You can compose formulae using the Elements pane. Open it with the menu <emph>View - Elements</emph> if it is not already open.

[ctx: limits.xhp par_id6756187 help.text]
en: Now the formula is complete. Click into your text document outside the formula to leave the formula editor.
en_GB: Now the formula is complete. Click within your text document outside the formula to leave the formula editor.

[ctx: main.xhp hd_id3150199 help.text]
en: Entering and Editing Formulas
en_GB: Entering and Editing Formulae

[ctx: newline.xhp bm_id1295205 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>line breaks; in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas;line breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wrapping text;in formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>line breaks; in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;line breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wrapping text;in formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: newline.xhp hd_id3147339 help.text]
en: How to write formulas in $[officename] Math over two lines (with manual line break):
en_GB: How to write formulae in $[officename] Math over two lines (with manual line break):

[ctx: text.xhp par_id755943 help.text]
en: If you have set up Math to convert imported MathType formulas (in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - Microsoft Office), you see the formula with a placeholder instead of the asterisk.
en_GB: If you have set up Math to convert imported MathType formulae (in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Load/Save - Microsoft Office), you will see the formula with a placeholder instead of the asterisk.

[ctx: text.xhp par_id9961851 help.text]
en: Some formulas start with an = sign. Use "=" to enter that character as direct text.
en_GB: Some formulae start with an = sign. Use "=" to enter that character as direct text.

[ctx: screenshots.xhp par_id141525570544232 help.text]
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/AlignmentDialog.png" id="img_id331525570544232" localize="true"><alt id="alt_id641525570544232">Alignment Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/AlignmentDialog.png" id="img_id331525570544232" localize="true"><alt id="alt_id641525570544232">Alignment Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: screenshots.xhp par_id71525570710878 help.text]
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/FontDialog.png" id="img_id41525570710879" localize="true"><alt id="alt_id931525570710879">Font Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/FontDialog.png" id="img_id41525570710879" localize="true"><alt id="alt_id931525570710879">Font Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: screenshots.xhp par_id671525570713808 help.text]
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/FontSizeDialog.png" id="img_id131525570713808" localize="true"><alt id="alt_id501525570713809">Font Size Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/FontSizeDialog.png" id="img_id131525570713808" localize="true"><alt id="alt_id501525570713809">Font Size Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: screenshots.xhp par_id891525570718035 help.text]
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/FontsDialog.png" id="img_id441525570718035" localize="true"><alt id="alt_id401525570718036">Font Type Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/FontsDialog.png" id="img_id441525570718035" localize="true"><alt id="alt_id401525570718036">Font Type Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: screenshots.xhp par_id991525570721266 help.text]
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/smath/ui/savedefaultsdialog/SaveDefaultsDialog.png" id="img_id571525570721266" localize="true"><alt id="alt_id981525570721266">Save Default Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/smath/ui/savedefaultsdialog/SaveDefaultsDialog.png" id="img_id571525570721266" localize="true"><alt id="alt_id981525570721266">Save Default Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: screenshots.xhp par_id861525570725718 help.text]
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/smath/ui/spacingdialog/SpacingDialog.png" id="img_id81525570725718" localize="true"><alt id="alt_id981525570725718">Spacing Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/smath/ui/spacingdialog/SpacingDialog.png" id="img_id81525570725718" localize="true"><alt id="alt_id981525570725718">Spacing Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp bm_id3154702 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>shortcut keys; in formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>shortcut keys; in formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3150345 help.text]
en: A list of the shortcut keys specific to creating formulas is contained in this section.
en_GB: A list of the shortcut keys specific to creating formulae is contained in this section.

[ctx: 02100000.xhp bm_id3150299 help.text]
note: 9DRiM
en: <bookmark_value>error search; next error</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>finding ;errors in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>error search; next error</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>finding;errors in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03040000.xhp bm_id3153770 help.text]
note: WuHCk
en: <bookmark_value>zooming in on formula display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; increasing size of display</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>zooming in on formula display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; increasing size of display</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03050000.xhp bm_id3147338 help.text]
note: iTPGG
en: <bookmark_value>views; zooming out $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula display sizes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; zooming out</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zooming out on formula display</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>views; zooming out $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula display sizes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; zooming out</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zooming out on formula display</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03060000.xhp bm_id3147340 help.text]
note: 57RMB
en: <bookmark_value>views; maximum size</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>maximum formula size</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; maximum size</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>views; maximum size</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>maximum formula size</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; maximum size</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090000.xhp bm_id3155963 help.text]
note: JyRMq
en: <bookmark_value>selection options in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; selections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>elements;in Math</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>selection options in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; selections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>elements;in Math</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090000.xhp par_id3153250 help.text]
note: g2E9M
en: You can access the same functions in submenus through the context menu of the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: You can access the same functions in sub-menus through the context menu of the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090100.xhp bm_id3150342 help.text]
note: zq2pg
en: <bookmark_value>unary operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>binary operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>operators; unary and binary</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>plus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>plus/minus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minus/plus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiplication signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>NOT operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AND operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>logical operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Boolean operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OR operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>concatenating math symbols</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>addition signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subtraction signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slash division sign</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backslash division sign</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indexes; adding to formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>powers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>division signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user-defined operators;unary and binary</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>unary operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>binary operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>operators; unary and binary</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>plus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>plus/minus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minus/plus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiplication signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>NOT operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AND operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>logical operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Boolean operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OR operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>concatenating mathematical symbols</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>addition signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subtraction signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minus signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slash division sign</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backslash division sign</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indexes; adding to formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>powers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>division signs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>user-defined operators;unary and binary</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090100.xhp par_id3149376 help.text]
note: UdDyV
en: Type <emph>sub</emph> or <emph>sup</emph> in the Commands window to add indexes and powers to the characters in your formula; for example, a sub 2.
en_GB: Type <emph>sub</emph> or <emph>sup</emph> in the Commands window to add indices and powers to the characters in your formula; for example, a sub 2.

[ctx: 03090100.xhp par_id3155383 help.text]
note: 86rJY
en: If you want to use a colon ':' as division sign, choose <emph>Tools - Symbols</emph> or click the <emph>Symbols</emph> icon on the Tools bar. Click the <emph>Edit</emph> button in the dialog that appears, then select the <emph>Special</emph> symbol set. Enter a meaningful name next to <emph>Symbol</emph>, for example, "divide" and then click the colon in the set of symbols. Click <emph>Add</emph> and then <emph>OK</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the <emph>Symbols</emph> dialog,too. Now you can use the new symbol, in this case the colon, by entering its name in the Commands window, for example, <emph>a %divide b = c</emph>.
en_GB: If you want to use a colon ':' as division sign, choose <emph>Tools - Symbols</emph> or click the <emph>Symbols</emph> icon on the Tools bar. Click the <emph>Edit</emph> button in the dialogue box that appears, then select the <emph>Special</emph> symbol set. Enter a meaningful name next to <emph>Symbol</emph>, for example, "divide" and then click the colon in the set of symbols. Click <emph>Add</emph> and then <emph>OK</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the <emph>Symbols</emph> dialogue box too. Now you can use the new symbol, in this case the colon, by entering its name in the Commands window, for example, <emph>a %divide b = c</emph>.

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3154104 help.text]
note: ueeUi
en: is equal
en_GB: is equal to

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3146904 help.text]
note: qb4iB
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XGTY">Inserts the <emph>greater than </emph>relation.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?> gt <?></emph> or <?> > <?> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XGTY">Inserts the <emph>greater than</emph> relation.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?> gt <?></emph> or <?> > <?> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3149231 help.text]
note: isebK
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XAPPROXY">Inserts the <emph>approximately equal</emph> relation with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?> approx <?> </emph>in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XAPPROXY">Inserts the <emph>approximately equal</emph> relation with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?> approx <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3147449 help.text]
note: 8ZLvs
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XPARALLELY">Inserts a <emph>parallel </emph>relation with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?>parallel<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XPARALLELY">Inserts a <emph>parallel</emph> relation with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?>parallel<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3156098 help.text]
note: vssMQ
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XGESLANTY">Inserts the <emph>greater than or equal to</emph> relation with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?>geslant<?> </emph>in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XGESLANTY">Inserts the <emph>greater than or equal to</emph> relation with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph><?>geslant<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3150659 help.text]
note: xpsMG
en: toward
en_GB: towards

[ctx: 03090200.xhp par_id3153545 help.text]
note: MgSpC
en: To create the <emph>much greater than</emph> relation with two placeholders, type <emph><?> gg <?> </emph>or <emph>>></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: To create the <emph>much greater than</emph> relation with two placeholders, type <emph><?> gg <?></emph> or <emph>>></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090300.xhp par_id3153518 help.text]
note: 5Q6dW
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_FROMXTOY">Inserts a range statement <emph>upper and lower limit</emph> for integral and summation with one placeholder.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>from{<?>} to{<?>} <?></emph> directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window. Limit statements must be combined with the appropriate operators. The limits will be centered above/below the summation character.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_FROMXTOY">Inserts a range statement <emph>upper and lower limit</emph> for integral and summation with one placeholder.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>from{<?>} to{<?>} <?></emph> directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window. Limit statements must be combined with the appropriate operators. The limits will be centred above/below the summation character.

[ctx: 03090300.xhp par_id3146956 help.text]
note: fvFRo
en: By typing <emph>oper</emph> in the Commands window, you can insert <emph>user-defined operators</emph> in $[officename] Math, a feature useful for incorporating special characters into a formula. An example is <emph>oper %theta x</emph>. Using the <emph>oper</emph> command, you can also insert characters not in the default $[officename] character set. <emph>oper</emph> can also be used in connection with limits; for example, <emph>oper %union from {i=1} to n x_{i}</emph>. In this example, the union symbol is indicated by the name <emph>union</emph>. However, this is not one of the predefined symbols. To define it, choose <emph>Tools - Symbols</emph>. select <emph>Special</emph> as the symbol set in the dialog that appears, then click the <emph>Edit</emph> button. In the next dialog, select <emph>Special</emph> as the symbol set again. Enter a meaningful name in the <emph>Symbol</emph> text box, for example, "union" and then click the union symbol in the set of symbols. Click <emph>Add</emph> and then <emph>OK</emph>. Click <emph>Close</emph> to close the <emph>Symbols</emph> dialog. You are now finished and can type the union symbol in the Commands window, by entering <emph>oper %union</emph>.
en_GB: By typing <emph>oper</emph> in the Commands window, you can insert <emph>user-defined operators</emph> in $[officename] Math, a feature useful for incorporating special characters into a formula. An example is <emph>oper %theta x</emph>. Using the <emph>oper</emph> command, you can also insert characters not in the default $[officename] character set. <emph>oper</emph> can also be used in connection with limits; for example, <emph>oper %union from {i=1} to n x_{i}</emph>. In this example, the union symbol is indicated by the name <emph>union</emph>. However, this is not one of the predefined symbols. To define it, choose <emph>Tools - Symbols</emph>. select <emph>Special</emph> as the symbol set in the dialogue box that appears, then click the <emph>Edit</emph> button. In the next dialogue box, select <emph>Special</emph> as the symbol set again. Enter a meaningful name in the <emph>Symbol</emph> text box, for example, "union" and then click the union symbol in the set of symbols. Click <emph>Add</emph> and then <emph>OK</emph>. Click <emph>Close</emph> to close the <emph>Symbols</emph> dialogue box. You are now finished and can type the union symbol in the Commands window, by entering <emph>oper %union</emph>.

[ctx: 03090300.xhp par_id3154243 help.text]
note: vdUr8
en: Limits can be arranged in ways other than centered above/below the operator. Use the options provided by $[officename] Math for working with superscript and subscript indexes. For example, type <emph>sum_a^b c</emph> in the Commands window to arrange the limits to the right of the sum symbol. If your limit entries contain longer expressions, you must put them in group brackets, for example, sum_{i=1}^{2*n} b. When formulas are imported from older versions this is done automatically. To change the spacing (gaps) between the characters choose <emph>Format - Spacing - Category - </emph><link href="text/smath/01/05030000.xhp" name="Indexes"><emph>Indexes</emph></link> or <emph>Format - Spacing - Category - </emph><link href="text/smath/01/05030000.xhp" name="Limits"><emph>Limits</emph></link>. Additional basic information about indexes is given elsewhere in the <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="Help">Help</link>.
en_GB: Limits can be arranged in ways other than centred above/below the operator. Use the options provided by $[officename] Math for working with superscript and subscript indices. For example, type <emph>sum_a^b c</emph> in the Commands window to arrange the limits to the right of the sum symbol. If your limit entries contain longer expressions, you must put them in group brackets, for example, sum_{i=1}^{2*n} b. When formulae are imported from older versions this is done automatically. To change the spacing (gaps) between the characters choose <emph>Format - Spacing - Category - </emph><link href="text/smath/01/05030000.xhp" name="Indices"><emph>Indices</emph></link> or <emph>Format - Spacing - Category - </emph><link href="text/smath/01/05030000.xhp" name="Limits"><emph>Limits</emph></link>. Additional basic information about indices is given elsewhere in the <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="Help">Help</link>.

[ctx: 03090400.xhp par_id3155578 help.text]
note: gqW4K
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_NROOTXY">Inserts an nth root function with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>nroot n x</emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_NROOTXY">Inserts an n-th root function with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>nroot n x</emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090500.xhp par_id3145107 help.text]
note: fpVQw
en: Be sure to put spaces (gaps) between elements when entering them directly in the Commands window. This ensures that the correct structure is recognized.
en_GB: Be sure to put spaces (gaps) between elements when entering them directly in the Commands window. This ensures that the correct structure is recognised.

[ctx: 03090500.xhp par_id3153198 help.text]
note: bPHyr
en: Useful information about <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="indexes and exponents">indexes and exponents</link> as well as <link href="text/smath/01/03091400.xhp" name="scaling">scaling</link> helps you structure formulas effectively. For more information about brackets, see <link href="text/smath/01/03091100.xhp" name="Brackets and Groups">Brackets and Grouping</link>.
en_GB: Useful information about <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="indices and exponents">indices and exponents</link> as well as <link href="text/smath/01/03091400.xhp" name="scaling">scaling</link> helps you structure formulae effectively. For more information about brackets, see <link href="text/smath/01/03091100.xhp" name="Brackets and Groups">Brackets and Grouping</link>.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp bm_id3154011 help.text]
note: CEZMG
en: <bookmark_value>attributes; in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; attributes in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accents; in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes; accents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vector arrows as attributes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>harpoon arrow attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tilde as attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circumflex attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bold attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>italic attribute in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scaling;fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes; changing fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing; fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes; colored characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colored characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes; changing defaults</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circle attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>double dot attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dot attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>line through attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>line above attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reversed circumflex attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overline attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wide vector arrow attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wide harpoon arrow attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wide tilde attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wide circumflex attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>underline attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>triple dot attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>transparent character as attribute</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>attributes; in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; attributes in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accents; in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes; accents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vector arrows as attributes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>harpoon arrow attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tilde as attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circumflex attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bold attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>italic attribute in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scaling;fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes; changing fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing; fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes; coloured characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>coloured characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes; changing defaults</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circle attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>double dot attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dot attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>line through attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>line above attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reversed circumflex attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overline attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wide vector arrow attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wide harpoon arrow attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wide tilde attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wide circumflex attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>underline attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>triple dot attribute</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>transparent character as attribute</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3150533 help.text]
note: Wb4u8
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_ACUTEX">Inserts a placeholder with an acute accent.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>acute <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_ACUTEX">Inserts a placeholder with an acute accent.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>acute<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3150018 help.text]
note: RunNE
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_GRAVEX">Inserts a placeholder with a <emph>grave accent</emph> (grave).</ahelp> You can also type <emph>grave <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_GRAVEX">Inserts a placeholder with a <emph>grave accent</emph> (grave).</ahelp> You can also type <emph>grave<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3147167 help.text]
note: AKFE2
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_CHECKX">Inserts a placeholder with a reverse circumflex ("checkmark") over it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>check <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_CHECKX">Inserts a placeholder with a reverse circumflex ("check mark") over it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>check<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3153573 help.text]
note: G2mnC
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_CIRCLEX">Inserts a placeholder with a circle over it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>circle <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_CIRCLEX">Inserts a placeholder with a circle over it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>circle<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3153539 help.text]
note: 3AqX4
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_VECX">Inserts a placeholder with a vector arrow.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>vec <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_VECX">Inserts a placeholder with a vector arrow.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>vec<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3154570 help.text]
note: FoB4a
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_TILDEX">Inserts a placeholder with a tilde.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>tilde <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_TILDEX">Inserts a placeholder with a tilde.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>tilde<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3149815 help.text]
note: dY7yd
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_BARX">Inserts a line ("bar") above a placeholder .</ahelp> You can also type <emph>bar <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_BARX">Inserts a line ("bar") above a placeholder .</ahelp> You can also type <emph>bar<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3154900 help.text]
note: FURzd
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DOTX">Inserts a placeholder with a dot over it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>dot <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DOTX">Inserts a placeholder with a dot over it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>dot<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3149541 help.text]
note: VQ3Ff
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DDOTX">Inserts a placeholder with two dots over it.</ahelp> You can also directly enter <emph>ddot <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DDOTX">Inserts a placeholder with two dots over it.</ahelp> You can also directly enter <emph>ddot<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3153269 help.text]
note: Dtbsz
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_UNDERLINEX">Inserts a line below a placeholder.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>underline <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_UNDERLINEX">Inserts a line below a placeholder.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>underline<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3153304 help.text]
note: swCZV
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_OVERSTRIKEX">Inserts a placeholder with a line (or overstrike) through it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>overstrike <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_OVERSTRIKEX">Inserts a placeholder with a line (or overstrike) through it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>overstrike<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3154718 help.text]
note: ETECU
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DDDOTX">Inserts three dots over a placeholder.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>dddot <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DDDOTX">Inserts three dots over a placeholder.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>dddot<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3155074 help.text]
note: UbiAA
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_PHANTOMX">Inserts a placeholder for a transparent character. This character takes up the space of "a" but does not display it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>phantom <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_PHANTOMX">Inserts a placeholder for a transparent character. This character takes up the space of "a" but does not display it.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>phantom<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3147355 help.text]
note: oCjFq
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_ITALX">Inserts a placeholder with italic formatting.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>ital <?></emph> or <emph>italic <?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_ITALX">Inserts a placeholder with italic formatting.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>ital<?></emph> or <emph>italic<?></emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3149626 help.text]
note: 2E3CX
en: Use the <emph>color</emph> command to change the color of your formula. Type <emph>color</emph>, then type the color name (the available colors are white, black, cyan, magenta, red, blue, green and yellow), then the formula, character or character sequence. The input <emph>color green size 20 a</emph> results in a green letter "a" with a font size of 20.
en_GB: Use the <emph>colour</emph> command to change the colour of your formula. Type <emph>colour</emph>, then type the colour name (the available colours are white, black, cyan, magenta, red, blue, green and yellow), then the formula, character or character sequence. The input <emph>colour green size 20 a</emph> results in a green letter "a" with a font size of 20.

[ctx: 03090600.xhp par_id3154221 help.text]
note: 5WAfz
en: Information on <link href="text/smath/01/03091300.xhp" name="attributes">attributes</link>, <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="indexes and exponents">indexes and exponents</link>, and <link href="text/smath/01/03091400.xhp" name="scaling">scaling</link> can help you structure your documents more efficiently.
en_GB: Information on <link href="text/smath/01/03091300.xhp" name="attributes">attributes</link>, <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="indices and exponents">indices and exponents</link>, and <link href="text/smath/01/03091400.xhp" name="scaling">scaling</link> can help you structure your documents more efficiently.

[ctx: 03090700.xhp bm_id3153150 help.text]
note: QGDfS
en: <bookmark_value>formatting;in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Math; formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>superscripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>binomials</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; inserting in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subscripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stacks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical arrangement of elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>small gaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alignment; left (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>left-justified alignment (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alignment; horizontally centered (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centered horizontally; alignment (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alignment; right (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right-justified alignment in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>matrices; arranging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spaces in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gaps in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; gaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arranging;matrices</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas;aligning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aligning formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formatting;in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Math; formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>superscripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>binomials</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; inserting in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subscripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stacks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical arrangement of elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>small gaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alignment; left (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>left-justified alignment (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alignment; horizontally centred (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centred horizontally; alignment (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>alignment; right (Math)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right-justified alignment in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>matrices; arranging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spaces in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gaps in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; gaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arranging;matrices</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;aligning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aligning formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090700.xhp par_idN10317 help.text]
note: AwnKa
en: <image id="img_id3156130" src="media/helpimg/starmath/co21910.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3156130">Align to horizontal center Icon</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3156130" src="media/helpimg/starmath/co21910.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3156130">Align to horizontal centre Icon</alt></image>

[ctx: 03090700.xhp par_id3154723 help.text]
note: VxdJT
en: Align to horizontal center
en_GB: Align to horizontal centre

[ctx: 03090700.xhp par_id3146941 help.text]
note: XzFx4
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_MATRIX">This icon inserts a matrix with four placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>matrix{<?>#<?>##<?>#<?>}</emph> directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window. The position of an element inside this diagram is indicated by two coordinates; the first specifies the line number and the second the column number. You can expand this matrix in any direction in the <emph>Commands</emph> window by adding characters.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_MATRIX">This icon inserts a matrix with four placeholders.</ahelp> You can also type <emph>matrix{<?>#<?>##<?>#<?>}</emph> directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window. The position of an element inside this diagram is indicated by two coordinates; the first specifies the row number and the second the column number. You can expand this matrix in any direction in the <emph>Commands</emph> window by adding characters.

[ctx: 03090700.xhp par_id3149645 help.text]
note: jP7FG
en: If a line or an expression begins with text, it is aligned on the left by default. You can change this with any of the <emph>align</emph> commands. An example is <emph>stack{a+b-c*d#alignr "text"}</emph>, where "text" appears aligned to the right. Note that text must always be surrounded by quotation marks.
en_GB: If a line or an expression begins with text, it is aligned on the left by default. You can change this with any of the <emph>align</emph> commands. An example is <emph>stack{a+b-c*d#alignr "text"}</emph>, where "text" appears aligned to the right. Note that text must always be enclosed by quotation marks.

[ctx: 03090700.xhp par_id3149966 help.text]
note: KwFtM
en: The standard centralized formulas can be aligned to the left without using the <emph>Format - Align</emph> menu. To do this, place an empty character string, that is, the inverted commas which surround any text "", before the section of formula that you want to align. For example, typing <emph>"" a+b newline "" c+d</emph> results in both equations being left-aligned instead of centered.
en_GB: The standard centralised formulas can be aligned to the left without using the <emph>Format - Align</emph> menu. To do this, place an empty character string, that is, the inverted commas which surround any text "", before the section of formula that you want to align. For example, typing <emph>"" a+b newline "" c+d</emph> results in both equations being left-aligned instead of centred.

[ctx: 03090700.xhp par_id3155340 help.text]
note: 6MMfE
en: Useful information about <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="Indexes and Exponents">Indexes and Exponents</link> and <link href="text/smath/01/03091400.xhp" name="Scaling">Scaling</link>, helps you organize your document in the best possible way.
en_GB: Useful information about <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="Indices and Exponents">Indices and Exponents</link> and <link href="text/smath/01/03091400.xhp" name="Scaling">Scaling</link>, helps you organise your document in the best possible way.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3150997 help.text]
note: 2G8CQ
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNOTINY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>is not included in</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?> notin <?> </emph>in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNOTINY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>is not included in</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?> notin <?></emph> in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3149338 help.text]
note: FL7zo
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XOWNSY">Use this icon to insert the set operator <emph>includes </emph>with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?> owns <?></emph> or <emph><?> ni <?></emph> directly in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XOWNSY">Use this icon to insert the set operator <emph>includes</emph> with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?> owns <?></emph> or <emph><?> ni <?></emph> directly in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3147573 help.text]
note: jaBUA
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XINTERSECTIONY">Use this icon to insert two placeholders with the set operator <emph>intersection of sets </emph>.</ahelp> The same happens if you enter <emph><?> intersection <?></emph> Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XINTERSECTIONY">Use this icon to insert two placeholders with the set operator <emph>intersection of sets</emph>.</ahelp> The same happens if you enter <emph><?> intersection <?></emph> Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3154376 help.text]
note: yrSwB
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XUNIONY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>union</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?> union <?> </emph>directly in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XUNIONY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>union</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?> union <?></emph> directly in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3151119 help.text]
note: TAET3
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XSUPSETEQY">Use this icon to insert the set operator <emph>is a super set or equal to</emph> with two placeholders.</ahelp> Alternatively, you can enter <emph><?>supseteq<?> </emph>in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XSUPSETEQY">Use this icon to insert the set operator <emph>is a super set or equal to</emph> with two placeholders.</ahelp> Alternatively, you can enter <emph><?>supseteq<?></emph> in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3149249 help.text]
note: i78Ja
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNSUBSETEQY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>not subset or equal</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?>nsubseteq<?> </emph>in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNSUBSETEQY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>not subset or equal</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?>nsubseteq<?></emph> in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3149995 help.text]
note: 9Tpek
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNSUPSETY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>not superset</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?>nsupset<?> </emph>in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNSUPSETY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>not superset</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> You can also enter <emph><?>nsupset<?></emph> in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090800.xhp par_id3155810 help.text]
note: BsS9o
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNSUPSETEQY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>not superset or equal</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> Instead of this you can type <emph><?>nsupseteq<?> </emph>in the Commands window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_XNSUPSETEQY">Use this icon to insert the <emph>not superset or equal</emph> set operator with two placeholders.</ahelp> Instead of this you can type <emph><?>nsupseteq<?></emph> in the Commands window.

[ctx: 03090900.xhp bm_id3151265 help.text]
note: vFMX8
en: <bookmark_value>examples;$[officename] Math formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Math;examples</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas;examples</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>examples;$[officename] Math formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Math;examples</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;examples</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090900.xhp par_id3153624 help.text]
note: vVC2F
en: The following is a list of sample formulas in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>.
en_GB: The following is a list of sample formulae in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>.

[ctx: 03090901.xhp par_id3150301 help.text]
note: QKn9S
en: The following example explains how to create symbols with indexes in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>. You can copy this example to the <emph>Commands</emph> window by using the clipboard and use it in your own formula.
en_GB: The following example explains how to create symbols with indices in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>. You can copy this example to the <emph>Commands</emph> window by using the clipboard and use it in your own formula.

[ctx: 03090902.xhp par_id3150300 help.text]
note: eBNEC
en: Here is another example of creating symbols with indexes in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>. You can copy this example to the <emph>Commands</emph> window using the clipboard and use it in your own formula.
en_GB: Here is another example of creating symbols with indices in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>. You can copy this example to the <emph>Commands</emph> window using the clipboard and use it in your own formula.

[ctx: 03090903.xhp par_id3150300 help.text]
note: Fdmr4
en: A third example of how to use <emph>$[officename] Math</emph> to create symbols with indexes is shown below. You can copy the example into the clipboard and use it in your own formula in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: A third example of how to use <emph>$[officename] Math</emph> to create symbols with indices is shown below. You can copy the example into the clipboard and use it in your own formula in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 03090909.xhp bm_id7562181 help.text]
note: Sobwm
en: <bookmark_value>font sizes;example</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sum range example</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>examples ;integral</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>range of integral example</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>integrals;example</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>font sizes;example</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sum range example</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>examples;integral</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>range of integral example</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>integrals;example</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03091100.xhp par_id3150342 help.text]
note: QACAR
en: The quotation marks in the examples are used to emphasize text and do not belong to the content of the formulas and commands.
en_GB: The quotation marks in the examples are used to emphasise text and do not belong to the content of the formulae and commands.

[ctx: 03091100.xhp par_id3146962 help.text]
note: aR7w5
en: When typing example formulas into the <emph>Commands</emph> window, note that spaces are often required for correct structure.
en_GB: When typing example formulae into the <emph>Commands</emph> window, note that spaces are often required for correct structure.

[ctx: 03091100.xhp par_id3149030 help.text]
note: 9g4j9
en: The combination of mismatched brackets, single brackets and repositioned left and right brackets occurs often in mathematical formulas. The following is a formula that will create an error when typed:
en_GB: The combination of mismatched brackets, single brackets and repositioned left and right brackets occurs often in mathematical formulae. The following is a formula that will create an error when typed:

[ctx: 03091100.xhp par_id3147526 help.text]
note: voLFs
en: This differs slightly for competing or mutually influencing attributes. This is often the case with font attributes. For example, which color does the b have in <input>color yellow color red (a + color green b)</input>, or which size does it have in <input>size *4 (a + size /2 b)</input>? Given a base size of 12, does it have the size 48, 6 or even 24 (which could be seen as a combination)? The following are basic resolution rules, which will be followed consistently in the future. In general, the rules apply to all group operations. This only has a visible effect on the font attributes, like "bold", "ital", "phantom", "size", "color" and "font":
en_GB: This differs slightly for competing or mutually influencing attributes. This is often the case with font attributes. For example, which colour does the b have in <input>color yellow color red (a + color green b)</input>, or which size does it have in <input>size *4 (a + size /2 b)</input>? Given a base size of 12, does it have the size 48, 6 or even 24 (which could be seen as a combination)? The following are basic resolution rules, which will be followed consistently in the future. In general, the rules apply to all group operations. This only has a visible effect on the font attributes, like "bold", "ital", "phantom", "size", "color" and "font":

[ctx: 03091100.xhp par_id3154196 help.text]
note: CFDtJ
en: "color ..." and "font ..." as well as "size n" (n is a decimal) replace any preceding operations of the same type
en_GB: "colour ..." and "font ..." as well as "size n" (n is a decimal) replace any preceding operations of the same type

[ctx: 03091100.xhp par_id3147587 help.text]
note: amAzE
en: Examples (with a base size of 12 and 50% for indexes):
en_GB: Examples (with a base size of 12 and 50% for indices):

[ctx: 03091200.xhp tit help.text]
note: XPEMa
en: Indexes and Exponents
en_GB: Indices and Exponents

[ctx: 03091200.xhp bm_id3150746 help.text]
note: cGqEr
en: <bookmark_value>indexes and exponents in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exponents and indexes in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>indices and exponents in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exponents and indices in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03091200.xhp hd_id3150746 help.text]
note: QgSYn
en: <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="Indexes and Exponents">Indexes and Exponents</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/smath/01/03091200.xhp" name="Indices and Exponents">Indices and Exponents</link>

[ctx: 03091200.xhp par_id3153730 help.text]
note: zMeDt
en: Here, you will find basic information about indexes and exponents in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>. You can try the examples described here to help you understand the details discussed. (The quotation marks in this text are for emphasis purposes only and are not part of the examples.)
en_GB: Here, you will find basic information about indices and exponents in <emph>$[officename] Math</emph>. You can try the examples described here to help you understand the details discussed. (The quotation marks in this text are for emphasis purposes only and are not part of the examples.)

[ctx: 03091300.xhp par_id3146966 help.text]
note: hQVAN
en: The <emph>acute</emph>, <emph>bar</emph>, <emph>breve</emph>, <emph>check</emph>, <emph>circle</emph>, <emph>dot</emph>, <emph>ddot</emph>, <emph>dddot</emph>, <emph>grave</emph>, <emph>hat</emph>, <emph>tilde</emph> and <emph>vec</emph> attributes always have a fixed size and do not become wider (longer) if they are above a long symbol. By default, the attributes are centered.
en_GB: The <emph>acute</emph>, <emph>bar</emph>, <emph>breve</emph>, <emph>check</emph>, <emph>circle</emph>, <emph>dot</emph>, <emph>ddot</emph>, <emph>dddot</emph>, <emph>grave</emph>, <emph>hat</emph>, <emph>tilde</emph> and <emph>vec</emph> attributes always have a fixed size and do not become wider (longer) if they are above a long symbol. By default, the attributes are centred.

[ctx: 03091300.xhp par_id3151180 help.text]
note: yno7Y
en: For some character strings, it is possible that a line inserted with <emph>underline</emph> is too close to the character. In this case, an empty group can solve the problem: <emph>underline Q sub {}</emph> instead of <emph>underline Q</emph>.
en_GB: For some text strings, it is possible that a line inserted with <emph>underline</emph> is too close to the character. In this case, an empty group can solve the problem: <emph>underline Q sub {}</emph> instead of <emph>underline Q</emph>.

[ctx: 03091400.xhp par_id3156316 help.text]
note: yva3E
en: The factorial is not scaled (example: "fact stack{a#b}" and "fact {a over b}") but is oriented using the baseline or center of the arguments.
en_GB: The factorial is not scaled (example: "fact stack{a#b}" and "fact {a over b}") but is oriented using the baseline or centre of the arguments.

[ctx: 03091500.xhp bm_id3155961 help.text]
note: CCojZ
en: <bookmark_value>$[officename] Math;reference list</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas;reference tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reference tables; formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>operators;in Math</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>$[officename] Math;reference list</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;reference tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reference tables; formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>operators;in Math</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03091502.xhp par_id3155844 help.text]
note: FVEYx
en: Toward
en_GB: Towards

[ctx: 03091504.xhp par_id3164840 help.text]
note: YSmV5
en: <image id="img_id3164847" src="media/helpimg/starmath/fu21518.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3164847">Icon Inverse cosine or arccosine</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3164847" src="media/helpimg/starmath/fu21518.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3164847">Icon Inverse cosine or arc cosine</alt></image>

[ctx: 03091504.xhp par_id3164961 help.text]
note: FC8Pe
en: Inverse cosine or arccosine
en_GB: Inverse cosine or arc cosine

[ctx: 03091504.xhp par_id3165134 help.text]
note: wUf6b
en: <image id="img_id3165141" src="media/helpimg/starmath/fu21520.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3165141">Icon Inverse cotangent or arccotangent</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3165141" src="media/helpimg/starmath/fu21520.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3165141">Icon Inverse cotangent or arc cotangent</alt></image>

[ctx: 03091504.xhp par_id3165255 help.text]
note: rdmhn
en: Inverse cotangent or arccotangent
en_GB: Inverse cotangent or arc cotangent

[ctx: 03091504.xhp par_id3152238 help.text]
note: 8YxhP
en: <image id="img_id3152244" src="media/helpimg/starmath/fu21517.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3152244">Icon Inverse sine or arcsine</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3152244" src="media/helpimg/starmath/fu21517.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3152244">Icon Inverse sine or arc sine</alt></image>

[ctx: 03091504.xhp par_id3152358 help.text]
note: pjMqW
en: Inverse sine or arcsine
en_GB: Inverse sine or arc sine

[ctx: 03091504.xhp par_id3164987 help.text]
note: q5wxY
en: <image id="img_id3164994" src="media/helpimg/starmath/fu21519.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3164994">Icon Inverse tangent or arctangent</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3164994" src="media/helpimg/starmath/fu21519.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3164994">Icon Inverse tangent or arc tangent</alt></image>

[ctx: 03091504.xhp par_id3165108 help.text]
note: rSgdt
en: Inverse tangent or arctangent
en_GB: Inverse tangent or arc tangent

[ctx: 03091505.xhp par_id3167350 help.text]
note: FCNES
en: Limes inferior
en_GB: Limit inferior

[ctx: 03091505.xhp par_id3167458 help.text]
note: KD6gw
en: Limes superior
en_GB: Limit superior

[ctx: 03091506.xhp bm_id3161843 help.text]
note: KE3Hr
en: <bookmark_value>formulas;in color</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors;in formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae;in colour</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours;in formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03091506.xhp par_id3161843 help.text]
note: BLGmB
en: The <emph>color</emph> command changes the character color; first enter the <emph>color</emph> command directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window. Then enter the color name (black, white, cyan, magenta, red, blue, green, or yellow). Then enter the characters to be changed.
en_GB: The <emph>colour</emph> command changes the character colour; first enter the <emph>colour</emph> command directly in the <emph>Commands</emph> window. Then enter the colour name (black, white, cyan, magenta, red, blue, green, or yellow). Then enter the characters to be changed.

[ctx: 03091509.xhp par_id3186012 help.text]
note: tTBJA
en: Align to horizontal center
en_GB: Align to horizontal centre

[ctx: 03091600.xhp bm_id3149261 help.text]
note: sZuJH
en: <bookmark_value>mathematical symbols; other</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>real part of complex numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>symbols;for complex numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>partial differentiation symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>infinity symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Nabla operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>there exists symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>there does not exist symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>existence quantor symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>for all symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>universal quantifier symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>h-bar symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lambda-bar symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>imaginary part of a complex number</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>complex numbers; symbols</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>weierstrass p symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>left arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>up arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>down arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arrows;symbols in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>center dots symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axis-ellipsis</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical dots symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>diagonal upward dots;symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>diagonal downward dots;symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>epsilon; back</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>back epsilon symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>placeholders; inserting in formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ellipsis symbols</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>mathematical symbols; other</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>real part of complex numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>symbols;for complex numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>partial differentiation symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>infinity symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Nabla operator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>there exists symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>there does not exist symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>existence quantor symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>for all symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>universal quantifier symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>h-bar symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lambda-bar symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>imaginary part of a complex number</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>complex numbers; symbols</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>weierstrass p symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>left arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>up arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>down arrow symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arrows;symbols in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centre dots symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axis-ellipsis</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical dots symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>diagonal upward dots;symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>diagonal downward dots;symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>epsilon; back</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>back epsilon symbol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>placeholders; inserting in formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ellipsis symbols</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03091600.xhp par_id3146757 help.text]
note: XWPDw
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DOTSAXIS">This icon inserts an axis-ellipsis (three vertically centered horizontal dots).</ahelp> Command for the <emph>Commands</emph> window: <emph>dotsaxis</emph>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_DOTSAXIS">This icon inserts an axis-ellipsis (three vertically centred horizontal dots).</ahelp> Command for the <emph>Commands</emph> window: <emph>dotsaxis</emph>

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3156318 help.text]
note: rPxeM
en: The list boxes in the <emph>Fonts</emph> dialog display a default font for all elements. To change to a different font, click <emph>Modify</emph>, then select the element type. A new dialog box appears. Select the desired font and check any desired attributes, then click <emph>OK</emph>. To set the changes as the default fonts, click the <emph>Default</emph> button.
en_GB: The list boxes in the <emph>Fonts</emph> dialogue box display a default font for all elements. To change to a different font, click <emph>Modify</emph>, then select the element type. A new dialogue box will appear. Select the desired font and mark any desired attributes, then click <emph>OK</emph>. To set the changes as the default font, click the <emph>Default</emph> button.

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3154566 help.text]
note: jC47i
en: In this section of the <emph>Fonts</emph> dialog you can define fonts, with which you can format other text components in the formula. The three basic fonts <emph>Serif, Sans</emph> and <emph>Fixed</emph> are available. You can add any other font to each standard installed basic font. Every font installed on your system is available for you to use. Select the <emph>Modify</emph> button to expand the selection offered in the list box.
en_GB: In this section of the <emph>Fonts</emph> dialogue box you can define fonts, with which you can format other text components in the formula. The three basic fonts <emph>Serif, Sans</emph> and <emph>Fixed</emph> are available. You can add any other font to each standard installed basic font. Every font installed on your system is available for you to use. Select the <emph>Modify</emph> button to expand the selection offered in the list box.

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3146932 help.text]
note: 9LWKg
en: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/modify">Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the <link href="text/smath/01/05010100.xhp" name="Fonts">Fonts</link> dialog, where you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/modify">Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the <link href="text/smath/01/05010100.xhp" name="Fonts">Fonts</link> dialogue box, in which you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3155186 help.text]
note: CBFie
en: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/default">Click this button to save your changes as the default for all new formulas.</ahelp> After confirming the changes, click the <emph>Yes</emph> button.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/default">Click this button to save your changes as the default for all new formulae.</ahelp> After confirming the changes, click the <emph>Yes</emph> button.

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3152598 help.text]
note: UqMP9
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/FontDialog">Use this dialog to select the font for the respective category in the <emph>Fonts</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/FontDialog">Use this dialogue box to select the font for the respective category in the <emph>Fonts</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3148839 help.text]
note: JhieD
en: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/bold" visibility="visible">Check this box to assign the bold attribute to the font.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/bold" visibility="visible">Mark this check box to assign the bold attribute to the font.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3149126 help.text]
note: TxHHL
en: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/italic" visibility="visible">Check this box to assign the italic attribute to the font.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/italic" visibility="visible">Mark this check box to assign the italic attribute to the font.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3150213 help.text]
note: D44KW
en: <variable id="schriftgroessentext"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/FontSizeDialog">Use this dialog to specify the font sizes for your formula. Select a base size and all elements of the formula will be scaled in relation to this base.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="schriftgroessentext"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/FontSizeDialog">Use this dialogue box to specify the font sizes for your formula. Select a base size and all elements of the formula will be scaled in relation to this base.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp hd_id3148392 help.text]
note: aei3Q
en: Indexes
en_GB: Indices

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3149029 help.text]
note: deCmC
en: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_index">Select the relative size for the indexes in a formula in proportion to the base size.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_index">Select the relative size for the indices in a formula in proportion to the base size.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3145206 help.text]
note: YmvPv
en: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/default">Click this button to save your changes as a default for all new formulas.</ahelp> A security response appears before saving any changes.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/default">Click this button to save your changes as a default for all new formulae.</ahelp> A security response appears before saving any changes.

[ctx: 05030000.xhp bm_id3154658 help.text]
note: z7FqZ
en: <bookmark_value>spacing; formula elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas;element spacing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spacing; formula elements</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;element spacing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3153818 help.text]
note: sScgF
en: <variable id="abstaendetext"><ahelp hid=".">Use this dialog to determine the spacing between formula elements. The spacing is specified as a percentage in relation to the base size defined under <emph>Format - Font Size</emph>.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="abstaendetext"><ahelp hid=".">Use this dialogue box to determine the spacing between formula elements. The spacing is specified as a percentage in relation to the base size defined under <emph>Format - Font Size</emph>.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3143228 help.text]
note: GU5JT
en: Use the <emph>Category</emph> button to determine the formula element for which you would like to specify the spacing. The appearance of the dialog depends on the selected category. A preview window shows you which spacing is modified through the respective boxes.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Category</emph> button to determine the formula element for which you would like to specify the spacing. The appearance of the dialogue box depends on the selected category. A preview window shows you which spacing is modified through the respective boxes.

[ctx: 05030000.xhp hd_id3154508 help.text]
note: 9RbCB
en: Indexes
en_GB: Indices

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3149885 help.text]
note: YewU9
en: Defines the spacing for superscript and subscript indexes.
en_GB: Defines the spacing for superscript and subscript indices.

[ctx: 05040000.xhp bm_id3148730 help.text]
note: cxKGc
en: <bookmark_value>aligning; multi-line formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multi-line formulas; aligning</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>aligning; multi-line formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multi-line formulae; aligning</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3152999 help.text]
note: bF47S
en: <variable id="ausrichtungtext"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/AlignmentDialog" visibility="visible">You can define the alignment of multi-line formulas as well as formulas with several elements in one line.</ahelp> Create multi-line formulas by entering a <emph>NEWLINE</emph> command in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="ausrichtungtext"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/AlignmentDialog" visibility="visible">You can define the alignment of multi-line formulae as well as formulae with several elements in one line.</ahelp> Create multi-line formulae by entering a <emph>NEWLINE</emph> command in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.</variable>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3148388 help.text]
note: ZgKSC
en: Specifies the type of horizontal alignment for multi-line formulas.
en_GB: Specifies the type of horizontal alignment for multi-line formulae.

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3154646 help.text]
note: D2sDT
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3150762 help.text]
note: uEY2Z
en: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/center" visibility="visible">Aligns the elements of a formula to the center.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/center" visibility="visible">Aligns the elements of a formula to the centre.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3153622 help.text]
note: uYh2U
en: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/default" visibility="visible">Click here to save your changes as the default settings for new formulas.</ahelp> A security response will appear before saving.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/default" visibility="visible">Click here to save your changes as the default settings for new formulae.</ahelp> A security response will appear before saving.

[ctx: 05050000.xhp bm_id3147339 help.text]
note: 7UpAp
en: <bookmark_value>text mode in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; fit to text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text mode in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; fit to text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp par_id3150206 help.text]
note: Xx962
en: <ahelp hid="SID_TEXTMODE">Switches the text mode on or off. In text mode, formulas are displayed as the same height as a line of text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_TEXTMODE">Switches the text mode on or off. In text mode, formulae are displayed as the same height as a line of text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp bm_id3145799 help.text]
note: LPTC9
en: <bookmark_value>symbols; entering in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>%PRODUCTNAME Math; entering symbols in</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>catalog for mathematical symbols</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>mathematical symbols;catalog</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>Greek symbols in formulas</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formulas; entering symbols in</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>symbols; entering in %PRODUCTNAME Math</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>%PRODUCTNAME Math; entering symbols in</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>catalogue for mathematical symbols</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>mathematical symbols;catalogue</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>Greek symbols in formulae</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formulae; entering symbols in</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3146313 help.text]
note: zFQGD
en: <variable id="symboletext"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Symbols</emph> dialog, in which you can select a symbol to insert in the formula.</ahelp> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="symboletext"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Symbols</emph> dialogue box, in which you can select a symbol to insert in the formula.</ahelp> </variable>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3148699 help.text]
note: 3zK7W
en: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/symbolset">All symbols are organized into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/symbolset">All symbols are organised into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3153811 help.text]
note: sAB8a
en: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/edit">Click here to open the <link href="text/smath/01/06010100.xhp" name="Edit Symbols">Edit Symbols</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/edit">Click here to open the <link href="text/smath/01/06010100.xhp" name="Edit Symbols">Edit Symbols</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010100.xhp par_id3154513 help.text]
note: KwoW9
en: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/symdefinedialog/EditSymbols">Use this dialog to add symbols to a symbol set, to edit symbol sets, or to modify symbol notations.</ahelp> You can also define new symbol sets, assign names to symbols, or to modify existing symbol sets.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/symdefinedialog/EditSymbols">Use this dialogue box to add symbols to a symbol set, to edit symbol sets, or to modify symbol notations.</ahelp> You can also define new symbol sets, assign names to symbols, or to modify existing symbol sets.

[ctx: 06010100.xhp par_id3153965 help.text]
note: SJuib
en: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/symdefinedialog/oldSymbols">Select the name of the current symbol.</ahelp> The symbol, the name of the symbol, and the set that the symbol belongs to are displayed in the left preview pane at the bottom of the dialog box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/symdefinedialog/oldSymbols">Select the name of the current symbol.</ahelp> The symbol, the name of the symbol, and the set that the symbol belongs to are displayed in the left preview pane at the bottom of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 06010100.xhp par_id3147296 help.text]
note: rGmem
en: To change the name of a symbol, select the old name in the <emph>Old symbol</emph> list box. Then enter the new name in the <emph>Symbol</emph> box. Check whether the desired character is in the preview window before you click the <emph>Modify</emph> button. Click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: To change the name of a symbol, select the old name in the <emph>Old symbol</emph> list box. Then enter the new name in the <emph>Symbol</emph> box. Check that the desired character is in the preview window before you click the <emph>Modify</emph> button. Click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: 06010100.xhp par_id3145594 help.text]
note: ZGAEV
en: To create a new symbol set, type a name for it in the <emph>Symbol set</emph> list box and add at least one symbol. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog. The new symbol set is now available under the new name.
en_GB: To create a new symbol set, type a name for it in the <emph>Symbol set</emph> list box and add at least one symbol. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box. The new symbol set is now available under the new name.

[ctx: 06010100.xhp par_id3153527 help.text]
note: zCzGZ
en: You can also click <emph>Cancel</emph> at any time to close the dialog without saving any of the changes.
en_GB: You can also click <emph>Cancel</emph> at any time to close the dialogue box without saving any of the changes.

[ctx: 06020000.xhp bm_id3154659 help.text]
note: Vw4pc
en: <bookmark_value>importing; %PRODUCTNAME Math formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>importing; %PRODUCTNAME Math formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3150251 help.text]
note: oPdej
en: <variable id="formelimportierentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ImportFormula" visibility="visible">This command opens a dialog for importing a formula.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formelimportierentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ImportFormula" visibility="visible">This command opens a dialogue box for importing a formula.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3153916 help.text]
note: tECdR
en: The <emph>Insert</emph> dialog is set up like the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp" name="Open"><emph>Open</emph></link> dialog under <emph>File</emph>. Use the <emph>Insert</emph> dialog to load, edit and display a formula saved as a file in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.
en_GB: The <emph>Insert</emph> dialogue box is set up like the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp" name="Open"><emph>Open</emph></link> dialogue box under <emph>File</emph>. Use the <emph>Insert</emph> dialogue box to load, edit and display a formula saved as a file in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3154106 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Unary/Binary Operators</emph> from the listbox.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Unary/Binary Operators</emph> from the list box.

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3154473 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Relations</emph> from the listbox.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Relations</emph> from the list box.

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3149342 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Operators</emph> from the listbox.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Operators</emph> from the list box.

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3143275 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Functions</emph> from the listbox.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Functions</emph> from the list box.

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3147220 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Brackets</emph> from the listbox.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Brackets</emph> from the list box.

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3147126 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Attributes</emph> from the listbox.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Attributes</emph> from the list box.

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3150581 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Formats</emph> from the listbox.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Formats</emph> from the list box.

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3147313 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Set Operations</emph> from the listbox.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Set Operations</emph> from the list box.

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3154594 help.text]
en: <variable id="etsaps">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="etsaps">Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3153968 help.text]
en: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Others</emph> from the listbox.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>; then on the Elements pane select <emph>Others</emph> from the list box.

[ctx: main0102.xhp par_id3145790 help.text]
note: pTQDn
en: The commands in this menu are used to edit formulas. In addition to basic commands, (for example, copying contents) there are functions specific to $[officename] Math such as searching for placeholders or errors.
en_GB: The commands in this menu are used to edit formulae. In addition to basic commands, (for example, copying content) there are functions specific to $[officename] Math such as searching for placeholders or errors.

[ctx: main0105.xhp par_id3149018 help.text]
note: DXDBJ
en: This menu contains commands needed to format formulas.
en_GB: This menu contains commands needed to format formulae.

[ctx: main0106.xhp par_id3155959 help.text]
note: Y7EE7
en: Use this menu to open and edit the symbol catalog, or import an external formula as a data file or via clipboard. The program interface can be adjusted to meet your requirements. You can also change the program options.
en_GB: Use this menu to open and edit the symbol catalogue, or import an external formula as a data file or via clipboard. The program interface can be adjusted to meet your requirements. You can also change the program options.

[ctx: main0106.xhp hd_id3145385 help.text]
note: dayst
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customise</link>

[ctx: main0200.xhp par_id3147338 help.text]
note: oxgE6
en: The default toolbars available when working with an activated formula document in $[officename] Math are described here. You can customize the toolbars to meet your requirements by moving, deleting or adding new icons.
en_GB: The default toolbars available when working with an activated formula document in $[officename] Math are described here. You can customise the toolbars to meet your requirements by moving, deleting or adding new icons.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3148486 help.text]
note: iieFD
en: $[officename] Math provides numerous operators, functions and formatting assistants to help you create formulas. These are all listed in a selection window, in which you can click the required element with the mouse to insert the object into your work. There is an exhaustive <link href="text/smath/01/03091500.xhp" name="reference">reference</link> list and numerous <link href="text/smath/01/03090900.xhp" name="samples">samples</link> contained in the Help.
en_GB: $[officename] Math provides numerous operators, functions and formatting assistants to help you create formulae. These are all listed in a selection window, in which you can click the required element with the mouse to insert the object into your work. There is an exhaustive <link href="text/smath/01/03091500.xhp" name="reference">reference</link> list and numerous <link href="text/smath/01/03090900.xhp" name="samples">samples</link> contained in the Help.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145386 help.text]
note: A6AtR
en: As with charts and images, formulas are created as objects within a document. Inserting a formula into a document automatically starts $[officename] Math. You can create, edit and format the formula using a large selection of predefined symbols and functions.
en_GB: As with charts and images, formulae are created as objects within a document. Inserting a formula into a document automatically starts $[officename] Math. You can create, edit and format the formula using a large selection of predefined symbols and functions.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3146325 help.text]
note: 5HQmG
en: Formulas cannot be calculated in $[officename] Math because it is a formula editor (for writing and showing formulas) and not a calculation program. Use spreadsheets to calculate formulas, or for simple calculations use the text document calculation function.
en_GB: Formulae cannot be calculated in $[officename] Math because it is a formula editor (for writing and showing formulae) and not a calculation program. Use spreadsheets to calculate formulae, or for simple calculations use the text document calculation function.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3153001 help.text]
note: H9URC
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_COMMAND_WIN_EDIT">Use the $[officename] Math Commands window to enter and edit formulas. As you make entries in the Commands window, you see the results in the document.</ahelp> To maintain an overview when creating long and complicated formulas, use the Formula Cursor on the Tools bar. When this function is activated, the cursor location within the Commands window is also shown in the text window.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SMA_COMMAND_WIN_EDIT">Use the $[officename] Math Commands window to enter and edit formulae. As you make entries in the Commands window, you will see the results in the document.</ahelp> To maintain an overview when creating long and complicated formulae, use the Formula Cursor on the Tools bar. When this function is activated, the cursor location within the Commands window is also shown in the text window.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145246 help.text]
note: NLLoA
en: You can create your own symbols and import characters from other fonts. You can add new symbols to the basic catalog of $[officename] Math symbols, or create your own special catalogs. Numerous special characters are also available.
en_GB: You can create your own symbols and import characters from other fonts. You can add new symbols to the basic catalogue of $[officename] Math symbols, or create your own special catalogues. Numerous special characters are also available.

[ctx: main0503.xhp hd_id3148392 help.text]
note: DGZdm
en: Formulas in Context
en_GB: Formulae in Context

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3148774 help.text]
note: a7dCq
en: To make working with formulas easier, use the context menus, which can be called up with a right mouse click. This applies especially to the Commands window. This context menu contains all the commands that are found in the Elements pane, and also operators, and so on, which can be inserted into your formula by mouse-click without having to key them into the Commands window.
en_GB: To make working with formulae easier, use the context menus, which can be called up with a right mouse click. This applies especially to the Commands window. This context menu contains all the commands that are found in the Elements pane, and also operators, and so on, which can be inserted into your formula by mouse-click without having to key them into the Commands window.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp tit help.text]
note: S83CC
en: Converting 2D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3D Objects
en_GB: Converting 2-D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3-D Objects

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp bm_id3150207 help.text]
note: FHdwp
en: <bookmark_value>3D rotation objects; generating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3D objects; generating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3D scenes; creating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting; to curves, polygons, 3D</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>extrusion objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>3-D rotation objects; generating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3-D objects; generating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3-D scenes; creating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting; to curves, polygons, 3-D</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>extrusion objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp hd_id3150207 help.text]
note: mTJkR
en: <variable id="3d_create"><link href="text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp" name="Converting 2D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3D Objects">Converting 2D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3D Objects</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3d_create"><link href="text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp" name="Converting 2-D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3-D Objects">Converting 2-D Objects to Curves, Polygons, and 3-D Objects</link></variable>

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3153914 help.text]
note: eDyDq
en: You can convert two-dimensional (2D) objects to create different shapes. $[officename] can convert 2D objects to the following object types:
en_GB: You can convert two-dimensional (2-D) objects to create different shapes. $[officename] can convert 2-D objects to the following object types:

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3150051 help.text]
note: WAsFG
en: 3D object with shading and a light source
en_GB: 3-D object with shading and a light source

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3149873 help.text]
note: KF9D6
en: 3D rotation object with shading and a light source
en_GB: 3-D rotation object with shading and a light source

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp hd_id31490481 help.text]
note: xLDBZ
en: Two types of 3D objects
en_GB: Two types of 3-D objects

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id31472951 help.text]
note: 6kv9m
en: The Status bar displays "3D scene selected". The 3D scenes are built from objects which have dimensions in x, y, and z coordinates. Examples are the objects inserted by the 3D Objects toolbar, and rectangles, ellipses, or text that got created by the Rectangle, Ellipse, or Text icons left on the Drawing toolbar, or any Custom Shapes, and that got converted to 3D by using the context menu "Convert - To 3D". These 3D scenes can be entered (for example, by pressing F3), and the objects can be rotated in 3D. Microsoft Office doesn't know these real 3D objects. When exporting these 3D scenes to Microsoft Office formats, a snapshot of the current view will be exported as a bitmap. 3D bars in charts are of this type, too.
en_GB: The Status bar displays "3-D scene selected". The 3-D scenes are built from objects which have dimensions in x-, y-, and z-coordinates. Examples are the objects inserted by the 3-D Objects toolbar, and rectangles, ellipses, or text that got created by the Rectangle, Ellipse, or Text icons left on the Drawing toolbar, or any Custom Shapes, and that got converted to 3-D by using the context menu "Convert - To 3-D". These 3-D scenes can be entered (for example, by pressing F3), and the objects can be rotated in 3-D. Microsoft Office doesn't know these real 3-D objects. When exporting these 3-D scenes to Microsoft Office formats, a snapshot of the current view will be exported as a bitmap. 3-D bars in charts are of this type, too.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id31506541 help.text]
note: xz9Bd
en: The Status bar displays "Shape selected". The Custom Shapes can be viewed in a 2D mode or in a 3D mode. At any time, you can switch the view between the two modes. You use the Basic Shapes, Symbol Shapes, and the following icons on the Drawing toolbar to create Custom Shapes. The Custom Shapes can be changed using the 3D Settings toolbar. They do not form a 3D scene, they cannot be illuminated by more than one light source, they show no reflections, and there are some more limitations. You can convert them to a 3D scene, but then they are no longer Custom Shapes. Custom Shapes in 2D or 3D mode can be exported to and imported from Microsoft Office formats.
en_GB: The Status bar displays "Shape selected". The Custom Shapes can be viewed in a 2-D mode or in a 3-D mode. At any time, you can switch the view between the two modes. You use the Basic Shapes, Symbol Shapes, and the following icons on the Drawing toolbar to create Custom Shapes. The Custom Shapes can be changed using the 3-D Settings toolbar. They do not form a 3-D scene, they cannot be illuminated by more than one light source, they show no reflections, and there are some more limitations. You can convert them to a 3-D scene, but then they are no longer Custom Shapes. Custom Shapes in 2-D or 3-D mode can be exported to and imported from Microsoft Office formats.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3147295 help.text]
note: BoSHv
en: Select a 2D object on the slide or page.
en_GB: Select a 2-D object on the slide or page.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp hd_id3153738 help.text]
note: 4BTiv
en: To convert a 2D object to a polygon:
en_GB: To convert a 2-D object to a polygon:

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3145241 help.text]
note: 6kXjq
en: Select a 2D object on the slide or page.
en_GB: Select a 2-D object on the slide or page.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp hd_id3153919 help.text]
note: upFTG
en: To convert a 2D object to a 3D object:
en_GB: To convert a 2-D object to a 3-D object:

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3147172 help.text]
note: CBEGa
en: Select a 2D object on the slide or page.
en_GB: Select a 2-D object on the slide or page.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_idN1088B help.text]
note: hBwxm
en: Click the <emph>Extrusion On/Off</emph> icon<image id="img_id2490920" src="cmd/sc_extrusiontoggle.png" width="0.1665inch" height="0.1665inch"><alt id="alt_id2490920">Icon</alt></image> on the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar, or right-click the object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3D</emph>.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Extrusion On/Off</emph> icon<image id="img_id2490920" src="cmd/sc_extrusiontoggle.png" width="0.1665inch" height="0.1665inch"><alt id="alt_id2490920">Icon</alt></image> on the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar, or right-click the object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3-D</emph>.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3148828 help.text]
note: q8BK3
en: To edit the properties of the 3D object, use the <emph>Line and Filling</emph> toolbar and the <emph>3D Settings</emph> toolbar.
en_GB: To edit the properties of the 3-D object, use the <emph>Line and Filling</emph> toolbar and the <emph>3-D Settings</emph> toolbar.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_idN108C5 help.text]
note: xJzam
en: To convert a text object to 3D, use the <emph>Fontwork</emph> icon<image id="img_id3821222" src="cmd/sc_fontworkgalleryfloater.png" width="0.1665inch" height="0.1665inch"><alt id="alt_id3821222">Icon</alt></image> on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar.
en_GB: To convert a text object to 3-D, use the <emph>Fontwork</emph> icon<image id="img_id3821222" src="cmd/sc_fontworkgalleryfloater.png" width="0.1665inch" height="0.1665inch"><alt id="alt_id3821222">Icon</alt></image> on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp hd_id3145410 help.text]
note: JLugK
en: To convert a 2D object to a 3D rotation object:
en_GB: To convert a 2-D object to a 3-D rotation object:

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3154260 help.text]
note: W9pia
en: A 3D rotation object is created by rotating the selected object around its vertical axis.
en_GB: A 3-D rotation object is created by rotating the selected object around its vertical axis.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3147506 help.text]
note: erzuj
en: Select a 2D object on the slide or page.
en_GB: Select a 2-D object on the slide or page.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3151318 help.text]
note: wddgX
en: Right-click the object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3D Rotation Object</emph>
en_GB: Right-click the object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3-D Rotation Object</emph>

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3146125 help.text]
note: ahWWg
en: To edit the properties of the 3D object, use the Line and Filling toolbar and the 3D Settings toolbar.
en_GB: To edit the properties of the 3-D object, use the Line and Filling toolbar and the 3-D Settings toolbar.

[ctx: 3d_create.xhp par_id3149336 help.text]
note: 6HLRb
en: You can rotate the 2D object before converting it to create a more complex shape.
en_GB: You can rotate the 2-D object before converting it to create a more complex shape.

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3149377 help.text]
note: BSa6o
en: You can animate drawing objects, text objects, and graphic objects (images) on your slides to make your presentation more interesting. $[officename] Impress provides you with a simple animation editor where you can create animation images (frames) by assembling objects from your slide. The animation effect is achieved by rotating through the static frames that you create.
en_GB: You can animate drawing objects, text objects, and graphic objects (images) on your slides to make your presentation more interesting. $[officename] Impress provides you with a simple animation editor with which you can create animation images (frames) by assembling objects from your slide. The animation effect is achieved by rotating through the static frames that you create.

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3145086 help.text]
note: DRZkF
en: Click the <emph>Apply Object </emph>button <image id="img_id3148489" src="sd/res/get1obj.png" width="0.423cm" height="0.423cm"><alt id="alt_id3148489">Note Icon</alt></image> to add a single object or a group of objects to the current animation frame.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Apply Object</emph> button <image id="img_id3148489" src="sd/res/get1obj.png" width="0.423cm" height="0.423cm"><alt id="alt_id3148489">Note Icon</alt></image> to add a single object or a group of objects to the current animation frame.

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3150860 help.text]
note: Q4qB8
en: Click the <emph>Apply Objects Individually </emph>button <image id="img_id3149355" src="sd/res/getallob.png" width="0.423cm" height="0.423cm"><alt id="alt_id3149355">Tip Icon</alt></image> to create a separate animation frame for each of the selected objects.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Apply Objects Individually</emph> button <image id="img_id3149355" src="sd/res/getallob.png" width="0.423cm" height="0.423cm"><alt id="alt_id3149355">Tip Icon</alt></image> to create a separate animation frame for each of the selected objects.

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3148391 help.text]
note: 379k2
en: In the <emph>Animation Group </emph>area, select <emph>Bitmap object</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Animation Group</emph> area, select <emph>Bitmap object</emph>.

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3150756 help.text]
note: tDwjL
en: Enter the number of seconds you want the frame to display in the <emph>Duration </emph>box (middle box).
en_GB: Enter the number of seconds you want the frame to display in the <emph>Duration</emph> box (middle box).

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3151177 help.text]
note: FgojK
en: You can preview your animation by using the controls to the left of the <emph>Image Number </emph>box.
en_GB: You can preview your animation by using the controls to the left of the <emph>Image Number</emph> box.

[ctx: animated_gif_create.xhp par_id3154939 help.text]
note: FCnxj
en: Select the number of times you want the animation sequence to repeat in the <emph>Loop count </emph>box (right box).
en_GB: Select the number of times you want the animation sequence to repeat in the <emph>Loop count</emph> box (right box).

[ctx: animated_gif_save.xhp par_id3155064 help.text]
note: FpSXQ
en: Select <emph>GIF - Graphics Interchange Format (.gif)</emph> in the <emph>File type </emph>list.
en_GB: Select <emph>GIF - Graphics Interchange Format (.gif)</emph> in the <emph>File type</emph> list.

[ctx: animated_objects.xhp par_id3166462 help.text]
note: iHWsE
en: In the <emph>Custom Animation</emph> dialog, click a tab page to choose from a category of effects. Click an effect, then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Custom Animation</emph> dialogue box, click a tab page to choose from a category of effects. Click an effect, then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: animated_objects.xhp par_id2629474 help.text]
note: S3QhW
en: If you select "Curve", "Polygon", or "Freeform Line", the dialog closes and you can draw your own path. If the drawing is finished and not canceled, the created path is removed from the document and inserted as a motion path effect.
en_GB: If you select "Curve", "Polygon", or "Free-form Line", the dialogue box closes and you can draw your own path. If the drawing is finished and not cancelled, the created path is removed from the document and inserted as a motion path effect.

[ctx: animated_objects.xhp par_id4396801 help.text]
note: teBif
en: A motion path can be selected by clicking on the path. A selected path will support handles, it can be moved and resized like a shape. A double click on a path starts the point edit mode. The point edit mode can also be started by <item type="menuitem">Edit - Points</item> or by pressing <item type="keycode">F8</item>.
en_GB: A motion path can be selected by clicking on the path. A selected path will support handles, it can be moved and resized like a shape. A double-click on a path starts the point edit mode. The point edit mode can also be started by <item type="menuitem">Edit - Points</item> or by pressing <item type="keycode">F8</item>.

[ctx: animated_slidechange.xhp par_id3151287 help.text]
note: XP3Fu
en: In <emph>Slide Sorter</emph> View, select the slides that you want to remove the transition effect from.
en_GB: In <emph>Slide Sorter</emph> view, select the slides that you want to remove the transition effect from.

[ctx: animated_slidechange.xhp par_id3146930 help.text]
note: WtZVS
en: Choose <emph>No Transition </emph>in the listbox on the <emph>Tasks</emph> pane.
en_GB: Choose <emph>No Transition</emph> from the list box on the <emph>Tasks</emph> pane.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3155067 help.text]
note: 5zK9c
en: You can change the background color or the background fill of the current slide or all of the slides in your document. For a background fill, you can use hatching, a gradient, or a bitmap image.
en_GB: You can change the background colour or the background fill of the current slide or all of the slides in your document. For a background fill, you can use hatching, a gradient, or a bitmap image.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id4155067 help.text]
note: NRK9m
en: You can change the background color or the background fill of the current page or all of the pages in your document. For a background fill, you can use hatching, a gradient, or a bitmap image.
en_GB: You can change the background colour or the background fill of the current page or all of the pages in your document. For a background fill, you can use hatching, a gradient, or a bitmap image.

[ctx: background.xhp hd_id3150534 help.text]
note: KuE3E
en: To use a color, gradient, or hatching pattern for the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">slide</caseinline><defaultinline>page</defaultinline></switchinline> background
en_GB: To use a colour, gradient, or hatching pattern for the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">slide</caseinline><defaultinline>page</defaultinline></switchinline> background

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3148725 help.text]
note: EoCa7
en: In the <emph>Fill </emph>area, do one of the following:
en_GB: In the <emph>Fill</emph> area, do one of the following:

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3153040 help.text]
note: P7xAG
en: Select <widget>Color</widget>, and then click a color in the list.
en_GB: Select <widget>Colour</widget>, and then click a colour in the list.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3145356 help.text]
note: xDXpC
en: In the <emph>Fill </emph>area, select <emph>Bitmap</emph>, and then click an image in the list.
en_GB: In the <emph>Fill</emph> area, select <emph>Bitmap</emph>, and then click an image in the list.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3150757 help.text]
note: JApVy
en: If you want to use a custom image for the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">slide</caseinline><defaultinline>page</defaultinline></switchinline> background, close the <emph>Page Setup </emph>dialog, and then choose <menuitem>Format - Area</menuitem>. Click the <emph>Bitmaps </emph>tab, and then click <emph>Import</emph>. Locate the image you want to import and click <widget>Open</widget>. When you return to the <emph>Background</emph> tab, the image you imported will be in the <emph>Bitmap</emph> list.
en_GB: If you want to use a custom image for the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">slide</caseinline><defaultinline>page</defaultinline></switchinline> background, close the <emph>Page Setup</emph> dialogue box, and then choose <menuitem>Format - Area</menuitem>. Click the <emph>Bitmaps </emph>tab, and then click <emph>Import</emph>. Locate the image you want to import and click <widget>Open</widget>. When you return to the <emph>Background</emph> tab, the image you imported will be in the <emph>Bitmap</emph> list.

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3150263 help.text]
note: wwFGB
en: To display the entire image as the background, clear the <emph>Tile </emph>check box in the <emph>Position </emph>area, and then select <emph>AutoFit</emph>.
en_GB: To display the entire image as the background, unmark the <emph>Tile</emph> check box in the <emph>Position</emph> area, and then select <emph>AutoFit</emph>.

[ctx: footer.xhp par_id8217413 help.text]
note: QGBFU
en: When you switch to the master view, you can move those areas to any position on the master. Also, you can enter additional text into them, resize them, and select their contents to apply text formatting. For example, you can change the font size or color.
en_GB: When you switch to the master view, you can move those areas to any position on the master. Also, you can enter additional text into them, resize them, and select their contents to apply text formatting. For example, you can change the font size or colour.

[ctx: footer.xhp par_id1876583 help.text]
note: U65tA
en: You see a dialog with two tab pages: <emph>Slides</emph> and <emph>Notes and Handouts</emph> where you can enter contents to the predefined areas.
en_GB: You see a dialogue box with two tab pages: <emph>Slides</emph> and <emph>Notes and Handouts</emph> in which you can enter contents to the predefined areas.

[ctx: footer.xhp par_id4101077 help.text]
note: Rw82K
en: By default, the <emph>Date and Time</emph> checkbox is enabled, but the format is set to Fixed and the text input box is empty, so no date and time is visible on the slides.
en_GB: By default, the <emph>Date and Time</emph> check box is marked, but the format is set to Fixed and the text input box is empty, so no date and time is visible on the slides.

[ctx: footer.xhp par_id204779 help.text]
note: nfX2N
en: By default, the <emph>Footer</emph> checkbox is enabled, but the text input box is empty, so no footer is visible on the slides.
en_GB: By default, the <emph>Footer</emph> check box is marked, but the text input box is empty, so no footer is visible on the slides.

[ctx: footer.xhp par_id1453901 help.text]
note: 28hEh
en: By default, the <emph>Slide number</emph> checkbox is cleared, so no slide numbers are visible.
en_GB: By default, the <emph>Slide number</emph> check box is unmarked, so no slide numbers are visible.

[ctx: footer.xhp par_id5259559 help.text]
note: M7H3u
en: You see the master slide with areas near the bottom. You can move the areas , and you can select the fields and apply some formatting. You can also enter some text here which will be shown next to the fields.
en_GB: You see the master slide with areas near the bottom. You can move the areas, and you can select the fields and apply some formatting. You can also enter some text here which will be shown next to the fields.

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp tit help.text]
note: 3GEWb
en: Using Gluepoints
en_GB: Using Glue Points

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_idN1065F help.text]
note: W457q
en: <variable id="gluepoints"><link href="text/simpress/guide/gluepoints.xhp">Using Gluepoints</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="gluepoints"><link href="text/simpress/guide/gluepoints.xhp">Using Glue Points</link></variable>

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803040964 help.text]
note: eh99z
en: In Impress and Draw, you can connect each two shapes with a line called a <link href="text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp">connector</link>. When you draw a connector between shapes, the connector will be attached to a gluepoint on each shape. Each shape has some default gluepoints, and the positions of the default gluepoints depend on the specific shape. You can add your own custom gluepoints to a shape and then attach connectors to the custom gluepoints.
en_GB: In Impress and Draw, you can connect each two shapes with a line called a <link href="text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp">connector</link>. When you draw a connector between shapes, the connector will be attached to a glue point on each shape. Each shape has some default glue points, and the positions of the default glue points depend on the specific shape. You can add your own custom glue points to a shape and then attach connectors to the custom glue points.

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803041099 help.text]
note: cte7J
en: To add and edit gluepoints
en_GB: To add and edit glue points

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803041160 help.text]
note: DRCRM
en: Click the <emph>Insert Glue Point</emph> icon on the Gluepoints toolbar.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Insert Glue Point</emph> icon on the Glue Points toolbar.

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803041115 help.text]
note: si9dG
en: Click inside the shape where you want to add the new gluepoint.
en_GB: Click inside the shape where you want to add the new glue point.

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803041250 help.text]
note: ZHFBd
en: With the four icons next to the <emph>Insert Glue Point</emph> icon, you choose the directions which will be permitted for a connector at this gluepoint. You can choose one or more directions for a particular gluepoint.
en_GB: With the four icons next to the <emph>Insert Glue Point</emph> icon, you choose the directions which will be permitted for a connector at this glue point. You can choose one or more directions for a particular glue point.

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803041298 help.text]
note: GfRnC
en: If the <emph>Glue Point Relative</emph> icon is active, the gluepoint moves when you resize the object to keep its position relative to the object borders.
en_GB: If the <emph>Glue Point Relative</emph> icon is active, the glue point moves when you resize the object to keep its position relative to the object borders.

[ctx: gluepoints.xhp par_id0919200803041223 help.text]
note: 6GW7y
en: If the <emph>Glue Point Relative</emph> icon is not active, the icons next to it are no longer grayed out. With these icons you can decide where a gluepoint will be placed when the size of the object is changed.
en_GB: If the <emph>Glue Point Relative</emph> icon is not active, the icons next to it are no longer greyed out. With these icons you can decide where a glue point will be placed when the size of the object is changed.

[ctx: html_export.xhp par_id3151391 help.text]
note: Ax2eF
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp" name="HTML Export AutoPilot">HTML Export Wizard</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp" name="HTML Export Wizard">HTML Export Wizard</link>

[ctx: impress_remote.xhp par_id170820171213449763 help.text]
note: g4cn4
en: In the presentation options, select the <emph>Enable remote control</emph> checkbox and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the presentation options, select the <emph>Enable remote control</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: individual.xhp par_id3153966 help.text]
note: 8YmrV
en: Click <emph>New</emph> and enter a name for your slide show in the <emph>Name </emph>box.
en_GB: Click <emph>New</emph> and enter a name for your slide show in the <emph>Name</emph> box.

[ctx: individual.xhp par_id3153916 help.text]
note: KyDj4
en: You can change the order of the slides in your custom slide show, by dragging and dropping the slides under <emph>Selected Slides</emph>.
en_GB: You can change the order of the slides in your custom slide show, by dragging-and-dropping the slides under <emph>Selected Slides</emph>.

[ctx: individual.xhp par_id3145593 help.text]
note: FSHN2
en: If you want the selected custom slide show to start when you click the <emph>Slide Show</emph> icon on the<emph> Presentation</emph> toolbar, or when you press F5, select <emph>Use Custom Slide Show</emph>.
en_GB: If you want the selected custom slide show to start when you click the <emph>Slide Show</emph> icon on the <emph>Presentation</emph> toolbar, or when you press F5, select <emph>Use Custom Slide Show</emph>.

[ctx: individual.xhp par_id3155932 help.text]
note: ST6yj
en: In the <emph>Start presentation</emph> area, select the <emph>Always with current page</emph> check box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Start presentation</emph> area, mark the <emph>Always with current page</emph> check box.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3148769 help.text]
note: tRDLn
en: Move to the slide where you want to paste the copied slide, and then press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+V</item>.
en_GB: Move to the slide into which you want to paste the copied slide, and then press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+V</item>.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3147171 help.text]
note: 8qQHR
en: Navigate to the slide where you want to move the slide, and then press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+V</item>.
en_GB: Navigate to the slide into which you want to move the slide, and then press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+V</item>.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3083282 help.text]
note: LUhAj
en: Select <emph>Before </emph>or <emph>After</emph> the current slide, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Select <emph>Before</emph> or <emph>After</emph> the current slide, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: line_arrow_styles.xhp bm_id3145253 help.text]
note: 8FXoU
en: <bookmark_value>line styles;loading</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines;about line ends</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>arrows;loading arrow styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;arrow and line styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>loading;arrow and line styles</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>line styles;loading</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines;about line ends</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arrows;loading arrow styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;arrow and line styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loading;arrow and line styles</bookmark_value>

[ctx: line_arrow_styles.xhp par_id3154017 help.text]
note: CPjCD
en: You can use styles to organize similar line and arrow types. $[officename] provides a few standard style files that you can load and use in your document. If you want, you can add or delete elements from a style file, or even create a custom style file.
en_GB: You can use styles to organise similar line and arrow types. $[officename] provides a few standard style files that you can load and use in your document. If you want, you can add or delete elements from a style file, or even create a custom style file.

[ctx: line_draw.xhp hd_id2071596 help.text]
note: FPEFg
en: How to use the Freeform Line tool
en_GB: How to use the Free-form Line tool

[ctx: line_draw.xhp par_id4907681 help.text]
note: WLGAM
en: On the Drawing toolbar, open the <emph>Curves</emph> toolbar <image id="Graphic2" src="cmd/sc_linetoolbox.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_">Icon</alt></image> and select the <emph>Freeform Line</emph><image id="Graphic3" src="cmd/sc_freeline_unfilled.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_">Icon</alt></image> tool.
en_GB: On the Drawing toolbar, open the <emph>Curves</emph> toolbar <image id="Graphic2" src="cmd/sc_linetoolbox.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_">Icon</alt></image> and select the <emph>Free-form Line</emph><image id="Graphic3" src="cmd/sc_freeline_unfilled.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_">Icon</alt></image> tool.

[ctx: line_draw.xhp par_id5792107 help.text]
note: hEGxd
en: Draw the freeform line as you would do with a pencil.
en_GB: Draw the free-form line as you would do with a pencil.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3151241 help.text]
note: LCxxf
en: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3151392 help.text]
note: mUq5B
en: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3149941 help.text]
note: BXfm3
en: Select a data point, and then click the <emph>Split Curve </emph>icon on the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a data point, and then click the <emph>Split Curve</emph> icon on the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3150743 help.text]
note: isLNx
en: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3150336 help.text]
note: Ucxix
en: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3155373 help.text]
note: V3U7g
en: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3156256 help.text]
note: 6p2a2
en: On the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar, click the<emph> Insert Points</emph> icon.
en_GB: On the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar, click the <emph>Insert Points</emph> icon.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3153624 help.text]
note: MYx8z
en: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.

[ctx: line_edit.xhp par_id3143230 help.text]
note: A92wW
en: On the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar, click the<emph> Delete Points</emph> icon.
en_GB: On the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar, click the <emph>Delete Points</emph> icon.

[ctx: main.xhp hd_id3153812 help.text]
note: pQAN7
en: Animated Objects and 3D Objects
en_GB: Animated Objects and 3-D Objects

[ctx: orgchart.xhp bm_id3150439 help.text]
note: MAXTv
en: <bookmark_value>connectors; using</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flowcharts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organization charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hot spots in flowcharts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>interactions; hot spots</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>connectors; using</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flowcharts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organisation charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hot spots in flowcharts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>interactions; hot spots</bookmark_value>

[ctx: orgchart.xhp par_id3146967 help.text]
note: eWvD2
en: Open the <emph>Connectors </emph>toolbar on the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar, and select a connector line.
en_GB: Open the <emph>Connectors</emph> toolbar on the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar, and select a connector line.

[ctx: orgchart.xhp hd_id3153730 help.text]
note: UoXeT
en: To add a color fill to a shape:
en_GB: To add a colour fill to a shape:

[ctx: orgchart.xhp par_id3145348 help.text]
note: qwtGz
en: Select <emph>Color</emph>, and then click a color in the list.
en_GB: Select <emph>Colour</emph>, and then choose a colour from the list.

[ctx: orgchart.xhp par_idN108A0 help.text]
note: DFW6i
en: Select an interaction in the dialog. For example, select to go to the next slide when the user clicks the object.
en_GB: Select an interaction in the dialogue box. For example, select to go to the next slide when the user clicks the object.

[ctx: orgchart.xhp par_id3156257 help.text]
note: 3e7tW
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue points">Glue points</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue Points">Glue Points</link>

[ctx: page_copy.xhp par_id3153073 help.text]
note: jBCKp
en: In the presentation containing the slide(s) that you want to copy, choose<emph> View - Slide Sorter</emph>.
en_GB: In the presentation containing the slide(s) that you want to copy, choose <emph>View - Slide Sorter</emph>.

[ctx: page_copy.xhp par_id3147401 help.text]
note: tvhFh
en: Select the slide(s), and then choose<emph> Edit - Copy</emph>.
en_GB: Select the slide(s), and then choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>.

[ctx: page_copy.xhp par_id3147298 help.text]
note: Wka7H
en: Change to the presentation where you want to paste the slide(s), and then choose <emph>View - Normal</emph>.
en_GB: Change to the presentation into which you want to paste the slide(s), and then choose <emph>View - Normal</emph>.

[ctx: palette_files.xhp tit help.text]
note: uGXHy
en: Loading Color, Gradient, and Hatching Lists
en_GB: Loading Colour, Gradient, and Hatching Lists

[ctx: palette_files.xhp bm_id3154510 help.text]
note: fj5SB
en: <bookmark_value>colors;loading lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gradients;loading lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hatching;loading lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loading;colors/gradients/hatchings</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colours;loading lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gradients;loading lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hatching;loading lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>loading;colours/gradients/hatchings</bookmark_value>

[ctx: palette_files.xhp hd_id3154510 help.text]
note: szCGB
en: <variable id="palette_files"><link href="text/simpress/guide/palette_files.xhp" name="Loading Color, Gradient, and Hatching Lists">Loading Color, Gradient, and Hatching Lists</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="palette_files"><link href="text/simpress/guide/palette_files.xhp" name="Loading Colour, Gradient, and Hatching Lists">Loading Colour, Gradient, and Hatching Lists</link></variable>

[ctx: palette_files.xhp par_id3156385 help.text]
note: 6FeGK
en: You can use lists to organize colors, gradients, or hatching patterns. $[officename] provides several lists that you can load and use in your document. If you want, you can add or delete elements from a list, or even create custom lists.
en_GB: You can use lists to organise colours, gradients, or hatching patterns. $[officename] provides several lists that you can load and use in your document. If you want, you can add or delete elements from a list, or even create custom lists.

[ctx: palette_files.xhp hd_id3155961 help.text]
note: Bm4tE
en: To load a color list:
en_GB: To load a colour list:

[ctx: palette_files.xhp par_id3154656 help.text]
note: 5yi7U
en: Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, and then click the <emph>Colors</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, and then click the <emph>Colours</emph> tab.

[ctx: palette_files.xhp par_id3152896 help.text]
note: oerUd
en: Click the <emph>Load Color List</emph> button.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Load Colour List</emph> button.

[ctx: palette_files.xhp par_id3151239 help.text]
note: TNKUC
en: Locate the color list that you want to load, and then click <emph>Open</emph>. A color list file has the format [filename].soc.
en_GB: Locate the colour list that you want to load, and then click <emph>Open</emph>. A colour list file has the format [filename].soc.

[ctx: palette_files.xhp par_id3154762 help.text]
note: hgANf
en: To save a color list, click the <emph>Save Color List</emph> button, enter a filename, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.
en_GB: To save a colour list, click the <emph>Save Colour List</emph> button, enter a filename, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.

[ctx: palette_files.xhp bm_id3149871 help.text]
note: Bpw8w
en: <bookmark_value>colors; default colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; LibreOffice colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>LibreOffice colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; Tango colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Tango colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; web</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; CMYK</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colours; default colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; LibreOffice colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>LibreOffice colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; Tango colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Tango colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; web</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; CMYK</bookmark_value>

[ctx: palette_files.xhp par_id3149871 help.text]
note: sUkbS
en: The CMYK list is optimized for print colors. The colors in the Web and the HTML lists are optimized for displays using a resolution of 256 colors. The palettes libreoffice.soc and tango.soc contain the official LibreOffice and Tango colors respectively.
en_GB: The CMYK list is optimised for print colours. The colours in the Web and the HTML lists are optimised for displays using a resolution of 256 colours. The palettes libreoffice.soc and tango.soc contain the official LibreOffice and Tango colours respectively.

[ctx: photo_album.xhp par_id221120161524586628 help.text]
note: K3GPg
en: Go to the slide that precede the photo album.
en_GB: Go to the slide that precedes the photo album.

[ctx: photo_album.xhp par_id221120161524582911 help.text]
note: mFDka
en: In the Create Photo Album dialog, click <item type="menuitem">Add</item>.
en_GB: In the Create Photo Album dialogue box, click <item type="menuitem">Add</item>.

[ctx: photo_album.xhp par_id221120161524598495 help.text]
note: MDy2f
en: Mark <item type="menuitem">Add caption to each slide</item> checkbox if necessary, to insert a text box for the caption.
en_GB: Mark <item type="menuitem">Add caption to each slide</item> check box if necessary, to insert a text box for the caption.

[ctx: photo_album.xhp par_id221120161524592767 help.text]
note: KU2Wq
en: Mark <item type="menuitem">Keep aspect ratio</item> checkbox to avoid distorting the images when laying them in the slide. The image will be fully contained in the slide.
en_GB: Mark <item type="menuitem">Keep aspect ratio</item> check box to avoid distorting the images when laying them in the slide. The image will be fully contained in the slide.

[ctx: presenter_console.xhp par_id190820172252291885 help.text]
note: BBPMC
en: <ahelp hid=".">The Presenter Console displays the slide show in an external screen (projector or large television), while the presentation controls are shown in the computer screen.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The Presenter Console displays the slide show on an external screen (projector or large television), while the presentation controls are shown on the computer screen.</ahelp>

[ctx: presenter_console.xhp hd_id391512577186778 help.text]
note: BpyKy
en: Presenter console activation
en_GB: Presenter Console activation

[ctx: presenter_console.xhp par_id571512828767315 help.text]
note: 2WeyF
en: The Slide Sorter mode displays all slides in the computer screen and allows to display the selected slide out of the presentation order.
en_GB: The Slide Sorter mode displays all slides on the computer screen and allows display of the selected slide out of the presentation order.

[ctx: print_tofit.xhp par_id3148871 help.text]
note: Gbe2k
en: In <emph>Layout settings </emph>area, select the <emph>Fit object to paper format</emph> check box.
en_GB: In <emph>Layout settings</emph> area, mark the <emph>Fit object to paper format</emph> check box.

[ctx: printing.xhp bm_id3153726 help.text]
note: CB2Df
en: <bookmark_value>printing; presentations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>slides; printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>notes; printing in presentations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>outlines; printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>presentations; printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tiled printing of slides</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;layout for handouts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>handout printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>layout;printing handouts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing; presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slides; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>notes; printing in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>outlines; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>presentations; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tiled printing of slides</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;layout for handouts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>handout printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>layout;printing handouts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: printing.xhp par_id1104159 help.text]
note: aPptT
en: On the <emph>General</emph> tab page of the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, select the "Handouts" entry from the Document listbox.
en_GB: On the <emph>General</emph> tab page of the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box, select the "Handouts" entry from the Document list box.

[ctx: printing.xhp par_id996734 help.text]
note: UQvRq
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Page Number</emph> to open the <emph>Header and Footer</emph> dialog box.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Page Number</emph> to open the <emph>Header and Footer</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: printing.xhp par_id5703909 help.text]
note: cssex
en: You see four areas on this dialog with check boxes for Header, Date and time, Footer, and Page number. These four areas correspond to the four areas in the corners of the master handout view.
en_GB: You see four areas on this dialogue box with check boxes for Header, Date and time, Footer, and Page number. These four areas correspond to the four areas in the corners of the master handout view.

[ctx: printing.xhp par_id4984282 help.text]
note: VaD3B
en: Enter text for header, footer, and date. Check the <emph>Page number</emph> box, if you want to number the handout pages. Ensure the <emph>Header</emph> check box is enabled if you want your header text to be printed.
en_GB: Enter text for header, footer, and date. Mark the <emph>Page number</emph> check box, if you want to number the handout pages. Ensure the <emph>Header</emph> check box is marked if you want your header text to be printed.

[ctx: printing.xhp par_id5674611 help.text]
note: DEC3A
en: Click the Document listbox and select the type of contents to print.
en_GB: Click the Document list box and select the type of contents to print.

[ctx: rehearse_timings.xhp par_id3153963 help.text]
note: yATDv
en: Prepare the slides, start the show using a special icon, tell your imaginary audience what you want to tell for the first slide, then advance to the next slide and so on. $[officename] records the display time for each slide, so the next time you play the show with automatic slide changes, the timing will be as recorded.
en_GB: Prepare the slides, start the show using a special icon, tell your imaginary audience what you want to tell for the first slide, then advance to the next slide and so on. $[officename] records the display time for each slide, so the next time that you play the show with automatic slide changes, the timing will be as recorded.

[ctx: rehearse_timings.xhp par_id3149874 help.text]
note: qQynC
en: Open a presentation, and switch to <emph>Slide Sorter</emph> View.
en_GB: Open a presentation, and switch to <emph>Slide Sorter</emph> view.

[ctx: rehearse_timings.xhp par_id3150651 help.text]
note: sQBAS
en: Start the show with the <emph>Rehearse Timings</emph> icon <image id="img_id3156396" src="cmd/sc_rehearsetimings.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3156396">Icon</alt></image> in the Slide View bar. You see the first slide, and a timer in the bottom corner.
en_GB: Start the show with the <emph>Rehearse Timings</emph> icon <image id="img_id3156396" src="cmd/sc_rehearsetimings.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3156396">Icon</alt></image> in the Slide View bar. You will see the first slide, and a timer in the bottom corner.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id0916200803551581 help.text]
note: fgoBr
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Define the vertical alignment of selected or all cell contents. Split or merge cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Define the vertical alignment of selected or all cell content. Split or merge cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id0916200803551535 help.text]
note: dP7mX
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The selected cell is split into several cells. You see the Split Cells dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The selected cell is split into several cells. You will see the Split Cells dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id0916200803551651 help.text]
note: 5hutM
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The cell contents are align at the top of the cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The cell content is aligned at the top of the cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id0916200803551697 help.text]
note: E8BVm
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The cell contents are aligned vertically centered in the cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The cell content is aligned vertically centred in the cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id0916200803551632 help.text]
note: CE5Uq
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The cell contents are aligned at the bottom of the cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The cell content is aligned at the bottom of the cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id7184972 help.text]
note: 396YF
en: Go to the Impress slide or Draw page where you want to insert the table.
en_GB: Go to the Impress slide or Draw page into which you want to insert the table.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id8270210 help.text]
note: HGJ2u
en: Select some cell contents and right-click to open the context menu. Choose commands to change the cell's contents, like font size and line spacing.
en_GB: Select some cell content and right-click to open the context menu. Choose commands to change the cell content, like font size and line spacing.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id0916200803551725 help.text]
note: pH2SU
en: Select some cells and right-click to open a context menu, where you can insert or delete rows and columns, among other commands.
en_GB: Select some cells and right-click to open a context menu, with which you can insert or delete rows and columns, among other commands.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id3150749 help.text]
note: cy6PU
en: Go to the slide where you want to insert the spreadsheet.
en_GB: Go to the slide into which you want to insert the spreadsheet.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id3145112 help.text]
note: GZRkb
en: Go to the slide where you want to insert the spreadsheet.
en_GB: Go to the slide into which you want to insert the spreadsheet.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id3150537 help.text]
note: Xbvuv
en: Locate the file you want to insert, and then click<emph> OK</emph>.
en_GB: Locate the file you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: table_insert.xhp par_id1616565 help.text]
note: o9F8y
en: Enable the <emph>Link to file</emph> checkbox to insert the file as a live link.
en_GB: Mark the <emph>Link to file</emph> check box to insert the file as a live link.

[ctx: vectorize.xhp bm_id3153415 help.text]
note: 4mWfo
en: <bookmark_value>vectorizing bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting; bitmaps to polygons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps; converting to vector graphics</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vector graphics; converting bitmaps</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>vectorising bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting; bitmaps to polygons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps; converting to vector graphics</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vector graphics; converting bitmaps</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3154900 help.text]
note: BxpBJ
en: Bring Forward.
en_GB: Bring Forwards.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3147580 help.text]
note: t2wEB
en: Send Backward.
en_GB: Send Backwards.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_ii3153331 help.text]
note: GCin3
en: Selecting lines in a downward direction
en_GB: Selecting lines in a downwards direction

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_ii7405011 help.text]
note: DTu6i
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow Down
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>Shift+Arrow Down

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3156274 help.text]
note: mPqf2
en: Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> to draw or resize objects by dragging from the center of the object outward.
en_GB: Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> to draw or resize objects by dragging from the centre of the object outward.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3155908 help.text]
note: P8nhR
en: Select adjacent items or a text passage. Click at the start of a selection, move to the end of the selection, and then hold down Shift while you click.
en_GB: Select adjacent items or a text passage. Click at the beginning of a selection, move to the end of the selection, and then hold down Shift while you click.

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3155434 help.text]
note: Dria8
en: The number of a hidden slide is crossed out. To show a hidden slide, choose <emph>Slide Show - Show/Hide Slide</emph> again.
en_GB: The number of a hidden slide is crossed out. To show a hidden slide, choose <emph>Slide Show - Show Slide</emph>.

[ctx: 08020000.xhp par_id3154321 help.text]
note: 5xBqE
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Position">Displays the X and Y position of the cursor and the size of the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Position">Displays the x- and y-position of the cursor and the size of the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10020000.xhp par_id3145822 help.text]
note: F2nwd
en: You can also select the <emph>Zoom In </emph>tool and drag a rectangular frame around the area you want to enlarge.
en_GB: You can also select the <emph>Zoom In</emph> tool and drag a rectangular frame around the area you want to enlarge.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp bm_id3150199 help.text]
note: R839F
en: <bookmark_value>flipping around a flip line</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mirroring objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3D rotation objects; converting to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slanting objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>distorting objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shearing objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>transparency; of objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gradients; transparent</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; defining gradients interactively</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gradients; defining colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circles; of objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>flipping around a flip line</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mirroring objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3-D rotation objects; converting to</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slanting objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>distorting objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shearing objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>transparency; of objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gradients; transparent</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; defining gradients interactively</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gradients; defining colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circles; of objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3148489 help.text]
note: nDg6B
en: Rotates or skews the selected 2D object(s) around a pivot point. Drag a corner handle of the object in the direction you want to rotate it. To skew an object, drag a center handle in the direction you want to skew it.
en_GB: Rotates or skews the selected 2-D object(s) around a pivot point. Drag a corner handle of the object in the direction you want to rotate it. To skew an object, drag a centre handle in the direction you want to skew it.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3154022 help.text]
note: QVC2A
en: Each slide has only one pivot point. Double-click an object to move the pivot point to the center of the object. You can also drag the pivot point to a new location on the screen, and then rotate the object.
en_GB: Each slide has only one pivot point. Double-click an object to move the pivot point to the centre of the object. You can also drag the pivot point to a new location on the screen, and then rotate the object.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3153914 help.text]
note: NnrMf
en: If you select a group that includes a 3D object, only the 3D object is rotated. You cannot skew a 3D object, instead, you can rotate it about the X and Y axes by dragging the center handles.
en_GB: If you select a group that includes a 3-D object, only the 3-D object is rotated. You cannot skew a 3-D object, instead, you can rotate it about the x- and y-axes by dragging the centre handles.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp hd_id3155263 help.text]
note: dyHFf
en: In 3D Rotation Object
en_GB: In 3-D Rotation Object

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3145169 help.text]
note: wawhs
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertInto3DLathe">Converts the selected 2D object(s) to a 3D object, by rotating the object(s) around a symmetry line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertInto3DLathe">Converts the selected 2-D object(s) to a 3-D object, by rotating the object(s) around a symmetry line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3150332 help.text]
note: 8HKkk
en: Drag the symmetry line to a new location to change the shape of the converted object. To change the orientation of the symmetry line, drag one of its end points. Click the object to convert it to 3D.
en_GB: Drag the symmetry line to a new location to change the shape of the converted object. To change the orientation of the symmetry line, drag one of its end points. Click the object to convert it to 3-D.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3149024 help.text]
note: vCf5c
en: In 3D Rotation Object
en_GB: In 3-D Rotation Object

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3154258 help.text]
note: Jp4JC
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InteractiveTransparence">Applies a transparency gradient to the selected object.</ahelp> The transparency line represents a grayscale, with the black handle corresponding to 0% transparency and the white handle to 100% transparency.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InteractiveTransparence">Applies a transparency gradient to the selected object.</ahelp> The transparency line represents a greyscale, with the black handle corresponding to 0% transparency and the white handle to 100% transparency.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3147516 help.text]
note: GLoyh
en: Drag the white handle to change the direction of the transparency gradient. Drag the black handle to change the length of the gradient. You can also drag and drop colors onto the handles from the <emph>Color</emph> Bar to change their grayscale values.
en_GB: Drag the white handle to change the direction of the transparency gradient. Drag the black handle to change the length of the gradient. You can also drag-and-drop colours onto the handles from the <emph>Colour</emph> Bar to change their greyscale values.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3154104 help.text]
note: UVA2E
en: To display the <emph>Color Bar</emph>, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Color Bar</emph>.
en_GB: To display the <emph>Colour Bar</emph>, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Colour Bar</emph>.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3149594 help.text]
note: XD5ZC
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InteractiveGradient">Modifies the gradient fill of the selected object. This command is only available if you applied a gradient to the selected object in <emph>Format - Area</emph>.</ahelp> Drag the handles of the gradient line to change the direction of the gradient or the length of the gradient. You can also drag and drop colors onto the handles from the <emph>Color</emph> Bar to change the color of the gradient endpoints.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InteractiveGradient">Modifies the gradient fill of the selected object. This command is only available if you applied a gradient to the selected object in <emph>Format - Area</emph>.</ahelp> Drag the handles of the gradient line to change the direction of the gradient or the length of the gradient. You can also drag-and-drop colours onto the handles from the <emph>Colour</emph> Bar to change the colour of the gradient endpoints.

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3151311 help.text]
note: Z8Qos
en: To display the <emph>Color Bar</emph>, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Color Bar</emph>.
en_GB: To display the <emph>Colour Bar</emph>, choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Colour Bar</emph>.

[ctx: 10030200.xhp tit help.text]
note: cZRpT
en: Gluepoints Bar
en_GB: Glue Points Bar

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3159206 help.text]
note: CjR3U
en: <ahelp hid=".">Insert or modify the properties of a gluepoint. A gluepoint is a point where you can attach a <link href="text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp" name="connector">connector</link> line. </ahelp> By default, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically places a gluepoint at the center of each side of the bounding rectangle for every object you create.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Insert or modify the properties of a glue point. A glue point is a point to which you can attach a <link href="text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp" name="connector">connector</link> line. </ahelp> By default, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically places a glue point at the centre of each side of the bounding rectangle for every object you create.

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3150393 help.text]
note: ddyBH
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueInsertPoint">Inserts a gluepoint where you click in an object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueInsertPoint">Inserts a glue point where you click in an object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3150864 help.text]
note: WrtRK
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionLeft">Connector attaches to the left edge of the selected gluepoint.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionLeft">Connector attaches to the left edge of the selected glue point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3147370 help.text]
note: 6dB3t
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionTop">Connector attaches to the top edge of the selected gluepoint.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionTop">Connector attaches to the top edge of the selected glue point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3149030 help.text]
note: H6otk
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionRight">Connector attaches to the right edge of the selected gluepoint.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionRight">Connector attaches to the right edge of the selected glue point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3149710 help.text]
note: TbvAt
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionBottom">Connector attaches to the bottom edge of the selected gluepoint.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueEscapeDirectionBottom">Connector attaches to the bottom edge of the selected glue point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3147571 help.text]
note: eaDid
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GluePercent">Maintains the relative position of a selected gluepoint when you resize an object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GluePercent">Maintains the relative position of a selected glue point when you resize an object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3147252 help.text]
note: 3QrV9
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueHorzAlignLeft">When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the left edge of the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueHorzAlignLeft">When the object is resized, the current glue point remains fixed to the left edge of the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp hd_id3154214 help.text]
note: aFrew
en: Glue Point Horizontal Center
en_GB: Glue Point Horizontal Centre

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3147510 help.text]
note: sFGAs
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueHorzAlignCenter">When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the center of the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueHorzAlignCenter">When the object is resized, the current glue point remains fixed to the centre of the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3150706 help.text]
note: b8Adn
en: Glue Point Horizontal Center
en_GB: Glue Point Horizontal Centre

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3154096 help.text]
note: j57kW
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueHorzAlignRight">When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the right edge of the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueHorzAlignRight">When the object is resized, the current glue point remains fixed to the right edge of the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3149930 help.text]
note: HTixw
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueVertAlignTop">When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the top edge of the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueVertAlignTop">When the object is resized, the current glue point remains fixed to the top edge of the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp hd_id3153678 help.text]
note: hDypk
en: Glue Point Vertical Center
en_GB: Glue Point Vertical Centre

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3151310 help.text]
note: M5aQi
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueVertAlignCenter">When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the vertical center of the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueVertAlignCenter">When the object is resized, the current glue point remains fixed to the vertical centre of the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3146130 help.text]
note: xzY8n
en: Glue Point Vertical Center
en_GB: Glue Point Vertical Centre

[ctx: 10030200.xhp par_id3148397 help.text]
note: azpMi
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueVertAlignBottom">When the object is resized, the current gluepoint remains fixed to the bottom edge of the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GlueVertAlignBottom">When the object is resized, the current glue point remains fixed to the bottom edge of the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10060000.xhp par_id3145112 help.text]
note: 9GDww
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:RectangleToolbox">Using Customize Toolbar, you can add the <emph>Legacy Rectangles</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:RectangleToolbox">Using Customise Toolbar, you can add the <emph>Legacy Rectangles</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10070000.xhp par_id3153248 help.text]
note: mLRKP
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:EllipseToolbox">Using Customize Toolbar, you can add the Ellipse icon which opens the <emph>Legacy Circles and Ovals</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:EllipseToolbox">Using Customise Toolbar, you can add the Ellipse icon which opens the <emph>Legacy Circles and Ovals</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10080000.xhp bm_id3149050 help.text]
note: XjpFZ
en: <bookmark_value>toolbars;curves</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>curves; toolbar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>polygons; inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; polygons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>freeform lines; drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing; freeform lines</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>toolbars;curves</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>curves; toolbar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>polygons; inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; polygons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>free-form lines; drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing; free-form lines</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 10080000.xhp par_id3147301 help.text]
note: yCw58
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:LineToolbox">The Curve icon on the Drawing bar opens the <emph>Lines</emph> toolbar, where you can add lines and shapes to the current slide.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:LineToolbox">The Curve icon on the Drawing bar opens the <emph>Lines</emph> toolbar, with which you can add lines and shapes to the current slide.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10080000.xhp hd_id3149292 help.text]
note: 88M9F
en: Freeform Line, Filled
en_GB: Free-form Line, Filled

[ctx: 10080000.xhp par_id3147256 help.text]
note: HUPMG
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Freeline">Draws a freeform line where you drag in the slide. When you release, $[officename] creates a closed shape by drawing a straight line segment from the endpoint to the starting point of the line. The shape within the lines will be filled with the current area color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Freeline">Draws a free-form line where you drag in the slide. When you release, $[officename] creates a closed shape by drawing a straight line segment from the endpoint to the starting point of the line. The shape within the lines will be filled with the current area colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10080000.xhp par_id3154264 help.text]
note: tC6FB
en: Freeform Line, Filled
en_GB: Free-form Line, Filled

[ctx: 10080000.xhp hd_id3149340 help.text]
note: pmkYL
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: 10080000.xhp par_id3159192 help.text]
note: BCTyX
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: 10090000.xhp tit help.text]
note: nMjFR
en: 3D Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: 10090000.xhp bm_id3150208 help.text]
note: cdTkQ
en: <bookmark_value>toolbars;3D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3D objects; inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;3D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cubes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spheres</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cylinders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cones</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pyramids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>torus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>half-spheres</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing;3D objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>toolbars;3-D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>3-D objects; inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;3-D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cubes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spheres</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cylinders</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cones</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pyramids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>torus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hemispheres</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing;3-D objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 10090000.xhp hd_id3159238 help.text]
note: mGAqs
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp" name="3D Objects">3D Objects</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp" name="3-D Objects">3-D Objects</link>

[ctx: 10090000.xhp par_id3152900 help.text]
note: njkq6
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Objects3DToolbox">Opens the <emph>3D Objects</emph> toolbar. The objects are three dimensional, with depth, illumination, and reflection.</ahelp> Each inserted object initially forms a 3D scene. You can press F3 to enter the scene. For these 3D objects, you can open the 3D Effects dialog to edit the properties.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Objects3DToolbox">Opens the <emph>3-D Objects</emph> toolbar. The objects are three dimensional, with depth, illumination, and reflection.</ahelp> Each inserted object initially forms a 3-D scene. You can press F3 to enter the scene. For these 3-D objects, you can open the 3-D Effects dialogue box to edit the properties.

[ctx: 10090000.xhp par_id3150397 help.text]
note: 9NmbF
en: 3D Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: 10090000.xhp par_id3153038 help.text]
note: gJY2s
en: To rotate a 3D object around any of its three axes, click to select the object, and then click again to display its rotation handles. Drag a handle in the direction you want to rotate the object.
en_GB: To rotate a 3-D object around any of its three axes, click to select the object, and then click again to display its rotation handles. Drag a handle in the direction you want to rotate the object.

[ctx: 10090000.xhp par_id3145593 help.text]
note: QfTfe
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Cube">Draws a filled cube where you drag in the slide. To draw a 3D rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Cube">Draws a filled cube where you drag in the slide. To draw a 3-D rectangle, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10090000.xhp par_id3147511 help.text]
note: 9FqJn
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Cyramid">Draws a pyramid with a square base where you drag in the slide. To draw a pyramid with a rectangular base, hold down Shift while you drag. To define a different polygon for the base of the pyramid, open the <emph>3D Effects </emph>dialog and click the <link href="text/shared/01/05350200.xhp" name="Geometry"><emph>Geometry</emph></link> tab. In the <emph>Segments</emph> area, enter the number of sides for the polygon in the box labeled <emph>Horizontal</emph>, and then click the green checkmark.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Cyramid">Draws a pyramid with a square base where you drag in the slide. To draw a pyramid with a rectangular base, hold down Shift while you drag. To define a different polygon for the base of the pyramid, open the <emph>3-D Effects</emph> dialogue box and click the <link href="text/shared/01/05350200.xhp" name="Geometry"><emph>Geometry</emph></link> tab. In the <emph>Segments</emph> area, enter the number of sides for the polygon in the box labelled <emph>Horizontal</emph>, and then click the green tick mark.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10090000.xhp hd_id3156209 help.text]
note: KRRjU
en: Half-Sphere
en_GB: Hemisphere

[ctx: 10090000.xhp par_id3149484 help.text]
note: CMfw5
en: Half-sphere
en_GB: Hemisphere

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3148488 help.text]
note: QDCBk
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorToolbox">Open the <emph>Connectors</emph> toolbar, where you can add connectors to objects in the current slide. A connector is a line that joins objects, and remains attached when the objects are moved. If you copy an object with a connector, the connector is also copied.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorToolbox">Open the <emph>Connectors</emph> toolbar, with which you can add connectors to objects in the current slide. A connector is a line that joins objects, and remains attached when the objects are moved. If you copy an object with a connector, the connector is also copied.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3148604 help.text]
note: 4WgA9
en: When you click a connector and move your mouse pointer over a filled object, or the edge of an unfilled object, gluepoints appear. A gluepoint is a fixed point where you can attach a connector line. You can add custom <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="glue point">gluepoints</link> to an object.
en_GB: When you click a connector and move your mouse pointer over a filled object, or the edge of an unfilled object, glue points appear. A glue point is a fixed point to which you can attach a connector line. You can add custom <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="glue point">glue points</link> to an object.

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3154762 help.text]
note: qX29Y
en: To draw a connector line, click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. You can also drag to an empty part of you document and click. The unattached end of the connector is locked in place, until you drag the end to a different location. To detach a connector, drag either end of the connector line to a different location.
en_GB: To draw a connector line, click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. You can also drag to an empty part of you document and click. The unattached end of the connector is locked in place, until you drag the end to a different location. To detach a connector, drag either end of the connector line to a different location.

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3166468 help.text]
note: QtVhC
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Connector">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Connector">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3153114 help.text]
note: P3p35
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrowStart">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrowStart">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the starting point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3145353 help.text]
note: Ro6qs
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrowEnd">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrowEnd">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the endpoint. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3155374 help.text]
note: kB7zr
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrows">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrows">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and arrows at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3151183 help.text]
note: G7wAv
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircleStart">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircleStart">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the starting point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3154054 help.text]
note: B9ZmB
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircleEnd">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircleEnd">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the endpoint. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3154698 help.text]
note: WCbH8
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircles">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircles">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and circles at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3148906 help.text]
note: oCvEA
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLines">Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLines">Draws a connector that bends near a glue point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3153747 help.text]
note: E2HYN
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrowStart">Draws a connector that starts with an arrow and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrowStart">Draws a connector that starts with an arrow and bends near a glue point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3148686 help.text]
note: hVCVt
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrowEnd">Draws a connector that ends with an arrow and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrowEnd">Draws a connector that ends with an arrow and bends near a glue point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3158436 help.text]
note: iAPRP
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrows">Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint and has arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrows">Draws a connector that bends near a glue point and has arrows at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3149338 help.text]
note: nWHNP
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircleStart">Draws a connector that starts with a circle and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircleStart">Draws a connector that starts with a circle and bends near a glue point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3155187 help.text]
note: EfgDP
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircleEnd">Draws a connector that ends with a circle and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircleEnd">Draws a connector that ends with a circle and bends near a glue point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3149486 help.text]
note: P7bE9
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircles">Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint and has circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircles">Draws a connector that bends near a glue point and has circles at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a glue point, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3149793 help.text]
note: MW88g
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLine">Draws a straight line connector. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLine">Draws a straight line connector. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3149435 help.text]
note: zDRpB
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrowStart">Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrowStart">Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3155135 help.text]
note: dFFGM
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrowEnd">Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrowEnd">Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3148650 help.text]
note: 4ucF5
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrows">Draws a straight line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrows">Draws a straight line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3151297 help.text]
note: g2F6m
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircleStar">Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircleStar">Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3155124 help.text]
note: DAfVF
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircleEnd">Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircleEnd">Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3149540 help.text]
note: dsjED
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircles">Draws a straight line connector with circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircles">Draws a straight line connector with circles at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3153698 help.text]
note: gLjB8
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurve">Draws a curved line connector. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurve">Draws a curved line connector. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3149568 help.text]
note: aAD9b
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrowStart">Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrowStart">Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3145079 help.text]
note: fWTKs
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrowEnd">Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrowEnd">Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3154954 help.text]
note: TFnC4
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrows">Draws a curved line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrows">Draws a curved line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3153800 help.text]
note: 8bGGL
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircleStart">Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircleStart">Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3153977 help.text]
note: H94KE
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircleEnd">Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircleEnd">Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10100000.xhp par_id3156117 help.text]
note: dNBpr
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircles">Draws a curved line connector with circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircles">Draws a curved line connector with circles at both ends. Click a glue point on an object, drag to a glue point on another object, and then release.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10110000.xhp par_id3147401 help.text]
note: FQFXD
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertToolbox">Open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, where you can add objects, including charts, spreadsheets, and images, to your document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertToolbox">Open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, with which you can add objects, including charts, spreadsheets, and images, to your document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10120000.xhp par_id3145790 help.text]
note: dVNDG
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ArrowsToolbox">Open the <emph>Arrows</emph> toolbar, where you can add straight lines, lines with arrows, and dimension lines to the current slide or page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ArrowsToolbox">Open the <emph>Arrows</emph> toolbar, with which you can add straight lines, lines with arrows, and dimension lines to the current slide or page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13010000.xhp par_id3146120 help.text]
note: my6RN
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:GlueEditMode">Insert or modify the properties of a glue point. A glue point is a custom connection point where you can attach a <link href="text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp" name="connector">connector</link> line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:GlueEditMode">Insert or modify the properties of a glue point. A glue point is a custom connection point to which you can attach a <link href="text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp" name="connector">connector</link> line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13020000.xhp par_id3154320 help.text]
note: 5ZKTc
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ClickChangeRotation">Changes the mouse-click behavior, so that rotation handles appear after you click an object, and then click it again.</ahelp> Drag a handle to rotate the object in the direction you want.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ClickChangeRotation">Changes the mouse-click behaviour, so that rotation handles appear after you click an object, and then click it again.</ahelp> Drag a handle to rotate the object in the direction you want.

[ctx: 13060000.xhp par_id3149378 help.text]
note: E4yVo
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DoubleClickTextEdit">Changes the mouse-click behavior, so that you can double-click an object to add or edit text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DoubleClickTextEdit">Changes the mouse-click behaviour, so that you can double-click an object to add or edit text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13090000.xhp bm_id3152596 help.text]
note: 6f8FK
en: <bookmark_value>attributes; objects with</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>objects; with attributes</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>attributes; objects with</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; with attributes</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3153817 help.text]
note: oyYNp
en: If you choose "HTML Document" as your file format, the <emph>HTML Export </emph><link href="text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp" name="AutoPilot">Wizard</link> appears. This wizard guides you through the export process and includes the option to save the pictures in your presentation in GIF or JPG format.
en_GB: If you choose "HTML Document" as your file format, the <emph>HTML Export</emph> <link href="text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp" name="Wizard">Wizard</link> will appear. This wizard guides you through the export process and includes the option to save the pictures in your presentation in GIF or JPG format.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3148604 help.text]
note: g4fDE
en: <link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp" name="Export dialog">Export dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp" name="Export dialogue box">Export dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 01180001.xhp par_id3150299 help.text]
note: CwWWu
en: Select a paper format supported by your printer. You can also create a custom page size by selecting <emph>User </emph>and entering the size dimensions in the <emph>Width</emph> and <emph>Height</emph> boxes.
en_GB: Select a paper format supported by your printer. You can also create a custom page size by selecting <emph>User</emph> and entering the size dimensions in the <emph>Width</emph> and <emph>Height</emph> boxes.

[ctx: 01180001.xhp par_id3152992 help.text]
note: 9mGqC
en: Shows the width of the paper format you selected in the <emph>Format </emph>box. If you selected the <emph>User </emph>format, enter a value for the width of the page.
en_GB: Shows the width of the paper format you selected in the <emph>Format</emph> box. If you selected the <emph>User</emph> format, enter a value for the width of the page.

[ctx: 01180001.xhp par_id3149945 help.text]
note: UYtiG
en: Shows the height of the paper format you selected in the <emph>Format </emph>box. If you selected the <emph>User </emph>format, enter a value for the height of the page.
en_GB: Shows the height of the paper format you selected in the <emph>Format</emph> box. If you selected the <emph>User</emph> format, enter a value for the height of the page.

[ctx: 01180002.xhp par_id3150297 help.text]
note: VEszX
en: The options for this dialog are described <link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp" name="here">here</link>.
en_GB: The options for this dialogue box are described <link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp" name="here">here</link>.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3157874 help.text]
note: M9QvY
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_PEN">Switches the mouse pointer to a pen that you can use to write on slides during a slide show.</ahelp> You cannot change the color of the pen.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_PEN">Switches the mouse pointer to a pen that you can use to write on slides during a slide show.</ahelp> You cannot change the colour of the pen.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id9635914 help.text]
note: XD7nV
en: <ahelp hid=".">In the submenu you can choose to display a list of all shapes or only the named shapes. Use drag-and-drop in the list to reorder the shapes. When you set the focus to a slide and press the <item type="keycode">Tab</item> key, the next shape in the defined order is selected.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In the sub-menu you can choose to display a list of all shapes or only the named shapes. Use drag-and-drop in the list to reorder the shapes. When you move the focus to a slide and press the <item type="keycode">Tab</item> key, the next shape in the defined order is selected.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3150744 help.text]
note: QpWWC
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/viewdata">Enters the width and the height values of the selected object in the <emph>X axis </emph>and the <emph>Y axis </emph>boxes respectively as well as the fill color of the object in the Start box.</ahelp> The rotation angle of the selected object is not entered.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/viewdata">Enters the width and the height values of the selected object in the <emph>x-Axis</emph> and the <emph>y-Axis</emph> boxes respectively as well as the fill colour of the object in the Start box.</ahelp> The rotation angle of the selected object is not entered.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp hd_id3153084 help.text]
note: c5AFb
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3153564 help.text]
note: BDQDA
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/x">Enter the horizontal distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object to the right and negative values shift the duplicate object to the left.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/x">Enter the horizontal distance between the centres of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object to the right and negative values shift the duplicate object to the left.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp hd_id3154507 help.text]
note: VgPt6
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3149882 help.text]
note: FgnE8
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/y">Enter the vertical distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object down and negative values shift the duplicate object up.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/y">Enter the vertical distance between the centres of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object down and negative values shift the duplicate object up.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3153738 help.text]
note: A37bt
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/angle">Enter the angle (0 to 359 degrees) by which you want to rotate the duplicate object. Positive values rotate the duplicate object in a clockwise direction and negative values in a counterclockwise direction. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/angle">Enter the angle (0 to 359 degrees) by which you want to rotate the duplicate object. Positive values rotate the duplicate object in a clockwise direction and negative values in a counter-clockwise direction. </ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp hd_id3154866 help.text]
note: cWJCp
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3150474 help.text]
note: fiWwi
en: Sets the colors for the selected object and the duplicate object. If you make more than one copy, these colors define the start and end points of a color gradient.
en_GB: Sets the colours for the selected object and the duplicate object. If you make more than one copy, these colours define the start and end points of a colour gradient.

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3155987 help.text]
note: 9Z8oA
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/start">Choose a color for the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/start">Choose a colour for the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120000.xhp par_id3147167 help.text]
note: XXcM8
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/end">Choose a color for the duplicate object. If you are making more than one copy, this color is applied to the last copy. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/copydlg/end">Choose a colour for the duplicate object. If you are making more than one copy, this colour is applied to the last copy. </ahelp>

[ctx: 02130000.xhp hd_id3154485 help.text]
note: 4KJ5G
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Rename Slide </caseinline><defaultinline>Rename Page</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Rename Slide</caseinline><defaultinline>Rename Page</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02130000.xhp par_id3148702 help.text]
note: omrbS
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:RenamePage">Renames the selected <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">slide </caseinline><defaultinline>page</defaultinline></switchinline>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:RenamePage">Renames the selected <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">slide</caseinline><defaultinline>page</defaultinline></switchinline>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02140000.xhp bm_id3153541 help.text]
note: FpuRB
en: <bookmark_value>layers; deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting; layers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>layers; deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting; layers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3150207 help.text]
note: CBLTE
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/attributes">Applies cross-fading to the line and fill properties of the selected objects.</ahelp> For example, if the selected objects are filled with different colors, a color transition between the two colors is applied.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/attributes">Applies cross-fading to the line and fill properties of the selected objects.</ahelp> For example, if the selected objects are filled with different colours, a colour transition between the two colours is applied.

[ctx: 03060000.xhp par_id3149378 help.text]
note: D4d9G
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays or hides rulers at the top and left or right edges of the workspace.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays or hides rulers at the top and at the left or right edges of the workspace.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3145251 help.text]
note: WRgyh
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_BTN_DRAW">Switches to normal view, where you can create and edit your slides.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_BTN_DRAW">Switches to normal view in which you can create and edit your slides.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id1977294 help.text]
note: y3AEj
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a submenu with commands for the current slide.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a sub-menu with commands for the current slide.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3257545 help.text]
note: z7z7h
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a file dialog to select a picture. The picture will be scaled and inserted on the background of the current master slide.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a file dialogue box to select a picture. The picture will be scaled and inserted on the background of the current master slide.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03090000.xhp par_id3152597 help.text]
note: MF87J
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_BTN_OUTLINE">Switches to outline view, where you can add, edit and reorganize slide titles and headings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SD_BTN_OUTLINE">Switches to outline view in which you can add, edit and reorganise slide titles and headings.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03110000.xhp par_id3154491 help.text]
note: F7s4S
en: <ahelp hid=".">Switches to notes view, where you can add notes to your slides.</ahelp> Notes are hidden from the audience when you give your presentation.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Switches to notes view, in which you can add notes to your slides.</ahelp> Notes are hidden from the audience when you give your presentation.

[ctx: 03151000.xhp par_idN1057D help.text]
note: sk9Tn
en: <ahelp hid=".">Add header, footer, date, and slide number placeholders to the master slide.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Add header, footer, date and slide number placeholders to the master slide.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03151100.xhp par_idN1053B help.text]
note: BFiHw
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/MasterLayoutDialog">Adds or removes header, footer, date, and slide number placeholders to the layout of the master slide.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/MasterLayoutDialog">Adds or removes header, footer, date and slide number placeholders to the layout of the master slide.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03151200.xhp par_idN1052B help.text]
note: 5xuE5
en: <ahelp hid="SID_MASTER_LAYOUTS_NOTES">Add header, footer, date, and slide number to the master notes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_MASTER_LAYOUTS_NOTES">Add header, footer, date and slide number to the master notes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03152000.xhp par_idN10697 help.text]
note: DZHmF
en: The <emph>Header and Footer</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:
en_GB: The <emph>Header and Footer</emph> dialogue box contains the following tab pages:

[ctx: 03152000.xhp par_idN1069D help.text]
note: vaXNa
en: <emph>Slide</emph> tab page where you can specify options for the current slide or for all slides.
en_GB: <emph>Slide</emph> tab page in which you can specify options for the current slide or for all slides.

[ctx: 03152000.xhp par_idN106A5 help.text]
note: tSGBD
en: <emph>Notes and Handouts</emph> tab page where you can specify options for the notes pages and the handout pages.
en_GB: <emph>Notes and Handouts</emph> tab page in which you can specify options for the notes pages and the handout pages.

[ctx: 03180000.xhp tit help.text]
note: SSxEL
en: Color/Grayscale
en_GB: Colour/Greyscale

[ctx: 03180000.xhp bm_id3153142 help.text]
note: DFQEU
en: <bookmark_value>display qualities of presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; displaying presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>black and white display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grayscale display</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>display qualities of presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; displaying presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>black and white display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>greyscale display</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03180000.xhp hd_id3153142 help.text]
note: okWe2
en: <link href="text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp" name="Display Quality">Color/Grayscale</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp" name="Display Quality">Colour/Greyscale</link>

[ctx: 03180000.xhp par_id3151073 help.text]
note: 4vVPz
en: Shows slides in color, grayscale, or black and white.
en_GB: Shows slides in colour, greyscale, or black and white.

[ctx: 03180000.xhp hd_id3149123 help.text]
note: FZMsi
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 03180000.xhp par_id3154757 help.text]
note: fGA94
en: <ahelp hid=".">Shows slides in color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Shows slides in colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03180000.xhp hd_id3155333 help.text]
note: uGGAY
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id3150752 help.text]
note: YTzoX
en: <variable id="fangtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CapturePoint">Inserts a snap point or snap line (also known as guide) that you can use to quickly align objects.</ahelp></variable> Snap points and snap lines do not appear in printed output.
en_GB: <variable id="fangtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CapturePoint">Inserts a snap point or snap line (also known as a guide) that you can use to quickly align objects.</ahelp></variable> Snap points and snap lines do not appear in printed output.

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id3157978 help.text]
note: F4mMm
en: To set the snap range, choose <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Drawing - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Presentation - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Impress - Grid</emph></link></defaultinline></switchinline> in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: To set the snap range, choose <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Drawing - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Presentation - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Impress - Grid</emph></link></defaultinline></switchinline> in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id083120160555409190 help.text]
note: RYoaB
en: <image id="img_id083120160554511738" src="media/screenshots/modules/sdraw/ui/dlgsnap/SnapObjectDialog.png" width="3.0728in" height="2.6354in"><alt id="alt_id083120160554511738">Snap points dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id083120160554511738" src="media/screenshots/modules/sdraw/ui/dlgsnap/SnapObjectDialog.png" width="3.0728in" height="2.6354in"><alt id="alt_id083120160554511738">Snap points dialogue box</alt></image>

[ctx: 04030000.xhp hd_id3153078 help.text]
note: EGJbr
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04030000.xhp hd_id3153932 help.text]
note: MXDBF
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04030000m.xhp par_id3150767 help.text]
note: NhkWT
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRows">Inserts a new row above the active cell. The number of rows inserted correspond to the number of rows selected. The existing rows are moved downward.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRows">Inserts a new row above the active cell. The number of rows inserted correspond to the number of rows selected. The existing rows are moved downwards.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04110100.xhp par_id3159236 help.text]
note: wySTA
en: At the prompt, click <emph>Yes </emph>to scale the elements to fit on the slide or <emph>No </emph>to preserve the original size of the elements.
en_GB: At the prompt, click <emph>Yes</emph> to scale the elements to fit on the slide or <emph>No</emph> to preserve the original size of the elements.

[ctx: 04110100.xhp par_id3156448 help.text]
note: mPnmN
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/insertslidesdialog/links">Inserts a file or some file elements as a link that is automatically updated when the source file is modified.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/insertslidesdialog/links">Inserts a file, or some file elements, as a link that is automatically updated when the source file is modified.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04130000.xhp par_id3146972 help.text]
note: hEGu6
en: You can only use the <emph>Expand Slide </emph>command if your slide layout contains a title object and an outline object.
en_GB: You can only use the <emph>Expand Slide</emph> command if your slide layout contains a title object and an outline object.

[ctx: 04990600.xhp par_id3153876 help.text]
note: HnAC8
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertAuthorField">Inserts the first and last names listed in the $[officename] user data into the active slide.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertAuthorField">Inserts the forename and surname listed in the $[officename] user data into the active slide.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05090000m.xhp par_id3154643 help.text]
note: nkTrY
en: <variable id="tabelletext"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, fonts, font effects, borders, and background.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tabelletext"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, fonts, font effects, borders and background.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3148485 help.text]
note: Bi55Y
en: <variable id="seitenvorlagetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:PresentationLayout">Displays the <emph>Available Master Slides</emph> dialog, where you can select a layout scheme for the current slide. Any objects in the slide design are inserted behind objects in the current slide.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="seitenvorlagetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:PresentationLayout">Displays the <emph>Available Master Slides</emph> dialogue box, where you can select a layout scheme for the current slide. Any objects in the slide design are inserted behind objects in the current slide.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3156020 help.text]
note: PJUGm
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/slidedesigndialog/load">Displays the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120100.xhp" name="Load Master Slide"><emph>Load Master Slide</emph></link> dialog, where you can select additional slide designs.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/slidedesigndialog/load">Displays the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120100.xhp" name="Load Master Slide"><emph>Load Master Slide</emph></link> dialogue box, where you can select additional slide designs.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05130000.xhp par_id3149126 help.text]
note: dmgco
en: <variable id="seite"><ahelp hid=".uno:ModifyPage">Opens a submenu with slide layouts.</ahelp>    </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="seite"><ahelp hid=".uno:ModifyPage">Opens a sub-menu with slide layouts.</ahelp>    </variable>

[ctx: 05150000.xhp par_id3148569 help.text]
note: jXh4c
en: The <emph>AutoVertical </emph>and <emph>AutoHorizontal </emph>checkboxes must be cleared before you can assign the <emph>Text position</emph>.
en_GB: The <emph>AutoVertical</emph> and <emph>AutoHorizontal</emph> check boxes must be unmarked before you can assign the <emph>Text position</emph>.

[ctx: 06040000.xhp par_idN10751 help.text]
note: fcWAJ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numerical field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numeric field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06060000.xhp par_idN10807 help.text]
note: yAzEU
en: Properties: Direction, Amount, Color, Fill color, Size, Line color, Font, Font size, Typeface
en_GB: Properties: Direction, Amount, Colour, Fill colour, Size, Line colour, Font, Font size, Typeface

[ctx: 06060000.xhp par_idN1080B help.text]
note: MKkBo
en: <ahelp hid=".">Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the <emph>Options</emph> button to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialog, where you can select and apply properties.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the <emph>Options</emph> button to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialogue box, where you can select and apply properties.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3157871 help.text]
note: e5Exj
en: Moves back one slide in the slide show.
en_GB: Moves backwards one slide in the slide show.

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3150655 help.text]
note: BiGSu
en: Moves forward one slide in the slide show.
en_GB: Moves forwards one slide in the slide show.

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3150566 help.text]
note: WtnAf
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/interactionpage/document">Enter a path to the file you want to open, or click <emph>Browse </emph>to locate the file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/interactionpage/document">Enter a path to the file you want to open, or click <emph>Browse</emph> to locate the file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3148918 help.text]
note: EgZ5f
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/interactionpage/program">Enter a path to the program you want to start, or click <emph>Browse </emph>to locate the program.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/interactionpage/program">Enter a path to the program you want to start, or click <emph>Browse</emph> to locate the program.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3148625 help.text]
note: wWHrw
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/interactionpage/macro">Enter a path to the macro you want to run, or click <emph>Browse </emph>to locate the macro.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/interactionpage/macro">Enter a path to the macro you want to run, or click <emph>Browse</emph> to locate the macro.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06080000.xhp par_id3147373 help.text]
note: gjhEC
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/presentationdialog/manualslides">Slides never change automatically when this box is selected.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/presentationdialog/manualslides">Slides never change automatically when this check box is marked.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06080000.xhp par_id3150475 help.text]
note: g6Y5a
en: Anything you write with the pen will appear in your slides after exiting the slideshow. The properties of the pen can be changed by choosing the <emph>Pen Width</emph> or <emph>Change pen Color</emph> command in the context menu of the running slide show.
en_GB: Anything you write with the pen will appear in your slides after exiting the slide show. The properties of the pen can be changed by choosing the <emph>Pen Width</emph> or <emph>Change pen Colour</emph> command in the context menu of the running slide show.

[ctx: 06100100.xhp par_id3151240 help.text]
note: VB5Da
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/simpress/ui/definecustomslideshow/remove">Removes a slide from the <emph>Selected slides </emph>list. You need to choose a slide in the <emph>Selected slides </emph>list before you can use this button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/simpress/ui/definecustomslideshow/remove">Removes a slide from the <emph>Selected slides</emph> list. You need to choose a slide in the <emph>Selected slides</emph> list before you can use this button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13050200.xhp par_id3153713 help.text]
note: SFES2
en: The following options are required to convert a bitmap image to a polygon. The converted image is actually a collection of smaller polygons filled with color.
en_GB: The following options are required to convert a bitmap image to a polygon. The converted image is actually a collection of smaller polygons filled with colour.

[ctx: 13050200.xhp hd_id3146314 help.text]
note: nBFSE
en: Number of colors:
en_GB: Number of colours:

[ctx: 13050200.xhp par_id3145790 help.text]
note: K3h9g
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/colors">Enter the number of colors to be displayed in the converted image. $[officename] generates a polygon for each occurrence of a color in the image.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/colors">Enter the number of colours to be displayed in the converted image. $[officename] generates a polygon for each occurrence of a colour in the image.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13050200.xhp par_id3159236 help.text]
note: 5fgWJ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/points">Removes color polygons that are smaller than the pixel value you enter.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/points">Removes colour polygons that are smaller than the pixel value you enter.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13050200.xhp par_id3145584 help.text]
note: rpZAB
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/fillholes">Fills the color gaps caused by applying a point reduction.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/fillholes">Fills the colour gaps caused by applying a point reduction.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13050200.xhp hd_id3149944 help.text]
note: dARnr
en: Vectorized image:
en_GB: Vectorised image:

[ctx: 13050200.xhp par_id3148605 help.text]
note: fi5Ff
en: Preview of the converted image. Click <emph>Preview</emph> to generate the vectorized image.
en_GB: Preview of the converted image. Click <emph>Preview</emph> to generate the vectorised image.

[ctx: 13050300.xhp tit help.text]
note: aocCm
en: Convert to 3D
en_GB: Convert to 3-D

[ctx: 13050300.xhp hd_id3154017 help.text]
note: cAVvh
en: <link href="text/simpress/01/13050300.xhp" name="Convert to 3D">Convert to 3D</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/01/13050300.xhp" name="Convert to 3-D">Convert to 3-D</link>

[ctx: 13050300.xhp par_id3155066 help.text]
note: fE6mo
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertInto3D">Converts the selected object to a three-dimensional (3D) object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertInto3D">Converts the selected object to a three-dimensional (3-D) object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 13050300.xhp par_id3147339 help.text]
note: U9nei
en: <variable id="anmerkung">The selected object is first converted to a contour, and then to a 3D object.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="anmerkung">The selected object is first converted to a contour, and then to a 3-D object.</variable>

[ctx: 13050300.xhp par_id3149127 help.text]
note: qc8HD
en: If you select two or more objects and convert them to 3D, the result is a 3D group that acts as a single object. You can edit the individual objects in the group by choosing <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Shape - Group - Enter Group</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Format - Group - Enter Group</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>. Choose <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Shape - Group - Exit Group</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Format - Group - Exit Group</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> when you are finished.
en_GB: If you select two or more objects and convert them to 3-D, the result is a 3-D group that acts as a single object. You can edit the individual objects in the group by choosing <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Shape - Group - Enter Group</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Format - Group - Enter Group</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>. Choose <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Shape - Group - Exit Group</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Format - Group - Exit Group</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> when you are finished.

[ctx: 13050300.xhp par_id3151242 help.text]
note: S7yqE
en: Converting a group of objects to 3D does not change the stacking order of the individual objects.
en_GB: Converting a group of objects to 3-D does not change the stacking order of the individual objects.

[ctx: 13050300.xhp par_id3145114 help.text]
note: faBGW
en: You can also convert bitmap images and vector graphics, including clipart, to 3D objects. $[officename] treats bitmaps as rectangles and vector graphics as a group of polygons when converting to 3D.
en_GB: You can also convert bitmap images and vector graphics, including clipart, to 3-D objects. $[officename] treats bitmaps as rectangles and vector graphics as a group of polygons when converting to 3-D.

[ctx: 13050300.xhp par_id3153960 help.text]
note: DZkoM
en: If you want, you can also apply a <link href="text/shared/01/05350000.xhp" name="3D Effect">3D Effect</link> to the converted object.
en_GB: If you want, you can also apply a <link href="text/shared/01/05350000.xhp" name="3-D Effect">3-D Effect</link> to the converted object.

[ctx: 13050400.xhp tit help.text]
note: k8Bxk
en: Convert to 3D Rotation Object
en_GB: Convert to 3-D Rotation Object

[ctx: 13050400.xhp hd_id3146974 help.text]
note: wr5SB
en: <link href="text/simpress/01/13050400.xhp" name="Convert to 3D Rotation Object">Convert to 3D Rotation Object</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/01/13050400.xhp" name="Convert to 3-D Rotation Object">Convert to 3-D Rotation Object</link>

[ctx: 13050500.xhp par_id3155333 help.text]
note: AmCFw
en: You can also copy the selected object and choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special </emph>and select the bitmap format from the list.
en_GB: You can also copy the selected object and choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph> and select the bitmap format from the list.

[ctx: 13050600.xhp par_id3147344 help.text]
note: ZF3LC
en: You can also copy the selected object and choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special </emph>and select MetaFile from the list.
en_GB: You can also copy the selected object and choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph> and select MetaFile from the list.

[ctx: 13050700.xhp par_id3155601 help.text]
note: UTXAL
en: Once you convert a line or a text object to a contour, you can no longer edit it as you normally would. Instead, you can edit the contour as you would any polygon, including using the <emph>Edit – Points </emph>command to adjust its shape.
en_GB: Once you convert a line or a text object to a contour, you can no longer edit it as you normally would. Instead, you can edit the contour as you would any polygon, including using the <emph>Edit – Points</emph> command to adjust its shape.

[ctx: effectoptions.xhp par_idN105BB help.text]
note: YqxSR
en: Assign an effect to an object, then click the <emph>Options</emph> button to open the Effect Options dialog.
en_GB: Assign an effect to an object, then click the <emph>Options</emph> button to open the Effect Options dialogue box.

[ctx: effectoptions.xhp par_idN1056E help.text]
note: DFH2e
en: The dialog contains the following tab pages:
en_GB: The dialogue box contains the following tab pages:

[ctx: effectoptionseffect.xhp par_idN106A0 help.text]
note: GANAz
en: Specifies the settings and enhancements for the current effect in the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the settings and enhancements for the current effect in the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: effectoptionseffect.xhp par_idN10726 help.text]
note: jJ95b
en: <emph>Other sound</emph> - displays a file open dialog to select a sound file.
en_GB: <emph>Other sound</emph> - displays a file open dialogue box to select a sound file.

[ctx: effectoptionseffect.xhp par_idN10737 help.text]
note: FfkGz
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/customanimationeffecttab/aeffect_list">Select a color to be shown after the animation ends, or select another after-effect from the list</ahelp>:
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/customanimationeffecttab/aeffect_list">Select a colour to be shown after the animation ends, or select another after-effect from the list</ahelp>:

[ctx: effectoptionseffect.xhp par_idN10752 help.text]
note: PNjG3
en: <emph>Dim with color</emph> - after the animation a dim color fills the shape.
en_GB: <emph>Dim with colour</emph> - after the animation a dim colour fills the shape.

[ctx: effectoptionseffect.xhp par_idN10865 help.text]
note: gE6Vp
en: Dim color
en_GB: Dim colour

[ctx: effectoptionseffect.xhp par_idN1087B help.text]
note: qM6b3
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/customanimationeffecttab/dim_color_list">Select the dim color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/customanimationeffecttab/dim_color_list">Select the dim colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: effectoptionstext.xhp par_idN105CC help.text]
note: 2fHBa
en: Specifies the text animation settings for the current effect in the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the text animation settings for the current effect in the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: effectoptionstiming.xhp par_idN10562 help.text]
note: FBL2g
en: Specifies the timing for the current effect in the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the timing for the current effect in the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: effectoptionstiming.xhp par_idN1058F help.text]
note: A4Ghu
en: Rewind when done playing
en_GB: Rewind when finished playing

[ctx: remoteconnections.xhp bm_id181535058686707 help.text]
note: abuD8
en: <bookmark_value>Impress Remote;remote connection dialog</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>presentation;remote control connections</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Impress Remote;remote connection dialogue box</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>presentation;remote control connections</bookmark_value>

[ctx: remoteconnections.xhp par_id591535055142846 help.text]
note: xLNXR
en: Initially, mark the <emph>Enable remote control</emph> checkbox in <switchinline select="sys">            <caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME – Preferences</emph></caseinline>            <defaultinline><emph>Tools – Options</emph></defaultinline>            </switchinline><emph> – %PRODUCTNAME Impress – General</emph>.
en_GB: Initially, mark the <emph>Enable remote control</emph> check box in <switchinline select="sys">            <caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME – Preferences</emph></caseinline>            <defaultinline><emph>Tools – Options</emph></defaultinline>            </switchinline><emph> – %PRODUCTNAME Impress – General</emph>.

[ctx: remoteconnections.xhp par_id331535056422980 help.text]
note: ALBCG
en: Open the <emph>Remote Connection</emph> dialog,
en_GB: Open the <emph>Remote Connection</emph> dialogue box,

[ctx: remoteconnections.xhp par_id271535056452591 help.text]
note: XAbDh
en: Enter the PIN number displayed by the device and press <emph>Connect</emph> to authorize a connection.
en_GB: Enter the PIN displayed by the device and press <emph>Connect</emph> to authorise a connection.

[ctx: remoteconnections.xhp par_id111535056600848 help.text]
note: UsXSB
en: The device and the computer are now connected, the current presentation enters in Presentation Mode immediately, controlled by the mobile device.
en_GB: The device and the computer are now connected, the current presentation enters Presentation Mode immediately, controlled by the mobile device.

[ctx: remoteconnections.xhp par_id581535056968655 help.text]
note: LTPcU
en: Open the <emph>Remote Connection</emph> dialog,
en_GB: Open the <emph>Remote Connection</emph> dialogue box,

[ctx: remoteconnections.xhp par_id541535057041285 help.text]
note: g7ghk
en: Click <emph>Remove Client Authorization</emph>.
en_GB: Click <emph>Remove Client Authorisation</emph>.

[ctx: slide_properties.xhp par_id3145587 help.text]
note: uQ6mh
en: To change the background of all of the slides in the active file, select a background, click <emph>OK</emph> and click <emph>Yes</emph> in the <emph>Page Setup</emph> dialog.
en_GB: To change the background of all of the slides in the active file, select a background, click <emph>OK</emph> and click <emph>Yes</emph> in the <emph>Page Setup</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000004.xhp hd_id3149655 help.text]
note: LgX3a
en: <variable id="wie">To access this command </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="wie">To access this command</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id8789025 help.text]
note: Aehfn
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to save the selected bitmap picture as a file. The default file format is the internal format of the image.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to save the selected bitmap picture as a file. The default file format is the internal format of the image.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000403.xhp par_id3153771 help.text]
note: iwSEb
en: <variable id="option">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Options</emph> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="option">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Options</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000403.xhp par_id3146316 help.text]
note: huGDF
en: <variable id="quali">Choose <emph>View - Color/Grayscale</emph> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="quali">Choose <emph>View - Colour/Greyscale</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000403.xhp par_id3149286 help.text]
note: Qq7zc
en: <variable id="hinterzeichnung">Choose <emph>View - Normal</emph> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="hinterzeichnung">Choose <emph>View - Normal</emph></variable>

[ctx: 00000405.xhp par_id3148489 help.text]
note: Px883
en: In the context menu of a dimension line, choose <emph>Dimensions</emph>.
en_GB: From the context menu of a dimension line, choose <emph>Dimensions</emph>.

[ctx: 00000413.xhp par_id3147001 help.text]
note: F9Wc6
en: Choose <emph>Shape - Convert - To 3D</emph> (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw only)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Shape - Convert - To 3-D</emph> (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw only)

[ctx: 00000413.xhp par_id3155111 help.text]
note: ZM2qM
en: Open the context menu of a selected object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3D </emph>
en_GB: Open the context menu of a selected object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3-D</emph>

[ctx: 00000413.xhp par_id3150205 help.text]
note: opPFD
en: Choose <emph>Shape - Convert - To 3D Rotation Object</emph> (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw only)
en_GB: Choose <emph>Shape - Convert - To 3-D Rotation Object</emph> (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw only)

[ctx: 00000413.xhp par_id3152992 help.text]
note: 6GqEg
en: Open the context menu of a selected object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3D Rotation Body</emph>
en_GB: Open the context menu of a selected object and choose <emph>Convert - To 3-D Rotation Body</emph>

[ctx: main0100.xhp par_id3150012 help.text]
note: ESALm
en: The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogs.
en_GB: The following section lists the help topics available for menus and dialogue boxes.

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3150250 help.text]
note: CXAyv
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Color">Line Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Colour">Line Colour</link>

[ctx: main0203.xhp hd_id3151391 help.text]
note: N6iWy
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Color">Font Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Colour">Font Colour</link>

[ctx: main0206.xhp par_id3154020 help.text]
note: xykEF
en: The status bar displays information about your document, including the currently selected object. You can double-click some status bar items to open a related dialog window.
en_GB: The status bar displays information about your document, including the currently selected object. You can double-click some status bar items to open a related dialogue box window.

[ctx: main0209.xhp par_id3153963 help.text]
note: r9DKG
en: When you select an object, its dimensions are displayed on the rulers as gray double lines. To precisely resize the object, drag one of the double lines to a new location on the ruler.
en_GB: When you select an object, its dimensions are displayed on the rulers as grey double lines. To precisely resize the object, drag one of the double lines to a new location on the ruler.

[ctx: main0209.xhp par_id3150206 help.text]
note: tPZfC
en: When you select a text object on a slide, indents and tabs are displayed on the horizontal ruler. To change the indent or tab settings for the text object, drag an indent or a tab marker to a new location on the ruler.
en_GB: When you select a text object on a slide, indents and tabs are displayed on the horizontal ruler. To change the indent or tab settings for the text object, drag an indent or a tab stop marker to a new location on the ruler.

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_idN10783 help.text]
note: MC9rR
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue points">Glue Points</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue Points">Glue Points</link>

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_idN1080F help.text]
note: wXAyq
en: Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.
en_GB: Switches the 3-D effects on and off for the selected objects.

[ctx: main0214.xhp par_id3150543 help.text]
note: m65F6
en: Use the <emph>Image</emph> bar to set the color, contrast, and brightness options for the selected graphic object(s).
en_GB: Use the <emph>Image</emph> bar to set the colour, contrast, and brightness options for the selected graphic object(s).

[ctx: main_format.xhp par_id3145801 help.text]
note: GySd7
en: <ahelp hid=".">Contains commands for formatting the layout and the contents of your document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Contains commands for formatting the layout and the content of your document.</ahelp>

[ctx: main_tools.xhp hd_id3149130 help.text]
note: b8grv
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customise">Customise</link>

[ctx: 01000000.xhp bm_id3153665 help.text]
note: F7Bz5
en: <bookmark_value>options; tools</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>defaults; program configuration</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>settings; program configuration</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>options; tools</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults; program configuration</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>settings; program configuration</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01000000.xhp par_id3151384 help.text]
note: nF5Kc
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:OptionsTreeDialog">This command opens a dialog for a customized program configuration.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:OptionsTreeDialog">This command opens a dialogue box for a customised program configuration.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01000000.xhp par_id3156344 help.text]
note: tnVaU
en: All your settings are saved automatically. To expand an entry either double click this entry or click the plus sign. To collapse the entry, click the minus sign or double click the entry.
en_GB: All your settings will be automatically saved. To expand an entry either double-click this entry or click the plus sign. To collapse the entry, click the minus sign or double-click the entry.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149177 help.text]
note: uArdT
en: <variable id="optionenallgemein">Use this dialog to create general settings for working with $[officename]. The information covers topics such as user data, saving, printing, paths to important files and directories.</variable> These settings are saved automatically.
en_GB: <variable id="optionenallgemein">Use this dialogue box to create general settings for working with $[officename]. The information covers topics such as user data, saving, printing, paths to important files and directories.</variable> These settings are saved automatically.

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3153748 help.text]
note: 54GEJ
en: User data is used by templates and Wizards in $[officename]. For example, the "First name" and "Last name" data fields are used to automatically insert your name as the author of a new document. You can see this under <emph>File - Properties</emph>.
en_GB: User data is used by templates and Wizards in $[officename]. For example, the "Forename" and "Surname" data fields are used to automatically insert your name as the author of a new document. You can see this under <emph>File - Properties</emph>.

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id3153031 help.text]
note: jQejy
en: Some of the user data is included automatically in an internal dictionary so that it is recognized by the spellchecker. If typing errors are made, the program can use this data to suggest replacements. Note that changes to data take effect only after $[officename] is restarted.
en_GB: Some of the user data is included automatically in an internal dictionary so that it is recognised by the spell checker. If typing errors are made, the program can use this data to suggest replacements. Note that changes to data take effect only after $[officename] is restarted.

[ctx: 01010100.xhp hd_id3145315 help.text]
note: iG3zd
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: 01010100.xhp hd_id3159158 help.text]
note: mUDNX
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: 01010100.xhp hd_id3154909 help.text]
note: rfoUH
en: ZIP
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: 01010100.xhp hd_id3154685 help.text]
note: f6q7B
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: 01010100.xhp hd_id3154125 help.text]
note: 4wV8B
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_id311543858573650 help.text]
note: DqFbT
en: Set the preferred public key for OpenPGP encryption and digital signature. These preferred keys will be pre-selected in key selection dialog every time you sign or encrypt a document, so you don't have to select it yourself when signing with one specific key frequently.
en_GB: Set the preferred public key for OpenPGP encryption and digital signature. These preferred keys will be pre-selected in key selection dialogue box every time you sign or encrypt a document, so you don't have to select it yourself when signing with one specific key frequently.

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id5684987 help.text]
note: FEYtF
en: <ahelp hid=".">If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the <emph>Print</emph> dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id3148798 help.text]
note: TBAwp
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/docinfo">Specifies that the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog will appear every time you select the <emph>Save As</emph> command.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/docinfo">Specifies that the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box will appear every time that you select the <emph>Save As</emph> command.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010200.xhp hd_id3145606 help.text]
note: KBi2j
en: Always create backup copy
en_GB: Always create a backup copy

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id3149560 help.text]
note: fDahe
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/autosave">Specifies that <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the saving time interval.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/autosave">Specifies that <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the time interval between saves.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id3145148 help.text]
note: SkE4n
en: The Help tip always displays an absolute path. However, if a document is saved in HTML format, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> will enter a relative path if the appropriate check box is selected.
en_GB: The Help tip always displays an absolute path. However, if a document is saved in HTML format, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> will enter a relative path if the appropriate check box is marked.

[ctx: 01010200.xhp hd_id3155334 help.text]
note: x9sAv
en: Save URLs relative to internet
en_GB: Save URLs relative to Internet

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_idN10922 help.text]
note: vavB7
en: <ahelp hid=".">You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in <emph>Load/Save - General</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in <emph>Load/Save - General</emph> in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010200.xhp par_id3149035 help.text]
note: JBywu
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/saveas">Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the <emph>Save as</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsavepage/saveas">Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the <emph>Save as</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id3154923 help.text]
note: GCGpP
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/paths">To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click <emph>Edit</emph>. You can also double click the entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/paths">To modify an entry in this list, click the entry and click <emph>Edit</emph>. You can also double-click the entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id3153968 help.text]
note: MSfZZ
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/default">The<emph> Default </emph>button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/default">The <emph>Default</emph> button resets the predefined paths for all selected entries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id3151177 help.text]
note: wYUQJ
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/edit">Click to display the <emph>Select Path</emph> or <emph>Edit Paths</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optpathspage/edit">Click to display the <emph>Select Path</emph> or <emph>Edit Paths</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id3153418 help.text]
note: qGCeQ
en: You can see this folder when you first call the <emph>Open</emph> or <emph>Save</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can see this folder when you first call the <emph>Open</emph> or <emph>Save</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id5284279 help.text]
note: dAcPa
en: This folder stores your own AutoCorrect texts.
en_GB: This folder stores your own AutoCorrect text strings.

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id973540 help.text]
note: UkYUE
en: This folder stores your own AutoText texts.
en_GB: This folder stores your own AutoText text strings.

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id3148597 help.text]
note: gA5VT
en: This folder is displayed when you first call the dialog for opening or saving a graphic object.
en_GB: This folder is displayed when you first call the dialogue box for opening or saving a graphic object.

[ctx: 01010301.xhp par_id3149762 help.text]
note: GFAAJ
en: In the <emph>Edit Paths </emph>dialog, you can select some folders that are available in $[officename].
en_GB: In the <emph>Edit Paths</emph> dialogue box, you can select the folders that contain the AutoText modules or templates that are available in $[officename].

[ctx: 01010301.xhp par_id3153106 help.text]
note: XqvmU
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/selectpathdialog/add">Opens the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialog to select another folder or the <emph>Open</emph> dialog to select another file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/selectpathdialog/add">Opens the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialogue box to select another folder or the <emph>Open</emph> dialogue box to select another file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3294778 help.text]
note: oeBAY
en: The configuration allows two different directories: one folder where the user has write permissions, and one without write permissions. The user can only edit and delete the user dictionaries that are located in the writable path. Other dictionaries can be read only.
en_GB: The configuration allows two different directories: one folder where the user has write permissions, and one without write permissions. The user can only edit and delete the user dictionaries that are located in the writeable path. Other dictionaries can be read only.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3145673 help.text]
note: ySP74
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/lingumodulesedit">To edit a language module, select it and click <emph>Edit</emph>.</ahelp> The <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp" name="Edit Modules"><emph>Edit Modules</emph></link> dialog appears.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/lingumodulesedit">To edit a language module, select it and click <emph>Edit</emph>.</ahelp> The <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp" name="Edit Modules"><emph>Edit Modules</emph></link> dialogue box appears.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3146794 help.text]
note: UyKAq
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/lingudictsnew">Opens the <emph>New Dictionary</emph> dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/lingudictsnew">Opens the <emph>New Dictionary</emph> dialogue box, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3149561 help.text]
note: APQJq
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optnewdictionarydialog/except">Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.</ahelp> In this way, you can create a custom dictionary of all the words to be avoided. If this exception dictionary is activated, during spellchecking you receive a corresponding note about any words which should be avoided.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optnewdictionarydialog/except">Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.</ahelp> In this way, you can create a custom dictionary of all the words to be avoided. If this exception dictionary is activated, during spell checking you receive a corresponding note about any words which should be avoided.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3152576 help.text]
note: MnrMo
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/lingudictsedit">Opens the <emph>Edit custom dictionary</emph> dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/lingudictsedit">Opens the <emph>Edit custom dictionary</emph> dialogue box, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3147436 help.text]
note: H5mNz
en: <ahelp hid=".">In the <emph>Edit Custom Dictionary</emph> dialog you have the option to enter new terms or edit existing entries.</ahelp> If you edit an exception dictionary, the dialog has the added facility of defining an exception for a word. During the spellcheck this exception is then listed as a suggestion.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In the <emph>Edit Custom Dictionary</emph> dialogue box you have the option to enter new terms or edit existing entries.</ahelp> If you edit an exception dictionary, the dialogue box has the added facility of defining an exception for a word. During the spell check this exception is then listed as a suggestion.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3154730 help.text]
note: C7hDb
en: <variable id="ignore">The <emph>List of Ignored Words (All)</emph> includes all words that have been marked with <emph>Ignore</emph> during spellcheck. This list is valid only for the current spellcheck.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="ignore">The <emph>List of Ignored Words (All)</emph> includes all words that have been marked with <emph>Ignore</emph> during spell check. This list is valid only for the current spell check.</variable>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3145259 help.text]
note: owcVJ
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/linguoptions">Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/linguoptions">Defines the options for spell check and hyphenation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3153231 help.text]
note: 2w8AR
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/linguoptionsedit">If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</ahelp> You will see a dialog for entering a new value.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlingupage/linguoptionsedit">If you want to change a value, select the entry and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</ahelp> You will see a dialogue box for entering a new value.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp hd_id3150983 help.text]
note: D4KJG
en: Check uppercase words
en_GB: Check upper-case words

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3152582 help.text]
note: vBtGy
en: Specifies that capitalization is checked during spellcheck.
en_GB: Specifies that capitalisation is checked during a spell check.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3150345 help.text]
note: EpaaL
en: Specifies that special regions, such as drawing text, are checked during spellcheck.
en_GB: Specifies that special regions, such as drawing text, text in headers and footers, document tables, and text frames, are checked during a spell check.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3156291 help.text]
note: DxCYj
en: Typing errors are highlighted in the document with a red underline. If you place the cursor over a word marked in this way, you can open the context menu to obtain a list of corrections. Select a correction to replace the word. If you make the same mistake again while editing the document, it will be marked as an error again.
en_GB: Typing errors are highlighted in the document with a red underline. If you place the cursor over a word marked in this way, you can open the context menu to obtain a list of suggested corrections. Select a suggested correction to replace the suspect word with the suggestion. If you make the same mistake again while editing the document, it will be marked as an error again.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3153815 help.text]
note: 8PeLA
en: To place the word pair in the <link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="AutoCorrect replacement table">AutoCorrect replacement table</link>, open the <link href="text/shared/01/06040500.xhp" name="AutoCorrect context menu">AutoCorrect context menu</link> and choose <emph>AutoCorrect</emph>. Make your selection from the submenu. The word is replaced and at the same time the word pair is placed in the replacement table.
en_GB: To place the word pair in the <link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="AutoCorrect replacement table">AutoCorrect replacement table</link>, open the <link href="text/shared/01/06040500.xhp" name="AutoCorrect context menu">AutoCorrect context menu</link> and choose <emph>AutoCorrect</emph>. Make your selection from the sub-menu. The word is replaced and at the same time the word pair is placed in the replacement table.

[ctx: 01010400.xhp hd_id3150111 help.text]
note: jX9FE
en: Minimal number of characters for hyphenation
en_GB: Minimum number of characters for hyphenation

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_id3151130 help.text]
note: PtFpp
en: Specifies that you will never be asked for a manual hyphenation. If the field is not marked, when a word is not recognized you will be presented with a dialog for entering hyphens.
en_GB: Specifies that you will never be prompted for manual hyphenation. If the field is not marked, when a word is not recognised you will be presented with a dialogue box for entering hyphens.

[ctx: 01010401.xhp par_id3148922 help.text]
note: kG3XF
en: <variable id="sprachenfeld">A language entry has a check mark in front of it if the spellcheck is activated for this language.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="sprachenfeld">A language entry has a tick mark in front of it if spell checking is activated for this language.</variable>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp tit help.text]
note: M3rSX
en: Selecting a new color
en_GB: Selecting a new colour

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3150771 help.text]
note: 2DKci
en: <variable id="farbentext"><ahelp hid=".">%PRODUCTNAME lets you define custom colors using a two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart of the <emph>Pick a Color</emph> dialog.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="farbentext"><ahelp hid=".">%PRODUCTNAME lets you define custom colours using a two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart of the <emph>Pick a Colour</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp hd_id3149514 help.text]
note: EtMYc
en: The Pick a Color Window
en_GB: The Pick a Colour Window

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3148945 help.text]
note: JA9HB
en: The radio buttons select the color component of the color. This color component can be expressed in either RGB (Red, Green, Blue) or HSB (Hue, Saturation, Brightness) color models. The CMYK color model is not selectable and is provided only to ease the input of color values using CMYK notation.
en_GB: The radio buttons select the colour component of the colour. This colour component can be expressed in either RGB (Red, Green, Blue) or HSB (Hue, Saturation, Brightness) colour models. The CMYK colour model is not selectable and is provided only to ease the input of colour values using CMYK notation.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3148946 help.text]
note: FJTXy
en: The spin buttons are for entering the numerical value of the color component.
en_GB: The spin buttons are for entering the numerical value of the colour component.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3148947 help.text]
note: LDVtQ
en: <ahelp hid=".">With the vertical color component slider you can modify the value of each component of the color.</ahelp> With the large colored square you can select the color component approximately.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">With the vertical colour component slider you can modify the value of each component of the colour.</ahelp> With the large coloured square you can select the colour component approximately.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3148948 help.text]
note: 7noqJ
en: The horizontal bottom color bar shows the current color and the new color, side by side.
en_GB: The horizontal bottom colour bar shows the current colour and the new colour, side by side.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3153061 help.text]
note: TcRQF
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click in the big color area on the left to select a new color. Using this selector area you can modify two components of the color as represented in the RGB or HSB color models. Note that these are the two components not selected with the radio buttons on the right side of the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click in the big colour area on the left to select a new colour. Using this selector area you can modify two components of the colour as represented in the RGB or HSB colour models. Note that these are the two components not selected with the radio buttons on the right side of the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3154164 help.text]
note: Lnrj6
en: <ahelp hid=".">In the right part of the bottom bar, you will see the original color from the parent tab, <emph>Colors</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In the right part of the bottom bar, you will see the original colour from the parent tab, <emph>Colours</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3154165 help.text]
note: NGZzA
en: <ahelp hid=".">In the left part of the bottom bar, the current result of your work in this dialog is visible.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In the left part of the bottom bar, the current result of your work in this dialogue box is visible.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id9701528 help.text]
note: pZFsP
en: %PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB color model for printing in color. The CMYK controls are provided only to ease the input of color values using CMYK notation.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB colour model for printing in colour. The CMYK controls are provided only to ease the input of colour values using CMYK notation.

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3153726 help.text]
note: G5BRr
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/redSpinbutton" visibility="hidden">Set the Red color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/redSpinbutton" visibility="hidden">Set the Red colour value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3149298 help.text]
note: NauiA
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/greenSpinbutton" visibility="hidden">Set the Green color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/greenSpinbutton" visibility="hidden">Set the Green colour value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3148455 help.text]
note: EHQDG
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/blueSpinbutton" visibility="hidden">Set the Blue color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/blueSpinbutton" visibility="hidden">Set the Blue colour value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3148456 help.text]
note: YhKYN
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays and sets the color value in the RGB color model expressed as a hexadecimal number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays and sets the colour value in the RGB colour model expressed as a hexadecimal number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3154729 help.text]
note: fGAJ5
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/hueSpinbutton" visibility="hidden">Set the Hue directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/hueSpinbutton" visibility="hidden">Set the Hue directly in the HSB colour model. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3153512 help.text]
note: cuCGT
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/satSpinbutton" visibility="hidden">Set the Saturation directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/satSpinbutton" visibility="hidden">Set the Saturation directly in the HSB colour model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3146969 help.text]
note: uDLZu
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/brightSpinbutton" visibility="hidden">Set the Brightness directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/brightSpinbutton" visibility="hidden">Set the Brightness directly in the HSB colour model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3159252 help.text]
note: m6ywe
en: <ahelp hid=".">Set the Cyan color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Set the Cyan colour value as expressed in the CMYK colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3152596 help.text]
note: NFfdH
en: <ahelp hid=".">Set the Magenta color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Set the Magenta colour value as expressed in the CMYK colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3155306 help.text]
note: Xn2LZ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Set the Yellow color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Set the Yellow colour value as expressed in the CMYK colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010501.xhp par_id3146148 help.text]
note: KrgFG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Set the Black color value or key (black) as expressed in the CMYK color model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Set the Black colour value or key (black) as expressed in the CMYK colour model.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010600.xhp bm_id3155450 help.text]
note: sWcX8
en: <bookmark_value>opening; dialog settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>saving; dialog settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>years; 2-digit options</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>opening; dialogue box settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>saving; dialogue box settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>years; 2-digit options</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_id3153525 help.text]
note: KT2NP
en: Specifies the behavior of the installed help.
en_GB: Specifies the behaviour of the installed help.

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_idN106FA help.text]
note: Kzk7B
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays some short help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control in a dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_id3145800 help.text]
note: K2CGB
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/docstatus">Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.</ahelp> When this option is marked, the very next time the document is closed you are asked if the changes should be saved. The print date is then entered in the document properties as a change.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/docstatus">Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.</ahelp> When this option is marked, the very next time that the document is closed you are asked if the changes should be saved. The print date is then entered in the document properties as a change.

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_id3147530 help.text]
note: ftr3B
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/year">Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optgeneralpage/year">Defines a date range, within which the system recognises a two-digit year.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_id3156343 help.text]
note: hEoPD
en: In $[officename], years are indicated by four digits, so that the difference between 1/1/99 and 1/1/01 is two years. This <emph>Year (two digits)</emph> setting allows the user to define the years in which two-digit dates are added to 2000. To illustrate, if you specify a date of 1/1/30 or later, the entry "1/1/20" is recognized as 1/1/2020 instead of 1/1/1920.
en_GB: In $[officename], years are indicated by four digits, so that the difference between 01/01/99 and 01/01/01 is two years. This <emph>Year (two digits)</emph> setting allows the user to define the years in which two-digit dates are added to 2000. To illustrate, if you specify a date of 01/01/30 or later, the entry "01/01/20" is recognised as 2020-01-01 instead of 1920-01-01.

[ctx: 01010700.xhp par_id3153665 help.text]
note: zTJGT
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/replacements">Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/replacements">Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution only replaces a font when it is displayed on screen or during printing. It does not change the font specified in your document formatting.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010700.xhp par_id3154073 help.text]
note: 6ADrE
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/checklb">Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select <emph>Always</emph> to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select <emph>Screen only </emph>to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/checklb">Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select <emph>Always</emph> to replace both the screen font and the printer font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select <emph>Screen only</emph> to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010700.xhp par_id052020080402332 help.text]
note: Fkuwi
en: Always checkbox
en_GB: Always check box

[ctx: 01010700.xhp par_id0520200804023432 help.text]
note: Wzxgi
en: Screen only checkbox
en_GB: Screen only check box

[ctx: 01010700.xhp par_id3154362 help.text]
note: mwqhL
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/nonpropfontonly">Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the <emph>Fonts</emph> list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/nonpropfontonly">Mark this check box to display only non-proportional fonts in the <emph>Fonts</emph> list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010800.xhp par_id310720161555341027 help.text]
note: omu6i
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/iconstyle">Specifies the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/iconstyle">Specifies the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogue boxes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010800.xhp par_id3155530 help.text]
note: aYKpK
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/mousepos">Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/mousepos">Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogue boxes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010800.xhp hd_id1208200812004470 help.text]
note: dMnNi
en: Use Anti-Aliasing
en_GB: Use anti-aliasing

[ctx: 01010800.xhp par_id1208200812004444 help.text]
note: Gw2Zf
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/useaa">When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/useaa">When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with fewer artifacts.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010800.xhp hd_id3400982 help.text]
note: bPXzY
en: Screen font antialiasing
en_GB: Screen font anti-aliasing

[ctx: 01010800.xhp par_id4743797 help.text]
note: tckLs
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/aanf">Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optviewpage/aanf">Enter the smallest font size to apply anti-aliasing.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010900.xhp bm_id3147323 help.text]
note: dbR2J
en: <bookmark_value>printing; colors in grayscale</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grayscale printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; printing in grayscale</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; warnings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paper size warning</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing; colours in greyscale</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>greyscale printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; printing in greyscale</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; warnings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paper size warning</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01010900.xhp hd_id3146313 help.text]
note: r6pvq
en: Intermediate color
en_GB: Intermediate colour

[ctx: 01010900.xhp par_id3145230 help.text]
note: 8Deiw
en: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradcolor">Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradcolor">Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010900.xhp hd_id3147323 help.text]
note: MfFYd
en: Convert colors to grayscale
en_GB: Convert colours to greyscale

[ctx: 01010900.xhp par_id3145150 help.text]
note: 3NCHE
en: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/converttogray">Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/converttogray">Specifies that all colours are printed only as greyscale.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010900.xhp par_id3152778 help.text]
note: Fj8xB
en: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/trans">Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.</ahelp> If you print such a document, a dialog appears in which you can select if the transparency is to be printed in this print instruction.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/trans">Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.</ahelp> If you print such a document, a dialogue box appears in which you can select if the transparency is to be printed in this print instruction.

[ctx: 01012000.xhp tit help.text]
note: fFCuQ
en: Application Colors
en_GB: Application Colours

[ctx: 01012000.xhp bm_id3153527 help.text]
note: QPR5c
en: <bookmark_value>colors; appearance</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options; appearance</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>appearance options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; applications</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colours; appearance</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options; appearance</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>appearance options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; applications</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01012000.xhp hd_id3153527 help.text]
note: MXQk8
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="Application Colors">Application Colors</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="Application Colors">Application Colours</link>

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3145120 help.text]
note: Xs6ky
en: <ahelp hid=".">Sets the colors for the $[officename] user interface.</ahelp> You can save the current settings as color scheme and load them later.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Sets the colours for the $[officename] user interface.</ahelp> You can save the current settings as colour scheme and load them later.

[ctx: 01012000.xhp hd_id3154046 help.text]
note: 98D2F
en: Color scheme
en_GB: Colour scheme

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3152349 help.text]
note: EwtJQ
en: Save and delete color schemes.
en_GB: Save and delete colour schemes.

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3153541 help.text]
note: Cfgfm
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorschemelb">Selects the color scheme you want to use.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorschemelb">Selects the colour scheme you want to use.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3145609 help.text]
note: DzSZ7
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/save">Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.</ahelp> The name is added to the <emph>Scheme</emph> box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/save">Saves the current settings as a colour scheme that you can reload later.</ahelp> The name is added to the <emph>Scheme</emph> box.

[ctx: 01012000.xhp hd_id3149669 help.text]
note: 3strP
en: Name of color scheme
en_GB: Name of colour scheme

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3159413 help.text]
note: tYTXn
en: <ahelp hid="HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME">Enter a name for the color scheme.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME">Enter a name for the colour scheme.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3150400 help.text]
note: DVMWE
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/delete">Deletes the color scheme shown in the <emph>Scheme</emph> box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/delete">Deletes the colour scheme shown in the <emph>Scheme</emph> box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3149204 help.text]
note: 7JQfD
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorconfig">Select the colors for the user interface elements.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorconfig">Select the colours for the user interface elements.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3153144 help.text]
note: 7xJHG
en: The <emph>Automatic</emph> color setting changes the user interface element to the preset color from the color scheme.
en_GB: The <emph>Automatic</emph> colour setting changes the user interface element to the preset colour from the colour scheme.

[ctx: 01012000.xhp par_id3154921 help.text]
note: SAQiE
en: The color settings for "Visited links" and "Unvisited links" only apply to documents created after the settings are applied.
en_GB: The colour settings for "Visited links" and "Unvisited links" only apply to documents created after the settings are applied.

[ctx: 01013000.xhp bm_id3159411 help.text]
note: NEsnD
en: <bookmark_value>disabled persons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text colors for better accessibility</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>animations; accessibility options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help tips; hiding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>high contrast mode</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accessibility; options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options; accessibility</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>disabled persons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text colours for better accessibility</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>animations; accessibility options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help tips; hiding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>high-contrast mode</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accessibility; options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options; accessibility</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01013000.xhp hd_id3149809 help.text]
note: zXerC
en: Options for high contrast appearance
en_GB: Options for high-contrast appearance

[ctx: 01013000.xhp par_id3153106 help.text]
note: DkPVC
en: High contrast is an operating system setting that changes the system color scheme to improve readability. You can decide how <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> uses the high contrast settings of the operating system.
en_GB: High-contrast is an operating system setting that changes the system colour scheme to improve readability. You can decide how <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> uses the high-contrast settings of the operating system.

[ctx: 01013000.xhp par_id3125863 help.text]
note: 3GueN
en: Cell borders and shadows are always shown in text color when high contrast mode is active. The cell background color is ignored then.
en_GB: Cell borders and shadows are always shown in text colour when high-contrast mode is active. The cell background colour is ignored then.

[ctx: 01013000.xhp hd_id3155132 help.text]
note: RxDgd
en: Automatically detect high contrast mode of operating system
en_GB: Automatically detect high-contrast mode of operating system

[ctx: 01013000.xhp par_id3153768 help.text]
note: r5VKG
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/autodetecthc">Switches <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> into high contrast mode when the system background color is very dark.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/autodetecthc">Switches <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> into high-contrast mode when the system background colour is very dark.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01013000.xhp hd_id3154918 help.text]
note: adddF
en: Use automatic font color for screen display
en_GB: Use automatic font colour for screen display

[ctx: 01013000.xhp par_id3146984 help.text]
note: nd5gY
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/autofontcolor">Displays fonts in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/autofontcolor">Displays fonts in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> using the system colour settings. This option only affects the screen display.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01013000.xhp hd_id3153091 help.text]
note: ACMLB
en: Use system colors for page previews
en_GB: Use system colours for page previews

[ctx: 01013000.xhp par_id3146923 help.text]
note: gdDWF
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/systempagepreviewcolor">Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/systempagepreviewcolor">Applies the high-contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_idN10644 help.text]
note: j35gF
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the "Security Options and Warnings" dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the "Security Options and Warnings" dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id4571977 help.text]
note: huKG4
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Enter Master Password dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Enter Master Password dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3472090 help.text]
note: JHCMm
en: <ahelp hid=".">Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3289590 help.text]
note: QiepC
en: The Stored Web Connection Information dialog shows a list of web sites and user names that you entered previously. You can select any entry and remove it from the list. You can view the password for the selected entry.
en_GB: The Stored Web Connection Information dialogue box shows a list of web sites and user names that you entered previously. You can select any entry and remove it from the list. You can view the password for the selected entry.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id1981261 help.text]
note: mxGYJ
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can view and change the password for the selected entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box in which you can view and change the password for the selected entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_idN10692 help.text]
note: ch6a2
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsecuritypage/macro">Opens the <emph>Macro Security</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsecuritypage/macro">Opens the <emph>Macro Security</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_idN106920 help.text]
note: FRqVV
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsecuritypage/cert">Opens the <emph>Certificate Path</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optsecuritypage/cert">Opens the <emph>Certificate Path</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030500.xhp par_id8023926 help.text]
note: HvkQz
en: When importing numbers from an HTML page, the decimal separator and the thousands separator characters differ according to the locale of the HTML page. The clipboard however contains no information about the locale. For example, the characters "1.000" copied from a German Web page most possibly mean "one thousand" because the period is the thousands separator in a German locale. If copied from an English Web page, the same characters stand for the number 1 as in "one dot zero zero zero".
en_GB: When importing numbers from an HTML page, the decimal separator and the thousands separator characters differ according to the locale of the HTML page. The clipboard however contains no information about the locale. For example, the characters "1.000" copied from a German Web page most possibly mean "one thousand" because the dot-on-the-line is the thousands separator in a German locale. If copied from an English Web page, the same characters stand for the number 1 as in "one dot zero zero zero".

[ctx: 01030500.xhp par_id7658314 help.text]
note: Rrotr
en: <ahelp hid=".">If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in <emph>Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting</emph> in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If not marked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in <emph>Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting</emph> in the Options dialogue box. If marked, numbers will be interpreted using the 'English (USA)' locale.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01030500.xhp par_id3149295 help.text]
note: Db4up
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/opthtmlpage/unknowntag">Mark this check box if you want <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tags">tags</link> that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.</ahelp> For an opening tag, an HTML_ON field will be created with the value of the tag name. For a closing tag, an HTML_OFF will be created. These fields will be converted to tags in the HTML export.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/opthtmlpage/unknowntag">Mark this check box if you want <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tags">tags</link> that are not recognised by $[officename] to be imported as fields.</ahelp> For an opening tag, an HTML_ON field will be created with the value of the tag name. For a closing tag, an HTML_OFF will be created. These fields will be converted to tags in the HTML export.

[ctx: 01030500.xhp par_id3149379 help.text]
note: B6A8K
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/opthtmlpage/savegrflocal">Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the <emph>Save As</emph> dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/opthtmlpage/savegrflocal">Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the <emph>Save As</emph> dialogue box to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040200.xhp par_id3146798 help.text]
note: VGT9g
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/helplines">Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the<emph> Helplines While Moving </emph>option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/helplines">Displays snap lnes around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the <emph>Helplines While Moving</emph> option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040200.xhp par_id3159335 help.text]
note: AAT2g
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/comments">Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/comments">Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comment's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040200.xhp par_id3153364 help.text]
note: JHe6k
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/smoothscroll">Activates the smooth page scrolling function. </ahelp> The scrolling speed depends of the area and of the color depth display.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/viewoptionspage/smoothscroll">Activates the smooth page scrolling function. </ahelp> The scrolling speed depends of the area and of the colour depth display.

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_id3155628 help.text]
note: EGNdD
en: Specifies which document contents are to be printed.
en_GB: Specifies which types of document content are to be printed.

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_id3159150 help.text]
note: CWYCo
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to include colours and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_id7242042 help.text]
note: 5YGAc
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.</ahelp><link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp">Text placeholders</link> are fields.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enable this option to print text placeholders. Unmark this check box to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.</ahelp><link href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp">Text placeholders</link> are fields.

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_id3149410 help.text]
note: AcemF
en: If you print a document in portrait on a landscape page, two opposing sides in a brochure will be printed next to each other. If you have a printer with double-sided printing capability, you can create an entire brochure from your document without having to collate the pages later. If you have a printer that only has single-sided printing capability, you can achieve this effect by first printing the front pages with the "Front sides / right pages /odd pages" option marked, then re-inserting the entire paper stack in your printer and printing all the back pages with the "Back pages / left pages / even pages" option marked.
en_GB: If you print a document in portrait on a landscape page, two opposing sides in a brochure will be printed next to each other. If you have a printer with double-sided printing capability, you can create an entire brochure from your document without having to collate the pages later. If you have a printer that only has single-sided printing capability, you can achieve this effect by first printing the front pages with the "Front sides / right pages / odd pages" option marked, then re-inserting the entire paper stack in your printer and printing all the back pages with the "Back sides / left pages / even pages" option marked.

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_id7894222 help.text]
note: 8GjGN
en: <ahelp hid=".">Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_id8295541 help.text]
note: FeCMe
en: <ahelp hid=".">If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If this check box is marked, automatically-inserted blank pages will be printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040500.xhp par_id3149481 help.text]
note: QvjdE
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/numformatting">Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.</ahelp> Table cells in %PRODUCTNAME Writer can recognize a number when it is represented in one of the number formats available in categories of Numbers, Percent, Currency, Date, Time, Scientific, Fraction and Boolean.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/numformatting">Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognised and formatted as numbers.</ahelp> Table cells in %PRODUCTNAME Writer can recognise a number when it is represented in one of the number formats available in categories of Numbers, Percent, Currency, Date, Time, Scientific, Fraction and Boolean.

[ctx: 01040500.xhp par_id871520543043646 help.text]
note: 4UzAW
en: The recognized number is displayed with default number format for table cells, and sets the cell format to the recognized category. For example, if a number is recognized as Date, the cell format category is set to Date. You can set a specific number format for the cell, for example, a date entered as <item type="input">8/3/2018</item> displays as Thursday March 8, 2018 when the cell number format is set to "Friday, December 31, 1999" in the Number Format dialog.
en_GB: The recognised number is displayed with default number format for table cells, and sets the cell format to the recognised category. For example, if a number is recognized as Date, the cell format category is set to Date. You can set a specific number format for the cell, for example, a date entered as <item type="input">8/3/2018</item> displays as Thursday March 8, 2018 when the cell number format is set to "Friday, December 31, 1999" in the Number Format dialogue box.

[ctx: 01040500.xhp par_id451520542990536 help.text]
note: VKduk
en: Recognized Date and Time numbers are converted to internal date and time serial values. Percent numbers are converted internally to their numeric values. Boolean values are converted internally to 0 or 1.
en_GB: Recognised Date and Time numbers are converted to internal date and time serial values. Percent numbers are converted internally to their numeric values. Boolean values are converted internally to 0 or 1.

[ctx: 01040500.xhp par_id331520543028270 help.text]
note: CWUcK
en: When an input cannot be recognized as a number, the number category changes to <emph>Text</emph> and the input is not changed.
en_GB: When an input cannot be recognised as a number, the number category changes to <emph>Text</emph> and the input is not changed.

[ctx: 01040500.xhp par_id391520546159065 help.text]
note: oJ4kr
en: For example, if a cell contains a date value and has its cell format as date, a new input of a percent value in the cell set the cell format to <emph>Text</emph> and the percent input number is not recognized.
en_GB: For example, if a cell contains a date value and has its cell format as date, a new input of a percent value in the cell set the cell format to <emph>Text</emph> and the percent input number is not recognised.

[ctx: 01040500.xhp par_id961520546165825 help.text]
note: S6XTv
en: When <emph>Number format recognition</emph> is marked, input numbers sets the cell format to the recognized number category.
en_GB: When <emph>Number format recognition</emph> is marked, input numbers sets the cell format to the recognised number category.

[ctx: 01040500.xhp par_id3146792 help.text]
note: oGpv8
en: Direct formatting is not influenced by the <emph>Alignment</emph> field. If you center align the cell contents directly, they remain centered irrespective of whether text or numbers are involved.
en_GB: Direct formatting is not influenced by the <emph>Alignment</emph> field. If you centre align the cell content directly, it remains centred irrespective of whether text or numbers are involved.

[ctx: 01040500.xhp hd_id3150645 help.text]
note: He8Ln
en: Behavior of rows/columns
en_GB: Behaviour of rows/columns

[ctx: 01040600.xhp par_id3147230 help.text]
note: aQbZj
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/hyphens">Specifies whether soft hyphens (called also as optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Hyphen(-)</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Hyphen(-).</defaultinline></switchinline> Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/hyphens">Specifies whether soft hyphens (also called optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Hyphen(-)</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Hyphen(-).</defaultinline></switchinline> Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040600.xhp par_id3152938 help.text]
note: 3hLF5
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/nonbreak">Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Shift+Spacebar</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar</defaultinline></switchinline> shortcut keys.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/nonbreak">Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as grey boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Shift+Spacebar</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar</defaultinline></switchinline> shortcut keys.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040600.xhp par_id3156384 help.text]
note: qSFt6
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/fillmargin">Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centered or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optformataidspage/fillmargin">Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centred or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set. </ahelp>

[ctx: 01040700.xhp par_id3144510 help.text]
note: PMicr
en: Defines the settings for displaying recorded changes. Select the type of change and the corresponding display attribute and color. The preview field shows the effect of the selected display options.
en_GB: Defines the settings for displaying recorded changes. Select the type of change and the corresponding display attribute and colour. The preview field shows the effect of the selected display options.

[ctx: 01040700.xhp hd_id3153105 help.text]
note: gFHYs
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 01040700.xhp par_id3145419 help.text]
note: r7cZb
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/changedcolor">You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/changedcolor">You can also choose a colour to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the colour is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040700.xhp hd_id3163713 help.text]
note: kAFo7
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 01040700.xhp par_id3146975 help.text]
note: iVLuq
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/markcolor">Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/markcolor">Specifies the colour for highlighting the changed lines in the text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040900.xhp par_id3154071 help.text]
note: 4Gi7B
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/updatefields">The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.</ahelp> The following table lists the fields that are updated without regard to this checkbox.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optgeneralpage/updatefields">The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.</ahelp> The following table lists the fields that are updated without regard to this check box.

[ctx: 01040900.xhp par_idN107BC help.text]
note: sapHP
en: Editing the text line where the field is in
en_GB: Editing the text line containing the field

[ctx: 01041000.xhp bm_id3577990 help.text]
note: DoWVy
en: <bookmark_value>Word documents;compatibility</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>importing;compatibility settings for text import</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>options;compatibility (Writer)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>compatibility settings for MS Word import</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;importing Word documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>layout;importing Word documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;printer metrics (Writer)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>metrics;document formatting (Writer)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printer metrics for document formatting (Writer)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Word documents;compatibility</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing;compatibility settings for text import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options;compatibility (Writer)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>compatibility settings for Microsoft Word import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;importing Microsoft Word documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>layout;importing Microsoft Word documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;printer metrics (Writer)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>metrics;document formatting (Writer)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printer metrics for document formatting (Writer)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp bm_id3147226 help.text]
note: gEeTL
en: <bookmark_value>grids; defaults (Writer/Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>defaults; grids (Writer/Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>snap grid defaults (Writer/Calc)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>grids; defaults (Writer/Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults; grids (Writer/Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>snap grid defaults (Writer/Calc)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3149294 help.text]
note: uBNFD
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><variable id="rastertextdraw">It is also possible to toggle the visibility of the grid with the <emph>Grid - Display Grid</emph> command in the context menu for the page. You can also select the <emph>Grid - Grid to Front</emph> submenu of this context menu to display the grid in front of objects.</variable></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><variable id="rastertextdraw">It is also possible to toggle the visibility of the grid with the <emph>Grid - Display Grid</emph> command in the context menu for the page. You can also select the <emph>Grid - Grid to Front</emph> sub menu of this context menu to display the grid in front of objects.</variable></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3150791 help.text]
note: EEHpm
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><variable id="rastertext">It is also possible to toggle the visibility of the grid with the <emph>Grid - Display Grid</emph> command in the context menu of the page. You can also select the <emph>Grid - Grid to Front</emph> submenu of this context menu to display the grid in front of objects.</variable></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><variable id="rastertext">It is also possible to toggle the visibility of the grid with the <emph>Grid - Display Grid</emph> command in the context menu of the page. You can also select the <emph>Grid - Grid to Front</emph> sub-menu of this context menu to display the grid in front of objects.</variable></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3153104 help.text]
note: MrdYD
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrflddrawx">Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrflddrawx">Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the x-axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3148923 help.text]
note: nvjp2
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrflddrawy">Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrflddrawy">Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the y-axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3150439 help.text]
note: HhGK9
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the X-axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the x-axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3154918 help.text]
note: JBPR3
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the Y-axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the y-axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050100.xhp hd_id3149667 help.text]
note: jQ6kM
en: Synchronize axes
en_GB: Synchronise axes

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id3147350 help.text]
note: sWszH
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/synchronize">Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.</ahelp> The resolution and subdivision for the X and Y axes remain the same.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/synchronize">Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.</ahelp> The resolution and subdivision for the x- and y-axes remain the same.

[ctx: 01050100.xhp par_id984221 help.text]
note: 2zE2p
en: Set the grid color on <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp">Application Colors</link>.
en_GB: Set the grid colour on <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp">Application Colours</link>.

[ctx: 01060100.xhp bm_id3147242 help.text]
note: rpSZT
en: <bookmark_value>cells; showing grid lines (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>borders; cells on screen (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>grids; displaying lines (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colors; grid lines and cells (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>page breaks; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>guides; showing (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>displaying; zero values (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>zero values; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets; value highlighting</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>cells; formatting without effect (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>cells; coloring (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>anchors; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colors;restriction (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>text overflow in spreadsheet cells</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>references; displaying in color (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>objects; displaying in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>pictures; displaying in Calc</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>charts; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>draw objects; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>row headers; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>column headers; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>scrollbars; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sheet tabs; displaying</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>tabs; displaying sheet tabs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>outlines;outline symbols</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; showing grid lines (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>borders; cells on screen (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>grids; displaying lines (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colours; grid lines and cells (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>page breaks; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>guides; showing (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>displaying; zero values (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>zero values; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets; value highlighting</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>cells; formatting without effect (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>cells; colouing (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>anchors; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colours;restriction (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>text overflow in spreadsheet cells</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>references; displaying in color (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>objects; displaying in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>pictures; displaying in Calc</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>charts; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>draw objects; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>row headers; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>column headers; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>scrollbars; displaying (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sheet tabs; displaying</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>tabs; displaying sheet tabs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>outlines;outline symbols</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3153088 help.text]
note: FUFAJ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/grid" visibility="visible">Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.</ahelp> For printing, choose <emph>Format - Page - </emph><link href="text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp" name="Sheet"><emph>Sheet</emph></link> and mark the <emph>Grid</emph> check box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/grid" visibility="visible">Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background colour. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background colour, or to hide them.</ahelp> For printing, choose <emph>Format - Page - </emph><link href="text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp" name="Sheet"><emph>Sheet</emph></link> and mark the <emph>Grid</emph> check box.

[ctx: 01060100.xhp hd_id3156326 help.text]
note: QkscY
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3154286 help.text]
note: UMzth
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/color">Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.</ahelp> To see the grid line color that was saved with the document, go to <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</emph>, under <emph>Scheme</emph> find the entry <emph>Spreadsheet - Grid lines</emph> and set the color to "Automatic".
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/color">Specifies a colour for the grid lines in the current document.</ahelp> To see the grid line colour that was saved with the document, go to <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colours</emph>, under <emph>Scheme</emph> find the entry <emph>Spreadsheet - Grid lines</emph> and set the colour to "Automatic".

[ctx: 01060100.xhp hd_id3154218 help.text]
note: JAh2c
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3150440 help.text]
note: BZgyM
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/formula">Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/formula">Specifies whether to show formulae instead of results in the cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3146974 help.text]
note: KCtBY
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/annot">Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - General</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/annot">Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - General</emph> in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3149667 help.text]
note: mmHSm
en: You can type and edit comments with the <link href="text/shared/01/04050000.xhp" name="Insert - Comment"><emph>Insert - Comment</emph></link> command. Comments that are permanently displayed can be edited by clicking the comment box. Click the Navigator and under the <emph>Comments</emph> entry you can view all comments in the current document. By double clicking a comment in Navigator, the cursor will jump to the corresponding cell containing the comment.
en_GB: You can type and edit comments with the <link href="text/shared/01/04050000.xhp" name="Insert - Comment"><emph>Insert - Comment</emph></link> command. Comments that are permanently displayed can be edited by clicking the comment box. Click the Navigator and under the <emph>Comments</emph> entry you can view all comments in the current document. By double-clicking a comment in Navigator, the cursor will jump to the corresponding cell containing the comment.

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3154792 help.text]
note: 8aPEg
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/value">Mark the <emph>Value highlighting</emph> box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/value">Mark the <emph>Value highlighting</emph> box to show the cell contents in different colours, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3151319 help.text]
note: qEmEC
en: When this command is active, any colors assigned in the document will not be displayed until the function is deactivated.
en_GB: When this command is active, any colours assigned in the document will not be displayed until the function is deactivated.

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3153707 help.text]
note: Q8W4V
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/clipmark">If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/clipmark">If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighbouring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighbouring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060100.xhp hd_id3150327 help.text]
note: eMNiE
en: Show references in color
en_GB: Show references in colour

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id3153766 help.text]
note: T24A7
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/rangefind">Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/rangefind">Specifies that each reference is highlighted in colour in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a coloured border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060100.xhp hd_id0909200810585881 help.text]
note: ihBVU
en: Synchronize sheets
en_GB: Synchronise sheets

[ctx: 01060100.xhp par_id0909200810585870 help.text]
note: Gq9P8
en: <ahelp hid=".">If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If marked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not marked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060400.xhp par_id3153825 help.text]
note: 2o7qE
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/OptSortLists">All user-defined lists are displayed in the<emph> Sort Lists </emph>dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/OptSortLists">All user-defined lists are displayed in the <emph>Sort Lists</emph> dialogue box. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060400.xhp par_id3158409 help.text]
note: NXCJ8
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/copy">Copies the contents of the cells in the <emph>Copy list from</emph> box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060401.xhp" name="Copy List"><emph>Copy List</emph></link> dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/copy">Copies the contents of the cells in the <emph>Copy list from</emph> box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060401.xhp" name="Copy List"><emph>Copy List</emph></link> dialogue box appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialogue box to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060401.xhp par_id3148563 help.text]
note: KRAPf
en: Choose between the options<emph> Rows</emph> and <emph>Columns</emph>. Cells without text will be ignored when copying.
en_GB: Choose between the options <emph>Rows</emph> and <emph>Columns</emph>. Cells without text will be ignored when copying.

[ctx: 01060401.xhp par_id3148664 help.text]
note: uedBx
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/rows">Select the<emph> Rows </emph>option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/rows">Select the <emph>Rows</emph> option to summarise the contents of the selected rows in a list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060401.xhp par_id3154216 help.text]
note: Jno4E
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/columns">Select the<emph> Columns </emph>option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/columns">Select the <emph>Columns</emph> option to summarise the contents of the selected columns in a list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060500.xhp bm_id3149399 help.text]
note: SfNAZ
en: <bookmark_value>references; iterative (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>calculating;iterative references (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>iterative references in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>recursions in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>dates; default (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>dates; start 1900/01/01 (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>dates; start 1904/01/01 (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>case sensitivity;comparing cell contents (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>decimal places displayed (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>precision as shown (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>values; rounded as shown (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>rounding precision (Calc)</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>search criteria for database functions in cells</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Excel; search criteria</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>references; iterative (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;iterative references (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>iterative references in spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recursion in spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dates; default (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dates; start 1900-01-01 (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dates; start 1904-01-01 (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>case-sensitivity;comparing cell content (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>decimal places displayed (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>precision as shown (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values; rounded as shown (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rounding precision (Calc)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>search criteria for database functions in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Excel; search criteria</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3147576 help.text]
note: RSiK5
en: <ahelp hid=".">Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets.</ahelp> Defines the behavior of spreadsheets with iterative references, the date settings, the number of decimal places, and if capitalization or lower cases are to be considered when searching within sheets.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets.</ahelp> Defines the behaviour of spreadsheets with iterative references, the date settings, the number of decimal places, and if capitalisation or lower cases are to be considered when searching within sheets.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3149795 help.text]
note: 6FaTZ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/iterate">Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.</ahelp> If the<emph> Iterations </emph>box is not marked, an iterative reference in the table will cause an error message.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/iterate">Specifies whether formulae with iterative references (formulae that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.</ahelp> If the <emph>Iterations</emph> box is not marked, an iterative reference in the table will cause an error message.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3153061 help.text]
note: An5BC
en: You know that the value-added tax is calculated as 'net price times 15%' and that you arrive at the net price by deducting the value-added tax from the selling price. Type the formula <item type="literal">=B5-B7</item> in B6 to calculate the net price, and type the formula <item type="literal">=B6*0.15</item> in cell B7 to calculate the value-added tax.
en_GB: You know that the value-added tax is calculated as 'net price times 17.5%' and that you arrive at the net price by deducting the value-added tax from the selling price. Type the formula <item type="literal">=B5-B7</item> in B6 to calculate the net price, and type the formula <item type="literal">=B6*0.175</item> in cell B7 to calculate the value-added tax.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3154760 help.text]
note: 2cBCe
en: Switch on the iterations to correctly calculate the formulas, otherwise a 'Circular reference' error message appears in the <emph>Status</emph> Bar.
en_GB: Switch on the iterations to correctly calculate the formulae, otherwise a 'Circular reference' error message appears in the <emph>Status</emph> Bar.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp hd_id3147396 help.text]
note: pC7WF
en: 12/30/1899 (default)
en_GB: 30/12/1899 (default)

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3145646 help.text]
note: 7BGiF
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/datestd">Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/datestd">Sets 1899-12-30 as day zero.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3154018 help.text]
note: bnmCD
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/datesc10">Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/datesc10">Sets 1900-01-01 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3153948 help.text]
note: pQJAm
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/date1904">Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/date1904">Sets 1904-01-01 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060500.xhp hd_id3153838 help.text]
note: MWGbu
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3146793 help.text]
note: 7PKRF
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/case">Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optcalculatepage/case">Specifies whether to distinguish between upper- and lower-case in text strings when comparing cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3153707 help.text]
note: fKxzV
en: <emph>Example:</emph> Type the text 'Test' in cell A1; and the text 'test' in B1. Then type the formula "=A1=B1" in cell C1. If the <emph>Case sensitive</emph> box is marked, FALSE will appear in the cell; otherwise, TRUE will appear in the cell.
en_GB: <emph>Example:</emph> Type the text 'Test' in cell A1; and the text 'test' in B1. Then type the formula "=A1=B1" in cell C1. If the <emph>Case-sensitive</emph> box is marked, FALSE will appear in the cell; otherwise, TRUE will appear in the cell.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3153965 help.text]
note: u3A4u
en: The EXACT text function is always case-sensitive, independent of the settings in this dialog.
en_GB: The EXACT text function is always case-sensitive, independent of the settings in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3153966 help.text]
note: ruRa7
en: Disable case sensitivity for spreadsheets that need to be interoperable with Microsoft Excel.
en_GB: Disable case-sensitivity for spreadsheets that need to be interoperable with Microsoft Excel.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp hd_id3156449 help.text]
note: uLMHR
en: Enable wildcards in formulas
en_GB: Enable wildcards in formulae

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3155094 help.text]
note: YRi3T
en: Enable wildcards in formulas for spreadsheets that need to be interoperable with Microsoft Excel.
en_GB: Enable wildcards in formulae for spreadsheets that need to be interoperable with Microsoft Excel.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp hd_id3156448 help.text]
note: Di7Eh
en: Enable regular expressions in formulas
en_GB: Enable regular expressions in formulae

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3155095 help.text]
note: ysDUq
en: Do not enable regular expressions in formulas for spreadsheets that need to be interoperable with Microsoft Excel.
en_GB: Do not enable regular expressions in formulae for spreadsheets that need to be interoperable with Microsoft Excel.

[ctx: 01060500.xhp hd_id3156450 help.text]
note: 8gTsC
en: No wildcards or regular expressions in formulas
en_GB: No wildcards or regular expressions in formulae

[ctx: 01060500.xhp par_id3151242 help.text]
note: WtmZX
en: <emph>Example</emph>: Cell E5 contains the text "Europe". Below, in cell E6, is the value 100 and in cell E7 the value 200. If the <emph>Automatically find column and row labels</emph> box is marked, you can write the following formula in cell A1: =SUM(Europe).
en_GB: <emph>Example:</emph> Cell E5 contains the text "Europe". Below, in cell E6, is the value 100 and in cell E7 the value 200. If the <emph>Automatically find column and row labels</emph> box is marked, you can write the following formula in cell A1: =SUM(Europe).

[ctx: 01060600.xhp par_id3155390 help.text]
note: Eiu3d
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/OptChangesPage">The<emph> Changes </emph>dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/OptChangesPage">The <emph>Changes</emph> dialogue box specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060600.xhp hd_id3152812 help.text]
note: 5VaNX
en: Color Definition for Changes
en_GB: Colour Definition for Changes

[ctx: 01060600.xhp par_id3150792 help.text]
note: MGAF3
en: Defines colors for recorded changes. If you select the "By author" entry, $[officename] will automatically set the color depending on the author who undertook the changes.
en_GB: Defines colours for recorded changes. If you select the "By author" entry, $[officename] will automatically set the colour depending on the author who made the changes.

[ctx: 01060600.xhp par_id3148451 help.text]
note: QCb6A
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/changes">Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/changes">Specifies the colour for changes of cell contents.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060600.xhp par_id3147084 help.text]
note: jaHbm
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/deletions">Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/deletions">Specifies the colour to highlight deletions in a document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060600.xhp par_id3151383 help.text]
note: BqoXr
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/insertions">Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/insertions">Specifies the colour to highlight insertions in a document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060600.xhp par_id3159151 help.text]
note: iwCYg
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/entries">Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/entries">Specifies the colour to highlight moved cell contents.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060700.xhp par_id3158430 help.text]
note: uCgD9
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optdlg/suppressCB">Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.</ahelp> Cell attributes such as borders or background colors are not considered cell contents. Empty pages are not counted for page numbering.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optdlg/suppressCB">Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.</ahelp> Cell attributes such as borders or background colours are not considered cell contents. Empty pages are not counted for page numbering.

[ctx: 01060700.xhp par_id3152349 help.text]
note: DjuvR
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optdlg/printCB">Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the <emph>File - Print</emph> dialog or in the <emph>Format - Print Ranges</emph> dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optdlg/printCB">Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the <emph>File - Print</emph> dialogue box or in the <emph>Format - Print Ranges</emph> dialogue box. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01060700.xhp par_id3153349 help.text]
note: kPTSk
en: To select multiple sheets, click on the sheet names on the bottom margin of the workspace while keeping the Ctrl key pressed.
en_GB: To select multiple sheets, click on each desired sheet name on the bottom margin of the workspace while keeping the Ctrl key pressed.

[ctx: 01060800.xhp par_id3156155 help.text]
note: CX9hD
en: <emph>delete contents</emph> - launch the Delete Contents dialog.
en_GB: <emph>delete contents</emph> - launch the Delete Contents dialogue box.

[ctx: 01060800.xhp par_id3147530 help.text]
note: 5Taur
en: <emph>delete</emph> - immediately delete the cell content, without the dialog.
en_GB: <emph>delete</emph> - immediately delete the cell content, without the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01060800.xhp par_id3154760 help.text]
note: Ad2of
en: <emph>data select</emph> - launch the Selection List dialog.
en_GB: <emph>data select</emph> - launch the Selection List dialogue box.

[ctx: 01060900.xhp par_id4155419 help.text]
note: ViEA4
en: In %PRODUCTNAME Calc function names can be localized. By default, the check box is off, which means the localized function names are used. Checking this check box will swap localized function names with the English ones. This change takes effect in all of the following areas: formula input and display, function wizard, and formula tips. You can of course uncheck it to go back to the localized function names.
en_GB: In %PRODUCTNAME Calc function names can be localised. By default, the check box is off, which means the localised function names are used. Checking this check box will swap localised function names with the English ones. This change takes effect in all of the following areas: formula input and display, function wizard, and formula tips. You can of course uncheck it to go back to the localised function names.

[ctx: 01060900.xhp par_id2015549 help.text]
note: CgCmE
en: Loading a large spreadsheet file can take a long time. If you don't need to update your large spreadsheet data immediately, you can postpone the recalculation at a better time. %PRODUCTNAME allows you to defer recalculation of Excel 2007 (and above) spreadsheets to speedup loading time.
en_GB: Loading a large spreadsheet file can take a long time. If you don't need to update your large spreadsheet data immediately, you can postpone the recalculation at a better time. %PRODUCTNAME allows you to defer recalculation of Excel 2007 (and above) spreadsheets to speed-up loading time.

[ctx: 01060900.xhp par_id2017549 help.text]
note: 9Asyf
en: For ODF spreadsheets saved by other programs, where such cached formula results may not exist, recalculation can be deferred to speedup file loading as with Excel 2007 files.
en_GB: For ODF spreadsheets saved by other programs, where such cached formula results may not exist, recalculation can be deferred to speed-up file loading as with Excel 2007 files.

[ctx: 01060900.xhp par_id2010549 help.text]
note: btEey
en: %PRODUCTNAME saved ODF spreadsheets will honor <emph>Never recalculate</emph> and <emph>Always recalculate</emph> options.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME saved ODF spreadsheets will honour <emph>Never recalculate</emph> and <emph>Always recalculate</emph> options.

[ctx: 01060900.xhp par_id200920171902249043 help.text]
note: FZg3A
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp">Array formulas</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp">Array formulae</link>

[ctx: 01070300.xhp bm_id3163802 help.text]
note: bQsMp
en: <bookmark_value>snapping in presentations and drawings</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>points;reducing editing points when snapping (Impress/Draw)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>snapping in presentations and drawings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>points;reducing editing points when snapping (Impress/Draw)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01070400.xhp par_id3145608 help.text]
note: EAvEp
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/defaultrb">Specifies that you want to print in original colors.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/defaultrb">Specifies that you want to print in original colours.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01070400.xhp hd_id3155131 help.text]
note: hVjsG
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: 01070400.xhp par_id3149260 help.text]
note: cqaXs
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/grayscalerb">Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/grayscalerb">Specifies that you want to print colours as greyscale.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01070500.xhp par_id3154270 help.text]
note: QTvq8
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/distrotcb">Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/distrotcb">Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2-D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01070500.xhp par_id3146135 help.text]
note: bSnQ6
en: Microsoft PowerPoint adds the bottom spacing of a paragraph to the top spacing of the next paragraph to calculate the total spacing between both paragraphs. $[officename] Impress utilizes only the larger of the two spacings.
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint adds the bottom spacing of a paragraph to the top spacing of the next paragraph to calculate the total spacing between both paragraphs. $[officename] Impress utilises only the larger of the two spacings.

[ctx: 01090000.xhp par_id3166460 help.text]
note: W5UUi
en: <variable id="druckentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SmEditOptions">Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Math.</ahelp></variable> You can also call the dialog by clicking the <emph>Options</emph> button in the <emph>Print</emph> dialog. The settings you define in the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog will be permanent settings, whereas the settings in the Print dialog are only valid for the current document.
en_GB: <variable id="druckentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SmEditOptions">Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Math.</ahelp></variable> You can also call the dialogue box by clicking the <emph>Options</emph> button in the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box. The settings you define in the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialogue box will be permanent settings, whereas the settings in the Print dialogue box are only valid for the current document.

[ctx: 01090100.xhp bm_id3156410 help.text]
note: i3WC6
en: <bookmark_value>printing;formulas in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>title rows; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula texts; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; in original size in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>original size; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; fitting to pages in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>format filling printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; scaling in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scaling; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fitting to pages;print settings in Math</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing;formulae in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>title rows; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula texts; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; in original size in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>original size; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; fitting to pages in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>format filling printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; scaling in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scaling; printing in $[officename] Math</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fitting to pages;print settings in Math</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01090100.xhp par_id3149516 help.text]
note: RmD8c
en: <ahelp hid=".">Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.</ahelp> <emph>Title</emph> and <emph>Formula text</emph> are only set down by a frame if the corresponding check box is active.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.</ahelp> <emph>Title</emph> and <emph>Formula text</emph> are only set down by a frame if the corresponding check box is marked.

[ctx: 01090100.xhp par_id3153627 help.text]
note: P7AMM
en: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizenormal">Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.</ahelp> It is possible that with large formulas a part of the command text is cut off.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizenormal">Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.</ahelp> It is possible that with large formulae a part of the command text is cut off.

[ctx: 01090100.xhp par_id3789203 help.text]
note: 3T6ba
en: <ahelp hid=".">Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.</ahelp> In earlier versions of $[officename], all symbols were saved with each formula.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Saves only those symbols which each formula that are used in that formula.</ahelp> In earlier versions of $[officename], all symbols were saved with each formula.

[ctx: 01110100.xhp tit help.text]
note: Xzhv3
en: Default colors
en_GB: Default colours

[ctx: 01110100.xhp bm_id3154751 help.text]
note: jnCHD
en: <bookmark_value>charts; colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors;charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>charts; colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours;charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01110100.xhp hd_id3149760 help.text]
note: bRCM3
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp" name="Default colors">Default colors</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp" name="Default colours">Default colours</link>

[ctx: 01110100.xhp par_id3150713 help.text]
note: jHTpV
en: Assigns colors to the data rows. The settings only apply for all newly created charts.
en_GB: Assigns colours to the data rows. The settings only apply for all newly created charts.

[ctx: 01110100.xhp hd_id3154751 help.text]
note: g5E23
en: Chart colors
en_GB: Chart colours

[ctx: 01110100.xhp par_id3145345 help.text]
note: PeqhX
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/colors">Displays all the colors available for the data series.</ahelp> Select a data series to change its color. Select the desired color from the adjacent color table.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/colors">Displays all the colours available for the data series.</ahelp> Select a data series to change its colour. Select the desired colour from the adjacent colour table.

[ctx: 01110100.xhp hd_id3154823 help.text]
note: wHA9i
en: Color table
en_GB: Colour table

[ctx: 01110100.xhp par_id3149398 help.text]
note: is4sa
en: This table is used as a means of replacing the chart colors for the selected data rows. For example, if you selected data row 6 and then click on the color green 8, the old color of the data row is replaced by green 8. The name of the selected color is shown below the color table.
en_GB: This table is used as a means of replacing the chart colours for the selected data rows. For example, if you selected data row 6 and then click on the colour green 8, the old colour of the data row is replaced by green 8. The name of the selected colour is shown below the colour table.

[ctx: 01110100.xhp par_id3156347 help.text]
note: 37CXL
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/default">Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/default">Restores the colour settings that were defined when the program was installed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130100.xhp par_id0523200811475733 help.text]
note: b4EWB
en: <ahelp hid=".">The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this check box is not marked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130100.xhp par_id3153088 help.text]
note: ExbdF
en: When saving in another format than Microsoft Format, the Microsoft Basic Code is not saved. For example, if the document contains Microsoft Basic Code and you save it in $[officename] format, you will be warned that the Microsoft Basic Code will not be saved.
en_GB: When saving in a format other than Microsoft Format, the Microsoft Basic Code is not saved. For example, if the document contains Microsoft Basic Code and you save it in $[officename] format, you will be warned that the Microsoft Basic Code will not be saved.

[ctx: 01130100.xhp par_id3151246 help.text]
note: YCZCR
en: The <emph>Save original Basic code</emph> checkbox takes precedence over the <emph>Load Basic code</emph> check box. If both boxes are marked and you edit the disabled Basic Code in the $[officename] Basic IDE, the original Microsoft Basic code will be saved when saving in the Microsoft format. A message appears to inform you of this.
en_GB: The <emph>Save original Basic code</emph> check box takes precedence over the <emph>Load Basic code</emph> check box. If both boxes are marked and you edit the disabled Basic Code in the $[officename] Basic IDE, the original Microsoft Basic code will be saved when saving in the Microsoft format. A message appears to inform you of this.

[ctx: 01130100.xhp par_id3148946 help.text]
note: PmM96
en: To remove any possible Microsoft Basic macro viruses from the Microsoft document, unmark the <emph>Save Original Basic Code </emph>check box and save the document in Microsoft format. The document will be saved without the Microsoft Basic code.
en_GB: To remove any possible Microsoft Basic macro viruses from the Microsoft document, unmark the <emph>Save Original Basic Code</emph> check box and save the document in Microsoft format. The document will be saved without the Microsoft Basic code.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_idN10685 help.text]
note: KxwTu
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogue boxes, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_idN106F1 help.text]
note: fDbEC
en: If this checkbox is activated, the character shown after "Same as locale setting" is inserted when you press the key on the number pad. If this checkbox is not activated, the character that your keyboard driver software provides is inserted.
en_GB: If this check box is marked, the character shown after "Same as locale setting" is inserted when you press the key on the number pad. If this check box is not marked, the character that your keyboard driver software provides is inserted.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3157909 help.text]
note: CE7iu
en: A change in <emph>Default currency</emph> field will be transmitted to all open documents and will lead to corresponding changes in the dialogs and icons that control the currency format in these documents.
en_GB: A change in <emph>Default currency</emph> field will be transmitted to all open documents and will lead to corresponding changes in the dialogue boxes and icons that control the currency format in these documents.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3145121 help.text]
note: k6gGB
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognized as a valid date.</ahelp> Default locale dependent date acceptance patterns are generated during build time, but it is possible to add more or modify them in this edit box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognised as a valid date.</ahelp> Default locale dependent date acceptance patterns are generated during build time, but it is possible to add more or modify them in this edit box.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3157939 help.text]
note: 4DARg
en: Syntax: <emph>Y</emph> means year, <emph>M</emph> means month, and <emph>D</emph> means day, regardless of localization.
en_GB: Syntax: <emph>Y</emph> means year, <emph>M</emph> means month, and <emph>D</emph> means day, regardless of localisation.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3148663 help.text]
note: CebA4
en: The spellcheck for the selected language only functions when you have installed the corresponding language module. <embedvar href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp#sprachenfeld"/>
en_GB: The spell check for the selected language only functions when you have installed the corresponding language module. <embedvar href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp#sprachenfeld"/>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3153192 help.text]
note: CBF9s
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/westernlanguage">Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/westernlanguage">Specifies the language used for the spelling check function in western alphabets.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3159149 help.text]
note: 4gs4D
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/asianlanguage">Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/asianlanguage">Specifies the language used for the spelling check function in Asian alphabets.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3156212 help.text]
note: wbSKU
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/complexlanguage">Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optlanguagespage/complexlanguage">Specifies the language for the complex text layout spelling check.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3150499 help.text]
note: 6BYp4
en: <variable id="typotext">Defines the properties for additional languages. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="typotext">Defines the properties for additional languages.</variable>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3153665 help.text]
note: 9HKZd
en: The <emph>Searching in Japanese</emph> and <emph>Asian Layout</emph> tab pages are only visible if the <emph>Asian language support</emph> option in the <emph>Languages</emph> tab page is activated and the <emph>Options</emph> dialog is re-opened. The <emph>Complex Text Layout</emph> tab page is only visible if the <emph>CTL support</emph> is enabled.
en_GB: The <emph>Searching in Japanese</emph> and <emph>Asian Layout</emph> tab pages are only visible if the <emph>Asian language support</emph> option in the <emph>Languages</emph> tab page is activated and the <emph>Options</emph> dialogue box is re-opened. The <emph>Complex Text Layout</emph> tab page is only visible if the <emph>CTL support</emph> is enabled.

[ctx: 01150100.xhp par_id3149295 help.text]
note: aVKmd
en: Defines the default settings for 'first' and 'last' characters. In the dialog that appears when you choose <emph>Format -</emph><link href="text/shared/01/05020700.xhp" name="Asian Typography"><emph>Asian Typography</emph></link>, you can specify whether the list of forbidden characters applies to those at the beginning or end of a line in a paragraph.
en_GB: Defines the default settings for 'first' and 'last' characters. In the dialogue box that appears when you choose <emph>Format -</emph> <link href="text/shared/01/05020700.xhp" name="Asian Typography"><emph>Asian Typography</emph></link>, you can specify whether the list of forbidden characters applies to those at the beginning or end of a line in a paragraph.

[ctx: 01150300.xhp par_id3155342 help.text]
note: 5sGkq
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optctlpage/movementlogical">Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optctlpage/movementlogical">Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor towards the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor towards the beginning of the current text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01160100.xhp par_id3147088 help.text]
note: KG6qY
en: The<emph> Connections </emph>facility allows you to stipulate that connections that are no longer needed are not deleted immediately, but are kept free for a certain period of time. If a new connection to the data source is needed in that period, the free connection can be used for this purpose.
en_GB: The <emph>Connections</emph> facility allows you to stipulate that connections that are no longer needed are not deleted immediately, but are kept free for a certain period of time. If a new connection to the data source is needed in that period, the free connection can be used for this purpose.

[ctx: 01160100.xhp par_id3149415 help.text]
note: iSzXm
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/connpooloptions/enablepooling">Select a driver from the list and mark the <emph>Enable pooling for this driver</emph> checkbox in order to pool its connection.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/connpooloptions/enablepooling">Select a driver from the list and mark the <emph>Enable pooling for this driver</emph> check box in order to pool its connection.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01160100.xhp hd_id3155135 help.text]
note: GmaJF
en: Timeout (seconds)
en_GB: Time-out (seconds)

[ctx: 01160200.xhp par_idN10599 help.text]
note: DQT6u
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/dbregisterpage/new">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp">Database Link</link> dialog to create a new entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/dbregisterpage/new">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp">Database Link</link> dialogue box to create a new entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01160200.xhp par_idN105B5 help.text]
note: b8MpF
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/dbregisterpage/edit">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp">Database Link</link> dialog to edit the selected entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/dbregisterpage/edit">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp">Database Link</link> dialogue box to edit the selected entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01160201.xhp par_idN1055A help.text]
note: 2SBXB
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/browse">Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/browse">Opens a file dialogue box in which you can select the database file.</ahelp>

[ctx: expertconfig.xhp par_id0609201521211455 help.text]
note: 7CGay
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/expertconfig">Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp> The Expert Configuration dialog allows user to access hundreds of %PRODUCTNAME configuration preferences, and most of them are not available in the user interface or in the options dialogs.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/expertconfig">Opens the Expert Configuration dialogue box for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp> The Expert Configuration dialogue box allows user to access hundreds of %PRODUCTNAME configuration preferences, and most of them are not available in the user interface or in the options dialogue boxes.

[ctx: expertconfig.xhp par_id0609201521211432 help.text]
note: hZVxK
en: The Expert Configuration dialog lets you access, edit and save configuration preferences that can harm your %PRODUCTNAME user profile. It can turn the user profile of %PRODUCTNAME unstable, inconsistent or even unusable. Proceed only if you know what you are doing.
en_GB: The Expert Configuration dialogue box lets you access, edit and save configuration preferences that can harm your %PRODUCTNAME user profile. It can turn the user profile of %PRODUCTNAME unstable, inconsistent or even unusable. Proceed only if you know what you are doing.

[ctx: expertconfig.xhp par_id0609201523011613 help.text]
note: oTkpT
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/searchEntry">Type the preference you want to display in the text area</ahelp>. Then click in the Search button.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/searchEntry">Type the preference you want to display in the text area</ahelp>. Then click the Search button.

[ctx: expertconfig.xhp par_id0609201523011650 help.text]
note: kLeGP
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/preferences">List the preferences organized hierarchically in a tree layout.</ahelp> To open the branches, double click in the (+) sign. Once the preference is visible in the tree, you can edit it.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/preferences">List the preferences organised hierarchically in a tree layout.</ahelp> To open the branches, double click in the (+) sign. Once the preference is visible in the tree, you can edit it.

[ctx: expertconfig.xhp par_id060920152301168 help.text]
note: A3Yuf
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/edit">Opens a dialog to edit the preference.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/edit">Opens a dialogue box to edit the preference.</ahelp>

[ctx: expertconfig.xhp par_id0709201508091160 help.text]
note: ok2UB
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/reset">Undo changes done so far in this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/reset">Undo changes done so far in this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: java.xhp par_idN10568 help.text]
note: EvCZY
en: Specifies the support options for Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME, including which Java Runtime Environment (JRE) to use. It also specifies whether to use experimental (unstable) features such as macro recording and access expert configuration.
en_GB: Specifies the support options for Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME, including which Java Runtime Environment (JRE) to use. It also specifies whether to use experimental (unstable) features such as macro recording.

[ctx: java.xhp par_idN10635 help.text]
note: AN5jJ
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/add">Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.</ahelp> The path is set in the following dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/add">Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.</ahelp> The path is set in the following dialogue box.

[ctx: java.xhp par_idN10657 help.text]
note: pmosF
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/parameters">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/javaparameters.xhp">Java Start Parameters</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/parameters">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/javaparameters.xhp">Java Start Parameters</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: java.xhp par_idN10686 help.text]
note: S2Bhi
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/classpath">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/javaclasspath.xhp">Class Path</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/classpath">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/javaclasspath.xhp">Class Path</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: java.xhp par_id0609201521444658 help.text]
note: TPCys
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/expertconfig">Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optadvancedpage/expertconfig">Opens the Expert Configuration dialogue box for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>

[ctx: javaclasspath.xhp par_idN1056A help.text]
note: 4aPLC
en: You use this dialog to add folders and archives to the Java class path. These paths are valid for any JRE that you start.
en_GB: You use this dialogue box to add folders and archives to the Java class path. These paths are valid for any JRE that you start.

[ctx: javaparameters.xhp par_idN10549 help.text]
note: FDCZA
en: You can use this dialog to enter optional start parameters for the Java runtime environment (JRE). The settings that you specify in this dialog are valid for any JRE that you start.
en_GB: You can use this dialogue box to enter optional start parameters for the Java runtime environment (JRE). The settings that you specify in this dialogue box are valid for any JRE that you start.

[ctx: javaparameters.xhp par_idN105C66 help.text]
note: 3AEqz
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/editbtn">Opens a dialog where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/editbtn">Opens a dialogue box where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.</ahelp>

[ctx: macrosecurity.xhp par_idN1056A help.text]
note: EHXhy
en: The Macro Security dialog appears when a document contains one or more macros. You can also call the dialog from the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Security</emph></link> page.
en_GB: The Macro Security dialogue box appears when a document contains one or more macros. You can also call the dialog from the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01030300.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Security</emph></link> page.

[ctx: macrosecurity_ts.xhp par_idN10595 help.text]
note: 4gY5M
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialogue box for the selected certificate.</ahelp>

[ctx: macrosecurity_ts.xhp par_idN105B1 help.text]
note: wC7cT
en: <ahelp hid=".">Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Trusted file locations are used only if the security level is set to "very high". With this setting, document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.</ahelp>

[ctx: macrosecurity_ts.xhp par_idN105B8 help.text]
note: HhkDS
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a folder selection dialogue box. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.</ahelp>

[ctx: mailmerge.xhp par_idN1067B help.text]
note: fNvJc
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp">Test Account Settings</link> dialog to test the current settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp">Test Account Settings</link> dialogue box to test the current settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id476699 help.text]
note: qDUxL
en: If you disable the check, the icon is removed from the menu bar.
en_GB: If you unmark the check box, the icon is removed from the menu bar.

[ctx: opencl.xhp par_id8266853 help.text]
note: ddvkj
en: OpenCL™ is the first open, royalty-free standard for cross-platform, parallel programming of modern processors found in personal computers, servers and handheld/embedded devices. OpenCL (Open Computing Language) greatly improves speed and responsiveness for a wide spectrum of applications in numerous market categories from gaming and entertainment to scientific and medical software
en_GB: OpenCL™ is the first open, royalty-free standard for cross-platform, parallel programming of modern processors found in personal computers, servers and hand-held/embedded devices. OpenCL (Open Computing Language) greatly improves speed and responsiveness for a wide spectrum of applications in numerous market categories from gaming and entertainment to scientific and medical software

[ctx: securityoptionsdialog.xhp par_id5616626 help.text]
note: FCh7E
en: The Security options and warnings dialog contains the following controls:
en_GB: The Security options and warnings dialogue box contains the following controls:

[ctx: securityoptionsdialog.xhp par_idN1064B help.text]
note: X3ctk
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/savesenddocs">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/savesenddocs">Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.</ahelp>

[ctx: securityoptionsdialog.xhp par_idN10652 help.text]
note: 6FywK
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenprinting">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenprinting">Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.</ahelp>

[ctx: securityoptionsdialog.xhp par_idN10659 help.text]
note: BzHPE
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whensigning">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whensigning">Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.</ahelp>

[ctx: securityoptionsdialog.xhp par_idN10660 help.text]
note: d7MmM
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenpdf">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenpdf">Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.</ahelp>

[ctx: securityoptionsdialog.xhp par_idN10680 help.text]
note: kFgn6
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/password">Select to always enable the <emph>Save with password</emph> option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/password">Select to always enable the <emph>Save with password</emph> option in the file save dialogue boxes. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.</ahelp>

[ctx: securityoptionsdialog.xhp par_id79043 help.text]
note: CYmT4
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/blockuntrusted">Blocks the use of linked images by documents not in the trusted locations defined on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp" name="Trusted Sources">Trusted Sources</link> tab of the Macro Security dialog.</ahelp> This can increase security in case you work with documents from untrusted sources (e.g. the internet) and are worried about vulnerabilities in image processing software components. Blocking the use of links means that images are not loaded in untrusted documents, only a placeholder frame is visible.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/blockuntrusted">Blocks the use of linked images by documents not in the trusted locations defined on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp" name="Trusted Sources">Trusted Sources</link> tab of the Macro Security dialogue box.</ahelp> This can increase security in case you work with documents from untrusted sources (e.g. the internet) and are worried about vulnerabilities in image processing software components. Blocking the use of links means that images are not loaded in untrusted documents, only a placeholder frame is visible.

[ctx: viewcertificate.xhp par_idN10545 help.text]
note: BoECF
en: The View Certificate dialog opens when you click the View Certificate button on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp">Trusted Sources</link> tab page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp">Macro Security</link> dialog.
en_GB: The View Certificate dialogue box opens when you click the View Certificate button on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp">Trusted Sources</link> tab page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp">Macro Security</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: viewcertificate.xhp par_idN10564 help.text]
note: RDvV8
en: The dialog has the following tab pages:
en_GB: The dialogue box has the following tab pages:

[ctx: viewcertificate_c.xhp par_idN1056B help.text]
note: vFrbF
en: <ahelp hid=".">The Certificate Path page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The Certificate Path page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialogue box displays the location and the status of the certificate.</ahelp>

[ctx: viewcertificate_d.xhp par_idN10562 help.text]
note: KDRXi
en: <ahelp hid=".">The Details page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The Details page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialogue box displays detailed information about the certificate.</ahelp>

[ctx: viewcertificate_g.xhp par_idN1056B help.text]
note: cZAja
en: <ahelp hid=".">The General page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog displays basic information about the certificate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The General page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialogue box displays basic information about the certificate.</ahelp>

[ctx: insert_form_control.xhp par_id03072016061205929 help.text]
note: exnvH
en: <ahelp hid=".">This submenu contains form controls like a textbox, checkbox, option button, and listbox that can be inserted into the document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">This sub-menu contains form controls like a text box, check box, option button, and list box that can be inserted into the document.</ahelp>

[ctx: insert_shape.xhp par_id030420161051456436 help.text]
note: 9QTsN
en: <ahelp hid=".">This submenu contains common shapes like a line, circle, triangle, and square, or a symbol shape like a smiley face, heart, and flower that can be inserted into the document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">This sub-menu contains common shapes like a line, circle, triangle and square, or a symbol shape like a smiley face, heart and flower that can be inserted into the document.</ahelp>

[ctx: insert_shape.xhp par_id030720160640091844 help.text]
note: nsXTj
en: <ahelp hid=".">This submenu contains straight, freeform, curved and polygon line shapes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">This sub-menu contains straight, free-form, curved and polygon line shapes.</ahelp>

[ctx: insert_shape.xhp par_id030720160644597415 help.text]
note: 8CEvF
en: This submenu contains basic shapes like rectangles, circles, triangles, pentagon, hexagon, octagon, cylinder, and cube.
en_GB: This sub-menu contains basic shapes like rectangles, circles, triangles, pentagon, hexagon, octagon, cylinder, and cube.

[ctx: insert_shape.xhp par_id030720160644595417 help.text]
note: GCKeF
en: This submenu contains symbols shapes like smiley face, heart, sun, moon, flower, puzzle, beveled shapes, and brackets.
en_GB: This sub-menu contains symbols shapes like smiley face, heart, sun, moon, flower, puzzle, bevelled shapes and brackets.

[ctx: save_image.xhp par_id291566144541584 help.text]
note: V2Dps
en: Opens the <emph>Export Image</emph> dialog to save the background image of the current <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">slide</caseinline><defaultinline>page</defaultinline></switchinline>. Select the image file format in the Filter box, enter a file name for the image and click <emph>Save</emph>.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Export Image</emph> dialogue box to save the background image of the current <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">slide</caseinline><defaultinline>page</defaultinline></switchinline>. Select the image file format in the Filter box, enter a file name for the image and click <emph>Save</emph>.

[ctx: save_image.xhp par_id841566144548379 help.text]
note: LJVBr
en: Depending on the file format chosen, a dialog appears to set the image format properties.
en_GB: Depending on the file format chosen, a dialogue box appears to set the image format properties.

[ctx: set_image_background.xhp par_id291566144541584 help.text]
note: DU4B8
en: Opens the <emph>Set Image Background</emph> dialog to set the background image of the current <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">slide</caseinline><defaultinline>page</defaultinline></switchinline>. Select image file and press Open.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Set Image Background</emph> dialogue box to set the background image of the current <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">slide</caseinline><defaultinline>page</defaultinline></switchinline>. Select image file and press Open.

[ctx: aaa_start.xhp par_id0820200803563860 help.text]
note: tX3vu
en: Click the <emph>Browse online templates</emph> button in the dialog to select and download more templates.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Browse online templates</emph> button in the dialogue box to select and download more templates.

[ctx: aaa_start.xhp par_id3153824 help.text]
note: 2o2WB
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="MATH"><link href="text/smath/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Formulas">Working with Formulas</link></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="MATH"><link href="text/smath/guide/main.xhp" name="Working with Formulae">Working with Formulae</link></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: accessibility.xhp par_id3145071 help.text]
note: gDSgj
en: The user interface is scalable through your <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Window Manager</caseinline><defaultinline>operating system</defaultinline></switchinline> settings. The default font size for dialogs is 12pt, corresponding to a scale of 100%. You can also change the font size for dialogs in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - View</emph>. The zoom factor of a document can be changed in <emph>View - Zoom</emph>, or by double-clicking the zoom factor displayed in the Status Bar.
en_GB: The user interface is scalable through your <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">Window Manager</caseinline><defaultinline>operating system</defaultinline></switchinline> settings. The default font size for dialogue boxes is 12pt, corresponding to a scale of 100%. You can also change the font size for dialogue boxes in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - View</emph>. The zoom factor of a document can be changed in <emph>View - Zoom</emph>, or by double-clicking the zoom factor displayed in the Status Bar.

[ctx: accessibility.xhp par_id3152349 help.text]
note: FWJVf
en: Please note that accessibility support relies on Java technology for communications with assistive technology tools. This means that the first program startup may take a few seconds longer, because the Java runtime environment has to be started as well.
en_GB: Please note that accessibility support relies on Java technology for communications with assistive technology tools. This means that the first program start-up may take a few seconds longer, because the Java runtime environment must be started as well.

[ctx: accessibility.xhp par_id3150084 help.text]
note: XNZiF
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link name="%PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors" href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - Application Colors</link>
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link name="%PRODUCTNAME - Application Colours" href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp"><item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> - Application Colours</link>

[ctx: active_help_on_off.xhp par_id3149398 help.text]
note: Efdny
en: A check mark indicates that the extended tips are activated.
en_GB: A tick mark indicates that the extended tips are activated.

[ctx: active_help_on_off.xhp par_id3153825 help.text]
note: GjoTE
en: A question mark appears beside the mouse pointer. You can move this <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> over all controls, icons and menu commands to obtain a description of the command. The <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> is disabled the next time you click the mouse.
en_GB: A question mark appears beside the mouse pointer. You can move this <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> over all controls, icons and menu commands to obtain a description of the command. The <emph>Help Mouse Pointer</emph> is disabled the next time that you click the mouse.

[ctx: activex.xhp par_id3159399 help.text]
note: cuFZi
en: Open the <emph>Optional Components</emph> entry and find the <emph>ActiveX Control</emph> entry. Open the sub menu of the icon and select to install the feature.
en_GB: Open the <emph>Optional Components</emph> entry and find the <emph>ActiveX Control</emph> entry. Open the sub-menu of the icon and select to install the feature.

[ctx: activex.xhp par_id3154072 help.text]
note: J7s8u
en: You may still right-click the link to save the file on your harddisk.
en_GB: You may still right-click the link to save the file on your hard disc.

[ctx: assistive.xhp par_id3155430 help.text]
note: d4umP
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="$[officename] - Application Colors">$[officename] - Application Colors</link>
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="$[officename] - Application Colours">$[officename] - Application Colours</link>

[ctx: autocorr_url.xhp bm_id3149346 help.text]
note: Vv6ds
en: <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; URL recognition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>recognizing URLs automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic hyperlink formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>URL;turning off URL recognition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;turning off automatic recognition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>links;turning off automatic recognition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>predictive text, see also AutoCorrect function/AutoFill function/AutoInput function/word completion/text completion</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; URL recognition</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recognising URLs automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic hyperlink formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>URL;turning off URL recognition</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks;turning off automatic recognition</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>links;turning off automatic recognition</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>predictive text, see also AutoCorrect function/AutoFill function/AutoInput function/word completion/text completion</bookmark_value>

[ctx: autocorr_url.xhp par_id3166410 help.text]
note: DAJ2X
en: When you enter text, $[officename] automatically recognizes a word that may be a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url" name="URL">URL</link> and replaces the word with a hyperlink. $[officename] formats the hyperlink with direct font attributes (color and underline) the properties of which are obtained from certain Character Styles.
en_GB: When you enter text, $[officename] automatically recognises a word that may be a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url" name="URL">URL</link> and replaces the word with a hyperlink. $[officename] formats the hyperlink with direct font attributes (colour and underline) the properties of which are obtained from certain Character Styles.

[ctx: autocorr_url.xhp par_id3153561 help.text]
note: 6vSTS
en: If you do not want $[officename] to automatically recognize URLs as you are typing, there are several ways of turning off this feature.
en_GB: If you do not want $[officename] to automatically recognise URLs as you are typing, there are several ways of turning off this feature.

[ctx: autocorr_url.xhp par_id3149233 help.text]
note: XaGNs
en: When you are typing and notice that a text has just been automatically converted into a hyperlink, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z to undo this formatting.
en_GB: When you are typing and notice that some text has just been automatically converted into a hyperlink, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z to undo this formatting.

[ctx: autocorr_url.xhp par_id3148550 help.text]
note: JuDz9
en: In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Options</emph> tab.
en_GB: In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> dialogue box, select the <emph>Options</emph> tab.

[ctx: autohide.xhp par_id3147242 help.text]
note: KEnze
en: Some windows in $[officename] are dockable, such as the Navigator window. You can move these windows, re-size them or dock them to an edge.
en_GB: Some windows in $[officename] are dockable, such as the Navigator window. You can move these windows, resize them or dock them to an edge.

[ctx: autohide.xhp par_id3150275 help.text]
note: WZVdu
en: Double-click inside a vacant area of the window while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. In the Styles window, double-click a gray part of the window next to the icons while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. Alternatively, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Shift+F10</item>.
en_GB: Double-click inside a vacant area of the window while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. In the Styles window, double-click a grey part of the window next to the icons while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. Alternatively, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Shift+F10</item>.

[ctx: background.xhp bm_id3149346 help.text]
note: kEZBy
en: <bookmark_value>backgrounds; defining colors/pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages; backgrounds in all applications</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>watermarks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text, see also text documents, paragraphs and characters</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>backgrounds; defining colours/pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages; backgrounds in all applications</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>watermarks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text, see also text documents, paragraphs and characters</bookmark_value>

[ctx: border_paragraph.xhp hd_id3147571 help.text]
note: pCpXn
en: <variable id="border_paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Paragraphs">Defining Borders for Paragraphs</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="border_paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Paragraphs">Defining Borders for Paragraphs</link></variable>

[ctx: border_paragraph.xhp par_id3154285 help.text]
note: f5F8g
en: Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style, width and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: border_paragraph.xhp hd_id3149237 help.text]
note: PMb5f
en: Setting a Customized Border Style
en_GB: Setting a Customised Border Style

[ctx: border_paragraph.xhp par_id3148948 help.text]
note: B4u6y
en: Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style, width and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: border_table.xhp par_id3156346 help.text]
note: fuN3g
en: Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>Table </emph>toolbar (Writer) or on the <emph>Line and Filling</emph> bar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>Table</emph> toolbar (Writer) or on the <emph>Line and Filling</emph> bar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window.

[ctx: border_table.xhp hd_id3153666 help.text]
note: JJx8b
en: Setting a Customized Border Style
en_GB: Setting a Customised Border Style

[ctx: border_table.xhp par_id3153526 help.text]
note: 4Cnie
en: Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.
en_GB: Select a line style and colour for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.

[ctx: breaking_lines.xhp bm_id6305734 help.text]
note: sLrje
en: <bookmark_value>line breaks; in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; line breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text flow; in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text breaks in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>wrapping text; in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words; wrapping in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic line breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>new lines in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;line breaks in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;inserting line breaks</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>line breaks; in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; line breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text flow; in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text breaks in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wrapping text; in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words; wrapping in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic line breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>new lines in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;line breaks in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;inserting line breaks</bookmark_value>

[ctx: change_title.xhp par_id3153345 help.text]
note: GMJ92
en: Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>. This opens the <emph>Document Properties</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>. This opens the <emph>Document Properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: chart_axis.xhp par_id3147242 help.text]
note: ppDep
en: A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.
en_GB: A grey border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.

[ctx: chart_axis.xhp par_id3154749 help.text]
note: DyEzK
en: Choose <emph>Format - Axis</emph>, then select the axis (or axes) that you would like to edit. A dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Axis</emph>, then select the axis (or axes) that you would like to edit. A dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: chart_barformat.xhp par_id3156136 help.text]
note: FTMBo
en: You can add texture to the bars in a graph or chart (instead of the default colors) via bitmap graphics:
en_GB: You can add texture to the bars in a graph or chart (instead of the default colours) via bitmap graphics:

[ctx: chart_barformat.xhp par_id3146797 help.text]
note: 4EBBU
en: Click on <emph>Bitmap</emph>. In the list box select a bitmap as a texture for the currently selected bars. Click <emph>OK</emph> to accept the setting.
en_GB: Click on <emph>Bitmap</emph>. From the list box, choose a bitmap as a texture for the currently selected bars. Click <emph>OK</emph> to accept the setting.

[ctx: chart_insert.xhp par_id2356944 help.text]
note: 3WEyG
en: Insert a chart with a default data set, and then use the Data Table dialog to enter your own data for that chart.
en_GB: Insert a chart with a default data set, and then use the Chart Data Table dialogue box to enter your own data for that chart.

[ctx: chart_insert.xhp par_id3150275 help.text]
note: G9b8t
en: Click inside the cell range that you want to present in your chart.
en_GB: Select the cells that contain the data that you want to present in your chart.

[ctx: chart_insert.xhp par_id3155066 help.text]
note: 5uGFT
en: In a Writer document, you can insert a chart based on the values in a Writer table.
en_GB: In a Writer document, you can insert a chart obtained from the data of a Writer table.

[ctx: chart_legend.xhp par_id3154824 help.text]
note: fAvFC
en: A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.
en_GB: A grey border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.

[ctx: chart_legend.xhp par_id3153031 help.text]
note: 4CEUb
en: Choose <emph>Format - Legend</emph> or double-click on the legend. This opens the <emph>Legend</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Legend</emph> or double-click on the legend. This opens the <emph>Legend</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: chart_title.xhp par_id3145345 help.text]
note: mSjWw
en: A gray border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.
en_GB: A grey border appears around the chart and the menu bar now contains commands for editing the objects in the chart.

[ctx: chart_title.xhp par_id3149811 help.text]
note: NFGud
en: Double-click on an existing title text. A gray border appears around the text and you can now make changes. Press Enter to create a new line.
en_GB: Double-click on an existing title text. A grey border appears around the text and you can now make changes. Press Enter to create a new line.

[ctx: chart_title.xhp par_id2706991 help.text]
note: SKDwy
en: If no title text exists, choose <emph>Insert - Titles</emph> to enter the text in a dialog.
en_GB: If no title text exists, choose <emph>Insert - Titles</emph> to enter the text in a dialogue box.

[ctx: chart_title.xhp par_id3155341 help.text]
note: u8A3y
en: If you want to change the formatting of the main title, choose <emph>Format - Title - Main Title</emph>. This opens the <emph>Title</emph> dialog.
en_GB: If you want to change the formatting of the main title, choose <emph>Format - Title - Main Title</emph>. This opens the <emph>Title</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: chart_title.xhp par_id3147336 help.text]
note: qmJVd
en: Select one of the available tabs in the dialog to make modifications.
en_GB: Select one of the available tabs in the dialogue box to make modifications.

[ctx: cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp par_id150820161816032923 help.text]
note: o7AGW
en: Click on the Remote Files button in the Start Center.
en_GB: Click on the Remote Files button in the Start Centre.

[ctx: cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp par_id150820161816033600 help.text]
note: XjsqJ
en: Then press <widget>Add Service</widget> button in the dialog to open the File Services dialog.
en_GB: Then press <widget>Add Service</widget> button in the dialogue box to open the File Services dialogue box.

[ctx: cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp par_id150820161816034989 help.text]
note: jbNTE
en: <variable id="introservice">In the File Services dialog, set:</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="introservice">In the File Services dialogue box, set:</variable>

[ctx: cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp par_id150820161816035209 help.text]
note: GhY5g
en: <variable id="labelpar"><emph>Label</emph>: give a name for this connection. This name will show in the Service listbox of the Open or Save remote files dialog.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="labelpar"><emph>Label</emph>: give a name for this connection. This name will show in the Service listbox of the Open or Save remote files dialogue box.</variable>

[ctx: cmis-remote-files-setup.xhp par_id150820161816036744 help.text]
note: 8hLk4
en: <variable id="okbutton">Once the connection is defined, click <emph>OK</emph> to connect. The dialog will dim until the connection is established with the server.</variable> A dialog asking for the user name and the password may pop up to let you log in the server. Proceed entering the right user name and password.
en_GB: <variable id="okbutton">Once the connection is defined, click <emph>OK</emph> to connect. The dialogue box will dim until the connection is established with the server.</variable> A dialogue box asking for the user name and the password may pop up to let you log in the server. Proceed entering the correct user name and password.

[ctx: cmis-remote-files.xhp par_id170820161605414687 help.text]
note: BxeLT
en: Click the <emph>Remote Files</emph> button the Start Center
en_GB: Click the <emph>Remote Files</emph> button the Start Centre

[ctx: cmis-remote-files.xhp par_id170820161605418205 help.text]
note: nAisF
en: The Remote Files dialog appears.
en_GB: The Remote Files dialogue box appears.

[ctx: cmis-remote-files.xhp par_id150820161816053974 help.text]
note: Fc3Ju
en: The Remote Files dialog which then appears has many parts. The upper list box contains the list of remote servers you have previously defined. The line below the list box shows the path to access the folder. On the left is the folder structure of the user space in the server. The main pane displays the files in the remote folder.
en_GB: The Remote Files dialogue box which then appears has many parts. The upper list box contains the list of remote servers you have previously defined. The line below the list box shows the path to access the folder. On the left is the folder structure of the user space in the server. The main pane displays the files in the remote folder.

[ctx: cmis-remote-files.xhp par_id17082016160542203 help.text]
note: DC5JZ
en: Checking out a document locks it, preventing other users from writing changes to it. Only one user can have a particular document checked out (locked) at any time. Checking in a document or canceling the checkout unlocks the document.
en_GB: Checking out a document locks it, preventing other users from writing changes to it. Only one user can have a particular document checked out (locked) at any time. Checking in a document or cancelling the checkout unlocks the document.

[ctx: cmis-remote-files.xhp par_id190820161707156843 help.text]
note: 27HBp
en: To check in the file, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Check In</item>. A dialog opens to insert comments about the last edition. These comments are recorded in the CMIS server for version control. The working copy replaces the existing file and its version number is updated.
en_GB: To check in the file, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Check In</item>. A dialogue box opens to insert comments about the last edition. These comments are recorded in the CMIS server for version control. The working copy replaces the existing file and its version number is updated.

[ctx: collab.xhp par_id9590136 help.text]
note: gTAdP
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Share Document dialog where you can enable or disable collaborative sharing of the document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Share Document dialogue box in which you can enable or disable collaborative sharing of the document.</ahelp>

[ctx: collab.xhp par_id6799218 help.text]
note: uFAoi
en: Some commands are not available (grayed out) when change tracking or document sharing is activated. For a new spreadsheet you cannot apply or insert the grayed out elements.
en_GB: Some commands are not available (greyed out) when change tracking or document sharing is activated. For a new spreadsheet you cannot apply or insert the greyed out elements.

[ctx: collab.xhp par_id6844691 help.text]
note: sXZAB
en: The user chooses <item type="menuitem">Tools - Share Document</item> to activate the collaboration features for this document. A dialog opens where the user can choose to enable or disable sharing. If the user enables sharing, the document will be saved in shared mode, which is also shown on the title bar.
en_GB: The user chooses <item type="menuitem">Tools - Share Document</item> to activate the collaboration features for this document. A dialogue box opens where the user can choose to enable or disable sharing. If the user enables sharing, the document will be saved in shared mode, which is also shown on the title bar.

[ctx: collab.xhp par_id5800653 help.text]
note: nVjSQ
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialogue box opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.</ahelp>

[ctx: collab.xhp par_id43946 help.text]
note: smLfo
en: If the changes conflict, the Resolve Conflicts dialog will be shown. User A must decide for the conflicts which version to keep, "Keep Mine" or "Keep Other". When all conflicts are resolved, the document is saved. While user A resolves the conflicts, no other user is able to save the shared document.
en_GB: If the changes conflict, the Resolve Conflicts dialogue box will be shown. User A must decide for the conflicts which version to keep, "Keep Mine" or "Keep Other". When all conflicts are resolved, the document is saved. While user A resolves the conflicts, no other user is able to save the shared document.

[ctx: collab.xhp par_id206610 help.text]
note: r7ows
en: User A sees a dialog that tells the user the document is locked. The dialog offers to open the document in read-only mode, or to open a copy for editing, or to cancel the Open command.
en_GB: User A sees a dialogue box that tells the user the document is locked. The dialogue box offers to open the document in read-only mode, or to open a copy for editing, or to cancel the Open command.

[ctx: configure_overview.xhp bm_id3152801 help.text]
note: ECG5G
en: <bookmark_value>configuring; $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customizing; $[officename]</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>configuring; $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customising; $[officename]</bookmark_value>

[ctx: configure_overview.xhp par_id3153345 help.text]
note: ojFBZ
en: You can customize your $[officename] to suit your needs.
en_GB: You can customise your $[officename] to suit your needs.

[ctx: configure_overview.xhp par_id3155421 help.text]
note: 7GQeh
en: To change these, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customize"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link> to open the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog.
en_GB: To change these, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customise"><emph>Tools - Customise</emph></link> to open the <emph>Customise</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: configure_overview.xhp par_id3155388 help.text]
note: x2P24
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customize">Tools - Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Tools - Customise">Tools - Customise</link>

[ctx: convertfilters.xhp par_calc60 help.text]
note: HF7WB
en: MS Excel 4.0 Template
en_GB: Microsoft Excel 4.0 Template

[ctx: convertfilters.xhp par_calc63 help.text]
note: S9erV
en: MS Excel 5.0 Template
en_GB: Microsoft Excel 5.0 Template

[ctx: convertfilters.xhp par_calc66 help.text]
note: HwTr9
en: MS Excel 95 Template
en_GB: Microsoft Excel 95 Template

[ctx: convertfilters.xhp par_graphicfilter15 help.text]
note: eFxEV
en: EMF - Enhanced Meta File
en_GB: EMF - Enhanced Metafile

[ctx: convertfilters.xhp par_graphicfilter138 help.text]
note: XTmCR
en: SVM - StarView Meta File
en_GB: SVM - StarView Metafile

[ctx: copy_drawfunctions.xhp par_id3150276 help.text]
note: tnY74
en: An inserted drawing object is anchored to the current paragraph. You can change the anchor by selecting the object and clicking the <emph>Change Anchor</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or the <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar. This opens a popup menu where you can select the anchor type.
en_GB: An inserted drawing object is anchored to the current paragraph. You can change the anchor by selecting the object and clicking the <emph>Change Anchor</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE Object</emph> toolbar or the <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar. This opens a pop-up menu from which you can choose the anchor type.

[ctx: copytable2application.xhp par_id3147088 help.text]
note: hr5jw
en: Use the clipboard to copy the contents of a single cell. You can also copy a formula from a cell into the clipboard (for example, from the input line of the formula bar) so that the formula can be inserted into a text.
en_GB: Use the clipboard to copy the content of a single cell. You can also copy a formula from a cell into the clipboard (for example, from the input line of the formula bar) so that the formula can be inserted as text.

[ctx: copytext2application.xhp bm_id3152924 help.text]
note: fiDi3
en: <bookmark_value>sending; AutoAbstract function in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoAbstract function for sending text to presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>outlines; sending to presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; copying by drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drag and drop; copying and pasting text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;data from text documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;data from text documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;data from text documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>sending; AutoAbstract function in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoAbstract function for sending text to presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>outlines; sending to presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; copying by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drag-and-drop; copying and pasting text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;data from text documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;data from text documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;data from text documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: data_addressbook.xhp par_id3147399 help.text]
note: FakeA
en: In order for the replacement to take place, you must tell <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> which address book you use. The wizard asking for this information appears automatically the first time you activate, for example, a business letter template. You can also call the wizard by following the steps listed below.
en_GB: In order for the replacement to take place, you must tell <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> which address book you use. The wizard asking for this information appears automatically the first time that you activate, for example, a business letter template. You can also call the wizard by following the steps listed below.

[ctx: data_addressbook.xhp hd_id3149096 help.text]
note: 2GnD5
en: Address Data Source Wizard
en_GB: Address Data Source Wizards

[ctx: data_addressbook.xhp par_id3150771 help.text]
note: yL6qE
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Address Book Source</emph>. The <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp" name="Templates: Address Book Assignment"><emph>Templates: Address Book Assignment</emph></link> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Address Book Source</emph>. The <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp" name="Templates: Address Book Assignment"><emph>Templates: Address Book Assignment</emph></link> dialogue box appears.

[ctx: data_addressbook.xhp par_id3147084 help.text]
note: iddcX
en: Under <emph>Field assignment</emph>, match the fields for first name, company, department, and so on to the actual field names used in your address book.
en_GB: Under <emph>Field assignment</emph>, match the fields for forename, company, department, and so on to the actual field names used in your address book.

[ctx: data_addressbook.xhp par_idN10784 help.text]
note: sD63Z
en: When finished, close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: When finished, close the dialogue box with <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: data_dbase2office.xhp par_id3150771 help.text]
note: AHvyY
en: The <link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp" name="Text Import"><emph>Text Import</emph></link> dialog appears. Decide which data to include from the text document.
en_GB: The <link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp" name="Text Import"><emph>Text Import</emph></link> dialogue box will appear. Decide which data to include from the text document.

[ctx: data_dbase2office.xhp hd_id3150400 help.text]
note: hGN4c
en: Exporting in CSV Text Format
en_GB: Exporting to CSV Text Format

[ctx: data_dbase2office.xhp par_id3154908 help.text]
note: 8uNVi
en: This opens the <link href="text/shared/00/00000207.xhp" name="dBase Export"><emph>Export of text files</emph></link> dialog, in which you can select the character set, field delimiter and text delimiter. Click <emph>OK</emph>. A warning informs you that only the active sheet was saved.
en_GB: This opens the <link href="text/shared/00/00000207.xhp" name="dBASE Export"><emph>Export of text files</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can select the character set, field delimiter and text delimiter. Click <emph>OK</emph>. A warning informs you that only the active sheet was saved.

[ctx: data_enter_sql.xhp bm_id3152801 help.text]
note: paAsq
en: <bookmark_value>SQL; executing SQL commands</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>queries;creating in SQL view</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>commands;SQL</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>executing SQL commands</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>SQL; executing SQL commands</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>queries;creating in SQL view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>commands;SQL</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>executing SQL commands</bookmark_value>

[ctx: data_enter_sql.xhp par_id3083443 help.text]
note: aZJF8
en: In the <emph>Query</emph> window, choose <emph>View - Switch Design View On/Off</emph>. Edit the SQL command.
en_GB: In the <emph>Query</emph> window, choose <emph>View - Switch Design View On/Off</emph>. Enter the SQL command that you want to execute, or edit an existing SQL command according to your requirements.

[ctx: data_forms.xhp par_idN10617 help.text]
note: LgWXf
en: Using forms, you can define how to present the data. Open a text document or a spreadsheet and insert the controls such as push buttons and list boxes. In the properties dialogs of the controls, you can define what data the forms should display.
en_GB: Using forms, you can define how to present the data. Open a text document or a spreadsheet and insert the controls such as push buttons and list boxes. In the properties dialogue boxes of the controls, you can define what data the forms should display.

[ctx: data_forms.xhp par_idN10632 help.text]
note: xuFRu
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new form.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new form.

[ctx: data_forms.xhp par_idN1064C help.text]
note: 98tw6
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new form.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new form.

[ctx: data_im_export.xhp par_id325632 help.text]
note: SWrCA
en: For example, to ensure the first column has a text format, you must make sure that the first field of the first valid data row contains text. If a field in the first valid data row contains a number, the whole column is set to number format, and only numbers, no text, will be shown in that column.
en_GB: For example, to ensure the first column has a text format, you must ensure that the first field of the first valid data row contains text. If a field in the first valid data row contains a number, the whole column is set to number format, and only numbers, no text, will be shown in that column.

[ctx: data_im_export.xhp par_id4815820 help.text]
note: CVYD4
en: You see the Copy Table dialog. Most databases need a primary key, so you may want to check the <emph>Create primary key</emph> box.
en_GB: You will see the Copy Table dialogue box. Most databases need a primary key, so you may want to mark the <emph>Create primary key</emph> check box.

[ctx: data_im_export.xhp par_id2584002 help.text]
note: xnEs2
en: On Windows systems, you can also use drag-and-drop instead of Copy and Paste. Also, for registered databases, you can open the datasource browser (press  <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + F4 keys) instead of opening the Base window.
en_GB: On Windows systems, you can also use drag-and-drop instead of Copy and Paste. Also, for registered databases, you can open the data source browser (press  <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + F4 keys) instead of opening the Base window.

[ctx: data_queries.xhp par_idN10632 help.text]
note: DaGBc
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new query.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new query.

[ctx: data_queries.xhp par_idN1064C help.text]
note: Xremx
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new query.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new query.

[ctx: data_register.xhp par_idN105C1 help.text]
note: E6cCK
en: Data from any <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link> can be registered to the installed instance of %PRODUCTNAME. To register means to tell %PRODUCTNAME where the data is located, how it is organized, how to get that data, and more. Once the database is registered, you can use the menu command <emph>View - Data source</emph> to access the data records from your text documents and spreadsheets.
en_GB: Data from any <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link> can be registered to the installed instance of %PRODUCTNAME. To register means to tell %PRODUCTNAME where the data is located, how it is organised, how to get that data, and more. Once the database is registered, you can use the menu command <emph>View - Data source</emph> to access the data records from your text documents and spreadsheets.

[ctx: data_report.xhp hd_id3149178 help.text]
note: H58uP
en: <variable id="data_report"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp" name="Create, Use, and Edit Database Reports">Using and Editing Database Reports</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="data_report"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp" name="Create, Use and Edit Database Reports">Using and Editing Database Reports</link></variable>

[ctx: data_report.xhp par_id3154758 help.text]
note: aCqvN
en: Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the database file.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the database file that you want to create the report for.

[ctx: data_report.xhp par_id3125863 help.text]
note: PcBjS
en: On the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp" name="last dialog page of the Report AutoPilot">last dialog page of the Report Wizard</link>, you can choose to edit the report template before you use the report.
en_GB: On the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp" name="last dialogue box page of the Report Wizard">last dialogue box page of the Report Wizard</link>, you can choose to edit the report template before you use the report.

[ctx: data_reports.xhp par_idN105C1 help.text]
note: 4VHh6
en: A report is a Writer text document that can show your data in an organized order and formatting. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, you have a choice to create a report either manually using drag-and-drop in the Report Builder window, or semi-automatic by following a series of dialogs in the Report Wizard.
en_GB: A report is a Writer text document that can show your data in an organised order and formatting. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, you have a choice to create a report either manually using drag-and-drop in the Report Builder window, or semi-automatically by following a series of dialogue boxes in the Report Wizard.

[ctx: data_reports.xhp par_id3119602 help.text]
note: PPgYS
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new report.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new report.

[ctx: data_reports.xhp par_idN105DC help.text]
note: XSaQ9
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new report.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new report.

[ctx: data_search.xhp par_id3149178 help.text]
note: XfgsE
en: In spreadsheets and documents in which form controls are used, you can click the <emph>Find Record</emph> icon on the form bar to open a dialog to find any text and values.
en_GB: In spreadsheets and documents in which form controls are used, you can click the <emph>Find Record</emph> icon on the form bar to open a dialogue box to find any text and values.

[ctx: data_search.xhp par_id3149811 help.text]
note: mAZDn
en: You can search in one or in all data fields. You can select whether the text must be at the beginning, end or any location of the data field. You also can use the ? and * wildcards, as in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog. You can find additional information about the database search function in the <link href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp" name="$[officename] Help">$[officename] Help</link>.
en_GB: You can search in one or in all data fields. You can select whether the text must be at the beginning, end or any location of the data field. You also can use the ? and * wildcards, as in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box. You can find additional information about the database search function in the <link href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp" name="$[officename] Help">$[officename] Help</link>.

[ctx: data_tabledefine.xhp bm_id3155448 help.text]
note: xGBJb
en: <bookmark_value>tables in databases; creating in design view (manually)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>designing; database tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>properties;fields in databases</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fields;database tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoValue (Base)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>primary keys;design view</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>tables in databases; creating in design view (manually)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>designing; database tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;fields in databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fields;database tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoValue (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>primary keys;design view</bookmark_value>

[ctx: data_tabledefine.xhp par_id1595507 help.text]
note: JBGJb
en: Include a "primary key" data field. Base needs a primary key to be able to edit the table contents. A primary key has unique contents for each data record. For example, insert a numerical field, right-click the first column, and choose <emph>Primary Key</emph> from the context menu. Set <emph>AutoValue</emph> to "Yes", so Base can automatically increment the value for each new record.
en_GB: Include a "primary key" data field. Base needs a primary key to be able to edit the table contents. A primary key has unique contents for each data record. For example, insert a numeric field, right-click the first column, and choose <emph>Primary Key</emph> from the context menu. Set <emph>AutoValue</emph> to "Yes", so Base can automatically increment the value for each new record.

[ctx: data_tables.xhp par_idN10632 help.text]
note: aBysk
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new table.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new table.

[ctx: data_tables.xhp par_idN1064C help.text]
note: QLNMY
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new table.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new table.

[ctx: data_tables.xhp par_idN1065F help.text]
note: BCDNg
en: You see the <link href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp">Table Design</link> window.
en_GB: You will see the <link href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp">Table Design</link> window.

[ctx: data_tables.xhp par_idN10782 help.text]
note: FiEAR
en: Open the database file where you want to create the new table view.
en_GB: Open the database file in which you want to create the new table view.

[ctx: database_main.xhp par_id3147531 help.text]
note: mHDEG
en: On the left you can see the <link href="text/shared/02/12000000.xhp" name="Data source explorer">Data source explorer</link>. If you select a table or query there, you see the contents of this table or query on the right. At the top margin is the <link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp" name="Database bar">Table Data bar</link>.
en_GB: On the left you can see the <link href="text/shared/02/12000000.xhp" name="Data source explorer">Data source explorer</link>. If you select a table or query there, you will see the contents of this table or query on the right. At the top margin is the <link href="text/shared/main0212.xhp" name="Database bar">Table Data bar</link>.

[ctx: database_main.xhp par_id3151380 help.text]
note: TtUPG
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp" name="Report AutoPilot">Report Wizard</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp" name="Report Wizard">Report Wizard</link>

[ctx: digital_signatures.xhp bm_id7430951 help.text]
note: gfYBh
en: <bookmark_value>certificates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>digital signatures;overview</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>security;digital signatures</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>certificates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>digital signatures;overview</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>security;digital signatures</bookmark_value>

[ctx: digital_signatures.xhp par_id2008200911381426 help.text]
note: rFGYn
en: The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the Digital Signature dialog. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialog will flag the signature as invalid.
en_GB: The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the Digital Signature dialogue box. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialogue box will flag the signature as invalid.

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id598162 help.text]
note: EwHJJ
en: You must use the %PRODUCTNAME file dialogs to use WebDAV over HTTPS.
en_GB: You must use the %PRODUCTNAME file dialogue boxes to use WebDAV over HTTPS.

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id7309793 help.text]
note: cXXrz
en: Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - General</item>. Ensure that <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs</emph> is enabled. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog box.
en_GB: Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - General</item>. Ensure that <emph>Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogue boxes</emph> is marked. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id1388592 help.text]
note: zzeAk
en: The first time you connect to a WebDAV server, you see the "<emph>Website Certified by an Unknown Authority</emph>" dialog.
en_GB: The first time that you connect to a WebDAV server, you will see the "<emph>Website Certified by an Unknown Authority</emph>" dialogue box.

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id3236182 help.text]
note: ySgN9
en: If there is a mismatch of the domain name given in the certificate and the domain name you entered in the file dialog, then you see a dialog that allows you to choose from any of the following options:
en_GB: If there is a mismatch of the domain name given in the certificate and the domain name that you entered in the file dialogue box, then you see a dialogue box that allows you to choose from any of the following options:

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id1251258 help.text]
note: EPogr
en: <emph>View Certificate</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <emph>View Certificate</emph> - <ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id4381847 help.text]
note: xrFHe
en: If you click <emph>Continue</emph>, you may see a dialog that asks you to enter your user name and password.
en_GB: If you click <emph>Continue</emph>, you may see a dialogue box that asks you to enter your user name and password.

[ctx: digitalsign_receive.xhp par_id3397320 help.text]
note: vtDJd
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If you enable <emph>Remember password till end of session</emph>, your password will be remembered for subsequent WebDAV connections until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If you enable <emph>Remember password until end of session</emph>, your password will be remembered for subsequent WebDAV connections until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp bm_id7430951 help.text]
note: VSMQG
en: <bookmark_value>signing documents with digital signatures</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>digital signatures;getting/managing/applying</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>signing documents with digital signatures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>digital signatures;getting/managing/applying</bookmark_value>

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp hd_id344248 help.text]
note: 2FBL5
en: <variable id="digitalsign_send"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp">Applying Digital Signatures</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="digitalsign_send"><link href="text/shared/guide/digitalsign_send.xhp">Applying Digital Signatures</link> </variable>

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp par_id944242 help.text]
note: gFHy4
en: Open your web browser’s preferences, select the <emph>Advanced</emph> section, click on the <emph>Certificates</emph> tab, and then choose <emph>View Certificates</emph>. The <emph>Certificate Manager</emph> dialog will appear.
en_GB: Open your web browser’s preferences, select the <emph>Advanced</emph> section, click on the <emph>Certificates</emph> tab, and then choose <emph>View Certificates</emph>. The <emph>Certificate Manager</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp par_id181519764008387 help.text]
note: R9DdF
en: If a private key is received by other means or you transfer it from another computer, you can install it on your Windows PC by double-clicking on the private key certificate and providing any required password. This private key may be known to others (such as an organizational or governmental security administration) depending on how it was issued to you.
en_GB: If a private key is received by other means or you transfer it from another computer, you can install it on your Windows PC by double-clicking on the private key certificate and providing any required password. This private key may be known to others (such as an organisational or governmental security administration) depending on how it was issued to you.

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp par_idN106AE help.text]
note: hDKuq
en: In the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp"><emph>Select Certificate</emph></link> dialog, select your certificate and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp"><emph>Select Certificate</emph></link> dialogue box, select your certificate and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp par_idN106C0 help.text]
note: EUCrv
en: You see again the <emph>Digital Signatures</emph> dialog, where you can add more certificates if you want. Click <emph>OK</emph> to add the public key to the saved file.
en_GB: You see again the <emph>Digital Signatures</emph> dialogue box, where you can add more certificates if you want. Click <emph>OK</emph> to add the public key to the saved file.

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp par_id2008200911381426 help.text]
note: NudNc
en: The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the <emph>Digital Signature</emph> dialog. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialog will flag the signature as <emph>invalid</emph>.
en_GB: The result of the signature validation is displayed in the status bar and within the <emph>Digital Signature</emph> dialogue box. Several documents and macro signatures can exist inside an ODF document. If there is a problem with one signature, then the validation result of that one signature is assumed for all signatures. That is, if there are ten valid signatures and one invalid signature, then the status bar and the status field in the dialogue box will flag the signature as <emph>invalid</emph>.

[ctx: digitalsign_send.xhp par_id5734733 help.text]
note: HABQ6
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open the <emph>View Certificate</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to open the <emph>View Certificate</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: doc_autosave.xhp hd_id3166410 help.text]
note: 6GmAr
en: To create a backup file every time you save a document
en_GB: To create a backup file every time that you save a document

[ctx: doc_autosave.xhp par_id3148474 help.text]
note: cjfZJ
en: Mark <emph>Always create backup copy</emph>.
en_GB: Mark <emph>Always create a backup copy</emph>.

[ctx: doc_autosave.xhp par_id3149797 help.text]
note: iCikL
en: If the <emph>Always create backup copy</emph> option is selected, the old version of the file is saved to the backup directory whenever you save the current version of the file.
en_GB: If the <emph>Always create a backup copy</emph> option is selected, the old version of the file is saved to the backup directory whenever you save the current version of the file.

[ctx: doc_autosave.xhp par_id3148685 help.text]
note: wNN7X
en: You can change the backup directory by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>, then change the <emph>Backups</emph> path in the dialog.
en_GB: You can change the backup directory by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>, then change the <emph>Backups</emph> path in the dialogue box.

[ctx: doc_open.xhp par_id3150985 help.text]
note: UBkeK
en: To restrict the display of files in the <emph>Open</emph> dialog to a certain type select the corresponding <emph>File type</emph> from the list. Select <emph>All Files</emph> to display all files.
en_GB: To restrict the display of files in the <emph>Open</emph> dialogue box to a certain type select the corresponding <emph>File type</emph> from the list. Select <emph>All Files</emph> to display all files.

[ctx: doc_open.xhp par_id5509201 help.text]
note: rB6C2
en: In general, all documents open with the cursor at the start of the document.
en_GB: In general, all documents open with the cursor at the beginning of the document.

[ctx: doc_open.xhp par_id3153092 help.text]
note: Rcfnt
en: If you click the arrow next to the <emph>New</emph> icon, a submenu opens in which you can select another document type.
en_GB: If you click the arrow next to the <emph>New</emph> icon, a sub-menu opens in which you can select another document type.

[ctx: doc_save.xhp par_id3150984 help.text]
note: qaTtH
en: When you save a new file for the first time, the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link> dialog opens, in which you can enter a name, folder and drive or volume for the file. To open this dialog, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.
en_GB: When you save a new file for the first time, the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As">Save As</link> dialogue box opens, in which you can enter a name, folder and drive or volume for the file. To open this dialogue box, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.

[ctx: dragdrop.xhp tit help.text]
note: 4ZyYC
en: Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document
en_GB: Dragging-and-Dropping Within a $[officename] Document

[ctx: dragdrop.xhp bm_id3154927 help.text]
note: a2D2g
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop;overview</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mouse; pointers when using drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>links;by drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;by drag and drop</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop;overview</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mouse; pointers when using drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>links;by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value>

[ctx: dragdrop.xhp hd_id3147571 help.text]
note: SgQF9
en: <variable id="dragdrop"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp" name="Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document">Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="dragdrop"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp" name="Dragging-and-Dropping Within a $[officename] Document">Dragging-and-Dropping Within a $[officename] Document</link></variable>

[ctx: dragdrop.xhp par_id3156422 help.text]
note: FffnD
en: If you drag objects out of the <link href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp" name="Navigator"><emph>Navigator</emph></link>, you can specify in the submenu of the Navigator's <emph>Drag Mode</emph> icon whether to copy the object, insert it as a link or insert it as a hyperlink.
en_GB: If you drag objects out of the <link href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp" name="Navigator"><emph>Navigator</emph></link>, you can specify in the sub-menu of the Navigator's <emph>Drag Mode</emph> icon whether to copy the object, insert it as a link or insert it as a hyperlink.

[ctx: dragdrop_beamer.xhp bm_id3145071 help.text]
note: SZBGi
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop; data source view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data source view; drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;from data source view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;from data source view</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop; data source view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data source view; drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;from data source view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;from data source view</bookmark_value>

[ctx: dragdrop_beamer.xhp par_id3153105 help.text]
note: rB68R
en: To insert a complete record, select the corresponding header and drag it into the document. When you release the mouse button, the <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp" name="Insert database columns"><emph>Insert database columns</emph></link> dialog appears, in which you can decide whether to use all database fields, and whether to copy the data into the document as text, a table or fields. All currently selected records will be inserted.
en_GB: To insert a complete record, select the corresponding header and drag it into the document. When you release the mouse button, the <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp" name="Insert database columns"><emph>Insert database columns</emph></link> dialogue box appears, in which you can decide whether to use all database fields, and whether to copy the data into the document as text, a table or fields. All currently selected records will be inserted.

[ctx: dragdrop_beamer.xhp par_id3125864 help.text]
note: LE87C
en: You can insert one or more records into the current sheet of a spreadsheet by selecting the rows in the data source view and dragging and dropping them into the spreadsheet. The data is inserted at the place where you release the mouse button.
en_GB: You can insert one or more records into the current sheet of a spreadsheet by selecting the rows in the data source view and dragging-and-dropping them into the spreadsheet. The data is inserted at the place where you release the mouse button.

[ctx: dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp bm_id3145345 help.text]
note: UCuQ7
en: <bookmark_value>Gallery;dragging pictures to draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;dropping Gallery pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drag and drop;from Gallery to draw objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Gallery;dragging pictures to draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;dropping Gallery pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drag-and-drop;from Gallery to draw objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: dragdrop_gallery.xhp bm_id3154927 help.text]
note: abH9P
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop;to Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;to Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery; adding pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;adding to Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;pictures in Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;to Gallery</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop;to Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;to Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery; adding pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;adding to Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;pictures in Gallery</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;to Gallery</bookmark_value>

[ctx: dragdrop_gallery.xhp hd_id3154927 help.text]
note: jhLFR
en: <variable id="dragdrop_gallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp" name="Adding Graphics to the Gallery">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="dragdrop_gallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp" name="Adding Graphics to the Gallery">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</link></variable>

[ctx: dragdrop_graphic.xhp bm_id3159201 help.text]
note: rp8Bd
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; drag and drop between documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;pictures, between documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;pictures from other documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; drag-and-drop between documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;pictures, between documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;pictures from other documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: dragdrop_graphic.xhp par_id3149763 help.text]
note: oLSEN
en: Drag the graphic into the other document. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible side by side, first move the mouse pointer to the button of the target document while keeping the mouse button pressed. The document in question is then displayed and you can move the mouse pointer into the document. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: Drag the graphic into the other document. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible side by side, first move the mouse pointer to the button of the target document while keeping the mouse button pressed. The document in question is then displayed and you can move the mouse pointer into the document.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: dragdrop_graphic.xhp par_id3155628 help.text]
note: gJ2Zh
en: Release the mouse button as soon as the gray text cursor indicates the position where you want to insert a copy of the picture.
en_GB: Release the mouse button as soon as the grey text cursor indicates the position where you want to insert a copy of the picture.

[ctx: dragdrop_table.xhp par_id3152780 help.text]
note: oJ2nB
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible next to each other, first drag the mouse pointer to the destination document button. Continue to hold down the mouse button. The document is displayed, and you can move the mouse pointer within the document. </caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible next to each other, first drag the mouse pointer to the destination document button. Continue to hold down the mouse button. The document is displayed, and you can move the mouse pointer within the document.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: edit_symbolbar.xhp bm_id3159201 help.text]
note: Cs2pQ
en: <bookmark_value>customizing; toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>buttons;toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>toolbars;adding buttons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>configuring; toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;buttons in toolbars</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>customising; toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>buttons;toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>toolbars;adding buttons</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>configuring; toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; toolbars</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;buttons in toolbars</bookmark_value>

[ctx: edit_symbolbar.xhp par_id2439039 help.text]
note: AdQVC
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box in which you can add, edit and remove icons.</ahelp>

[ctx: email.xhp par_id3153127 help.text]
note: EGqDe
en: $[officename] opens your default email program.<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"> If you want to send the current document with another email program, you can select the program to use with <emph>Internet - Email</emph> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: $[officename] opens your default email program.<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"> If you want to send the current document with another email program, you can select the program to use with <emph>Internet - Email</emph> in the Options dialogue box.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: export_ms.xhp bm_id3159233 help.text]
note: ATDSd
en: <bookmark_value>documents; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving; documents in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>files; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>presentations; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; to Microsoft Office formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Word documents; saving as</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Excel; saving as</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>PowerPoint export</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>documents; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving; documents in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>files; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents;saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>presentations; saving in other formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; to Microsoft Office formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Word documents; saving as</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Excel; saving as</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>PowerPoint; saving as</bookmark_value>

[ctx: export_ms.xhp par_id3150084 help.text]
note: BFPDC
en: Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: export_ms.xhp par_id3153252 help.text]
note: GYeTE
en: If you want the file dialogs to offer another file format as default, select that format in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph> in the <emph>Default file format </emph>area.
en_GB: If you want the file dialogue boxes to offer another file format as default, select that format in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph> in the <emph>Default file format </emph>area.

[ctx: fax.xhp bm_id3156426 help.text]
note: 3mFJ3
en: <bookmark_value>faxes; sending</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>faxes;configuring $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sending; documents as faxes </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>configuring;fax icon</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>faxes; sending</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>faxes;configuring $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sending; documents as faxes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>configuring;fax icon</bookmark_value>

[ctx: fax.xhp hd_id3166410 help.text]
note: QrwDB
en: Sending a Fax Through the Print Dialog
en_GB: Sending a Fax Through the Print Dialogue Box

[ctx: fax.xhp par_id3152996 help.text]
note: 5xeHr
en: Open the <emph>Print</emph> dialog by choosing <emph>File - Print</emph> and select the fax driver in the <emph>Name</emph> list box.
en_GB: Open the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box by choosing <emph>File - Print</emph> and select the fax driver in the <emph>Name</emph> list box.

[ctx: fax.xhp par_id3155135 help.text]
note: jeN2h
en: Clicking <emph>OK</emph> opens the dialog for your fax driver, where you can select the fax recipient.
en_GB: Clicking <emph>OK</emph> opens the dialogue box for your fax driver, in which you can select the fax recipient.

[ctx: fax.xhp par_idN106EB help.text]
note: cNph4
en: Click the arrow icon at the end of the <emph>Standard</emph> bar. In the drop-down menu, choose <emph>Customize</emph>.
en_GB: Click the arrow icon at the end of the <emph>Standard</emph> bar. In the drop-down menu, choose <emph>Customise</emph>.

[ctx: fax.xhp par_idN106F6 help.text]
note: o5Wb7
en: The <emph>Toolbar</emph>s tab page of the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: The <emph>Toolbar</emph>s tab page of the <emph>Customise</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: filternavigator.xhp par_id3150322 help.text]
note: T29tN
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterNavigator">To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the <emph>Filter navigation</emph> icon on the filter bar.</ahelp> The <emph>Filter navigator</emph> window appears.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterNavigator">To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the <emph>Filter navigation</emph> icon on the filter bar.</ahelp> The <emph>Filter navigator</emph> window will appear.

[ctx: filternavigator.xhp par_id3156374 help.text]
note: ZCGLY
en: You can move filter conditions in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> by dragging and dropping, or use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Up Arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Down Arrow. To copy filter conditions, drag them while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.
en_GB: You can move filter conditions in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> by dragging-and-dropping, or use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Up Arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Down Arrow. To copy filter conditions, drag them while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.

[ctx: find_attributes.xhp par_idN10688 help.text]
note: E4Gso
en: If you want to find text with any font by name, click the <emph>Format</emph> button in the <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialog of %PRODUCTNAME Writer.
en_GB: If you want to find text with any font by name, click the <emph>Format</emph> button in the <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialogue box of %PRODUCTNAME Writer.

[ctx: find_attributes.xhp par_idN1069D help.text]
note: XHLxH
en: After you select the attributes that you want to search for, the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> box in the <emph>Other options</emph> area of the %PRODUCTNAME Writer <emph>Find & Replace </emph>dialog changes to <emph>Including Styles</emph>.
en_GB: After you select the attributes that you want to search for, the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> box in the <emph>Other options</emph> area of the %PRODUCTNAME Writer <emph>Find & Replace </emph>dialogue box changes to <emph>Including Styles</emph>.

[ctx: find_attributes.xhp par_idN106DD help.text]
note: 2bRsu
en: In the <emph>Attributes</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Font</emph> check box, and click OK.
en_GB: In the <emph>Attributes</emph> dialogue box, mark the <emph>Font</emph> check box and click OK.

[ctx: find_attributes.xhp par_idN10702 help.text]
note: BDSCB
en: To stop searching for the current attributes, reset the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog to normal mode.
en_GB: To stop searching for the current attributes, reset the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box to normal mode.

[ctx: find_attributes.xhp par_idN1071E help.text]
note: YBjpU
en: <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialog
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp">Find & Replace</link> dialogue box

[ctx: find_attributes.xhp par_id6837672 help.text]
note: MZvyA
en: Searching for attributes is available in the Find & Replace dialog for text documents.
en_GB: Searching for attributes is available in the Find & Replace dialogue box for text documents.

[ctx: floating_toolbar.xhp par_id3143267 help.text]
note: i9a3V
en: Some toolbar icons, for example the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon, can open another toolbar. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a toolbar containing further icons.
en_GB: Some toolbar icons, for example the <emph>Font Colour</emph> icon, can open another toolbar. Click the arrow next to the icon to open a toolbar containing further icons.

[ctx: floating_toolbar.xhp par_id7296975 help.text]
note: ZDG2u
en: Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Reset</emph> to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Reset</emph> to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behaviour. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.

[ctx: fontwork.xhp bm_id3696707 help.text]
note: 2VrLD
en: <bookmark_value>graphical text art</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>designing; fonts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>TextArt, see Fontwork</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>WordArt, see Fontwork</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Fontwork</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text effects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>effects; Fontwork icons</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; Fontwork icons</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>3D text creation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rotating;3D text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;Fontwork objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;Fontwork objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>graphical text art</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>designing; fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>TextArt, see Fontwork</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>WordArt, see Fontwork</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Fontwork icons</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text effects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>effects; Fontwork icons</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; Fontwork icons</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>3-D text creation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rotating;3-D text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;Fontwork objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;Fontwork objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: fontwork.xhp par_idN106A0 help.text]
note: tK7Bb
en: In the <emph>Fontwork Gallery</emph> dialog, select a Fontwork style and click OK.
en_GB: In the <emph>Fontwork Gallery</emph> dialogue box, select a Fontwork style and click OK.

[ctx: fontwork.xhp par_idN10755 help.text]
note: MLZXX
en: The Fontwork object is inserted into your document. Fontwork objects are Custom Shapes. Using the 3D Settings toolbar, you can switch the view at any time from 2D to 3D and back.
en_GB: The Fontwork object is inserted into your document. Fontwork objects are Custom Shapes. Using the 3-D Settings toolbar, you can switch the view at any time from 2-D to 3-D and back.

[ctx: fontwork.xhp par_idN108D5 help.text]
note: pzMsR
en: Select the properties from the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar. You can change the line width, line color, fill color, fill style, and more.
en_GB: Select the properties from the <emph>Drawing Object Properties</emph> toolbar. You can change the line width, line colour, fill colour, fill style, and more.

[ctx: formfields.xhp par_idN10731 help.text]
note: CjP4o
en: You can use the Form Controls toolbar to add checkboxes, buttons, tables showing data records, and other controls to a document.
en_GB: You can use the Form Controls toolbar to add check boxes, buttons, tables showing data records, and other controls to a document.

[ctx: formfields.xhp par_id3147303 help.text]
note: AKKqx
en: To attach a macro to the button, click the <emph>Events</emph> tab, and click the <emph>... </emph>button beside the button action that you want to run the macro. In the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialog, locate the macro that you want to use, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: To attach a macro to the button, click the <emph>Events</emph> tab, and click the <emph>...</emph> button beside the button action that you want to run the macro. In the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialogue box, locate the macro that you want to use, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: formfields.xhp par_idN10814 help.text]
note: hDa2X
en: Close the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Close the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: formfields.xhp par_idN1082F help.text]
note: kGATC
en: The <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: The <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: formfields.xhp par_idN10837 help.text]
note: 4E9yG
en: Specify the properties for the form and then close the dialog.
en_GB: Specify the properties for the form and then close the dialogue box.

[ctx: gallery_insert.xhp hd_id3145136 help.text]
note: ApxYf
en: <variable id="gallery_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Objects From the Gallery">Inserting Objects From the Gallery</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="gallery_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Objects From the Gallery">Inserting Objects From the Gallery</link></variable>

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id5734733 help.text]
note: EeStU
en: You can change the properties (line size, fill color, and more) of all objects in a group together, and you can enter the group and change the individual objects.
en_GB: You can change the properties (line size, fill colour, and more) of all objects in a group together, and you can enter the group and change the individual objects.

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id1399578 help.text]
note: uEyzA
en: Right-click any of the selected objects to open the context menu. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.
en_GB: Right-click any of the selected objects to open the context menu. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a sub-menu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the top level of the context menu.

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id1388592 help.text]
note: eAUtE
en: Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.
en_GB: Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a sub-menu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the top level of the context menu.

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id9909665 help.text]
note: pbMff
en: The objects that are not part of the group are shown with dimmed colors.
en_GB: The objects that are not part of the group are shown with dimmed colours.

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id6354869 help.text]
note: ytVTd
en: Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.
en_GB: Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a sub-menu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the top level of the context menu.

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id3236182 help.text]
note: sEPrg
en: Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.
en_GB: Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a sub-menu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the top level of the context menu.

[ctx: hyperlink_edit.xhp par_id333262 help.text]
note: kCdeG
en: In all document types, you can open the Hyperlink dialog to edit a hyperlink. First set the cursor into the hyperlink or directly in front of the hyperlink, then click the Hyperlink icon on the Standard bar.
en_GB: In all document types, you can open the Hyperlink dialogue box to edit a hyperlink. First set the cursor into the hyperlink or directly in front of the hyperlink, then click the Hyperlink icon on the Standard bar.

[ctx: hyperlink_edit.xhp par_id3150503 help.text]
note: jCEKw
en: As described above, open <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink Dialog">Hyperlink Dialog</link>.
en_GB: As described above, open <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink Dialog">Hyperlink Dialogue Box</link>.

[ctx: hyperlink_edit.xhp par_idN10834 help.text]
note: YkLWs
en: In the dialog, select the new attributes, and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the dialogue box, select the new attributes, and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: hyperlink_edit.xhp par_id811565308009651 help.text]
note: hToHs
en: Edit the property in the control dialog box.
en_GB: Edit the property in the control dialogue box.

[ctx: hyperlink_insert.xhp par_id3149811 help.text]
note: r7xvA
en: Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink or select the text that you want to put the hyperlink on. Select <emph>Hyperlink</emph> command from the <emph>Insert</emph> menu. Alternatively click on the <image id="img_id3149763" src="cmd/sc_hyperlinkdialog.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149763">Icon</alt></image> Hyperlink icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar. The <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog">Hyperlink dialog</link> appears.
en_GB: Place the text cursor in the document at the point where you want to insert the hyperlink or select the text that you want to put the hyperlink on. Select <emph>Hyperlink</emph> command from the <emph>Insert</emph> menu. Alternatively click on the <image id="img_id3149763" src="cmd/sc_hyperlinkdialog.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149763">Icon</alt></image> Hyperlink icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar. The <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog">Hyperlink dialogue box</link> appears.

[ctx: hyperlink_insert.xhp par_id3146975 help.text]
note: bbdmu
en: If you wish to insert in a text a hyperlink that refers to Table 1, drag the entry Table 1 from the Navigator and drop it in the text. To do this, the <emph>Insert as Hyperlink</emph> drag mode must be selected in the Navigator.
en_GB: If you wish to insert in text a hyperlink that refers to Table 1, drag the entry Table 1 from the Navigator and drop it in the text. To do this, the <emph>Insert as Hyperlink</emph> drag mode must be selected in the Navigator.

[ctx: hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp par_id3145382 help.text]
note: Ue6zh
en: You should create the same directory structure on your hard disk as that which exists in the web space hosted by your Internet provider. Call the root directory for the homepage on your hard disk "homepage", for example. The start file is then "index.html", the full path being "C:\homepage\index.html" (assuming Windows operating system). The URL on your Internet provider's server might then be as follows: "http://www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html". With relative addressing, you indicate the link relative to the location of the output document. For example, if you placed all the graphics for your homepage in a subfolder called "C:\homepage\images", you would need to give the following path to access the graphic "picture.gif": "images\picture.gif". This is the relative path, starting from the location of the file "index.html". On the provider's server, you would place the picture in the folder "mypage/images". When you transfer the document "index.html" to the provider's server through the <emph>File - Save As</emph> dialog, and if you have marked the option <emph>Copy local images to Internet</emph> under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, $[officename] will automatically copy the graphic to the correct directory on the server.
en_GB: You should create the same directory structure on your hard disk as that which exists in the web space hosted by your Internet provider. Call the root directory for the homepage on your hard disk "homepage", for example. The start file is then "index.html", the full path being "C:\homepage\index.html" (assuming Windows operating system). The URL on your Internet provider's server might then be as follows: "http://www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html". With relative addressing, you indicate the link relative to the location of the output document. For example, if you placed all the graphics for your homepage in a subfolder called "C:\homepage\images", you would need to give the following path to access the graphic "picture.gif": "images\picture.gif". This is the relative path, starting from the location of the file "index.html". On the provider's server, you would place the picture in the folder "mypage/images". When you transfer the document "index.html" to the provider's server through the <emph>File - Save As</emph> dialogue box, and if you have marked the option <emph>Copy local images to Internet</emph> under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, $[officename] will automatically copy the graphic to the correct directory on the server.

[ctx: hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp par_id3153541 help.text]
note: qB8Yx
en: Be sure to organize all files for your homepage on the same drive as the start file of the homepage. In this way, $[officename] can set the protocol and target so that the reference on the server is always correct.
en_GB: Be sure to organise all files for your homepage on the same drive as the start file of the homepage. In this way, $[officename] can set the protocol and target so that the reference on the server is always correct.

[ctx: import_ms.xhp bm_id3153988 help.text]
note: Yq2q3
en: <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;opening Microsoft documents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>documents; importing</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>importing; documents in other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>opening; documents from other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>loading; documents from other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;Microsoft documents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>saving; default file formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>defaults;document formats in file dialogs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>file formats; saving always in other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office; as default file format</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>files;importing</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>XML converters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converters; XML</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Document Converter Wizard</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>wizards; document converter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converters; document converter</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>files, see also documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;opening Microsoft documents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>documents; importing</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>importing; documents in other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>opening; documents from other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>loading; documents from other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;Microsoft documents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>saving; default file formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>defaults;document formats in file dialogue boxes</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>file formats; saving always in other formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office; as default file format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>files;importing</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>XML converters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converters; XML</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Document Converter Wizard</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>wizards; document converter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>converters; document converter</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>files, see also documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: import_ms.xhp par_id3152780 help.text]
note: AdmC5
en: Select a format from the<emph> Files of type</emph> list.
en_GB: Select a format from the <emph>Files of type</emph> list box.

[ctx: import_ms.xhp par_id3159399 help.text]
note: N5tDp
en: If you always want the file dialogs to show another format by default, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph> and select that format as <emph>Default file format</emph>.
en_GB: If you always want the file dialogue boxes to show another format by default, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph> and select that format as <emph>Default file format</emph>.

[ctx: import_ms.xhp par_id3153824 help.text]
note: 4MBpe
en: Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp" name="File - AutoPilot - Document Converter"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link>.
en_GB: Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp" name="File - Wizards - Document Converter"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link>.

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp bm_id3154136 help.text]
note: ExV7u
en: <bookmark_value>graphics, see also pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images, see also pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting and editing bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>illustrations, see pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps; inserting and editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pixel graphics; inserting and editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing; bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invert filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>smoothing filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sharpening filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>remove noise filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>solarization filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aging filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>posterizing filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pop-art filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charcoal sketches filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mosaic filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;filters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>filters;pictures</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>graphics, see also pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images, see also pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting and editing bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>illustrations, see pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps; inserting and editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pixel graphics; inserting and editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing; bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invert filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>smoothing filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sharpening filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>remove noise filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>solarisation filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ageing filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>posterising filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pop-art filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charcoal sketches filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mosaic filter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;filters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>filters;pictures</bookmark_value>

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp par_id3159413 help.text]
note: roqk5
en: The <emph>Image</emph> Bar may look slightly different depending to the module you are using.
en_GB: The <emph>Image</emph> Bar may look slightly different depending on the module you are using.

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp par_id3145273 help.text]
note: RGnNS
en: Some of the filters open a dialog, which you can use to select, for example, the intensity of the filter. Most filters can be applied multiple times to increase the filter effect.
en_GB: Some of the filters open a dialogue box, which you can use to select, for example, the intensity of the filter. Most filters can be applied multiple times to increase the filter effect.

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp hd_id2572405 help.text]
note: rfYCR
en: The Image dialog
en_GB: The Image dialogue box

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp par_id6457411 help.text]
note: LFwDN
en: Right-click the image and choose <emph>Image</emph> from the submenu to open a properties dialog.
en_GB: Right-click the image and choose <emph>Image</emph> from the sub-menu to open a properties dialogue box.

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp par_id3148618 help.text]
note: tADMD
en: Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. The <emph>Export</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. The <emph>Export</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: insert_bitmap.xhp par_id0801200803525078 help.text]
note: Yuyp9
en: <ahelp hid=".">To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialogue box. Enter a file name and select a file type.</ahelp>

[ctx: insert_graphic_drawit.xhp bm_id3145136 help.text]
note: nYz56
en: <bookmark_value>resizing, see also scaling/zooming</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scaling, see also zooming</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>drawings, see also draw objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>graphic objects, see draw objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; drawing pictures</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; drawings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures; drawing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects; copying when moving in presentations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>draw objects; adding/editing/copying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>circle drawings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>square drawings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>handles; scaling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scaling; objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects;moving and resizing with mouse</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>resizing;objects, by mouse</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; draw objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pasting;draw objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;draw objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures;scaling/resizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>resizing, see also scaling/zooming</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scaling, see also zooming</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings, see also draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>graphic objects, see draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; drawing pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; drawings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects; copying when moving in presentations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects; adding/editing/copying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circle drawings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>square drawings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>handles; scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scaling; objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects;moving and resizing with mouse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;objects, by mouse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;scaling/resizing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: insert_graphic_drawit.xhp par_id3148473 help.text]
note: eyGmF
en: If you want to open up draw objects from the center instead of dragging from one corner to the other, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while dragging. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">With some window managers, you may need to hold down also the meta key.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: If you want to open up draw objects from the centre instead of dragging from one corner to the other, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key while dragging. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">With some window managers, you may need to hold down also the meta key.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: insert_specialchar.xhp par_id3147576 help.text]
note: aLZJA
en: This function allows you to insert special characters, such as check marks, boxes, and telephone symbols, into your text.
en_GB: This function allows you to insert special characters, such as tick marks, boxes, and telephone symbols, into your text.

[ctx: insert_specialchar.xhp par_id3153031 help.text]
note: p7XqC
en: In any text input field (such as the input fields in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog) you can press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S to open the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog.
en_GB: In any text input field (such as the input fields in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box) you can press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S to open the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: insert_specialchar.xhp par_id3154897 help.text]
note: B4kWh
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Solaris:</emph> Using a Sun keyboard. First press the Compose key to the right of the space bar, then enter the first and second modifiers.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Solaris</emph>: Using a Sun keyboard. First press the Compose key to the right of the space bar, then enter the first and second modifiers.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: keyboard.xhp bm_id3158421 help.text]
note: DCFvC
en: <bookmark_value>accessibility;general shortcuts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>shortcut keys; %PRODUCTNAME accessibility</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>accessibility;general shortcuts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shortcut keys; %PRODUCTNAME accessibility</bookmark_value>

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3153896 help.text]
note: 9tkak
en: Escape closes an open submenu, a toolbar, or the current free window.
en_GB: Escape closes an open sub-menu, a toolbar, or the current free window.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3153381 help.text]
note: GS4EY
en: Arrow down opens a selected menu. Any additional arrow down and up arrow move the selection through the menu commands. With right arrow you open any existing submenus.
en_GB: Arrow down opens a selected menu. Any additional arrow down and up arrow move the selection through the menu commands. With right arrow you open any existing sub-menus.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3150449 help.text]
note: 3DcDc
en: Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter on the Selection tool to select the first draw object in the document. If you want to edit, size, or move the selected draw object, first use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 to set the focus into the document.
en_GB: Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter on the Selection tool to select the first draw object in the document. If you want to edit, size, or move the selected draw object, first use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 to move the focus into the document.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3154320 help.text]
note: E5Bx3
en: In several windows, dialogs, and in the table control field, there are tables to select data, for instance, in the right part of the <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp" name="Data Source View">Data Source View</link>. The following keys are used for selections in these tables:
en_GB: In several windows, dialogue boxes, and in the table control field, there are tables to select data, for instance, in the right part of the <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp" name="Data Source View">Data Source View</link>. The following keys are used for selections in these tables:

[ctx: keyboard.xhp hd_id3150592 help.text]
note: dE4w5
en: Size and Position of Windows and Dialogs
en_GB: Size and Position of Windows and Dialogue Boxes

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3155083 help.text]
note: GtEXo
en: Now you can use the arrow keys to move or resize the dialog or window.
en_GB: Now you can use the arrow keys to move or resize the dialogue box or window.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3145615 help.text]
note: z6hBG
en: If the object is anchored<emph> To page</emph>, the keys Page Up or Page Down move it to the previous or next page.
en_GB: If the object is anchored <emph>To page</emph>, the keys Page Up or Page Down move it to the previous or next page.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3145256 help.text]
note: fjjjA
en: If the object is anchored<emph> As character</emph>, no anchor icon exists. You cannot move the object.
en_GB: If the object is anchored <emph>As character</emph>, no anchor icon exists. You cannot move the object.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3154529 help.text]
note: vPBuT
en: Enter: when a connection is selected, the Enter key opens the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog of the connection.
en_GB: Enter: when a connection is selected, the Enter key opens the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box of the connection.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3159096 help.text]
note: juCi9
en: Press Tab to select an icon. If you selected one of the icons from <emph>Rectangle</emph> to <emph>Freeform Polygon</emph> and you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter, an object of the selected type is created in default size.
en_GB: Press Tab to select an icon. If you selected one of the icons from <emph>Rectangle</emph> to <emph>Free-form Polygon</emph> and you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter, an object of the selected type is created in default size.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3156016 help.text]
note: 6Lrez
en: If you press Enter while the icon <emph>Select</emph> is selected, the focus is set into the image window of the ImageMap Editor. Press Esc to set the focus back to the icons and input boxes.
en_GB: If you press Enter while the icon <emph>Select</emph> is selected, the focus is set into the image window of the ImageMap Editor. Press Esc to move the focus back to the icons and input boxes.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp hd_id3150894 help.text]
note: DGCD3
en: Controlling the Text Import dialog (CSV file import)
en_GB: Controlling the Text Import dialogue box (CSV file import)

[ctx: keyboard.xhp hd_id3153298 help.text]
note: FYdWx
en: Controlling the Insert - Special Character Dialog
en_GB: Controlling the Insert - Special Character Dialogue Box

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3153073 help.text]
note: nBvFy
en: Tab switches through all controls in the dialog.
en_GB: Tab switches through all controls in the dialogue box.

[ctx: labels.xhp bm_id3150774 help.text]
note: sVe5Y
en: <bookmark_value>labels; creating and synchronizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>business cards; creating and synchronizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>synchronizing;labels and business cards</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>labels; creating and synchronising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>business cards; creating and synchronising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>synchronising;labels and business cards</bookmark_value>

[ctx: labels.xhp hd_id3153345 help.text]
note: a2rtY
en: Designing Business Cards Through a Dialog
en_GB: Designing Business Cards Through a Dialogue Box

[ctx: labels.xhp par_id3146798 help.text]
note: EH4JV
en: Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp" name="File - New - Business Cards"><emph>File - New - Business Cards</emph></link> to open the<emph> Business Cards </emph>dialog, which allows you to choose how your business cards will look.
en_GB: Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp" name="File - New - Business Cards"><emph>File - New - Business Cards</emph></link> to open the <emph>Business Cards</emph> dialogue box, which allows you to choose how your business cards will look.

[ctx: labels.xhp par_id3152349 help.text]
note: kPfrw
en: You can design both labels and business cards through the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can design both labels and business cards through the <emph>Labels</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: labels.xhp par_id3153880 help.text]
note: kkRRJ
en: Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp" name="File - New - Labels"><emph>File - New - Labels</emph></link> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp" name="File - New - Labels"><emph>File - New - Labels</emph></link> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: labels.xhp par_id3151385 help.text]
note: BryGK
en: Use the <emph>Database </emph>and <emph>Table </emph>list boxes to select the database and table from which the data fields are obtained. Click on the arrow button to transfer the selected data field into the inscription area. Press Enter to insert a line break. You can also enter spaces and any other fixed text.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Database</emph> and <emph>Table</emph> list boxes to select the database and table from which the data fields are obtained. Click on the arrow button to transfer the selected data field into the inscription area. Press Enter to insert a line break. You can also enter spaces and any other fixed text.

[ctx: labels.xhp par_id3150358 help.text]
note: JxMzr
en: On the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, make sure that the <emph>Synchronize contents</emph> box is selected. If this is selected, a label only has to be entered (on the top left label) and edited once.
en_GB: On the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, ensure that the <emph>Synchronise contents</emph> box is selected. If this is selected, a label only has to be entered (on the top left label) and edited once.

[ctx: labels.xhp par_id3156424 help.text]
note: L2m7L
en: As soon as you click on <emph>New Document</emph>, you will see a small window with the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button. Enter the first label. When you click on the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button, the current individual label is copied to all the other labels on the sheet.
en_GB: As soon as you click on <emph>New Document</emph>, you will see a small window with the <emph>Synchronise Labels</emph> button. Enter the first label. When you click on the <emph>Synchronise Labels</emph> button, the current individual label is copied to all the other labels on the sheet.

[ctx: labels_database.xhp bm_id3147399 help.text]
note: PtRLG
en: <bookmark_value>address labels from databases</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>labels; from databases</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>stickers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>databases;creating labels</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>address labels from databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>labels; from databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stickers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databases;creating labels</bookmark_value>

[ctx: labels_database.xhp par_id3153824 help.text]
note: VmdTK
en: Choose <emph>File - New - Labels</emph> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - New - Labels</emph> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: labels_database.xhp par_id3150084 help.text]
note: XDnfi
en: On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab page, select the format of the label sheets you want to print on.
en_GB: On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab page, select the format of the label sheets that you want to print on.

[ctx: labels_database.xhp par_id0130200903370863 help.text]
note: FDWDY
en: Choose the database and table from which to get the data.
en_GB: Choose the database and table from which to obtain the data.

[ctx: labels_database.xhp par_id0130200903370924 help.text]
note: C4ZRE
en: Optionally, if you want to type more text, apply formatting, or insert images and line art, you should enable <emph>Synchronize contents</emph> on the <emph>Options</emph> tab. If you enable this, once you leave the Labels dialog box a small window opens with a Synchronize button. Now you only need to work on the first label on the labels document, then click the Synchronize button to copy your work to every label of the document.
en_GB: Optionally, if you want to type more text, apply formatting, or insert images and line art, you should enable <emph>Synchronise contents</emph> on the <emph>Options</emph> tab. If you enable this, once you leave the Labels dialogue box a small window opens with a Synchronise button. Now you only need to work on the first label on the labels document, then click the Synchronise button to copy your work to every label of the document.

[ctx: labels_database.xhp par_id8476821 help.text]
note: PAhf4
en: When you choose to print the document, you will be asked if you want to print a form letter. Answer Yes to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialog. In the Mail Merge dialog, you can select the records for which you want to print labels.
en_GB: When you choose to print the document, you will be asked if you want to print a form letter. Answer Yes to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialogue box. In the Mail Merge dialogue box, you can select the records for which you want to print labels.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id3150040 help.text]
note: DBMM5
en: The language you select for your document determines the dictionary used for spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation, the decimal and thousands delimiter used and the default currency format.
en_GB: The language you select for your document determines the dictionary used for spell check, thesaurus and hyphenation, the decimal and thousands delimiter used and the default currency format.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id3149664 help.text]
note: K5mG8
en: Under <emph>Default languages for documents</emph>, select the document language for all newly created documents. If you mark <emph>For the current document only</emph>, your choice will only apply to the current document. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Under <emph>Default languages for documents</emph>, select the document language for all newly created documents. If you mark <emph>For the current document only</emph>, your choice will only apply to the current document. Close the dialogue box with <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id3145367 help.text]
note: D3oEg
en: Open the context menu and select <emph>Edit Paragraph Style</emph>. This opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Open the context menu and select <emph>Edit Paragraph Style</emph>. This opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id3159348 help.text]
note: SGW8X
en: Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id3150753 help.text]
note: DizbK
en: Then open the context menu in the <emph>Styles</emph> window and select <emph>Modify</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character Style</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Then open the context menu in the <emph>Styles</emph> window and select <emph>Modify</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character Style</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id3912778 help.text]
note: W9rEa
en: Most users download the American English version, which gives you English menu commands and English application help. If you want another language for the menus (and for the application help, if available in that language), change the UI language as follows.
en_GB: Most users download the American English version, which gives you US English menu commands and application help. If you want another language for the menus (and for the application help, if available in that language), change the UI language as follows.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id121158 help.text]
note: m3uwf
en: Select another UI language in the "User interface" listbox.
en_GB: Select another UI language in the "User interface" list box.

[ctx: language_select.xhp par_id130619 help.text]
note: jocyk
en: If the listbox doesn't list the language that you want, see "Adding More UI Languages".
en_GB: If the list box doesn't list the language that you want, see "Adding More UI Languages".

[ctx: line_intext.xhp bm_id3143206 help.text]
note: UXGZD
en: <bookmark_value>arrows; drawing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indicator lines in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; drawing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; removing automatic lines</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting; lines in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing lines in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic lines/borders in text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>arrows; drawing in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indicator lines in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; drawing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; removing automatic lines</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting; lines in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing lines in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic lines/borders in text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: line_intext.xhp par_id3144436 help.text]
note: dFTvK
en: You can incorporate lines into your text with custom angles, width, color, and other attributes.
en_GB: You can incorporate lines into your text with custom angles, width, colour, and other attributes.

[ctx: line_intext.xhp par_id3159400 help.text]
note: r79hy
en: On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Show Draw Functions </emph>icon to open the <emph>Drawing </emph>toolbar, and click the <emph>Line</emph> icon. The mouse pointer changes to a cross-hair symbol with a line beside it.
en_GB: On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Show Draw Functions</emph> icon to open the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, and click the <emph>Line</emph> icon. The mouse pointer changes to a cross-hair symbol with a line beside it.

[ctx: line_intext.xhp par_id3153361 help.text]
note: dfHJd
en: Release the mouse button once the line has the desired direction and length. You can then draw more lines. End this function by pressing the Esc key or by clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon from the <emph>Drawing </emph>bar.
en_GB: Release the mouse button once the line has the desired direction and length. You can then draw more lines. End this function by pressing the Esc key or by clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon from the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar.

[ctx: line_intext.xhp par_id3159149 help.text]
note: eXpdG
en: After clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon, you can select all of the lines at the same time by clicking each line while holding down the Shift key. This multiple selection enables you to assign all of them a common color, width or other attribute.
en_GB: After clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon, you can select all of the lines at the same time by clicking each line while holding down the Shift key. This multiple selection enables you to assign all of them a common colour, width or other attribute.

[ctx: line_intext.xhp par_id3153049 help.text]
note: Faaqb
en: Create a horizontal line by applying the preset Paragraph Style <emph>Horizontal Line</emph>. Click into an empty paragraph, and double-click the <emph>Horizontal Line</emph> Style in the <emph>Styles</emph> window. If the entry for horizontal lines is not visible in the list of Paragraph Styles, select "All Styles" in the lower listbox.
en_GB: Create a horizontal line by applying the preset Paragraph Style <emph>Horizontal Line</emph>. Click into an empty paragraph, and double-click the <emph>Horizontal Line</emph> Style in the <emph>Styles</emph> window. If the entry for horizontal lines is not visible in the list of Paragraph Styles, select "All Styles" in the lower list box.

[ctx: lineend_define.xhp par_id3154306 help.text]
note: LwGkW
en: In the dialog, click the <emph>Arrow Styles</emph>.
en_GB: In the dialogue box, click the <emph>Arrow Styles</emph>.

[ctx: lineend_define.xhp par_id3151176 help.text]
note: CdbXT
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: linestyle_define.xhp par_idN10671 help.text]
note: i9FDB
en: Click <emph>Close</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>Close</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: linestyles.xhp par_id3145068 help.text]
note: j3Rys
en: Click the <emph>Line</emph> icon <image id="img_id3144510" src="cmd/sc_formatline.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3144510">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Line</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Line</emph> icon <image id="img_id3144510" src="cmd/sc_formatline.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3144510">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Line</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: linestyles.xhp par_idN1070A help.text]
note: RqQJP
en: Select the line and arrow color in the <emph>Line Color</emph> box.
en_GB: Select the line and arrow colour in the <emph>Line Colour</emph> box.

[ctx: macro_recording.xhp par_id3150275 help.text]
note: nAGMJ
en: You see the small <emph>Recording</emph> dialog with just one button called <emph>Stop Recording</emph>.
en_GB: You will see the small <emph>Recording</emph> dialogue box with just one button called <emph>Stop Recording</emph>.

[ctx: macro_recording.xhp par_id3148686 help.text]
note: XXE4W
en: The <emph>Macro</emph> dialog appears, in which you can save and run the macro.
en_GB: The <emph>Macro</emph> dialogue box appears, in which you can save and run the macro.

[ctx: macro_recording.xhp par_id3159158 help.text]
note: nzxA9
en: If you want to abort the recording without saving a macro, click the <emph>Close</emph> button of the <emph>Recording</emph> dialog.
en_GB: If you want to abort the recording without saving a macro, click the <emph>Close</emph> button of the <emph>Recording</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: macro_recording.xhp par_id3148550 help.text]
note: NNqEV
en: If you want the macro to be saved into a new library or module, click the <emph>New Library </emph>or <emph>New Module </emph>button and enter a name for the library or module.
en_GB: If you want the macro to be saved into a new library or module, click the <emph>New Library</emph> or <emph>New Module</emph> button and enter a name for the library or module.

[ctx: macro_recording.xhp par_id8014465 help.text]
note: YAhXo
en: Actions that are not related to the document contents are not recorded. For example, changes made in the Options dialog, macro organizer, customizing.
en_GB: Actions that are not related to the document content are not recorded. For example, changes made in the Options dialogue box, macro organiser, customising.

[ctx: macro_recording.xhp par_id2814416 help.text]
note: iFDLA
en: Selections are recorded only if they are done by using the keyboard (cursor traveling), but not when the mouse is used.
en_GB: Selections are recorded only if they are done by using the keyboard (cursor travelling), but not when the mouse is used.

[ctx: main.xhp hd_id3159149 help.text]
note: sfWYj
en: Copying Data by Drag and Drop or Menu Commands
en_GB: Copying Data by Drag-and-Drop or Menu Commands

[ctx: measurement_units.xhp bm_id3159201 help.text]
note: kxuW5
en: <bookmark_value>documents;measurement units in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>measurement units;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>units;measurement units</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centimeters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inches</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>distances</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selecting;measurement units</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>documents;measurement units in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>measurement units;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>units;measurement units</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centimetres</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inches</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>distances</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selecting;measurement units</bookmark_value>

[ctx: measurement_units.xhp par_id3154749 help.text]
note: nsUpQ
en: In the left pane of the dialog, double-click the application for which you want to select the measurement unit.
en_GB: In the left pane of the dialogue box, double-click the application for which you want to select the measurement unit.

[ctx: measurement_units.xhp par_id3147335 help.text]
note: DDNSQ
en: On the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the measurement unit. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: On the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the measurement unit. Close the dialogue box with <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: microsoft_terms.xhp par_id3153950 help.text]
note: 5RTgJ
en: Refresh Data (in Excel)
en_GB: Refresh Data (in Microsoft Excel)

[ctx: microsoft_terms.xhp par_id3150045 help.text]
note: bY4at
en: <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Nonprinting Characters">Nonprinting Characters</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp" name="Hidden Paragraphs">Hidden Paragraphs</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp" name="Non-printing Characters">Non-printing Characters</link>, <link href="text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp" name="Hidden Paragraphs">Hidden Paragraphs</link>

[ctx: ms_import_export_limitations.xhp bm_id3149760 help.text]
note: iArtG
en: <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;document import restrictions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>import restrictions for Microsoft Office</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;importing password protected files</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;document import restrictions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>import restrictions for Microsoft Office</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;importing password-protected files</bookmark_value>

[ctx: ms_import_export_limitations.xhp par_id3147834 help.text]
note: Mojph
en: $[officename] can automatically open Microsoft Office 97/2000/XP documents. However, some layout features and formatting attributes in more complex Microsoft Office documents are handled differently in $[officename] or are unsupported. As a result, converted files require some degree of manual reformatting. The amount of reformatting that can be expected is proportional to the complexity of the structure and formatting of the source document. $[officename] cannot run Visual Basic Scripts, but can load them for you to analyze.
en_GB: $[officename] can automatically open Microsoft Office 97/2000/XP documents. However, some layout features and formatting attributes in more complex Microsoft Office documents are handled differently in $[officename] or are unsupported. As a result, converted files require some degree of manual reformatting. The amount of reformatting that can be expected is proportional to the complexity of the structure and formatting of the source document. $[officename] cannot run Visual Basic Scripts, but can load them for you to analyse.

[ctx: ms_import_export_limitations.xhp par_id3155342 help.text]
note: LwBeE
en: Tables, frames, and multi-column formatting
en_GB: Tables, frames and multi-column formatting

[ctx: ms_import_export_limitations.xhp par_id3156424 help.text]
note: A2zcR
en: Tab, line, and paragraph spacing
en_GB: Tab, line and paragraph spacing

[ctx: ms_import_export_limitations.xhp par_id3149456 help.text]
note: ZaV6e
en: Some functions/formulas (see below)
en_GB: Some functions/formulae (see below)

[ctx: ms_import_export_limitations.xhp par_id0811200801491971 help.text]
note: kSNMw
en: One example of differences between Calc and Excel is the handling of boolean values. Enter TRUE to cells A1 and A2.
en_GB: One example of differences between Calc and Microsoft Excel is the handling of boolean values. Enter TRUE to cells A1 and A2.

[ctx: ms_user.xhp bm_id3150789 help.text]
note: izN9E
en: <bookmark_value>Office;Microsoft Office and $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;new users information</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opening;Microsoft Office files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving;in Microsoft Office file format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; in MS Office documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Office;Microsoft Office and $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;new users information</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opening;Microsoft Office files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving;in Microsoft Office file format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; in Microsoft Office documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: ms_user.xhp par_id3147008 help.text]
note: uRKix
en: Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>. Select a Microsoft Office file in the $[officename] file open dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>. Select a Microsoft Office file in the $[officename] file open dialogue box.

[ctx: ms_user.xhp par_id3156346 help.text]
note: K7FrB
en: MS Office file...
en_GB: Microsoft Office file...

[ctx: ms_user.xhp par_id3149807 help.text]
note: 2NnEW
en: From now on, if you save a document, the <emph>File type </emph>will be set according to your choice. Of course, you still can select another file type in the file save dialog.
en_GB: From now on, if you save a document, the <emph>File type</emph> will be set according to your choice. Of course, you still can select another file type in the file save dialogue box.

[ctx: ms_user.xhp par_id3150486 help.text]
note: DnGoX
en: Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp" name="File - AutoPilot - Document Converter"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link> to start the wizard.
en_GB: Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp" name="File - Wizards - Document Converter"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link> to start the wizard.

[ctx: navigator.xhp par_id3166461 help.text]
note: dcze2
en: You may dock the Navigator to any document border or turn it back into a free window (double click on the gray area). You can change the size of the Navigator when it is a free window.
en_GB: You may dock the Navigator to any document border or turn it back into a free window (double-click on the grey area). You can change the size of the Navigator when it is a free window.

[ctx: numbering_stop.xhp bm_id3154186 help.text]
note: 6bVuF
en: <bookmark_value>numbering; turning off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bullets; turning off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing, see also deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing;bullets and numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard;removing numbering</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbering; turning off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullets; turning off</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing, see also deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing;bullets and numbering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;removing numbering</bookmark_value>

[ctx: numbering_stop.xhp par_id3144511 help.text]
note: biscq
en: If the cursor is located within a numbered or bulleted list, you can turn off automatic numbers or bullets for the current paragraph or selected paragraphs by clicking the <emph>Bullets On/Off </emph>icon on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar.
en_GB: If the cursor is located within a numbered or bulleted list, you can turn off automatic numbers or bullets for the current paragraph or selected paragraphs by clicking the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar.

[ctx: openpgp.xhp par_id621543694550648 help.text]
note: oDRsr
en: Mark the <widget>Encrypt with GPG key</widget> checkbox.
en_GB: Mark the <widget>Encrypt with GPG key</widget> check box.

[ctx: openpgp.xhp par_id91543694595310 help.text]
note: FzDEx
en: Click <widget>Save</widget>. %PRODUCTNAME opens the OpenPGP public key selection dialog.
en_GB: Click <widget>Save</widget>. %PRODUCTNAME opens the OpenPGP public key selection dialogue box.

[ctx: openpgp.xhp par_id811543694660297 help.text]
note: cNs8L
en: Click <widget>OK</widget> to close the dialog and save the file.
en_GB: Click <widget>OK</widget> to close the dialogue box and save the file.

[ctx: pageformat_max.xhp bm_id3149180 help.text]
note: W9R8z
en: <bookmark_value>page formats; maximizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; maximizing page formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printers; maximum page formats</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>page formats; maximising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; maximising page formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printers; maximum page formats</bookmark_value>

[ctx: pageformat_max.xhp par_id3159233 help.text]
note: bFyg7
en: Make sure that your printer has been setup under <emph>File - Printer Settings</emph>.
en_GB: Ensure that your printer has been setup under <emph>File - Printer Settings</emph>.

[ctx: pageformat_max.xhp par_id3156114 help.text]
note: MyG4n
en: Make sure that the <emph>Web</emph> in the <emph>View</emph> menu is not selected.
en_GB: Make sure that the <emph>Web</emph> option in the <emph>View</emph> menu is not selected.

[ctx: pageformat_max.xhp par_id3147335 help.text]
note: Ga8Eq
en: Under <emph>Margins</emph> you can define the maximum or minimum possible value for the page margins (left, right, top, and bottom). Click into the respective control, then press the Page Up or Page Down key. The preview displays a dashed line around the printable range.
en_GB: Under <emph>Margins</emph> you can define the maximum or minimum possible value for the page margins (left, right, top, and bottom). Click within the respective spin button, then press the Page Up or Page Down key. The preview displays a dashed line around the printable range.

[ctx: pageformat_max.xhp par_id3145120 help.text]
note: PsXtZ
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: paintbrush.xhp par_idN1066E help.text]
note: AZjCv
en: Select or click the text or object that you want to apply the formatting to.
en_GB: Select or click the text or object to which you want to apply the formatting.

[ctx: paintbrush.xhp par_idN106CB help.text]
note: gkQQP
en: Copies the object formatting that is defined in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Graphics</item> or <item type="menuitem">Format - Drawing Object</item> dialogs. The contents, size, position, hyperlinks, and macros in the object are not copied.
en_GB: Copies the object formatting that is defined in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Graphics</item> or <item type="menuitem">Format - Drawing Object</item> dialogue boxes. The contents, size, position, hyperlinks, and macros in the object are not copied.

[ctx: paintbrush.xhp par_idN106E5 help.text]
note: 4DeiF
en: Copies all formatting attributes. In Impress and Draw, the text contents of the object is also copied.
en_GB: Copies all formatting attributes. In Impress and Draw, the text content of the object is also copied.

[ctx: paintbrush.xhp par_idN106FF help.text]
note: VWC7v
en: Copies the formatting that is specified in Table, Text Flow, Borders, and Background tab pages in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Table</item> dialog. The paragraph and character formatting are also copied.
en_GB: Copies the formatting that is specified in Table, Text Flow, Borders, and Background tab pages in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Table</item> dialogue box. The paragraph and character formatting are also copied.

[ctx: paintbrush.xhp par_idN1070C help.text]
note: xBbMX
en: Copies the formatting that is specified in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells</item> dialog as well as the formatting of the cell contents
en_GB: Copies the formatting that is specified in the <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells</item> dialogue box as well as the formatting of the cell content

[ctx: pasting.xhp par_idN10743 help.text]
note: vHQPK
en: Contents that are stored on the clipboard can be pasted into your document using different formats. In %PRODUCTNAME you can choose how to paste the contents using a dialog or a drop-down icon.
en_GB: Contents that are stored on the clipboard can be pasted into your document using different formats. In %PRODUCTNAME you can choose how to paste the contents using a dialogue box or a drop-down icon.

[ctx: pasting.xhp par_idN10762 help.text]
note: nFhpt
en: Pasting clipboard contents using a dialog
en_GB: Pasting clipboard contents using a dialogue box

[ctx: pasting.xhp par_idN10774 help.text]
note: H8WvY
en: If you are in a spreadsheet and the contents of the clipboard are spreadsheet cells, then a different <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog appears. Use the <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog to copy cells using basic or advanced options.
en_GB: If you are in a spreadsheet and the contents of the clipboard are spreadsheet cells, then a different <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialogue box will appear. Use the <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialogue box to copy cells using basic or advanced options.

[ctx: pasting.xhp par_idN1078C help.text]
note: sHuP5
en: The other options are explained in the help, when you call the <link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp">Paste Special</link> dialog from within %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
en_GB: The other options are explained in the help, when you call the <link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp">Paste Special</link> dialogue box from within %PRODUCTNAME Calc.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp bm_id3150125 help.text]
note: FDei5
en: <bookmark_value>printing; black and white</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>black and white printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>colors; not printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; printing in black</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing; black and white</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>black and white printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; not printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; printing in black</bookmark_value>

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3149346 help.text]
note: JEFQG
en: Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. The <emph>General</emph> tab page of the dialog opens.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. The <emph>General</emph> tab page of the dialogue box opens.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3155892 help.text]
note: M2gZA
en: Click on <emph>Properties</emph>. This opens the Properties dialog for your printer.
en_GB: Click on <emph>Properties</emph>. This opens the Properties dialogue box for your printer.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3153345 help.text]
note: 3F6Cg
en: Confirm the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog and click <emph>Print</emph>.
en_GB: Confirm the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box and click <emph>Print</emph>.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3147573 help.text]
note: uxocY
en: Under <emph>Quality,</emph> select either <emph>Grayscale</emph> or <emph>Black & white</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Under <emph>Quality</emph>, select either <emph>Greyscale</emph> or <emph>Black & white</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3154307 help.text]
note: kGhaY
en: When either of these options is selected, all presentations or drawings will be printed without color. If you only want to print in black for the <emph>current</emph> print job, select the option in <emph>File - Print - %PRODUCTNAME Draw/Impress</emph>.
en_GB: When either of these options is selected, all presentations or drawings will be printed without colour. If you only want to print in black for the <emph>current</emph> print job, select the option in <emph>File - Print - %PRODUCTNAME Draw/Impress</emph>.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3149786 help.text]
note: 2dZiG
en: <emph>Grayscale</emph> converts all colors to a maximum of 256 gradations from black to white. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> will not be printed.
en_GB: <emph>Greyscale</emph> converts all colours to a maximum of 256 gradations from black to white. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> will not be printed.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3145610 help.text]
note: anpMg
en: <emph>Black & white</emph> converts all colors into the two values black and white. All borders around objects are printed black. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> will not be printed.
en_GB: <emph>Black & white</emph> converts all colours into the two values black and white. All borders around objects are printed black. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph> will not be printed.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3147559 help.text]
note: SLPHu
en: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer you can choose to print color-formatted text in black and white. You can specify this either for all subsequent text documents to be printed, or only for the current printing process.
en_GB: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer you can choose to print colour-formatted text in black and white. You can specify this either for all subsequent text documents to be printed, or for only the current printing process.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3154910 help.text]
note: oTD5i
en: Under <emph>Contents,</emph> mark <emph>Print black</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Under <emph>Contents</emph>, mark <emph>Print black</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: print_blackwhite.xhp par_id3153726 help.text]
note: F8xN2
en: <link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp" name="Printing dialogs">Printing dialogs</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp" name="Printing dialogue boxes">Printing dialogue boxes</link>

[ctx: protection.xhp bm_id3150620 help.text]
note: fCGJU
en: <bookmark_value>protecting; contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>protected contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>contents protection</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>encryption of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>passwords for protecting contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>security;protecting contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>form controls; protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>draw objects;protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects;protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>graphics;protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;protecting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>protecting; contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>protected contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>contents protection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>encryption of contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>passwords for protecting contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>security;protecting contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>form controls; protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE objects;protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>graphics;protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames;protecting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id3148492 help.text]
note: vEQSp
en: Open the document, entering the correct password. Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph> and clear the <emph>Save with password</emph> check box.
en_GB: Open the document, entering the correct password. Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph> and unmark the <emph>Save with password</emph> check box.

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id3166429 help.text]
note: E6X38
en: The draw objects that you insert into your documents with the <emph>Drawing </emph>toolbar can be protected from being accidentally moved or changed in size. You can do the same with form objects inserted with the <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar.
en_GB: The draw objects that you insert into your documents with the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar can be protected from being accidentally moved or changed in size. You can do the same with form objects inserted with the <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar.

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id3148815 help.text]
note: EASQQ
en: Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size </emph>- <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Mark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size</emph> - <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Mark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.

[ctx: protection.xhp par_id3154991 help.text]
note: jQEDR
en: Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size </emph>- <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Unmark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Object - Position and Size</emph> - <emph>Position and Size</emph> tab. Unmark the <emph>Position</emph> or <emph>Size</emph> check box.

[ctx: redaction.xhp par_id471562795247717 help.text]
note: rUjmE
en: <variable id="redaction"><ahelp hid=".">Redacting documents blocks out words or portions of a document for authorized use or viewing.</ahelp></variable> Redaction protects sensitive information and helps enterprises and organizations to comply with regulations on confidentiality or privacy.
en_GB: <variable id="redaction"><ahelp hid=".">Redacting documents blocks out words or portions of a document for authorised use or viewing.</ahelp></variable> Redaction protects sensitive information and helps enterprises and organisations to comply with regulations on confidentiality or privacy.

[ctx: redaction.xhp par_id671562795811658 help.text]
note: 7a2gY
en: When redacting, the redaction shapes are transparent and in gray so the user can see what is being redacted.
en_GB: When redacting, the redaction shapes are transparent and in grey so the user can see what is being redacted.

[ctx: redlining_accept.xhp par_id3153748 help.text]
note: Rk8jv
en: Open the document and choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Manage</emph>. The <emph>Manage Changes</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Open the document and choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Manage</emph>. The <emph>Manage Changes</emph> dialogue box appears.

[ctx: redlining_accept.xhp par_id3148474 help.text]
note: bynhF
en: If the list of changes is too long, you can switch to the <emph>Filter</emph> tab in the dialog and specify that you only want to see the changes of certain authors, or only the changes of the last day, or that you want the list to be restricted in some other way.
en_GB: If the list of changes is too long, you can switch to the <emph>Filter</emph> tab in the dialogue box and specify that you only want to see the changes of certain authors, or only the changes of the last day, or that you want the list to be restricted in some other way.

[ctx: redlining_accept.xhp par_id3143271 help.text]
note: oj94V
en: Color-coded entries display the result of the filter that is set. Entries in black can be accepted or rejected and match the filter criteria. Entries in blue do not themselves match the filter criteria, but have subentries that are included by the filter. Gray entries cannot be accepted or rejected and do not match the filter criterion. Green entries do match the filter but cannot be accepted or rejected.
en_GB: Colour-coded entries display the result of the filter that is set. Entries in black can be accepted or rejected and match the filter criteria. Entries in blue do not themselves match the filter criteria, but have subentries that are included by the filter. Grey entries cannot be accepted or rejected and do not match the filter criterion. Green entries do match the filter but cannot be accepted or rejected.

[ctx: redlining_doccompare.xhp bm_id3154788 help.text]
note: 4Hv7i
en: <bookmark_value>documents; comparing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comparisons;document versions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>versions; comparing documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changes;comparing to original</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>review function; comparing documents</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>documents; comparing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comparisons;document versions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>versions; comparing documents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changes;comparing with original</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>review function; comparing documents</bookmark_value>

[ctx: redlining_doccompare.xhp par_id3145315 help.text]
note: Fg2eL
en: A file selection dialog appears. Select your older original document and confirm the dialog.
en_GB: A file selection dialogue box will appear. Select your older original document and confirm the dialogue box.

[ctx: redlining_doccompare.xhp par_id3149762 help.text]
note: sabfp
en: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> combines both documents into the reviewer's document. All text passages that occur in the reviewer's document but not in the original are identified as having been inserted, and all text passages that got deleted by the reviewer are identified as deletions.
en_GB: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> combines both documents into the reviewer's document. All text passages that occur in the reviewer's document but not in the original are identified as having been inserted, and all text passages that were deleted by the reviewer are identified as deletions.

[ctx: redlining_docmerge.xhp par_id3149177 help.text]
note: TKx7T
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Merge Document</emph>. A file selection dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Merge Document</emph>. A file selection dialogue box appears.

[ctx: redlining_docmerge.xhp par_id3147576 help.text]
note: GPzNg
en: Select the copy of the document from the dialog. If there have been no subsequent changes to the original document, the copy is merged into the original.
en_GB: Select the copy of the document from the dialogue box. If there have been no subsequent changes to the original document, the copy is merged into the original.

[ctx: redlining_docmerge.xhp par_id3149182 help.text]
note: M9paZ
en: If changes have been made to the original document, an error dialog appears that informs you that the merge is unsuccessful.
en_GB: If changes have been made to the original document, an error dialogue box appears that informs you that the merge is unsuccessful.

[ctx: redlining_enter.xhp par_id3163802 help.text]
note: mAwJ3
en: Now start making your changes. You will note that all new text passages that you enter are underlined in color, while all text that you delete remains visible but is crossed out and shown in color.
en_GB: Now start making your changes. You will note that all new text passages that you enter are underlined in colour, while all text that you delete remains visible but is crossed out and shown in colour.

[ctx: redlining_enter.xhp par_id3148473 help.text]
note: LAx8Z
en: You can enter a comment on each recorded change by placing the cursor in the area of the change and then choosing <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Comment</emph>. In addition to Extended Tips, the comment is also displayed in the list in the <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp" name="Manage Changes"><emph>Manage Changes</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: You can enter a comment on each recorded change by placing the cursor in the area of the change and then choosing <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Comment</emph>. In addition to Extended Tips, the comment is also displayed in the list in the <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp" name="Manage Changes"><emph>Manage Changes</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: redlining_enter.xhp par_id3153627 help.text]
note: N5onb
en: In a text document, you can highlight all lines that you have changed with an additional colored marking. This can be in the form of a red line in the margin, for example.
en_GB: In a text document, you can highlight all lines that you have changed with an additional coloured marking. This can be in the form of a red line in the margin, for example.

[ctx: redlining_navigation.xhp par_id3153885 help.text]
note: DvVMf
en: Using these commands in conjunction with the <emph>Accept</emph> and <emph>Reject</emph> commands allows navigating, accepting and rejecting changes without invoking the <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Manage</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Using these commands in conjunction with the <emph>Accept</emph> and <emph>Reject</emph> commands allows navigating, accepting and rejecting changes without invoking the <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Manage</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: redlining_protect.xhp par_id3147088 help.text]
note: iJNzK
en: Choose <emph>Protect</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp" name="Password"><emph>Password</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Protect</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp" name="Password"><emph>Password</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: redlining_versions.xhp par_id3149399 help.text]
note: PMQ9W
en: You can choose to view individual versions of a document, or you can display the differences between versions with color markings.
en_GB: You can choose to view individual versions of a document, or you can display the differences between versions with colour markings.

[ctx: redlining_versions.xhp par_id3149811 help.text]
note: MnzEq
en: In the dialog to open a document, you can select from a combo box which version of this document you want to open.
en_GB: In the dialogue box to open a document, you can select from a combo box which version of this document you want to open.

[ctx: round_corner.xhp bm_id3150040 help.text]
note: 8UqTR
en: <bookmark_value>corner roundings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rectangles with round corners</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>legends;rounding corners</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>round corners</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customizing;round corners</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>corner roundings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rectangles with round corners</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>legends;rounding corners</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>round corners</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customising;round corners</bookmark_value>

[ctx: round_corner.xhp par_id3156136 help.text]
note: 6cVNR
en: When you insert a rectangle or a callout box using the drawing functions and activate the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, you see a small frame at the upper left corner of the object. The frame indicates the amount by which the corners are rounded. When the frame is positioned at the top left corner, no rounding occurs. When the frame is positioned on the handle centered at the top of the object, the corners are rounded as much as possible. You adjust the degree of rounding by moving the frame between these two positions.
en_GB: When you insert a rectangle or a callout box using the drawing functions and activate the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, you see a small frame at the upper left corner of the object. The frame indicates the amount by which the corners are rounded. When the frame is positioned at the top left corner, no rounding occurs. When the frame is positioned on the handle centred at the top of the object, the corners are rounded as much as possible. You adjust the degree of rounding by moving the frame between these two positions.

[ctx: scripting.xhp bm_id5277565 help.text]
note: MtucW
en: <bookmark_value>assigning scripts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>programming;scripting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>form controls;assigning macros</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures;assigning macros</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;assigning macros</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;assigning macros</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>controls;assigning macros (Basic)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>menus;assigning macros</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>events;assigning scripts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>assigning scripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>programming;scripting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>form controls;assigning macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures;assigning macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks;assigning macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shortcut keys;assigning macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>controls;assigning macros (Basic)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>menus;assigning macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>events;assigning scripts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10728 help.text]
note: MfK5X
en: You can assign custom scripts (macros) to menu items, icons, dialog controls, and events in %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: You can assign custom scripts (macros) to menu items, icons, dialogue box controls, and events in %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10758 help.text]
note: DGgS7
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph>, and click the <emph>Menus</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph>, and click the <emph>Menus</emph> tab.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10787 help.text]
note: EqrLt
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Keyboard</emph>.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN1078E help.text]
note: FDRbJ
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Events</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Events</emph>.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10B5D help.text]
note: SQWep
en: Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialogue box.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10B61 help.text]
note: EjEFv
en: Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialog where you can assign a script to the selected event.
en_GB: Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialogue box in which you can assign a script to the selected event.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN107B1 help.text]
note: w7JBM
en: Open the %PRODUCTNAME Basic dialog editor, then create a dialog with a control on it.
en_GB: Open the %PRODUCTNAME Basic dialog editor, then create a dialogue box with a control on it.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10B87 help.text]
note: 5LpF4
en: Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Events</emph> tab of the Properties dialogue box.

[ctx: scripting.xhp par_idN10B8B help.text]
note: JiPEE
en: Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialog where you can assign a script to the selected event.
en_GB: Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialogue box in which you can assign a script to the selected event.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3156284 help.text]
note: vmnQN
en: In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog or the <emph>Printer Settings</emph> dialog, select the printer from the <emph>printers</emph> list box and click <emph>Properties</emph>. The <emph>Properties</emph> dialog appears containing several tab pages. This is where you can make settings that are used according to the PPD file of the selected printer.
en_GB: In the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box or the <emph>Printer Settings</emph> dialogue box, select the printer from the <emph>printers</emph> list box and click <emph>Properties</emph>. The <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box appears containing several tab pages. This is where you can make settings that are used according to the PPD file of the selected printer.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3145649 help.text]
note: FK9WE
en: On the <emph>Device</emph> tab page, you can activate the special options for your printer. If your printer can only print in black and white, choose "grayscale" under <emph>Color</emph>, otherwise choose "color". If switching to grayscale leads to unfavorable results, you can also select "color" under <emph>Color</emph> and see how the printer or PostScript emulator applies it. Furthermore, on this tab page you can set the precision with which colors are described as well as the PostScript level.
en_GB: On the <emph>Device</emph> tab page, you can activate the special options for your printer. If your printer can only print in black and white, choose "greyscale" under <emph>Colour</emph>, otherwise choose "colour". If switching to greyscale leads to unfavourable results, you can also select "colour" under <emph>Colour</emph> and see how the printer or PostScript emulator applies it. Furthermore, on this tab page you can set the precision with which colours are described as well as the PostScript level.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3150826 help.text]
note: FENqs
en: A dialog prompting you for the phone numbers to send the fax to will appear after the printout when printing to a fax4CUPS printer. Multiple numbers can be entered separated by ;
en_GB: A dialogue box prompting you for the phone numbers to send the fax to will appear after the printout when printing to a fax4CUPS printer. Multiple numbers can be entered separated by ;

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3154196 help.text]
note: G4ipx
en: In $[officename] you can also activate an icon for sending faxes to a default fax. To do this, choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Toolbars</emph>, click <emph>Add Commands</emph> and add from "Documents" the <emph>Send Default Fax</emph> icon. You can set which fax is used when this button is pressed under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>.
en_GB: In $[officename] you can also activate an icon for sending faxes to a default fax. To do this, choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Toolbars</emph>, click <emph>Add Commands</emph> and add from "Documents" the <emph>Send Default Fax</emph> icon. You can set which fax is used when this button is pressed under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>.

[ctx: spadmin.xhp par_id3150517 help.text]
note: whrGj
en: Remember to create one separate print job for each fax, otherwise, the first recipient will receive all the faxes. In the <emph>Tools - Mail Merge</emph> dialog select the <emph>Printer</emph> option and then select the <emph>Single print jobs</emph> check box.
en_GB: Remember to create one separate print job for each fax, otherwise, the first recipient will receive all the faxes. In the <emph>Tools - Mail Merge</emph> dialogue box select the <emph>Printer</emph> option and then mark the <emph>Separate print jobs</emph> check box.

[ctx: standard_template.xhp par_id3152811 help.text]
note: nWgSj
en: When you open a new document with <emph>File - New</emph>, a blank document appears based on a $[officename] template. You can edit, modify, or replace this template so that the new document contains your customized Styles or other contents.
en_GB: When you open a new document with <emph>File - New</emph>, a blank document appears based on a $[officename] template. You can edit, modify, or replace this template so that the new document contains your customised Styles or other contents.

[ctx: start_parameters.xhp par_id215247284938 help.text]
note: DhG66
en: Using without any arguments opens the start center.
en_GB: Using without any arguments opens the start centre.

[ctx: start_parameters.xhp par_id3146080 help.text]
note: QNjce
en: Starts minimized. The splash screen is not displayed.
en_GB: Starts minimised. The splash screen is not displayed.

[ctx: start_parameters.xhp par_id3147341 help.text]
note: Rdt2A
en: Using the parameter, $[officename] can only be ended using the taskmanager (Windows) or the <emph>kill </emph>command (UNIX-like systems).
en_GB: Using the parameter, $[officename] can only be ended using the Task Manager (Windows) or the <emph>kill </emph>command (UNIX-like systems).

[ctx: start_parameters.xhp par_id20161204122216505 help.text]
note: 5J9rm
en: Exit after initialization complete (no documents loaded).
en_GB: Exit after initialisation complete (no documents loaded).

[ctx: start_parameters.xhp par_id621571707097884 help.text]
note: EybYK
en: strace is a diagnostic, debugging and instructional userspace utility for Linux.
en_GB: strace is a diagnostic, debugging and instructional user-space utility for Linux.

[ctx: start_parameters.xhp par_id3153655 help.text]
note: 2Fa6r
en: If the file name contains spaces, then it must be enclosed in quotation marks.
en_GB: If the file name contains spaces, then it must be enclosed by quotation marks.

[ctx: start_parameters.xhp par_id3153838 help.text]
note: VVUCW
en: Opens and starts the following presentation documents of each immediately. Files are closed after the showing. Files other than Impress documents are opened in default mode , regardless of previous mode.
en_GB: Opens and starts the following presentation documents of each immediately. Files are closed after the showing. Files other than Impress documents are opened in default mode, regardless of previous mode.

[ctx: startcenter.xhp tit help.text]
note: DZDF6
en: Start Center
en_GB: Start Centre

[ctx: startcenter.xhp bm_id0820200802500562 help.text]
note: BezyC
en: <bookmark_value>backing window</bookmark_value>    <bookmark_value>start center</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>backing window</bookmark_value>    <bookmark_value>start centre</bookmark_value>

[ctx: startcenter.xhp hd_id0820200802524447 help.text]
note: VxGgY
en: <variable id="startcenter"><link href="text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp">Start Center</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="startcenter"><link href="text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp">Start Centre</link></variable>

[ctx: startcenter.xhp par_id0820200802524413 help.text]
note: mg9A4
en: You see the Start Center when no document is open in %PRODUCTNAME. It is divided into two panes. <ahelp hid=".">Click a button on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: You see the Start Centre when no document is open in %PRODUCTNAME. It is divided into two panes. <ahelp hid=".">Click a button on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: startcenter.xhp par_id082020080310500 help.text]
note: P4QMD
en: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Open File</emph> button presents a <link href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp">file open</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Open File</emph> button presents a <link href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp">file open</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: startcenter.xhp par_id082020080310502 help.text]
note: k2XUn
en: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Remote Files</emph> button presents a <link href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files.xhp">Remote files</link> dialog to open files stored on remote servers.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Remote Files</emph> button presents a <link href="text/shared/guide/cmis-remote-files.xhp">Remote files</link> dialogue box to open files stored on remote servers.</ahelp>

[ctx: tabs.xhp par_id3153091 help.text]
note: brFyo
en: Setting centered tabs
en_GB: Setting centred tabs

[ctx: tabs.xhp par_id3154150 help.text]
note: pqFFB
en: Double-click the ruler to open the <link href="text/shared/01/05030300.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Double-click the ruler to open the <link href="text/shared/01/05030300.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: tabs.xhp par_id3154145 help.text]
note: NKHUs
en: Double-click the white area of the ruler to set one tab. The <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialog appears with the <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page open.
en_GB: Double-click the white area of the ruler to set one tab. The <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialogue box appears with the <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page open.

[ctx: tabs.xhp par_id3151059 help.text]
note: b4UfL
en: If you want to change the settings of your default tab stops, you will find further information under <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp" name="Text Document - General">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp" name="Spreadsheet - General">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp" name="Drawing - General">%PRODUCTNAME Draw - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp" name="Presentation - General">%PRODUCTNAME Impress - General</link></caseinline><defaultinline>(module name) - General</defaultinline></switchinline> in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: If you want to change the settings of your default tab stops, you will find further information under <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp" name="Text Document - General">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp" name="Spreadsheet - General">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp" name="Drawing - General">%PRODUCTNAME Draw - General</link></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp" name="Presentation - General">%PRODUCTNAME Impress - General</link></caseinline><defaultinline>(module name) - General</defaultinline></switchinline> in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: template_manager.xhp par_id04162017064929216 help.text]
note: F2A4A
en: <ahelp hid=".">The Template Manager dialog makes it easy to manage templates and allows to start new documents using templates.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The Template Manager dialogue box makes it easy to manage templates and allows to start new documents using templates.</ahelp>

[ctx: template_manager.xhp par_id041620170723497279 help.text]
note: RwG3b
en: Press the <item type="menuitem">Templates </item>button in the Start Center.
en_GB: Press the <item type="menuitem">Templates </item>button in the Start Centre.

[ctx: template_manager.xhp par_id041620170723509119 help.text]
note: oRLxn
en: Select any template type from the <item type="menuitem">Templates </item>button of the Start Center.
en_GB: Select any template type from the <item type="menuitem">Templates </item>button of the Start Centre.

[ctx: template_manager.xhp par_id041620170723502887 help.text]
note: 4HkCP
en: Templates save editing time by starting new documents with pre-filled contents and formatting. The Template Manager allows you to access and organize templates in %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Templates save editing time by starting new documents with pre-filled contents and formatting. The Template Manager allows you to access and organise templates in %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: template_manager.xhp par_id041620170723504381 help.text]
note: bYCKn
en: If you have opened the %PRODUCTNAME start center and have not yet opened a document or application, the Template Manager may be accessed differently. <keycode>Ctrl-Shift-N</keycode> will still open the Template Manager, but it may also be accessed by choosing Templates from the left sidebar, and then choosing Manage Templates.
en_GB: If you have opened the %PRODUCTNAME start centre and have not yet opened a document or application, the Template Manager may be accessed differently. <keycode>Ctrl-Shift-N</keycode> will still open the Template Manager, but it may also be accessed by choosing Templates from the left sidebar, and then choosing Manage Templates.

[ctx: template_manager.xhp par_id041620170723505410 help.text]
note: WFNNX
en: <ahelp hid=".">You may search for a template by entering text in the search box at the top left. The Main window show the templates found.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">You may search for a template by entering text in the search box at the top left. The Main window shows the templates found.</ahelp>

[ctx: template_manager.xhp par_id041620170723507575 help.text]
note: 4GEAB
en: <ahelp hid=".">You may filter for All Applications, Documents, Spreadsheets or Drawings by choosing an option from the dropdown box at the top-center. The main window displays the filtered templates.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">You may filter for All Applications, Documents, Spreadsheets or Drawings by choosing an option from the drop-down box at the top-centre. The main window displays the filtered templates.</ahelp>

[ctx: template_manager.xhp par_id041620170723509003 help.text]
note: BLKaw
en: Select a template in the main window and right-click and then choose Rename to rename the template. This will cause a dialog box to appear where a new name may be chosen for the template. Type in the name and then choose OK or choose Cancel to revert to the name that is already set.
en_GB: Select a template in the main window and right-click and then choose Rename to rename the template. This will cause a dialogue box to appear where a new name may be chosen for the template. Type in the name and then choose OK or choose Cancel to revert to the name that is already set.

[ctx: template_manager.xhp par_id041620170723504317 help.text]
note: ivefw
en: Select a template in the main window and press the delete button, or right-click then choose Delete to delete the template. A dialog box will appear requesting confirmation. Choose Yes to delete or No to cancel.
en_GB: Select a template in the main window and press the delete button, or right-click then choose Delete to delete the template. A dialogue box will appear requesting confirmation. Choose Yes to delete or No to cancel.

[ctx: template_manager.xhp par_id041620170723521916 help.text]
note: Aa49E
en: Make use of categories to organize your templates. Create new templates or download templates and organize in the Template Manager. Use templates to save time for repetitive documents.
en_GB: Make use of categories to organise your templates. Create new templates or download templates and organise in the Template Manager. Use templates to save time for repetitive documents.

[ctx: text_color.xhp tit help.text]
note: XFoCf
en: Changing the Color of Text
en_GB: Changing the Colour of Text

[ctx: text_color.xhp bm_id3156014 help.text]
note: tMJeE
en: <bookmark_value>text; coloring</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters; coloring</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>colors; fonts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fonts;colors</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text; colouring</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters; colouring</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>colours; fonts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fonts;colours</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_color.xhp hd_id3156014 help.text]
note: YGwnc
en: <variable id="text_color"><link href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp" name="Changing the Color of Text">Changing the Color of Text</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text_color"><link href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp" name="Changing the Colour of Text">Changing the Colour of Text</link></variable>

[ctx: text_color.xhp par_id3150040 help.text]
note: XMpvh
en: Click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon to activate a <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abreissleiste" name="toolbar">toolbar</link> from which you can choose from a range of colors.
en_GB: Click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Colour</emph> icon to activate a <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#abreissleiste" name="toolbar">toolbar</link> from which you can choose from a range of colours.

[ctx: text_color.xhp par_id3152781 help.text]
note: MFqAC
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: text_color.xhp par_id3149795 help.text]
note: BwTCp
en: The following only applies to <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer: If you click the icon with a short-click while no text is selected, then the mouse pointer changes its appearance and is displayed as a paint can. Use this paint can symbol with the mouse key pressed to drag across a text area. This text area takes the selected color. The function remains active for as long as the icon is pressed, or until you click without dragging, or until you press the Escape key.
en_GB: The following only applies to <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer: If you click the icon with a short-click while no text is selected, then the mouse pointer changes its appearance and is displayed as a paint can. Use this paint can symbol with the mouse key pressed to drag across a text area. This text area takes the selected colour. The function remains active for as long as the icon is pressed, or until you click without dragging, or until you press the Escape key.

[ctx: text_color.xhp par_id3145120 help.text]
note: UUnHv
en: The following applies to all modules (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress): Select the text that is to take another color, then click the color you want on the toolbar.
en_GB: The following applies to all modules (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress): Select the text that is to take another colour, then click the colour you want on the toolbar.

[ctx: text_color.xhp par_id3154285 help.text]
note: SAMBY
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Font color">Font color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Font colour">Font colour</link>

[ctx: version_number.xhp par_id3149346 help.text]
note: J69PD
en: Choose <emph>Help - About $[officename]</emph>. This opens a dialog containing information about the program.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Help - About $[officename]</emph>. This opens a dialogue box containing information about the program.

[ctx: viewing_file_properties.xhp par_id3147834 help.text]
note: kJaWW
en: You can view file properties for the current document<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> or for a document in the Windows File Open dialog </caseinline></switchinline>.
en_GB: You can view file properties for the current document<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> or for a document in the Windows File Open dialogue box </caseinline></switchinline>.

[ctx: viewing_file_properties.xhp hd_id3150443 help.text]
note: 8C7yD
en: To view file properties for a document listed in the Windows File Open dialog
en_GB: To view file properties for a document listed in the Windows File Open dialogue box

[ctx: viewing_file_properties.xhp par_id3145121 help.text]
note: FkHvP
en: Right-click and choose<emph> Properties</emph>.
en_GB: Right-click and choose <emph>Properties</emph>.

[ctx: workfolder.xhp bm_id3150789 help.text]
note: WgG3C
en: <bookmark_value>working directory change</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>My Documents folder;changing work directory</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>paths; changing work directory</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>pictures; changing paths</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>changing;work directory</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>working directory change</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>My Documents folder;changing working directory</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paths; changing working directory</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; changing paths</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;working directory</bookmark_value>

[ctx: workfolder.xhp par_id3150774 help.text]
note: GC3DS
en: When you start a dialog to open or save a document, $[officename] initially displays your working directory. To change this directory:
en_GB: When you start a dialogue box to open or save a document, $[officename] initially displays your working directory. To change this directory:

[ctx: workfolder.xhp par_id3163802 help.text]
note: 7PCZH
en: Click <emph>My Documents </emph>and click the <emph>Edit</emph> button, or double-click on <emph>My Documents</emph>.
en_GB: Click <emph>My Documents</emph> and click the <emph>Edit</emph> button, or double-click on <emph>My Documents</emph>.

[ctx: workfolder.xhp par_id3153880 help.text]
note: zMCsZ
en: In the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialog, choose the working directory you want and click <emph>Select</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialogue box, choose the working directory you want and click <emph>Select</emph>.

[ctx: xforms.xhp par_idN1074A help.text]
note: PCfAZ
en: In %PRODUCTNAME, an XForms document is a special type of Writer document. The <emph>Design Mode</emph> for an XForm document has additional toolbars and panes.
en_GB: In %PRODUCTNAME, an XForm document is a special type of Writer document. The <emph>Design Mode</emph> for an XForm document has additional toolbars and panes.

[ctx: xsltfilter.xhp par_idN10927 help.text]
note: o9iBH
en: %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">stores documents in XML format</link>. You can create customized filters that convert the native OpenDocument XML file format used by %PRODUCTNAME into another format. These filters can be integrated into %PRODUCTNAME seamlessly so that you can save or load these formats transparently.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">stores documents in XML format</link>. You can create customised filters that convert the native OpenDocument XML file format used by %PRODUCTNAME into another format. These filters can be integrated into %PRODUCTNAME seamlessly so that you can save or load these formats transparently.

[ctx: xsltfilter.xhp par_idN10947 help.text]
note: DyNsY
en: <emph>Import Filters</emph> - load external XML files and transform the format of the files into the OpenDocument XML file format. After you install an import filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp"><emph>File Open</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: <emph>Import Filters</emph> - load external XML files and transform the format of the files into the OpenDocument XML file format. After you install an import filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp"><emph>File Open</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: xsltfilter.xhp par_idN10960 help.text]
note: 3anRN
en: <emph>Export Filters</emph> - transform OpenDocument XML files and <emph>save</emph> the files to a different XML format. After you install an export filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp"><emph>Export</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: <emph>Export Filters</emph> - transform OpenDocument XML files and <emph>save</emph> the files to a different XML format. After you install an export filter, the name of the filter is added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01070001.xhp"><emph>Export</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: xsltfilter.xhp par_idN10979 help.text]
note: a7v4e
en: <emph>Import/Export Filters</emph> - load and save OpenDocument XML files into a different XML <emph>format</emph>. After you install these filters, the names of the filters are added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp"><emph>File Open</emph></link> dialog and the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp"><emph>File Save As</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: <emph>Import/Export Filters</emph> - load and save OpenDocument XML files into a different XML <emph>format</emph>. After you install these filters, the names of the filters are added to the list of file types in the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp"><emph>File Open</emph></link> dialogue box and the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp"><emph>File Save As</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: xsltfilter_create.xhp par_idN109FC help.text]
note: JQPig
en: In the <emph>XML Filter</emph> dialog, click the <emph>General</emph> tab, and define the properties of the filter.
en_GB: In the <emph>XML Filter</emph> dialogue box, click the <emph>General</emph> tab, and define the properties of the filter.

[ctx: xsltfilter_create.xhp par_idN10CA1 help.text]
note: aacGq
en: This name is displayed in the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog.
en_GB: This name is displayed in the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: xsltfilter_create.xhp par_idN10CC6 help.text]
note: oSSae
en: This name is displayed in the list of file types in the <emph>Open</emph>, <emph>Export</emph>, and <emph>Save As</emph> dialogs.
en_GB: This name is displayed in the list of file types in the <emph>Open</emph>, <emph>Export</emph>, and <emph>Save As</emph> dialogue boxes.

[ctx: xsltfilter_create.xhp par_idN10A82 help.text]
note: tCLvB
en: To test an <emph>Export</emph> filter, do one of the following in the <emph>Export</emph> area of the dialog:
en_GB: To test an <emph>Export</emph> filter, do one of the following in the <emph>Export</emph> area of the dialogue box:

[ctx: xsltfilter_create.xhp par_idN10A99 help.text]
note: jTkE2
en: To test an <emph>Import</emph> filter, click <emph>Browse</emph> in the <emph>Import</emph> area of the dialog, select a document, and click <emph>Open</emph>.
en_GB: To test an <emph>Import</emph> filter, click <emph>Browse</emph> in the <emph>Import</emph> area of the dialogue box, select a document, and click <emph>Open</emph>.

[ctx: xsltfilter_distribute.xhp par_idN10ACD help.text]
note: x2AhQ
en: The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is open.
en_GB: The XML Filter Settings dialogue box is only available when a text document is open.

[ctx: xsltfilter_distribute.xhp par_idN10AEA help.text]
note: zyvUx
en: The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is opened.
en_GB: The XML Filter Settings dialogue box is only available when a text document is opened.

[ctx: 05000003.xhp par_id3148520 help.text]
note: BLUEn
en: Allows you to enter and confirm a new or changed password. If you have defined a new user, enter the user name in this dialog.
en_GB: Allows you to enter and confirm a new or changed password. If you have defined a new user, enter the user name in this dialogue box.

[ctx: 05000003.xhp par_id3147576 help.text]
note: 6wJxw
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/password/oldpassword">Enter the old password here.</ahelp> This field is visible when you have opened the dialog via <emph>Change password</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/password/oldpassword">Enter the old password here.</ahelp> This field is visible when you have opened the dialogue box via <emph>Change password</emph>.

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3149203 help.text]
note: FgVqm
en: Specifies the number of decimal places for a numerical field or decimal field.
en_GB: Specifies the number of decimal places for a numeric field or decimal field.

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3154146 help.text]
note: XEX9M
en: <ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT">This button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/05340405.xhp" name="Field Format"><emph>Field Format</emph></link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT">This button opens the <link href="text/shared/01/05340405.xhp" name="Field Format"><emph>Field Format</emph></link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3166460 help.text]
note: 98zvT
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DBIndexDesign">The <emph>Index Design </emph>dialog allows you to define and edit the indexes for the current table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DBIndexDesign">The <emph>Index Design </emph>dialogue box allows you to define and edit the indexes for the current table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3155342 help.text]
note: JQ5ws
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/INDEX_LIST">Displays a list of available indexes. Select an index from the list to edit. The details of the selected index are displayed in the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/INDEX_LIST">Displays a list of available indexes. Select an index from the list to edit. The details of the selected index are displayed in the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3154758 help.text]
note: AkcRe
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_RESET">Resets the current index to the setting that it had when the dialog was started.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/ID_INDEX_RESET">Resets the current index to the setting that it had when the dialogue box was started.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3154938 help.text]
note: whVGR
en: As soon as you change a detail of the current index and then select another index, the change is immediately passed on to the data source. You can only leave the dialog, or select another index, if the change has been successfully acknowledged by the data source. However, you can undo the change by clicking the <emph>Reset Current Index </emph>icon.
en_GB: As soon as you change a detail of the current index and then select another index, the change is immediately passed on to the data source. You can only leave the dialogue box, or select another index, if the change has been successfully acknowledged by the data source. However, you can undo the change by clicking the <emph>Reset Current Index </emph>icon.

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3156282 help.text]
note: wqFaL
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/UNIQUE">Specifies whether the current index allows only unique values.</ahelp> Checking the <emph>Unique </emph>option prevents duplicate data from being entered in the field and ensures data integrity.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/UNIQUE">Specifies whether the current index allows only unique values.</ahelp> Checking the <emph>Unique</emph> option prevents duplicate data from being entered in the field and ensures data integrity.

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3147085 help.text]
note: KGRnz
en: The<emph> Fields</emph> area displays a list of fields in the current table. You can also select multiple fields. In order to remove a field from the selection, select the empty entry at the start of the list.
en_GB: The <emph>Fields</emph> area displays a list of fields in the current table. You can also select multiple fields. In order to remove a field from the selection, select the empty entry at the start of the list.

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3154190 help.text]
note: NuXdU
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/indexdesigndialog/close">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3146957 help.text]
note: YYXkm
en: This command opens the <emph>Relation Design </emph>window, which allows you to define relationships between various database tables.
en_GB: This command opens the <emph>Relation Design</emph> window, which allows you to define relationships between various database tables.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3149235 help.text]
note: 5MXvo
en: When you choose <emph>Tools - Relationships</emph>, a window opens in which all the existing relationships between the tables of the current database are shown. If no relationships have been defined, or if you want to relate other tables of the database to each other, then click on the <emph>Add Tables</emph> icon. The <link href="text/shared/02/14020100.xhp" name="Add Tables">Add Tables</link> dialog opens in which you can select the tables with which to create a relation.
en_GB: When you choose <emph>Tools - Relationships</emph>, a window opens in which all the existing relationships between the tables of the current database are shown. If no relationships have been defined, or if you want to relate other tables of the database to each other, then click on the <emph>Add Tables</emph> icon. The <link href="text/shared/02/14020100.xhp" name="Add Tables">Add Tables</link> dialogue box opens in which you can select the tables with which to create a relation.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3149984 help.text]
note: McRUh
en: Alternatively, you can also click the <emph>New Relation</emph> icon in the top area of the relation field and define the relation between two tables in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05020100.xhp" name="Relations"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Alternatively, you can also click the <emph>New Relation</emph> icon in the top area of the relation field and define the relation between two tables in the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05020100.xhp" name="Relations"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3155856 help.text]
note: bnCjW
en: By double-clicking a connection line, you can assign certain properties to the relation. The <emph>Relations </emph>dialog opens.
en_GB: By double-clicking a connection line, you can assign certain properties to the relation. The <emph>Relations</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 05020100.xhp par_id3153880 help.text]
note: BAGsd
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/table2" visibility="hidden">This is where the two related tables are listed.</ahelp> If you create a new relation, you can select one table from each of the combo boxes in the top part of the dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/relationdialog/table2" visibility="hidden">This is where the two related tables are listed.</ahelp> If you create a new relation, you can select one table from each of the combo boxes in the top part of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 05020100.xhp par_id3154047 help.text]
note: 4UCC7
en: If you opened the <emph>Relations</emph> dialog for an existing relation by double-clicking the connection lines in the Relation window, then the tables involved in the relation cannot be modified.
en_GB: If you opened the <emph>Relations</emph> dialogue box for an existing relation by double-clicking the connection lines in the Relation window, then the tables involved in the relation cannot be modified.

[ctx: 05020100.xhp par_id3153140 help.text]
note: ZaNTh
en: When you delete a primary key field with the<emph> Delete cascade </emph>option, all records from other tables that have this key as their foreign key are also deleted. Use this option with great care; it is possible that a major portion of the database can be deleted.
en_GB: When you delete a primary key field with the <emph>Delete cascade</emph> option, all records from other tables that have this key as their foreign key are also deleted. Use this option with great care; it is possible that a major portion of the database can be deleted.

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3155535 help.text]
note: n82rc
en: Dragging-and-dropping a query or table opens the <emph>Copy Table </emph>dialog, which allows you to define the options for copying a query or a table.
en_GB: Dragging-and-dropping a query or table opens the <emph>Copy Table</emph> dialogue box, which allows you to define the options for copying a query or a table.

[ctx: 05030000.xhp par_id3148539 help.text]
note: CzRJq
en: With the <emph>Copy Table </emph>dialog you can:
en_GB: With the <emph>Copy Table</emph> dialogue box you can:

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3149264 help.text]
note: sBC76
en: You can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table area of a database file window. The <emph>Copy table </emph>dialog appears.
en_GB: You can copy a table by dragging-and-dropping the table onto the table area of a database file window. The <emph>Copy table</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3147275 help.text]
note: AnYQg
en: The table definition must be exactly the same so that data can be copied. Data cannot be copied if a data field in the target table has another format than the data field in the source table.
en_GB: The table definition must be exactly the same so that data can be copied. Data cannot be copied if a data field in the target table has a different format than the data field in the source table.

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3156117 help.text]
note: EDuqm
en: Match the data field names in the<emph> Copy Table</emph> dialog on the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030400.xhp" name="Apply Columns">Apply Columns</link> page.
en_GB: Match the data field names in the <emph>Copy Table</emph> dialogue box on the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/05030400.xhp" name="Apply Columns">Apply Columns</link> page.

[ctx: 05030100.xhp par_id3153252 help.text]
note: toArF
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/data">If the data cannot be attached, you will see a list of fields in the <emph>Column Info</emph> dialog whose data cannot be copied.</ahelp> If you confirm this dialog with OK, only the data that does not appear in the list will be attached.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/copytablepage/data">If the data cannot be attached, you will see a list of fields in the <emph>Column Info</emph> dialogue box whose data cannot be copied.</ahelp> If you confirm this dialogue box with OK, only the data that does not appear in the list will be attached.

[ctx: 05030200.xhp par_id3147143 help.text]
note: 6b9Li
en: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. The <emph>Apply columns </emph>dialog is the second window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialog.
en_GB: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging-and-dropping the table onto the table container. The <emph>Apply columns</emph> dialogue box is the second window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3150247 help.text]
note: EkSPG
en: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. The<emph> Type formatting </emph>dialog is the third window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialog.
en_GB: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging-and-dropping the table onto the table container. The <emph>Type formatting</emph> dialogue box is the third window of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3145313 help.text]
note: EqDjY
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/typeselectpage/columnnames">Lists the data fields that will be included in to the copied table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/typeselectpage/columnnames">Lists the data fields that will be included in the copied table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3153561 help.text]
note: KTPFP
en: $[officename] can automatically recognize field contents when you copy database tables by drag and drop.
en_GB: $[officename] can automatically recognise field contents when you copy database tables by drag-and-drop.

[ctx: 05030400.xhp par_id3156027 help.text]
note: EkAFg
en: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging and dropping the table onto the table container. If you select the <emph>Attach data </emph>check box on the first page of the <emph>Copy table </emph>dialog, the <emph>Assign columns </emph>dialog opens as the second window. You can use this dialog to map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table.
en_GB: In the data source explorer, you can copy a table by dragging-and-dropping the table onto the table container. If you mark the <emph>Attach data</emph> check box on the first page of the <emph>Copy table</emph> dialogue box, the <emph>Assign columns</emph> dialogue box opens as the second window. You can use this dialogue box to map the content of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table.

[ctx: 05030400.xhp par_id3145071 help.text]
note: XA5ur
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/left">Lists the data fields in the source table. To include a data field from the source table in the destination table, select the check box in front of the data field name. To map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table, click the data field in the source table list, and then click the up or down arrow.</ahelp> To include all of the source data fields in the destination table, click <emph>All</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/namematchingpage/left">Lists the data fields in the source table. To include a data field from the source table in the destination table, mark the check box in front of the data field name. To map the content of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table, click the data field in the source table list, and then click the up or down arrow.</ahelp> To include all of the source data fields in the destination table, click <emph>All</emph>.

[ctx: 11000002.xhp bm_id3155449 help.text]
note: w4Ehh
en: <bookmark_value>databases;drag and drop (Base)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>databases;drag-and-drop (Base)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 11020000.xhp par_id3145119 help.text]
note: HaYKD
en: <ahelp hid=".">Prevents an unauthorized user from accessing the database. You only need to enter the password once per session.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Prevents an unauthorised user from accessing the database. You only need to enter the password once per session.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11020000.xhp par_id3151054 help.text]
note: ToEkf
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/generatedvaluespage/autoretrieve">Enables $[officename] support of auto-incremented data fields for the current ODBC or JDBC data source.</ahelp> Select this check box if the database does not support the auto-increment feature in its SDBCX layer. In general, the auto-increment is selected for the primary key field.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/generatedvaluespage/autoretrieve">Enables $[officename] support of auto-incremented data fields for the current ODBC or JDBC data source.</ahelp> Mark this check box if the database does not support the auto-increment feature in its SDBCX layer. In general, the auto-increment is selected for the primary key field.

[ctx: 11020000.xhp hd_id3157892 help.text]
note: UcUfT
en: Use SQL92 naming constraints
en_GB: Use SQL-92 naming constraints

[ctx: 11020000.xhp par_id3153368 help.text]
note: nvCRa
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/usesql92">Only allows names that use characters that conform to the SQL92 naming constraints in the data source. All other characters are rejected.</ahelp> Each name must begin with a lower or upper case letter, or an underline ( _ ). The remaining characters can be ASCII letters, underlines, and numbers.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/usesql92">Only allows names that use characters that conform to the SQL-92 naming constraints in the data source. All other characters are rejected.</ahelp> Each name must begin with a lower- or upper-case letter, or an underline ( _ ). The remaining characters can be ASCII letters, underlines, and numbers.

[ctx: 11020000.xhp hd_id3154011 help.text]
note: 9BNi4
en: Use Catalog for file-based databases
en_GB: Use Catalogue for file-based databases

[ctx: 11020000.xhp par_id3148618 help.text]
note: BaWgu
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG">Uses the current data source of the Catalog. This is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. If the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver, leave this check box clear.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG">Uses the current data source of the Catalogue. This is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. If the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver, leave this check box unmarked.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11030000.xhp hd_id3153539 help.text]
note: bWmM9
en: <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11030000.xhp" name="dBase">dBASE</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11030000.xhp" name="dBASE">dBASE</link>

[ctx: 11030000.xhp par_id3153823 help.text]
note: Y4AnV
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbasepage/showDelRowsCheckbutton">Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you select this check box, you cannot delete records.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbasepage/showDelRowsCheckbutton">Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you mark this check box, you cannot delete records.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11030000.xhp par_id3161656 help.text]
note: wh2wn
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbasepage/indiciesButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11030100.xhp" name="Indexes"><emph>Indexes</emph></link> dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/dbasepage/indiciesButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/11030100.xhp" name="Indexes"><emph>Indexes</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can organise the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11030100.xhp par_id3150247 help.text]
note: DmGsN
en: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you organize dBASE database indexes.</ahelp> An index allows you to access a database quickly, provided that you query the data in the selection that was defined through the index. When you design a table, you can define the indexes on the <emph>Indexes </emph>tab page.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you organise dBASE database indexes.</ahelp> An index allows you to access a database quickly, provided that you query the data in the selection that was defined through the index. When you design a table, you can define the indexes on the <emph>Indexes</emph> tab page.

[ctx: 11080000.xhp par_id3154288 help.text]
note: BtQ2b
en: <variable id="sqltext"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can enter an SQL command for administering a database.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="sqltext"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can enter an SQL command for administering a database.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 11080000.xhp par_id3147275 help.text]
note: jhBMm
en: You can only enter administration commands in this dialog, such as Grant, Create Table, or Drop Table, and not filter commands. The commands that you can enter depend on the data source, for example, dBASE can only run some of the SQL commands list here.
en_GB: You can only enter administration commands in this dialogue box, such as Grant, Create Table, or Drop Table, and not filter commands. The commands that you can enter depend on the data source, for example, dBASE can only run some of the SQL commands list here.

[ctx: 11080000.xhp par_id3151210 help.text]
note: qDYRx
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/execute">Runs the command that you entered in the <emph>Command to execute </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/execute">Runs the command that you entered in the <emph>Command to execute</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11090000.xhp par_id3149164 help.text]
note: NLCCV
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Some databases track changes to each record by assigning version number to fields that are changed. This number is incremented by 1 each time the field is changed. Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Some databases track changes to each record by assigning version number to fields that are changed. This number is incremented by 1 each time that the field is changed. Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabaadvpropdat.xhp par_idN10590 help.text]
note: 8pnWD
en: Use SQL92 naming constraints
en_GB: Use SQL-92 naming constraints

[ctx: dabaadvpropdat.xhp par_idN10594 help.text]
note: CZ3vk
en: <ahelp hid=".">Only allows characters that conform to the SQL92 naming convention in a name in a data source. All other characters are rejected. Each name must begin with a lowercase letter, an uppercase letter, or an underscore ( _ ). The remaining characters can be ASCII letters, numbers, and underscores.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Only allows characters that conform to the SQL-92 naming convention in a name in a data source. All other characters are rejected. Each name must begin with a lower-case letter, an upper-case letter, or an underscore ( _ ). The remaining characters can be ASCII letters, numbers, and underscores.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabaadvpropdat.xhp par_idN105D6 help.text]
note: gJR4a
en: Some databases assign version numbers to fields to track changes to records. The version number of a field is incremented by one each time the contents of the field are changed. <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/displayver">Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.</ahelp>
en_GB: Some databases assign version numbers to fields to track changes to records. The version number of a field is incremented by one each time that the content of the field is changed. <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/specialsettingspage/displayver">Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabaadvpropdat.xhp par_idN105FA help.text]
note: HLoGa
en: Use the catalog name in SELECT statements
en_GB: Use the catalogue name in SELECT statements

[ctx: dabaadvpropdat.xhp par_idN105FE help.text]
note: uqBBN
en: <ahelp hid=".">Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Uses the current data source of the catalogue. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabaadvpropgen.xhp par_idN10597 help.text]
note: Hskow
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.</ahelp> For example, the following MySQL statement used the AUTO_INCREMENT statement to increase the "id" field each time the statement creates a data field:
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.</ahelp> For example, the following MySQL statement used the AUTO_INCREMENT statement to increase the "id" field each time that the statement creates a data field:

[ctx: dabadoc.xhp par_idN10554 help.text]
note: XWsT6
en: <ahelp hid=".">The database file window organizes the tables, views, queries, and reports of a database in %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The database file window organises the tables, views, queries and reports of a database in %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN1058D help.text]
note: rh98b
en: Use catalog for file-based databases
en_GB: Use catalogue for file-based databases

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN10691 help.text]
note: TipDh
en: <ahelp hid=".">Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Uses the current data source of the catalogue. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN10700 help.text]
note: GENGU
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you select this check box, you cannot delete records.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you mark this check box, you cannot delete records.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN10725 help.text]
note: EuWB8
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Indexes dialog, where you can organize the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Indexes dialogue box, in which you can organise the table indexes in the current dBASE database.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN107B0 help.text]
note: RVLEb
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select this check box if the first line of the text file contains field names.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box if the first line of the text file contains field names.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN107E9 help.text]
note: zz9uf
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a dot-on-the-line (0.5) or a comma (0,5).</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN107F6 help.text]
note: Z66yU
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a dot-on-the-line (1.000).</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropadd.xhp par_idN10803 help.text]
note: 4UxAN
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the format for the text file.</ahelp> The extension that you select affects some of the default settings in this dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the format for the text file.</ahelp> The extension that you select affects some of the default settings in this dialogue box.

[ctx: dabapropcon.xhp par_idN1056C help.text]
note: htEBY
en: For example, you can use the wizard to open a database file that is in a format that is usually not recognized by an installed database.
en_GB: For example, you can use the wizard to open a database file that is in a format that is usually not recognised by an installed database.

[ctx: dabapropcon.xhp par_idN10573 help.text]
note: TAPYr
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the type of database that you want to connect to.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the type of database to which you want to connect.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropgen.xhp par_idN1057C help.text]
note: L6KhU
en: Ensure that the *.dbf file name extension of the dBASE files is lowercase.
en_GB: Ensure that the *.dbf file name extension of the dBASE files is lower-case.

[ctx: dabapropgen.xhp par_idN10595 help.text]
note: hERNG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can select a file or a directory.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can select a file or a directory.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropgen.xhp par_idN105B5 help.text]
note: zC6Zp
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the folder of the text files.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the folder containing the text files that the database uses.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabapropgen.xhp par_idN105D1 help.text]
note: Az64m
en: <ahelp hid=".">If checked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If marked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz01.xhp par_idN105FD help.text]
note: SrmuV
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz01.xhp par_idN10633 help.text]
note: 9WBfN
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialogue box in which you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialogue box to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02.xhp par_idN105B4 help.text]
note: 6iEY2
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the <emph>View - Data Sources</emph> window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Field - More Fields) or in a mail merge.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the <emph>View - Data Sources</emph> window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Fields - More Fields) or in a mail merge.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02access.xhp par_idN1054F help.text]
note: k4EM5
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02ado.xhp bm_id7565233 help.text]
note: jJtjy
en: <bookmark_value>ADO databases (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>MS ADO interface (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databases;ADO (Base)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ADO databases (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Microsoft ADO interface (Base)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databases;ADO (Base)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: dabawiz02ado.xhp par_idN1057C help.text]
note: JrQva
en: To connect with a name to a catalog on a Microsoft SQL server that has a name turner, enter:
en_GB: To connect with a name to a catalogue on a Microsoft SQL server that has a name turner, enter:

[ctx: dabawiz02ado.xhp par_idN1058C help.text]
note: xmZQB
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a database selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a database selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02dbase.xhp par_idN10575 help.text]
note: VHbhH
en: <ahelp hid=".">Open a path selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Open a path selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02jdbc.xhp par_idN10678 help.text]
note: sFfhQ
en: port is the port where the Oracle database listens. Ask your database administrator for the correct port address.
en_GB: port is the port on which the Oracle database listens. Ask your database administrator for the correct port number.

[ctx: dabawiz02ldap.xhp par_idN105CE help.text]
note: REnMu
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_USESSL_LDAP">Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).</ahelp> By default, an SSL connection uses port 636. A regular connection uses port 389.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DSADMIN_USESSL_LDAP">Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).</ahelp> By default, an SSL connection uses port 636. A standard connection uses port 389.

[ctx: dabawiz02odbc.xhp par_idN1055D help.text]
note: CSCAZ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialog:</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialogue box:</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02spreadsheet.xhp par_idN10549 help.text]
note: JfUMC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02text.xhp par_idN1056F help.text]
note: LkFcD
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognized as files of the text database.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognised as files of the text database.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02text.xhp par_idN10576 help.text]
note: tU8mG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to open a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02text.xhp par_idN10647 help.text]
note: 2fDr2
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to access csv files.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to access CSV files.</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02text.xhp par_idN105BC help.text]
note: apBAu
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a dot-on-the-line (0.5) or a comma (0,5).</ahelp>

[ctx: dabawiz02text.xhp par_idN105D7 help.text]
note: 6TTiq
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a dot-on-the-line (1.000).</ahelp>

[ctx: menuedit.xhp par_id3147209 help.text]
note: MnMPd
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a window in which you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuedit.xhp par_idN105E2 help.text]
note: EDR8A
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuedit.xhp par_idN105E9 help.text]
note: xrED8
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Database Properties dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Database Properties dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuedit.xhp par_idN105F7 help.text]
note: SAkPC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Advanced Properties dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Advanced Properties dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: menufile.xhp par_idN105C4 help.text]
note: E8ieA
en: Saves the current database file, query, form or report. For the database file, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialog. For the other objects, you see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menufilesave.xhp">Save</link> dialog.
en_GB: Saves the current database file, query, form or report. For the database file, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialogue box. For the other objects, you see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/menufilesave.xhp">Save</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: menufile.xhp par_idN105D9 help.text]
note: LDiQh
en: Saves the current database file with another name. In the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialog, select a path and file name to save.
en_GB: Saves the current database file with another name. In the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">file save</link> dialogue box, select a path and file name to save.

[ctx: menufile.xhp par_idN105F5 help.text]
note: GiW9D
en: Opens a submenu.
en_GB: Opens a sub-menu.

[ctx: menufilesave.xhp par_idN1054B help.text]
note: SDorY
en: In this dialog, you can specify the position and name of a form that you save within a <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link>. The dialog opens automatically when you save a form the first time.
en_GB: In this dialogue box, you can specify the position and name of a form that you save within a <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link>. The dialogue box opens automatically when you save a form for the first time.

[ctx: menufilesave.xhp par_idN105B9 help.text]
note: 48d8x
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to save the form to the database file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to save the form into the database file.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuinsert.xhp par_idN1060F help.text]
note: KMLGR
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can save a new folder in the database file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box with which you can save a new folder in the database file.</ahelp>

[ctx: menutools.xhp par_idN1058E help.text]
note: bBBaA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the User Administration dialog if the database supports this feature.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the User Administration dialogue box if the database supports this feature.</ahelp>

[ctx: menutools.xhp par_id3153252 help.text]
note: koDKE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Table Filter dialogue box where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.</ahelp>

[ctx: menutools.xhp par_idN105C0 help.text]
note: nwpGA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the SQL dialog where you can enter SQL statements.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the SQL dialogue box in which you can enter SQL statements.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuview.xhp par_idN10564 help.text]
note: 8Bvnx
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuview.xhp par_idN10587 help.text]
note: eTkp4
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: menuview.xhp par_idN1059C help.text]
note: 3HEV9
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu.</ahelp>

[ctx: password.xhp par_idN10583 help.text]
note: TudyG
en: Remember password till end of session
en_GB: Remember password until end of session

[ctx: password.xhp par_idN10587 help.text]
note: KYrgJ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to use the same user name and password without further dialog, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to use the same user name and password without a further dialogue box, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.</ahelp>

[ctx: querywizard04.xhp par_idN10556 help.text]
note: GNBdc
en: This page is only displayed when there are numerical fields in the query that allow the use of aggregate functions.
en_GB: This page is only displayed when there are numeric fields in the query that allow the use of aggregate functions.

[ctx: querywizard04.xhp par_idN105D7 help.text]
note: CEC9y
en: Select the aggregate function and the field name of the numeric field in the list box. You can enter as many aggregate functions as you want, one in each row of controls.
en_GB: Select the aggregate function and the field name of the numeric field from the list box. You can enter as many aggregate functions as you want, one in each row of controls.

[ctx: rep_datetime.xhp par_id8638874 help.text]
note: p8Mrd
en: <ahelp hid=".">You can open the Date and Time dialog of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Date and Time</item>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">You can open the Date and Time dialogue box of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Date and Time</item>.</ahelp>

[ctx: rep_insertfield.xhp par_id141540563922693 help.text]
note: BqWBD
en: Select the field in the Add Field dialog and click <emph>Insert</emph>. You can select multiple fields pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key while clicking on the fields name or using the Shift key while pressing the mouse button. Click <emph>Insert</emph> in the toolbar to add the fields to the report.
en_GB: Select the field in the Add Field dialogue box and click <emph>Insert</emph>. You can select multiple fields pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key while clicking on the fields name or using the Shift key while pressing the mouse button. Click <emph>Insert</emph> in the toolbar to add the fields to the report.

[ctx: rep_insertfield.xhp par_id4051026 help.text]
note: BGjjH
en: Drag and drop the field names one by one from the Add Field window into the Detail area of the report. Position the fields as you like. Use the icons in the toolbars to align the fields.
en_GB: Drag-and-drop the field names one by one from the Add Field window into the Detail area of the report. Position the fields as you like. Use the icons in the toolbars to align the fields.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id6844386 help.text]
note: TcX6C
en: <emph>Detail</emph> - drag and drop database fields into the Detail area
en_GB: <emph>Detail</emph> - drag-and-drop database fields into the Detail area

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id1278420 help.text]
note: 3dx6B
en: In addition, you can click the Label Field or Text Box icon in the toolbar, then drag a rectangle in the Page Header or Page Footer area, to define a text that is the same on all pages. You enter the text in the Label box of the corresponding Properties window. You can also add graphics by using the Graphics icon.
en_GB: In addition, you can click the Label Field or Text Box icon in the toolbar, then drag a rectangle in the Page Header or Page Footer area, to define some text that is the same on all pages. You enter the text in the Label box of the corresponding Properties window. You can also add graphics by using the Graphics icon.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id2218390 help.text]
note: TuFVF
en: Move the mouse to the Properties view. You see two tab pages General and Data.
en_GB: Move the mouse to the Properties view. You will see two tab pages General and Data.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id7138889 help.text]
note: XYvED
en: Click in the Details area. Then in the Properties window, change some properties, for example the background color.
en_GB: Click in the Details area. Then, in the Properties window, change some properties, for example the background colour.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id1743827 help.text]
note: 5hPjG
en: Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon<image id="img_id9557786" src="cmd/sc_dbsortingandgrouping.png" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt id="alt_id9557786">Icon</alt></image> on the toolbar. You see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialog.
en_GB: Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon<image id="img_id9557786" src="cmd/sc_dbsortingandgrouping.png" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt id="alt_id9557786">Icon</alt></image> on the toolbar. You will see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id399182 help.text]
note: Ckxyp
en: Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon<image id="Graphic21" src="cmd/sc_dbsortingandgrouping.png" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt id="alt_">Icon</alt></image> on the toolbar. You see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialog.
en_GB: Open the Report Builder view and click the Sorting and Grouping icon<image id="Graphic21" src="cmd/sc_dbsortingandgrouping.png" width="0.566cm" height="0.566cm"><alt id="alt_">Icon</alt></image> on the toolbar. You will see the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_sort.xhp">Sorting and Grouping</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: rep_main.xhp par_id7599108 help.text]
note: dLiAY
en: If you like to sort and group, open the Report Builder view, then open the Sorting and Grouping dialog. Select to show a Group Header for the fields that you want to group, and select to hide the Group Header for the fields that you want to be sorted. Close the Sorting and Grouping window and execute the report.
en_GB: If you like to sort and group, open the Report Builder view, then open the Sorting and Grouping dialogue box. Select to show a Group Header for the fields that you want to group, and select to hide the Group Header for the fields that you want to be sorted. Close the Sorting and Grouping window and execute the report.

[ctx: rep_navigator.xhp bm_id5823847 help.text]
note: 6utJF
en: <bookmark_value>formulas in reports;editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions in reports;editing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae in reports;editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions in reports;editing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: rep_navigator.xhp par_id5091708 help.text]
note: CSJFz
en: <ahelp hid=".">In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you will see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.</ahelp>

[ctx: rep_navigator.xhp par_id1803643 help.text]
note: FbfyS
en: Open the context menu (right click) on the functions entry, choose to create a new function, and select it.
en_GB: Open the context menu (right-click) on the functions entry, choose to create a new function, and select it.

[ctx: rep_pagenumbers.xhp par_id3424481 help.text]
note: AoXLc
en: <ahelp hid=".">You can open the Page Numbers dialog of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Page Numbers</item>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">You can open the Page Numbers dialogue box of the <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> by choosing <item type="menuitem">Insert - Page Numbers</item>.</ahelp>

[ctx: rep_pagenumbers.xhp par_id4441663 help.text]
note: GxdrQ
en: Select an alignment. By default the page numbers are centered between the left and right margins. You can align the field to the left or right. You can also select Inside to print page number on odd pages on the left side and even page numbers on the right side. Select Outside for the opposite alignment.
en_GB: Select an alignment. By default the page numbers are centred between the left and right margins. You can align the field to the left or right. You can also select Inside to print page number on odd pages on the left side and even page numbers on the right side. Select Outside for the opposite alignment.

[ctx: rep_prop.xhp par_id7022003 help.text]
note: nCDvW
en: If you click the Page Header or Page Footer area without selecting any object, you see the <emph>General</emph> tab page for that area.
en_GB: If you click the Page Header or Page Footer area without selecting any object, you will see the <emph>General</emph> tab page for that area.

[ctx: rep_prop.xhp par_id2561723 help.text]
note: hPUHN
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the background color for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the background colour for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.</ahelp>

[ctx: rep_prop.xhp par_id7466963 help.text]
note: qgLML
en: If you click the <emph>Detail</emph> area without selecting any object, you see the <emph>General</emph> tab page for that area.
en_GB: If you click the <emph>Detail</emph> area without selecting any object, you will see the <emph>General</emph> tab page for that area.

[ctx: rep_sort.xhp par_id3068636 help.text]
note: oV7wd
en: <ahelp hid=".">In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link>, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.</ahelp> If you group your report by a certain field, all records with the same value of that field will be kept together in one group.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In the Sorting and Grouping dialogue box of <link href="text/shared/explorer/database/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link>, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.</ahelp> If you group your report by a certain field, all records with the same value of that field will be kept together in one group.

[ctx: tablewizard02.xhp par_idN1059F help.text]
note: egEhC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numerical or decimal data fields.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numeric or decimal data fields.</ahelp>

[ctx: tablewizard02.xhp par_id6706747 help.text]
note: FDNak
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.</ahelp> For example, the following MySQL statement used the AUTO_INCREMENT statement to increase the "id" field each time the statement creates a data field:
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.</ahelp> For example, the following MySQL statement used the AUTO_INCREMENT statement to increase the "id" field each time that the statement creates a data field:

[ctx: tablewizard03.xhp par_idN10580 help.text]
note: 7AfGE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to create a primary key from a combination of several existing fields.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to create a primary key from a concatenation of several existing fields.</ahelp>

[ctx: tablewizard04.xhp par_idN105E4 help.text]
note: ANGE9
en: Catalog of the table
en_GB: Catalogue of the table

[ctx: tablewizard04.xhp par_idN105EA help.text]
note: EJ9oq
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the catalog for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogs)</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the catalogue for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogues)</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149178 help.text]
note: 7uF5N
en: $[officename] comes with sample templates for personal or business letters, which you can customize to your own needs with the help of the wizard. The wizard leads you step-by-step in creating a document template and offers numerous layout and design options. The preview gives you an impression of how the finished letter will appear according to the settings you choose.
en_GB: $[officename] comes with sample templates for personal or business letters, which you can customise to your own needs with the help of the wizard. The wizard leads you step-by-step in creating a document template and offers numerous layout and design options. The preview gives you an impression of how the finished letter will appear according to the settings you choose.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3153824 help.text]
note: oHQpt
en: If you are creating a business letter, you can select a variety of elements to include in your document, which usually do not apply to personal letters, such as a subject line. If you choose the <emph>Personal</emph> letter option, some pages which contain elements specific to business letters will not be included in the wizard dialog.
en_GB: If you are creating a business letter, you can select a variety of elements to include in your document, which usually do not apply to personal letters, such as a subject line. If you choose the <emph>Personal</emph> letter option, some pages which contain elements specific to business letters will not be included in the wizard dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149669 help.text]
note: TT8KQ
en: <ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE">According to your selections, the wizard creates a new document template and saves it on your hard disk.</ahelp> $[officename] creates a new document based on the existing templates with the "Untitled X" name (X stands for the consecutive numbering) and displays it on the work area.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE">According to your selections, the wizard creates a new document template and saves it on your hard disc.</ahelp> $[officename] creates a new document based on the existing templates with the "Untitled X" name (X stands for the consecutive numbering) and displays it on the work area.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3144433 help.text]
note: k2a98
en: $[officename] saves the current settings in the wizard according to the chosen template. These settings are used as the default settings the next time you activate the wizard.
en_GB: $[officename] saves the current settings in the wizard according to the chosen template. These settings are used as the default settings the next time that you activate the wizard.

[ctx: 01010100.xhp par_idN106AB help.text]
note: 8dkJA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether paper is used that already contains an imprinted logo, address, or footer line. The Wizard shows the Letterhead layout page next.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether paper is used that already contains an imprinted logo, address or footer line. The Wizard shows the Letterhead layout page next.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_idN105EC help.text]
note: cuFFc
en: <ahelp hid=".">Use the address data from %PRODUCTNAME - User Data in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Use the address data from %PRODUCTNAME - User Data in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010400.xhp par_idN10661 help.text]
note: UGDXD
en: Postcode/State/City
en_GB: Postcode/County/Post town

[ctx: 01010500.xhp par_idN10600 help.text]
note: Bd4Le
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to suppress the footer on the first page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to suppress the footer on the first page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_idN1061A help.text]
note: kFkEp
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the path and file name for the template, or click the <emph>...</emph> button to select the path and file name.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the path and file name for the template or click the <emph>...</emph> button to select the path and file name.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010600.xhp par_idN1063C help.text]
note: ADCT6
en: <ahelp hid=".">Saves and closes the template, and then opens a new untitled document based on the template.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Saves and closes the template and then opens a new untitled document based on the template.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3147088 help.text]
note: HcBVT
en: Within the dialog you can modify your entries and options at any time. You can also skip an entire page or even all the wizard pages, in which case the current (or default) settings will remain in effect.
en_GB: Within the dialogue box you can modify your entries and options at any time. You can also skip an entire page or even all the wizard pages, in which case the current (or default) settings will remain in effect.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3155628 help.text]
note: vMGxd
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the<emph> Back </emph>button to view the settings chosen on the previous page. The current settings will not be modified or deleted if you click this button.<emph> Back </emph>will be active from the second page onwards.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Back</emph> button to view the settings chosen on the previous page. The current settings will not be modified or deleted if you click this button. <emph>Back</emph> will be active from the second page onwards.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3156117 help.text]
note: EEAfC
en: <ahelp hid=".">The wizard saves the current settings and goes to the next page. The<emph> Next </emph>button will become inactive once you have reached the last page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The wizard saves the current settings and goes to the next page. The <emph>Next</emph> button will become inactive once you have reached the last page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020300.xhp par_idN105E9 help.text]
note: GwDe4
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to enter the address data in the following text boxes. The data is inserted as normal text in the fax document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this option to enter the address data in the following text boxes. The data is inserted as normal text in the fax document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020400.xhp par_idN105E1 help.text]
note: 9tppz
en: <ahelp hid=".">Suppresses the footer on the first page of a multipage fax document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Suppresses the footer on the first page of a multi-page fax document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3156346 help.text]
note: Df3HR
en: According to your selections, the wizard creates a document template and saves it on your hard disk. A new document based on the template appears in the work area, with the filename "UntitledX" (X stands for an automatic number).
en_GB: According to your selections, the wizard creates a document template and saves it on your hard disc. A new document based on the template appears in the work area, with the filename "UntitledX" (X stands for an automatic number).

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3149235 help.text]
note: BRhRd
en: $[officename] saves the current settings in the wizard according to the selected document template. These will be used as the default settings the next time you activate the wizard.
en_GB: $[officename] saves the current settings in the wizard according to the selected document template. These will be used as the default settings the next time that you activate the wizard.

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN105DE help.text]
note: XV5jU
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the person who called the meeting.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the person who called the meeting.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN105E5 help.text]
note: g2ENf
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the chairperson.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the chairperson.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN105E8 help.text]
note: sCW9u
en: Minute keeper
en_GB: Secretary

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN105EC help.text]
note: fCEm5
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the minute keeper.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the secretary.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN105F3 help.text]
note: xteNq
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the moderator.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the moderator.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN105FA help.text]
note: 8AmH5
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the attendees.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the attendees.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN10601 help.text]
note: AXc3C
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the observers.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the observers.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01040400.xhp par_idN10608 help.text]
note: TwjCN
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the facility personnel.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line in which you can enter the facility personnel.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090100.xhp par_id3150398 help.text]
note: zvAgb
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp" name="Form Wizard - Set up a subform">Form Wizard - Set up a subform</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp" name="Form Wizard - Set up a sub-form">Form Wizard - Set up a sub-form</link>

[ctx: 01090200.xhp tit help.text]
note: fwpB4
en: Form Wizard - Set up a Subform
en_GB: Form Wizard - Set up a Sub-form

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN10543 help.text]
note: aDCAa
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp">Form Wizard - Set up a Subform</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp">Form Wizard - Set up a Sub-form</link>

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN10553 help.text]
note: 2n64M
en: Specify if you want to use a subform and enter the subform's properties. A subform is a form that is inserted in another form.
en_GB: Specify if you want to use a sub-form and enter the sub-form's properties. A sub-form is a form that is inserted in another form.

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN10556 help.text]
note: kPtFb
en: Add subform
en_GB: Add sub-form

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN105B4 help.text]
note: SnVCG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select to add a subform.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select to add a sub-form.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN1055A help.text]
note: Y6FNL
en: Sub form based on existing relation
en_GB: Sub-form based on existing relation

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN105C5 help.text]
note: 5GTNB
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to add a subform based on an existing relation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to add a sub-form based on an existing relation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN105D2 help.text]
note: tB7nj
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the relation on which the subform is based.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the relation on which the sub-form is based.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN105D1 help.text]
note: NTiTM
en: Sub form based on manual selection of fields
en_GB: Sub-form based on manual selection of fields

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN105DF help.text]
note: qqGFs
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click to add a subform based on a manual selection of fields. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click to add a sub-form based on a manual selection of fields. </ahelp>

[ctx: 01090200.xhp par_idN105E2 help.text]
note: BPBmp
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp" name="Form Wizard - Add subform fields">Form Wizard - Add subform fields</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp" name="Form Wizard - Add sub-form fields">Form Wizard - Add sub-form fields</link>

[ctx: 01090210.xhp tit help.text]
note: pRjtt
en: Form Wizard - Add Subform Fields
en_GB: Form Wizard - Add Sub-form Fields

[ctx: 01090210.xhp par_idN10546 help.text]
note: GFBi4
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp">Form Wizard - Add Subform Fields</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp">Form Wizard - Add Sub-form Fields</link>

[ctx: 01090210.xhp par_idN10556 help.text]
note: 72CSC
en: Specify the table or query you need to create the subform, and which fields you wish to include in the subform.
en_GB: Specify the table or query you need to create the sub-form, and which fields you wish to include in the sub-form.

[ctx: 01090210.xhp par_idN1055D help.text]
note: ztKcK
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the table or query for which the subform is to be created.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the table or query for which the sub-form is to be created.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090210.xhp par_idN10590 help.text]
note: TSkRs
en: Fields in my subform
en_GB: Fields in my sub-form

[ctx: 01090210.xhp par_idN10594 help.text]
note: ZgoQx
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays all fields that will be included in the new subform.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays all fields that will be included in the new sub-form.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN10553 help.text]
note: GwQwB
en: If you chose in step 2 to set up a subform based on manual selection of fields, you can select the joined fields on this wizard page.
en_GB: If you chose in step 2 to set up a sub-form based on manual selection of fields, you can select the joined fields on this wizard page.

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN10556 help.text]
note: uLL8F
en: First joined subform field
en_GB: First joined sub-form field

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105B4 help.text]
note: cZFUw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the sub-form field that is joined to the main form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105BF help.text]
note: TC65e
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the sub-form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105CE help.text]
note: 3JBGE
en: Second joined subform field
en_GB: Second joined sub-form field

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105D2 help.text]
note: SLyVM
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the sub-form field that is joined to the main form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105D9 help.text]
note: FZGFD
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the sub-form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105DC help.text]
note: hgafV
en: Third joined subform field
en_GB: Third joined sub-form field

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105E0 help.text]
note: HGBBJ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the sub-form field that is joined to the main form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105E7 help.text]
note: GsVHD
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the sub-form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105EA help.text]
note: Aemww
en: Fourth joined subform field
en_GB: Fourth joined sub-form field

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105EE help.text]
note: PDajP
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the sub-form field that is joined to the main form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090220.xhp par_idN105F5 help.text]
note: o9LHc
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the sub-form field, which you select from the list box next to this list box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01090300.xhp par_idN106C9 help.text]
note: AxksA
en: Arrangement of the subform
en_GB: Arrangement of the sub-form

[ctx: 01090500.xhp par_idN1056B help.text]
note: ogq9S
en: 3D look
en_GB: 3-D look

[ctx: 01090500.xhp par_idN1056F help.text]
note: 8yTjp
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the field borders have a 3D look.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the field borders have a 3-D look.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01100100.xhp par_id3150476 help.text]
note: k9HWM
en: Specifies the table or query for which you are creating the report, and which fields you wish to include in the report.
en_GB: Specifies the table or query for which you are creating the report and which fields you wish to include in the report.

[ctx: 01100100.xhp par_id3145609 help.text]
note: vHEvv
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp" name="More about Report Wizard - Labeling Fields">More about Report Wizard - Labeling Fields</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp" name="More about Report Wizard - Labelling Fields">More about Report Wizard - Labelling Fields</link>

[ctx: 01100150.xhp tit help.text]
note: CU6F5
en: Report Wizard - Labeling Fields
en_GB: Report Wizard - Labelling Fields

[ctx: 01100150.xhp hd_id3144415 help.text]
note: pcAoA
en: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp" name="Report Wizard - Labeling Fields">Report Wizard - Labeling Fields</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp" name="Report Wizard - Labelling Fields">Report Wizard - Labelling Fields</link>

[ctx: 01100300.xhp hd_id3154751 help.text]
note: resUF
en: Then by
en_GB: And then by

[ctx: 01100400.xhp par_id3153681 help.text]
note: xFhp9
en: <ahelp hid=".">Defines a set of styles for the report. The styles assign fonts, indents, table background, and more.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Defines a set of styles for the report. The styles assign fonts, indents, table background and more.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01100400.xhp par_id3152551 help.text]
note: cJ5Sk
en: <ahelp hid=".">Defines a page layout for the report. The page layouts are loaded from template files, which assign a header, footer, and page background.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Defines a page layout for the report. The page layouts are loaded from template files, which assign a header, footer and page background.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110000.xhp par_id3147574 help.text]
note: yLZcs
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/nextPageButton">Saves the current settings and moves to the next page.</ahelp> This button becomes inactive on the last page of the dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/nextPageButton">Saves the current settings and moves to the next page.</ahelp> This button becomes inactive on the last page of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01110200.xhp par_id3148922 help.text]
note: SNuWo
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/ASPRadiobutton">When you select the<emph> ASP </emph>option, the WebCast export creates ASP pages. Note that the HTML presentation can only be offered by a web server supporting ASP.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/ASPRadiobutton">When you select the <emph>ASP</emph> option, the WebCast export creates ASP pages. Note that the HTML presentation can only be offered by a web server supporting ASP.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110200.xhp par_id3146119 help.text]
note: ussuD
en: To export to ASP, in a $[officename] Impress document choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. You then see the <emph>Export</emph> dialog in which you select <emph>HTML Document</emph> as the file type. Once you have selected a directory and entered a file name, click <emph>Export</emph>. For export as ASP, we recommend selecting a "secret" file name for the HTML file (see below for more details). You then see the <emph>HTML Export</emph> dialog. Several files will be written to the directory you have just selected.
en_GB: To export to ASP, in a $[officename] Impress document choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. You then see the <emph>Export</emph> dialogue box in which you select <emph>HTML Document</emph> as the file type. Once you have selected a directory and entered a file name, click <emph>Export</emph>. For export as ASP, we recommend selecting a "secret" file name for the HTML file (see below for more details). You then see the <emph>HTML Export</emph> dialogue box. Several files will be written to the directory you have just selected.

[ctx: 01110200.xhp par_id3150715 help.text]
note: DEWLD
en: You have saved the files that have been created during the Export process in the c:\Inet\wwwroot\presentation\ directory. In this directory, the Export creates an HTML file that can be named, for example, as "secret.htm". You entered this name in the Save dialog (see above). The presenter can now browse to the HTML Export files by entering the http://myserver.com/presentation/secret.htm URL in any HTTP Browser having JavaScript support. The presenter is now able to modify the page using some form controls.
en_GB: You have saved the files that have been created during the Export process in the c:\Inet\wwwroot\presentation\ directory. In this directory, the Export creates an HTML file that can be named, for example, as "secret.htm". You entered this name in the Save dialogue box (see above). The presenter can now browse to the HTML Export files by entering the http://myserver.com/presentation/secret.htm URL in any HTTP Browser having JavaScript support. The presenter is now able to modify the page using some form controls.

[ctx: 01110200.xhp par_id3146972 help.text]
note: xYJXD
en: To export, in a $[officename] Impress document choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. This opens the <emph>Export</emph> dialog, in which you select <emph>HTML Document</emph> as the file type. After selecting a folder and entering a file name, click <emph>Save</emph>. This opens the <emph>HTML Export Wizard</emph>. This will write some files to the folder you have just selected.
en_GB: To export, in a $[officename] Impress document choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. This opens the <emph>Export</emph> dialogue box, in which you select <emph>HTML Document</emph> as the file type. After selecting a folder and entering a file name, click <emph>Save</emph>. This opens the <emph>HTML Export Wizard</emph>. This will write some files to the folder you have just selected.

[ctx: 01110200.xhp par_id3151014 help.text]
note: rTSAW
en: All files having the pl and txt extensions have to be moved into the directory on your HTTP server that has been referred to in the <emph>URL for Perl scripts</emph> text box. This directory has to be configured in a way that the Perl scripts contained there can also be run by an HTTP request.
en_GB: All files having the pl and txt extensions have to be moved into the directory on your HTTP server that has been referred to in the <emph>URL for Perl scripts</emph> text box. This directory must be configured in a way that the Perl scripts contained there can also be run by an HTTP request.

[ctx: 01110300.xhp par_id4653767 help.text]
note: 9kpmQ
en: <ahelp hid=".">The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colours.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110300.xhp par_id3154860 help.text]
note: 2sYcd
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/gifRadiobutton">The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colors.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/gifRadiobutton">The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colours.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110300.xhp par_id3153665 help.text]
note: RArrL
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/jpgRadiobutton">The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colors.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/jpgRadiobutton">The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colours.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3155934 help.text]
note: NEBtD
en: Defines the colors for the publication.
en_GB: Defines the colours for the publication.

[ctx: 01110600.xhp hd_id3152924 help.text]
note: pGnYD
en: Select color scheme
en_GB: Select colour scheme

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3153049 help.text]
note: owNAC
en: Determines the color scheme and the colors for text and background.
en_GB: Determines the colour scheme and the colours for text and background.

[ctx: 01110600.xhp hd_id3147291 help.text]
note: n5cqe
en: Apply color scheme from document
en_GB: Apply colour scheme from document

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3153748 help.text]
note: rSGos
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/docColorsRadiobutton">Determines the colors from the styles used in the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/docColorsRadiobutton">Determines the colours from the styles used in the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp hd_id3149095 help.text]
note: KY3MX
en: Use browser colors
en_GB: Use browser colours

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3155338 help.text]
note: AgdRU
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/defaultRadiobutton">Uses the default colors of the viewer's Web Browser.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/defaultRadiobutton">Uses the default colours of the viewer's Web Browser.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp hd_id3149388 help.text]
note: yXvbG
en: Use custom color scheme
en_GB: Use custom colour scheme

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3149399 help.text]
note: bFvBF
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/userRadiobutton">Allows you to define your own colors for some presentation objects.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/userRadiobutton">Allows you to define your own colours for some presentation objects.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3149762 help.text]
note: uuGoX
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/textButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Color"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the text color of the presentation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/textButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Colour"><emph>Colour</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can select the text colour of the presentation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3143270 help.text]
note: yTrbC
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/linkButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Color"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the hyperlink color of the presentation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/linkButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Colour"><emph>Colour</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can select the hyperlink colour of the presentation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3156152 help.text]
note: n5eLN
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/aLinkButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Color"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the active link color of the presentation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/aLinkButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Colour"><emph>Colour</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can select the active link colour of the presentation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3150670 help.text]
note: orbuW
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/vLinkButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Color"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the visited link color of the presentation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/vLinkButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Colour"><emph>Colour</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can select the visited link colour of the presentation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110600.xhp par_id3159413 help.text]
note: 7ue9F
en: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/backButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Color"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the background color of the presentation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/backButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Colour"><emph>Colour</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can select the background colour of the presentation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01120300.xhp par_id3152425 help.text]
note: 47Fhy
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optionvaluespage/optionvalue" visibility="visible">Select a number or a text as a reference value for the selected option field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optionvaluespage/optionvalue" visibility="visible">Select a number or a text string as a reference value for the selected option field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130100.xhp hd_id3153088 help.text]
note: pBEKc
en: Create Log file
en_GB: Create log file

[ctx: 01130100.xhp par_id3149797 help.text]
note: EB93X
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE">Creates a log file in your work directory showing which documents have been converted.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE">Creates a log file in your working directory showing which documents have been converted.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130200.xhp par_id3155388 help.text]
note: zfQQ7
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT">Opens a dialog to select the desired path.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT">Opens a dialogue box to select the desired path.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp bm_id3154840 help.text]
note: EKHAB
en: <bookmark_value>Euro; Euro Converter Wizard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wizards; Euro Converter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converters; Euro converter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currencies; converters</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>euro; Euro Converter Wizard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>wizards; Euro Converter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converters; Euro Converter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currencies; converters</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3145669 help.text]
note: Air53
en: Only closed files are converted. It is possible, however, to use the Euro Converter in an open $[officename] Calc document. In this case, a separate dialog opens. This dialog is described <link href="text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp" name="at the end of this section">at the end of this section</link>.
en_GB: Only closed files are converted. It is possible, however, to use the Euro Converter in an open $[officename] Calc document. In this case, a separate dialogue box opens. This dialogue box is described <link href="text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp" name="at the end of this section">at the end of this section</link>.

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3155420 help.text]
note: BELnK
en: <ahelp hid=".">Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.</ahelp> To convert fields and tables in $[officename] Writer, first mark the <emph>Also convert fields and tables in text documents </emph>check box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.</ahelp> To convert fields and tables in $[officename] Writer, first mark the <emph>Also convert fields and tables in text documents</emph> check box.

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3156002 help.text]
note: MF4uh
en: Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.
en_GB: Specifies the currency to be converted into euro.

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3147264 help.text]
note: Ecwmi
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to select the desired directory or document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to select the desired directory or document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3152771 help.text]
note: FsG9U
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether all subfolders of the selected directory are included.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether all sub-folders of the selected directory are included.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3153192 help.text]
note: N2hUD
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialog for entering the password.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialogue box for entering the password.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3147427 help.text]
note: YMDjh
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3155413 help.text]
note: GDiFH
en: <ahelp hid=".">Activates the help for the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Activates the help for the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3144766 help.text]
note: cq2Dh
en: The <emph>Euro Converter</emph> dialog contains the following functions:
en_GB: The <emph>Euro Converter</emph> dialogue box contains the following functions:

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3148834 help.text]
note: AcEzX
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the currency to be converted into euro.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01150000.xhp par_id3153736 help.text]
note: 6dm7F
en: <ahelp hid=".">All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.</ahelp> All cells must have the same format so that they can be recognized as a selected range.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.</ahelp> All cells must have the same format so that they can be recognised as a selected range.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3149795 help.text]
note: GcKDS
en: <ahelp hid="HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH">Establishes the connection to the data source and closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH">Establishes the connection to the data source and closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170200.xhp par_id3153311 help.text]
note: TNLzG
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/invokeadminpage/settings">Calls a dialog in which you can enter additional settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/invokeadminpage/settings">Calls a dialogue box in which you can enter additional settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170400.xhp par_idN105C2 help.text]
note: 3256N
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the location using a file dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the location using a file dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170500.xhp par_id3143284 help.text]
note: yEkbV
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog that allows you to specify the field assignment.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box that allows you to specify the field assignment.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170500.xhp par_id3149549 help.text]
note: qEqfD
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/fieldassignpage/assign">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp" name="Templates: Address Book Assignment">Templates: Address Book Assignment</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/fieldassignpage/assign">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp" name="Templates: Address Book Assignment">Templates: Address Book Assignment</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02000000.xhp par_id3158397 help.text]
en: Your text was corrected with <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> so that the current word began with a capital letter. AutoCorrect changes words at the beginning of a paragraph, and words after the character at the end of a sentence (period, exclamation point, question mark).
en_GB: Your text was corrected with <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> so that the current word began with a capital letter. AutoCorrect changes words at the beginning of a paragraph, and words after the character at the end of a sentence (full stop, exclamation mark, question mark).

[ctx: 06000000.xhp par_id3146060 help.text]
en: Your text was corrected by <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="Autocorrect">Autocorrect</link> so that double quotation marks were replaced by <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp" name="typographical quotation marks">typographical quotation marks</link>.
en_GB: Your text was corrected by <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> so that double quotation marks were replaced by <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp" name="typographical quotation marks">typographical quotation marks</link>.

[ctx: 08000000.xhp hd_id3152823 help.text]
en: An URL has been detected and a hyperlink attribute has been set
en_GB: A URL has been detected and a hyperlink attribute has been set

[ctx: 08000000.xhp par_id3150278 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> has modified your text. A string has been detected as an URL and is now shown as a hyperlink.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> has modified your text. A string has been detected as a URL and is now shown as a hyperlink.

[ctx: 09000000.xhp par_id3149297 help.text]
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> has corrected your text so that the multiple spaces you have entered have now been reduced to one single space.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp" name="AutoCorrect">AutoCorrect</link> has corrected your text so that the multiple spaces you have entered have now been reduced to a single space.

[ctx: 10000000.xhp hd_id3155577 help.text]
en: Bold and underline attributes have been recognized and applied
en_GB: Bold and underline attributes have been recognised and applied

[ctx: filter_screenshots.xhp par_id431534783734366 help.text]
note: KKTAL
en: <image src="media/screenshots/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/PdfGeneralPage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">PDF Export General Options Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/PdfGeneralPage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">PDF Export General Options Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: filter_screenshots.xhp par_id434534783734366 help.text]
note: NiURr
en: <image src="media/screenshots/filter/ui/pdflinkspage/PdfLinksPage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">PDF Export Links Options Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/filter/ui/pdflinkspage/PdfLinksPage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">PDF Export Links Options Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: filter_screenshots.xhp par_id434534703734366 help.text]
note: 6V29R
en: <image src="media/screenshots/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/PdfViewPage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">PDF Export View Options Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/filter/ui/pdfviewpage/PdfViewPage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">PDF Export View Options Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: filter_screenshots.xhp par_id434534703734306 help.text]
note: csH2C
en: <image src="media/screenshots/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/PdfUserInterfacePage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">PDF Export User Interface Options Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/filter/ui/pdfuserinterfacepage/PdfUserInterfacePage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">PDF Export User Interface Options Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: filter_screenshots.xhp par_id434534703704306 help.text]
note: Ea8o3
en: <image src="media/screenshots/filter/ui/pdfsignpage/PdfSignPage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">PDF Export Digital Signature Options Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/filter/ui/pdfsignpage/PdfSignPage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">PDF Export Digital Signature Options Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: filter_screenshots.xhp par_id434034703704306 help.text]
note: mBPGC
en: <image src="media/screenshots/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/PdfSecurityPage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">PDF Export Security Options Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/filter/ui/pdfsecuritypage/PdfSecurityPage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">PDF Export Security Options Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: filter_screenshots.xhp par_id19921 help.text]
note: UgJfc
en: <image id="img_id22170" src="media/screenshots/writerperfect/ui/exportepub/EpubDialog.png"><alt id="alt_id59843">EPUB dialog box</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id22170" src="media/screenshots/writerperfect/ui/exportepub/EpubDialog.png"><alt id="alt_id59843">EPUB dialogue box</alt></image>

[ctx: optionen_screenshots.xhp tit help.text]
note: cEcCB
en: Optionen Screenshots
en_GB: Options Screenshots

[ctx: optionen_screenshots.xhp par_id431534783734366 help.text]
note: wCY4r
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optviewpage/OptViewPage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options View Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optviewpage/OptViewPage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options View Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: optionen_screenshots.xhp par_id431534383734366 help.text]
note: ncxnF
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optfltrpage/OptFltrPage.png" id="img_id131594783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options Load/Save Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optfltrpage/OptFltrPage.png" id="img_id131594783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options Load/Save Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: optionen_screenshots.xhp par_id431534385734366 help.text]
note: 4ESEt
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/OptHtmlPage.png" id="img_id131594783734368"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options HTML Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/opthtmlpage/OptHtmlPage.png" id="img_id131594783734368"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options HTML Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: optionen_screenshots.xhp par_id431564385734366 help.text]
note: FjGtw
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/OptAccessibilityPage.png" id="img_id131592783734368"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options Accessibility Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optaccessibilitypage/OptAccessibilityPage.png" id="img_id131592783734368"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options Accessibility Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: optionen_screenshots.xhp par_id431564381734366 help.text]
note: XPDyx
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optsavepage/OptSavePage.png" id="img_id231592783734368"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options Save Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optsavepage/OptSavePage.png" id="img_id231592783734368"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options Save Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: optionen_screenshots.xhp par_id481564381734366 help.text]
note: FAeBR
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optadvancedpage/OptAdvancedPage.png" id="img_id231592783736368"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options Advanced Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optadvancedpage/OptAdvancedPage.png" id="img_id231592783736368"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options Advanced Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: optionen_screenshots.xhp par_id481364381734366 help.text]
note: NJzQs
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optasianpage/OptAsianPage.png" id="img_id231592783736868"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options Asian Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optasianpage/OptAsianPage.png" id="img_id231592783736868"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options Asian Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: optionen_screenshots.xhp par_id481394381734366 help.text]
note: zLdmq
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optctlpage/OptCTLPage.png" id="img_id231592783736868"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options CTL Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optctlpage/OptCTLPage.png" id="img_id231592783736868"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options CTL Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: optionen_screenshots.xhp par_id481394381724366 help.text]
note: kEHFK
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optsecuritypage/OptSecurityPage.png" id="img_id231592783736868"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options Security Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optsecuritypage/OptSecurityPage.png" id="img_id231592783736868"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Options Security Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: optionen_screenshots.xhp par_id361572483243630 help.text]
note: 4HEUe
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/OptLanguagesPage.png" id="img_id841572483243631"><alt id="alt_id131572483243632">Options Language Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optlanguagespage/OptLanguagesPage.png" id="img_id841572483243631"><alt id="alt_id131572483243632">Options Language Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: optionen_screenshots.xhp par_id511572514566037 help.text]
note: 9hcKT
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optgeneralpage/OptGeneralPage.png" id="img_id11572514566037"><alt id="alt_id41572514566038">Options General Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/optgeneralpage/OptGeneralPage.png" id="img_id11572514566037"><alt id="alt_id41572514566038">Options General Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: sc_screenshots.xhp par_id2521 help.text]
note: QaaKZ
en: <image id="img_id35279" src="media/screenshots/modules/scalc/ui/xmlsourcedialog/XMLSourceDialog.png"><alt id="alt_id55711">XML Source Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id35279" src="media/screenshots/modules/scalc/ui/xmlsourcedialog/XMLSourceDialog.png"><alt id="alt_id55711">XML Source Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: shared_cui_screenshots.xhp par_id341572255825997 help.text]
note: BQjvk
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/effectspage/EffectsPage.png" id="img_id741572255825998"><alt id="alt_id261572255825998">Font Effects Page Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/effectspage/EffectsPage.png" id="img_id741572255825998"><alt id="alt_id261572255825998">Font Effects Page Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: shared_cui_screenshots.xhp par_id91572261220492 help.text]
note: 5Fp2F
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/hyperlinkdocpage/HyperlinkDocPage.png" id="img_id41572261220494"><alt id="alt_id561572261220495">Hyperlink Doc Page Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/hyperlinkdocpage/HyperlinkDocPage.png" id="img_id41572261220494"><alt id="alt_id561572261220495">Hyperlink Doc Page Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: shared_cui_screenshots.xhp par_id321572273256466 help.text]
note: q52zT
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/hyperlinkinternetpage/HyperlinkInternetPage.png" id="img_id691572273256467"><alt id="alt_id981572273256469">Hyperlink Internet Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/hyperlinkinternetpage/HyperlinkInternetPage.png" id="img_id691572273256467"><alt id="alt_id981572273256469">Hyperlink Internet Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: shared_cui_screenshots.xhp par_id681572278003926 help.text]
note: 7gbR6
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/hyperlinkmailpage/HyperlinkMailPage.png" id="img_id791572287939226"><alt id="alt_id291572278003928">Hyperlink Mail Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/hyperlinkmailpage/HyperlinkMailPage.png" id="img_id791572287939226"><alt id="alt_id291572278003928">Hyperlink Mail Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: shared_cui_screenshots.xhp par_id911572279106813 help.text]
note: UZndE
en: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/hyperlinknewdocpage/HyperlinkNewDocPage.png" id="img_id411572279106814"><alt id="alt_id611572279106816">Hyperlink New Document Dialog Image</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/hyperlinknewdocpage/HyperlinkNewDocPage.png" id="img_id411572279106814"><alt id="alt_id611572279106816">Hyperlink New Document Dialogue Box Image</alt></image>

[ctx: shared_cui_screenshots.xhp par_id61884 help.text]
note: j7M36
en: <image id="img_id5337" src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/ColorPicker.png"><alt id="alt_id34144">The Pick a Color window</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id5337" src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/colorpickerdialog/ColorPicker.png"><alt id="alt_id34144">The Pick a Colour window</alt></image>

[ctx: shared_cui_screenshots.xhp par_id651578766209506 help.text]
note: WUBTK
en: <image id="img_id521237" src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/colorpage/ColorPage.png"><alt id="alt_id378144">Color page dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id521237" src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/colorpage/ColorPage.png"><alt id="alt_id378144">Colour page dialogue box</alt></image>

[ctx: simpress_screenshots.xhp par_id431534783734366 help.text]
note: c6FJr
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/OptSavePage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Impress General Options Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/optimpressgeneralpage/OptSavePage.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Impress General Options Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: simpress_screenshots.xhp par_id431514783734366 help.text]
note: 5EVvY
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/sdviewpage/SdViewPage.png" id="img_id131531783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783731367">Impress View Options Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/sdviewpage/SdViewPage.png" id="img_id131531783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783731367">Impress View Options Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: simpress_screenshots.xhp par_id231514783734366 help.text]
note: a5Djv
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/prntopts.png" id="img_id231531783734367"><alt id="alt_id671534783731367">Impress Print Options Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/prntopts/prntopts.png" id="img_id231531783734367"><alt id="alt_id671534783731367">Impress Print Options Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: simpress_screenshots.xhp par_id231414783734366 help.text]
note: nUdKY
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/photoalbum/PhotoAlbumCreatorDialog.png" id="img_id231591783734367"><alt id="alt_id671534783731067">Impress Photo Album Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/photoalbum/PhotoAlbumCreatorDialog.png" id="img_id231591783734367"><alt id="alt_id671534783731067">Impress Photo Album Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: simpress_screenshots.xhp par_id231414783735366 help.text]
note: CitKQ
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/presentationdialog/PresentationDialog.png" id="img_id231591783734567"><alt id="alt_id671538783731067">Presentation Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/presentationdialog/PresentationDialog.png" id="img_id231591783734567"><alt id="alt_id671538783731067">Presentation Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: simpress_screenshots.xhp par_id231414783735360 help.text]
note: yFT8R
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/slidedesigndialog/SlideDesignDialog.png" id="img_id231591783734560"><alt id="alt_id671538783731060">Slide Design Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/slidedesigndialog/SlideDesignDialog.png" id="img_id231591783734560"><alt id="alt_id671538783731060">Slide Design Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: simpress_screenshots.xhp par_id231414780735360 help.text]
note: dgGzF
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/headerfooterdialog/HeaderFooterDialog.png" id="img_id231591780734560"><alt id="alt_id671538780731060">Header Footer Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/headerfooterdialog/HeaderFooterDialog.png" id="img_id231591780734560"><alt id="alt_id671538780731060">Header Footer Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: simpress_screenshots.xhp par_id891577672025399 help.text]
note: cxPnD
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/MasterLayoutDialog.png" id="img_id231577672025400"><alt id="alt_id601577672025401">Master Layout Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/MasterLayoutDialog.png" id="img_id231577672025400"><alt id="alt_id601577672025401">Master Layout Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: simpress_screenshots.xhp par_id521577673588040 help.text]
note: P2Ap4
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/customslideshows/CustomSlideShows.png" id="img_id51577673588041"><alt id="alt_id171577673588042">Custom Slide Shows Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/customslideshows/CustomSlideShows.png" id="img_id51577673588041"><alt id="alt_id171577673588042">Custom Slide Shows Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: simpress_screenshots.xhp par_id651577674792950 help.text]
note: fAstm
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/definecustomslideshow/DefineCustomSlideShow.png" id="img_id791577674792951"><alt id="alt_id171577674792952">Define Custom Slide Show Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/definecustomslideshow/DefineCustomSlideShow.png" id="img_id791577674792951"><alt id="alt_id171577674792952">Define Custom Slide Show Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: simpress_screenshots.xhp par_id291577710686074 help.text]
note: nwxvb
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationeffecttab/EffectTab.png" id="img_id761577710686075"><alt id="alt_id701577710686076">Enhanced Animation Effects Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationeffecttab/EffectTab.png" id="img_id761577710686075"><alt id="alt_id701577710686076">Enhanced Animation Effects Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: simpress_screenshots.xhp par_id911577712535653 help.text]
note: 7grsS
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationtexttab/TextAnimationTab.png" id="img_id461577712535654"><alt id="alt_id501577712535655">Text Animation Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationtexttab/TextAnimationTab.png" id="img_id461577712535654"><alt id="alt_id501577712535655">Text Animation Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: simpress_screenshots.xhp par_id471577714065260 help.text]
note: 9FESr
en: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationtimingtab/TimingTab.png" id="img_id381577714065261"><alt id="alt_id151577714065262">Custom Animation Timing Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationtimingtab/TimingTab.png" id="img_id381577714065261"><alt id="alt_id151577714065262">Custom Animation Timing Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: svx_screenshots.xhp par_id431534783734366 help.text]
note: tBy37
en: <image src="media/screenshots/svx/ui/compressgraphicdialog/CompressGraphicDialog.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Compress Image Dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="media/screenshots/svx/ui/compressgraphicdialog/CompressGraphicDialog.png" id="img_id131534783734367"><alt id="alt_id271534783734367">Compress Image Dialogue Box</alt></image>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id1318380 help.text]
note: h4cNk
en: The %PRODUCTNAME localization projects offer support pages in various languages. Find an overview of the native language projects at the <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/community/nlc/">%PRODUCTNAME website</link>. You can find English-language help and support on the <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/feedback">%PRODUCTNAME website</link> as well.
en_GB: The %PRODUCTNAME localisation projects offer support pages in various languages. Find an overview of the native language projects at the <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/community/nlc/">%PRODUCTNAME website</link>. You can find English-language help and support on the <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/feedback">%PRODUCTNAME website</link> as well.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3166335 help.text]
note: jLNYG
en: Ask about %PRODUCTNAME, find help by volunteers, and discuss topics on the public mailing lists. You can find many general and specialized mailing lists on the %PRODUCTNAME website at <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/mailing-lists/">www.libreoffice.org</link>.
en_GB: Ask about %PRODUCTNAME, find help by volunteers, and discuss topics on the public mailing lists. You can find many general and specialised mailing lists on the %PRODUCTNAME website at <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/mailing-lists/">www.libreoffice.org</link>.

[ctx: 00000100.xhp par_id3150699 help.text]
note: 54VKY
en: The Help references the default settings of the program on a system that is set to defaults. Descriptions of colors, mouse actions, or other configurable items can be different for your program and system.
en_GB: The Help references the default settings of the program on a system that is set to defaults. Descriptions of colours, mouse actions, or other configurable items can be different for your program and system.

[ctx: 00000110.xhp par_idN108FE help.text]
note: ZULza
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Find on this page</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Find on this page</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000110.xhp par_idN10940 help.text]
note: HB6gA
en: The <emph>Find on this Page</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: The <emph>Find on this Page</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 00000110.xhp par_idN109AA help.text]
note: morri
en: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/searchdialog/matchcase" visibility="hidden">Distinguishes between uppercase text and lowercase text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/searchdialog/matchcase" visibility="hidden">Distinguishes between upper-case text and lower-case text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000140.xhp par_id3153323 help.text]
note: ZY75Y
en: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/find" visibility="hidden">Click to start a full-text search for the term you entered.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/find" visibility="hidden">Click to start a full-text search for the term that you entered.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000140.xhp par_id3156027 help.text]
note: eJLq7
en: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/completewords" visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to carry out an exact search for the word you entered. Incomplete words will not be found.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpsearchpage/completewords" visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to carry out an exact search for the word that you entered. Incomplete words will not be found.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000140.xhp par_id3153345 help.text]
note: tZvTM
en: The <emph>Search term</emph> text field stores the words you entered last. To repeat a previous search, click the arrow icon and select the term from the list.
en_GB: The <emph>Search term</emph> text field stores the words that you entered last. To repeat a previous search, click the arrow icon and select the term from the list.

[ctx: 00000140.xhp par_id3147210 help.text]
note: TWWt7
en: The <emph>Complete words only</emph> check box allows you to perform an exact search. If this box is marked, incomplete words will not be found. Do not mark this check box if the search term you enter should also be found as part of a longer word.
en_GB: The <emph>Complete words only</emph> check box allows you to perform an exact search. If this check box is marked, incomplete words will not be found. Do not mark this check box if the search term you enter should also be found as part of a longer word.

[ctx: 00000150.xhp par_id3150771 help.text]
note: KhCTF
en: <emph>Rename</emph> - <ahelp hid="HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME" visibility="visible">opens a dialog for entering another name for the bookmark</ahelp>.
en_GB: <emph>Rename</emph> - <ahelp hid="HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME" visibility="visible">opens a dialogue box for entering another name for the bookmark</ahelp>.

[ctx: new_help.xhp par_id201534891524377 help.text]
note: 3kiEs
en: The search results is displayed as a filtered list of matches. The module name is displayed as a heading on the list. The <emph>GLOBAL</emph> heading indicates a match for keywords relevant to more than one %PRODUCTNAME module. For example, cell borders applies to spreadsheets cells as well as text and presentation table cells or frames.
en_GB: The search results are displayed as a filtered list of matches. The module name is displayed as a heading on the list. The <emph>GLOBAL</emph> heading indicates a match for keywords relevant to more than one %PRODUCTNAME module. For example, cell borders applies to spreadsheets cells as well as text and presentation table cells or frames.

[ctx: new_help.xhp par_id871534889171418 help.text]
note: 35sF7
en: Use the <emph>Back</emph> and <emph>Forward</emph> buttons of the browser to navigate between pages. In most browsers, a long click on the <emph>Back</emph> button displays a dropdown list of previously visited pages and a long click on the <emph>Forward</emph> button display a list of visited pages after the current one.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Back</emph> and <emph>Forward</emph> buttons of the browser to navigate between pages. In most browsers, a long click on the <emph>Back</emph> button displays a drop-down list of previously visited pages and a long click on the <emph>Forward</emph> button display a list of visited pages after the current one.

[ctx: new_help.xhp par_id771534889897625 help.text]
note: 34WGE
en: Close the bookmark dialog of the web browser.
en_GB: Close the bookmark dialogue box of the web browser.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3151299 help.text]
note: UkinP
en: A great deal of your application's functionality can be called up by using shortcut keys. For example, the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command+O</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl+O</item></defaultinline></switchinline> shortcut keys are shown next to the <emph>Open</emph> entry in the <item type="menuitem">File</item> menu. If you want to access this function by using the shortcut keys, press and hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl</item></defaultinline></switchinline> and then press the <item type="keycode">O</item> key. Release both keys after the dialog appears.
en_GB: A great deal of your application's functionality can be called up by using shortcut keys. For example, the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command+O</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl+O</item></defaultinline></switchinline> shortcut keys are shown next to the <emph>Open</emph> entry in the <item type="menuitem">File</item> menu. If you want to access this function by using the shortcut keys, press and hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl</item></defaultinline></switchinline> and then press the <item type="keycode">O</item> key. Release both keys after the dialogue box appears.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp hd_id3156410 help.text]
note: cBDHp
en: Using Shortcut Keys to Control Dialogs
en_GB: Using Shortcut Keys to Control Dialogue Boxes

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3154288 help.text]
note: gYnek
en: There is always one element highlighted in any given dialog - usually shown by a broken frame. This element, which can be either a button, an option field, an entry in a list box or a check box, is said to have the focus on it. If the focal point is a button, pressing <item type="keycode">Enter</item> runs it as if you had clicked it. A check box is toggled by pressing the <item type="keycode">Spacebar</item>. If an option field has the focus, use the arrow keys to change the activated option field in that area. Use the <item type="keycode">Tab</item> key to go from one element or area to the next one, use <item type="keycode">Shift+Tab</item> to go in the reverse direction.
en_GB: There is always one element highlighted in any given dialogue box - usually shown by a broken frame. This element, which can be either a button, an option field, an entry in a list box or a check box, is said to have the focus on it. If the focal point is a button, pressing <item type="keycode">Enter</item> runs it as if you had clicked it. A check box is toggled by pressing the <item type="keycode">Spacebar</item>. If an option field has the focus, use the arrow keys to change the activated option field in that area. Use the <item type="keycode">Tab</item> key to go from one element or area to the next one, use <item type="keycode">Shift+Tab</item> to go in the reverse direction.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149177 help.text]
note: MreaT
en: Pressing <item type="keycode">Esc</item> closes the dialog without saving changes. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"></caseinline><defaultinline>If you place the focus on a button, not only will you see the dotted line framing the name of the button, but also a thicker shadow under the button selected. This indicates that if you exit the dialog by pressing the <item type="keycode">Enter</item> key, it is the equivalent of pressing that button itself.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: Pressing <item type="keycode">Esc</item> closes the dialogue box without saving changes. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"></caseinline><defaultinline>If you place the focus on a button, not only will you see the dotted line framing the name of the button, but also a thicker shadow under the button selected. This indicates that if you exit the dialogue box by pressing the <item type="keycode">Enter</item> key, it is the equivalent of pressing that button itself.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3145421 help.text]
note: BmE6R
en: The shortcut keys are shown on the right hand side of the menu lists next to the corresponding menu command. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">(Not all of the mentioned keys for controlling dialogs are available on macOS.)</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: The shortcut keys are shown on the right hand side of the menu lists next to the corresponding menu command. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">(Not all of the mentioned keys for controlling dialogue boxes are available on macOS.)</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01010000.xhp hd_id31541231 help.text]
note: 44FiF
en: Shortcut keys for controlling dialogs
en_GB: Shortcut keys for controlling dialogue boxes

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3153727 help.text]
note: 6FRpR
en: Activates the focused button in a dialog.
en_GB: Activates the focused button in a dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3155412 help.text]
note: 9AiDc
en: Terminates the action or dialog. If in $[officename] Help: goes up one level.
en_GB: Terminates the action or dialogue box. If in $[officename] Help: goes up one level.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3147435 help.text]
note: BknTj
en: Toggles the focused check box in a dialog.
en_GB: Toggles the focused check box in a dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3151113 help.text]
note: LFu4h
en: Changes the active control field in an option section of a dialog.
en_GB: Changes the active control field in an option section of a dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3146975 help.text]
note: pSELE
en: Advances focus to the next section or element in a dialog.
en_GB: Advances focus to the next section or element in a dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149665 help.text]
note: DqJ9i
en: Moves the focus to the previous section or element in a dialog.
en_GB: Moves the focus to the previous section or element in a dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3153224 help.text]
note: BZsFR
en: Opens the list of the control field currently selected in a dialog. These shortcut keys apply not only to combo boxes but also to icon buttons with pop-up menus. Close an opened list by pressing the <item type="keycode">Esc</item> key.
en_GB: Opens the list of the control field currently selected in a dialogue box. These shortcut keys apply not only to combo boxes but also to icon buttons with pop-up menus. Close an opened list by pressing the <item type="keycode">Esc</item> key.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3148408 help.text]
note: HYFcp
en: Opens the <emph>Templates</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Templates</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3150090 help.text]
note: aKfgm
en: Calls the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Calls the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3150567 help.text]
note: aYbuU
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>Toggles the view between fullscreen mode and normal mode in Writer or Calc.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"/><defaultinline>Toggles the view between full-screen mode and normal mode in Writer or Calc.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3144506 help.text]
note: RY4As
en: Sets focus in next subwindow, for example, document/data source view.
en_GB: Sets focus in next sub-window, for example, document/data source view.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149912 help.text]
note: rRieV
en: When positioned at the start of a header, a tab is inserted.
en_GB: When positioned at the beginning of a header, a tab is inserted.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_idN10F4B help.text]
note: 6cHAW
en: Opens the <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3154059 help.text]
note: Vk9qA
en: Moves backwards between areas.
en_GB: Moves backward between areas.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3146894 help.text]
note: dGTxG
en: Opens the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3146776 help.text]
note: oJgjw
en: Opens the <emph>Enter Title</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Enter Title</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3156370 help.text]
note: prAMd
en: Opens the <emph>Enter Title</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Enter Title</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3159244 help.text]
note: oSEbX
en: Opens the properties dialog for a drawing object.
en_GB: Opens the properties dialogue box for a drawing object.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3149753 help.text]
note: vEJKn
en: In <emph>Rotation</emph> mode, the center of rotation can also be selected.
en_GB: In <emph>Rotation</emph> mode, the centre of rotation can also be selected.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3145662 help.text]
note: cQM6k
en: A new drawing object with default size is placed in the center of the current view.
en_GB: A new drawing object with default size is placed in the centre of the current view.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp hd_id3148580 help.text]
note: CWKSa
en: Any text or numerical key
en_GB: Any text or numeric key

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id8308969 help.text]
note: cDSDC
en: The position of the object's center is fixed.
en_GB: The position of the object's centre is fixed.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149018 help.text]
note: KHoRz
en: Sets the focus (if not in design mode) to the first control. The first control is the first one listed in the Form Navigator.
en_GB: Moves the focus (if not in design mode) to the first control. The first control is the first one listed in the Form Navigator.

[ctx: 01110000.xhp par_id3154398 help.text]
note: dMLnY
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:PrintDefault">Click the <emph>Print File Directly</emph> icon to print the active document with the current default print settings.</ahelp> These can be found in the <emph>Printer Setup</emph> dialog, which you can call with the <link href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp" name="Printer Settings"><emph>Printer Settings</emph></link> menu command.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:PrintDefault">Click the <emph>Print File Directly</emph> icon to print the active document with the current default print settings.</ahelp> These can be found in the <emph>Printer Setup</emph> dialogue box, which you can call with the <link href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp" name="Printer Settings"><emph>Printer Settings</emph></link> menu command.

[ctx: 01110000.xhp par_id9547105 help.text]
note: 9hSsM
en: If the current document uses a printer that is not the default printer for your operating system, the <emph>Print File Direct</emph> icon opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp"><emph>Print</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: If the current document uses a printer that is not the default printer for your operating system, the <emph>Print File Direct</emph> icon opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp"><emph>Print</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp bm_id3150476 help.text]
note: VhD64
en: <bookmark_value>Drawing bar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; draw functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>polygon drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>freeform lines; draw functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text boxes; positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headings; entering as text box</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text objects; draw functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ticker text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; animating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical callouts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical text boxes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cube drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>triangle drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ellipse drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rectangle drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shapes</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Drawing bar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines; draw functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>polygon drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>free-form lines; draw functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text boxes; positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headings; entering as text box</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text objects; draw functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ticker text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; animating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical callouts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical text boxes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cube drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>triangle drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ellipse drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rectangle drawing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shapes</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_idN10849 help.text]
note: 4Bys6
en: You can switch on and off the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar of Writer and Calc documents using an icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar.
en_GB: You can switch the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar of Writer and Calc documents on and off using an icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> toolbar.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3148878 help.text]
note: yFBh6
en: <variable id="kurvetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bezier_Unfilled">Draws a smooth Bezier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double click the starting point of the curve.</ahelp> The arc of the curve is determined by the distance you drag.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="kurvetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bezier_Unfilled">Draws a smooth Bézier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double click the starting point of the curve.</ahelp> The arc of the curve is determined by the distance you drag.</variable>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp hd_id3148587 help.text]
note: DJ3V6
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3154163 help.text]
note: oBGHD
en: <variable id="freihandtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Freeline_Unfilled">Draws a freeform line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="freihandtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Freeline_Unfilled">Draws a free-form line where you drag in the current document. To end the line, release the mouse button. To draw a closed shape, release the mouse button near the starting point of the line.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_idN10EA5 help.text]
note: qDJzn
en: Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.
en_GB: Switches the 3-D effects on and off for the selected objects.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3151378 help.text]
note: wU73F
en: <variable id="formulartext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Config">The <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar or sub-menu contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.</ahelp></variable> You can use the toolbar or sub-menu to add controls to a form in a text, drawing, spreadsheet, presentation, or HTML document, for example a button that runs a macro.
en_GB: <variable id="formulartext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Config">The <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar or sub-menu contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.</ahelp></variable> You can use the toolbar or sub-menu to add controls to a form in a text, drawing, spreadsheet, presentation or HTML document, for example a button that runs a macro.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3152792 help.text]
note: AzFcG
en: You can drag and drop controls from one document to another document. You can also copy and paste controls between documents. When you insert a control from another document, $[officename] analyzes the data source, content type, and content properties of the control so that the control fits the logical structure in the target document. For example, a control that displays contents from an address book continues to display the same contents after you copy the control to a different document. You can view these properties on the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of the <emph>Form properties</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can drag-and-drop controls from one document to another document. You can also copy and paste controls between documents. When you insert a control from another document, $[officename] analyses the data source, content type, and content properties of the control so that the control fits the logical structure in the target document. For example, a control that displays contents from an address book continues to display the same contents after you copy the control to a different document. You can view these properties on the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of the <emph>Form properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id710776 help.text]
note: L6D5h
en: If you add a spin button to a Calc spreadsheet, you can use the Data tab page to create a two-way link between the spin button and a cell. As a result, when you change the contents of a cell, the contents of the spin button are updated. Conversely, if you change the value of the spin button, the contents of the cell are updated.
en_GB: If you add a spin button to a Calc spreadsheet, you can use the Data tab page to create a two-way link between the spin button and a cell. As a result, when you change the content of a cell, the contents of the spin button are updated. Conversely, if you change the value of the spin button, the contents of the cell are updated.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_idN11D42 help.text]
note: 4cEzG
en: Symbol color
en_GB: Symbol colour

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_idN11D48 help.text]
note: wrXfx
en: Specifies the color of the arrows on the scrollbar.
en_GB: Specifies the colour of the arrows on the scrollbar.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3149596 help.text]
note: ZJDNH
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ImageControl">Creates an image control. It can only be used to add images from a database.</ahelp> In the form document, double-click one of these controls to open the <emph>Insert Graphic</emph> dialog to insert the image. There is also a context menu (not in design mode) with commands for inserting and deleting the image.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ImageControl">Creates an image control. It can only be used to add images from a database.</ahelp> In the form document, double-click one of these controls to open the <emph>Insert Graphic</emph> dialogue box to insert the image. There is also a context menu (not in design mode) with commands for inserting and deleting the image.

[ctx: 01170000.xhp hd_id3154652 help.text]
note: Qw4Qa
en: Numerical Field
en_GB: Numeric Field

[ctx: 01170000.xhp par_id3145601 help.text]
note: 3jPvp
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:NumericField">Creates a numerical field.</ahelp> If the form is linked to a database, the numerical values in the form can be adopted from the database.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:NumericField">Creates a numeric field.</ahelp> If the form is linked to a database, the numeric values in the form can be adopted from the database.

[ctx: 01170001.xhp par_id3150400 help.text]
note: iadCT
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeControlType" visibility="visible">Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.</ahelp> As many properties as possible are adopted.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeControlType" visibility="visible">Calls a sub-menu from which you can choose a control type to replace the control selected in the document.</ahelp> As many properties as possible are adopted.

[ctx: 01170001.xhp hd_id3149667 help.text]
note: jBPdH
en: Numerical Field
en_GB: Numeric Field

[ctx: 01170001.xhp par_id3154321 help.text]
note: BH6wn
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToNumeric" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a numerical field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToNumeric" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a numeric field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170002.xhp par_id3156410 help.text]
note: X63EU
en: <emph>Formatting</emph>: You can set the <emph>Formatting</emph> property by clicking the <emph>...</emph> button in the <emph>Formatting</emph> line of the <emph>Properties: Formatted Field</emph> dialog. The <emph>Number Format</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: <emph>Formatting</emph>: You can set the <emph>Formatting</emph> property by clicking the <emph>...</emph> button in the <emph>Formatting</emph> line of the <emph>Properties: Formatted Field</emph> dialogue box. The <emph>Number Format</emph> dialogue box appears.

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3159194 help.text]
note: YhmM5
en: The number of selected lines, if any are selected, is in parentheses after the total number of records.
en_GB: The number of selected lines, if any are selected, is in parentheses (round brackets) after the total number of records.

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3153750 help.text]
note: Exsza
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_INSERTCOL">Calls a submenu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_INSERTCOL">Calls a sub-menu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3155552 help.text]
note: oMrah
en: Configure the table control using drag and drop: Open the data source browser and drag the desired fields out of the data source browser and on to the column heads of the table control. A pre-configured column is created.
en_GB: Configure the table control using drag-and-drop: Open the data source browser and drag the desired fields out of the data source browser and on to the column heads of the table control. A pre-configured column is created.

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3153345 help.text]
note: VUawg
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_CHANGECOL">Opens a submenu to select a data field to replace the data field selected in the table control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_CHANGECOL">Opens a sub-menu to select a data field to replace the data field selected in the table control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3152996 help.text]
note: fzvdf
en: Opens the properties dialog of the selected column.
en_GB: Opens the properties dialogue box of the selected column.

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3159400 help.text]
note: 3xqbM
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWCOLS">Calls a submenu where you can select the columns to show again.</ahelp> To show only one column, click the column name. You see only the first <emph>16</emph> hidden columns. If there are more hidden columns, choose the <emph>More</emph> command to call the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWCOLS">Calls a sub-menu where you can select the columns to show again.</ahelp> To show only one column, click the column name. You see only the first <emph>16</emph> hidden columns. If there are more hidden columns, choose the <emph>More</emph> command to call the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3159269 help.text]
note: HuXJC
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE">Calls the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE">Calls the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170004.xhp par_id3149763 help.text]
note: USBtE
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/showcoldialog/ShowColDialog">In the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialog you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the <emph>Shift</emph> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> key to select multiple entries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/showcoldialog/ShowColDialog">In the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialogue box you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the <emph>Shift</emph> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> key to select multiple entries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3145345 help.text]
note: BJAGR
en: <variable id="kontroll"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog for editing the properties of a selected control.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="kontroll"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box for editing the properties of a selected control.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3157910 help.text]
note: DxRQw
en: <variable id="hinweis">You can only call the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog when in the <emph>Design mode</emph> with a control selected.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="hinweis">You can only call the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box when in the <emph>Design mode</emph> with a control selected.</variable>

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3153760 help.text]
note: UABY9
en: If you enter data in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog, note that multiline input is possible for certain drop-down combo boxes. This concerns all fields in which an SQL statement can be entered, as well as the properties of text boxes or label fields. You can open these fields and enter text in the opened list. The following shortcut keys are valid:
en_GB: If you enter data in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box, note that multi-line input is possible for certain drop-down combo boxes. This concerns all fields in which an SQL statement can be entered, as well as the properties of text boxes or label fields. You can open these fields and enter text in the opened list. The following shortcut keys are valid:

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3149235 help.text]
note: EvPKm
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "<emph>Yes</emph>" in the <emph>Dropdown</emph> option.</ahelp> For combo boxes with the "Dropdown" property, you can specify how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. With control fields which do not have the <emph>Dropdown</emph> option, the line's display will be specified by the size of the control field and the font size.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the drop-down list. This setting is only active if you chose "<emph>Yes</emph>" in the <emph>Drop-down</emph> option.</ahelp> For combo boxes with the "Drop-down" property, you can specify how many lines should be displayed in the drop-down list. With control fields which do not have the <emph>Drop-down</emph> option, the line's display will be specified by the size of the control field and the font size.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3154638 help.text]
note: Rmc37
en: Dropdown
en_GB: Drop-down

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3152577 help.text]
note: vsFj2
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether the combo box should dropdown (<emph>Yes</emph>) or not (<emph>No</emph>).</ahelp> A control field with the dropdown property has an additional arrow button which opens the list of the existing form entries per mouse click. Under <emph>Line count</emph>, you can specify how many lines (or rows) should be displayed in the dropdown state. Combination fields can have the dropdown property.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether the combo box should drop down (<emph>Yes</emph>) or not (<emph>No</emph>).</ahelp> A control field with the drop-down property has an additional arrow button which opens the list of the existing form entries per mouse click. Under <emph>Line count</emph>, you can specify how many lines (or rows) should be displayed in the drop-down state. Combination fields can have the drop-down property.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3159198 help.text]
note: Jhjcy
en: Combo boxes that were inserted as columns in a table control are always dropdown as the default.
en_GB: Combo boxes that were inserted as columns in a table control are always drop-down as the default.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3151281 help.text]
note: ieJgt
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.</ahelp> The alignment options are left-aligned, right-aligned, and centered. These options are available for the following elements:
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.</ahelp> The alignment options are left-aligned, right-aligned, and centred. These options are available for the following elements:

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3145801 help.text]
note: jYExC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the source for the label of the control.</ahelp> The text of the label field will be used instead of the name of a database field. For example, in the <emph>Filter Navigator</emph>, <emph>Search</emph> dialog, and as a column name in the table view.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the source for the label of the control.</ahelp> The text of the label field will be used instead of the name of a database field. For example, in the <emph>Filter Navigator</emph>, <emph>Search</emph> dialogue box, and as a column name in the table view.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3148587 help.text]
note: tyTGF
en: If you click on the <emph>...</emph> button next to the text field, you will see the <emph>Label Field Selection</emph> dialog. Select a label from the list.
en_GB: If you click on the <emph>...</emph> button next to the text field, you will see the <emph>Label Field Selection</emph> dialogue box. Select a label from the list.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3159268 help.text]
note: ipubB
en: Tristate
en_GB: Tri-state

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3150829 help.text]
note: X2Fet
en: The characters <emph>a-z</emph> and <emph>A-Z</emph> can be entered. Capital characters are not converted to lowercase characters.
en_GB: The characters <emph>a-z</emph> and <emph>A-Z</emph> can be entered. Capital characters are not converted to lower-case characters.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3156140 help.text]
note: MBwus
en: The characters <emph>A-Z</emph> can be entered. If a lowercase letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.
en_GB: The characters <emph>A-Z</emph> can be entered. If a lower-case letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3148873 help.text]
note: REnSG
en: The characters <emph>a-z</emph>, <emph>A-Z</emph>, and <emph>0-9</emph> can be entered. Capital characters are not converted to lowercase characters.
en_GB: The characters <emph>a-z</emph>, <emph>A-Z</emph>, and <emph>0-9</emph> can be entered. Capital characters are not converted to lower-case characters.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154574 help.text]
note: 7wrCS
en: The characters <emph>A-Z</emph> and <emph>0-9</emph> can be entered. If a lowercase letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.
en_GB: The characters <emph>A-Z</emph> and <emph>0-9</emph> can be entered. If a lower-case letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3150429 help.text]
note: ELnXb
en: All printable characters can be entered. If a lowercase letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.
en_GB: All printable characters can be entered. If a lower-case letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155081 help.text]
note: EPpP8
en: For the literal mask "__.__.2000", for example, define the "NNLNNLLLLL" edit mask so that the user can only enter four digits when entering a date.
en_GB: For the literal mask "__/__/2000", for example, define the "NNLNNLLLLL" edit mask so that the user can only enter four digits when entering a date.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3152541 help.text]
note: Vmytb
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155073 help.text]
note: vhu29
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the background color of the control field.</ahelp> A background color is available for most control fields. If you click on <emph>Background color</emph>, a list will open which enables you to select among various colors. The "Standard" option adopts the system setting. If the desired color is not listed, click the <emph>...</emph> button to define a color in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Color"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the background colour of the control field.</ahelp> A background colour is available for most control fields. If you click on <emph>Background colour</emph>, a list will open which enables you to select among various colours. The "Standard" option adopts the system setting. If the desired colour is not listed, click the <emph>...</emph> button to define a colour in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Colour"><emph>Colour</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3144430 help.text]
note: JgdCE
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.</ahelp> Adds the scrollbar type that you specify to a text box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Adds the scroll bar type that you specify to a text box.</ahelp> Adds the scroll bar type that you specify to a text box.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154767 help.text]
note: 6XqBd
en: If you do not want the list entries to be written to the database or transmitted to the recipient of the Web form, but rather assigned values that are not visible in the form, you can assign the list entries to other values in a value list. The value list is determined on the <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp" name="Data"><emph>Data</emph></link> tab. Under <emph>Type of List Contents</emph>, select the option "Value List". Then enter the values under <emph>List Contents</emph> that are to be assigned to the corresponding visible list entries of the form. For the correct assignment, the order in the value list is relevant.
en_GB: If you do not want the list entries to be written to the database or transmitted to the recipient of the web form, but rather assigned values that are not visible in the form, you can assign the list entries to other values in a value list. The value list is determined on the <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp" name="Data"><emph>Data</emph></link> tab. Under <emph>Type of List Contents</emph>, select the option "Value List". Then enter the values under <emph>List Contents</emph> that are to be assigned to the corresponding visible list entries of the form. For the correct assignment, the order in the value list is relevant.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3154290 help.text]
note: jNMGe
en: Date max
en_GB: Date latest

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN11391 help.text]
note: JjJPM
en: This control is named "Multiline input" for a text column inside a table control.
en_GB: This control is named "Multi-line input" for a text column inside a table control.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN115AE help.text]
note: 5EFi4
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether Check boxes and Option buttons are displayed in a 3D look (default) or a flat look.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether Check boxes and Option buttons are displayed in a 3-D look (default) or a flat look.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN115B8 help.text]
note: fDQ78
en: Border color
en_GB: Border colour

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN115CE help.text]
note: eGv4b
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the border color for controls that have the "Border" property set to "flat".</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the border colour for controls that have the "Border" property set to "flat".</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN115B7 help.text]
note: qUkQm
en: Symbol color
en_GB: Symbol colour

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN115BB help.text]
note: CaKVw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the color for symbols on controls, for example the arrows on a scrollbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the colour for symbols on controls, for example the arrows on a scrollbar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3153025 help.text]
note: MCCG9
en: If you work with macros, make sure that the names of the controls are unique.
en_GB: If you work with macros, ensure that the names of the controls are unique.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3150640 help.text]
note: BAvfE
en: You can also easily define the indices of the different controls in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp" name="Tab Order"><emph>Tab Order</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: You can also easily define the indices of the different controls in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp" name="Tab Order"><emph>Tab Order</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id919217 help.text]
note: cCCEt
en: For a <emph>List box</emph> that contains a value list, you can click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the <emph>Default selection</emph> dialog.
en_GB: For a <emph>List box</emph> that contains a value list, you can click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the <emph>Default selection</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id50050 help.text]
note: 7JzPY
en: In the <emph>Default selection</emph> dialog, select the entries that you want to mark as selected when you open the form that contains the list box.
en_GB: In the <emph>Default selection</emph> dialogue box, select the entries that you want to mark as selected when you open the form that contains the list box.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN11B74 help.text]
note: jyGFB
en: <ahelp hid=".">Sets the default value for the scrollbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Sets the default value for the scroll bar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154681 help.text]
note: t8Dmt
en: <ahelp hid=".">The "Default button" property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the <emph>Return</emph> key.</ahelp> If you open the dialog or form and do not carry out any further action, the button with this property is the default button.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The "Default button" property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the <emph>Return</emph> key.</ahelp> If you open the dialogue box or form and do not carry out any further action, the button with this property is the default button.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3154548 help.text]
note: YvfaQ
en: Tabstop
en_GB: Tab stop

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154568 help.text]
note: wxACC
en: When you create a new control, the description predefined in the "Name" property is used as the default for labeling the control. The label consists of the control field name and an integer numbering the control (for example, CommandButton1). With the "Title" property, you can assign another description to the control so that the label reflects the function of the control. Change this entry in order to assign an expressive label to the control that is visible to the user.
en_GB: When you create a new control, the description predefined in the "Name" property is used as the default for labelling the control. The label consists of the control field name and an integer numbering the control (for example, CommandButton1). With the "Title" property, you can assign another description to the control so that the label reflects the function of the control. Change this entry in order to assign an expressive label to the control that is visible to the user.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3159407 help.text]
note: D9jDp
en: The "Title" property is only used for labeling a form element in the interface visible to the user. If you work with macros, note that at runtime, a control is always addressed through the "Name" property.
en_GB: The "Title" property is only used for labelling a form element in the interface visible to the user. If you work with macros, note that at runtime, a control is always addressed through the "Name" property.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3152493 help.text]
note: P56Dk
en: The characters and their ASCII codes can be seen in the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog (<emph>Insert - Special Character</emph>).
en_GB: The characters and their ASCII codes can be seen in the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialogue box (<emph>Insert - Special Character</emph>).

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3151037 help.text]
note: DjtWR
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the font for the text that is in the control field.</ahelp> For control fields which have visible text or titles, select the display font that you want to use. To open the <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Font"><emph>Font</emph></link> dialog, click the <emph>...</emph> button. The selected font is used in control fields names and to display data in table control fields.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the font for the text that is in the control field.</ahelp> For control fields which have visible text or titles, select the display font that you want to use. To open the <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp" name="Font"><emph>Font</emph></link> dialogue box, click the <emph>...</emph> button. The selected font is used in control fields names and to display data in table control fields.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_id3150654 help.text]
note: ACGAo
en: For database forms, you can also characterize the status of an option or a check box by a reference value, storing it in the database. If you have a set of three options, for example "in progress", "completed", and "resubmission", with the respective reference values, "ToDo", "OK", and "RS", these reference values appear in the database if the respective option is clicked.
en_GB: For database forms, you can also characterise the status of an option or a check box by a reference value, storing it in the database. If you have a set of three options, for example "in progress", "completed", and "resubmission", with the respective reference values, "ToDo", "OK", and "RS", these reference values appear in the database if the respective option is clicked.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_id3146898 help.text]
note: ZTCVz
en: Second case: The control belongs to a subform that is created by an SQL query.
en_GB: Second case: The control belongs to a sub-form that is created by an SQL query.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_id3163377 help.text]
note: 9FbN6
en: If the value list is to contain an empty string, enter the value "$$$empty$$$" under <emph>List content</emph> at the corresponding position (note uppercase/lowercase). $[officename] interprets this input as an empty string and assigns it to the respective list entry.
en_GB: If the value list is to contain an empty string, enter the value "$$$empty$$$" under <emph>List content</emph> at the corresponding position (note upper-case/lower-case). $[officename] interprets this input as an empty string and assigns it to the respective list entry.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_id3151221 help.text]
note: RZ44U
en: <variable id="filtervorschlag"><ahelp hid=".">While designing your form, you can set the "Filter proposal" property for each text box in the <emph>Data</emph> tab of the corresponding <emph>Properties</emph> dialog. In subsequent searches in the filter mode, you can select from all information contained in these fields.</ahelp> The field content can then be selected using the <emph>AutoComplete</emph> function. Note, however, that this function requires a greater amount of memory space and time, especially when used in large databases and should therefore be used sparingly.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="filtervorschlag"><ahelp hid=".">While designing your form, you can set the "Filter proposal" property for each text box in the <emph>Data</emph> tab of the corresponding <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box. In subsequent searches in the filter mode, you can select from all information contained in these fields.</ahelp> The field content can then be selected using the <emph>AutoComplete</emph> function. Note, however, that this function requires a greater amount of memory space and time, especially when used in large databases and should therefore be used sparingly.</variable>

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN10F4D help.text]
note: TDeAr
en: Check box is set to "undetermined" state if it is a tri-state check box, else check box is deselected.
en_GB: Check box is set to "indeterminate" state if it is a tri-state check box, else check box is unmarked.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN11050 help.text]
note: Qp6RW
en: The check box is selected.
en_GB: The check box is marked.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN1105B help.text]
note: mWx4R
en: The check box is deselected.
en_GB: The check box is unmarked.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN1100B help.text]
note: nCB8r
en: Numerical field and formatted field with linked cell
en_GB: Numeric field and formatted field with linked cell

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN11066 help.text]
note: 3sDGr
en: <emph>Linked contents:</emph> Synchronize the text contents of the selected list box entry with the cell contents.
en_GB: <emph>Linked contents:</emph> Synchronise the text contents of the selected list box entry with the cell contents.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN1106A help.text]
note: VBkXi
en: <emph>Linked selection position:</emph> The position of the single selected item in the list box is synchronized with the numerical value in the cell.
en_GB: <emph>Linked selection position:</emph> The position of the single selected item in the list box is synchronised with the numeric value in the cell.

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN11179 help.text]
note: yEnp8
en: <emph>Linked contents:</emph> Synchronize the text contents of the selected list box entry with the cell contents. Select "The selected entry".
en_GB: <emph>Linked contents:</emph> Synchronise the text contents of the selected list box entry with the cell contents. Select "The selected entry".

[ctx: 01170102.xhp par_idN1117D help.text]
note: dcHoc
en: <emph>Linked selection position:</emph> The position of the single selected item in the list box is synchronized with the numerical value in the cell. Select "Position of the selected entry".
en_GB: <emph>Linked selection position:</emph> The position of the single selected item in the list box is synchronised with the numerical value in the cell. Select "Position of the selected entry".

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3155419 help.text]
note: oL8WM
en: When the event occurs, the linked macro will be called. To assign a macro to an event, press the <emph>...</emph> button. The <link href="text/shared/01/06140500.xhp" name="Assign Action"><emph>Assign Action</emph></link> dialog opens.
en_GB: When the event occurs, the linked macro will be called. To assign a macro to an event, press the <emph>...</emph> button. The <link href="text/shared/01/06140500.xhp" name="Assign Action"><emph>Assign Action</emph></link> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_idN108BD help.text]
note: BQz9i
en: Note that this event is also used for notifying requests for a popup context menu on the control.
en_GB: Note that this event is also used for notifying requests for a pop-up context menu on the control.

[ctx: 01170200.xhp par_id3147088 help.text]
note: YnaQW
en: <variable id="form"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormProperties" visibility="visible">In this dialog you can specify, among others, the data source and the events for the whole form.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="form"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormProperties" visibility="visible">In this dialogue box you can specify, among others, the data source and the events for the whole form.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01170201.xhp par_id3145065 help.text]
note: CwT2d
en: Using the "Get" method, the data of every control is transmitted as an environment variable. They are appended to the URL in the form "?Control1=Content1&Control2=Content2&..."; the character string is analyzed by a program on the recipient's server.
en_GB: Using the "Get" method, the data of every control is transmitted as an environment variable. They are appended to the URL in the form "?Control1=Content1&Control2=Content2&..."; the character string is analysed by a program on the recipient's server.

[ctx: 01170201.xhp par_id3157909 help.text]
note: haYMX
en: In addition to the controls that are recognized in HTML, $[officename] offers other controls. It should be noted that, for fields with a specific numerical format, the visible values are not transmitted but rather fixed default formats. The following table shows how the data of the $[officename]-specific controls is transmitted:
en_GB: In addition to the controls that are recognised in HTML, $[officename] offers other controls. It should be noted that, for fields with a specific numeric format, the visible values are not transmitted but rather fixed default formats. The following table shows how the data of the $[officename]-specific controls is transmitted:

[ctx: 01170201.xhp par_id3149734 help.text]
note: FWUB9
en: A decimal separator is always displayed as a period.
en_GB: A decimal separator is always displayed as a dot-on-the-line.

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3159233 help.text]
note: Tw8Ez
en: To link an event with a macro, first write a macro that contains all the commands to be executed when the event happens. Then assign this macro to the respective event by clicking the <emph>... </emph>button beside the corresponding event. The<emph> Assign Macro </emph>dialog opens, where you can select the macro.
en_GB: To link an event with a macro, first write a macro that contains all the commands to be executed when the event happens. Then assign this macro to the respective event by clicking the <emph>...</emph> button beside the corresponding event. The <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialogue box opens, in which you can select the macro.

[ctx: 01170202.xhp par_id3149182 help.text]
note: 7Fp8A
en: The following actions can be configured individually, meaning that you can use your own dialogs to depict an action:
en_GB: The following actions can be configured individually, meaning that you can use your own dialogue boxes to depict an action:

[ctx: 01170202.xhp hd_id3149481 help.text]
note: qqitd
en: Before record action
en_GB: Before recording action

[ctx: 01170202.xhp hd_id3145749 help.text]
note: FgLFD
en: After record action
en_GB: After recording action

[ctx: 01170203.xhp bm_id3150040 help.text]
note: cGxUc
en: <bookmark_value>forms; data</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data; forms and subforms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forms; subforms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subforms; description</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>forms; data</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data; forms and sub-forms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forms; sub-forms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sub-forms; description</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3147242 help.text]
note: DcNE9
en: The<emph> Data </emph>tab page defines the form properties that refer to the database that is linked to the form.
en_GB: The <emph>Data</emph> tab page defines the form properties that refer to the database that is linked to the form.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3149398 help.text]
note: qMxm7
en: Defines the data source on which the form is based, or specifies whether the data can be edited by the user. Apart from the sort and filter functions, you will also find all the necessary properties to create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="subform">subform</link>.
en_GB: Defines the data source on which the form is based, or specifies whether the data can be edited by the user. Apart from the sort and filter functions, you will also find all the necessary properties to create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="sub-form">sub-form</link>.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3153192 help.text]
note: KctcM
en: If you choose "Table" or "Query", the form will refer to the table or query that you specify under <emph>Content</emph>. If you want to create a new query or a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="subform">subform</link>, then you have to choose the "SQL" option. You can then enter the statement for the SQL query or the subform directly in the <emph>List content</emph> box on the Control properties Data tab page.
en_GB: If you choose "Table" or "Query", the form will refer to the table or query that you specify under <emph>Content</emph>. If you want to create a new query or a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="sub-form">sub-form</link>, then you have to choose the "SQL" option. You can then enter the statement for the SQL query or the sub-form directly in the <emph>List content</emph> box on the Control properties Data tab page.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp hd_id3158409 help.text]
note: ZSNb6
en: Analyze SQL command
en_GB: Analyse SQL command

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3145171 help.text]
note: 6XMSF
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp> If set to Yes, you can click the <emph>...</emph> button next to the <emph>Content</emph> list box. This will open a window where you can graphically create a database query. When you close that window, the SQL statement for the created query will be inserted in the <emph>Content</emph> list box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analysed by %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp> If set to Yes, you can click the <emph>...</emph> button next to the <emph>Content</emph> list box. This will open a window where you can graphically create a database query. When you close that window, the SQL statement for the created query will be inserted in the <emph>Content</emph> list box.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3149485 help.text]
note: CjNAE
en: The "Parent Form" option is used for subforms. If you choose this option for a subform, you can navigate using the records of the main form if the cursor is placed in the subform. A subform is linked to the parent form by a 1:1 relationship, so navigation is always performed in the parent form.
en_GB: The "Parent Form" option is used for sub-forms. If you choose this option for a sub-form you can navigate using the records of the main form if the cursor is placed in the sub-form. A sub-form is linked to the parent form by a 1:1 relationship, so navigation is always performed in the parent form.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3147339 help.text]
note: Pfhi5
en: <ahelp hid=".">If you create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="subform">subform</link>, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform.</ahelp> To enter multiple values, press Shift + Enter after each input line.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If you create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="subform">subform</link>, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronisation between parent and subform.</ahelp> To enter multiple values, press Shift + Enter after each input line.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3151017 help.text]
note: nnWRE
en: The database table on which the form is based is, for example, a customer database ("Customer"), where every customer has been given a unique number in a data field named "Cust_ID". A customer's orders are maintained in another database table. You now want to see each customer's orders after entering them into the form. In order to do this you should create a subform. Under <emph>Link master fields</emph> enter the data field from the customer database which clearly identifies the customer, that is, Cust_ID. Under <emph>Link slave fields</emph> enter the name of a variable which is to accept the data of the field Cust_ID, for example, x.
en_GB: The database table on which the form is based is, for example, a customer database ("Customer"), where every customer has been given a unique number in a data field named "Cust_ID". A customer's orders are maintained in another database table. You now want to see each customer's orders after entering them into the form. In order to do this you should create a sub-form. Under <emph>Link master fields</emph> enter the data field from the customer database which clearly identifies the customer, that is, Cust_ID. Under <emph>Link slave fields</emph> enter the name of a variable which is to accept the data of the field Cust_ID, for example, x.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3151248 help.text]
note: FpEoP
en: The subform should show the appropriate data from the orders table ("Orders") for each customer ID (Customer_ID -> x). This is only possible if each order is uniquely assigned to one customer in the orders table. Alternatively, you can use another field called Customer_ID; however, to make sure that this field is not confused with the same field from the main form, the field is called Customer_Number.
en_GB: The sub-form should show the appropriate data from the orders table ("Orders") for each customer ID (Customer_ID -> x). This is only possible if each order is uniquely assigned to one customer in the orders table. Alternatively, you can use another field called Customer_ID; however, to ensure that this field is not confused with the same field from the main form, the field is called Customer_Number.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3155335 help.text]
note: QnzcR
en: SELECT * FROM Orders WHERE Customer_Number =: x (if you want the subform to show all data from the orders table)
en_GB: SELECT * FROM Orders WHERE Customer_Number =: x (if you want the sub-form to show all data from the orders table)

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3153921 help.text]
note: KK2MB
en: SELECT Item FROM Orders WHERE Customer_Number =: x (if you want the subform from the orders table to show only the data contained in the "Item" field)
en_GB: SELECT Item FROM Orders WHERE Customer_Number =: x (if you want the sub-form from the orders table to show only the data contained in the "Item" field)

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3148488 help.text]
note: PGoEB
en: The SQL statement can either be entered in the <emph>Data source</emph> field, or you can create an appropriate parameter query, which can be used to create the subform.
en_GB: The SQL statement can either be entered in the <emph>Data source</emph> field, or you can create an appropriate parameter query, which can be used to create the sub-form.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3155114 help.text]
note: 9A7by
en: If, for example, you specified the Customer_ID database field as a parent field under <emph>Link master fields</emph>, then you can define under <emph>Link slave fields</emph> the name of the variable in which the values of the Customer_ID database field are to be stored. If you now specify an SQL statement in the <emph>Data source</emph> box using this variable, the relevant values are displayed in the subform.
en_GB: If, for example, you specified the Customer_ID database field as a parent field under <emph>Link master fields</emph>, then you can define under <emph>Link slave fields</emph> the name of the variable in which the values of the Customer_ID database field are to be stored. If you now specify an SQL statement in the <emph>Data source</emph> box using this variable, the relevant values are displayed in the sub-form.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp hd_id3152778 help.text]
note: yRsdD
en: What is a subform?
en_GB: What is a sub-form?

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3147094 help.text]
note: APwnu
en: <variable id="wozu">If you require a form that can refer to the data in a table or query and can additionally display data from another table, you should create a subform. </variable> For example, this subform can be a text box that displays the data of another database table.
en_GB: <variable id="wozu">If you require a form that can refer to the data in a table or query and can additionally display data from another table, you should create a sub-form. </variable> For example, this sub-form can be a text box that displays the data of another database table.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3157972 help.text]
note: XHd6U
en: A subform is an additional component of the main form. The main form can be called the "parent form" or "master". Subforms are needed as soon as you want to access more than one table from a form. Each additional table requires its own subform.
en_GB: A sub-form is an additional component of the main form. The main form can be called the "parent form" or "master". Sub-forms are needed as soon as you want to access more than one table from a form. Each additional table requires its own sub-form.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id4807275 help.text]
note: gCDCK
en: After creating a form, it can be changed into a subform. To do this, enter Design Mode, and open the Form Navigator. In the Form Navigator, drag a form (that will become a subform) onto any other form (that will become a master).
en_GB: After creating a form, it can be changed into a sub-form. To do this, enter Design Mode, and open the Form Navigator. In the Form Navigator, drag a form (that will become a sub-form) onto any other form (that will become a master).

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_id3158444 help.text]
note: ibQCP
en: The user of your document will not see that a form has subforms. The user only sees a document in which data is entered or where existing data is displayed.
en_GB: The user of your document will not see that a form has sub-forms. The user only sees a document in which data is entered or where existing data is displayed.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_idN10C2A help.text]
note: osqs2
en: Specify the Link master field from the data fields in the master form. In the subform, the Link slave field can be set as a field which will be matched to the contents of the Link master field.
en_GB: Specify the Link master field from the data fields in the master form. In the sub-form, the Link slave field can be set as a field which will be matched to the contents of the Link master field.

[ctx: 01170203.xhp par_idN10C2D help.text]
note: fGSHb
en: When the user navigates through the data, the form always displays the current data record. If there are subforms defined, the contents of the subforms will be displayed after a short delay of approximate 200 ms. This delay enables you to quickly browse through the data records of the master form. If you navigate to the next master data record within the delay limit, the subform data need not be retrieved and displayed.
en_GB: When the user navigates through the data, the form always displays the current data record. If there are sub-forms defined, the contents of the sub-forms will be displayed after a short delay of approximate 200 ms. This delay enables you to quickly browse through the data records of the master form. If you navigate to the next master data record within the delay limit, the sub-form data need not be retrieved and displayed.

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3150347 help.text]
note: cdwww
en: <variable id="text"><ahelp hid=".uno:TabDialog">In the<emph> Tab Order </emph>dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text"><ahelp hid=".uno:TabDialog">In the <emph>Tab Order</emph> dialogue box you can modify the order in which control fields acquire the focus when the user presses the tab key.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3109850 help.text]
note: oEDQP
en: If form elements are inserted into a document, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically determines in which order to move from one control to the next when using the Tab key. Every new control added is automatically placed at the end of this series. In the <emph>Tab Order</emph> dialog, you can adapt the order of this series to your individual needs.
en_GB: If form elements are inserted into a document, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically determines in which order to move from one control to the next when using the Tab key. Every new control added is automatically placed at the end of this series. In the <emph>Tab Order</emph> dialogue box, you can adapt the order of this series to your individual needs.

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3155934 help.text]
note: DTro2
en: You can also define the index of a control through its specific properties by entering the desired value under <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp" name="Order"><emph>Order</emph></link> in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog of the control.
en_GB: You can also define the index of a control through its specific properties by entering the desired value under <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp" name="Order"><emph>Order</emph></link> in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box of the control.

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3149760 help.text]
note: cquFG
en: A radio button inside a group can only be accessed by the Tab key when one of the radio buttons is set to "selected". If you have designed a group of radio buttons where no button is set to "selected", then the user will not be able to access the group or any of the radio buttons by keyboard.
en_GB: A radio button inside a group can only be accessed by the Tab key when one of the radio buttons is set to "selected". If you have designed a group of radio buttons where none are set to "selected", then the user will not be able to access the group or any of the radio buttons by keyboard.

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3150789 help.text]
note: C3UJQ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/CTRLtree">Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.</ahelp> Select a control from the <emph>Controls </emph>list to assign the desired position in the tab order.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/CTRLtree">Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.</ahelp> Select a control from the <emph>Controls</emph> list to assign the desired position in the tab order.

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3154751 help.text]
note: geMCZ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/upB">Click the<emph> Move Up</emph> button to shift the selected control one position higher in the tab order.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/upB">Click the <emph>Move Up</emph> button to shift the selected control one position higher in the tab order.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3154823 help.text]
note: dfnjF
en: <ahelp hid="modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/downB">Click the<emph> Move Down</emph> button to shift the selected control one position lower in the tab order.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/downB">Click the <emph>Move Down</emph> button to shift the selected control one position lower in the tab order.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170300.xhp par_id3153748 help.text]
note: ZLrhK
en: <ahelp hid="modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/autoB">Click the<emph> Automatic Sort</emph> button to automatically sort the controls according to their position in the document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/autoB">Click the <emph>Automatic Sort</emph> button to automatically sort the controls according to their position in the document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170400.xhp hd_id3144436 help.text]
note: AmADg
en: <link href="text/shared/02/01170400.xhp" name="Add Field">Add Field</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/01170400.xhp" name="Add Field:">Add Field:</link>

[ctx: 01170400.xhp par_id3166460 help.text]
note: BxVuz
en: <variable id="text"><ahelp hid=".uno:AddField">Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text"><ahelp hid=".uno:AddField">Opens a window in which you can select a database field to add to the form or report.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01170400.xhp par_id3147620 help.text]
note: HeoE8
en: You can insert a field into the current document by dragging and dropping. A field is then inserted which contains a link to the database.
en_GB: You can incorporate a field into the current document by dragging-and-dropping it into the document while holding down the mouse button. A corresponding field is then set up in the document with a link to the database.

[ctx: 01170400.xhp par_id3153541 help.text]
note: EbJjn
en: If you add fields to a form and you switch off the <link href="text/shared/02/01170500.xhp" name="Design Mode">Design Mode</link>, you can see that $[officename] adds a labeled input field for every inserted database field.
en_GB: If you add fields to a form and you switch off the <link href="text/shared/02/01170500.xhp" name="Design Mode">Design Mode</link>, you can see that $[officename] sets up a labelled input field for every inserted database field where the user can enter data.

[ctx: 01170600.xhp bm_id3143284 help.text]
note: EcGLy
en: <bookmark_value>controls;arranging in forms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forms;Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Form Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>subforms; creating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>controls; hidden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hidden controls in Form Navigator</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>controls;arranging in forms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forms;Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Form Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sub-forms; creating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>controls; hidden</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hidden controls in Form Navigator</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3149760 help.text]
note: mMGrA
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowFmExplorer">Opens the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>. The <emph>Form Navigator</emph> displays all forms and subforms of the current document with their respective controls.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowFmExplorer">Opens the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>. The <emph>Form Navigator</emph> displays all forms and sub-forms of the current document with their respective controls.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3146957 help.text]
note: PoMB2
en: You can change how the different controls are arranged by dragging and dropping them in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>. Select one or more controls and drag them into another form. Alternatively use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+X or the context menu command <emph>Cut</emph> to move a control to the clipboard and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or the command <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the control into another position.
en_GB: You can change how the different controls are arranged by dragging-and-dropping them in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>. Select one or more controls and drag them into another form. Alternatively use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+X or the context menu command <emph>Cut</emph> to move a control to the clipboard and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or the command <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the control into another position.

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3153561 help.text]
note: UM92H
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW">Adds new elements to the form. The<emph> Add </emph>function can only be called if a form is selected in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW">Adds new elements to the form. The <emph>Add</emph> function can only be called if a form is selected in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3156117 help.text]
note: NpUBM
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW_FORM">Creates a new form in the document. </ahelp> To create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="subform">subform</link>, add the new form under the desired parent form.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW_FORM">Creates a new form in the document. </ahelp> To create a <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="sub-form">sub-form</link> add the new form under the desired parent form.

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3158430 help.text]
note: 9EzVG
en: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN">Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.</ahelp> It contains additional information or clarifying text that you can specify when creating the form through the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp" name="Special Properties">Special Properties</link> of the control. Select the entry of the hidden control in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> and select the <emph>Properties</emph> command.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN">Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not visible on screen and is hidden from the user. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.</ahelp> It contains additional information or clarifying text that you can specify when creating the form through the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp" name="Special Properties">Special Properties</link> of the control. Select the entry of the hidden control in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> and select the <emph>Properties</emph> command.

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3145068 help.text]
note: vLF5K
en: Drag and drop to copy controls within the same document or between documents. Open another form document and drag the hidden control from the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> into the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> of the target document. Click a visible control directly in the document, rest the mouse for a moment so that a copy of the control is added to the drag-and-drop clipboard, then drag the copy into the other document. If you want a copy in the same document, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging.
en_GB: Drag-and-drop to copy controls within the same document or between documents. Open another form document and drag the hidden control from the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> into the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> of the target document. Click a visible control directly in the document, rest the mouse for a moment so that a copy of the control is added to the drag-and-drop clipboard, then drag the copy into the other document. If you want a copy in the same document, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging.

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3156282 help.text]
note: 9KPjF
en: When a form is selected, it opens the <link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp" name="Tab Order"><emph>Tab Order</emph></link> dialog, where the indices for focusing the control elements on the Tab key are defined.
en_GB: When a form is selected, it opens the <link href="text/shared/02/01170300.xhp" name="Tab Order"><emph>Tab Order</emph></link> dialogue box, where the indices for focusing the control elements on the Tab key are defined.

[ctx: 01170600.xhp par_id3149766 help.text]
note: aJ2w9
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowPropertyBrowser">Starts the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog for the selected entry.</ahelp> If a form is selected, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170200.xhp" name="Form Properties">Form Properties</link> dialog opens. If a control is selected, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170100.xhp" name="Control Properties">Control Properties</link> dialog opens.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowPropertyBrowser">Starts the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box for the selected entry.</ahelp> If a form is selected, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170200.xhp" name="Form Properties">Form Properties</link> dialogue box opens. If a control is selected, the <link href="text/shared/02/01170100.xhp" name="Control Properties">Control Properties</link> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: 01170700.xhp par_id3152425 help.text]
note: MWAqg
en: Note that the XListener- and method components of this option are case sensitive.
en_GB: Note that the XListener- and method components of this option are case-sensitive.

[ctx: 01170901.xhp par_id3155338 help.text]
note: ZyEF4
en: <ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/contenttablepage/table">In the<emph> Table </emph>field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/contenttablepage/table">In the <emph>Table</emph> field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170902.xhp tit help.text]
note: fiDLo
en: Combo/List Box Wizard: Field Selection
en_GB: Combo Box/List Box Wizard: Field Selection

[ctx: 01170902.xhp hd_id3153323 help.text]
note: b9LS7
en: <link href="text/shared/02/01170902.xhp" name="Combo/List Box Wizard: Field Selection">Combo/List Box Wizard: Field Selection</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/01170902.xhp" name="Combo Box/List Box Wizard: Field Selection">Combo Box/List Box Wizard: Field Selection</link>

[ctx: 01170903.xhp par_id3154823 help.text]
note: U6B4R
en: In <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp" name="Control - Properties">Control - Properties</link>, the specified field will appear in the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of a SQL statement under <emph>List Contents</emph>.
en_GB: In <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp" name="Control - Properties">Control - Properties</link>, the specified field will appear in the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of an SQL statement under <emph>List Contents</emph>.

[ctx: 01171000.xhp par_id3147089 help.text]
note: jUjGA
en: After you have finished editing your form, right-click "Forms" in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> and deselect <emph>Open in Design Mode</emph>. Save your form when you are finished.
en_GB: After you have finished editing your form, right-click "Forms" in the <emph>Form Navigator</emph> and unmark <emph>Open in Design Mode</emph>. Save your form when you are finished.

[ctx: 01230000.xhp par_id3144436 help.text]
note: 8NLAN
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DesignerDialog">Specifies whether to show or hide the <emph>Styles</emph> window, which is where you can assign and organize styles.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DesignerDialog">Specifies whether to show or hide the <emph>Styles</emph> window, which is where you can assign and organise styles.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02020000.xhp par_id3148550 help.text]
note: i2iSS
en: <variable id="vorschautext">You can see the name of the fonts formatted in their respective font if you mark the <emph>Show preview of fonts</emph> field in <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp" name="$[officename] - View"><emph>$[officename] - View</emph></link> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialog box.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="vorschautext">You can see the name of the fonts formatted in their respective font if you mark the <emph>Show preview of fonts</emph> field in <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010800.xhp" name="$[officename] - View"><emph>$[officename] - View</emph></link> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialogue box.</variable>

[ctx: 02130000.xhp par_id3153031 help.text]
note: 29Vhy
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you click the <emph>Decrease Indent</emph> icon while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> key, the indent for the selected paragraph is moved by the default tab stop that has been set under <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - General"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph></link> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you click the <emph>Decrease Indent</emph> icon while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> key, the indent for the selected paragraph is moved by the default tab stop that has been set under <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - General"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph></link> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialogue box.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3152996 help.text]
note: AaWfB
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Click the <emph>Increase Indent</emph> icon while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> key to move the indenting of the selected paragraph by the default tab distance set under <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - General"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph></link> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Click the <emph>Increase Indent</emph> icon while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> key to move the indenting of the selected paragraph by the default tab distance set under <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - General"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph></link> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialogue box.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02160000.xhp tit help.text]
note: DUGDP
en: Highlight Color
en_GB: Highlight Colour

[ctx: 02160000.xhp par_id3147210 help.text]
note: gZTBs
en: Highlight Color
en_GB: Highlight Colour

[ctx: 02160000.xhp par_idN10736 help.text]
note: AACE2
en: To change the highlighting color, click the arrow next to the <emph>Highlight Color</emph> icon, and then click the color that you want.
en_GB: To change the highlighting colour, click the arrow next to the <emph>Highlight Colour</emph> icon, and then click the colour that you want.

[ctx: 02160000.xhp par_id3149784 help.text]
note: GMH34
en: On the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Highlight Color</emph> icon, and then click <emph>No Fill</emph>.
en_GB: On the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Highlight Colour</emph> icon, and then click <emph>No Fill</emph>.

[ctx: 02170000.xhp tit help.text]
note: fRhjf
en: Background color/Paragraph background
en_GB: Background colour/Paragraph background

[ctx: 02170000.xhp hd_id3154232 help.text]
note: uS3DY
en: <link href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp" name="Background Color">Background Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/02170000.xhp" name="Background Colour">Background Colour</link>

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3149140 help.text]
note: CKCF9
en: <variable id="hintergrundfarbetext"><ahelp hid=".">Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="hintergrundfarbetext"><ahelp hid=".">Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background colour for a paragraph. The colour is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3147276 help.text]
note: FpnJ5
en: <image id="img_id3148538" src="cmd/sc_backgroundcolor.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3148538">Icon Background color</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3148538" src="cmd/sc_backgroundcolor.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3148538">Icon Background colour</alt></image>

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3144439 help.text]
note: 22wMa
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: 03130000.xhp par_id3153255 help.text]
note: kxF9k
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:SetBorderStyle">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon to open the <emph>Borders</emph> toolbar, where you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:SetBorderStyle">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon to open the <emph>Borders</emph> toolbar, with which you can modify the border of a sheet area or an object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03140000.xhp par_id3155577 help.text]
note: Lr4ML
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:LineStyle">Click this icon to open the <emph>Line Style</emph> toolbar, where you can modify the border line style.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:LineStyle">Click this icon to open the <emph>Line Style</emph> toolbar, with which you can modify the border line style.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03150000.xhp tit help.text]
note: CHGDB
en: Border Color
en_GB: Border Colour

[ctx: 03150000.xhp hd_id3154873 help.text]
note: WQyfd
en: <link href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp" name="Border Color">Border Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/03150000.xhp" name="Border Colour">Border Colour</link>

[ctx: 03150000.xhp par_id3163829 help.text]
note: CTwNN
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:FrameLineColor">Click the <emph>Line Color (of the border)</emph> icon to open the <emph>Border Color</emph> toolbar, which enables you to change the border color of an object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:FrameLineColor">Click the <emph>Line Colour (of the border)</emph> icon to open the <emph>Border Colour</emph> toolbar, which enables you to change the border colour of an object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03150000.xhp par_id3156427 help.text]
note: uhAEB
en: Line Color (of the border)
en_GB: Line Colour (of the border)

[ctx: 04210000.xhp tit help.text]
note: 4EUzr
en: Optimize Size
en_GB: Optimise Size

[ctx: 04210000.xhp hd_id3151185 help.text]
note: AhgAE
en: <link href="text/shared/02/04210000.xhp" name="Optimize Size">Optimize Size</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/04210000.xhp" name="Optimise Size">Optimise Size</link>

[ctx: 04210000.xhp par_id3145412 help.text]
note: M3VPg
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:OptimizeTable">Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimizing the rows and columns in a table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:OptimizeTable">Opens a toolbar that contains functions for optimising the rows and columns in a table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04210000.xhp par_id3143270 help.text]
note: XMFPC
en: Optimize Size
en_GB: Optimise Size

[ctx: 05090000.xhp par_id3156113 help.text]
note: UCAyu
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05230300.xhp" name="Format  - Position and Size - Rotate"><emph>Format - Position and Size - Rotate</emph></link>.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05230300.xhp" name="Format - Position and Size - Rotate"><emph>Format - Position and Size - Rotate</emph></link>.

[ctx: 06120000.xhp par_id3145669 help.text]
note: HhBfE
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Bullet options such as type and position are defined in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Bullets and Numbering"><emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph></link> dialog. To open this dialog, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Bullet options such as type and position are defined in the <link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Bullets and Numbering"><emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph></link> dialogue box. To open this dialogue box, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon on the <emph>Text Formatting</emph> bar.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06120000.xhp par_id3154317 help.text]
note: 23PDg
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The distance between the text and the left text box and the position of the bullets can be determined in the dialog under <link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp" name="Format - Paragraph"><emph>Format - Paragraph</emph></link> by entering the left indent and the first-line indent.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">The distance between the text and the left text box and the position of the bullets can be determined in the dialogue box under <link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp" name="Format - Paragraph"><emph>Format - Paragraph</emph></link> by entering the left indent and the first-line indent.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 07010000.xhp par_id3155364 help.text]
note: j3DaG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL, or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 07090000.xhp par_id3085157 help.text]
note: MKhDs
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ExportDirectToPDF" visibility="visible">Exports the current document directly as <emph>PDF</emph>. No settings dialog is shown.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ExportDirectToPDF" visibility="visible">Exports the current document directly as <emph>PDF</emph>. No settings dialogue box is shown.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070000.xhp tit help.text]
note: EPcSZ
en: Hyperlink Dialog
en_GB: Hyperlink Dialogue Box

[ctx: 09070000.xhp hd_id3145759 help.text]
note: hPsbw
en: <variable id="hyperdia"><link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink Dialog">Hyperlink</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="hyperdia"><link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink Dialogue Box">Hyperlink</link></variable>

[ctx: 09070000.xhp par_id3156183 help.text]
note: mRFB7
en: <variable id="hyperdiatext"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="hyperdiatext"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box that enables you to create and edit hyperlinks.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 09070000.xhp par_id3155552 help.text]
note: Dty7B
en: Hyperlink Dialog
en_GB: Hyperlink Dialogue Box

[ctx: 09070000.xhp par_id0122200902231573 help.text]
note: yM32z
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the <emph>Hyperlink</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the <emph>Hyperlink</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070000.xhp par_id3149734 help.text]
note: eiwVo
en: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialog without saving.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialogue box without saving.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070000.xhp par_id3149234 help.text]
note: x6Hfw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Resets the entries in the dialogue box to their original state.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070100.xhp par_id3154230 help.text]
note: Aer9R
en: <ahelp hid=".">Use the <emph>Internet</emph> page of the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog"><emph>Hyperlink</emph> dialog</link> to edit hyperlinks with <emph>WWW</emph> or <emph>FTP</emph> addresses.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Use the <emph>Internet</emph> page of the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog"><emph>Hyperlink</emph> dialogue box</link> to edit hyperlinks with <emph>WWW</emph> or <emph>FTP</emph> addresses.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070100.xhp par_id3149164 help.text]
note: FH3Eb
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyperlinkmarkdialog/apply" visibility="hidden">Inserts the target in the <emph>Target</emph> field of the <emph>Hyperlink</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyperlinkmarkdialog/apply" visibility="hidden">Inserts the target in the <emph>Target</emph> field of the <emph>Hyperlink</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070100.xhp par_id3155388 help.text]
note: oDohX
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyperlinkmarkdialog/close" visibility="hidden">Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on <emph>Close</emph> to set the link and leave the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyperlinkmarkdialog/close" visibility="hidden">Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on <emph>Close</emph> to set the link and leave the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070100.xhp par_id3144760 help.text]
note: EW8jA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialog, in which you can give events such as "<emph>mouse over object</emph>" or "<emph>trigger hyperlink</emph>" their own program codes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "<emph>mouse over object</emph>" or "<emph>trigger hyperlink</emph>" their own program codes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070300.xhp par_id3154682 help.text]
note: uFEGb
en: <ahelp hid=".">Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the <emph>Document</emph> tab from the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog"><emph>Hyperlink</emph> dialog</link>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the <emph>Document</emph> tab from the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog"><emph>Hyperlink</emph> dialogue box</link>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070300.xhp par_id3149095 help.text]
note: HFYyC
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyperlinkdocpage/fileopen">Opens the <emph>Open</emph> dialog, where you can select a file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyperlinkdocpage/fileopen">Opens the <emph>Open</emph> dialogue box, where you can select a file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070300.xhp par_id3149811 help.text]
note: FjEBc
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyperlinkdocpage/browse">Opens the <emph>Target in Document</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyperlinkdocpage/browse">Opens the <emph>Target in Document</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070400.xhp par_id3150445 help.text]
note: YmWEp
en: <ahelp hid=".">Use the <emph>New Document</emph> tab from the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog"><emph>Hyperlink</emph> dialog</link> to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Use the <emph>New Document</emph> tab from the <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog"><emph>Hyperlink</emph> dialogue box</link> to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.</ahelp>

[ctx: 09070400.xhp par_id3147653 help.text]
note: ePDYU
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyperlinknewdocpage/create">Opens the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialog, where you can select a path.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hyperlinknewdocpage/create">Opens the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialogue box, where you can select a path.</ahelp>

[ctx: 10030000.xhp tit help.text]
note: BBdk3
en: To Document Begin/First Page
en_GB: To Beginning of Document/First Page

[ctx: 10030000.xhp hd_id3149031 help.text]
note: FBxm9
en: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp" name="To Document Begin">To Document Begin</link></caseinline> <defaultinline><link href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp" name="First Page">First Page</link></defaultinline> </switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp" name="To Beginning of Document">To Beginning of Document</link></caseinline> <defaultinline><link href="text/shared/02/10030000.xhp" name="First Page">First Page</link></defaultinline> </switchinline>

[ctx: 10030000.xhp par_id3143268 help.text]
note: mHeYZ
en: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER">To Document Begin</caseinline> <defaultinline>First Page</defaultinline> </switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER">To Beginning of Document</caseinline> <defaultinline>First Page</defaultinline> </switchinline>

[ctx: 10040000.xhp tit help.text]
note: VdsLW
en: To Document End/Last Page
en_GB: To End of Document/Last Page

[ctx: 10040000.xhp hd_id3154840 help.text]
note: FdpK5
en: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp" name="To Document End">To Document End</link></caseinline><defaultinline><link href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp" name="Last Page">Last Page</link></defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp" name="To End of Document">To End of Document</link></caseinline><defaultinline><link href="text/shared/02/10040000.xhp" name="Last Page">Last Page</link></defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 12000000.xhp par_id3154860 help.text]
note: D5ALN
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Closes the connection to the data source. See <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Closes the connection to the data source. See <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections</emph> in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12000000.xhp par_id5943479 help.text]
note: SjD97
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialogue box opens by choosing <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</emph> in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12010000.xhp par_id3150693 help.text]
note: CrCRQ
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sorts the data of the selected field in ascending order. </ahelp>Text fields are sorted alphabetically, numerical fields are sorted by number.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sorts the data of the selected field in ascending order. </ahelp>Text fields are sorted alphabetically, numeric fields are sorted by number.

[ctx: 12030000.xhp par_id3145345 help.text]
note: kuPEn
en: To filter with several field names simultaneously, click the <emph>Default Filter </emph>icon. The <link href="text/shared/02/12090000.xhp" name="Default Filter dialog">Default Filter</link> dialog appears, in which you can combine several filter criteria.
en_GB: To filter with several field names simultaneously, click the <emph>Default Filter</emph> icon. The <link href="text/shared/02/12090000.xhp" name="Default Filter dialogue box">Default Filter</link> dialogue box appears, in which you can combine several filter criteria.

[ctx: 12050000.xhp par_id3145345 help.text]
note: xUBys
en: Click the arrow next to the <emph>Refresh </emph>icon to open a submenu with the following commands:
en_GB: Click the arrow next to the <emph>Refresh</emph> icon to open a sub-menu with the following commands:

[ctx: 12070000.xhp par_id3153577 help.text]
note: VMDWF
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">In the data source browser, select the record that you want to insert into the document and then click the <emph>Data to Text</emph> icon. The record is inserted in the document at the cursor position, with the contents of each individual field of the record copied to a table column. You can also select multiple records and transfer them into the document by clicking the <emph>Data to Text </emph>icon. Each individual record is then written to a new row.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">In the data source browser, select the record that you want to insert into the document and then click the <emph>Data to Text</emph> icon. The record is inserted in the document at the cursor position, with the contents of each individual field of the record copied to a table column. You can also select multiple records and transfer them into the document by clicking the <emph>Data to Text</emph> icon. Each individual record is then written to a new row.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 12070000.xhp par_id3145345 help.text]
note: BsDdi
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">In the data source browser, select the records that you want to insert into the document and then click the <emph>Data to Text</emph> icon, or drag-and-drop data from the data source browser into the document. This opens the <emph>Insert Database Columns </emph>dialog. Select whether the data should be inserted as a <link href="text/shared/02/12070100.xhp" name="table">table</link>, as <link href="text/shared/02/12070200.xhp" name="fields">fields</link> or as <link href="text/shared/02/12070300.xhp" name="text">text</link>.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">In the data source browser, select the records that you want to insert into the document and then click the <emph>Data to Text</emph> icon, or drag-and-drop data from the data source browser into the document. This opens the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialogue box. Select whether the data should be inserted as a <link href="text/shared/02/12070100.xhp" name="table">table</link>, as <link href="text/shared/02/12070200.xhp" name="fields">fields</link> or as <link href="text/shared/02/12070300.xhp" name="text">text</link>.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 12070000.xhp par_id3153031 help.text]
note: s4gFx
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The preferences you set in the<emph> Insert Database Columns </emph>dialog are saved and will be active the next time the dialog is called. This save process is independent of the database and can record the preferences for a maximum of 5 databases.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">The preferences you set in the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialogue box are saved and will be active the next time that the dialogue box is called. This save process is independent of the database and can record the preferences for a maximum of 5 databases.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3156183 help.text]
note: 3PRiH
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astable" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Table</emph> option to insert the selected data into the document as a table. In the dialog, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text table is formatted.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astable" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialogue box, select the <emph>Table</emph> option to insert the selected data into the document as a table. In the dialogue box, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text table is formatted.

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3153662 help.text]
note: XcUVJ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneright">Moves the selected database field into the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. </ahelp> You can also double click an entry to move it to the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. All fields listed in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box are inserted into the document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneright">Moves the selected database field into the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. </ahelp> You can also double-click an entry to move it to the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. All fields listed in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box are inserted into the document.

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3148685 help.text]
note: hFXoU
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneleft">Removes the selected database field from the<emph> Table column(s)</emph> list box</ahelp> The removed field is not inserted into the document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneleft">Removes the selected database field from the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box</ahelp> The removed field is not inserted into the document.

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3144511 help.text]
note: dvJFT
en: If the format you want is not listed, select "Other Formats..." and define the desired format in the <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Number Format"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: If the format you want is not listed, select "Other Formats..." and define the desired format in the <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp" name="Number Format"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3153194 help.text]
note: bsfkt
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/rowonly">Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.</ahelp> Using the<emph> Create row only </emph>option, you can define headings in the document, which do not correspond to the database field names.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/rowonly">Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.</ahelp> Using the <emph>Create row only</emph> option, you can define headings in the document, which do not correspond to database field names.

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3154299 help.text]
note: XTnE5
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableformat">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp" name="Table Format"><emph>Table Format</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Table Format</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableformat">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp" name="Table Format"><emph>Table Format</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Table Format</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialogue box, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3154988 help.text]
note: xPJqr
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/autoformat">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp" name="AutoFormat"><emph>AutoFormat</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>AutoFormat</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/autoformat">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp" name="AutoFormat"><emph>AutoFormat</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>AutoFormat</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialogue box, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070200.xhp par_id3149987 help.text]
note: o9tEp
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/asfields" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as fields.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, select the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link> to insert the selected data into the document as fields. These <link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp" name="database fields">database fields</link> work as wildcards for the individual database columns and can be used for form letters. Click the <link href="text/shared/02/12080000.xhp" name="Data to Fields"><emph>Data to Fields</emph></link> icon to match the contents of the fields to the currently selected record.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/asfields" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as fields.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialogue box, select the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link> to insert the selected data into the document as fields. These <link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp" name="database fields">database fields</link> work as wildcards for the individual database columns and can be used for form letters. Click the <link href="text/shared/02/12080000.xhp" name="Data to Fields"><emph>Data to Fields</emph></link> icon to match the contents of the fields to the currently selected record.

[ctx: 12070200.xhp par_id3145090 help.text]
note: EF3jc
en: The <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog lets you define which database fields to insert into the document and how to format the paragraphs.
en_GB: The <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialogue box lets you define which database fields to insert into the document and how to format the paragraphs.

[ctx: 12070200.xhp par_id3158430 help.text]
note: FnJwq
en: By default, the inserted paragraphs are formatted with the current Paragraph Styles. This format corresponds to the "none" entry in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> list box. <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/parastyle" visibility="visible">This is where you can select other Paragraph Styles to apply to the paragraph you want to insert into the document.</ahelp> The list box displays the available Paragraph Styles defined in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> and managed in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp" name="Style Catalog">Style Catalog</link>.
en_GB: By default, the inserted paragraphs are formatted with the current Paragraph Styles. This format corresponds to the "none" entry in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> list box. <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/parastyle" visibility="visible">This is where you can select other Paragraph Styles to apply to the paragraph you want to insert into the document.</ahelp> The list box displays the available Paragraph Styles defined in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> and managed in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp" name="Style Catalogue">Style Catalogue</link>.

[ctx: 12070300.xhp par_id3143284 help.text]
note: vPCCe
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astext" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.</ahelp> If you select the <emph>Text</emph> option in the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, the content of the data selected in the data source browser is inserted into the document as text. In the dialog, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text is formatted.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astext" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.</ahelp> If you select the <emph>Text</emph> option in the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialogue box, the content of the data selected in the data source browser is inserted into the document as text. In the dialogue box, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text is formatted.

[ctx: 12090000.xhp bm_id3109850 help.text]
note: FuUgr
en: <bookmark_value>default filters, see standard filters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>databases; standard filters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard filters;databases</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>default filters; see standard filters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>databases; standard filters</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard filters in databases</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 12090000.xhp par_id3149549 help.text]
note: TqqJr
en: Use the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> to refine and to combine <emph>AutoFilter </emph>search options.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> to refine and to combine <emph>AutoFilter</emph> search options.

[ctx: 12090000.xhp par_id3143267 help.text]
note: ADpkE
en: $[officename] saves the current filter settings for the next time that you open this dialog.
en_GB: $[officename] saves the current filter settings for the next time that you open this dialogue box.

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_id3149716 help.text]
note: u4zmZ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.</ahelp> This dialog is available for spreadsheet documents, database tables and database forms. The dialog for databases does not contain the <emph>More Options</emph> button.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.</ahelp> This dialogue box is available for spreadsheet documents, database tables and database forms. The dialogue box for databases does not contain the <emph>More Options</emph> button.

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_id3150976 help.text]
note: P4mPT
en: The<emph> Value </emph>list box contains all possible values for the specified <emph>Field name</emph> . Choose the value to be used in the filter. You can also choose the <emph>- empty -</emph> or <emph>-not empty -</emph> entries..
en_GB: The <emph>Value</emph> list box contains all possible values for the specified <emph>Field name</emph>. Choose the value to be used in the filter. You can also choose the <emph>- empty -</emph> or <emph>-not empty -</emph> entries..

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_id3156118 help.text]
note: 6qxcN
en: If you use the filter function in database tables or forms, then type the value in the <emph>Value </emph>text box to be used for filtering.
en_GB: If you use the filter function in database tables or forms, then type the value in the <emph>Value</emph> text box to be used for filtering.

[ctx: 12090101.xhp bm_id3148983 help.text]
note: CKHGc
en: <bookmark_value>comparisons;operators in standard filter dialog</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>operators;standard filters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>standard filters;comparison operators</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>filters; comparison operators</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>equal sign, see also operators</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>comparisons;operators in default filter dialogue box</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>operators;standard filters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>standard filters; comparison operators</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>filters; comparison operators</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>equal sign, see also operators</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 12090101.xhp par_id3155364 help.text]
note: nNSRo
en: The following comparative operators can be set under <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Standard Filter</item> dialog.
en_GB: The following comparative operators can be set under <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Standard Filter</item> dialogue box.

[ctx: 12100100.xhp par_id3149549 help.text]
note: Awtku
en: While the functions <link href="text/shared/02/12010000.xhp" name="Sort in Ascending Order"><emph>Sort in Ascending Order</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/02/12020000.xhp" name="Sort in Descending Order"><emph>Sort in Descending Order</emph></link> sort by one criterion only, you can combine several criteria in the <emph>Sort Order</emph> dialog.
en_GB: While the functions <link href="text/shared/02/12010000.xhp" name="Sort in Ascending Order"><emph>Sort in Ascending Order</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/02/12020000.xhp" name="Sort in Descending Order"><emph>Sort in Descending Order</emph></link> sort by one criterion only, you can combine several criteria in the <emph>Sort Order</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3155434 help.text]
note: 2ABGD
en: The<emph> Form </emph>combo box is only visible if the current document is a form document with more than one logical form. It does not appear during a search in tables or queries.
en_GB: The <emph>Form</emph> combo box is only visible if the current document is a form document with more than one logical form. It does not appear during a search in tables or queries.

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3154127 help.text]
note: aQDGK
en: Returns all fields containing the search pattern as an exact match to the contents of the field.
en_GB: Returns all fields containing the search pattern as an exact match to the content of the field.

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3156736 help.text]
note: nrANt
en: If the <emph>Apply field format</emph> box is marked, the data source view of the table or form is searched using the formatting set there. If the box is not marked, the database is searched using the formatting saved in the database.
en_GB: If the <emph>Apply field format</emph> check box is marked, the data source view of the table or form is searched using the formatting set there. If the check box is not marked, the database is searched using the formatting saved in the database.

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3153355 help.text]
note: H6aQK
en: If you are searching the values of check boxes, and <emph>Apply field format</emph> is on, then you will receive a "1" for marked check boxes, a "0" for unmarked check boxes, and an empty string for undefined (tristate) check boxes. If the search has been carried out with <emph>Apply field format</emph> set to off, you will see the language-dependent default values "TRUE" or "FALSE".
en_GB: If you are searching the values of check boxes, and <emph>Apply field format</emph> is on, then you will receive a "1" for marked check boxes, a "0" for unmarked check boxes, and an empty string for undefined (tri-state) check boxes. If the search has been carried out with <emph>Apply field format</emph> set to off, you will see the language-dependent default values "TRUE" or "FALSE".

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3150995 help.text]
note: AnMv4
en: If you use <emph>Apply field format</emph> when searching in list boxes, you find the text displayed in list boxes. If you do not use <emph>Apply field format,</emph> you will find the contents corresponding to the standard field format.
en_GB: If you use <emph>Apply field format</emph> when searching in list boxes, you find the text displayed in list boxes. If you do not use <emph>Apply field format</emph>, you will find the contents corresponding to the standard field format.

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3159267 help.text]
note: NpFFF
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbCase">Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbCase">Specifies that upper- and lower-case are taken into consideration during the search.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3156316 help.text]
note: dfzuz
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbStartOver">Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbStartOver">Restarts the search. A forwards search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3150982 help.text]
note: tMT4v
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbRegular">Searches with regular expressions.</ahelp> The same regular expressions that are supported here are also supported in the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp" name="Find & Replace dialog"><emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog</link>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/cbRegular">Searches with regular expressions.</ahelp> The same regular expressions that are supported here are also supported in the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> <link href="text/shared/01/02100000.xhp" name="Find & Replace dialog"><emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box</link>.

[ctx: 12100200.xhp par_id3156166 help.text]
note: LX6Mt
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/close">Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/fmsearchdialog/close">Closes the dialogue box. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 14020100.xhp par_id3152821 help.text]
note: MGWBh
en: <variable id="tabellehinzufuegentext"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.</ahelp> In the <emph>Add Tables</emph> dialog, select the tables you need for your current task.</variable> When creating a query or a new table presentation, select the corresponding table to which the query or table presentation should refer. When working with relational databases, select the tables between which you want to build relationships.
en_GB: <variable id="tabellehinzufuegentext"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.</ahelp> In the <emph>Add Tables</emph> dialogue box, select the tables you need for your current task.</variable> When creating a query or a new table presentation, select the corresponding table to which the query or table presentation should refer. When working with relational databases, select the tables between which you want to build relationships.

[ctx: 14020100.xhp par_id3156410 help.text]
note: u5ZaY
en: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/close">Closes the <emph>Add Tables</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/close">Closes the <emph>Add Tables</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20020000.xhp par_id3149283 help.text]
note: AEALb
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Double-click the <emph>Page Style</emph> field to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp" name="Page Style"><emph>Page Style</emph></link> dialog, in which you can edit the style for the current page. In the context menu of this field, you can apply a page style.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Double-click the <emph>Page Style</emph> field to open the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040000.xhp" name="Page Style"><emph>Page Style</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can edit the style for the current page. In the context menu of this field, you can apply a page style.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 20020000.xhp par_id3151234 help.text]
note: 8YCRX
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Double-click the <emph>Page Style</emph> field to open the <link href="text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp" name="Page Style"><emph>Page Style</emph></link> dialog, in which you can edit the style for the current page.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Double-click the <emph>Page Style</emph> field to open the <link href="text/scalc/01/05070000.xhp" name="Page Style"><emph>Page Style</emph></link> dialogue box, in which you can edit the style for the current page.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 20020000.xhp par_id3149346 help.text]
note: DJrnE
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Double-click this field to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp" name="Available Master Slides"><emph>Available Master Slides</emph></link> dialog in which you can select the style for the current slide. You can select a different paper format or background.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Double-click this field to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp" name="Available Master Slides"><emph>Available Master Slides</emph></link> dialogue box in which you can select the style for the current slide. You can select a different paper format or background.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 20020000.xhp par_id3147008 help.text]
note: DLgbQ
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Double-click this field to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp" name="Available Master Slides"><emph>Available Master Slides</emph></link> dialog in which you select the style for the current page. You can select a different paper format or background.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Double-click this field to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/05120000.xhp" name="Available Master Slides"><emph>Available Master Slides</emph></link> dialogue box in which you select the style for the current page. You can select a different paper format or background.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 20050000.xhp par_id3153894 help.text]
note: 649aC
en: When you click in the field, a popup menu comes up with the available options:
en_GB: When you click in the field, a pop-up menu comes up with the available options:

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3145345 help.text]
note: 2UBh5
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterInvert">Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterInvert">Inverts the colour values of a colour image, or the brightness values of a greyscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp hd_id3144760 help.text]
note: uoFzv
en: Solarization
en_GB: Solarisation

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3159150 help.text]
note: xhXsE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box for defining solarisation. Solarisation refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colours become partly inverted.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3150439 help.text]
note: A6GPu
en: Solarization
en_GB: Solarisation

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3147352 help.text]
note: VKrKv
en: Specifies the degree and type of solarization.
en_GB: Specifies the degree and type of solarisation.

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3083443 help.text]
note: XUrcG
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/solarizedialog/value">Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/solarizedialog/value">Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarised.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3146921 help.text]
note: UFRkp
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/solarizedialog/invert">Specifies to also invert all pixels.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/solarizedialog/invert">Specifies whether the pixels to be solarised are also to be inverted.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp hd_id3150875 help.text]
note: TLyKK
en: Aging
en_GB: Ageing

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3163712 help.text]
note: AFEhH
en: <ahelp hid=".">All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">All pixels are set to their grey values, and then the green and blue colour channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red colour channel is not changed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3145365 help.text]
note: Gyiz9
en: Aging
en_GB: Ageing

[ctx: 24010000.xhp hd_id3156443 help.text]
note: FbZbF
en: Aging Degree
en_GB: Ageing Degree

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3155411 help.text]
note: 6HTPd
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/agingdialog/value">Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/agingdialog/value">Defines the intensity of ageing, in percent. At 0% you see the grey values of all pixels. At 100% only the red colour channel remains.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp hd_id3146119 help.text]
note: 35U34
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3147396 help.text]
note: CqZpA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.</ahelp> This effect is based on the reduction of the number of colors. It makes photos look like paintings.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to determine the number of poster colours.</ahelp> This effect is based on the reduction of the number of colours. It makes photos look like paintings.

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3156284 help.text]
note: CxLBM
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: 24010000.xhp hd_id3156736 help.text]
note: k5FDj
en: Poster Colors
en_GB: Poster Colours

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3151280 help.text]
note: BHUr7
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/posterdialog/value">Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/posterdialog/value">Specifies the number of colours to which the image is to be reduced.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3152971 help.text]
note: saZB9
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colours are suppressed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3153714 help.text]
note: yDMmH
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.</ahelp> You can choose the position of the imaginary light source that determines the type of shadow created, and how the graphic image looks in relief.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays a dialogue box for creating reliefs.</ahelp> You can choose the position of the imaginary light source that determines the type of shadow created, and how the graphic image looks in relief.

[ctx: 24010000.xhp par_id3163807 help.text]
note: pMejE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.</ahelp> The larger the individual rectangles are, the fewer details the graphic image has.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same colour.</ahelp> The larger the individual rectangles are, the fewer details the graphic image has.

[ctx: 24020000.xhp hd_id3147574 help.text]
note: KCwox
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: 24020000.xhp par_id3153760 help.text]
note: WC6Cg
en: The graphic object is shown in grayscale. A color graphic object can become monochrome in grayscale. You can also use the color sliders to apply a uniform color to the monochrome graphic object.
en_GB: The graphic object is shown in greyscale. A colour graphic object can become monochrome in greyscale. You can also achieve tinted monochrome colours by varying one of the colour parameters.

[ctx: 24030000.xhp par_id3151100 help.text]
note: DFUxs
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GrafRed">Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no red) to +100% (full red) are possible.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GrafRed">Specifies the proportion of red RGB colour components for the selected graphic object.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no red) to +100% (full red) are possible.

[ctx: 24040000.xhp par_id3143284 help.text]
note: JBGCC
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GrafGreen">Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no green) to +100% (full green) are possible.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GrafGreen">Specifies the proportion of green RGB colour components for the selected graphic object.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no green) to +100% (full green) are possible.

[ctx: 24050000.xhp par_id3155934 help.text]
note: o4cny
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:GrafBlue">Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no blue) to +100% (full blue) are possible.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:GrafBlue">Specifies the proportion of blue RGB colour components for the selected graphic.</ahelp> Values from -100% (no blue) to +100% (full blue) are possible.

[ctx: 24100000.xhp par_id0514200804261097 help.text]
note: wV4yr
en: In Impress and Draw no dialog is shown when you click the icon, but you see eight cropping handles. Open the context menu of a selected picture and choose <item type="menuitem">Crop Image</item>, if you want to use the <link href="text/shared/01/05030800.xhp">dialog</link> for cropping.
en_GB: In Impress and Draw no dialog is shown when you click the icon, but you see eight cropping handles. Open the context menu of a selected picture and choose <item type="menuitem">Crop Image</item>, if you want to use the <link href="text/shared/01/05030800.xhp">dialogue box</link> for cropping.

[ctx: colortoolbar.xhp tit help.text]
note: TMQDK
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: colortoolbar.xhp hd_id8983733 help.text]
note: G96BC
en: <link href="text/shared/02/colortoolbar.xhp">Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/colortoolbar.xhp">Colour</link>

[ctx: colortoolbar.xhp par_id1676381 help.text]
note: EVFkF
en: <ahelp hid=".">With the Color toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">With the Colour toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: colortoolbar.xhp par_id5855281 help.text]
note: rEAPw
en: To open the Color toolbar, click the Color icon on the Image toolbar.
en_GB: To open the Colour toolbar, click the Colour icon on the Image toolbar.

[ctx: fontwork.xhp par_idN10567 help.text]
note: iXRnj
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Fontwork dialog from which you can insert styled text not possible through standard font formatting into your document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Fontwork dialogue box from which you can insert styled text not possible through standard font formatting into your document.</ahelp>

[ctx: querypropdlg.xhp tit help.text]
note: 3BJGy
en: Query Properties Dialog
en_GB: Query Properties Dialogue Box

[ctx: querypropdlg.xhp hd_id3154780 help.text]
note: 89XpA
en: Query Properties Dialog
en_GB: Query Properties Dialogue Box

[ctx: querypropdlg.xhp par_id3152820 help.text]
note: vvqfR
en: <ahelp hid=".">In the <emph>Query Properties</emph> dialog you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In the <emph>Query Properties</emph> dialogue box you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3148388 help.text]
note: kKuXM
en: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp" name="Labels"><emph>Labels</emph></link> dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels in $[officename] Writer.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp" name="Labels"><emph>Labels</emph></link> dialogue box in which you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels in $[officename] Writer.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_id3150968 help.text]
note: EkhcS
en: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp" name="Business Cards"><emph>Business Cards</emph></link> dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document in $[officename] Writer.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp" name="Business Cards"><emph>Business Cards</emph></link> dialogue box in which you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document in $[officename] Writer.

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_idN10AB6 help.text]
note: nuAxH
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog where you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels in $[officename] Writer.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the <emph>Labels</emph> dialogue box in which you can set the options for your labels, and then creates a new text document for the labels in $[officename] Writer.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010000.xhp par_idN10ACD help.text]
note: ReEMG
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the <emph>Business Cards</emph> dialog where you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document in $[officename] Writer.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the <emph>Business Cards</emph> dialogue box in which you can set the options for your business cards, and then creates a new text document in $[officename] Writer.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010001.xhp par_id3154682 help.text]
note: Un5RA
en: Use a master document to organize complex projects, such as a book. <ahelp hid=".">A master document can contain the individual files for each chapter of a book, as well as a table of contents, and an index.</ahelp>
en_GB: Use a master document to organise complex projects, such as a book. <ahelp hid=".">A master document can contain the individual files for each chapter of a book, as well as a table of contents, and an index.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010201.xhp par_id3149762 help.text]
note: KXRDA
en: You can select a predefined size format for your label or a size format that you specify on the <emph>Format</emph> tab.
en_GB: You can select a pre-defined size format for your label or a size format that you specify on the <emph>Format</emph> tab.

[ctx: 01010203.xhp par_id3154497 help.text]
note: bLgJQ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/LabelOptionsPage" visibility="visible">Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronization and printer settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/LabelOptionsPage" visibility="visible">Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronisation and printer settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010203.xhp hd_id3149237 help.text]
note: NFzAn
en: Synchronize contents
en_GB: Synchronise contents

[ctx: 01010203.xhp hd_id3149164 help.text]
note: FgCBa
en: Synchronize Labels
en_GB: Synchronise Labels

[ctx: 01010203.xhp par_id3144438 help.text]
note: HBZn2
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/setup">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp" name="Printer Setup"><emph>Printer Setup</emph></link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/setup">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp" name="Printer Setup"><emph>Printer Setup</emph></link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010300.xhp par_id3149987 help.text]
note: TRVvT
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertBusinessCard">Design and create your own business cards.</ahelp> You can choose from a number of pre-defined size formats or create your own.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertBusinessCard">Design and create your own business cards.</ahelp> You can choose from a number of predefined size formats or create your own.

[ctx: 01010303.xhp hd_id3156427 help.text]
note: XMQk3
en: First name 2
en_GB: Forename 2

[ctx: 01010303.xhp par_id3149750 help.text]
note: dBVpy
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/firstname2">Enter the first name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/firstname2">Enter the forename of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010303.xhp hd_id3145345 help.text]
note: GiMKM
en: Last name 2
en_GB: Surname 2

[ctx: 01010303.xhp par_id3154288 help.text]
note: 3udgG
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/lastname2">Enter the last name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/lastname2">Enter the surname of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010303.xhp par_id3153666 help.text]
note: eJxeA
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/url">Enter the address of your internet homepage.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/url">Enter the address of your Internet homepage.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01010304.xhp par_id3148563 help.text]
note: mBZ43
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/url">Enter the address of your company's internet homepage.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/url">Enter the address of your company's Internet homepage.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id931547247005236 help.text]
note: RJuzG
en: %PRODUCTNAME uses the native file picker dialog of the window manager of your operating system for the <menuitem>Open</menuitem> command.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME uses the native file picker dialogue box of the window manager of your operating system for the <menuitem>Open</menuitem> command.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id341547247820173 help.text]
note: fGGBD
en: Modern system file dialogs present many features for file handling. Most allows you to rename, delete, create files, sort list of files, display files and folders in icons, tree or list views, traverse the file system folder tree and much more. Use the mouse right button to get a list of commands on the selected files in the display area.
en_GB: Modern system file dialogue boxes present many features for file handling. Most allow you to rename, delete, create files, sort list of files, display files and folders in icons, tree or list views, traverse the file system folder tree and much more. Use the mouse right button to get a list of commands on the selected files in the display area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153331 help.text]
note: fDrb4
en: <ahelp hid="svt/ui/querydeletedialog/yes" visibility="hidden">Click to delete the file with the name shown in this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svt/ui/querydeletedialog/yes" visibility="hidden">Click to delete the file with the name shown in this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3161458 help.text]
note: xdn8x
en: <ahelp hid="svt/ui/querydeletedialog/no" visibility="hidden">Click to cancel deletion of the file with the name shown in this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svt/ui/querydeletedialog/no" visibility="hidden">Click to cancel deletion of the file with the name shown in this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id61547286521877 help.text]
note: 9FPNV
en: The following features are available in the dialog:
en_GB: The following features are available in the dialogue box:

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149291 help.text]
note: 7foCQ
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION">If there are multiple versions of the selected file, select the version that you want to open.</ahelp> You can save and organize multiple versions of a document by choosing <emph>File - Versions</emph>. The versions of a document are opened in read-only mode.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION">If there are multiple versions of the selected file, select the version that you want to open.</ahelp> You can save and organise multiple versions of a document by choosing <emph>File - Versions</emph>. The versions of a document are opened in read-only mode.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3156293 help.text]
note: 5hkNu
en: If you opened the dialog by choosing <emph>Insert - Document</emph>, the <emph>Open</emph> button is labeled <emph>Insert</emph>. <ahelp hid="HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN">Inserts the selected file into the current document at the cursor position.</ahelp>
en_GB: If you opened the dialogue box by choosing <emph>Insert - Document</emph>, the <emph>Open</emph> button is labelled <emph>Insert</emph>. <ahelp hid="HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN">Inserts the selected file into the current document at the cursor position.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3145367 help.text]
note: pJAa8
en: %PRODUCTNAME recognizes templates that are located in any folder from the following list:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME recognises templates that are located in any folder from the following list:

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3150105 help.text]
note: u5PaD
en: When you open a document that was created from a "sticky template" (as defined above), <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> checks to see if the template has been modified since the document was last opened. If the template was changed a dialog is shown where you can select which styles to apply to the document.
en_GB: When you open a document that was created from a "sticky template" (as defined above), <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> checks to see if the template has been modified since the document was last opened. If the template was changed a dialogue box is shown where you can select which styles to apply to the document.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3154988 help.text]
note: aM5Yo
en: If a document was created using a template that cannot be found a dialog is shown that asks you how to proceed next time the document is opened.
en_GB: If a document was created using a template that cannot be found a dialogue box is shown that asks you how to proceed next time the document is opened.

[ctx: 01020001.xhp par_id151513629855154 help.text]
note: GqJTN
en: Click the <emph>Remote Files</emph> button in the <emph>Start Center</emph>.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Remote Files</emph> button in the <emph>Start Centre</emph>.

[ctx: 01020101.xhp par_id3149750 help.text]
note: oNVdb
en: <link name="Open Dialog" href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">Open dialog</link>
en_GB: <link name="Open Dialog" href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">Open dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 01020103.xhp par_id3152918 help.text]
note: st3oG
en: If $[officename] does not recognize the file type of the document that your want to open, try any of the following:
en_GB: If $[officename] does not recognise the file type of the document that your want to open, try any of the following:

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_id3159201 help.text]
note: KoyrB
en: When you close the last open document window, you see the <link href="text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp"><emph>Start Center</emph></link>.
en_GB: When you close the last open document window, you see the <link href="text/shared/guide/startcenter.xhp"><emph>Start Centre</emph></link>.

[ctx: 01060002.xhp par_id881513473450156 help.text]
note: Eq5QD
en: Creates another file with same contents of the current file. The current file is kept open for editing.
en_GB: Creates another file with the same content as the current file. The current file is kept open for editing.

[ctx: 01070000.xhp par_id251543697768103 help.text]
note: JxRcN
en: %PRODUCTNAME uses the native file picker dialog of the window manager of your operating system for the <menuitem>Save as</menuitem> command.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME uses the native file picker dialogue box of the window manager of your operating system for the <menuitem>Save as</menuitem> command.

[ctx: 01070000.xhp par_id3159125 help.text]
note: KXQyK
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION">Exports only the selected graphic objects in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw and Impress to another format. If this box is not checked, the entire document is exported.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION">Exports only the selected graphic objects in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw and Impress to another format. If this check box is not marked, the entire document is exported.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01100000.xhp par_id3153748 help.text]
note: gpvEK
en: The <emph>Properties</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:
en_GB: The <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box contains the following tab pages:

[ctx: 01100000.xhp par_id3148643 help.text]
note: qEgAZ
en: Depending on your access rights to the file, you might not see all of the tabs in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Depending on your access rights to the file, you might not see all of the tabs in the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01100100.xhp par_id581602083308804 help.text]
note: DB262
en: <emph>Title</emph>, <emph>Subject</emph>, and <emph>Keywords</emph> are exported to PDF files as PDF Document Properties. Entered values are exported and will appear in the corresponding fields in the PDF Document Properties Description.
en_GB: <emph>Title</emph>, <emph>Subject</emph> and <emph>Keywords</emph> are exported to PDF files as PDF Document Properties. Entered values are exported and will appear in the corresponding fields in the PDF Document Properties Description.

[ctx: 01100200.xhp par_idN106D0 help.text]
note: EdEtn
en: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp"><emph>Digital Signatures</emph></link> dialog where you can manage digital signatures for the current document.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/digitalsignatures.xhp"><emph>Digital Signatures</emph></link> dialogue box where you can manage digital signatures for the current document.

[ctx: 01100300.xhp par_id3152551 help.text]
note: srBoG
en: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/custominfopage/properties">Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/custominfopage/properties">Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01100400.xhp par_id3156324 help.text]
note: 3TuM9
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Some statistic values can be used as <link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="variables in formulas">variables in formulas</link>.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Some statistic values can be used as <link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="variables in formulae">variables in formulae</link>.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01110000.xhp par_id3154894 help.text]
note: n2kjJ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you organize and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you organise and edit your templates, as well as save the current file as a template.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01110400.xhp par_id3144415 help.text]
note: VUYtJ
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:OpenTemplate">Opens a dialog where you can select a template for editing.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:OpenTemplate">Opens a dialogue box in which you can select a template for editing.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id0818200912284853 help.text]
note: Y8AZi
en: The <emph>Print</emph> dialog consists of three main parts: A preview with navigation buttons, tab pages with control elements specific to the current document type, and the <emph>Print</emph>, <emph>Cancel</emph> and <emph>Help</emph> buttons.
en_GB: The <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box consists of three main parts: A preview with navigation buttons, tab pages with control elements specific to the current document type, and the <emph>Print</emph>, <emph>Cancel</emph> and <emph>Help</emph> buttons.

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id0818200912284952 help.text]
note: bau4s
en: The settings that you define in the <emph>Print</emph> dialog are valid <emph>only</emph> for the current print job that you start by clicking the <emph>Print</emph> button. If you want to change some options permanently, open <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME (application name) - Print</menuitem>.
en_GB: The settings that you define in the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box are valid <emph>only</emph> for the current print job that you start by clicking the <emph>Print</emph> button. If you want to change some options permanently, open <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME (application name) - Print</menuitem>.

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id0818200901194137 help.text]
note: bEFFQ
en: Press <emph>Shift+F1</emph> or choose <item type="menuitem">Help - What's This?</item> and point to any control element in the <emph>Print</emph> dialog to see an extended help text.
en_GB: Press <emph>Shift+F1</emph> or choose <item type="menuitem">Help - What's This?</item> and point to any control element in the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box to see an extended help text.

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id0818200912285064 help.text]
note: vgrqb
en: On the <emph>General</emph> tab page, you find the most important control elements for printing. You can define which contents of your document are to be printed. You can select the printer and open the <emph>Printer Settings</emph> dialog.
en_GB: On the <emph>General</emph> tab page, you find the most important control elements for printing. You can define which contents of your document are to be printed. You can select the printer and open the <emph>Printer Settings</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id2 help.text]
note: b64Z5
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to print colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page, which you have specified under <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to print colours and objects that are inserted to the background of the page, which you have specified under <emph>Format - Page - Background</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id34 help.text]
note: R3jDW
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If checked empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If checked, empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id3156113 help.text]
note: crVz4
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the <emph>Printer Properties</emph> dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the <emph>Printer Properties</emph> dialogue box. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id80 help.text]
note: Rwqfi
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print in original colors.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print in original colours.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id82 help.text]
note: VNMu2
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print colors as grayscale.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print colours as greyscale.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id84 help.text]
note: BKmbG
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print colors as black and white.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies to print colours as black and white.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01130000.xhp par_id0818200912285019 help.text]
note: X5Rpt
en: The tab page with the same name as the current application can be used to define the contents, color, size, and pages to be printed. You define settings that are specific to the current document type.
en_GB: The tab page with the same name as the current application can be used to define the contents, colour, size, and pages to be printed. You define settings that are specific to the current document type.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id3157322 help.text]
note: BFmGE
en: Ensure that the <emph>Landscape</emph> or <emph>Portrait</emph> layout option set in the <emph>Printer Properties</emph> dialog matches the page format that you set by choosing <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><emph>Slide - Properties</emph></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Page - Properties</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Format - Page</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>.
en_GB: Ensure that the <emph>Landscape</emph> or <emph>Portrait</emph> layout option set in the <emph>Printer Properties</emph> dialogue box matches the page format that you set by choosing <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><emph>Slide - Properties</emph></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Page - Properties</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Format - Page</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>.

[ctx: 01140000.xhp par_id201612110239454950 help.text]
note: stdQG
en: <ahelp hid="svt/ui/printersetupdialog/options">Opens the <emph>Printer Options</emph> dialog where you can override the global printer options set on the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Writer</emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Calc</emph></caseinline><defaultinline>Writer/Web</defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Print</emph> panel for the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svt/ui/printersetupdialog/options">Opens the <emph>Printer Options</emph> dialogue box where you can override the global printer options set on the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME </emph><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Writer</emph></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><emph>Calc</emph></caseinline><defaultinline>Writer/Web</defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Print</emph> panel for the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01180000.xhp par_id3148440 help.text]
note: FGLzK
en: If you are saving a new file or a copy of a read-only file, the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As"><emph>Save As</emph></link> dialog appears.
en_GB: If you are saving a new file or a copy of a read-only file, the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp" name="Save As"><emph>Save As</emph></link> dialogue box appears.

[ctx: 01190000.xhp par_id3157898 help.text]
note: cDPSg
en: <variable id="versionentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:VersionDialog">Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete and compare previous versions.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="versionentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:VersionDialog">Saves and organises multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete and compare previous versions.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 01190000.xhp par_id3149149 help.text]
note: GfCBU
en: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/save">Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the <emph>Insert Version Comment</emph> dialog before you save the new version.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/save">Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the <emph>Insert Version Comment</emph> dialogue box before you save the new version.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01190000.xhp par_id3150466 help.text]
note: 3at8K
en: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versioncommentdialog/VersionCommentDialog">Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked <emph>Show</emph> to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versioncommentdialog/VersionCommentDialog">Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked <emph>Show</emph> to open this dialogue box, you cannot edit the comment.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01990000.xhp par_id3154794 help.text]
note: doka7
en: <ahelp hid=".">Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file in the list, click its name.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Lists the most recently opened files. To open a file from the list, click its name.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02050000.xhp par_id3155552 help.text]
note: QqVZa
en: Each time you copy, the existing content of the clipboard is overwritten.
en_GB: Each time that you copy, the existing content of the clipboard is overwritten.

[ctx: 02060000.xhp par_id861521058166011 help.text]
note: x7oBY
en: There are two ways to paste the clipboard contents in a spreadsheet document:
en_GB: There are two ways to paste the clipboard content in a spreadsheet document:

[ctx: 02060000.xhp par_id811521057699468 help.text]
note: 33eAD
en: Using <emph>Enter</emph> key: the clipboard contents is pasted once and cleared. No further paste is possible with the clipboard contents. The copied selection mark is disabled.
en_GB: Using <emph>Enter</emph> key: the clipboard content is pasted once and cleared. No further paste is possible with the clipboard content. The copied selection mark is disabled.

[ctx: 02060000.xhp par_id531521057600924 help.text]
note: BVBac
en: To deactivate the copied selection mark press the <emph>Esc</emph> key. The clipboard contents is not cleared.
en_GB: To deactivate the copied selection mark press the <emph>Esc</emph> key. The clipboard content is not cleared.

[ctx: 02070000.xhp par_id3155084 help.text]
note: 2Duk9
en: If you select a mathematical operation and clear the <emph>Skip empty cells</emph> box, empty cells in the clipboard are treated as zeroes. For example, if you apply the <emph>Multiply</emph> operation, the target cells are filled with zeroes.
en_GB: If you select a mathematical operation and clear the <emph>Skip empty cells</emph> box, empty cells in the clipboard are treated as zeros. For example, if you apply the <emph>Multiply</emph> operation, the target cells are filled with zeros.

[ctx: 02090000.xhp par_id3149999 help.text]
note: PDEFv
en: <variable id="allestext"><ahelp hid=".">Selects the entire content of the current file, frame, or text object.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="allestext"><ahelp hid=".">Selects the entire content of the current file, frame or text object.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id00002 help.text]
note: 3swkZ
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to search the next occurrence in downward direction.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to search the next occurrence in downwards direction.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id00003 help.text]
note: umniz
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to search the next occurrence in upward direction.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to search the next occurrence in upwards direction.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3153683 help.text]
note: fELUg
en: Search options are listed under the <emph>Find</emph> box and in the <emph>Other options</emph> area of the dialog.
en_GB: Search options are listed under the <emph>Find</emph> box and in the <emph>Other options</emph> area of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02100000.xhp bm_id3154760 help.text]
note: TmSVg
en: <bookmark_value>case sensitivity;searching</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>case-sensitivity;searching</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3154760 help.text]
note: 6BpCN
en: <variable id="exakt"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="exakt"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case characters.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3150506 help.text]
note: hncQB
en: Replacement options are listed under the <emph>Find</emph> box and in the <emph>Other options</emph> area of the dialog.
en_GB: Replacement options are listed under the <emph>Find</emph> box and in the <emph>Other options</emph> area of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3155103 help.text]
note: sg7R3
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/layout">Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the <emph>Find</emph> list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the <emph>Replace</emph> list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/layout">Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this check box, and then select a style from the <emph>Find</emph> list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the <emph>Replace</emph> list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_idN109CC help.text]
note: QDrX5
en: After you select the attributes that you want to search for, the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> box in the <emph>Other options</emph> area of the %PRODUCTNAME Writer <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog changes to <emph>Including Styles</emph>.
en_GB: After you select the attributes that you want to search for, the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> box in the <emph>Other options</emph> area of the %PRODUCTNAME Writer <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box changes to <emph>Including Styles</emph>.

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3145421 help.text]
note: pvCos
en: <variable id="aehnlichtext"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/soundslike">Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the <emph>Sounds</emph> button to specify the search options.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="aehnlichtext"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/soundslike">Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Mark this check box, and then click the <emph>Sounds</emph> button to specify the search options. </ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id0302200901464150 help.text]
note: Wjco2
en: <ahelp hid=".">In Writer, you can select to include the comment texts in your searches.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In Writer, you can select to include the comment text strings in your searches.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp hd_id3146925 help.text]
note: jaDAq
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Formulas</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Formulae</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id301020161448509633 help.text]
note: 8PEbc
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Searches for the characters that you specify in formulae and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulae that contain 'SUM'.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id6719870 help.text]
note: 5Jw5w
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for the characters that you specify in formulae and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulae that contain 'SUM'.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3146969 help.text]
note: gNAhz
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Searches for the characters that you specify in values and in the results of formulas.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Searches for the characters that you specify in values and in the results of formulae.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id6064943 help.text]
note: aj5NM
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for the characters that you specify in values and in the results of formulas.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Searches for the characters that you specify in values and in the results of formulae.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100000.xhp par_id3151101 help.text]
note: sFF39
en: After you close the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog, you can still search using the last search criteria that you entered, by pressing <item type="keycode">Shift+</item><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+F</item>.
en_GB: After you close the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box, you can still search using the last search criteria that you entered, by pressing <item type="keycode">Shift+</item><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+F</item>.

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3152576 help.text]
note: PpQEZ
en: Represents a nonprinting character.
en_GB: Represents a non-printing character.

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3145730 help.text]
note: YCGiZ
en: Represents a lowercase character if <emph>Match case</emph> is selected in <emph>Options</emph>.
en_GB: Represents a lower-case character if <emph>Match case</emph> is selected in <emph>Options</emph>.

[ctx: 02100001.xhp par_id3150092 help.text]
note: EVkR9
en: Represents an uppercase character if <emph>Match case</emph> is selected in <emph>Options</emph>.
en_GB: Represents an upper-case character if <emph>Match case</emph> is selected in <emph>Options.</emph>.

[ctx: 02100100.xhp par_id3146856 help.text]
note: cMi8S
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/similarity">Find terms that are similar to the <emph>Find</emph> text. Select this checkbox, and then click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to define the similarity options.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/findreplacedialog/similarity">Find terms that are similar to the <emph>Find</emph> text. Select this check box, and then click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to define the similarity options.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02100200.xhp par_id3154365 help.text]
note: AE9Up
en: Finds the <emph>Alignment</emph> (left, right, centered, justified) attribute.
en_GB: Finds the <emph>Alignment</emph> (left, right, centred, justified) attribute.

[ctx: 02100200.xhp par_id3149203 help.text]
note: DGtqz
en: Finds characters that use the <emph>Capital, Lowercase, Small capitals,</emph> and <emph>Title</emph> character attributes.
en_GB: Finds characters that use the <emph>Capital, Lower-case, Small capitals</emph> and <emph>Title</emph> character attributes.

[ctx: 02100200.xhp hd_id3151113 help.text]
note: NdneG
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: 02100200.xhp par_id3149664 help.text]
note: quDy5
en: Finds any instance where the default font color was changed.
en_GB: Finds any instance where the default font colour was changed.

[ctx: 02100300.xhp par_id3153821 help.text]
note: D9m7D
en: Use the <emph>Text Format (Search)</emph> or the <emph>Text Format (Replace)</emph> to define your formatting search criteria. These dialogs contain the following tab pages:
en_GB: Use the <emph>Text Format (Search)</emph> or the <emph>Text Format (Replace)</emph> to define your formatting search criteria. These dialogue boxes contain the following tab pages:

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3147242 help.text]
note: mZBxJ
en: <ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT">Edit the contents of the component selected in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the <emph>Index</emph> dialog is opened.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT">Edit the contents of the component selected in the <emph>Navigator</emph> list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the <emph>Index</emph> dialogue box is opened.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3154321 help.text]
note: viSWz
en: <ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE">Creates and inserts a new sub-document.</ahelp> When you create a new document, you are prompted to enter the file name and the location where you want to save the document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE">Creates and inserts a new sub-document.</ahelp> When you create a new document, you are prompted to enter the file name and the location in which you want to save the document.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3163712 help.text]
note: EBm6k
en: <ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT">Inserts a new paragraph in the master document where you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT">Inserts a new paragraph in the master document in which you can enter text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02180000.xhp par_idN10646 help.text]
note: grGV5
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/baselinksdialog/TB_LINKS">Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/baselinksdialog/TB_LINKS">Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialogue box in which you can select another object for this link.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02180000.xhp par_id3149456 help.text]
note: aoEeS
en: The <emph>Automatic</emph> option is only available for DDE links. You can insert a DDE link by copying the contents from one file and pasting by choosing <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and then selecting the <emph>Link</emph> box. As DDE is a text based linking system, only the displayed decimals are copied into the target sheet.
en_GB: The <emph>Automatic</emph> option is only available for DDE links. You can insert a DDE link by copying the contents from one file and pasting by choosing <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and then selecting the <emph>Link</emph> box. As DDE is a text-based linking system, only the displayed decimals are copied into the target sheet.

[ctx: 02200200.xhp par_id3154230 help.text]
note: n4dqP
en: This menu command is inserted into <emph>Edit – Objects</emph> submenu by the application that created the linked object. Depending on the application, the <emph>Open</emph> command for the OLE object might have a different name.
en_GB: This menu command is inserted into <emph>Edit – Objects</emph> sub-menu by the application that created the linked object. Depending on the application, the <emph>Open</emph> command for the OLE object might have a different name.

[ctx: 02210101.xhp par_id3150355 help.text]
note: mC59J
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/scrollbaron">Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/scrollbaron">Displays the scroll bar for the floating frame.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02210101.xhp par_id3150669 help.text]
note: ZaLE8
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/scrollbaroff">Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/scrollbaroff">Hides the scroll bar for the floating frame.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02210101.xhp par_id3152909 help.text]
note: f8R7f
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/scrollbarauto">Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/scrollbarauto">Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scroll bar when needed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02220000.xhp tit help.text]
note: xjTEq
en: ImageMap Editor
en_GB: Image Map Editor

[ctx: 02220000.xhp hd_id3150502 help.text]
note: TAxDP
en: ImageMap Editor
en_GB: Image Map Editor

[ctx: 02220000.xhp hd_id3153140 help.text]
note: rpyER
en: Freeform Polygon
en_GB: Free-form Polygon

[ctx: 02220000.xhp par_id3147046 help.text]
note: N3EgK
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_FREEPOLY">Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the <emph>Address</emph> and the <emph>Text</emph> for the hotspot, and then select the <emph>Frame</emph> where you want the URL to open.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/imapdialog/TBI_FREEPOLY">Draws a hotspot that is based on a free-form polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a free-form line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the <emph>Address</emph> and the <emph>Text</emph> for the hotspot, and then select the <emph>Frame</emph> where you want the URL to open.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02220000.xhp par_id3159128 help.text]
note: CrbLf
en: Freeform Polygon
en_GB: Free-form Polygon

[ctx: 02220100.xhp par_id3155922 help.text]
note: vJrHg
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/frameCB">Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/frameCB">Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognised by all browsers from the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02230100.xhp par_id3155934 help.text]
note: FJDpx
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Show</emph>, the lines containing changed text passages are indicated by a vertical line in the left page margin. You can set the properties of the vertical line and the other markup elements by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp" name="Writer - Changes"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes</emph></link> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you choose <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Show</emph>, the lines containing changed text passages are indicated by a vertical line in the left page margin. You can set the properties of the vertical line and the other markup elements by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp" name="Writer - Changes"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Changes</emph></link> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialogue box.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230100.xhp par_id3147261 help.text]
note: EaBGD
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">You can set the properties of the markup elements by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp" name="Calc - Changes"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes</emph></link> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">You can set the properties of the markup elements by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp" name="Calc - Changes"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Changes</emph></link> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialogue box.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230100.xhp par_id3145119 help.text]
note: ZqPJk
en: Move by dragging and dropping.
en_GB: Move by dragging-and-dropping.

[ctx: 02230200.xhp par_id3155356 help.text]
note: ZBLxs
en: When you rest the mouse pointer over a change markup in the document, a <emph>Tip</emph> displays the author and the date and time that the change was made.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> If the <emph>Extended Tips</emph> are activated, the type of change and any attached comments are also displayed.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: When you rest the mouse pointer over a change markup in the document, a <emph>Tip</emph> displays the author and the date and time that the change was made.<switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"> If the <emph>Extended Tips</emph> are activated, the type of change and any attached comments are also displayed. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230300.xhp par_id3155391 help.text]
note: C9xGD
en: You can attach a comment when <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">the cursor is in a changed text passage</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">the changed cell is selected</caseinline></switchinline>, or in the <emph>Manage Changes</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can attach a comment when <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">the cursor is in a changed text passage</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">the changed cell is selected</caseinline></switchinline>, or in the <emph>Manage Changes</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02230300.xhp par_id3156426 help.text]
note: ny8JD
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Comments are displayed as callouts in the sheet when you rest your mouse pointer over a cell with a recorded change. You can also view comments that are attached to a changed cell in the changes list in the <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp" name="Manage Changes"><emph>Manage Changes</emph></link> dialog.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Comments are displayed as callouts in the sheet when you rest your mouse pointer over a cell with a recorded change. You can also view comments that are attached to a changed cell in the changes list in the <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp" name="Manage Changes"><emph>Manage Changes</emph></link> dialogue box.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230401.xhp par_id3154824 help.text]
note: rXo8V
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">If one of the nested changes for a cell matches a filter criterion, all of the changes for the cell are displayed. When you filter the change list, the entries in the list appear in different colors according to the following table:</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">If one of the nested changes for a cell matches a filter criterion, all of the changes for the cell are displayed. When you filter the change list, the entries in the list appear in different colours according to the following table:</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02230401.xhp par_id3156426 help.text]
note: hCB3b
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 02230401.xhp par_id3156156 help.text]
note: ShSzC
en: gray
en_GB: grey

[ctx: 02230401.xhp par_id3151116 help.text]
note: PAJA5
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you made changes by choosing <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes</emph>, the <emph>Undo</emph> button appears in the dialog.<ahelp hid="svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/undo"> Reverse the last Accept or Reject command.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">If you made changes by choosing <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply and Edit Changes</emph>, the <emph>Undo</emph> button appears in the dialogue box.<ahelp hid="svx/ui/acceptrejectchangesdialog/undo"> Reverse the last Accept or Reject command.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 02240000.xhp par_id3150838 help.text]
note: hoReE
en: <variable id="dokver"><ahelp hid=".uno:CompareDocuments">Compares the current document with a document that you select.</ahelp></variable> The contents of the selected document are marked as deletions in the dialog that opens. If you want, you can insert the contents of the selected file into the current document by selecting the relevant deleted entries, clicking <emph>Reject</emph>, and then clicking <emph>Insert</emph>.
en_GB: <variable id="dokver"><ahelp hid=".uno:CompareDocuments">Compares the current document with a document that you select.</ahelp></variable> The contents of the selected document are marked as deletions in the dialogue box that opens. If you want, you can insert the contents of the selected file into the current document by selecting the relevant deleted entries, clicking <emph>Reject</emph>, and then clicking <emph>Insert</emph>.

[ctx: 02250000.xhp par_id3149119 help.text]
note: 9GNiP
en: <variable id="litdattext"><ahelp hid="modules/sbibliography/ui/toolbar/TBC_BT_COL_ASSIGN">Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="litdattext"><ahelp hid="modules/sbibliography/ui/toolbar/TBC_BT_COL_ASSIGN">Insert, delete, edit and organise records in the bibliography database.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp bm_id3154682 help.text]
note: HL6hF
en: <bookmark_value>zooming;page views</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>views; scaling</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>screen; scaling</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>pages; scaling</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>zooming;page views</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>views; scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>screen; scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pages; scaling</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3149655 help.text]
note: dD9qg
en: Zooming is handled differently on Unix, Linux, and Windows platforms. A document saved with a 100% zoom factor in Windows is displayed at a larger zoom factor on Unix/Linux platforms. To change the zoom factor, double-click or right-click the percentage value on the <emph>Status</emph> bar, and select the zoom factor that you want.
en_GB: Zooming is handled differently on Unix, Linux and Windows platforms. A document saved with a 100% zoom factor in Windows is displayed at a larger zoom factor on Unix/Linux platforms. To change the zoom factor, double-click or right-click the percentage value on the <emph>Status</emph> bar, and select the zoom factor that you want.

[ctx: 03110000.xhp bm_id3160463 help.text]
note: NS9w3
en: <bookmark_value>full screen view</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>screen; full screen views</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>complete screen view</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>views;full screen</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>full screen view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>screen; full screen views</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>complete screen view</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>views;full screen</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03110000.xhp par_id3148983 help.text]
note: WXoo5
en: <ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full screen mode, click the <emph>Full Screen</emph> button or press the <emph>Esc</emph> key.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the menus and toolbars in Writer or Calc. To exit the full-screen mode, click the <emph>Full Screen</emph> button or press the <emph>Esc</emph> key.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03110000.xhp par_id3152594 help.text]
note: zo2nc
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FULLSCREENTOOLBOX">In Writer and Calc, you can also use the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>+<emph>Shift</emph>+<emph>J</emph> to switch between the normal and full screen mode.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FULLSCREENTOOLBOX">In Writer and Calc, you can also use the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>+<emph>Shift</emph>+<emph>J</emph> to switch between the normal and full-screen mode.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03170000.xhp tit help.text]
note: 75RuN
en: Color Bar
en_GB: Colour Bar

[ctx: 03170000.xhp bm_id3147477 help.text]
note: ACeDu
en: <bookmark_value>color bar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paint box</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colour bar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paint box</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03170000.xhp hd_id3147477 help.text]
note: xjyCv
en: <link href="text/shared/01/03170000.xhp" name="Color Bar">Color Bar</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/03170000.xhp" name="Colour Bar">Colour Bar</link>

[ctx: 03990000.xhp par_id3149748 help.text]
note: BFA43
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu to show and hide toolbars.</ahelp> A toolbar contains icons and options that let you quickly access $[officename] commands.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu to show and hide toolbars.</ahelp> A toolbar contains icons and options that let you quickly access $[officename] commands.

[ctx: 03990000.xhp hd_id3153683 help.text]
note: ZESXV
en: <link href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp" name="Customise">Customise</link>

[ctx: 03990000.xhp par_id2789086 help.text]
note: r5C3M
en: Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box with which you can add, edit and remove icons.

[ctx: 03990000.xhp par_id1886654 help.text]
note: iivF7
en: <ahelp hid=".">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Reset</item> to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Reset</item> to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behaviour. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3166460 help.text]
note: p3bv5
en: When you attach a comment to a cell, a callout appears where you can enter your text. A small square in the upper right corner of a cell marks the position of a comment. To display the comment permanently, right-click the cell, and choose <emph>Show Comment</emph>.
en_GB: When you attach a comment to a cell, a callout appears in which you can enter your text. A small square in the upper right corner of a cell marks the position of a comment. To display the comment permanently, right-click the cell, and choose <emph>Show Comment</emph>.

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id8336741 help.text]
note: HgUDA
en: To change the object properties of a comment, for example the background color, choose <emph>Show Comment</emph> as above, then right-click the comment. Do <emph>not</emph> double-click the text!
en_GB: To change the object properties of a comment, for example the background colour, choose <emph>Show Comment</emph> as above, then right-click the comment. Do <emph>not</emph> double-click the text!

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id0302200901430918 help.text]
note: qJE7L
en: In the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog of text documents, you can select to include the comments texts in your searches.
en_GB: In the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box of text documents, you can select to include the comments texts in your searches.

[ctx: 04060200.xhp par_id3150278 help.text]
note: 2C9QF
en: <variable id="anford"><ahelp hid=".uno:TwainTransfer" visibility="visible">Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialog is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.</ahelp></variable> For an explanation of the dialog please refer to the documentation on your scanner.
en_GB: <variable id="anford"><ahelp hid=".uno:TwainTransfer" visibility="visible">Scans an image, and then inserts the result into the document. The scanning dialogue box is provided by the manufacturer of the scanner.</ahelp></variable> For an explanation of the dialogue box please refer to the documentation on your scanner.

[ctx: 04100000.xhp par_id3152372 help.text]
note: gzkiW
en: When you click a character in the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog, a preview and the corresponding numerical code for the character is displayed.
en_GB: When you click a character in the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialogue box, a preview and the corresponding numeric code for the character is displayed.

[ctx: 04140000.xhp par_id3159411 help.text]
note: GjcBZ
en: <variable id="image_text"><variable id="grafiktext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertGraphic">Inserts an image into the current document <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">with optimal page wrapping and centered on the line</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">at the current cell position</caseinline><defaultinline>centered on the page or slide</defaultinline></switchinline>.</ahelp></variable></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="image_text"><variable id="grafiktext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertGraphic">Inserts an image into the current document <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">with optimal page wrapping and centred on the line</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">at the current cell position</caseinline><defaultinline>centred on the page or slide</defaultinline></switchinline>.</ahelp></variable></variable>

[ctx: 04150000.xhp par_id3159079 help.text]
note: C8o3X
en: <ahelp hid=".">Inserts an embedded object into your document, including formulas, 3D models, charts and OLE objects.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Inserts an embedded object into your document, including formulas, 3-D models, charts and OLE objects.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04150100.xhp par_id3145314 help.text]
note: HAHCE
en: You <emph>cannot</emph> use the clipboard or drag and drop to move OLE objects to other files.
en_GB: You <emph>cannot</emph> use the clipboard or drag-and-drop to move OLE objects to other files.

[ctx: 04150100.xhp par_id6636555 help.text]
note: WPFqG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enable this checkbox to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this checkbox is not enabled, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this check box is not marked, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04160300.xhp bm_id3152937 help.text]
note: wWFGR
en: <bookmark_value>formulas; starting formula editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Math start</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Math formula editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>equations in formula editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editors;formula editor</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae; starting formula editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Math start</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Math formula editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>equations in formula editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editors;formula editor</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04160300.xhp par_id3154317 help.text]
note: 4aSw9
en: <link href="text/smath/main0000.xhp" name="Formulas">Formulas</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/smath/main0000.xhp" name="Formulae">Formulae</link>

[ctx: 04990000.xhp par_id3154613 help.text]
note: YGAMw
en: <ahelp hid=".">The submenu presents various sources that an image, audio or video can be insert from.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The sub-menu presents various sources that an image, audio or video can be insert from.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020100.xhp par_id083120160609088310 help.text]
note: ig9HL
en: <image id="img_id083120160608495768" src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/charnamepage/CharNamePage.png" width="9.0417in" height="6.9791in"><alt id="alt_id083120160608495768">Font dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id083120160608495768" src="media/screenshots/cui/ui/charnamepage/CharNamePage.png" width="9.0417in" height="6.9791in"><alt id="alt_id083120160608495768">Font dialogue box</alt></image>

[ctx: 05020100.xhp par_id3157961 help.text]
note: MGSCA
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/charnamepage/ctllanglb">Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/charnamepage/ctllanglb">Sets the language that the spell checker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020200.xhp bm_id3153514 help.text]
note: VKWDA
en: <bookmark_value>fonts; effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>characters; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>effects; fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>underlining; text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowercase letters; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>titles; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>small capitals</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>strikethrough; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fonts; strikethrough</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>outlines; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fonts; outlines</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shadows; characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fonts; shadows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fonts; color ignored</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ignored font colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; ignored text color</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>fonts; effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>characters; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>effects; fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>underlining; text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowercase letters; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>titles; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>small capitals</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>strikethrough; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fonts; strikethrough</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>outlines; font effects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fonts; outlines</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>shadows; characters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fonts; shadows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fonts; colour ignored</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ignored font colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; ignored text colour</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05020200.xhp hd_id3149482 help.text]
note: AYN9L
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3146924 help.text]
note: yZAbJ
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/fontcolorlb">Sets the color for the selected text. If you select <emph>Automatic</emph>, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/fontcolorlb">Sets the colour for the selected text. If you select <emph>Automatic</emph>, the text colour is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_idN10CC2 help.text]
note: ScU6M
en: To change the color of a text selection, select the text that you want to change, and click the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon. To apply a different color, click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon, and then select the color that you want to use.
en_GB: To change the colour of a text selection, select the text that you want to change, and click the <emph>Font Colour</emph> icon. To apply a different colour, click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Colour</emph> icon, and then select the colour that you want to use.

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_idN10CC9 help.text]
note: vT2uF
en: If you click the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon before you select text, the paint can cursor appears. To change the color of text, select the text with the paint can cursor. To change the color of a single word, double-click in a word. To apply a different color, click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon, and then select the color that you want to use.
en_GB: If you click the <emph>Font Colour</emph> icon before you select text, the paint can cursor will appear. To change the colour of text, select the text with the paint can cursor. To change the colour of a single word, double-click in a word. To apply a different colour, click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Colour</emph> icon, and then select the colour that you want to use.

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3150037 help.text]
note: MFvGw
en: The text color is ignored when printing, if the <emph>Print text in black</emph> check box is selected in <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp" name="Writer - Print"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph></link> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialog box.
en_GB: The text colour is ignored when printing, if the <emph>Print text in black</emph> check box is selected in <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp" name="Writer - Print"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph></link> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id7613757 help.text]
note: tFhVN
en: The text color is ignored on screen, if the <emph>Use automatic font color for screen display</emph> check box is selected in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Accessibility</emph></link>.
en_GB: The text colour is ignored on screen, if the <emph>Use automatic font colour for screen display</emph> check box is marked in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01013000.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Accessibility</emph></link>.

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3144766 help.text]
note: zbPP3
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden"><variable id="textfarbe">Click to apply the current font color to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text color. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the <emph>Font color</emph> toolbar.</variable></ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden"><variable id="textfarbe">Click to apply the current font colour to the selected characters. You can also click here, and then drag a selection to change the text colour. Click the arrow next to the icon to open the <emph>Font colour</emph> toolbar.</variable></ahelp>

[ctx: 05020200.xhp hd_id0123200902243470 help.text]
note: hjGmq
en: Overline color
en_GB: Overline colour

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id0123200902243466 help.text]
note: Qj5QS
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/overlinecolorlb">Select the color for the overlining.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/overlinecolorlb">Select the colour for the overlining.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020200.xhp hd_id3148642 help.text]
note: PssvR
en: Underline color
en_GB: Underline colour

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3150254 help.text]
note: iFDaB
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/underlinecolorlb">Select the color for the underlining.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/effectspage/underlinecolorlb">Select the colour for the underlining.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020200.xhp par_id3148944 help.text]
note: G2gCr
en: The following capitalization effects are available:
en_GB: The following capitalisation effects are available:

[ctx: 05020200.xhp bm_id410168 help.text]
note: kGuxJ
en: <bookmark_value>blinking fonts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>flashing fonts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>blinking fonts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flashing fonts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05020300.xhp par_id3150866 help.text]
note: UnPNs
en: The format code for currencies uses the form [$xxx-nnn], where xxx is the currency symbol, and nnn the country code. Special banking symbols, such as EUR (for Euro), do not require the country code. The currency format is not dependent on the language that you select in the<emph> Language</emph> box.
en_GB: The format code for currencies uses the form [$xxx-nnn], where xxx is the currency symbol, and nnn the country code. Special banking symbols, such as EUR (for euro), do not require the country code. The currency format is not dependent on the language that you select in the <emph>Language</emph> box.

[ctx: 05020300.xhp hd_id3154819 help.text]
note: QzULa
en: Leading zeroes
en_GB: Leading zeros

[ctx: 05020300.xhp par_id3147352 help.text]
note: mVfXH
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/leadzerosed">Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/leadzerosed">Enter the maximum number of zeros to display in front of the decimal point.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020300.xhp par_id3159252 help.text]
note: W2Gsi
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/negnumred">Changes the font color of negative numbers to <emph>red</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingformatpage/negnumred">Changes the font colour of negative numbers to <emph>red</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3153624 help.text]
note: C9sBL
en: Use zero (<emph>0</emph>), the number sign (<emph>#</emph>) or the question mark (<emph>?</emph>) as placeholders in your number format code to represent numbers. The <emph>#</emph> only displays significant digits, while the <emph>0</emph> displays zeroes if there are fewer digits in the number than in the number format. The <emph>?</emph> works as the <emph>#</emph> but adds a space character to keep decimal alignment if there is a hidden non-significant zero.
en_GB: Use zero (<emph>0</emph>), the number sign (<emph>#</emph>) or the question mark (<emph>?</emph>) as placeholders in your number format code to represent numbers. The <emph>#</emph> only displays significant digits, while the <emph>0</emph> displays zeros if there are fewer digits in the number than in the number format. The <emph>?</emph> works as the <emph>#</emph> but adds a space character to keep decimal alignment if there is a hidden non-significant zero.

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3153323 help.text]
note: A29X3
en: Use question marks (<emph>?</emph>), zeroes (<emph>0</emph>) or number signs (<emph>#</emph>) to represent the number of digits to include in the numerator and the denominator of a fraction. Fractions that do not fit the pattern that you define are displayed as floating point numbers.
en_GB: Use question marks (<emph>?</emph>), zeros (<emph>0</emph>) or number signs (<emph>#</emph>) to represent the number of digits to include in the numerator and the denominator of a fraction. Fractions that do not fit the pattern that you define are displayed as floating point numbers.

[ctx: 05020301.xhp hd_id3155994 help.text]
note: GHJRC
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3156423 help.text]
note: h2xQq
en: To set the color of a section of a number format code, insert one of the following color names in square brackets [ ]:
en_GB: To set the colour of a section of a number format code, insert one of the following colour names in square brackets [ ]:

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3159196 help.text]
note: EFbUr
en: For example, if you want to apply different colors to different temperature data, enter:
en_GB: For example, if you want to apply different colours to different temperature data, enter:

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3147318 help.text]
note: VarjN
en: The default currency format for the cells in your spreadsheet is determined by the regional setting of your operating system. If you want, you can apply a custom currency symbol to a cell. For example, enter #,##0.00 € to display 4.50 € (Euros).
en_GB: The default currency format for the cells in your spreadsheet is determined by the regional setting of your operating system. If you want, you can apply a custom currency symbol to a cell. For example, enter #,##0.00 € to display 4.50 € (Euro).

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3150032 help.text]
note: Z6dMA
en: You can also specify the locale setting for the currency by entering the locale code for the country after the symbol. For example, <emph>[$€-407]</emph> represents Euros in Germany. To view the locale code for a country, select the country in the <emph>Language</emph> list on the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab of the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can also specify the locale setting for the currency by entering the locale code for the country after the symbol. For example, <emph>[$€-407]</emph> represents Euro in Germany. To view the locale code for a country, select the country in the <emph>Language</emph> list on the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab of the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id1002200811423556 help.text]
note: zz3PF
en: For example, if your software is set to an English locale, and you want to format a year with four digits, you enter YYYY as a formatting code. When you switch to a German locale, you must use JJJJ instead. The following table lists only the localized differences.
en_GB: For example, if your software is set to an English locale, and you want to format a year with four digits, you enter YYYY as a formatting code. When you switch to a German locale, you must use JJJJ instead. The following table lists only the localised differences.

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id130820161715331121110 help.text]
note: 9sGxx
en: Spell out with capitalization, as cardinal number: 1 → One
en_GB: Spell out with capitalisation, as cardinal number: 1 → One

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id1308201617965331455818 help.text]
note: AjRUC
en: [NatNum12 YYYY=title year,D=capitalize ordinal]D" of "MMMM, YYYY
en_GB: [NatNum12 YYYY=title year,D=capitalise ordinal]D" of "MMMM, YYYY

[ctx: 05020301.xhp par_id3158316 help.text]
note: i25EX
en: Other possible arguments: "money" before 3-letter currency codes, for example [NatNum12 capitalize money USD]0.00 will format number "1.99" as "One and 99/100 U.S. Dollars".
en_GB: Other possible arguments: "money" before 3-letter currency codes, for example [NatNum12 capitalise money USD]0.00 will format number "1.99" as "One and 99/100 U.S. Dollars".

[ctx: 05020400.xhp par_id3150359 help.text]
note: NNb6r
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/visitedlb">Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the <emph>Styles</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/visitedlb">Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialogue box and click the <emph>Styles</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020400.xhp par_id3154216 help.text]
note: 3ner6
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/unvisitedlb">Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the <emph>Styles</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/unvisitedlb">Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialogue box and click the <emph>Styles</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020400.xhp par_id3143231 help.text]
note: Er7g2
en: <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialog">Hyperlink dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp" name="Hyperlink dialogue box">Hyperlink dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 05020500.xhp par_id3148585 help.text]
note: R9U8S
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/PositionPage">Specify the position, scaling, rotation, and spacing for characters.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/PositionPage">Specify the position, scaling, rotation and spacing for characters.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020700.xhp par_id3153124 help.text]
note: 7qAta
en: <ahelp hid=".">Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialog box, and then select the <emph>Enabled</emph> box in the <emph>Asian language support</emph> area.</ahelp> The Asian typography options are ignored in HTML documents.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the <emph>Options</emph> dialogue box, and then select the <emph>Enabled</emph> box in the <emph>Asian language support</emph> area.</ahelp> The Asian typography options are ignored in HTML documents.

[ctx: 05020700.xhp par_id3149096 help.text]
note: aqwDd
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/asiantypography/checkHangPunct">Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/asiantypography/checkHangPunct">Prevents commas and full stops from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030100.xhp bm_id3154689 help.text]
note: VaNGr
en: <bookmark_value>spacing; between paragraphs in footnotes</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>line spacing; paragraph</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>spacing; lines and paragraphs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>single-line spacing in text</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>one and a half line spacing in text</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>double-line spacing in paragraphs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>leading between paragraphs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>paragraphs;spacing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spacing; between paragraphs in footnotes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>line spacing; paragraph</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spacing; lines and paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>single line spacing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>one and a half line spacing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>double line spacing in paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>leading between paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;spacing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3153331 help.text]
note: 3aQbn
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/ED_TABPOS">Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click <emph>New</emph>. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/ED_TABPOS">Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click <emph>New</emph>. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimetre, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030300.xhp hd_id3153628 help.text]
note: pEYEz
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3154347 help.text]
note: GJFU5
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER">Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER">Aligns the centre of the text to the tab stop.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030300.xhp par_id3144422 help.text]
note: GHk3X
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL">Aligns the decimal separator of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL">Aligns the decimal separator of a number to the centre of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030500.xhp par_id3154938 help.text]
note: TDfwQ
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/linecolorlb">Select the line color that you want to use for the selected border(s).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/linecolorlb">Select the line colour that you want to use for the selected border(s).</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030500.xhp hd_id3155429 help.text]
note: Y66FH
en: Synchronize
en_GB: Synchronise

[ctx: 05030500.xhp hd_id3155307 help.text]
note: KhLvp
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05030500.xhp par_id3146147 help.text]
note: VQrRT
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/shadowcolorlb">Select a color for the shadow.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/borderpage/shadowcolorlb">Select a colour for the shadow.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05030700.xhp bm_id3150008 help.text]
note: Sn4GT
en: <bookmark_value>aligning; paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; alignment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines of text; alignment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>left alignment of paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right alignment of paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centered text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>justifying text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>aligning; paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; alignment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lines of text; alignment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>left alignment of paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>right alignment of paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centred text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>justifying text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05030700.xhp hd_id3148642 help.text]
note: RcaYb
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 05030700.xhp par_id3153257 help.text]
note: DnoAS
en: <variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_CENTERALIGN">Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_CENTERALIGN">Centres the contents of the paragraph on the page.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05040100.xhp tit help.text]
note: fUcBP
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: 05040100.xhp hd_id3153383 help.text]
note: SZdCB
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp" name="Organizer">Organizer</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05040100.xhp" name="Organiser">Organiser</link>

[ctx: 05040200.xhp par_id3149827 help.text]
note: 93mxq
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboPageFormat">Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the <emph>Height </emph>and <emph>Width </emph>boxes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/pageformatpage/comboPageFormat">Select a predefined paper size, or create a custom format by entering the dimensions for the paper in the <emph>Height</emph> and <emph>Width</emph> boxes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040200.xhp par_id0522200809473845 help.text]
note: Rz6jD
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Centers the cells horizontally on the printed page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Centres the cells horizontally on the printed page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040200.xhp par_id0522200809473811 help.text]
note: TxE3H
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Centers the cells vertically on the printed page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Centres the cells vertically on the printed page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040300.xhp par_id3148453 help.text]
note: ppRZY
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkDynSpacing">Overrides the <emph>Spacing </emph>setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/checkDynSpacing">Overrides the <emph>Spacing</emph> setting, and allows the header to expand into the area between the header and the document text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040300.xhp par_id3145367 help.text]
note: FFC7G
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/buttonMore">Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the header.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/headfootformatpage/buttonMore">Defines a border, a background colour, or a background pattern for the header.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040400.xhp par_id3145421 help.text]
note: ANJcy
en: <ahelp hid="SVX_HID_FOOTER_BUTTONMORE">Defines a border, a background color, or a background pattern for the footer.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SVX_HID_FOOTER_BUTTONMORE">Defines a border, a background colour, or a background pattern for the footer.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05070200.xhp tit help.text]
note: Dz6Hy
en: Center Horizontal
en_GB: Centre Horizontally

[ctx: 05070200.xhp hd_id3150278 help.text]
note: XMBLu
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05070200.xhp" name="Center Horizontal">Center Horizontal</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05070200.xhp" name="Centre Horizontally">Centre Horizontally</link>

[ctx: 05070200.xhp par_id3145138 help.text]
note: eBarq
en: <ahelp hid=".">Horizontally centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the horizontal center of the page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Horizontally centres the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the centre of the object is aligned to the horizontal centre of the page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05070500.xhp tit help.text]
note: EQhGw
en: Align Vertical Center
en_GB: Align Vertical Centre

[ctx: 05070500.xhp hd_id3152876 help.text]
note: hH2Eu
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05070500.xhp" name="Align Vertical Center">Align Vertical Center</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05070500.xhp" name="Align Vertical Centre">Align Vertical Centre</link>

[ctx: 05070500.xhp par_id3160463 help.text]
note: MjCis
en: <ahelp hid=".">Vertically centers the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the center of the object is aligned to the vertical center of the page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Vertically centres the selected objects. If only one object is selected in Draw or Impress, the centre of the object is aligned to the vertical centre of the page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05070600.xhp par_id3151330 help.text]
note: GdEq6
en: Objects are aligned to the bottom edge of the bottom most object in the selection. <embedvar href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#mehrfachselektion"/>
en_GB: Objects are aligned to the bottom edge of the bottommost object in the selection. <embedvar href="text/shared/01/05070100.xhp#mehrfachselektion"/>

[ctx: 05080300.xhp tit help.text]
note: UbXYS
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: 05080300.xhp hd_id3153514 help.text]
note: 9DoNC
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05080300.xhp" name="Center">Center</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05080300.xhp" name="Centre">Centre</link>

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3152876 help.text]
note: WffDx
en: <variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CenterPara" visibility="visible">Centers the selected paragraph(s) on the page.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CenterPara" visibility="visible">Centres the selected paragraph(s) on the page.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05100100.xhp par_id3153718 help.text]
note: R7DEf
en: Merging cells can lead to calculation errors in formulas in the table.
en_GB: Merging cells can lead to calculation errors in formulae in the table.

[ctx: 05100200.xhp par_id3153927 help.text]
note: 9DZaG
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/splitcellsdialog/hori">Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of rows that you specify in the <emph>Split cell into </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/splitcellsdialog/hori">Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of rows that you specify in the <emph>Split cell into</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05100200.xhp par_id3145410 help.text]
note: muEVx
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/splitcellsdialog/vert">Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of columns that you specify in the <emph>Split cell into </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/splitcellsdialog/vert">Splits the selected cell(s) into the number of columns that you specify in the <emph>Split cell into</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05100600.xhp tit help.text]
note: zrdLe
en: Center (vertical)
en_GB: Centre (vertical)

[ctx: 05100600.xhp hd_id3149874 help.text]
note: w5xJb
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05100600.xhp" name="Center (vertical)">Center (vertical)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05100600.xhp" name="Centre (vertical)">Centre (vertical)</link>

[ctx: 05100600.xhp par_id3149048 help.text]
note: bsy28
en: <ahelp hid=".">Centers the contents of the cell between top and bottom of the cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Centres the contents of the cell between top and bottom of the cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05100600.xhp par_id3149525 help.text]
note: T7hNw
en: <variable id="zellemitte">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Cell - Center</emph></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="zellemitte">In the context menu of a cell, choose <emph>Cell - Centre</emph></variable>

[ctx: 05110600m.xhp par_id3153755 help.text]
note: CbTaH
en: Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click
en_GB: Open <emph>Optimise Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click

[ctx: 05120600.xhp par_id3156426 help.text]
note: RKaTz
en: Open <emph>Optimize Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click
en_GB: Open <emph>Optimise Size</emph> toolbar from <emph>Table</emph> Bar, click

[ctx: 05190100.xhp bm_id3147366 help.text]
note: rGbE4
en: <bookmark_value>objects;titles and descriptions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>descriptions for objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>titles;objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>objects;titles and descriptions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>descriptions for objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>titles;objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05200100.xhp hd_id3150789 help.text]
note: NrzDX
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: 05200100.xhp par_id3147226 help.text]
note: kJdyQ
en: <variable id="farbetext"><ahelp hid=".">Select a color for the line.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="farbetext"><ahelp hid=".">Select a colour for the line.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05200100.xhp par_id3152996 help.text]
note: k8Wuo
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>The <emph>Line</emph> tab of the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialog is only available if you select an XY <emph>Chart type</emph>.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>The <emph>Line</emph> tab of the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialogue box is only available if you select an X-Y <emph>Chart type</emph>.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 05200100.xhp par_id3161459 help.text]
note: xMzou
en: You can add arrowheads to one end, or both ends of the selected line. To add a custom arrow style to the list, select the arrow in your document, and then click on the <link href="text/shared/01/05200300.xhp" name="Arrow Styles"><emph>Arrow Styles</emph></link> tab of this dialog.
en_GB: You can add arrowheads to one end, or both ends of the selected line. To add a custom arrow style to the list, select the arrow in your document, and then click on the <link href="text/shared/01/05200300.xhp" name="Arrow Styles"><emph>Arrow Styles</emph></link> tab of this dialogue box.

[ctx: 05200100.xhp hd_id3154935 help.text]
note: XhAhR
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: 05200100.xhp par_id3153526 help.text]
note: J96mW
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/TSB_CENTER_END">Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/TSB_CENTER_END">Places the centre of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05200100.xhp hd_id3154072 help.text]
note: 6CxtP
en: Synchronize ends
en_GB: Synchronise ends

[ctx: 05200100.xhp par_id3154365 help.text]
note: RfRmR
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/CBX_SYNCHRONIZE">Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/CBX_SYNCHRONIZE">Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or centre an arrowhead.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05200100.xhp par_id3154583 help.text]
note: ieEoG
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_EDGE_STYLE">Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitered shape is replaced with a beveled shape.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_EDGE_STYLE">Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitred shape is replaced with a bevelled shape.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05200300.xhp hd_id3153551 help.text]
note: cHB3u
en: Organize arrow styles
en_GB: Organise arrow styles

[ctx: 05200300.xhp par_id3154398 help.text]
note: kFZTX
en: Lets you organize the current list of arrow styles.
en_GB: Lets you organise the current list of arrow styles.

[ctx: 05210100.xhp par_id3154863 help.text]
note: eE2Fr
en: You can add custom colors, gradients, hatchings, two color patterns and bitmap patterns to the default lists for later use.
en_GB: You can add custom colours, gradients, hatchings, two-colour patterns and bitmap patterns to the default lists for later use.

[ctx: 05210300.xhp hd_id3149511 help.text]
note: PmsQk
en: Center X
en_GB: Centre X

[ctx: 05210300.xhp hd_id3157896 help.text]
note: TGhRA
en: Center Y
en_GB: Centre Y

[ctx: 05210300.xhp par_id3153527 help.text]
note: kA7FM
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colorfromlb">Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colorfromlb">Select a colour for the beginning point of the gradient.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210300.xhp par_id3159269 help.text]
note: red4y
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colortolb">Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/gradientpage/colortolb">Select a colour for the endpoint of the gradient.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210400.xhp hd_id3150503 help.text]
note: PC8eA
en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

[ctx: 05210400.xhp par_id3149578 help.text]
note: iDSCF
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hatchpage/linecolorlb">Select the color of the hatch lines.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hatchpage/linecolorlb">Select the colour of the hatch lines.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210600.xhp hd_id3150276 help.text]
note: fc4EB
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05210600.xhp par_id3155829 help.text]
note: zVn4X
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/shadowtabpage/LB_SHADOW_COLOR">Select a color for the shadow.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/shadowtabpage/LB_SHADOW_COLOR">Select a colour for the shadow.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210700.xhp par_id3147226 help.text]
note: XFw5M
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_OFF">Turns off color transparency.</ahelp> This is the default setting.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_OFF">Turns off colour transparency.</ahelp> This is the default setting.

[ctx: 05210700.xhp par_id3150693 help.text]
note: XrPvj
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_LINEAR">Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_LINEAR">Turns on colour transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210700.xhp par_id3155892 help.text]
note: 5CcDw
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRANSPARENT">Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRANSPARENT">Adjusts the transparency of the current fill colour. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210700.xhp par_id3155338 help.text]
note: 79XFx
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_GRADIENT">Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_GRADIENT">Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill colour. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05210700.xhp hd_id3145317 help.text]
note: xPQpD
en: Center X
en_GB: Centre X

[ctx: 05210700.xhp hd_id3154897 help.text]
note: kHDGR
en: Center Y
en_GB: Centre Y

[ctx: 05210700.xhp par_id3149798 help.text]
note: RPqyN
en: Use the preview to view your changes before you apply the transparency effect to the color fill of the selected object.
en_GB: Use the preview to view your changes before you apply the transparency effect to the colour fill of the selected object.

[ctx: 05220000.xhp bm_id3146856 help.text]
note: rCSp7
en: <bookmark_value>text; text/draw objects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>draw objects; text in</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>frames; text fitting to frames</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>text; text/draw objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects; text in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; text fitting to frames</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05230300.xhp par_id3150902 help.text]
note: Zzs3U
en: The selected object is rotated around a pivot point that you specify. The default pivot point is at the center of the object.
en_GB: The selected object is rotated around a pivot point that you specify. The default pivot point is at the centre of the object.

[ctx: 05230500.xhp par_id368358 help.text]
note: FBPWq
en: These callouts are a legacy of the first versions of %PRODUCTNAME. You must customize a toolbar or menu to insert these callouts. The newer custom shape callouts offer more features, for example a Callouts toolbar<image id="img_id3154508" src="cmd/sc_calloutshapes.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3154508">Icon</alt></image> where you can select the shape.
en_GB: These callouts are a legacy of the first versions of %PRODUCTNAME. You must customise a toolbar or menu to insert these callouts. The newer custom shape callouts offer more features, for example a Callouts toolbar<image id="img_id3154508" src="cmd/sc_calloutshapes.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3154508">Icon</alt></image> where you can select the shape.

[ctx: 05230500.xhp par_id3159269 help.text]
note: XFqt5
en: The <emph>Length </emph>box is only available if you select the <emph>Angled connector line</emph> callout style, and leave the <emph>Optimal </emph>checkbox cleared.
en_GB: The <emph>Length</emph> box is only available if you select the <emph>Angled connector line</emph> callout style, and leave the <emph>Optimal</emph> check box unmarked.

[ctx: 05250200.xhp tit help.text]
note: bEzE2
en: Bring Forward
en_GB: Bring Forwards

[ctx: 05250200.xhp hd_id3152790 help.text]
note: C4EtB
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05250200.xhp" name="Bring Forward ">Bring Forward </link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05250200.xhp" name="Bring Forwards">Bring Forwards</link>

[ctx: 05250200.xhp par_id3151264 help.text]
note: 6besX
en: <ahelp hid=".">Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to top of the stacking order.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Moves the selected object up one level, so that it is closer to the top of the stacking order.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05250300.xhp tit help.text]
note: vFjiJ
en: Send Backward
en_GB: Send Backwards

[ctx: 05250300.xhp hd_id3150146 help.text]
note: Ev8mv
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05250300.xhp" name="Send Backward">Send Backward</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05250300.xhp" name="Send Backwards">Send Backwards</link>

[ctx: 05280000.xhp par_id3147578 help.text]
note: bmiBe
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/center">Centers the text on the text baseline.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/center">Centres the text on the text baseline.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05280000.xhp par_id3159346 help.text]
note: BASqx
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: 05280000.xhp par_id3153530 help.text]
note: g6xDf
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/indent">Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/indent">Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline and the beginning of the text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05280000.xhp par_id3154636 help.text]
note: TdeZF
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/contour">Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/contour">Shows or hides the text baseline or the edges of the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05280000.xhp hd_id3149209 help.text]
note: DXmZb
en: Shadow Color
en_GB: Shadow Colour

[ctx: 05280000.xhp par_id3148681 help.text]
note: fbGYB
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/color">Select a color for the text shadow.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingfontwork/color">Select a colour for the text shadow.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05320000.xhp par_id3145318 help.text]
note: NXzCx
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_ENDLESS">Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the <emph>Continuous</emph> box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_ENDLESS">Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, unmark this check box, and enter a number in the <emph>Continuous</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05320000.xhp par_id3150439 help.text]
note: Xgwxk
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_AUTO">$[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the<emph> Automatic</emph> box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_AUTO">$[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, unmark this check box, and then enter a value in the <emph>Automatic</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05340200.xhp par_id3152821 help.text]
note: RyQYy
en: You can also change the width of a column by dragging the divider beside the column header.<switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="CALC"> To fit the column width to the cell contents, double-click the divider.</caseinline> </switchinline>
en_GB: You can also change the width of a column by dragging the divider beside the column header.<switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="CALC"> To fit the column width to the contents of cells, double-click the divider.</caseinline> </switchinline>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3155577 help.text]
note: XFgHs
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/CellAlignPage">Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/CellAlignPage">Sets the alignment options for the content of the current cell, or the selected cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3144436 help.text]
note: HDGDd
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxHorzAlign">Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxHorzAlign">Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp hd_id3153541 help.text]
note: FszA9
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3154380 help.text]
note: y8isn
en: <variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid=".">Horizontally centers the contents of the cell.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid=".">Horizontally centres the contents of the cell.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_idN107A0 help.text]
note: RFDMj
en: Repeats the cell contents (number and text) until the visible area of the cell is filled. This feature does not work on text that contains line breaks.
en_GB: Repeats the cell content (number and text) until the visible area of the cell is filled. This feature does not work on text that contains line breaks.

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3148924 help.text]
note: CMFAj
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxVertAlign">Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxVertAlign">Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3150822 help.text]
note: hsCDi
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxVertAlign">Aligns the cell contents to the bottom of the cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxVertAlign">Aligns the cell content to the bottom of the cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3151210 help.text]
note: LZiHe
en: <variable id="mittetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVCenter">Vertically centers the contents of the cell.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="mittetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVCenter">Vertically centres the contents of the cell.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3151380 help.text]
note: VKcWT
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVCenter">Sets the text orientation of the cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVCenter">Sets the text orientation of the cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05340300.xhp par_id3150010 help.text]
note: sBysR
en: This checkbox is only available if Asian language support is enabled and the text direction is set to vertical. <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/checkAsianMode">Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.</ahelp>
en_GB: This check box is only available if Asian language support is enabled and the text direction is set to vertical. <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/checkAsianMode">Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05340400.xhp par_id3149287 help.text]
note: 7R6Dg
en: You can cut, copy, and paste records in <emph>Data Source</emph> view. The Data Source browser also supports the dragging and dropping of records, or text and numbers from other $[officename] files.
en_GB: You can cut, copy, and paste records in <emph>Data Source</emph> view. The Data Source browser also supports the dragging-and-dropping of records, or text and numbers from other $[officename] files.

[ctx: 05340400.xhp par_id3146921 help.text]
note: w7Dpi
en: You cannot drag and drop to Yes/No, binary, image, or counting table fields.
en_GB: You cannot drag-and-drop to Yes/No, binary, image, or counting table fields.

[ctx: 05340400.xhp par_id3149064 help.text]
note: RnYQm
en: Drag and drop only works in <emph>Edit</emph> mode.
en_GB: Drag-and-drop only works in <emph>Edit</emph> mode.

[ctx: 05340400.xhp hd_id3151357 help.text]
note: VQiCT
en: Organizing tables
en_GB: Organising tables

[ctx: 05340600.xhp par_id3147212 help.text]
note: ebBLm
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays hidden columns. Choose the column that you want to display from the list, or click <emph>All </emph>to display all of the hidden columns.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays hidden columns. Choose the column that you want to display from the list, or click <emph>All</emph> to display all of the hidden columns.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350000.xhp tit help.text]
note: TTBUf
en: 3D Effects
en_GB: 3-D Effects

[ctx: 05350000.xhp hd_id3153136 help.text]
note: TFRAz
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05350000.xhp" name="3D Effects">3D Effects</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05350000.xhp" name="3-D Effects">3-D Effects</link>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3150008 help.text]
note: p3RzR
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/geometry">Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose <emph>Convert - To 3D</emph>, or <emph>Convert - To 3D Rotation Object</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/geometry">Adjusts the shape of the selected 3-D object. You can only modify the shape of a -3D object that was created by converting a 2-D object. To convert a 2-D object to 3-D, select the object, right-click, and then choose <emph>Convert - To 3-D</emph>, or <emph>Convert - To 3-D Rotation Object</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3153662 help.text]
note: Qrt9Q
en: Define the shape properties for the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Define the shape properties for the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3154142 help.text]
note: JFFEG
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/diagonal">Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/diagonal">Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3146137 help.text]
note: HBSGq
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/scaleddepth">Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/scaleddepth">Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3153320 help.text]
note: SmCvY
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/angle">Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/angle">Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3-D rotation object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3153252 help.text]
note: FP8FC
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/depth">Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/depth">Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3-D object. This option is not valid for 3-D rotation objects.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3155388 help.text]
note: 9BU3N
en: You can change the number of segments that are used to draw a 3D rotation object.
en_GB: You can change the number of segments that are used to draw a 3-D rotation object.

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3150943 help.text]
note: QcuYg
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/hori">Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/hori">Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3-D rotation object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3151245 help.text]
note: cvCvw
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/veri">Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/veri">Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3-D rotation object</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3150822 help.text]
note: xusYM
en: Allows you to modify the rendering style of the 3D surface.
en_GB: Allows you to modify the rendering style of the 3-D surface.

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3149670 help.text]
note: VHWDm
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/objspecific">Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/objspecific">Renders the 3-D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3146874 help.text]
note: PfYoX
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/flat">Renders the 3D surface as polygons.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/flat">Renders the 3-D surface as polygons.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3150288 help.text]
note: UDReM
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/spherical">Renders a smooth 3D surface.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/spherical">Renders a smooth 3-D surface.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350200.xhp par_id3154692 help.text]
note: yUuhF
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/doublesided">Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (<emph>Convert - To 3D</emph>).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/doublesided">Closes the shape of a 3-D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (<emph>Convert - To 3-D</emph>).</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3150008 help.text]
note: CzwCV
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/representation">Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/representation">Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3148538 help.text]
note: qfA6F
en: Specify the type of shading to apply to the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Specify the type of shading to apply to the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3155583 help.text]
note: B3qpV
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/mode">Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/mode">Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single colour to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colours across the polygons. Phong shading averages the colour of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3154046 help.text]
note: MoPst
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/shadow">Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/shadow">Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3149796 help.text]
note: vJjvT
en: 3D Shadowing On/Off
en_GB: 3-D Shadowing On/Off

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3161459 help.text]
note: hW5qh
en: Set the camera options for the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Set the camera options for the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: 05350300.xhp par_id3149047 help.text]
note: E7sMJ
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/distance">Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/distance">Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the centre of the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350400.xhp par_id3149741 help.text]
note: ARNKN
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/light">Define the light source for the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/light">Define the light source for the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350400.xhp par_id3155391 help.text]
note: eDdeU
en: Specify the light source for the object, as well as the color of the light source and of the ambient light. You can define up to eight different light sources.
en_GB: Specify the light source for the object, as well as the colour of the light source and of the ambient light. You can define up to eight different light sources.

[ctx: 05350400.xhp par_id3149149 help.text]
note: d4Xcc
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/light8">Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the <emph>Ambient light</emph> box.</ahelp> You can also press the Spacebar to turn the light source on or off.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/light8">Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the <emph>Ambient light</emph> box.</ahelp> You can also press the Spacebar to turn the light source on or off.

[ctx: 05350400.xhp hd_id3159166 help.text]
note: nW4Rx
en: Color Selection
en_GB: Colour Selection

[ctx: 05350400.xhp par_id3155421 help.text]
note: DFdrP
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/lightcolor1">Select a color for the current light source.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/lightcolor1">Select a colour for the current light source.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350400.xhp hd_id3149955 help.text]
note: oFWkk
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Color in the color dialog">Select Color in the color dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Colour in the colour dialogue box">Select Colour in the colour dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 05350400.xhp hd_id3144511 help.text]
note: sxxmi
en: Color Selection
en_GB: Colour Selection

[ctx: 05350400.xhp par_id3153896 help.text]
note: KJKuf
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/ambientcolor">Select a color for the ambient light.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/ambientcolor">Select a colour for the ambient light.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350400.xhp hd_id3149670 help.text]
note: Gggj4
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Color Through the Color Dialog">Select Color Through the Color Dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box">Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box</link>

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3147000 help.text]
note: 7EKzr
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texture">Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the <emph>Gallery</emph>, hold down Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texture">Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3-D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the <emph>Gallery</emph>, hold down Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then drag an image onto the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3145345 help.text]
note: sUABe
en: Set the color properties of the texture.
en_GB: Set the colour properties of the texture.

[ctx: 05350500.xhp hd_id3150670 help.text]
note: 4ATv3
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3145119 help.text]
note: apwHs
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texcolor">Converts the texture to color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texcolor">Converts the texture to colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3145316 help.text]
note: bvQtQ
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3154938 help.text]
note: 2B4pQ
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texmodulate">Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the <emph>Shading</emph> button in this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/texmodulate">Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the <emph>Shading</emph> button in this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3152878 help.text]
note: kSGZy
en: Click the respective buttons to define the texture for the object Y axis.
en_GB: Click the respective buttons to define the texture for the object y-axis.

[ctx: 05350500.xhp par_id3148456 help.text]
note: URBpa
en: Filters out some of the 'noise' that can occur when you apply a texture to a 3D object.
en_GB: Filters out some of the 'noise' that can occur when you apply a texture to a 3-D object.

[ctx: 05350600.xhp par_id3160463 help.text]
note: sCzNE
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/material">Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/material">Changes the colouring of the selected 3-D object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp par_id3152363 help.text]
note: 9aBDP
en: Assigns a predefined color scheme or lets you create your own color scheme.
en_GB: Assigns a predefined colour scheme or lets you create your own colour scheme.

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3154497 help.text]
note: HuVUi
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

[ctx: 05350600.xhp par_id3153303 help.text]
note: zCTQw
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/favorites">Select a predefined color scheme, or select <emph>User-defined</emph> to define a custom color scheme.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/favorites">Select a predefined colour scheme, or select <emph>User-defined</emph> to define a custom colour scheme.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3093440 help.text]
note: PyqkY
en: Object color
en_GB: Object colour

[ctx: 05350600.xhp par_id3157896 help.text]
note: FLCgF
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/objcolor">Select the color that you want to apply to the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/objcolor">Select the colour that you want to apply to the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3147373 help.text]
note: nCnE4
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Color Through the Color Dialog">Select Color Through the Color Dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box">Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box</link>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3147571 help.text]
note: xjgvM
en: Illumination color
en_GB: Illumination colour

[ctx: 05350600.xhp par_id3159234 help.text]
note: DQuH2
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/illumcolor">Select the color to illuminate the object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/illumcolor">Select the colour to illuminate the object.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3153748 help.text]
note: NXQYp
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Color Through the Color Dialog">Select Color Through the Color Dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box">Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box</link>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3150355 help.text]
note: B4TkY
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: 05350600.xhp par_id3151111 help.text]
note: Jjfpr
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/speccolor">Select the color that you want the object to reflect.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/docking3deffects/speccolor">Select the colour that you want the object to reflect.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05350600.xhp hd_id3152996 help.text]
note: DijkD
en: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Color Through the Color Dialog">Select Color Through the Color Dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box">Select Colour Through the Colour Dialogue Box</link>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3154682 help.text]
note: WLdXq
en: <variable id="recht"><ahelp hid=".">Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="recht"><ahelp hid=".">Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialogue box also checks for grammar errors.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_idN1064B help.text]
note: y8GCg
en: The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position and advances to the end of the document or selection. You can then choose to continue the spellcheck from the beginning of the document.
en_GB: The spell check starts at the current cursor position and advances to the end of the document or selection. You can then choose to continue the spell check from the beginning of the document.

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3149798 help.text]
note: CENQq
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the sentence with the misspelt word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3154123 help.text]
note: xZYc7
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/options">Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/options">Opens a dialogue box, in which you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for checking spelling.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3148920 help.text]
note: GaNW7
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/ignore">Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/ignore">Skips the unknown word and continues with the spell check.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3145318 help.text]
note: hECo2
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/ignoreall">Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/ignoreall">Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spell check.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010000.xhp par_id3148559 help.text]
note: DYuBb
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/change">Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/spellingdialog/change">Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelt word, the entire sentence is replaced.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010101.xhp par_id3148882 help.text]
note: FrXgs
en: Select the user-defined dictionaries and set the rules for the spellchecking.
en_GB: Select the user-defined dictionaries and set the rules for checking spelling.

[ctx: 06010500.xhp par_idN1056C help.text]
note: 8N8yz
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu from which you can choose language-specific commands.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010500.xhp par_id1507309 help.text]
note: C579a
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu. Choose a language for the selected text. <br/>Choose None to exclude the selected text from spellchecking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu. Choose a language for the selected text. <br/>Choose None to exclude the selected text from spell checking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialogue box with more options.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010500.xhp par_id3928952 help.text]
note: zN8jg
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu. Choose a language for the current paragraph. <br/>Choose None to exclude the current paragraph from spellchecking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu. Choose a language for the current paragraph. <br/>Choose None to exclude the current paragraph from spell checking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialogue box with more options.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010500.xhp par_id5735953 help.text]
note: SAb46
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu. Choose a language for all text. <br/>Choose None to exclude all text from spellchecking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu. Choose a language for all text. <br/>Choose None to exclude all text from spell checking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialogue box with more options.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010600.xhp par_idN105A0 help.text]
note: Hv8pG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06010601.xhp">Edit Dictionary</link> dialog where you can edit the list of conversion terms.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06010601.xhp">Edit Dictionary</link> dialogue box in which you can edit the list of conversion terms.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06010601.xhp bm_id905789 help.text]
note: ZgDXA
en: <bookmark_value>common terms;Chinese dictionary</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dictionaries;common terms in simplified and traditional chinese</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>common terms;Chinese dictionary</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dictionaries;common terms in simplified and traditional Chinese</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06010601.xhp par_idN10566 help.text]
note: 6PQiT
en: You can use this dialog to edit, to add, or to delete entries from the conversion dictionary. The file path name for the conversion dictionary is user/wordbook/commonterms.ctd. You cannot delete the default entries in this file.
en_GB: You can use this dialogue box to edit, to add, or to delete entries from the conversion dictionary. The file path name for the conversion dictionary is user/wordbook/commonterms.ctd. You cannot delete the default entries in this file.

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3147366 help.text]
note: haxwE
en: <variable id="thesaurustxt"><ahelp hid=".uno:Thesaurus">Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="thesaurustxt"><ahelp hid=".uno:Thesaurus">Opens a dialogue box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp tit help.text]
note: nhqJk
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: 06030000.xhp hd_id3156324 help.text]
note: F8J8n
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06030000.xhp" name="Color Replacer">Color Replacer</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06030000.xhp" name="Colour Replacer">Colour Replacer</link>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3145138 help.text]
note: tQEGW
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Color Replacer dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Colour Replacer dialogue box, where you can replace colours in bitmap and meta file graphics.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3151262 help.text]
note: ZQBzV
en: You can replace up to four different colors at one time.
en_GB: You can replace up to four different colours at once.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3145669 help.text]
note: N73GB
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3153683 help.text]
note: a3Cw7
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select one of the four source color boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the color that you want to replace.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select one of the four source colour boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the colour that you want to replace.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp hd_id3149827 help.text]
note: MMgV6
en: Color Replacer color
en_GB: Colour Replacer colour

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3146957 help.text]
note: G6i5f
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the colour in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Colour Replacer tool is selected.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3154983 help.text]
note: vxAhC
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/replace">Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the <emph>Replace with </emph>boxes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/replace">Replaces the selected source colours in the current image with the colours that you specify in the <emph>Replace with </emph>boxes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp hd_id3147275 help.text]
note: YqbpG
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3153031 help.text]
note: bX6cX
en: Lists the source colors and the replacement colors.
en_GB: Lists the source colours and the replacement colours.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp hd_id3149416 help.text]
note: 79K86
en: Source color checkbox
en_GB: Source colour check box

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3149819 help.text]
note: yKaoy
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select this checkbox to replace the current <emph>Source color</emph> with the color that you specify in the <emph>Replace with </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select this check box to replace the current <emph>Source colour</emph> with the colour that you specify in the <emph>Replace with </emph>box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp hd_id3159116 help.text]
note: bAZwq
en: Source color
en_GB: Source colour

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3149903 help.text]
note: iH2pL
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the color in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source color, click here, click the Color Replacer, and then click a color in the selected image.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the colour in the selected image that you want to replace. To set the source colour, click here, click the Colour Replacer, and then click a colour in the selected image.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3144438 help.text]
note: 2W7aQ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3154173 help.text]
note: FzMDw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, and then click the <emph>Colors</emph> tab.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, and then click the <emph>Colours</emph> tab.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3154905 help.text]
note: SZ4sB
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/cbx5">Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/cbx5">Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the colour that you select.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030000.xhp par_id3148946 help.text]
note: Vxhqt
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/color5">Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/dockingcolorreplace/color5">Select the colour to replace the transparent areas in the current image.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040000.xhp par_id3147261 help.text]
note: XRVHi
en: The AutoCorrect settings are applied when you press the Spacebar after you enter a word.
en_GB: The AutoCorrect settings are applied when you press the Space bar after you enter a word.

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3149177 help.text]
note: KJmYG
en: If you type two uppercase letters at the beginning of a "WOrd", the second uppercase letter is automatically replaced with a lowercase letter.
en_GB: If you type two upper-case letters at the beginning of a "WOrd", the second upper-case letter is automatically replaced with a lower-case letter.

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3156426 help.text]
note: Z9y6a
en: Capitalize first letter of every sentence.
en_GB: Capitalise first letter of every sentence.

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3155339 help.text]
note: PByrF
en: Capitalizes the first letter of every sentence.
en_GB: Capitalises the first letter of every sentence.

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id5240028 help.text]
note: xDBFC
en: The first letter in a Calc cell will never be capitalized automatically.
en_GB: The first letter in a Calc cell will never be capitalised automatically.

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id87282 help.text]
note: ZBFwc
en: Text will be replaced after you type a trailing white space (space, tab, or return). In the following table, the A and B represent text consisting of letters A to z or digits 0 to 9.
en_GB: Text will be replaced after you type a trailing white space (space, tab, or return). In the following table, the A and B represent text consisting of letters A to Z or digits 0 to 9.

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3152472 help.text]
note: 8kqb2
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Delete spaces and tabs at beginning and end of paragraph</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Delete spaces and tabs at beginning and end of paragraph </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3156024 help.text]
note: FBQEM
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Removes spaces and tabs at the beginning of a paragraph. To use this option, the <emph>Apply Styles</emph> option must also be selected.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Removes spaces and tabs at the beginning of a paragraph. To use this option, the <emph>Apply Styles</emph> option must also be selected. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3147303 help.text]
note: bvALM
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Delete blanks and tabs at end and start of lines</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Delete blanks and tabs at beginning and end of lines </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3150866 help.text]
note: m4ZBP
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Removes spaces and tabs at the beginning of each line. To use this option, the <emph>Apply Styles</emph> option must also be selected.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Removes spaces and tabs at the beginning of each line. To use this option, the <emph>Apply Styles</emph> option must also be selected. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3145116 help.text]
note: ABnDy
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Apply numbering - symbol</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Apply numbering - symbol </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3150870 help.text]
note: MHn7L
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Automatically creates a numbered list when you press Enter at the end of a line that starts with a number followed by a period, a space, and text. If a line starts with a hyphen (-), a plus sign (+), or an asterisk (*), followed by a space, and text, a bulleted list is created when you press Enter.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Automatically creates a numbered list when you press Enter at the end of a line that starts with a number followed by a full stop, a space, and text. If a line starts with a hyphen (-), a plus sign (+), or an asterisk (*), followed by a space, and text, a bulleted list is created when you press Enter. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3146874 help.text]
note: KAfyj
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To cancel automatic numbering when you press Enter at the end of a line that starts with a numbering symbol, press Enter again.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">To cancel automatic numbering when you press Enter at the end of a line that starts with a numbering symbol, press Enter again. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_idN10C35 help.text]
note: yv7YY
en: The following table summarizes the line thickness for the different characters:
en_GB: The following table summarises the line thickness for the different characters:

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3149064 help.text]
note: sQ22b
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Create table</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Create table </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3146119 help.text]
note: Ypvef
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Creates a table when you press Enter after typing a series of hyphens (-) or tabs separated by plus signs, that is, +------+---+. Plus signs indicate column dividers, while hyphens and tabs indicate the width of a column.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Creates a table when you press Enter after typing a series of hyphens (-) or tabs separated by plus signs, that is, +------+---+. Plus signs indicate column dividers, while hyphens and tabs indicate the width of a column. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3147219 help.text]
note: 5W3Dm
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">+-----------------+---------------+------+</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">+-----------------+---------------+------+ </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3153334 help.text]
note: iv9MD
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Apply Styles</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Apply Styles </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3147396 help.text]
note: MiZoc
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Automatically replaces the "Default" paragraph style with the Heading 1 to Heading 8 paragraph styles. To apply the Heading 1 paragraph style, type the text that you want to use as a heading (without a period), and then press Enter twice. To apply a sub-heading, press Tab one or more times, type the text (without a period), and then press Enter.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Automatically replaces the "Default" paragraph style with the Heading 1 to Heading 8 paragraph styles. To apply the Heading 1 paragraph style, type the text that you want to use as a heading (without a full stop), and then press Enter twice. To apply a sub-heading, press Tab one or more times, type the text (without a full stop), and then press Enter. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3151075 help.text]
note: RRoM9
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Remove blank paragraphs</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Remove blank paragraphs </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3152375 help.text]
note: 3wrpe
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replace Custom Styles</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replace Custom Styles </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3156299 help.text]
note: ABgU8
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replaces the custom paragraph styles in the current document with the "Default", the "Text Body", or the "Text Body Indent" paragraph style.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replaces the custom paragraph styles in the current document with the "Default", the "Text Body", or the "Text Body Indent" paragraph style. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3147045 help.text]
note: UsxjM
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replace bullets with</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Replace bullets with </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp par_id3150420 help.text]
note: sPDGS
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Converts paragraphs that start with a hyphen (-), a plus sign (+), or an asterisk (*) directly followed by a space or a tab, to bulleted lists. This option only works on paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text Body", or "Text Body Indent" paragraph styles. To change the bullet style that is used, select this option, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Converts paragraphs that start with a hyphen (-), a plus sign (+), or an asterisk (*) directly followed by a space or a tab, to bulleted lists. This option only works on paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text Body", or "Text Body Indent" paragraph styles. To change the bullet style that is used, select this option, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>. </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040100.xhp hd_id3144749 help.text]
note: 8WspA
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Edit</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Edit </caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040200.xhp par_id3153349 help.text]
note: jH7Cp
en: You can use the AutoCorrect feature to apply a specific character format to a word, abbreviation or a word part. Select the formatted text in your document, open this dialog, clear the <emph>Text only</emph> box, and then enter the text that you want to replace in the<emph> Replace</emph> box.
en_GB: You can use the AutoCorrect feature to apply a specific character format to a word, abbreviation or a word part. Select the formatted text in your document, open this dialogue box, clear the <emph>Text only</emph> box, and then enter the text that you want to replace in the<emph> Replace</emph> box.

[ctx: 06040200.xhp par_id3154173 help.text]
note: E8kAC
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">You can also include frames, graphics, and OLE objects in an AutoCorrect entry, so long as they are anchored <emph>as characters</emph> in the text. Select the frame, graphic or OLE object and at least one text character in front of and behind the object. Open this dialog, type a name for this AutoCorrect entry in the <emph>Replace </emph>box, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">You can also include frames, graphics and OLE objects in an AutoCorrect entry, so long as they are anchored <emph>as characters</emph> in the text. Select the frame, graphic or OLE object and at least one text character in front of and behind the object. Open this dialogue box, type a name for this AutoCorrect entry in the <emph>Replace </emph>box, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06040200.xhp par_id3149456 help.text]
note: gyEtq
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorreplacepage/newtext">Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the<emph> Replace</emph> box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorreplacepage/newtext">Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the <emph>Replace</emph> box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040300.xhp par_id3156410 help.text]
note: kStmA
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/abbrev">Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click <emph>New</emph>. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/abbrev">Type an abbreviation followed by a full stop, and then click <emph>New</emph>. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalising the first letter of the word that comes after the full stop at the end of the abbreviation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040300.xhp par_id3155829 help.text]
note: 8HMMx
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/autodouble">Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the <emph>Correct TWo INitial CApitals</emph> option or the Capitalize<emph> first letter of every sentence</emph> option are selected in the <emph>[T]</emph> column on<link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp" name="Options"><emph>Options</emph></link> tab of this dialog. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/acorexceptpage/autodouble">Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the <emph>Correct TWo INitial CApitals</emph> option or the Capitalise <emph>first letter of every sentence</emph> option are selected in the <emph>[T]</emph> column on<link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp" name="Options"><emph>Options</emph></link> tab of this dialogue box. </ahelp>

[ctx: 06040400.xhp tit help.text]
note: iDNuq
en: Localized Options
en_GB: Localised Options

[ctx: 06040400.xhp hd_id3153899 help.text]
note: C7GFf
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp" name="Localized Options">Localized Options</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp" name="Localised Options">Localised Options</link>

[ctx: 06040500.xhp par_id3147000 help.text]
note: BVAGw
en: <ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_REPLACE">Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_REPLACE">Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect sub-menu for permanent replacement.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040600.xhp par_id3155449 help.text]
note: iiF9D
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/collectwords">Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click<emph> Delete Entry</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/collectwords">Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click <emph>Delete Entry</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040600.xhp par_id3158430 help.text]
note: ZGFEt
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/whenclosing">When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/whenclosing">When marked, the list is cleared upon closing the current document. When cleared, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040600.xhp par_id3152773 help.text]
note: uBqx9
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/entries">Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/entries">Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, unmark "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".</ahelp>

[ctx: 06040600.xhp par_id3156423 help.text]
note: GWAN7
en: If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected.
en_GB: If the automatic spell check option is enabled, only the words that are recognised by the spell check are collected.

[ctx: 06040700.xhp par_id1827448 help.text]
note: WFgBn
en: <ahelp hid=".">When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you will see the Smart Tags page.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_id3145211 help.text]
note: 7wAZT
en: The <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> dialog has the following tabs:
en_GB: The <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> dialogue box has the following tabs:

[ctx: 06050100.xhp bm_id3150502 help.text]
note: nswku
en: <bookmark_value>bullets;paragraphs</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>paragraphs; inserting bullets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>inserting; paragraph bullets</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>bullets;paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; inserting bullets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; paragraph bullets</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06050100.xhp par_id3149549 help.text]
note: su62X
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050100.xhp par_id3154317 help.text]
note: YDqB4
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050200.xhp par_id3149355 help.text]
note: EGa48
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050300.xhp par_id3144436 help.text]
note: WYun7
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050300.xhp par_id3153935 help.text]
note: BDn5Q
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050400.xhp par_id061120090437338 help.text]
note: kHYGo
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050600.xhp" name="Position tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Position tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050400.xhp par_id0611200904373391 help.text]
note: ddzTz
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialog)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialog)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06050500.xhp" name="Options tab (Numbering/Bullets dialogue box)">Options tab (Bullets and Numbering dialogue box)</link>

[ctx: 06050500.xhp bm_id4096499 help.text]
note: QChMa
en: <bookmark_value>numbering;options</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>bullet lists; formatting options</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>font sizes;bullets</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbering;options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists; formatting options</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>font sizes;bullets</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3156327 help.text]
note: HibWn
en: Lowercase letters
en_GB: Lower-case letters

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3154143 help.text]
note: Are5h
en: Roman numerals (uppercase)
en_GB: Roman numerals (upper-case)

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3159344 help.text]
note: XXNd2
en: Roman numerals (lowercase)
en_GB: Roman numerals (lower-case)

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3154579 help.text]
note: GCtSG
en: Alphabetical numbering with uppercase letters
en_GB: Alphabetical numbering with upper-case letters

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3159167 help.text]
note: mvAEG
en: Alphabetical numbering with lowercase letters
en_GB: Alphabetical numbering with lower-case letters

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3157817 help.text]
note: BJUoD
en: Displays an image for the bullet. Select this option, and then click <emph>Select</emph> to locate the image file that you want to use. The image gets embedded into the document.
en_GB: Displays an image for the bullet. Select this option, and then click <emph>Select</emph> to locate the image file that you want to use. The image is embedded into the document.

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3151210 help.text]
note: BA2Fs
en: Displays an image for the bullet. Select this option, and then click <emph>Select</emph> to locate the image file that you want to use. The image gets inserted as a link to the image file.
en_GB: Displays an image for the bullet. Select this option, and then click <emph>Select</emph> to locate the image file that you want to use. The image is inserted as a link to the image file.

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3145746 help.text]
note: 6zLDV
en: The availability of the following fields depends on the style that you select in the <emph>Numbering </emph>box.
en_GB: The availability of the following fields depends on the style that you select in the <emph>Numbering</emph> box.

[ctx: 06050500.xhp hd_id3145114 help.text]
note: FWEse
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Color</caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW">Color</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Colour</caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW">Colour</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06050500.xhp par_id3156060 help.text]
note: cV8eZ
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="MATH"></caseinline><defaultinline><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/color">Select a color for the current numbering style.</ahelp></defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"></caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="MATH"></caseinline><defaultinline><ahelp hid="cui/ui/numberingoptionspage/color">Select a colour for the current numbering style.</ahelp></defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 06050600.xhp par_id3153063 help.text]
note: pGUa6
en: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numalignlb">Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numalignlb">Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06050600.xhp par_id6081728 help.text]
note: DuuDV
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the distance from the left page margin to the beginning of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3148765 help.text]
note: S9vS4
en: <variable id="makro"><ahelp hid=".uno:MacroDialog">Opens a dialog to organize macros.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="makro"><ahelp hid=".uno:MacroDialog">Opens a dialogue box to organise macros.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3150902 help.text]
note: 9JDbp
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the <emph>Macro from </emph>list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the <emph>Macro from</emph> list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3153394 help.text]
note: RWaK6
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/libraries">Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/libraries">Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3153577 help.text]
note: FgweP
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/assign">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link> dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/assign">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customise">Customise</link> dialogue box, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3147618 help.text]
note: GvfVP
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Opens the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Opens the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogue boxes, and libraries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130001.xhp par_id3150008 help.text]
note: QpEGb
en: Lets you record or organize and edit macros.
en_GB: Lets you record or organise and edit macros.

[ctx: 06130001.xhp par_idN10618 help.text]
note: FRSce
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialogue box to view certificates.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130001.xhp par_idN105E3 help.text]
note: iewaq
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organiser.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130010.xhp par_id3152952 help.text]
note: 9pC9X
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:MacroRecorder">Records a new macro.</ahelp> Only available, if macro recording feature is enabled in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:MacroRecorder">Records a new macro.</ahelp> Only available if macro recording feature is enabled in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</emph>.

[ctx: 06130100.xhp par_id3153114 help.text]
note: LQEVB
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry">Reenter the new password for the selected library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry">Re-enter the new password for the selected library.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130200.xhp tit help.text]
note: BpWEq
en: Organize Macros
en_GB: Organise Macros

[ctx: 06130200.xhp bm_id3237403 help.text]
note: BCrG9
en: <bookmark_value>macros;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organizing;macros and scripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>script organization</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>macros;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organising;macros and scripts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>script organisation</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06130200.xhp par_idN1054B help.text]
note: iVtHd
en: <variable id="organize_macros"><link href="text/shared/01/06130200.xhp">Organize Macros</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="organize_macros"><link href="text/shared/01/06130200.xhp">Organise Macros</link></variable>

[ctx: 06130200.xhp par_idN105B7 help.text]
note: Gsawt
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu with links to dialogue boxes in which you can organise macros and scripts.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130200.xhp par_idN105C3 help.text]
note: tCkr3
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can organize %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can organise %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130500.xhp par_id3154350 help.text]
note: S9gzH
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ref">Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ref">Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time that you start <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140000.xhp tit help.text]
note: 324iN
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: 06140000.xhp hd_id3146946 help.text]
note: PEVJP
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: 06140000.xhp par_id3155069 help.text]
note: 5ML3n
en: <variable id="anpassen"><ahelp hid=".uno:LoadToolBox">Customizes $[officename] menus, context menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="anpassen"><ahelp hid=".uno:LoadToolBox">Customises $[officename] menus, context menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06140000.xhp par_id3152821 help.text]
note: Z7niH
en: You can customize shortcut keys and macro assignments for the current application, or for all $[officename] applications.
en_GB: You can customise shortcut keys and macro assignments for the current application, or for all $[officename] applications.

[ctx: 06140100.xhp bm_id721515298976736 help.text]
note: AovmE
en: <bookmark_value>menus;customizing</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>customizing;menus</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>editing;menus</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>menus;customising</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>customising;menus</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>editing;menus</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_id991514298399076 help.text]
note: RgrUg
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/MenuAssignPage">Lets you customize %PRODUCTNAME menus for all modules.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/MenuAssignPage">Lets you customise %PRODUCTNAME menus for all modules.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_id301514305066046 help.text]
note: PC3FR
en: You can drag and drop the selected command to move it to the position you want.
en_GB: You can drag-and-drop the selected command to move it to the position you want.

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_id831514310878540 help.text]
note: EyEkZ
en: <emph>Insert Submenu</emph>: Insert a submenu entry. Enter a name for the new submenu in the dialog box that follows. The new submenu is automatically available in the menu list for edition.
en_GB: <emph>Insert Sub-menu</emph>: Insert a sub-menu entry. Enter a name for the new sub-menu in the dialogue box that follows. The new sub-menu is automatically available in the menu list for edition.

[ctx: 06140100.xhp par_id481514299760750 help.text]
note: 5cP5F
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140300.xhp" name="linkname">Customizing %PRODUCTNAME context menus</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140300.xhp" name="linkname">Customising %PRODUCTNAME context menus</link>

[ctx: 06140200.xhp bm_id2322763 help.text]
note: TJ2RX
en: <bookmark_value>keyboard;assigning/editing shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customizing;keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;keyboard shortcuts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>keyboard;assigning/editing shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customising;keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing;shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;keyboard shortcuts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06140200.xhp par_id3152909 help.text]
note: btCB8
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/change">Assigns the key combination selected in the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list to the command selected in the <emph>Function </emph>list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/accelconfigpage/change">Assigns the key combination selected in the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list to the command selected in the <emph>Function</emph> list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140300.xhp bm_id721514298976736 help.text]
note: PGanB
en: <bookmark_value>context menus;customizing</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>customizing;context menus</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>editing;context menus</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>context menus;customising</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>customising;context menus</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>editing;context menus</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06140300.xhp par_id991514298399076 help.text]
note: BAGoB
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/MenuAssignPage">Lets you customize %PRODUCTNAME context menus for all modules.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/menuassignpage/MenuAssignPage">Lets you customise %PRODUCTNAME context menus for all modules.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140300.xhp par_id831514310878540 help.text]
note: vmmJm
en: <emph>Insert Submenu</emph>: Insert a submenu entry. Enter a name for the new submenu in the dialog box that follows. The new submenu is automatically available in the menu list for edition.
en_GB: <emph>Insert Sub-menu</emph>: Insert a sub-menu entry. Enter a name for the new sub-menu in the dialogue box that follows. The new sub-menu is automatically available in the menu list for edition.

[ctx: 06140300.xhp par_id481514299760750 help.text]
note: CQgQr
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp" name="linkname">Customizing %PRODUCTNAME menus</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp" name="linkname">Customising %PRODUCTNAME menus</link>

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_id3150279 help.text]
note: USNMB
en: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you customize $[officename] toolbars.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Lets you customise $[officename] toolbars.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_id921514303969718 help.text]
note: ABfe3
en: Select the toolbar where the customization is to be applied. The current set of functions is displayed in the box below.
en_GB: Select the toolbar where the customisation is to be applied. The current set of functions is displayed in the box below.

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_id301514305066046 help.text]
note: aadzx
en: You can drag and drop the selected command to move it to the position you want.
en_GB: You can drag-and-drop the selected command to move it to the position you want.

[ctx: 06140400.xhp par_idN106B2 help.text]
note: wgMVC
en: <emph>Change Icon</emph>: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140402.xhp" name="Change Icon">Change Icon</link> dialog, where you can assign a different icon to the current command.
en_GB: <emph>Change Icon</emph>: Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06140402.xhp" name="Change Icon">Change Icon</link> dialogue box, where you can assign a different icon to the current command.

[ctx: 06140402.xhp par_idN1054B help.text]
note: BRfDs
en: Displays the available icons in %PRODUCTNAME. To replace the icon that you selected in the <link href="text/shared/01/06140400.xhp">Customize</link> dialog, click an icon, then click the <emph>OK</emph> button.
en_GB: Displays the available icons in %PRODUCTNAME. To replace the icon that you selected in the <link href="text/shared/01/06140400.xhp">Customise</link> dialogue box, click an icon, then click the <emph>OK</emph> button.

[ctx: 06140402.xhp par_idN10560 help.text]
note: 3zmRL
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds new icons to the list of icons. You will see a file open dialogue box that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06140500.xhp par_id317748820 help.text]
note: micMb
en: The dialog box has reduced functionality when called from the Edit-Sheet menu of a spreadsheet.
en_GB: The dialogue box has reduced functionality when called from the Edit-Sheet menu of a spreadsheet.

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3149516 help.text]
note: LHNiX
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/new">Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/new">Opens a dialogue box with the name of a new filter.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3156192 help.text]
note: rdXQg
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/edit">Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/edit">Opens a dialogue box with the name of the selected file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3148491 help.text]
note: 6tFtT
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/test">Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/test">Opens a dialogue box with the name of the selected file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3153564 help.text]
note: zJGCU
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/delete">Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/delete">Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialogue box that follows.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3149575 help.text]
note: mEsz2
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/save">Displays a <emph>Save as </emph>dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/save">Displays a <emph>Save as </emph>dialogue box to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3147559 help.text]
note: 6fpeQ
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/open">Displays an <emph>Open </emph>dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/open">Displays an <emph>Open </emph>dialogue box to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3150865 help.text]
note: YWyoR
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/help">Displays the help page for this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/help">Displays the help page for this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150000.xhp par_id3159086 help.text]
note: GUr8w
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/close">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150110.xhp par_id3150838 help.text]
note: 4CDnS
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername">Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername">Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name.

[ctx: 06150110.xhp par_id3149549 help.text]
note: DZDFi
en: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/interfacename">Enter the name that you want to display in the <emph>File type</emph> box in file dialogs.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name. For import filters, the name appears in the <emph>File type</emph> box of <emph>Open</emph> dialogs. For export filters, the name appears in the <emph>File format</emph> box of <emph>Export</emph> dialogs.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/interfacename">Enter the name that you want to display in the <emph>File type</emph> box in file dialogue boxes.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name. For import filters, the name appears in the <emph>File type</emph> box of <emph>Open</emph> dialogue boxes. For export filters, the name appears in the <emph>File format</emph> box of <emph>Export</emph> dialogue boxes.

[ctx: 06150120.xhp par_id3150506 help.text]
note: PnrNS
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150200.xhp par_id3147250 help.text]
note: wJrp7
en: <ahelp hid=".">The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the <link href="text/shared/01/06150210.xhp">XML Filter output</link> window.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The frontmost open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the <link href="text/shared/01/06150210.xhp">XML Filter output</link> window.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150200.xhp par_id3149885 help.text]
note: ge7ez
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialogue box. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150200.xhp par_id3146137 help.text]
note: EnzyK
en: <ahelp hid=".">Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06150210.xhp par_id3148731 help.text]
note: g2s98
en: The test results of an import or export XSLT stylesheet are displayed in the <emph>XML Filter output </emph>window. If you want, you can also validate the filter output.
en_GB: The test results of an import or export XSLT stylesheet are displayed in the <emph>XML Filter output</emph> window. If you want, you can also validate the filter output.

[ctx: 06200000.xhp par_id3154823 help.text]
note: Ls6Di
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.</ahelp> If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is enabled, you see a grid of characters. If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is not checked, you see a list of words.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.</ahelp> If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is checked, you see a grid of characters. If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is not checked, you see a list of words.

[ctx: 06200000.xhp par_idN1096D help.text]
note: BDDAa
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06201000.xhp">Hangul/Hanja Options</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06201000.xhp">Hangul/Hanja Options</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06201000.xhp par_idN10563 help.text]
note: kFzq7
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaadddialog/HangulHanjaAddDialog">Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaadddialog/HangulHanjaAddDialog">Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Mark the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Unmark the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06201000.xhp par_idN1057E help.text]
note: t8MW2
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/new">Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/new">Opens the New dictionary dialogue box, in which you can create a new dictionary.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06201000.xhp par_idN105B9 help.text]
note: htGCV
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/edit">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06202000.xhp">Edit Custom Dictionary</link> dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/edit">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06202000.xhp">Edit Custom Dictionary</link> dialogue box in which you can edit any user-defined dictionary.</ahelp>

[ctx: about_meta_tags.xhp par_id3145119 help.text]
note: vGJmc
en: When you export a file to an HTML document, the description and the user-defined file properties are included as META <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tags">tags</link> between the HEAD tags of the exported document. META tags are not displayed in a Web browser, and are used to include information, such as keywords for search engines on your Web page. To set the properties of the current document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>, click the <emph>Description</emph> or <emph>User Defined</emph> tabs, and then type the information you want.
en_GB: When you export a file to an HTML document, the description and the user-defined file properties are included as META <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags" name="tags">tags</link> between the HEAD tags of the exported document. META tags are not displayed in a Web browser, and are used to include information, such as keywords for search engines on your Web page. To set the properties of the current document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>, click the <emph>Description</emph> or <emph>User-Defined</emph> tabs, and then type the information you want.

[ctx: about_meta_tags.xhp par_id3155307 help.text]
note: rMjxw
en: When you import an HTML document, following META tags are automatically converted to $[officename] fields: <META HTTP-EQUIV="REFRESH"...> and <META NAME="..." ...> , where NAME equals to AUTHOR, CREATED, CHANGED, CHANGEDBY, DESCRIPTION, KEYWORDS or CLASSIFICATION.
en_GB: When you import an HTML document, following META tags are automatically converted to $[officename] fields: <META HTTP-EQUIV="REFRESH"...> and <META NAME="..." ...>, where NAME equals to AUTHOR, CREATED, CHANGED, CHANGEDBY, DESCRIPTION, KEYWORDS or CLASSIFICATION.

[ctx: digitalsignatures.xhp par_idN10548 help.text]
note: Ub7GZ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialogue box to view certificates.</ahelp>

[ctx: digitalsignatures.xhp par_idN10570 help.text]
note: GKDES
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: digitalsignatures.xhp par_idN10585 help.text]
note: FnGGN
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp">Select Certificate</link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/selectcertificate.xhp">Select Certificate</link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id6401257 help.text]
note: j6Gfk
en: When you click the <item type="menuitem">Check for Updates</item> button or choose the <item type="menuitem">Update</item> command, the Extension Update dialog is displayed and the check for availability of updates starts immediately.
en_GB: When you click the <item type="menuitem">Check for Updates</item> button or choose the <item type="menuitem">Update</item> command, the Extension Update dialogue box is displayed and the check for availability of updates starts immediately.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id5841242 help.text]
note: tzbHd
en: <ahelp hid=".">While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialogue box, or click Cancel to abort the update check.</ahelp>

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id6794030 help.text]
note: h6SwU
en: If no updates are available, the message in the dialog tells you there are no updates. Close the dialog.
en_GB: If no updates are available, the message in the dialogue box tells you there are no updates. Close the dialogue box.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id6420484 help.text]
note: Nahde
en: The Extension Update dialog may contain entries which are not selectable and hence no automatic update can be performed.
en_GB: The Extension Update dialogue box may contain entries which are not selectable and hence no automatic update can be performed.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id757469 help.text]
note: BoHt9
en: <ahelp hid=".">When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialog is displayed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">When you click the Install button the Download and Installation dialogue box is displayed.</ahelp>

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id5189062 help.text]
note: mTQC4
en: All extensions which can be directly downloaded are downloaded now. The progress is shown in the Download and Installation dialog. If an extension cannot be downloaded, a message is displayed. The operation continues for the remaining extensions.
en_GB: All extensions which can be directly downloaded are downloaded now. The progress is shown in the Download and Installation dialogue box. If an extension cannot be downloaded, a message is displayed. The operation continues for the remaining extensions.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id3729056 help.text]
note: 8NJ29
en: For extensions marked as "browser based update", the Extension Manager will open your web browser on the respective web site. This happens when you close the dialog, after downloading any other extension updates. If there are no extensions which can be directly downloaded then the web browser is started immediately.
en_GB: For extensions marked as "browser based update", the Extension Manager will open your web browser on the respective web site. This happens when you close the dialogue box, after downloading any other extension updates. If there are no extensions which can be directly downloaded then the web browser is started immediately.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id3372295 help.text]
note: g5mDM
en: If all updates have been processed the Download and Installation dialog shows that it has finished. You can abort the download and installation process by clicking the <emph>Abort Update</emph> button.
en_GB: If all updates have been processed the Download and Installation dialogue box shows that it has finished. You can abort the download and installation process by clicking the <emph>Abort Update</emph> button.

[ctx: extensionupdate.xhp par_id641193 help.text]
note: q8XGs
en: <ahelp hid=".">By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark <emph>Show all Updates</emph> to see also other extensions and error messages.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialogue box. Mark <emph>Show all Updates</emph> to see also other extensions and error messages.</ahelp>

[ctx: font_features.xhp par_id31541774826256 help.text]
note: HAKPM
en: The features displayed in the Font Features dialog depends on the selected font.
en_GB: The features displayed in the Font Features dialogue box depends on the selected font.

[ctx: font_features.xhp hd_id511541778721077 help.text]
note: uAMgu
en: Font feature visualization window
en_GB: Font feature visualisation window

[ctx: font_features.xhp par_id31541778666390 help.text]
note: Fpdiz
en: The feature visualization window displays a default text where the selected features can be inspected.
en_GB: The feature visualisation window displays a default text where the selected features can be inspected.

[ctx: formatting_mark.xhp par_id0302200910351248 help.text]
note: koBrW
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu to insert special formatting marks like non-breaking space, soft hyphen, and optional break.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu to insert special formatting marks like non-breaking space, soft hyphen, and optional break.</ahelp>

[ctx: gallery.xhp par_id3155555 help.text]
note: EWyc5
en: You can display the contents of the <emph>Gallery </emph>as icons, or icons with titles and path information.
en_GB: You can display the contents of the <emph>Gallery</emph> as icons, or icons with titles and path information.

[ctx: gallery.xhp par_id3148990 help.text]
note: wZoGx
en: The <emph>Properties of (Theme)</emph> dialog contains the following tabs:
en_GB: The <emph>Properties of (Theme)</emph> dialogue box contains the following tabs:

[ctx: grid.xhp par_id4372692 help.text]
note: akSDE
en: Set the grid color on <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp">Application Colors</link>.
en_GB: Set the grid colour on <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp">Application Colours</link>.

[ctx: image_compression.xhp par_id741534716425589 help.text]
note: 2azTc
en: The compression values are not standardized between different JPEG image compression software.
en_GB: The compression values are not standardised between different JPEG image compression software.

[ctx: image_compression.xhp par_id631534716539103 help.text]
note: fnG7L
en: Select the pixel density (dot per inch - DPI) of the image from the dropdown list.
en_GB: Select the pixel density (dot per inch - DPI) of the image from the drop-down list.

[ctx: image_compression.xhp par_id141534716860224 help.text]
note: DpeVD
en: Click to calculate the size of the image data, based on the settings of the dialog box.
en_GB: Click to calculate the size of the image data, based on the settings of the dialogue box.

[ctx: mediaplayer.xhp par_idN10560 help.text]
note: vNg58
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Media Player window where you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Media Player window in which you can preview movie and sound files as well as insert these files into the current document.</ahelp>

[ctx: menu_view_sidebar.xhp par_id10272015084124189 help.text]
note: x2xsT
en: <ahelp hid=".">The Sidebar is a vertical graphical user interface that primarily provides contextual properties, style management, document navigation, and media gallery features.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The Sidebar is a vertical graphical user interface that primarily provides contextual properties, style management, document navigation and media gallery features.</ahelp>

[ctx: moviesound.xhp par_idN10696 help.text]
note: tD7Am
en: In the <emph>File Open</emph> dialog, select the file that you want to insert.
en_GB: In the <emph>File Open</emph> dialogue box, select the file that you want to insert.

[ctx: moviesound.xhp par_idN10699 help.text]
note: XPneb
en: The file types that are listed in this dialog are not supported by all operating systems.
en_GB: The file types that are listed in this dialogue box are not supported by all operating systems.

[ctx: notebook_bar.xhp par_id190920161744061691 help.text]
note: 77wSC
en: The notebook bar shows a different way to organize controls and icons than a collection of straight rows of icons, displaying contextual groups of commands and contents.
en_GB: The notebook bar shows a different way to organise controls and icons than a collection of straight rows of icons, displaying contextual groups of commands and contents.

[ctx: notebook_bar.xhp par_id190920161744067802 help.text]
note: d9XHr
en: <emph>Contextual groups</emph> – The notebook bar is divided into 4 groups. The File, Clipboard and Text groups are fixed. The Insert group contents are replaced with commands that depends on the nature of the selected object in the document, as for a table, an image or an OLE object.
en_GB: <emph>Contextual groups</emph> – The notebook bar is divided into four groups. The File, Clipboard and Text groups are fixed. The Insert group contents are replaced with commands that depends on the nature of the selected object in the document, as for a table, an image or an OLE object.

[ctx: notebook_bar.xhp par_id190920161744063712 help.text]
note: AuxmH
en: <emph>Contextual single</emph> – Displays a single centered toolbar with context-dependent contents.
en_GB: <emph>Contextual single</emph> – Displays a single centred toolbar with context-dependent contents.

[ctx: notebook_bar.xhp par_id190920161744063446 help.text]
note: xDDBG
en: <emph>Groupedbar</emph> – The bar is divided into groups that contain commands organized as icon sets and menus.
en_GB: <emph>Groupedbar</emph> – The bar is divided into groups that contain commands organised as icon sets and menus.

[ctx: notebook_bar.xhp par_id190920161744074862 help.text]
note: ooEpD
en: The notebook bar cannot be customized.
en_GB: The notebook bar cannot be customised.

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id9313638 help.text]
note: bGkRw
en: You will see the <link href="text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp">Check for Updates</link> dialog with some information about the online update of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: You will see the <link href="text/shared/01/online_update_dialog.xhp">Check for Updates</link> dialogue box with some information about the online update of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id9766533 help.text]
note: G5A3C
en: If %PRODUCTNAME is configured to download the files automatically, the download starts immediately. A download continues even when you minimize the dialog.
en_GB: If %PRODUCTNAME is configured to download the files automatically, the download starts immediately. A download continues even when you minimise the dialogue box.

[ctx: online_update.xhp par_id6081728 help.text]
note: wyBJK
en: If no update was found, you can close the dialog.
en_GB: If no update was found, you can close the dialogue box.

[ctx: online_update_dialog.xhp par_id4799340 help.text]
note: NuQav
en: Once the download starts, you see a progress bar and three buttons on the dialog. You can pause and resume the download by clicking the Pause and Resume buttons. Click Cancel to abort the download and delete the partly downloaded file.
en_GB: Once the download starts, you see a progress bar and three buttons on the dialogue box. You can pause and resume the download by clicking the Pause and Resume buttons. Click Cancel to abort the download and delete the partly downloaded file.

[ctx: online_update_dialog.xhp par_id8266853 help.text]
note: BAgPu
en: After the download is complete, you can click Install to start the installation of the update. You see a confirmation dialog, where you can choose to close %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: After the download is complete, you can click Install to start the installation of the update. You will see a confirmation dialogue box, where you can choose to close %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: online_update_dialog.xhp par_id2871181 help.text]
note: wuzuS
en: Under some operation systems, it may be required to manually go to the download folder, unzip the download file, and start the setup script.
en_GB: Under some operating systems, it may be required to manually go to the download folder, unzip the download file, and start the setup script.

[ctx: online_update_dialog.xhp par_id4238715 help.text]
note: BBmGa
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Downloads and saves the update files to the desktop or a folder of your choice. Select the folder in %PRODUCTNAME - Online Update in the Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN1068A help.text]
note: nVjCL
en: Users with administrator or root privileges will see a dialog where they can choose to install extensions "for all users" or "only for me". Normal users without those privileges can install, remove, or modify extensions only for their own use.
en_GB: Users with administrator or root privileges will see a dialogue box in which they can choose to install extensions "for all users" or "only for me". Normal users without those privileges can install, remove, or modify extensions only for their own use.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN10626 help.text]
note: GNa9v
en: A user with root or administrator privileges can install an extension as a shared extension that is available to all users. After selecting an extension, a dialog opens and asks whether to install for the current user or all users.
en_GB: A user with root or administrator privileges can install an extension as a shared extension that is available to all users. After selecting an extension, a dialogue box opens and asks whether to install for the current user or all users.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN1069C help.text]
note: aqmdy
en: A user without root privileges can only install an extension for own usage. This is called a user extension.
en_GB: A user without root privileges can only install an extension for their own use. This is called a user extension.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id7654347 help.text]
note: 6Jtdt
en: Double-click the <item type="literal">.oxt</item> file in your system's file browser.
en_GB: Double-click the <item type="literal">*.oxt</item> file in your system's file browser.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id5269020 help.text]
note: NxAHp
en: On a web page, click a hyperlink to an <item type="literal">*.oxt</item> file (if your web browser can be configured to start the Extension Manager for this file type).
en_GB: On a Web page, click a hyperlink to an <item type="literal">*.oxt</item> file (if your Web browser can be configured to start the Extension Manager for this file type).

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN106AD help.text]
note: m2XQn
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_idN106BD help.text]
note: cvGc7
en: A file dialog opens where you can select the extension that you want to add. To copy and to register the selected extension, click Open.
en_GB: A file dialogue box opens in which you can select the extension that you want to add. To copy and to register the selected extension, click Open.

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id4856410 help.text]
note: jYDej
en: An extension can show a license dialog. <ahelp hid="desktop/ui/showlicensedialog/ShowLicenseDialog">Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.</ahelp>
en_GB: An extension can show a licence dialogue box. <ahelp hid="desktop/ui/showlicensedialog/ShowLicenseDialog">Read the licence. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.</ahelp>

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id1439558 help.text]
note: pEtpA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialogue box for the extension.</ahelp>

[ctx: packagemanager.xhp par_id0103201110331832 help.text]
note: H6WZB
en: Some additional commands can appear in the context menu of an extension in the Extension Manager window, depending on the selected extension. You can choose to show the license text again. You can choose to exclude the extension from checking for updates or to include an excluded extension.
en_GB: Some additional commands can appear in the context menu of an extension in the Extension Manager window, depending on the selected extension. You can choose to show the licence text again. You can choose to exclude the extension from checking for updates or to include an excluded extension.

[ctx: password_dlg.xhp par_id3154350 help.text]
note: F3sTb
en: Assigns a password to prevent users from making unauthorized changes.
en_GB: Assigns a password to prevent users from making unauthorised changes.

[ctx: password_dlg.xhp par_id3150502 help.text]
note: JAcAa
en: <ahelp hid=".">Type a password. A password is case sensitive.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.</ahelp>

[ctx: password_dlg.xhp hd_id3155351 help.text]
note: j6sfV
en: Undoing password protection
en_GB: Undoing password-protection

[ctx: password_main.xhp par_id0608200910545951 help.text]
note: gBBXu
en: Contains a mix of lower case and upper case letters, numbers, and special characters.
en_GB: Contains a mix of lower-case and upper-case letters, numbers, and special characters.

[ctx: password_main.xhp par_id0608200910545923 help.text]
note: 6GJLS
en: Cannot be found in any wordbook or encyclopedia.
en_GB: Cannot be found in any wordbook or encyclopaedia.

[ctx: password_main.xhp par_id3148731 help.text]
note: vCbjT
en: <ahelp hid="uui/ui/setmasterpassworddlg/password1">Type a master password to prevent unauthorized users from accessing stored passwords.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="uui/ui/setmasterpassworddlg/password1">Type a master password to prevent unauthorised users from accessing stored passwords.</ahelp>

[ctx: profile_safe_mode.xhp par_id281120160939281728 help.text]
note: Y7SgB
en: Once in safe mode, you will be shown a dialog offering three user profile restoration options
en_GB: Once in safe mode, you will be shown a dialogue box offering three user profile restoration options

[ctx: profile_safe_mode.xhp par_id281120160949348926 help.text]
note: XbZnm
en: The dialog offers multiple changes to the user profile that can be made to help restoring %PRODUCTNAME to working state. They get more radical from top down so you should try them successively one after another. Choosing this option applies selected changes
en_GB: The dialogue box offers multiple changes to the user profile that can be made to help restoring %PRODUCTNAME to working state. They get more radical from top down so you should try them successively one after another. Choosing this option applies selected changes

[ctx: profile_safe_mode.xhp par_id281120160949347119 help.text]
note: e6G9E
en: You can disable all extensions installed by the user. You can also disable hardware acceleration. Activate this option if you experience startup crashes or visual glitches, they are often related to hardware acceleration.
en_GB: You can disable all extensions installed by the user. You can also disable hardware acceleration. Activate this option if you experience start-up crashes or visual glitches, they are often related to hardware acceleration.

[ctx: profile_safe_mode.xhp par_id28112016094427792 help.text]
note: C5SDs
en: If all else fails, you can reset your user profile to the factory default. The first option <emph>Reset settings and user customizations</emph> resets all configuration and UI changes, but keeps things like your personal dictionary, templates etc. The second option will reset your entire profile to the state when you first installed %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: If all else fails, you can reset your user profile to the factory default. The first option <emph>Reset settings and user customisations</emph> resets all configuration and UI changes, but keeps things like your personal dictionary, templates etc. The second option will reset your entire profile to the state when you first installed %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: ref_epub_export.xhp par_id901525027635882 help.text]
note: hJcGh
en: Image links mean that if you create relative links on images or text and they link an image that's available in the media directory, then this media will be available in the EPUB export result as a popup.
en_GB: Image links mean that if you create relative links on images or text and they link an image that's available in the media directory, then this media will be available in the EPUB export result as a pop-up.

[ctx: ref_epub_export.xhp par_id3154241 help.text]
note: DEE4X
en: Last modification date for the publication. The value of this property must be an XML Schema dateTime conformant date in the form: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ. Default is the date and time when the export dialog opened.
en_GB: Last modification date for the publication. The value of this property must be an XML Schema dateTime conformant date in the form: CCYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ssZ. Default is the date and time when the export dialogue box opened.

[ctx: securitywarning.xhp bm_id6499832 help.text]
note: Fsqb8
en: <bookmark_value>security;warning dialogs with macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros;security warning dialog</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>security;warning dialogue boxes with macros</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros;security warning dialogue box</bookmark_value>

[ctx: securitywarning.xhp par_idN1056B help.text]
note: wYsYB
en: When you open a document that contains an unsigned macro, or a signed macro from an unknown source, the <emph>Security Warning</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: When you open a document that contains an unsigned macro, or a signed macro from an unknown source, the <emph>Security Warning</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: securitywarning.xhp par_idN105FC help.text]
note: cgKBC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enable or disable the macros. Choose <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Security</emph> in the Options dialog box to set the options.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enable or disable the macros. Choose <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Security</emph> in the Options dialogue box to set the options.</ahelp>

[ctx: securitywarning.xhp par_idN10572 help.text]
note: bci2i
en: <ahelp hid="uui/ui/macrowarnmedium/viewSignsButton">Opens a dialog where you can view the signature.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="uui/ui/macrowarnmedium/viewSignsButton">Opens a dialogue box where you can view the signature.</ahelp>

[ctx: selectcertificate.xhp par_idN10575 help.text]
note: FGwEj
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp">View Certificate</link> dialogue box in which you can examine the selected certificate.</ahelp>

[ctx: signexistingpdf.xhp par_id821526581027302 help.text]
note: F6Dem
en: The file opens in %PRODUCTNAME Draw in read only mode.
en_GB: The file opens in %PRODUCTNAME Draw in read-only mode.

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp bm_id6823023 help.text]
note: dNuPG
en: <bookmark_value>data structure of XForms</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>deleting;models/instances</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>models in XForms</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Data Navigator;display options</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>data structure of XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;models/instances</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>models in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Data Navigator;display options</bookmark_value>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN1057A help.text]
note: Q5CqP
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds, renames and removes XForms models.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10608 help.text]
note: H4wrv
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Model dialogue box in which you can add an XForm model.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN1059D help.text]
note: 7oUsy
en: <ahelp hid=".">This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">This button has sub-menus to add, to edit, and to remove instances.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN1064D help.text]
note: MGCGY
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can add a new instance.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10654 help.text]
note: aeYfs
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can modify the current instance.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10662 help.text]
note: f2bdG
en: <ahelp hid=".">Switches the display to show more or less details.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Switches the display to show more or less detail.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10588 help.text]
note: gZLSw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdata.xhp par_idN10628 help.text]
note: AiiSa
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataaddcon.xhp par_idN10542 help.text]
note: XHaa8
en: <ahelp hid=".">Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Add a condition in this sub-dialogue box of the Add Item / Edit Item dialogue box of the Data Navigator.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataaddcon.xhp par_idN10573 help.text]
note: FGEFZ
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Form Namespaces dialogue box in which you can add, edit or delete namespaces.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataname.xhp bm_id8286080 help.text]
note: BQh7g
en: <bookmark_value>deleting;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organizing;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>namespace organization in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>XForms;adding/editing/deleting/organizing namespaces</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>deleting;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organising;namespaces in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>namespace organisation in XForms</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>XForms;adding/editing/deleting/organising namespaces</bookmark_value>

[ctx: xformsdataname.xhp par_idN10542 help.text]
note: dBCCU
en: <ahelp hid=".">Use this dialog to organize namespaces. You can access this dialog through the Add Condition dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Use this dialogue box to organise namespaces. You can access this dialogue box through the Add Condition dialogue box of the Data Navigator.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdataname.xhp par_idN1056F help.text]
note: 4Lnmp
en: Use the <emph>Add Namespace</emph> dialog to enter the Prefix and URL.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Add Namespace</emph> dialogue box to enter the Prefix and URL.

[ctx: xformsdataname.xhp par_idN1057D help.text]
note: okydC
en: Use the <emph>Edit Namespace</emph> dialog to edit the Prefix and URL.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Edit Namespace</emph> dialogue box to edit the Prefix and URL.

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp par_id1161534 help.text]
note: ExLHH
en: The <emph>Data</emph> tab page of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog for an XML Form document offers some XML forms settings.
en_GB: The <emph>Data</emph> tab page of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box for an XML Form document offers some XML forms settings.

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp par_id636921 help.text]
note: CNAQv
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the <emph>...</emph> button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the <emph>...</emph> button for a dialogue box to enter the XPath expression.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp par_id2107303 help.text]
note: MYuar
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the button to open a dialogue box in which you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.</ahelp>

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp hd_id4313791 help.text]
note: MDsE2
en: Whitespaces
en_GB: Whitespace

[ctx: xformsdatatab.xhp par_id2318796 help.text]
note: GBqSw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elsewhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elsewhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155913 help.text]
note: wMM5M
en: <ahelp hid=".">Clicking <emph>Cancel</emph> closes a dialog without saving any changes made.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Clicking <emph>Cancel</emph> closes a dialogue box without saving any changes made.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id1094088 help.text]
note: dmHNo
en: In form controls, a spin button is a property of a numerical field, currency field, date field, or time field. If the property "Spin button" is enabled, the field shows a pair of symbols with arrows pointing to opposing directions, either vertically or horizontally.
en_GB: In form controls, a spin button is a property of a numeric field, currency field, date field or time field. If the property "Spin button" is enabled, the field shows a pair of symbols with arrows pointing to opposing directions, either vertically or horizontally.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155599 help.text]
note: CGU7F
en: You can type a numerical value into the field next to the spin button, or select the value with the <emph>Up Arrow</emph> or <emph>Down Arrow</emph> symbols on the spin button. On the keyboard you can press the <item type="keycode">Up Arrow</item> and <item type="keycode">Down Arrow</item> keys to increase or reduce the value. You can press the <item type="keycode">Page Up</item> and <item type="keycode">Page Down</item> keys to set the maximum and minimum value.
en_GB: You can type a numeric value into the field next to the spin button, or select the value with the <emph>Up Arrow</emph> or <emph>Down Arrow</emph> symbols on the spin button. On the keyboard you can press the <item type="keycode">Up Arrow</item> and <item type="keycode">Down Arrow</item> keys to increase or reduce the value. You can press the <item type="keycode">Page Up</item> and <item type="keycode">Page Down</item> keys to set the maximum and minimum value.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3150264 help.text]
note: FUCwh
en: If the field next to the spin button defines numerical values, you can also define a <link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp#metrik" name="measurement unit">measurement unit</link>, for example, <emph>1 cm or 5 mm, 12 pt or 2"</emph>.
en_GB: If the field next to the spin button defines numeric values, you can also define a <link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp#metrik" name="measurement unit">measurement unit</link>, for example, <emph>1 cm or 5 mm, 12 pt or 2"</emph>.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3148983 help.text]
note: Va6PD
en: <ahelp hid=".">If you click forward through the dialog, this button is called <emph>Next</emph>. On the last page the button has the name <emph>Convert</emph>. The conversion is then performed by clicking the button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">If you click forwards through the dialogue box, this button is called <emph>Next</emph>. On the last page the button has the name <emph>Convert</emph>. The conversion is then performed by clicking the button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3147008 help.text]
note: YCk7o
en: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialog and saves all changes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialogue box and saves all changes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3153031 help.text]
note: Q59Tv
en: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Closes the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155341 help.text]
note: PAGEw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Applies the modified or selected values without closing the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp hd_id3153760 help.text]
note: 8ZDnK
en: Shrink / Maximize
en_GB: Shrink / Maximise

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3153087 help.text]
note: jvSRy
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Shrink</emph> icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the <emph>Maximize</emph> icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Shrink</emph> icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the <emph>Maximise</emph> icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155062 help.text]
note: XBrSB
en: The dialog is automatically minimized when you click into a sheet with the mouse. As soon as you release the mouse button, the dialog is restored and the reference range defined with the mouse is highlighted in the document by a blue frame.
en_GB: The dialogue box is automatically minimised when you click within a sheet with the mouse. As soon as you release the mouse button, the dialogue box is restored and the reference range defined with the mouse is highlighted in the document by a blue frame.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155628 help.text]
note: RiUGk
en: Maximize
en_GB: Maximise

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3152473 help.text]
note: FALip
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Next</emph> button, and the wizard uses the current dialog settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes <emph>Create</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Next</emph> button, and the wizard uses the current dialogue box settings and proceeds to the next step. If you are on the last step, this button becomes <emph>Create</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3145269 help.text]
note: DRgMc
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/cancel">Closes dialog and discards all changes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/cancel">Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3145369 help.text]
note: Uvi2W
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/ok">Saves all changes and closes dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/autocorrectdialog/ok">Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3145068 help.text]
note: Fm6tQ
en: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optionsdialog/revert">Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="cui/ui/optionsdialog/revert">Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialogue box was opened.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3149651 help.text]
note: aGwjy
en: <ahelp hid=".">Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened. A confirmation query does not appear when you close the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialogue box was opened. A confirmation query does not appear when you close the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3154153 help.text]
note: 8ET6i
en: <ahelp hid=".">Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Resets the values visible in the dialogue box back to the default installation values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3150439 help.text]
note: 4EZPF
en: <ahelp hid=".">View the selections in the dialog made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.</ahelp> This button can only be activated from page two on.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">View the selections in the dialogue box made in the previous step. The current settings remain unchanged.</ahelp> This button can only be activated from page two on.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id3155314 help.text]
note: tfFLz
en: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Options</emph> label to expand the dialog to show further options. Click again to restore the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Options</emph> label to expand the dialogue box to show further options. Click again to restore the dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000001.xhp hd_id631527692833772 help.text]
note: 8xgjL
en: Options dialog buttons
en_GB: Options dialogue box buttons

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id471527692844934 help.text]
note: xATmH
en: Save the changes in the page and close the Options dialog.
en_GB: Save the changes in the page and close the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id571527692855533 help.text]
note: TQG2q
en: Close the Options dialog and discard all changes done.
en_GB: Close the Options dialogue box and discard all changes done.

[ctx: 00000001.xhp par_id261527693436801 help.text]
note: BRStA
en: Some options cannot be reset once edited. Either edit back the changes manually or click <emph>Cancel</emph> and reopen the <emph>Options</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Some options cannot be reset once edited. Either edit back the changes manually or click <emph>Cancel</emph> and reopen the <emph>Options</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id11525000863861 help.text]
note: eMcBf
en: <variable id="epubv">EPUB is standard for electronic book files with the extension <emph>.epub</emph> that can be downloaded and read on devices like smartphones, tablets, computers, or e-readers.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="epubv">EPUB is standard for electronic book files with the extension <emph>.epub</emph> that can be downloaded and read on devices like smartphones, tablets, computers or e-readers.</variable>

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3157909 help.text]
note: omvuA
en: Frames are useful for designing the layout of <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html" name="HTML">HTML</link> pages. $[officename] uses floating frames into which you can place objects such as graphics, movie files and sound. The context menu of a frame shows the options for restoring or editing frame contents. Some of these commands are also listed in <emph>Edit - Object</emph> when the frame is selected.
en_GB: Frames are useful for designing the layout of<link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html" name="HTML">HTML</link> pages. $[officename] uses floating frames into which you can place objects such as graphics, movie files and sound. The context menu of a frame shows the options for restoring or editing frame contents. Some of these commands are also listed in <emph>Edit - Object</emph> when the frame is selected.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3153379 help.text]
note: qfuMp
en: The Hypertext Transfer Protocol is a record of transmission of WWW documents between WWW servers (hosts) and browsers (clients).
en_GB: The Hypertext Transfer Protocol is a method of transmission of WWW documents between WWW servers (hosts) and browsers (clients).

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3145420 help.text]
note: NobQB
en: Hyperlinks are cross-references, highlighted in text in various colors and activated by mouse-click. With the aid of hyperlinks, readers can jump to specific information within a document as well as to related information in other documents.
en_GB: Hyperlinks are cross-references, highlighted in text in various colours and activated by mouse-click. With the aid of hyperlinks, readers can jump to specific information within a document as well as to related information in other documents.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3156281 help.text]
note: EouXX
en: In $[officename] you can assign hyperlinks to text as well as to graphics and frames (see the Hyperlink Dialog icon on the Standard bar).
en_GB: In $[officename] you can assign hyperlinks to text as well as to graphics and frames (see the Hyperlink Dialogue Box icon on the Standard bar).

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3145153 help.text]
note: zVUjE
en: ImageMaps are basically divided between those that are analyzed on the server (i. e. your Internet provider) and those analyzed on the web browser of the reader's computer.
en_GB: ImageMaps are basically divided between those that are analysed on the server (i.e. your Internet provider) and those analysed on the web browser of the reader's computer.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3149483 help.text]
note: WnvdK
en: $[officename] creates ImageMaps for both methods. Select the format from the <emph>File type </emph>list in the <emph>Save As </emph>dialog in the <emph>ImageMap Editor</emph>. Separate Map Files are created which you must upload to the server. You will need to ask your provider or network administrator which type of ImageMaps are supported by the server and how to access the evaluation program.
en_GB: $[officename] creates ImageMaps for both methods. Select the format from the <emph>File type </emph>list in the <emph>Save As </emph>dialogue box in the <emph>ImageMap Editor</emph>. Separate Map Files are created which you must upload to the server. You will need to ask your provider or network administrator which type of ImageMaps are supported by the server and how to access the evaluation program.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3148747 help.text]
note: SD7LT
en: <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html" name="HTML">HTML</link> is a specialized application of SGML. This means that most Web browsers support only a limited range of SGML standards and that almost all SGML-enabled systems can produce attractive HTML pages.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html" name="HTML">HTML</link> is a specialised application of SGML. This means that most Web browsers support only a limited range of SGML standards and that almost all SGML-enabled systems can produce attractive HTML pages.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN1069F help.text]
note: Ue7vj
en: In some dialogs, you can enter measurement values into input boxes. If you just enter a numerical value, the default measurement unit is used.
en_GB: In some dialogue boxes, you can enter measurement values into input boxes. If you just enter a numeric value, the default measurement unit is used.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106A2 help.text]
note: BjmiX
en: You define the default measurement unit for Writer text documents in the dialog that you get by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph>. For Calc, Draw, and Impress, you open a document of that type and then open the appropriate <emph>General</emph> page as for Writer.
en_GB: You define the default measurement unit for Writer text documents in the dialogue box that you get by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph>. For Calc, Draw, and Impress, you open a document of that type and then open the appropriate <emph>General</emph> page as for Writer.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106CD help.text]
note: GGz8E
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106DA help.text]
note: MEFUf
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106E7 help.text]
note: DHhD5
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN106F4 help.text]
note: 2Ae38
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN10701 help.text]
note: NrEhS
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_idN10704 help.text]
note: xyKFh
en: The following formulas convert the units:
en_GB: The following formulae convert the units:

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3146067 help.text]
note: 2Cahs
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3149893 help.text]
note: gfGjE
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3149290 help.text]
note: H2LTC
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3150873 help.text]
note: azeZ6
en: Align Center Vertically
en_GB: Align Centre Vertically

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3154820 help.text]
note: tGvWz
en: You can create a DDE link using the following procedure: Select cells from a Calc spreadsheet, copy them into the clipboard and switch to another spreadsheet and select the <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph> dialog. Select <emph>the Link</emph> option to insert the contents as a DDE link. When activating a link, the inserted cell area will be read from its original file.
en_GB: You can create a DDE link using the following procedure: Select cells from a Calc spreadsheet, copy them into the clipboard and switch to another spreadsheet and select the <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph> dialogue box. Select <emph>the Link</emph> option to insert the contents as a DDE link. When activating a link, the inserted cell area will be read from its original file.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3157846 help.text]
note: zAoR2
en: A number system is determined by the number of characters available for representing numbers. The decimal system, for instance is based on the ten numbers (0..9), the binary system is based on the two numbers 0 and 1, the hexadecimal system is based on 16 characters (0...9 and A...F).
en_GB: A number system is determined by the number of characters available for representing numbers. The decimal system, for instance is based on the ten digits (0..9), the binary system is based on the two digits 0 and 1, the hexadecimal system is based on 16 characters (0...9 and A...F).

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3153530 help.text]
note: Dw7p2
en: Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) is a protocol norm with which applications can access database systems. The query language used is Structured Query Language (SQL). In $[officename], you can determine for each database whether to use SQL commands to run queries. Alternatively, you can use the interactive help to define your query by mouseclick and have it automatically translated into SQL by $[officename].
en_GB: Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) is a protocol norm with which applications can access database systems. The query language used is Structured Query Language (SQL). In $[officename], you can determine for each database whether to use SQL commands to run queries. Alternatively, you can use the interactive help to define your query by mouse click and have it automatically translated into SQL by $[officename].

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3146879 help.text]
note: SaYhF
en: OpenGL represents a 3D graphics language, initially developed by SGI (Silicon Graphics Inc). Two dialects of this language are commonly used: Microsoft OpenGL, developed for use under Windows NT, and Cosmo OpenGL made by SGI. The latter represents an independent graphics language for all platforms and all kind of computers, even usable on machines without special 3-D graphics hardware.
en_GB: OpenGL represents a 3-D graphics language, initially developed by SGI (Silicon Graphics Inc). Two dialects of this language are commonly used: Microsoft OpenGL, developed for use under Windows NT, and Cosmo OpenGL made by SGI. The latter represents an independent graphics language for all platforms and all kind of computers, even usable on machines without special 3-D graphics hardware.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3148993 help.text]
note: MwjtC
en: Portable Network Graphics (PNG) is a graphic file format. The files are compressed with a selectable compression factor, and, as opposed to the JPG format, PNG files are always compressed without any information loss.
en_GB: Portable Network Graphics (PNG) is a graphic file format.. The files are compressed with a selectable compression factor, and, as opposed to the JPG format, PNG files are always compressed without any information loss.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3147585 help.text]
note: wtsLu
en: A relational database is a collection of data items organized as a set of formally described tables from which data can be accessed or reassembled in many different ways without having to reorganize the database tables.
en_GB: A relational database is a collection of data items organised as a set of formally described tables from which data can be accessed or reassembled in many different ways without having to reorganise the database tables.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3154255 help.text]
note: PNp2H
en: A relational database management system (RDBMS) is a program that lets you create, update, and administer a relational database. An RDBMS takes Structured Query Language (SQL) statements entered by a user or contained in an application program and creates, updates, or provides access to the database.
en_GB: A relational database management system (RDBMS) is a program that lets you create, update, and administer a relational database. A RDBMS takes Structured Query Language (SQL) statements entered by a user or contained in an application program and creates, updates, or provides access to the database.

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3159118 help.text]
note: nFQuq
en: In $[officename], you can integrate external SQL databases. These may be located on your local hard disk as well as on the network. Access is achieved through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#odbc">ODBC</link>, JDBC, or a native driver integrated into $[officename].
en_GB: In $[officename], you can integrate external SQL databases. These may be located on your local hard disc as well as on the network. Access is achieved through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#odbc">ODBC</link>, JDBC or a native driver integrated into $[officename].

[ctx: 00000005.xhp par_id3149448 help.text]
note: ut3ZF
en: Widows and orphans are historical typography terms, which have been in use for many years. A widow refers to a short line at the end of a paragraph, which when printed, appears alone at the top of the next page. An orphan is, in contrast, the first line of a paragraph printed alone at the bottom of the previous page. In a $[officename] text document you can automatically prevent such occurrences in the desired Paragraph Style. When doing so, you can determine the minimum amount of lines to be kept together on a page.
en_GB: Widows and orphans are historical typography terms, which have been in use for many years. A widow refers to a short line at the end of a paragraph, which when printed, appears alone at the top of the next page. An orphan is, in contrast, the first line of a paragraph printed alone at the bottom of the previous page. In a $[officename] text document you can automatically prevent such occurrences in the desired Paragraph Style. When doing so, you can determine the minimum number of lines to be kept together on a page.

[ctx: 00000007.xhp par_id3156553 help.text]
note: VXAaB
en: <variable id="symbolleistenneu">This overview describes the default toolbar configuration for $[officename].</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="symbolleistenneu">This overview describes the default toolbar configuration for $[officename]. If you have customised any of the toolbars, your configuration might differ from the one described here. </variable>

[ctx: 00000010.xhp par_id3147588 help.text]
note: aGt4H
en: Opens a submenu in the Gallery where you can choose between <emph>Copy</emph> and <emph>Link</emph>. The selected Gallery object is either copied into the current document or a link is created.
en_GB: Opens a sub-menu in the Gallery from which you can choose <emph>Copy</emph> or <emph>Link</emph>. The selected Gallery object is either copied into the current document or a link is created.

[ctx: 00000010.xhp par_id3149180 help.text]
note: AUrGq
en: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND" visibility="visible">Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.</ahelp> Use the submenu commands <emph>Page</emph> or <emph>Paragraph</emph> to define whether the graphic should cover the entire page or only the current paragraph.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND" visibility="visible">Inserts the selected picture as a background graphic.</ahelp> Use the sub-menu commands <emph>Page</emph> or <emph>Paragraph</emph> to define whether the graphic should cover the entire page or only the current paragraph.

[ctx: 00000010.xhp par_id3149149 help.text]
note: opp4Y
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT">Use the<emph> Open </emph>command to open the selected object in a new task.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid="SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT">Use the <emph>Open</emph> command to open the selected object in a new task.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000011.xhp par_id3156027 help.text]
note: sXZzj
en: The menus are context sensitive. This means that those menu items are available that are relevant to the work currently being carried out. If the cursor is located in a text, then all of those menu items are available that are needed to edit the text. If you have selected graphics in a document, then you will see all of the menu items that can be used to edit graphics.
en_GB: The menus are context sensitive. This means that those menu items are available that are relevant to the work currently being carried out. If the cursor is located in text, then all of those menu items are available that are needed to edit the text. If you have selected graphics in a document, then you will see all of the menu items that can be used to edit graphics.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3152414 help.text]
note: 28Hne
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">In UNIX, certain file formats cannot be recognized automatically.</caseinline><defaultinline>$[officename] normally recognizes the correct file type automatically on opening a file.</defaultinline></switchinline> There may be cases where you have to select the file type yourself in the <emph>Open</emph> dialog. For example, if you have a database table in text format that you want to open as a database table, you need to specify the file type "Text CSV" after selecting the file.
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">In UNIX, certain file formats cannot be recognised automatically.</caseinline><defaultinline>$[officename] normally recognizes the correct file type automatically on opening a file.</defaultinline></switchinline> There may be cases where you have to select the file type yourself in the <emph>Open</emph> dialogue box. For example, if you have a database table in text format that you want to open as a database table, you need to specify the file type "Text CSV" after selecting the file.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp hd_id3148668 help.text]
note: eLHXi
en: Basic Macros in MS Office Documents
en_GB: Basic Macros in Microsoft Office Documents

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3156211 help.text]
note: F4FjN
en: In <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp" name="Load/Save - VBA Properties">Load/Save - VBA Properties</link> you can specify the settings for the VBA macro codes in MS Office documents. VBA macros are unable to run in $[officename]; they must first be converted and adapted. Often you only want to use $[officename] to change the visible content of a Word, Excel or PowerPoint file and then save the file again in Microsoft Office format without changing the macros they contain. You can set the behavior of $[officename] as desired: Either the VBA macros are saved in commented form as a subroutine of $[officename] and when the document is saved in MS Office format are written back correctly again, or you can select the Microsoft Office macros to be removed when loading. The last option is an effective protection against viruses within the Microsoft Office documents.
en_GB: In <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp" name="Load/Save - VBA Properties">Load/Save - VBA Properties</link> you can specify the settings for the VBA macro codes in Microsoft Office documents. VBA macros are unable to run in $[officename]; they must first be converted and adapted. Often you only want to use $[officename] to change the visible content of a Microsoft Word, Excel or PowerPoint file and then save the file again in Microsoft Office format without changing the macros they contain. You can set the behaviour of $[officename] as desired: Either the VBA macros are saved in commented form as a subroutine of $[officename] and when the document is saved in Microsoft Office format are written back correctly again, or you can select the Microsoft Office macros to be removed when loading. The last option is an effective protection against viruses within the Microsoft Office documents.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3154230 help.text]
note: Ej3ks
en: Even if they are not installed, some filters can be selected in the <emph>Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialogs. If you select such a filter, a message will appear saying that you can still install the filter if you require.
en_GB: Even if they are not installed, some filters can be selected in the <emph>Open</emph> and <emph>Save</emph> dialogue boxes. If you select such a filter, a message will appear saying that you can still install the filter if you require.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3149999 help.text]
note: UG6DU
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If you want to install additional filters or remove individual filters from the installation, close %PRODUCTNAME, start the Setup program and select the <emph>Modify</emph> option. Then you will see a dialog in which you can add or remove individual components of %PRODUCTNAME. Graphic filters can be found in "Optional Components".</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If you want to install additional filters or remove individual filters from the installation, close %PRODUCTNAME, start the Setup program and select the <emph>Modify</emph> option. Then you will see a dialogue box in which you can add or remove individual components of %PRODUCTNAME. Graphic filters can be found in "Optional Components".</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3150144 help.text]
note: vGDhS
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>Importing is normally not problematic. Even redlining information and controls are imported (and exported) so that $[officename] recognizes inserted or deleted text in Word documents as well as font attributes that have been modified. Different coloring for each author and the time of such changes is also included. When graphic text boxes and labels are imported from templates, most of the attributes are also imported as direct paragraph and drawing attributes. However, some of the attributes may be lost during the import procedure.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>Importing is normally not problematic. Even redlining information and controls are imported (and exported) so that $[officename] recognises inserted or deleted text in Microsoft Word documents as well as font attributes that have been modified. Different colouring for each author and the time of such changes is also included. When graphic text boxes and labels are imported from templates, most of the attributes are also imported as direct paragraph and drawing attributes. However, some of the attributes may be discarded during the import procedure.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3149095 help.text]
note: zi6y8
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>It is also possible to import and export <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#rtf" name="RTF">RTF</link> files. This file format can be used to exchange formatted texts across various applications and platforms. In this way, many formats read by most programs will be transferred without a problem. The clipboard uses RTF format when you insert part of a spreadsheet from $[officename] Calc through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp" name="DDE">DDE</link> into $[officename] Writer.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"></caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS"></caseinline><defaultinline>It is also possible to import and export <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#rtf" name="RTF">RTF</link> files. This file format can be used to exchange formatted text across various applications and platforms. In this way, many formats read by most programs will be transferred without a problem. The clipboard uses RTF format when you insert part of a spreadsheet from $[officename] Calc through <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp" name="DDE">DDE</link> into $[officename] Writer.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3151378 help.text]
note: yJeZD
en: The filter <emph>Text Encoded</emph> helps you open and save text documents with another encoding font. The filter opens a dialog that enables you to select character set, default fonts, language and paragraph break.
en_GB: The filter <emph>Text Encoded</emph> helps you open and save text documents with another encoding font. The filter opens a dialogue box that enables you to select character set, default fonts, language and paragraph break.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3154071 help.text]
note: M4Zpq
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3156293 help.text]
note: GdPqS
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3154329 help.text]
note: Bpc8k
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3156422 help.text]
note: 5siC5
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3155131 help.text]
note: h2oi3
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3146120 help.text]
note: 8WXVD
en: Multipage-TIFFs are allowed when graphics are imported or exported in TIFF format. The graphics are retrieved as a set of individual pictures in a single file, for example, the individual pages of a fax.
en_GB: Multi-page TIFFs are allowed when graphics are imported or exported in TIFF format. The graphics are retrieved as a set of individual pictures in a single file, for example, the individual pages of a fax.

[ctx: 00000020.xhp par_id3154149 help.text]
note: zUF5B
en: Select the PostScript printer in the dialog and mark the <emph>Print to file</emph> check box. A PostScript file will be created.
en_GB: Select the PostScript printer in the dialogue box and mark the <emph>Print to file</emph> check box. A PostScript file will be created.

[ctx: 00000021.xhp bm_id3154408 help.text]
note: gShKr
en: <bookmark_value>exporting; XML files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>XML file formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>extensions; file formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>suffixes in file formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>document types in $[officename]</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>file formats; changing $[officename] defaults</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defaults;file formats in $[officename]</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>file formats;OpenDocument/XML</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OpenDocument file formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>ODF file formats</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>exporting; XML files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>XML file formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>extensions; file formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>suffixes in file formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>document types in $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file formats; changing $[officename] defaults</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults;file formats in $[officename]</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file formats;OpenDocument/XML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OpenDocument file formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ODF file formats</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_idN10725 help.text]
note: TPGpr
en: The OpenDocument file format (ODF) is a standardized file format used by many software applications. You can find more information at the Wikipedia site: <link href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument" name="English Wikipedia: OpenDocument">wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument</link>.
en_GB: The OpenDocument file format (ODF) is a standardised file format used by many software applications. You can find more information at the Wikipedia site: <link href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument" name="English Wikipedia: OpenDocument">wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument</link>.

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_id0519200811530487 help.text]
note: mmzEi
en: 2005-05-01
en_GB: 01/05/2005

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_id0519200811530479 help.text]
note: GFzMS
en: 2007-02-02
en_GB: 02/02/2007

[ctx: 00000021.xhp par_id3154068 help.text]
note: Zhydi
en: By default, <emph>content.xml</emph> is stored without formatting elements like indentation or line breaks to minimize the time for saving and opening the document. The use of indentations and line breaks can be activated in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp"><emph>Expert configuration</emph></link> by setting the property <emph>/org.openoffice.Office.Common/Save/Document PrettyPrinting</emph> to <emph>true</emph>.
en_GB: By default, <emph>content.xml</emph> is stored without formatting elements like indentation or line breaks to minimise the time for saving and opening the document. The use of indentations and line breaks can be activated in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp"><emph>Expert configuration</emph></link> by setting the property <emph>/org.openoffice.Office.Common/Save/Document PrettyPrinting</emph> to <emph>true</emph>.

[ctx: 00000099.xhp par_id3156069 help.text]
note: BCND6
en: On the help page for <link href="text/shared/guide/main.xhp" name="$[officename] general">$[officename] general</link> you can find instructions that are applicable to all modules, such as working with windows and menus, customizing $[officename], data sources, Gallery, and drag and drop.
en_GB: On the help page for <link href="text/shared/guide/main.xhp" name="$[officename] general">$[officename] general</link> you can find instructions that are applicable to all modules, such as working with windows and menus, customising $[officename], data sources, Gallery, and drag-and-drop.

[ctx: 00000099.xhp par_id6200750 help.text]
note: 4BDBC
en: Some of the shortcut keys may be assigned to your desktop system. Keys that are assigned to the desktop system are not available to %PRODUCTNAME. Try to assign different keys either for %PRODUCTNAME, in <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph>, or in your desktop system.
en_GB: Some of the shortcut keys may be assigned to your desktop system. Keys that are assigned to the desktop system are not available to %PRODUCTNAME. Try to assign different keys either for %PRODUCTNAME, in <emph>Tools - Customise - Keyboard</emph>, or in your desktop system.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id1 help.text]
note: FuAss
en: When you export graphical elements to a file, you can select the file type. For most supported file types a dialog opens where you can setup export options.
en_GB: When you export graphical elements to a file, you can select the file type. For most supported file types a dialogue box opens where you can set export options.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id2 help.text]
note: LfL4h
en: The following file types do not show an options dialog: RAS, SVG, TIFF, XPM.
en_GB: The following file types do not show an options dialogue box: RAS, SVG, TIFF, XPM.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id3 help.text]
note: PQtX2
en: The other file types show options dialogs where you can set the width and height of the exported image.
en_GB: The other file types show options dialogue boxes where you can set the width and height of the exported image.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id10 help.text]
note: M9Gpu
en: For JPEG files you can set the color depth and the quality.
en_GB: For JPEG files you can set the colour depth and the quality.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id435923952 help.text]
note: nKXCd
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the color depth from 8 bit grayscale or 24 bit true color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the colour depth from 8 bit greyscale or 24 bit true colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id31456456938 help.text]
note: HjAnT
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Colour Replacer to set the transparent colour in the picture.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id15 help.text]
note: DGtgZ
en: For EPS files you can set the preview, the color format, the compression, and the version.
en_GB: For EPS files you can set the preview, the colour format, the compression, and the version.

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id993159201 help.text]
note: k88Jh
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports colored bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports coloured bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id319947250 help.text]
note: EZteg
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in color.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in colour.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000200.xhp par_id993147088 help.text]
note: m4CS7
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in grayscale tones.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Exports the file in greyscale tones.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000206.xhp par_id3150620 help.text]
note: eFGbe
en: Defines the options for import/export. These dialogs will be automatically shown if the corresponding file type is selected.
en_GB: Defines the options for import/export. These dialogue boxes will be automatically shown if the corresponding file type is selected.

[ctx: 00000207.xhp par_id3150379 help.text]
note: DkrZy
en: The <emph>Export text files</emph> dialog allows you to define the export options for text files. The dialog will be displayed if you save spreadsheet data as file type "Text CSV", and if the <emph>Edit filter settings</emph> check box is marked in the <emph>Save As</emph> dialog.
en_GB: The <emph>Export text files</emph> dialogue box allows you to define the export options for text files. The dialogue box will be displayed if you save spreadsheet data as file type "Text CSV", and if the <emph>Edit filter settings</emph> check box is marked in the <emph>Save As</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000207.xhp par_id5719779 help.text]
note: XBLgE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this check box is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000207.xhp par_id3541062 help.text]
note: 5KgZv
en: Depending on the number format, saving cell content as shown may write values that during an import cannot be interpreted as numerical values anymore.
en_GB: Depending on the number format, saving cell content as shown may write values that during an import cannot be interpreted as numeric values any more.

[ctx: 00000207.xhp par_id3148548 help.text]
note: ojw3G
en: The alignment Left, Centered, and Right will be simulated by inserted blanks.
en_GB: The alignment Left, Centred and Right will be simulated by inserted blanks.

[ctx: 00000208.xhp par_id314949586 help.text]
note: 4AA96
en: When importing an HTML document, the Language selection can conflict with the global HTML option <link href="text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp" name="Use">Use 'English (USA)' locale for numbers</link>. The global HTML option is effective only when the Automatic language option is selected. If you select a specific language in the HTML Import Options dialog, the global HTML option is ignored.
en_GB: When importing an HTML document, the Language selection can conflict with the global HTML option <link href="text/shared/optionen/01030500.xhp" name="Use">Use 'English (USA)' locale for numbers</link>. The global HTML option is effective only when the Automatic language option is selected. If you select a specific language in the HTML Import Options dialogue box, the global HTML option is ignored.

[ctx: 00000208.xhp par_id3150247 help.text]
note: nbuPA
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/fromrow">Specifies the row where you want to start the import.</ahelp> The rows are visible in the preview window at the bottom of the dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/textimportcsv/fromrow">Specifies the row where you want to start the import.</ahelp> The rows are visible in the preview window at the bottom of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000208.xhp par_id3151168 help.text]
note: xHrcK
en: As with 6 or 8 characters, but the first part of the sequence has one character less. This will suppress a leading zero for month and day.
en_GB: As with 6 or 8 characters, but the first part of the sequence has one character fewer. This will suppress a leading zero for month and day.

[ctx: 00000215.xhp par_id3153070 help.text]
note: sCyth
en: You can specify which options, such as basic font, language, character set, or break, are imported or exported with a text document. The dialog appears when you load an ASCII file with the filter "Text Encoded" or when you save the document the first time, or when you "save as" with another name.
en_GB: You can specify which options, such as basic font, language, character set, or break, are imported or exported with a text document. The dialogue box appears when you load an ASCII file with the filter "Text Encoded" or when you save the document for the first time, or when you "save as" with another name.

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3150300 help.text]
note: BUs9P
en: <variable id="htmlspeichern">$[officename] Draw or $[officename] Impress menu <emph>File - Export</emph>, select <emph>HTML Document</emph> file type. The dialog opens automatically.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="htmlspeichern">$[officename] Draw or $[officename] Impress menu <emph>File - Export</emph>, select <emph>HTML Document</emph> file type. The dialogue box opens automatically.</variable>

[ctx: 00000401.xhp par_id3149735 help.text]
note: SgBFJ
en: <variable id="exportgraphic">Choose <menuitem>File - Export</menuitem>, select a graphics file type. The dialog opens after you click <widget>Save</widget>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="exportgraphic">Choose <menuitem>File - Export</menuitem>, select a graphics file type. The dialogue box opens after you click <widget>Save</widget>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3149525 help.text]
note: T43B3
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Customize - Character</emph> button.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Customise - Character</emph> button.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3152372 help.text]
note: sB3e2
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Customize - Character</emph> button.</caseinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering - Customise - Character</emph> button.</caseinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 00000404.xhp par_id3150396 help.text]
note: ZTBAq
en: <variable id="filterauswahl">Open a file of a type that is unknown to %PRODUCTNAME and that is no text file.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="filterauswahl">Open a file of a type that is unknown to %PRODUCTNAME and that is not a text file.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3149884 help.text]
note: F6EnA
en: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7
en_GB: <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3153320 help.text]
note: BkJ2M
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Color Replacer</emph> ($[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress).
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Colour Replacer</emph> ($[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress).

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id511543350796749 help.text]
note: oTQwa
en: <variable id="beanshell">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - BeanShell</emph>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="beanshell">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - BeanShell</emph>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id661543350803067 help.text]
note: wfHqY
en: <variable id="javascript">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - JavaScript</emph>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="javascript">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - JavaScript</emph>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id441543350811395 help.text]
note: Vcght
en: <variable id="python">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - Python</emph>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="python">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - Python</emph>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3150398 help.text]
note: WBX8f
en: <variable id="passwort">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>,<br/>click the <emph>Organizer</emph> button,<br/>click the <emph>Libraries</emph> tab,<br/>and then click the <emph>Password</emph> button.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="passwort">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>,<br/>click the <emph>Organiser</emph> button,<br/>click the <emph>Libraries</emph> tab,<br/>and then click the <emph>Password</emph> button.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3150498 help.text]
note: rBcj4
en: <variable id="liborganizer">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>,<br/>click the <widget>Organizer</widget> button.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="liborganizer">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>,<br/>click the <widget>Organiser</widget> button.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3148672 help.text]
note: EzGsj
en: <variable id="anpassen">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="anpassen">Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3147230 help.text]
note: e3TA3
en: <variable id="menue">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Menus</emph> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="menue">Choose <emph>Tools - Customise - Menus</emph> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_idN108E9 help.text]
note: DMB2H
en: <variable id="menuenew">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customize - Menus</menuitem> tab, click the gear  <image id="img_id3148386" src="cmd/lc_config.svg" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3148386">Icon gear menu</alt></image> dropdown menu and choose <menuitem>Add</menuitem>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="menuenew">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customise - Menus</menuitem> tab, click the gear  <image id="img_id3148386" src="cmd/lc_config.svg" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3148386">Icon gear menu</alt></image> drop-down menu and choose <menuitem>Add</menuitem>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_idN10919 help.text]
note: H7agM
en: <variable id="menuemove">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customize - Menus</menuitem> tab, click the gear   <image id="img_id3148386" src="cmd/lc_config.svg" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3148386">Icon gear menu</alt></image>  dropdown menu and choose <menuitem>Move</menuitem>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="menuemove">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customise - Menus</menuitem> tab, click the gear   <image id="img_id3148386" src="cmd/lc_config.svg" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3148386">Icon gear menu</alt></image>  drop-down menu and choose <menuitem>Move</menuitem>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3153094 help.text]
note: D9EGD
en: <variable id="autokotyafz">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Localized Options</emph> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="autokotyafz">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Localised Options</emph> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3149581 help.text]
note: AMRtZ
en: Choose <emph>Format - Area - Colors</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Area - Colours</emph> tab.

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3145729 help.text]
note: Mg4fm
en: Choose <emph>Format - Area - Area</emph>, press the <emph>Color</emph> button and click the <emph>Pick</emph> button.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Area - Area</emph>, press the <emph>Colour</emph> button and click the <emph>Pick</emph> button.

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3151037 help.text]
note: XLFFo
en: Press the <emph>Color Dialog</emph> button in the <emph>Illumination</emph> tab of the <emph>3D Effects</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Press the <emph>Colour Dialogue Box</emph> button in the <emph>Illumination</emph> tab of the <emph>3-D Effects</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3144746 help.text]
note: CLqN3
en: <variable id="appearance">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="appearance">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colours</emph>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000406.xhp par_id3149211 help.text]
note: cAbjU
en: <variable id="diagrgfarbe">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Charts - Default Colors</emph>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="diagrgfarbe">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Charts - Default Colours</emph>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000450.xhp par_id3149902 help.text]
note: b34tE
en: <variable id="FehlendesElement">In a database file window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon, then choose <emph>Edit - Edit</emph>.<br/>If the referenced fields no longer exist, you see this dialog.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="FehlendesElement">In a database file window, click the <emph>Queries</emph> icon, then choose <emph>Edit - Edit</emph>.<br/>If the referenced fields no longer exist, you see this dialogue box.</variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3152811 help.text]
note: 7AAUS
en: Choose <emph>View - Styles</emph> - open context menu of an entry and click <emph>Modify/New - Asian Layout</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Styles - </emph>open context menu of an entry and click <emph>Modify/New - Asian Layout</emph> tab.

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3109845 help.text]
note: GtJbA
en: <image id="img_id3159236" src="cmd/sc_window3d.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3159236">Icon 3d window</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3159236" src="cmd/sc_window3d.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3159236">Icon 3-d window</alt></image>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3152498 help.text]
note: hT4Qu
en: 3D Effects
en_GB: 3-D Effects

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3145256 help.text]
note: zmQYJ
en: <variable id="3dgeometrie">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Geometry</emph> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dgeometrie">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Geometry</emph> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3154203 help.text]
note: zpRAA
en: <variable id="3ddarstellung">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Shading</emph> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3ddarstellung">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Shading</emph> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3151284 help.text]
note: E8Vha
en: <variable id="3dbeleuchtung">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Illumination</emph> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dbeleuchtung">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Illumination</emph> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3152475 help.text]
note: tNrii
en: <variable id="3dtexturen">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Textures</emph> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dtexturen">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Textures</emph> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00040500.xhp par_id3154572 help.text]
note: Jk9Eh
en: <variable id="3dmaterial">Open the context menu of the 3D object, choose <emph>3D Effects - Material</emph> tab.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dmaterial">Open the context menu of the 3-D object, choose <emph>3-D Effects - Material</emph> tab.</variable>

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3155848 help.text]
note: P9V6A
en: Bring Forward
en_GB: Bring Forwards

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3152795 help.text]
note: WKKNG
en: Send Backward
en_GB: Send Backwards

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3150268 help.text]
note: Cq8Xg
en: Choose <emph>Format - Align - Centered</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc).
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Align - Centred</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc).

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3157978 help.text]
note: CcnGf
en: Choose <emph>Shape - Align - Centered</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw).
en_GB: Choose <emph>Shape - Align - Centred</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw).

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3150704 help.text]
note: fawoM
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3153976 help.text]
note: A4T4G
en: Choose <emph>Format - Align - Centered</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc).
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Align - Centred</emph> ($[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc).

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3153246 help.text]
note: ZYyu9
en: Choose <emph>Shape - Align - Centered</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw).
en_GB: Choose <emph>Shape - Align - Centred</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Draw).

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3154614 help.text]
note: gFmHK
en: Open context menu - choose <emph>Align - Centered</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw).
en_GB: Open context menu - choose <emph>Align - Centred</emph> (objects selected) ($[officename] Impress, $[officename] Draw).

[ctx: 00040501.xhp par_id3146943 help.text]
note: NYgDY
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: 00040502.xhp par_id3153076 help.text]
note: CQD3j
en: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Align Center Horizontally</caseinline><defaultinline>Centered</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">Align Centre Horizontally</caseinline><defaultinline>Centred</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: 01000000.xhp hd_id3145416 help.text]
note: cJ35Y
en: Drag and Drop
en_GB: Drag-and-drop

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3145348 help.text]
note: CtLLG
en: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC">Opens a dialog where you can save the selected graphics.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC">Opens a dialogue box with which you can save the selected graphics.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3145629 help.text]
note: hKB2e
en: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC">If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the<emph> Load Graphics </emph>command to make them visible.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC">If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the <emph>Load Graphics</emph> command to make them visible.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_id3159242 help.text]
note: hDAjC
en: <ahelp hid=".">The<emph> General </emph>tab page lists the general properties of the current theme.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>General</emph> tab page lists the general properties of the current theme.</ahelp>

[ctx: fontwork_toolbar.xhp par_idN10621 help.text]
note: MJAQ5
en: Opens the Fontwork Character Spacing dialog where you can enter a new character spacing value.
en_GB: Opens the Fontwork Character Spacing dialogue box where you can enter a new character spacing value.

[ctx: main0108.xhp hd_id4153881 help.text]
note: sWFkG
en: License Information
en_GB: Licence Information

[ctx: main0108.xhp par_id4144510 help.text]
note: NagBg
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowLicense">Displays the <emph>Licensing and Legal information</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowLicense">Displays the <emph>Licensing and Legal information</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0201.xhp par_idN1081E help.text]
note: G8ADV
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enables extended help tips under the mouse pointer till the next click.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enables extended help tips under the mouse pointer until the next click.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0213.xhp par_id3153062 help.text]
note: F2yBf
en: The current sort order or filter is saved with the current document. If a filter is set, the <emph>Apply Filter</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> bar is activated. Sorting and filtering features in the document can also be configured in the <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialog. (Choose <emph>Form Properties - Data</emph> - properties <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="Sort"><emph>Sort</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="Filter"><emph>Filter</emph></link>).
en_GB: The current sort order or filter is saved with the current document. If a filter is set, the <emph>Apply Filter</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> bar is activated. Sorting and filtering features in the document can also be configured in the <emph>Form Properties</emph> dialogue box. (Choose <emph>Form Properties - Data</emph> - properties <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="Sort"><emph>Sort</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/02/01170203.xhp" name="Filter"><emph>Filter</emph></link>).

[ctx: main0227.xhp par_id3151248 help.text]
note: xJMxs
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierCutLine">The<emph> Split Curve </emph>icon splits a curve. Select the point or points where you want to split the curve, then click the icon</ahelp>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierCutLine">The <emph>Split Curve</emph> icon splits a curve. Select the point or points at which you want to split the curve, then click the icon</ahelp>.

[ctx: main0227.xhp par_id3148420 help.text]
note: DNKmR
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierConvert">Converts a curve into a straight line or converts a straight line into a curve.</ahelp> If you select a single point, the curve before the point will be converted. If two points are selected, the curve between both points will be converted. If you select more than two points, each time you click this icon, a different portion of the curve will be converted. If necessary, round points are converted into corner points and corner points are converted into round points.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierConvert">Converts a curve into a straight line or converts a straight line into a curve.</ahelp> If you select a single point, the curve before the point will be converted. If two points are selected, the curve between both points will be converted. If you select more than two points, each time that you click this icon, a different portion of the curve will be converted. If necessary, round points are converted into corner points and corner points are converted into round points.

[ctx: main0227.xhp par_id3149441 help.text]
note: FjTtf
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierEliminatePoints">Marks the current point or the selected points for deletion.</ahelp> This happens in the event that the point is located on a straight line. If you convert a curve or a polygon with the <emph>Convert to Curve </emph>icon into a straight line or you change a curve with the mouse so that a point lies on the straight line, it is removed. The angle from which the point reduction is to take place <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">can be set by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Drawing - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid</emph></link> in the Options dialog box</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">can be set by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Presentation - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Impress - Grid</emph></link> in the Options dialog box</caseinline><defaultinline>is 15° by default.</defaultinline></switchinline>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:BezierEliminatePoints">Marks the current point or the selected points for deletion.</ahelp> This happens in the event that the point is located on a straight line. If you convert a curve or a polygon with the <emph>Convert to Curve</emph> icon into a straight line or you change a curve with the mouse so that a point lies on the straight line, it is removed. The angle from which the point reduction is to take place <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">can be set by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Drawing - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Draw - Grid</emph></link> in the Options dialogue box</caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">can be set by choosing <link href="text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp" name="Presentation - Grid"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Impress - Grid</emph></link> in the Options dialogue box</caseinline><defaultinline>is 15° by default.</defaultinline></switchinline>

[ctx: main0650.xhp par_id3154751 help.text]
note: Bwg5V
en: For $[officename] to support the Java platform, you must install the Java 2 Runtime Environment software. When you installed $[officename], you automatically received the option to install these files if they were not yet installed. You can also install these files now if required.
en_GB: For $[officename] to support the Java platform, you must install the Java Runtime Environment software. When you installed $[officename], you automatically received the option to install these files if they were not yet installed. You can also install these files now if required.

[ctx: submenu_text.xhp par_id398855439580083 help.text]
note: UdmfU
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu where you can choose text formatting commands.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu where you can choose text formatting commands.</ahelp>

[ctx: submenu_text.xhp par_id3150694 help.text]
note: v3Cr9
en: <ahelp hid=".">Changes the first letter of the selected characters to an uppercase character.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Changes the first letter of the selected Western characters to an upper-case character.</ahelp>

[ctx: submenu_text.xhp hd_id640520497868661 help.text]
note: JtsaD
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp#hd_id3149575">Capitalize Every Word</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp#hd_id3149575">Capitalise Every Word</link>

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_id3153727 help.text]
note: RawJc
en: Each object that you place in your document is successively stacked on the preceding object. To re-arrange the stacking order of a selected object, proceed as follows.
en_GB: Each object that you place in your document is successively stacked on the preceding object. To rearrange the stacking order of a selected object proceed as follows.

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_idN107D5 help.text]
note: 7er4p
en: Click the object whose position you want to change.
en_GB: Click the object that you want to rearrange.

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_idN107EC help.text]
note: BVaSC
en: <emph>Bring Forward</emph> places the object one place forward in the stack of objects
en_GB: <emph>Bring Forwards</emph> places the object one place forwards in the stack of objects

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_idN107F2 help.text]
note: VwV66
en: <emph>Send Backward</emph> places the object one place back in the stack of objects
en_GB: <emph>Send Backwards</emph> places the object one place backwards in the stack of objects

[ctx: align_arrange.xhp par_idN10811 help.text]
note: CvgeS
en: Click the object whose position you want to change.
en_GB: Click the object that you want to rearrange.

[ctx: color_define.xhp tit help.text]
note: gpE73
en: Defining Custom Colors
en_GB: Defining Custom Colours

[ctx: color_define.xhp bm_id3149263 help.text]
note: XqCrJ
en: <bookmark_value>colors; defining</bookmark_value>       <bookmark_value>user-defined colors</bookmark_value>       <bookmark_value>custom colors</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colours; defining</bookmark_value>       <bookmark_value>user-defined colours</bookmark_value>       <bookmark_value>custom colours</bookmark_value>

[ctx: color_define.xhp hd_id3149263 help.text]
note: npVxb
en: <variable id="color_define"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp" name="Defining Custom Colors">Defining Custom Colors</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="color_define"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp" name="Defining Custom Colours">Defining Custom Colours</link></variable>

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3154511 help.text]
note: EWGDk
en: Define custom colors and add them to the <emph>Custom</emph> color palette.
en_GB: Define custom colours and add them to the <emph>Custom</emph> colour palette.

[ctx: color_define.xhp hd_id3155600 help.text]
note: PWNkJ
en: To define a custom color
en_GB: To define a custom colour

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3150327 help.text]
note: EzcHh
en: Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, click the <emph>Area</emph> tab and press the <emph>Color</emph> button. A table of the predefined palette colors is displayed.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, click the <emph>Area</emph> tab and press the <emph>Colour</emph> button. A table of the predefined palette colours is displayed.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3154657 help.text]
note: 5WDjt
en: Custom colors are saved in the <emph>Custom</emph> color palette.
en_GB: Custom colours are saved in the <emph>Custom</emph> colour palette.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3166425 help.text]
note: DEBQ8
en: Click a color in the table that is similar to the one you want to define. You can select the similar color from any of the available color palettes in the <emph>Colors</emph> area on the left or the <emph>Recent colors</emph> in the list below the color table. The color appears in the <emph>New</emph> preview box to the right of the dialog.
en_GB: Click a colour in the table that is similar to the one you want to define. You can select the similar colour from any of the available colour palettes in the <emph>Colours</emph> area on the left or the <emph>Recent colours</emph> in the list below the colour table. The colour appears in the <emph>New</emph> preview box to the right of the dialogue box.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id41522705652544 help.text]
note: mr77M
en: Click the <emph>Pick</emph> button to open the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="linkname">Pick a Color</link> dialog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Pick</emph> button to open the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp" name="linkname">Pick a Colour</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id4979705 help.text]
note: 69QAE
en: %PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB color model for printing in color. The RGB values of the selected color are displayed below the preview boxes.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME uses only the RGB colour model for printing in colour. The RGB values of the selected colour are displayed below the preview boxes.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id691522706451849 help.text]
note: ou3sQ
en: Press the <emph>Add</emph> button to add the custom color to the <emph>Custom</emph> color palette. A dialog box asking to enter a color name appears. Enter a unique name for the new color within all color names existing in the <emph>Custom</emph> color palette.
en_GB: Press the <emph>Add</emph> button to add the custom colour to the <emph>Custom</emph> colour palette. A dialogue box asking to enter a colour name appears. Enter a unique name for the new colour within all colour names existing in the <emph>Custom</emph> colour palette.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id701522707038880 help.text]
note: E9Gho
en: To remove a color from the <emph>Custom</emph> color palette, select the <emph>Custom</emph> color palette in the <emph>Colors</emph> area, select the color to be deleted and click <emph>Delete</emph>.
en_GB: To remove a colour from the <emph>Custom</emph> colour palette, select the <emph>Custom</emph> colour palette in the <emph>Colours</emph> area, select the colour to be deleted and click <emph>Delete</emph>.

[ctx: color_define.xhp par_id3145236 help.text]
note: XstjN
en: <link href="text/shared/01/03170000.xhp" name="Color bar">Color bar</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/03170000.xhp" name="Colour bar">Colour bar</link>

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp par_id3154659 help.text]
note: UpuY6
en: You can only combine 2D objects.
en_GB: You can only combine 2-D objects.

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp hd_id3150344 help.text]
note: BSs4D
en: To combine 2D objects:
en_GB: To combine 2-D objects:

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp par_id3166428 help.text]
note: R5BDg
en: Select two or more 2D objects.
en_GB: Select two or more 2-D objects.

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp par_id3147403 help.text]
note: ZciiC
en: Shape commands only work on 2D objects.
en_GB: Shape commands only work on 2-D objects.

[ctx: combine_etc.xhp par_id3157874 help.text]
note: 3oZFf
en: Select two or more 2D objects.
en_GB: Select two or more 2-D objects.

[ctx: cross_fading.xhp par_id3159203 help.text]
note: aBrFX
en: <image id="img_id3150210" src="media/helpimg/ueberblenden.png" width="74.88mm" height="65.62mm"><alt id="alt_id3150210">Illustration for crossfading</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3150210" src="media/helpimg/ueberblenden.png" width="74.88mm" height="65.62mm"><alt id="alt_id3150210">Illustration for cross-fading</alt></image>

[ctx: draw_sector.xhp bm_id3146974 help.text]
note: CEEGe
en: <bookmark_value>sectors of circles/ellipses</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>segments of circles/ellipses</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circle segments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ellipses; segments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing; sectors and segments</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>sectors of circles/ellipses</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>segments of circles/ellipses</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>circles; segments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ellipses; segments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawing; sectors and segments</bookmark_value>

[ctx: draw_sector.xhp par_id3148868 help.text]
note: uGdL9
en: To create a circle by dragging from the center, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging.
en_GB: To create a circle by dragging from the centre, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging.

[ctx: duplicate_object.xhp par_id3149400 help.text]
note: rxVAA
en: You can create duplicate or multiple copies of an object. The copies can be identical or can differ in size, color, orientation and location.
en_GB: You can create duplicate or multiple copies of an object. The copies can be identical or can differ in size, colour, orientation and location.

[ctx: duplicate_object.xhp par_id3151387 help.text]
note: mKgZB
en: To define a color transition for the coins, select different colors in the <emph>Start</emph> and <emph>End</emph> boxes. The <emph>Start</emph> color is applied to the object that you are duplicating.
en_GB: To define a colour transition for the coins, select different colours in the <emph>Start</emph> and <emph>End</emph> boxes. The <emph>Start</emph> colour is applied to the object that you are duplicating.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp tit help.text]
note: CEHEf
en: Replacing Colors
en_GB: Replacing Colours

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp bm_id3147436 help.text]
note: 5vq7z
en: <bookmark_value>eyedropper tool</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colors; replacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;colors in bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>metafiles;replacing colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps;replacing colors</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>GIF images;replacing colors</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>eyedropper tool</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours; replacing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;colours in bitmaps</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>metafiles;replacing colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bitmaps;replacing colours</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>GIF images;replacing colours</bookmark_value>

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp hd_id3147436 help.text]
note: seBAr
en: <variable id="eyedropper"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp" name="Replacing Colors">Replacing Colors</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="eyedropper"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp" name="Replacing Colours">Replacing Colours</link></variable>

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3156286 help.text]
note: 6nnwD
en: You can replace colors in bitmaps with the <emph>Color Replacer</emph> tool.
en_GB: You can replace colours in bitmaps with the <emph>Colour Replacer</emph> tool.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3154704 help.text]
note: ArA6H
en: Up to four colors can be replaced at once.
en_GB: Up to four colours can be replaced at once.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3147344 help.text]
note: DmAhB
en: You can also use the <emph>Transparency</emph> option to replace the transparent areas of an image with a color.
en_GB: You can also use the <emph>Transparency</emph> option to replace the transparent areas of an image with a colour.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3148488 help.text]
note: Ze6JL
en: Similarly, you can use the <emph>Color Replacer</emph> to make a color on your image transparent.
en_GB: Similarly, you can use the <emph>Colour Replacer</emph> to make a colour on your image transparent.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp hd_id3150205 help.text]
note: ecY64
en: To replace colors with the Color Replacer tool
en_GB: To replace colours with the Colour Replacer tool

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3150202 help.text]
note: TAeSM
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Color Replacer</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Colour Replacer</emph>.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3155531 help.text]
note: gyRmY
en: Click the Color Replacer icon and position the mouse pointer over the color you want to replace in the image. The color appears in the box next to the icon.
en_GB: Click the Colour Replacer icon and position the mouse pointer over the colour you want to replace in the image. The colour appears in the box next to the icon.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3152985 help.text]
note: tpTWi
en: Click the color in the image. The color appears in the first <emph>Source color</emph> box and the check box next to the color is selected.
en_GB: Click the colour in the image. The colour appears in the first <emph>Source colour</emph> box and the check box next to the colour is selected.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3148866 help.text]
note: ZKeEk
en: In the <emph>Replace with</emph> box, select the new color.
en_GB: In the <emph>Replace with</emph> box, select the new colour.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3145362 help.text]
note: ZZDJu
en: This replaces all occurrences of the <emph>Source color</emph> in the image.
en_GB: This replaces all occurrences of the <emph>Source colour</emph> in the image.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3151191 help.text]
note: JM5GC
en: If you want to replace another color while the dialog is open, select the check box in front of <emph>Source color</emph> in the next row and repeat steps 3 to 5.
en_GB: If you want to replace another colour while the dialogue box is open, mark the check box in front of <emph>Source colour</emph> in the next row and repeat steps 3 to 5.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3157871 help.text]
note: FEATG
en: If you want to expand or contract the color selection area, increase or decrease the tolerance of the <emph>Color Replacer</emph> tool and repeat your selection.
en_GB: If you want to expand or contract the colour selection area, increase or decrease the tolerance of the <emph>Colour Replacer</emph> tool and repeat your selection.

[ctx: eyedropper.xhp par_id3146878 help.text]
note: CwACD
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06030000.xhp" name="Color Replacer">Color Replacer</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06030000.xhp" name="Colour Replacer">Colour Replacer</link>

[ctx: gradient.xhp par_id3154012 help.text]
note: PpcyF
en: A gradient fill is an incremental blend of two different colors, or shades of the same color, that you can apply to a drawing object.
en_GB: A gradient fill is an incremental blend of two different colours, or shades of the same colour, that you can apply to a drawing object.

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id3153728 help.text]
note: ZBEaH
en: You can combine several objects into a group so that they act as a single object. You can move and transform all objects in a group as a single unit. You can also change the properties (for example, line size, fill color) of all objects in a group as a whole or for individual objects in a group. Groups can be temporary or assigned:
en_GB: You can combine several objects into a group so that they act as a single object. You can move and transform all objects in a group as a single unit. You can also change the properties (for example, line size, fill colour) of all objects in a group as a whole or for individual objects in a group. Groups can be temporary or assigned:

[ctx: groups.xhp par_id3156450 help.text]
note: HrJDA
en: You can select single objects in a group by entering the group. Double-click a group to enter it and click on the object to select it. You can also add or delete objects to and from a group in this mode. The objects that are not part of the group are grayed out.
en_GB: You can select single objects in a group by entering the group. Double-click a group to enter it and click on the object to select it. You can also add or delete objects to and from a group in this mode. The objects that are not part of the group are greyed out.

[ctx: join_objects.xhp par_id3154512 help.text]
note: FUYtU
en: When you connect lines, lines are drawn between neighboring endpoints.
en_GB: When you connect lines, lines are drawn between neighbouring endpoints.

[ctx: join_objects.xhp par_id3150363 help.text]
note: ZfCk8
en: You can only use the <emph>Close Object</emph> command on connected lines, <emph>Freeform Lines </emph>and unfilled <emph>Curves</emph>.
en_GB: You can only use the <emph>Close Object</emph> command on connected lines, <emph>Free-form Lines</emph> and unfilled <emph>Curves</emph>.

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp tit help.text]
note: tsRYv
en: Assembling 3D Objects
en_GB: Assembling 3-D Objects

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp bm_id3154014 help.text]
note: zKevj
en: <bookmark_value>3D objects; assembling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>assembled objects in 3D</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>combining;3D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>joining;3D objects</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>3-D objects; assembling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>assembled objects in 3-D</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>combining;3-D objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>joining;3-D objects</bookmark_value>

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp hd_id3156442 help.text]
note: JYDZH
en: <variable id="join_objects3d"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp" name="Assembling 3D Objects">Assembling 3D Objects</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="join_objects3d"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp" name="Assembling 3-D Objects">Assembling 3-D Objects</link></variable>

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3145251 help.text]
note: spQiu
en: 3D objects that each form a 3D scene can be combined into a single 3D scene.
en_GB: 3-D objects that each form a 3-D scene can be combined into a single 3-D scene.

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp hd_id3150042 help.text]
note: Cn8Mu
en: To combine 3D objects:
en_GB: To combine 3-D objects:

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3154702 help.text]
note: aicit
en: Insert a 3D object from the <emph>3D Objects</emph> toolbar (for example, a cube).
en_GB: Insert a 3-D object from the <emph>3-D Objects</emph> toolbar (for example, a cube).

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3155335 help.text]
note: JcNRn
en: Insert a second slightly larger 3D object (for example, a sphere).
en_GB: Insert a second slightly larger 3-D object (for example, a sphere).

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3148488 help.text]
note: nKo5g
en: Select the second 3D object (sphere) and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>.
en_GB: Select the second 3-D object (sphere) and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>.

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3148606 help.text]
note: taiS2
en: You cannot intersect or subtract 3D objects.
en_GB: You cannot intersect or subtract 3-D objects.

[ctx: join_objects3d.xhp par_id3154537 help.text]
note: FsnCC
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp" name="Objects in 3D">Objects in 3D</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10090000.xhp" name="Objects in 3-D">Objects in 3-D</link>

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_idN106CD help.text]
note: FEfKD
en: If there is an arrow next to the icon, the drawing tool opens a sub toolbar. Press the <item type="keycode">Up</item> or <item type="keycode">Down</item> arrow key to open the sub toolbar, then press the <item type="keycode">Right</item> or <item type="keycode">Left</item> key to select an icon.
en_GB: If there is an arrow next to the icon, the drawing tool opens a sub-toolbar. Press the <item type="keycode">Up</item> or <item type="keycode">Down</item> arrow key to open the sub-toolbar, then press the <item type="keycode">Right</item> or <item type="keycode">Left</item> key to select an icon.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3154705 help.text]
note: cTDYF
en: The object is created at the center of the current document.
en_GB: The object is created at the centre of the current document.

[ctx: layer_tipps.xhp par_id3154762 help.text]
note: SYd53
en: In the name tab of the layer, the text color of the name changes to blue.
en_GB: In the name tab of the layer, the text colour of the name changes to blue.

[ctx: main.xhp hd_id3149018 help.text]
note: 6pbcB
en: Editing Colors and Textures
en_GB: Editing Colours and Textures

[ctx: rotate_object.xhp par_id3149262 help.text]
note: GSWgX
en: You can rotate an object around its default pivot point (center point) or a pivot point that you designate.
en_GB: You can rotate an object around its default pivot point (centre point) or a pivot point that you designate.

[ctx: rotate_object.xhp par_id3166424 help.text]
note: FrzvS
en: To change the pivot point, drag the small circle in the center of the object to a new location.
en_GB: To change the pivot point, drag the small circle in the centre of the object to a new location.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp hd_id3153144 help.text]
note: JnXwh
en: <variable id="text_enter"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/text_enter.xhp" name="Adding Text">Adding Text</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="text_enter"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/text_enter.xhp" name="Adding Text">Adding Text</link> </variable>

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN10824 help.text]
note: pQVkX
en: Text in a text box
en_GB: Text in a text frame

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN10828 help.text]
note: rB9jp
en: Text that changes character size to fill the frame size
en_GB: Text that changes character size to fill the frame

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_id3145118 help.text]
note: qLSZv
en: Double-click the text to edit it or to format text properties, such as font size or font color. Click the border of the text box to edit the object properties, such as border color or arranging in front or behind other objects.
en_GB: Double-click the text to edit it or to format text properties, such as font size or font colour. Click the border of the text box to edit the object properties, such as border colour or arranging in front of or behind other objects.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN108A3 help.text]
note: Q8BAz
en: With the text object selected, choose <emph>Format - Text</emph>. The <emph>Text</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: With the text object selected, choose <emph>Format - Text</emph>. The <emph>Text</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN108AF help.text]
note: D7Jw2
en: On the <emph>Text</emph> tab page, clear the <emph>Fit height to text</emph> checkbox, then select the <emph>Fit to frame</emph> checkbox. Click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: On the <emph>Text</emph> tab page, unmark the <emph>Fit height to text</emph> check box, then mark the <emph>Fit to frame</emph> check box. Click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN1092D help.text]
note: xXHnT
en: Click the page or slide where you want to paste the text.
en_GB: Click the page or slide into which you want to paste the text.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN10946 help.text]
note: bCEdY
en: Click the page or slide where you want to import the text.
en_GB: Click the page or slide into which you want to import the text.

[ctx: text_enter.xhp par_idN10952 help.text]
note: oWEEr
en: Select a text file (*.txt) or an HTML file and click <emph>Insert</emph>. The <emph>Insert Text</emph> dialog opens. Click <emph>OK</emph> to insert the text.
en_GB: Select a text file (*.txt) or an HTML file and click <emph>Insert</emph>. The <emph>Insert Text</emph> dialogue box opens. Click <emph>OK</emph> to insert the text.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp bm_id3156441 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;in drawings</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>drawings; shortcut keys</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;in drawings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings; shortcut keys</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3152994 help.text]
en: Opens the <emph>Duplicate</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Duplicate</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149406 help.text]
en: Opens the <emph>Position and Size</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Position and Size</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp bm_id3150393 help.text]
en: <bookmark_value>zooming;shortcut keys</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>drawings; zoom function in</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>zooming;shortcut keys</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drawings; zoom function in</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01020000.xhp hd_id3149946 help.text]
en: Plus(+) Key
en_GB: Plus (+) Key

[ctx: 01020000.xhp hd_id3150655 help.text]
en: Minus(-) Key
en_GB: Minus (-) Key

[ctx: 01020000.xhp hd_id3149886 help.text]
en: Multiple(×) Key (number pad)
en_GB: Multiply (*) Key (number pad)

[ctx: 01020000.xhp hd_id3154841 help.text]
en: Divide (÷) Key (number pad)
en_GB: Divide (/) Key (number pad)

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3148393 help.text]
en: Bring forward.
en_GB: Bring forwards.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3156062 help.text]
en: Send backward.
en_GB: Send backwards.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3150756 help.text]
en: Inserts a drawing object of default size into the center of the current view.
en_GB: Inserts a drawing object of default size into the centre of the current view.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3152812 help.text]
en: Press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key and drag with the mouse to draw or resize an object from the center of the object outward.
en_GB: Press the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key and drag with the mouse to draw or resize an object from the centre of the object outward.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149764 help.text]
en: Cycles through the objects on the page in the reverse-order in which they were created.
en_GB: Cycles through the objects on the page in the reverse-order to which they were created.

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp tit help.text]
note: ybhKD
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D-Settings

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN1055A help.text]
note: FEwmD
en: <variable id="3dtoolbar"><link href="text/sdraw/01/3dsettings_toolbar.xhp">3D-Settings</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="3dtoolbar"><link href="text/sdraw/01/3dsettings_toolbar.xhp">3-D-Settings</link></variable>

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN1056A help.text]
note: ZZxLB
en: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>3D Settings</emph> toolbar controls properties of selected 3D objects.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">The <emph>3-D Settings</emph> toolbar controls properties of selected 3-D objects.</ahelp>

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN10579 help.text]
note: FovPY
en: <ahelp hid=".">Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Switches the 3-D effects on and off for the selected objects.</ahelp>

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN10732 help.text]
note: EACGj
en: 3D Color
en_GB: 3-D Colour

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_idN10736 help.text]
note: TLZ97
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Extrusion Color</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Extrusion Colour</emph> toolbar.</ahelp>

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_id311592604646572 help.text]
note: XRrSC
en: <image src="cmd/sc_extrusion3dcolor.svg" id="img_id321592604646573" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id691592604646574">Icon Color</alt></image>
en_GB: <image src="cmd/sc_extrusion3dcolor.svg" id="img_id321592604646573" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id691592604646574">Icon Colour</alt></image>

[ctx: 3dsettings_toolbar.xhp par_id921592604646576 help.text]
note: 9rzGT
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: page_properties.xhp par_id691556822054550 help.text]
note: QdVmE
en: To change the background of all of the pages in the active file, select a background, click <emph>OK</emph> and click <emph>Yes</emph> in the <emph>Page Properties</emph> dialog.
en_GB: To change the background of all of the pages in the active file, select a background, click <emph>OK</emph> and click <emph>Yes</emph> in the <emph>Page Properties</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: main0100.xhp par_id3154684 help.text]
note: tFQeA
en: The following is a description of all $[officename] Draw menus, submenus and their dialogs.
en_GB: The following is a description of all $[officename] Draw menus, sub-menus and their dialogue boxes.

[ctx: main0103.xhp par_id761605493042236 help.text]
note: tYxbF
en: Opens dialog box for selecting layout of user interface.
en_GB: Opens dialogue box for selecting layout of user interface.

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3154015 help.text]
note: ukpCB
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Color">Line Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Colour">Line Colour</link>

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_idN106C8 help.text]
note: bve6M
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue points">Glue Points</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue Points">Glue Points</link>

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_idN1075A help.text]
note: 4zUFD
en: Switches the 3D effects on and off for the selected objects.
en_GB: Switches the 3-D effects on and off for the selected objects.

[ctx: main0213.xhp hd_id3149018 help.text]
note: 4tnwC
en: <link href="text/shared/02/01171400.xhp" name="Helplines While Moving">Helplines While Moving</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/02/01171400.xhp" name="Helplines When Moving">Helplines When Moving</link>

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3146975 help.text]
note: VMQj3
en: $[officename] Draw lets you create simple and complex drawings and export them in a number of common image formats. You can also insert tables, charts, formulas and other items created in $[officename] programs into your drawings.
en_GB: $[officename] Draw lets you create simple and complex drawings and export them in a number of common image formats. You can also insert tables, charts, formulae and other items created in $[officename] programs into your drawings.

[ctx: main0503.xhp hd_id3154320 help.text]
note: RETRQ
en: Creating 3D Objects
en_GB: Creating 3-D Objects

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145251 help.text]
note: vdToT
en: You can create simple 3D objects such as cubes, spheres, and cylinders in $[officename] Draw and even modify the light source of the objects.
en_GB: You can create simple 3-D objects such as cubes, spheres, and cylinders in $[officename] Draw and even modify the light source of the objects.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3149124 help.text]
note: LGD4F
en: You can connect objects in $[officename] Draw with special lines called "connectors" to show the relationship between objects. Connectors attach to glue points on drawing objects and remain attached when the connected objects are moved. Connectors are useful for creating organization charts and technical diagrams.
en_GB: You can connect objects in $[officename] Draw with special lines called "connectors" to show the relationship between objects. Connectors attach to glue points on drawing objects and remain attached when the connected objects are moved. Connectors are useful for creating organisation charts and technical diagrams.

[ctx: main_edit.xhp hd_id3149258 help.text]
note: 8ySGj
en: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue points">Glue points</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp" name="Glue Points">Glue Points</link>

[ctx: main_tools.xhp hd_id3150044 help.text]
note: U5jsV
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customise">Customise</link>

[ctx: 02000000.xhp par_id3149398 help.text]
note: 9ZPFm
en: Drag the name of the table or query into the open text document or spreadsheet. The dialog <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp" name="Insert Database Columns">Insert Database Columns</link> opens.
en_GB: Drag the name of the table or query into the open text document or spreadsheet. The dialogue box <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp" name="Insert Database Columns">Insert Database Columns</link> opens.

[ctx: 02000000.xhp par_id3150443 help.text]
note: m5TnG
en: Decide which columns = data fields you want to include. You can also click the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> button and select a corresponding formatting type. Close the dialog.
en_GB: Decide which columns = data fields you want to include. You can also click the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> button and select a corresponding formatting type. Close the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02000002.xhp par_id3150247 help.text]
note: X2NF9
en: If a query in which tables or fields no longer exist is opened, the<emph> Missing Element </emph>dialog appears. This dialog names the missing table or the field which cannot be interpreted and allows you to decide how to continue with the procedure.
en_GB: If a query in which tables or fields no longer exist is opened, the <emph>Missing Element</emph> dialogue box appears. This dialogue box names the missing table or the field which cannot be interpreted and allows you to decide how to continue with the procedure.

[ctx: 02000002.xhp par_id3156329 help.text]
note: 9hCbd
en: <ahelp hid=".">Allows you to cancel the procedure and specify that the query should not be opened.</ahelp> This option corresponds to the function of the <emph>Cancel</emph> dialog button.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Allows you to cancel the procedure and specify that the query should not be opened.</ahelp> This option corresponds to the function of the <emph>Cancel</emph> dialogue box button.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3148799 help.text]
note: 5y4VZ
en: When you open the query design for the first time, you see a dialog in which you must first select the table or query that will be the basis for your new query.
en_GB: When you open the query design for the first time, you see a dialogue box in which you must first select the table or query that will be the basis for your new query.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3154791 help.text]
note: zkKD5
en: If you double-click on the line connecting two linked fields or call the menu command <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, you can specify the type of relation in the <link href="text/sdatabase/02010101.xhp" name="Relations"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: If you double-click on the line connecting two linked fields or call the menu command <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, you can specify the type of relation in the <link href="text/sdatabase/02010101.xhp" name="Relations"><emph>Relations</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3150715 help.text]
note: 3UCig
en: Alternatively, delete the respective entries in <emph>Fields involved </emph>in the <emph>Relations</emph> dialog. Or press Tab until the connecting vector is displayed highlighted, then press Shift+F10 to open the context menu and select <emph>Delete </emph>command.
en_GB: Alternatively, delete the respective entries in <emph>Fields involved </emph>in the <emph>Relations</emph> dialogue box. Or press Tab until the connecting vector is displayed highlighted, then press Shift+F10 to open the context menu and select <emph>Delete </emph>command.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3148481 help.text]
note: 2kWoA
en: Use the <emph>Save</emph> icon on the Standard toolbar to save the query. You will see a dialog that asks you to enter a name for the query. If the database supports schemas, you can also enter a schema name.
en_GB: Use the <emph>Save</emph> icon on the Standard toolbar to save the query. You will see a dialogue box that asks you to enter a name for the query. If the database supports schemas, you can also enter a schema name.

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3149134 help.text]
note: sxYQF
en: To query the content of a text field, you must put the expression between single quotes. The distinction between uppercase and lowercase letters depends on the database in use. LIKE, by definition, is case-sensitive (though some databases don't interpret this strictly).
en_GB: To query the content of a text field, you must put the expression between single quotes. The distinction between upper-case and lower-case letters depends on the database in use. LIKE, by definition, is case-sensitive (though some databases don't interpret this strictly).

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3159385 help.text]
note: dyXYc
en: IS NULL returns all records for which the Yes/No field has neither of the states Yes or No (selected in gray).
en_GB: IS NULL returns all records for which the Yes/No field has neither of the states Yes or No (selected in grey).

[ctx: 02010100.xhp par_id3153596 help.text]
note: BisCF
en: <ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">The <emph>Parameter Input</emph> dialog asks the user to enter the parameter values. Enter a value for each query parameter and confirm by clicking <emph>OK</emph> or typing <emph>Enter</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION">The <emph>Parameter Input</emph> dialogue box asks the user to enter the parameter values. Enter a value for each query parameter and confirm by clicking <emph>OK</emph> or typing <emph>Enter</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02010101.xhp par_id3151205 help.text]
note: MzpBt
en: If you double-click a connection between two linked fields in the query design, or if you choose <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, the <emph>Join Properties</emph> dialog appears. These properties will be used in all queries created in the future.
en_GB: If you double-click a connection between two linked fields in the query design, or if you choose <emph>Insert - New Relation</emph>, the <emph>Join Properties</emph> dialogue box appears. These properties will be used in all queries created in the future.

[ctx: 04000000.xhp par_id3156156 help.text]
note: CyFwA
en: The Form Controls toolbar provides the tools required to create a form in a text, table, drawing, or presentation document.
en_GB: The Form Controls toolbar provides the tools required to create a form in a text, table, drawing or presentation document.

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id3154948 help.text]
note: 4AXt6
en: If there is an error when assigning properties to the objects contained in the form (for example, when assigning a non-existent database table to an object), a corresponding error message appears. This error message may contain a <emph>More</emph> button. <ahelp hid="dummy">If you click on <emph>More</emph>, a dialog displaying more information about the current problem appears.</ahelp>
en_GB: If there is an error when assigning properties to the objects contained in the form (for example, when assigning a non-existent database table to an object), a corresponding error message appears. This error message may contain a <emph>More</emph> button. <ahelp hid="dummy">If you click on <emph>More</emph>, a dialogue box displaying more information about the current problem appears.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01220000.xhp bm_id3150400 help.text]
note: ipywg
en: <bookmark_value>reorganizing charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; reorganizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>reorganising charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; reorganising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp tit help.text]
note: DsZFP
en: Data Table
en_GB: Chart Data Table

[ctx: 03010000.xhp hd_id3150869 help.text]
note: uFKwH
en: <link href="text/schart/01/03010000.xhp" name="Data Table">Data Table</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/03010000.xhp" name="Chart Data Table">Chart Data Table</link>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3151115 help.text]
note: EvUD4
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the<emph> Data Table </emph>dialog where you can edit the chart data.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the<emph> Data Table </emph>dialogue box where you can edit the chart data.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3149667 help.text]
note: RHGbZ
en: The<emph> Data Table </emph>dialog is not available if you insert a chart that is based on a Calc sheet or on a Writer table.
en_GB: The <emph>Chart Data Table</emph> dialogue box is not available if you insert a chart that is based on a Calc sheet or on a Writer table.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id2565996 help.text]
note: zuseH
en: Some changes will become visible only after you close and reopen the dialog.
en_GB: Some changes will become visible only after you close and reopen the dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id8141117 help.text]
note: ECmjX
en: When you create a chart that is based on default data, or when you copy a chart into your document, you can open the Data Table dialog to enter your own data. The chart responds to the data in a live preview.
en_GB: When you create a chart that is based on default data, or when you copy a chart into your document, you can open the Chart Data Table dialogue box to enter your own data. The chart responds to the data in a live preview.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id9487594 help.text]
note: VoGXA
en: Close the Chart Data dialog to apply all changes to the chart. Choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to cancel the changes.
en_GB: Close the Chart Data Table dialogue box to apply all changes to the chart. Choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to cancel the changes.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id6064943 help.text]
note: H9HSu
en: Choose <emph>View - Chart Data Table</emph> to open the Data Table dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>View - Chart Data Table</emph> to open the Chart Data Table dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3236182 help.text]
note: CtH6Q
en: The data series are organized in columns. The role of the left most column is set to categories or data labels respectively. The contents of the left most column are always formatted as text. You can insert more text columns to be used as hierarchical labels.
en_GB: The data series are organised in columns. The role of the leftmost column is set to categories or data labels respectively. The contents of the leftmost column are always formatted as text. You can insert more text columns to be used as hierarchical labels.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id9799798 help.text]
note: RSA5B
en: Click a cell in the dialog and change the contents. Click another cell to see the changed contents in the preview.
en_GB: Click a cell in the dialogue box and change the contents. Click another cell to see the changed contents in the preview.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id8111819 help.text]
note: 5wuLN
en: The order of the data series in the chart is the same as in the data table. Use the <emph>Move Series Right</emph> icon to switch the current column with its neighbor on the right.
en_GB: The order of the data series in the chart is the same as in the data table. Use the <emph>Move Series Right</emph> icon to switch the current column with its neighbour to the right.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id9116794 help.text]
note: fQcQH
en: The order of the categories or data points in the chart is the same as in the data table. Use the <emph>Move Row Down</emph> icon to switch the current row with its neighbor below.
en_GB: The order of the categories or data points in the chart is the same as in the data table. Use the <emph>Move Row Down</emph> icon to switch the current row with its neighbour below.

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id4089175 help.text]
note: wJbsu
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current column with its neighbor at the right.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current column with its neighbour to the right.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id4089176 help.text]
note: AE67G
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current column with its neighbor at the left.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current column with its neighbour at the left.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3949095 help.text]
note: DvGaq
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current row with its neighbor below.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current row with its neighbour below.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3949096 help.text]
note: qCW5A
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current row with its neighbor above.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Switches the current row with its neighbour above.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3150298 help.text]
note: 2YvMC
en: <variable id="titel"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.</ahelp></variable> You can define the text for the main title, subtitle and the axis labels, and specify if they are displayed.
en_GB: <variable id="titel"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to enter or modify the titles in a chart.</ahelp></variable> You can define the text for the main title, subtitle and the axis labels, and specify if they are displayed.

[ctx: 04010000.xhp hd_id3156018 help.text]
note: UZbPg
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3152869 help.text]
note: pKjQE
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryXaxis">Enter the desired title for the X axis of the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryXaxis">Enter the desired title for the x-axis of the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04010000.xhp hd_id3159226 help.text]
note: D9dUG
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3154763 help.text]
note: Xo3hd
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryYaxis">Enter the desired title for the Y axis of the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryYaxis">Enter the desired title for the y-axis of the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04010000.xhp hd_id3153009 help.text]
note: dnefP
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3154710 help.text]
note: KJ7bn
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryZaxis">Enter the desired title for the Z axis of the chart.</ahelp> This option is only available for 3-D charts.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryZaxis">Enter the desired title for the z-axis of the chart.</ahelp> This option is only available for 3-D charts.

[ctx: 04010000.xhp hd_id3156019 help.text]
note: Ur5xh
en: X axis
en_GB: x-axis

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3152870 help.text]
note: QNMF9
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/secondaryXaxis">Enter the desired secondary title for the X axis of the chart.</ahelp> This will appear on the opposite side of the chart as the X axis title.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/secondaryXaxis">Enter the desired secondary title for the x-axis of the chart.</ahelp> This will appear on the opposite side of the chart from the x-axis title.

[ctx: 04010000.xhp hd_id3156020 help.text]
note: CZHPa
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-axis

[ctx: 04010000.xhp par_id3152872 help.text]
note: 7BuDS
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/secondaryYaxis">Enter the desired secondary title for the Y axis of the chart.</ahelp> This will appear on the opposite side of the chart as the Y axis title.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/secondaryYaxis">Enter the desired secondary title for the y-axis of the chart.</ahelp> This will appear on the opposite side of the chart from the y-axis title.

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3155413 help.text]
note: tGRyh
en: <variable id="legende"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuLegend">Opens the <emph>Legend </emph>dialog, which allows you to change the position of legends in the chart, and to specify whether the legend is displayed.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="legende"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuLegend">Opens the <emph>Legend</emph> dialogue box, which allows you to change the position of legends in the chart, and to specify whether the legend is displayed.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3150206 help.text]
note: BSdJn
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/wizelementspage/show">Specifies whether to display a legend for the chart.</ahelp> This option is only visible if you call the dialog by choosing <emph>Insert - Legend</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/wizelementspage/show">Specifies whether to display a legend for the chart.</ahelp> This option is only visible if you call the dialogue box by choosing <emph>Insert - Legend</emph>.

[ctx: 04030000.xhp bm_id3150275 help.text]
note: hnFS9
en: <bookmark_value>data labels in charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>labels; for charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts; data labels</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>data values in charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chart legends; showing icons with labels</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>data labels in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>labels; for charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; data labels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data values in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chart legends; showing icons with labels</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04030000.xhp hd_id3150275 help.text]
note: jWyvv
en: <variable id="datenbeschriftung"><link href="text/schart/01/04030000.xhp" name="Data labels">Data Labels</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="datenbeschriftung"><link href="text/schart/01/04030000.xhp" name="Data Labels">Data Labels</link></variable>

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id3154684 help.text]
note: C3Fy5
en: <variable id="besch"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuDataLabels">Opens the<emph> Data Labels </emph>dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="besch"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuDataLabels">Opens the <emph>Data Labels</emph> dialogue box, which enables you to set the data labels.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id9794610 help.text]
note: qcDam
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to select the number format.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to select the number format.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04030000.xhp par_id5476241 help.text]
note: 6v4iu
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to select the percentage format.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box to select the percentage format.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp bm_id3147428 help.text]
note: eFmfm
en: <bookmark_value>axes; showing axes in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; showing axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>X axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Y axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Z axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axes; better scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>secondary axes in charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>axes; showing axes in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; showing axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>x-axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>y-axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>z-axes; showing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axes; better scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>secondary axes in charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3146316 help.text]
note: qKnCE
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3145230 help.text]
note: iBDRp
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryX">Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryX">Displays the x-axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3147003 help.text]
note: Z2haD
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3154020 help.text]
note: E8B8Z
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryY">Displays the Y axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryY">Displays the y-axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3150345 help.text]
note: mJpxz
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3155113 help.text]
note: pAJYE
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryZ">Displays the Z axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp> This axis can only be displayed in 3D charts.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryZ">Displays the z-axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp> This axis can only be displayed in 3-D charts.

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3166428 help.text]
note: QaGNX
en: Use this area to assign a second axis to your chart. If a data series is already assigned to this axis, $[officename] automatically displays the axis and the label. You can turn off these settings later on. If no data has been assigned to this axis and you activate this area, the values of the primary Y axis are applied to the secondary axis.
en_GB: Use this area to assign a second axis to your chart. If a data series is already assigned to this axis, $[officename] automatically displays the axis and the label. You can turn off these settings later on. If no data has been assigned to this axis and you activate this area, the values of the primary y-axis are applied to the secondary axis.

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3152988 help.text]
note: oEY8r
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3156445 help.text]
note: hAMZB
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryX">Displays a secondary X axis in the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryX">Displays a secondary x-axis in the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp hd_id3152896 help.text]
note: v2A28
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3153818 help.text]
note: VEXsg
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY">Displays a secondary Y axis in the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY">Displays a secondary y-axis in the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04040000.xhp par_id3154762 help.text]
note: m6gyt
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY">The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 in. and the other to 1.5 in. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY">The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 cm. and the other to 1.5 cm. </ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp tit help.text]
note: CQdYY
en: X/Y Error Bars
en_GB: x/y-Error Bars

[ctx: 04050000.xhp hd_id3147428 help.text]
note: 3gFip
en: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp" name="Y Error Bars">X/Y Error Bars</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp" name="Y Error Bars">x/y-Error Bars</link>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3149666 help.text]
note: VufWr
en: <variable id="statistik"><ahelp hid=".">Use the <emph>X or Y Error Bars</emph> dialog to display error bars for 2D charts.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="statistik"><ahelp hid=".">Use the <emph>x- or y-Error Bars</emph> dialogue box to display error bars for 2-D charts.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3153965 help.text]
note: 2uEd3
en: The <emph>Insert - X/Y Error Bars</emph> menu command is only available for 2D charts.
en_GB: The <emph>Insert - x/y-Error Bars</emph> menu command is only available for 2-D charts.

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3153249 help.text]
note: DkMFd
en: Standard Deviation: Displays the standard deviation (square root of the variance). Unlike other functions, error bars are centered on the mean.
en_GB: Standard Deviation: Displays the standard deviation (square root of the variance). Unlike other functions, error bars are centred on the mean.

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3872188 help.text]
note: DQYC6
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp hd_id2633747 help.text]
note: XbnB2
en: From Data Table
en_GB: From Chart Data Table

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id6633503 help.text]
note: CKWJ7
en: <ahelp hid=".">For a chart with its own data, the error bar values can be entered in the chart data table. The Data Table dialog shows additional columns titled Positive X or Y-Error-Bars and Negative X or Y-Error-Bars.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">For a chart with its own data, the error bar values can be entered in the chart data table. The Data Table dialogue box shows additional columns titled Positive x- or y-Error-Bars and Negative x- or y-Error-Bars.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id0428200810573844 help.text]
note: kRFcG
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the address range from where to get the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the address range from where to obtain the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id0428200810573970 help.text]
note: Qpys7
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the address range from where to get the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the address range from where to obtain the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id7272255 help.text]
note: JF9Gb
en: <variable id="trendlinestext"> <ahelp hid=".">Trend lines can be added to all 2D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.</ahelp> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="trendlinestext"> <ahelp hid=".">Trend lines can be added to all 2-D chart types except for Pie and Stock charts.</ahelp> </variable>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id180820161133305870 help.text]
note: RtirG
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Name of X variable in trend line equation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Name of x variable in trend line equation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id180820161134155865 help.text]
note: eD68W
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Name of Y variable in trend line equation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Name of y variable in trend line equation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id9569689 help.text]
note: EFBBV
en: The trend line has the same color as the corresponding data series. To change the line properties, select the trend line and choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Format Selection - Line</item>.
en_GB: The trend line has the same colour as the corresponding data series. To change the line properties, select the trend line and choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Format Selection - Line</item>.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id180820161627109994 help.text]
note: e957n
en: Default equation uses <item type="literal">x</item> for abscissa variable, and <item type="literal">f(x)</item> for ordinate variable. To change these names, select the trend line, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Format Selection – Type</item> and enter names in <item type="literal">X Variable Name</item> and <item type="literal">Y Variable Name</item> edit boxes.
en_GB: Default equation uses <item type="literal">x</item> for abscissa variable, and <item type="literal">f(x)</item> for ordinate variable. To change these names, select the trend line, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Format Selection – Type</item> and enter names in <item type="literal">x-Variable Name</item> and <item type="literal">y-Variable Name</item> edit boxes.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id180820161612526680 help.text]
note: MLE4x
en: <emph>Exponential</emph> trend line: regression through equation <item type="literal">y=b∙exp(a∙x)</item>.This equation is equivalent to <item type="literal">y=b∙m</item><sup><item type="literal">x</item></sup> with <item type="literal">m=exp(a)</item>. Intercept <item type="literal">b</item> can be forced.
en_GB: <emph>Exponential</emph> trend line: regression through equation <item type="literal">y=b∙exp(a∙x)</item>. This equation is equivalent to <item type="literal">y=b∙m</item><sup><item type="literal">x</item></sup> with <item type="literal">m=exp(a)</item>. Intercept <item type="literal">b</item> can be forced.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id8734702 help.text]
note: 58RRD
en: Power trend line: only positive x-values are considered; only positive y-values are considered, except if all y-values are negative: regression will then follow equation<item type="literal"> y=-b∙x</item><sup><item type="literal">a</item></sup>.
en_GB: Power trend line: only positive x-values are considered; only positive y-values are considered, except if all y-values are negative: regression will then follow equation <item type="literal">y=-b∙x</item><sup><item type="literal">a</item></sup>.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id6637165 help.text]
note: ufTSt
en: b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y ;Data_X)
en_GB: b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y;Data_X)

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id5946531 help.text]
note: vqAFr
en: b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y ;LN(Data_X))
en_GB: b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y;LN(Data_X))

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_id4562211 help.text]
note: RU3Fv
en: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp">X/Y Error Bars</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp">x/y-Error Bars</link>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp bm_id3149400 help.text]
note: zEuu4
en: <bookmark_value>aligning; 2D charts</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>charts; aligning</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>pie charts;options</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>aligning; 2-D charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; aligning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pie charts;options</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3155067 help.text]
note: FFqBA
en: Use this dialog to define some options that are available for specific chart types. The contents of the Options dialog vary with the chart type.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to define some options that are available for specific chart types. The contents of the Options dialogue box vary with the chart type.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3145228 help.text]
note: 2H5Bb
en: In this area you can choose between two Y axis scaling modes. The axes can only be scaled and given properties separately.
en_GB: In this area you can choose between two y-axis scaling modes. The axes can only be scaled and given properties separately.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp hd_id3147346 help.text]
note: mV2z2
en: Primary Y axis
en_GB: Primary y-axis

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3147005 help.text]
note: WNkLE
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_1">This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary Y axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_1">This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary y-axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp hd_id3143221 help.text]
note: opEF3
en: Secondary Y axis
en_GB: Secondary y-axis

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3154656 help.text]
note: uFYk8
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_2">Changes the scaling of the Y axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_2">Changes the scaling of the y-axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3155376 help.text]
note: ayXg8
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/MT_GAP">Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.</ahelp> The maximal spacing is 600%.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/MT_GAP">Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.</ahelp> The maximum spacing is 600%.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id2527237 help.text]
note: Mnouh
en: Available for pie and donut charts. <ahelp hid=".">The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counterclockwise. Enable the <emph>Clockwise direction</emph> checkbox to draw the pieces in opposite direction.</ahelp>
en_GB: Available for pie and doughnut charts. <ahelp hid=".">The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counter-clockwise. Mark the <emph>Clockwise direction</emph> check box to draw the pieces in the opposite direction.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id761131 help.text]
note: tGbuE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or donut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or doughnut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id553910 help.text]
note: YFRMd
en: In 3D pie and donut charts that were created with older versions of the software, the starting angle is 0 degrees instead of 90 degrees. For old and new 2D charts the default starting angle is 90 degrees.
en_GB: In 3-D pie and doughnut charts that were created with older versions of the software, the starting angle is 0 degrees instead of 90 degrees. For old and new 2-D charts the default starting angle is 90 degrees.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id1414838 help.text]
note: 9xzEe
en: When you change the starting angle or the direction, only current versions of the software show the changed values. Older versions of the software display the same document using the default values: Always counterclockwise direction and a starting value of 90 degrees (2D pie charts) or 0 degrees (3D pie charts).
en_GB: When you change the starting angle or the direction, only current versions of the software show the changed values. Older versions of the software display the same document using the default values: Always counter-clockwise direction and a starting value of 90 degrees (2-D pie charts) or 0 degrees (3-D pie charts).

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id2164067 help.text]
note: asdVC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the starting angle between 0 and 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the starting angle in the range 0 to 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id0305200910524938 help.text]
note: A7Fse
en: <ahelp hid=".">For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbor values will be shown. This is the default for chart type XY.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbouring values will be shown. This is the default for chart type X-Y.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id030520091052494 help.text]
note: CYWe2
en: <ahelp hid=".">Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3146974 help.text]
note: BPAAF
en: <variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".">You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.</ahelp> </variable> The Y axis major grid is activated by default.
en_GB: <variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".">You can divide the axes into sections by assigning grid lines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.</ahelp></variable> The y-axis major grid is activated by default.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3149400 help.text]
note: YFW67
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3150749 help.text]
note: Sy8iQ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryX">Adds gridlines to the X axis of the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryX">Adds grid lines to the x-axis of the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3154754 help.text]
note: jw52A
en: <variable id="sytextxgitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridVertical">The <emph>Vertical Grids</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the X axis.</ahelp></variable> It switches between the three states: no grid, major grid and both major and minor grids displayed. The change will affect check boxes in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph>.
en_GB: <variable id="sytextxgitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridVertical">The <emph>Vertical Grids</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the x-axis.</ahelp></variable> It switches between the three states: no grid, major grid and both major and minor grids displayed. The change will affect check boxes in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph>.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3145228 help.text]
note: b5caj
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3147004 help.text]
note: xxgzQ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryY">Adds gridlines to the Y axis of the chart.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryY">Adds grid lines to the y-axis of the chart.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3150344 help.text]
note: wKyUB
en: <variable id="sytextygitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridHorizontal">The <emph>Horizontal Grids</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis.</ahelp></variable> It switches between the three states: no grid, major grid and both major and minor grids displayed. The change will affect check boxes in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph>.
en_GB: <variable id="sytextygitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridHorizontal">The <emph>Horizontal Grids</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the y-axis.</ahelp></variable> It switches between the three states: no grid, major grid and both major and minor grids displayed. The change will affect check boxes in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph>.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3166430 help.text]
note: LnVn3
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3155378 help.text]
note: 4WjWH
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryZ">Adds gridlines to the Z axis of the chart.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3D charts.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryZ">Adds grid lines to the z-axis of the chart.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3-D charts.

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3153308 help.text]
note: 9qctc
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3148704 help.text]
note: Q3e6A
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryX">Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryX">Adds grid lines that subdivide the x-axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3153917 help.text]
note: UVBEm
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3154536 help.text]
note: 2hkA9
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryY">Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryY">Adds grid lines that subdivide the y-axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04070000.xhp hd_id3148607 help.text]
note: mDcfy
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: 04070000.xhp par_id3153247 help.text]
note: wnQmC
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryZ">Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3D charts.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryZ">Adds grid lines that subdivide the z-axis into smaller sections.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3-D charts.

[ctx: 05010000.xhp par_id3156284 help.text]
note: mefpJ
en: <variable id="objekteigenschaften"><ahelp hid=".">Formats the selected object.</ahelp></variable> Depending on the object selected, the command opens dialogs that you can also open by choosing the following commands from the <emph>Format</emph> menu:
en_GB: <variable id="objekteigenschaften"><ahelp hid=".">Formats the selected object.</ahelp></variable> Depending on the object selected, the command opens dialogue boxes that you can also open by choosing the following commands from the <emph>Format</emph> menu:

[ctx: 05010000.xhp hd_id3143219 help.text]
note: AFjzr
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="X Axis">X Axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="x-Axis">x-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05010000.xhp hd_id3150207 help.text]
note: PBGAy
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="Y Axis">Y Axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="y-Axis">y-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3152577 help.text]
note: GP7Gq
en: This dialog allows you to change the properties of a selected data point. The dialog appears when there is only one data point selected when you choose <emph>Format - Format Selection</emph>. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2D or 3D charts.
en_GB: This dialogue box allows you to change the properties of a selected data point. It appears when there is only one data point selected and you choose <emph>Format - Format Selection</emph>. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2-D or 3-D charts.

[ctx: 05010100.xhp par_id3149121 help.text]
note: QGeL3
en: Any changes made only affect this one data point. For example, if you edit the color of a bar, only the color of that bar will be different.
en_GB: Any changes made only affect this one data point. For example, if you edit the colour of a bar, only the colour of that bar will be changed.

[ctx: 05010200.xhp par_id3145750 help.text]
note: gW2W2
en: Use this to change the properties of a selected data series. This dialog appears when one data series is selected when you choose <emph>Format - Format Selection</emph>. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2D or 3D charts.
en_GB: Use this to change the properties of a selected data series. This dialogue box appears when one data series is selected and you choose <emph>Format - Format Selection</emph>. Some of the menu entries are only available for 2-D or 3-D charts.

[ctx: 05010200.xhp par_id3154015 help.text]
note: 9jEEq
en: Any changes made here affect the entire data series. For example, if you change the color, all elements belonging to this data series will change color.
en_GB: Any changes made here affect the entire data series. For example, if you change the colour, all elements belonging to this data series will change colour.

[ctx: 05010200.xhp hd_id3146916 help.text]
note: ncg3c
en: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp" name="Y Error Bars">Y Error Bars</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/04050000.xhp" name="y-Error Bars">y-Error Bars</link>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp par_id3125863 help.text]
note: pj2hY
en: The<emph> Title </emph>menu command opens a submenu for editing the properties of the titles in the chart.
en_GB: The <emph>Title</emph> menu command opens a sub-menu for editing the properties of the titles in the chart.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp hd_id3151073 help.text]
note: LiMC5
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05020100.xhp" name="X-axis title">X-axis title</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05020100.xhp" name="x-Axis title">x-Axis title</link>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp hd_id3154732 help.text]
note: fZFZC
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05020200.xhp" name="Y-axis title">Y-axis title</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05020200.xhp" name="y-Axis title">y-Axis title</link>

[ctx: 05020000.xhp hd_id3154017 help.text]
note: dMUSA
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05020100.xhp" name="Z-axis title">Z-axis title</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05020100.xhp" name="z-Axis title">z-Axis title</link>

[ctx: 05020101.xhp bm_id3150793 help.text]
note: EzfJg
en: <bookmark_value>aligning;titles in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>titles;alignment (charts)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>aligning;titles in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>titles;alignment (charts) </bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05020101.xhp par_id3145748 help.text]
note: sC4Dj
en: Some of the options are not available for all types of labels. For example, there are different options for 2D and 3D object labels.
en_GB: Some of the options are not available for all types of labels. For example, there are different options for 2-D and 3-D object labels.

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3150439 help.text]
note: jvAEC
en: Some of the options listed here are not available for all labels. For example, there are different options for 2D and 3D object labels.
en_GB: Some of the options listed here are not available for all labels. For example, there are different options for 2-D and 3-D object labels.

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3147436 help.text]
note: jVddc
en: <variable id="sytextbeschr"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">The<emph> AxesTitle On/Off </emph>icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar switches the labeling of all axes on or off.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="sytextbeschr"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">The <emph>AxesTitle On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar switches the labelling of all axes on or off.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3154510 help.text]
note: ivmLs
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">Defines the text direction of cell contents.</ahelp> Click one of the ABCD buttons to assign the required direction.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">Defines the text direction of cell content.</ahelp> Click one of the ABCD buttons to assign the required direction.

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3154702 help.text]
note: xzkre
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/stackedCB">Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/stackedCB">Assigns vertical text orientation for cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020201.xhp par_id3159230 help.text]
note: 7ii2r
en: The options on this tab are only available for a 2D chart, under <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis</emph> or <emph>X Axis</emph>. In this area, you can define the alignment of the number labels on the X or Y axis.
en_GB: The options on this tab are only available for a 2-D chart, under <emph>Format - Axis - y-Axis</emph> or <emph>x-Axis</emph>. In this area, you can define the alignment of the number labels on the x- or y-axes.

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3150441 help.text]
note: xasRG
en: This opens a submenu to edit axial properties.
en_GB: This opens a sub-menu from which you can choose axes properties editing options.

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3154319 help.text]
note: rgeqD
en: The tabs in the dialogs depend on the chart type selected.
en_GB: The tabs in the dialogue boxes depend on the chart type selected.

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3153729 help.text]
note: d7D6P
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="X axis">X axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="x-Axis">x-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3147394 help.text]
note: bAHPT
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="Y axis">Y axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="y-Axis">y-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3153160 help.text]
note: 4To7Z
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="Secondary X Axis">Secondary X Axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="Secondary x-axis">Secondary x-axis</link>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3149401 help.text]
note: Xv7dg
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisA">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary X axis. To insert a secondary X axis, choose <emph>Insert - Axes</emph> and select <emph>X axis</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisA">Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the properties of the secondary x-axis. To insert a secondary x-axis, choose <emph>Insert - Axes</emph> and select <emph>x-Axis</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3145640 help.text]
note: 27jDa
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="Secondary Y Axis">Secondary Y Axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="Secondary y-axis">Secondary y-axis</link>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp par_id3159264 help.text]
note: DqEpJ
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisB">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of the secondary Y axis. To insert a secondary Y axis, choose <emph>Insert - Axes</emph> and select <emph>Y axis</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisB">Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the properties of the secondary y-axis. To insert a secondary y-axis, choose <emph>Insert - Axes</emph> and select <emph>y-Axis</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040000.xhp hd_id3145228 help.text]
note: WZh2Z
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="Z axis">Z axis</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05040100.xhp" name="z-Axis">z-Axis</link>

[ctx: 05040100.xhp par_id3154319 help.text]
note: BeWgb
en: <variable id="achsen"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog, where you can edit the properties of the selected axis.</ahelp></variable> The name of the dialog depends on the selected axis.
en_GB: <variable id="achsen"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the properties of the selected axis.</ahelp></variable> The name of the dialogue box depends on the selected axis.

[ctx: 05040100.xhp par_id3149667 help.text]
note: k52jm
en: The <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="Y axis">Y axis</link> has an enhanced dialog. For X-Y charts, the X axis chart is also enhanced by the <link href="text/schart/01/05040201.xhp" name="Scaling"><emph>Scaling</emph></link> tab.
en_GB: The <link href="text/schart/01/05040200.xhp" name="y-Axis">y-Axis</link> has an enhanced dialogue box. For X-Y charts, the x-axis chart is also enhanced by the <link href="text/schart/01/05040201.xhp" name="Scaling"><emph>Scaling</emph></link> tab.

[ctx: 05040100.xhp par_id3159266 help.text]
note: 5KDFE
en: Scaling the X axis is only possible in the X-Y chart type.
en_GB: Scaling the x-axis is only possible in the X-Y chart type.

[ctx: 05040200.xhp tit help.text]
note: Gf2gJ
en: Y Axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 05040200.xhp bm_id3145673 help.text]
note: 8D2GD
en: <bookmark_value>Y axes; formatting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>y-axis; formatting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05040200.xhp hd_id3145673 help.text]
note: wNayb
en: Y Axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: 05040200.xhp par_id3155628 help.text]
note: fU8y9
en: <variable id="yachse"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisY">Opens the<emph> Y Axis </emph>dialog, to change properties of the Y axis.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="yachse"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramAxisY">Opens the <emph>y-Axis</emph> dialogue box to change properties of the y-axis.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05040201.xhp bm_id3150868 help.text]
note: Naz7a
en: <bookmark_value>scaling; axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>logarithmic scaling along axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;scaling axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>X axes;scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Y axes; scaling</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>scaling; axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>logarithmic scaling along axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;scaling axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>x-axes;scaling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>y-axes;scaling</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05040201.xhp par_id3154013 help.text]
note: ZGujx
en: Controls the scaling of the X or Y axis.
en_GB: Controls the scaling of the x- or y-axis.

[ctx: 05040201.xhp par_id3145389 help.text]
note: vCDLV
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN">You must first deselect the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in order to modify the values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN">You must first unmark the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in order to modify the values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040201.xhp par_id5581835 help.text]
note: MaYvp
en: <ahelp hid=".">Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unchecked state is the mathematical direction.</ahelp> That means for Cartesian coordinate systems that the x-axis shows the lower values on the left and the y-axis shows the lower values at the bottom. For polar coordinate systems the mathematical angle axis direction is counterclockwise and the radial axis is from inner to outer.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unmarked state is the mathematical direction.</ahelp> That means for Cartesian coordinate systems that the x-axis shows the lower values on the left and the y-axis shows the lower values at the bottom. For polar coordinate systems the mathematical angle axis direction is counter-clockwise and the radial axis is from inner to outer.

[ctx: 05040202.xhp bm_id3150869 help.text]
note: 8EdPg
en: <bookmark_value>positioning; axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;positioning axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>X axes;positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Y axes;positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axes;interval marks</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>positioning; axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;positioning axes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>x-axes;positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>y-axes;positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>axes;interval marks</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05040202.xhp par_id3146881 help.text]
note: qj7Dj
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the axis is positioned on the first/last tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at the value axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the axis is positioned on the first/last tick marks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at the value axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05040202.xhp par_id3146882 help.text]
note: E8YsS
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the axis is positioned between the tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at a distance from the value axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the axis is positioned between the tick marks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at a distance from the value axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp par_id3155764 help.text]
note: wrhBD
en: Opens a submenu, where you select the grid you want to format.
en_GB: Opens a sub-menu, where you select the grid you want to format.

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3150045 help.text]
note: hUUha
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="X Axis Major Grid">X Axis Major Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="x-Axis Major Grid">x-Axis Major Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3145228 help.text]
note: bzjCW
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="Y Axis Major Grid">Y Axis Major Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="y-Axis Major Grid">y-Axis Major Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3147346 help.text]
note: HYSXB
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="Z Axis Major Grid">Z Axis Major Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="z-Axis Major Grid">z-Axis Major Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3154021 help.text]
note: PCETn
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="X Axis Minor Grid">X Axis Minor Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="x-Axis Minor Grid">x-Axis Minor Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3150307 help.text]
note: VEqkq
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="Y Axis Minor Grid">Y Axis Minor Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="y-Axis Minor Grid">y-Axis Minor Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp hd_id3166428 help.text]
note: XRkcC
en: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="Z Axis minor Grid">Z Axis minor Grid</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/05050100.xhp" name="z-Axis Minor Grid">z-Axis Minor Grid</link>

[ctx: 05050100.xhp bm_id3150398 help.text]
note: 6C6rP
en: <bookmark_value>X axes;grid formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Y axes;grid formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Z axes; grid formatting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>x-axes;grid formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>y-axes;grid formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>z-axis; grid formatting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05050100.xhp par_id3152577 help.text]
note: dYG27
en: <variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramGridAll">Opens the <emph>Grid</emph> dialog for defining grid properties.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramGridAll">Opens the <emph>Grid</emph> dialogue box for defining grid properties.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3154685 help.text]
note: 6aEts
en: <variable id="diagramm"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramWall">Opens the<emph> Chart Wall</emph> dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart wall. The chart wall is the "vertical" background behind the data area of the chart.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="diagramm"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramWall">Opens the <emph>Chart Wall</emph> dialogue box, in which you can modify the properties of the chart wall. The chart wall is the "vertical" background behind the data area of the chart.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05070000.xhp par_id3150767 help.text]
note: vBbEK
en: <variable id="diagrammboden"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramFloor">Opens the<emph> Chart Floor</emph> dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart floor. The chart floor is the lower area in 3D charts. This function is only available for 3D charts.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="diagrammboden"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramFloor">Opens the <emph>Chart Floor</emph> dialogue box, in which you can modify the properties of the chart floor. The chart floor is the lower area in 3-D charts. This function is only available for 3-D charts.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05080000.xhp par_id3125864 help.text]
note: PNQJZ
en: <variable id="diagrammflaeche"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramArea">Opens the<emph> Chart Area</emph> dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart area. The chart area is the background behind all elements of the chart.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="diagrammflaeche"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramArea">Opens the <emph>Chart Area</emph> dialogue box, in which you can modify the properties of the chart area. The chart area is the background behind all elements of the chart.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05120000.xhp hd_id3147339 help.text]
note: oMeCC
en: Bring Forward
en_GB: Bring Forwards

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3149259 help.text]
note: xGsA3
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Forward">Brings the selected data series forward (to the right).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Forward">Brings the selected data series forwards (to the right).</ahelp>

[ctx: 05120000.xhp hd_id3146316 help.text]
note: YagB2
en: Send Backward
en_GB: Send Backwards

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3147001 help.text]
note: gcv9C
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Backward">Sends the selected data series backward (to the left).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Backward">Sends the selected data series backwards (to the left).</ahelp>

[ctx: choose_chart_type.xhp par_id5882747 help.text]
note: eE7So
en: <link href="text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp">XY (scatter)</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp">X-Y (Scatter)</link>

[ctx: smooth_line_properties.xhp bm_id3803827 help.text]
note: Zx2FE
en: <bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;smooth lines in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/X-Y charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;smooth lines in line charts/X-Y charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: smooth_line_properties.xhp par_id9421979 help.text]
note: a82gk
en: In a chart that displays lines (Line type or XY type), you can choose to show curves instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those curves.
en_GB: In a chart that displays lines (Line type or X-Y type), you can choose to show curves instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those curves.

[ctx: smooth_line_properties.xhp par_id1601611 help.text]
note: pZq8s
en: Select Cubic Spline or B-Spline.
en_GB: Select Cubic spline or B-spline.

[ctx: stepped_line_properties.xhp bm_id1467210 help.text]
note: xddCx
en: <bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;stepped lines in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/X-Y charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>properties;stepped lines in line charts/X-Y charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: stepped_line_properties.xhp par_id9485625 help.text]
note: jGBNH
en: In a chart that displays lines (Line type or XY type), you can choose to connect the points with steps instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those steps.
en_GB: In a chart that displays lines (Line type or X-Y type), you can choose to connect the points with steps instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those steps.

[ctx: stepped_line_properties.xhp par_id9673426 help.text]
note: RF3kN
en: <image id="img_id9673426" src="chart2/res/step_center_x_30.png" width="30px" height="30px"><alt id="alt_id9673426">Center X icon</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id9673426" src="chart2/res/step_center_x_30.png" width="30px" height="30px"><alt id="alt_id9673426">Centre X icon</alt></image>

[ctx: stepped_line_properties.xhp par_id56635427 help.text]
note: jXRcN
en: <image id="img_id56635427" src="chart2/res/step_center_y_30.png" width="30px" height="30px"><alt id="alt_id56635427">Center Y icon</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id56635427" src="chart2/res/step_center_y_30.png" width="30px" height="30px"><alt id="alt_id56635427">Centre Y icon</alt></image>

[ctx: stepped_line_properties.xhp par_id0679473 help.text]
note: xGcjt
en: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/steppedlinesdlg/step_center_y_rb">Start to step up vertically to the middle of the Y values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/steppedlinesdlg/step_center_y_rb">Start to step up vertically to the middle of the y-values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp tit help.text]
note: FvgkA
en: 3D View
en_GB: 3-D View

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp bm_id3156423 help.text]
note: MPJ28
en: <bookmark_value>3D charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts; 3D views</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>illumination; 3D charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>3-D charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts; 3-D views</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>illumination; 3-D charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp hd_id3464461 help.text]
note: D5fGV
en: <variable id="three_d_view"><link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3D View</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="three_d_view"><link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3-D View</link></variable>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id6998809 help.text]
note: K3TFE
en: On the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> or in the context menu of a chart you can choose a chart type. <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and XY (Scatter) charts you can see 3D lines.</ahelp>
en_GB: On the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> or in the context menu of a chart you can choose a chart type. <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to edit the properties of a three dimensional view for Column, Bar, Pie, and Area charts. For Line and X-Y (Scatter) charts you can see 3-D lines.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id6942045 help.text]
note: FJdFw
en: The chart preview responds to the new settings that you enter in the dialog.
en_GB: The chart preview responds to the new settings that you enter in the dialogue box.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id3806878 help.text]
note: ECHVW
en: When you leave the dialog with OK, the settings are applied permanently.
en_GB: When you leave the dialogue box with OK, the settings are applied permanently.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id130619 help.text]
note: MGhrT
en: When you leave the dialog with Cancel or Escape, the chart returns to the state when you opened the dialog.
en_GB: When you leave the dialogue box with Cancel or Escape, the chart returns to the state when you opened the dialogue box.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id8081911 help.text]
note: 6fpbE
en: For a 3D chart you can choose <item type="menuitem">Format - 3D View</item> to set perspective, appearance and illumination.
en_GB: For a 3-D chart you can choose <item type="menuitem">Format - 3-D View</item> to set perspective, appearance and illumination.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id9999694 help.text]
note: q86vQ
en: Set all angles to 0 for a front view of the chart. Pie charts and donut charts are shown as circles.
en_GB: Set all angles to 0 for a front view of the chart. Pie charts and doughnut charts are shown as circles.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id2861720 help.text]
note: 7gq8D
en: With Right-angled axes enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in X and Y direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders.
en_GB: With Right-angled axes enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in x- and y-direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id2216559 help.text]
note: WbNFp
en: An x value of 90, with y and z set to 0, provides a view from top down to the chart. With x set to -90, you see the bottom of the chart.
en_GB: An x value of 90, with y and z set to 0, provides a view from top down to the chart. With x set to -90, you will see the bottom of the chart.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id4923245 help.text]
note: TCAhS
en: Select the Perspective check box to view the chart in central perspective as through a camera lens instead of using a parallel projection.
en_GB: Mark the Perspective check box to view the chart in central perspective as through a camera lens instead of using a parallel projection.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id7623828 help.text]
note: SY4DN
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in X and Y direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3D charts. Pie and Donut charts do not support right-angled axes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in x- and y-direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3-D charts. Pie and Doughnut charts do not support right-angled axes.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id4721823 help.text]
note: AWYCE
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the x axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the x-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id5806756 help.text]
note: r68Bu
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the y axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the y-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id8915372 help.text]
note: HG7NF
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the z axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Sets the rotation of the chart on the z-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id5624561 help.text]
note: WRqk7
en: The flat method sets a single color and brightness for each polygon. The edges are visible, soft gradients and spot lights are not possible.
en_GB: The flat method sets a single colour and brightness for each polygon. The edges are visible, soft gradients and spot lights are not possible.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id8531449 help.text]
note: 5nhwU
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a scheme from the list box, or click any of the check boxes below.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a scheme from the list box, or mark any of the check boxes below.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id9038972 help.text]
note: wxTjk
en: <ahelp hid=".">Set the light sources for the 3D view.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Set the light sources for the 3-D view.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id2761314 help.text]
note: yrBh7
en: For the selected light source, you can then choose a color and intensity in the list box just below the eight buttons. The brightness values of all lights are added, so use dark colors when you enable multiple lights.
en_GB: For the selected light source, you can then choose a colour and intensity from the list box just below the eight buttons. The brightness values of all lights are added, so use dark colours when you enable multiple lights.

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id2186346 help.text]
note: acKKh
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a color for the selected light source.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a colour for the selected light source.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id1331217 help.text]
note: pUszR
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a color using the color dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a colour using the colour dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id393993 help.text]
note: CkjT6
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a color for the ambient light.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a colour for the ambient light.</ahelp>

[ctx: three_d_view.xhp par_id5871761 help.text]
note: tbnYZ
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a color using the color dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a colour using the colour dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: type_area.xhp par_id631733 help.text]
note: FKucv
en: An area chart shows values as points on the y axis. The x axis shows categories. The y values of each data series are connected by a line. The area between each two lines is filled with a color. The area chart's focus is to emphasize the changes from one category to the next.
en_GB: An area chart shows values as points on the y-axis. The x-axis shows categories. The y-values of each data series are connected by a line. The area between each two lines is filled with a colour. The area chart's focus is to emphasise the changes from one category to the next.

[ctx: type_area.xhp par_id7811822 help.text]
note: 5vNAz
en: Normal - this subtype plots all values as absolute y values. It first plots the area of the last column in the data range, then the next to last, and so on, and finally the first column of data is drawn. Thus, if the values in the first column are higher than other values, the last drawn area will hide the other areas.
en_GB: Normal - this sub-type plots all values as absolute y-values. It first plots the area of the last column in the data range, then the next to last, and so on, and finally the first column of data is drawn. Thus, if the values in the first column are higher than other values, the last drawn area will hide the other areas.

[ctx: type_area.xhp par_id3640247 help.text]
note: R7hnT
en: Stacked - this subtypes plots values cumulatively stacked on each other. It ensures that all values are visible, and no data set is hidden by others. However, the y values no longer represent absolute values, except for the last column which is drawn at the bottom of the stacked areas.
en_GB: Stacked - this sub-type plots values cumulatively stacked on each other. It ensures that all values are visible, and no data set is hidden by others. However, the y-values no longer represent absolute values, except for the last column which is drawn at the bottom of the stacked areas.

[ctx: type_area.xhp par_id4585100 help.text]
note: CAP7s
en: Percent - this subtype plots values cumulatively stacked on each other and scaled as percentage of the category total.
en_GB: Percent - this sub-type plots values cumulatively stacked on each other and scaled as percentage of the category total.

[ctx: type_bubble.xhp par_id0526200904491222 help.text]
note: weCDk
en: A bubble chart shows the relations of three variables. Two variables are used for the position on the X-axis and Y-axis, while the third variable is shown as the relative size of each bubble.
en_GB: A bubble chart shows the relations of three variables. Two variables are used for the position on the x-axis and y-axis, while the third variable is shown as the relative size of each bubble.

[ctx: type_bubble.xhp par_id0526200906040162 help.text]
note: jyabb
en: The data series dialog for a bubble chart has an entry to define the data range for the Bubble Sizes.
en_GB: The Data Series dialogue box for a bubble chart has an entry to define the data range for the Bubble Sizes.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id2244026 help.text]
note: axXTT
en: This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with vertical bars. The height of each bar is proportional to its value. The x axis shows categories. The y axis shows the value for each category.
en_GB: This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with vertical bars. The height of each bar is proportional to its value. The x-axis shows categories. The y-axis shows the value for each category.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id1281167 help.text]
note: nvJDG
en: Normal - this subtype shows all data values belonging to a category next to each other. Main focus is on the individual absolute values, compared to every other value.
en_GB: Normal - this sub-type shows all data values belonging to a category next to each other. Main focus is on the individual absolute values, compared to every other value.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id3249000 help.text]
note: V9RaT
en: Stacked - this subtype shows the data values of each category on top of each other. Main focus is the overall category value and the individual contribution of each value within its category.
en_GB: Stacked - this sub-type shows the data values of each category on top of each other. Main focus is the overall category value and the individual contribution of each value within its category.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id6968901 help.text]
note: Fj9wn
en: Percent - this subtype shows the relative percentage of each data value with regard to the total of its category. Main focus is the relative contribution of each value to the category's total.
en_GB: Percent - this sub-type shows the relative percentage of each data value with regard to the total of its category. Main focus is the relative contribution of each value to the category's total.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id2224494 help.text]
note: XEMVB
en: You can enable a <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3D view</link> of the data values. The "realistic" scheme tries to give the best 3D look. The "simple" scheme tries to mimic the chart view of other Office products.
en_GB: You can enable a <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3-D view</link> of the data values. The "realistic" scheme tries to give the best 3-D look. The "simple" scheme tries to mimic the chart view of other Office products.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id7359233 help.text]
note: KLGK5
en: For 3D charts, you can select the shape of each data value from Box, Cylinder, Cone, and Pyramid.
en_GB: For 3-D charts, you can select the shape of each data value from Box, Cylinder, Cone, and Pyramid.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id6596881 help.text]
note: DiCDp
en: This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with horizontal bars. The length of each bar is proportional to its value. The y axis shows categories. The x axis shows the value for each category.
en_GB: This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with horizontal bars. The length of each bar is proportional to its value. The y-axis shows categories. The x-axis shows the value for each category.

[ctx: type_column_bar.xhp par_id8750572 help.text]
note: uCR7E
en: The subtypes are the same as for the Column type.
en_GB: The sub-types are the same as for the Column type.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id7163609 help.text]
note: rfdD3
en: Stacked Columns and Lines. The rectangles of the column data series are drawn stacked above each other, so that the height of a column visualizes the sum of the data values.
en_GB: Stacked Columns and Lines. The rectangles of the column data series are drawn stacked above each other, so that the height of a column visualises the sum of the data values.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id8871120 help.text]
note: o6dS4
en: The leftmost columns (or the top rows) of the selected data range provide the data that are shown as Columns objects. The other columns or rows of the data range provide the data for the Lines objects. You can change this assignment in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialog.
en_GB: The leftmost columns (or the top rows) of the selected data range provide the data that are shown as Columns objects. The other columns or rows of the data range provide the data for the Lines objects. You can change this assignment in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp hd_id6667683 help.text]
note: sPWZN
en: Organizing data series
en_GB: Organising data series

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id7616809 help.text]
note: Lwtzk
en: In the Data Series list box you see a list of all data series in the current chart.
en_GB: In the Data Series list box you will see a list of all data series in the current chart.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id1446272 help.text]
note: YLeMA
en: To organize the data series, select an entry in the list.
en_GB: To organise the data series, select an entry in the list.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id1924497 help.text]
note: tkdcG
en: In the Data Ranges list box you see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.
en_GB: In the Data Ranges list box you will see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id883816 help.text]
note: aG8Qk
en: Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog and select the range with the mouse.
en_GB: Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box and select the range with the mouse.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id5091708 help.text]
note: kR4dE
en: The range for a data role, like Y-Values, must not include a label cell.
en_GB: The range for a data role, like y-values, must not include a label cell.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id301828 help.text]
note: PcPLC
en: The values in the Categories range will be shown as labels on the x axis.
en_GB: The values in the Categories range will be shown as labels on the x-axis.

[ctx: type_column_line.xhp par_id7889950 help.text]
note: 9vL8m
en: To set different data labels for each data series, use the properties dialog of the data series.
en_GB: To set different data labels for each data series, use the properties dialogue box of the data series.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id2334665 help.text]
note: noyAr
en: A line chart shows values as points on the y axis. The x axis shows categories. The y values of each data series can be connected by a line.
en_GB: A line chart shows values as points on the y-axis. The x-axis shows categories. The y-values of each data series can be connected by a line.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id8956572 help.text]
note: WpNYc
en: Points only - this subtype plots only points.
en_GB: Points only - this sub-type plots only points.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id500808 help.text]
note: hbWZj
en: Points and lines - this subtype plots points and connects points of the same data series by a line.
en_GB: Points and lines - this sub-type plots points and connects points of the same data series by a line.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id8366649 help.text]
note: PCdVd
en: Lines only - this subtype plots only lines.
en_GB: Lines only - this sub-type plots only lines.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id476393 help.text]
note: hrPBc
en: 3D lines - this subtype connects points of the same data series by a 3D line.
en_GB: 3-D lines - this sub-type connects points of the same data series by a 3-D line.

[ctx: type_line.xhp par_id2655720 help.text]
note: uYTSH
en: Mark <emph>Stack series</emph> to arrange the points' y values cumulative above each other. The y values no longer represent absolute values, except for the first column which is drawn at the bottom of the stacked points. If you select <emph>Percent</emph>, the y values are scaled as percentage of the category total.
en_GB: Mark <emph>Stack series</emph> to arrange the points' y-values cumulative above each other. The y-values no longer represent absolute values, except for the first column which is drawn at the bottom of the stacked points. If you select <emph>Percent</emph>, the y-values are scaled as percentage of the category total.

[ctx: type_pie.xhp bm_id7621997 help.text]
note: ZpwYs
en: <bookmark_value>donut charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pie charts;types</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chart types;pie/donut</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>doughnut charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pie charts;types</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chart types;pie/doughnut</bookmark_value>

[ctx: type_pie.xhp par_id6529740 help.text]
note: BUQxJ
en: Pie - this subtype shows sectors as colored areas of the total pie, for one data column only. In the created chart, you can click and drag any sector to separate that sector from the remaining pie or to join it back.
en_GB: Pie - this sub-type shows sectors as coloured areas of the total pie, for one data column only. In the created chart, you can click and drag any sector to separate that sector from the remaining pie or to join it back.

[ctx: type_pie.xhp par_id9121982 help.text]
note: GABnz
en: Exploded pie - this subtype shows the sectors already separated from each other. In the created chart, you can click and drag any sector to move it along a radial from the pie's center.
en_GB: Exploded pie - this sub-type shows the sectors already separated from each other. In the created chart, you can click and drag any sector to move it along a radial from the pie's centre.

[ctx: type_pie.xhp par_id3808404 help.text]
note: qpvFX
en: Donut - this subtype can show multiple data columns. Each data column is shown as one donut shape with a hole inside, where the next data column can be shown. In the created chart, you can click and drag an outer sector to move it along a radial from the donut's center.
en_GB: Doughnut - this sub-type can show multiple data columns. Each data column is shown as one doughnut shape with a hole inside, where the next data column can be shown. In the created chart, you can click and drag an outer sector to move it along a radial from the doughnut's centre.

[ctx: type_pie.xhp par_id2394482 help.text]
note: tNW7K
en: Exploded donut - this subtype shows the outer sectors already separated from the remaining donut. In the created chart, you can click and drag an outer sector to move it along a radial from the donut's center.
en_GB: Exploded doughnut - this sub-type shows the outer sectors already separated from the remaining doughnut. In the created chart, you can click and drag an outer sector to move it along a radial from the doughnut's centre.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp bm_id2959990 help.text]
note: E5VQb
en: <bookmark_value>stock charts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chart types;stock</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>data sources;setting for stock charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>stock charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chart types;stock</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data sources;setting for stock charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id291451 help.text]
note: GWBvF
en: Based on <emph>low</emph> and <emph>high</emph> column the Type 1 shows the distance between bottom price (low) and top price (high) by a vertical line.
en_GB: Based on <emph>low</emph> and <emph>high</emph> column Type 1 shows the distance between bottom price (low) and top price (high) by a vertical line.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id1911679 help.text]
note: FLK9o
en: Based on <emph>open, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> column Type 2 generates the traditional "candle stick" chart. Type 2 draws the vertical line between the bottom and top price and adds a rectangle in front, which visualizes the range between the opening and closing price. If you click on the rectangle you see more information in the status bar. %PRODUCTNAME uses different fill colors for rising values (the opening price is lower than the closing price) and falling values.
en_GB: Based on <emph>open, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> columns, Type 2 generates the traditional "candle stick" chart. Type 2 draws the vertical line between the bottom and top price and adds a rectangle in front, which visualises the range between the opening and closing price. If you click on the rectangle you will see more information in the status bar. %PRODUCTNAME uses different fill colours for rising values (the opening price is lower than the closing price) and falling values.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id4473403 help.text]
note: AGobu
en: Based on <emph>volume, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> column chart Type 3 draws a chart like Type 1, with additional columns for the transaction volume.
en_GB: Based on <emph>volume, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> columns, Type 3 draws a chart like Type 1, with additional columns for the transaction volume.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id4191717 help.text]
note: 6NDB7
en: Because measurement for transaction volume might be "units", a second y axis is introduced in chart Type 3 and Type 4. The price axis is shown on the right side and the volume axis on the left side.
en_GB: Because measurement for transaction volume might be "units", a second y-axis is introduced in chart Type 3 and Type 4. The price axis is shown on the right side and the volume axis on the left side.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id7588732 help.text]
note: cHkur
en: In an embedded chart data table, the data series are always organized in columns.
en_GB: In an embedded chart data table, the data series are always organised in columns.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id95828 help.text]
note: 5UCTC
en: For a new stock chart first use a column chart. Add the columns you need and enter your data in the order which is shown in the example, omitting any columns not required for the desired variant. Use <emph>Move Series Right</emph> to change the column order. Close the chart data table. Now use the <emph>Chart Type</emph> dialog to change to the stock chart variant.
en_GB: For a new stock chart first use a column chart. Add the columns you need and enter your data in the order which is shown in the example, omitting any columns not required for the desired variant. Use <emph>Move Series Right</emph> to change the column order. Close the chart data table. Now use the <emph>Chart Type</emph> dialogue box to change to the stock chart variant.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id3394573 help.text]
note: BaCXB
en: You can choose or alter a data range on the second page of the <emph>Chart Wizard</emph> or in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_range.xhp"><emph>Data Range</emph></link> dialog. For fine tuning use the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp"><emph>Data Series</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: You can choose or alter a data range on the second page of the <emph>Chart Wizard</emph> or in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_range.xhp"><emph>Data Range</emph></link> dialogue box. For fine tuning use the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp"><emph>Data Series</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id1589098 help.text]
note: 7CV3W
en: In Calc, click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog, then drag to select the data range. When you release the mouse, the data are entered. Click <emph>Select data range</emph> again to add a data range. In the input field of the minimized dialog, click after the entry and type a semicolon. Then drag to select the next range.
en_GB: In Calc, click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box, then drag to select the data range. When you release the mouse, the data are entered. Click <emph>Select data range</emph> again to add a data range. In the input field of the minimised dialogue box, click after the entry and type a semicolon. Then drag to select the next range.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id3486434 help.text]
note: ECYmF
en: You can organize data series and edit the source for parts of single data series on the third page of the <emph>Chart Wizard</emph> or on the page <emph>Data Series</emph> in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialog.
en_GB: You can organise data series and edit the source for parts of single data series on the third page of the <emph>Chart Wizard</emph> or on the page <emph>Data Series</emph> in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp hd_id3068636 help.text]
note: zSfXf
en: Organize Data Series
en_GB: Organise Data Series

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id2480849 help.text]
note: kZMCC
en: In the <emph>data series</emph> area on the left side of the dialog, you can organize the data series of the actual chart. A stock chart has at least one data series containing the prices. It might have a second data series for transaction volume.
en_GB: In the <emph>data series</emph> area on the left side of the dialogue box, you can organise the data series of the actual chart. A stock chart has at least one data series containing the prices. It might have a second data series for transaction volume.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id4181951 help.text]
note: FAXxK
en: If you have got more than one price data series, use the Up and Down arrow buttons to order them. The order determines the arrangement in the chart. Do the same for volume data series. You cannot switch price and volume data series.
en_GB: If you have more than one price data series, use the Up and Down arrow buttons to order them. The order determines the arrangement in the chart. Do the same for volume data series. You cannot switch price and volume data series.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id2107303 help.text]
note: E3oGt
en: To add a data series, select one of the existing data series and click <emph>Add</emph>. You get an empty entry below the selected one, which has the same type. If you have no price data series or no volume data series, you must first select a range for these series in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialog.
en_GB: To add a data series, select one of the existing data series and click <emph>Add</emph>. You get an empty entry below the selected one, which has the same type. If you have no price data series or no volume data series, you must first select a range for these series in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id7844477 help.text]
note: VysRB
en: In the <emph>Data Ranges</emph> dialog you can set or change the data range of each component of the selected data series.
en_GB: In the <emph>Data Ranges</emph> dialogue box you can set or change the data range of each component of the selected data series.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id6478469 help.text]
note: LCgsy
en: In the upper list you see the role name of the components and the current values. When you have selected a role, you can change the value in the text box below the list. The label shows the selected role.
en_GB: In the upper list you will see the role name of the components and the current values. When you have selected a role, you can change the value in the text box below the list. The label shows the selected role.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id9038972 help.text]
note: 6GFGB
en: Enter the range into the text box or click on <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog and select the range with the mouse.
en_GB: Enter the range into the text box or click on <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box and select the range with the mouse.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id3939634 help.text]
note: PzXfx
en: The legend displays the labels from the first row or column or from the special range that you have set in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialog. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.
en_GB: The legend displays the labels from the first row or column or from the special range that you have set in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialogue box. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.

[ctx: type_stock.xhp par_id2377697 help.text]
note: iBNcw
en: The legend shows the value from the range, which you entered in the <emph>Range for Name</emph> field in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialog. The default entry is the column header of the closing price column.
en_GB: The legend shows the value from the range, which you entered in the <emph>Range for Name</emph> field in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialogue box. The default entry is the column header of the closing price column.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp tit help.text]
note: fA3NL
en: Chart Type XY
en_GB: Chart Type X-Y

[ctx: type_xy.xhp bm_id84231 help.text]
note: SDqzE
en: <bookmark_value>scatter charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>XY charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chart types;XY (scatter)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error indicators in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error bars in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>averages in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>statistics in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variances in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviation in charts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>scatter charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>X-Y charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>chart types;X-Y (scatter)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error indicators in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error bars in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>averages in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>statistics in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variances in charts</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviation in charts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: type_xy.xhp hd_id9346598 help.text]
note: QBDn7
en: <variable id="type_xy"><link href="text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp">Chart Type XY (Scatter)</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="type_xy"><link href="text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp">Chart Type X-Y (Scatter)</link></variable>

[ctx: type_xy.xhp hd_id7757194 help.text]
note: EHrHp
en: XY (Scatter)
en_GB: X-Y (Scatter)

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id5977965 help.text]
note: DjFVF
en: An XY chart in its basic form is based on one data series consisting of a name, a list of x‑values, and a list of y‑values. Each value pair (x|y) is shown as a point in a coordinate system. The name of the data series is associated with the y‑values and shown in the legend.
en_GB: An X-Y chart in its basic form is based on one data series consisting of a name, a list of x‑values, and a list of y‑values. Each value pair (x|y) is shown as a point in a coordinate system. The name of the data series is associated with the y‑values and shown in the legend.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id4381847 help.text]
note: t9mUL
en: Choose an XY chart for the following example tasks:
en_GB: Choose an X-Y chart for the following example tasks:

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id1221655 help.text]
note: 6oAUk
en: generate a parameter curve, for example a spiral
en_GB: generate a parametric curve, for example a spiral

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id8925138 help.text]
note: UXuBi
en: Your XY chart may have more than one data series.
en_GB: Your X-Y chart may have more than one data series.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp hd_id5461897 help.text]
note: kmPSk
en: XY Chart Variants
en_GB: X-Y Chart Variants

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id8919339 help.text]
note: Z8jEn
en: You can choose an XY chart variant on the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link>, or by choosing <item type="menuitem">Format - Chart Type </item>for a chart in edit mode.
en_GB: You can choose an X-Y chart variant on the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link>, or by choosing <item type="menuitem">Format - Chart Type </item>for a chart in edit mode.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id4634235 help.text]
note: azkUx
en: The chart is created with default settings. After the chart is finished, you can edit its properties to change the appearance. Line styles and icons can be changed on the <emph>Line</emph> tab page of the data series properties dialog.
en_GB: The chart is created with default settings. After the chart is finished, you can edit its properties to change the appearance. Line styles and icons can be changed on the <emph>Line</emph> tab page of the data series properties dialogue box.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id5482039 help.text]
note: 6AcaE
en: Double-click any data point to open the <item type="menuitem">Data Series</item> dialog. In this dialog, you can change many properties of the data series.
en_GB: Double-click any data point to open the <item type="menuitem">Data Series</item> dialogue box. In this dialogue box, you can change many properties of the data series.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id0805200810492449 help.text]
note: vTuqs
en: For 2D charts, you can choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Y Error Bars</item> to enable the display of error bars.
en_GB: For 2-D charts, you can choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - y-Error Bars</item> to enable the display of error bars.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id6571550 help.text]
note: JWLhZ
en: Each data point is shown by an icon. %PRODUCTNAME uses default icons with different forms and colors for each data series. The default colors are set in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Charts - Default Colors</item>.
en_GB: Each data point is shown by an icon. %PRODUCTNAME uses default icons with different forms and colours for each data series. The default colours are set in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Charts - Default Colours</item>.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id7261268 help.text]
note: SG9fd
en: The drawing order is the same as the order in the data series. Mark <emph>Sort by X Values</emph> to draw the lines in the order of the x values. This sorting applies only to the chart, not to the data in the table.
en_GB: The drawing order is the same as the order in the data series. Mark <emph>Sort by x-values</emph> to draw the lines in the order of the x-values. This sorting applies only to the chart, not to the data in the table.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp hd_id6765953 help.text]
note: BqQcp
en: 3D Lines
en_GB: 3-D Lines

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id7422711 help.text]
note: xYgZn
en: The lines are shown like tapes. The data points are not shown by icons. In the finished chart choose <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3D View</link> to set properties like illumination and angle of view.
en_GB: The lines are shown like tapes. The data points are not shown by icons. In the finished chart choose <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3-D View</link> to set properties like illumination and angle of view.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id5989562 help.text]
note: cLy57
en: <emph>Cubic Spline</emph> interpolates your data points with polynomials of degree 3. The transitions between the polynomial pieces are smooth, having the same slope and curvature.
en_GB: <emph>Cubic spline</emph> interpolates your data points with polynomials of degree 3. The transitions between the polynomial pieces are smooth, having the same slope and curvature.

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id9673426 help.text]
note: nW2RJ
en: <image id="img_id9673426" src="chart2/res/step_center_x_30.png" width="30px" height="30px"><alt id="alt_id9673426">Center X icon</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id9673426" src="chart2/res/step_center_x_30.png" width="30px" height="30px"><alt id="alt_id9673426">Centre X icon</alt></image>

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id56635427 help.text]
note: GWF4G
en: <image id="img_id56635427" src="chart2/res/step_center_y_30.png" width="30px" height="30px"><alt id="alt_id56635427">Center Y icon</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id56635427" src="chart2/res/step_center_y_30.png" width="30px" height="30px"><alt id="alt_id56635427">Centre Y icon</alt></image>

[ctx: type_xy.xhp par_id0679473 help.text]
note: aKSE8
en: Start to step up vertically to the middle of the Y values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.
en_GB: Start to step up vertically to the middle of the y-values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.

[ctx: wiz_chart_elements.xhp par_id3614917 help.text]
note: hjjCV
en: If you enter text for a title, subtitle, or any axis, the necessary space will be reserved to display the text next to the chart. If you do not enter a text, no space will be reserved, leaving more space to display the chart.
en_GB: If you enter some text for a title, subtitle, or any axis, the necessary space will be reserved to display the text next to the chart. If you do not enter any text, no space will be reserved, leaving more space to display the chart.

[ctx: wiz_chart_elements.xhp par_id1069368 help.text]
note: pdNqU
en: The legend displays the labels from the first row or column, or from the range that you have set in the Data Series dialog. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.
en_GB: The legend displays the labels from the first row or column, or from the range that you have set in the Data Series dialogue box. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id3453169 help.text]
note: ZWyAS
en: Choose a basic <link href="text/schart/01/choose_chart_type.xhp">chart type</link>: click any of the entries labeled Column, Bar, Pie, and so on.
en_GB: Choose a basic <link href="text/schart/01/choose_chart_type.xhp">chart type</link>: click any of the entries labelled Column, Bar, Pie, and so on.

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id2129276 help.text]
note: bGkoG
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a sub type of the basic chart type.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a sub-type of the basic chart type.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id9719229 help.text]
note: G2Y3F
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enables a 3D look for the data values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enables a 3-D look for the data values.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id3860896 help.text]
note: DyyhK
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the type of 3D look.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the type of 3-D look.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id7617114 help.text]
note: Znu4u
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to set the line or curve properties.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to set the line or curve properties.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id6649372 help.text]
note: BzFpR
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Connects points by ascending X values, even if the order of values is different, in an XY scatter diagram.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Connects points by ascending x-values, even if the order of values is different, in an X-Y scatter diagram.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_chart_type.xhp par_id4485000 help.text]
note: pJmSk
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Chart Type dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Chart Type dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id6401867 help.text]
note: WQdgv
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Data Ranges dialog where you can edit Data Range and Data Series.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Data Ranges dialogue box in which you can edit Data Range and Data Series.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id8466139 help.text]
note: B3cW3
en: This dialog is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.
en_GB: This dialogue box is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id1363872 help.text]
note: nmcfs
en: In Calc, click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog, then drag over a cell area to select the data range.
en_GB: In Calc, click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box, then dragover a cell area  to select the data range.

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id379650 help.text]
note: o63sW
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id953703 help.text]
note: mo8JB
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Data series get their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Data series obtain their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id4496597 help.text]
note: mrDBU
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Data series get their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Data series obtain their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id2898953 help.text]
note: nJkys
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not selected, all rows are data series.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not marked, all rows are data series.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_range.xhp par_id7546311 help.text]
note: Vd7Yz
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not selected, all columns are data columns.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not marked, all columns are data columns.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id686361 help.text]
note: o74Mn
en: This dialog is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.
en_GB: This dialogue box is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp hd_id9241615 help.text]
note: rcd4q
en: Organizing data series
en_GB: Organising data series

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id7159337 help.text]
note: 7wysk
en: In the Data Series list box you see a list of all data series in the current chart.
en_GB: In the Data Series list box you will see a list of all data series in the current chart.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id4921720 help.text]
note: r8XCo
en: To organize the data series, select an entry in the list.
en_GB: To organise the data series, select an entry in the list.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id4855189 help.text]
note: DPGAV
en: In the Data Ranges list box you see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.
en_GB: In the Data Ranges list box you will see the role names and cell ranges of the data series components.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id3931699 help.text]
note: d4qkf
en: Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog and select the range with the mouse.
en_GB: Enter the range or click <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimise the dialogue box and select the range with the mouse.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id5971556 help.text]
note: LnF62
en: The range for a data role, like Y-Values, must not include a label cell.
en_GB: The range for a data role, like y-values, must not include a label cell.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id9500106 help.text]
note: DBs6k
en: Depending on the chart type, the texts are shown on the X axis or as data labels.
en_GB: Depending on the chart type, the text strings are shown on the x-axis or as data labels.

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id2254402 help.text]
note: CXEdB
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: wiz_data_series.xhp par_id2419507 help.text]
note: fLvLE
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows the source range address of the categories (the text strings that you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an X-Y chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the <emph>Select data range</emph> button.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3148869 help.text]
en: <variable id="efgsta">Choose <emph>Insert - X Error Bars</emph>, or <emph>Insert - Y Error Bars</emph> (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="efgsta">Choose <emph>Insert - x Error Bars</emph>, or <emph>Insert - y Error Bars</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3150214 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtodd">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Point</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtodd">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Point</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3154765 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtodr">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Series</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtodr">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Series</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3153009 help.text]
en: <variable id="optionen">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Series - Options</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="optionen">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Data Series - Options</emph> tab (Charts) </variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3155758 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtoe">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Title</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtoe">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Title</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3153075 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtegt">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Title</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtegt">Choose <emph>Format - Format Selection - Title</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3157876 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtaa">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - X Axis/Secondary X Axis/Z Axis/All Axes</emph> (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtaa">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - x-Axis/Secondary x-Axis/z-Axis/All Axes</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3146883 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtyas">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis/Secondary Y Axis</emph> (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtyas">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - y-Axis/Secondary y-Axis</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3149349 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtysk">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis - Scale</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtysk">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - y-Axis - Scale</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id1006200812385491 help.text]
en: <variable id="positioning">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - X Axis - Positioning</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="positioning">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - x-Axis - Positioning</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id31493459 help.text]
en: <variable id="positioningy">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis - Positioning</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="positioningy">Choose <emph>Format - Axis - y-Axis - Positioning</emph> tab (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3150746 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtgtr">Choose <emph>Format - Grid - X, Y, Z Axis Major Grid/ X, Y, Z Minor Grid/ All Axis Grids</emph> (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtgtr">Choose <emph>Format - Grid - x-, y-, z-Axis Major Grid/ x-, y-, z-Minor Grid/ All Axis Grids</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3145828 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtdgw">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Wall - Chart</emph> dialog (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtdgw">Choose <emph>Format - Chart Wall - Chart</emph> dialogue box (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id3155621 help.text]
en: <variable id="frtdda">Choose <emph>Format - 3D View</emph> (Charts)</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="frtdda">Choose <emph>Format - 3-D View</emph> (Charts)</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id733359 help.text]
en: <variable id="smlp">In the Chart Type dialog of a Line chart or XY chart that displays lines, choose Smooth in the Lines type drop-down, then click the Properties button.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="smlp">In the Chart Type dialogue box of a Line chart or X-Y chart that displays lines, choose Smooth in the Lines type drop-down, then click the Properties button.</variable>

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id8513095 help.text]
en: <variable id="stlp">In the Chart Type dialog of a Line chart or XY chart that displays lines, choose Stepped in the Lines type drop-down, then click the Properties button.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="stlp">In the Chart Type dialogue box of a Line chart or X-Y chart that displays lines, choose Stepped in the Lines type drop-down, then click the Properties button.</variable>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id3154685 help.text]
en: <variable id="chart">$[officename] lets you present data graphically in a chart, so that you can visually compare data series and view trends in the data. You can insert charts into spreadsheets, text documents, drawings, and presentations.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="chart">$[officename] lets you present data graphically in a chart so that you can visually compare data series and view trends in the data. You can insert charts into spreadsheets, text documents, drawings and presentations.</variable>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id4727011 help.text]
en: Values that you enter in the Chart Data Table dialog (you can create these charts in Writer, Draw, or Impress, and you can copy and paste them also to Calc)
en_GB: Values that you enter in the Chart Data Table dialogue box (you can create these charts in Writer, Draw, or Impress, and you can copy and paste them also to Calc)

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id4194769 help.text]
en: Double-click an axis to edit the scale, type, color, and more.
en_GB: Double-click an axis to edit the scale, type, colour, and more.

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200912061033 help.text]
en: In chart edit mode, you see the <link href="text/schart/main0202.xhp">Formatting Bar</link> for charts near the upper border of the document. The Drawing Bar for charts appears near the lower border of the document. The Drawing Bar shows a subset of the icons from the <link href="text/simpress/main0210.xhp">Drawing</link> toolbar of Draw and Impress.
en_GB: In chart edit mode, you will see the <link href="text/schart/main0202.xhp">Formatting Bar</link> for charts near the upper border of the document. The Drawing Bar for charts appears near the lower border of the document. The Drawing Bar shows a subset of the icons from the <link href="text/simpress/main0210.xhp">Drawing</link> toolbar of Draw and Impress.

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200903545159 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Formats the Y error bars.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Formats the y-error bars.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200904063239 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to insert chart titles.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to insert chart titles.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200904233047 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to insert or delete axes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to insert or delete axes.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200904233058 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to insert an axis.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to insert an axis.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id0810200904233089 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog to insert an axis title.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box to insert an axis title.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0000.xhp par_id081020090443142 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Deletes the Y error bars.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Deletes the y-error bars.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300479 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the element from the chart that you want to format. The element gets selected in the chart preview. Click Format Selection to open the properties dialog for the selected element.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the element from the chart that you want to format. The element gets selected in the chart preview. Click Format Selection to open the properties dialogue box for the selected element.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300539 help.text]
en: Opens the properties dialog for the selected element.
en_GB: Opens the properties dialogue box for the selected element.

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300594 help.text]
en: Opens the Chart Type dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Chart Type dialogue box.

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300699 help.text]
en: Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.
en_GB: Opens the Data Table dialogue box in which you can edit the chart data.

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id0810200902300630 help.text]
en: The Horizontal Grids icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis.
en_GB: The Horizontal Grids icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the y-axis.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3150868 help.text]
en: Charts allow you to present data so that it is easy to visualize.
en_GB: Charts allow you to present data so that it is easy to visualise.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3151112 help.text]
en: Choose from a variety of 3D charts and 2D charts, such as bar charts, line charts, stock charts. You can change chart types with a few clicks of the mouse.
en_GB: Choose from a variety of 3-D charts and 2-D charts, such as bar charts, line charts, stock charts. You can change chart types with a few clicks of the mouse.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3156441 help.text]
en: You can customize individual chart elements, such as axes, data labels, and legends, by right-clicking them in the chart, or with toolbar icons and menu commands.
en_GB: You can customise individual chart elements, such as axes, data labels, and legends, by right-clicking them in the chart, or with toolbar icons and menu commands.

[ctx: address_auto.xhp tit help.text]
note: NXy6S
en: Recognizing Names as Addressing
en_GB: Recognising Names as Addressing

[ctx: address_auto.xhp bm_id3148797 help.text]
note: QvKmR
en: <bookmark_value>automatic addressing in tables</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>natural language addressing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formulas; using row/column labels</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>text in cells; as addressing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>addressing; automatic</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>name recognition on/off</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>row headers;using in formulas</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>column headers;using in formulas</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>columns; finding labels automatically</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>rows; finding labels automatically</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognizing; column and row labels</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>automatic addressing in tables</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>natural language addressing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formulae; using row/column labels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text in cells; as addressing</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>addressing; automatic</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>name recognition on/off</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>row headers;using in formulae</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>column headers;using in formulae</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>columns; finding labels automatically</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>rows; finding labels automatically</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognising; column and row labels</bookmark_value>

[ctx: address_auto.xhp hd_id3148797 help.text]
note: qAvAQ
en: <variable id="address_auto"><link href="text/scalc/guide/address_auto.xhp" name="Recognizing Names as Addressing">Recognizing Names as Addressing</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="address_auto"><link href="text/scalc/guide/address_auto.xhp" name="Recognising Names as Addressing">Recognising Names as Addressing</link></variable>

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3153707 help.text]
note: JCMv7
en: $[officename] Calc automatically converts certain entries to dates. For example, the entry <emph>1.1</emph> may be interpreted as January 1 of the current year, according to the locale settings of your operating system, and then displayed according to the date format applied to the cell.
en_GB: $[officename] Calc automatically converts certain entries to dates. For example, the entry <emph>1/1</emph> may be interpreted as 1st January of the current year, according to the locale settings of your operating system, and then displayed according to the date format applied to the cell.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3155333 help.text]
note: GYoEC
en: Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph>. Go to the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab and unmark <emph>Replace</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph>. Go to the <emph>Localised Options</emph> tab and unmark <emph>Replace</emph>.

[ctx: auto_off.xhp hd_id3149565 help.text]
note: j3GnW
en: Cell Content Always Begins With Uppercase
en_GB: Cell Content Always Begins With Upper-case

[ctx: auto_off.xhp par_id3147001 help.text]
note: qNqbR
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>. Go to the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab. Unmark <item type="menuitem">Capitalize first letter of every sentence</item>.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>. Go to the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab. Unmark <item type="menuitem">Capitalise first letter of every sentence</item>.

[ctx: autofilter.xhp bm_id3156423 help.text]
note: uegyb
en: <bookmark_value>filters, see also AutoFilter function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoFilter function;applying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheets; filter values</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbers; filter sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns; AutoFilter function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>drop-down menus in sheet columns</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>database ranges; AutoFilter function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>filters, see also AutoFilter function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoFilter function;applying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; filter values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers; filter sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns; AutoFilter function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drop-down menus in sheet columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>database ranges; AutoFilter function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: autofilter.xhp par_id3155064 help.text]
note: FDYaw
en: Only those rows whose contents meet the filter criteria are displayed. The other rows are filtered. You can see if rows have been filtered from the discontinuous row numbers. The column that has been used for the filter is identified by a different color for the arrow button.
en_GB: Only those rows whose contents meet the filter criteria are displayed. The other rows are filtered. You can see if rows have been filtered from the discontinuous row numbers. The column that has been used for the filter is identified by a different arrow button colour.

[ctx: autofilter.xhp par_id3153714 help.text]
note: BXy3D
en: To display all records again, select the <emph>all</emph> entry in the AutoFilter combo box. If you choose <emph>Standard</emph>, the <item type="menuitem">Standard Filter</item> dialog appears, allowing you to set up a standard filter. Choose "Top 10" to display the highest 10 values only.
en_GB: To display all records again, select the <emph>all</emph> entry in the AutoFilter combo box. If you choose <emph>Standard</emph>, the <item type="menuitem">Standard Filter</item> dialogue box appears, allowing you to set up a standard filter. Choose "Top 10" to display the highest 10 values only.

[ctx: autoformat.xhp par_id3149210 help.text]
note: gG5Fm
en: If you do not see any change in color of the cell contents, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Value Highlighting</item>.
en_GB: If you do not see any change in colour of the cell content, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Value Highlighting</item>.

[ctx: autoformat.xhp par_idN10760 help.text]
note: FDB4v
en: In the <emph>Name</emph> box of the <emph>Add AutoFormat</emph> dialog, enter a name for the format.
en_GB: In the <emph>Name</emph> box of the <emph>Add AutoFormat</emph> dialogue box, enter a name for the format.

[ctx: background.xhp hd_id3149346 help.text]
note: tMFWU
en: <variable id="background"><link href="text/scalc/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link>            </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="background"><link href="text/scalc/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Background Colours or Background Graphics">Defining Background Colours or Background Graphics</link>            </variable>

[ctx: background.xhp par_id9520249 help.text]
note: gwwiM
en: You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for cell ranges in $[officename] Calc.
en_GB: You can define a background colour or use a graphic as a background for cell ranges in $[officename] Calc.

[ctx: background.xhp hd_id3144760 help.text]
note: iQgbC
en: Applying a Background Color to a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet
en_GB: Applying a Background Colour to a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet

[ctx: background.xhp par_id3152938 help.text]
note: bg5yD
en: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color.
en_GB: On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background colour.

[ctx: borders.xhp tit help.text]
note: uTh4T
en: User Defined Borders in Cells
en_GB: User-Defined Borders in Cells

[ctx: borders.xhp hd_id4544816 help.text]
note: ajMCN
en: <variable id="borders"><link href="text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp">User Defined Borders in Cells</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="borders"><link href="text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp">User-Defined Borders in Cells</link></variable>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id9947508 help.text]
note: HAyz8
en: In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.
en_GB: In the dialogue box, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1836909 help.text]
note: mh9v4
en: The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.
en_GB: The thin grey lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id5212561 help.text]
note: CRmXG
en: The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color.
en_GB: The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and colour.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id4818872 help.text]
note: Fo7Dp
en: The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.
en_GB: The thick grey lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.

[ctx: borders.xhp hd_id3593554 help.text]
note: DDScY
en: User Defined Settings
en_GB: User-Defined Settings

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id4018066 help.text]
note: VWqSq
en: In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states.
en_GB: In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id4065065 help.text]
note: 6L2yn
en: <image id="img_id9379863" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_7.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id9379863">solid line for user defined border</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id9379863" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_7.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id9379863">solid line for user-defined border</alt></image>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id1209143 help.text]
note: tgg4i
en: A gray line
en_GB: A grey line

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id6653340 help.text]
note: EMt2z
en: <image id="img_id6972563" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_gray.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id6972563">gray line for user defined border</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id6972563" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_gray.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id6972563">grey line for user-defined border</alt></image>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id2278817 help.text]
note: HmMdg
en: A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.
en_GB: A grey line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id52491 help.text]
note: mDdBw
en: <image id="img_id3801080" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_white.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id3801080">white line for user defined border</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id3801080" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_white.png" width="1.2602in" height="1.1252in"><alt id="alt_id3801080">white line for user-defined border</alt></image>

[ctx: borders.xhp par_id8102053 help.text]
note: 8FHj7
en: You can combine several line types and styles. The last image shows how to set thick outer borders (the thick black lines), while any diagonal lines inside the cell will not be touched (gray lines).
en_GB: You can combine several line types and styles. The last image shows how to set thick outer borders (the thick black lines), while any diagonal lines inside the cell will not be touched (grey lines).

[ctx: calc_date.xhp par_id3147343 help.text]
note: ddvdC
en: The <item type="menuitem">Format Cells</item> dialog appears. On the <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> tab, the "Number" category will appear already highlighted. The format is set to "General", which causes the result of a calculation containing date entries to be displayed as a date. To display the result as a number, set the number format to "-1,234" and close the dialog with the <item type="menuitem">OK</item> button.
en_GB: The <item type="menuitem">Format Cells</item> dialogue box will appear. On the <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> tab, the "Number" category will appear already highlighted. The format is set to "General", which causes the result of a calculation containing date entries to be displayed as a date. To display the result as a number, set the number format to "-1,234" and close the dialogue box using the <item type="menuitem">OK</item> button.

[ctx: calc_date.xhp par_id3150304 help.text]
note: LxXW8
en: Experiment with some additional formulas: in A4 enter =A3*24 to calculate the hours, in A5 enter =A4*60 for the minutes, and in A6 enter =A5*60 for seconds. Press the Enter key after each formula.
en_GB: Experiment with some additional formulae: in A4 enter =A3*24 to calculate the hours, in A5 enter =A4*60 for the minutes, and in A6 enter =A5*60 for seconds. Press the Enter key after each formula.

[ctx: calc_series.xhp bm_id3150769 help.text]
note: jCpXS
en: <bookmark_value>series; calculating</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>calculating; series</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>linear series</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>growth series</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>date series</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>powers of 2 calculations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; filling automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic cell filling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoFill function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>filling;cells, automatically</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>series; calculating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; series</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>linear series</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>growth series</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date series</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>powers of 2 calculations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; filling automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic cell filling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoFill function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>filling;cells, automatically</bookmark_value>

[ctx: calc_series.xhp par_id3154490 help.text]
note: aDZ5t
en: If you select two or more adjacent cells that contain different numbers, and drag, the remaining cells are filled with the arithmetic pattern that is recognized in the numbers. The AutoFill function also recognizes customized lists that are defined under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</item>.
en_GB: If you select two or more adjacent cells that contain different numbers, and drag, the remaining cells are filled with the arithmetic pattern that is recognised in the numbers. The AutoFill function also recognises customised lists that are defined under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</item>.

[ctx: calc_timevalues.xhp par_id3145271 help.text]
note: LeUFA
en: In the formula, an entire 24-hour day has a value of 1 and one hour has a value of 1/24. The logical value in parentheses is 0 or 1, corresponding to 0 or 24 hours. The result returned by the formula is automatically issued in time format due to the sequence of the operands.
en_GB: In the formula, an entire 24-hour day has a value of 1 and one hour has a value of 1/24. The logical value in parentheses (round brackets) is 0 or 1, corresponding to 0 or 24 hours. The result returned by the formula is automatically issued in time format due to the sequence of the operands.

[ctx: calculate.xhp bm_id3150791 help.text]
note: EZCSv
en: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; calculating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; calculating</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; calculating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; calculating</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cell_enter.xhp bm_id3150868 help.text]
note: 2aSdr
en: <bookmark_value>values; inserting in multiple cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;values</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell ranges;selecting for data entries</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>areas, see also cell ranges</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>values; inserting in multiple cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell ranges;selecting for data entries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>areas, see also cell ranges</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cell_enter.xhp par_id2011780 help.text]
note: CB8nY
en: Use drag-and-drop to select the area where you want to input values. But start dragging from the last cell of the area and release the mouse button when you have selected the first cell. Now you can start to input values. Always press the Tab key to advance to the next cell. You will not leave the selected area.
en_GB: Use drag-and-drop to select the area into which you want to input values. But start dragging from the last cell of the area and release the mouse button when you have selected the first cell. Now you can start to input values. Always press the Tab key to advance to the next cell. You will not leave the selected area.

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp bm_id3146119 help.text]
note: zC53S
en: <bookmark_value>protecting;cells and sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell protection; enabling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheets; protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; protecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; hiding for printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing; sheet protection</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding;formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas;hiding</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>protecting;cells and sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell protection; enabling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>documents; protecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; hiding for printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing; sheet protection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae;hiding</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_id3153368 help.text]
note: YzGFz
en: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc you can protect sheets and the document as a whole. You can choose whether the cells are protected against accidental changes, whether the formulas can be viewed from within Calc, whether the cells are visible or whether the cells can be printed.
en_GB: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc you can protect sheets and the document as a whole. You can choose whether the cells are protected against accidental changes, whether the formulae can be viewed from within Calc, whether the cells are visible or whether the cells can be printed.

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_id5974303 help.text]
note: WUAAG
en: These protection features are just switches to prevent accidental action. The features are not intended to provide any secure protection. For example, by exporting a sheet to another file format, a user may be able to surpass the protection features. There is only one secure protection: the password that you can apply when saving an OpenDocument file. A file that has been saved with a password can be opened only with the same password.
en_GB: These protection features are just switches to prevent accidential action. The features are not intended to provide any secure protection. For example, by exporting a sheet to another file format, a user may be able to bypass the protection features. There is only one secure protection: the password that you can apply when saving an OpenDocument file. A file that has been saved with a password can be opened only with the same password.

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_idN1069A help.text]
note: NJqDX
en: Select <emph>Hide formula</emph> to hide and to protect formulas from changes.
en_GB: Select <emph>Hide formula</emph> to hide and to protect formulae from changes.

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_idN106C0 help.text]
note: KZhvC
en: To protect the cells from being changed / viewed / printed according to your settings in the <emph>Format - Cells</emph> dialog, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Protect Sheet</item>.
en_GB: To protect the cells from being changed / viewed / printed according to your settings in the <emph>Format - Cells</emph> dialogue box, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Protect Sheet</item>.

[ctx: cell_protect.xhp par_idN106CF help.text]
note: R9bEQ
en: (Optional) Enter a password.
en_GB: (Optional) Enter a password of at least 5 characters.

[ctx: cell_unprotect.xhp bm_id3153252 help.text]
note: byazz
en: <bookmark_value>cell protection; unprotecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>protecting; unprotecting cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>unprotecting cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cell protection; unprotecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>protecting; unprotecting cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>unprotecting cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cell_unprotect.xhp hd_id3153252 help.text]
note: K8ukF
en: <variable id="cell_unprotect"><link href="text/scalc/guide/cell_unprotect.xhp" name="Unprotecting Cells">Unprotecting Cells</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="cell_unprotect"><link href="text/scalc/guide/cell_unprotect.xhp" name="Unprotecting Cells">Unprotecting Cells</link></variable>

[ctx: cell_unprotect.xhp par_id3145171 help.text]
note: 7ya2E
en: If you have assigned a password, enter it in this dialog and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: If you have assigned a password, enter it in this dialogue box and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: cell_unprotect.xhp par_id3153771 help.text]
note: xYEFE
en: The cells can now be edited, the formulas can be viewed, and all cells can be printed until you reactivate the protection for the sheet or document.
en_GB: The cells can now be edited, the formulae can be viewed, and all cells can be printed until you reactivate the protection for the sheet or document.

[ctx: cellcopy.xhp bm_id3150440 help.text]
note: LqS8X
en: <bookmark_value>cells; copying/deleting/formatting/moving</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rows;visible and invisible</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>moving;visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>invisible cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>filters;copying visible cells only</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hidden cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; copying/deleting/formatting/moving</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;visible and invisible</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>invisible cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>filters;copying visible cells only</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hidden cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellcopy.xhp par_id3154729 help.text]
note: uA66B
en: $[officename] behavior depends on how the cells were made invisible, by a filter or manually.
en_GB: $[officename] behaviour depends on how the cells were made invisible, by a filter or manually.

[ctx: cellreference_dragdrop.xhp bm_id3154686 help.text]
note: DN7Zz
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop; referencing cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; referencing by drag and drop </bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>references;inserting by drag and drop</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;references, by drag and drop</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop; referencing cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; referencing by drag-and-drop </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>references;inserting by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;references, by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellreference_dragdrop.xhp par_id3156444 help.text]
note: ANUwC
en: With the help of the Navigator you can reference cells from one sheet to another sheet in the same document or in a different document. The cells can be inserted as a copy, link, or hyperlink. The range to be inserted must be defined with a name in the original file so that it can be inserted in the target file.
en_GB: With the help of the Navigator you can reference cells from one sheet to another sheet in the same document or in a different document. The cells can be inserted as a copy, link or hyperlink. The range to be inserted must be defined with a name in the original file so that it can be inserted in the target file.

[ctx: cellreference_dragdrop.xhp par_id3154256 help.text]
note: Thq7N
en: Click the name under "Range names" in the Navigator, and drag into the cell of the current sheet where you want to insert the reference.
en_GB: Click the name under "Range names" in the Navigator, and drag into the cell of the current sheet into which you want to insert the reference.

[ctx: cellreferences.xhp par_id809961 help.text]
note: PYRuC
en: If you switch back to Sheet1, you will see the same content in cell A1 there. If the contents of Sheet2.A1 change, then the contents of Sheet1.A1 also change.
en_GB: If you switch back to Sheet1, you will see the same content in cell A1 there. If the contents of Sheet2.A1 change, then the contents of Sheet1.A1 also changes.

[ctx: cellreferences.xhp par_id8001953 help.text]
note: XywAr
en: Choose <emph>File - New</emph>, to open a new spreadsheet document. Set the cursor in the cell where you want to insert the external data and enter an equals sign to indicate that you want to begin a formula.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - New</emph>, to open a new spreadsheet document. Set the cursor in the cell into which you want to insert the external data and enter an equals sign to indicate that you want to begin a formula.

[ctx: cellreferences.xhp par_id7697683 help.text]
note: ACCDQ
en: Confirm the formula by clicking the green check mark.
en_GB: Confirm the formula by clicking the green tick mark.

[ctx: cellreferences_url.xhp par_id3145384 help.text]
note: HRaaG
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Sheet - Link to External Data</item>. The <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp" name="External Data"><item type="menuitem">External Data</item></link> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Sheet - Link to External Data</item>. The <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp" name="External Data"><item type="menuitem">External Data</item></link> dialogue box appears.

[ctx: cellreferences_url.xhp par_id3152892 help.text]
note: EQzxX
en: Enter the URL of the document or Web page in the dialog. The URL must be in the format: http://www.my-bank.com/table.html. The URL for local or local area network files is the path seen in the <item type="menuitem">File - Open</item> dialog.
en_GB: Enter the URL of the document or Web page in the dialogue box. The URL must be in the format: http://www.my-bank.com/table.html. The URL for local or local area network files is the path seen in the <item type="menuitem">File - Open</item> dialogue box.

[ctx: cellreferences_url.xhp par_id3153068 help.text]
note: ZVqcc
en: $[officename] loads the Web page or file in the "background", that is, without displaying it. In the large list box of the <item type="menuitem">External Data</item> dialog, you can see the name of all the sheets or named ranges you can choose from.
en_GB: $[officename] loads the Web page or file in the "background", that is, without displaying it. In the large list box of the <item type="menuitem">External Data</item> dialogue box, you can see the name of all the sheets or named ranges you can choose from.

[ctx: cellreferences_url.xhp par_id3159204 help.text]
note: qJWx2
en: Under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp" name="Spreadsheet - General"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</item></link> you can choose to have the update, when opened, automatically carried out either always, upon request or never. The update can be started manually in the dialog under <item type="menuitem">Edit - Links</item>.
en_GB: Under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp" name="Spreadsheet - General"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</item></link> you can choose to have the update, when opened, automatically carried out either always, upon request or never. The update can be started manually in the dialogue box under <item type="menuitem">Edit - Links</item>.

[ctx: cellstyle_by_formula.xhp bm_id3145673 help.text]
note: ewC9e
en: <bookmark_value>formats; assigning by formulas</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell formats; assigning by formulas</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>STYLE function example</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell styles;assigning by formulas</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formulas;assigning cell formats</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formats; assigning by formulae</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell formats; assigning by formulae</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>STYLE function example</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell styles;assigning by formulae</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formulae;assigning cell formats</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellstyle_by_formula.xhp par_id3150275 help.text]
note: EzSnh
en: The STYLE() function can be added to an existing formula in a cell. For example, together with the CURRENT function, you can color a cell depending on its value. The formula =...+STYLE(IF(CURRENT()>3; "Red"; "Green")) applies the cell style "Red" to cells if the value is greater than 3, otherwise the cell style "Green" is applied.
en_GB: The STYLE() function can be added to an existing formula in a cell. For example, together with the CURRENT function, you can colour a cell depending on its value. The formula =... + STYLE(IF(CURRENT() > 3; "Red"; "Green")) applies the cell style "Red" to cells if the value is greater than 3, otherwise the cell style "Green" is applied.

[ctx: cellstyle_by_formula.xhp par_id3151385 help.text]
note: bMcgv
en: If you would like to apply a formula to all cells in a selected area, you can use the <item type="menuitem">Find & Replace</item> dialog.
en_GB: If you would like to apply a formula to all cells in a selected area, you can use the <item type="menuitem">Find & Replace</item> dialogue box.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp bm_id3149263 help.text]
note: 3TV3y
en: <bookmark_value>conditional formatting; cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells; conditional formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; conditional formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;conditional styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell formats; conditional</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>random numbers;examples</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell styles; copying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; cell styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; copying cell styles</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>conditional formatting; cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; conditional formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; conditional formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>styles;conditional styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell formats; conditional</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>random numbers;examples</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell styles; copying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; cell styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; copying cell styles</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3159156 help.text]
note: pHN5U
en: Using the menu command <emph>Format - Conditional formatting</emph>, the dialog allows you to define conditions per cell, which must be met in order for the selected cells to have a particular format.
en_GB: Using the menu command <emph>Format - Conditional formatting</emph>, the dialogue box allows you to define conditions per cell, which must be met in order for the selected cells to have a particular format.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3146969 help.text]
note: nFqJG
en: Enter the condition(s) into the dialog box. The dialog is described in detail in <link href="text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp" name="$[officename] Help">$[officename] Help</link>, and an example is provided below:
en_GB: Enter the condition(s) into the dialogue box. The dialogue box is described in detail in <link href="text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp" name="$[officename] Help">$[officename] Help</link>, and an example is provided below:

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3149565 help.text]
note: A66qh
en: In one of the cells enter the formula =RAND(), and you will obtain a random number between 0 and 1. If you want integers of between 0 and 50, enter the formula =INT(RAND()*50).
en_GB: In one of the cells enter the formula =RAND(), and you will obtain a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0. If you want integers in the range 0 to 50, enter the formula =INT(RAND()*50).

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3155529 help.text]
note: pzTvA
en: In the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog on the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select a background color. Click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box on the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select a background colour. Click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3152889 help.text]
note: 4bRZa
en: To define a second style, click again in a blank cell and proceed as described above. Assign a different background color for the cell and assign a name (for this example, "Below").
en_GB: To define a second style, click again in a blank cell and proceed as described above. Assign a different background colour for the cell and assign a name (for this example, "Below").

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3156016 help.text]
note: QA6oP
en: Select the AVERAGE function. Use the mouse to select all your random numbers. If you cannot see the entire range, because the Function Wizard is obscuring it, you can temporarily shrink the dialog using the <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#eingabesymbol" name="Shrink or Maximize"><item type="menuitem">Shrink / Maximize</item></link> icon.
en_GB: Select the AVERAGE function. Use the mouse to select all your random numbers. If you cannot see the entire range, because the Function Wizard is obscuring it, you can temporarily shrink the dialogue box using the <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#eingabesymbol" name="Shrink or Maximise"><item type="menuitem">Shrink / Maximise</item></link> icon.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3153801 help.text]
note: vxDRC
en: Choose the <emph>Format - Conditional Formatting</emph> command to open the corresponding dialog.
en_GB: Choose the <emph>Format - Conditional Formatting</emph> command to open the corresponding dialogue box.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3147298 help.text]
note: iGbDq
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>. The <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>. The <emph>Paste Special</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: cellstyle_conditional.xhp par_id3166465 help.text]
note: PFnj2
en: In the <emph>Selection</emph> area, check only the <emph>Formats</emph> box. All other boxes must be unchecked. Click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: In the <emph>Selection</emph> area, mark only the <emph>Formats</emph> check box. All other check boxes must be unmarked. Click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: cellstyle_minusvalue.xhp bm_id3147434 help.text]
note: 9Zqdi
en: <bookmark_value>negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbers; highlighting negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>highlighting;negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>colors;negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number formats;colors for negative numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbers; highlighting negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>highlighting;negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>colours;negative numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number formats;colours for negative numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: cellstyle_minusvalue.xhp par_id3153878 help.text]
note: YGxpk
en: You can format cells with a number format that highlights negative numbers in red. Alternatively, you can define your own number format in which negative numbers are highlighted in other colors.
en_GB: You can format cells with a number format that highlights negative numbers in red. Alternatively, you can define your own number format in which negative numbers are highlighted in other colours.

[ctx: consolidate.xhp hd_id892056 help.text]
note: GyvFB
en: To Combine Cell Contents
en_GB: To Combine Contents of Cells

[ctx: consolidate.xhp par_id3154513 help.text]
note: 77VUk
en: Choose <item type="menuitem">Data - Consolidate</item> to open the <emph>Consolidate</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <item type="menuitem">Data - Consolidate</item> to open the <emph>Consolidate</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: consolidate.xhp par_id3149209 help.text]
note: CvGP2
en: If the range is not named, click in the field next to the <emph>Source data area</emph>. A blinking text cursor appears. Type a reference for the first source data range or select the range with the mouse.
en_GB: If the range is not named, click in the field next to the <emph>Source data area</emph>. A blinking text cursor will appear. Type a reference for the first source data range or select the range with the mouse.

[ctx: consolidate.xhp par_id3147250 help.text]
note: BSAXP
en: Click <emph>More</emph> in the <emph>Consolidate</emph> dialog to display additional settings:
en_GB: Click <emph>More</emph> in the <emph>Consolidate</emph> dialogue box to display additional settings:

[ctx: consolidate.xhp par_id3156400 help.text]
note: DEEPq
en: Select <emph>Link to source data</emph> to insert the formulas that generate the results in the target range, rather than the actual results. If you link the data, any values modified in the source range are automatically updated in the target range.
en_GB: Select <emph>Link to source data</emph> to insert the formulae that generate the results in the target range, rather than the actual results. If you link the data, any values modified in the source range are automatically updated in the target range.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp bm_id892361 help.text]
note: wBHVA
en: <bookmark_value>number series import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data series import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; tables as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing; tables as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>delimited values and files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comma separated files and values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text file import and export</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>csv files;importing and exporting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; importing/exporting as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents; importing to spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opening;text csv files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving;as text csv</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>number series import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data series import</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting; tables as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing; tables as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>delimited values and files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comma separated files and values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text file import and export</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CSV files;importing and exporting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; importing/exporting as text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text documents; importing to spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opening;text CSV files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>saving;as text csv</bookmark_value>

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN10880 help.text]
note: e4NjR
en: Comma Separated Values (CSV) is a text file format that you can use to exchange data from a database or a spreadsheet between applications. Each line in a Text CSV file represents a record in the database, or a row in a spreadsheet. Each field in a database record or cell in a spreadsheet row is usually separated by a comma. However, you can use other characters to delimit a field, such as a tabulator character.
en_GB: Comma Separated Values (CSV) is a text file format that you can use to exchange data from a database or a spreadsheet between applications. Each line in a Text CSV file represents a record in the database, or a row in a spreadsheet. Each field in a database record or cell in a spreadsheet row is usually separated by a comma. However, you can use other characters to delimit a field, such as semicolon or tab characters.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN10886 help.text]
note: TG3zV
en: If the field or cell contains a comma, the field or cell <emph>must</emph> be enclosed by single quotes (') or double quotes (").
en_GB: If the field or cell contains a comma, its content <emph>must</emph> be enclosed by single quotes (') or double quotes (").

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN10834 help.text]
note: rUWLQ
en: The <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialog opens.
en_GB: The <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN108BB help.text]
note: azv5J
en: You can preview the layout of the imported data at the bottom of the <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialog.
en_GB: You can preview the layout of the imported data at the bottom of the <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialogue box.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN108E2 help.text]
note: SAMDV
en: Check the text delimiter box that matches the character used as text delimiter in the file. In case of an unlisted delimiter, type the character into the input box.
en_GB: Mark the text delimiter check box that matches the character used as text delimiter in the file. In case of an unlisted delimiter, type the character into the input box.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN106FC help.text]
note: pyPuY
en: When you export a spreadsheet to CSV format, only the data on the current sheet is saved. All other information, including formulas and formatting, is lost.
en_GB: When you export a spreadsheet to CSV format, only the data on the current sheet is saved. All other information, including formulae and formatting, is omitted.

[ctx: csv_files.xhp par_idN107ED help.text]
note: VXtFE
en: In the <item type="menuitem">Export of text files</item> dialog, select the options that you want.
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">Export of text files</item> dialogue box, select the options that you want.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp bm_id3153726 help.text]
note: AzAKW
en: <bookmark_value>csv files;formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas; importing/exporting as csv files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>exporting;formulas as csv files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>importing;csv files with formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>CSV files;formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; importing/exporting as CSV files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exporting;formulae as CSV files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importing;CSV files with formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp hd_id3153726 help.text]
note: DfYsZ
en: <variable id="csv_formula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp" name="Importing and Exporting Text Files">Importing and Exporting CSV Text Files with Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="csv_formula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp" name="Importing and Exporting Text Files">Importing and Exporting CSV Text Files with Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3149402 help.text]
note: 7kmDr
en: Comma separated values (CSV) files are text files that contain the cell contents of a single sheet. Commas, semicolons, or other characters can be used as the field delimiters between the cells. Text strings are put in quotation marks, numbers are written without quotation marks.
en_GB: Comma separated values (CSV) files are text files that contain the contents of cells of a single sheet. Commas, semicolons, or other characters can be used as the field delimiters between the cells. Text strings are put in quotation marks, numbers are written without quotation marks.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3155445 help.text]
note: iPsQg
en: In the <emph>File type</emph> field, select the format "Text CSV". Select the file and click <emph>Open</emph>. When a file has the .csv extension, the file type is automatically recognized.
en_GB: In the <emph>File type</emph> field, select the format "Text CSV". Select the file and click <emph>Open</emph>. When a file has the .csv extension, the file type is automatically recognised.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3149565 help.text]
note: U4nRf
en: You will see the <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialog. Click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.
en_GB: You will see the <item type="menuitem">Text Import</item> dialogue box. Click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3149255 help.text]
note: adhCg
en: If the csv file contains formulas, but you want to import the results of those formulas, then choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</emph> and clear the <emph>Formulas</emph> check box.
en_GB: If the CSV file contains formulae, but you want to import the results of those formulas, then choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</emph> and clear the <emph>Formulae</emph> check box.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp hd_id3154022 help.text]
note: JTAdg
en: To Export Formulas and Values as CSV Files
en_GB: To Export Formulae and Values as CSV Files

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3150342 help.text]
note: fWwZt
en: Click the sheet to be written as a csv file.
en_GB: Click the sheet to be written as a CSV file.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3166423 help.text]
note: nJJjE
en: If you want to export the formulas as formulas, for example, in the form =SUM(A1:B5), proceed as follows:
en_GB: If you want to export the formulae as formulae, for example, in the form =SUM(A1:B5), proceed as follows:

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3150200 help.text]
note: 4oXKB
en: Under <emph>Display</emph>, mark the <emph>Formulas</emph> check box. Click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Under <emph>Display</emph>, mark the <emph>Formulae</emph> check box. Click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3154484 help.text]
note: iwN9i
en: If you want to export the calculation results instead of the formulas, do not mark <emph>Formulas</emph>.
en_GB: If you want to export the calculation results instead of the formulae, do not mark <emph>Formulae</emph>.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3148702 help.text]
note: a5ChK
en: Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3153912 help.text]
note: wc7Fy
en: In the               <item type="menuitem">File type</item> field select the format "Text CSV".
en_GB: In the <item type="menuitem">File type</item> field select the format "Text CSV".

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3152869 help.text]
note: Z69Sc
en: From the <emph>Export of text files</emph> dialog that appears, select the character set and the field and text delimiters for the data to be exported, and confirm with <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: From the <emph>Export of text files</emph> dialogue box that appears, select the character set and the field and text delimiters for the data to be exported, and confirm with <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: csv_formula.xhp par_id3150050 help.text]
note: yPP3a
en: If necessary, after you have saved, clear the <emph>Formulas</emph> check box to see the calculated results in the table again.
en_GB: If necessary, after you have saved, unmark the <emph>Formulae</emph> check box to see the calculated results in the table again.

[ctx: currency_format.xhp par_id3150010 help.text]
note: UWxwb
en: Exchanging of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc documents can lead to misunderstandings, if your <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc document is loaded by a user who uses a different default currency format.
en_GB: Exchanging <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc documents can lead to misunderstandings, if your <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc document is loaded by a user who uses a different default currency format.

[ctx: currency_format.xhp par_id3156442 help.text]
note: 7Kq8i
en: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc you can define that a number that you have formatted as "1,234.50 €", still remains in euros in another country and does not become dollars.
en_GB: In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc you can define that a number that you have formatted as "1,234.50 €", still remains in euro in another country and does not become dollars.

[ctx: currency_format.xhp par_id3151075 help.text]
note: fBUBn
en: You can change the currency format in the <item type="menuitem">Format Cells</item> dialog (choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells - Numbers</item> tab) by two country settings. In the <item type="menuitem">Language</item> combo box select the basic setting for decimal and thousands separators. In the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list box you can select the currency symbol and its position.
en_GB: You can change the currency format in the <item type="menuitem">Format Cells</item> dialogue box (choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells - Numbers</item> tab) by two country settings. In the <item type="menuitem">Language</item> combo box select the basic setting for currency symbol, decimal and thousands separators. In the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list box you can select possible variations from the default format for the language.

[ctx: currency_format.xhp par_id3150749 help.text]
note: 7b98J
en: For example, if the language is set to "Default" and you are using a german locale setting, the currency format will be "1.234,00 €". A point is used before the thousand digits and a comma before the decimal places. If you now select the subordinate currency format "$ English (US)" from the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list box , you will get the following format: "$ 1.234,00". As you can see, the separators have remained the same. Only the currency symbol has been changed and converted, but the underlying format of the notation remains the same as in the locale setting.
en_GB: For example, if the language is set to "Default" and you are using a German locale setting, the currency format will be "1.234,00 €". A dot-on-the-line is used after the thousand digits and a comma before the decimal places. If you now select the subordinate currency format "$ English (US)" from the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list box, you will get the following format: "$ 1.234,00". As you can see, the separators have remained the same. Only the currency symbol has been changed and converted, but the underlying format of the notation remains the same as in the locale setting.

[ctx: database_define.xhp bm_id3154758 help.text]
note: vjEu6
en: <bookmark_value>tables; database ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>database ranges; defining</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>ranges; defining database ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;database ranges</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>tables; database ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>database ranges; defining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ranges; defining database ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;database ranges</bookmark_value>

[ctx: database_define.xhp par_idN10648 help.text]
note: 7A9DZ
en: To define a database range
en_GB: To Define a Database Range

[ctx: database_filter.xhp bm_id3153541 help.text]
note: DERXE
en: <bookmark_value>cell ranges;applying/removing filters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>filtering;cell ranges/database ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>database ranges;applying/removing filters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing;cell range filters</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cell ranges;applying/removing filters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>filtering;cell ranges/database ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>database ranges;applying/removing filters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing;cell range filters</bookmark_value>

[ctx: database_filter.xhp par_id3156422 help.text]
note: Hxxpj
en: In the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> dialog, specify the filter options that you want.
en_GB: In the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> dialogue box, specify the filter options that you want.

[ctx: database_sort.xhp bm_id3150767 help.text]
note: qvJdv
en: <bookmark_value>database ranges; sorting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sorting; database ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>data;sorting in databases</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>database ranges; sorting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sorting; database ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data;sorting in databases</bookmark_value>

[ctx: database_sort.xhp par_id121020081121547 help.text]
note: t46AF
en: The range of cells that will get sorted is shown in inverted colors.
en_GB: The range of cells that will get sorted is shown in inverted colours.

[ctx: datapilot.xhp par_id3156024 help.text]
note: X3qFY
en: The <emph>pivot table</emph> (formerly known as <emph>DataPilot</emph>) allows you to combine, compare, and analyze large amounts of data. You can view different summaries of the source data, you can display the details of areas of interest, and you can create reports.
en_GB: The <emph>pivot table</emph> (formerly known as <emph>DataPilot</emph>) allows you to combine, compare, and analyse large amounts of data. You can view different summaries of the source data, you can display the details of areas of interest, and you can create reports.

[ctx: datapilot.xhp par_id3145069 help.text]
note: EP4s6
en: A table that has been created as a <link href="text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp" name="pivot table">pivot table</link> is an interactive table. Data can be arranged, rearranged or summarized according to different points of view.
en_GB: A table that has been created as a <link href="text/scalc/01/12090000.xhp" name="pivot table">pivot table</link> is an interactive table. Data can be arranged, rearranged or summarised according to different points of view.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3147264 help.text]
note: Bbe5r
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>. The <emph>Select Source</emph> dialog appears. Choose <emph>Current selection</emph> and confirm with <emph>OK</emph>. The table headings are shown as buttons in the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialog. Drag these buttons as required and drop them into the layout areas "Page Fields", "Column Fields", "Row Fields" and "Data Fields".
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>. The <emph>Select Source</emph> dialogue box appears. Choose <emph>Current selection</emph> and confirm with <emph>OK</emph>. The table headings are shown as buttons in the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialogue box. Drag these buttons as required and drop them into the layout areas "Page Fields", "Column Fields", "Row Fields" and "Data Fields".

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id7599414 help.text]
note: zk68E
en: Drag a button to the <emph>Page Fields</emph> area to create a button and a listbox on top of the generated pivot table. The listbox can be used to filter the pivot table by the contents of the selected item. You can use drag-and-drop within the generated pivot table to use another page field as a filter.
en_GB: Drag a button to the <emph>Page Fields</emph> area to create a button and a list box on top of the generated pivot table. The list box can be used to filter the pivot table by the contents of the selected item. You can use drag-and-drop within the generated pivot table to use another page field as a filter.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3146974 help.text]
note: 8rEXv
en: By double-clicking on one of the fields in the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area you can call up the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: By double-clicking on one of the fields in the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area you can call up the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3153714 help.text]
note: ADpWF
en: Remove a button by dragging it back to the area of the other buttons at the right of the dialog.
en_GB: Remove a button by dragging it back to the area of the other buttons at the right of the dialogue box.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3147338 help.text]
note: Hm6YC
en: To open the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialog, double-click one of the buttons in the <emph>Row Fields</emph> or <emph>Column Fields</emph> area. Use the dialog to select if and to what extent <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> calculates display subtotals.
en_GB: To open the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field"><emph>Data Field</emph></link> dialogue box, double-click one of the buttons in the <emph>Row Fields</emph> or <emph>Column Fields</emph> area. Use the dialogue box to select if and to what extent <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> calculates display subtotals.

[ctx: datapilot_createtable.xhp par_id3154020 help.text]
note: 6P3Cy
en: Exit the Pivot Table dialog by pressing OK. A <emph>Filter</emph> button will now be inserted, or a page button for every data field that you dropped in the <emph>Page Fields</emph> area. The pivot table is inserted further down.
en_GB: Exit the Pivot Table dialogue box by pressing OK. A <emph>Filter</emph> button will now be inserted, or a page button for every data field that you dropped in the <emph>Page Fields</emph> area. The pivot table is inserted further down.

[ctx: datapilot_deletetable.xhp par_id141525148751543 help.text]
note: oFygT
en: If you delete a pivot table linked to a pivot chart, the pivot chart is also deleted. A dialog box opens to confirm the pivot chart deletion.
en_GB: If you delete a pivot table linked to a pivot chart, the pivot chart is also deleted. A dialogue box opens to confirm the pivot chart deletion.

[ctx: datapilot_edittable.xhp par_id1648915 help.text]
note: Znf7c
en: In the Pivot Table dialog, you can drag a button to the <emph>Page Fields</emph> area to create a button and a listbox on top of the pivot table. The listbox can be used to filter the pivot table by the contents of the selected item. You can use drag-and-drop within the pivot table to use another page field as a filter.
en_GB: In the Pivot Table dialogue box, you can drag a button to the <emph>Page Fields</emph> area to create a button and a list box on top of the pivot table. The list box can be used to filter the pivot table by the contents of the selected item. You can use drag-and-drop within the pivot table to use another page field as a filter.

[ctx: datapilot_edittable.xhp par_id3156442 help.text]
note: tYvsC
en: To edit the pivot table, click a cell inside the pivot table and open the context menu. In the context menu you find the command <emph>Edit Layout</emph>, which displays the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialog for the current pivot table.
en_GB: To edit the pivot table, click a cell inside the pivot table and open the context menu. In the context menu you will find the command <emph>Edit Layout</emph>, which displays the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialogue box for the current pivot table.

[ctx: datapilot_filtertable.xhp par_id3150441 help.text]
note: GgnjB
en: Click the <emph>Filter</emph> button in the sheet to call up the dialog for the filter conditions. Alternatively, call up the context menu of the pivot table and select the <emph>Filter</emph> command. The <link href="text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp" name="Filter"><emph>Filter</emph></link> dialog appears. Here you can filter the pivot table.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Filter</emph> button in the sheet to call up the dialogue box for the filter conditions. Alternatively, call up the context menu of the pivot table and select the <emph>Filter</emph> command. The <link href="text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp" name="Filter"><emph>Filter</emph></link> dialogue box appears. Here you can filter the pivot table.

[ctx: datapilot_filtertable.xhp par_id0720201001344449 help.text]
note: y6PoC
en: Enable or disable a checkbox to show or hide the associated field member in the pivot table.
en_GB: Enable or disable a check box to show or hide the associated field member in the pivot table.

[ctx: datapilot_filtertable.xhp par_id0720201001344493 help.text]
note: SW9yB
en: Enable or disable the <emph>All</emph> checkbox to show all or none of the field members.
en_GB: Enable or disable the <emph>All</emph> check box to show all or none of the field members.

[ctx: datapilot_grouping.xhp par_idN1066E help.text]
note: JwFoj
en: Depending on the format of the selected cells, either a new group field is added to the pivot table, or you see one of the two <link href="text/scalc/01/12090400.xhp">Grouping</link> dialogs, either for numeric values, or for date values.
en_GB: Depending on the format of the selected cells, either a new group field is added to the pivot table, or you see one of the two <link href="text/scalc/01/12090400.xhp">Grouping</link> dialogue boxes, either for numeric values, or for date values.

[ctx: datapilot_grouping.xhp par_id3328653 help.text]
note: smas8
en: The pivot table must be organized in a way that grouping can be applied.
en_GB: The pivot table must be organised in a way that grouping can be applied.

[ctx: datapilot_tipps.xhp par_id3154123 help.text]
note: kikhM
en: Click the button <emph>More</emph> in the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialog. The dialog will be extended.
en_GB: Click the button <emph>More</emph> in the <emph>Pivot Table</emph> dialogue box. The dialogue box will be extended.

[ctx: dbase_files.xhp par_idN10756 help.text]
note: J3aQ5
en: You can open and save data in the dBASE file format (*.dbf file extension) in $[officename] Base or a spreadsheet. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, a dBASE database is a folder that contains files with the .dbf file extension. Each file corresponds to a table in the database. Formulas and formatting are lost when you open and save a dBASE file from %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: You can open and save data in the dBASE file format (*.dbf file extension) in $[officename] Base or a spreadsheet. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, a dBASE database is a folder that contains a collection of files with the .dbf file extension. Each file corresponds to a table in the database. Formulae and formatting are not transferred when you open and save a dBASE file from %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: dbase_files.xhp par_idN10730 help.text]
note: WQGdy
en: The <emph>Import dBASE files</emph> dialog opens.
en_GB: The <emph>Import dBASE files</emph> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: dbase_files.xhp par_idN10786 help.text]
note: VtptA
en: In the <emph>File name</emph> box of the <emph>Save As</emph> dialog, enter a name for the database.
en_GB: In the <emph>File name</emph> box of the <emph>Save As</emph> dialogue box, enter a name for the database.

[ctx: dbase_files.xhp par_idN1079A help.text]
note: Bz2eB
en: In the <emph>Database type </emph>box of the <emph>Database Properties</emph> dialog, select "dBASE".
en_GB: In the <emph>Database type</emph> box of the <emph>Database Properties</emph> dialogue box, select "dBASE".

[ctx: design.xhp hd_id3150791 help.text]
note: kBFhA
en: <variable id="design"><link href="text/scalc/guide/design.xhp" name="Selecting Themes for Sheets">Selecting Themes for Sheets</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="design"><link href="text/scalc/guide/design.xhp" name="Selecting Themes for Sheets">Selecting Themes for Sheets</link></variable>

[ctx: design.xhp par_id3154757 help.text]
note: ZD2hJ
en: Before you format a sheet with a theme, you have to apply at least one custom cell style to the cells on the sheet. You can then change the cell formatting by selecting and applying a theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Before you format a sheet with a theme, you have to apply at least one custom cell style to the cells on the sheet. You can then change the cell formatting by selecting and applying a theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: design.xhp par_id3148488 help.text]
note: yEAwo
en: The <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog appears. This dialog lists the available themes for the whole spreadsheet and the Styles window lists the custom styles for specific cells.
en_GB: The <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialogue box appears. This lists the available themes for the whole spreadsheet and the Styles window lists the custom styles for specific cells.

[ctx: design.xhp par_id3155114 help.text]
note: BgEap
en: In the <emph>Theme Selection </emph>dialog, select the theme that you want to apply to the spreadsheet.
en_GB: In the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialogue box, select the theme that you want to apply to the spreadsheet.

[ctx: design.xhp par_id3150201 help.text]
note: QfPpn
en: As soon as you select another theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialog, some of the properties of the custom style will be applied to the current spreadsheet. The modifications will be immediately visible in your spreadsheet.
en_GB: As soon as you select another theme in the <emph>Theme Selection</emph> dialogue box, some of the properties of the custom style will be applied to the current spreadsheet. The modifications will be immediately visible in your spreadsheet.

[ctx: edit_multitables.xhp par_id3150868 help.text]
note: 4sMCm
en: In $[officename] Calc, you can insert values, text or formulas that are simultaneously copied to other selected sheets of your document.
en_GB: In $[officename] Calc, you can insert values, text or formulae that are simultaneously copied to other selected sheets of your document.

[ctx: edit_multitables.xhp par_id3153768 help.text]
note: Z4D7x
en: Select all desired sheets by holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> key and clicking the corresponding register tabs that are still gray at the bottom margin of the workspace. All selected register tabs are now white.
en_GB: Select all desired sheets by holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> key and clicking the corresponding register tabs that are still grey at the bottom margin of the workspace. All selected register tabs are now white.

[ctx: filters.xhp bm_id3153896 help.text]
note: vAkUj
en: <bookmark_value>filters; applying/removing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rows;removing/redisplaying with filters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing;filters</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>filters; applying/removing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;removing/redisplaying with filters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>removing;filters</bookmark_value>

[ctx: filters.xhp par_id3146119 help.text]
note: mbcRS
en: In the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> dialog, you can also define ranges which contain the values in particular data fields. You can use the standard filter to connect the conditions with either a logical AND or a logical OR operator.
en_GB: In the <emph>Standard Filter</emph> dialogue box, you can also define ranges which contain the values in particular data fields. You can use the standard filter to connect up to three conditions with either a logical AND or a logical OR operator.

[ctx: finding.xhp bm_id3769341 help.text]
note: qSAcB
en: <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>finding;formulas/values/text/objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing; cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;multiple cell texts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>finding;formulae/values/text/objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing; cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;multiple cell texts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id9363689 help.text]
note: uzefv
en: In spreadsheet documents you can find words, formulas, and styles. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all matching cells at once, then apply another format or replace the cell content by other content.
en_GB: In spreadsheet documents you can find words, formulae, and styles. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all matching cells at once, then apply another format or replace the cell content by other content.

[ctx: finding.xhp hd_id3610644 help.text]
note: xm5HB
en: The Find & Replace dialog
en_GB: The Find & Replace dialogue box

[ctx: finding.xhp hd_id2423780 help.text]
note: tbVVd
en: To find formulas or values
en_GB: To find formulae or values

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2569658 help.text]
note: zstCf
en: You can specify in the Find & Replace dialog either to find the parts of a formula or the results of a calculation.
en_GB: You can specify in the Find & Replace dialogue box either to find the parts of a formula or the results of a calculation.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id6394238 help.text]
note: C6cDQ
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id7214270 help.text]
note: cAUtG
en: Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2186346 help.text]
note: wX8ZD
en: Select "Formulas" or "Values" in the <emph>Search in</emph> list box.
en_GB: Select "Formulae" or "Values" in the <emph>Search in</emph> list box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id1331217 help.text]
note: nWDYw
en: With "Formulas" you will find all parts of the formulas.
en_GB: With "Formulae" you will find all parts of the formulae.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id6549272 help.text]
note: uf8Kc
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialogue box.

[ctx: finding.xhp par_id2394482 help.text]
note: TcnxV
en: If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F) to find the next cell without opening the dialog.
en_GB: If you closed the dialogue box, you can press a key combination (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F) to find the next cell without opening the dialogue box.

[ctx: format_table.xhp par_id3155268 help.text]
note: dcUPy
en: Choose the desired text attributes from the <emph>Formatting </emph>Bar. You can also choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. The <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog will appear in which you can choose various text attributes on the <emph>Font</emph> tab page.
en_GB: Choose the desired text attributes from the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. You can also choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. The <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box will appear in which you can choose various text attributes on the <emph>Font</emph> tab page.

[ctx: format_table.xhp par_id3150046 help.text]
note: 8qkZC
en: To format numbers in the default currency format or as percentages, use the icons on the <emph>Formatting </emph>Bar. For other formats, choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. You can choose from the preset formats or define your own on the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab page.
en_GB: To format numbers in the default currency format or as percentages, use the icons on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. For other formats, choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. You can choose from the preset formats or define your own on the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab page.

[ctx: format_table.xhp par_id3154733 help.text]
note: PpEbj
en: You can assign a format to any group of cells by first selecting the cells (for multiple selection, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key when clicking), and then activating the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog in <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells</item>. In this dialog, you can select attributes such as shadows and backgrounds.
en_GB: You can assign a format to any group of cells by first selecting the cells (for multiple selection, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key when clicking), and then activating the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box in <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells</item>. In this dialogue box, you can select attributes such as shadows and backgrounds.

[ctx: format_value.xhp bm_id3145367 help.text]
note: vXT2D
en: <bookmark_value>numbers;formatting decimals</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formats; numbers in tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; number formats</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defaults; number formats in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>decimal places;formatting numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;numbers with decimals</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;adding/deleting decimal places</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number formats; adding/deleting decimal places in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting; decimal places</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>decimal places; adding/deleting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbers; formatting decimals</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formats; numbers in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; number formats</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defaults; number formats in spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>decimal places;formatting numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;numbers with decimals</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;adding/deleting decimal places</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number formats; adding/deleting decimal places in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting; decimal places</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>decimal places; adding/deleting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: format_value.xhp par_id3147394 help.text]
note: 3AGec
en: Set the cursor at the number and choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph> to start the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Set the cursor at the number and choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph> to start the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: format_value.xhp par_id3153157 help.text]
note: 6rPBs
en: On the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab you will see a selection of predefined number formats. In the bottom right in the dialog you will see a preview of how your current number would look if you were to give it a particular format.
en_GB: On the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab you will see a selection of predefined number formats. In the bottom right in the dialogue box you will see a preview of how your current number would look if you were to give it a particular format.

[ctx: format_value.xhp par_id3149256 help.text]
note: RuWXz
en: If you only want to modify the number of the decimal places displayed, the easiest method is to use the <emph>Number Format: Add Decimal Place</emph> or <emph>Number Format: Delete Decimal Place</emph> icons on the Formatting Bar.
en_GB: If you only want to modify the number of decimal places displayed, the easiest method is to use the <emph>Number Format: Add Decimal Place</emph> or <emph>Number Format: Delete Decimal Place</emph> icons on the Formatting Bar.

[ctx: format_value_userdef.xhp tit help.text]
note: 4h8BG
en: User-defined Number Formats
en_GB: User-Defined Number Formats

[ctx: format_value_userdef.xhp bm_id3143268 help.text]
note: GcvLD
en: <bookmark_value>numbers;user-defined formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; user-defined numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number formats; millions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>format codes; user-defined number formats</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>numbers;user-defined formatting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; user-defined numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number formats; millions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>format codes; user-defined number formats</bookmark_value>

[ctx: format_value_userdef.xhp hd_id3143268 help.text]
note: VbsDd
en: <variable id="format_value_userdef"><link href="text/scalc/guide/format_value_userdef.xhp" name="User-defined Number Formats">User-defined Number Formats</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="format_value_userdef"><link href="text/scalc/guide/format_value_userdef.xhp" name="User-Defined Number Formats">User-Defined Number Formats</link></variable>

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp tit help.text]
note: chVng
en: Copying Formulas
en_GB: Copying Formulae

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp bm_id3151113 help.text]
note: AKeo5
en: <bookmark_value>formulas; copying and pasting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae; copying and pasting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pasting;formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp hd_id3151113 help.text]
note: Qtkdo
en: <variable id="formula_copy"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_copy.xhp" name="Copying Formulas">Copying Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formula_copy"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_copy.xhp" name="Copying Formulae">Copying Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp par_id3153728 help.text]
note: BTcCF
en: Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V. The formula will be positioned in the new cell.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline> <defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline> </switchinline>+V. The formula will be positioned in the new cell.

[ctx: formula_copy.xhp par_id3156385 help.text]
note: Ajamz
en: If you do not want values and texts to be automatically adjusted, then hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key when dragging. Formulas, however, are always adjusted accordingly.
en_GB: If you do not want values to be automatically adjusted, then hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key when dragging. Formulae, however, are always adjusted accordingly.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp tit help.text]
note: MrTXu
en: Entering Formulas
en_GB: Entering Formulae

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp bm_id3150868 help.text]
note: N8kvv
en: <bookmark_value>formula bar; input line</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>input line in formula bar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; inputting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formula bar; input line</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>input line in formula bar</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; inputting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp hd_id3150868 help.text]
note: rP8CF
en: <variable id="formula_enter"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_enter.xhp" name="Entering Formulas">Entering Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formula_enter"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_enter.xhp" name="Entering Formulae">Entering Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id6848353 help.text]
note: H3w2m
en: You can enter formulas in several ways: using the icons, or by typing on the keyboard, or by a mixture of both methods.
en_GB: You can enter formulae in several ways: using the icons, or by typing on the keyboard, or by a mixture of both methods.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id3156441 help.text]
note: jtUAV
en: You will now see an equals sign in the input line and you can begin to input the formula.
en_GB: You will now see an equals sign in the input line and you can begin to enter the formula.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id3147394 help.text]
note: b4AH4
en: You can also enter the values and the formulas directly into the cells, even if you cannot see an input cursor. Formulas must always begin with an equals sign.
en_GB: You can also enter the values and the formulae directly into the cells, even if you cannot see an input cursor. Formulae must always begin with an equals sign.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id4206976 help.text]
note: qLCxa
en: You can also press the + or - key on the numerical keyboard to start a formula. NumLock must be "on". For example, press the following keys in succession:
en_GB: You can also press the + or - key on the numeric keypad to start a formula. NumLock must be "on". For example, press the following keys in succession:

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id8171330 help.text]
note: pADVE
en: You see the result <item type="literal">42</item> in the cell. The cell contains the formula <item type="literal">=+50-8</item>.
en_GB: You will see the result <item type="literal">42</item> in the cell. The cell contains the formula <item type="literal">=+50-8</item>.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id3155764 help.text]
note: KGDF3
en: If you are editing a formula with references, the references and the associated cells will be highlighted with the same color. You can now resize the reference border using the mouse, and the reference in the formula displayed in the input line also changes. <emph>Show references in color</emph> can be deactivated under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp" name="Spreadsheet - View">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</link>.
en_GB: If you are editing a formula with references, the references and the associated cells will be highlighted with the same colour. You can now resize the reference border using the mouse, and the reference in the formula displayed in the input line also changes. <emph>Show references in colour</emph> can be deactivated under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp" name="Spreadsheet - View">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</link>.

[ctx: formula_enter.xhp par_id3149210 help.text]
note: G2WDH
en: <variable id="tip">If you would like to view the calculation of individual elements of a formula, select the respective elements and press F9. For example, in the formula =SUM(A1:B12)*SUM(C1:D12) select the section SUM(C1:D12) and press F9 to view the subtotal for this area. </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tip">If you would like to view the calculation of individual elements of a formula, select the respective elements and press F9. For example, in the formula =SUM(A1:B12)*SUM(C1:D12) select the section SUM(C1:D12) and press F9 to view the subtotal for this area.</variable>

[ctx: formula_value.xhp tit help.text]
note: a5yvD
en: Displaying Formulas or Values
en_GB: Displaying Formulae or Values

[ctx: formula_value.xhp bm_id3153195 help.text]
note: CSD33
en: <bookmark_value>formulas; displaying in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values; displaying in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; displaying formulas/values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>results display vs. formulas display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>displaying; formulas instead of results</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae; displaying in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values; displaying in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; displaying formulae/values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>results display vs. formulae display</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>displaying; formulae instead of results</bookmark_value>

[ctx: formula_value.xhp hd_id3153195 help.text]
note: CAjGG
en: <variable id="formula_value"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_value.xhp" name="Displaying Formulas or Values">Displaying Formulas or Values</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formula_value"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formula_value.xhp" name="Displaying Formulae or Values">Displaying Formulae or Values</link></variable>

[ctx: formula_value.xhp par_id3150010 help.text]
note: MeZFx
en: If you want to display the formulas in the cells, for example in the form =SUM(A1:B5), proceed as follows:
en_GB: If you want to display the formulae in the cells, for example in the form =SUM(A1:B5), proceed as follows:

[ctx: formula_value.xhp par_id3146120 help.text]
note: 6tdYB
en: In the <emph>Display</emph> area mark the <emph>Formulas</emph> box. Click OK.
en_GB: In the <emph>Display</emph> area mark the <emph>Formulae</emph> check box. Click OK.

[ctx: formula_value.xhp par_id3147396 help.text]
note: Q5PPt
en: If you want to view the calculation results instead of the formula, do not mark the Formulas box.
en_GB: If you want to view the calculation results instead of the formula, do not mark the Formulae check box.

[ctx: formulas.xhp tit help.text]
note: xBkFL
en: Calculating With Formulas
en_GB: Calculating With Formulae

[ctx: formulas.xhp bm_id3155411 help.text]
note: 5J8TF
en: <bookmark_value>formulas;calculating with</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; with formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>examples;formula calculation</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae;calculating with</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; with formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>examples;formula calculation</bookmark_value>

[ctx: formulas.xhp hd_id3155411 help.text]
note: EQdXT
en: <variable id="formulas"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp" name="Calculating With Formulas">Calculating With Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="formulas"><link href="text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp" name="Calculating With Formulae">Calculating With Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3156281 help.text]
note: iVVxK
en: All formulas begin with an equals sign. The formulas can contain numbers, text, arithmetic operators, logic operators, or functions.
en_GB: All formulae begin with an equals sign. The formulae may contain numbers, text, arithmetic operators, logic operators or functions. Other data is also possible, such as format details.

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3145272 help.text]
note: VMHDP
en: Remember that the basic arithmetic operators (+, -, *, /) can be used in formulas using the "Multiplication and Division before Addition and Subtraction" rule. Instead of writing =SUM(A1:B1) you can write =A1+B1.
en_GB: Remember that the basic arithmetic operators (+, -, *, /) can be used in formulae using the "Multiplication and Division before Addition and Subtraction" rule. Instead of writing =SUM(A1:B1) you can write =A1+B1.

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3146119 help.text]
note: pr9Zq
en: Parentheses can also be used. The result of the formula =(1+2)*3 produces a different result than =1+2*3.
en_GB: Parentheses (round brackets) can also be used. The result of the formula =(1+2)*3 produces a different result from =1+2*3.

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3156285 help.text]
note: xyGTS
en: Here are a few examples of $[officename] Calc formulas:
en_GB: Here are a few examples of $[officename] Calc formulae:

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3152890 help.text]
note: a744P
en: =SUM(B8;SUM(B10:B14))
en_GB: =SUM(B8; SUM(B10:B14))

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3150109 help.text]
note: nPTep
en: It is also possible to nest functions in formulas, as shown in the example. You can also nest functions within functions. The Function Wizard assists you with nested functions.
en_GB: It is also possible to nest functions in formulae, as shown in the example. You can also nest functions within functions. The Function Wizard assists you with nested functions.

[ctx: formulas.xhp par_id3152869 help.text]
note: nFipB
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="AutoPilot: Functions">Function Wizard</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="Function Wizard">Function Wizard</link>

[ctx: fraction_enter.xhp bm_id3155411 help.text]
note: AJMeW
en: <bookmark_value>fractions; entering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers; entering fractions </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;fractions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>fractions; entering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers; entering fractions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;fractions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: fraction_enter.xhp par_id3145367 help.text]
note: WncaT
en: If you want to see multi-digit fractions such as "1/10", you must change the cell format to the multi-digit fraction view. Open the context menu of the cell, and choose <emph>Format cells. </emph>Select "Fraction" from the <emph>Category</emph> field, and then select "-1234 10/81". You can then enter fractions such as 12/31 or 12/32 - the fractions are, however, automatically reduced, so that in the last example you would see 3/8.
en_GB: If you want to see multi-digit fractions such as "1/10", you must change the cell format to the multi-digit fraction view. Open the context menu of the cell, and choose <emph>Format cells</emph>. Select "Fraction" from the <emph>Category</emph> field, and then select "-1234 10/81". You can then enter fractions such as 12/31 or 12/32 - the fractions are, however, automatically reduced, so that in the last example you would see 3/8.

[ctx: goalseek.xhp par_id3155335 help.text]
note: UBFDH
en: Let us assume that the interest rate <item type="literal">i</item> of 7.5% and the number of years <item type="literal">n</item> (1) will remain constant. However, you want to know how much the investment capital <item type="literal">C</item> would have to be modified in order to attain a particular return <item type="literal">I</item>. For this example, calculate how much capital <item type="literal">C</item> would be required if you want an annual return of $15,000.
en_GB: Let us assume that the interest rate <item type="literal">i</item> of 7.5% and the number of years <item type="literal">n</item> (1) will remain constant. However, you want to know how much the investment capital <item type="literal">C</item> would have to be modified in order to attain a particular return <item type="literal">I</item>. For this example, calculate how much capital <item type="literal">C</item> would be required if you want an annual return of £15,000.

[ctx: goalseek.xhp par_id3155960 help.text]
note: E8wVE
en: Enter each of the values for Capital <item type="literal">C</item> (an arbitrary value like <item type="literal">$100,000</item>), number of years <item type="literal">n </item>(<item type="literal">1</item>), and interest rate <item type="literal">i</item> (<item type="literal">7.5%</item>) in one cell each. Enter the formula to calculate the interest <item type="literal">I</item> in another cell. Instead of <item type="literal">C</item>, <item type="literal">n</item>, and <item type="literal">i</item> use the <link href="text/scalc/guide/relativ_absolut_ref.xhp">reference to the cell</link> with the corresponding value.
en_GB: Enter each of the values for Capital <item type="literal">C</item> (an arbitrary value like <item type="literal">£100,000</item>), number of years <item type="literal">n </item>(<item type="literal">1</item>), and interest rate <item type="literal">i</item> (<item type="literal">7.5%</item>) in one cell each. Enter the formula to calculate the interest <item type="literal">I</item> in another cell. Instead of <item type="literal">C</item>, <item type="literal">n</item>, and <item type="literal">i</item> use the <link href="text/scalc/guide/relativ_absolut_ref.xhp">reference to the cell</link> with the corresponding value.

[ctx: goalseek.xhp par_id3147001 help.text]
note: ETmjE
en: Place the cursor in the cell containing the interest <item type="literal">I</item>, and choose <emph>Tools - Goal Seek</emph>. The <emph>Goal Seek</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Place the cursor in the cell containing the interest <item type="literal">I</item>, and choose <emph>Tools - Goal Seek</emph>. The <emph>Goal Seek</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: goalseek.xhp par_id3146978 help.text]
note: JPSHu
en: A dialog appears informing you that the Goal Seek was successful. Click <emph>Yes</emph> to enter the result in the cell with the variable value.
en_GB: A dialogue box appears informing you that the Goal Seek was successful. Click <emph>Yes</emph> to enter the result in the cell with the variable value.

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3146119 help.text]
note: kqPoV
en: Enter the number as text. The easiest way is to enter the number starting with an apostrophe (for example, <item type="input">'0987</item>). The apostrophe will not appear in the cell, and the number will be formatted as text. Because it is in text format, however, you cannot calculate with this number.
en_GB: Enter the number as a text string. The easiest way is to enter the number starting with an apostrophe (for example, <item type="input">'0987</item>). The apostrophe will not appear in the cell, and the number will be formatted as a text string. Because it is a text string, however, you cannot calculate with this number.

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3154013 help.text]
note: jQBnH
en: Format a cell with a number format such as <item type="input">\0000</item>. This format can be assigned in the <emph>Format code</emph> field under the <emph>Format - Cells - Numbers</emph> tab, and defines the cell display as "always put a zero first and then the integer, having at least three places, and filled with zeros at the left if less than three digits".
en_GB: Format a cell with a number format such as <item type="input">\0000</item>. This format can be assigned in the <emph>Format code</emph> field under the <emph>Format - Cells - Numbers</emph> tab, and defines the cell display as "always put a zero first and then the integer, having at least three places, and filled with zeros at the left if fewer than three digits".

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3153158 help.text]
note: 9RanL
en: If you want to apply a numerical format to a column of numbers in text format (for example, text "000123" becomes number "123"), do the following:
en_GB: If you want to apply a numeric format to a column of numbers in text format (for example, text "000123" becomes number "123"), do the following:

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3149018 help.text]
note: 2e4FS
en: Check <emph>Regular expressions</emph>
en_GB: Mark the <emph>Regular expressions</emph> check box

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3156382 help.text]
note: Ek4jF
en: Check <emph>Current selection only</emph>
en_GB: Mark the <emph>Current selection only</emph> check box

[ctx: integer_leading_zero.xhp par_id3146916 help.text]
note: noLgp
en: Click <emph>Replace All</emph>
en_GB: Click the <emph>Replace All</emph> button

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3154319 help.text]
note: YBDA2
en: In a text box that has a button to minimize the dialog, press <item type="keycode">F2</item> to enter the cell selection mode. Select any number of cells, then press <item type="keycode">F2</item> again to show the dialog.
en_GB: In a text box that has a button to minimise the dialogue box, press <item type="keycode">F2</item> to enter the cell selection mode. Select any number of cells, then press <item type="keycode">F2</item> again to show the dialogue box.

[ctx: keyboard.xhp par_id3159240 help.text]
note: AnBgF
en: With <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 you set the focus to the document.
en_GB: With <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 you move the focus to the document.

[ctx: main.xhp hd_id3154022 help.text]
note: wegGK
en: Entering Values and Formulas
en_GB: Entering Values and Formulae

[ctx: mark_cells.xhp bm_id3153361 help.text]
note: uhRQX
en: <bookmark_value>cells; selecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>marking cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>selecting;cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>multiple cells selection</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>selection modes in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; selecting ranges</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>marking cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selecting;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiple cells selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selection modes in spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; selecting ranges</bookmark_value>

[ctx: mark_cells.xhp par_id3149959 help.text]
note: smrDt
en: Pressing the mouse button, drag a range across two cells, do not release the mouse button, and then drag back to the first cell. Release the mouse button. You can now move the individual cell by drag and drop.
en_GB: Pressing the mouse button, drag a range across two cells, do not release the mouse button, and then drag back to the first cell. Release the mouse button. You can now move the individual cell by drag-and-drop.

[ctx: matrixformula.xhp tit help.text]
note: AU6FR
en: Entering Matrix Formulas
en_GB: Entering Matrix Formulae

[ctx: matrixformula.xhp bm_id3153969 help.text]
note: 2goEn
en: <bookmark_value>matrices; entering matrix formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; matrix formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;matrix formulas</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>matrices; entering matrix formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; matrix formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;matrix formulae</bookmark_value>

[ctx: matrixformula.xhp hd_id3153969 help.text]
note: vzNxD
en: <variable id="matrixformula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/matrixformula.xhp" name="Entering Matrix Formulas">Entering Matrix Formulas</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="matrixformula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/matrixformula.xhp" name="Entering Matrix Formulae">Entering Matrix Formulae</link></variable>

[ctx: matrixformula.xhp par_id3144767 help.text]
note: JQGTN
en: Press the (+) key from the numerical keypad.
en_GB: Press the (+) key on the numeric keypad.

[ctx: move_dragdrop.xhp bm_id3155686 help.text]
note: CoB5w
en: <bookmark_value>drag and drop; moving cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; moving by drag and drop </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;moving by drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;moving by drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;cells, rows and columns by drag and drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;cells, by drag and drop</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>drag-and-drop; moving cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; moving by drag-and-drop </bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;moving by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;moving by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;cells, rows and columns by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;cells, by drag-and-drop</bookmark_value>

[ctx: multi_tables.xhp tit help.text]
note: fEsX4
en: Navigating Through Sheets Tabs
en_GB: Navigating Through Sheet Tabs

[ctx: multi_tables.xhp hd_id3150769 help.text]
note: kGEYq
en: <variable id="multi_tables"><link href="text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp" name="Navigating Through Sheet Tabs">Navigating Through Sheet Tabs</link> </variable>
en_GB: <variable id="multi_tables"><link href="text/scalc/guide/multi_tables.xhp" name="Navigating Through Sheet Tabs">Navigating Through Sheet Tabs</link></variable>

[ctx: multi_tables.xhp par_id3147396 help.text]
note: cF9mG
en: Use the navigation buttons to display all the sheets belonging to your document. Clicking the button on the far left or the far right displays, respectively, the first or last sheet tab. The middle buttons allow the user to scroll forward and backward through all sheet tabs. To display the sheet itself click on the sheet tab.
en_GB: Use the navigation buttons to display all the sheets belonging to your document. Clicking the button on the far left or the far right displays, respectively, the first or last sheet tab. The middle buttons allow the user to scroll forwards and backwards through all sheet tabs. To display the sheet itself click on the sheet tab.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id4123966 help.text]
note: GgvB4
en: The <item type="menuitem">Data - Multiple Operations</item> command provides a planning tool for "what if" questions. In your spreadsheet, you enter a formula to calculate a result from values that are stored in other cells. Then, you set up a cell range where you enter some fixed values, and the Multiple Operations command will calculate the results depending on the formula.
en_GB: The <item type="menuitem">Data - Multiple Operations</item> command provides a planning tool for "what if" questions. In your spreadsheet, you enter a formula to calculate a result from values that are stored in other cells. Then, you set up a cell range in which you enter some fixed values, and the Multiple Operations command will calculate the results depending on the formula.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3156424 help.text]
note: wW4Vg
en: In the <emph>Formulas</emph> field, enter the cell reference to the formula that applies to the data range. In the <emph>Column input cell/Row input cell</emph> field, enter the cell reference to the corresponding cell that is part of the formula. This can be explained best by examples:
en_GB: In the <emph>Formulae</emph> field, enter the cell reference to the formula that applies to the data range. In the <emph>Column input cell/Row input cell</emph> field, enter the cell reference to the corresponding cell that is part of the formula. This can be explained best by examples:

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3153189 help.text]
note: 7GHff
en: You produce toys which you sell for $10 each. Each toy costs $2 to make, in addition to which you have fixed costs of $10,000 per year. How much profit will you make in a year if you sell a particular number of toys?
en_GB: You produce toys which you sell for £10 each. Each toy costs £2 to make, in addition to which you have fixed costs of £10,000 per year. How much profit will you make in a year if you sell a particular number of toys?

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3146888 help.text]
note: nCki4
en: To calculate the profit, first enter any number as the quantity (items sold) - in this example 2000. The profit is found from the formula Profit=Quantity * (Selling price - Direct costs) - Fixed costs. Enter this formula in B5.
en_GB: To calculate the profit, first enter any number as the quantity (items sold) - in this example 2000. The profit is found from the formula Profit = Quantity * (Selling price - Direct costs) - Fixed costs. Enter this formula in B5.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3157875 help.text]
note: 4zUKz
en: In column D enter given annual sales, one below the other; for example, 500 to 5000, in steps of 500.
en_GB: In column D enter a number of annual sales values, one below the other; for example, in steps of 500 from 500 to 5000.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3159115 help.text]
note: vABD4
en: Select the range D2:E11, and thus the values in column D and the empty cells alongside in column E.
en_GB: Select the range D2:E11, i.e. the values in column D and the empty cells alongside in column E.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3149149 help.text]
note: p8VjP
en: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulas </emph>field, click cell B5.
en_GB: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulae</emph> field, click cell B5.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3149009 help.text]
note: SyPmA
en: Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>. You see the profits for the different quantities in column E.
en_GB: Close the dialogue box with <emph>OK</emph>. You will see the profits for the different quantities in column E.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp hd_id3148725 help.text]
note: CqtUM
en: Calculating with Several Formulas Simultaneously
en_GB: Calculating with Several Formulae Simultaneously

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3154846 help.text]
note: vVE2F
en: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulas</emph> field, select cells B5 thru C5.
en_GB: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulae</emph> field, select cells B5 thru C5.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3150862 help.text]
note: mfN9d
en: Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>. You will now see the profits in column E and the annual profit per item in column F.
en_GB: Close the dialogue box with <emph>OK</emph>. You will now see the profits in column E and the annual profit per item in column F.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3148584 help.text]
note: 3abTJ
en: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> allows you to carry out joint multiple operations for columns and rows in so-called cross-tables. The formula cell has to refer to both the data range arranged in rows and the one arranged in columns. Select the range defined by both data ranges and call the multiple operation dialog. Enter the reference to the formula in the <emph>Formulas</emph> field. The <emph>Row input cell</emph> and the <emph>Column input cell</emph> fields are used to enter the reference to the corresponding cells of the formula.
en_GB: <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> allows you to carry out joint multiple operations for columns and rows in so-called cross-tables. The formula cell must refer to both the data range arranged in rows and the one arranged in columns. Select the range defined by both data ranges and call the multiple operation dialogue box. Enter the reference to the formula in the <emph>Formulae</emph> field. The <emph>Row input cell</emph> field is used to enter the reference to the first cell of the range arranged in rows, and the <emph>Column input cell</emph> field the first cell of the range arranged in columns.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3149981 help.text]
note: uv9gg
en: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulas</emph> field, click cell B5.
en_GB: With the cursor in the <emph>Formulae</emph> field, click cell B5.

[ctx: multioperation.xhp par_id3149141 help.text]
note: YEQAH
en: Close the dialog with OK. You see the profits for the different selling prices in the range E2:H11.
en_GB: Close the dialogue box with OK. You will see the profits for the different selling prices in the range E2:H11.

[ctx: multitables.xhp bm_id3154759 help.text]
note: eVtFk
en: <bookmark_value>sheets; inserting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheets; selecting multiple</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>appending sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>selecting;multiple sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>multiple sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>calculating;multiple sheets</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>sheets; inserting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; selecting multiple</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>appending sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selecting;multiple sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiple sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;multiple sheets</bookmark_value>

[ctx: multitables.xhp par_id05092009140203598 help.text]
note: 6pGCA
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog box where you can assign macros to sheet events.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box where you can assign macros to sheet events.</ahelp>

[ctx: multitables.xhp par_id05092009140203523 help.text]
note: 66AKV
en: <variable id="sheettabcolor"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a window where you can assign a color to the sheet tab.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="sheettabcolor"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a window where you can assign a colour to the sheet tab.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: multitables.xhp par_id3145251 help.text]
note: K9EAh
en: The sheet tab of the current sheet is always visible in white in front of the other sheet tabs. The other sheet tabs are gray when they are not selected. By clicking other sheet tabs while pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> you can select multiple sheets.
en_GB: The sheet tab of the current sheet is always visible in white in front of the other sheet tabs. The other sheet tabs are grey when they are not selected. By clicking other sheet tabs while pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> you can select multiple sheets.

[ctx: note_insert.xhp par_idN1069D help.text]
note: kwi8z
en: Format each comment by specifying background color, transparency, border style, and text alignment. Choose the commands from the context menu of the comment.
en_GB: Format each comment by specifying background colour, transparency, border style, and text alignment. Choose the commands from the context menu of the comment.

[ctx: numbers_text.xhp par_id090820090126540 help.text]
note: N4xE3
en: Strings inside formulas are also converted, such as in ="1999-11-22"+42, which returns the date 42 days after November 22nd, 1999. Calculations involving localized dates as strings inside the formula return an error. For example, the localized date string "11/22/1999" or "22.11.1999" cannot be used for the automatic conversion.
en_GB: Strings inside formulae are also converted, such as in ="1999-11-22"+42, which returns the date 42 days after November 22nd, 1999. Calculations involving localised dates as strings inside the formula return an error. For example, the localised date string "11/22/1999" or "22.11.1999" cannot be used for the automatic conversion.

[ctx: pivotchart_delete.xhp par_id141525148751543 help.text]
note: izc4D
en: If you delete a pivot table linked to a pivot chart, the pivot chart is also deleted. A dialog box opens to confirm the pivot chart deletion.
en_GB: If you delete a pivot table linked to a pivot chart, the pivot chart is also deleted. A dialogue box opens to confirm the pivot chart deletion.

[ctx: print_details.xhp bm_id3154346 help.text]
note: qrcho
en: <bookmark_value>printing;sheet details</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; printing details</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grids; printing sheet grids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; printing, instead of results</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comments; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheet grids; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; printing grids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; printing cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zero values; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>null values; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;printing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing;sheet details</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; printing details</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grids; printing sheet grids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; printing, instead of results</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comments; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>charts;printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheet grids; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; printing grids</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>borders; printing cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>zero values; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>null values; printing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>draw objects;printing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: print_details.xhp par_id3149400 help.text]
note: BRFB5
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: print_details.xhp par_id3147340 help.text]
note: 4sJjb
en: The command is not visible if the sheet was opened with write protection on. In that case, click the <emph>Edit File </emph>icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar.
en_GB: The command is not visible if the sheet was opened with write protection on. In that case, click the <emph>Edit File</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> Bar.

[ctx: print_details.xhp par_id3146916 help.text]
note: iLHHD
en: Select the <emph>Sheet</emph> tab. In the <emph>Print </emph>area mark the details to be printed and click OK.
en_GB: Select the <emph>Sheet</emph> tab. In the <emph>Print</emph> area mark the details to be printed and click OK.

[ctx: print_landscape.xhp bm_id3153418 help.text]
note: rEKGF
en: <bookmark_value>printing; sheet selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheets; printing in landscape</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing; landscape</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>landscape printing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>printing; sheet selections</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheets; printing in landscape</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>printing; landscape</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>landscape printing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: print_landscape.xhp par_id3150089 help.text]
note: BTD2G
en: The command is not visible if the sheet has been opened with write protection on. In that case, click the <emph>Edit File </emph>icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar.
en_GB: The command is not visible if the sheet has been opened with write protection on. In that case, click the <emph>Edit File</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar.

[ctx: print_landscape.xhp par_id3150885 help.text]
note: Ffpa2
en: Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. You will see the <emph>Print</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. You will see the <emph>Print</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: print_landscape.xhp par_id3149404 help.text]
note: naUGC
en: In the <emph>Print </emph>dialog in the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the contents to be printed:
en_GB: In the <emph>Print </emph>dialogue box, in the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the contents to be printed:

[ctx: print_title_row.xhp par_id3163710 help.text]
note: SggEJ
en: Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Edit</emph>. The <emph>Edit Print Ranges</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Edit</emph>. The <emph>Edit Print Ranges</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: print_title_row.xhp par_id3145800 help.text]
note: CMsDN
en: The dialog shrinks so that you can see more of the sheet.
en_GB: The dialogue box shrinks so that you can see more of the sheet.

[ctx: print_title_row.xhp par_id3154018 help.text]
note: 3qAdo
en: In the shrunk dialog you will see $1:$2. Rows 1 and 2 are now rows to repeat.
en_GB: In the shrunken dialogue box you will see $1:$2. Rows 1 and 2 are now rows to repeat.

[ctx: print_title_row.xhp par_id3153707 help.text]
note: RsCa5
en: Click the icon at the far right of the <emph>Rows to repeat</emph> area. The dialog is restored again.
en_GB: Click the icon at the far right of the <emph>Rows to repeat</emph> area. The dialogue box is restored again.

[ctx: printranges.xhp par_idN108FB help.text]
note: sD9qE
en: The cells on the sheet that are not part of the defined print range are not printed or exported. Sheets without a defined print range are not printed and not exported to a PDF file, unless the document uses the Excel file format.
en_GB: The cells on the sheet that are not part of the defined print range are not printed or exported. Sheets without a defined print range are not printed and not exported to a PDF file, unless the document uses the Microsoft Excel file format.

[ctx: printranges.xhp par_idN1077A help.text]
note: HkA7y
en: For files opened in Excel format, all sheets that do not contain a defined print range are printed. The same behavior occurs when you export the Excel formatted spreadsheet to a PDF file.
en_GB: For files opened in Microsoft Excel format, all sheets that do not contain a defined print range are printed. The same behaviour occurs when you export the Microsoft Excel formatted spreadsheet to a PDF file.

[ctx: printranges.xhp par_idN1093E help.text]
note: fA865
en: In the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, print ranges as well as page break regions are outlined by a blue border and contain a centered page number in gray. Nonprinting areas have a gray background.
en_GB: In the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, print ranges as well as page break regions are outlined by a blue border and contain a centred page number in grey. Non-printing areas have a grey background.

[ctx: printranges.xhp par_idN1082A help.text]
note: d3cdC
en: To change the default zoom factor of the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, double click the percentage value on the <emph>Status</emph> bar, and select a new zoom factor.
en_GB: To change the default zoom factor of the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, double-click the percentage value on the <emph>Status</emph> bar, and select a new zoom factor.

[ctx: relativ_absolut_ref.xhp par_id3154730 help.text]
note: 8A4F3
en: By addressing an area in this way, you are making a relative reference to A1:B2. Relative here means that the reference to this area will be adjusted automatically when you copy the formulas.
en_GB: By addressing an area in this way, you are making a relative reference to A1:B2. Relative here means that the reference to this area will be adjusted automatically when you copy the formulae.

[ctx: relativ_absolut_ref.xhp par_id3153963 help.text]
note: MaL7p
en: $[officename] Calc shows the references to a formula. If, for example, you click the formula =SUM(A1:C5;D15:D24) in a cell, the two referenced areas in the sheet will be highlighted in color. For example, the formula component "A1:C5" may be in blue and the cell range in question bordered in the same shade of blue. The next formula component "D15:D24" can be marked in red in the same way.
en_GB: $[officename] Calc shows the references to a formula. If, for example, you click the formula =SUM(A1:C5;D15:D24) in a cell, the two referenced areas in the sheet will be highlighted in colour. For example, the formula component "A1:C5" may be in blue and the cell range in question bordered in the same shade of blue. The next formula component "D15:D24" can be marked in red in the same way.

[ctx: relativ_absolut_ref.xhp par_id3147346 help.text]
note: VRg9u
en: What distinguishes a relative reference? Assume you want to calculate in cell E1 the sum of the cells in range A1:B2. The formula to enter into E1 would be: =SUM(A1:B2). If you later decide to insert a new column in front of column A, the elements you want to add would then be in B1:C2 and the formula would be in F1, not in E1. After inserting the new column, you would therefore have to check and correct all formulas in the sheet, and possibly in other sheets.
en_GB: What distinguishes a relative reference? Assume you want to calculate in cell E1 the sum of the cells in range A1:B2. The formula to enter into E1 would be: =SUM(A1:B2). If you later decide to insert a new column in front of column A, the elements you want to add would then be in B1:C2 and the formula would be in F1, not in E1. After inserting the new column, you would therefore have to check and correct all formulae in the sheet, and possibly in other sheets.

[ctx: relativ_absolut_ref.xhp par_id3147005 help.text]
note: eMTKy
en: Aside from when new rows and columns are inserted, references can also change when an existing formula referring to particular cells is copied to another area of the sheet. Assume you entered the formula =SUM(A1:A9) in row 10. If you want to calculate the sum for the adjacent column to the right, simply copy this formula to the cell to the right. The copy of the formula in column B will be automatically adjusted to =SUM(B1:B9).
en_GB: Aside from when new rows and columns are inserted, references can also change when an existing formula referring to particular cells is copied to another area of the sheet. Assume that you entered the formula =SUM(A1:A9) in row 10. If you want to calculate the sum for the adjacent column to the right, simply copy this formula to the cell to the right. The copy of the formula in column B will be automatically adjusted to =SUM(B1:B9).

[ctx: rename_table.xhp bm_id3150398 help.text]
note: fuPJn
en: <bookmark_value>renaming;sheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sheet tabs;renaming</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;renaming</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>names; sheets</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>renaming;sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sheet tabs;renaming</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;renaming</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>names; sheets</bookmark_value>

[ctx: rounding_numbers.xhp par_id3153876 help.text]
note: AvcBP
en: In the <emph>Category</emph> field, select <emph>Number</emph>. Under <emph>Options</emph>, change the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialog with OK.
en_GB: In the <emph>Category</emph> field, select <emph>Number</emph>. Under <emph>Options</emph>, change the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialogue box with OK.

[ctx: rounding_numbers.xhp par_id3153707 help.text]
note: po5bu
en: Go to the <emph>Calculate</emph> page. Modify the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialog with OK.
en_GB: Go to the <emph>Calculate</emph> page. Modify the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialogue box with OK.

[ctx: rounding_numbers.xhp par_id3146920 help.text]
note: fDDJv
en: Go to the <emph>Calculate</emph> page. Mark the <emph>Precision as shown</emph> field and exit the dialog with OK.
en_GB: Go to the <emph>Calculate</emph> page. Mark the <emph>Precision as shown</emph> field and exit the dialogue box with OK.

[ctx: row_height.xhp par_id3154017 help.text]
note: NXeZU
en: You can change the height of the rows with the mouse or through the dialog.
en_GB: You can change the height of the rows with the mouse or through the dialogue box.

[ctx: row_height.xhp hd_id3154659 help.text]
note: sQvjf
en: Using the dialog to change the row height or column width
en_GB: Using the dialogue box to change the row height or column width

[ctx: row_height.xhp par_id3150519 help.text]
note: FZCG8
en: You will see the commands <emph>Row Height</emph> and <emph>Optimal row height</emph>. Choosing either opens a dialog.
en_GB: You will see the commands <emph>Row Height</emph> and <emph>Optimal row height</emph>. Choosing either opens a dialogue box.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3150364 help.text]
note: Jfmm4
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Scenarios</emph>. The <emph>Create Scenario</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Scenarios</emph>. The <emph>Create Scenario</emph> dialogue box will appear.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3166426 help.text]
note: BhQQD
en: Enter a name for the new scenario and leave the other fields unchanged with their default values. Close the dialog with OK. Your new scenario is automatically activated.
en_GB: Enter a name for the new scenario and leave the other fields unchanged with their default values. Close the dialogue box with OK. Your new scenario is automatically activated.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3154256 help.text]
note: 86uVD
en: In the Navigator, you see the defined scenarios with the comments that were entered when the scenarios were created.
en_GB: In the Navigator, you will see the defined scenarios with the comments that were entered when the scenarios were created.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3424481 help.text]
note: jUVxh
en: To hide the border of a set of cells that are part of a scenario, open the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog for each scenario that affects the cells and clear the Display border checkbox. Hiding the border also removes the listbox on the sheet where you can choose the scenarios.
en_GB: To hide the border of a set of cells that are part of a scenario, open the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box for each scenario that affects the cells and unmark the Display border check box. Hiding the border also removes the list box on the sheet from which you can choose the scenarios.

[ctx: scenario.xhp par_id3154368 help.text]
note: jtQWC
en: If you want to know which values in the scenario affect other values, choose <emph>Tools - Detective - Trace Dependents</emph>. You see arrows to the cells that are directly dependent on the current cell.
en_GB: If you want to know which values in the scenario affect other values, choose <emph>Tools - Detective - Trace Dependents</emph>. You will see arrows to the cells that are directly dependent on the current cell.

[ctx: sorted_list.xhp bm_id3150870 help.text]
note: tWAqX
en: <bookmark_value>filling;customized lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sort lists;applying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;sort lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>geometric lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>series;sort lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists; user-defined</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customized lists</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>filling;customised lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sort lists;applying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;sort lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>geometric lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>series;sort lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists; user-defined</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>customised lists</bookmark_value>

[ctx: specialfilter.xhp par_id3153142 help.text]
note: fhdVY
en: Once you have created a filter matrix, select the sheet ranges to be filtered. Open the <emph>Advanced Filter</emph> dialog by choosing <emph>Data - Filter - Advanced Filter</emph>, and define the filter conditions.
en_GB: Once you have created a filter matrix, select the sheet ranges to be filtered. Open the <emph>Advanced Filter</emph> dialogue box by choosing <emph>Data - Filter - Advanced Filter</emph>, and define the filter conditions.

[ctx: subtotaltool.xhp par_id301585177069332 help.text]
note: rC9BC
en: Calc offers the Subtotals tool as a more comprehensive alternative to the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060106.xhp#Section12" name="subtotal">SUBTOTAL function</link>. In contrast to SUBTOTAL, which only works on a single array, the Subtotals tool can create subtotals for up to three arrays arranged in labeled columns. It also groups subtotals by category and sorts them automatically, thereby eliminating the need to apply AutoFilters and filter categories by hand.
en_GB: Calc offers the Subtotals tool as a more comprehensive alternative to the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060106.xhp#Section12" name="subtotal">SUBTOTAL function</link>. In contrast to SUBTOTAL, which only works on a single array, the Subtotals tool can create subtotals for up to three arrays arranged in labelled columns. It also groups subtotals by category and sorts them automatically, thereby eliminating the need to apply AutoFilters and filter categories by hand.

[ctx: subtotaltool.xhp par_id421585177574387 help.text]
note: QiBqE
en: Choose <menuitem>Data - Subtotals</menuitem> to open the Subtotals dialog.
en_GB: Choose <menuitem>Data - Subtotals</menuitem> to open the Subtotals dialogue box.

[ctx: super_subscript.xhp par_id3149260 help.text]
note: HfLPV
en: Open the context menu for the selected character and choose <emph>Character</emph>. You will see the <emph>Character</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Open the context menu for the selected character and choose <emph>Character</emph>. You will see the <emph>Character</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: table_cellmerge.xhp par_id6424146 help.text]
note: tw3g2
en: Choose <emph>Format - Merge Cells - Merge Cells</emph>. If you choose <emph>Format - Merge Cells - Merge and Center Cells</emph>, the cell content will be centered in the merged cell.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Merge Cells - Merge Cells</emph>. If you choose <emph>Format - Merge Cells - Merge and Centre Cells</emph>, the cell content will be centred in the merged cell.

[ctx: table_rotate.xhp par_id3144764 help.text]
note: cAADF
en: In the dialog, mark <emph>Paste all</emph> and <emph>Transpose</emph>.
en_GB: In the dialogue box, mark <emph>Paste all</emph> and <emph>Transpose</emph>.

[ctx: text_numbers.xhp par_id3144765 help.text]
note: 4qFEu
en: If you decide to enter a number directly as text, enter an apostrophe (') first. For example, for years in column headings, you can enter '1999, '2000 and '2001. The apostrophe is not visible in the cell, it only indicates that the entry is to be recognized as a text. This is useful if, for example, you enter a telephone number or postal code that begins with a zero (0), because a zero (0) at the start of a sequence of digits is removed in normal number formats.
en_GB: If you decide to enter a number directly as a text string, enter an apostrophe (') first. For example, for years in column headings, you can enter '1999, '2000 and '2001. The apostrophe is not visible in the cell, it only indicates that the entry is to be recognised as text and not as a number. This is useful if, for example, you enter a telephone number or bank account number that begins with a zero (0), because a zero (0) at the beginning of a sequence of digits is removed in normal number formats.

[ctx: text_rotate.xhp bm_id3151112 help.text]
note: 6VCJA
en: <bookmark_value>cells; rotating text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rotating; text in cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text in cells; writing vertically</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; rotating text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rotating; text in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text in cells; writing vertically</bookmark_value>

[ctx: text_rotate.xhp par_id3155133 help.text]
note: sDWLN
en: Choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. You will see the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. You will see the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: userdefined_function.xhp par_id3145232 help.text]
note: Lm54u
en: In stage 2 of "Defining A Function Using %PRODUCTNAME Basic", in the <emph>Macro</emph> dialog you clicked on <emph>Edit </emph>. As the default, in the <emph>Macro from</emph> field the <emph>My Macros - Standard - Module1</emph> module is selected. The <emph>Standard</emph> library resides locally in your user directory.
en_GB: In stage 2 of "Defining A Function Using %PRODUCTNAME Basic", in the <emph>Macro</emph> dialogue box you clicked on <emph>Edit</emph>. As the default, in the <emph>Macro from</emph> field the <emph>My Macros - Standard - Module1</emph> module is selected. The <emph>Standard</emph> library resides locally in your user directory.

[ctx: userdefined_function.xhp hd_id3153305 help.text]
note: AkZ68
en: Applying a User-defined Function in $[officename] Calc
en_GB: Applying a User-Defined Function in $[officename] Calc

[ctx: validity.xhp tit help.text]
note: Un4f7
en: Validity of Cell Contents
en_GB: Validity of Cell Content

[ctx: validity.xhp bm_id3156442 help.text]
note: N5T5g
en: <bookmark_value>values; limiting on input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>limits; specifying value limits on input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>permitted cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error messages; defining for incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>actions in case of incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help tips; defining text for cell input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comments;help text for cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; defining input help</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; running when incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data; validity check</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>values; limiting on input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>limits; specifying value limits on input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>permitted cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; validity</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>error messages; defining for incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>actions in case of incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Help tips; defining text for cell input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comments;help text for cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; defining input help</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>macros; running when incorrect input</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>data; validity check</bookmark_value>

[ctx: validity.xhp hd_id3156442 help.text]
note: mNVB9
en: <variable id="validity"><link href="text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp" name="Validity of Cell Contents">Validity of Cell Contents</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="validity"><link href="text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp" name="Validity of Cell Content">Validity of Cell Content</link></variable>

[ctx: validity.xhp hd_id3155603 help.text]
note: vExqw
en: Using Cell Contents Validity
en_GB: Using Cell Content Validity

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3159208 help.text]
note: 6t74m
en: In the <emph>Allow</emph> field, select an option.
en_GB: In the <emph>Allow</emph> field, choose from one of the other options listed to place a condition on a cell entry.  "All Values" is selected by default.

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3153011 help.text]
note: AN7uL
en: If you select "Whole Numbers", values such as "12.5" are not allowed. Choosing "Date" allows date information both in the local date format as well as in the form of a <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp" name="serial date">serial date</link>. Similarly, the "Time" condition permits time values such as "12:00" or serial time numbers. "Text Length" stipulates that cells are allowed to contain text only.
en_GB: If you choose "Whole Numbers", values such as "12.5" are not allowed, even if they satisfy the other conditions. Choosing "Date" allows date information both in the local date format as well as in the form of a <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03030101.xhp" name="serial date">serial date</link>. Similarly, the "Time" condition permits time values such as "12:00" or serial time numbers. "Text Length" stipulates that cells are allowed to contain text strings only.

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3151389 help.text]
note: KD7kV
en: After you have determined the conditions for cell validity, you can use the other two tab pages to create message boxes:
en_GB: After you have determined the conditions for cell validity, you can use the other two tab pages to create input help and error/invalid entry message boxes:

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3147416 help.text]
note: JDuqF
en: If you select "Stop" as the action, invalid entries are not accepted, and the previous cell contents are retained.
en_GB: If you select "Stop" as the action, invalid entries are not accepted, and the previous cell content is retained.

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3150033 help.text]
note: FeWnd
en: Select "Warning" or "Information" to display a dialog in which the entry can either be canceled or accepted.
en_GB: Select "Warning" or "Information" to display a dialogue box in which the entry can either be cancelled (the cell value will be retained) or accepted (even if the new value violates the validity rule).

[ctx: validity.xhp par_id3148586 help.text]
note: VTfnE
en: After changing the action for a cell on the <emph>Error Alert</emph> tab page and closing the dialog with OK, you must first select another cell before the change takes effect.
en_GB: After changing the action for a cell on the <emph>Error Alert</emph> tab page and closing the dialogue box with OK, you must first select another cell before the change takes effect.

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp bm_id3147434 help.text]
note: DGAwD
en: <bookmark_value>cells; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>names; defining for cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>values; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>constants definition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>variables; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell ranges; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;names for cell ranges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas; defining names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>addressing; by defined names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell names; defining/addressing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>references; by defined names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>allowed cell names</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>renaming;cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>names; defining for cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>constants definition</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variables; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell ranges; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>defining;names for cell ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; defining names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>addressing; by defined names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell names; defining/addressing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>references; by defined names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>allowed cell names</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>renaming;cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id4891506 help.text]
note: 4UBDo
en: period (.) - allowed within a name, but not as first or last character
en_GB: dot (.) - allowed within a name, but not as first or last character

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp hd_id1226233 help.text]
note: ci2B9
en: Naming cells and formulas
en_GB: Naming cells and formulae

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id5489364 help.text]
note: FPo7Y
en: A good way of making the references to cells and cell ranges in formulas legible is to give the ranges names. For example, you can name the range A1:B2 <emph>Start</emph>. You can then write a formula such as "=SUM(Start)". Even after you insert or delete rows or columns, $[officename] still correctly assigns the ranges identified by name. Range names must not contain any spaces.
en_GB: A good way of making the references to cells and cell ranges in formulae legible is to give the ranges names. For example, you can name the range A1:B2 <emph>Start</emph>. You can then write a formula such as "=SUM(Start)". Even after you insert or delete rows or columns, $[officename] still correctly assigns the ranges identified by name. Range names must not contain any spaces.

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id953398 help.text]
note: aZZC8
en: For example, it is much easier to read a formula for sales tax if you can write "= Amount * Tax_rate" instead of "= A5 * B12". In this case, you would name cell A5 "Amount" and cell B12 "Tax_rate."
en_GB: For example, it is much easier to read a formula for value-added tax if you can write "= Amount * VAT_rate" instead of "= A5 * B12". In this case, you would name cell A5 "Amount" and cell B12 "VAT_rate."

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id4889675 help.text]
note: LViNz
en: Use the <emph>Define Names</emph> dialog to define names for formulas or parts of formulas you need more often. In order to specify range names,
en_GB: Use the <emph>Define Names</emph> dialogue box to define names for formulae or parts of formulae you need more often. In order to specify range names,

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id3153954 help.text]
note: UNzu6
en: Select a cell or range of cells, then choose <emph>Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Define</emph>. The <emph>Define Names</emph> dialog appears.
en_GB: Select a cell or range of cells, then choose <emph>Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Define</emph>. The <emph>Define Names</emph> dialogue box appears.

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id3156283 help.text]
note: XRBXG
en: Type the name of the selected area in the <emph>Name</emph> field. Click <emph>Add</emph>. The newly defined name appears in the list below. Click OK to close the dialog.
en_GB: Type the name of the selected area in the <emph>Name</emph> field. Click <emph>Add</emph>. The newly defined name appears in the list below. Click OK to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: value_with_name.xhp par_id5774101 help.text]
note: wehKd
en: You can also name other cell ranges in this dialog by entering the name in the field and then selecting the respective cells.
en_GB: You can also name other cell ranges in this dialogue box by entering the name in the field and then selecting the respective cells.

[ctx: webquery.xhp hd_id3146976 help.text]
note: kNB42
en: Inserting by Dialog
en_GB: Inserting by Dialogue Box

[ctx: webquery.xhp par_id3145750 help.text]
note: AFBCH
en: Choose <emph>Sheet - Link to External Data</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp">External Data</link> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Sheet - Link to External Data</emph>. This opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp">External Data</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: webquery.xhp par_id3149958 help.text]
note: AGj3g
en: Enter the URL of the HTML document or the name of the spreadsheet. Press Enter when finished. Click the <emph>Browse</emph> button to open a file selection dialog.
en_GB: Enter the URL of the HTML document or the name of the spreadsheet. Press Enter when finished. Click the <emph>Browse</emph> button to open a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: webquery.xhp par_id3149400 help.text]
note: 5b5MC
en: In the large list box of the dialog, select the named ranges or tables you want to insert.
en_GB: In the large list box of the dialogue box, select the named ranges or tables you want to insert.

[ctx: webquery.xhp par_id3154650 help.text]
note: mXauD
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp" name="External data dialog">External data dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp" name="External data dialogue box">External data dialogue box</link>

[ctx: year2000.xhp par_id3151116 help.text]
note: DeEcT
en: The year in a date entry is often entered as two digits. Internally, the year is managed by $[officename] as four digits, so that in the calculation of the difference from 1/1/99 to 1/1/01, the result will correctly be two years.
en_GB: The year in a date entry is often entered as two digits. Internally, the year is managed by $[officename] as four digits, so that in the calculation of the difference from 01/01/99 to 01/01/01, the result will correctly be two years.

[ctx: year2000.xhp par_id3150010 help.text]
note: zB3Ff
en: This means that if you enter a date of 1/1/30 or higher, it will be treated internally as 1/1/1930 or higher. All lower two-digit years apply to the 20xx century. So, for example, 1/1/20 is converted into 1/1/2020.
en_GB: This means that if you enter a date of 01/01/30 or higher, it will be converted to the internal date 1930-01-01 or higher. All lower two-digit years are converted to the 20xx century. So, for example, 01/01/20 is converted into 2020-01-01.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3155854 help.text]
note: Eiafx
en: Character in a formula is not valid.
en_GB: Character in a formula is not valid, for example, "=1Eq" instead of "=1E2".

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3145635 help.text]
note: XbagT
en: <emph>Compiler:</emph> an identifier in the formula exceeds 64 kB in size. <emph>Interpreter:</emph> a result of a string operation exceeds 64 kB in size.
en_GB: <emph>Compiler:</emph> an identifier in the formula exceeds 64 KB in size. <emph>Interpreter:</emph> a result of a string operation exceeds 64 KB in size.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3149352 help.text]
note: GsAC7
en: Sort operation attempted on too much numerical data (max. 100000) or a calculation stack overflow.
en_GB: Sort operation attempted on too much numeric data (max. 100000) or a calculation stack overflow.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3153108 help.text]
note: cf6oh
en: The formula yields a value that does not correspond to the definition; or a cell that is referenced in the formula contains text instead of a number.
en_GB: The formula yields a value that does not corresponds to the definition, or a cell that is referenced in the formula contains a text string instead of a number.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id3150272 help.text]
note: T3NrF
en: Function missed a targeted value, or <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">iterative references</link> do not reach the minimum change within the maximum steps that are set.
en_GB: Function missed a targeted value, or <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">iterative references</link> do not reach the minimum change within the maximum number of steps set.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp par_id5844294 help.text]
note: BC4Gt
en: Division operator / if the denominator is 0<br/>Some more functions return this error, for example:<br/>VARP with less than 1 argument<br/>STDEVP with less than 1 argument<br/>VAR with less than 2 arguments<br/>STDEV with less than 2 arguments<br/>STANDARDIZE with stdev=0<br/>NORMDIST with stdev=0
en_GB: Division operator / if the denominator is 0<br/>Some more functions return this error, for example:<br/>VARP with less than 1 argument<br/>STDEVP with less than 1 argument<br/>VAR with less than 2 arguments<br/>STDEV with less than 2 arguments<br/>STANDARDISE with StandardDeviation=0<br/>NORMDIST with StandardDeviation=0

[ctx: empty_cells.xhp par_id2733542 help.text]
note: FKFTK
en: A simple reference to an empty cell is still displayed as numeric 0 but is not necessarily of type numeric anymore, so also comparisons with the referencing cell work as expected.
en_GB: A simple reference to an empty cell is still displayed as numeric 0 but is not necessarily of type numeric any more, so also comparisons with the referencing cell work as expected.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153967 help.text]
note: RYfUJ
en: To create a matrix in which all the cells contain the same information as what you entered on the <emph>Input line</emph>, press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. You cannot edit the components of the matrix.
en_GB: To create a matrix in which all the cells contain the same information as that which you entered on the <emph>Input line</emph>, press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. You cannot edit the components of the matrix.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3146978 help.text]
note: GDa5C
en: To delete the contents of selected cells, press Backspace. This opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp" name="Delete Contents">Delete Contents</link> dialog, where you choose which contents of the cell you want to delete. To delete the contents of selected cells without a dialog, press the Delete key.
en_GB: To delete the contents of selected cells, press Backspace. This opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp" name="Delete Contents">Delete Contents</link> dialogue box, where you choose which contents of the cell you want to delete. To delete the contents of selected cells without a dialogue box, press the Delete key.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id6407055 help.text]
note: ZParU
en: Displays or hides the formulas instead of the values in all cells.
en_GB: Displays or hides the formulae instead of the values in all cells.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id8070314 help.text]
note: WBh3X
en: The ` key is located next to the "1" key on most English keyboards. If your keyboard does not show this key, you can assign another key: Choose Tools - Customize, click the Keyboard tab. Select the "View" category and the "Toggle Formula" function.
en_GB: The ` key is located next to the "1" key on most English keyboards. If your keyboard does not show this key, you can assign another key: Choose Tools - Customise, click the Keyboard tab. Select the "View" category and the "Toggle Formula" function.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153108 help.text]
note: GFKGE
en: If the cursor is in an input box in a dialog that has a <emph>Minimize </emph>button, the dialog is hidden and the input box remains visible. Press F2 again to show the whole dialog.
en_GB: If the cursor is in an input box in a dialogue box that has a <emph>Minimise</emph> button, the dialogue box is hidden and the input box remains visible. Press F2 again to show the whole dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3155929 help.text]
note: uPqcZ
en: Moves the cursor to the <emph>Input line</emph> where you can enter a formula for the current cell.
en_GB: Moves the cursor to the <emph>Input line</emph> in which you can enter a formula for the current cell.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3145245 help.text]
note: FiJzq
en: Opens the <emph>Define Names</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <emph>Define Names</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3163827 help.text]
note: gHTre
en: Recalculates changed formulas in the current sheet.
en_GB: Recalculates all of the formulae in the current sheet.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id1729178 help.text]
note: iEeQr
en: Recalculates all formulas in all sheets.
en_GB: Recalculates all formulae in all sheets.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3159180 help.text]
note: rBzCH
en: Optimizes the column width or row height based on the current cell.
en_GB: Optimises the column width or row height based on the current cell.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149197 help.text]
note: NoxhF
en: Open Format Cells dialog
en_GB: Open Format Cells dialogue box

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id631581375238556 help.text]
note: iDg7S
en: The shortcut keys below are for the <emph>Pivot Table Layout</emph> dialog.
en_GB: The shortcut keys below are for the <emph>Pivot Table Layout</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3147511 help.text]
note: EyvCk
en: Changes the focus by moving forwards through the areas and buttons of the dialog.
en_GB: Changes the focus by moving forwards through the areas and buttons of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3155362 help.text]
note: ESR2E
en: Changes the focus by moving backwards through the areas and buttons of the dialog.
en_GB: Changes the focus by moving backwards through the areas and buttons of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3149152 help.text]
note: jWNGS
en: Moves the focus up one item in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Moves the focus up one item in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3158424 help.text]
note: g3pGx
en: Moves the focus down one item in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Moves the focus down one item in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153238 help.text]
note: dEqdi
en: Moves the focus one item to the left in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Moves the focus one item to the left in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3166458 help.text]
note: DKiGb
en: Moves the focus one item to the right in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Moves the focus one item to the right in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153742 help.text]
note: 2myZF
en: Selects the first item in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Selects the first item in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 01020000.xhp par_id3153684 help.text]
note: RhFGF
en: Selects the last item in the current dialog area.
en_GB: Selects the last item in the current dialogue box area.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp bm_id3157909 help.text]
note: oK8fx
en: <bookmark_value>functions;sum function icon</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formula bar;sum function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sum icon</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>AutoSum button, see sum icon</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>functions;sum function icon</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formula bar;sum function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sum icon</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoSum button, see sum icon</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06060000.xhp bm_id3154514 help.text]
note: FRSZz
en: <bookmark_value>formula bar; canceling inputs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; canceling input icon</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formula bar; cancelling inputs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; cancelling input icon</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06080000.xhp par_id3154515 help.text]
note: rVKiP
en: <variable id="thementext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChooseDesign">Applies a formatting style to the selected cells.</ahelp></variable> The styles include font, border, and background color information.
en_GB: <variable id="thementext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChooseDesign">Applies a formatting style to the selected cells.</ahelp></variable> The styles include font, border, and background colour information.

[ctx: 08080000.xhp bm_id3147335 help.text]
note: fFadm
en: <bookmark_value>formulas;status bar</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae;status bar</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 08080000.xhp par_id3155061 help.text]
note: eCfVn
en: To change the default formula that is displayed, right-click the field, and then choose the formula that you want. The available formulas are: Average, count of values (COUNTA), count of numbers (COUNT), Maximum, Minimum, Sum, or None.
en_GB: To change the default formula that is displayed, right-click the field, and then choose the formula that you want. The available formulae are: Average, count of values (COUNTA), count of numbers (COUNT), Maximum, Minimum, Sum, or None.

[ctx: 18010000.xhp par_id3147336 help.text]
note: UfEHG
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertCtrl">Click the arrow next to the icon to open the <emph>Insert </emph>toolbar, where you can add graphics and special characters to the current sheet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertCtrl">Click the arrow next to the icon to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar, with which you can add graphics and special characters to the current sheet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 18020000.xhp par_id3156024 help.text]
note: iTWkf
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsCellsCtrl">Click the arrow next to the icon to open the <emph>Insert Cells </emph>toolbar, where you can insert cells, rows, and columns into the current sheet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsCellsCtrl">Click the arrow next to the icon to open the <emph>Insert Cells</emph> toolbar, with which you can insert cells, rows and columns into the current sheet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3159098 help.text]
note: FE4N7
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/navigatorpanel/datarange">Toggles the content view. Only the selected Navigator element and its subelements are displayed.</ahelp> Click the icon again to restore all elements for viewing.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/navigatorpanel/datarange">Toggles the content view. Only the selected Navigator element and its sub-elements are displayed.</ahelp> Click the icon again to restore all elements for viewing.

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_idN10A96 help.text]
note: oUWEB
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariomenu/edit">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp">Edit scenario</link> dialog, where you can edit the scenario properties.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariomenu/edit">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp">Edit scenario</link> dialogue box, where you can edit the scenario properties.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3157876 help.text]
note: 8F7ZG
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode">Opens a submenu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging and dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode">Opens a sub-menu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging and dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02110000.xhp par_id3880733 help.text]
note: 8ewhC
en: If you insert a hyperlink that links to an open document, you need to save the document before you can use the hyperlink.
en_GB: If you insert a hyperlink that links to an open document, you need to save that document before you can use the hyperlink.

[ctx: 02120100.xhp bm_id3153360 help.text]
note: AE2cz
en: <bookmark_value>page styles; headers</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>page styles; footers</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>headers; defining</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>footers; defining</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>file names in headers/footers</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>changing;dates, automatically</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>dates;updating automatically</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>automatic date updates</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>page styles; headers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page styles; footers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>headers; defining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>footers; defining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file names in headers/footers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;dates, automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dates;updating automatically</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatic date updates</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02120100.xhp hd_id3148648 help.text]
note: 3yeo5
en: Center Area
en_GB: Centre Area

[ctx: 02120100.xhp par_id3163710 help.text]
note: B4XrB
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the text to be displayed at the center of the header or footer.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the text to be displayed at the centre of the header or footer.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02120100.xhp par_id3150206 help.text]
note: Nh3vd
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_FILE">Inserts a file name placeholder in the selected area.</ahelp> Click to insert the title. Long-click to select either title, file name or path/file name from the submenu. If a title has not be assigned (see <emph>File - Properties</emph>), the file name will be inserted instead.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_FILE">Inserts a file name placeholder in the selected area.</ahelp> Click to insert the title. Long-click to select either title, file name or path/file name from the sub-menu. If a title has not be assigned (see <emph>File - Properties</emph>), the file name will be inserted instead.

[ctx: 02140000.xhp bm_id8473769 help.text]
note: zz3ue
en: <bookmark_value>filling;selection lists</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>selection lists;filling cells</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>filling;selection lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selection lists;filling cells</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02140200.xhp par_id3153361 help.text]
note: vEYiU
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:FillRight" visibility="visible">Fills a selected range of at least two columns with the contents of the left most cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:FillRight" visibility="visible">Fills a selected range of at least two columns with the contents of the leftmost cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02140300.xhp par_id3150793 help.text]
note: o94hh
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:FillUp" visibility="visible">Fills a selected range of at least two rows with the contents of the bottom most cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:FillUp" visibility="visible">Fills a selected range of at least two rows with the contents of the bottommost cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02140300.xhp par_id3150447 help.text]
note: 44fmK
en: If a selected range has only one column, the content of the bottom most cell is copied into the selected cells. If several columns are selected, the contents of the bottom most cells are copied into those selected above.
en_GB: If a selected range has only one column, the content of the bottommost cell is copied into the selected cells. If several columns are selected, the contents of the bottommost cells are copied into those selected above.

[ctx: 02140500.xhp par_id3146119 help.text]
note: yvAcM
en: Select the entire sheet by clicking the empty gray box in the upper left of the sheet. You can also select an area of the sheet to be copied.
en_GB: Select the entire sheet by clicking the empty grey box in the upper left of the sheet. You can also select an area of the sheet to be copied.

[ctx: 02140600.xhp par_id3145748 help.text]
note: JjBdD
en: To automatically continue a series using the assumed completion rules, choose the <emph>AutoFill</emph> option after opening the <emph>Fill Series</emph> dialog.
en_GB: To automatically continue a series using the assumed completion rules, choose the <emph>AutoFill</emph> option after opening the <emph>Fill Series</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 02140600.xhp par_id3155811 help.text]
note: 2JEap
en: AutoFill tries to complete a value series by using a defined pattern. The series 1,3,5 is automatically completed with 7,9,11,13, and so on. Date and time series are completed accordingly; for example, after 01.01.99 and 15.01.99, an interval of 14 days is used.
en_GB: AutoFill tries to complete a value series by using a defined pattern. The series 1, 3, 5 is automatically completed with 7, 9, 11, 13 and so on. Date and time series are completed accordingly; for example, after 01/01/1999 and 15/01/1999, an interval of 14 days is used.

[ctx: 02140600.xhp par_id3154739 help.text]
note: tDdAp
en: The term "increment" denotes the amount by which a given value increases.<ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/increment"> Determines the value by which the series of the selected type increases by each step.</ahelp> Entries can only be made if the linear, growth or date series types have been selected.
en_GB: The term "increment" denotes the amount by which a given value increases.<ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/increment"> Determines the value by which the series of the selected type is increased each step.</ahelp> Entries can only be made if the linear, growth or date series types have been selected.

[ctx: 02140700.xhp bm_id2308201416102526759 help.text]
note: 6dhgD
en: <bookmark_value>fill range;random numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>random rumbers;fill range</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>random rumbers;distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>fill range;random numbers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>random numbers;fill range</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>random numbers;distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02140700.xhp par_id2308201415431990992 help.text]
note: S3iFU
en: The mean and standard deviation of the numbers generated may not equal the Mean and Standard Deviation inserted in the dialog.
en_GB: The mean and standard deviation of the numbers generated may not equal the Mean and Standard Deviation supplied in the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02140700.xhp par_id2308201415431971536 help.text]
note: TK69f
en: The median and sigma of the generated numbers may not equal the data inserted in the dialog.
en_GB: The median and sigma of the generated numbers may not equal the data supplied in the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02140700.xhp par_id2308201415431985648 help.text]
note: 56yTY
en: Chi Squared
en_GB: Chi-Squared

[ctx: 02140700.xhp par_id2308201415431834837 help.text]
note: RHkXg
en: <ahelp hid=".">Value set to initiate the random number generator algorithm. It is used to initialize (seed) the random number generator in order to reproduce the same sequence of pseudorandom numbers. Specify a positive integer number (1, 2, ...) to produce a specific sequence, or leave the field blank if you don't need this particular feature.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Value set to initiate the random number generator algorithm. It is used to initialise (seed) the random number generator in order to reproduce the same sequence of pseudorandom numbers. Specify a positive integer number (1, 2, ...) to produce a specific sequence or leave the field blank if you don't need this particular feature.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp bm_id3143284 help.text]
note: p6TKW
en: <bookmark_value>deleting; cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; deleting contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; deleting cell contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell contents; deleting</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>deleting; cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; deleting contents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; deleting cell content</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell content; deleting</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3159154 help.text]
note: yEdEu
en: This dialog is also called by pressing Backspace after the cell cursor has been activated on the sheet.
en_GB: This dialogue box is also called by pressing Backspace after the cell cursor has been activated on the sheet.

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3145367 help.text]
note: C9sed
en: Pressing Delete deletes content without calling the dialog or changing formats.
en_GB: Pressing Delete deletes content without calling the dialogue box or changing formats.

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3153951 help.text]
note: RNYYe
en: Use <emph>Cut</emph> on the Standard bar to delete contents and formats without the dialog.
en_GB: Use <emph>Cut</emph> on the Standard bar to delete content and formats without the dialogue box.

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3154015 help.text]
note: gKiqT
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/text">Deletes text only. Formats, formulas, numbers and dates are not affected.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/text">Deletes text only. Formats, formulae, numbers and dates are not affected.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3148405 help.text]
note: LXFBY
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/numbers">Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulas remain unchanged.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/numbers">Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulae remain unchanged.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3149567 help.text]
note: uKDWV
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/datetime">Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulas remain unchanged.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/datetime">Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulae remain unchanged.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02150000.xhp hd_id3154703 help.text]
note: EmUKs
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: 02150000.xhp par_id3148485 help.text]
note: FSnPJ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/formulas">Deletes formulas. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/formulas">Deletes formulae. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.</ahelp>

[ctx: 02160000.xhp par_id3154490 help.text]
note: 5FoZA
en: <variable id="zellenloeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteCell">Completely deletes selected cells, columns or rows. The cells below or to the right of the deleted cells will fill the space.</ahelp></variable> Note that the selected delete option is stored and reloaded when the dialog is next called.
en_GB: <variable id="zellenloeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteCell">Completely deletes selected cells, columns or rows. The cells below or to the right of the deleted cells will fill the space.</ahelp></variable> Note that the selected delete option is stored and reloaded when the dialogue box is next called.

[ctx: 02160000.xhp par_id082520160232335032 help.text]
note: tBDt4
en: <image id="img_id083120161149318932" src="media/screenshots/modules/scalc/ui/deletecells/DeleteCellsDialog.png" width="3.3126in" height="1.5209in"><alt id="alt_id083120161149318932">Delete cells dialog</alt></image>
en_GB: <image id="img_id083120161149318932" src="media/screenshots/modules/scalc/ui/deletecells/DeleteCellsDialog.png" width="3.3126in" height="1.5209in"><alt id="alt_id083120161149318932">Delete cells dialogue box</alt></image>

[ctx: 02170000.xhp par_id3154510 help.text]
note: jKH8F
en: Cancels the dialog. No delete is performed.
en_GB: Cancels the dialogue box. No delete is performed.

[ctx: 03070000.xhp par_id3156280 help.text]
note: BJB5U
en: To hide the column and row headers, unmark this menu entry.
en_GB: To hide the column and row headers unmark this menu entry.

[ctx: 03080000.xhp bm_id3151384 help.text]
note: yvY5V
en: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; value highlighting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>values;highlighting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>highlighting; values in sheets</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>colors;values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; value highlighting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>values;highlighting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>highlighting; values in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>colours;values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3154366 help.text]
note: vS5Bm
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays cell contents in different colors, depending on type.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays cell content in different colours, depending on type.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3145785 help.text]
note: waDQG
en: Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.
en_GB: Text cells are formatted in black, formulae in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3145786 help.text]
note: GGawQ
en: These colors can be customized in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>.
en_GB: These colours can be customised in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colours</item>.

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3153188 help.text]
note: FMFKK
en: If this function is active, colors that you define in the document will not be displayed. When you deactivate the function, the user-defined colors are displayed again.
en_GB: If this function is active, colours that you define in the document will not be displayed. When you deactivate the function, the user-defined colours are displayed again.

[ctx: 03090000.xhp bm_id3147264 help.text]
note: d4DHd
en: <bookmark_value>formula bar;spreadsheets</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; formula bar</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formula bar;spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; formula bar</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03090000.xhp par_id3156423 help.text]
note: ALATw
en: <ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the Formula Bar, which is used for entering and editing formulas. The Formula Bar is the most important tool when working with spreadsheets.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Shows or hides the Formula Bar, which is used for entering and editing formulae. The Formula Bar is the most important tool when working with spreadsheets.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3150542 help.text]
note: dG824
en: <variable id="zelleneinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertCell">Opens the<emph> Insert Cells </emph>dialog, in which you can insert new cells according to the options that you specify.</ahelp></variable> You can delete cells by choosing <link href="text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp" name="Edit - Delete Cells"><emph>Edit - Delete Cells</emph></link>.
en_GB: <variable id="zelleneinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertCell">Opens the <emph>Insert Cells</emph> dialogue box, in which you can insert new cells according to the options that you specify.</ahelp></variable> You can delete cells by choosing <link href="text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp" name="Edit - Delete Cells"><emph>Edit - Delete Cells</emph></link>.

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3152596 help.text]
note: Dbr3S
en: <variable id="zellenuntentext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/down">Moves the contents of the selected range downward when cells are inserted.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="zellenuntentext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/down">Moves the contents of the selected range downwards when cells are inserted.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3155417 help.text]
note: 6kPfT
en: <variable id="zeilenganzetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/rows">Inserts an entire row. The position of the row is determined by the selection on the sheet.</ahelp></variable> The number of rows inserted depends on how many rows are selected. The contents of the original rows are moved downward.
en_GB: <variable id="zeilenganzetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/rows">Inserts an entire row. The position of the row is determined by the selection on the sheet.</ahelp></variable> The number of rows inserted depends on how many rows are selected. The contents of the original rows are moved downwards.

[ctx: 04020000.xhp par_id3155068 help.text]
note: YpLqF
en: <variable id="spaltenganzetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/cols">Inserts an entire column. The number of columns to be inserted is determined by the selected number of columns.</ahelp></variable> The contents of the original columns are shifted to the right.
en_GB: <variable id="spaltenganzetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/cols">Inserts an entire column. The number of columns to be inserted is determined by the selected number of columns.</ahelp></variable> The contents of the original columns is shifted to the right.

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3147264 help.text]
note: TDcPV
en: <variable id="tabelleeinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Insert">Defines the options to be used to insert a new sheet.</ahelp> You can create a new sheet, or insert an existing sheet from a file.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="tabelleeinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Insert">Defines the options to be used to insert a new sheet.</ahelp> You can create a new sheet or insert an existing sheet from a file.</variable>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3149262 help.text]
note: EUjuC
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/new">Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the <emph>Name</emph> field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces, and the underline character.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/new">Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the <emph>Name</emph> field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces and the underline character.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050000.xhp par_id3159267 help.text]
note: pZ7Eo
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/browse">Opens a dialog for selecting a file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/browse">Opens a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_idN105F7 help.text]
note: HiYLL
en: Use the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File - Open</link> dialog to locate the spreadsheet.
en_GB: Use the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">File - Open</link> dialogue box to locate the spreadsheet.

[ctx: 04050100.xhp par_idN10609 help.text]
note: kEz82
en: In the <link href="text/scalc/01/04050000.xhp">Insert Sheet</link> dialog, select the sheet that you want to insert.
en_GB: In the <link href="text/scalc/01/04050000.xhp">Insert Sheet</link> dialogue box, select the sheet that you want to insert.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3159153 help.text]
note: mM4AA
en: The <emph>Function Wizard</emph> has two tabs: <emph>Functions</emph> is used to create formulas, and <emph>Structure</emph> is used to check the formula build.
en_GB: The <emph>Function Wizard</emph> has two tabs: <emph>Functions</emph> is used to create formulae and <emph>Structure</emph> is used to check the formula build.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3149566 help.text]
note: faHCg
en: <ahelp hid="formula/ui/formuladialog/array">Specifies that the selected function is inserted into the selected cell range as an array formula.</ahelp> Array formulas operate on multiple cells. Each cell in the array contains the formula, not as a copy but as a common formula shared by all matrix cells.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="formula/ui/formuladialog/array">Specifies that the selected function is inserted into the selected cell range as an array formula.</ahelp> Array formulae operate on multiple cells. Each cell in the array contains the formula, not as a copy but as a common formula shared by all matrix cells.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3155959 help.text]
note: FCzWG
en: The <emph>Array</emph> option is identical to the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph>+Shift+Enter</emph> command, which is used to enter and confirm formulas in the sheet. The formula is inserted as a matrix formula indicated by two braces: <emph>{ }</emph>.
en_GB: The <emph>Array</emph> option is identical to the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph>+Shift+Enter</emph> command, which is used to enter and confirm formulae in the sheet. The formula is inserted as a matrix formula indicated by two braces: <emph>{ }</emph>.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3145587 help.text]
note: KJjBy
en: When you double-click a function, the argument input field(s) appear on the right side of the dialog. To select a cell reference as an argument, click directly into the cell, or drag across the required range on the sheet while holding down the mouse button. You can also enter numerical and other values or references directly into the corresponding fields in the dialog. When using <link href="text/scalc/01/04060102.xhp" name="date entries"><emph>date entries</emph></link>, make sure you use the correct format. Click <emph>OK</emph> to insert the result into the spreadsheet.
en_GB: When you double-click a function, the argument input field(s) appear on the right side of the dialogue box. To select a cell reference as an argument, click directly into the cell, or drag across the required range on the sheet while holding down the mouse button. You can also enter numerical and other values or references directly into the corresponding fields in the dialogue box. When using <link href="text/scalc/01/04060102.xhp" name="date entries"><emph>date entries</emph></link>, make sure you use the correct format. Click <emph>OK</emph> to insert the result into the spreadsheet.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3148700 help.text]
note: S2CCy
en: The required arguments are indicated by names in bold print.
en_GB: The required arguments are indicated by names in bold type.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp hd_id3153064 help.text]
note: nEQBZ
en: f(x) (depending on the selected function)
en_GB: f(x) (dependent on selected function)

[ctx: 04060000.xhp hd_id3145076 help.text]
note: GSRgn
en: Argument/Parameter/Cell Reference (depending on the selected function)
en_GB: Argument/Parameter/Cell Reference (dependent on selected function)

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3147402 help.text]
note: zwoBc
en: <ahelp hid="formula/ui/formuladialog/cancel">Closes the dialog without implementing the formula.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="formula/ui/formuladialog/cancel">Closes the dialogue box without implementing the formula.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3153122 help.text]
note: Egchi
en: On this page, you can view the structure of the function.
en_GB: In this page you can view the structure of the function.

[ctx: 04060000.xhp par_id3148886 help.text]
note: debaD
en: Blue dots denote correctly entered arguments. Red dots indicate incorrect data types. For example: if the SUM function has one argument entered as text, this is highlighted in red as SUM only permits number entries.
en_GB: Blue dots denote correctly entered arguments. Red dots indicate incorrect data types. For example: if the SUM function has one argument entered as a text string, this is highlighted in red as SUM only permits number entries.

[ctx: 04060100.xhp bm_id3148575 help.text]
note: VZrAg
en: <bookmark_value>functions;listed by category</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>categories of functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>list of functions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>functions;listed by category</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>categories of functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>list of functions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3148946 help.text]
note: fFN63
en: <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; databases</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>functions; database functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>databases; functions in $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; database functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>databases; functions in $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3145173 help.text]
note: qLyAL
en: <variable id="datenbanktext">This section deals with functions used with data organized as one row of data for one record.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="datenbanktext">This section deals with functions used with data organised as one row of data for one record.</variable>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3155766 help.text]
note: rxm7X
en: The range A1:E10 lists the children invited to Joe's birthday party. The following information is given for each entry: column A shows the name, B the grade, then age in years, distance to school in meters and weight in kilograms.
en_GB: The range A1:E10 lists the children invited to Joe's birthday party. The following information is given for each entry: column A shows the name, B the grade, then age in years, distance to school in metres and weight in kilograms.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3150882 help.text]
note: JFBkY
en: <bookmark_value>DCOUNT function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>counting rows;with numeric values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DCOUNT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>counting rows;with numeric values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3156133 help.text]
note: HVBLr
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DBANZAHL">DCOUNT counts the number of rows (records) in a database that match the specified search criteria and contain numerical values in the DatabaseField column.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DBANZAHL">DCOUNT counts the number of rows (records) in a database that match the specified search criteria and contain numeric values in the DatabaseField column.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3149142 help.text]
note: D8qKE
en: <emph>Database</emph> is the range of data to be evaluated, including its headers: in this case A1:E10. <emph>DatabaseField</emph> specifies the column for the search criteria: in this case, the column with the numerical distance values. <emph>SearchCriteria</emph> is the range where you can enter the search parameters: in this case, A13:E14.
en_GB: <emph>Database</emph> is the range of data to be evaluated, including its headers: in this case A1:E10. <emph>DatabaseField</emph> specifies the column for the search criteria: in this case, the column with the numeric distance values. <emph>SearchCriteria</emph> is the range where you can enter the search parameters: in this case, A13:E14.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3145652 help.text]
note: 7rvXg
en: To learn how many children in second grade are over 7 years of age, delete the entry >600 in cell D14 and enter <item type="input">2</item> in cell B14 under Grade, and enter <item type="input">>7</item> in cell C14 to the right. The result is 2. Two children are in second grade and over 7 years of age. As both criteria are in the same row, they are connected by AND.
en_GB: To learn how many children in second grade are over 7 years of age, delete the entry >600 in cell D14 and enter <item type="input">2</item> in cell B14 under Grade and enter <item type="input">>7</item> in cell C14 to the right. The result is 2. Two children are in second grade and over 7 years of age. As both criteria are in the same row, they are connected by AND.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3156123 help.text]
note: G2Eds
en: <bookmark_value>DCOUNTA function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>records;counting in Calc databases</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>counting rows;with numeric or alphanumeric values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DCOUNTA function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>records;counting in Calc databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>counting rows;with numeric or alphanumeric values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3156110 help.text]
note: AXuF5
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DBANZAHL2">DCOUNTA counts the number of rows (records) in a database that match the specified search conditions, and contain numeric or alphanumeric values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DBANZAHL2">DCOUNTA counts the number of rows (records) in a database that match the specified search conditions and contain numeric or alphanumeric values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3153982 help.text]
note: xX6ve
en: In the example above (scroll up, please), you can search for the number of children whose name starts with an E or a subsequent letter. Edit the formula in B16 to read <item type="input">=DCOUNTA(A1:E10;"Name";A13:E14)</item>. Delete the old search criteria and enter <item type="input">>=E</item> under Name in field A14. The result is 5. If you now delete all number values for Greta in row 8, the result changes to 4. Row 8 is no longer included in the count because it does not contain any values. The name Greta is text, not a value. Note that the DatabaseField parameter must point to a column that can contain values.
en_GB: In the example above (scroll up, please), you can search for the number of children whose names start with an E or a subsequent letter. Edit the formula in B16 to read <item type="input">=DCOUNTA(A1:E10;"Name";A13:E14)</item>. Delete the old search criteria and enter <item type="input">>=E</item> under Name in field A14. The result is 5. If you now delete all number values for Greta in row 8, the result changes to 4. Row 8 is no longer included in the count because it does not contain any values. The name Greta is text, not a value. Note that the DatabaseField parameter must point to a column that can contain values.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3147256 help.text]
note: eBniZ
en: <bookmark_value>DGET function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>cell contents;searching in Calc databases</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching;cell contents in Calc databases</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DGET function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell content;searching in Calc databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching;contents of cells in Calc databases</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3155388 help.text]
note: weNSC
en: In the above example (scroll up, please), we want to determine what grade a child is in, whose name was entered in cell A14. The formula is entered in cell B16 and differs slightly from the earlier examples because only one column (one database field) can be entered for <emph>DatabaseField</emph>. Enter the following formula:
en_GB: In the above example (scroll up, please), we want to determine which grade that a child, whose name was entered in cell A14, is in. The formula is entered in cell B16 and differs slightly from the earlier examples because only one column (one database field) can be entered for <emph>DatabaseField</emph>. Enter the following formula:

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3150524 help.text]
note: nAfKt
en: Enter the name <item type="input">Frank</item> in A14, and you see the result 2. Frank is in second grade. Enter <item type="input">"Age"</item> instead of "Grade" and you will get Frank's age.
en_GB: Enter the name <item type="input">Frank</item> in A14 and you will see the result 2. Frank is in second grade. Enter <item type="input">"Age"</item> instead of "Grade" and you will get Frank's age.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3148833 help.text]
note: pZx2V
en: Or enter the value <item type="input">11</item> in cell C14 only, and delete the other entries in this row. Edit the formula in B16 as follows:
en_GB: Or enter the value <item type="input">11</item> in cell C14 only and delete the other entries in this row. Edit the formula in B16 as follows:

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3149766 help.text]
note: 8VqRF
en: <bookmark_value>DMAX function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>maximum values in Calc databases</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching;maximum values in columns</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DMAX function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>maximum values in Calc databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching;maximum values in columns</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3150510 help.text]
note: FyUsB
en: Under Grade, enter <item type="input">1, 2, 3,</item> and so on, one after the other. After entering a grade number, the weight of the heaviest child in that grade appears.
en_GB: Under Grade, enter <item type="input">1, 2, 3,</item> and so on, one after the other. After entering a grade number, the weight of the heaviest child in that grade will appear.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3159141 help.text]
note: A9voG
en: <bookmark_value>DMIN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>minimum values in Calc databases</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching;minimum values in columns</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DMIN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minimum values in Calc databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching;minimum values in columns</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3148917 help.text]
note: Jtw7m
en: In row 14, under Grade, enter <item type="input">1, 2, 3,</item> and so on, one after the other. The shortest distance to school for each grade appears.
en_GB: In row 14, under Grade, enter <item type="input">1, 2, 3,</item> and so on, one after the other. The shortest distance to school for each grade will appear.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3154274 help.text]
note: RCFqd
en: <bookmark_value>DAVERAGE function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>averages; in Calc databases</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>calculating;averages in Calc databases</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DAVERAGE function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>averages; in Calc databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;averages in Calc databases</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3155587 help.text]
note: ETJh3
en: In row 14, under Age, enter <item type="input">7, 8, 9,</item> and so on, one after the other. The average weight of all children of the same age appears.
en_GB: In row 14, under Age, enter <item type="input">7, 8, 9,</item> and so on, one after the other. The average weight of all children of the same age will appear.

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3159269 help.text]
note: brDoK
en: <bookmark_value>DPRODUCT function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>multiplying;cell contents in Calc databases</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DPRODUCT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiplying;contents of cells in Calc databases</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3152879 help.text]
note: V8GCj
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DBPRODUKT">DPRODUCT multiplies all cells of a data range where the cell contents match the search criteria.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DBPRODUKT">DPRODUCT multiplies all cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3148462 help.text]
note: 3oyGS
en: <bookmark_value>DSTDEV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard deviations in databases;based on a sample</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DSTDEV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviations in databases;based on a sample</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3150429 help.text]
note: hkC4r
en: <bookmark_value>DSTDEVP function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard deviations in databases;based on populations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DSTDEVP function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviations in databases;based on populations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3154794 help.text]
note: fA3Lj
en: <bookmark_value>DSUM function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>calculating;sums in Calc databases</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sums;cells in Calc databases</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DSUM function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;sums in Calc databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sums;cells in Calc databases</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3155614 help.text]
note: ZFAu8
en: <bookmark_value>DVAR function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>variances;based on samples</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DVAR function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variances;based on samples</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp bm_id3153880 help.text]
note: hEbwx
en: <bookmark_value>DVARP function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>variances;based on populations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DVARP function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variances;based on populations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060101.xhp par_id3146902 help.text]
note: vAunu
en: In row 14, under Age, enter <item type="input">7, 8, 9,</item> and so on, one after the other. The variance of the weight values for all children of this age attending Joe's birthday party appears.
en_GB: In row 14, under Age, enter <item type="input">7, 8, 9,</item> and so on, one after the other. The variance of the weight values for all children of this age attending Joe's birthday party will appear.

[ctx: 04060102.xhp par_id3150437 help.text]
note: 9PnaC
en: $[officename] internally handles a date/time value as a numerical value. If you assign the numbering format "Number" to a date or time value, it is converted to a number. For example, 01/01/2000 12:00 PM, converts to 36526.5. The value preceding the decimal point corresponds to the date; the value following the decimal point corresponds to the time. If you do not want to see this type of numerical date or time representation, change the number format (date or time) accordingly. To do this, select the cell containing the date or time value, call its context menu and select <emph>Format Cells</emph>. The <emph>Numbers</emph> tab page contains the functions for defining the number format.
en_GB: $[officename] internally handles a date/time value as a numeric value. If you assign the numbering format "Number" to a date or time value, it is converted to a number. For example, 01/01/2000 12:00 PM, converts to 36526.5. The value preceding the decimal point corresponds to the date; the value following the decimal point corresponds to the time. If you do not want to see this type of numerical date or time representation, change the number format (date or time) accordingly. To do this, select the cell containing the date or time value, call its context menu and select <emph>Format Cells</emph>. The <emph>Numbers</emph> tab page contains the functions for defining the number format.

[ctx: 04060102.xhp par_id6794030 help.text]
note: 7EGHq
en: '12/30/1899'
en_GB: '30/12/1899'

[ctx: 04060102.xhp par_id3150654 help.text]
note: q4au5
en: When entering dates as part of formulas, slashes or dashes used as date separators are interpreted as arithmetic operators. Therefore, dates entered in this format are not recognized as dates and result in erroneous calculations. To keep dates from being interpreted as parts of formulas use the DATE function, for example, DATE(1954;7;20), or place the date in quotation marks and use the ISO 8601 notation, for example, "1954-07-20". Avoid using locale dependent date formats such as "07/20/54", the calculation may produce errors if the document is loaded under different locale settings.
en_GB: When entering dates as part of formulas, slashes or dashes used as date separators are interpreted as arithmetic operators. Therefore, dates entered in this format are not recognised as dates and result in erroneous calculations. To keep dates from being interpreted as parts of formulas use the DATE function, for example, DATE(1954;7;20), or place the date in quotation marks and use the ISO 8601 notation, for example, "1954-07-20". Avoid using locale dependent date formats such as "07/20/54", the calculation may produce errors if the document is loaded under different locale settings.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3143284 help.text]
note: rSCCE
en: <bookmark_value>financial functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>functions; financial functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; financial</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>amortizations, see also depreciations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>financial functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; financial functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard; financial</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>amortisations, see also depreciations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3153366 help.text]
note: BdkzB
en: <bookmark_value>AMORDEGRC function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations;degressive amortizations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>AMORDEGRC function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations;degressive amortisations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3147434 help.text]
note: fBvm7
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORDEGRC">Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as degressive amortization.</ahelp> Unlike AMORLINC, a depreciation coefficient that is independent of the depreciable life is used here.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORDEGRC">Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as degressive amortisation.</ahelp> Unlike AMORLINC, a depreciation coefficient that is independent of the depreciable life is used here.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3144765 help.text]
note: SUg7W
en: <emph>FirstPeriod </emph>is the end date of the first settlement period.
en_GB: <emph>FirstPeriod</emph> is the end date of the first settlement period.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3153765 help.text]
note: UCPgp
en: <bookmark_value>AMORLINC function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations;linear amortizations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>AMORLINC function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations;linear amortisations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3159264 help.text]
note: fLHJR
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORLINC">Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as linear amortization. If the capital asset is purchased during the settlement period, the proportional amount of depreciation is considered.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_AMORLINC">Calculates the amount of depreciation for a settlement period as linear amortisation. If the capital asset is purchased during the settlement period, the proportional amount of depreciation is considered.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3146920 help.text]
note: PsFjE
en: <emph>Cost</emph> means the acquisition costs.
en_GB: <emph>Cost</emph> is the acquisition costs.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148488 help.text]
note: MRvkz
en: <emph>FirstPeriod </emph>is the end date of the first settlement period.
en_GB: <emph>FirstPeriod</emph> is the end date of the first settlement period.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148599 help.text]
note: E3h2Z
en: A security is issued on 2001-02-28. First interest is set for 2001-08-31. The settlement date is 2001-05-01. The Rate is 0.1 or 10% and Par is 1000 currency units. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). The basis is the US method (0). How much interest has accrued?
en_GB: A security is issued on 28/02/2001. First interest is set for 31/08/2001. The settlement date is 01/05/2001. The Rate is 0.1 or 10% and Par is 1000 currency units. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). The basis is the US method (0). How much interest has accrued?

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148840 help.text]
note: jBwEn
en: <item type="input">=ACCRINT("2001-02-28";"2001-08-31";"2001-05-01";0.1;1000;2;0)</item> returns 16.94444.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ACCRINT("28/02/2001";"31/08/2001";"01/05/2001";0.1;1000;2;0)</item> returns 16.94444.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3151240 help.text]
note: E9GDu
en: <bookmark_value>ACCRINTM function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>accrued interests;one-off payments</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ACCRINTM function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accrued interests;one-off payments</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3154541 help.text]
note: nB5zK
en: A security is issued on 2001-04-01. The maturity date is set for 2001-06-15. The Rate is 0.1 or 10% and Par is 1000 currency units. The basis of the daily/annual calculation is the daily balance (3). How much interest has accrued?
en_GB: A security is issued on 01/04/2001. The maturity date is set for 15/06/2001. The Rate is 0.1 or 10% and Par is 1000 currency units. The basis of the daily/annual calculation is the daily balance (3). How much interest has accrued?

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3149128 help.text]
note: o9DWG
en: <item type="input">=ACCRINTM("2001-04-01";"2001-06-15";0.1;1000;3)</item> returns 20.54795.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ACCRINTM("01/04/2001";"15/06/2001";0.1;1000;3)</item> returns 20.54795.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3145753 help.text]
note: FGQ9q
en: <bookmark_value>RECEIVED function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>amount received for fixed-interest securities</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>RECEIVED function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>amount received for fixed-interest securities</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3154735 help.text]
note: qHDE6
en: Settlement date: February 15 1999, maturity date: May 15 1999, investment sum: 1000 currency units, discount: 5.75 per cent, basis: Daily balance/360 = 2.
en_GB: Settlement date: 15th February 1999, maturity date: 15th May 1999, investment sum: 1000 currency units, discount: 5.75 per cent, basis: Daily balance/360 = 2.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3147556 help.text]
note: swwMY
en: <bookmark_value>PV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>present values</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>calculating; present values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>PV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>present values</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; present values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3153301 help.text]
note: ajegN
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BW">Returns the present value of an investment resulting from a series of regular payments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BW">Returns the present (current) value of an investment resulting from a series of regular payments.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3153023 help.text]
note: ZPxL2
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods (payment period).
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods (payment period).

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3146323 help.text]
note: vxMVB
en: <emph>Pmt</emph> is the regular payment made per period.
en_GB: <emph>Payment</emph> is the constant payment made each period.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3150536 help.text]
note: e3Wbc
en: <emph>FV</emph> (optional) defines the future value remaining after the final installment has been made.
en_GB: <emph>FV</emph> (optional) defines the future value remaining after the final instalment has been made.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3152978 help.text]
note: zBFE6
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>SYD function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations; arithmetic declining</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>arithmetic declining depreciations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>SYD function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations; arithmetic declining</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic declining depreciations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3146142 help.text]
note: YMhcv
en: To have an overview of depreciation rates per period, it is best to define a depreciation table. By entering the different depreciation formulas available in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc next to each other, you can see which depreciation form is the most appropriate. Enter the table as follows:
en_GB: To have an overview of depreciation rates per period, it is best to define a depreciation table. By entering the different depreciation formulae available in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc next to each other, you can see which depreciation form is the most appropriate. Enter the table as follows:

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3155998 help.text]
note: VPF6C
en: Now view the depreciation for a 10 year period, or at a salvage value of 1 currency unit, or enter a different initial cost, and so on.
en_GB: Now view the depreciation for a 10 year period, or at a salvage value of 1 currency unit, or enter a different initial cost and so on.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3155104 help.text]
note: GbgAo
en: <bookmark_value>DISC function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>allowances</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>discounts</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DISC function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>allowances</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>discounts</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148834 help.text]
note: L2mPe
en: A security is purchased on 2001-01-01; the maturity date is 2006-01-01. The Coupon rate of interest is 8%. The yield is 9.0%. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). Using daily balance interest calculation (basis 3) how long is the duration?
en_GB: A security is purchased on 2001-01-01; the maturity date is 2006-01-01. The Coupon rate of interest is 8%. The yield is 9.0%. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). Using daily balance interest calculation (basis 3), what is the duration?

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3145417 help.text]
note: NAfJ9
en: Nominal interest refers to the amount of interest due at the end of a calculation period. Effective interest increases with the number of payments made. In other words, interest is often paid in installments (for example, monthly or quarterly) before the end of the calculation period.
en_GB: Nominal interest refers to the amount of interest due at the end of a calculation period. Effective interest increases with the number of payments made. In other words, interest is often paid in instalments (for example, monthly or quarterly) before the end of the calculation period.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3147241 help.text]
note: AW6uV
en: <bookmark_value>effective interest rates</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>EFFECT_ADD function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>effective interest rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>EFFECT_ADD function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3155118 help.text]
note: GYnim
en: EFFECT_ADD(NominalRate; NPerY)
en_GB: EFFECT_ADD(NominalRate; NumPerYear)

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3154274 help.text]
note: ZTPAc
en: <emph>NPerY </emph>is the number of interest payments per year.
en_GB: <emph>NumPerYear</emph> is the number of interest payments per year.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3149998 help.text]
note: AFSQ8
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; arithmetic-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>arithmetic-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations;arithmetic-degressive</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>DDB function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; arithmetic-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations;arithmetic-degressive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDB function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3149736 help.text]
note: iCYRp
en: <emph>Period</emph> states the period for which the value is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Period</emph> defines the length of the period over which the value is to be calculated. The period must be entered in the same time unit as Life.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3154106 help.text]
note: vLiEt
en: <item type="input">=DDB(75000;1;60;12;2) </item>= 1,721.81 currency units. Therefore, the double-declining depreciation in the twelfth month after purchase is 1,721.81 currency units.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DDB(75000;1;60;12;2)</item> = 1,721.81 currency units. Therefore, the double-declining depreciation during the twelfth month after purchase is 1,721.81 currency units.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3149962 help.text]
note: ZAtCs
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; geometric-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>geometric-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>depreciations;geometric-degressive</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>DB function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; geometric-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>geometric-degressive depreciations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>depreciations;geometric-degressive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DB function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3153948 help.text]
note: fWK6h
en: <bookmark_value>IRR function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>calculating;internal rates of return, regular payments</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>internal rates of return;regular payments</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>IRR function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating;internal rates of return, regular payments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>internal rates of return;regular payments</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3143282 help.text]
note: E6fyi
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_IKV">Calculates the internal rate of return for an investment.</ahelp> The values represent cash flow values at regular intervals, at least one value must be negative (payments), and at least one value must be positive (income).
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_IKV">Calculates the internal rate of return for an investment.</ahelp> The values represent cash flow values at regular intervals, at least one value must be negative (payments) and at least one value must be positive (income).

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3144758 help.text]
note: o9R77
en: <emph>Values</emph> represents an array containing the values.
en_GB: <emph>Values</emph> is an array containing the values.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3150630 help.text]
note: G9Z4Q
en: Under the assumption that cell contents are A1=<item type="input">-10000</item>, A2=<item type="input">3500</item>, A3=<item type="input">7600</item> and A4=<item type="input">1000</item>, the formula <item type="input">=IRR(A1:A4)</item> gives a result of 11,33%.
en_GB: Under the assumption that the cell contents are A1=<item type="input">-10000</item>, A2=<item type="input">3500</item>, A3=<item type="input">7600</item> and A4=<item type="input">1000</item>, the formula <item type="input">=IRR(A1:A4)</item> gives a result of 11.33%.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp bm_id3151012 help.text]
note: PxBBB
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; interests for unchanged amortization installments</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>interests for unchanged amortization installments</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>ISPMT function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; interests for unchanged amortisation instalments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>interests for unchanged amortisation instalments</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ISPMT function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3148693 help.text]
note: RvDrn
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISPMT">Calculates the level of interest for unchanged amortization installments.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISPMT">Calculates the level of interest for unchanged amortisation instalments.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3145777 help.text]
note: RpvJ5
en: <emph>Period</emph> is the number of installments for calculation of interest.
en_GB: <emph>Period</emph> is the number of instalments for calculation of interest.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3153678 help.text]
note: DUuGo
en: <emph>TotalPeriods</emph> is the total number of installment periods.
en_GB: <emph>TotalPeriods</emph> is the total number of instalment periods.

[ctx: 04060103.xhp par_id3149558 help.text]
note: z6Bag
en: For a credit amount of 120,000 currency units with a two-year term and monthly installments, at a yearly interest rate of 12% the level of interest after 1.5 years is required.
en_GB: For a credit amount of 120,000 currency units with a two-year term and monthly instalments, at a yearly interest rate of 12% the level of interest after 1.5 years is required.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id1491134 help.text]
note: WyTya
en: Current formula recalculation mode, either "Automatic" or "Manual" (localized into %PRODUCTNAME language)
en_GB: Current formula recalculation mode, either "Automatic" or "Manual" (localised into %PRODUCTNAME language)

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id1161534 help.text]
note: E9799
en: Other spreadsheet applications may accept localized values for the <item type="literal">Type</item> parameter, but %PRODUCTNAME Calc will only accept the English values.
en_GB: Other spreadsheet applications may accept localised values for the <item type="literal">Type</item> parameter, but %PRODUCTNAME Calc will only accept the US English values.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id2873622 help.text]
note: DTRsf
en: <item type="input">=INFO(D5)</item> with cell <item type="literal">D5</item> containing a text string <item type="literal">system</item> returns the operation system type.
en_GB: <item type="input">=INFO(D5)</item> with cell <item type="literal">D5</item> containing a text string <item type="literal">system</item> returns the operating system type.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3157975 help.text]
note: zPadK
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_AKTUELL">This function returns the result to date of evaluating the formula of which it is a part (in other words the result as far as that evaluation has got). Its main use is together with the STYLE() function to apply selected styles to a cell depending on the cell contents.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_AKTUELL">This function returns the result to date of evaluating the formula of which it is a part (in other words the result as far as that evaluation has got). Its main use is together with the STYLE() function to apply selected styles to a cell depending on the cell content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id5863826 help.text]
note: 7oHuK
en: <item type="input">=A2+B2+STYLE(IF(CURRENT()>10;”Red”;”Default”))</item>
en_GB: <item type="input">=A2+B2+STYLE(IF(CURRENT()>10;"Red";"Default"))</item>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3150688 help.text]
note: sMe8w
en: <bookmark_value>FORMULA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formula cells;displaying formulas in other cells</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>displaying;formulas at any position</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>FORMULA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formula cells;displaying formulae in other cells</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>displaying;formulae at any position</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3146152 help.text]
note: YGA2X
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the value to be tested, to determine whether it is a reference.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the value to be tested to determine whether it is a reference.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id9728072 help.text]
note: 2BeJJ
en: <item type="input">=ISREF("abcdef")</item> returns always FALSE because a text can never be a reference.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ISREF("abcdef")</item> returns always FALSE because a text string can never be a reference.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3626819 help.text]
note: iJ4DD
en: <item type="input">=ISREF(ADDRESS(1; 1; 2;"Sheet2"))</item> returns FALSE, because ADDRESS is a function that returns a text, although it looks like a reference.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ISREF(ADDRESS(1; 1; 2;"Sheet2"))</item> returns FALSE, because ADDRESS is a function that returns a text string, although it looks like a reference.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3149282 help.text]
note: x5VGW
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTFEHL">Tests for error conditions, except the #N/A error value, and returns TRUE or FALSE.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTFEHL">Returns TRUE if the value refers to any error value except #N/A, FALSE otherwise.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3146857 help.text]
note: CmaCg
en: <emph>Value</emph> is any value or expression which is tested to see whether an error value other than #N/A is present.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is any value or expression which is tested to determine whether an error value other than #N/A is present.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3147081 help.text]
note: sA5v6
en: <bookmark_value>ISERROR function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognizing;general errors</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISERROR function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognising;general errors</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3156316 help.text]
note: GeByF
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTFEHLER">Tests for error conditions, including the #N/A error value, and returns TRUE or FALSE.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTFEHLER">Returns TRUE if the value refers to any error value (including #N/A), FALSE otherwise.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154047 help.text]
note: Usvv4
en: <emph>Value</emph> is or refers to the value to be tested. ISERROR() returns TRUE if there is an error and FALSE if not.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is, or refers to, the value to be tested to determine whether it is an error value. ISERROR() returns TRUE if there is an error and FALSE if not.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id31540471 help.text]
note: wJRYc
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the value or expression to be returned if it is not equal or results in an error.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the value or expression to be be returned if it does not equal or result in an error.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id31540472 help.text]
note: YndHN
en: <emph>Alternate_value</emph> is the value or expression to be returned if the expression or value of <emph>Value</emph> is equal or results in an error.
en_GB: <emph>Alternate_value</emph> is the value or expression to be be returned if the expression or value of <emph>Value</emph> does equal or result in an error.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3153618 help.text]
note: DUDkY
en: <bookmark_value>ISFORMULA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognizing formula cells</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formula cells;recognizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISFORMULA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognising formula cells</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>formula cells;recognising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3147253 help.text]
note: uhPW4
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_ISEVEN">Tests for even numbers. Returns 1 if the number divided by 2 returns a whole number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_ISEVEN">Tests for even numbers. Returns TRUE (1) if the number returns a whole number when divided by 2.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3154692 help.text]
note: 3GMzN
en: <bookmark_value>ISNONTEXT function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell contents;no text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISNONTEXT function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell content;no text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3155330 help.text]
note: D3ZKU
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTKTEXT">Tests if the cell contents are text or numbers, and returns FALSE if the contents are text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTKTEXT">Tests if the cell content is text or numbers and returns FALSE if the content is text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3146992 help.text]
note: NUkLc
en: <emph>Value</emph> is any value or expression where a test is performed to determine whether it is a text or numbers or a Boolean value.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is any value or expression where a test is performed to determine whether it is a text string or numbers or a Boolean value.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3159148 help.text]
note: ChFkR
en: <bookmark_value>ISBLANK function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>blank cell contents</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>empty cells; recognizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISBLANK function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>blank cell content</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>empty cells; recognising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3148800 help.text]
note: fVZgm
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTLEER">Returns TRUE if the reference to a cell is blank.</ahelp> This function is used to determine if the content of a cell is empty. A cell with a formula inside is not empty.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTLEER">Returns TRUE if the reference to a cell is blank.</ahelp> This function is used to determine if the cell is empty. A cell containing a formula is not empty.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3146946 help.text]
note: nzMeE
en: Returns TRUE if <emph>Value</emph> is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE), and returns FALSE otherwise.
en_GB: Returns TRUE if <emph>Value</emph> is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) and returns FALSE otherwise.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3166442 help.text]
note: njbrg
en: <item type="input">=ISLOGICAL(99)</item> returns FALSE, because 99 is a number, not a logical value.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ISLOGICAL(99)</item> returns FALSE as 99 is a number, not a logical value.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3153685 help.text]
note: kDVar
en: <bookmark_value>ISNA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>#N/A error;recognizing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISNA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>#N/A error;recognising</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154852 help.text]
note: UyzSk
en: <item type="input">=ISNA(D3)</item> returns FALSE as a result.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ISNA(D3)</item> returns FALSE.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id31528841 help.text]
note: 6oj7E
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the value or expression to be returned if it is not equal or results in an #N/A error.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the value or expression to be be returned if it does not equal or result in an #N/A error.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id31528842 help.text]
note: CM9Ds
en: <emph>Alternate_value</emph> is the value or expression to be returned if the expression or value of <emph>Value</emph> is equal or results in an #N/A error.
en_GB: <emph>Alternate_value</emph> is the value or expression to be be returned if the expression or value of <emph>Value</emph> does equal or result in an #N/A error.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3149426 help.text]
note: fAgB3
en: <bookmark_value>ISTEXT function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell contents;text</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISTEXT function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell content;text</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3145368 help.text]
note: tkiro
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTTEXT">Returns TRUE if the cell contents refer to text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTTEXT">Returns TRUE if the cell content is, or refers to, a text string.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3151375 help.text]
note: ScQLv
en: ISODD(value)
en_GB: ISODD(Value)

[ctx: 04060104.xhp bm_id3148688 help.text]
note: 42hVr
en: <bookmark_value>ISNUMBER function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell contents;numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>ISNUMBER function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cell content;numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154618 help.text]
note: hYfMi
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTZAHL">Returns TRUE if the value refers to a number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ISTZAHL">Returns TRUE if the cell content is, or refers to, a number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154670 help.text]
note: AaBho
en: <item type="input">=N("abc")</item> returns 0
en_GB: <item type="input">=N("abc") </item>returns 0

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3153196 help.text]
note: vL4Bk
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZELLE">Returns information on address, formatting or contents of a cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZELLE">Returns information on address, formatting or content of a cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154716 help.text]
note: wjBKt
en: <emph>InfoType</emph> is the character string that specifies the type of information. The character string is always in English. Upper or lower case is optional.
en_GB: <emph>InfoType</emph> is the text string that specifies the type of information. The text string is always in English. Upper- or lower-case is optional.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3149169 help.text]
note: bPZDC
en: <item type="input">=CELL("Sheet";Sheet3.D2)</item> returns 3.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CELL("Sheet"; Sheet3.D2)</item> returns 3.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3159198 help.text]
note: wPMW4
en: <item type="input">=CELL("ADDRESS";Sheet3.D2)</item> returns $Sheet3.$D$2.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CELL("ADDRESS"; Sheet3.D2)</item> returns $Sheet3.$D$2.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3155344 help.text]
note: umGSc
en: Returns the type of cell contents.
en_GB: Returns the type of cell content.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3154920 help.text]
note: jwaDG
en: Returns the width of the referenced column. The unit is the number of zeros (0) that fit into the column in the default text and the default size.
en_GB: Returns the width of the referenced column. The unit is the number of zeros (0) that fit into the column in the default text with the default size.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3149038 help.text]
note: ffq7b
en: ^ = centered
en_GB: ^ = centred

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3150220 help.text]
note: PjRCh
en: Returns a character string that indicates the number format.
en_GB: Returns a text string that indicates the number format.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3153375 help.text]
note: 2VcnA
en: - (Minus) at the end = negative numbers are formatted in color
en_GB: - (Minus) at the end = negative numbers are formatted in colour

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3152922 help.text]
note: PWRH8
en: Returns 1, if negative values have been formatted in color, otherwise 0.
en_GB: Returns 1, if negative values have been formatted in colour, otherwise 0.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3156072 help.text]
note: a4fCE
en: Returns 1 if the format code contains an opening bracket (, otherwise 0.
en_GB: Returns 1 if the format code contains an opening round bracket (, otherwise 0.

[ctx: 04060104.xhp par_id3156090 help.text]
note: LZnbE
en: <emph>Reference</emph> (list of options) is the position of the cell to be examined. If <emph>Reference</emph> is a range, the cell moves to the top left of the range. If <emph>Reference</emph> is missing, $[officename] Calc uses the position of the cell in which this formula is located. Microsoft Excel uses the reference of the cell in which the cursor is positioned.
en_GB: <emph>Reference</emph> (list of options) is the position of the cell to be examined. If <emph>Reference</emph> is a range, the cell moves to the top left of the range. If <emph>Reference</emph> is omitted, $[officename] Calc uses the position of the cell in which this formula is located. Microsoft Excel uses the reference of the cell in which the cursor is positioned.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp bm_id3153484 help.text]
note: TuHEK
en: <bookmark_value>logical functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; logical</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>functions; logical functions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>logical functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard; logical</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; logical functions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3153959 help.text]
note: WJGWL
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_UND">Returns TRUE if all arguments are TRUE.</ahelp> If one of the elements is FALSE, this function returns the FALSE value.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_UND">Returns TRUE if all arguments are TRUE.</ahelp> If one of the elements is FALSE, this function returns FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3153123 help.text]
note: 3exzA
en: The logical values of entries 12<13; 14>12, and 7<6 are to be checked:
en_GB: The logical values of entries 12<13; 14>12 and 7<6 are to be checked:

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3149946 help.text]
note: EuCHs
en: <item type="input">=AND (FALSE;TRUE)</item> returns FALSE.
en_GB: <item type="input">=AND(FALSE; TRUE)</item> returns FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3149890 help.text]
note: DC6FT
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FALSCH">Returns the logical value FALSE.</ahelp> The FALSE() function does not require any arguments, and always returns the logical value FALSE.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FALSCH">Returns the logical value FALSE.</ahelp> The FALSE() function does not require any arguments and always returns the logical value FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3150132 help.text]
note: JEAat
en: <item type="input">=NOT(A)</item>. If A=TRUE then NOT(A) will evaluate FALSE.
en_GB: <item type="input">=NOT(A)</item>. If A=TRUE then NOT(A) will return FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3156060 help.text]
note: m726z
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ODER">Returns TRUE if at least one argument is TRUE.</ahelp> This function returns the value FALSE, if all the arguments have the logical value FALSE.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ODER">Returns TRUE if at least one argument is TRUE.</ahelp> This function returns the value FALSE if all the arguments have the logical value FALSE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3154870 help.text]
note: oFKWj
en: The logical values of entries 12<11; 13>22, and 45=45 are to be checked.
en_GB: The logical values of entries 12<11; 13>22 and 45=45 are to be checked.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3158412 help.text]
note: ExAZa
en: <item type="input">=OR(FALSE;TRUE)</item> returns TRUE.
en_GB: <item type="input">=OR(FALSE; TRUE)</item> returns TRUE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3155985 help.text]
note: HfJge
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHR">The logical value is set to TRUE.</ahelp> The TRUE() function does not require any arguments, and always returns the logical value TRUE.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHR">The logical value is set to TRUE.</ahelp> The TRUE() function does not require any arguments and always returns the logical value TRUE.

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3083285 help.text]
note: umEDX
en: <item type="input">=AND(A;B)</item> returns FALSE
en_GB: <item type="input">=AND(A; B)</item> returns FALSE

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3083444 help.text]
note: vAGKt
en: <item type="input">=OR(A;B)</item> returns TRUE
en_GB: <item type="input">=OR(A; B)</item> returns TRUE

[ctx: 04060105.xhp par_id3154314 help.text]
note: BcGUg
en: <item type="input">=NOT(AND(A;B))</item> returns TRUE
en_GB: <item type="input">=NOT(AND(A; B))</item> returns TRUE

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3154943 help.text]
note: jjDha
en: <variable id="mathematiktext">This category contains the <emph>Mathematical</emph> functions for Calc.</variable> To open the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, choose <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="Insert - Function"><emph>Insert - Function</emph></link>.
en_GB: <variable id="mathematiktext">This category contains the <emph>Mathematical</emph> functions for Calc. </variable> To open the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, choose <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="Insert - Function"><emph>Insert - Function</emph></link>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3148438 help.text]
note: dVNFx
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the number whose absolute value is to be calculated. The absolute value of a number is its value without the +/- sign.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value whose absolute value is to be calculated. The absolute value of a number is its value without the +/- sign.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3145163 help.text]
note: SAD26
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCCOS">Returns the inverse trigonometric cosine of a number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCCOS">Returns the inverse trigonometric cosine (arc cosine) of a number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3159134 help.text]
note: 6MmkA
en: This function returns the inverse trigonometric cosine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose cosine is Number. The angle returned is between 0 and PI.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse trigonometric cosine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose cosine is Number. The angle returned is in the range 0.0 to +PI.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id6393932 help.text]
note: kCQGj
en: Number must be greater than or equal to 1.
en_GB: Number must be greater than or equal to +1.0.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3155818 help.text]
note: VGWou
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCCOT">Returns the inverse cotangent (the arccotangent) of the given number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCCOT">Returns the inverse trigonometric cotangent (arc cotangent) of the given number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3154948 help.text]
note: Y6Tnv
en: This function returns the inverse trigonometric cotangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose cotangent is Number. The angle returned is between 0 and PI.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse trigonometric cotangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose cotangent is Number. The angle returned is in the range 0.0 to +PI.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id5818659 help.text]
note: Dr5j2
en: An error results if Number is between -1 and 1 inclusive.
en_GB: An error results if Number is in the range -1.0 to +1.0 inclusive.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3156296 help.text]
note: JA9Fz
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCSIN">Returns the inverse trigonometric sine of a number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCSIN">Returns the inverse trigonometric sine (arc sine) of a number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3150964 help.text]
note: DqsfM
en: This function returns the inverse trigonometric sine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose sine is Number. The angle returned is between -PI/2 and +PI/2.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse trigonometric sine of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose sine is Number. The angle returned is in the range -PI/2 to +PI/2.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3149985 help.text]
note: 6PEyf
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCTAN">Returns the inverse trigonometric tangent of a number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARCTAN">Returns the inverse trigonometric tangent (arc tangent) of a number.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3147267 help.text]
note: AngFp
en: This function returns the inverse trigonometric tangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose tangent is Number. The angle returned is between -PI/2 and PI/2.
en_GB: This function returns the inverse trigonometric tangent of <emph>Number</emph>, that is the angle (in radians) whose tangent is Number. The angle returned is in the range -PI/2 to +PI/2.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3001800 help.text]
note: NBEVV
en: <emph>NumberX</emph> is the value of the x coordinate.
en_GB: <emph>NumberX</emph> is the value for the x-coordinate.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152798 help.text]
note: zoAbN
en: <emph>NumberY</emph> is the value of the y coordinate.
en_GB: <emph>NumberY</emph> is the value for the y-coordinate.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id9357280 help.text]
note: QHNfx
en: Number must obey the condition -1 < number < 1.
en_GB: Number must obey the condition -1.0 < Number < +1.0.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152952 help.text]
note: AG3DF
en: Returns Number!, the factorial of <emph>Number</emph>, calculated as 1*2*3*4* ... * Number.
en_GB: Returns Number!, the factorial of <emph>Number</emph>, calculated as 1 * 2 * 3 * 4 * ... * Number.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3147525 help.text]
note: Bu95p
en: <item type="input">=FACT(0)</item> returns 1.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FACT(0)</item> returns 1 (by definition).

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3156172 help.text]
note: JdDPP
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_KOMBINATIONEN">Returns the number of combinations for elements without repetition.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_KOMBINATIONEN">Returns the number of combinations for a given number of objects (without repetition).</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id1997131 help.text]
note: ZkcAF
en: COMBINA returns the number of unique ways to choose these items, where the order of choosing is irrelevant, and repetition of items is allowed. For example if there are 3 items A, B and C in a set, you can choose 2 items in 6 different ways, namely AA, AB, AC, BB, BC and CC.
en_GB: COMBINA returns the number of unique ways to choose these items, where the order of choosing is irrelevant, and repetition of items is allowed. For example if there are 3 items A, B and C in a set, you can choose 2 items in 6 different ways, namely AB, BA, AC, CA, BC and CB.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3148548 help.text]
note: SyxhC
en: The <emph>visible</emph> decimal places of the result are specified in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</link>.
en_GB: The <emph>visible</emph> decimal places of the result correspond to the number of decimal places specified in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060500.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Calculate</link>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152569 help.text]
note: grGeQ
en: <item type="input">=TRUNC(1.239;2)</item> returns 1.23. The 9 is lost.
en_GB: <item type="input">=TRUNC(1.239;2)</item> returns 1.23. The 9 is omitted.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id7050080 help.text]
note: DJRaY
en: <item type="input">=TRUNC(-1.234999;3)</item> returns -1.234. All the 9s are lost.
en_GB: <item type="input">=TRUNC(-1.234999;3)</item> returns -1.234. All the 9s are omitted.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3155297 help.text]
note: MCdjX
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the value whose natural logarithm is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value for which the natural logarithm is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144746 help.text]
note: Eiqiq
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the value whose logarithm is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value for which the logarithm is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3157790 help.text]
note: n5WEA
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_PI">Returns 3.14159265358979, the value of the mathematical constant PI to 14 decimal places.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_PI">Returns 3.14159265358979..., the value of the mathematical constant PI to 14 decimal places.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152370 help.text]
note: fdmnV
en: <item type="input">=PI()</item> returns 3.14159265358979.
en_GB: <item type="input">=PI()</item> returns 3.14159265358979... as a rounded value.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3159495 help.text]
note: eo9hr
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_POTENZ">Returns a number raised to another number.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_POTENZ">Returns the result of a number raised to a power.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3159526 help.text]
note: tfGiC
en: POWER(Base; Exponent)
en_GB: POWER(Base; Power) or Base ^ Power

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3159540 help.text]
note: mvLqV
en: Returns <emph>Base</emph> raised to the power of <emph>Exponent</emph>.
en_GB: Returns <emph>Base</emph> raised to the power of <emph>Power</emph>.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id9759514 help.text]
note: G5Ljj
en: <item type="literal">Base^Exponent</item>
en_GB: <item type="literal">Base^Power</item>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144357 help.text]
note: iCF77
en: <emph>M</emph> is the increment to increase N
en_GB: <emph>M</emph> is the increment by which to increase N

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3158276 help.text]
note: URQsi
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_REST">Returns the remainder when one integer is divided by another.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_REST">Returns the remainder after a number is divided by a divisor.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3158341 help.text]
note: BF5sT
en: This function is implemented as <item type="literal">Dividend - Divisor * INT(Dividend/Divisor)</item> , and this formula gives the result if the arguments are not integer.
en_GB: This function is implemented as <item type="literal">Dividend - Divisor * INT(Dividend/Divisor)</item> and this formula gives the result if the arguments are not integer.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144627 help.text]
note: FdxeA
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_QUOTIENT">Returns the integer part of a division operation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_QUOTIENT">Returns the integer result of a division operation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3144687 help.text]
note: t9grg
en: <item type="input">=QUOTIENT(11;3)</item> returns 3. The remainder of 2 is lost.
en_GB: <item type="input">=QUOTIENT(11;3)</item> returns 3. The remainder of 2 is omitted.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3158150 help.text]
note: dn5Gv
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_RUNDEN">Rounds a number to a certain number of decimal places.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_RUNDEN">Returns a number rounded to a certain number of decimal places.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3146020 help.text]
note: 8CrTA
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ABRUNDEN">Rounds a number down, toward zero, to a certain precision.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ABRUNDEN">Rounds a number down, towards zero, to a certain precision.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3163704 help.text]
note: VRBzD
en: If you enter the numbers <item type="input">2</item>; <item type="input">3 </item>and <item type="input">4</item> in the Number 1; 2 and 3 text boxes, 9 will be returned as the result.
en_GB: If you enter the numbers <item type="input">2</item>, <item type="input">3</item> and <item type="input">4</item> in the Number 1, 2 and 3 text boxes, 9 will be returned as the result.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3151740 help.text]
note: LV9X4
en: <item type="input">=SUM(A1;A3;B5)</item> calculates the sum of the three cells. <item type="input">=SUM (A1:E10)</item> calculates the sum of all cells in the A1 to E10 cell range.
en_GB: <item type="input">=SUM(A1;A3;B5)</item> calculates the sum of the three cells. <item type="input">=SUM(A1:E10)</item> calculates the sum of all cells in the A1 to E10 cell range.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3151774 help.text]
note: gxrst
en: Example assumption: You have entered invoices into a table. Column A contains the date value of the invoice, column B the amounts. You want to find a formula that you can use to return the total of all amounts only for a specific month, e.g. only the amount for the period >=2008-01-01 to <2008-02-01. The range with the date values covers A1:A40, the range containing the amounts to be totaled is B1:B40. C1 contains the start date, 2008<item type="input">-01-01</item>, of the invoices to be included and C2 the date, 2008<item type="input">-02-01</item>, that is no longer included.
en_GB: Example assumption: You have entered invoices into a table. Column A contains the date value of the invoice, column B the amounts. You want to find a formula that you can use to return the total of all amounts for only a specific month, e.g. only the amount for the period >=2008-01-01 to <2008-02-01. The range with the date values covers A1:A40, the range containing the amounts to be totalled is B1:B40. C1 contains the start date, <item type="input">2008-01-01</item>, of the invoices to be included and C2 the date, <item type="input">2008-02-01</item>, that is no longer included.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3151884 help.text]
note: 6TW2s
en: The formula is based on the fact that the result of a comparison is 1 if the criterion is met and 0 if it is not met. The individual comparison results will be treated as an array and used in matrix multiplication, and at the end the individual values will be totaled to give the result matrix.
en_GB: The formula is based on the fact that the result of a comparison is 1 if the criterion is met and 0 if it is not met. The individual comparison results will be treated as an array and used in matrix multiplication, and at the end the individual values will be totalled to give the result matrix.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152062 help.text]
note: DugcH
en: <emph>Criteria</emph> is the cell in which the search criterion is shown, or the search criterion itself. If the criteria is written into the formula, it has to be surrounded by double quotes.
en_GB: <emph>Criteria</emph> is a reference to a cell containing the search criterion, or the search criterion itself. If the criterion is written into the formula, it must be enclosed with double quotes.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id8347422 help.text]
note: 4qAB6
en: SUMIF supports the reference concatenation operator (~) only in the Criteria parameter, and only if the optional SumRange parameter is not given.
en_GB: SUMIF supports the reference concatenation operator (~) only in the Criteria parameter and only if the optional SumRange parameter is not given.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3152148 help.text]
note: uazzL
en: To sum up only negative numbers: <item type="input">=SUMIF(A1:A10;"<0")</item>
en_GB: To sum only negative numbers: <item type="input">=SUMIF(A1:A10;"<0")</item>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143606 help.text]
note: 4EoDE
en: <emph>Range</emph> is the range whose cells are included.
en_GB: <emph>Range</emph> is the range of cells included.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp bm_id3143672 help.text]
note: sSyEg
en: <bookmark_value>Euro; converting</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>EUROCONVERT function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Euro; converting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>EUROCONVERT function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143708 help.text]
note: cb4XC
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_UMRECHNEN">Converts between old European national currency and to and from Euros.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_UMRECHNEN">Converts between old European national currency and to and from euro.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143763 help.text]
note: 4KJUc
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the amount of the currency to be converted.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the amount in the currency to be converted.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143782 help.text]
note: NRLg7
en: <emph>From_currency</emph> and <emph>To_currency</emph> are the currency units to convert from and to respectively. These must be text, the official abbreviation for the currency (for example, "EUR"). The rates (shown per Euro) were set by the European Commission.
en_GB: <emph>From_currency</emph> and <emph>To_currency</emph> are the currency units to convert from and to respectively. These must be text, the official abbreviation for the currency (for example, "EUR"). The rates (shown per euro) were set by the European Commission.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143837 help.text]
note: F3QB8
en: <item type="input">=EUROCONVERT(100;"ATS";"EUR")</item> converts 100 Austrian Schillings into Euros.
en_GB: <item type="input">=EUROCONVERT(100;"ATS";"EUR")</item> converts 100 Austrian Schillings into euro.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3143853 help.text]
note: 55HyN
en: <item type="input">=EUROCONVERT(100;"EUR";"DEM")</item> converts 100 Euros into German Marks.
en_GB: <item type="input">=EUROCONVERT(100;"EUR";"DEM")</item> converts 100 euro into German Marks.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id0908200902475420 help.text]
note: 9f47w
en: At one time the list of conversion factors included the legacy European currencies and the Euro (see examples below). We suggest using the new function EUROCONVERT for converting these currencies.
en_GB: At one time the list of conversion factors included the legacy European currencies and the euro (see examples below). We suggest using the new function EUROCONVERT for converting these currencies.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164115 help.text]
note: QdGjV
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_VORZEICHEN">Returns the sign of a number. Returns 1 if the number is positive, -1 if negative and 0 if zero.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_VORZEICHEN">Returns the sign of a number. Returns +1 if the number is positive, -1 if negative and 0 if zero.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164164 help.text]
note: fCQTV
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the number whose sign is to be determined.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the number of which the sign is to be determined.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164654 help.text]
note: kMDdF
en: <item type="input">=SQRTPI(2)</item> returns the squareroot of (2PI), approximately 2.506628.
en_GB: <item type="input">=SQRTPI(2)</item> returns the square root of (2PI), approximately 2.506628.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id2091433 help.text]
note: BtCGn
en: To generate random numbers which never recalculate, copy cells containing this function, and use <item type="menuitem">Edit - Paste Special</item> (with <item type="menuitem">Paste All</item> and <item type="menuitem">Formulas</item> not marked and <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> marked).
en_GB: To generate random numbers which never recalculate, copy cells containing this function and use <item type="menuitem">Edit - Paste Special</item> (with <item type="menuitem">Paste All</item> and <item type="menuitem">Formulae</item> not marked and <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> marked).

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164785 help.text]
note: bfcug
en: <item type="input">=RANDBETWEEN(20;30)</item> returns an integer of between 20 and 30.
en_GB: <item type="input">=RANDBETWEEN(20;30)</item> returns an integer in the range 20 to 30.

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id3164829 help.text]
note: AXnAh
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZUFALLSZAHL">Returns a random number between 0 and 1.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZUFALLSZAHL">Returns a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060106.xhp par_id9569078 help.text]
note: BLkte
en: <item type="input">=RAND()</item> returns a random number between 0 and 1.
en_GB: <item type="input">=RAND()</item> returns a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp bm_id3147273 help.text]
note: U7gUU
en: <bookmark_value>matrices; functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard; arrays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>array formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inline array constants</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; arrays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; array functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; array formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; array formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting array ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; conditional calculations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>matrices; calculations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditional calculations with arrays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>implicit array handling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forced array handling</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>matrices; functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard; arrays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>array formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inline array constants</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; arrays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; array functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; array formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying; array formulae</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting array ranges</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>calculating; conditional calculations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>matrices; calculations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditional calculations with arrays</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>implicit array handling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forced array handling</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3155355 help.text]
note: EBQsz
en: A formula in which the individual values in a cell range are evaluated is referred to as an array formula. The difference between an array formula and other formulas is that the array formula deals with several values simultaneously instead of just one.
en_GB: A formula in which the individual values in a cell range are evaluated is referred to as an array formula. The difference between an array formula and other formulae is that the array formula deals with several values simultaneously instead of just one.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166456 help.text]
note: eFkfc
en: Comparison operators in an array formula treat empty cells in the same way as in a normal formula, that is, either as zero or as an empty string. For example, if cells A1 and A2 are empty the array formulas <item type="input">{=A1:A2=""}</item> and <item type="input">{=A1:A2=0}</item> will both return a 1 column 2 row array of cells containing TRUE.
en_GB: Comparison operators in an array formula treat empty cells in the same way as in a normal formula, that is, either as zero or as an empty string. For example, if cells A1 and A2 are empty the array formulae <item type="input">{=A1:A2=""}</item> and <item type="input">{=A1:A2=0}</item> will both return a 1 column 2 row array of cells containing TRUE.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3150713 help.text]
note: rDSKx
en: When do you use array formulas?
en_GB: When do you use array formulae?

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3149787 help.text]
note: ytL94
en: Use array formulas if you have to repeat calculations using different values. If you decide to change the calculation method later, you only have to update the array formula. To add an array formula, select the entire array range and then <link href="text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp" name="make the required change to the array formula">make the required change to the array formula</link>.
en_GB: Use array formulae if you have to repeat calculations using different values. If you decide to change the calculation method later, you only have to update the array formula. To add an array formula, select the entire array range and then <link href="text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp" name="make the required change to the array formula">make the required change to the array formula</link>.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3149798 help.text]
note: vRLSR
en: Array formulas are also a space saving option when several values must be calculated, since they are not very memory-intensive. In addition, arrays are an essential tool for carrying out complex calculations, because you can have several cell ranges included in your calculations. $[officename] has different math functions for arrays, such as the MMULT function for multiplying two arrays or the SUMPRODUCT function for calculating the scalar products of two arrays.
en_GB: Array formulae are also a space saving option when several values must be calculated, since they are not very memory-intensive. In addition, arrays are an essential tool for carrying out complex calculations, because you can have several cell ranges included in your calculations. $[officename] has different maths functions for arrays, such as the MMULT function for multiplying two arrays or the SUMPRODUCT function for calculating the scalar products of two arrays.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3155588 help.text]
note: BU7BQ
en: Using Array Formulas in $[officename] Calc
en_GB: Using Array Formulae in $[officename] Calc

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3152876 help.text]
note: zMZBQ
en: You can also create a "normal" formula in which the reference range, such as parameters, indicate an array formula. The result is obtained from the intersection of the reference range and the rows or columns in which the formula is found. If there is no intersection or if the range at the intersection covers several rows or columns, a #VALUE! error message appears. The following example illustrates this concept:
en_GB: You can also create a "normal" formula in which the reference range, such as parameters, indicate an array formula. The result is obtained from the intersection of the reference range and the rows or columns in which the formula is found. If there is no intersection or if the range at the intersection covers several rows or columns, a #VALUE! error message will appear. The following example illustrates this concept:

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3151271 help.text]
note: EcJu6
en: Creating Array Formulas
en_GB: Creating Array Formulae

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3151120 help.text]
note: iGmCa
en: Array formulas appear in braces in $[officename] Calc. You cannot create array formulas by manually entering the braces.
en_GB: Array formulae are displayed in braces { } in $[officename] Calc. You cannot create array formulae by manually entering the braces.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id8834803 help.text]
note: 2tDZj
en: Using Inline Array Constants in Formulas
en_GB: Using Inline Array Constants in Formulae

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id985747 help.text]
note: fuAHa
en: Calc supports inline matrix/array constants in formulas. An inline array is surrounded by curly braces '{' and '}'. Elements can be each a number (including negatives), a logical constant (TRUE, FALSE), or a literal string. Non-constant expressions are not allowed. Arrays can be entered with one or more rows, and one or more columns. All rows must consist of the same number of elements, all columns must consist of the same number of elements.
en_GB: Calc supports inline matrix/array constants in formulae. An inline array is enclosed with braces '{' and '}'. Elements can be each a number (including negatives), a logical constant (TRUE, FALSE), or a literal string. Non-constant expressions are not allowed. Arrays can be entered with one or more rows, and one or more columns. All rows must consist of the same number of elements, all columns must consist of the same number of elements.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id936613 help.text]
note: CYxYN
en: The column separator (separating elements in one row) and the row separator are language and locale dependent. But in this help content, the ';' semicolon and '|' pipe symbol are used to indicate the column and row separators, respectively. For example, in the English locale, the ',' comma is used as the column separator, while the ';' semicolon is used as the row separator.
en_GB: The column separator (separating elements in one row) and the row separator are language- and locale-dependent. But in this help content, the ';' semicolon and '|' pipe symbol are used to indicate the column and row separators, respectively. For example, in the English locale, the ',' comma is used as the column separator, while the ';' semicolon is used as the row separator.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3148660 help.text]
note: PDitA
en: Editing Array Formulas
en_GB: Editing Array Formulae

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3150628 help.text]
note: AKFjm
en: You can format the separate parts of an array. For example, you can change the font color. Select a cell range and then change the attribute you want.
en_GB: You can format the separate parts of an array. For example, you can change the font colour. Select a cell range and then change the attribute you want.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp hd_id3145608 help.text]
note: dEcVJ
en: Copying Array Formulas
en_GB: Copying Array Formulae

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3154352 help.text]
note: NCyy5
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the reference to the values to be counted.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of or reference to the set of values to be counted.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3148402 help.text]
note: b3WxQ
en: <emph>Classes</emph> represents the array of the limit values.
en_GB: <emph>Classes</emph> is the array of limit values.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3155904 help.text]
note: h7yjC
en: In the following table, column A lists unsorted measurement values. Column B contains the upper limit you entered for the classes into which you want to divide the data in column A. According to the limit entered in B1, the FREQUENCY function returns the number of measured values less than or equal to 5. As the limit in B2 is 10, the FREQUENCY function returns the second result as the number of measured values that are greater than 5 and less than or equal to 10. The text you entered in B6, ">25", is only for reference purposes.
en_GB: In the following table, column A lists unsorted measurement values. Column B contains the upper limit that you entered for the classes into which you want to divide the data in column A. According to the limit entered in B1, the FREQUENCY function returns the number of measured values less than or equal to 5. As the limit in B2 is 10, the FREQUENCY function returns the second result as the number of measured values that are greater than 5 and less than or equal to 10. The text that you entered in B6, ">25", is only for reference purposes.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3150312 help.text]
note: tVPA4
en: Select a single column range in which to enter the frequency according to the class limits. You must select one field more than the class ceiling. In this example, select the range C1:C6. Call up the FREQUENCY function in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. Select the <emph>Data</emph> range in (A1:A11), and then the <emph>Classes</emph> range in which you entered the class limits (B1:B6). Select the <emph>Array</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>. You will see the frequency count in the range C1:C6.
en_GB: Select a single column range in which to enter the frequency for values that are greater than the upper class limit. You must select one field more than the class ceiling. In this example, select the range C1:C6. Call up the FREQUENCY function in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. Select the <emph>Data</emph> range in (A1:A11), and then the <emph>Classes</emph> range in which you entered the class limits (B1:B6). Mark the <emph>Array</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>. You will see the frequency count in the range C1:C6.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3150290 help.text]
note: GEptz
en: <emph>Array</emph> represents a square array in which the determinants are defined.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> is a square array in which the determinants are defined.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3157849 help.text]
note: ajEGo
en: <emph>Array</emph> represents a square array that is to be inverted.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> is a square array that is to be inverted.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3153857 help.text]
note: FHbAX
en: <emph>Array</emph> represents the array in the spreadsheet that is to be transposed.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> is the array in the spreadsheet that is to be transposed.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3152853 help.text]
note: M2QFp
en: <emph>data_Y</emph> is a single row or column range specifying the y coordinates in a set of data points.
en_GB: <emph>Data_Y</emph> is a single row or column range specifying the y-coordinates in a set of data points.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3154428 help.text]
note: pKKLj
en: <emph>data_X</emph> is a corresponding single row or column range specifying the x coordinates. If <emph>data_X</emph> is omitted it defaults to <item type="literal">1, 2, 3, ..., n</item>. If there is more than one set of variables <emph>data_X</emph> may be a range with corresponding multiple rows or columns.
en_GB: <emph>Data_X</emph> is a corresponding single row or column range specifying the x-coordinates. If <emph>Data_X</emph> is omitted it defaults to <item type="literal">1, 2, 3, ..., n</item>. If there is more than one set of variables <emph>Data_X</emph> may be a range with corresponding multiple rows or columns.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id0811200804502119 help.text]
note: BWBpx
en: LINEST finds a straight line <item type="literal">y = a + bx</item> that best fits the data, using linear regression (the "least squares" method). With more than one set of variables the straight line is of the form <item type="literal">y = a + b1x1 + b2x2 ... + bnxn</item>.
en_GB: LINEST finds a straight line <item type="literal">y = a + bx</item> that best fits the data, using linear regression (the "least squares" method). With more than one set of variables the straight line is of the form <item type="literal">y = a + b1*x1 + b2*x2 ... + bn*xn</item>.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3154176 help.text]
note: 7ckGM
en: This function returns an array and is handled in the same way as the other array functions. Select a range for the answers and then the function. Select <emph>data_Y</emph>. If you want, you can enter other parameters. Select <emph>Array</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: This function returns an array and is handled in the same way as the other array functions. Select a range for the answers and then the function. Select <emph>Data_Y</emph>. If you want, you can enter other parameters. Select <emph>Array</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3155468 help.text]
note: 3ywaF
en: The results returned by the system (if <emph>stats</emph> = 0), will at least show the slope of the regression line and its intersection with the Y axis. If <emph>stats</emph> does not equal 0, other results are to be displayed.
en_GB: The results returned by the system (if <emph>Stats</emph> = 0), will at least show the slope of the regression line and its intersection with the y-axis. If <emph>Stats</emph> does not equal 0, other results are to be displayed.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3159483 help.text]
note: fiuYc
en: -<item type="input">3,48</item>
en_GB: <item type="input">-3,48</item>

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3144687 help.text]
note: cGjuz
en: Column A contains several X1 values, column B several X2 values and column C the Y values. You have already entered these values in your spreadsheet. You have now set up E2:G6 in the spreadsheet and activated the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. For the LINEST function to work, you must have marked the <emph>Array</emph> check box in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. Next, select the following values in the spreadsheet (or enter them using the keyboard):
en_GB: Column A contains several X1 values, column B several X2 values and column C the y-values. You have already entered these values in your spreadsheet. You have now set up E2:G6 in the spreadsheet and activated the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. For the LINEST function to work, you must have marked the <emph>Array</emph> check box in the <emph>Function Wizard</emph>. Next, select the following values in the spreadsheet (or enter them using the keyboard):

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158020 help.text]
note: KgyyZ
en: <emph>data_Y</emph> is C2:C8
en_GB: <emph>Data_Y</emph> is C2:C8

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158039 help.text]
note: 8CjXP
en: <emph>data_X</emph> is A2:B8
en_GB: <emph>Data_X</emph> is A2:B8

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158058 help.text]
note: thfEv
en: <emph>linearType</emph> and <emph>stats</emph> are both set to 1.
en_GB: <emph>LinearType</emph> and <emph>Stats</emph> are both set to 1.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158146 help.text]
note: 7D7bJ
en: E2 and F2: Slope m of the regression line y=b+m*x for the x1 and x2 values. The values are given in reverse order; that is, the slope for x2 in E2 and the slope for x1 in F2.
en_GB: E2 and F2: Slope m of the regression line y = b + m*x for the x1 and x2 values. The values are given in reverse order; that is, the slope for x2 in E2 and the slope for x1 in F2.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3158184 help.text]
note: 4Fhak
en: G2: Intersection b with the y axis.
en_GB: G2: Intersection b with the y-axis.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3145880 help.text]
note: WZ6Hb
en: F4: The standard error of the regression calculated for the Y value.
en_GB: F4: The standard error of the regression calculated for the y-value.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3145937 help.text]
note: jx7yp
en: E6: The sum of the squared deviation of the estimated Y values from their linear mean.
en_GB: E6: The sum of the squared deviation of the estimated y-values from their linear mean.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3145952 help.text]
note: EGBLt
en: F6: The sum of the squared deviation of the estimated Y value from the given Y values.
en_GB: F6: The sum of the squared deviation of the estimated y-value from the given y-values.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163137 help.text]
note: 8jgzC
en: <emph>DataY</emph> represents the Y Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the y-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163155 help.text]
note: NHd3Q
en: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) represents the X Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) is the x-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163174 help.text]
note: AF5ez
en: <emph>FunctionType</emph> (optional). If Function_Type = 0, functions in the form y = m^x will be calculated. Otherwise, y = b*m^x functions will be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>FunctionType</emph> (optional). If FunctionType = 0, functions of the form y = m^x will be calculated. Otherwise, y = b*m^x functions will be calculated.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3144916 help.text]
note: ChfSA
en: <emph>ArrayX</emph> represents the first array whose elements are to be squared and added.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayX</emph> is the first array whose elements are to be squared and added.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3144936 help.text]
note: Rcya8
en: <emph>ArrayY</emph> represents the second array whose elements are to be squared and subtracted.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayY</emph> is the second array whose elements are to be squared and subtracted.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163417 help.text]
note: T2CCC
en: <emph>ArrayX</emph> represents the first array whose elements are to be squared and added.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayX</emph> is the first array whose elements are to be squared and added.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163437 help.text]
note: Dqpab
en: <emph>ArrayY</emph> represents the second array, whose elements are to be squared and added.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayY</emph> is the second array, whose elements are to be squared and added.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163601 help.text]
note: 3BKpm
en: <emph>ArrayX</emph> represents the first array whose elements are to be subtracted and squared.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayX</emph> is the first array whose elements are to be subtracted and squared.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3163621 help.text]
note: pyDnE
en: <emph>ArrayY</emph> represents the second array, whose elements are to be subtracted and squared.
en_GB: <emph>ArrayY</emph> is the second array, whose elements are to be subtracted and squared.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166137 help.text]
note: qeK4r
en: <emph>DataY</emph> represents the Y Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the y-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166156 help.text]
note: LGjJL
en: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) represents the X Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) is the x-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166176 help.text]
note: PzdoS
en: <emph>NewDataX</emph> (optional) represents the array of the X data, which are used for recalculating values.
en_GB: <emph>NewDataX</emph> (optional) is the array of the x-data, which are used for recalculating values.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166392 help.text]
note: CA3qD
en: <emph>DataY</emph> represents the Y Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the y-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3166411 help.text]
note: 64L8f
en: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) represents the X Data array.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> (optional) is the x-data array.

[ctx: 04060107.xhp par_id3173797 help.text]
note: eabdW
en: <emph>NewDataX</emph> (optional) represents the X data array, in which the values are recalculated.
en_GB: <emph>NewDataX</emph> (optional) is the x-data array for which the values are recalculated.

[ctx: 04060108.xhp par_id3153551 help.text]
note: PeXDp
en: x value
en_GB: x-value

[ctx: 04060108.xhp par_id3147536 help.text]
note: b9ACz
en: y value
en_GB: y-value

[ctx: 04060109.xhp bm_id3148522 help.text]
note: WoHfE
en: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Function Wizard; spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>functions; spreadsheets</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>spreadsheets; functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Function Wizard; spreadsheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>functions; spreadsheets</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3155762 help.text]
note: EDZCM
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ADRESSE">Returns a cell address (reference) as text, according to the specified row and column numbers.</ahelp> You can determine whether the address is interpreted as an absolute address (for example, $A$1) or as a relative address (as A1) or in a mixed form (A$1 or $A1). You can also specify the name of the sheet.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ADRESSE">Returns a cell address (reference) as a text string, according to the specified row and column numbers.</ahelp> You can determine whether the address is interpreted as an absolute address (for example, $A$1) or as a relative address (as A1) or in a mixed form (A$1 or $A1). You can also specify the name of the sheet.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3147505 help.text]
note: FyoLc
en: <emph>Row</emph> represents the row number for the cell reference
en_GB: <emph>Row</emph> is the row number for the cell reference

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3145323 help.text]
note: AEorU
en: <emph>Column</emph> represents the column number for the cell reference (the number, not the letter)
en_GB: <emph>Column</emph> is the column number for the cell reference (the number, not the letter)

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3153962 help.text]
note: R2QXf
en: <emph>Sheet</emph> represents the name of the sheet. It must be placed in double quotes.
en_GB: <emph>Sheet</emph> is the name of the sheet. It must be placed in double quotes.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id061020090307073 help.text]
note: cvDFN
en: The function expects a single argument. If you state multiple ranges, you must enclose them into additional parentheses. Multiple ranges can be entered using the semicolon (;) as divider, but this gets automatically converted to the tilde (~) operator. The tilde is used to join ranges.
en_GB: The function expects a single argument. If you state multiple ranges, you must enclose them within additional parentheses (round brackets). Multiple ranges can be entered using the semicolon (;) as divider, but this gets automatically converted to the tilde (~) operator. The tilde is used to join ranges.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3153118 help.text]
note: fJLtE
en: Reference represents the reference to a cell or cell range.
en_GB: Reference is the reference to a cell or cell range.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3153775 help.text]
note: PEbpW
en: Data are retrieved as text; no conversion to numbers
en_GB: Data are retrieved as text strings; no conversion to numbers

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3150268 help.text]
note: pe6Sh
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_INDEX">INDEX returns a sub range, specified by row and column number, or an optional range index. Depending on context, INDEX returns a reference or content.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_INDEX">INDEX returns a subrange, specified by row and column number or an optional range name. Depending on context, INDEX returns a reference or content.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3153260 help.text]
note: Btvgz
en: <emph>Reference</emph> is a reference, entered either directly or by specifying a range name. If the reference consists of multiple ranges, you must enclose the reference or range name in parentheses.
en_GB: <emph>Reference</emph> is a reference, entered either directly or by specifying a range name. If the reference consists of multiple ranges, you must enclose the reference or range name in parentheses (round brackets).

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3145302 help.text]
note: UzYef
en: <emph>Row</emph> (optional) represents the row index of the reference range, for which to return a value. In case of zero (no specific row) all referenced rows are returned.
en_GB: <emph>Row</emph> (optional) is the row index of the reference range for which to return a value. In the case of zero (no specific row) all referenced rows are returned.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3154628 help.text]
note: jG6E9
en: <emph>Column</emph> (optional) represents the column index of the reference range, for which to return a value. In case of zero (no specific column) all referenced columns are returned.
en_GB: <emph>Column</emph> (optional) is the column index of the reference range for which to return a value. In the case of zero (no specific column) all referenced columns are returned.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3155514 help.text]
note: gAgMJ
en: <emph>Range</emph> (optional) represents the index of the subrange if referring to a multiple range.
en_GB: <emph>Range</emph> (optional) is the index of the subrange if referring to a multiple range.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id9272133 help.text]
note: DoWcg
en: <item type="input">=INDEX(A1:B6;0;1)</item> returns a reference to the first column of A1:B6.
en_GB: <item type="input">=INDEX(A1:B6;0;1 )</item> returns a reference to the first column of A1:B6.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3148595 help.text]
note: igC59
en: <item type="input">=INDEX(A1:B6;1;1)</item> indicates the value in the upper-left of the A1:B6 range.
en_GB: <item type="input">=INDEX(A1:B6;  1;1)</item> indicates the value in the upper-left of the A1:B6 range.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3154317 help.text]
note: cZG9F
en: <emph>Ref</emph> represents a reference to a cell or an area (in text form) for which to return the contents.
en_GB: <emph>Reference</emph> is a reference to a cell or an area (in text form) for which to return the contents.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3083286 help.text]
note: UbprA
en: <item type="input">=SUM(INDIRECT("a1:" & ADDRESS(1;3)))</item> totals the cells in the area of A1 up to the cell with the address defined by row 1 and column 3. This means that area A1:C1 is totaled.
en_GB: <item type="input">=SUM(INDIRECT("a1:" & ADDRESS(1;3)))</item> totals the cells in the area of A1 up to the cell whose address is defined by row 1 and column 3. Thhis means that area A1:C1 is totalled.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp bm_id3153152 help.text]
note: G5anB
en: <bookmark_value>vertical search function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>VLOOKUP function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>vertical search function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>VLOOKUP function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3154129 help.text]
note: fJQRf
en: You want to enter the number of a dish on the menu in cell A1, and the name of the dish is to appear as text in the neighboring cell (B1) immediately. The Number to Name assignment is contained in the D1:E100 array. D1 contains <item type="input">100</item>, E1 contains the name <item type="input">Vegetable Soup</item>, and so forth, for 100 menu items. The numbers in column D are sorted in ascending order; thus, the optional <item type="literal">Sorted</item> parameter is not necessary.
en_GB: You want to enter the number of a dish on the menu in cell A1, and the name of the dish is to appear as text in the neighbouring cell (B1) immediately. The Number to Name assignment is contained in the D1:E100 array. D1 contains <item type="input">100</item>, E1 contains the name <item type="input">Vegetable Soup</item>, and so forth, for 100 menu items. The numbers in column D are sorted in ascending order; thus, the optional <item type="literal">Sorted</item> parameter is not necessary.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3149200 help.text]
note: oY9FV
en: As soon as you enter a number in A1 B1 will show the corresponding text contained in the second column of reference D1:E100. Entering a nonexistent number displays the text with the next number down. To prevent this, enter FALSE as the last parameter in the formula so that an error message is generated when a nonexistent number is entered.
en_GB: As soon as you enter a number in A1 B1 will show the corresponding text contained in the second column of reference D1:E100. Entering a non-existent number displays the text with the next number down. To prevent this, enter FALSE as the last parameter in the formula so that an error message is generated when a non-existent number is entered.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp bm_id3153905 help.text]
note: BPHvz
en: <bookmark_value>sheet numbers; looking up</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>SHEET function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>sheet numbers; looking up</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>SHEET function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp bm_id3148829 help.text]
note: 7ZBfD
en: <bookmark_value>number of sheets; function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>SHEETS function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>number of sheets; function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>SHEETS function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3147239 help.text]
note: Z4dMn
en: <emph>Type</emph> may take the values 1, 0, or -1. If Type = 1 or if this optional parameter is missing, it is assumed that the first column of the search array is sorted in ascending order. If Type = -1 it is assumed that the column in sorted in descending order. This corresponds to the same function in Microsoft Excel.
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> may take the values 1, 0, or -1. If Type = 1 or if this optional parameter is omitted, it is assumed that the first column of the search array is sorted in ascending order. If Type = -1 it is assumed that the column is sorted in descending order. This corresponds to the same function in Microsoft Excel.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3147528 help.text]
note: kxGzq
en: If Type = 1 or the third parameter is missing, the index of the last value that is smaller or equal to the search criterion is returned. This applies even when the search array is not sorted. For Type = -1, the first value that is larger or equal is returned.
en_GB: If Type = 1 or the third parameter is omitted, the index of the last value that is smaller than or equal to the search criterion is returned. This applies even when the search array is not sorted. For Type = -1, the index of the first value that is larger than or equal is returned.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3152360 help.text]
note: 3Q5gL
en: <emph>Reference</emph> is the reference from which the function searches for the new reference.
en_GB: <emph>Reference</emph> is the cell from which the function searches for the new reference.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3149809 help.text]
note: 36TJv
en: <item type="input">=LOOKUP(A1;D1:D100;F1:F100)</item> searches the corresponding cell in range D1:D100 for the number you entered in A1. For the instance found, the index is determined, for example, the 12th cell in this range. Then, the contents of the 12th cell are returned as the value of the function (in the result vector).
en_GB: <item type="input">=LOOKUP(A1;D1:D100;F1:F100)</item> searches the corresponding cell in range D1:D100 for the number that you entered in A1. For the instance found, the index is determined, for example, the 12th cell in this range. Then, the contents of the 12th cell is returned as the value of the function (in the result vector).

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3150826 help.text]
note: mKer9
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_VORLAGE">Applies a style to the cell containing the formula.</ahelp> After a set amount of time, another style can be applied. This function always returns the value 0, allowing you to add it to another function without changing the value. Together with the CURRENT function you can apply a color to a cell depending on the value. For example: =...+STYLE(IF(CURRENT()>3;"red";"green")) applies the style "red" to the cell if the value is greater than 3, otherwise the style "green" is applied. Both cell formats, "red" and "green" have to be defined beforehand.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_VORLAGE">Applies a style to the cell containing the formula.</ahelp> After a set amount of time, another style can be applied. This function always returns the value 0, allowing you to add it to another function without changing the value. Together with the CURRENT function you can apply a colour to a cell depending on the value. For example: =...+STYLE(IF(CURRENT()>3;"red";"green")) applies the style "red" to the cell if the value is greater than 3, otherwise the style "green" is applied. Both cell formats, "red" and "green" have to be defined beforehand.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3156149 help.text]
note: 4QYLv
en: <emph>Time</emph> is an optional time range in seconds. If this parameter is missing the style will not be changed after a certain amount of time has passed.
en_GB: <emph>Time</emph> is an optional time range in seconds. If this parameter is omitted the style will not be changed after a certain amount of time has passed.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3149520 help.text]
note: qsWTK
en: <emph>Style2</emph> is the optional name of a cell style assigned to the cell after a certain amount of time has passed. If this parameter is missing "Default" is assumed.
en_GB: <emph>Style2</emph> is the optional name of a cell style assigned to the cell after a certain amount of time has passed. If this parameter is omitted "Default" is assumed.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3143270 help.text]
note: ynNz9
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHL">Uses an index to return a value from a list of up to 30 values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WAHL">Uses an index to return a value from a list of 1 to 30 values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3144755 help.text]
note: CNK7e
en: <emph>Index</emph> is a reference or number between 1 and 30 indicating which value is to be taken from the list.
en_GB: <emph>Index</emph> is a reference or number in the range 1 to 30 indicating which value is to be taken from the list.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3148688 help.text]
note: XtZrs
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WVERWEIS">Searches for a value and reference to the cells below the selected area.</ahelp> This function verifies if the first row of an array contains a certain value. The function returns then the value in a row of the array, named in the <emph>Index</emph>, in the same column.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WVERWEIS">Searches for a value and reference to the cells below the selected area.</ahelp> This function tests whether the first row of an array contains a certain value. The function returns the value in a row of the array, named in the <emph>Index</emph>, in the same column.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3155942 help.text]
note: SDyoR
en: <emph>Array</emph> is the reference or named area whose total number of rows is to be determined.
en_GB: <emph>Array</emph> is the reference or named area for which the total number of rows is to be determined.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id3154725 help.text]
note: vLpxF
en: <item type="input">=Rows(B5)</item> returns 1 because a cell only contains one row.
en_GB: <item type="input">=ROWS(B5)</item> returns 1 because a cell only contains one row.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_idN11811 help.text]
note: UbAEY
en: <emph>URL</emph> specifies the link target. The optional <emph>CellText</emph> parameter is the text or a number that is displayed in the cell and will be returned as the result. If the <emph>CellText</emph> parameter is not specified, the <emph>URL</emph> is displayed in the cell text and will be returned as the result.
en_GB: <emph>URL</emph> specifies the link target. The optional <emph>CellText</emph> parameter is the text string that is displayed in the cell and will be returned as the result of the function. If the <emph>CellText</emph> parameter is omitted, the <emph>URL</emph> is displayed in the cell text and will be returned as the result of the function.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_idN1182D help.text]
note: GFCwJ
en: <item type="input">=HYPERLINK($B4)</item> where cell B4 contains <item type="input">http://www.example.org</item>. The function adds http://www.example.org to the URL of the hyperlink cell and returns the same text which is used as formula result.
en_GB: <item type="input">=HYPERLINK($B4)</item> where cell B4 contains <item type="input">http://www.example.org</item>. The function adds "http://www.example.org" to the URL of the hyperlink cell and returns the same text string, which is used as the formula result.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_idN11830 help.text]
note: viZae
en: <item type="input">=HYPERLINK("http://www.";"Click ") & "example.org"</item> displays the text Click example.org in the cell and executes the hyperlink http://www.example.org when clicked.
en_GB: <item type="input">=HYPERLINK("http://www.";"Click ") & "example.org"</item> displays the text "Click example.org" in the cell and executes the hyperlink http://www.example.org when clicked.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id6454969 help.text]
note: swvQC
en: If the pivot table contains only a single result value that fulfills all of the constraints, or a subtotal result that summarizes all matching values, that result is returned. If there is no matching result, or several ones without a subtotal for them, an error is returned. These conditions apply to results that are included in the pivot table.
en_GB: If the pivot table contains only a single result value that fulfils all of the constraints, or a subtotal result that summarises all matching values, that result is returned. If there is no matching result, or several ones without a subtotal for them, an error is returned. These conditions apply to results that are included in the pivot table.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id7928708 help.text]
note: Cpvct
en: If no constraint for a page field is given, the field's selected value is implicitly used. If a constraint for a page field is given, it must match the field's selected value, or an error is returned. Page fields are the fields at the top left of a pivot table, populated using the "Page Fields" area of the pivot table layout dialog. From each page field, an item (value) can be selected, which means only that item is included in the calculation.
en_GB: If no constraint for a page field is given, the field's selected value is implicitly used. If a constraint for a page field is given, it must match the field's selected value, or an error is returned. Page fields are the fields at the top left of a pivot table, populated using the "Page Fields" area of the pivot table layout dialogue box. From each page field, an item (value) can be selected, which means only that item is included in the calculation.

[ctx: 04060109.xhp par_id5616626 help.text]
note: GUofE
en: <emph>Constraints</emph> is a space-separated list. Entries can be quoted (single quotes). The whole string must be enclosed in quotes (double quotes), unless you reference the string from another cell.
en_GB: <emph>Constraints</emph> is a space-separated list. Entries can be quoted (single quotes). The whole string must be enclosed by quotes (double quotes), unless you reference the string from another cell.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153558 help.text]
note: 6Kjyp
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARABISCH">Calculates the value of a Roman number. The value range must be between 0 and 3999.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ARABISCH">Calculates the value of a Roman number. The value must be in the range 0 to 3999.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3151193 help.text]
note: AQA5o
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text that represents a Roman number.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string that represents a Roman number.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id2949919 help.text]
note: V8Nfv
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text that contains characters to be converted.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string that contains characters to be converted.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153289 help.text]
note: QtLKF
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BASIS">Converts a positive integer to a specified base into a text from the <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#zahlensystem" name="numbering system">numbering system</link>.</ahelp> The digits 0-9 and the letters A-Z are used.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BASIS">Converts a positive integer to a specified base into a text string from the <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#zahlensystem" name="numbering system">numbering system</link>.</ahelp> The digits 0-9 and the letters A-Z are used.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3159262 help.text]
note: qhFBF
en: <emph>Radix</emph> indicates the base of the number system. It may be any positive integer between 2 and 36.
en_GB: <emph>Radix</emph> indicates the base of the number system. It may be any positive integer in the range 2 to 36.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3155906 help.text]
note: ZovFW
en: <emph>Number</emph> is a number between 1 and 255 representing the code value for the character.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is a number in the range 1 to 255 representing the code value for the character.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154383 help.text]
note: cBHSB
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text for which the code of the first character is to be found.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string for which the code of the first character is to be found.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3156361 help.text]
note: CeS5L
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DEZIMAL">Converts text with characters from a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#zahlensystem" name="number system">number system</link> to a positive integer in the base radix given.</ahelp> The radix must be in the range 2 to 36. Spaces and tabs are ignored. The <emph>Text</emph> field is not case-sensitive.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_DEZIMAL">Converts a text string with characters from a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#zahlensystem" name="number system">number system</link> to a positive integer in the base radix given.</ahelp> The radix must be in the range 2 to 36. Spaces and tabs are ignored. The <emph>Text</emph> field is not case-sensitive.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3150128 help.text]
note: LczG9
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text to be converted. To differentiate between a hexadecimal number, such as A1 and the reference to cell A1, you must place the number in quotation marks, for example, "A1" or "FACE".
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string to be converted. To differentiate between a hexadecimal number, such as A1 and the reference to cell A1, you must place the number in quotation marks, for example, "A1" or "FACE".

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3145241 help.text]
note: wcsHq
en: <emph>Radix</emph> indicates the base of the number system. It may be any positive integer between 2 and 36.
en_GB: <emph>Radix</emph> indicates the base of the number system. It may be any positive integer in the range 2 to 36.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153546 help.text]
note: JFmwv
en: <item type="input">=DOLLAR(255)</item> returns $255.00.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DOLLAR(255)</item> returns £255.00.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154635 help.text]
note: 2beTG
en: <item type="input">=DOLLAR(367.456;2)</item> returns $367.46. Use the decimal separator that corresponds to the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="current locale setting">current locale setting</link>.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DOLLAR(367.456;2)</item> returns £367.46. Uses the currency symbol and decimal separator that correspond to the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="current locale setting">current locale setting</link>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3150608 help.text]
note: 3HU9t
en: <emph>FindText</emph> refers to the text to be found.
en_GB: <emph>FindText</emph> refers to the text string to be found.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3152374 help.text]
note: nFBy9
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text where the search takes place.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string in which the search takes place.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3152475 help.text]
note: WRCZx
en: <emph>Position</emph> (optional) is the position in the text from which the search starts.
en_GB: <emph>Position</emph> (optional) is the position in the text string from which the search starts.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3155833 help.text]
note: KsG3t
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FEST">Returns a number as text with a specified number of decimal places and optional thousands separators.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FEST">Returns a number as a text string with a specified number of decimal places and optional thousands separators.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3150877 help.text]
note: HQVFQ
en: <emph>NoThousandsSeparators</emph> (optional) determines whether the thousands separator is used. If the parameter is a number not equal to 0, the thousands separator is suppressed. If the parameter is equal to 0 or if it is missing altogether, the thousands separators of your <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="current locale setting">current locale setting</link> are displayed.
en_GB: <emph>NoThousandsSeparators</emph> (optional) determines whether the thousands separator is used. If the parameter is a number not equal to 0, the thousands separator is suppressed. If the parameter is equal to 0 or if it is omitted, the thousands separators of your <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp" name="current locale setting">current locale setting</link> are displayed.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id5292519 help.text]
note: y9PC3
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text that contains characters to be converted.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string that contains characters to be converted.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153622 help.text]
note: ViMFF
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LINKS">Returns the first character or characters of a text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LINKS">Returns the first character or characters of a text string.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3147274 help.text]
note: PGbwK
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text where the initial partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text for which the initial partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id2953622 help.text]
note: f3mWg
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LEFTB">Returns the first characters of a DBCS text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LEFTB">Returns the first characters of a DBCS text string.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id2947274 help.text]
note: e6CdQ
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text where the initial partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string where the initial partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3150147 help.text]
note: GfyM7
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LAENGE">Returns the length of a string including spaces.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LAENGE">Returns the length of a text string including spaces.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3152791 help.text]
note: 4fGYG
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_KLEIN">Converts all uppercase letters in a text string to lowercase.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_KLEIN">Converts all upper-case letters in a text string to lower-case.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153910 help.text]
note: HLPcG
en: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the text to be converted.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the text string to be converted.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154938 help.text]
note: ay3io
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TEIL">Returns a text string of a text. The parameters specify the starting position and the number of characters.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TEIL">Returns a segment of a text string. The parameters specify the starting position and the number of characters.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3149768 help.text]
note: UrzyX
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_GROSS2">Capitalizes the first letter in all words of a text string.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_GROSS2">Capitalises the first letter in all words of a text string.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3147509 help.text]
note: zHknA
en: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the text to be converted.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the text string to be converted.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3158426 help.text]
note: tHZtF
en: Any text containing numbers must be enclosed in quotation marks if you do not want it to be interpreted as a number and automatically converted to text.
en_GB: Any text containing numbers must be enclosed by quotation marks if you do not want it to be interpreted as a number and automatically converted to text.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154096 help.text]
note: KVDZE
en: <item type="input">=REPLACE("1234567";1;1;"444")</item> returns "444234567". One character at position 1 is replaced by the complete <item type="literal">NewText</item>.
en_GB: <item type="input">=REPLACE("1234567";1;1;"444")</item> returns the text string "444234567". One character at position 1 is replaced by the complete <item type="literal">NewText</item>.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153748 help.text]
note: qHEGP
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WIEDERHOLEN">Repeats a character string by the given <emph>number</emph> of copies.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_WIEDERHOLEN">Repeats a text string the given <emph>number</emph> of times.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154859 help.text]
note: WF33y
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text to be repeated.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string to be repeated.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3145375 help.text]
note: wzTSi
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_RECHTS">Returns the last character or characters of a text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_RECHTS">Returns the last character or characters of a text string.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153350 help.text]
note: KRpFB
en: <emph>Number</emph> (optional) is the number of characters from the right part of the text.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> (optional) is the number of characters from the right end of the text.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id2945375 help.text]
note: gvrHM
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_RIGHTB">Returns the last character or characters of a text with double bytes characters sets (DBCS).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_RIGHTB">Returns the last character or characters of a text string with double bytes characters sets (DBCS).</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id2949426 help.text]
note: jvjXS
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text of which the right part is to be determined.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string of which the right part is to be determined.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3151256 help.text]
note: r5V5K
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ROEMISCH">Converts a number into a Roman numeral. The value range must be between 0 and 3999, the modes can be integers from 0 to 4.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ROEMISCH">Converts a number into a Roman numeral. The value must be in the range 0 to 3999, the modes can be integers in the range 0 to 4.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3148412 help.text]
note: mtbzC
en: <item type="input">=ROMAN (999;1)</item> returns LMVLIV
en_GB: <item type="input">=ROMAN(999;1)</item> returns LMVLIV

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3146080 help.text]
note: yP57Q
en: <emph>FindText</emph> is the text to be searched for.
en_GB: <emph>FindText</emph> is the text string to be searched for.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154111 help.text]
note: LgGkp
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text where the search will take place.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string in which the search will take place.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3149559 help.text]
note: ZmSMv
en: <emph>Position</emph> (optional) is the position in the text where the search is to start.
en_GB: <emph>Position</emph> (optional) is the position in the text from which the search is to start.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153675 help.text]
note: tydqc
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text in which text segments are to be exchanged.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string in which text segments are to be exchanged.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3156155 help.text]
note: 4iEEp
en: <emph>SearchText </emph>is the text segment that is to be replaced (a number of times).
en_GB: <emph>SearchText</emph> is the text segment that is to be replaced (a number of times).

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3145779 help.text]
note: k2dEF
en: <emph>NewText</emph> is the text that is to replace the text segment.
en_GB: <emph>NewText</emph> is the text string that is to replace the text segment.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3150348 help.text]
note: F8Cqi
en: <emph>Occurrence</emph> (optional) indicates which occurrence of the search text is to be replaced. If this parameter is missing the search text is replaced throughout.
en_GB: <emph>Occurrence</emph> (optional) indicates which occurrence of the search text is to be replaced. If this parameter is omitted the search text is replaced throughout.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3154359 help.text]
note: 5kNii
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_T">This function returns the target text, or a blank text string if the target is not text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_T">This function returns the target text, or a blank text string if the target is not a text string.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3151062 help.text]
note: A5xGr
en: <item type="input">=T(12345)</item> returns an empty string.
en_GB: <item type="input">=T(12345)</item> returns an empty text string.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id4650105 help.text]
note: UCDuG
en: <item type="input">=T("12345")</item> returns the string 12345.
en_GB: <item type="input">=T("12345")</item> returns the text string 12345.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id9044770 help.text]
note: TMU3G
en: <item type="input">=TEXT(12.34567;"###.##")</item> returns the text 12.35
en_GB: <item type="input">=TEXT(12.34567;"###.##")</item> returns the text string 12.35

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3674123 help.text]
note: c7YfN
en: <item type="input">=TEXT(12.34567;"000.00")</item> returns the text 012.35
en_GB: <item type="input">=TEXT(12.34567;"000.00")</item> returns the text string 012.35

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3151362 help.text]
note: YprNs
en: <emph>Text</emph> refers to text in which spaces are to be removed.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the text string from which spaces are to be removed.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3162905 help.text]
note: oaPDP
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_GROSS">Converts the string specified in the <emph>text</emph> field to uppercase.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_GROSS">Converts the string specified in the <emph>Text</emph> field to upper-case.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3148496 help.text]
note: qnWaU
en: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the lower case letters you want to convert to upper case.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> refers to the lower-case letters you want to convert to upper-case.

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3146757 help.text]
note: gpyYF
en: <item type="input">=UPPER("Good Morning")</item> returns GOOD MORNING.
en_GB: <item type="input">=UPPER("Good Morning")</item> returns the text string GOOD MORNING

[ctx: 04060110.xhp par_id3153651 help.text]
note: iYHvi
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the text to be converted to a number.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string to be converted to a number.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3150786 help.text]
note: ZJXKa
en: =ISLEAPYEAR(A1) returns 1, if A1 contains 1968-02-29, the valid date 29th of February 1968 in your locale setting.
en_GB: =ISLEAPYEAR(A1) returns 1, if A1 contains 1968-02-29, the valid date 29th February 1968 in your locale setting.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_idN107EA help.text]
note: EDqrB
en: Never use =ISLEAPYEAR(2/29/68), because this would first evaluate 2 divided by 29 divided by 68, and then calculate the ISLEAPYEAR function from this small number as a serial date number.
en_GB: Never use =ISLEAPYEAR(29/02/68), because this would first evaluate 29 divided by 2 divided by 68, and then calculate the ISLEAPYEAR function from this small number as a serial date number.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3152893 help.text]
note: eBu53
en: <emph>Type</emph> calculates the type of difference. Possible values are 0 (interval) and 1 (in calendar years).
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> specifies the type of difference to calculate. Possible values are 0 (interval) and 1 (in calendar years).

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3150111 help.text]
note: 5HCGD
en: <emph>Type</emph> calculates the type of difference. Possible values include 0 (interval) and 1 (in calendar months).
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> specifies the type of difference to calculate. Possible values include 0 (interval) and 1 (in calendar months).

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3146781 help.text]
note: MPeWE
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_ROT13">Encrypts a character string by moving the characters 13 positions in the alphabet.</ahelp> After the letter Z, the alphabet begins again (Rotation). By applying the encryption function again to the resulting code, you can decrypt the text.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_ROT13">Encrypts a text string by moving the characters 13 positions in the alphabet.</ahelp> After the letter Z, the alphabet begins again (Rotation). By applying the encryption function again to the resulting code, you can decrypt the text.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3153249 help.text]
note: 5gMJ8
en: <emph>Text</emph> is the character string to be encrypted. ROT13(ROT13(Text)) decrypts the code.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph> is the text string to be encrypted. ROT13(ROT13(Text)) decrypts the code.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3143220 help.text]
note: cyjpz
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINYEAR">Calculates the number of days of the year in which the date entered occurs.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINYEAR">Calculates the number of days in the year in which the given date occurs.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3153803 help.text]
note: 68qrS
en: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the respective year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the desired year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3149316 help.text]
note: M8J3o
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINMONTH">Calculates the number of days of the month in which the date entered occurs.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_DAYSINMONTH">Calculates the number of days in the month in which the given date occurs.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3147501 help.text]
note: bgX8N
en: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the respective month of the desired year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the desired month of the desired year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3166467 help.text]
note: YHupv
en: <emph>Type</emph> calculates the type of difference. The possible values are 0 (interval) and 1 (in numbers of weeks).
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> specifies the type of difference to calculate. The possible values are 0 (interval) and 1 (in numbers of weeks).

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3147410 help.text]
note: Xs58F
en: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_WEEKSINYEAR">Calculates the number of weeks of the year in which the date entered occurs.</ahelp> The number of weeks is defined as follows: a week that spans two years is added to the year in which most days of that week occur.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_DAI_FUNC_WEEKSINYEAR">Calculates the number of weeks in the year in which the given date occurs.</ahelp> The number of weeks is defined as follows: a week that spans two years is added to the year in which most days of that week occur.

[ctx: 04060111.xhp par_id3149946 help.text]
note: wB2Qe
en: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the respective year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: <emph>Date</emph> is any date in the desired year. The Date parameter must be a valid date according to the locale settings of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3149211 help.text]
note: qyzrA
en: $[officename] searches the Add-in folder defined in the configuration for a suitable <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library</caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>. To be recognized by $[officename], the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library</caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline> must have certain properties, as explained in the following. This information allows you to program your own Add-In for <emph>Function Wizard</emph> of $[officename] Calc.
en_GB: $[officename] searches the Add-in folder defined in the configuration for a suitable <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library</caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline>. To be recognised by $[officename], the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">shared library</caseinline><defaultinline>DLL</defaultinline></switchinline> must have certain properties, as explained in the following. This information allows you to program your own Add-In for <emph>Function Wizard</emph> of $[officename] Calc.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3148604 help.text]
note: ECARD
en: Parameters are passed using references. Therefore, a change of these values is basically possible. However, this is not supported in $[officename] Calc because it does not make sense within spreadsheets.
en_GB: Parameters are passed using references. Therefore, changing these values is theoretically possible. However, this is not supported in $[officename] Calc because it does not make sense within spreadsheets.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3150112 help.text]
note: GFgFB
en: Libraries can be reloaded during runtime and their contents can be analyzed by the administrative functions. For each function, information is available about count and type of parameters, internal and external function names and an administrative number.
en_GB: Libraries can be reloaded during run-time and their contents can be analysed by the administrative functions. For each function, information is available about count and type of parameters, internal and external function names and an administrative number.

[ctx: 04060112.xhp par_id3152981 help.text]
note: Hs7Du
en: Returns the number of functions without the management functions of the reference parameter. Each function has a unique number between 0 and nCount-1. This number will be needed for the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp" name="GetFunctionData">GetFunctionData</link> and <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp" name="GetParameterDescription">GetParameterDescription</link> functions later.
en_GB: Returns the number of functions without the management functions of the reference parameter. Each function has a unique number in the range 0 to nCount-1. This number will be needed for the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp" name="GetFunctionData">GetFunctionData</link> and <link href="text/scalc/01/04060112.xhp" name="GetParameterDescription">GetParameterDescription</link> functions later.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3149686 help.text]
note: NAgHN
en: <item type="input">=BIN2HEX(1100100;6)</item> returns 000064.
en_GB: <item type="input">=BIN2HEX(1100100;6)</item> returns the text string 000064.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3155929 help.text]
note: Fx75T
en: <emph>Places</emph> means the number of places to be output.
en_GB: <emph>Places</emph> is the number of places to be output.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3153733 help.text]
note: jwtwa
en: <item type="input">=BIN2OCT(1100100;4)</item> returns 0144.
en_GB: <item type="input">=BIN2OCT(1100100;4)</item> returns the text string 0144.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp bm_id3150014 help.text]
note: 6Prkx
en: <bookmark_value>DELTA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognizing;equal numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DELTA function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>recognising;equal numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3149537 help.text]
note: 95P9e
en: <emph>Places</emph> means the number of places to be output.
en_GB: <emph>Places</emph> is the number of places to be output.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3150662 help.text]
note: EyQRG
en: <item type="input">=DEC2BIN(100;8)</item> returns 01100100.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DEC2BIN(100;8)</item> returns the text string 01100100.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3153221 help.text]
note: TKcz6
en: <emph>Places</emph> means the number of places to be output.
en_GB: <emph>Places</emph> is the number of places to be output.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3150476 help.text]
note: PZtxX
en: <item type="input">=DEC2HEX(100;4)</item> returns 0064.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DEC2HEX(100;4)</item> returns the text string 0064.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3152587 help.text]
note: tGXUB
en: <emph>Places</emph> means the number of places to be output.
en_GB: <emph>Places</emph> is the number of places to be output.

[ctx: 04060115.xhp par_id3154317 help.text]
note: feW6G
en: <item type="input">=DEC2OCT(100;4)</item> returns 0144.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DEC2OCT(100;4)</item> returns the text string 0144.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3145074 help.text]
note: iQYW6
en: <bookmark_value>imaginary numbers in analysis functions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>complex numbers in analysis functions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>imaginary numbers in analysis functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>complex numbers in analysis functions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3146942 help.text]
note: eSq58
en: IMDIV("Numerator"; "Denominator")
en_GB: IMDIV("ComplexNumerator"; "ComplexDenominator")

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3150741 help.text]
note: fNy9h
en: <emph>Numerator</emph>, <emph>Denominator</emph> are complex numbers that are entered in the form "x+yi" or "x+yj".
en_GB: <emph>ComplexNumerator</emph>, <emph>ComplexDenominator</emph> are complex numbers that are entered in the form "x+yi" or "x+yj".

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3144741 help.text]
note: MCPAH
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_IMEXP">The result is the power of e and the complex number.</ahelp> The constant e has a value of approximately 2.71828182845904.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_IMEXP">The result is the power of e to the complex number.</ahelp> The constant e has a value of approximately 2.71828182845904.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3149253 help.text]
note: AFJGa
en: <item type="input">=IMEXP("1+j") </item>returns 1.47+2.29j (rounded).
en_GB: <item type="input">=IMEXP("1+j")</item> returns 1.47+2.29j (rounded).

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3149135 help.text]
note: cYq6E
en: <emph>INum</emph> is the imaginary coefficient of the complex number.
en_GB: <emph>ImagNum</emph> is the imaginary coefficient of the complex number.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3155103 help.text]
note: gkMhR
en: <bookmark_value>OCT2BIN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into binary numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>OCT2BIN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into binary numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3147260 help.text]
note: haFmp
en: <item type="input">=OCT2BIN(3;3)</item> returns 011.
en_GB: <item type="input">=OCT2BIN(3;3)</item> returns the text string 011.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3152791 help.text]
note: EGVvV
en: <bookmark_value>OCT2DEC function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into decimal numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>OCT2DEC function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into decimal numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3154930 help.text]
note: ZGA97
en: <item type="input">=OCT2DEC(144)</item> returns 100.
en_GB: <item type="input">=OCT2DEC(144)</item> returns the text string 100.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3155391 help.text]
note: BhDCE
en: <bookmark_value>OCT2HEX function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into hexadecimal numbers</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>OCT2HEX function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;octal numbers, into hexadecimal numbers</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3148802 help.text]
note: 5GCtM
en: <item type="input">=OCT2HEX(144;4)</item> returns 0064.
en_GB: <item type="input">=OCT2HEX(144;4)</item> returns the text string 0064.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3154902 help.text]
note: AZ8gE
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_CONVERT">Converts a value from one unit of measure to the corresponding value in another unit of measure.</ahelp> Enter the units of measures directly as text in quotation marks or as a reference. If you enter the units of measure in cells, they must correspond exactly with the following list which is case sensitive: For example, in order to enter a lower case l (for liter) in a cell, enter the apostrophe ' immediately followed by l.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_CONVERT">Converts a value from one unit of measure to the corresponding value in another unit of measure.</ahelp> Enter the units of measures directly as text in quotation marks or as a reference. If you enter the units of measure in cells, they must correspond exactly with the following list which is case-sensitive: For example, in order to enter a lower-case l (for litre) in a cell, enter the apostrophe ' immediately followed by l.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3154834 help.text]
note: R3Ucn
en: <item type="input">=CONVERT(10;"km";"mi") </item>returns, rounded to two decimal places, 6.21. 10 kilometers equal 6.21 miles. The k is the permitted prefix character for the factor 10^3.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CONVERT(10;"km";"mi") </item>returns, rounded to two decimal places, 6.21. 10 kilometres equal 6.21 miles. The k is the permitted prefix character for the factor 10^3.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp bm_id3147096 help.text]
note: G7UNe
en: <bookmark_value>FACTDOUBLE function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>factorials;numbers with increments of two</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>FACTDOUBLE function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>factorials;numbers with increments of two</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id3158440 help.text]
note: xDdCW
en: Returns <emph>Number</emph>            <emph>!!</emph>, the double factorial of <emph>Number</emph>, where <emph>Number</emph> is an integer greater than or equal to zero.
en_GB: Returns <emph>Number</emph><emph>!!</emph>, the double factorial of <emph>Number</emph>, where <emph>Number</emph> is an integer greater than or equal to zero.

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id4181951 help.text]
note: RBRAf
en: 2*4*6*8* ... *n
en_GB: 2*4*6*8* ... *(n-2)*n

[ctx: 04060116.xhp par_id2107303 help.text]
note: kmuXq
en: 1*3*5*7* ... *n
en_GB: 1*3*5*7* ... *(n-2)*n

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3150539 help.text]
note: BDj64
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3148888 help.text]
note: jDLHR
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3149726 help.text]
note: A2eCP
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3152999 help.text]
note: zebpV
en: Settlement date: February 7 1999, maturity date: June 15 1999, last interest: October 15 1998. Interest rate: 3.75 per cent, yield: 4.05 per cent, redemption value: 100 currency units, frequency of payments: half-yearly = 2, basis: = 0
en_GB: Settlement date: 7th February 1999, maturity date: 15th June 1999, last interest: 15th October 1998. Interest rate: 3.75 per cent, yield: 4.05 per cent, redemption value: 100 currency units, frequency of payments: half-yearly = 2, basis: = 0

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3155622 help.text]
note: YpBEE
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3145350 help.text]
note: LkjYW
en: Settlement date: April 20 1999, maturity date: June 15 1999, last interest: October 15 1998. Interest rate: 3.75 per cent, price: 99.875 currency units, redemption value: 100 currency units, frequency of payments: half-yearly = 2, basis: = 0
en_GB: Settlement date: 20th April 1999, maturity date: 15th June 1999, last interest: 15th October 1998. Interest rate: 3.75 per cent, price: 99.875 currency units, redemption value: 100 currency units, frequency of payments: half-yearly = 2, basis: = 0

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3147536 help.text]
note: rDDFo
en: <emph>Factor</emph> (optional) is the depreciation factor. Factor = 2 is double rate depreciation.
en_GB: <emph>Factor</emph> (optional) is the depreciation factor. Factor=2 is double rate depreciation.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3154865 help.text]
note: JaZEz
en: <emph>NoSwitch</emph>is an optional parameter. NoSwitch = 0 (default) means a switch to linear depreciation. In NoSwitch = 1 no switch is made.
en_GB: <emph>NoSwitch</emph>is an optional parameter. NoSwitch = 0 (default) means a switch to linear depreciation. If NoSwitch = 1 no switch is made.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3145212 help.text]
note: ChsyU
en: -<item type="input">10000</item>
en_GB: <item type="input">-10000</item>

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3150525 help.text]
note: ZQrZE
en: Calculation of the net present value for the above-mentioned five payments for a national internal rate of return of 6%.
en_GB: Calculation of the net present value for the above-mentioned five payments for a notional internal rate of return of 6%.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3148910 help.text]
note: kkBfr
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods, during which payments are made (payment period).
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods, during which payments are made (payment period).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3148925 help.text]
note: whqfg
en: <emph>Pmt</emph> is the constant payment (annuity) paid during each period.
en_GB: <emph>Payment</emph> is the constant payment (annuity) paid during each period.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3145313 help.text]
note: Lziex
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3146126 help.text]
note: Zizx8
en: <emph>Frequency</emph> is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3154620 help.text]
note: 6wB6A
en: <emph>Frequency </emph>is number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).
en_GB: <emph>Frequency</emph> is the number of interest payments per year (1, 2 or 4).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3149992 help.text]
note: ACAdL
en: =COUPPCD("2001-01-25"; "2001-11-15"; 2; 3) returns 2000-15-11.
en_GB: =COUPPCD("2001-01-25"; "2001-11-15"; 2; 3) returns 2000-11-15.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp bm_id3149339 help.text]
note: qxhyC
en: <bookmark_value>IPMT function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>periodic amortizement rates</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>IPMT function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>periodic amortisement rates</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3154522 help.text]
note: sF2CK
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZINSZ">Calculates the periodic amortizement for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZINSZ">Calculates the periodic amortisation for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3145158 help.text]
note: X2APK
en: <emph>Period</emph> is the period, for which the compound interest is calculated. Period=NPER if compound interest for the last period is calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Period</emph> is the period for which the compound interest is calculated. Period=NumPeriods if compound interest for the last period is calculated.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3147577 help.text]
note: ywM9B
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods, during which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods, during which the annuity is paid.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3149438 help.text]
note: PZLFX
en: What is the interest rate during the fifth period (year) if the constant interest rate is 5% and the cash value is 15,000 currency units? The periodic payment is seven years.
en_GB: What is the interest during the fifth period (year) if the constant interest rate is 5% and the cash value is 15,000 currency units? The periodic payment is seven years.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3156029 help.text]
note: gh3CB
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods (payment period).
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods (payment period).

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3151322 help.text]
note: HpKNK
en: <emph>Pmt</emph> is the annuity paid regularly per period.
en_GB: <emph>Payment</emph> is the constant payment (annuity) paid each period.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3149302 help.text]
note: F9Qp2
en: <item type="input">=FV(4%;2;750;2500) </item>= -4234.00 currency units. The value at the end of the investment is 4234.00 currency units.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FV(4%;2;750;2500)</item> = -4234.00 currency units. The value at the end of the investment is 4234.00 currency units.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3148638 help.text]
note: 9FnDp
en: 1000 currency units have been invested in for three years. The interest rates were 3%, 4% and 5% per annum. What is the value after three years?
en_GB: 1000 currency units have been invested for three years. The interest rates were 3%, 4% and 5% per annum. What is the value after three years?

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3156358 help.text]
note: dMAc6
en: <item type="input">=FVSCHEDULE(1000;{0.03;0.04;0.05})</item> returns 1124.76.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FVSCHEDULE(1000; {0.03;0.04;0.05})</item> returns 1124.76.

[ctx: 04060118.xhp par_id3149042 help.text]
note: 7FVrB
en: <emph>Pmt</emph> is the constant annuity paid in each period.
en_GB: <emph>Payment</emph> is the constant payment (annuity) paid each period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3151341 help.text]
note: vjtYs
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp" name="Forward to Financial Functions Part Three">Forward to Financial Functions Part Three</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp" name="Forwards to Financial Functions Part Three">Forwards to Financial Functions Part Three</link>

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3148887 help.text]
note: RZqLF
en: <emph>Period</emph> is the amortizement period. P = 1 for the first and P = NPer for the last period.
en_GB: <emph>Period</emph> is the amortisation period. P = 1 for the first and P = NumPeriods for the last period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3148436 help.text]
note: yFB4e
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods during which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of periods during which the annuity is paid.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp bm_id3146139 help.text]
note: DYXBe
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; total amortizement rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>total amortizement rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>amortization installment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>repayment installment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CUMPRINC function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; total amortisation rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>total amortisation rates</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>amortisation instalment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>repayment instalment</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CUMPRINC function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3148733 help.text]
note: cZFVU
en: CUMPRINC(Rate; NPer; PV; S; E; Type)
en_GB: CUMPRINC(Rate; NumPeriods; PV; S; E; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3166052 help.text]
note: tfiiZ
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the payment period with the total number of periods. NPER can also be a non-integer value.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the payment period with the total number of periods. NumPeriods can also be a non-integer value.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3150007 help.text]
note: ZeD58
en: <emph>PV</emph> is the current value in the sequence of payments.
en_GB: <emph>PV</emph> is the present (current) value in the sequence of payments.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3153570 help.text]
note: PptaD
en: What are the payoff amounts if the yearly interest rate is 5.5% for 36 months? The cash value is 15,000 currency units. The payoff amount is calculated between the 10th and 18th period. The due date is at the end of the period.
en_GB: What are the instalment amounts if the yearly interest rate is 5.5% for 36 months? The cash value is 15,000 currency units. The instalment amount is calculated between the 10th and 18th period. The due date is at the end of the period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3149884 help.text]
note: uZpa6
en: <item type="input">=CUMPRINC(5.5%/12;36;15000;10;18;0)</item> = -3669.74 currency units. The payoff amount between the 10th and 18th period is 3669.74 currency units.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CUMPRINC(5.5%/12;36;15000;10;18;0)</item> = -3669.74 currency units. The instalment amount between the 10th and 18th period is 3669.74 currency units.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3157970 help.text]
note: AzC4f
en: CUMPRINC_ADD(Rate; NPer; PV; StartPeriod; EndPeriod; Type)
en_GB: CUMPRINC_ADD(Rate; NumPeriods; PV; StartPeriod; EndPeriod; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3151017 help.text]
note: 8drNo
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of payment periods. The rate and NPER must refer to the same unit, and thus both be calculated annually or monthly.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of payment periods. The rate and NumPeriods must refer to the same unit, and thus both be calculated annually or monthly.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3155620 help.text]
note: A6Wgj
en: <emph>PV</emph> is the current value.
en_GB: <emph>PV</emph> is the present (current) value.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3155512 help.text]
note: CyBfE
en: How much will you repay in the second year of the mortgage (thus from periods 13 to 24)?
en_GB: How much will you repay in the second year of the mortgage (i.e. from periods 13 to 24)?

[ctx: 04060119.xhp bm_id3155370 help.text]
note: 7VMrh
en: <bookmark_value>calculating; accumulated interests</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accumulated interests</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CUMIPMT function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>calculating; accumulated interest</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>accumulated interest</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>CUMIPMT function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3147536 help.text]
note: ZgAXB
en: CUMIPMT(Rate; NPer; PV; S; E; Type)
en_GB: CUMIPMT(Rate; NumPeriods; PV; S; E; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3153921 help.text]
note: AmB5k
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the payment period with the total number of periods. NPER can also be a non-integer value.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the payment period with the total number of periods. NumPeriods can also be a non-integer value.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3153186 help.text]
note: Fc69n
en: <emph>PV</emph> is the current value in the sequence of payments.
en_GB: <emph>PV</emph> is the present (current) value in the sequence of payments.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3147478 help.text]
note: BGZdj
en: What are the interest payments at a yearly interest rate of 5.5 %, a payment period of monthly payments for 2 years and a current cash value of 5,000 currency units? The start period is the 4th and the end period is the 6th period. The payment is due at the beginning of each period.
en_GB: What are the interest payments at a yearly interest rate of 5.5 %, a monthly payment period for 2 years and a current cash value of 5,000 currency units? The start period is the 4th and the end period is the 6th. The payment is due at the beginning of each period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3149819 help.text]
note: BSssC
en: <item type="input">=CUMIPMT(5.5%/12;24;5000;4;6;1)</item> = -57.54 currency units. The interest payments for between the 4th and 6th period are 57.54 currency units.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CUMIPMT(5.5%/12;24;5000;4;6;1)</item> = -57.54 currency units. The interest payments for the 4th to 6th periods are 57.54 currency units.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3145087 help.text]
note: dJSwR
en: CUMIPMT_ADD(Rate; NPer; PV; StartPeriod; EndPeriod; Type)
en_GB: CUMIPMT_ADD(Rate; NumPeriods; PV; StartPeriod; EndPeriod; Type)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3149270 help.text]
note: ZBF3X
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of payment periods. The rate and NPER must refer to the same unit, and thus both be calculated annually or monthly.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the total number of payment periods. The rate and NumPeriods must refer to the same unit, and thus both be calculated annually or monthly.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3152967 help.text]
note: Fyd98
en: <emph>PV</emph> is the current value.
en_GB: <emph>PV</emph> is the present (current) value.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3147566 help.text]
note: FKKBw
en: Rate: 9.00 per cent per annum (9% / 12 = 0.0075), Duration: 30 years (NPER = 30 * 12 = 360), Pv: 125000 currency units.
en_GB: Rate: 9.00 per cent per annum (9% / 12 = 0.0075), Duration: 30 years (NumPeriods = 30 * 12 = 360), PV: 125000 currency units.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3151272 help.text]
note: xBJmd
en: How much interest must you pay in the second year of the mortgage (thus from periods 13 to 24)?
en_GB: How much interest must you pay in the second year of the mortgage (i.e. from periods 13 to 24)?

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3150260 help.text]
note: w5B9t
en: A security is purchased on 1999-02-15; the maturity date is 2007-11-15. The nominal rate of interest is 5.75%. The yield is 6.5%. The redemption value is 100 currency units. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). With calculation on basis 0, the price is as follows:
en_GB: A security is purchased on 1999-02-15; the maturity date is 2007-11-15. The nominal rate of interest is 5.75%. The yield is 6.5%. The redemption value is 100 currency units. Interest is paid half-yearly (frequency is 2). With calculation on basis 0 the price is as follows:

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3154289 help.text]
note: fiNQN
en: Settlement date: February 15 1999, maturity date: April 13 1999, issue date: November 11 1998. Interest rate: 6.1 per cent, yield: 6.1 per cent, basis: 30/360 = 0.
en_GB: Settlement date: 15th February 1999, maturity date: 13th April 1999, issue date: 11th November 1998. Interest rate: 6.1 per cent, yield: 6.1 per cent, basis: 30/360 = 0.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3152769 help.text]
note: C7tsK
en: NOMINAL(EffectiveRate; NPerY)
en_GB: NOMINAL(EffectiveRate; NumPerYear)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3156334 help.text]
note: hQuGX
en: <emph>NPerY</emph> is the number of periodic interest payments per year.
en_GB: <emph>NumPerYear</emph> is the number of periodic interest payments per year.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3156157 help.text]
note: 6DdxN
en: NOMINAL_ADD(EffectiveRate; NPerY)
en_GB: NOMINAL_ADD(EffectiveRate; NumPerYear)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3150409 help.text]
note: 6hEH3
en: <emph>NPerY</emph> the number of interest payments per year.
en_GB: <emph>NumPerYear</emph> is the number of interest payments per year.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3159408 help.text]
note: J42GD
en: <emph>ReinvestRate</emph>:the rate of interest of the reinvestment (the positive values of the array)
en_GB: <emph>ReinvestRate</emph> is the rate of interest of the reinvestment (the positive values of the array)

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3148641 help.text]
note: yz8oV
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the number of periods in which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NumPeriods</emph> is the number of periods in which the annuity is paid.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3156434 help.text]
note: krZrE
en: <emph>Type</emph> (optional) is the due date for the periodic payments. Type=1 is payment at the beginning and Type=0 is payment at the end of each period.
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> (optional) is the due date for the periodic payments. Type = 1 is payment at the beginning and Type = 0 is payment at the end of each period.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3153173 help.text]
note: tCoCK
en: Settlement date: March 31 1999, maturity date: June 1 1999, discount: 9.14 per cent.
en_GB: Settlement date: 31st March 1999, maturity date: 1st June 1999, discount: 9.14 per cent.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3155542 help.text]
note: fGMCF
en: Settlement date: March 31 1999, maturity date: June 1 1999, discount: 9 per cent.
en_GB: Settlement date: 31st March 1999, maturity date: 1st June 1999, discount: 9 per cent.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3145178 help.text]
note: vRYFV
en: Settlement date: March 31 1999, maturity date: June 1 1999, price: 98.45 currency units.
en_GB: Settlement date: 31st March 1999, maturity date: 1st June 1999, price: 98.45 currency units.

[ctx: 04060119.xhp par_id3146762 help.text]
note: 2fAip
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp" name="Forward to Financial Functions Part Three">Forward to Financial Functions Part Three</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/04060118.xhp" name="Forwards to Financial Functions Part Three">Forwards to Financial Functions Part Three</link>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3148728 help.text]
note: tFVF3
en: To calculate the intercept, use cells D3:D9 as the y value and C3:C9 as the x value from the example spreadsheet. Input will be as follows:
en_GB: To calculate the intercept, use cells D3:D9 as the y-values and C3:C9 as the x-values from the example spreadsheet. Input will be as follows:

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3149953 help.text]
note: VBCGA
en: The entries 2, 4, 6 and eight in the Value 1-4 fields are to be counted.
en_GB: The entries 2, 4, 6 and eight in the Value 1 ... 4 fields are to be counted.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3154508 help.text]
note: QKY5C
en: The entries 2, 4, 6 and eight in the Value 1-4 fields are to be counted.
en_GB: The entries 2, 4, 6 and eight in the Value 1 ... 4 fields are to be counted.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3154949 help.text]
note: iGuy8
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BESTIMMTHEITSMASS">Returns the square of the Pearson correlation coefficient based on the given values.</ahelp> RSQ (also called determination coefficient) is a measure for the accuracy of an adjustment and can be used to produce a regression analysis.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_BESTIMMTHEITSMASS">Returns the square of the Pearson correlation coefficient based on the given values.</ahelp> RSQ (also called the coefficient of determination) is a measure for the accuracy of an adjustment and can be used to produce a regression analysis.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3155991 help.text]
note: hCmTw
en: <item type="input">=RSQ(A1:A20;B1:B20)</item> calculates the determination coefficient for both data sets in columns A and B.
en_GB: <item type="input">=RSQ(A1:A20;B1:B20)</item> calculates the coefficient of determination for both data sets in columns A and B.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp bm_id2945620 help.text]
note: Y9hqN
en: <bookmark_value>BETA.INV function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cumulative probability density function;inverse of</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>BETA.INV function</bookmark_value>   <bookmark_value>cumulative probability density function;inverse of</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp bm_id2956096 help.text]
note: J4qKJ
en: <bookmark_value>BETA.DIST function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>cumulative probability density function;calculating</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>BETA.DIST function</bookmark_value>   <bookmark_value>cumulative probability density function;calculating</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2919200902421449 help.text]
note: sweX9
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHISQINV_MS">Returns the inverse of the left-tailed probability of the chi-square distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHISQINV_MS">Returns the inverse of the left-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3149906 help.text]
note: sgKAu
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIINV">Returns the inverse of the one-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIINV">Returns the inverse of the one-tailed probability of the chi-square distribution.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3150777 help.text]
note: 8jxkV
en: A die is thrown 1020 times. The numbers on the die 1 through 6 come up 195, 151, 148, 189, 183 and 154 times (observation values). The hypothesis that the die is not fixed is to be tested.
en_GB: A die is thrown 1020 times. The numbers on the die 1 through 6 come up 195, 151, 148, 189, 183 and 154 times respectively (observation values). The hypothesis that the die is not fixed is to be tested.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3153062 help.text]
note: S98CF
en: The Chi square distribution of the random sample is determined by the formula given above. Since the expected value for a given number on the die for n throws is n times 1/6, thus 1020/6 = 170, the formula returns a Chi square value of 13.27.
en_GB: The chi-square distribution of the random sample is determined by the formula given above. Since the expected value for a given number on the die for n throws is n times 1/6, thus 1020/6 = 170, the formula returns a chi-square value of 13.27.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3148806 help.text]
note: 3XCGW
en: If the (observed) Chi square is greater than or equal to the (theoretical) Chi square CHIINV, the hypothesis will be discarded, since the deviation between theory and experiment is too great. If the observed Chi square is less that CHIINV, the hypothesis is confirmed with the indicated probability of error.
en_GB: If the (observed) chi-square is greater than or equal to the (theoretical) chi-square CHIINV, the hypothesis will be discarded, since the deviation between theory and experiment is too great. If the observed chi-square is less that CHIINV, the hypothesis is confirmed with the indicated probability of error.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2953062 help.text]
note: USHh6
en: The Chi square distribution of the random sample is determined by the formula given above. Since the expected value for a given number on the die for n throws is n times 1/6, thus 1020/6 = 170, the formula returns a Chi square value of 13.27.
en_GB: The chi-square distribution of the random sample is determined by the formula given above. Since the expected value for a given number on the die for n throws is n times 1/6, thus 1020/6 = 170, the formula returns a chi-square value of 13.27.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2948806 help.text]
note: vp33a
en: If the (observed) Chi square is greater than or equal to the (theoretical) Chi square CHIINV, the hypothesis will be discarded, since the deviation between theory and experiment is too great. If the observed Chi square is less that CHIINV, the hypothesis is confirmed with the indicated probability of error.
en_GB: If the (observed) chi-square is greater than or equal to the (theoretical) chi-square CHIINV, the hypothesis will be discarded, since the deviation between theory and experiment is too great. If the observed chi-square is less that CHIINV, the hypothesis is confirmed with the indicated probability of error.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3151052 help.text]
note: sytmD
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHITEST">Returns the probability of a deviance from a random distribution of two test series based on the chi-squared test for independence.</ahelp> CHITEST returns the chi-squared distribution of the data.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHITEST">Returns the probability of a deviance from a random distribution of two test series based on the chi-square test for independence.</ahelp> CHITEST returns the chi-square distribution of the data.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3148925 help.text]
note: xV9Ae
en: The probability determined by CHITEST can also be determined with CHIDIST, in which case the Chi square of the random sample must then be passed as a parameter instead of the data row.
en_GB: The probability determined by CHITEST can also be determined with CHIDIST, in which case the chi-square of the random sample must then be passed as a parameter instead of the data row.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3149481 help.text]
note: rEABj
en: <item type="input">=CHITEST(A1:A6;B1:B6)</item> equals 0.02. This is the probability which suffices the observed data of the theoretical Chi-square distribution.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CHITEST(A1:A6;B1:B6)</item> equals 0.02. This is the probability which suffices the observed data of the theoretical chi-square distribution.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2948925 help.text]
note: Uf7CA
en: The probability determined by CHISQ.TEST can also be determined with CHISQ.DIST, in which case the Chi square of the random sample must then be passed as a parameter instead of the data row.
en_GB: The probability determined by CHISQ.TEST can also be determined with CHISQ.DIST, in which case the Chi-square of the random sample must then be passed as a parameter instead of the data row.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2949481 help.text]
note: CCSNU
en: <item type="input">=CHISQ.TEST(A1:A6;B1:B6)</item> equals 0.0209708029. This is the probability which suffices the observed data of the theoretical Chi-square distribution.
en_GB: <item type="input">=CHISQ.TEST(A1:A6;B1:B6)</item> equals 0.0209708029. This is the probability which suffices the observed data of the theoretical chi-square distribution.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3156338 help.text]
note: QHbpD
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIVERT">Returns the probability value from the indicated Chi square that a hypothesis is confirmed.</ahelp> CHIDIST compares the Chi square value to be given for a random sample that is calculated from the sum of (observed value-expected value)^2/expected value for all values with the theoretical Chi square distribution and determines from this the probability of error for the hypothesis to be tested.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIVERT">Returns the probability value from the indicated chi-square that a hypothesis is confirmed.</ahelp> CHIDIST compares the chi-square value to be given for a random sample that is calculated from the sum of (observed value-expected value)^2/expected value for all values with the theoretical chi-square distribution and determines from this the probability of error for the hypothesis to be tested.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id3156141 help.text]
note: ED5xr
en: If the Chi square value of the random sample is 13.27 and if the experiment has 5 degrees of freedom, then the hypothesis is assured with a probability of error of 2%.
en_GB: If the chi-square value of the random sample is 13.27 and if the experiment has 5 degrees of freedom, then the hypothesis is assured with a probability of error of 2%.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2956338 help.text]
note: BqVBu
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIVERT_MS">Returns the probability value from the indicated Chi square that a hypothesis is confirmed.</ahelp> CHISQ.DIST.RT compares the Chi square value to be given for a random sample that is calculated from the sum of (observed value-expected value)^2/expected value for all values with the theoretical Chi square distribution and determines from this the probability of error for the hypothesis to be tested.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_CHIVERT_MS">Returns the probability value from the indicated chi-square that a hypothesis is confirmed.</ahelp> CHISQ.DIST.RT compares the chi-square value to be given for a random sample that is calculated from the sum of (observed value-expected value)^2/expected value for all values with the theoretical chi-square distribution and determines from this the probability of error for the hypothesis to be tested.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp par_id2956141 help.text]
note: C7m4A
en: If the Chi square value of the random sample is 13.27 and if the experiment has 5 degrees of freedom, then the hypothesis is assured with a probability of error of 2%.
en_GB: If the chi-square value of the random sample is 13.27 and if the experiment has 5 degrees of freedom, then the hypothesis is assured with a probability of error of 2%.

[ctx: 04060181.xhp bm_id3150603 help.text]
note: QBYrD
en: <bookmark_value>EXPONDIST function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>exponential distributions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>EXPON.DIST function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>exponential distributions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3145388 help.text]
note: dGFBq
en: <bookmark_value>FINV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>inverse F probability distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>FINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse F probability distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3155089 help.text]
note: GG7mb
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FINV">Returns the inverse of the F probability distribution.</ahelp> The F distribution is used for F tests in order to set the relation between two differing data sets.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FINV">Returns the inverse of the F-distribution.</ahelp> The F-distribution is used for F-tests in order to set the relation between two differing data sets.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3146866 help.text]
note: KFEHp
en: <emph>Number</emph> is probability value for which the inverse F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the probability value for which the inverse F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3153914 help.text]
note: P3kD7
en: <emph>DegreesFreedom1</emph> is the number of degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: <emph>DegreesFreedom1</emph> is the number of degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3148607 help.text]
note: cEo5Q
en: <emph>DegreesFreedom2</emph> is the number of degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: <emph>DegreesFreedom2</emph> is the number of degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3155758 help.text]
note: U6XBd
en: <bookmark_value>FISHERINV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>inverse of Fisher transformation</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>FISHERINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse of Fisher transformation</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3150534 help.text]
note: 4CuRA
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FTEST">Returns the result of an F test.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FTEST">Returns the result of an F-test.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3152981 help.text]
note: ZWskN
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FVERT">Calculates the values of an F distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FVERT">Calculates the values of an F-distribution.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3150461 help.text]
note: AUqZB
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the value for which the F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value for which the F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3150029 help.text]
note: TGtxW
en: <emph>degreesFreedom1</emph> is the degrees of freedom in the numerator in the F distribution.
en_GB: <emph>DegreesFreedom1</emph> is the degrees of freedom in the numerator in the F-distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3146877 help.text]
note: idJAF
en: <emph>degreesFreedom2</emph> is the degrees of freedom in the denominator in the F distribution.
en_GB: <emph>DegreesFreedom2</emph> is the degrees of freedom in the denominator in the F-distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3154806 help.text]
note: qXs2u
en: <bookmark_value>GAMMALN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>natural logarithm of Gamma function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>GAMMALN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>natural logarithm of Gamma function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3157972 help.text]
note: 99H9a
en: <emph>C</emph> (optional) = 0 or False calculates the density function <emph>C</emph> = 1 or True calculates the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>C</emph> (optional) = 0 or False calculates the density function, <emph>C</emph> = 1 or True calculates the distribution.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3150272 help.text]
note: 6mr63
en: <bookmark_value>GAUSS function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>normal distribution; standard</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>GAUSS function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>normal distribution; standard</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3148425 help.text]
note: nrdNQ
en: <bookmark_value>GEOMEAN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>means;geometric</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>GEOMEAN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>means;geometric</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3152966 help.text]
note: orW9n
en: <bookmark_value>TRIMMEAN function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>means;of data set without margin data</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>TRIMMEAN function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>means;of data set without margin data</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3156130 help.text]
note: WTT6h
en: <item type="input">=TRIMMEAN(A1:A50; 0.1)</item> calculates the mean value of numbers in A1:A50, without taking into consideration the 5 percent of the values representing the highest values and the 5 percent of the values representing the lowest ones. The percentage numbers refer to the amount of the untrimmed mean value, not to the number of summands.
en_GB: <item type="input">=TRIMMEAN(A1:A50; 0.1)</item> calculates the mean value of numbers in A1:A50, excluding the 5 percent of values representing the highest values and the 5 percent of values representing the lowest values. The percentage numbers refer to the amount of the untrimmed mean value, not to the number of summands.

[ctx: 04060182.xhp bm_id3152801 help.text]
note: Cd5VE
en: <bookmark_value>HYPGEOMDIST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sampling without replacement</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>HYPGEOMDIST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sampling without replacement</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060182.xhp par_id3154904 help.text]
note: WUiB6
en: <item type="input">=HYPGEOMDIST(2;2;90;100)</item> yields 0.81. If 90 out of 100 pieces of buttered toast fall from the table and hit the floor with the buttered side first, then if 2 pieces of buttered toast are dropped from the table, the probability is 81%, that both will strike buttered side first.
en_GB: <item type="input">=HYPGEOMDIST(2;2;90;100)</item> yields 0.81. If 90 out of 100 pieces of buttered toast fall from the table and land on the floor buttered side down, then if 2 pieces of buttered toast are dropped from the table, the probability is 81% that both will land buttered side down.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3147501 help.text]
note: 8K2G5
en: CONFIDENCE(Alpha; StDev; Size)
en_GB: CONFIDENCE(Alpha; StandardDeviation; Size)

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3145324 help.text]
note: CBEqd
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id2945324 help.text]
note: bQwaZ
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id2845324 help.text]
note: NxWTM
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation for the total population.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp bm_id3150928 help.text]
note: jEGQr
en: <bookmark_value>LOGINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse of lognormal distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>LOGINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse of log-normal distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3145297 help.text]
note: LWoHA
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LOGINV">Returns the inverse of the lognormal distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_LOGINV">Returns the inverse of the log-normal distribution.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3145355 help.text]
note: RTG5n
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation of the standard logarithmic distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation of the standard logarithmic distribution.

[ctx: 04060183.xhp par_id3155991 help.text]
note: zUAQh
en: <emph>StDev</emph> (optional) is the standard deviation of the standard logarithmic distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> (optional) is the standard deviation of the standard logarithmic distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150363 help.text]
note: F49oQ
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MAXA">Returns the maximum value in a list of arguments. In opposite to MAX, here you can enter text. The value of the text is 0.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MAXA">Returns the maximum value in a list of arguments. Unlike MAX, you can also use text strings. The value of a text string is 0.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3145078 help.text]
note: bDCXJ
en: for an odd number: <item type="input">=MEDIAN(1;5;9;20;21)</item> returns 9 as the median value.
en_GB: for an odd number: <item type="input">=MEDIAN(1;5;9;20;21)</item> returns the middle value, 9, as the median value.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3149126 help.text]
note: QNHLS
en: for an even number: <item type="input">=MEDIAN(1;5;9;20)</item> returns the average of the two middle values 5 and 9, thus 7.
en_GB: for an even number: <item type="input">=MEDIAN(1;5;9;20)</item> returns the average of the two middle values 5 and 9, i.e. 7.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3147249 help.text]
note: WeECE
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MINA">Returns the minimum value in a list of arguments. Here you can also enter text. The value of the text is 0.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MINA">Returns the minimum value in a list of arguments. Unlike MIN, you can also use text strings. The value of a text string is 0.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3145138 help.text]
note: V5nBj
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MITTELWERTA">Returns the average of the arguments. The value of a text is 0.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MITTELWERTA">Returns the average of the arguments. The value of a text string is 0.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153044 help.text]
note: dW6yF
en: <emph>X</emph> represents the value returned for unsuccessful tests.
en_GB: <emph>X</emph> is the value returned for unsuccessful tests.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3151018 help.text]
note: rC3qD
en: <emph>R</emph> represents the value returned for successful tests.
en_GB: <emph>R</emph> is the value returned for successful tests.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2953044 help.text]
note: psrpQ
en: <emph>X</emph> represents the value returned for unsuccessful tests.
en_GB: <emph>X</emph> is the value returned for unsuccessful tests.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2951018 help.text]
note: ERFSu
en: <emph>R</emph> represents the value returned for successful tests.
en_GB: <emph>R</emph> is the value returned for successful tests.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3147534 help.text]
note: AUvBi
en: NORMINV(Number; Mean; StDev)
en_GB: NORMINV(Number; Mean; StandardDeviation)

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3154950 help.text]
note: pMv7B
en: <emph>Number</emph> represents the probability value used to determine the inverse normal distribution.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the probability value used to determine the inverse normal distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150690 help.text]
note: u5DeA
en: <emph>Mean</emph> represents the mean value in the normal distribution.
en_GB: <emph>Mean</emph> is the mean value in the normal distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3148594 help.text]
note: Q8iRM
en: <emph>StDev</emph> represents the standard deviation of the normal distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation of the normal distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153921 help.text]
note: TUXfC
en: <item type="input">=NORMINV(0.9;63;5)</item> returns 69.41. If the average egg weighs 63 grams with a standard deviation of 5, then there will be 90% probability that the egg will not be heavier than 69.41g grams.
en_GB: <item type="input">=NORMINV(0.9;63;5)</item> returns 69.41. If the average egg weighs 63g with a standard deviation of 5g, then there will be 90% probability that the egg will not be heavier than 69.41g.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3150386 help.text]
note: VQBJ4
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_NORMVERT">Returns the density function or the normal cumulative distribution.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_NORMVERT">Returns the normal density function or the normal cumulative distribution function.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3156295 help.text]
note: iK99R
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3145080 help.text]
note: bzaMQ
en: <emph>C</emph> is optional. <emph>C</emph> = 0 calculates the density function, <emph>C</emph> = 1 calculates the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>C</emph> (optional). <emph>C</emph> = 0 calculates the density function, <emph>C</emph> = 1 calculates the cumulative distribution function.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2916295 help.text]
note: eEsVo
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3151272 help.text]
note: QbvS2
en: <emph>Data1</emph> represents the array of the first data set.
en_GB: <emph>Data1</emph> is the array of the first data set.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153279 help.text]
note: sQXYA
en: <emph>Data2</emph> represents the array of the second data set.
en_GB: <emph>Data2</emph> is the array of the second data set.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3156108 help.text]
note: vZds8
en: <emph>Number</emph> represents the value based on which the standard normal distribution is calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value based on which the standard normal distribution is calculated.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3155849 help.text]
note: jVwEp
en: <item type="input">=PHI(2.25) </item>= 0.03
en_GB: <item type="input">=PHI(2.25)</item> = 0.03

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3147253 help.text]
note: mZnNF
en: <emph>Number</emph> represents the value based on which the Poisson distribution is calculated.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value based on which the Poisson distribution is calculated.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3151177 help.text]
note: HEia5
en: <emph>Mean</emph> represents the middle value of the Poisson distribution.
en_GB: <emph>Mean</emph> is the middle value of the Poisson distribution.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3154940 help.text]
note: fxFVH
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_QUANTIL">Returns the alpha-percentile of data values in an array.</ahelp> A percentile returns the scale value for a data series which goes from the smallest (Alpha=0) to the largest value (alpha=1) of a data series. For <item type="literal">Alpha</item> = 25%, the percentile means the first quartile; <item type="literal">Alpha</item> = 50% is the MEDIAN.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_QUANTIL">Returns the alpha-percentile of data values in an array.</ahelp> A percentile returns the scale value for a data series which goes from the smallest (Alpha=0) to the largest value (alpha=1) of a data series. For <item type="literal">Alpha</item> = 25%, the percentile yields the first quartile; <item type="literal">Alpha</item> = 50% is the MEDIAN.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153054 help.text]
note: ErPqf
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3154212 help.text]
note: Ysdg6
en: <emph>Alpha</emph> represents the percentage of the scale between 0 and 1.
en_GB: <emph>Alpha</emph> is the percentage of the scale between 0.0 and 1.0.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2853054 help.text]
note: tVAsL
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2953054 help.text]
note: QcWDU
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3154266 help.text]
note: hPEyS
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data in the sample.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data in the sample.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3148475 help.text]
note: pmEDN
en: <emph>Value</emph> represents the value whose percentile rank must be determined.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the value for which the percentile rank must be determined.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2854266 help.text]
note: paUED
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data in the sample.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data in the sample.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2954266 help.text]
note: QmR4b
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data in the sample.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data in the sample.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3153387 help.text]
note: BypuU
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data in the sample.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data in the sample.

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id3155589 help.text]
note: aSRpW
en: <emph>Type</emph> represents the type of quartile. (0 = MIN, 1 = 25%, 2 = 50% (MEDIAN), 3 = 75% and 4 = MAX.)
en_GB: <emph>Type</emph> specifies the type of quartile. (0 = MIN, 1 = 25%, 2 = 50% (MEDIAN), 3 = 75% and 4 = MAX.)

[ctx: 04060184.xhp par_id2953387 help.text]
note: SBw8d
en: <emph>Data</emph> represents the array of data in the sample.
en_GB: <emph>Data</emph> is the array of data in the sample.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3155071 help.text]
note: REYKA
en: <bookmark_value>RANK function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>numbers;determining ranks</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>RANK function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbers;determining ranks</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149051 help.text]
note: FjxMm
en: <bookmark_value>regression lines;FORECAST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>extrapolations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>FORECAST function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>regression lines;FORECAST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>extrapolations</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>FORECAST function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153290 help.text]
note: KY2tt
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SCHAETZER">Extrapolates future values based on existing x and y values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SCHAETZER">Extrapolates future values based on existing x- and y-values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3148743 help.text]
note: zesAB
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the x value, for which the y value on the linear regression is to be returned.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the x-value for which the y-value on the linear regression is to be returned.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3157874 help.text]
note: m7ZE7
en: <item type="input">=FORECAST(50;A1:A50;B1;B50)</item> returns the Y value expected for the X value of 50 if the X and Y values in both references are linked by a linear trend.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FORECAST(50;A1:A50;B1:B50)</item> returns the y-value expected for the x-value of 50 if the x- and y-values in both references are linked by a linear trend.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149052 help.text]
note: JSFnA
en: <bookmark_value>regression lines;FORECAST.LINEAR function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>extrapolations</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>FORECAST.LINEAR function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>regression lines;FORECAST function</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>extrapolations</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>FORECAST function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153291 help.text]
note: NYDH5
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SCHAETZER">Extrapolates future values based on existing x and y values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SCHAETZER">Extrapolates future values based on existing x- and y-values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3148744 help.text]
note: r8Ho6
en: <emph>Value</emph> is the x value, for which the y value on the linear regression is to be returned.
en_GB: <emph>Value</emph> is the x-value for which the y-value on the linear regression is to be returned.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3146326 help.text]
note: VCGCW
en: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or range of known y's.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or range of known y-values.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3150537 help.text]
note: ZWBNi
en: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or range of known x's.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or range of known x-values.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3157875 help.text]
note: 7gAyL
en: <item type="input">=FORECAST.LINEAR(50;A1:A50;B1;B50)</item> returns the Y value expected for the X value of 50 if the X and Y values in both references are linked by a linear trend.
en_GB: <item type="input">=FORECAST(50;A1:A50;B1:B50)</item> returns the y-value expected for the x-value of 50 if the x- and y-values in both references are linked by a linear trend.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149143 help.text]
note: WvmVF
en: <bookmark_value>STDEV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard deviations in statistics;based on a sample</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>STDEV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviations in statistics;based on a sample</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149734 help.text]
note: mwhG2
en: <bookmark_value>STDEVP function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard deviations in statistics;based on a population</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>STDEVP function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard deviations in statistics;based on a population</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3155928 help.text]
note: jUrA3
en: <bookmark_value>STANDARDIZE function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>converting;random variables, into normalized values</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>STANDARDISE function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>converting;random variables, into normalised values</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp hd_id3155928 help.text]
note: W8n8M
en: STANDARDIZE
en_GB: STANDARDISE

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3149883 help.text]
note: pu4sF
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STANDARDISIERUNG">Converts a random variable to a normalized value.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STANDARDISIERUNG">Converts a random variable to a normalised value.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3150132 help.text]
note: zo3zn
en: STANDARDIZE(Number; Mean; StDev)
en_GB: STANDARDISE(Number; Mean; StandardDeviation)

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3159139 help.text]
note: 3ZHHv
en: <emph>Number</emph> is the value to be standardized.
en_GB: <emph>Number</emph> is the value to be standardised.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3148874 help.text]
note: RaXy4
en: <emph>StDev</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.
en_GB: <emph>StandardDeviation</emph> is the standard deviation of the distribution.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3156067 help.text]
note: vQ7nD
en: <item type="input">=STANDARDIZE(11;10;1)</item> returns 1. The value 11 in a normal distribution with a mean of 10 and a standard deviation of 1 is as much above the mean of 10, as the value 1 is above the mean of the standard normal distribution.
en_GB: <item type="input">=STANDARDISE(11;10;1)</item> returns 1. The value 11 in a normal distribution with a mean of 10 and a standard deviation of 1 is as much above the mean of 10, as the value 1 is above the mean of the standard normal distribution.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3157986 help.text]
note: 7Zaup
en: <bookmark_value>NORMSINV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>normal distribution;inverse of standard</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>NORMSINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>normal distribution;inverse of standard</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3147538 help.text]
note: tBCoG
en: <bookmark_value>NORMSDIST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>normal distribution;statistics</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>NORMSDIST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>normal distribution;statistics</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3155984 help.text]
note: EiEpA
en: <item type="input">=NORMSDIST(1)</item> returns 0.84. The area below the standard normal distribution curve to the left of X value 1 is 84% of the total area.
en_GB: <item type="input">=NORMSDIST(1)</item> returns 0.84. The area below the standard normal distribution curve to the left of x-value 1 is 84% of the total area.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3150386 help.text]
note: Bwv8X
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STEIGUNG">Returns the slope of the linear regression line.</ahelp> The slope is adapted to the data points set in the y and x values.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STEIGUNG">Returns the slope of the linear regression line.</ahelp> The slope is adapted to the data points set in the y- and x-values.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3083446 help.text]
note: PSLgv
en: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or matrix of Y data.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or matrix of y-data.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3152375 help.text]
note: hdC8w
en: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or matrix of X data.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or matrix of x-data.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3155836 help.text]
note: CERq4
en: <bookmark_value>STEYX function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>standard errors;statistical functions</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>STEYX function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standard errors;statistical functions</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3149446 help.text]
note: 3thQX
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STFEHLERYX">Returns the standard error of the predicted y value for each x in the regression.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STFEHLERYX">Returns the standard error of the predicted y-value for each x-value in the regression.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3147313 help.text]
note: 9dbR7
en: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or matrix of Y data.
en_GB: <emph>DataY</emph> is the array or matrix of y-data.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3156097 help.text]
note: Lygxn
en: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or matrix of X data.
en_GB: <emph>DataX</emph> is the array or matrix of x-data.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3150873 help.text]
note: TwYFw
en: <bookmark_value>DEVSQ function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>sums;of squares of deviations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>DEVSQ function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sums;of squares of deviations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3149579 help.text]
note: LAUht
en: <bookmark_value>TINV function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>inverse of t-distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>TINV function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inverse of t-distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id2849579 help.text]
note: KBp4a
en: <bookmark_value>T.INV.2T function</bookmark_value>        <bookmark_value>inverse of two tailed t-distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>T.INV.2T function</bookmark_value>        <bookmark_value>inverse of two-tailed t-distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id2843232 help.text]
note: Q2L6M
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TINV_2T">Calculates the inverse of the two-tailed Student's T Distribution </ahelp>, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TINV_2T">Calculates the inverse of the two-tailed Student's t-distribution </ahelp>, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id2953903 help.text]
note: MtzXe
en: <emph>Mode</emph> = 1 calculates the one-tailed test, <emph>Mode</emph> = 2 the two- tailed test.
en_GB: <emph>Mode</emph> = 1 calculates the one-tailed test, <emph>Mode</emph> = 2 the two-tailed test.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3154930 help.text]
note: ftBBR
en: <bookmark_value>TDIST function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>t-distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>TDIST function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>t-distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id2853372 help.text]
note: BQQUu
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TDIST_2T">Calculates the two-tailed Student's T Distribution, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TDIST_2T">Calculates the two-tailed Student's t distribution, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id274930 help.text]
note: 3URdT
en: <bookmark_value>T.DIST.RT function</bookmark_value>        <bookmark_value>right tailed t-distribution</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>T.DIST.RT function</bookmark_value>        <bookmark_value>right-tailed t-distribution</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id2753372 help.text]
note: R6F8r
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TDIST_RT">Calculates the right-tailed Student's T Distribution, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TDIST_RT">Calculates the right-tailed Student's t-distribution, which is a continuous probability distribution that is frequently used for testing hypotheses on small sample data sets.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3153828 help.text]
note: FiZJG
en: <bookmark_value>VAR function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>variances</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>VAR function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variances</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp bm_id3154599 help.text]
note: Z4X2Z
en: <bookmark_value>PERMUT function</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>number of permutations</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>PERMUT function</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>number of permutations</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153949 help.text]
note: AD2BB
en: How often can 2 objects be selected from a total of 11 objects?
en_GB: How often can 2 objects be selected from a set of 11 objects?

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3151107 help.text]
note: y4tix
en: <emph>Start</emph> is the start value of the interval whose probabilities are to be summed.
en_GB: <emph>Start</emph> is the start value of the interval over which the probabilities are to be summed.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3153666 help.text]
note: jAigD
en: <item type="input">=PROB(A1:A50;B1:B50;50;60)</item> returns the probability with which a value within the range of A1:A50 is also within the limits between 50 and 60. Every value within the range of A1:A50 has a probability within the range of B1:B50.
en_GB: <item type="input">=PROB(A1:A50;B1:B50;50;60)</item> returns the probability with which a value within the range of A1:A50 is also within the given limits of 50 to 60. Every value in the range of A1:A50 has a probability within the range of B1:B50.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id3154825 help.text]
note: SFYGY
en: <emph>C</emph> indicates the type of function.
en_GB: <emph>C</emph> indicates the type of function. If C=0 the probability density function is calculated, if C=1 the cumulative distribution is calculated.

[ctx: 04060185.xhp par_id2954825 help.text]
note: N73Gk
en: <emph>C</emph> indicates the type of function.
en_GB: <emph>C</emph> indicates the type of function. If C=0 the probability density function is calculated, if C=1 the cumulative distribution is calculated.

[ctx: 04060199.xhp bm_id3156445 help.text]
note: hvSCc
en: <bookmark_value>formulas; operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>operators; formula functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>division sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiplication sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minus sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>plus sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comparisons;operators in Calc</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetical operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reference operators</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>formulae; operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>operators; formula functions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>division sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multiplication sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>minus sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>plus sign, see also operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>comparisons;operators in Calc</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arithmetic operators</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reference operators</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 04060199.xhp hd_id3153066 help.text]
note: DVBCe
en: Arithmetical Operators
en_GB: Arithmetic Operators

[ctx: 04060199.xhp par_id3148601 help.text]
note: BCT76
en: These operators return numerical results.
en_GB: These operators return numeric results.

[ctx: 04060199.xhp par_id3155438 help.text]
note: qVCHs
en: The operator combines separate texts into one text.
en_GB: The operator combines separate text strings into one text string.

[ctx: 04060199.xhp par_id3152592 help.text]
note: fWnpm
en: ! (Exclamation point)
en_GB: ! (Exclamation mark)

[ctx: 04070100.xhp par_id3154366 help.text]
note: cVATk
en: <variable id="namenfestlegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefineName">Opens a dialog where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="namenfestlegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefineName">Opens a dialogue box where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04070100.xhp par_id3154123 help.text]
note: 5Tu5M
en: Use the mouse to define ranges or type the reference into the <emph>Define Name </emph>dialog fields.
en_GB: Use the mouse to define ranges or type the reference into the <emph>Define Name</emph> dialogue box fields.

[ctx: 04070100.xhp par_id3163712 help.text]
note: UoygM
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the area for which you want to define a reference or a formula expression.</ahelp> All area names already defined in the spreadsheet are listed in the text field above. If you click a name on the list, the corresponding reference in the document will be shown with a blue frame. If multiple cell ranges belong to the same area name, they are displayed with different colored frames.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the area for which you want to define a reference or a formula expression.</ahelp> All area names already defined in the spreadsheet are listed in the text field above. If you click a name on the list, the corresponding reference in the document will be shown with a blue frame. If multiple cell ranges belong to the same area name, they are displayed with different coloured frames.

[ctx: 04070300.xhp par_id3156280 help.text]
note: Jeuvx
en: Select the area containing all the ranges that you want to name. Then choose <emph>Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Create</emph>. This opens the <emph>Create Names</emph> dialog, from which you can select the naming options that you want.
en_GB: Select the area containing all the ranges that you want to name. Then choose <emph>Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Create</emph>. This opens the <emph>Create Names</emph> dialogue box, from which you can select the naming options that you want.

[ctx: 04070400.xhp par_id3150868 help.text]
note: sTpBB
en: <variable id="beschtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefineLabelRange">Opens a dialog in which you can define a label range.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="beschtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefineLabelRange">Opens a dialogue box in which you can define a label range.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 04070400.xhp par_id3155411 help.text]
note: 5KVaz
en: The cell contents of a label range can be used like names in formulas - $[officename] recognizes these names in the same manner that it does the predefined names of the weekdays and months. These names are automatically completed when typed into a formula. In addition, the names defined by label ranges will have priority over names defined by automatically generated ranges.
en_GB: The cell contents of a label range can be used like names in formulae - $[officename] recognises these names in the same manner that it does the predefined names of the weekdays and months. These names are automatically completed when typed into a formula. In addition, the names defined by label ranges will have priority over names defined by automatically generated ranges.

[ctx: 04080000.xhp par_id3152576 help.text]
note: UGvDB
en: The <emph>Function List</emph> window is a resizable <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken" name="dockable window">dockable window</link>. Use it to quickly enter functions in the spreadsheet. By double-clicking an entry in the functions list, the respective function is directly inserted with all parameters.
en_GB: The <emph>Function List</emph> window is a resizeable <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken" name="dockable window">dockable window</link>. Use it to quickly enter functions in the spreadsheet. By double-clicking an entry in the functions list, the respective function is directly inserted with all parameters.

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id3153192 help.text]
note: Fnwpz
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/browse" visibility="hidden">Open a file dialog to locate the file containing the data you want to insert.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/browse" visibility="hidden">Open a file dialogue box to locate the file containing the data you want to insert.</ahelp>

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id3145366 help.text]
note: UPCaZ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/url">Enter the URL or the file name that contains the data that you want to insert, and then press Enter.</ahelp> Alternatively, click <emph>Browse</emph> button to select the file name from a file dialog that opens. Only then will the URL be requested from the network or file system.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/url">Enter the URL or the file name that contains the data that you want to insert, and then press Enter.</ahelp> Alternatively, click <emph>Browse</emph> button to select the file name from a file dialogue box that opens. Only then will the URL be requested from the network or file system.

[ctx: 04090000.xhp par_id621519313666202 help.text]
note: oomVx
en: <link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp" name="linkname">A dialog for CSV data import</link> appears when linking to external CSV file.
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp" name="linkname">A dialogue box for CSV data import</link> appears when linking to external CSV file.

[ctx: 05020000.xhp bm_id3148663 help.text]
note: zwHsD
en: <bookmark_value>cell attributes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;formatting dialog</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cell attributes</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>attributes;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells;formatting dialogue box</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 05020600.xhp par_id3153768 help.text]
note: dFkaQ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideAll">Hides formulas and contents of the selected cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideAll">Hides formulae and contents of the selected cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05020600.xhp par_id3154510 help.text]
note: sj8G9
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideFormula">Hides formulas in the selected cells.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideFormula">Hides formulae in the selected cells.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05050000.xhp par_id3150542 help.text]
note: 4GEuh
en: If a sheet has been hidden, the Show Sheet dialog opens, which allows you to select a sheet to be shown again.
en_GB: If a sheet has been hidden, the Show Sheet dialogue box opens, which allows you to select a sheet to be shown again.

[ctx: 05050100.xhp par_id3150792 help.text]
note: RDpzd
en: <variable id="umbenennentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:RenameTable">This command opens a dialog where you can assign a different name to the current sheet.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="umbenennentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:RenameTable">This command opens a dialogue box in which you can assign a different name to the current sheet.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05050100.xhp par_id3153092 help.text]
note: JF3vh
en: You can also open the<emph> Rename Sheet </emph>dialog through the context menu by positioning the mouse pointer over a sheet tab at the bottom of the window and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">clicking while pressing Control</caseinline><defaultinline>clicking the right mouse button</defaultinline></switchinline>.
en_GB: You can also open the <emph>Rename Sheet</emph> dialogue box through the context menu by positioning the mouse pointer over a sheet tab at the bottom of the window and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">clicking while pressing Control</caseinline><defaultinline>clicking the right mouse button</defaultinline></switchinline>.

[ctx: 05060000.xhp tit help.text]
note: 7WL8E
en: Merge and Center Cells
en_GB: Merge and Centre Cells

[ctx: 05060000.xhp hd_id3149785 help.text]
note: d7KhY
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp" name="Merge and Center Cells">Merge and Center Cells</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp" name="Merge and Centre Cells">Merge and Centre Cells</link>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3151246 help.text]
note: DaWoE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Combines the selected cells into a single cell or splits merged cells. Aligns cell content centered.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Combines the selected cells into a single cell or splits merged cells. Aligns cell content centred.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3154020 help.text]
note: XHEBx
en: Choose <emph>Format - Merge Cells - Merge and Center Cells</emph>
en_GB: Choose <emph>Format - Merge Cells - Merge and Centre Cells</emph>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3149665 help.text]
note: HQCwU
en: If the cells to be merged have any contents, a security dialog is shown.
en_GB: If the cells to be merged have any contents, a security dialogue box is shown.

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3155879 help.text]
note: hJHeB
en: <emph>Move the contents of the hidden cells into the first cell</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">The actual contents of the hidden cells are concatenated to the first cell, and hidden cells are emptied; the results of formulas referring to the hidden cells or the first cell will be updated.</ahelp>
en_GB: <emph>Move the contents of the hidden cells into the first cell</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">The actual contents of the hidden cells are concatenated to the first cell, and hidden cells are emptied; the results of formulae referring to the hidden cells or the first cell will be updated.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3155878 help.text]
note: BJLJD
en: <emph>Keep the contents of the hidden cells</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">The contents of the hidden cells are kept; the results of formulas referring to the hidden cells will not change.</ahelp>
en_GB: <emph>Keep the contents of the hidden cells</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">The contents of the hidden cells are kept; the results of formulae referring to the hidden cells will not change.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3155877 help.text]
note: BkGrN
en: <emph>Empty the contents of the hidden cells</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">The contents of the hidden cells are removed; the results of formulas referring to the hidden cells will be updated.</ahelp>
en_GB: <emph>Empty the contents of the hidden cells</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">The contents of the hidden cells are removed; the results of formulae referring to the hidden cells will be updated.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05060000.xhp par_id3153718 help.text]
note: MiEGm
en: Merging cells can lead to calculation errors in formulas in the table.
en_GB: Merging cells can lead to calculation errors in formulae in the table.

[ctx: 05070000.xhp par_id3156023 help.text]
note: 4vJrN
en: <variable id="seitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:PageFormatDialog" visibility="visible">Opens a dialog where you can define the appearance of all pages in your document.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="seitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:PageFormatDialog" visibility="visible">Opens a dialogue box in which you can define the appearance of all pages in your document.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 05070500.xhp hd_id3150330 help.text]
note: 3CToK
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: 05070500.xhp par_id3153715 help.text]
note: FTV55
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_FORMULAS">Prints the formulas contained in the cells, instead of the results.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_FORMULAS">Prints the formulae contained in the cells, instead of the results.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05070500.xhp par_id3155378 help.text]
note: zJPaa
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_PAGENO">Select this option if you want the first page to start with a number other than 1.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_PAGENO">Mark this check box if you want the first page to start with a number other than 1.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05070500.xhp par_idN109BB help.text]
note: KGfGD
en: The print ranges are always scaled proportionally, so the resulting number of pages may be less than specified.
en_GB: The print ranges are always scaled proportionally, so the resulting number of pages may be fewer than specified.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3159488 help.text]
note: QueLv
en: <variable id="druckbereichetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditPrintArea">Opens a dialog where you can specify the print range.</ahelp></variable> You can also set the rows or columns which are to be repeated in every page.
en_GB: <variable id="druckbereichetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditPrintArea">Opens a dialogue box in which you can specify the print range.</ahelp></variable> You can also set the rows or columns which are to be repeated in every page.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3147426 help.text]
note: gtouh
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edrepeatrow">Choose one or more rows to print on every page. In the right text box enter the row reference, for example, "1" or "$1" or "$2:$3".</ahelp> The list box displays <emph>-user defined-</emph>. You can also select <emph>-none-</emph> to remove a defined repeating row.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edrepeatrow">Choose one or more rows to print on every page. In the right text box enter the row reference, for example, "1" or "$1" or "$2:$3".</ahelp> The list box displays <emph>- user-defined -</emph>. You can also select <emph>- none -</emph> to remove a defined repeating row.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3155418 help.text]
note: FoPy6
en: You can also define repeating rows by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Rows to repeat</emph> text field in the dialog.
en_GB: You can also define repeating rows by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Rows to repeat</emph> text field in the dialogue box.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3155602 help.text]
note: Lym3n
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edrepeatcol">Choose one or more columns to print on every page. In the right text box enter the column reference, for example, "A" or "AB" or "$C:$E".</ahelp> The list box then displays <emph>-user defined-</emph>. You can also select <emph>-none-</emph> to remove a defined repeating column.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edrepeatcol">Choose one or more columns to print on every page. In the right text box enter the column reference, for example, "A" or "AB" or "$C:$E".</ahelp> The list box then displays <emph>- user-defined -</emph>. You can also select <emph>- none -</emph> to remove a defined repeating column.

[ctx: 05080300.xhp par_id3150749 help.text]
note: NURpc
en: You can also define repeating columns by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Columns to repeat</emph> text field in the dialog.
en_GB: You can also define repeating columns by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Columns to repeat</emph> text field in the dialogue box.

[ctx: 05100000.xhp par_id3147434 help.text]
note: bBG57
en: Use the Styles deck of the Sidebar to assign styles to cells and pages. You can apply, update, and modify existing styles or create new styles.
en_GB: Use the Styles deck of the Sidebar to assign styles to cells and pages. You can apply, update and modify existing styles or create new styles.

[ctx: 05100000.xhp par_id3149499 help.text]
note: XF53F
en: <ahelp hid="SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_NEWBYEXAMPLE">Creates a new style based on the formatting of a selected object.</ahelp> Assign a name for the style in the <link href="text/shared/01/05140100.xhp" name="Create Style">Create Style</link> dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SFX2_HID_TEMPLDLG_NEWBYEXAMPLE">Creates a new style based on the formatting of a selected object.</ahelp> Assign a name for the style in the <link href="text/shared/01/05140100.xhp" name="Create Style">Create Style</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05110000.xhp par_id3154017 help.text]
note: FXjGb
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/add">Allows you to add the current formatting of a range of at least 4 x 4 cells to the list of predefined AutoFormats.</ahelp> The <emph>Add AutoFormat</emph> dialog then appears.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/add">Allows you to add the current formatting of a range of at least 4 x 4 cells to the list of predefined AutoFormats.</ahelp> The <emph>Add AutoFormat</emph> dialogue box then appears.

[ctx: 05110000.xhp par_id3153064 help.text]
note: MqzXD
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialogue box where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05110000.xhp par_id3153912 help.text]
note: tBi3c
en: The <emph>Rename AutoFormat</emph> dialog opens.<ahelp hid="."> Enter the new name of the AutoFormat here.</ahelp>
en_GB: The <emph>Rename AutoFormat</emph> dialogue box opens.<ahelp hid="."> Enter the new name of the AutoFormat here.</ahelp>

[ctx: 05110000.xhp par_id3153965 help.text]
note: xbN7F
en: In this section you can select or deselect the available formatting options. If you want to keep any of the settings currently in your spreadsheet, deselect the corresponding option.
en_GB: In this section you can select or deselect the available formatting options. If you want to keep any of the settings currently in your spreadsheet, unmark the corresponding option.

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3163711 help.text]
note: aG8CH
en: You can enter several conditions that query the contents of cell values or formulas. The conditions are evaluated from the first to the last. If the condition 1 matches the condition, the defined style will be used. Otherwise, condition 2 is evaluated, and its defined style is used. If this style does not match, then the next condition is evaluated and so on.
en_GB: You can enter several conditions that query the contents of cell values or formulae. The conditions are evaluated from the first to the last. If the condition 1 matches the condition, the defined style will be used. Otherwise, condition 2 is evaluated, and its defined style is used. If this style does not match, then the next condition is evaluated and so on.

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id31494133 help.text]
note: ApsPx
en: If you select <emph>All cells</emph>, see Color Scale, Data Bar or Icon Set explanations below, depending on which visual representation the conditional formatting should be represented.
en_GB: If you select <emph>All cells</emph>, see Colour Scale, Data Bar or Icon Set explanations below, depending on which visual representation the conditional formatting should be represented.

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id31494138 help.text]
note: NV9Lr
en: <ahelp hid=".">In the <emph>Range</emph> field, define the range of cells concerned by the conditional formatting.</ahelp> Click on the <emph>Shrink</emph> button to minimize the dialog box. Click again on the button to come back to the dialog box once the range is selected.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">In the <emph>Range</emph> field, define the range of cells concerned by the conditional formatting.</ahelp> Click on the <emph>Shrink</emph> button to minimise the dialogue box. Click again on the button to come back to the dialogue box once the range is selected.

[ctx: 05120000.xhp hd_id3147394 help.text]
note: GFxCV
en: Color Scale
en_GB: Colour Scale

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3155602 help.text]
note: mbqvS
en: This is the same dialog box as if you select <emph>All cells</emph> in the first sub menu entry <emph>Condition</emph>.Apply a color scale to a range consist of displaying a bicolor or tricolor gradient on this range depending on the value of each cell. A typical example might be an array of temperatures, lower blue colored, warmer red with a gradient nuances to the intermediate values.
en_GB: This is the same dialogue box as if you select <emph>All cells</emph> in the first sub menu entry <emph>Condition</emph>. Apply a colour scale to a range consist of displaying a bicolour or tricolour gradient on this range depending on the value of each cell. A typical example might be an array of temperatures, lower blue coloured, warmer red with a gradient nuances to the intermediate values.

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3155603 help.text]
note: DuNBp
en: You must choose the two "extreme" colors indicate the method of calculation. The calculation of the color applied will be made in relation to: Min - Max - Percentile - Value - Percent - Formula.
en_GB: You must choose the two "extreme" colours indicate the method of calculation. The calculation of the colour applied will be made in relation to: Min - Max - Percentile - Value - Percent - Formula.

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3155605 help.text]
note: 9jo8a
en: For a detailed explanation and examples, please visit <link href="https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Faq/Calc/142">How to apply a Color Scale Conditional Formatting page</link> in TDF Wiki.
en_GB: For a detailed explanation and examples, please visit <link href="https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Faq/Calc/142">How to apply a Colour Scale Conditional Formatting page</link> in TDF Wiki.

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id31494141 help.text]
note: EmC6A
en: 3, 4 or 5 - gray arrows
en_GB: 3, 4 or 5 - grey arrows

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id31494157 help.text]
note: WGPEW
en: In front of <emph>Apply Styles</emph>, select the desired style in the list or chose <emph>New Style</emph> to create one.
en_GB: In front of <emph>Apply Styles</emph>, select the desired style in the list or choose <emph>New Style</emph> to create one.

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id31494177 help.text]
note: 5bcGZ
en: In the <emph>Range</emph> field, define the range of cells concerned by the conditional formatting. Click on the <emph>Shrink</emph> button to minimize the dialog box. Click again on the button to come back to the dialog box once the range is selected.
en_GB: In the <emph>Range</emph> field, define the range of cells concerned by the conditional formatting. Click on the <emph>Shrink</emph> button to minimise the dialogue box. Click again on the button to come back to the dialogue box once the range is selected.

[ctx: 05120000.xhp par_id3155906 help.text]
note: KaFUh
en: <ahelp hid=".">This dialog allows you to see all the conditional formatting defined in the spreadsheet.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">This dialogue box allows you to see all the conditional formatting defined in the spreadsheet.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3145068 help.text]
note: uDEz3
en: <variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".uno:Hyphenate">The <emph>Hyphenation </emph>command calls the dialog for setting the hyphenation in $[officename] Calc.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".uno:Hyphenate">The <emph>Hyphenation</emph> command calls the dialogue box for setting the hyphenation in $[officename] Calc.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3156441 help.text]
note: DWP9n
en: The <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog appears with the <emph>Alignment</emph> tab page open.
en_GB: The <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialogue box appears with the <emph>Alignment</emph> tab page open.

[ctx: 06020000.xhp par_id3147394 help.text]
note: EyCsS
en: Each time you call the command you turn the hyphenation for the drawing object on or off. A check mark shows the current status.
en_GB: Each time that you call the command you turn the hyphenation for the drawing object on or off. A tick mark shows the current status.

[ctx: 06030000.xhp bm_id3151245 help.text]
note: VMHRA
en: <bookmark_value>cell links search</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching; links in cells</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>traces;precedents and dependents</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Formula Auditing,see Detective</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Detective</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cell links search</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>searching; links in cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>traces;precedents and dependents</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Formula Auditing,see Detective</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Detective</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06030100.xhp par_id3154321 help.text]
note: 2t8KL
en: This function is based on a principle of layers. For example, if the precedent cell to a formula is already indicated with a tracer arrow, when you repeat this command, the tracer arrows are drawn to the precedent cells of this cell.
en_GB: This function is based on the principle of layers. For example, if the precedent cell to a formula is already indicated with a tracer arrow, when you repeat this command, the tracer arrows are drawn to the precedent cells of this cell.

[ctx: 06030300.xhp par_id3156024 help.text]
note: 6eErV
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowDependents" visibility="visible">Draws tracer arrows to the active cell from formulas that depend on values in the active cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowDependents" visibility="visible">Draws tracer arrows to the active cell from formulae that depend on values in the active cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030900.xhp par_id3148947 help.text]
note: BfwsW
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:RefreshArrows">Redraws all traces in the sheet. Formulas modified when traces are redrawn are taken into account.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:RefreshArrows">Redraws all traces in the sheet. Formulae modified when traces are redrawn are taken into account.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06030900.xhp par_id3151041 help.text]
note: xpA7W
en: If <emph>Tools - Detective - AutoRefresh</emph> is turned on, every time formulas are changed in the document.
en_GB: If <emph>Tools - Detective - AutoRefresh</emph> is turned on, every time formulae are changed in the document.

[ctx: 06031000.xhp bm_id3154515 help.text]
note: KcDEQ
en: <bookmark_value>cells; autorefreshing traces</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>traces; autorefreshing</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>cells; auto-refreshing traces</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>traces; auto-refreshing</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06040000.xhp par_id3145119 help.text]
note: YJAAa
en: <variable id="zielwertsuchetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:GoalSeekDialog">Opens a dialog where you can solve an equation with a variable.</ahelp></variable> After a successful search, a dialog with the results opens, allowing you to apply the result and the target value directly to the cell.
en_GB: <variable id="zielwertsuchetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:GoalSeekDialog">Opens a dialogue box in which you can solve an equation with a variable.</ahelp></variable> After a successful search, a dialogue box with the result opens, allowing you to apply the result and the target value directly to the cell.

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_id3151073 help.text]
note: hRLSj
en: <ahelp hid=".">Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The color for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.</ahelp> The border will have a title bar displaying the name of the last scenario. The button on the right of the scenario border offers you an overview of all the scenarios in this area, if several have been defined. You can choose any of the scenarios from this list without restrictions.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The colour for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.</ahelp> The border will have a title bar displaying the name of the last scenario. The button on the right of the scenario border offers you an overview of all the scenarios in this area, if several have been defined. You can choose any of the scenarios from this list without restrictions.

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_id3154942 help.text]
note: nFScH
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/copyback">Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not select this option, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behavior of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/copyback">Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not mark this check box, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behaviour of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06050000.xhp par_idN1075E help.text]
note: ZM4gZ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/preventchanges">Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behavior of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/preventchanges">Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behaviour of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06060000.xhp par_id3153362 help.text]
note: wQUat
en: The <emph>Protect Sheet</emph> or <emph>Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph> commands prevent changes from being made to cells in the sheets or to sheets in a document. As an option, you can define a password. If a password is defined, removal of the protection is only possible if the user enters the correct password.
en_GB: The <emph>Protect Sheet</emph> or <emph>Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph> commands prevent changes from being made to cells in the sheets or to sheets in a document. You can optionally define a password. If a password is defined, removal of the protection is only possible if the user enters the correct password.

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3148664 help.text]
note: HUFRu
en: <variable id="tabelletext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Protect">Protects the cells in the current sheet from being modified.</ahelp></variable> Choose <emph>Tools - Protect Sheet</emph> to open the <emph>Protect Sheet</emph> dialog in which you then specify sheet protection with or without a password.
en_GB: <variable id="tabelletext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Protect">Protects the cells in the current sheet from being modified.</ahelp></variable> Choose <emph>Tools - Protect Sheet</emph> to open the <emph>Protect Sheet</emph> dialogue box in which you then specify sheet protection with or without a password.

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3150329 help.text]
note: ArCpC
en: Select <emph>Format - Cells - Cell Protection</emph>. Unmark the <emph>Protected</emph> box and click <emph>OK</emph>.
en_GB: Select <emph>Format - Cells - Cell Protection</emph>. Unmark the <emph>Protected</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>.

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3154656 help.text]
note: d39My
en: A protected sheet or cell range can no longer be modified until this protection is disabled. To disable the protection, choose the <emph>Tools - Protect Sheet</emph> command. If no password was set, the sheet protection is immediately disabled. If the sheet was password protected, the <emph>Remove Protection</emph> dialog opens, where you must enter the password.
en_GB: A protected sheet or cell range can no longer be modified until this protection is disabled. To disable the protection, choose the <emph>Tools - Protect Sheet</emph> command. If no password was set, the sheet protection is immediately disabled. If the sheet was password protected, the <emph>Remove Protection</emph> dialogue box opens, where you must enter the password.

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3152990 help.text]
note: hBPMK
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/protectsheetdlg/password1">Allows you to enter a password to protect the sheet from unauthorized changes.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/protectsheetdlg/password1">Allows you to enter a password to protect the sheet from unauthorised changes.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06060100.xhp par_id3148700 help.text]
note: Gr24z
en: Complete protection of your work can be achieved by combining the options <emph>Tools - Protect Sheet</emph> and <emph>Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph>, including password protection. To prohibit opening the document altogether, in the <emph>Save</emph> dialog mark the <emph>Save with password</emph> box before you click the <emph>Save</emph> button.
en_GB: Complete protection of your work can be achieved by combining the options <emph>Tools - Protect Sheet</emph> and <emph>Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph>, including password protection. To prohibit opening the document altogether, in the <emph>Save</emph> dialogue box mark the <emph>Save with password</emph> box before you click the <emph>Save</emph> button.

[ctx: 06060200.xhp par_id3145172 help.text]
note: KfLo4
en: <variable id="dokumenttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToolProtectionDocument">Protects the sheet structure of your document from modifications. It is impossible to insert, delete, rename, move or copy sheets.</ahelp></variable> Open the <emph>Protect spreadsheet structure</emph> dialog with <emph>Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph>. Optionally enter a password and click OK.
en_GB: <variable id="dokumenttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToolProtectionDocument">Protects the sheet structure of your document from modifications. It is impossible to insert, delete, rename, move or copy sheets.</ahelp></variable> Open the <emph>Protect spreadsheet structure</emph> dialogue box with <emph>Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph>. Optionally enter a password and click OK.

[ctx: 06060200.xhp par_id3153188 help.text]
note: apWXt
en: The structure of protected spreadsheet documents can be changed only if the <emph>Protect</emph> option is disabled. On the context menus for the spreadsheet tabs at the lower graphic border, only the menu item <emph>Select All Sheets</emph> can be activated. All other menu items are deactivated. To remove the protection, call up the command <emph>Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph> again. If no password is assigned, protection is immediately removed. If you were assigned a password, the <emph>Remove Spreadsheet Protection</emph> dialog appears, in which you must enter the password. Only then can you remove the check mark specifying that protection is active.
en_GB: The structure of protected spreadsheet documents can be changed only if the <emph>Protect</emph> option is disabled. On the context menus for the spreadsheet tabs at the lower graphic border, only the menu item <emph>Select All Sheets</emph> can be activated. All other menu items are deactivated. To remove the protection, call up the command <emph>Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph> again. If no password is assigned, protection is immediately removed. If a password has been assigned, the <emph>Remove Spreadsheet Protection</emph> dialogue box appears, in which you must enter the password. Only then can you remove the check mark specifying that protection is active.

[ctx: 06060200.xhp par_id3155412 help.text]
note: k6oA7
en: <ahelp hid="SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC">You can create a password to protect your document against unauthorized or accidental modifications.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC">You can create a password to protect your document against unauthorised or accidental modifications.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06060200.xhp par_id3150717 help.text]
note: kNtVq
en: You can completely protect your work by combining the options <emph>Tools - Protect Sheet</emph> and <emph>Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph>, including password entry. If you want to prevent the document from being opened by other users, select <emph>Save With Password </emph>and click the <emph>Save</emph> button. The <emph>Enter Password</emph> dialog appears. Consider carefully when choosing a password; if you forget it after you close a document you will be unable to access the document.
en_GB: You can completely protect your work by combining the options <emph>Tools - Protect Sheet</emph> and <emph>Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph>, including password entry. If you want to prevent the document from being opened by other users, select <emph>Save With Password </emph>and click the <emph>Save</emph> button. The <emph>Enter Password</emph> dialogue box appears. Consider carefully when choosing a password; if you forget it after you close a document you will be unable to access the document.

[ctx: 06070000.xhp par_id3148798 help.text]
note: Wyyhf
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutomaticCalculation">Automatically recalculates all formulas in the document.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutomaticCalculation">Automatically recalculates all formulae in the document.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06080000.xhp bm_id3157909 help.text]
note: QN44M
en: <bookmark_value>recalculating;all formulas in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recalculate;all formulas in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulas; recalculating manually</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell contents; recalculating</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>recalculating;all formulae in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>recalculate;all formulae in sheets</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formulae; recalculating manually</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cell contents; recalculating</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 06080000.xhp par_id315475899 help.text]
note: jVUni
en: Press F9 to recalculate. Press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9 to recalculate all formulas in the document.
en_GB: Press F9 to recalculate. Press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F9 to recalculate all formulae in the document.

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3150439 help.text]
note: PEGiD
en: When typing formulas using characters that match previous entries, a Help tip will appear listing the last ten functions used from <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, from all defined range names, from all database range names, and from the content of all label ranges.
en_GB: When typing formulae using characters that match previous entries, a Help tip will appear listing the last ten functions used from <emph>Function Wizard</emph>, from all defined range names, from all database range names, and from the content of all label ranges.

[ctx: 07080000.xhp hd_id3163800 help.text]
note: 8fBFT
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/07080000.xhp" name="Split">Split Window</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/07080000.xhp" name="Split">Split</link>

[ctx: 12020000.xhp par_id3154684 help.text]
note: apcCM
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/selectrange/treeview">Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range, click its name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/selectrange/treeview">Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range in your spreadsheet, click its name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12030000.xhp par_id3155922 help.text]
note: BHBgn
en: <variable id="sorttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSort">Sorts the selected rows according to the conditions that you specify.</ahelp></variable> $[officename] automatically recognizes and selects database ranges.
en_GB: <variable id="sorttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSort">Sorts the selected rows according to the conditions that you specify.</ahelp></variable> $[officename] automatically recognises and selects database ranges.

[ctx: 12030200.xhp par_id3153091 help.text]
note: cL8EG
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/case"> Sorts first by uppercase letters and then by lowercase letters. For Asian languages, special handling applies.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/case"> Sorts first by upper-case letters and then by lower-case letters. For Asian languages, special handling applies.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12030200.xhp par_id3154014 help.text]
note: dHpeV
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/header"> Omits the first row or the first column in the selection from the sort.</ahelp> The <emph>Direction</emph> setting at the bottom of the dialog defines the name and function of this check box.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/header"> Omits the first row or the first column in the selection from the sort.</ahelp> The <emph>Direction</emph> setting at the bottom of the dialogue box defines the name and function of this check box.

[ctx: 12030200.xhp par_id3149378 help.text]
note: tDCyT
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/naturalsort">Natural sort is a sort algorithm that sorts string-prefixed numbers based on the value of the numerical element in each sorted number, instead of the traditional way of sorting them as ordinary strings.</ahelp> For instance, let's assume you have a series of values such as, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, ..., A19, A20, A21. When you put these values into a range of cells and run the sort, it will become A1, A11, A12, A13, ..., A19, A2, A20, A21, A3, A4, A5, ..., A9. While this sorting behavior may make sense to those who understand the underlying sorting mechanism, to the rest of the population it seems completely bizarre, if not outright inconvenient. With the natural sort feature enabled, values such as the ones in the above example get sorted "properly", which improves the convenience of sorting operations in general.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/naturalsort">Natural sort is a sort algorithm that sorts string-prefixed numbers based on the value of the numeric element in each sorted number, instead of the traditional way of sorting them as ordinary strings.</ahelp> For instance, let's assume you have a series of values such as, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, ..., A19, A20, A21. When you put these values into a range of cells and run the sort, it will become A1, A11, A12, A13, ..., A19, A2, A20, A21, A3, A4, A5, ..., A9. While this sorting behaviour may make sense to those who understand the underlying sorting mechanism, to the rest of the population it seems completely bizarre, if not outright inconvenient. With the natural sort feature enabled, values such as the ones in the above example get sorted "properly", which improves the convenience of sorting operations in general.

[ctx: 12030200.xhp par_id3155602 help.text]
note: iF7Br
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/outarealb"> Select a named <link href="text/scalc/01/12010000.xhp" name="cell range"> cell range</link> where you want to display the sorted list, or enter a cell range in the input box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/outarealb"> Select a named <link href="text/scalc/01/12010000.xhp" name="cell range">cell range</link> in which you want to display the sorted list, or enter a cell range in the input box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12030200.xhp par_id3145642 help.text]
note: zkeZh
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/outareaed"> Enter the cell range where you want to display the sorted list, or select a named range from the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sortoptionspage/outareaed"> Enter the cell range in which you want to display the sorted list, or select a named range from the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12040000.xhp par_id3146119 help.text]
note: ipXuZ
en: $[officename] automatically recognizes predefined database ranges.
en_GB: $[officename] automatically recognises predefined database ranges.

[ctx: 12040100.xhp par_id3148550 help.text]
note: cTu3x
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataFilterAutoFilter">Automatically filters the selected cell range, and creates one-row list boxes where you can choose the items that you want to display.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataFilterAutoFilter">Automatically filters the selected cell range, and creates one-row list boxes with which you can choose the items that you want to display.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12040201.xhp hd_id3154138 help.text]
note: tx9YS
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3147228 help.text]
note: 7ATH4
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/case">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when filtering the data.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/case">Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when filtering the data.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3154319 help.text]
note: sEek9
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/edcopyarea">Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.</ahelp> You can also select a named range from the list.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/edcopyarea">Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.</ahelp> You can also select a named range from the list.

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3149377 help.text]
note: khYZz
en: If the <emph>Regular Expressions</emph> check box is selected, you can use regular expressions in the Value field if the Condition list box is set to '=' EQUAL or '<>' UNEQUAL. This also applies to the respective cells that you reference for an advanced filter.
en_GB: If the <emph>Regular Expressions</emph> check box is marked, you can use regular expressions in the Value field if the Condition list box is set to '=' EQUAL or '<>' UNEQUAL. This also applies to the respective cells that you reference for an advanced filter.

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3153876 help.text]
note: 6GK49
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/unique">Excludes duplicate rows in the list of filtered data.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/unique">Excludes duplicate rows from the list of filtered data.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12040201.xhp par_id3149123 help.text]
note: GJBPo
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/destpers">Select the <emph>Copy results to</emph> check box, and then specify the destination range where you want to display the filtered data. If this box is checked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under <emph>Data - Define range</emph> as a database range.</ahelp> Following this, you can reapply the defined filter at any time as follows: click into the source range, then choose <emph>Data - Refresh Range</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/destpers">Mark the <emph>Copy results to</emph> check box, and then specify the destination range in which you want to display the filtered data. If this check box is marked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under <emph>Data - Define range</emph> as a database range.</ahelp> Following this, you can reapply the defined filter at any time as follows: click within the source range, then choose <emph>Data - Refresh Range</emph>.

[ctx: 12050000.xhp par_id3145119 help.text]
note: 2jiYA
en: <variable id="teilergebnisse"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSubTotals" visibility="visible">Calculates subtotals for the columns that you select.</ahelp></variable> $[officename] uses the SUM function to automatically calculate the subtotal and grand total values in a labeled range. You can also use other functions to perform the calculation. $[officename] automatically recognizes a defined database area when you place the cursor in it.
en_GB: <variable id="teilergebnisse"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataSubTotals" visibility="visible">Calculates subtotals for the columns that you select.</ahelp></variable> $[officename] uses the SUM function to automatically calculate the subtotal and grand total values in a labelled range. You can also use other functions to perform the calculation. $[officename] automatically recognises a defined database area when you place the cursor in it.

[ctx: 12050000.xhp par_id3153896 help.text]
note: gjGHV
en: For example, you can generate a sales summary for a certain postal code based on data from a client database.
en_GB: For example, you can generate a sales summary for a certain postcode based on data from a client database.

[ctx: 12050100.xhp par_id3154013 help.text]
note: fu9Cf
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/subtotalgrppage/group_by">Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column change, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/subtotalgrppage/group_by">Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column changes, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12050200.xhp par_id3147317 help.text]
note: QbmVy
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/subtotaloptionspage/pagebreak">Inserts a new page after each group of subtotaled data.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/subtotaloptionspage/pagebreak">Inserts a new page after each group of subtotalled data.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12050200.xhp hd_id3146985 help.text]
note: xcM2E
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: 12050200.xhp par_id3149400 help.text]
note: Ym9vh
en: <ahelp hid=".">Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialog box at <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialogue box at <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12060000.xhp hd_id3154492 help.text]
note: 8DXhj
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: 12060000.xhp par_id3151073 help.text]
note: Poqcs
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/multipleoperationsdialog/formulas">Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulas that you want to use in the multiple operation.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/multipleoperationsdialog/formulas">Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulae that you want to use in the multiple operation.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070000.xhp par_id3147341 help.text]
note: dCxgK
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/eddestarea">Displays the first cell in the range where the consolidation results will be displayed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/eddestarea">Displays the first cell in the range in which the consolidation results will be displayed.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070000.xhp par_id3155335 help.text]
note: WGuCv
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/add">Adds the cell range specified in the <emph>Source data range</emph> box to the <emph>Consolidation ranges </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/add">Adds the cell range specified in the <emph>Source data range</emph> box to the <emph>Consolidation ranges</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12070100.xhp par_id3154909 help.text]
note: oEssG
en: Use this section if the cell ranges that you want to consolidate contain labels. You only need to select these options if the consolidation ranges contain similar labels and the data arranged is arranged differently.
en_GB: Use this section if the cell ranges that you want to consolidate contain labels. You only need to select these options if the consolidation ranges contain similar labels and the data is arranged differently.

[ctx: 12080500.xhp par_id3145069 help.text]
note: X6uK6
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoOutline">If the selected cell range contains formulas or references, $[officename] automatically outlines the selection.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:AutoOutline">If the selected cell range contains formulae or references, $[officename] automatically outlines the selection.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090000.xhp par_idN105FB help.text]
note: Fz8pn
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table dialog">Pivot table dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table dialogue box">Pivot table dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_id3145119 help.text]
note: JCesq
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataDataPilotRun">Opens a dialog where you can select the source for your pivot table, and then create your table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:DataDataPilotRun">Opens a dialogue box where you can select the source for your pivot table, and then create your table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_id3145647 help.text]
note: SiBBE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>External Source</emph> dialog where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>External Source</emph> dialogue box where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090100.xhp par_idN10670 help.text]
note: DqiMT
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table dialog">Pivot table dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table dialogue box">Pivot table dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 12090101.xhp par_id3150010 help.text]
note: MXt7X
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/selectdatasource/type">Click the source type of for the selected data source.</ahelp> You can choose from four source types: "Table", "Query" and "SQL" or SQL (Native).
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/selectdatasource/type">Click the source type for the selected data source.</ahelp> You can choose from four source types: "Table", "Query" and "SQL" or SQL (Native).

[ctx: 12090101.xhp par_id3147348 help.text]
note: 9xEou
en: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table dialog">Pivot table dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table dialogue box">Pivot table dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_id3150768 help.text]
note: sfhdL
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/listbox-fields">To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the <emph>Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, </emph>and<emph> Data Fields </emph>areas.</ahelp> You can also use drag and drop to rearrange the data fields on a pivot table.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/listbox-fields">To define the layout of a pivot table, drag-and-drop data field buttons onto the <emph>Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, </emph>and<emph> Data Fields </emph>areas.</ahelp> You can also use drag-and-drop to rearrange the data fields on a pivot table.

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_id3147229 help.text]
note: b5Zrk
en: $[officename] automatically adds a caption to buttons that are dragged into the <emph>Data Fields </emph>area. The caption contains the name of the data field as well as the formula that created the data.
en_GB: $[officename] automatically adds a caption to buttons that are dragged into the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area. The caption contains the name of the data field as well as the formula that created the data.

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_id3145749 help.text]
note: vcULm
en: To change the function that is used by a data field, double-click a button in the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area to open the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field">Data Field</link> dialog. You can also double-click buttons in the <emph>Row Fields</emph> or <emph>Column Fields</emph> areas.
en_GB: To change the function that is used by a data field, double-click a button in the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area to open the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp" name="Data Field">Data Field</link> dialogue box. You can also double-click buttons in the <emph>Row Fields</emph> or <emph>Column Fields</emph> areas.

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_idN108B2 help.text]
note: nG8PA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Filter dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the Filter dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_idN108CD help.text]
note: ToMtU
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details for the item. Clear this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details of the item. Unmark this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_idN108F1 help.text]
note: CaxVm
en: If you double-click a field which has adjacent fields at the same level, the <emph>Show Detail</emph> dialog opens:
en_GB: If you double-click a field which has adjacent fields at the same level, the <emph>Show Detail</emph> dialogue box opens:

[ctx: 12090102.xhp par_idN10904 help.text]
note: AJGDj
en: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the field that you want to view the details for.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the field for which you want to view details.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090104.xhp hd_id3153662 help.text]
note: WeRpj
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: 12090104.xhp par_id3145673 help.text]
note: fiseB
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090104.xhp par_id3147264 help.text]
note: qracJ
en: If the <emph>Regular Expression</emph> check box is selected, you can use EQUAL (=) and NOT EQUAL (<>) also in comparisons. You can also use the following functions: DCOUNTA, DGET, MATCH, COUNTIF, SUMIF, LOOKUP, VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP.
en_GB: If the <emph>Regular Expression</emph> check box is marked, you can also use EQUAL (=) and NOT EQUAL (<>) in comparisons. You can also use the following functions: DCOUNTA, DGET, MATCH, COUNTIF, SUMIF, LOOKUP, VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP.

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_id3154124 help.text]
note: jxCzc
en: The contents of this dialog is different for data fields in the <emph>Data</emph> area, and data fields in the <emph>Row</emph> or <emph>Column</emph> area of the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table">Pivot Table</link> dialog.
en_GB: The contents of this dialogue box is different for data fields in the <emph>Data</emph> area, and data fields in the <emph>Row</emph> or <emph>Column</emph> area of the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp" name="Pivot table">Pivot Table</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN106F0 help.text]
note: ZU8Ck
en: <ahelp hid=".">Expands or reduces the dialog. The <emph>More</emph> button is visible for data fields only.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Expands or reduces the dialogue box. The <emph>More</emph> button is visible for data fields only.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN106F7 help.text]
note: DECPB
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090106.xhp">Data Field Options</link> dialog. The <emph>Options</emph> button is visible for column, row, or page fields only.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090106.xhp">Data Field Options</link> dialogue box. The <emph>Options</emph> button is visible for column, row, or page fields only.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN10708 help.text]
note: pTDtv
en: If the dialog is expanded by the <emph>More</emph> button, the following items are added to the dialog:
en_GB: If the dialogue box is expanded by the <emph>More</emph> button, the following items are added to the dialogue box:

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN1074C help.text]
note: RNBV5
en: If a base item name is specified, the reference value for a combination of field items is the result where the item in the base field is replaced by the specified base item.
en_GB: If a base item name is specified, the reference value for a combination of field items is obtained by replacing the item in the base field with the specified base item.

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN10754 help.text]
note: btRFU
en: If "previous item" or "next item" is specified as the base item, the reference value is the result for the next visible member of the base field, in the base field's sort order.
en_GB: If "previous item" or "next item" is specified as the base item, the reference value is taken as the next visible member of the base field, in the base field's sort order.

[ctx: 12090105.xhp par_idN10780 help.text]
note: 6suFA
en: Results are always summed, even if a different summary function was used to get each result.
en_GB: Results are always summed, even if a different summary function was used to obtain each result.

[ctx: 12090106.xhp par_idN10562 help.text]
note: jNcNE
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/ascending">Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/ascending">Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialogue box was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090106.xhp par_idN10569 help.text]
note: NFuB8
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/descending">Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/descending">Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialogue box was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12090400.xhp par_idN10551 help.text]
note: mgrFq
en: Grouping pivot tables displays the <emph>Grouping</emph> dialog for either values or dates.
en_GB: Grouping pivot tables displays the <emph>Grouping</emph> dialogue box for either values or dates.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3150718 help.text]
note: KEYyq
en: All numbers corresponding to the condition. The entered values are formatted accordingly the next time the dialog is called up.
en_GB: All numbers corresponding to the condition. The entered values are formatted accordingly the next time that the dialogue box is called up.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3155066 help.text]
note: wiBwp
en: All numbers corresponding to the condition. The entered values are formatted accordingly the next time the dialog is called up.
en_GB: All numbers corresponding to the condition. The entered values are formatted accordingly the next time that the dialogue box is called up.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_idN10728 help.text]
note: FcnYF
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/sortascend">Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not checked, the order from the data source is taken.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/sortascend">Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not marked, the order is taken from the data source.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3144502 help.text]
note: FpavW
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/data">Select the comparative operator that you want to use.</ahelp> The available operators depend on what you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box. If you select "between" or "not between", the <emph>Minimum</emph> and <emph>Maximum</emph> input boxes appear. Otherwise, only the <emph>Minimum</emph>, the <emph>Maximum, or the Value</emph> input boxes appear.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/data">Select the comparative operator that you want to use.</ahelp> The available operators depend on what you selected in the <emph>Allow</emph> box. If you select "between" or "not between", the <emph>Minimum</emph> and <emph>Maximum</emph> input boxes appear. Otherwise, only the <emph>Minimum</emph>, the <emph>Maximum, or the Value</emph> input boxes appear.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3153266 help.text]
note: XJbsF
en: Enter the value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box.
en_GB: Enter the value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow</emph> box.

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3153199 help.text]
note: 3DsgJ
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/min">Enter the minimum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/min">Enter the minimum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12120100.xhp par_id3150089 help.text]
note: MxLDy
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/max">Enter the maximum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/max">Enter the maximum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow</emph> box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 12120200.xhp par_id3154730 help.text]
note: ve5GE
en: If you enter text in the <emph>Contents</emph> box of this dialog, and then select and clear this check box, the text will be lost.
en_GB: If you enter text in the <emph>Contents</emph> box of this dialogue box, and then mark and unmark this check box, the text will be lost.

[ctx: 12120300.xhp par_id3150768 help.text]
note: iEPGj
en: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the error message that you enter in the <emph>Contents</emph> area when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> If enabled, the message is displayed to prevent an invalid entry.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Displays the error message that you enter in the <emph>Contents</emph> area when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> If unmarked, the message is displayed to prevent an invalid entry.

[ctx: 12120300.xhp par_id3146984 help.text]
note: TXcNJ
en: In both cases, if you select "Stop", the invalid entry is deleted and the previous value is reentered in the cell. The same applies if you close the "Warning" and "Information" dialogs by clicking the <emph>Cancel </emph>button. If you close the dialogs with the <emph>OK</emph> button, the invalid entry is not deleted.
en_GB: In both cases, if you select "Stop", the invalid entry is deleted and the previous value is re-entered in the cell. The same applies if you close the "Warning" and "Information" dialogue boxes by clicking the <emph>Cancel</emph> button. If you close the dialogue boxes with the <emph>OK</emph> button, the invalid entry is not deleted.

[ctx: 12120300.xhp par_id3151115 help.text]
note: eDPY4
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/actionCB">Select the action that you want to occur when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> The "Stop" action rejects the invalid entry and displays a dialog that you have to close by clicking <emph>OK</emph>. The "Warning" and "Information" actions display a dialog that can be closed by clicking <emph>OK</emph> or <emph>Cancel</emph>. The invalid entry is only rejected when you click <emph>Cancel</emph>.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/actionCB">Select the action that you want to occur when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> The "Stop" action rejects the invalid entry and displays a dialogue box that you have to close by clicking <emph>OK</emph>. The "Warning" and "Information" actions display a dialogue box that can be closed by clicking <emph>OK</emph> or <emph>Cancel</emph>. The invalid entry is only rejected when you click <emph>Cancel</emph>.

[ctx: 12120300.xhp par_id3153160 help.text]
note: opYvC
en: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/browseBtn">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link> dialog where you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/browseBtn">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link> dialogue box in which you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.</ahelp>

[ctx: data_form.xhp par_id221512503284514 help.text]
note: BDary
en: To be effective, the Calc data table should have a header row, where each cell contents is the label of the column. The header cells contents become the label of each data field in the form.
en_GB: To be effective, the Calc data table should have a header row, where the content of each cell is the label of the column. The content of header cells become the label of each data field in the form.

[ctx: data_form.xhp par_id981512503964001 help.text]
note: ZgLzp
en: <emph>New</emph>: fill the record (table row cells) with the form fields contents and jump to the next record or add a new record in the bottom of the table.
en_GB: <emph>New</emph>: fill the record (table row cells) using the content of form fields and jump to the next record or add a new record in the bottom of the table.

[ctx: data_form.xhp par_id351512558748321 help.text]
note: G3cSB
en: Use the <item type="input">Tab</item> and <item type="input">Shift-Tab</item> keys to jump forth and back between text boxes of the form dialog.
en_GB: Use the <item type="input">Tab</item> and <item type="input">Shift-Tab</item> keys to jump forward and backward between text boxes of the form dialog.

[ctx: data_form.xhp par_id181512558987528 help.text]
note: CKgpJ
en: To reopen the form dialog, place the cursor on the header row and open the form. The displayed record in the form dialog is the first data record. Move to the last record before entering new data otherwise the current record will be edited.
en_GB: To reopen the form dialogue box, place the cursor on the header row and open the form. The displayed record in the form dialogue box is the first data record. Move to the last record before entering new data otherwise the current record will be edited.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id040320161859459 help.text]
note: WvyAv
en: <emph>values (mandatory):</emph> A numeric array or range. <emph>values</emph> are the historical values, for which you want to forecast the next points.
en_GB: <emph>values (mandatory):</emph> A numeric array or range. <emph>values</emph> are the historical values for which you want to forecast the next points.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id0403201618594513 help.text]
note: AbNWD
en: <emph>data_completion (optional):</emph> a logical value TRUE or FALSE, a numeric 1 or 0, default is 1 (TRUE). A value of 0 (FALSE) will add missing data points with zero as historical value. A value of 1 (TRUE) will add missing data points by interpolating between the neighboring data points.
en_GB: <emph>data_completion (optional):</emph> a logical value TRUE or FALSE, a numeric 1 or 0, default is 1 (TRUE). A value of 0 (FALSE) will add missing data points with zero as historical value. A value of 1 (TRUE) will add missing data points by interpolating between the neighbouring data points.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id0403201618594678 help.text]
note: ifpzB
en: Although the time line requires a constant step between data points, the function support up to 30% missing data points, and will add these data points.
en_GB: Although the time line requires a constant step between data points, the function supports up to 30% missing data points, and will add these data points.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id0503201619582693 help.text]
note: YBhSu
en: <emph>stat_type (mandatory)</emph>: A numerical value from 1 to 9. A value indicating which statistic will be returned for the given values and x-range.
en_GB: <emph>stat_type (mandatory)</emph>: A numeric value from 1 to 9 that indicates which statistic will be returned for the given values and x-range.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id0603201609412399 help.text]
note: SMBbD
en: A value of 1 indicates that Calc is to determine the number of samples in a period automatically. <br/>A value of 0 indicates no periodic effects, a forecast is calculated with EDS algorithms. <br/>For all other positive values, forecasts are calculated with ETS algorithms.<br/>For values that not being a positive whole number, the functions will return the #NUM! Error.
en_GB: A value of 1 indicates that Calc is to determine the number of samples in a period automatically. <br/>A value of 0 indicates no periodic effects, a forecast is calculated with EDS algorithms. <br/>For all other positive values, forecasts are calculated with ETS algorithms.<br/>For values not being a positive whole number, the functions will return the #NUM! Error.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id0603201608440579 help.text]
note: eCBMo
en: forecast = basevalue + trend * ∆x + periodical_aberration.
en_GB: forecast = basevalue + trend * ∆x + periodical_abberation.

[ctx: exponsmooth_embd.xhp par_id0603201608440675 help.text]
note: gvP3t
en: forecast = ( basevalue + trend * ∆x ) * periodical_aberration.
en_GB: forecast = ( basevalue + trend * ∆x ) * periodical_abberation.

[ctx: format_graphic.xhp par_idN10558 help.text]
note: dWAyE
en: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Opens a sub-menu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp>

[ctx: format_graphic.xhp par_id2480544 help.text]
note: jMEUH
en: <ahelp hid=".">Switches <emph>Edit Points</emph> mode for an inserted freeform line on and off.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Switches <emph>Edit Points</emph> mode for an inserted free-form line on and off.</ahelp>

[ctx: func_aggregate.xhp par_id2209201514174453 help.text]
note: swMHB
en: AGGREGATE function is applied to vertical ranges of data with activated AutoFilter. If AutoFilter is not activated, automatic recalculation of the function result does not work for newly hidden rows. It is not supposed to work with horizontal ranges, however it can be applied to them as well, but with limitations. In particular, the AGGREGATE function applied to a horizontal data range does not recognize hiding columns, however correctly omits errors and results of SUBTOTAL and other AGGREGATE functions embedded into the row.
en_GB: AGGREGATE function is applied to vertical ranges of data with activated AutoFilter. If AutoFilter is not activated, automatic recalculation of the function result does not work for newly hidden rows. It is not supposed to work with horizontal ranges, however it can be applied to them as well, but with limitations. In particular, the AGGREGATE function applied to a horizontal data range does not recognise hiding columns, however correctly omits errors and results of SUBTOTAL and other AGGREGATE functions embedded into the row.

[ctx: func_aggregate.xhp par_id2309201520064118 help.text]
note: GPwbY
en: <item type="input">=AGGREGATE(9;5;B2:B9)</item><br/>Returns sum of the column B = 115. If any row is hidden, the function omit its value, for example if the 7th row is hidden, the function returns 95.
en_GB: <item type="input">=AGGREGATE(9;5;B2:B9)</item><br/>Returns sum of the column B = 115. If any row is hidden, the function omits its value, for example if the 7th row is hidden, the function returns 95.

[ctx: func_aggregate.xhp par_id196152404026557 help.text]
note: eyn5c
en: If you need to apply the function with a 3D range, this example shows how to do it.
en_GB: If you need to apply the function with a 3-D range, this example shows how to do it.

[ctx: func_averageif.xhp par_id2412836525208 help.text]
note: tiu8M
en: The function searches what values from the range B2:B6 are greater than the least value in the B2:B6 range, and calculates the average of corresponding values from the C2:C6 range. Returns 113.3, because the fourth row (where there is the least value in the range B2:B6) does not participate in the calculation.
en_GB: The function searches which values from the range B2:B6 are greater than the least value in the B2:B6 range, and calculates the average of the corresponding values from the C2:C6 range. Returns 113.3, because the fourth row (where there is the least value in the range B2:B6) does not participate in the calculation.

[ctx: func_averageifs.xhp par_id2930764965983 help.text]
note: 7jj4X
en: Calculates the average for values of the range C2:C6 that are greater than 70 and correspond to cells of B2:B6 with values  greater than or equal to 20. Returns 137.5, because the second and fifth rows do not meet at least one criterion.
en_GB: Calculates the average for values of the range C2:C6 that are greater than 70 and correspond to cells of B2:B6 with values greater than or equal to 20. Returns 137.5, because the second and fifth rows do not meet at least one criterion.

[ctx: func_color.xhp tit help.text]
note: GuEcB
en: COLOR function
en_GB: COLOUR function

[ctx: func_color.xhp bm_id1102201617201921 help.text]
note: N8CUu
en: <bookmark_value>colors;numerical values</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colors;calculating in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>COLOR function</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>colours;numeric values</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>colours;calculating in spreadsheets</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>COLOR function</bookmark_value>

[ctx: func_color.xhp hd_id456845684568 help.text]
note: qjPSR
en: <variable id="color_head"><link href="text/scalc/01/func_color.xhp">COLOR</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="color_head"><link href="text/scalc/01/func_color.xhp">COLOUR</link></variable>

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id1102201617001848 help.text]
note: HXh5E
en: <ahelp hid=".">Return a numeric value calculated by a combination of three colors (red, green and blue) and the alpha channel, in the RGBA color system.</ahelp> The result depends on the color system used by your computer.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Return a numeric value calculated by a combination of three colours (red, green and blue) and the alpha channel, in the RGBA colour system.</ahelp> The result depends on the colour system used by your computer.

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id242131304318587 help.text]
note: ASLWJ
en: <emph>Red, Green and Blue</emph> – required arguments. The value for the red, green and blue components of the color. The values must be between 0 and 255. Zero means no color component and 255 means full color component.
en_GB: <emph>Red, Green and Blue</emph> – required arguments. The value for the red, green and blue components of the colour. The values must be between 0 and 255. Zero means no colour component and 255 means full colour component.

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id242131304315587 help.text]
note: GoCn2
en: <emph>Alpha</emph> – optional argument. The value for the alpha channel or alpha composite. Alpha is a integer value between 0 and 255. The value of zero for alpha means the color is fully transparent, whereas a value of 255 in the alpha channel gives a fully opaque color.
en_GB: <emph>Alpha</emph> – optional argument. The value for the alpha channel or alpha composite. Alpha is a integer value between 0 and 255. The value of zero for alpha means the colour is fully transparent, whereas a value of 255 in the alpha channel gives a fully opaque colour.

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id1102201617001888 help.text]
note: fb2sj
en: <item type="input">COLOR(255;255;255;1)</item> returns 33554431
en_GB: <item type="input">COLOUR(255;255;255;1)</item> returns 33554431

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id1102201618185378 help.text]
note: gxbF2
en: <item type="input">COLOR(0;0;255;0)</item> returns 255
en_GB: <item type="input">COLOUR(0;0;255;0)</item> returns 255

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id1102201618185326 help.text]
note: f8bh7
en: <item type="input">COLOR(0;0;255;255)</item> returns 4278190335
en_GB: <item type="input">COLOUR(0;0;255;255)</item> returns 4278190335

[ctx: func_color.xhp par_id1102201618188326 help.text]
note: JAYa2
en: <item type="input">COLOR(0;0;400;0)</item> returns Err:502 (Invalid argument) because the blue value is greater than 255.
en_GB: <item type="input">COLOUR(0;0;400;0)</item> returns Err:502 (Invalid argument) because the blue value is greater than 255.

[ctx: func_countifs.xhp par_id109622995127628 help.text]
note: AyFxS
en: Counts the amount of rows that contain simultaneously values greater than 70 in the C2:C6 range and values greater than or equal to 20 in the B2:B6 range. Returns 2, because the second, the fifth and the sixth rows do not meet at least one criterion.
en_GB: Counts the number of rows that contain simultaneously values greater than 70 in the C2:C6 range and values greater than or equal to 20 in the B2:B6 range. Returns 2, because the second, the fifth and the sixth rows do not meet at least one criterion.

[ctx: func_countifs.xhp par_id22137303324873 help.text]
note: yiHkH
en: Counts the amount of rows of the B2:B6 range that contain only alphabet symbols. Returns 1, because only sixth row meets the criterion.
en_GB: Counts the amount of rows of the B2:B6 range that contain only alphabet symbols. Returns 1, because only the sixth row meets the criterion.

[ctx: func_countifs.xhp par_id1105320769334 help.text]
note: 72QET
en: Counts the amount of rows of the B2:B6 range excluding rows with minimum and maximum values of this range. Returns 2, because the third, the fifth and the sixth rows do not meet at least one criterion.
en_GB: Counts the number of rows of the B2:B6 range excluding rows with minimum and maximum values of this range. Returns 2, because the third, the fifth and the sixth rows do not meet at least one criterion.

[ctx: func_countifs.xhp par_id111252614832220 help.text]
note: L6af2
en: Counts the amount of rows that correspond to all cells of the A2:A6 range starting with "pen" and to all cells of the B2:B6 range with exception of its maximum. Returns 1, because only second row meets all criteria.
en_GB: Counts the number of rows that correspond to all cells of the A2:A6 range starting with "pen" and to all cells of the B2:B6 range with exception of its maximum. Returns 1, because only second row meets all criteria.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3152815 help.text]
note: zExSG
en: <emph>Year</emph> is an integer between 1583 and 9957 or between 0 and 99.
en_GB: <emph>Year</emph> is an integer in the range 1583 to 9956 or in the range 0 to 99.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3153222 help.text]
note: WVjaD
en: In <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - $[officename] - General </item>you can set from which year a two-digit number entry is recognized as 20xx.
en_GB: In <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - $[officename] - General </item>you can set from which year a two-digit number entry is recognised as 20xx.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3155817 help.text]
note: uuZQH
en: <emph>Month</emph> is an integer indicating the month.
en_GB: <emph>Month</emph> is an integer in the range 1 to 12 indicating the month.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3153183 help.text]
note: gKdnj
en: <emph>Day</emph> is an integer indicating the day of the month.
en_GB: <emph>Day</emph> is an integer in the range 1 to 31 indicating the day of the month.

[ctx: func_date.xhp par_id3152589 help.text]
note: 8E7EB
en: <item type="input">=DATE(00;1;31)</item> yields 1/31/00 if the cell format setting is MM/DD/YY.
en_GB: <item type="input">=DATE(00;01;31)</item> yields 31/01/00 if the cell format setting is DD/MM/YY.

[ctx: func_day.xhp par_id3147584 help.text]
note: e3R7o
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TAG">Returns the day of given date value.</ahelp> The day is returned as an integer between 1 and 31. You can also enter a negative date/time value.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_TAG">Returns the day of given date value.</ahelp> The day is returned as an integer in the range 1 to 31. You can also enter a negative date/time value.

[ctx: func_days360.xhp par_id3151064 help.text]
note: GD4Dc
en: The optional argument <emph>Type</emph> determines the type of difference calculation. If Type = 0 or if the argument is missing, the US method (NASD, National Association of Securities Dealers) is used. If Type <> 0, the European method is used.
en_GB: The optional argument <emph>Type</emph> determines the type of difference calculation. If Type = 0 or if the argument is omitted, the US method (NASD, National Association of Securities Dealers) is used. If Type <> 0, the European method is used.

[ctx: func_eastersunday.xhp par_id3938413 help.text]
note: DqDwB
en: <emph>Year</emph> is an integer between 1583 and 9956 or 0 and 99. You can also calculate other holidays by simple addition with this date.
en_GB: <emph>Year</emph> is an integer in the range 1583 to 9956 or in the range 0 to 99. You can also calculate other holidays by simple addition with this date.

[ctx: func_eomonth.xhp par_id3154829 help.text]
note: AgbKk
en: What is the last day of the month that falls 6 months after September 14 2001?
en_GB: What is the last day of the month that falls 6 months after 14th September 2001?

[ctx: func_error_type.xhp par_id280533214928308 help.text]
note: XYAAM
en: Returns 7, because 7 is the index number of the error value #N/A.
en_GB: Returns 7, which is the index number of the error value #N/A.

[ctx: func_error_type.xhp par_id24308515918391 help.text]
note: 8UJpP
en: If A3 contains an expression equivalent to the division by zero, the function returns 2, because 2 is the index number of the error value #DIV/0!
en_GB: If A3 contains an expression equivalent to division by zero, the function returns 2, which is the index number of the error value #DIV/0!

[ctx: func_error_type.xhp par_id90121141327448 help.text]
note: PP59Q
en: If in division A1 by A2, A2 can turn to zero, you can handle the situation as follows:
en_GB: If in division A1 by A2, A2 can become zero, you can handle the situation as follows:

[ctx: func_error_type.xhp par_id16083887218317 help.text]
note: uvFET
en: <item type="input">=IF(ISERROR(A1/A2);IF(ERROR.TYPE(A1/A2)=2;"the denominator can't be equal to zero");A1/A2)</item>
en_GB: <item type="input">=IF(ISERROR(A1/A2);IF(ERROR.TYPE(A1/A2)=2;"the denominator can not be equal to zero");A1/A2)</item>

[ctx: func_forecastetsadd.xhp par_id0603201619261276 help.text]
note: 2CDcv
en: See also:  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>
en_GB: See also :  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>

[ctx: func_forecastetspiadd.xhp par_id0603201619261276 help.text]
note: J3FRt
en: See also:  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>
en_GB: See also :  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>

[ctx: func_forecastetspimult.xhp par_id0603201619261276 help.text]
note: LDRam
en: See also:  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>
en_GB: See also :  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>

[ctx: func_forecastetsseason.xhp par_id0603201617510446 help.text]
note: hmYGz
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FORECAST_ETS_SEA">Returns the number of samples in period as calculated by Calc in case of FORECAST.ETS functions when argument <emph>period_length</emph> equals 1. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_FORECAST_ETS_SEA">Returns the number of samples in period as calculated by Calc in case of FORECAST.ETS functions when argument <emph>period_length</emph> equals 1.</ahelp>

[ctx: func_forecastetsseason.xhp par_id0603201619261276 help.text]
note: EUN8o
en: See also:  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>
en_GB: See also :  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>

[ctx: func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp par_id0603201619261276 help.text]
note: dnDvk
en: See also:  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>
en_GB: See also :  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.MULT </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD </link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>

[ctx: func_forecastetsstatmult.xhp par_id0603201619261276 help.text]
note: LBeXF
en: See also:  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>
en_GB: See also :  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsmult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsstatadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.STAT.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspiadd.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.ADD</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetspimult.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.PI.MULT</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/func_forecastetsseason.xhp">FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecast">FORECAST</link>,  <link href="text/scalc/01/04060185.xhp#forecastlinear">FORECAST.LINEAR</link>

[ctx: func_fourier.xhp par_id121556227727948 help.text]
note: TNat4
en: <variable id="textjoinfunction"><ahelp hid=".">Computes the  Discrete Fourier Transform [DFT] of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms.</ahelp></variable> The  function is an <link href="text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp" name="array formula">array formula</link>.
en_GB: <variable id="textjoinfunction"><ahelp hid=".">Computes the Discrete Fourier Transform [DFT] of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms.</ahelp></variable> The  function is an <link href="text/scalc/01/04060107.xhp" name="array formula">array formula</link>.

[ctx: func_hour.xhp par_id3149747 help.text]
note: nYeAv
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STUNDE">Returns the hour for a given time value.</ahelp> The hour is returned as an integer between 0 and 23.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_STUNDE">Returns the hour for a given time value.</ahelp> The hour is returned as an integer in the range 0 to 23.

[ctx: func_minifs.xhp par_id27619246864839 help.text]
note: nUeRH
en: Calculates the minimum of values of the range C2:C6 that correspond to all values of the range B2:B6 except its minimum and minimum. Returns 65.
en_GB: Calculates the minimum of values of the range C2:C6 that correspond to all values of the range B2:B6 except its minimum and maximum. Returns 65.

[ctx: func_minute.xhp par_id3148988 help.text]
note: kGsA6
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MINUTE">Calculates the minute for an internal time value.</ahelp> The minute is returned as a number between 0 and 59.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MINUTE">Calculates the minute for an internal time value.</ahelp> The minute is returned as a number in the range 0 to 59.

[ctx: func_month.xhp par_id3153538 help.text]
note: on6C8
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MONAT">Returns the month for the given date value.</ahelp> The month is returned as an integer between 1 and 12.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_MONAT">Returns the month for the given date value.</ahelp> The month is returned as an integer in the range 1 to 12.

[ctx: func_now.xhp par_id3148829 help.text]
note: o7Wxp
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_JETZT">Returns the computer system date and time.</ahelp> The value is updated when you recalculate the document or each time a cell value is modified.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_JETZT">Returns the computer system date and time.</ahelp> The value is updated when you recalculate the document or each time that a cell value is modified.

[ctx: func_opt_prob_hit.xhp par_id591575063908364 help.text]
note: fWecm
en: <variable id="variable name"><ahelp hid=".">Returns the probability that an asset hits a predetermined barrier price, assuming that the stock price can be modeled as a process S that follows the stochastic differential equation</ahelp></variable>, as follows.
en_GB: <variable id="variable name"><ahelp hid=".">Returns the probability that an asset hits a predetermined barrier price, assuming that the stock price can be modelled as a process S that follows the stochastic differential equation</ahelp></variable>, as follows.

[ctx: func_opt_prob_inmoney.xhp par_id941575063929083 help.text]
note: QDryb
en: <variable id="variable name"><ahelp hid=".">Returns the probability that an asset will end up between two barrier levels at maturity, assuming that the stock price can be modeled as a process S that follows the stochastic differential equation</ahelp></variable>, as follows.
en_GB: <variable id="variable name"><ahelp hid=".">Returns the probability that an asset will end up between two barrier levels at maturity, assuming that the stock price can be modelled as a process S that follows the stochastic differential equation</ahelp></variable>, as follows.

[ctx: func_regex.xhp par_id621542232197446 help.text]
note: VbMmQ
en: <emph>Text</emph>: A text or reference to a cell where the regular expression is to be applied.
en_GB: <emph>Text</emph>: A text string or reference to a cell where the regular expression is to be applied.

[ctx: func_roundsig.xhp par_id921519154702177 help.text]
note: jJKBA
en: <variable id="roundsig"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ROUNDSIG">Returns a number rounded to a specified number of significant decimal digits of its normalized floating point notation.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="roundsig"><ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ROUNDSIG">Returns a number rounded to a specified number of significant decimal digits of its normalised floating point notation.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: func_second.xhp par_id3148974 help.text]
note: cKTfS
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SEKUNDE">Returns the second for the given time value.</ahelp> The second is given as an integer between 0 and 59.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_SEKUNDE">Returns the second for the given time value.</ahelp> The second is given as an integer in the range 0 to 59.

[ctx: func_sumifs.xhp par_id15342189586295 help.text]
note: u7CDd
en: Calculates the sum of values of the range C2:C6 that correspond to all cells of the A2:A6 range starting with "pen" and to all cells of the B2:B6 range except its maximum. Returns 65, because only second row meets all criteria.
en_GB: Calculates the sum of values of the range C2:C6 that correspond to all cells of the A2:A6 range starting with "pen" and to all cells of the B2:B6 range except its maximum. Returns 65, because only the second row meets all criteria.

[ctx: func_textjoin.xhp par_id121556227727948 help.text]
note: oLfX2
en: <variable id="textjoinfunction"><ahelp hid=".">Concatenates one or more strings, and uses delimiters between them.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="textjoinfunction"><ahelp hid=".">Concatenates one or more strings, and inserts delimiters between them.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: func_textjoin.xhp par_id321556228557611 help.text]
note: ByVAF
en: If there are less delimiters than strings to be joined, the delimiters will be used again from the start.
en_GB: If there are fewer delimiters than strings to be joined, the delimiters will be used again from the start.

[ctx: func_timevalue.xhp par_id3148502 help.text]
note: BKBh2
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZEITWERT">TIMEVALUE returns the internal time number from a text enclosed by quotes and which may show a possible time entry format.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_ZEITWERT">TIMEVALUE returns the internal time number from a text string enclosed by quotes and which may show a possible time entry format.</ahelp>

[ctx: func_timevalue.xhp par_id3150794 help.text]
note: Awj4V
en: The internal number indicated as a decimal is the result of the date system used under $[officename] to calculate date entries.
en_GB: The internal number indicated as a decimal is the result of the date system used by $[officename] to calculate date entries.

[ctx: func_today.xhp par_id3153759 help.text]
note: dzt93
en: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_HEUTE">Returns the current computer system date.</ahelp> The value is updated when you reopen the document or modify the values of the document.
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_FUNC_HEUTE">Returns the current computer system date.</ahelp> The value is updated when you reopen the document or modify values in the document.

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3149893 help.text]
note: HC2v5
en: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_WORKDAY"> The result is a date number that can be formatted as a date. You then see the date of a day that is a certain number of <emph>workdays</emph> away from the <emph>start date</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_AAI_FUNC_WORKDAY"> The result is a date number that can be formatted as a date. You then see the date of a day that is a certain number of <emph>working days</emph> away from the <emph>start date</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3147469 help.text]
note: 35EG5
en: <emph>StartDate</emph> is the date from when the calculation is carried out. If the start date is a workday, the day is included in the calculation.
en_GB: <emph>StartDate</emph> is the date from which the calculation is carried out. If the start date is a working day, the day is included in the calculation.

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3153038 help.text]
note: rQ2hM
en: <emph>Days</emph> is the number of workdays. Positive value for a result after the start date, negative value for a result before the start date.
en_GB: <emph>Days</emph> is the number of working days. Positive value for a result after the start date, negative value for a result before the start date.

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3150693 help.text]
note: HNeMW
en: <emph>Holidays</emph> is a list of optional holidays. These are non-working days. Enter a cell range in which the holidays are listed individually.
en_GB: <emph>Holidays</emph> (optional) is a list of holidays. These are non-working days. Enter a cell range in which the holidays are listed individually.

[ctx: func_workday.xhp par_id3152782 help.text]
note: 25DRr
en: What date came 17 workdays after 1 December 2001? Enter the start date "2001-12-01" in C3 and the number of workdays in D3. Cells F3 to J3 contain the following Christmas and New Year holidays: "2001-12-24", "2001-12-25", "2001-12-26", "2001-12-31", "2002-01-01".
en_GB: What date came 17 working days after 1st December 2001? Enter the start date "2001-12-01" in C3 and the number of working days in D3. Cells F3 to J3 contain the following Christmas and New Year holidays: "2001-12-24", "2001-12-25", "2001-12-26", "2001-12-31", "2002-01-01".

[ctx: solver.xhp par_id2216559 help.text]
note: HMiDW
en: The goal of the solver process is to find those variable values of an equation that result in an optimized value in the <emph>target cell</emph>, also named the "objective". You can choose whether the value in the target cell should be a maximum, a minimum, or approaching a given value.
en_GB: The goal of the solver process is to find those variable values of an equation that result in an optimised value in the <emph>target cell</emph>, also named the "objective". You can choose whether the value in the target cell should be a maximum, a minimum, or approaching a given value.

[ctx: solver_options.xhp par_id9999694 help.text]
note: mFtPo
en: Click OK to accept the changes and to go back to the <link href="text/scalc/01/solver.xhp">Solver</link> dialog.
en_GB: Click OK to accept the changes and to go back to the <link href="text/scalc/01/solver.xhp">Solver</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: stat_data.xhp par_id1000010 help.text]
note: NEiJ8
en: <emph>Input Range</emph>: The reference of the range of the data to analyze.
en_GB: <emph>Input Range</emph>: The reference of the range of the data to analyse.

[ctx: text2columns.xhp hd_id9599597 help.text]
note: YwdL2
en: To expand cell contents to multiple cells
en_GB: To expand cell content to multiple cells

[ctx: text2columns.xhp par_id6334116 help.text]
note: RLZ5H
en: You see the Text to Columns dialog.
en_GB: You will see the Text to Columns dialogue box.

[ctx: text2columns.xhp par_id9276406 help.text]
note: BpH4f
en: Select the separator options. The preview shows how the current cell contents will be transformed into multiple cells.
en_GB: Select the separator options. The preview shows how the current cell content will be transformed into multiple cells.

[ctx: text2columns.xhp par_id1517380 help.text]
note: DjifN
en: You can select or enter separator characters to define the positions of breaking points. The separator characters are removed from the resulting cell contents.
en_GB: You can select or enter separator characters to define the positions of breaking points. The separator characters are removed from the contents of the resulting cells.

[ctx: xml_source.xhp hd_id801521494731764 help.text]
note: m8sWR
en: XML Source Dialog
en_GB: XML Source Dialogue Box

[ctx: xml_source.xhp par_id291521494762812 help.text]
note: MZB9H
en: The dialog consists of four parts.
en_GB: The dialogue box consists of four parts.

[ctx: xml_source.xhp par_id131521553077261 help.text]
note: LrH8y
en: Pressing the Import button starts the import process based on the link definitions that the user has provided. Once the import finishes, the dialog will close.
en_GB: Pressing the Import button starts the import process based on the link definitions that the user has provided. Once the import finishes, the dialogue box will close.

[ctx: 00000004.xhp par_id9751884 help.text]
note: wbSXk
en: <variable id="codes">Codes greater than 127 may depend on your system's character mapping (for example iso-8859-1, iso-8859-2, Windows-1252, Windows-1250), and hence may not be portable.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="codes">Codes greater than 127 may depend on your system's character mapping (for example iso-8859-1, iso-8859-2, Windows-1252, Windows-1250) and hence may not be portable.</variable>

[ctx: 00000412.xhp par_id3154516 help.text]
note: SG8FW
en: <variable id="onthestandardbar">On <emph>Standard</emph> bar, click</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="onthestandardbar">On the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, click</variable>

[ctx: 00000412.xhp par_id3147558 help.text]
note: 6GiyL
en: <variable id="dndq">Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>, in the <emph>Select Source</emph> dialog choose the option <emph>Data source registered in $[officename]</emph>.</variable>
en_GB: <variable id="dndq">Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>, in the <emph>Select Source</emph> dialogue box choose the option <emph>Data source registered in $[officename]</emph>.</variable>

[ctx: 00000412.xhp par_id3153297 help.text]
note: qP8SA
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>, in the <emph>Select Source</emph> dialog choose the option <emph>Current selection</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>, in the <emph>Select Source</emph> dialogue box choose the option <emph>Current selection</emph>.

[ctx: 00000412.xhp par_id3145118 help.text]
note: GACGc
en: Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>, in the <emph>Select Source</emph> dialog choose the option <emph>Data source registered in $[officename]</emph>, click <emph>OK</emph> to see <emph>Select Data Source</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Insert - Pivot Table</emph>, in the <emph>Select Source</emph> dialogue box choose the option <emph>Data source registered in $[officename]</emph>, click <emph>OK</emph> to see <emph>Select Data Source</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: main0000.xhp hd_id3154659 help.text]
note: SBdpw
en: $[officename] Calc Menus, Toolbars, and Keys
en_GB: $[officename] Calc Menus, Toolbars and Keys

[ctx: main0104.xhp par_id391577296078546 help.text]
note: 3EmAu
en: Opens a submenu for selecting the date, sheet name or document title in the cell.
en_GB: Opens a sub-menu for selecting the date, sheet name or document title in the cell.

[ctx: main0106.xhp par_id3152576 help.text]
note: NkvRH
en: You can also create and assign macros and configure the look and feel of toolbars, menus, keyboard, and set the default options for $[officename] applications.
en_GB: You can also create and assign macros and configure the look and feel of toolbars, menus, keyboard and set the default options for $[officename] applications.

[ctx: main0106.xhp hd_id3150086 help.text]
note: SbKoe
en: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customize">Customize</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp" name="Customise">Customise</link>

[ctx: main0116.xhp hd_id3163735308 help.text]
note: wbNHt
en: Sheet Tab Color
en_GB: Sheet Tab Colour

[ctx: main0200.xhp par_id3148798 help.text]
note: tdJRk
en: This submenu lists the toolbars that are available in spreadsheets.<embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#symbolleistenneu"/>
en_GB: This sub-menu lists the toolbars that are available in spreadsheets.<embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#symbolleistenneu"/>

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3153160 help.text]
note: Arm5j
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Color">Font Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Colour">Font Colour</link>

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3155064 help.text]
note: 7BZfP
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp" name="Align Center Horizontally">Align Center Horizontally</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp" name="Align Centre Horizontally">Align Centre Horizontally</link>

[ctx: main0202.xhp hd_id3153306 help.text]
note: 6jCFX
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp" name="Align Center Vertically">Align Center Vertically</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp" name="Align Centre Vertically">Align Centre Vertically</link>

[ctx: main0202.xhp par_id2376476 help.text]
note: ZdwVC
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Horizontally centers the contents of the cell.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Horizontally centres the contents of the cell.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0203.xhp hd_id3153417 help.text]
note: J3HZu
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Color">Line Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05200100.xhp" name="Line Colour">Line Colour</link>

[ctx: main0203.xhp hd_id3147338 help.text]
note: DAGaR
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp" name="Background Color">Background Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05210100.xhp" name="Background Colour">Background Colour</link>

[ctx: main0205.xhp hd_id3148575 help.text]
note: qzSkC
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Color">Font Color</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp" name="Font Colour">Font Colour</link>

[ctx: main0205.xhp hd_id3155337 help.text]
note: DUWnb
en: <link href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp" name="Centered">Centered</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp" name="Centred">Centred</link>

[ctx: main0206.xhp par_id3150400 help.text]
note: dnFAk
en: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_INPUTWIN">Use this bar to enter formulas.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_SC_INPUTWIN">Use this bar to enter formulae.</ahelp>

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_id460929 help.text]
note: cEsD4
en: Shows or hides margins of the page. Margins can be dragged by the mouse, and also can be set on <emph>Page</emph> tab of <emph>Page Style</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Shows or hides margins of the page. Margins can be dragged by the mouse, and also can be set on <emph>Page</emph> tab of <emph>Page Style</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: main0210.xhp par_id460939 help.text]
note: YZA55
en: This slide defines a page scale for the printed spreadsheet. Scaling factor can be set on <emph>Sheet</emph> tab of <emph>Page Style</emph> dialog, too.
en_GB: This slide defines a page scale for the printed spreadsheet. Scaling factor can be set on <emph>Sheet</emph> tab of <emph>Page Style</emph> dialogue box, too.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
note: ztyoG
en: $[officename] Calc is a spreadsheet application that you can use to calculate, analyze, and manage your data. You can also import and modify Microsoft Excel spreadsheets.
en_GB: $[officename] Calc is a spreadsheet application that you can use to calculate, analyse and manage your data. You can also import and modify Microsoft Excel spreadsheets.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145172 help.text]
note: uiaMX
en: $[officename] Calc provides you with <link href="text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp" name="functions">functions</link>, including statistical and banking functions, that you can use to create formulas to perform complex calculations on your data.
en_GB: $[officename] Calc provides you with <link href="text/scalc/01/04060100.xhp" name="functions">functions</link>, including statistical and banking functions, that you can use to create formulae to perform complex calculations on your data.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3145271 help.text]
note: ZWXQP
en: You can also use the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="AutoPilots">Function Wizard</link> to help you create your formulas.
en_GB: You can also use the <link href="text/scalc/01/04060000.xhp" name="Function Wizard">Function Wizard</link> to help you create your formulae.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3154011 help.text]
note: 99gbx
en: Use spreadsheets to arrange, store, and filter your data.
en_GB: Use spreadsheets to arrange, store and filter your data.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3154490 help.text]
note: Bo5vg
en: With a few mouse-clicks, you can reorganize your spreadsheet to show or hide certain data ranges, or to format ranges according to special conditions, or to quickly calculate subtotals and totals.
en_GB: With a few mouse-clicks, you can reorganise your spreadsheet to show or hide certain data ranges, or to format ranges according to special conditions, or to quickly calculate subtotals and totals.

[ctx: main0503.xhp par_id3157867 help.text]
note: HBc3E
en: Use the $[officename] filters to convert Excel files, or to open and save in a variety of other <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp" name="formats">formats</link>.
en_GB: Use the $[officename] filters to convert Microsoft Excel files, or to open and save in a variety of other <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp" name="formats">formats</link>.

[ctx: 11080000.xhp par_id3159158 help.text]
note: CLAjp
en: To remove the variable watch, select the variable in the Watch window, and then click on the <emph>Remove Watch</emph> icon.
en_GB: To remove the variable watch, select the variable in the Watch window and then click on the <emph>Remove Watch</emph> icon.

[ctx: 11090000.xhp tit help.text]
note: kfzBw
en: Object Catalog
en_GB: Object Catalogue

[ctx: 11090000.xhp hd_id3153255 help.text]
note: EKx2C
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp" name="Object Catalog">Object Catalog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp" name="Object Catalogue">Object Catalogue</link>

[ctx: 11090000.xhp par_id3147576 help.text]
note: AVf2T
en: Double click the name of a function or sub to load the module that contains that function or sub, and to position the cursor. Double click the name of a module or dialog to load and display that module or dialog.
en_GB: Double-click the name of a function or sub to load the module that contains that function or sub, and to position the cursor. Double-click the name of a module or dialog to load and display that module or dialog.

[ctx: 11090000.xhp par_id3154515 help.text]
note: EtHDn
en: Object Catalog
en_GB: Object Catalogue

[ctx: 11100000.xhp par_id3147399 help.text]
note: 5C9pN
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:ChooseMacro">Opens the <emph>Macro</emph> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:ChooseMacro">Opens the <emph>Macro</emph> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11110000.xhp par_id3156414 help.text]
note: dGdth
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:ModuleDialog">Click here to open the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro Organizer"><emph>Macro Organizer</emph></link> dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:ModuleDialog">Click here to open the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro Organiser"><emph>Macro Organiser</emph></link> dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11120000.xhp tit help.text]
note: D3G7x
en: Find Parentheses
en_GB: Find Parentheses (Round Brackets)

[ctx: 11120000.xhp hd_id3149497 help.text]
note: awTDX
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/02/11120000.xhp" name="Find Parentheses">Find Parentheses</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/02/11120000.xhp" name="Find Parentheses (Round Brackets)">Find Parentheses (Round Brackets)</link>

[ctx: 11120000.xhp par_id3155150 help.text]
note: Kkd6M
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:MatchGroup" visibility="visible">Highlights the text that is enclosed by two corresponding brackets. Place the text cursor in front of an opening or closing bracket, and then click this icon.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:MatchGroup" visibility="visible">Highlights the text that is enclosed by two corresponding brackets. Place the text cursor in front of an opening or closing bracket and then click this icon.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11120000.xhp par_id3147276 help.text]
note: Y8mTx
en: Find Parentheses
en_GB: Find Parentheses (Round Brackets)

[ctx: 11140000.xhp par_id3150445 help.text]
note: vDwRJ
en: Place the cursor in the code where you want to insert the source text, and then click the <emph>Insert source text</emph> icon. Locate the file that contains the Basic source text that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.
en_GB: Place the cursor in the code where you want to insert the source text and then click the <emph>Insert source text</emph> icon. Locate the file that contains the Basic source text that you want to insert and then click <emph>Open</emph>.

[ctx: 11170000.xhp par_id3152363 help.text]
note: XqJ6C
en: <ahelp hid=".">Calls a dialog to manage breakpoints.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Calls a dialogue box to manage breakpoints.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11170000.xhp par_id3154897 help.text]
note: VEXGo
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp" name="Manage Breakpoints dialog"><emph>Manage Breakpoints</emph> dialog</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp" name="Manage Breakpoints dialogue box"><emph>Manage Breakpoints</emph> dialogue box</link>

[ctx: 11180000.xhp par_id3152363 help.text]
note: XBChu
en: <ahelp hid=".">Calls an "Open" dialog to import a BASIC dialog file.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Calls an "Open" dialogue box to import a BASIC dialog file.</ahelp>

[ctx: 11180000.xhp par_id0929200903505360 help.text]
note: n6QpJ
en: Dialogs can contain localization data. When importing a dialog, a mismatch of the dialogs' localization status can occur.
en_GB: Dialogs can contain localisation data. When importing a dialog, a mismatch of the dialogs' localisation status can occur.

[ctx: 11180000.xhp par_id0929200903505320 help.text]
note: DecXa
en: If the library contains additional languages compared to the imported dialog, or if the imported dialog is not localized at all, then the additional languages will silently be added to the imported dialog using the strings of the dialog's default locale.
en_GB: If the library contains additional languages compared to the imported dialog, or if the imported dialog is not localised at all, then the additional languages will silently be added to the imported dialog using the strings of the dialog's default locale.

[ctx: 11180000.xhp par_id0929200903505383 help.text]
note: mGc9E
en: If the imported dialog contains additional languages compared to the library, or if the library is not localized at all, then you see a message box with Add, Omit, and Cancel buttons.
en_GB: If the imported dialog contains additional languages compared to the library, or if the library is not localised at all, then you see a message box with Add, Omit, and Cancel buttons.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp bm_id3150402 help.text]
note: F2psp
en: <bookmark_value>controls; in dialog editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>push button control in dialog editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>icon control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>buttons; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>image control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>check box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>radio button control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>option button control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fixed text control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>label field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text boxes; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>list boxes; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>combo box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scroll bar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal scrollbar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical scrollbar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>group box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>progress bar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fixed line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>time field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numerical field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currency field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatted field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pattern field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>masked field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file selection control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selection options for controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>test mode control</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>controls; in dialog editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>push button control in dialog editor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>icon control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>buttons; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>image control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>check box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>radio button control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>option button control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fixed text control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>label field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>editing; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text boxes; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>list boxes; controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>combo box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scroll bar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal scrollbar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical scrollbar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>group box control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>progress bar control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fixed line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical line control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>time field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numeric field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>currency field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatted field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pattern field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>masked field control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>file selection control</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>selection options for controls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>test mode control</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3157958 help.text]
note: BjneK
en: In edit mode, double-click a control to open the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp" name="properties dialog">properties dialog</link>.
en_GB: In edit mode, double-click a control to open the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp" name="properties dialogue box">properties dialogue box</link>.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3148538 help.text]
note: eo4TR
en: In edit mode, you can also right-click a control and choose the cut, copy, and paste command.
en_GB: In edit mode, you can also right-click a control and choose the cut, copy and paste command.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3156181 help.text]
note: XA4Aw
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFixedText">Adds a field for displaying text labels.</ahelp> These labels are only for displaying predefined text, and not for entering text.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFixedText">Adds a field for displaying text labels.</ahelp> These labels are only for displaying predefined text and not for entering text.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3153712 help.text]
note: ruGZ2
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertEdit">Adds an input box where you can enter and edit text.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertEdit">Adds an input box in which you can enter and edit text.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3155176 help.text]
note: CZ7M5
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertListbox">Adds a box where you can click an entry on a list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertListbox">Adds a box in which you can click an entry on a list.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3154199 help.text]
note: Vdn74
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:Combobox">Adds a combo box. A combo box is a one line list box that a user can click, and then choose an entry from the list.</ahelp> If you want, you can make the entries in the combo box "read only".
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:Combobox">Adds a combo box. A combo box is a one line list box that a user can click and then choose an entry from the list.</ahelp> If you want, you can make the entries in the combo box "read-only".

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3150046 help.text]
note: DBqW6
en: If you assign the "dropdown" property to the date field, a user can drop down a calendar to select a date.
en_GB: If you assign the "drop-down" property to the date field, a user can drop down a calendar to select a date.

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3146320 help.text]
note: QAd5c
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFormattedField">Adds a text box where you can define the formatting for text that is inputted or outputted as well as any limiting values.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFormattedField">Adds a text box in which you can define the formatting for text that is input or output as well as any limiting values.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3145632 help.text]
note: 9GHDa
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFileControl">Adds a button that opens a file selection dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFileControl">Adds a button that opens a file selection dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id3151105 help.text]
note: pjygv
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowPropBrowser">Opens a dialog where you can edit the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp" name="properties">properties</link> of the selected control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ShowPropBrowser">Opens a dialogue box with which you can edit the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp" name="properties">properties</link> of the selected control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id1261940 help.text]
note: adqA5
en: <ahelp hid=".uno:ManageLanguage">Opens a <link href="text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp">dialog</link> to enable or manage multiple sets of dialog resources for multiple languages.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".uno:ManageLanguage">Opens a <link href="text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp">dialogue box</link> to enable or manage multiple sets of dialog resources for multiple languages.</ahelp>

[ctx: 20000000.xhp par_id9961854 help.text]
note: XzXwf
en: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a table control that can show a table data. You can populate the data by your program, using API calls.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Adds a table control that can show table data. You can populate the data by your program, using API calls.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3152886 help.text]
en: <variable id="makro"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChooseMacro">Opens the <emph>Macro</emph> dialog, where you can create, edit, organize, and run $[officename] Basic macros.</ahelp></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="makro"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChooseMacro">Opens the <emph>Macro</emph> dialogue box, where you can create, edit, organize, and run $[officename] Basic macros.</ahelp></variable>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3153190 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/libraries">Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/libraries">Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialogue box.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3149961 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/assign">Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/assign">Opens the Customise dialogue box, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3149124 help.text]
en: To create a new macro, select the "Standard" module in the <emph>Macro from</emph> list, and then click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: To create a new macro, select the "Standard" module in the <emph>Macro from</emph> list and then click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3150749 help.text]
en: To delete a macro, select it, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.
en_GB: To delete a macro, select it and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.

[ctx: 06130000.xhp hd_id3153764 help.text]
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3148405 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Opens the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Opens the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3153234 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/location">Select the location containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/location">Select the location containing the macro libraries that you want to organise.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3156169 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/newlibdialog/NewLibDialog">Enter a name for the new module, dialog, or library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/newlibdialog/NewLibDialog">Enter a name for the new module, dialog or library.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130000.xhp par_id3155126 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/import">Locate that $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/import">Locate the $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130100.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry">Repeat the new password for the selected library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry">Re-enter the new password for the selected library.</ahelp>

[ctx: 06130500.xhp par_id3154840 help.text]
en: Locate that <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.
en_GB: Locate the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.

[ctx: 06130500.xhp par_id3155892 help.text]
en: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ref">Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ref">Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time that you start <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3153092 help.text]
note: NfzqE
en: The behavior has an effect on both the implicit conversion ( 1 + "2.3" = 3.3 ) as well as the function <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp" name="IsNumeric">IsNumeric</link>.
en_GB: The behaviour has an effect on both the implicit conversion ( 1 + "2.3" = 3.3 ) as well as the function <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp" name="IsNumeric">IsNumeric</link>.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp hd_id3155854 help.text]
note: 2zeFJ
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3145366 help.text]
note: ELCNB
en: In $[officename] Basic, colors are treated as long integer value. The return value of color queries is also always a long integer value. When defining properties, colors can be specified using their RGB code that is converted to a long integer value using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp" name="RGB function">RGB function</link>.
en_GB: In $[officename] Basic, colours are treated as long integer value. The return value of colour queries is also always a long integer value. When defining properties, colours can be specified using their RGB code that is converted to a long integer value using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp" name="RGB function">RGB function</link>.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3154731 help.text]
note: zTDqe
en: A twip is a screen-independent unit which is used to define the uniform position and size of screen elements on all display systems. A twip is 1/1440th of an inch or 1/20 of a printer's point. There are 1440 twips to an inch or about 567 twips to a centimeter.
en_GB: A twip is a screen-independent unit which is used to define the uniform position and size of screen elements on all display systems. A twip is 1/1440th of an inch or 1/20 of a printer's point. There are 1440 twips to an inch or about 567 twips to a centimetre.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3168612 help.text]
note: iUcFZ
en: The most common usage of URLs is on the internet when specifying web pages. Example for protocols are <emph>http</emph>, <emph>ftp</emph>, or <emph>file</emph>. The <emph>file</emph> protocol specifier is used when referring to a file on the local file system.
en_GB: The most common usage of URLs is on the Internet when specifying web pages. Example protocols are <emph>http</emph>, <emph>ftp</emph> and <emph>file</emph>. The <emph>file</emph> protocol specifier is used when referring to a file on the local file system.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3156424 help.text]
note: 3P4FS
en: The color values of the 16 basic colors are as follows:
en_GB: The colour values of the 16 basic colours are as follows:

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3153091 help.text]
note: 8hbC4
en: <emph>Color Value</emph>
en_GB: <emph>Colour Value</emph>

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3154319 help.text]
note: QQwAi
en: <emph>Color Name</emph>
en_GB: <emph>Colour Name</emph>

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3149817 help.text]
note: UJkGm
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3148797 help.text]
note: 3bNDt
en: <emph>Sub</emph> is the short form of <emph>subroutine</emph>, that is used to handle a certain task within a program. Subs are used to split a task into individual procedures. Splitting a program into procedures and sub-procedures enhances readability and reduces the error-proneness. A sub possibly takes some arguments as parameters but does not return any values back to the calling sub or function, for example:
en_GB: <emph>Sub</emph> is the short form of <emph>subroutine</emph>, that is used to handle a certain task within a program. Subs are used to split a task into individual procedures. Splitting a program into procedures and sub-procedures enhances readability and reduces the error-proneness. A Sub possibly takes some arguments as parameters but does not return any values back to the calling Sub or Function, for example:

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3150868 help.text]
note: ovUK9
en: DoSomethingWithTheValues(MyFirstValue,MySecondValue)
en_GB: DoSomethingWithTheValues(MyFirstValue, MySecondValue)

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3151112 help.text]
note: kXGbg
en: Global variables are valid for all subs and functions inside a module. They are declared at the beginning of a module before the first sub or function starts.
en_GB: Global variables are valid for all subs and functions inside a module. They are declared at the beginning of a module before the first Sub or Function starts.

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3154012 help.text]
note: dKN75
en: Variables that you declare within a sub or function are valid only inside this sub or function. These variables override global variables with the same name and local variables with the same name coming from superordinate subs or functions.
en_GB: Variables that you declare within a Sub or Function are valid only inside this Sub or Function. These variables override global variables with the same name and local variables with the same name coming from superordinate Subs or Functions.

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3152578 help.text]
note: g2VDj
en: You can copy or move subs, functions, modules and libraries from one file to another by using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link> dialog.
en_GB: You can copy or move subs, functions, modules and libraries from one file to another by using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020100.xhp par_id3148797 help.text]
note: eybR7
en: A variable name can consist of a maximum of 255 characters. The first character of a variable name <emph>must</emph> be a letter A-Z or a-z. Numbers can also be used in a variable name, but punctuation symbols and special characters are not permitted, with exception of the underscore character ("_"). In $[officename] Basic variable identifiers are not case-sensitive. Variable names may contain spaces but must be enclosed in square brackets if they do.
en_GB: A variable name can consist of a maximum of 255 characters. The first character of a variable name <emph>must</emph> be a letter A-Z or a-z. Numbers can also be used in a variable name, but punctuation symbols and special characters are not permitted, with exception of the underscore character ("_"). In $[officename] Basic variable identifiers are not case-sensitive. Variable names may contain spaces but must be enclosed by square brackets if they do.

[ctx: 01020100.xhp par_id3155072 help.text]
note: mmoKC
en: The <emph>Option Explicit</emph> statement has to be the first line in the module, before the first SUB. Generally, only arrays need to be declared explicitly. All other variables are declared according to the type-declaration character, or - if omitted - as the default type <emph>Single</emph>.
en_GB: The <emph>Option Explicit</emph> statement must be the first line in the module, before the first SUB. Generally, only arrays need to be declared explicitly. All other variables are declared according to the type-declaration character, or - if omitted - as the default type <emph>Single</emph>.

[ctx: 01020200.xhp hd_id3145645 help.text]
note: ZeR9D
en: <variable id="01020200"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01020200.xhp">Using the Object Catalog</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="01020200"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01020200.xhp">Using the Object Catalogue</link></variable>

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3153707 help.text]
note: DXDBg
en: The object catalog provides an overview of all modules and dialogs you have created in $[officename].
en_GB: The object catalogue provides an overview of all modules and dialogs you have created in $[officename].

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3147346 help.text]
note: kJFfX
en: Click the <emph>Object Catalog</emph> icon <image id="img_id3147341" src="cmd/sc_objectcatalog.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3147341">Icon</alt></image> in the Macro toolbar to display the object catalog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Object Catalogue</emph> icon <image id="img_id3147341" src="cmd/sc_objectcatalog.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3147341">Icon</alt></image> in the Macro toolbar to display the object catalogue.

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3155114 help.text]
note: L84og
en: The dialog shows a list of all existing objects in a hierarchical representation. Double-clicking a list entry opens its subordinate objects.
en_GB: The dialogue box shows a list of all existing objects in a hierarchical representation. Double-clicking a list entry opens its subordinate objects.

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3150786 help.text]
note: bYrDX
en: To display a certain module in the Editor or to position the cursor in a selected SUB or FUNCTION, double click on the corresponding entry.
en_GB: To display a certain module in the Editor or to position the cursor in a selected SUB or FUNCTION, double-click on the corresponding entry.

[ctx: 01020500.xhp par_id3150011 help.text]
note: GA9nr
en: Libraries serve as a tool for organizing modules, and can either be attached to a document or a template. When the document or a template is saved, all modules contained in the library are automatically saved as well.
en_GB: Libraries serve as a tool for organising modules and can either be attached to a document or a template. When the document or a template is saved, all modules contained in the library are automatically saved as well.

[ctx: 01020500.xhp par_id3149377 help.text]
note: GTorM
en: Dialog modules contain dialog definitions, including the dialog box properties, the properties of each dialog element and the events assigned. Since a dialog module can only contain a single dialog, they are often referred to as "dialogs".
en_GB: Dialog modules contain dialog definitions, including the dialog properties, the properties of each dialog element and the events assigned. Since a dialog module can only contain a single dialog, they are often referred to as "dialogs".

[ctx: 01030100.xhp par_id3154686 help.text]
note: YTyba
en: The <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050100.xhp" name="Watch"><emph>Watch window</emph></link> (observer) is located below the Editor window at the left, and displays the contents of variables or arrays during a single step process.
en_GB: The <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050100.xhp" name="Watch"><emph>Watch window</emph></link> (observer) is located below the Editor window at the left and displays the contents of variables or arrays during a single step process.

[ctx: 01030200.xhp par_id59816 help.text]
note: YrvUy
en: Insert your Basic code between the Sub Main and End Sub lines that you see when you first open the IDE. Alternatively, delete all lines and then enter your own Basic code.
en_GB: Insert your Basic code between the Sub Main and End Sub lines that you will see when you first open the IDE. Alternatively, delete all lines and then enter your own Basic code.

[ctx: 01030200.xhp hd_id3153190 help.text]
note: jwC6n
en: The Object Catalog
en_GB: The Object Catalogue

[ctx: 01030200.xhp par_id3150327 help.text]
note: cyk4a
en: Select the module that you want to export as text from the object catalog.
en_GB: Select the module that you want to export as text from the object catalogue.

[ctx: 01030200.xhp par_id3147343 help.text]
note: 88Jh5
en: Select the module where you want to import the source code from the object catalog.
en_GB: Select the module from which you want to import the source code from the object catalogue.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3155805 help.text]
note: Jhx92
en: The <emph>single step </emph>execution using the <emph>Single Step</emph> icon causes the program to branch into procedures and functions.
en_GB: The <emph>single step</emph> execution using the <emph>Single Step</emph> icon causes the program to branch into procedures and functions.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3159413 help.text]
note: 8pxBr
en: Select <emph>Properties</emph> from the context menu of a breakpoint or select <emph>Breakpoints</emph> from the context menu of the breakpoint column to call the <emph>Breakpoints</emph> dialog where you can specify other breakpoint options.
en_GB: Select <emph>Properties</emph> from the context menu of a breakpoint or select <emph>Breakpoints</emph> from the context menu of the breakpoint column to call the <emph>Breakpoints</emph> dialogue box in which you can specify other breakpoint options.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3145749 help.text]
note: vMioe
en: If you rest the mouse over a predefined variable in the Editor at run-time, the content of the variable is displayed in a pop-up box.
en_GB: If you rest the mouse over a predefined variable in the Editor at runtime, the content of the variable is displayed in a pop-up box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp tit help.text]
note: DTrbM
en: Organizing Libraries and Modules
en_GB: Organising Libraries and Modules

[ctx: 01030400.xhp bm_id3148797 help.text]
note: Kq6sz
en: <bookmark_value>libraries;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>libraries;containers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>modules;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adding libraries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;libraries/modules/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dialogs;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organizing;modules/libraries/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>renaming modules and dialogs</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>libraries;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>libraries;containers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>modules;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adding libraries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;libraries/modules/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dialogs;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organising;modules/libraries/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>renaming modules and dialogs</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3148797 help.text]
note: ToKAi
en: <variable id="01030400"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp">Organizing Libraries and Modules</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="01030400"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp">Organising Libraries and Modules</link></variable>

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3150868 help.text]
note: bGzjL
en: Organizing Libraries
en_GB: Organising Libraries

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3152576 help.text]
note: Qmf6K
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3149664 help.text]
note: 4ERU5
en: Select to where you want to attach the library in the <emph>Location</emph> list. If you select %PRODUCTNAME Macros & Dialogs, the library will belong to the $[officename] application and will be available for all documents. If you select a document the library will be attached to this document and only available from there.
en_GB: Choose a location where you want to attach the library from the <emph>Location</emph> list. If you select %PRODUCTNAME Macros & Dialogs, the library will belong to the $[officename] application and will be available for all documents. If you select a document the library will be attached to this document and only available from there.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3153157 help.text]
note: KiUmc
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3145640 help.text]
note: 5jXQ8
en: Select to where you want to import the library in the <emph>Location</emph> list. If you select %PRODUCTNAME Macros & Dialogs, the library will belong to the $[officename] application and will be available for all documents. If you select a document the library will be imported to this document and only available from there.
en_GB: Choose a location where you want to append the library from the <emph>Location</emph> list. If you select %PRODUCTNAME Macros & Dialogs, the library will belong to the $[officename] application and will be available for all documents. If you select a document the library will be imported to that document and only available from there.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3154705 help.text]
note: 6HMTM
en: Select all libraries to be imported in the <emph>Import Libraries</emph> dialog. The dialog displays all libraries that are contained in the selected file.
en_GB: Select all libraries to be imported in the <emph>Import Libraries</emph> dialogue box. The dialogue box displays all libraries that are contained in the selected file.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3163807 help.text]
note: fahSC
en: If you want to insert the library as a reference only check the <emph>Insert as reference (read-only)</emph> box. Read-only libraries are fully functional but cannot be modified in the Basic IDE.
en_GB: If you want to insert the library as a reference only mark the <emph>Insert as reference (read-only)</emph> check box. Read-only libraries are fully functional but cannot be modified in the Basic IDE.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3145228 help.text]
note: Rrk55
en: Check the <emph>Replace existing libraries</emph> box if you want existing libraries of the same name to be overwritten.
en_GB: Mark the <emph>Replace existing libraries</emph> check box if you want existing libraries of the same name to be overwritten.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3147005 help.text]
note: XaAmh
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3150086 help.text]
note: 5AxyK
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3147070 help.text]
note: v2QTY
en: Organizing Modules and Dialogs
en_GB: Organising Modules and Dialogs

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3154537 help.text]
note: A885X
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3159206 help.text]
note: UFNnu
en: Select the library where the module will be inserted and click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: Select the library into which the module will be inserted and click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3159230 help.text]
note: siFq3
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3150046 help.text]
note: L9iaA
en: Click the module to be renamed twice, with a pause between the clicks. Enter the new name.
en_GB: Click the module to be renamed twice, pausing between the clicks. Enter the new name.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3147547 help.text]
note: j9LZ9
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3151392 help.text]
note: JqaG6
en: Organizing Projects among Documents or Templates
en_GB: Organising Projects among Documents or Templates

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3149319 help.text]
note: LgDdE
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3147244 help.text]
note: 37TrA
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3146098 help.text]
note: AgVEM
en: Select whether you want the assignment to be globally valid or just valid in the current document in the <emph>Save In</emph> listbox.
en_GB: Select whether you want the assignment to be globally valid or just valid in the current document in the <emph>Save In</emph> list box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3147414 help.text]
note: jtkJ7
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3146883 help.text]
note: UGGUT
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3155909 help.text]
note: BCPRn
en: Select whether you want to remove a global assignment or an assignment that is just valid in the current document by selecting the option in the <emph>Save In</emph> listbox.
en_GB: Select whether you want to remove a global assignment or an assignment that is just valid in the current document by selecting the option in the <emph>Save In</emph> list box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3149351 help.text]
note: zrhkb
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_idN105C9 help.text]
note: QFuVt
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Basic IDE where you can write and edit macros.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Basic IDE with which you can write and edit macros.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_id3153965 help.text]
note: JotdN
en: Opens the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro Organizer"><emph>Macro Organizer</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro Organiser"><emph>Macro Organiser</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3153771 help.text]
note: hyyPe
en: The following key combinations apply to enter data in multiline fields or combo boxes of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog:
en_GB: The following key combinations apply to enter data in multi-line fields or combo boxes of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box:

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3146971 help.text]
note: wyG3u
en: Inserts a line break in multiline fields.
en_GB: Inserts a line break in multi-line fields.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3155307 help.text]
note: avCAy
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3145251 help.text]
note: DYYEL
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the background color for the current control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the background colour for the current control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3154663 help.text]
note: xBWQF
en: Date max.
en_GB: Date latest

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3152778 help.text]
note: fLYMV
en: Date min.
en_GB: Date earliest

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3166426 help.text]
note: LAnBF
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of decimal places displayed for a numerical or currency control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of decimal places displayed for a numeric or currency control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3151278 help.text]
note: jFKSh
en: Dropdown
en_GB: Drop-down

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155113 help.text]
note: Cip9s
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to enable the dropdown option for list or combo box controls. A dropdown control field has an arrow button which you can click to open a list of the existing form entries.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to enable the drop-down option for list or combo box controls. A drop-down control field has an arrow button which you can click to open a list of the existing form entries.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3150517 help.text]
note: t4GJD
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to enable the control. If the control is disabled, it is grayed out in the dialog.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to enable the control. If the control is disabled, it is greyed out in the dialog.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3157983 help.text]
note: yEwjE
en: The characters a-z can be entered here. If a capital letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a lowercase letter.
en_GB: The characters a-z can be entered here. If a capital letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a lower-case letter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3159204 help.text]
note: Q86Zu
en: The characters A-Z can be entered here. If a lowercase letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter
en_GB: The characters A-Z can be entered here. If a lower-case letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3151304 help.text]
note: tuUGC
en: The characters a-z and 0-9 can be entered here. If a capital letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a lowercase letter.
en_GB: The characters a-z and 0-9 can be entered here. If a capital letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a lower-case letter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155071 help.text]
note: urwGP
en: The characters a-z and 0-9 can be entered here. If a lowercase letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter
en_GB: The characters a-z and 0-9 can be entered here. If a lower-case letter is entered, it is automatically converted to a capital letter

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3154707 help.text]
note: SxFCq
en: All printable characters can be entered. If a lowercase letter is used, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.
en_GB: All printable characters can be entered. If a lower-case letter is used, it is automatically converted to a capital letter.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id6591082 help.text]
note: ExcDe
en: Setting this property to TRUE causes the changes to be automatically saved when editing is interrupted. FALSE means that editing is canceled and changes are lost.
en_GB: Setting this property to TRUE causes the changes to be automatically saved when editing is interrupted. FALSE means that editing is cancelled and changes are discarded.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3149143 help.text]
note: YBUsT
en: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of lines to be displayed for a list control. For combo boxes, this setting is only active if the dropdown option is enabled. </ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of lines to be displayed for a list control. For combo boxes, this setting is only active if the drop-down option is enabled. </ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3149893 help.text]
note: BdKPT
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to allow manual line breaks inside multiline controls.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to allow manual line breaks inside multi-line controls.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3154675 help.text]
note: fWJry
en: Multiline Input
en_GB: Multi-line Input

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3146144 help.text]
note: CWHWy
en: To switch between dialog pages at run time, you need to create a macro that changes the value of <emph>Page (Step)</emph>.
en_GB: To switch between dialog pages at run-time, you need to create a macro that changes the value of <emph>Page (Step)</emph>.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id4974822 help.text]
note: TC8mj
en: The handles are dotted lines that visualize the hierarchy of the tree control.
en_GB: The handles are dotted lines that visualise the hierarchy of the tree control.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_idN10EEB help.text]
note: jwSUy
en: Click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the <emph>Selection</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>...</emph> button to open the <emph>Selection</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3145298 help.text]
note: iEFns
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to add spin buttons to a numerical, currency, date, or time control to allow increasing and decreasing the input value using arrow buttons.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to add spin buttons to a numeric, currency, date or time control to allow increasing and decreasing the input value using arrow buttons.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3153042 help.text]
note: Z3Rvf
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to only allow valid characters to be entered in a numerical, currency, date, or time control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to only allow valid characters to be entered in a numeric, currency, date or time control.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3149538 help.text]
note: VCDfj
en: Tabstop
en_GB: Tab stop

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3148543 help.text]
note: s9gEA
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select the focus behavior of the current control when using the <emph>Tab</emph> key.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select the focus behaviour of the current control when using the <emph>Tab</emph> key.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3155085 help.text]
note: eDAbP
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to display thousands separator characters in numerical and currency controls.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to display thousands separator characters in numeric and currency controls.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3153716 help.text]
note: USyCT
en: <emph>Titles</emph> are only used for labeling a dialog and can only contain one line. Please note that if you work with macros, controls are only called through their <emph>Name</emph> property.
en_GB: <emph>Titles</emph> are only used for labelling a dialog and can only contain one line. Please note that if you work with macros, controls are only called through their <emph>Name</emph> property.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3152594 help.text]
note: LAsn8
en: Tristate
en_GB: Tri-state

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3149825 help.text]
note: uxGB3
en: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to allow a check box to have three states (checked, unchecked, and grayed out) instead of two (checked and unchecked).</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Select "Yes" to allow a check box to have three states (marked, unmarked and greyed out) instead of two (marked and unmarked).</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3148608 help.text]
note: gGKsK
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED">This event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED">This event takes place if you enter or modify text in an input field.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01170103.xhp par_id3155097 help.text]
note: FdEFB
en: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED">This event takes place if the status of the control field is changed, for example, from checked to unchecked.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED">This event takes place if the status of the control field is changed, for example, from marked to unmarked.</ahelp>

[ctx: 03010000.xhp par_id3153770 help.text]
note: A5xZH
en: This section describes the Runtime Functions used to call dialogs for the input and output of user entries.
en_GB: This section describes the Runtime Functions used to call dialogue boxes for the input and output of user entries.

[ctx: 03010101.xhp par_id3148947 help.text]
note: iLRSC
en: Displays a dialog box containing a message.
en_GB: Displays a dialogue box containing a message.

[ctx: 03010101.xhp par_id3148664 help.text]
note: 2FFy6
en: MsgBox Text As String [,Type As Integer [,Dialogtitle As String]] (As Statement) or MsgBox (Text As String [,Type As Integer [,Dialogtitle As String]]) (As Function)
en_GB: MsgBox Text As String [,Type As Integer [,DialogTitle As String]] (As Statement) or MsgBox (Text As String [,Type As Integer [,DialogTitle As String]]) (As Function)

[ctx: 03010101.xhp par_id3148798 help.text]
note: rAvFV
en: <emph>Text</emph>: String expression displayed as a message in the dialog box. Line breaks can be inserted with Chr$(13).
en_GB: <emph>Text:</emph> String expression displayed as a message in the dialogue box. Line breaks can be inserted with Chr$(13).

[ctx: 03010101.xhp par_id3150769 help.text]
note: 5QBcb
en: <emph>DialogTitle</emph>: String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialog. If omitted, the title bar displays the name of the respective application.
en_GB: <emph>DialogTitle:</emph> String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialog. If omitted, the title bar displays the name of the respective application.

[ctx: 03010101.xhp par_id3147228 help.text]
note: ZAZxw
en: <emph>Type</emph>: Any integer expression that specifies the dialog type, as well as the number and type of buttons to display, and the icon type. <emph>Type</emph> represents a combination of bit patterns, that is, a combination of elements can be defined by adding their respective values:
en_GB: <emph>Type:</emph> An integer expression that specifies the dialog type, as well as the number and type of buttons to display and the icon type. <emph>Type</emph> is a combination of bit patterns, that is, a combination of elements can be defined by adding their respective values:

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3145171 help.text]
note: 27uTq
en: Displays a dialog box containing a message and returns a value.
en_GB: Displays a dialogue box containing a message and returns a value.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3154685 help.text]
note: BDrhF
en: MsgBox (Text As String [,Type As Integer [,Dialogtitle As String]])
en_GB: MsgBox (Text As String [,Type As Integer [,DialogTitle As String]])

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3153727 help.text]
note: gV5Zk
en: <emph>Text</emph>: String expression displayed as a message in the dialog box. Line breaks can be inserted with Chr$(13).
en_GB: <emph>Text:</emph> String expression displayed as a message in the dialogue box. Line breaks can be inserted with Chr$(13).

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3147317 help.text]
note: zjMR8
en: <emph>DialogTitle</emph>: String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialog. If omitted, the name of the respective application is displayed.
en_GB: <emph>DialogTitle:</emph> String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialog. If omitted, the name of the respective application is displayed.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3153954 help.text]
note: DwjpW
en: <emph>Type</emph>: Any integer expression that specifies the dialog type and defines the number and type of buttons or icons displayed. <emph>Type</emph> represents a combination of bit patterns (dialog elements defined by adding the respective values):
en_GB: <emph>Type:</emph> An integer expression that specifies the dialog type and defines the number and type of buttons or icons displayed. <emph>Type</emph> is a combination of bit patterns (dialog elements defined by adding the respective values):

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3149410 help.text]
note: dTHCd
en: Display Abort, Retry, and Ignore buttons.
en_GB: Display Abort, Retry and Ignore buttons.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3151075 help.text]
note: ACrFj
en: Display Yes, No, and Cancel buttons.
en_GB: Display Yes, No and Cancel buttons.

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3151278 help.text]
note: MLAG9
en: sVar = MsgBox("Las Vegas")
en_GB: sVar = MsgBox("Blackpool")

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3149034 help.text]
note: z8NvW
en: sVar = MsgBox("Las Vegas",1)
en_GB: sVar = MsgBox("Blackpool",1)

[ctx: 03010102.xhp par_id3166424 help.text]
note: aZFFV
en: sVar = MsgBox( "Las Vegas",256 + 16 + 2,"Dialog title")
en_GB: sVar = MsgBox("Blackpool",256 + 16 + 2,"Dialog Title")

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3151262 help.text]
note: S674v
en: Displays a prompt in a dialog at which the user can input text. The input is assigned to a variable.
en_GB: Displays a prompt in a dialogue box at which the user can enter text. The input is assigned to a variable.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3151100 help.text]
note: 4BWtp
en: The <emph>InputBox</emph> statement is a convenient method of entering text through a dialog. Confirm the input by clicking OK or pressing Return. The input is returned as the function return value. If you close the dialog with Cancel, <emph>InputBox</emph> returns a zero-length string ("").
en_GB: The <emph>InputBox</emph> statement is a convenient method of entering text through a dialogue box. Confirm the input by clicking OK or pressing Return. The input is returned as the function return value. If you close the dialogue box with Cancel, <emph>InputBox</emph> returns a zero-length string ("").

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3153311 help.text]
note: nGChE
en: <emph>Msg</emph>: String expression displayed as the message in the dialog box.
en_GB: <emph>Msg:</emph> String expression displayed as the message in the dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3145315 help.text]
note: 66zGG
en: <emph>Title</emph>: String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialog box.
en_GB: <emph>Title:</emph> String expression displayed in the title bar of the dialogue box.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3154307 help.text]
note: b7vFT
en: <emph>Default</emph>: String expression displayed in the text box as default if no other input is given.
en_GB: <emph>Default:</emph> String expression displayed in the text box as default if no other input is given.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3147573 help.text]
note: FXvGM
en: <emph>x_pos</emph>: Integer expression that specifies the horizontal position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of the office application.
en_GB: <emph>x_pos:</emph> Integer expression that specifies the horizontal position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of the office application.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3156024 help.text]
note: Y8wnD
en: <emph>y_pos</emph>: Integer expression that specifies the vertical position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of the office application.
en_GB: <emph>y_pos:</emph> Integer expression that specifies the vertical position of the dialog. The position is an absolute coordinate and does not refer to the window of the office application.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3153897 help.text]
note: gy7PB
en: If <emph>x_pos</emph> and <emph>y_pos</emph> are omitted, the dialog is centered on the screen. The position is specified in <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp#twips" name="twips">twips</link>.
en_GB: If <emph>x_pos</emph> and <emph>y_pos</emph> are omitted, the dialog is centred on the screen. The position is specified in <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp#twips" name="twips">twips</link>.

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3154367 help.text]
note: ebNwP
en: sText = InputBox ("Please enter a phrase:","Dear User")
en_GB: sText = InputBox("Please enter a phrase:", "Dear User")

[ctx: 03010201.xhp par_id3151042 help.text]
note: jh8wZ
en: MsgBox ( sText , 64, "Confirmation of phrase")
en_GB: MsgBox(sText, 64, "Confirmation of phrase")

[ctx: 03010300.xhp tit help.text]
note: jZhUQ
en: Color Functions
en_GB: Colour Functions

[ctx: 03010300.xhp hd_id3157896 help.text]
note: 5EtGk
en: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp" name="Color Functions">Color Functions</link>
en_GB: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010300.xhp" name="Colour Functions">Colour Functions</link>

[ctx: 03010300.xhp par_id3155555 help.text]
note: RNMp9
en: This section describes Runtime functions used to define colors.
en_GB: This section describes Runtime functions used to define colours.

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
note: qNGaq
en: Blue (Color As Long)
en_GB: Blue (Colour As Long)

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id3154012 help.text]
note: a3s7N
en: MsgBox "The color " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_
en_GB: MsgBox "The colour " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_

[ctx: 03010301.xhp par_id3147319 help.text]
note: DLwMd
en: "blue= " & Blue(lVar) & Chr(13) , 64,"colors"
en_GB: "blue= " & Blue(lVar) & Chr(13), 64,"colours"

[ctx: 03010302.xhp par_id3153969 help.text]
note: yGCYn
en: Green (Color As Long)
en_GB: Green (Colour As Long)

[ctx: 03010302.xhp par_id3151117 help.text]
note: 6vcEb
en: MsgBox "The color " & lVar & " contains the components:" & Chr(13) &_
en_GB: MsgBox "The colour " & lVar & " contains the components:" & Chr(13) &_

[ctx: 03010302.xhp par_id3154730 help.text]
note: h2ujx
en: "blue = " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13) , 64,"colors"
en_GB: "blue = " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13), 64,"colours"

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id3150448 help.text]
note: 3nHCU
en: Red (ColorNumber As Long)
en_GB: Red (ColourNumber As Long)

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id3147435 help.text]
note: 4txDN
en: MsgBox "The color " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_
en_GB: MsgBox "The colour " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_

[ctx: 03010303.xhp par_id3147397 help.text]
note: DACGk
en: "blue= " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13) , 64,"colors"
en_GB: "blue= " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13), 64,"colours"

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3150359 help.text]
note: yVSAA
en: Returns the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp" name="RGB">RGB</link> color code of the color passed as a color value through an older MS-DOS based programming system.
en_GB: Returns the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp" name="RGB">RGB</link> colour code of the colour passed as a colour value through an older MS-DOS based programming system.

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3151042 help.text]
note: scoHN
en: QBColor (ColorNumber As Integer)
en_GB: QBColor (ColourNumber As Integer)

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3161832 help.text]
note: pTA5y
en: <emph>ColorNumber</emph>: Any integer expression that specifies the color value of the color passed from an older MS-DOS based programming system.
en_GB: <emph>ColourNumber:</emph> An integer expression that specifies the colour value of the colour passed from an older MS-DOS based programming system.

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3147318 help.text]
note: Xo2Ue
en: <emph>ColorNumber</emph> can be assigned the following values:
en_GB: <emph>ColourNumber</emph> can be assigned the following values:

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3153877 help.text]
note: jynzJ
en: 8 : Gray
en_GB: 8 : Grey

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3146914 help.text]
note: juTQ3
en: This function is used only to convert from older MS-DOS based BASIC applications that use the above color codes. The function returns a long integer value indicating the color to be used in the $[officename] IDE.
en_GB: This function is used only to convert from older MS-DOS based BASIC applications that use the above colour codes. The function returns a long integer value indicating the colour to be used in the $[officename] IDE.

[ctx: 03010304.xhp par_id3149566 help.text]
note: GPDgr
en: MsgBox stext,0,"Color " & iColor
en_GB: MsgBox stext,0,"Colour " & iColour

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3152597 help.text]
note: pP9x5
en: <emph>Red</emph>: Any integer expression that represents the red component (0-255) of the composite color.
en_GB: <emph>Red:</emph> An integer expression that represents the red component (0-255) of the composite colour.

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3146974 help.text]
note: pbFvi
en: <emph>Green</emph>: Any integer expression that represents the green component (0-255) of the composite color.
en_GB: <emph>Green:</emph> An integer expression that represents the green component (0-255) of the composite colour.

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3151113 help.text]
note: XG6FB
en: <emph>Blue</emph>: Any integer expression that represents the blue component (0-255) of the composite color.
en_GB: <emph>Blue:</emph> An integer expression that represents the blue component (0-255) of the composite colour.

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3145647 help.text]
note: GWhFy
en: MsgBox "The color " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_
en_GB: MsgBox "The colour " & lVar & " consists of:" & Chr(13) &_

[ctx: 03010305.xhp par_id3150716 help.text]
note: 9oLnG
en: "blue= " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13) , 64,"colors"
en_GB: "blue= " & blue(lVar) & Chr(13), 64,"colours"

[ctx: 03020102.xhp par_id3155854 help.text]
note: 3yGe9
en: This function can only be used immediately in front of an Open statement. FreeFile returns the next available file number, but does not reserve it.
en_GB: This function can only be used immediately before an Open statement. FreeFile returns the next available file number, but does not reserve it.

[ctx: 03020103.xhp par_id3153418 help.text]
note: mvgxB
en: You can only modify the contents of a file that was opened with the Open statement. If you try to open a file that is already open, an error message appears.
en_GB: You can only modify the contents of a file that was opened with the Open statement. If you try to open a file that is already open, an error message will appear.

[ctx: 03020104.xhp par_id3156423 help.text]
note: iLCKn
en: Closes all open files and writes the contents of all file buffers to the harddisk.
en_GB: Closes all open files and writes the contents of all file buffers to the hard disc.

[ctx: 03020204.xhp par_id3148576 help.text]
note: dUyzK
en: For binary files (binary access), the position of the byte in the file where you want to start writing.
en_GB: For binary files (binary access), the position of the byte in the file from which you want to start writing.

[ctx: 03020204.xhp par_id3155855 help.text]
note: RNpLH
en: Note for binary files: The contents of the variables are written to the specified position, and the file pointer is inserted directly after the last byte. No space is left between the records.
en_GB: Note for binary files: The contents of the variables are written to the specified position and the file pointer is inserted directly after the last byte. No space is left between the records.

[ctx: 03020301.xhp par_id3153990 help.text]
note: PynGw
en: <emph>Intexpression:</emph> Any integer expression that evaluates to the number of an open file.
en_GB: <emph>Intexpression:</emph> An integer expression that evaluates to the number of an open file.

[ctx: 03020302.xhp par_id3153363 help.text]
note: YZBFZ
en: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> Any numeric expression that contains the file number that is set by the Open statement for the respective file.
en_GB: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> A numeric expression that contains the file number that is set by the Open statement for the respective file.

[ctx: 03020303.xhp par_id3150869 help.text]
note: BBamj
en: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> Any numeric expression that contains the file number that is specified in the Open statement.
en_GB: <emph>FileNumber:</emph> A numeric expression that contains the file number that is specified in the Open statement.

[ctx: 03020404.xhp par_id3146974 help.text]
note: Curme
en: <emph>Attrib: </emph>Any integer expression that specifies bitwise file attributes. The Dir function only returns files or directories that match the specified attributes. You can combine several attributes by adding the attribute values:
en_GB: <emph>Attrib:</emph> An integer expression that specifies bitwise file attributes. The Dir function only returns files or directories that match the specified attributes. You can combine several attributes by adding the attribute values:

[ctx: 03020405.xhp par_id3153364 help.text]
note: yY7ka
en: If you use a 32-Bit operating system, you cannot use the FileAttr-Function to determine the file access number.
en_GB: If you use a 32-Bit operating system, you cannot use the FileAttr Function to determine the file access number.

[ctx: 03020405.xhp par_id3147396 help.text]
note: nnGyB
en: 1: The FileAttr-Function indicates the access mode of the file.
en_GB: 1: The FileAttr Function indicates the access mode of the file.

[ctx: 03020405.xhp par_id3149959 help.text]
note: EA4VX
en: 2: The FileAttr-Function returns the file access number of the operating system.
en_GB: 2: The FileAttr Function returns the file access number of the operating system.

[ctx: 03020406.xhp par_id3150669 help.text]
note: zbMfy
en: <emph>TextTo:</emph> Any string expression that specifies where you want to copy the source file to. The expression can contain the destination drive, the path, and file name, or the path in URL notation.
en_GB: <emph>TextTo:</emph> Any string expression that specifies where you want to copy the source file to. The expression can contain the destination drive, the path and file name, or the path in URL notation.

[ctx: 03020409.xhp par_id3155415 help.text]
note: WNBqB
en: On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Define target for error handler
en_GB: On Error Goto ErrorHandler ' Define target for error handler

[ctx: 03020410.xhp par_id3151211 help.text]
note: gJGP8
en: Deletes a file from a disk.
en_GB: Deletes a file from a disc.

[ctx: 03020411.xhp par_id3149762 help.text]
note: KEaAA
en: ' Example for functions of the file organization
en_GB: ' Example for functions of the file organisation

[ctx: 03020411.xhp par_id3153770 help.text]
note: BQuXv
en: MsgBox fSysURL(CurDir()),0,"Current directory"
en_GB: MsgBox fSysURL(CurDir()), 0, "Current directory"

[ctx: 03020411.xhp par_id3149484 help.text]
note: 5QDiw
en: MsgBox sFile & Chr(13)& FileLen( sFile ),0,"File length"
en_GB: MsgBox sFile & Chr(13)& FileLen(sFile), 0, "File length"

[ctx: 03020411.xhp par_id3152885 help.text]
note: AnYG5
en: MsgBox sFile & Chr(13)& GetAttr( sFile ),0,"File attributes"
en_GB: MsgBox sFile & Chr(13)& GetAttr(sFile), 0, "File attributes"

[ctx: 03020413.xhp par_id3153192 help.text]
note: 3SCF3
en: If the path is not determined, the <emph>RmDir Statement</emph> searches for the directory that you want to delete in the current path. If it is not found there, an error message appears.
en_GB: If the path is not determined, the <emph>RmDir Statement</emph> searches for the directory that you want to delete in the current path. If it is not found there, an error message will appear.

[ctx: 03020414.xhp par_id3148645 help.text]
note: CUAJR
en: On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Define target for error handler
en_GB: On Error Goto ErrorHandler ' Define target for error handler

[ctx: 03030101.xhp par_id3147229 help.text]
note: 8SLdR
en: <emph>Year:</emph> Integer expression that indicates a year. All values between 0 and 99 are interpreted as the years 1900-1999. For years that fall outside this range, you must enter all four digits.
en_GB: <emph>Year:</emph> Integer expression that indicates a year. All values in the range 0 to 99 are interpreted as the years 1900-1999. For years that fall outside this range, you must enter all four digits.

[ctx: 03030101.xhp par_id3161832 help.text]
note: cFoY9
en: The <emph>DateSerial function</emph> returns the number of days between December 30,1899 and the given date. You can use this function to calculate the difference between two dates.
en_GB: The <emph>DateSerial function</emph> returns the number of days between 30th December 1899 and the given date. You can use this function to calculate the difference between two dates.

[ctx: 03030101.xhp par_id3155306 help.text]
note: fCisT
en: The <emph>DateSerial function</emph> returns the data type Variant with VarType 7 (Date). Internally, this value is stored as a Double value, so that when the given date is 1.1.1900, the returned value is 2. Negative values correspond to dates before December 30, 1899 (not inclusive).
en_GB: The <emph>DateSerial function</emph> returns the data type Variant with VarType 7 (Date). Internally, this value is stored as a Double value, so that when the given date is 01/01/1900, the returned value is 2. Negative values correspond to dates before 30th December 1899 (not inclusive).

[ctx: 03030101.xhp par_id3151074 help.text]
note: aKdpv
en: MsgBox sDate ' returns 04/09/1964
en_GB: MsgBox sDate ' returns 09/04/1964

[ctx: 03030104.xhp par_id3153770 help.text]
note: SHhrH
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial </emph>function. It returns the month in the year that corresponds to the serial date that is generated by <emph>DateSerial</emph> or <emph>DateValue</emph>. For example, the expression
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial</emph> function. It returns the month in the year that corresponds to the serial date that is generated by <emph>DateSerial</emph> or <emph>DateValue</emph>. For example, the expression

[ctx: 03030105.xhp par_id3148576 help.text]
note: bR8LQ
en: ' Return And display the day of the week
en_GB: ' Return and display the day of the week

[ctx: 03030106.xhp par_id3152596 help.text]
note: iJ8tY
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial </emph>function, and returns the year of a serial date. For example, the expression:
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial</emph> function and returns the year of a serial date. For example, the expression:

[ctx: 03030120.xhp par_idN1071B help.text]
note: 65vhA
en: Week 1 is the week with January, 1st (default)
en_GB: Week 1 is the week that includes 1st January (default)

[ctx: 03030201.xhp par_id3154909 help.text]
note: TbDJr
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> function. It returns an integer value that represents the hour from a time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or the <emph>TimeValue </emph>function. For example, the expression
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> function. It returns an integer value that represents the hour from a time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or the <emph>TimeValue</emph> function. For example, the expression

[ctx: 03030201.xhp par_id3163798 help.text]
note: zCCqA
en: Print Hour(TimeSerial(12,30,41))
en_GB: Print Hour(TimeSerial(12, 30, 41))

[ctx: 03030202.xhp par_id3150869 help.text]
note: tsS7A
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial </emph>function. It returns the minute of the serial time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or the <emph>TimeValue </emph>function. For example, the expression:
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> function. It returns the minute of the serial time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or the <emph>TimeValue</emph> function. For example, the expression:

[ctx: 03030202.xhp par_id3149262 help.text]
note: Gr7YY
en: Print Minute(TimeSerial(12,30,41))
en_GB: Print Minute(TimeSerial(12, 30, 41))

[ctx: 03030204.xhp par_id3125864 help.text]
note: cDKEG
en: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial </emph>function. It returns the seconds of a serial time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or <emph>TimeValue </emph>functions. For example, the expression:
en_GB: This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> function. It returns the seconds of a serial time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or <emph>TimeValue</emph> functions. For example, the expression:

[ctx: 03030204.xhp par_id3153951 help.text]
note: Tjkza
en: Print Second(TimeSerial(12,30,41))
en_GB: Print Second(TimeSerial(12, 30, 41))

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3156344 help.text]
note: 6jATi
en: Calculates a serial time value for the specified hour, minute, and second parameters that are passed as numeric value. You can then use this value to calculate the difference between times.
en_GB: Calculates a serial time value for the specified hour, minute and second parameters that are passed as numeric values. You can then use this value to calculate the difference between times.

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3153193 help.text]
note: QdZBT
en: <emph>hour:</emph> Any integer expression that indicates the hour of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. Valid values: 0-23.
en_GB: <emph>hour:</emph> An integer expression that indicates the hour of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. Values in the range 0 to 23 are valid.

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3159252 help.text]
note: 8phRD
en: <emph>minute:</emph> Any integer expression that indicates the minute of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, use values between 0 and 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number of minutes influence the hour value.
en_GB: <emph>minute:</emph> An integer expression that indicates the minute of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, use values in the range 0 to 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number of minutes influence the hour value.

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3161831 help.text]
note: vL4Lc
en: <emph>second:</emph> Any integer expression that indicates the second of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, you can use values between 0 and 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number seconds influences the minute value.
en_GB: <emph>second:</emph> An integer expression that indicates the second of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, you can use values in the range 0 to 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number seconds influences the minute value.

[ctx: 03030205.xhp par_id3155308 help.text]
note: jiELn
en: The TimeSerial function returns the type Variant with VarType 7 (Date). This value is stored internally as a double-precision number between 0 and 0.9999999999. As opposed to the DateSerial or DateValue function, where the serial date values are calculated as days relative to a fixed date, you can calculate with values returned by the TimeSerial function, but you cannot evaluate them.
en_GB: The TimeSerial function returns the type Variant with VarType 7 (Date). This value is stored internally as a double-precision number in the range 0 to 0.9999999999. As opposed to the DateSerial or DateValue function, where the serial date values are calculated as days relative to a fixed date, you can calculate with values returned by the TimeSerial function, but you cannot evaluate them.

[ctx: 03030206.xhp par_id3153361 help.text]
note: F7fEy
en: Calculates a serial time value from the specified hour, minute, and second - parameters passed as strings - that represents the time in a single numeric value. This value can be used to calculate the difference between times.
en_GB: Calculates a serial time value from the specified hour, minute and second - parameters passed as strings - that represents the time in a single numeric value. This value can be used to calculate the difference between times.

[ctx: 03030206.xhp par_id3163710 help.text]
note: cmNEY
en: This TimeValue function returns the type Variant with VarType 7 (Date), and stores this value internally as a double-precision number between 0 and 0.9999999999.
en_GB: This TimeValue function returns the type Variant with VarType 7 (Date) and stores this value internally as a double-precision number in the range 0 to 0.9999999999.

[ctx: 03030303.xhp par_id3156283 help.text]
note: 7hHWi
en: MsgBox Right("00" & lHour , 2) & ":"& Right("00" & lMin , 2) & ":" & Right("00" & lSec , 2) ,0,"The time is"
en_GB: MsgBox Right("00" & lHour, 2) & ":"& Right("00" & lMin, 2) & ":" & Right("00" & lSec, 2) ,0,"The time is"

[ctx: 03040000.xhp par_id05172017082409622 help.text]
note: wFRg7
en: The <emph>Empty</emph> value indicates that the variable is not initialized.
en_GB: The <emph>Empty</emph> value indicates that the variable is not initialised.

[ctx: 03050100.xhp par_id3153771 help.text]
note: rDQuJ
en: The Erl function only returns a line number, and not a line label.
en_GB: The Erl function only returns a line number and not a line label.

[ctx: 03050100.xhp par_id3155416 help.text]
note: EcCgF
en: MsgBox "Error " & err & ": " & Error$ + chr(13) + "In Line : " + Erl + chr(13) + Now , 16 ,"An error occurred"
en_GB: MsgBox "Error " & err & ": " & error$ + chr(13) + "In line : " + Erl + chr(13) + Now, 16 ,"An error occurred"

[ctx: 03050200.xhp par_id3145646 help.text]
note: sUZwU
en: MsgBox "Error " & Err & ": " & Error$ + chr(13) + "At line : " + Erl + chr(13) + Now , 16 ,"an error occurred"
en_GB: MsgBox "Error " & Err & ": " & Error$ + chr(13) + "At line : " + Erl + chr(13) + Now, 16 ,"an error occurred"

[ctx: 03050500.xhp par_id3149483 help.text]
note: YAREs
en: <emph>Local:</emph> "On error" is global in scope, and remains active until canceled by another "On error" statement. "On Local error" is local to the routine which invokes it. Local error handling overrides any previous global setting. When the invoking routine exits, the local error handling is canceled automatically, and any previous global setting is restored.
en_GB: <emph>Local:</emph> "On error" is global in scope, and remains active until cancelled by another "On error" statement. "On Local error" is local to the routine which invokes it. Local error handling overrides any previous global setting. When the invoking routine exits, the local error handling is cancelled automatically, and any previous global setting is restored.

[ctx: 03060100.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
note: ovB8C
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that records the result of the combination.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the combination.

[ctx: 03060100.xhp par_id3150541 help.text]
note: Fqpsu
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any expressions that you want to combine.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to combine.

[ctx: 03060100.xhp par_id3147394 help.text]
note: kRzbt
en: vVarOut = B And A ' returns 8 due to the bitwise And combination of both arguments
en_GB: vVarOut = B And A ' returns 8 due to the bitwise AND combination of both arguments

[ctx: 03060200.xhp par_id3150869 help.text]
note: DCU3B
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the comparison.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the comparison.

[ctx: 03060200.xhp par_id3150448 help.text]
note: YrAyQ
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any expressions that you want to compare.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to compare.

[ctx: 03060300.xhp par_id3154910 help.text]
note: pDyKZ
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the implication.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the implication.

[ctx: 03060300.xhp par_id3156281 help.text]
note: Xb3AG
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any expressions that you want to evaluate with the Imp operator.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to evaluate with the Imp operator.

[ctx: 03060300.xhp par_id3163710 help.text]
note: d8L7N
en: If you use the Imp operator in bit expressions, a bit is deleted from the result if the corresponding bit is set in the first expression and the corresponding bit is deleted in the second expression.
en_GB: If you use the Imp operator in bit expressions, a bit is deleted from the result if the corresponding bit is set in the first expression and the corresponding bit is clear in the second expression.

[ctx: 03060400.xhp par_id3147228 help.text]
note: c36TE
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the negation.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the negation.

[ctx: 03060400.xhp par_id3154124 help.text]
note: jmwgd
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any expression that you want to negate.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> An expression that you want to negate.

[ctx: 03060400.xhp par_id3150868 help.text]
note: fJhHL
en: When a Boolean expression is negated, the value True changes to False, and the value False changes to True.
en_GB: When a Boolean expression is negated, the value True changes to False and the value False changes to True.

[ctx: 03060500.xhp par_id3153192 help.text]
note: m55rD
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the disjunction.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the disjunction.

[ctx: 03060500.xhp par_id3147229 help.text]
note: 6mSjB
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to compare.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to compare.

[ctx: 03060600.xhp par_id3159414 help.text]
note: kbfD6
en: Performs a logical Exclusive-Or combination of two expressions.
en_GB: Performs a logical Exclusive-Or (Xor) combination of two expressions.

[ctx: 03060600.xhp par_id3150448 help.text]
note: VY7za
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the combination.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the combination.

[ctx: 03060600.xhp par_id3125864 help.text]
note: uu2Z7
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to combine.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to combine.

[ctx: 03070000.xhp par_id3148552 help.text]
note: 2vAzz
en: This chapter provides a short overview of all of the arithmetical operators that you may need for calculations within a program.
en_GB: This chapter provides a short overview of all of the arithmetic operators that you may need for calculations within a program.

[ctx: 03070100.xhp par_id3147560 help.text]
note: KfUCm
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical expression that contains the result of the subtraction.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the subtraction.

[ctx: 03070100.xhp par_id3150398 help.text]
note: Es2mR
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numerical expressions that you want to subtract.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Numeric expressions that you want to subtract.

[ctx: 03070200.xhp par_id3154365 help.text]
note: 3dkvD
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric expression that records the result of a multiplication.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of a multiplication.

[ctx: 03070200.xhp par_id3154685 help.text]
note: VCa9p
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to multiply.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Numeric expressions that you want to multiply.

[ctx: 03070300.xhp par_id3154123 help.text]
note: xuUCC
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical expression that contains the result of the addition.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the addition.

[ctx: 03070300.xhp par_id3150870 help.text]
note: Pz34B
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numerical expressions that you want to combine or to add.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Expressions that you want to combine or to add.

[ctx: 03070400.xhp par_id3154141 help.text]
note: CxSog
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical value that contains the result of the division.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the division.

[ctx: 03070400.xhp par_id3150448 help.text]
note: eAqi3
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numerical expressions that you want to divide.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Numeric expressions that you want to divide.

[ctx: 03070500.xhp par_id3153192 help.text]
note: 6MQEB
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical expression that contains the result of the number raised to a power.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the number raised to a power.

[ctx: 03070500.xhp par_id3150448 help.text]
note: RCCzV
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Numerical value that you want to raise to a power.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> Numeric value that you want to raise to a power.

[ctx: 03070500.xhp par_id3156422 help.text]
note: tfoeE
en: <emph>Exponent:</emph> The value of the power that you want to raise the expression to.
en_GB: <emph>Exponent:</emph> Numeric value of the power to which you want to raise the expression.

[ctx: 03070600.xhp bm_id3150669 help.text]
note: t5HBD
en: <bookmark_value>MOD  operator (mathematical)</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>MOD operator (mathematical)</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03070600.xhp par_id3145172 help.text]
note: TGRfz
en: <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the MOD operation.
en_GB: <emph>Result:</emph> A numeric variable that will contain the result of the MOD operation.

[ctx: 03070600.xhp par_id3151042 help.text]
note: uVobi
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to divide.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Numeric expressions that you want to divide.

[ctx: 03080000.xhp par_id3148550 help.text]
note: XNbA4
en: The following numeric functions perform calculations. Mathematical and Boolean operators are described in a separate section. Functions differ from operators in that functions pass arguments and return a result, instead of operators that return a result by combining two numeric expressions.
en_GB: The following numeric functions perform calculations. Mathematical and Boolean operators are described in a separate section. Functions differ from operators in that functions pass arguments and return a result, whereas operators return a result by combining two numeric expressions.

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3149346 help.text]
note: yugFQ
en: Trigonometric function that returns the arctangent of a numeric expression. The return value is in the range -Pi/2 to +Pi/2.
en_GB: Trigonometric function that returns the arc tangent of a numeric expression. The return value is in the range -Pi/2 to +Pi/2.

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3143271 help.text]
note: ZAi9d
en: The arctangent is the inverse of the tangent function. The Atn Function returns the angle "Alpha", expressed in radians, using the tangent of this angle. The function can also return the angle "Alpha" by comparing the ratio of the length of the side that is opposite of the angle to the length of the side that is adjacent to the angle in a right-angled triangle.
en_GB: The arc tangent is the inverse of the tangent function. The Atn Function returns the angle "Alpha", expressed in radians, using the tangent of this angle. The function can also return the angle "Alpha" by comparing the ratio of the length of the side that is opposite of the angle to the length of the side that is adjacent to the angle in a right-angled triangle.

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3145315 help.text]
note: 4ncDJ
en: Atn(side opposite the angle/side adjacent to angle)= Alpha
en_GB: Atn(side opposite the angle/side adjacent to angle) = Alpha

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3156212 help.text]
note: 4SfDR
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numerical expression that represents the ratio of two sides of a right triangle. The Atn function returns the corresponding angle in radians (arctangent).
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that represents the ratio of the length of the opposite side to that of the adjacent side of a right-angled triangle. The Atn function returns the corresponding angle in radians (arc tangent).

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3153192 help.text]
note: qhMAk
en: To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/pi.
en_GB: To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/Pi. To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by Pi/180.

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3147230 help.text]
note: GEpFX
en: degree=(radian*180)/pi
en_GB: degree=(radian*180)/Pi

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3125864 help.text]
note: GYxEc
en: radian=(degree*pi)/180
en_GB: radian=(degree*Pi)/180

[ctx: 03080101.xhp par_id3151112 help.text]
note: gatE3
en: ' rounded Pi = 3.14159 Is a predefined constant
en_GB: ' rounded Pi = 3.1415926... is a predefined constant

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3159413 help.text]
note: EEVjg
en: Calculates the cosine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies between -1 and 1.
en_GB: Calculates the cosine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies in the range -1.0 to +1.0.

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3150358 help.text]
note: TiTwz
en: Using the angle Alpha, the Cos-Function calculates the ratio of the length of the side that is adjacent to the angle, divided by the length of the hypotenuse in a right-angled triangle.
en_GB: Using the angle Alpha, the Cos Function calculates the ratio of the length of the side that is adjacent to the angle, divided by the length of the hypotenuse in a right-angled triangle.

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3153770 help.text]
note: jbCKb
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that specifies an angle in radians that you want to calculate the cosine for.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that specifies an angle in radians for which you want to calculate the cosine.

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3145749 help.text]
note: FBGNA
en: To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by pi/180. To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/pi.
en_GB: To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by Pi/180. To convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/Pi.

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3149664 help.text]
note: X68Fu
en: degree=(radian*180)/pi
en_GB: degree=(radian*180)/Pi

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3146985 help.text]
note: f9EAD
en: radian=(degree*pi)/180
en_GB: radian=(degree*Pi)/180

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3152885 help.text]
note: BEdki
en: Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.14159...
en_GB: Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.1415926...

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3150010 help.text]
note: xAVHq
en: ' rounded Pi = 3.14159
en_GB: ' rounded Pi = 3.1415926...

[ctx: 03080102.xhp par_id3151074 help.text]
note: pCRzE
en: Print "The length of the hypothenuse is"; (d1 / cos (dAngle * Pi / 180))
en_GB: Print "The length of the hypotenuse is"; (d1 / cos (dAngle * Pi / 180))

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3149456 help.text]
note: fEasV
en: Returns the sine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies between -1 and 1.
en_GB: Returns the sine of an angle. The angle is specified in radians. The result lies in the range -1.0 to +1.0.

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3145786 help.text]
note: VeDqk
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that defines the angle in radians that you want to calculate the sine for.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that defines the angle in radians for which you want to calculate the sine.

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3155413 help.text]
note: t4bSd
en: To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by Pi/180, and to convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/Pi.
en_GB: To convert degrees to radians, multiply degrees by Pi/180 and to convert radians to degrees, multiply radians by 180/Pi.

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3149664 help.text]
note: c9dFg
en: grad=(radiant*180)/pi
en_GB: degrees=(radians*180)/Pi

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3153143 help.text]
note: V5vw8
en: radiant=(grad*pi)/180
en_GB: radians=(degrees*Pi)/180

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3151112 help.text]
note: kF65g
en: Pi is approximately 3.141593.
en_GB: Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.1415926...

[ctx: 03080103.xhp par_id3150011 help.text]
note: C6oyE
en: ' Pi = 3.1415926 is a predefined variable
en_GB: ' Pi = 3.1415926... is a predefined variable

[ctx: 03080104.xhp par_id3145786 help.text]
note: BJjuJ
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to calculate the tangent for (in radians).
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that specifies an angle in radians for which you want to calculate the tangent.

[ctx: 03080104.xhp par_id3155414 help.text]
note: pDUfE
en: degrees=(radiant*180)/Pi
en_GB: degrees=(radians*180)/Pi

[ctx: 03080104.xhp par_id3146975 help.text]
note: BD6YW
en: radiant=(degrees*Pi)/180
en_GB: radians=(degrees*Pi)/180

[ctx: 03080104.xhp par_id3147434 help.text]
note: fEn5Q
en: Pi is approximately 3.141593.
en_GB: Pi is here the fixed circle constant with the rounded value 3.1415926...

[ctx: 03080104.xhp par_id3153158 help.text]
note: 7CDv8
en: ' Pi = 3.1415926 is a pre-defined variable
en_GB: ' Pi = 3.1415926... is a predefined variable

[ctx: 03080201.xhp par_id3155555 help.text]
note: Zu9Dr
en: Returns the base of the natural logarithm (e = 2.718282) raised to a power.
en_GB: Returns the base of the natural logarithm (e = 2.71828182845904...) raised to a power.

[ctx: 03080201.xhp par_id3150793 help.text]
note: xUmuE
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that specifies the power that you want to raise "e" to (the base of natural logarithms). The power must be for both single-precision numbers less than or equal to 88.02969 and double-precision numbers less than or equal to 709.782712893, since $[officename] Basic returns an Overflow error for numbers exceeding these values.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that specifies the power that you want to raise "e" to (the base of natural logarithms). The power must be for both single-precision numbers less than or equal to 88.02969 and double-precision numbers less than or equal to 709.782712893, since $[officename] Basic returns an Overflow error for numbers exceeding these values.

[ctx: 03080202.xhp par_id3151041 help.text]
note: a6Cte
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to calculate the natural logarithm for.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression for which you want to calculate the natural logarithm.

[ctx: 03080202.xhp par_id3150869 help.text]
note: XGZnf
en: The natural logarithm is the logarithm to the base e. Base e is a constant with an approximate value of 2.718282...
en_GB: The natural logarithm is the logarithm to the base e. The constant e has an value of approximately 2.71828182845904...

[ctx: 03080301.xhp bm_id3150616 help.text]
note: cBbQM
en: <bookmark_value>Randomize statement</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>Randomise statement</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 03080301.xhp par_id3145090 help.text]
note: rWksA
en: Initializes the random-number generator used by the <emph>Rnd</emph> function.
en_GB: Initialises the random-number generator used by the <emph>Rnd</emph> function.

[ctx: 03080301.xhp par_id3145315 help.text]
note: Kn22q
en: Randomize [Number]
en_GB: Randomise [Number]

[ctx: 03080301.xhp par_id3149670 help.text]
note: uRn8G
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any integer value. Used as seed to initialize the random-number generator. Equal seeds result in equal random-number sequences by the <emph>Rnd</emph> function. If the parameter is omitted, the <emph>Randomize</emph> statement will be ignored.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> Any integer value. Used as seed to initialise the random-number generator. Equal seeds result in equal random-number sequences by the <emph>Rnd</emph> function. If the parameter is omitted, the <emph>Randomize</emph> statement will be ignored.

[ctx: 03080301.xhp par_id110520161656428611 help.text]
note: sowvF
en: Unless a predictable sequence of numbers is desired, there is no need to use the <emph>Randomize</emph> statement, as the random-number generator will be initialized automatically at first use – it will be seeded using a system-provided random-number generator that produces uniformly-distributed, non-deterministic random numbers. If no such generator is available on the system, the system time will be used as seed.
en_GB: Unless a predictable sequence of numbers is desired, there is no need to use the <emph>Randomize</emph> statement, as the random-number generator will be initialised automatically at first use – it will be seeded using a system-provided random-number generator that produces uniformly-distributed, non-deterministic random numbers. If no such generator is available on the system, the system time will be used as seed.

[ctx: 03080302.xhp par_id3149669 help.text]
note: CgGQF
en: Returns a random number between 0 and 1.
en_GB: Returns a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0.

[ctx: 03080401.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
note: R6bxE
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to calculate the square root for.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression of which you want the square root.

[ctx: 03080401.xhp par_id3154365 help.text]
note: NNhxY
en: A square root is the number that you multiply by itself to produce another number, for example, the square root of 36 is 6.
en_GB: The square root of a number is the number which multiplied by itself produces the first number, for example, the square root of 36 is 6.

[ctx: 03080501.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
note: T274X
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Numeric expression that you want to return the integer value for.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> Numeric expression for which you want to return the integer part.

[ctx: 03080501.xhp par_id3156214 help.text]
note: RmArT
en: Print Fix(3.14159) ' returns 3.
en_GB: Print Fix(3.1415926) ' returns 3.

[ctx: 03080501.xhp par_id3145786 help.text]
note: 5j2Di
en: Print Fix(-3.14159) ' returns -3.
en_GB: Print Fix(-3.1415926) ' returns -3.

[ctx: 03080502.xhp par_id3148797 help.text]
note: byiBG
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any valid numeric expression.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A valid numeric expression.

[ctx: 03080502.xhp par_id3153143 help.text]
note: 9Wc46
en: Print Int(-3.14159) ' returns the value -4
en_GB: Print Int(-3.1415926) ' returns the value -4

[ctx: 03080503.xhp par_id3148797 help.text]
note: PjX9r
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any valid numeric expression.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A valid numeric expression.

[ctx: 03080601.xhp par_id3154347 help.text]
note: CaBaR
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to return the absolute value for. Positive numbers, including 0, are returned unchanged, whereas negative numbers are converted to positive numbers.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression for which you want the absolute value. Positive numbers, including 0, are returned unchanged, negative numbers being converted to positive numbers of the same magnitude.

[ctx: 03080701.xhp par_id3148686 help.text]
note: 7BADP
en: Returns an integer number between -1 and 1 that indicates if the number that is passed to the function is positive, negative, or zero.
en_GB: Returns an integer number +1, 0 or -1 indicating whether the number that is passed to the function is positive, zero or negative respectively.

[ctx: 03080800.xhp par_id3154760 help.text]
note: ZRJWv
en: The following functions convert numbers from one number format to another.
en_GB: The following functions convert numbers from one format to another.

[ctx: 03080801.xhp par_id3148947 help.text]
note: eJLYR
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to convert to a hexadecimal number.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that you want to convert to a hexadecimal number.

[ctx: 03080802.xhp par_id3150768 help.text]
note: FUayo
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to convert to an octal value.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that you want to convert to an octal value.

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3153951 help.text]
note: VEFva
en: The following example enables you to enter the expiration date of a product, and determines if the expiration date has passed.
en_GB: The following example enables you to enter the expiry date of a product and determines if the expiry date has passed.

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3154490 help.text]
note: gDmAx
en: sDate = InputBox("Enter the expiration date (MM.DD.YYYY)")
en_GB: sDate = InputBox("Enter the expiry date (MM.DD.YYYY)")

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3155601 help.text]
note: GNXEn
en: MsgBox "The expiration date has passed"
en_GB: MsgBox "The expiry date has passed"

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3146912 help.text]
note: DrRyf
en: MsgBox "The expiration date has not yet passed"
en_GB: MsgBox "The expiry date has not yet passed"

[ctx: 03090101.xhp par_id3154754 help.text]
note: wS36Y
en: MsgBox "The expiration date is today"
en_GB: MsgBox "The expiry date is today"

[ctx: 03090103.xhp par_id3153381 help.text]
note: TXHsN
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any expression that you want to evaluate. If the expression evaluates to <emph>True</emph>, the function returns the result of ExpressionTrue, otherwise it returns the result of ExpressionFalse.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> An expression that you want to evaluate. If the expression evaluates to <emph>True</emph>, the function returns the result of ExpressionTrue, otherwise it returns the result of ExpressionFalse.

[ctx: 03090103.xhp par_id3150870 help.text]
note: Dxoxu
en: <emph>ExpressionTrue, ExpressionFalse:</emph> Any expression, one of which will be returned as the function result, depending on the logical evaluation.
en_GB: <emph>ExpressionTrue, ExpressionFalse:</emph> Any expressions, one of which will be returned as the function result, depending on the logical evaluation.

[ctx: 03090202.xhp par_id3155306 help.text]
note: 73dKb
en: If you specify an increment of 0, the statements between <emph>For</emph> and <emph>Next</emph> are repeated continuously.
en_GB: If you specify an increment of 0, the statements between <emph>For</emph> and <emph>Next</emph> are repeated for ever.

[ctx: 03090303.xhp par_id3156442 help.text]
note: eqUXk
en: The <emph>GoTo</emph> or <emph>GoSub </emph>conventions are valid.
en_GB: The <emph>GoTo</emph> or <emph>GoSub</emph> conventions are valid.

[ctx: 03090402.xhp par_id3150791 help.text]
note: NBqbi
en: <emph>Selection1:</emph> Any expression that contains one of the possible choices.
en_GB: <emph>Selection1:</emph> An expression that contains one of the possible choices.

[ctx: 03090402.xhp par_id3151043 help.text]
note: nFWBz
en: The <emph>Choose</emph> function returns a value from the list of expressions based on the index value. If Index = 1, the function returns the first expression in the list, if index i= 2, it returns the second expression, and so on.
en_GB: The <emph>Choose</emph> function returns a value from the list of expressions based on the index value. If Index = 1, the function returns the first expression in the list, if index i= 2, it returns the second expression and so on.

[ctx: 03090403.xhp par_id3150870 help.text]
note: zVwji
en: <emph>Aliasname</emph>: Name of the subroutine as defined in the DLL.
en_GB: <emph>Aliasname:</emph> Name of the subroutine as defined in the DLL.

[ctx: 03090403.xhp par_id3154684 help.text]
note: TQqWz
en: <emph>Libname:</emph> File or system name of the DLL. This library is automatically loaded the first time the function is used.
en_GB: <emph>Libname:</emph> File or system name of the DLL. This library is automatically loaded the first time that the function is used.

[ctx: 03090403.xhp par_id3148452 help.text]
note: U3izx
en: <emph>Argumentlist:</emph> List of parameters representing arguments that are passed to the procedure when it is called. The type and number of parameters is dependent on the executed procedure.
en_GB: <emph>ArgumentList:</emph> List of parameters representing arguments that are passed to the procedure when it is called. The type and number of parameters is dependent on the executed procedure.

[ctx: 03090406.xhp par_id3152939 help.text]
note: x3YcB
en: For siStep = 0 To 10 ' Fill array with test data
en_GB: For siStep = 0 to 10 ' Fill array with test data

[ctx: 03090406.xhp par_id3155601 help.text]
note: aVKdf
en: ' Return value Is the index of the entry Or 0 (Null)
en_GB: ' Return value is the index of the entry or 0 (Null)

[ctx: 03090410.xhp par_id3155934 help.text]
note: XGpRR
en: Switch (Expression1, Value1[, Expression2, Value2[..., Expression_n, Value_n]])
en_GB: Switch (Expression1, Value1[, Expression2, Value2[..., ExpressionN, ValueN]])

[ctx: 03090410.xhp par_id3153894 help.text]
note: QNsjq
en: The <emph>Switch</emph> function evaluates the expressions from left to right, and then returns the value that is assigned to the function expression. If expression and value are not given as a pair, a runtime error occurs.
en_GB: The <emph>Switch</emph> function evaluates the expressions from left to right and then returns the value that is assigned to the function expression. If expression and value are not given as a pair, a runtime error occurs.

[ctx: 03090412.xhp par_id3153143 help.text]
note: UFcUy
en: The Exit statement does not define the end of a structure, and must not be confused with the End statement.
en_GB: The Exit statement does not define the end of a structure and must not be confused with the End statement.

[ctx: 03090412.xhp par_id3153158 help.text]
note: J6bT4
en: For siStep = 0 To 10 ' Fill array with test data
en_GB: For siStep = 0 to 10 ' Fill array with test data

[ctx: 03100050.xhp par_idN105F6 help.text]
note: YRdHq
en: Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: Expression: A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100060.xhp par_idN105F8 help.text]
note: nmGXD
en: Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: Expression: A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100070.xhp par_idN10570 help.text]
note: Gupyn
en: Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: Expression: A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100080.xhp par_idN1055B help.text]
note: 3B8u2
en: Converts a string expression or numeric expression to a variant expression of the sub type "Error".
en_GB: Converts a string expression or numeric expression to a variant expression of the sub-type "Error".

[ctx: 03100080.xhp par_idN10570 help.text]
note: bubLW
en: Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: Expression: A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100100.xhp par_id3156344 help.text]
note: nsCwH
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any string or numeric expressions that you want to compare. If the expressions match, the <emph>CBool</emph> function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise <emph>False</emph> is returned.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> String or numeric expressions that you want to compare. If the expressions match, the <emph>CBool</emph> function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise <emph>False</emph> is returned.

[ctx: 03100100.xhp par_id3149655 help.text]
note: hQiDG
en: <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to convert. If the expression equals 0, <emph>False</emph> is returned, otherwise <emph>True</emph> is returned.
en_GB: <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that you want to convert. If the expression equals 0, <emph>False</emph> is returned, otherwise <emph>True</emph> is returned.

[ctx: 03100100.xhp par_id3152940 help.text]
note: FKuLf
en: MsgBox "The word »and« appears in the sentence you entered!"
en_GB: MsgBox "The word »and« appears in the sentence that you entered!"

[ctx: 03100300.xhp par_id3150359 help.text]
note: 3E4Gd
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03100400.xhp par_id3149233 help.text]
note: EwDaU
en: Converts any numerical expression or string expression to a double type.
en_GB: Converts a numeric expression or string expression to a double type.

[ctx: 03100400.xhp par_id3153897 help.text]
note: DVRKM
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A string or numeric expression that you want to convert. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.

[ctx: 03100500.xhp par_id3159414 help.text]
note: eJRAh
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to convert. If the <emph>Expression</emph> exceeds the value range between -32768 and 32767, $[officename] Basic reports an overflow error. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A numeric expression that you want to convert. If the value of the <emph>Expression</emph> lies outside the range -32,768 to 32,767, $[officename] Basic reports an overflow error. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.

[ctx: 03100600.xhp par_id3159414 help.text]
note: kyujG
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any numerical expression that you want to convert. If the <emph>Expression</emph> lies outside the valid long integer range between -2.147.483.648 and 2.147.483.647, $[officename] Basic returns an overflow error. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A numeric expression that you want to convert. If the <emph>Expression</emph> lies outside the valid long integer range -2,147,483,648 to 2,147,483,647, $[officename] Basic returns an overflow error. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.

[ctx: 03100900.xhp par_id3153345 help.text]
note: XEQKF
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A string or numeric expression that you want to convert. To convert a string expression, the number must be entered as normal text ("123.5") using the default number format of your operating system.

[ctx: 03101000.xhp par_id3147574 help.text]
note: 3CEMW
en: Converts any numeric expression to a string expression.
en_GB: Converts a numeric expression to a string expression.

[ctx: 03101000.xhp par_id3149457 help.text]
note: f8VgF
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any valid string or numeric expression that you want to convert.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A valid string or numeric expression that you want to convert.

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3148916 help.text]
note: kBUDz
en: <emph>Integer:</emph> Integer variable (-32768 - 32767)
en_GB: <emph>Integer:</emph> Integer variable (-32,768 - 32,767)

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3150045 help.text]
note: DNHMA
en: <emph>Long:</emph> Long integer variable (-2.147.483.648 - 2.147.483.647)
en_GB: <emph>Long:</emph> Long integer variable (-2,147,483,648 - 2,147,483,647)

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3155937 help.text]
note: iBZ3a
en: <emph>Single:</emph> Single-precision floating-point variable (3,402823 x 10E38 - 1,401298 x 10E-45).
en_GB: <emph>Single:</emph> Single-precision floating-point variable (3.402823 x 10E+38 - 1.401298 x 10E-45).

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3149924 help.text]
note: JkDDD
en: $[officename] Basic supports single or multi-dimensional arrays that are defined by a specified variable type. Arrays are suitable if the program contains lists or tables that you want to edit. The advantage of arrays is that it is possible to address individual elements according to indexes, which can be formulated as numeric expressions or variables.
en_GB: $[officename] Basic supports single or multi-dimensional arrays that are defined by a specified variable type. Arrays are suitable if the program contains lists or tables that you want to edit. The advantage of arrays is that it is possible to address individual elements according to indices which can be formulated as numeric expressions or variables.

[ctx: 03102100.xhp par_id3153782 help.text]
note: C4SQS
en: Const sDim As String = " Dimension:"
en_GB: Const sDim as String = " Dimension:"

[ctx: 03102200.xhp par_id3145172 help.text]
note: fjqGh
en: <emph>Var:</emph> Any variable that you want to test if it is declared as an array. If the variable is an array, then the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise <emph>False </emph>is returned.
en_GB: <emph>Var:</emph> Any variable that you want to test if it is declared as an array. If the variable is an array, then the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise <emph>False</emph> is returned.

[ctx: 03102300.xhp par_id3145069 help.text]
note: HiTfE
en: <emph>Expression:</emph> Any numeric or string expression that you want to test. If the expression can be converted to a date, the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise the function returns <emph>False</emph>.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A numeric or string expression that you want to test. If the expression can be converted to a date, the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise the function returns <emph>False</emph>.

[ctx: 03102400.xhp par_id3163045 help.text]
note: CvCEz
en: Tests if a Variant variable contains the Empty value. The Empty value indicates that the variable is not initialized.
en_GB: Tests if a Variant variable contains the Empty value. The Empty value indicates that the variable is not initialised.

[ctx: 03102600.xhp par_idN1062A help.text]
note: PFSkn
en: <emph>Null</emph> - This value is used for a variant data sub type without valid contents.
en_GB: <emph>Null</emph> - This value is used for a variant data sub-type without valid contents.

[ctx: 03102700.xhp par_id3154760 help.text]
note: CCj4C
en: <emph>Var:</emph> Any expression that you want to test.
en_GB: <emph>Var:</emph> An expression that you want to test.

[ctx: 03103100.xhp par_id3148451 help.text]
note: ZCswn
en: As in most BASIC dialects, the keyword <emph>Let</emph> is optional.
en_GB: As in most BASIC dialects, the key word <emph>Let</emph> is optional.

[ctx: 03103100.xhp par_id3152939 help.text]
note: JwK2U
en: MsgBox Len(sText) ' returns 9
en_GB: MsgBox Len(sText) ' Returns 9

[ctx: 03103350.xhp par_id941552915528262 help.text]
note: x5mKt
en: When VBA support is enabled, %PRODUCTNAME Basic function arguments and return values are the same as their VBA functions counterparts. When the support is disabled, %PRODUCTNAME Basic functions may accept arguments and return values different of their VBA counterparts.
en_GB: When VBA support is enabled, %PRODUCTNAME Basic function arguments and return values are the same as their VBA functions counterparts. When the support is disabled, %PRODUCTNAME Basic functions may accept arguments and return values different from their VBA counterparts.

[ctx: 03103500.xhp par_id3147264 help.text]
note: HD5Sa
en: The <emph>Static statement</emph> cannot be used to define variable arrays. Arrays must be specified according to a fixed size.
en_GB: The <emph>Static statement</emph> cannot be used to define variable arrays. Arrays must be specified as a fixed size.

[ctx: 03103500.xhp par_id3151115 help.text]
note: HEZbp
en: ' Function for initialization of the static variable
en_GB: ' Function for initialisation of the static variable

[ctx: 03103500.xhp par_id1057161 help.text]
note: yjFGH
en: Const iMinimum As Integer = 40 ' minimum return value of this function
en_GB: Const iMinimum as Integer = 40 ' minimum return value of this function

[ctx: 03103500.xhp par_id580462 help.text]
note: fFSff
en: If iInit = 0 Then ' check if initialized
en_GB: if iInit = 0 then ' check if initialised

[ctx: 03103600.xhp par_id3151278 help.text]
note: eDUmG
en: Variable is not initialized
en_GB: Variable is not initialised

[ctx: 03103600.xhp par_id3148817 help.text]
note: qxhYF
en: TypeName(lVar) & " " & VarType(lVar),0,"Some types In $[officename] Basic"
en_GB: TypeName(lVar) & " " & VarType(lVar),0,"Some types in $[officename] Basic"

[ctx: 03103800.xhp par_id3150439 help.text]
note: fAtEE
en: <emph>ObjName: </emph>String that specifies the name of the object that you want to address at run-time.
en_GB: <emph>ObjName:</emph> String that specifies the name of the object that you want to address at run-time.

[ctx: 03104100.xhp par_id3146795 help.text]
note: QD4Cn
en: Result = MyFunction("Test", ,1) ' second argument is missing.
en_GB: Result = MyFunction("Test", ,1) ' second argument is omitted.

[ctx: 03104500.xhp par_idN10644 help.text]
note: LCwgD
en: MsgBox bIsStruct ' Displays False because oSimpleFileAccess Is NO struct
en_GB: MsgBox bIsStruct ' Displays False because oSimpleFileAccess is NO struct

[ctx: 03104700.xhp par_idN10558 help.text]
note: xqtMK
en: Erases the contents of array elements of fixed size arrays, and releases the memory used by arrays of variable size.
en_GB: Erases the contents of array elements of fixed size arrays and releases the memory used by arrays of variable size.

[ctx: 03110100.xhp par_id3148686 help.text]
note: djWb8
en: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric values or strings that you want to compare.
en_GB: <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Numeric values or strings that you want to compare.

[ctx: 03110100.xhp par_id3154909 help.text]
note: 4F32A
en: Dim sRoot As String ' Root directory for file in and output
en_GB: DIM sRoot As String ' Root directory for file in and output

[ctx: 03120101.xhp par_id3145609 help.text]
note: CF7UG
en: Use the Asc function to replace keys with values. If the Asc function encounters a blank string, $[officename] Basic reports a run-time error. In addition to 7 bit ASCII characters (Codes 0-127), the ASCII function can also detect non-printable key codes in ASCII code. This function can also handle 16 bit unicode characters.
en_GB: Use the Asc function to replace keys with values. If the Asc function encounters a blank string, $[officename] Basic reports a run-time error. In addition to 7 bit ASCII characters (Codes 0-127), the ASCII function can also detect non-printable key codes in ASCII code. This function can also handle 16 bit Unicode characters.

[ctx: 03120101.xhp par_id3163800 help.text]
note: raPFD
en: Print ASC("Las Vegas") ' returns 76, since only the first character is taken into account
en_GB: Print ASC("Blackpool") ' returns 66, since only the first character is taken into account

[ctx: 03120102.xhp par_id3145174 help.text]
note: iCsGw
en: ' The printout appears in the dialog as: A "short" trip.
en_GB: ' The printout appears in the dialogue box as: A "short" trip.

[ctx: 03120103.xhp par_id3149178 help.text]
note: MUTuz
en: <emph>Expression: </emph>Any numeric expression.
en_GB: <emph>Expression:</emph> A numeric expression.

[ctx: 03120300.xhp par_id3149178 help.text]
note: hU6eu
en: The following functions edit, format, and align the contents of strings. Use the & operator to concatenate strings.
en_GB: The following functions edit, format and align the contents of strings. Use the & operator to concatenate strings.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3156042 help.text]
note: ZAitp
en: Converts a number to a string, and then formats it according to the format that you specify.
en_GB: Converts a number to a string and then formats it according to the format that you specify.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3151176 help.text]
note: EDBbq
en: Decimal places in the number are rounded according to the number of zeros that appear after the decimal separator in the <emph>Format </emph>code.
en_GB: Decimal places in the number are rounded according to the number of zeros that appear after the decimal separator in the <emph>Format</emph> code.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3148452 help.text]
note: EKGPx
en: This symbol works like the 0, except that leading or trailing zeroes are not displayed if there are more # characters in the format code than digits in the number. Only the relevant digits of the number are displayed.
en_GB: This symbol works like the 0, except that leading or trailing zeros are not displayed if there are more # characters in the format code than digits in the number. Only the relevant digits of the number are displayed.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3163713 help.text]
note: A8QmE
en: The use of a period as a thousands and decimal separator is dependent on the regional setting. When you enter a number directly in Basic source code, always use a period as decimal delimiter. The actual character displayed as a decimal separator depends on the number format in your system settings.
en_GB: The use of a period (dot) as a decimal separator is dependent on the regional setting. When you enter a number directly in Basic source code, always use a dot-on-the-line as decimal delimiter. The actual character displayed as a decimal separator depends on the number format in your system settings.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3155411 help.text]
note: L4LbT
en: Characters that must be preceded by a backslash in the format code in order to be displayed as literal characters are date- and time-formatting characters (a, c, d, h, m, n, p, q, s, t, w, y, /, :), numeric-formatting characters (#, 0, %, E, e, comma, period), and string-formatting characters (@, &, <, >, !).
en_GB: Characters that must be preceded by a backslash in the format code in order to be displayed as literal characters are date- and time-formatting characters (a, c, d, h, m, n, p, q, s, t, w, y, /, :), numeric-formatting characters (#, 0, %, E, e, comma, dot-on-the-line) and string-formatting characters (@, &, <, >, !).

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3150113 help.text]
note: fkPvC
en: If you use predefined formats, the name of the format must be enclosed in quotation marks.
en_GB: If you use predefined formats, the name of the format must be enclosed by quotation marks.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3153158 help.text]
note: RANUB
en: <emph>Currency:</emph> Inserts a dollar sign in front of the number and encloses negative numbers in brackets.
en_GB: <emph>Currency:</emph> Inserts a dollar sign in front of the number and encloses negative numbers in brackets ( ).

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_id3153707 help.text]
note: cMtWm
en: A format code can be divided into three sections that are separated by semicolons. The first part defines the format for positive values, the second part for negative values, and the third part for zero. If you only specify one format code, it applies to all numbers.
en_GB: A format code can be divided into three sections that are separated by semicolons. The first part defines the format for positive values, the second part for negative values and the third part for zero. If you only specify one format code, it applies to all numbers.

[ctx: 03120301.xhp par_idN107A2 help.text]
note: ZsNPC
en: ' always use a period as decimal delimiter when you enter numbers in Basic source code.
en_GB: ' always use a dot-on-the-line as decimal delimiter when you enter numbers in Basic source code.

[ctx: 03120302.xhp par_id3145609 help.text]
note: dkB32
en: Converts all uppercase letters in a string to lowercase.
en_GB: Converts all upper-case letters in a string to lower-case.

[ctx: 03120302.xhp par_id3146121 help.text]
note: HcFTs
en: Print LCase(sVar) ' Returns "las vegas"
en_GB: Print LCase(sVar) ' Returns "blackpool"

[ctx: 03120302.xhp par_id3146986 help.text]
note: F9rGM
en: Print UCase(sVar) ' Returns "LAS VEGAS"
en_GB: Print UCase(sVar) ' Returns "BLACKPOOL"

[ctx: 03120305.xhp par_id3145316 help.text]
note: mFiGU
en: Removes all leading spaces at the start of a string expression.
en_GB: Removes all leading spaces at the beginning of a string expression.

[ctx: 03120306.xhp par_id3147530 help.text]
note: 32BvU
en: Mid (Text As String, Start As Long [, Length As Long]) or Mid (Text As String, Start As Long , Length As Long, Text As String)
en_GB: Mid (Text As String, Start As Long [, Length As Long]) or Mid (Text As String, Start As Long, Length As Long, Text As String)

[ctx: 03120308.xhp par_id3154924 help.text]
note: nsDVT
en: <emph>Text</emph>: String that you want to right-align in the string variable.
en_GB: <emph>Text:</emph> String that you want to right-align in the string variable.

[ctx: 03120308.xhp par_id3154140 help.text]
note: ZikcS
en: If the string is shorter than the string variable, <emph>RSet</emph> aligns the string to the right within the string variable. Any remaining characters in the string variable are replaced with spaces. If the string is longer than the string variable, characters exceeding the length of the variable are truncated, and only the remaining characters are right-aligned within the string variable.
en_GB: If the string is shorter than the string variable, <emph>RSet</emph> aligns the string to the right within the string variable. Any remaining characters in the string variable are replaced with spaces. If the string is longer than the string variable, characters exceeding the length of the variable are truncated and only the remaining characters are right-aligned within the string variable.

[ctx: 03120309.xhp par_id3151380 help.text]
note: UW5Fx
en: <emph>Text: </emph>Any string expression.
en_GB: <emph>Text:</emph> Any string expression.

[ctx: 03120310.xhp par_id3155420 help.text]
note: vSKnv
en: Converts lowercase characters in a string to uppercase.
en_GB: Converts lower-case characters in a string to upper-case.

[ctx: 03120310.xhp par_id3149204 help.text]
note: MmcFn
en: Print LCase(sVar) ' returns "las vegas"
en_GB: Print LCase(sVar) ' returns "blackpool"

[ctx: 03120310.xhp par_id3156280 help.text]
note: dNrts
en: Print UCase(sVar) ' returns "LAS VEGAS"
en_GB: Print UCase(sVar) ' returns "BLACKPOOL"

[ctx: 03120314.xhp par_id3147560 help.text]
note: aPap3
en: <emph>delimiter (optional):</emph> A string of one or more characters length that is used to delimit the Text. The default is the space character.
en_GB: <emph>delimiter (optional):</emph> A string of one or more characters in length that is used to delimit the Text. The default is the space character.

[ctx: 03120315.xhp par_id3154908 help.text]
note: 53dA6
en: <emph>delimiter (optional):</emph> A string character that is used to separate the substrings in the resulting string. The default delimiter is the space character. If delimiter is a string of length zero "", the substrings are joined without separator.
en_GB: <emph>delimiter (optional:</emph>) A string character that is used to separate the substrings in the resulting string. The default delimiter is the space character. If delimiter is a string of length zero "", the substrings are joined without separator.

[ctx: 03120403.xhp par_id3146796 help.text]
note: SjRGM
en: <emph>Compare:</emph> This optional parameter sets the comparison method. If Compare = 1, the string comparison is case-sensitive. If Compare = 0, no distinction is made between uppercase and lowercase letters.
en_GB: <emph>Compare:</emph> This optional parameter sets the comparison method. If Compare = 1, the string comparison is case-sensitive. If Compare = 0, no distinction is made between upper-case and lower-case letters.

[ctx: 03130500.xhp par_id3148451 help.text]
note: yn6fB
en: The focus is on the minimized program window.
en_GB: The focus is on the minimised program window.

[ctx: 03130500.xhp par_id3146921 help.text]
note: FkVik
en: focus is on the maximized program window.
en_GB: focus is on the maximised program window.

[ctx: 03130500.xhp par_id3152938 help.text]
note: iPXGx
en: Minimized program window, focus remains on the active window.
en_GB: Minimised program window, focus remains on the active window.

[ctx: 03130700.xhp par_id3153750 help.text]
note: 3fFGL
en: Returns the number of system ticks provided by the operating system. You can use this function to optimize certain processes.
en_GB: Returns the number of system ticks provided by the operating system. You can use this function to optimise certain processes.

[ctx: 03131600.xhp par_idN10625 help.text]
note: HjGD6
en: The following code uses a service to open a file open dialog:
en_GB: The following code uses a service to open a file open dialogue box:

[ctx: 03131600.xhp par_idN1062B help.text]
note: WENTD
en: fName = FileOpenDialog ("Please select a file")
en_GB: fName = FileOpenDialog("Please select a file")

[ctx: 03131900.xhp par_id3153345 help.text]
note: Jz8ET
en: Basic source code and dialogs are organized in library containers. Libraries can contain modules and dialogs.
en_GB: Basic source code and dialogs are organised in library containers. Libraries can contain modules and dialogs.

[ctx: 03132100.xhp par_id3152459 help.text]
note: 2DTJG
en: Returns a numerical value that specifies the graphical user interface.
en_GB: Returns a numeric value that specifies the graphical user interface.

[ctx: 03140002.xhp par_id3151384 help.text]
note: NhJBQ
en: Calculates the periodic amortizement for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate.
en_GB: Calculates the periodic amortisement for an investment with regular payments and a constant interest rate.

[ctx: 03140006.xhp par_id230720172234199811 help.text]
note: UaBkD
en: Print p ' returns 174,894967305331
en_GB: Print p ' returns 174.894967305331

[ctx: 03140008.xhp par_id230720172341443986 help.text]
note: dThEC
en: <emph>Per</emph> The period number for which you want to calculate the principal payment (must be an integer between 1 and Nper).
en_GB: <emph>Per</emph> The period number for which you want to calculate the principal payment (must be an integer between 1 and NPer).

[ctx: 03140008.xhp par_id061420170420248911 help.text]
note: yNqFG
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods, during which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods during which annuity is paid.

[ctx: 03140008.xhp par_id230720172348086687 help.text]
note: wEVUq
en: print ppMth4 ' ppMth4 is calculated to be -1044,94463903636.
en_GB: print ppMth4 ' ppMth4 is calculated to be -1044.94463903636.

[ctx: 03140008.xhp par_id230720172348086456 help.text]
note: YE9wi
en: print ppMth5' ppMth5 is calculated to be -1053,65251102833.
en_GB: print ppMth5' ppMth5 is calculated to be -1053.65251102833.

[ctx: 03140009.xhp par_id061420170420248911 help.text]
note: SNnA8
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods, during which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods during which annuity is paid.

[ctx: 03140009.xhp par_id240720170007446775 help.text]
note: 4D5EZ
en: ' Calculate the present value of an annuity that pays $1,000 per month over 6 years.
en_GB: ' Calculate the present value of an annuity that pays £1,000 per month over 6 years.

[ctx: 03140009.xhp par_id240720170007455988 help.text]
note: DMzHG
en: print pv1 ' pv1 is calculated to be 53978,6654781073.
en_GB: print pv1 ' pv1 is calculated to be 53978.6654781073.

[ctx: 03140010.xhp par_id061420170420248911 help.text]
note: dGUHn
en: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods, during which annuity is paid.
en_GB: <emph>NPer</emph> is the total number of periods during which annuity is paid.

[ctx: 03140010.xhp par_id240720170039056654 help.text]
note: FCE3H
en: ' Calculate the interest rate required to pay off a loan of $100,000 over
en_GB: ' Calculate the interest rate required to pay off a loan of £100,000 over

[ctx: 03140010.xhp par_id240720170039057978 help.text]
note: X5UsC
en: ' 6 years, with payments of $1,500, due at the end of each month.
en_GB: ' 6 years, with payments of £1,500, due at the end of each month.

[ctx: 03140011.xhp par_id240720170117395610 help.text]
note: gEFms
en: <emph>Life </emph>is the depreciation period determining the number of periods in the depreciation of the asset.
en_GB: <emph>Life</emph> is the depreciation period determining the number of periods in the depreciation of the asset.

[ctx: 03140011.xhp par_id24072017011739366 help.text]
note: wwJAA
en: REM Calculate the yearly depreciation of an asset that cost $10,000 at
en_GB: REM Calculate the yearly depreciation of an asset that cost £10,000 at

[ctx: 03140011.xhp par_id240720170117398814 help.text]
note: JeAG8
en: REM the start of year 1, and has a salvage value of $1,000 after 5 years.
en_GB: REM the start of year 1, and has a salvage value of £1,000 after 5 years.

[ctx: 03140012.xhp par_id240720170144225698 help.text]
note: Mcu4F
en: REM Calculate the yearly depreciation of an asset that cost $10,000 at
en_GB: REM Calculate the yearly depreciation of an asset that cost £10,000 at

[ctx: 03140012.xhp par_id240720170144223210 help.text]
note: u9ABj
en: REM the start of year 1, and has a salvage value of $1,000 after 5 years.
en_GB: REM the start of year 1, and has a salvage value of £1,000 after 5 years.

[ctx: 03150002.xhp par_id3151384 help.text]
note: zW82k
en: The MonthName function returns the localized month name of a specified month number.
en_GB: The MonthName function returns the localised month name of a specified month number.

[ctx: 03150002.xhp par_id240720170117391741 help.text]
note: GWDMF
en: <emph>Month</emph>: Value from 1 to 12, January to December, whose localized month name need to be returned.
en_GB: <emph>Month</emph>: Value from 1 to 12, January to December, whose localised month name needs to be returned.

[ctx: 05060700.xhp par_id3153748 help.text]
note: ZcEaC
en: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the macro that you want to execute when the selected graphic, frame, or OLE object is selected.</ahelp> Depending on the object that is selected, the function is either found on the <emph>Macro</emph> tab of the <emph>Object</emph> dialog, or in the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialog.
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Choose the macro that you want to execute when the selected graphic, frame, or OLE object is selected.</ahelp> Depending on the object that is selected, the function is either found on the <emph>Macro</emph> tab of the <emph>Object</emph> dialogue box, or in the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 05060700.xhp par_id3151131 help.text]
note: SoxKg
en: Nonprinting characters are entered from the keyboard, for example, tabs and line breaks.
en_GB: Non-printing characters are entered from the keyboard, for example, tabs and line breaks.

[ctx: compatibilitymode.xhp par_id411561647797398 help.text]
note: TcWG2
en: Modifying <literal>Dir</literal> behavior
en_GB: Modifying <literal>Dir</literal> behaviour

[ctx: enum.xhp N0030 help.text]
note: EYqEn
en: Enumerated values are rendered to <emph>Long</emph> datatype. Basic functions are public accessors to enumerations. Enumeration names and value names must be unique within a library and across modules.
en_GB: Enumerated values are rendered to <emph>Long</emph> data type. Basic functions are public accessors to enumerations. Enumeration names and value names must be unique within a library and across modules.

[ctx: keys.xhp par_id3148455 help.text]
note: pBuAE
en: Single step through each statement, starting at the first line or at that statement where the program execution stopped before.
en_GB: Single step through each statement, starting at the first line or at that statement where the program execution stopped.

[ctx: keys.xhp par_id3154702 help.text]
note: FETWh
en: A running macro can be aborted with Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q, also from outside of the Basic IDE. If you are inside the Basic IDE and the macro halts at a breakpoint, Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q stops execution of the macro, but you can recognize this only after the next F5, F8, or Shift+F8.
en_GB: A running macro can be aborted with Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q, also from outside of the Basic IDE. If you are inside the Basic IDE and the macro halts at a breakpoint, Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Q stops execution of the macro, but you can recognise this only after the next F5, F8, or Shift+F8.

[ctx: main0211.xhp par_id3147288 help.text]
note: ukJ8n
en: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:MacroBarVisible">The <emph>Macro Toolbar </emph>contains commands to create, edit, and run macros.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:MacroBarVisible">The <emph>Macro Toolbar</emph> contains commands to create, edit and run macros.</ahelp>

[ctx: vbasupport.xhp par_id051720170350147298 help.text]
note: CFxLB
en: Choose  <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</emph> and mark the <emph>Executable code</emph> checkbox. Then load or open your document.
en_GB: Choose  <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</emph> and mark the <emph>Executable code</emph> check box. Then load or open your document.

[ctx: python_2_basic.xhp N0336 help.text]
note: nABRD
en: The %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API) Scripting Framework supports inter-language script execution between Python and Basic, or other supported programming languages for that matter. Arguments can be passed back and fourth across calls, providing they represent primitives data types that both languages recognize, and assuming that the Scripting Framework converts them appropriately.
en_GB: The %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API) Scripting Framework supports inter-language script execution between Python and Basic, or other supported programming languages for that matter. Arguments can be passed back and fourth across calls, providing they represent primitives data types that both languages recognise, and assuming that the Scripting Framework converts them appropriately.

[ctx: python_document_events.xhp N0648 help.text]
note: uGHTE
en: <literal>Start application</literal> and <literal>Close application</literal> events can respectively be used to set and to unset Python path for user scripts or %PRODUCTNAME scripts. In a similar fashion, document based Python libraries or modules can be loaded and released using <literal>Open document</literal> and <literal>Document closed</literal> events. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_import.xhp" name="Importing Python Modules">Importing Python Modules</link> for more information.
en_GB: <literal>Start application</literal> and <literal>Close application</literal> events can be used respectively to set and to unset Python path for user scripts or %PRODUCTNAME scripts. In a similar fashion, document based Python libraries or modules can be loaded and released using <literal>Open document</literal> and <literal>Document closed</literal> events. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_import.xhp" name="Importing Python Modules">Importing Python Modules</link> for more information.

[ctx: python_document_events.xhp N0701 help.text]
note: cBx2G
en: ''' Initialize document events logging '''
en_GB: ''' Initialise document events logging '''

[ctx: python_ide.xhp bm_id761543349138561 help.text]
note: ETCU9
en: <bookmark_value>APSO</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>Alternative Python Scripts Organizer</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>python;IDE - integrated development environment</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>python;editor</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>APSO</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>Alternative Python Scripts Organiser</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>python;IDE - integrated development environment</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>python;editor</bookmark_value>

[ctx: python_import.xhp N0463 help.text]
note: VHAM5
en: %PRODUCTNAME Python scripts come in three distinct flavors, they can be personal, shared or embedded in documents. They are stored in varying places described in <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp">Python Scripts Organization and Location</link>. In order to import Python modules, their locations must be known from Python at run time.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Python scripts come in three distinct flavours, they can be personal, shared or embedded in documents. They are stored in varying places described in <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp">Python Scripts Organisation and Location</link>. In order to import Python modules, their locations must be known from Python at run time.

[ctx: python_import.xhp N0468 help.text]
note: NAJzP
en: Personal & shared Python scripts can be imported once their directories are included in Python run time path. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp">Getting session information</link> page for more details regarding omitted Session Class.
en_GB: Personal & shared Python scripts can be imported once their directories are included in Python run-time path. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp">Getting session information</link> page for more details regarding omitted Session Class.

[ctx: python_import.xhp N0535 help.text]
note: AUzGt
en: Importing a Python document embedded module is illustrated below. Error handling is not detailed. Python run time path is updated when document has been opened and before closure. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp">Event-Driven Macros</link> to learn how to associate Python macros to document events.
en_GB: Importing a Python document embedded module is illustrated below. Error handling is not detailed. Python run-time path is updated when document has been opened and before closure. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp">Event-Driven Macros</link> to learn how to associate Python macros to document events.

[ctx: python_listener.xhp N0419 help.text]
note: XVRK7
en: MsgBox("The user canceled the dialog.")
en_GB: MsgBox("The user cancelled the dialog.")

[ctx: python_locations.xhp tit help.text]
note: GC8Ny
en: Python Scripts Organization
en_GB: Python Scripts Organisation

[ctx: python_locations.xhp hd_id391543358231021 help.text]
note: KKGnc
en: <variable id="pythonlocations1"><link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp" name="command_name">Python Scripts Organization and Location</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="pythonlocations1"><link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp" name="command_name">Python Scripts Organisation and Location</link></variable>

[ctx: python_locations.xhp par_id181544209916707 help.text]
note: KnZCV
en: Like BASIC macros, Python macros can be organized in libraries, modules and macros.
en_GB: Like BASIC macros, Python macros can be organised in libraries, modules and macros.

[ctx: python_programming.xhp N0234 help.text]
note: rAVfx
en: The component context which the script can use to create other uno components.
en_GB: The component context which the script can use to create other UNO components.

[ctx: python_programming.xhp N0241 help.text]
note: dURCV
en: %PRODUCTNAME Basic libraries contain classes, routines and variables, Python modules contain classes, functions and variables. Common pieces of reusable Python or UNO features must be stored in <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp" name="My macros">My macros</link> within <literal>(User Profile)/Scripts/python/pythonpath</literal>. Python libraries help organize modules in order to prevent module name collisions. Import <literal>uno.py</literal> inside shared modules.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Basic libraries contain classes, routines and variables, Python modules contain classes, functions and variables. Common pieces of reusable Python or UNO features must be stored in <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp" name="My macros">My macros</link> within <literal>(User Profile)/Scripts/python/pythonpath</literal>. Python libraries help organise modules in order to prevent module name collisions. Import <literal>uno.py</literal> inside shared modules.

[ctx: python_programming.xhp N0248 help.text]
note: 7prVF
en: Returns an absolute file url from the given urls.
en_GB: Returns an absolute file URL from the given URLs.

[ctx: python_programming.xhp N0260 help.text]
note: qAbMv
en: Returns the UNO component context used to initialize the Python runtime.
en_GB: Returns the UNO component context used to initialise the Python runtime.

[ctx: python_screen.xhp N0467 help.text]
note: EB2zZ
en: """ Displays a dialog box containing a message and returns a value."""
en_GB: """ Displays a dialogue box containing a message and returns a value."""

[ctx: python_screen.xhp N0473 help.text]
note: nUtxt
en: """ Displays a prompt in a dialog box at which the user can enter text."""
en_GB: """ Displays a prompt in a dialogue box at which the user can enter text."""

[ctx: python_screen.xhp N0479 help.text]
note: MFz5D
en: """Outputs the specified strings or numeric expressions in a dialog box."""
en_GB: """Outputs the specified strings or numeric expressions in a dialogue box."""

[ctx: python_session.xhp N0342 help.text]
note: CBvZv
en: Unlike Basic, pathname normalization is performed with Python inside Session class.
en_GB: Unlike Basic, pathname normalisation is performed with Python inside Session class.

[ctx: control_properties.xhp par_id3147317 help.text]
note: Es8Xy
en: You can set the properties of control that you add to a dialog. For example, you can change the color, name, and size of a button that you added. You can change most control properties when you create or edit a dialog. However, you can only change some properties at runtime.
en_GB: You can set the properties of control that you add to a dialog. For example, you can change the colour, name and size of a button that you added. You can change most control properties when you create or edit a dialog. However, you can only change some properties at run-time.

[ctx: control_properties.xhp par_id3145749 help.text]
note: vFBh4
en: To change the properties of a control in design mode, right-click the control, and then choose <emph>Properties</emph>.
en_GB: To change the properties of a control in design mode, right-click the control and then choose <emph>Properties</emph>.

[ctx: create_dialog.xhp par_id3163802 help.text]
note: xBcR4
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Dialogs</emph>, and then click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Dialogs</emph> and then click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: create_dialog.xhp par_idN1065F help.text]
note: qFeYH
en: Click <emph>Edit</emph>. The Basic dialog editor opens and contains a blank dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>Edit</emph>. The Basic dialog editor opens, containing a blank dialog.

[ctx: create_dialog.xhp par_id3153726 help.text]
note: To7nC
en: If you do not see the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Insert Controls </emph>icon to open the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar.
en_GB: If you do not see the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Insert Controls</emph> icon to open the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar.

[ctx: insert_control.xhp par_id3146797 help.text]
note: rCdw2
en: Use the tools on the <emph>Toolbox </emph>of the BASIC dialog editor to add controls to your dialog.
en_GB: Use the tools in the <emph>Toolbox</emph> of the BASIC dialog editor to add controls to your dialog.

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3153031 help.text]
note: uFxhk
en: The following examples are for a new <link href="text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp" name="dialog">dialog</link> called "Dialog1". Use the tools on the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar in the dialog editor to create the dialog and add the following controls: a <emph>Check Box</emph> called "CheckBox1", a <emph>Label Field</emph> called "Label1", a <emph>Button</emph> called "CommandButton1", and a <emph>List Box</emph> called "ListBox1".
en_GB: The following examples are for a new <link href="text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp" name="dialog">dialog</link> called "Dialog1". Use the tools on the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar in the dialog editor to create the dialog and add the following controls: a <emph>Check Box</emph> called "CheckBox1", a <emph>Label Field</emph> called "Label1", a <emph>Button</emph> called "CommandButton1" and a <emph>List Box</emph> called "ListBox1".

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3154141 help.text]
note: bfDTG
en: Be consistent with uppercase and lowercase letter when you attach a control to an object variable.
en_GB: Be consistent with upper-case and lower-case letter when you attach a control to an object variable.

[ctx: sample_code.xhp hd_id3145387 help.text]
note: EFJQU
en: Add an Entry to a ListBox
en_GB: Add an Entry to a List Box

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3148700 help.text]
note: JUfaR
en: REM adds a new entry to the ListBox
en_GB: REM adds a new entry to the List Box

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3144504 help.text]
note: A2XGR
en: oListbox.additem("New Item" & iCount,0)
en_GB: oListBox.additem("New Item" & iCount,0)

[ctx: sample_code.xhp hd_id3147071 help.text]
note: FKzdb
en: Remove an Entry from a ListBox
en_GB: Remove an Entry from a List Box

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3153247 help.text]
note: CmCcv
en: REM remove the first entry from the ListBox
en_GB: REM remove the first entry from the List Box

[ctx: translation.xhp bm_id8915372 help.text]
note: 76okP
en: <bookmark_value>dialogs;translating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>localizing dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>translating dialogs</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>dialogs;translating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>localising dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>translating dialogs</bookmark_value>

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id4601940 help.text]
note: FsUBB
en: The Language toolbar in the Basic IDE dialog editor shows controls to enable and manage localizable dialogs.
en_GB: The Language toolbar in the Basic IDE dialog editor shows controls to enable and manage localisable dialogs.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id9538560 help.text]
note: eGsqR
en: By default, any dialog that you create only contains string resources for one language. You may want to create dialogs that automatically show localized strings according to the user's language settings.
en_GB: By default, any dialog that you create only contains string resources for one language. You may want to create dialogs that automatically show localised strings according to the user's language settings.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id2924283 help.text]
note: gGdez
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can add a language to the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box in which you can add a language to the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id5781731 help.text]
note: VtLMy
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a language in the list and click Delete to remove that language. When you remove all languages, the string resources for localizable dialogs are removed from all dialogs in the current library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a language in the list and click Delete to remove that language. When you remove all languages, the string resources for localisable dialogs are removed from all dialogs in the current library.</ahelp>

[ctx: translation.xhp hd_id6596881 help.text]
note: Aa3HD
en: To enable localizable dialogs
en_GB: To enable localisable dialogs

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id2224494 help.text]
note: df3mU
en: If the current library already contains a localizable dialog, the Language toolbar is shown automatically.
en_GB: If the current library already contains a localisable dialog, the Language toolbar is shown automatically.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id6549272 help.text]
note: MHDVd
en: You see the Manage User Interface Language dialog. The dialog manages languages for the current library. The name of the current library is shown on the title bar.
en_GB: You will see the Manage User Interface Language dialogue box. The dialogue box manages languages for the current library. The name of the current library is shown on the title bar.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id6529740 help.text]
note: AbvXT
en: Click Add in the dialog to add a language entry.
en_GB: Click Add in the dialogue box to add a language entry.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id7811822 help.text]
note: xFFkk
en: This step enables all new dialogs to contain localizable string resources.
en_GB: This step enables all new dialogs to contain localisable string resources.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id9121982 help.text]
note: 3FvoR
en: The first time you click Add, you see the Set Default User Interface Language dialog. The following times you click Add, this dialog has the name Add User Interface Language.
en_GB: The first time that you click Add, you will see the Set Default User Interface Language dialogue box. Subsequently, this dialogue box has the name Add User Interface Language.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id3640247 help.text]
note: iPpFn
en: You can also change the default language in the Manage User Interface Language dialog.
en_GB: You can also change the default language in the Manage User Interface Language dialogue box.

[ctx: translation.xhp hd_id631733 help.text]
note: B5tJ2
en: To edit localizable controls in your dialog
en_GB: To edit localisable controls in your dialog

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id2334665 help.text]
note: hrvxW
en: Once you have added the resources for localizable strings in your dialogs, you can select the current language from the Current Language listbox on the Language toolbar.
en_GB: Once you have added the resources for localisable strings in your dialogs, you can select the current language from the Current Language list box on the Language toolbar.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id8956572 help.text]
note: igvyu
en: Switch the Current Language listbox to display the default language.
en_GB: Switch the Current Language list box to display the default language.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id8366649 help.text]
note: CWNb6
en: Select another language in the Current Language listbox.
en_GB: Select another language in the Current Language list box.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id476393 help.text]
note: x82BH
en: Using the control's property dialogs, edit all strings to the other language.
en_GB: Using the control's property dialogue boxes, edit all strings to the other language.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id3050325 help.text]
note: ckw8S
en: If the user has an older version of %PRODUCTNAME that does not know localizable string resources for Basic dialogs, the user will see the default language strings.
en_GB: If the user has an older version of %PRODUCTNAME that does not know localisable string resources for Basic dialogs, the user will see the default language strings.

[ctx: sbasic.tree 07010202 node.text]
note: MrEnT
en: Functions, Statements, and Operators
en_GB: Functions, Statements and Operators

[ctx: sbasic.tree 07010201 node.text]
note: hAowB
en: Alphabetic List of Functions, Statements, and Operators
en_GB: Alphabetic List of Functions, Statements and Operators

[ctx: scalc.tree 0813 node.text]
note: VFHig
en: Formulas and Calculations
en_GB: Formulae and Calculations

[ctx: sdraw.tree 1103 node.text]
note: 9ojH7
en: Loading, Saving, Importing, and Exporting
en_GB: Loading, Saving, Importing and Exporting

[ctx: sdraw.tree 1107 node.text]
note: fd9tS
en: Objects, Graphics, and Bitmaps
en_GB: Objects, Graphics and Bitmaps

[ctx: simpress.tree 0407 node.text]
note: RX5V8
en: Objects, Graphics, and Bitmaps
en_GB: Objects, Graphics and Bitmaps

[ctx: smath.tree 03 help_section.text]
note: m5CkC
en: Formulas (Math)
en_GB: Formulae (Math)

[ctx: smath.tree 0303 node.text]
note: CGoih
en: Working with Formulas
en_GB: Working with Formulae

[ctx: swriter.tree 0216 node.text]
note: 2FPcB
en: Spellchecking, Thesaurus, and Languages
en_GB: Spell Checking, Thesaurus and Languages

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_COMMON_0 property.text]
note: 8UKfi
en: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disk.
en_GB: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disc.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_REPORT_30 property.text]
note: xPoaP
en: According to which fields do you want to sort the data?
en_GB: Which fields do you want to sort the data by?

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_REPORT_68 property.text]
note: LujCA
en: Labeling fields
en_GB: Labelling fields

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_REPORT_72 property.text]
note: agw3x
en: An error occurred in the wizard.<BR>The template '%PATH' could be erroneous.<BR>Either the required sections or tables do not exist or exist under the wrong name.<BR>See the Help for more detailed information.<BR>Please select another template.
en_GB: An error occurred in the wizard.<BR>The template '%PATH' could be erroneous.<BR>Either the required sections or tables do not exist or have the wrong name.<BR>See the Help for more detailed information.<BR>Please select another template.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_3 property.text]
note: BCBCd
en: A subform is a form that is inserted in another form.\nUse subforms to show data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship.
en_GB: A sub-form is a form that is inserted in another form.\nUse sub-forms to show data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_4 property.text]
note: h4XzG
en: ~Add Subform
en_GB: ~Add Sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_5 property.text]
note: GSiwE
en: ~Subform based on existing relation
en_GB: ~Sub-form based on existing relation

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_7 property.text]
note: 2BEab
en: Subform based on ~manual selection of fields
en_GB: Sub-form based on ~manual selection of fields

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_9 property.text]
note: yGGuc
en: Fields in the ~subform
en_GB: Fields in the ~sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_20 property.text]
note: 9uFd2
en: ~First joined subform field
en_GB: ~First joined sub-form field

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_21 property.text]
note: NfpyC
en: ~Second joined subform field
en_GB: ~Second joined sub-form field

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_22 property.text]
note: 5F4nf
en: ~Third joined subform field
en_GB: ~Third joined sub-form field

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_23 property.text]
note: BJBzR
en: ~Fourth joined subform field
en_GB: ~Fourth joined sub-form field

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_30 property.text]
note: hk9Xa
en: 3D look
en_GB: 3-D look

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_42 property.text]
note: BEN4F
en: Arrangement of the subform
en_GB: Arrangement of the sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_81 property.text]
note: AspWz
en: Set up a subform
en_GB: Set up a sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_82 property.text]
note: YayFB
en: Add subform fields
en_GB: Add sub-form fields

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_91 property.text]
note: s6xRo
en: Decide if you want to set up a subform
en_GB: Decide if you want to set up a sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_92 property.text]
note: 4pHsF
en: Select the fields of your subform
en_GB: Select the fields of your sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_TABLE_26 property.text]
note: iWG72
en: A primary key uniquely identifies each record in a database table. Primary keys ease the linking of information in separate tables, and it is recommended that you have a primary key in every table. Without a primary key, it will not be possible to enter data into this table.
en_GB: A primary key uniquely identifies each record in a database table. Primary keys ease the linking of information in separate tables and it is recommended that you have a primary key in every table. Without a primary key, it will not be possible to enter data into this table.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_TABLE_49 property.text]
note: CSsZM
en: Catalog of the table
en_GB: Catalogue of the table

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties STEP_ZERO_4 property.text]
note: tGJBz
en: Note: Currency amounts from external links and currency conversion factors in formulas cannot be converted.
en_GB: Note: Currency amounts from external links and currency conversion factors in formulae cannot be converted.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties CorrespondenceFields_7 property.text]
note: uNexF
en: ZIP/Postal Code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties CorrespondenceFields_25 property.text]
note: BkAJF
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties ReeditMacro property.text]
note: rWgBN
en: Document macro has to be revised.
en_GB: Document macro must be revised.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties LogfileHelpText property.text]
note: pzBG4
en: A log file will be created in your work directory
en_GB: A log file will be created in your working directory

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf writer LngText.text]
en: Create and edit text and images in letters, reports, documents and Web pages by using Writer.
en_GB: Create and edit text and images in letters, reports, documents and Web pages using Writer.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf impress LngText.text]
en: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages by using Impress.
en_GB: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages using Impress.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf draw LngText.text]
en: Create and edit drawings, flow charts, and logos by using Draw.
en_GB: Create and edit drawings, flow charts and logos using Draw.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf calc LngText.text]
en: Perform calculations, analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets by using Calc.
en_GB: Perform calculations, analyse information and manage lists in spreadsheets using Calc.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf math LngText.text]
en: Create and edit scientific formulas and equations by using Math.
en_GB: Create and edit scientific formulae and equations using Math.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf base LngText.text]
en: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information by using Base.
en_GB: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information using Base.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf startcenter LngText.text]
en: The office productivity suite compatible to the open and standardized ODF document format. Supported by The Document Foundation.
en_GB: The office productivity suite compatible to the open and standardised ODF document format. Supported by The Document Foundation.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id4277169 help.text]
note: a43c7
en: Before you use the Wiki Publisher, ensure that %PRODUCTNAME uses a Java Runtime Environment (JRE). To check the status of the JRE, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</item>. Ensure that “Use a Java runtime environment” is checked and that a Java runtime folder is selected in the big listbox. If no JRE was activated, then activate a JRE of version 1.4 or later and restart %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Before you use the Wiki Publisher, ensure that %PRODUCTNAME uses a Java Runtime Environment (JRE). To check the status of the JRE, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</item>. Ensure that “Use a Java runtime environment” is checked and that a Java runtime folder is selected in the big list box. If no JRE was activated, then activate a JRE of version 1.4 or later and restart %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id2381969 help.text]
note: v3JN9
en: Note: You can store your user name and password for all respective dialogs inside %PRODUCTNAME. The password will be stored in a secure way, where access is maintained by a master password. To enable the master password, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Security</item>.
en_GB: Note: You can store your user name and password for all respective dialogue boxes inside %PRODUCTNAME. The password will be stored in a secure way, where access is maintained by a master password. To enable the master password, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Security</item>.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id3751640 help.text]
note: 5xi4b
en: Note: If you connect to the web using a proxy server, enter the proxy information to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - Proxy</item>, and restart the software.
en_GB: Note: If you connect to the web using a proxy server, enter the proxy information to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - Proxy</item> and restart the software.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id9533677 help.text]
note: CCnbF
en: Open a Writer document, and choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.
en_GB: Open a Writer document and choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id368968 help.text]
note: fGcyZ
en: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisettings.xhp"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, click <emph>Add</emph>.
en_GB: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisettings.xhp"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialogue box, click <emph>Add</emph>.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id6962187 help.text]
note: pkAFV
en: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp"><emph>MediaWiki</emph></link> dialog, enter the account information for the wiki.
en_GB: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp"><emph>MediaWiki</emph></link> dialogue box, enter the account information for the wiki.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id389416 help.text]
note: xc4AX
en: You can copy the URL from a web browser and paste it into the textbox.
en_GB: You can copy the URL from a web browser and paste it into the text box.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id228278 help.text]
note: 6jREj
en: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisend.xhp"><emph>Send to MediaWiki</emph></link> dialog, specify the settings for your entry.
en_GB: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisend.xhp"><emph>Send to MediaWiki</emph></link> dialogue box, specify the settings for your entry.

[ctx: wikiaccount.xhp par_id4571672 help.text]
note: kXBwS
en: Use the <emph>MediaWiki</emph> dialog to add or edit your MediaWiki account settings.
en_GB: Use the <emph>MediaWiki</emph> dialogue box to add or edit your MediaWiki account settings.

[ctx: wikiaccount.xhp par_id9046601 help.text]
note: M6uYF
en: If you have enabled the master password feature on the <emph>Security</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME</item> dialog, then the software can store your password and automatically insert the data where necessary. Enable the <emph>Save password</emph> checkbox to store your password.
en_GB: If you have enabled the master password feature on the <emph>Security</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME</item> dialogue box, then the software can store your password and automatically insert the data where necessary. Enable the <emph>Save password</emph> checkbox to store your password.

[ctx: wikiformats.xhp par_id376598 help.text]
note: Gdu22
en: Explicit text alignment should not be used in wiki articles. Nevertheless, text alignment is supported for left, centered, and right alignment of text.
en_GB: Explicit text alignment should not be used in wiki articles. Nevertheless, text alignment is supported for left, centred, and right alignment of text.

[ctx: wikiformats.xhp par_id3541673 help.text]
note: G3qA6
en: Images cannot be exported by a transformation producing a single file of wiki text. However, if the image is already uploaded to the target wiki domain (e. g., Wikimedia Commons), then the transformation produces a valid image tag that includes the image. Image captions are also supported.
en_GB: Images cannot be exported by a transformation producing a single file of wiki text. However, if the image is already uploaded to the target wiki domain (e.g., Wikimedia Commons), then the transformation produces a valid image tag that includes the image. Image captions are also supported.

[ctx: wikiformats.xhp par_id3037202 help.text]
note: w8BUf
en: Simple tables are supported well. Table headers are translated into corresponding wiki-style table headers. However, custom formatting of table borders, column sizes and background colors is ignored.
en_GB: Simple tables are supported well. Table headers are translated into corresponding wiki-style table headers. However, custom formatting of table borders, column sizes and background colours is ignored.

[ctx: wikisend.xhp par_id1743827 help.text]
note: F4YJF
en: In the <emph>Send to MediaWiki</emph> dialog, specify the settings for your current wiki upload.
en_GB: In the <emph>Send to MediaWiki</emph> dialogue box, specify the settings for your current wiki upload.

[ctx: wikisend.xhp par_id823999 help.text]
note: 6dCeT
en: <emph>This is a minor edit</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">Check this box to mark the uploaded page as a minor edit of the already existing page with the same title.</ahelp>
en_GB: <emph>This is a minor edit</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this box to mark the uploaded page as a minor edit of the already existing page with the same title.</ahelp>

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id1188390 help.text]
note: 39jox
en: You can add, edit and remove MediaWiki servers. Open the options dialog by going to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.
en_GB: You can add, edit and remove MediaWiki servers. Open the options dialogue box by going to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id9786065 help.text]
note: 5JhsD
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialog to add a new entry to the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialogue box to add a new entry to the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id3386333 help.text]
note: Q2kSq
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialog to edit the selected entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialogue box to edit the selected entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id1029084 help.text]
note: mi2NR
en: When you click Add or Edit, the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp">MediaWiki</link> dialog opens.
en_GB: When you click Add or Edit, the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp">MediaWiki</link> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: readme.xrm A11 readmeitem.text]
note: ThKSG
en: ${PRODUCTNAME} is free for use by everybody. You may take this copy of ${PRODUCTNAME} and install it on as many computers as you like, and use it for any purpose you like (including commercial, government, public administration and educational use). For further details see the license text packaged with this ${PRODUCTNAME} download.
en_GB: ${PRODUCTNAME} is free for use by everybody. You may take this copy of ${PRODUCTNAME} and install it on as many computers as you like, and use it for any purpose you like (including commercial, government, public administration and educational use). For further details see the licence text packaged with this ${PRODUCTNAME} download.

[ctx: readme.xrm s2we10 readmeitem.text]
note: GGBmC
en: As a general rule, you are recommended to install ${PRODUCTNAME} via the installation methods recommended by your particular Linux distribution (such as the Ubuntu Software Center, in the case of Ubuntu Linux). This is because it is usually the simplest way to obtain an installation that is optimally integrated into your system. Indeed, ${PRODUCTNAME} may well be already installed by default when you originally install your Linux operating system.
en_GB: As a general rule, you are recommended to install ${PRODUCTNAME} via the installation methods recommended by your particular Linux distribution (such as the Ubuntu Software Centre, in the case of Ubuntu Linux). This is because it is usually the simplest way to obtain an installation that is optimally integrated into your system. Indeed, ${PRODUCTNAME} may well be already installed by default when you originally install your Linux operating system.

[ctx: readme.xrm Precautions readmeitem.text]
note: bSQER
en: Please make sure you have enough free memory in the temporary directory on your system, and please ensure that read, write and run access rights have been granted. Close all other programs before starting the installation process.
en_GB: Please make sure you have enough free memory in the temporary directory on your system, and please ensure that read, write and run access rights have been granted. Close all other programs before starting the installation.

[ctx: readme.xrm rpminstall7a readmeitem.text]
note: GKgVu
en: Alternatively, you can use the 'install' script, located in the toplevel directory of this archive to perform an installation as a user. The script will set up ${PRODUCTNAME} to have its own profile for this installation, separated from your normal ${PRODUCTNAME} profile. Note that this will not install the system integration parts such as desktop menu items and desktop MIME type registrations.
en_GB: Alternatively, you can use the 'install' script, located in the top-level directory of this archive to perform an installation as a user. The script will set up ${PRODUCTNAME} to have its own profile for this installation, separated from your normal ${PRODUCTNAME} profile. Note that this will not install the system integration parts such as desktop menu items and desktop MIME type registrations.

[ctx: readme.xrm linuxlangpackA readmeitem.text]
note: JvsBv
en: Now start one of the ${PRODUCTNAME} applications - Writer, for instance. Go to the Tools menu and choose Options. In the Options dialog box, click on "Language Settings" and then click on "Languages". Dropdown the "User interface" list and select the language you just installed. If you want, do the same thing for the "Locale setting", the "Default currency", and the "Default languages for documents".
en_GB: Now start one of the ${PRODUCTNAME} applications - Writer, for instance. Go to the Tools menu and choose Options. In the Options dialogue box, click on "Language Settings" and then click on "Languages". Dropdown the "User interface" list and select the language you just installed. If you want, do the same thing for the "Locale setting", the "Default currency", and the "Default languages for documents".

[ctx: readme.xrm linuxlangpackB readmeitem.text]
note: ntGdw
en: After adjusting those settings, click on OK. The dialog box will close, and you will see an information message telling you that your changes will only be activated after you exit ${PRODUCTNAME} and start it again (remember to also exit the QuickStarter if it is started).
en_GB: After adjusting those settings, click on OK. The dialogue box will close, and you will see an information message telling you that your changes will only be activated after you exit ${PRODUCTNAME} and start it again (remember to also exit the QuickStarter if it is started).

[ctx: readme.xrm naso01 readmeitem.text]
note: dzpfA
en: Problems During Program Startup
en_GB: Problems During Program Start-up

[ctx: readme.xrm pji76w0 readmeitem.text]
note: dDsXM
en: By default, ${PRODUCTNAME} favours nice-looking graphics over speed. If you experience slow graphics, switching off 'Tools - Options - ${PRODUCTNAME} - View - Use Anti-Aliasing' may help.
en_GB: By default, ${PRODUCTNAME} favours nice-looking graphics over speed. If you experience slow graphics, switching off 'Tools - Options - ${PRODUCTNAME} - View - Use anti-aliasing' may help.

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoRightBlockSel Label value.text]
note: J2Btn
en: Select to Page Right
en_GB: Select to Right of Page

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ColorScaleFormatDialog Label value.text]
note: YFKd7
en: Conditional Formatting: Color Scale
en_GB: Conditional Formatting: Colour Scale

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ColorScaleFormatDialog ContextLabel value.text]
note: bkSZz
en: Color Scale...
en_GB: Colour Scale...

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ClearContents Label value.text]
note: UZKmr
en: Clear Contents
en_GB: Clear Content

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertRowsAfter Label value.text]
note: AGNAm
en: Insert ~Rows Below
en_GB: Insert Rows Below

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ToggleMergeCells Label value.text]
note: qJGdH
en: M~erge and Center Cells
en_GB: M~erge and Centre Cells

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SetTabBgColor Label value.text]
note: XX6G4
en: Sheet ~Tab Color...
en_GB: Sheet ~Tab Colour...

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SetTabBgColor PopupLabel value.text]
note: Rdaez
en: ~Tab Color...
en_GB: ~Tab Colour...

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:TabBgColor Label value.text]
note: DC47Y
en: Tab Color
en_GB: Tab Colour

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignHorizontalCenter Label value.text]
note: ZfFDD
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignVCenter Label value.text]
note: RyD35
en: Center Vertically
en_GB: Centre Vertically

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:PrintRangesMenu Label value.text]
note: G3E3Q
en: Prin~t Ranges
en_GB: Pri~nt Ranges

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:PasteTextImportDialog Label value.text]
note: 4DJpG
en: Use Text Import Dialog
en_GB: Use Text Import Dialogue box

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:PasteTextImportDialog TooltipLabel value.text]
note: yombs
en: Use text import dialog
en_GB: Use text import dialogue box

[ctx: CalcWindowState.xcu ..CalcWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: oUWGo
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: CalcWindowState.xcu ..CalcWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: ftDWy
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertMenuXErrorBars Label value.text]
note: m7rRY
en: X Error ~Bars...
en_GB: x-Error ~Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertMenuYErrorBars Label value.text]
note: qkvKw
en: Y Error ~Bars...
en_GB: y-Error ~Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:View3D Label value.text]
note: akKXG
en: ~3D View...
en_GB: ~3-D View...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Forward Label value.text]
note: mpEu3
en: Bring ~Forward
en_GB: Bring ~Forwards

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Backward Label value.text]
note: BqGzD
en: Send Back~ward
en_GB: Send Back~wards

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:XTitle Label value.text]
note: gsNEn
en: ~X Axis Title...
en_GB: ~x-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:YTitle Label value.text]
note: eST6v
en: ~Y Axis Title...
en_GB: ~y-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ZTitle Label value.text]
note: cd8w5
en: ~Z Axis Title...
en_GB: ~z-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SecondaryXTitle Label value.text]
note: EWdrC
en: S~econdary X Axis Title...
en_GB: S~econdary x-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SecondaryYTitle Label value.text]
note: cJiBZ
en: Se~condary Y Axis Title...
en_GB: Se~condary y-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisX Label value.text]
note: prCG9
en: ~X Axis...
en_GB: ~x-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisY Label value.text]
note: C8kZz
en: ~Y Axis...
en_GB: ~y-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisZ Label value.text]
note: fRb43
en: ~Z Axis...
en_GB: ~z-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisA Label value.text]
note: CDKTV
en: ~Secondary X Axis...
en_GB: ~Secondary x-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisB Label value.text]
note: GLSFt
en: S~econdary Y Axis...
en_GB: S~econdary y-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridXMain Label value.text]
note: BvQXG
en: ~Y Axis Major Grid...
en_GB: ~x-Axis Major Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridYMain Label value.text]
note: UVzSR
en: ~X Axis Major Grid...
en_GB: ~y-Axis Major Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridZMain Label value.text]
note: ipSdj
en: ~Z Axis Major Grid...
en_GB: ~z-Axis Major Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridXHelp Label value.text]
note: cFuTY
en: Y Axis Minor ~Grid...
en_GB: x-Axis Minor ~Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridYHelp Label value.text]
note: QKj5D
en: X Axis ~Minor Grid...
en_GB: y-Axis ~Minor Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridZHelp Label value.text]
note: hnT6X
en: Z Ax~is Minor Grid...
en_GB: z-Ax~is Minor Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertXErrorBars Label value.text]
note: QZnBn
en: Insert X Error ~Bars...
en_GB: Insert x-Error ~Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DeleteXErrorBars Label value.text]
note: 9FBEJ
en: Delete X Error ~Bars
en_GB: Delete x-Error ~Bars

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FormatXErrorBars Label value.text]
note: EBknj
en: Format X Error Bars...
en_GB: Format x-Error Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertYErrorBars Label value.text]
note: nLUhP
en: Insert Y Error ~Bars...
en_GB: Insert y-Error ~Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DeleteYErrorBars Label value.text]
note: BtoKB
en: Delete Y Error ~Bars
en_GB: Delete y-Error ~Bars

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FormatYErrorBars Label value.text]
note: CGHWA
en: Format Y Error Bars...
en_GB: Format y-Error Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DefaultColors Label value.text]
note: E2A7Q
en: Default Colors for Data Series
en_GB: Default Colours for Data Series

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SlideMoveMenu Label value.text]
note: ymWCh
en: Move
en_GB: Mode

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Dia Label value.text]
note: nZWiy
en: SlideTransition
en_GB: Slide Transition

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Objects3DToolbox Label value.text]
note: Vk5pz
en: 3D Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueHorzAlignCenter Label value.text]
note: w2LpK
en: Glue Point Horizontal Center
en_GB: Glue Point Horizontal Centre

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueVertAlignCenter Label value.text]
note: TCnHk
en: Glue Point Vertical Center
en_GB: Glue Point Vertical Centre

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:HalfSphere Label value.text]
note: Jo8he
en: Half-Sphere
en_GB: Hemisphere

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OutputQualityColor Label value.text]
note: iTs8m
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OutputQualityGrayscale Label value.text]
note: 9Fuwt
en: ~Grayscale
en_GB: ~Greyscale

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:PreviewQualityColor Label value.text]
note: vAqSN
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:PreviewQualityGrayscale Label value.text]
note: LW7Du
en: ~Grayscale
en_GB: ~Greyscale

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertInto3D Label value.text]
note: wTvxC
en: To 3~D
en_GB: To 3-~D

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertInto3DLatheFast Label value.text]
note: 2vbYM
en: To 3D ~Rotation Object
en_GB: To 3-D ~Rotation Object

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertInto3DLathe Label value.text]
note: pQhVJ
en: In 3D Rotation Object
en_GB: In 3-D Rotation Object

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OutputQualityContrast Label value.text]
note: tCZBQ
en: ~High Contrast
en_GB: ~High-contrast

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:PreviewQualityContrast Label value.text]
note: rLZwB
en: ~High Contrast
en_GB: ~High-contrast

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Forward Label value.text]
note: GFbAp
en: Bring ~Forward
en_GB: Bring ~Forwards

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Backward Label value.text]
note: 7ove4
en: Send Back~ward
en_GB: Send Back~wards

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DisplayQualityMenu Label value.text]
note: UFyrk
en: ~Color/Grayscale
en_GB: ~Colour/Greyscale

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:OptimizeTable Label value.text]
note: Bvk8Q
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:PresentationMinimizer Label value.text]
note: DpnDu
en: Minimize ~Presentation...
en_GB: Minimise ~Presentation...

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:AssignLayout?WhatLayout:long=32 Label value.text]
note: qvYwy
en: Centered Text
en_GB: Centred Text

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dobject UIName value.text]
note: ESt3w
en: 3D Object
en_GB: 3-D Object

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dscene UIName value.text]
note: w2Yft
en: 3D Scene
en_GB: 3-D Scene

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dscene2 UIName value.text]
note: B35BF
en: 3D Scene (group)
en_GB: 3-D Scene (group)

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: K4ToC
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/3dobjectsbar UIName value.text]
note: GcRwy
en: 3D-Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: tWhJG
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: Bcmob
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-checkerboard Label value.text]
note: LNvgE
en: Checkerboard
en_GB: Chequerboard

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-colored-lettering Label value.text]
note: az5un
en: Colored Lettering
en_GB: Coloured Lettering

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-movie-credits Label value.text]
note: uxyk9
en: Movie Credits
en_GB: Film Credits

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-center-revolve Label value.text]
note: BoY2f
en: Center Revolve
en_GB: Centre Revolve

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-fill-color Label value.text]
note: sTUkR
en: Change Fill Color
en_GB: Change Fill Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-font-color Label value.text]
note: JBD8E
en: Change Font Color
en_GB: Change Font Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-line-color Label value.text]
note: bSamY
en: Change Line Color
en_GB: Change Line Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-color-over-by-word Label value.text]
note: NsVhi
en: Color Over by Word
en_GB: Colour Over by Word

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-color-blend Label value.text]
note: QjBuA
en: Color Blend
en_GB: Colour Blend

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-color-over-by-letter Label value.text]
note: SYSWG
en: Color Over by Letter
en_GB: Colour Over by Letter

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-complementary-color Label value.text]
note: 67n3e
en: Complementary Color
en_GB: Complementary Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-complementary-color-2 Label value.text]
note: jkkkv
en: Complementary Color 2
en_GB: Complementary Colour 2

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-contrasting-color Label value.text]
note: yDSCQ
en: Contrasting Color
en_GB: Contrasting Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-grow-with-color Label value.text]
note: 6cN6B
en: Grow With Color
en_GB: Grow With Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-checkerboard Label value.text]
note: C8Tks
en: Checkerboard
en_GB: Chequerboard

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-center-revolve Label value.text]
note: 2LF7j
en: Center Revolve
en_GB: Centre Revolve

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-colored-lettering Label value.text]
note: iofaA
en: Colored Lettering
en_GB: Coloured Lettering

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-movie-credits Label value.text]
note: P8vzc
en: Movie Credits
en_GB: Film Credits

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-4-point-star Label value.text]
note: B9Gox
en: 4 Point Star
en_GB: 4 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-5-point-star Label value.text]
note: mPQvT
en: 5 Point Star
en_GB: 5 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-6-point-star Label value.text]
note: KMNtM
en: 6 Point Star
en_GB: 6 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-8-point-star Label value.text]
note: Uk8EG
en: 8 Point Star
en_GB: 8 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-right-triangle Label value.text]
note: vtoZC
en: Right Triangle
en_GB: Right-angle Triangle

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-buzz-saw Label value.text]
note: YA7yB
en: Buzz Saw
en_GB: Circular Saw

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-figure-8-four Label value.text]
note: dpY44
en: Figure 8 Four
en_GB: Figure-of-8 Four

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-horizontal-figure-8 Label value.text]
note: LakaC
en: Horizontal Figure 8
en_GB: Horizontal Figure-of-8

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-loop-de-loop Label value.text]
note: WpR5n
en: Loop de Loop
en_GB: Loop-the-loop

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-vertical-figure-8 Label value.text]
note: UX33U
en: Vertical Figure 8
en_GB: Vertical Figure-of-8

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.out-from-screen-center Label value.text]
note: BEqPM
en: Out from screen center
en_GB: Out from screen centre

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.in-from-screen-center Label value.text]
note: MRuxL
en: In from screen center
en_GB: In from screen centre

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.from-center-clockwise Label value.text]
note: id9hr
en: From center clockwise
en_GB: From centre clockwise

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.from-center-counter-clockwise Label value.text]
note: iCXKC
en: From center counter-clockwise
en_GB: From centre counter-clockwise

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionSets.venetian-blinds-3d Label value.text]
note: 3CeRi
en: 3D Venetian
en_GB: 3-D Venetian

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-1-spoke Label value.text]
note: 6UJix
en: Counterclockwise 1 Spoke
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 1 Spoke

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-2-spoke Label value.text]
note: eS9ZY
en: Counterclockwise 2 Spokes
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 2 Spokes

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-3-spoke Label value.text]
note: vBA4C
en: Counterclockwise 3 Spokes
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 3 Spokes

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-4-spoke Label value.text]
note: EwATi
en: Counterclockwise 4 Spokes
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 4 Spokes

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-8-spoke Label value.text]
note: FRtBZ
en: Counterclockwise 8 Spokes
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 8 Spokes

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BasicShapes.right-triangle Label value.text]
note: mNDxE
en: Right Triangle
en_GB: Right-angle Triangle

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star4 Label value.text]
note: TAZww
en: 4-Point Star
en_GB: 4-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star5 Label value.text]
note: tcEaw
en: 5-Point Star
en_GB: 5-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star6 Label value.text]
note: q6DGv
en: 6-Point Star
en_GB: 6-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star8 Label value.text]
note: oDwYr
en: 8-Point Star
en_GB: 8-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star12 Label value.text]
note: 3B8DB
en: 12-Point Star
en_GB: 12-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star24 Label value.text]
note: h6F6Y
en: 24-Point Star
en_GB: 24-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.doorplate Label value.text]
note: YQuHj
en: Doorplate
en_GB: Door-plate

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CharacterBackgroundPattern Label value.text]
note: Lo2Sc
en: Highlight Color
en_GB: Highlight Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ObjectCatalog Label value.text]
note: c9PFU
en: Object Catalog
en_GB: Object Catalogue

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Color Label value.text]
note: CdRTm
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CenterPara Label value.text]
note: yanFA
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CenterPara TooltipLabel value.text]
note: yMjYF
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GrafAttrCrop Label value.text]
note: GEk5Z
en: Crop Image Dialog...
en_GB: Crop Image Dialogue Box...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GrafAttrCrop ContextLabel value.text]
note: RNGxu
en: Crop Dialog...
en_GB: Crop Dialogue Box...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignCenter Label value.text]
note: GMmgk
en: ~Centered
en_GB: ~Centred

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignMiddle Label value.text]
note: zA3nR
en: C~enter
en_GB: C~entre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseToLower Label value.text]
note: BBSDG
en: ~lowercase
en_GB: ~lower-case

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseToUpper Label value.text]
note: CDDzb
en: ~UPPERCASE
en_GB: ~UPPER-CASE

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseToTitleCase Label value.text]
note: m4BD7
en: ~Capitalize Every Word
en_GB: ~Capitalise Every Word

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseRotateCase TooltipLabel value.text]
note: pvCBX
en: Cycle Case (Title Case, Sentence case, UPPERCASE, lowercase)
en_GB: Cycle Case (Title Case, Sentence case, UPPER-CASE, lower-case)

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ReadOnlyDoc Label value.text]
note: vFVep
en: Read Only Mode
en_GB: Read-Only Mode

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ReadOnlyDoc TooltipLabel value.text]
note: WAXps
en: Toggle Read Only Mode
en_GB: Toggle Read-Only Mode

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FillColor Label value.text]
note: uSipB
en: Fill Color
en_GB: Fill Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:XLineColor Label value.text]
note: Ra3DV
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BackgroundColor Label value.text]
note: emKjD
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CharBackColor Label value.text]
note: SGFCH
en: Highlight Color
en_GB: Highlight Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:TestMode Label value.text]
note: iED4L
en: Preview Dialog
en_GB: Preview Dialogue Box

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FrameLineColor Label value.text]
note: Dm83E
en: Border Color
en_GB: Border Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EqualizeWidth Label value.text]
note: aJNVZ
en: Equalize ~Width
en_GB: Equalise ~Width

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EqualizeHeight Label value.text]
note: N6bdq
en: Equalize ~Height
en_GB: Equalise ~Height

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FormatPaintbrush TooltipLabel value.text]
note: 7uXaL
en: Clone Formatting (double click for multi-selection)
en_GB: Clone Formatting (double-click for multi-selection)

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Delete Label value.text]
note: nWivr
en: Delete C~ontents...
en_GB: Delete C~ontent...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BmpMask Label value.text]
note: MwAJH
en: Color ~Replacer
en_GB: Colour ~Replacer

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfData Label value.text]
note: x9HFM
en: To File End
en_GB: To End of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStart Label value.text]
note: wKTWE
en: To File Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfRow Label value.text]
note: FdWxo
en: To Document Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfRow Label value.text]
note: ctFGn
en: To Document End
en_GB: To End of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartSel Label value.text]
note: Ebx9J
en: Select to File Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfDataSel Label value.text]
note: Kv7Tf
en: Select to File End
en_GB: Select to End of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfRowSel Label value.text]
note: CEEQU
en: Select to Document Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfRowSel Label value.text]
note: KYsD4
en: Select to Document End
en_GB: Select to End of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ColorControl Label value.text]
note: ytQvA
en: ~Color Bar
en_GB: ~Colour Bar

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GetColorTable Label value.text]
note: BgCJp
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Freeline Label value.text]
note: QjB43
en: Freeform Line, Filled
en_GB: Free-form Line, Filled

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Freeline_Unfilled Label value.text]
note: siUBw
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GraphicFilterPoster Label value.text]
note: ocuEh
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GraphicFilterSepia Label value.text]
note: ruAbz
en: Aging
en_GB: Ageing

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GraphicFilterSolarize Label value.text]
note: sFRqu
en: Solarization
en_GB: Solarisation

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SpellOnline Label value.text]
note: povdp
en: Auto Spellcheck
en_GB: Auto Spell Check

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:TipOfTheDay TooltipLabel value.text]
note: 6VUAq
en: Show the Tip of the Day dialog
en_GB: Show the Tip of the Day dialogue box

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ExportDirectToPDF?IsRedactMode:bool=true Label value.text]
note: LrSFu
en: Sanitized PDF
en_GB: Sanitised PDF

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConfigureDialog Label value.text]
note: zvurM
en: ~Customize...
en_GB: ~Customise...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConfigureToolboxVisible Label value.text]
note: ycsFJ
en: Customi~ze...
en_GB: Customi~se...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ShowLicense Label value.text]
note: 77umd
en: License Information
en_GB: Licence Information

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:MacroOrganizer?TabId:short=1 Label value.text]
note: 6NozA
en: Organize ~Dialogs...
en_GB: Organise ~Dialogs...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ScriptOrganizer Label value.text]
note: jjjAC
en: ~Organize Macros
en_GB: ~Organise Macros

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Window3D Label value.text]
note: LS6dC
en: ~3D Effects
en_GB: ~3-D Effects

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:NumericField Label value.text]
note: Wwm3D
en: Numerical Field
en_GB: Numeric Field

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertToNumeric Label value.text]
note: S8pxN
en: Replace with Numerical Field
en_GB: Replace with Numeric Field

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Extrusion3DColor Label value.text]
note: iYu9s
en: 3D Color
en_GB: 3-D Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ToolbarModeUI TooltipLabel value.text]
note: i8oSn
en: Shows a dialog to select the user interface
en_GB: Shows a dialogue box to select the user interface

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CommonAlignHorizontalCenter Label value.text]
note: wwKZj
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CommonAlignVerticalCenter Label value.text]
note: RdudW
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CellVertCenter Label value.text]
note: mBAKp
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CellVertCenter TooltipLabel value.text]
note: jcBjW
en: Center Vertically
en_GB: Centre Vertically

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:SpellingMenu Label value.text]
note: sDSy9
en: ~Spellcheck
en_GB: ~Spell check

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:ColorSettings Label value.text]
note: yxPe5
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:MacroOrganizer Label value.text]
note: 5xbCG
en: Basic Macro Organizer...
en_GB: Basic Macro Organiser...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DistributeHorzCenter Label value.text]
note: BBazW
en: Distribute Horizontally Center
en_GB: Distribute Horizontally Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DistributeHorzCenter ContextLabel value.text]
note: SqFTB
en: Horizontally ~Center
en_GB: Horizontally ~Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DistributeVertCenter Label value.text]
note: FAkxM
en: Distribute Vertically Center
en_GB: Distribute Vertically Centre

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dobject UIName value.text]
note: uaVMn
en: 3D Object
en_GB: 3-D Object

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dscene UIName value.text]
note: rC35Y
en: 3D Scene
en_GB: 3-D Scene

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dscene2 UIName value.text]
note: FjxFA
en: 3D Scene (group)
en_GB: 3-D Scene (group)

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: FHq6o
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/3dobjectsbar UIName value.text]
note: 8duBL
en: 3D-Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/gluepointsobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: pvbBN
en: Gluepoints
en_GB: Glue Points

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: DyQpY
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: XgwBZ
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SubReportInNewWindow Label value.text]
note: ff2NT
en: ~Subreport in New Window...
en_GB: ~Sub-report in New Window...

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FontColor Label value.text]
note: suBJb
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SectionAlignCenter Label value.text]
note: v9uDK
en: Centered on Section
en_GB: Centred on Section

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DBBackgroundColor Label value.text]
note: ECNvB
en: Background Color...
en_GB: Background Colour...

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FontColor Label value.text]
note: xXBbQ
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:UseHeaderFooterMenu TooltipLabel value.text]
note: 3nEko
en: Use the advanced popup menu to create header/footer on the fly
en_GB: Use the advanced pop-up menu to create header/footer on the fly

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StartOfLineSel Label value.text]
note: UhbFc
en: Select to Begin of Line
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StartOfDocumentSel Label value.text]
note: FaJ34
en: Select to Document Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EndOfDocumentSel Label value.text]
note: a2oDG
en: Select to Document End
en_GB: Select to End of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfNextPageSel Label value.text]
note: x39iC
en: Select to Begin of Next Page
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Next Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPrevPageSel Label value.text]
note: kBWu3
en: Select to Begin of Previous Page
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Previous Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPageSel Label value.text]
note: w5B5i
en: Select to Page Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfPageSel Label value.text]
note: 4wZZS
en: Select to Page End
en_GB: Select to End of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StartOfParaSel Label value.text]
note: PVdFq
en: Select to Paragraph Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EndOfParaSel Label value.text]
note: DJq7D
en: Select to Paragraph End
en_GB: Select to End of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:WordLeftSel Label value.text]
note: bpBoC
en: Select to Begin of Word
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Word

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignHorizontalCenter Label value.text]
note: fnKt6
en: Center Horizontal
en_GB: Centre Horizontally

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OptimizeTable Label value.text]
note: tu7ic
en: Optimize Size
en_GB: Optimise Size

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfLine Label value.text]
note: CDTJM
en: To Line Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfDoc Label value.text]
note: DGAud
en: To Document Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfDoc Label value.text]
note: 8o3AU
en: To Document End
en_GB: To End of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfNextPage Label value.text]
note: jzcmc
en: To Begin of Next Page
en_GB: To Beginning of Next Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPrevPage Label value.text]
note: PRoBm
en: To Begin of Previous Page
en_GB: To Beginning of Previous Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPage Label value.text]
note: 2GyQ4
en: To Page Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfPage Label value.text]
note: AZTvP
en: To Page End
en_GB: To End of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfColumn Label value.text]
note: jeWSo
en: To Column Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfColumn Label value.text]
note: 8u4SF
en: To Column End
en_GB: To End of Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPara Label value.text]
note: GCegb
en: To Paragraph Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfPara Label value.text]
note: JF2Ui
en: To Paragraph End
en_GB: To End of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfSentence Label value.text]
note: NXWwC
en: Delete to Start of Sentence
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Sentence

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfWord Label value.text]
note: PjXYE
en: Delete to Start of Word
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Word

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfLine Label value.text]
note: yeEJu
en: Delete to Start of Line
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfPara Label value.text]
note: wqEPB
en: Delete to Start of Paragraph
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfTable Label value.text]
note: QDGj5
en: To Table Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Table

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEnd Label value.text]
note: hDDiz
en: To Table End
en_GB: To End of Table

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfNextColumn Label value.text]
note: 5eq7D
en: To Begin of Next Column
en_GB: To Beginning of Next Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPrevColumn Label value.text]
note: jB3Hi
en: To Begin of Previous Column
en_GB: To Beginning of Previous Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignVerticalRowCenter Label value.text]
note: ToUn4
en: Align to Vertical Center of Line
en_GB: Align to Vertical Centre of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignVerticalCharCenter Label value.text]
note: qUGXr
en: Align to Vertical Center of Character
en_GB: Align to Vertical Centre of Character

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SetMinimalColumnWidth Label value.text]
note: kCyrV
en: Minimize Column Width
en_GB: Minimise Column Width

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SetMinimalRowHeight Label value.text]
note: 8swqU
en: Minimize Row Height
en_GB: Minimise Row Height

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:MergeTable Label value.text]
note: rqtkS
en: Merge Table
en_GB: Merge Tables

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:JumpToStartOfDoc Label value.text]
note: FXGYX
en: Directly to Document Begin
en_GB: Directly to Beginning of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:JumpToEndOfDoc Label value.text]
note: 6hFDS
en: Directly to Document End
en_GB: Directly to End of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CharColorExt Label value.text]
note: oyqdt
en: Font Color Fill
en_GB: Font Colour Fill

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BackColor Label value.text]
note: MBE8P
en: Highlight Color
en_GB: Highlight Colour

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:NavigateForward Label value.text]
note: u6dob
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:StyleApply?Style:string=Numbering ABC&amp;FamilyName:string=NumberingStyles Label value.text]
note: 6WvcD
en: Alphabet Uppercase List
en_GB: Alphabet Upper-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:AlphaListStyle Label value.text]
note: ANFq2
en: Alphabet Uppercase List
en_GB: Alphabet Upper-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:AlphaListStyle TooltipLabel value.text]
note: ibYaL
en: Alphabet Uppercase List Style
en_GB: Alphabet Upper-case List Style

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:StyleApply?Style:string=Numbering abc&amp;FamilyName:string=NumberingStyles Label value.text]
note: Hhiz6
en: Alphabet Lowercase List
en_GB: Alphabet Lower-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:AlphaLowListStyle Label value.text]
note: U5Zpv
en: Alphabet Lowercase List
en_GB: Alphabet Lower-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:AlphaLowListStyle TooltipLabel value.text]
note: v4bou
en: Alphabet Lowercase List Style
en_GB: Alphabet Lower-case List Style

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:StyleApply?Style:string=Numbering IVX&amp;FamilyName:string=NumberingStyles Label value.text]
note: Zw2YY
en: Roman Uppercase List
en_GB: Roman Upper-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:RomanListStyle Label value.text]
note: XjpAD
en: Roman Uppercase List
en_GB: Roman Upper-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:RomanListStyle TooltipLabel value.text]
note: 96STR
en: Roman Uppercase List Style
en_GB: Roman Upper-case List Style

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:StyleApply?Style:string=Numbering ivx&amp;FamilyName:string=NumberingStyles Label value.text]
note: 6sVu3
en: Roman Lowercase List
en_GB: Roman Lower-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:RomanLowListStyle Label value.text]
note: JGydq
en: Roman Lowercase List
en_GB: Roman Lower-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:RomanLowListStyle TooltipLabel value.text]
note: N7a3d
en: Roman Lowercase List Style
en_GB: Roman Lower-case List Style

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:TableCellBackgroundColor Label value.text]
note: ZABPA
en: Table Cell Background Color
en_GB: Table Cell Background Colour

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: BXuPM
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: qg9Vq
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: nCSvk
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: C8x4W
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: VQgMG
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: sy3Vp
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: v45LV
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: G8oEo
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: huJTA
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: TeZhE
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: 5GFnw
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: FFtmB
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterWebWindowState.xcu ..WriterWebWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: 6o4jd
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterWebWindowState.xcu ..WriterWebWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: Rq9Jx
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: d7F2G
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: JF4mA
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: Tgtuj
en: Optimize Size
en_GB: Optimise Size

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: BUnXb
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: f7dfz
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: uAAxE
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: URXoj
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: 8v2jp
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases FirstName value.text]
note: LoQgV
en: First Name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases LastName value.text]
note: nz8S7
en: Last Name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases HomeCity value.text]
note: FAPTY
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases HomeState value.text]
note: WPR3Y
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases HomeZipCode value.text]
note: TmFtC
en: ZIP/Postal (Home)
en_GB: Postcode (Home)

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases WorkCity value.text]
note: D9WF3
en: City (Work)
en_GB: Post Town (Work)

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases WorkState value.text]
note: 59Byp
en: State (Work)
en_GB: County (Work)

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases WorkZipCode value.text]
note: QGtLD
en: Zip/Postal (Work)
en_GB: Postcode (Work)

[ctx: FormWizard.xcu ..FormWizard.FormWizard.Styles.style3 Name value.text]
note: 2czcY
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_SUN_OPTIMIZATION_WIZARD2 value.text]
note: fKWLD
en: Presentation Minimizer
en_GB: Presentation Minimiser

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_INTRODUCTION_T value.text]
note: BDZp7
en: The Presentation Minimizer is used to reduce the file size of the current presentation. Images will be compressed and data, that is no longer needed, will be removed.        At the last step of the wizard you can choose to apply the changes to the current presentation or to create an optimized new version of the presentation.
en_GB: The Presentation Minimiser is used to reduce the file size of the current presentation. Images will be compressed and data, that is no longer needed, will be removed.        At the last step of the wizard you can choose to apply the changes to the current presentation or to create an optimised new version of the presentation.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_CHOSE_SETTINGS value.text]
note: SSBgt
en: ~Choose settings for Presentation Minimizer
en_GB: ~Choose settings for Presentation Minimiser

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_GRAPHIC_OPTIMIZATION value.text]
note: sD2FS
en: Choose settings for optimizing images
en_GB: Choose settings for optimising images

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_OLE_OBJECTS_DESC value.text]
note: KtW4F
en: Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) is a technology that allows embedding and linking to documents and other objects.The current presentation contains OLE objects.
en_GB: Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) is a technology that allows embedding and linking to documents and other objects. The current presentation contains OLE objects.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_NO_OLE_OBJECTS_DESC value.text]
note: fFJ5e
en: Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) is a technology that allows embedding and linking to documents and other objects.The current presentation contains no OLE objects.
en_GB: Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) is a technology that allows embedding and linking to documents and other objects. The current presentation contains no OLE objects.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_OPTIMIZE_IMAGES value.text]
note: LSpri
en: Optimize %IMAGES images to %QUALITY% JPEG quality at %RESOLUTION DPI.
en_GB: Optimise %IMAGES images to %QUALITY% JPEG quality at %RESOLUTION DPI.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_INFO_1 value.text]
note: YDDfR
en: The Presentation Minimizer has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed from %OLDFILESIZE MB to %NEWFILESIZE MB.
en_GB: The Presentation Minimiser has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed from %OLDFILESIZE MB to %NEWFILESIZE MB.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_INFO_2 value.text]
note: 3UFdp
en: The Presentation Minimizer has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed from %OLDFILESIZE MB to approximated %NEWFILESIZE MB.
en_GB: The Presentation Minimiser has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed from %OLDFILESIZE MB to approximated %NEWFILESIZE MB.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_INFO_3 value.text]
note: Kz34E
en: The Presentation Minimizer has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed to %NEWFILESIZE MB.
en_GB: The Presentation Minimiser has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed to %NEWFILESIZE MB.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_INFO_4 value.text]
note: zcPbA
en: The Presentation Minimizer has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed to approximated %NEWFILESIZE MB.
en_GB: The Presentation Minimiser has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed to approximated %NEWFILESIZE MB.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_OPTIMIZING_GRAPHICS value.text]
note: D7FLS
en: Optimizing images...
en_GB: Optimising images...

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_FILENAME_SUFFIX value.text]
note: xFFrL
en: (minimized)
en_GB: (minimised)

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_WARN_UNSAVED_PRESENTATION value.text]
note: ZSqeK
en: Do you want to minimize presentation without saving?
en_GB: Do you want to minimise presentation without saving?

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.LastUsedSettings Name value.text]
note: pYxGc
en: Projector optimized
en_GB: Projector optimised

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Settings.Templates.template1 Name value.text]
note: MJBbc
en: Email (96 DPI): minimize document size for sharing
en_GB: Email (96 DPI): minimise document size for sharing

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: XTvFe
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: vcsBD
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: KrX2M
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: KvC6p
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: Pb9ix
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: L2kTq
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: Gw8CM
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: PCZTC
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.lastlame Name value.text]
note: Es6Cc
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.lastlame ShortName value.text]
note: bmrdH
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.organizationname Name value.text]
note: 838Ju
en: OrganizationName
en_GB: OrganisationName

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: DBVEv
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: AMmBg
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: CT9yB
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: QTTRM
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: gVzBX
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: bCtze
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duesamount Name value.text]
note: mLczE
en: DuesAmount
en_GB: SubsAmount

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duesamount ShortName value.text]
note: QxGp6
en: DuesAmount
en_GB: SubsAmount

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duespaiddate Name value.text]
note: fzG4p
en: DuesPaidDate
en_GB: SubsPaidDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duespaiddate ShortName value.text]
note: XGFHH
en: DuesPdDate
en_GB: SubsPdDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: EMQyK
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: PF3mA
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: LvTCD
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: px2EF
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: PCBxF
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: 4sWQ9
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: ohf7B
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: tLicM
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: AMJLh
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: FmUCY
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: Cdh9H
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: JT9WV
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: chDCN
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: G5sBB
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: EH4Ca
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: NU3wM
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: DscYP
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: WwSrS
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: BanEt
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: EzF6m
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: X64YR
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: RD45c
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: RCBHM
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: vgGDB
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.socialsecuritynumber Name value.text]
note: inu4c
en: SocialSecurityNumber
en_GB: NationalInsuranceNumber

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.socialsecuritynumber ShortName value.text]
note: xXS3F
en: SocSecNo
en_GB: NatInsNo

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: CSboC
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: XGP5v
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: eW7CG
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: Py8dr
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: EzmFt
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: BaA5m
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipcity Name value.text]
note: dEC6G
en: ShipCity
en_GB: ShipPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipcity ShortName value.text]
note: 5sLAQ
en: ShipCity
en_GB: ShipPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipstateorprovince Name value.text]
note: ChHem
en: ShipStateOrProvince
en_GB: ShipCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipstateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: h96Fc
en: ShpStatPro
en_GB: ShpCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shippostalcode Name value.text]
note: DRUyL
en: ShipPostalCode
en_GB: ShipPostcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shippostalcode ShortName value.text]
note: RxAGo
en: ShipPostlC
en_GB: ShipPstCde

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.salestaxrate Name value.text]
note: FE5wE
en: SalesTaxRate
en_GB: VATRate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.salestaxrate ShortName value.text]
note: KBygT
en: SalesTaxRt
en_GB: VATRt

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orderdetails.Fields.salestax Name value.text]
note: qTtxh
en: SalesTax
en_GB: VAT

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orderdetails.Fields.salestax ShortName value.text]
note: AKELU
en: SalesTax
en_GB: VAT

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.workorderID Name value.text]
note: 3xXjt
en: WorkorderID
en_GB: PurchaseOrderID

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.workorderID ShortName value.text]
note: sFych
en: WorkordrID
en_GB: PurcOrdrID

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.checknumber Name value.text]
note: SNAyD
en: CheckNumber
en_GB: ChequeNumber

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.checknumber ShortName value.text]
note: oVMj9
en: CheckNo
en_GB: ChequeNo

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.creditcardauthorizationnumber Name value.text]
note: rJ97T
en: CreditCardAuthorizationNumber
en_GB: CreditCardAuthorisationNumber

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.projects.Fields.begindate Name value.text]
note: NYjdp
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.projects.Fields.begindate ShortName value.text]
note: LGmQk
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begindate Name value.text]
note: N9czS
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begindate ShortName value.text]
note: u8DoC
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begintime Name value.text]
note: XVAwB
en: BeginTime
en_GB: StartTime

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begintime ShortName value.text]
note: tDDXf
en: BeginTime
en_GB: StartTime

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationcity Name value.text]
note: nNvQC
en: DestinationCity
en_GB: DestinationPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationcity ShortName value.text]
note: Efxpf
en: DestinCity
en_GB: DestPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationstateprovince Name value.text]
note: DACJL
en: DestinationStateProvince
en_GB: DestinationCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationstateprovince ShortName value.text]
note: uLVeW
en: DestStaPro
en_GB: DestCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationpostalcode Name value.text]
note: aiGn2
en: DestinationPostalCode
en_GB: DestinationPostcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: 6cMXP
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: dV44B
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: qjHe3
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: hyxKi
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: fHkKv
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: fhAem
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: ZAzFd
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: fkJuB
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: P6hgT
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: LfFya
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.plants.Fields.fertilizefrequency Name value.text]
note: vYL3g
en: FertilizeFrequency
en_GB: FertiliseFrequency

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.miniaturefilms.Fields.colorfilm Name value.text]
note: YX7D7
en: ColorFilm
en_GB: ColourFilm

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.miniaturefilms.Fields.colorfilm ShortName value.text]
note: aU8uu
en: ColorFilm
en_GB: ColourFilm

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.miniaturefilms.Fields.filmexpirationdate Name value.text]
note: pSE2y
en: FilmExpirationDate
en_GB: FilmExpiryDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.dvdcollection.Fields.movietitle Name value.text]
note: FikLW
en: MovieTitle
en_GB: FilmTitle

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.dvdcollection.Fields.movietitle ShortName value.text]
note: edszQ
en: MovieTitle
en_GB: FilmTitle

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: A9ZG3
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: Ac8Hy
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: cYKDC
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: TFspR
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.exerciselog.Fields.distancetraveled Name value.text]
note: nTuBB
en: DistanceTraveled
en_GB: DistanceTravelled

[ctx: UI.xcu ..UI.FilterClassification.GlobalFilters.Classes.com.sun.star.formula.FormulaProperties DisplayName value.text]
note: AhpLM
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: ActionTe.ulf OOO_ACTIONTEXT_33 LngText.text]
note: vZ6wb
en: Installing system catalog
en_GB: Installing system catalogue

[ctx: ActionTe.ulf OOO_ACTIONTEXT_93 LngText.text]
note: h9m6Z
en: Initializing ODBC directories
en_GB: Initialising ODBC directories

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_37 LngText.text]
note: acbEy
en: &Organization:
en_GB: &Organisation:

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_58 LngText.text]
note: WcE8h
en: Multiline description of the currently selected item
en_GB: Multi-line description of the currently selected item

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_73 LngText.text]
note: JoCqE
en: Will have some subfeatures installed to the local hard drive. (Available only if the feature has subfeatures.)
en_GB: Will have some sub-features installed to the local hard drive. (Available only if the feature has sub-features.)

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_96 LngText.text]
note: ESR8Q
en: The disk space required for the installation of the selected features.
en_GB: The disc space required for the installation of the selected features.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_97 LngText.text]
note: Gb3dX
en: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disk space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install less features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.
en_GB: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disc space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install fewer features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_132 LngText.text]
note: NXHtk
en: Please read the following license agreement carefully.
en_GB: Please read the following licence agreement carefully.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_143 LngText.text]
note: nxx6Q
en: Change which program features are installed. This option displays the Custom Selection dialog in which you can change the way features are installed.
en_GB: Change which program features are installed. This option displays the Custom Selection dialogue box in which you can change the way features are installed.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_144 LngText.text]
note: asaNV
en: Repair installation errors in the program. This option fixes missing or corrupt files, shortcuts, and registry entries.
en_GB: Repair installation errors in the program. This option fixes missing or corrupt files, shortcuts and registry entries.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_153 LngText.text]
note: HFHZY
en: Disk space required for the installation exceeds available disk space.
en_GB: Disc space required for the installation exceeds available disc space.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_154 LngText.text]
note: 6HE5N
en: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disk space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install less features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.
en_GB: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disc space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install fewer features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_275 LngText.text]
note: BYWZ6
en: [ProductName] can be set as the default application to open Microsoft Office file types. This means, for instance, that if you double click on one of these files, [ProductName] will open it, not the program that opens it now.
en_GB: [ProductName] can be set as the default application to open Microsoft Office file types. This means, for instance, that if you double-click on one of these files, [ProductName] will open it, not the program that opens it now.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_309 LngText.text]
note: PmFh2
en: If you are just trying out [ProductName], you probably don't want this to happen, so leave the boxes unchecked.
en_GB: If you are just trying out [ProductName], you probably don't want this to happen, so leave the boxes unmarked.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_6 LngText.text]
note: WabjJ
en: {{Disk full: }}
en_GB: {{Disc full: }}

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_27 LngText.text]
note: azxrB
en: Please insert the disk: [2]
en_GB: Please insert the disc: [2]

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_32 LngText.text]
note: cBCXk
en: There is not enough disk space to install the file [2].  Free some disk space and click Retry, or click Cancel to exit.
en_GB: There is not enough disc space to install the file [2].  Free some disc space and click Retry, or click Cancel to exit.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_53 LngText.text]
note: KrRDX
en: Error applying patch to file [2].  It has probably been updated by other means, and can no longer be modified by this patch.  For more information contact your patch vendor.  {{System Error: [3]}}
en_GB: Error applying patch to file [2].  It has probably been updated by other means and can no longer be modified by this patch.  For more information contact your patch vendor.  {{System Error: [3]}}

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_65 LngText.text]
note: sDFYT
en: Error accessing secured data. Please make sure the Windows Installer is configured properly and try the installation again.
en_GB: Error accessing secured data. Please ensure the Windows Installer is configured properly and try the installation again.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_68 LngText.text]
note: 4y8CN
en: Out of disk space -- Volume: '[2]'; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  Free some disk space and retry.
en_GB: Out of disc space -- Volume: '[2]'; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  Free some disc space and retry.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_72 LngText.text]
note: s2orj
en: Out of disk space -- Volume: [2]; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  If rollback is disabled, enough space is available. Click Cancel to quit, Retry to check available disk space again, or Ignore to continue without rollback.
en_GB: Out of disc space -- Volume: [2]; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  If rollback is disabled, enough space is available. Click Cancel to quit, Retry to check available disc space again, or Ignore to continue without rollback.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_86 LngText.text]
note: nbuxg
en: An error occurred while writing installation information to disk.  Check to make sure enough disk space is available, and click Retry, or Cancel to end the installation.
en_GB: An error occurred while writing installation information to disc.  Ensure that sufficient disc space is available and click Retry, or click Cancel to end the installation.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_92 LngText.text]
note: 3yp9Y
en: There is no disk in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to go back to the previously selected volume.
en_GB: There is no disc in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to go back to the previously selected volume.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_93 LngText.text]
note: TnfBJ
en: There is no disk in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to return to the browse dialog and select a different volume.
en_GB: There is no disc in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to return to the browse dialogue box and select a different volume.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_103 LngText.text]
note: bKEyX
en: Could not register font [2].  Verify that you have sufficient permissions to install fonts, and that the system supports this font.
en_GB: Could not register font [2].  Verify that you have sufficient permissions to install fonts and that the system supports this font.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_129 LngText.text]
note: PAdiR
en: This setup requires Internet Information Server 4.0 or higher for configuring IIS Virtual Roots. Please make sure that you have IIS 4.0 or higher.
en_GB: This setup requires Internet Information Server 4.0 or higher for configuring IIS Virtual Roots. Please ensure that you have IIS 4.0 or higher.

[ctx: RadioBut.ulf OOO_RADIOBUTTON_6 LngText.text]
note: WaaRd
en: I &do not accept the terms in the license agreement
en_GB: I &do not accept the terms in the licence agreement

[ctx: RadioBut.ulf OOO_RADIOBUTTON_7 LngText.text]
note: uqyYS
en: I &accept the terms in the license agreement
en_GB: I &accept the terms in the licence agreement

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_7 LngText.text]
note: 26Mpo
en: This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed to run from the CD.
en_GB: This feature, and all sub-features, will be installed to run from the CD.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_8 LngText.text]
note: bCeK7
en: This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed on local hard drive.
en_GB: This feature, and all sub-features, will be installed on local hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_9 LngText.text]
note: pDASu
en: This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed to run from the network.
en_GB: This feature, and all sub-features, will be installed to run from the network.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_24 LngText.text]
note: KLMrs
en: This feature will be uninstalled completely, and you won't be able to run it from CD.
en_GB: This feature will be uninstalled completely and you won't be able to run it from CD.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_36 LngText.text]
note: ryj7R
en: This feature will be uninstalled completely, and you won't be able to run it from the network.
en_GB: This feature will be uninstalled completely and you won't be able to run it from the network.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_40 LngText.text]
note: hVVmF
en: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures free up [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features free up [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_41 LngText.text]
note: kQxfM
en: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures require [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features require [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_42 LngText.text]
note: 8N7Ea
en: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures free up [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features free up [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_43 LngText.text]
note: LTMBw
en: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures require [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features require [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_48 LngText.text]
note: KqFNu
en: Disk Size
en_GB: Disc Size

[ctx: pgm_Import.xcu pgm_Import UIName value.text]
en: PGM - Portable Graymap
en_GB: PGM - Portable Greymap

[ctx: PowerPoint3.xcu PowerPoint 3 UIName value.text]
note: YffjT
en: Microsoft PowerPoint 1-4 and 95's
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint 1-4 and 95s

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_ONE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕜 (U+1F55C), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 1.30
en_GB: 1:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_TWO-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕝 (U+1F55D), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 2.30
en_GB: 2:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_THREE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕞 (U+1F55E), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 3.30
en_GB: 3:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_FOUR-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕟 (U+1F55F), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 4.30
en_GB: 4:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_FIVE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕠 (U+1F560), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 5.30
en_GB: 5:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_SIX-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕡 (U+1F561), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 6.30
en_GB: 6:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_SEVEN-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕢 (U+1F562), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 7.30
en_GB: 7:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_EIGHT-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕣 (U+1F563), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 8.30
en_GB: 8:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_NINE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕤 (U+1F564), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 9.30
en_GB: 9:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_TEN-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕥 (U+1F565), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 10.30
en_GB: 10:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_ELEVEN-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕦 (U+1F566), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 11.30
en_GB: 11:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_TWELVE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕧 (U+1F567), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 12.30
en_GB: 12:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf MAXIMIZE LngText.text]
note: 🗖 (U+1F5D6), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: maximize
en_GB: maximise

[ctx: emoji.ulf MINIMIZE LngText.text]
note: 🗕 (U+1F5D5), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: minimize
en_GB: minimise

note: Tooltip for the "Change color lightness (HSL)" brush setting
en: Change the color lightness using the HSL color model.
    -1.0 blacker
     0.0 disable
     1.0 whiter
en_GB: Change the colour lightness using the HSL colour model.
    -1.0 blacker
     0.0 disable
     1.0 whiter

note: Tooltip for the "Change color value (HSV)" brush setting
en: Change the color value (brightness, intensity) using the HSV color model. HSV changes are applied before HSL.
    -1.0 darker
     0.0 disable
     1.0 brigher
en_GB: Change the colour value (brightness, intensity) using the HSV colour model. HSV changes are applied before HSL.
    -1.0 darker
     0.0 disable
     1.0 brigher

note: Tooltip for the "Colorize" brush setting
en: Colorize the target layer, setting its hue and saturation from the active brush color while retaining its value and alpha.
en_GB: Colourize the target layer, setting its hue and saturation from the active brush colour while retaining its value and alpha.

en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

note: Tooltip for the "Snap to pixel" brush setting
en: Snap brush dab's center and its radius to pixels. Set this to 1.0 for a thin pixel brush.
en_GB: Snap brush dab's centre and its radius to pixels. Set this to 1.0 for a thin pixel brush.

en: Center Speaker
en_GB: Centre Speaker

en: Load exotic, rarely used layouts and options
en_GB: Load exotic, rarely-used layouts and options

en: Show keyboard leds indicator
en_GB: Show keyboard LEDs indicator

en: The foreground color
en_GB: The foreground colour

en: The background color
en_GB: The background colour

en: Synchronize Random
en_GB: Synchronise Random

en: The background color for the layout indicator
en_GB: The background colour for the layout indicator

en: The foreground color for the layout indicator
en_GB: The foreground colour for the layout indicator

en:          array  - array of variables,
en_GB:          array  - array of variables (same scalar type),

note: #-#-#-#-#  450 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-# Window title, where the user can pick spot colors using a measuring device #-#-#-#-#  418 (glade3)  #-#-#-#-# GTK_STOCK_COLOR_PICKER #-#-#-#-#  354 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# ex:ts=4:et:
en: Color Picker
en_GB: Colour Picker

en: No learned functions
en_GB: No learnt functions

en: Did not expect '%1', instead expected a closing parenthesis, ')'
en_GB: Did not expect '%1', instead expected a closing bracket, ')'

[ctx: You are about to translate the 'Center' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see https://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it.]
en: center
en_GB: centre

[ctx: You are about to translate the 'PenColor' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see https://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it.]
en: pencolor
en_GB: pencolour

[ctx: You are about to translate the 'CanvasColor' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see https://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it.]
en: canvascolor
en_GB: canvascolour

en: Specifies the localization language by a language code, defaults to "en_US" (only works in testing mode)
en_GB: Specifies the localisation language by a language code, defaults to "en_US" (only works in testing mode)

en: Shows the direction chooser dialog
en_GB: Shows the direction chooser dialogue

en: Direction Chooser: Show the direction chooser dialog
en_GB: Direction Chooser: Show the direction chooser dialogue

en: &Color Picker...
en_GB: &Colour Picker...

en: Shows the color picker dialog
en_GB: Shows the colour picker dialogue

en: Color Picker: Show the color picker dialog
en_GB: Colour Picker: Show the colour picker dialogue

en: parenthesis
en_GB: bracket

[ctx: NOTE TO THE TRANSLATORS]
en: The translators have the opportunity to translate the
    sounds spoken in the game.
    See the technical reference section in ktuberling's
    documentation for more information on how to do that.
    (translate this message as "DONE" when you have translated
    the sounds; otherwise leave it untranslated as a reminder)
en_GB: DONE

en: Re-request Contact Authorization
en_GB: Re-request Contact Authorisation

en: Resend Contact Authorization
en_GB: Resend Contact Authorisation

en: Something unexpected happened to the core part of your Instant Messaging system and it couldn't be initialized. Try restarting the Contact List.
en_GB: Something unexpected happened to the core part of your Instant Messaging system and it couldn't be initialised. Try restarting the Contact List.

en: IM system failed to initialize
en_GB: IM system failed to initialise

en: Some data sources failed to initialize properly, your contact list might be incomplete.
en_GB: Some data sources failed to initialise properly, your contact list might be incomplete.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FingerColor$(Index)), group (Colors)
en: The keyboard tinting color to highlight keys for each finger.
en_GB: The keyboard tinting colour to highlight keys for each finger.

en: No visualization available for your keyboard layout.
en_GB: No visualisation available for your keyboard layout.

en: Color Scheme
en_GB: Colour Scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_default_location_enabled) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KUrlRequester, m_default_location)
en: Default save location for torrents from this group. <br/><br/>This is only used in the file selection dialog, when you change the group, the download location in the dialog will be set to this. You can still override it, if you want to.
en_GB: Default save location for torrents from this group. <br/><br/>This is only used in the file selection dialogue, when you change the group, the download location in the dialogue will be set to this. You can still override it, if you want to.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KUrlRequester, m_default_move_on_completion_location)
en: Default move on completion location for torrents from this group. <br/><br/>This is only used in the file selection dialog, when you change the group, the move when completed location in the dialog will be set to this. You can still override it, if you want to.
en_GB: Default move on completion location for torrents from this group. <br/><br/>This is only used in the file selection dialogue, when you change the group, the move when completed location in the dialogue will be set to this. You can still override it, if you want to.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_only_new)
en: When this is enabled, these settings will only be applied when a torrent is added to the group in the file selection dialog or the torrent creation dialog.<p>
    If this is not enabled, the settings will always be applied when you add a torrent to this group.
en_GB: When this is enabled, these settings will only be applied when a torrent is added to the group in the file selection dialogue or the torrent creation dialogue.<p>
    If this is not enabled, the settings will always be applied when you add a torrent to this group.

en: File prioritization and some other patches
en_GB: File prioritisation and some other patches

en: Patch to fix a crash in ChunkDownloadView
en_GB: Patch to fix a ChunkDownloadView crash

en: A couple of bugfixes
en_GB: A couple of bug fixes

en: Patch to add support for IP ranges in IP filter dialog
en_GB: Patch to add support for IP ranges in IP filter dialogue

en: Feature to disable authentication in the webinterface
en_GB: Feature to disable authentication in the web interface

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_cpuUsage)
en: <p>Amount of time the network threads will sleep when they are speed limited. This has absolutely no effect when there are no speed limits.</p>
    <p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Note:</span> The lower this is the more CPU is used. Setting it high can lead to lower speeds in high bandwidth situations. </p>
    <p>For example on an 100 Mbit LAN, if you set a limit of 3000 KiB/s, you might not actually reach this speed when this value is too high. Without a limit you can easily get above 3000 KiB/s on a LAN.</p>
en_GB: <p>Amount of time the network threads will sleep when they are speed limited. This has absolutely no effect when there are no speed limits.</p>
    <p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Note:</span> The lower this is the more CPU is used. Setting it high can lead to lower speeds in high bandwidth situations. </p>
    <p>For example on a 100 Mbit LAN, if you set a limit of 3000 KiB/s, you might not actually reach this speed when this value is too high. Without a limit you can easily get above 3000 KiB/s on a LAN.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_previewSizeAudio)
en: <p>The amount of data at the beginning and end of an audio file, which will be prioritized for previewing.</p>
en_GB: <p>The amount of data at the beginning and end of an audio file, which will be prioritised for previewing.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_previewSizeVideo)
en: <p>The amount of data at the beginning and end of a video file, which will be prioritized for previewing.</p>
en_GB: <p>The amount of data at the beginning and end of a video file, which will be prioritised for previewing.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_utpEnabled)
en: The µTorrent transport protocol runs over UDP and is optimized to not interfere with other traffic, while still using up all unused bandwidth.
en_GB: The µTorrent transport protocol runs over UDP and is optimised to not interfere with other traffic, while still using up all unused bandwidth.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_onlyUseUtp)
en: Don't use TCP for bittorrent connections, only use the µTP protocol. This can lead to slower speeds, seeing that not all bittorrent clients support µTP.
en_GB: Do not use TCP for bittorrent connections, only use the µTP protocol. This can lead to slower speeds, as that not all bittorrent clients support µTP.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_startDownloadsOnLowDiskSpace)
en: Don't start torrents
en_GB: Do not start torrents

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_2) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, kcfg_greenRatio)
en: Value at which the share ratio will be displayed with a green color. Lower ratios will be displayed in red.
en_GB: Value at which the share ratio will be displayed with a green colour. Lower ratios will be displayed in red.

en: Stop all selected torrents in the current tab
en_GB: Stop all selected torrents

en: Remove all selected torrents in the current tab
en_GB: Remove all selected torrents

en: Start all torrents in the current tab
en_GB: Start all torrents

en: Down Speed
en_GB: Download Speed

en: Up Speed
en_GB: Upload Speed

en: Total size of the torrent, excluded files are not included
en_GB: Total torrent size, excluding unselected files

en: %1<br>Url: <b>%2</b>
en_GB: %1<br>URL: <b>%2</b>

en: You don't have enough disk space to download this torrent. Are you sure you want to continue?
en_GB: You do not have enough disk space to download this torrent. Are you sure you want to continue?

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Schedule background color:
en_GB: Schedule background colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_scheduleBackgroundColor)
en: Color of the schedule background.
en_GB: Colour of the schedule background.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Schedule line color:
en_GB: Schedule line colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_scheduleLineColor)
en: Color of all lines on the schedule.
en_GB: Colour of all lines on the schedule.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Schedule Item color:
en_GB: Schedule Item colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_itemColor)
en: Color of each normal item on the schedule.
en_GB: Colour of each normal item on the schedule.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Suspended schedule item color:
en_GB: Suspended schedule item colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_suspendedColor)
en: Color of each suspended item on the schedule.
en_GB: Colour of each suspended item on the schedule.

en: Which peer we are downloading it from
en_GB: From which peer we are downloading it

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: File Priority Colors
en_GB: File Priority Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_firstColor)
en: Color to use for first priority files.
en_GB: Colour to use for first priority files.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_lastColor)
en: Color to use for last priority files.
en_GB: Colour to use for last priority files.

en: The score of the peer, KTorrent uses this to determine who to upload to
en_GB: The score of the peer, KTorrent uses this to determine to whom to upload

en: Several URL's could not be added because they are malformed:
en_GB: Several URLs could not be added because they are malformed:

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (filterURL), group (general)
en: Level1 filter url
en_GB: Level1 filter URL

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (actionDelete), group (general)
en: Delete action checked.
en_GB: Delete action ticked.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (actionMove), group (general)
en: Move action checked.
en_GB: Move action ticked.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DlSpdColor), group (general)
en: Color of the speed on dl chart
en_GB: Colour of the speed on dl chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DlAvgColor), group (general)
en: Color of the average on dl chart
en_GB: Colour of the average on dl chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DlLimitColor), group (general)
en: Color of the limit on dl chart
en_GB: Colour of the limit on dl chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrAvgFromLColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg from leecher on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg from leecher on peers chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrAvgToLColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg to leecher on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg to leecher on peers chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrAvgFromSColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg from seeds on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg from seeds on peers chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrFromLColor), group (general)
en: Color of the leechers on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the leechers on peers chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrFromSColor), group (general)
en: Color of the seeds on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the seeds on peers chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UlSpdColor), group (general)
en: Color of the speed on upload chart
en_GB: Colour of the speed on upload chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UlAvgColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg on upload chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg on upload chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UlLimitColor), group (general)
en: Color of the limit on upload chart
en_GB: Colour of the limit on upload chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnLConnColor), group (general)
en: Color of the connected leechers on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the connected leechers on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnLSwarmsColor), group (general)
en: Color of the leechers in swarms on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the leechers in swarms on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnSConnColor), group (general)
en: Color of the connected seeds on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the connected seeds on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnSSwarmsColor), group (general)
en: Color of the seeds in swarms on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the seeds in swarms on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgLConnPerTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected leecher per torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected leecher per torrent on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgSConnPerTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected seeds per torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected seeds per torrent on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgLConnPerRunTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected leechers per running torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected leechers per running torrent on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgSConnPerRunTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected seeds per running torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected seeds per running torrent on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DhtNodesColor), group (general)
en: Color of the nodes on DHT chart
en_GB: Colour of the nodes on DHT chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DhtTasksColor), group (general)
en: Color of the tasks on DHT chart
en_GB: Colour of the tasks on DHT chart

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab_2)
en: Seasons && Episodes
en_GB: Series && Episodes

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_use_se_matching)
en: Use season and episode matching
en_GB: Use series and episode matching

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Seasons:
en_GB: Series:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, m_seasons)
en: Specify the seasons to download, multiple seasons can be separated by a , and you can also use ranges by using a -
    
    For example: 1, 3-6, 9
    
    Will download seasons 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9
en_GB: Specify the series to download, multiple series can be separated by a , and you can also use ranges by using a -
    
    For example: 1, 3-6, 9
    
    Will download series 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_se_no_duplicates)
en: Do not download multiple items with the same season and episode
en_GB: Do not download multiple items with the same series and episode

[ctx: use default color scheme]
en: Default Colors
en_GB: Default Colours

en: Local color scheme file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be recorded.
en_GB: Local colour scheme file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be recorded.

en: Local color scheme index file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be recorded.
en_GB: Local colour scheme index file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be recorded.

en: Reverse colors of the image. This is useful to enhance contrast at times. This affects only the display and not the saving.
en_GB: Reverse colours of the image. This is useful to enhance contrast at times. This affects only the display and not the saving.

en: Failed to properly configure astrometry config file.  Please click the options button in the lower right of the Astrometry Tab in Ekos to correct your settings.  Then try starting Ekos again.
en_GB: Failed to properly configure astrometry configuration file.  Please click the options button in the lower right of the Astrometry Tab in Ekos to correct your settings.  Then try starting Ekos again.

en: Astrometry Config File Error
en_GB: Astrometry Configuration File Error

en: Recenters the XPlanet image once it has been moved
en_GB: Recentre the XPlanet image once it has been moved

en: Lets you change the units for the timestep in the animation
en_GB:                                   time-step

en: Resets the animation to 0 timesteps from the current XPlanet Time
en_GB: Resets the animation to 0 time-stepss from the current XPlanet Time

en: Explore Catalogs
en_GB: Explore Catalogues

en: Messier Catalog
en_GB: Messier Catalogue

en: NGC Catalog
en_GB: NGC Catalogue

en: IC Catalog
en_GB: IC Catalogue

en: Sharpless Catalog
en_GB: Sharpless Catalogue

en: The What's Interesting Panel is intended to allow you to explore many different interesting objects in the night sky.  It includes objects visible to the naked eye as well as objects that require telescopes.  It is intended to appeal to both beginners and advanced astronomers.  If you click on a category or catalog, a list of objects will appear.  Clicking on an object in the list will bring up the details view where you can find out more information about the object.  If you have thumbnail images or wikipedia information for this object, these will be displayed as well.  If not, you can download them using the download icon.  If you make What's Interesting wider, the display will dynamically change to display the information more conveniently.  Please see the descriptions below for details on what the buttons at the bottom do.
en_GB: The What's Interesting Panel is intended to allow you to explore many different interesting objects in the night sky.  It includes objects visible to the naked eye as well as objects that require telescopes.  It is intended to appeal to both beginners and advanced astronomers.  If you click on a category or catalogue, a list of objects will appear.  Clicking on an object in the list will bring up the details view where you can find out more information about the object.  If you have thumbnail images or Wikipedia information for this object, these will be displayed as well.  If not, you can download them using the download icon.  If you make What's Interesting wider, the display will dynamically change to display the information more conveniently.  Please see the descriptions below for details on what the buttons at the bottom do.

en: Import Catalog
en_GB: Import Catalogue

en: A valid custom catalog file has one line per object, with the following fields in each line:
en_GB: A valid custom catalogue file has one line per object, with the following fields in each line:

en: 5. Integrated Flux (floating-point value); frequency and units are set separately in the catalog file.
en_GB: 5. Integrated Flux (floating-point value); frequency and units are set separately in the catalogue file.

en: 6. Spectral type (if type=0); otherwise object's catalog name
en_GB: 6. Spectral type (if type=0); otherwise object's catalogue name

en: The fields should be separated by whitespace.  In addition, the catalog may contain comment lines beginning with '#'.
en_GB: The fields should be separated by whitespace.  In addition, the catalogue may contain comment lines beginning with '#'.

en: Help on custom catalog file format
en_GB: Help on custom catalogue file format

en: Catalog Preview
en_GB: Catalogue Preview

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, DataURL)
en: To import an existing data file, enter its filename here.  You will then describe the contents of the file below.  You can leave the filename blank to construct a catalog file with a valid header, but no data.
en_GB: To import an existing data file, enter its filename here.  You will then describe the contents of the file below.  You can leave the filename blank to construct a catalogue file with a valid header, but no data.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3)
en: <b>Catalog fields:</b>
en_GB: <b>Catalogue fields:</b>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, Epoch)
en: The coordinate epoch for the catalog
en_GB: The coordinate epoch for the catalogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel4)
en: Catalog name prefix:
en_GB: Catalogue name prefix:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_4)
en: Symbol color:
en_GB: Symbol colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KUrlRequester, CatalogURL)
en: Enter the filename for the output catalog file
en_GB: Enter the filename for the output catalogue file

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2)
en: Catalog name:
en_GB: Catalogue name:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Save catalog as:
en_GB: Save catalogue as:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, CatalogName)
en: Enter a name for the catalog
en_GB: Enter a name for the catalogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, CenterButton)
en: Center in Map
en_GB: Centre in Map

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, ScopeButton)
en: Center in Telescope
en_GB: Centre in Telescope

en: Gaseous Nebulae
en_GB: Gaseous Nebulæ

en: 1000 meters
en_GB: 1000 metres

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, NewButton)
en: Add a new field-of-view (FOV) symbol to the list.  You can define the size, shape, and color of the new symbol.
en_GB: Add a new field-of-view (FOV) symbol to the list.  You can define the size, shape, and colour of the new symbol.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, EditButton)
en: Press this button to modify the highlighted FOV symbol.  You can change its size, shape and color.
en_GB: Press this button to modify the highlighted FOV symbol.  You can change its size, shape and colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, TLength1) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, TLength2) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, LinearFOV) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, RTDiameter)
en: Telescope focal length, in millimeters
en_GB: Telescope focal length, in millimetres

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, TLength1)
en: Enter the telescope focal length, in millimeters.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a telescope eyepiece.
en_GB: Enter the telescope focal length, in millimetres.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a telescope eyepiece.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, EyeLength)
en: Eyepiece focal length, in millimeters
en_GB: Eyepiece focal length, in millimetres

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, EyeLength)
en: Enter the eyepiece focal length, in millimeters.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a telescope eyepiece.
en_GB: Enter the eyepiece focal length, in millimetres.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a telescope eyepiece.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, TLength2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, LinearFOV) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, RTDiameter)
en: Enter the telescope focal length, in millimeters.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope.
en_GB: Enter the telescope focal length, in millimetres.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, cameraPixelSizeW) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, cameraPixelSizeH) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, WaveLength)
en: Size of chip or film, in millimeters
en_GB: Size of chip or film, in millimetres

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, ColorButton)
en: Select color for the field-of-view symbol
en_GB: Select colour for the field-of-view symbol

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, ColorButton)
en: Select a color for the field-of-view (FOV) symbol.
en_GB: Select a colour for the field-of-view (FOV) symbol.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <html><head/><body><p>GSC: <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B_ivMJINsdQ8cDhNcU5ESkZMZ0E/view?usp=sharing"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Guide Star Catalog</span></a> (305 MB)</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>GSC: <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B_ivMJINsdQ8cDhNcU5ESkZMZ0E/view?usp=sharing"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Guide Star Catalogue</span></a> (305 MB)</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, DownloadText)
en: <p>You may now download optional data files to enhance KStars, such as Messier object images, or a more complete NGC/IC catalog. Press the <b>Download Extra Data</b> button to proceed. </p><p>You can also use this tool later, by selecting <b>Download New Data</b> from the <b>File</b> menu.</p>
en_GB: <p>You may now download optional data files to enhance KStars, such as Messier object images, or a more complete NGC/IC catalogue. Press the <b>Download Extra Data</b> button to proceed. </p><p>You can also use this tool later, by selecting <b>Download New Data</b> from the <b>File</b> menu.</p>

en: Astrometry.net uses python3 and the astropy package for plate solving images offline. These were not detected on your system.  Please go into the Align Options and either click the setup button to install them or uncheck the default button and enter the path to python3 on your system and manually install astropy.
en_GB: Astrometry.net uses python3 and the astropy package for plate solving images offline. These were not detected on your system.  Please go into the Align Options and either click the setup button to install them or untick the default button and enter the path to python3 on your system and manually install astropy.

en: Slew complete. Please adjust azimuth knob until the target is in the center of the view.
en_GB: Slew complete. Please adjust azimuth knob until the target is in the centre of the view.

en: Slew complete. Please adjust altitude knob until the target is in the center of the view.
en_GB: Slew complete. Please adjust altitude knob until the target is in the centre of the view.

en: Failed to find RA Axis center: %1.
en_GB: Failed to find RA Axis centre: %1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, syncR)
en: Synchronize the telescope to the solution coordinates
en_GB: Synchronise the telescope to the solution coordinates

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, slewR)
en: Synchronize the telescope to the solution coordinates and then slew to the target coordinates
en_GB: Synchronise the telescope to the solution coordinates and then slew to the target coordinates

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, autoScaleGraphB)
en: Auto scale and center the Solution Results graph.
en_GB: Auto scale and centre the Solution Results graph.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_23)
en: Angle between expected perfectly aligned mount center and the actual center
en_GB: Angle between expected perfectly aligned mount centre and the actual centre

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, refreshText)
en: <p>Adjust mount's Altitude and Azimuth knobs until the selected star is centered within the crosshair. Click <b>Refresh</b> to begin continuous capture. You are <b>Done</b> when star is centered.</p>
en_GB: <p>Adjust mount's Altitude and Azimuth knobs until the selected star is centred within the cross-hair. Click <b>Refresh</b> to begin continuous capture. You are <b>Done</b> when star is centred.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, findAlignB)
en: Open the Find Object dialog so that you can select an object to get an RA and DEC automatically that you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine.
en_GB: Open the Find Object dialogue so that you can select an object to get an RA and DEC automatically that you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, sortAlignB)
en: Sort the alignment points, starting with the point closest to the current telescope position, to try to minimize the distance between each slew.
en_GB: Sort the alignment points, starting with the point closest to the current telescope position, to try to minimise the distance between each slew.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AstrometryConfFileIsInternal)
en: Astrometry config file is internal to the application bundle
en_GB: Astrometry configuration file is internal to the application bundle

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_22)
en: Tycho2 Catalog
en_GB: Tycho2 Catalogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_21)
en: 2Mass Catalog
en_GB: 2Mass Catalogue

en: Editing job canceled.
en_GB: Editing job cancelled.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, gaussianKernelSizeSpin)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The gaussian blur kernel size. Used for blurring the image before for instance the Bahtinov edge detection.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The Gaussian blur kernel size. Used for blurring the image before for instance the Bahtinov edge detection.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, gaussianSigmaSpin)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The gaussian blur sigma value. Used for blurring the image before for instance the Bahtinov edge detection.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The Gaussian blur sigma value. Used for blurring the image before for instance the Bahtinov edge detection.</p></body></html>

en: To receive PHD2 images other than the Guide Star Image, SubFrame must be unchecked.  Unchecking it now to enable your image captures.  You can re-enable it before Guiding
en_GB: To receive PHD2 images other than the Guide Star Image, SubFrame must be unticked.  Unticking it now to enable your image captures.  You can re-enable it before Guiding

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, subFrameCheck)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Subframe the image around the guide star.  Or for PHD2, receive the Guide Star Image instead of the full image frame.  For the Internal Guider, before checking this option, you must <span style=" font-weight:600;">first</span> capture an image and select a guide star. Uncheck it to take a full frame again.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Subframe the image around the guide star.  Or for PHD2, receive the Guide Star Image instead of the full image frame.  For the Internal Guider, before ticking this option, you must <span style=" font-weight:600;">first</span> capture an image and select a guide star. Untick it to take a full frame again.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, checkBox_DirRA)
en: Guide Right Ascention Axis
en_GB: Guide Right Ascension Axis

en: Calibration Failed: couldn't reach start.
en_GB: Calibration Failed: could not reach start.

en: Calibration Failed: couldn't reach start point.
en_GB: Calibration Failed: could not reach start point.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_10)
en: Local Sidereal TIme
en_GB: Local Sidereal Time

en: Dome is moving counter clockwise...
en_GB: Dome is moving anticlockwise...

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, motionCCWButton)
en: Rotate counter clockwise
en_GB: Rotate anticlockwise

en: opening
en_GB: Opening

en: counter clockwise
en_GB: anticlockwise

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, leadTimeLabel)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Lead time is the minimum time in minutes between jobs. The scheduler starts execution of a job before its scheduled startup time by this lead time. Early execution is useful as focusing, alignment, and guiding procedures may take prolonged periods to time to complete.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Lead time is the minimum time in minutes between jobs. The scheduler starts execution of a job before its scheduled startup time by this lead time. Early excution is useful as focusing, alignment, and guiding procedures may take pronolged periods to time to complete.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_RealignAfterCalibrationFailure)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If guiding calibration fails then restart alignment process before proceeding to guiding recalibration process again. This can help recenter the target object in the field of view if the calibration process strayed too far off.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If guiding calibration fails then restart alignment process before proceeding to guiding recalibration process again. This can help recentre the target object in the field of view if the calibration process strayed too far off.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_13)
en: Wait this many seconds after guiding is resumed to stabilize the guiding performance before capture.
en_GB: Wait this many seconds after guiding is resumed to stabilise the guiding performance before capture.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_15)
en: Cover or uncover telescope dialog timeout in seconds
en_GB: Cover or uncover telescope dialogue timeout in seconds

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_15)
en: Dialog Timeout:
en_GB: Dialogue Timeout:

en: Reset state and force reevaluation of all observation jobs.
en_GB: Reset state and force re-evaluation of all observation jobs.

en: Warning: Job '%1' is %2 away from now, you may want to enable Preemptive Shutdown.
en_GB: Warning: Job '%1' is %2 away from now, you may want to enable Pre-emptive Shutdown.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, copySkyCenterB)
en: Fill coordinates with Sky Map center
en_GB: Fill coordinates with Sky Map centre

en: Center Telescope
en_GB: Centre Telescope

en: Equalize
en_GB: Equalise

en: Center Telescope
    *No Telescopes Detected*
en_GB: Centre Telescope
    *No Telescopes Detected*

en: Center Telescope
    *Ready*
en_GB: Centre Telescope
    *Ready*

en: Center Telescope
    *No WCS Info*
en_GB: Centre Telescope
    *No WCS Info*

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_LimitedResourcesMode)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Enable limited resource mode to turn off any resource-intensive operations:</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Auto Debayer</span>: Bayered images will not be debayered. Only grayscale images are shown.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Auto WCS</span>: World Coordinate System data will not be processed. WCS maps sky coordinates to image coordinates. Equatorial grid lines, object identification, and telescope slew within an image are disabled.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">3D Cube</span>: RGB images will not be processed. Only grayscale images are shown.</li></ul></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Enable limited resource mode to turn off any resource-intensive operations:</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Auto Debayer</span>: Bayered images will not be debayered. Only greyscale images are shown.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Auto WCS</span>: World Coordinate System data will not be processed. WCS maps sky coordinates to image coordinates. Equatorial grid lines, object identification, and telescope slew within an image are disabled.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">3D Cube</span>: RGB images will not be processed. Only greyscale images are shown.</li></ul></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoWCS)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Automatically load World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when opening a FITS file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Warning: Only enable this option on very fast machines as it can lead to unpredictable behavior resulting in crashes on slower machines.</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Automatically load World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when opening a FITS file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Warning: Only enable this option on very fast machines as it can lead to unpredictable behaviour resulting in crashes on slower machines.</span></p></body></html>

en: Couldn't initialize the OpenGL context.
en_GB: Could not initialise the OpenGL context.

en: Cuttoff Maximum for eliminating hot pixels and bright stars.
en_GB: Cut-off Maximum for eliminating hot pixels and bright stars.

en: Enable or Disable the Max Value Cutoff
en_GB: Enable or Disable the Max Value Cut-off

en: Sets the Cuttoff Maximum for eliminating hot pixels and bright stars.
en_GB: Sets the Cut-off Maximum for eliminating hot pixels and bright stars.

en: Shows the x, y coordinates of star centers in the frame
en_GB: Shows the x, y coordinates of star centres in the frame

en: Shows the peak values of star centers in the frame
en_GB: Shows the peak values of star centres in the frame

en: Changes the color scheme
en_GB: Changes the colour scheme

en: Moving counter clockwise
en_GB: Moving anticlockwise

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, kcfg_indiDriversDir)
en: path to the INDI drivers xml directory
en_GB: path to the INDI drivers XML directory

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_useTimeUpdate)
en: Enable time synchronization upon connection between KStars and INDI
en_GB: Enable time synchronisation upon connection between KStars and INDI

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_useTimeUpdate)
en: Synchronize KStars date and time automatically from the update source.
en_GB: Synchronise KStars date and time automatically from the update source.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_useMountSource)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Mount handset is the master source of time and location settings. KStars time and location settings are synchronized with controller settings.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Mount handset is the master source of time and location settings. KStars time and location settings are synchronised with controller settings.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_useGeographicUpdate)
en: Enable geographic location synchronization upon connection between KStars and INDI
en_GB: Enable geographic location synchronisation upon connection between KStars and INDI

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_useGeographicUpdate)
en: Synchronize KStars location settings from the update source
en_GB: Synchronise KStars location settings from the update source

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_useGPSSource)
en: <html><head/><body><p>GPS driver is the master source of time and location settings. KStars time and location settings are synchronized with GPS settings.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>GPS driver is the master source of time and location settings. KStars time and location settings are synchronised with GPS settings.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_messageNotificationINDI)
en: Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogs
en_GB: Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogues

en: Center && Track
en_GB: Centre && Track

en: Remove From Local Catalog
en_GB: Remove From Local Catalogue

en: Center Crosshair
en_GB: Centre Crosshair

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
en: Filenames of defined custom object catalogs.
en_GB: Filenames of defined custom object catalogues.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
en: List of the filenames of custom object catalogs.
en_GB: List of the filenames of custom object catalogues.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
en: List of toggles for displaying custom object catalogs.
en_GB: List of toggles for displaying custom object catalogues.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
en: List of integers toggling display of each custom object catalog (any nonzero value indicates the objects in that catalog will be displayed).
en_GB: List of integers toggling display of each custom object catalogue (any nonzero value indicates the objects in that catalogue will be displayed).

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
en: List for displaying custom object catalogs.
en_GB: List for displaying custom object catalogues.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
en: List of names for which custom catalogs are to be displayed.
en_GB: List of names for which custom catalogues are to be displayed.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ResolveNamesOnline), group (Catalogs)
en: Names of objects entered into the find dialog are resolved using online services and stored in the database. This option also toggles the display of such resolved objects on the sky map.
en_GB: Names of objects entered into the find dialogue are resolved using online services and stored in the database. This option also toggles the display of such resolved objects on the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (messageNotificationINDI), group (indi)
en: Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogs.
en_GB: Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogues.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (useKStarsSource), group (indi)
en: Use KStars time and location for synchronization?
en_GB: Use KStars time and location for synchronisation?

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (useMountSource), group (indi)
en: Use mount time and location for synchronization?
en_GB: Use mount time and location for synchronisation?

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (useGPSSource), group (indi)
en: Use GPS time and location for synchronization?
en_GB: Use GPS time and location for synchronisation?

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Elevation), group (Location)
en: Elevation above sea level of geographic location, in meters.
en_GB: Elevation above sea level of geographic location, in metres.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
en: Fade planet trails to background color?
en_GB: Fade planet trails to background colour?

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
en: If true, trails attached to solar system bodies will fade into the background sky color.
en_GB: If true, trails attached to solar system bodies will fade into the background sky colour.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusObject), group (View)
en: Name of focused object
en_GB: Name of focussed object

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusObject), group (View)
en: The name of the object that should be centered and tracked on startup. If no object should be centered, set to "nothing". This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down.
en_GB: The name of the object that should be centred and tracked on startup. If no object should be centred, set to "nothing". This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPlanetNames), group (View)
en: Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are labeled in the sky map.
en_GB: Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are labelled in the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
en: Use localized constellation names?
en_GB: Use localised constellation names?

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
en: Use localized constellation names (if localized names are not available, default to Latin names).
en_GB: Use localised constellation names (if localised names are not available, default to Latin names).

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAutoLabel), group (View)
en: Automatically label focused object?
en_GB: Automatically label focussed object?

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoLabel), group (View)
en: Toggle whether a centered object automatically gets a name label attached.
en_GB: Toggle whether a centred object automatically gets a name label attached.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
en: Automatically add trail to centered solar system body?
en_GB: Automatically add trail to centred solar system body?

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
en: Toggle whether a centered solar system object automatically gets a trail attached, as long as it remains centered.
en_GB: Toggle whether a centred solar system object automatically gets a trail attached, as long as it remains centred.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListText), group (ObservingList)
en: Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a colored name label in the map.
en_GB: Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a coloured name label in the map.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListPreferDSS), group (ObservingList)
en: Prefer Digitized Sky Survey imagery in the observing list
en_GB: Prefer Digitised Sky Survey imagery in the observing list

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListDemoteHole), group (ObservingList)
en: Check this if you use a large Dobsonian telescope. Sorting by percentage current altitude is an easy way of determining what objects are well-placed for observation. However, when using a large Dobsonian telescope, objects close to the zenith are hard to observe. Since tracking there corresponds to a rotation in azimuth, it is both counterintuitive and requires the observer to frequently move the ladder. The region around the zenith where this is particularly frustrating is called the Dobsonian hole. This checkbox makes the observing list consider objects present in the hole as unfit for observation.
en_GB: Check this if you use a large Dobsonian telescope. Sorting by percentage current altitude is an easy way of determining what objects are well-placed for observation. However, when using a large Dobsonian telescope, objects close to the zenith are hard to observe. Since tracking there corresponds to a rotation in azimuth, it is both counterintuitive and requires the observer to frequently move the ladder. The region around the zenith where this is particularly frustrating is called the Dobsonian hole. This tick box makes the observing list consider objects present in the hole as unfit for observation.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorSchemeFile), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ColorSchemeFile), group (Colors)
en: The name of the color scheme
en_GB: The name of the colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarColorMode), group (Colors)
en: The method for rendering stars: 0="realistic colors"; 1="solid red"; 2="solid black"; 3="solid white"; 4="solid real colors"
en_GB: The method for rendering stars: 0="realistic colours"; 1="solid red"; 2="solid black"; 3="solid white"; 4="solid real colours"

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarColorIntensity), group (Colors)
en: Saturation level of star colors
en_GB: Saturation level of star colours

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarColorIntensity), group (Colors)
en: The color saturation level of stars (only applicable when using "realistic colors" mode).
en_GB: The colour saturation level of stars (only applicable when using "realistic colours" mode).

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AngularRulerColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of angular distance ruler
en_GB: Colour of angular distance ruler

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AngularRulerColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the angular-distance measurement ruler.
en_GB: The colour for the angular-distance measurement ruler.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxBGColor), group (Colors)
en: Background color of InfoBoxes
en_GB: Background colour of InfoBoxes

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxBGColor), group (Colors)
en: The background color of the on-screen information boxes.
en_GB: The background colour of the on-screen information boxes.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxGrabColor), group (Colors)
en: Text color of InfoBoxes when grabbed with mouse
en_GB: Text colour of InfoBoxes when grabbed with mouse

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxGrabColor), group (Colors)
en: The text color for the on-screen information boxes, when activated by a mouse click.
en_GB: The text colour for the on-screen information boxes, when activated by a mouse click.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxTextColor), group (Colors)
en: Text color of InfoBoxes
en_GB: Text colour of InfoBoxes

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxTextColor), group (Colors)
en: The normal text color of the on-screen information boxes.
en_GB: The normal text colour of the on-screen information boxes.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CBoundColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CBoundHighColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the constellation boundary lines.
en_GB: The colour for the constellation boundary lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CBoundHighColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of highlighted constellation boundary
en_GB: Colour of highlighted constellation boundary

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CLineColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the constellation figure lines.
en_GB: The colour for the constellation figure lines.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CNameColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the constellation names.
en_GB: The colour for the constellation names.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CompassColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of cardinal compass labels along horizon
en_GB: Colour of cardinal compass labels along horizon

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CompassColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the cardinal compass point labels.
en_GB: The colour for the cardinal compass point labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EclipticColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of ecliptic line
en_GB: Colour of ecliptic line

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EclipticColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the ecliptic line.
en_GB: The colour for the ecliptic line.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EquatorColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of equator line
en_GB: Colour of equator line

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EquatorColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the equator line.
en_GB: The colour for the equator line.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EquatorialGridColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of equatorial coordinate grid lines
en_GB: Colour of equatorial coordinate grid lines

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EquatorialGridColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the equatorial coordinate grid lines.
en_GB: The colour for the equatorial coordinate grid lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (HorizontalGridColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of horizontal coordinate grid lines
en_GB: Colour of horizontal coordinate grid lines

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HorizontalGridColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the horizontal coordinate grid lines.
en_GB: The colour for the horizontal coordinate grid lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SpecialObjectColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of objects with extra links available
en_GB: Colour of objects with extra links available

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SpecialObjectColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for objects which have extra URL links available.
en_GB: The colour for objects which have extra URL links available.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (HorizonColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of horizon line
en_GB: Colour of horizon line

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HorizonColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the horizon line and opaque ground.
en_GB: The colour for the horizon line and opaque ground.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (LocalMeridianColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of local meridian line
en_GB: Colour of local meridian line

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LocalMeridianColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the local meridian line.
en_GB: The colour for the local meridian line.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MessierColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of Messier objects
en_GB: Colour of Messier objects

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MessierColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for Messier object symbols.
en_GB: The colour for Messier object symbols.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (NGCColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of NGC objects
en_GB: Colour of NGC objects

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (NGCColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for NGC object symbols.
en_GB: The colour for NGC object symbols.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ICColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of IC objects
en_GB: Colour of IC objects

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ICColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for IC object symbols.
en_GB: The colour for IC object symbols.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MilkyWayWColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of Milky Way contour
en_GB: Colour of Milky Way contour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MilkyWayWColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the Milky Way contour.
en_GB: The colour for the Milky Way contour.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarNameColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of star name labels
en_GB: Colour of star name labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarNameColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for star name labels.
en_GB: The colour for star name labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeepSkyNameColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of deep-sky object name labels
en_GB: Colour of deep-sky object name labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeepSkyNameColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for deep-sky object name labels.
en_GB: The colour for deep-sky object name labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PlanetNameColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of planet name labels
en_GB: Colour of planet name labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PlanetNameColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for solar system object labels.
en_GB: The colour for solar system object labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PlanetTrailColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of planet trails
en_GB: Colour of planet trails

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PlanetTrailColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for solar system object trails.
en_GB: The colour for solar system object trails.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SkyColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of sky
en_GB: Colour of sky

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SkyColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the sky background.
en_GB: The colour for the sky background.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ArtificialHorizonColor), group (Colors)
en: Color Artificial Horizon
en_GB: Colour Artificial Horizon

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ArtificialHorizonColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the artificial horizon region.
en_GB: The colour for the artificial horizon region.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TelescopeTargetColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of telescope symbols
en_GB: Colour of telescope symbols

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TelescopeTargetColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for telescope target symbols.
en_GB: The colour for telescope target symbols.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (VisibleSatColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of visible satellites
en_GB: Colour of visible satellites

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (VisibleSatColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of visible satellites.
en_GB: Colour of visible satellites.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SatColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of invisible satellites
en_GB: Colour of invisible satellites

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SatColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of invisible satellites.
en_GB: Colour of invisible satellites.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SatLabelColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of satellites labels
en_GB: Colour of satellites labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SatLabelColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of satellites labels.
en_GB: Colour of satellites labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SupernovaColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of supernovae
en_GB: Colour of supernovae

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SupernovaColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of supernova
en_GB: Colour of supernova

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UserLabelColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of user-added labels
en_GB: Colour of user-added labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UserLabelColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for user-added object labels.
en_GB: The colour for user-added object labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (RAGuideColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of RA Guide Error
en_GB: Colour of RA Guide Error

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RAGuideColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for RA Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module.
en_GB: The colour for RA Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DEGuideColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of DEC Guide Error
en_GB: Colour of DEC Guide Error

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DEGuideColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for DEC Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module.
en_GB: The colour for DEC Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverFOVColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of solver FOV box
en_GB: Colour of solver FOV box

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SolverFOVColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for solver FOV box in Ekos alignment module.
en_GB: The colour for solver FOV box in Ekos alignment module.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetColor), group (Xplanet) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_XplanetColor)
en: Label color
en_GB: Label colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetColor), group (Xplanet) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_XplanetColor)
en: Set the color for the label.
en_GB: Set the colour for the label.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackground), group (Xplanet)
en: Use a file as the background image, with the planet to be superimposed upon it. This option is only meaningful with the -projection option. A color may also be supplied.
en_GB: Use a file as the background image, with the planet to be superimposed upon it. This option is only meaningful with the -projection option. A colour may also be supplied.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundColor), group (Xplanet)
en: Use background color
en_GB: Use background colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundColor), group (Xplanet)
en: Use a color as the background.
en_GB: Use a colour as the background.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundColorValue), group (Xplanet)
en: The color of the background.
en_GB: The colour of the background.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetArcFile), group (Xplanet)
en: If checked, use an arc file to be plotted against the background stars.
en_GB: If ticked, use an arc file to be plotted against the background stars.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetConfigFile), group (Xplanet)
en: If checked, use a config file.
en_GB: If ticked, use a config file.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetMarkerFile), group (Xplanet) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetMarkerFile)
en: If checked, use the specified marker file.
en_GB: If ticked, use the specified marker file.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetMarkerBounds), group (Xplanet)
en: If checked, write coordinates of the bounding box for each marker in a file.
en_GB: If ticked, write coordinates of the bounding box for each marker in a file.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetStarmap), group (Xplanet) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetStarmap)
en: If checked, use star map file to draw the background stars.
en_GB: If ticked, use star map file to draw the background stars.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DrawSatellitesLikeStars), group (Satellites) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DrawSatellitesLikeStars), group (Satellites)
en: If selected, satellites will be draw like stars, otherwise, draw satellites as small colored square.
en_GB: If selected, satellites will be draw like stars, otherwise, draw satellites as small coloured square.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlwaysRecomputeCoordinates), group (General)
en: Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalog coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided.
en_GB: Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalogue coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ManualCoverTimeout), group (Capture)
en: Cover or uncover telescope dialog timeout in seconds.
en_GB: Cover or uncover telescope dialogue timeout in seconds.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseNoFITS2FITS), group (Align)
en: Do not sanitize FITS. This option should only be checked if astrometry.net version is 0.67 or earlier. Uncheck for any versions greater than 0.67.
en_GB: Do not sanitise FITS. This option should only be checked if astrometry.net version is 0.67 or earlier. Untick for any versions greater than 0.67.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuiderType), group (Guide)
en: Which guider process to utilize for guiding (0 Internal Guider, 1 PHD2, 2 lin_guider)
en_GB: Which guider process to utilise for guiding (0 Internal Guider, 1 PHD2, 2 lin_guider)

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AOLimit), group (Guide)
en: The Adaptive Optics unit is utilized if the guiding deviation is less than this limit in arcseconds. Once exceeded, mechanical guiding is utilized.
en_GB: The Adaptive Optics unit is utilised if the guiding deviation is less than this limit in arcseconds. Once exceeded, mechanical guiding is utilised.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSSource), group (HIPS)
en: HIPS source catalog title.
en_GB: HIPS source catalogue title.

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: CAELUM
en_GB: CÆLUM

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: CASSIOPEIA
en_GB: CASSIOPOEIA

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: CHAMAELEON
en_GB: CHAMÆLEON

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: ARMORY
en_GB: ARMOURY

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: PLACE FOR FIVE EMPEROR
en_GB: PLACE FOR FIVE EMPERORS

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: HOMEM VELHO (TUIVAE)
en_GB: HOMEM VELHO (TUIVÆ)

[ctx: Image/info menu item (should be translated)]
en: The Whole Mars Catalog
en_GB: The Whole Mars Catalogue

[ctx: star name]
en: Praecipula
en_GB: Præcipula

[ctx: object name (optional)]
en: Antennae Galaxies
en_GB: Antennæ Galaxies

[ctx: Advanced URLs: description or category]
en: Popular Catalog Choices
en_GB: Popular Catalogue Choices

[ctx: Advanced URLs: description or category]
en: Multiwavelength Catalogs
en_GB: Multiwavelength Catalogues

en: The selected script contains unrecognized elements, indicating that it was not created using the KStars script builder. This script may not function properly, and it may even contain malicious code. Would you like to execute it anyway?
en_GB: The selected script contains unrecognised elements, indicating that it was not created using the KStars script builder. This script may not function properly, and it may even contain malicious code. Would you like to execute it anyway?

en: You can save printer ink by using the "Star Chart" color scheme, which uses a white background. Would you like to temporarily switch to the Star Chart color scheme for printing?
en_GB: You can save printer ink by using the "Star Chart" colour scheme, which uses a white background. Would you like to temporarily switch to the Star Chart colour scheme for printing?

en: Switch to Star Chart Colors?
en_GB: Switch to Star Chart Colours?

en: Switch Color Scheme
en_GB: Switch Colour Scheme

en: C&olor Schemes
en_GB: C&olour Schemes

[ctx: Toggle the telescope center lock in display]
en: Center Telescope
en_GB: Centre Telescope

en: Toggle Lock Telescope Center
en_GB: Toggle Lock Telescope Centre

en: Color Schemes
en_GB: Colour Schemes

en: Center and Track
en_GB: Centre and Track

[ctx: string from libindi, used in the config dialog]
en: Centering
en_GB: Centring

[ctx: string from libindi, used in the config dialog]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: string from libindi, used in the config dialog]
en: Deep Sky Catalogs
en_GB: Deep Sky Catalogues

[ctx: string from libindi, used in the config dialog]
en: Star Catalogs
en_GB: Star Catalogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_6) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label3_2) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label4)
en: Id:
en_GB: ID:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseRefraction)
en: The atmosphere bends light passing through it, like a lens.  If this item is checked, this "atmospheric refraction" will be simulated in the sky map.  Note that this correction is only applied when using the Horizontal coordinate system.
en_GB: The atmosphere bends light passing through it, like a lens.  If this item is ticked, this "atmospheric refraction" will be simulated in the sky map.  Note that this correction is only applied when using the Horizontal coordinate system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AlwaysRecomputeCoordinates)
en: Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalog coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug-free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided.
en_GB: Ticking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalogue coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug-free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAnimatedSlewing)
en: If checked, changing the focus position will result in a visible animated "slew" to the new position.  Otherwise, the display will center on the new position instantaneously.
en_GB: If ticked, changing the focus position will result in a visible animated "slew" to the new position.  Otherwise, the display will centre on the new position instantaneously.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAutoLabel) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseHoverLabel)
en: Show name label of centered object?
en_GB: Show name label of centred object?

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAutoLabel) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseHoverLabel)
en: If checked, a name label will be temporarily attached to an object while it is centered in the display.  You can attach a more persistent label to any object using the right-click popup menu.
en_GB: If ticked, a name label will be temporarily attached to an object while it is centred in the display.  You can attach a more persistent label to any object using the right-click popup menu.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAutoLabel)
en: Attach label to centered object
en_GB: Attach label to centred object

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideOnSlew)
en: When the map is in motion, smooth animation is compromised if the program has too many objects to draw on the map; check this item to temporarily hide some of the objects while the display is in motion.
en_GB: When the map is in motion, smooth animation is compromised if the program has too many objects to draw on the map; tick this item to temporarily hide some of the objects while the display is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideStars)
en: If checked, then fainter stars will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then fainter stars will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HidePlanets)
en: If checked, then all solar system bodies will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then all solar system bodies will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideMilkyWay)
en: If checked, then the Milky Way contour will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then the Milky Way contour will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideMessier)
en: If checked, then objects in the Messier catalog will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then objects in the Messier catalogue will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideCNames)
en: If checked, then constellation names will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then constellation names will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideNGC)
en: If checked, then objects in the NGC catalog will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then objects in the NGC catalogue will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideCLines)
en: If checked, then constellation lines will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then constellation lines will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideIC)
en: If checked, then objects in the IC catalog will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then objects in the IC catalogue will be hidden when the map is in motion.

en: The selected database will be removed. This action cannot be reversed! Delete Catalog?
en_GB: The selected database will be removed. This action cannot be reversed! Delete Catalogue?

en: Delete Catalog?
en_GB: Delete Catalogue?

en: Index Catalog (IC)
en_GB: Index Catalogue (IC)

en: New General Catalog (NGC)
en_GB: New General Catalogue (NGC)

en: Messier Catalog (images)
en_GB: Messier Catalogue (images)

en: Messier Catalog (symbols)
en_GB: Messier Catalogue (symbols)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowStars)
en: &Star Catalogs
en_GB: &Star Catalogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowDeepSky)
en: Deep-Sky Catalogs
en_GB: Deep-Sky Catalogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, AddCatalog)
en: Import Catalog...
en_GB: Import Catalogue...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, LoadCatalog)
en: Load Catalog...
en_GB: Load Catalogue...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, RemoveCatalog)
en: Remove Catalog...
en_GB: Remove Catalogue...

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ResolveNamesOnline)
en: If this checkbox is checked, when an object name unknown to KStars is entered in the Find Dialog, KStars will contact online services (such as CDS Sesame) to learn about the object and then add it to the database.
                    The objects acquired in this manner are stored under a catalog that is called _Internet_Resolved as of this writing.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, when an object name unknown to KStars is entered in the Find Dialogue, KStars will contact online services (such as CDS Sesame) to learn about the object and then add it to the database.
                    The objects acquired in this manner are stored under a catalogue that is called _Internet_Resolved as of this writing.

[ctx: use realistic star colors]
en: Real Colors
en_GB: Real Colours

[ctx: show stars as colored circles]
en: Solid Colors
en_GB: Solid Colours

en: New Color Scheme
en_GB: New Colour Scheme

en: Enter a name for the new color scheme:
en_GB: Enter a name for the new colour scheme:

en: Local color scheme index file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be removed.
en_GB: Local colour scheme index file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be removed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Current Scheme Colors
en_GB: Current Scheme Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QListWidget, ColorPalette)
en: Current color settings
en_GB: Current colour settings

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListWidget, ColorPalette)
en: The list of all customizable colors in the program.  Next to each item is a square showing the color it is currently set to.  Click on any item to change its color.
en_GB: The list of all customisable colours in the program.  Next to each item is a square showing the colour it is currently set to.  Click on any item to change its colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Star color mode:
en_GB: Star colour mode:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_StarColorMode)
en: Set the star color mode
en_GB: Set the star colour mode

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_StarColorMode)
en: There are four ways to draw stars on the map.  By default, stars are circles with a white core and a rim which is tinted to reflect the star's actual color.  You may also choose to draw the stars as solid white, red, or black circles, to match the needs of your overall color scheme.
en_GB: There are four ways to draw stars on the map.  By default, stars are circles with a white core and a rim which is tinted to reflect the star's actual colour.  You may also choose to draw the stars as solid white, red, or black circles, to match the needs of your overall colour scheme.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Star color intensity:
en_GB: Star colour intensity:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_StarColorIntensity)
en: Set the intensity of star colors
en_GB: Set the intensity of star colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_StarColorIntensity)
en: When using the realistic-color star mode, this option will set the saturation level of the star's colors.  A higher value means more intense colors.
en_GB: When using the realistic-colour star mode, this option will set the saturation level of the star's colours.  A higher value means more intense colours.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Preset Color Schemes
en_GB: Preset Colour Schemes

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QListWidget, PresetBox)
en: List of preset color schemes
en_GB: List of preset colour schemes

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListWidget, PresetBox)
en: List of all known color schemes.  Several are provided by default, and you may also define your own.
en_GB: List of all known colour schemes.  Several are provided by default, and you may also define your own.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, AddPreset)
en: Create a new preset color scheme using current settings
en_GB: Create a new preset colour scheme using current settings

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, AddPreset)
en: After changing the colors to a scheme that you like, press this button to create a new scheme using those colors.  Your scheme will appear here in the list of presets, and will also be available in the "Settings" menu of the main window.
en_GB: After changing the colours to a scheme that you like, press this button to create a new scheme using those colours.  Your scheme will appear here in the list of presets, and will also be available in the "Settings" menu of the main window.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, RemovePreset)
en: Remove a preset color scheme
en_GB: Remove a preset colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, RemovePreset)
en: Press this button to remove the highlighted color scheme.  This will only work on your custom color schemes.
en_GB: Press this button to remove the highlighted colour scheme.  This will only work on your custom colour schemes.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowCLines)
en: If checked, constellation lines will be drawn on the sky map.
en_GB: If ticked, constellation lines will be drawn on the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowCNames)
en: If checked, constellation names will be drawn on the sky map.
en_GB: If ticked, constellation names will be drawn on the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_UseLocalConstellNames)
en: Use Localized constellation names
en_GB: Use Localised constellation names

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_UseLocalConstellNames)
en: Localized
en_GB: Localised

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowEcliptic)
en: If checked, the ecliptic will be drawn on the sky map.  The ecliptic is a great circle on the sky that the Sun appears to follow over the course of one year.  All other solar system bodies roughly follow the ecliptic as well.
en_GB: If ticked, the ecliptic will be drawn on the sky map.  The ecliptic is a great circle on the sky that the Sun appears to follow over the course of one year.  All other solar system bodies roughly follow the ecliptic as well.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FillMilkyWay)
en: If checked, the Milky Way contour will be shown filled.  Otherwise, only the outline will be drawn.
en_GB: If ticked, the Milky Way contour will be shown filled.  Otherwise, only the outline will be drawn.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowHorizon)
en: If checked, a line representing the local horizon will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, a line representing the local horizon will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowMilkyWay)
en: If checked, a contour representing the Milky Way will be drawn on the sky map
en_GB: If ticked, a contour representing the Milky Way will be drawn on the sky map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoSelectGrid)
en: If checked, coordinate grids will automatically change according to active coordinate system.
en_GB: If ticked, coordinate grids will automatically change according to active coordinate system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowFlags)
en: If checked, flags will be drawn on the sky map
en_GB: If ticked, flags will be drawn on the sky map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowEquatorialGrid)
en: If checked, a grid of lines will be drawn every 2 hours in Right Ascension and every 20 degrees in Declination.
en_GB: If ticked, a grid of lines will be drawn every 2 hours in Right Ascension and every 20 degrees in Declination.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowHorizontalGrid)
en: If checked, a grid of lines will be drawn every 30 degrees in Azimuth and every 20 degrees in Altitude.
en_GB: If ticked, a grid of lines will be drawn every 30 degrees in Azimuth and every 20 degrees in Altitude.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowGround)
en: If checked, the area below the horizon will be filled in, to simulate the ground beneath you.  Note that the ground is never drawn when using the Equatorial coordinate system.
en_GB: If ticked, the area below the horizon will be filled in, to simulate the ground beneath you.  Note that the ground is never drawn when using the Equatorial coordinate system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowEquator)
en: If checked, the celestial equator will be drawn in the sky map.
en_GB: If ticked, the celestial equator will be drawn in the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowSaturn)
en: If checked, Saturn will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Saturn will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowPlanetImages)
en: If checked, then the planets, the Sun and the Moon will be shown as bitmap images on the map
en_GB: If ticked, then the planets, the Sun and the Moon will be shown as bitmap images on the map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowMars)
en: If checked, Mars will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Mars will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowPlanetNames)
en: If checked, name labels will be attached to the planets, the Sun and the Moon
en_GB: If ticked, name labels will be attached to the planets, the Sun and the Moon

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowVenus)
en: If checked, Venus will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Venus will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowSun)
en: If checked, the Sun will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, the Sun will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowJupiter)
en: If checked, Jupiter will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Jupiter will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowMoon)
en: If checked, the Moon will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, the Moon will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowMercury)
en: If checked, Mercury will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Mercury will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowNeptune)
en: If checked, Neptune will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Neptune will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowUranus)
en: If checked, Uranus will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Uranus will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowAsteroids)
en: If checked, asteroids will be drawn on the map
en_GB: If ticked, asteroids will be drawn on the map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowComets)
en: If checked, comets will be drawn on the map
en_GB: If ticked, comets will be drawn on the map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowCometNames)
en: If checked, the comets near the Sun will have name labels attached.  Comets vary in brightness in their orbits, so a faint magnitude is not effective in this case.
en_GB: If ticked, the comets near the Sun will have name labels attached.  Comets vary in brightness in their orbits, so a faint magnitude is not effective in this case.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowAsteroidNames)
en: If checked, then name labels will be attached to asteroids
en_GB: If ticked, then name labels will be attached to asteroids

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAutoTrail)
en: If checked then any solar system body will have a temporary trail attached while it is centered in the display.
en_GB: If ticked then any solar system body will have a temporary trail attached while it is centred in the display.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FadePlanetTrails)
en: Fade trail color into the background?
en_GB: Fade trail colour into the background?

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FadePlanetTrails)
en: If checked, the color of the planet trail will be blended into the background sky color.
en_GB: If ticked, the colour of the planet trail will be blended into the background sky colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FadePlanetTrails)
en: Fade trails to background color
en_GB: Fade trails to background colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, stepText)
en: <p>Set basic field of view capture settings: color scheme, legend and FOV image shape, then click <b>Next</b> to proceed.</p>
en_GB: <p>Set basic field of view capture settings: colour scheme, legend and FOV image shape, then click <b>Next</b> to proceed.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, switchColorsBox)
en: Use "Sky Chart" color scheme
en_GB: Use "Sky Chart" colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, stepText)
en: <p>In manual field of view capture method, user centers sky map to a point of interest, then captures snapshots of sky fragments inside the active FOV symbol.</p>
    <p>When in field of view capture mode, press <b>Page Up</b> and <b>Page Down</b> to switch FOV symbols. Snapshots are captured by pressing <b>K</b> key. When done, press <b>Escape</b> key to return to the Printing Wizard.</p>
    <p>Press <b>Next</b> when done.</p>
en_GB: <p>In manual field of view capture method, user centres sky map to a point of interest, then captures snapshots of sky fragments inside the active FOV symbol.</p>
    <p>When in field of view capture mode, press <b>Page Up</b> and <b>Page Down</b> to switch FOV symbols. Snapshots are captured by pressing <b>K</b> key. When done, press <b>Escape</b> key to return to the Printing Wizard.</p>
    <p>Press <b>Next</b> when done.</p>

en: Loading custom catalog: %1
en_GB: Loading custom catalogue: %1

en: Loading internal catalog: %1
en_GB: Loading internal catalogue: %1

en: Could not find custom catalog component named %1.
en_GB: Could not find custom catalogue component named %1.

en: Digitized Sky Survey image provided by the Space Telescope Science Institute [public domain].
en_GB: Digitised Sky Survey image provided by the Space Telescope Science Institute [public domain].

en: Catalog Star
en_GB: Catalogue Star

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can Track an object, so it will always be centered
    			in the display.<br/>
    			Use Ctrl+T, the "Pointing->Engage Tracking" menu item, or the "lock"
    			Toolbar button. You can also simply center the object by
    			double-clicking on it or selecting "Center and Track" from the
    			object's popup menu.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can Track an object, so it will always be centred
    			in the display.<br/>
    			Use Ctrl+T, the "Pointing->Engage Tracking" menu item, or the "lock"
    			Toolbar button. You can also simply centre the object by
    			double-clicking on it or selecting "Centre and Track" from the
    			object's popup menu.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The 0-9 keys will center the display on one of the major solar system
    			bodies.  0 centers on the Sun, 3 centers on the Moon; the rest are the eight
    			planets, in order of their distance from the Sun.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The 0-9 keys will centre the display on one of the major solar system
    			bodies.  0 centres on the Sun, 3 centres on the Moon; the rest are the eight
    			planets, in order of their distance from the Sun.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>Double-click with the mouse to center the display on the location
    			of the mouse cursor.  If you double-click on an object, KStars will
    			automatically begin tracking it.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>Double-click with the mouse to centre the display on the location
    			of the mouse cursor.  If you double-click on an object, KStars will
    			automatically begin tracking it.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can use Ctrl+E or the "Time->Set Time to Now" menu item to synchronize
    			the simulation clock with your CPU clock.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can use Ctrl+E or the "Time->Set Time to Now" menu item to synchronise
    			the simulation clock with your CPU clock.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The deep-sky objects with a special color (the default is Red)
    			have extra URL links available in their popup menu.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The deep-sky objects with a special colour (the default is Red)
    			have extra URL links available in their popup menu.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>By default, stars in KStars are displayed with realistic colors.
    			A star's color depends on its temperature; cooler stars are red,
    			while hotter stars are blue.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>By default, stars in KStars are displayed with realistic colours.
    			A star's colour depends on its temperature; cooler stars are red,
    			while hotter stars are blue.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>If you want the very latest orbital information for asteroids and
    			comets (including recently-discovered objects), check the "Download
    			Data" tool ("File->Download New Data" or Ctrl+D) frequently for updated
    			ephemerides.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>If you want the very latest orbital information for asteroids and
    			comets (including recently-discovered objects), tick the "Download
    			Data" tool ("File->Download New Data" or Ctrl+D) frequently for updated
    			ephemerides.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Details window provides a large amount of information on any 
    			object in the sky, including coordinates, rise/set times, Internet 
    			links, and your own custom notes.  Access the Details window through 
    			the popup menu, or by clicking on an object and then pressing "D".
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Details window provides a large amount of information on any 
    			object in the sky, including coordinates, rise/set times, Internet 
    			links and your own custom notes.  Access the Details window through 
    			the popup menu, or by clicking on an object and then pressing "D".
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>To add your own custom Object Catalogs, select "Import Catalog" or 
    			"Load Catalog" from the Catalogs tab in the KStars Configuration window.
    			See the Handbook for instructions on formatting your catalog file.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>To add your own custom Object Catalogues, select "Import Catalogue" or 
    			"Load Catalogue" from the Catalogues tab in the KStars Configuration window.
    			See the Handbook for instructions on formatting your catalogue file.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>By default, KStars ships with the NGC and IC deep-sky object catalogs. You can download many more catalogs from the File->Download New Data option. You can also make your own custom catalogs and add them.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>By default, KStars ships with the NGC and IC deep-sky object catalogues. You can download many more catalogues from the File->Download New Data option. You can also make your own custom catalogues and add them.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>By default, KStars ships with a catalog of stars up to about magnitude 8. You can download additional star catalogs (Tycho-2 and USNO NOMAD) to show up to 100 million stars down to about magnitude 16 using the File->Download New Data option.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>By default, KStars ships with a catalogue of stars up to about magnitude 8. You can download additional star catalogues (Tycho-2 and USNO NOMAD) to show up to 100 million stars down to about magnitude 16 using the File->Download New Data option.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can easily switch between predefined color schemes by selecting
    			the scheme from the "Settings->Color Schemes" menu.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can easily switch between predefined colour schemes by selecting
    			the scheme from the "Settings->Colour Schemes" menu.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can define your own Geographic Locations.  Fill in the
    			required fields in the "Set Geographic Location" Dialog and then press the
    			"Add City to List" button. Your Locations will be available in all
    			future sessions.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can define your own Geographic Locations.  Fill in the
    			required fields in the "Set Geographic Location" Dialogue and then press the
    			"Add City to List" button. Your Locations will be available in all
    			future sessions.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can define your own Color Schemes.  Adjust the colors
    			in the Configuration Window's "Colors" Tab, and then press the "Save
    			Current Colors" button. Your Color Scheme will appear in the list in
    			all future sessions.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can define your own Colour Schemes.  Adjust the colours
    			in the Configuration Window's "Colours" Tab, and then press the "Save
    			Current Colours" button. Your Colour Scheme will appear in the list in
    			all future sessions.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can construct your own field-of-view (FOV) symbols, using the
    			FOV Editor from the Settings->FOV Symbols menu.  You can set the angular size, the
    			shape, and the color of your new symbols.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can construct your own field-of-view (FOV) symbols, using the
    			FOV Editor from the Settings->FOV Symbols menu.  You can set the angular size, the
    			shape and the colour of your new symbols.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Advanced tab of the KStars Configuration window allows you to fine-tune
    			the behavior of KStars. You can specify whether to correct for atmospheric
    			refraction, and whether to use animated slewing. You can also specify which
    			objects are hidden while the display is in motion.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Advanced tab of the KStars Configuration window allows you to fine-tune
    			the behaviour of KStars. You can specify whether to correct for atmospheric
    			refraction, and whether to use animated slewing. You can also specify which
    			objects are hidden while the display is in motion.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>Object positions in KStars include the effects of precession, nutation,
    			aberration, atmospheric refraction, and light travel time (for planets).
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>Object positions in KStars include the effects of precession, nutation,
    			aberration, atmospheric refraction and light travel time (for planets).
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can simulate the famous experimental test of general relativity in KStars -- KStars can calculate the bending of star-light around the sun. Simply center on the sun, zoom in the sky map and toggle the corrections by pressing 'r' on the keyboard.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can simulate the famous experimental test of general relativity in KStars -- KStars can calculate the bending of star-light around the sun. Simply centre on the sun, zoom in the sky map and toggle the corrections by pressing 'r' on the keyboard.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The large group of clusters and nebulae near the south celestial pole
    			are objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud, which is a dwarf galaxy in
    			orbit around the Milky Way.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The large group of clusters and nebulæ near the south celestial pole
    			are objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud, which is a dwarf galaxy in
    			orbit around the Milky Way.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Messier Catalog is a list of 110 of the brightest non-stellar objects
    			in the sky.  It includes such famous objects as the Orion Nebula (M 42), the
    			Andromeda Galaxy (M 31), and the Pleiades (M 45).
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Messier Catalogue is a list of 110 of the brightest non-stellar objects
    			in the sky.  It includes such famous objects as the Orion Nebula (M 42), the
    			Andromeda Galaxy (M 31), and the Pleiades (M 45).
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>Distance to the more nearby stars may be measured using "Parallax". The idea is explained in the Astro Info project. KStars shows the distances to many stars in the Details dialog. To access this information, simply right click on the star, and choose "Details" in the popup-menu.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>Distance to the more nearby stars may be measured using "Parallax". The idea is explained in the Astro Info project. KStars shows the distances to many stars in the Details dialogue. To access this information, simply right click on the star, and choose "Details" in the popup-menu.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Hubble Space Telescope images are usually in false-color. The colors are chosen to indicate the presence of the elements Hydrogen, Oxygen, and Sulfur. For real-color images, try the other image options.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Hubble Space Telescope images are usually in false-colour. The colours are chosen to indicate the presence of the elements Hydrogen, Oxygen, and Sulfur. For real-colour images, try the other image options.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Digitized Sky Survey (DSS) has digitized images from photographs of every region of the sky, made with the Oschin Schmidt telescope at Mt. Palomar, and the UK Schmidt Telescope. The DSS image of almost any region of the sky can be accessed from KStars by right-clicking on the sky map and selection "Show DSS Image".
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Digitised Sky Survey (DSS) has digitised images from photographs of every region of the sky, made with the Oschin Schmidt telescope at Mt. Palomar, and the UK Schmidt Telescope. The DSS image of almost any region of the sky can be accessed from KStars by right-clicking on the sky map and selection "Show DSS Image".
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Catalog:
en_GB: Catalogue:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, OptionName)
en: Select an option from this list to set its value.  You may also select the option using an organized Tree List using the "Browse Tree" button.
en_GB: Select an option from this list to set its value.  You may also select the option using an organised Tree List using the "Browse Tree" button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, FindButton)
en: Opens the Find Object dialog, which allows you to select an object from the list of known objects.  When an object has been selected, its name will appear in the "dir" box at left.
en_GB: Opens the Find Object dialogue, which allows you to select an object from the list of known objects.  When an object has been selected, its name will appear in the "dir" box at left.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, FocusEdit)
en: Select a direction or object to center on.  The combo box provides a list of known directions including cardinal compass points on the horizon, as well as the Zenith.  You may also enter the name of a known object here, or select an object from the list of known objects by pressing the "Object" button.
en_GB: Select a direction or object to centre on.  The combo box provides a list of known directions including cardinal compass points on the horizon, as well as the Zenith.  You may also enter the name of a known object here, or select an object from the list of known objects by pressing the "Object" button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, UsePrintDialog)
en: Show print dialog
en_GB: Show print dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, UseChartColors)
en: Use star chart colors
en_GB: Use star chart colours

note: #-#-#-#-#  636 (kstars)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Color name:
en_GB: Colour name:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Color value:
en_GB: Colour value:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, FindCityButton)
en: Press this button to open the Set Location dialog, which will allow you to choose a location from our list of over 2500 cities around the word.  Once a location has been selected, the City, Province and Country fields will be filled in.
en_GB: Press this button to open the Set Location dialogue, which will allow you to choose a location from our list of over 2500 cities around the word.  Once a location has been selected, the City, Province and Country fields will be filled in.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, CheckTrack)
en: If checked, the sky will remain focused on its current position or object as time passes.  This is called "Tracking".  Note that tracking is automatically engaged whenever an object is centered at the focus point.  So, if you use "lookToward" with an object name, you do not need to engage tracking.  
    
    If unchecked, then Tracking will be forced off, even if an object has been centered.  As time passes, the sky will then appear to drift by (due to the rotation of the Earth).
en_GB: If ticked, the sky will remain focused on its current position or object as time passes.  This is called "Tracking".  Note that tracking is automatically engaged whenever an object is centred at the focus point.  So, if you use "lookToward" with an object name, you do not need to engage tracking.  
    
    If unticked, then Tracking will be forced off, even if an object has been centred.  As time passes, the sky will then appear to drift by (due to the rotation of the Earth).

en: <QT><H2>KStars Astrocalculator</H2><P>The KStars Astrocalculator contains several <B>modules</b> which perform a variety of astronomy-related calculations.  The modules are organized into several categories: <UL><LI><B>Time calculators: </B>Convert between time systems, and predict the timing of celestial events</LI><LI><B>Coordinate converters: </B>Convert between various coordinate systems</LI><LI><B>Solar system: </B>Predict the position of any planet, from a given location on Earth at a given time</LI></UL></QT>
en_GB: <QT><H2>KStars Astrocalculator</H2><P>The KStars Astrocalculator contains several <B>modules</b> which perform a variety of astronomy-related calculations.  The modules are organised into several categories: <UL><LI><B>Time calculators: </B>Convert between time systems, and predict the timing of celestial events</LI><LI><B>Coordinate converters: </B>Convert between various coordinate systems</LI><LI><B>Solar system: </B>Predict the position of any planet, from a given location on Earth at a given time</LI></UL></QT>

en: <QT>Section with algorithms for the conversion of different astronomical systems of coordinates<UL><LI><B>Galactic:</B> Galactic/Equatorial coordinates conversion</LI><LI><B>Apparent:</B> Computation of current equatorial coordinates from a given epoch</LI><LI><B>Ecliptic:</B> Ecliptic/Equatorial coordinates conversion</LI><LI><B>Horizontal:</B> Computation of azimuth and elevation for a given source, time, and location on the Earth</LI><LI><B>Angular Distance:</B> Computation of angular distance between two objects whose positions are given in equatorial coordinates</LI><LI><B>Geodetic Coords:</B> Geodetic/XYZ coordinate conversion</LI><LI><B>LSR Velocity:</B> Computation of the heliocentric, geocentric and topocentric radial velocity of a source from its LSR velocity</LI></UL></QT>
en_GB: <QT>Section with algorithms for the conversion of different astronomical systems of coordinates<UL><LI><B>Galactic:</B> Galactic/Equatorial coordinates conversion</LI><LI><B>Apparent:</B> Computation of current equatorial coordinates from a given epoch</LI><LI><B>Ecliptic:</B> Ecliptic/Equatorial coordinates conversion</LI><LI><B>Horizontal:</B> Computation of azimuth and elevation for a given source, time and location on the Earth</LI><LI><B>Angular Distance:</B> Computation of angular distance between two objects whose positions are given in equatorial coordinates</LI><LI><B>Geodetic Coords:</B> Geodetic/XYZ coordinate conversion</LI><LI><B>LSR Velocity:</B> Computation of the heliocentric, geocentric and topocentric radial velocity of a source from its LSR velocity</LI></UL></QT>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Label color:
en_GB: Label colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Catalog Coordinates
en_GB: Catalogue Coordinates

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, epochCheckBatch) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, galLongCheckBatch) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, galLatCheckBatch) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, decCheckBatch) i18n: ectx: property (toolT
en: If checked, value will be read from input file. If not, value will be read from adjacent box
en_GB: If ticked, value will be read from input file. If not, value will be read from adjacent box

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, AltGeoLabel)
en: Elevation (meters):
en_GB: Elevation (metres):

en: Customized DSS Download
en_GB: Customised DSS Download

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, WizardButton)
en: The list wizard helps you construct observing lists based on filtering by object type, position on the sky, and magnitude.
en_GB: The list wizard helps you construct observing lists based on filtering by object type, position on the sky and magnitude.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, FindButton)
en: Open Find Dialog
en_GB: Open Find Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, FindButton)
en: Open the Find Dialog for adding objects to the list
en_GB: Open the Find Dialogue for adding objects to the list

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, WUTButton)
en: Open the WUT dialog
en_GB: Open the WUT dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, WUTButton)
en: Opens the What's up tonight dialog, from which objects can be added to the list
en_GB: Opens the What's up tonight dialogue, from which objects can be added to the list

en: Customized DSS download
en_GB: Customised DSS download

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QListWidget, TypeList)
en: Gaseous nebulae
en_GB: Gaseous nebulæ

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, CenterRALabel)
en: center RA:
en_GB: centre RA:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, CenterDecLabel)
en: center Dec:
en_GB: centre Dec:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, ObserveOnDateText)
en: <html><head></head><body><p>Select objects observable on a date:</p><p></p><p>On this page, you can limit your observing list to only those objects which can be observed on a particular date (and from a particular location on Earth).  To filter your list in this way, check the checkbox below, and then select the desired date.  If you leave this box unchecked, then your list will include objects regardless of when they are observable (this is the default).  You may also change the geographic location used to determine whether objects are observable.</p><p></p><p>When you are finished, press <span style=" font-weight:600;">Next</span> to continue.</p><p></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head></head><body><p>Select objects observable on a date:</p><p></p><p>On this page, you can limit your observing list to only those objects which can be observed on a particular date (and from a particular location on Earth).  To filter your list in this way, check the checkbox below, and then select the desired date.  If you leave this box unticked, then your list will include objects regardless of when they are observable (this is the default).  You may also change the geographic location used to determine whether objects are observable.</p><p></p><p>When you are finished, press <span style=" font-weight:600;">Next</span> to continue.</p><p></p></body></html>

en: Set the color named %1 to the value %2.
en_GB: Set the colour named %1 to the value %2.

en: Load the color scheme specified by name.
en_GB: Load the colour scheme specified by name.

en: Print the sky image to a printer or file.  If %1 is true, it will show the print dialog.  If %2 is true, it will use the Star Chart color scheme for printing.
en_GB: Print the sky image to a printer or file.  If %1 is true, it will show the print dialogue.  If %2 is true, it will use the Star Chart colour scheme for printing.

en: Select color for the FOV symbol
en_GB: Select colour for the FOV symbol

en: Automatically attach name label to centered object?
en_GB: Automatically attach name label to centred object?

en: Planet trails fade to sky color? (otherwise color is constant)
en_GB: Planet trails fade to sky colour? (otherwise colour is constant)

note: i18n( "magnitude of faintest star drawn on map when zoomed in" ) << i18n( "double" ); new QTreeWidgetItem( opsLimit, fields ); fields.clear(); fields << "magLimitDrawStarZoomOut" << i18n( "magnitude of faintest star drawn on map when zoomed out" ) << i18n( "double" ); TODO: We have disabled the foll
en: magnitude of faintest star labeled on map
en_GB: magnitude of faintest star labelled on map

en: magnitude of faintest asteroid labeled on map
en_GB: magnitude of faintest asteroid labelled on map

en: comets nearer to the Sun than this (in AU) are labeled on map
en_GB: comets nearer to the Sun than this (in AU) are labelled on map

en: Mismatch between function and Arg widget (expected %1.)
en_GB: Mismatch between function and Arg widget (expected %1).

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, CenterButton)
en: Center this object in the sky display
en_GB: Centre this object in the sky display

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, CenterButton)
en: Center the sky display on this object, and begin tracking it.  Equivalent to the "Center and Track" item in the popup menu.
en_GB: Centre the sky display on this object, and begin tracking it.  Equivalent to the "Centre and Track" item in the popup menu.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, CenterButton)
en: Center Object
en_GB: Centre Object

en: This box displays an angle in degrees. The three numbers displayed are the angle's degrees, arcminutes, and arcseconds.
en_GB: This box displays an angle in degrees. The three numbers displayed are the angle's degrees, arcminutes and arcseconds.

en: This box displays an angle in hours. The three numbers displayed are the angle's hours, minutes, and seconds.
en_GB: This box displays an angle in hours. The three numbers displayed are the angle's hours, minutes and seconds.

[ctx: seconds]
en: secs
en_GB: seconds

[ctx: second]
en: sec
en_GB: second

[ctx: weeks]
en: wks
en_GB: weeks

[ctx: months]
en: mths
en_GB: months

[ctx: years]
en: yrs
en_GB: years

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetUseFIFO)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If checked, XPlanet will use a FIFO file in the /tmp directory to temporarily save the XPlanet image for KStars to load them and update the view.  If not checked, XPlanet will actually save the files to the XPlanet folder in the KStars data directory.  Using a FIFO file should save the hard disk from excessive reads/writes and may offer a performance enhancement.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If ticked, XPlanet will use a FIFO file in the /tmp directory to temporarily save the XPlanet image for KStars to load them and update the view.  If not ticked, XPlanet will actually save the files to the XPlanet folder in the KStars data directory.  Using a FIFO file should save the hard disk from excessive reads/writes and may offer a performance enhancement.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLineEdit, kcfg_XplanetDateFormat)
en: Specify the format for the date/time label.  This format string is passed to strftime(3).  The default is "%c %Z", which shows the date, time, and time zone in the  locale’s  appropriate date and time representation.
en_GB: Specify the format for the date/time label.  This format string is passed to strftime(3).  The default is "%c %Z", which shows the date, time and time zone in the  locale’s  appropriate date and time representation.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetLabel)
en: If checked, display a label in the upper right corner.
en_GB: If ticked, display a label in the upper right corner.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetBackground)
en: If checked, use a file or a color as background.
en_GB: If ticked, use a file or a colour as background.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_XplanetBackgroundColorValue)
en: Set the color for the background.
en_GB: Set the colour for the background.

en: Don't show any lock user interface.
en_GB: Do not show any lock user interface.

en: The screen locker is broken and unlocking is not possible anymore.
    In order to unlock it either ConsoleKit or LoginD is needed, none of
    which could be found on your system.
en_GB: The screen locker is broken and unlocking is not possible any more.
    In order to unlock it either ConsoleKit or LoginD is needed, none of
    which could be found on your system.

en: The screen locker is broken and unlocking is not possible anymore.
    In order to unlock switch to a virtual terminal (e.g. Ctrl+Alt+F2),
    log in as root and execute the command:
    
    # ck-unlock-session <session-name>
en_GB: The screen locker is broken and unlocking is not possible any more.
    In order to unlock switch to a virtual terminal (e.g. Ctrl+Alt+F2),
    log in as root and execute the command:
    
    # ck-unlock-session <session-name>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, checkModification)
en: Change &modifcation date && time
en_GB: Change &modification date && time

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblSuffix)
en: &Suffix:
en_GB: Suffix:

en: create a subdfolder
en_GB: create a subfolder

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: All supported tokens (commands) are listed in this dialog. You can search for tokens and insert a found token into the pattern for the filename.
en_GB: All supported tokens (commands) are listed in this dialogue. You can search for tokens and insert a found token into the pattern for the filename.

en: Inserts the transliterated original filename capitalized
en_GB: Inserts the transliterated original filename capitalised

[ctx: @label:textbox Border color]
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If an ingredient header is detected as an ingredient, select it and click this button so that Krecipes will recognize it as a header.  All the ingredients below the header will be included within that group.
    
    Alternatively, if you select multiple ingredients and click this button, those ingredients will be grouped together.
en_GB: If an ingredient header is detected as an ingredient, select it and click this button so that Krecipes will recognise it as a header.  All the ingredients below the header will be included within that group.
    
    Alternatively, if you select multiple ingredients and click this button, those ingredients will be grouped together.

[ctx: @item]
en: Uncategorized
en_GB: Uncategorised

[ctx: @title:column]
en: Id
en_GB: ID

en: Background Color...
en_GB: Background Colour...

en: Text Color...
en_GB: Text Colour...

[ctx: Align center]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

en: Categorize
en_GB: Categorise

en: Filter "%1" not recognized.
    Please select one of the provided filters.
en_GB: Filter "%1" not recognised.
    Please select one of the provided filters.

en: Unrecognized Filter
en_GB: Unrecognised Filter

en: <p>NOTE: We recommend that all recipes generating warnings be checked to ensure that they were properly imported, and no loss of recipe data has occurred.</p>
en_GB: <p>NOTE: We recommend that all recipes generating warnings are checked to ensure that they were properly imported, and no loss of recipe data has occurred.</p>

en: The recipe print and view layouts use the same file for their style, meaning changing one view's look changes them both.  If this is not the behavior you desire, load one style and save it under a different name.
en_GB: The recipe print and view layouts use the same file for their style, meaning changing one view's look changes them both.  If this is not the behaviour you desire, load one style and save it under a different name.

en: centiliter
en_GB: centilitre

en: centiliters
en_GB: centilitres

en: deciliter
en_GB: decilitre

en: deciliters
en_GB: decilitres

en: liter
en_GB: litre

en: liters
en_GB: litres

en: milliliter
en_GB: millilitre

en: milliliters
en_GB: millilitres

en: Customize Formatting
en_GB: Customise Formatting

en: There is currently no localized ingredient data for this locale.
    Would you like to load the English ingredients instead?
en_GB: There is currently no localised ingredient data for this locale.
    Would you like to load the American English ingredients instead?

en: <p>This dialog will allow you to specify a PostgreSQL account that has the necessary permissions to access the Krecipes PostgreSQL database.  This account may either be a <b>PostgreSQL superuser</b> or have the ability to both <b>create new PostgreSQL users and databases</b>.</p><p>If no superuser or privileged account is given, the account 'postgres' will be attempted, with no password.  If this is insufficient for your PostgreSQL setup, you <b>must</b> select the appropriate option below to enter the information of a privileged PostgreSQL account.</p>
en_GB: <p>This dialogue will allow you to specify a PostgreSQL account that has the necessary permissions to access the Krecipes PostgreSQL database.  This account may either be a <b>PostgreSQL superuser</b> or have the ability to both <b>create new PostgreSQL users and databases</b>.</p><p>If no superuser or privileged account is given, the account 'postgres' will be attempted, with no password.  If this is insufficient for your PostgreSQL setup, you <b>must</b> select the appropriate option below to enter the information of a privileged PostgreSQL account.</p>

en: <p>In this dialog you can adjust the database server settings.</p><p><b>Warning: Passwords are stored in plain text and could potentially be compromised.  We recommend that you create a username and password combination solely for use by Krecipes.</b></p>
en_GB: <p>In this dialogue you can adjust the database server settings.</p><p><b>Warning: Passwords are stored in plain text and could potentially be compromised.  We recommend that you create a username and password combination solely for use by Krecipes.</b></p>

en: In this dialog you can adjust SQLite settings.
en_GB: In this dialogue you can adjust SQLite settings.

en: Open file dialog
en_GB: Open file dialogue

en: <p>Krecipes comes with some delicious default recipes and useful data.</p><p>Would you like to initialize your database with those? Note that this will erase all your previous recipes if you have any.</p>
en_GB: <p>Krecipes comes with some delicious default recipes and useful data.</p><p>Would you like to initialise your database with those? Note that this will erase all your previous recipes if you have any.</p>

en: Yes please, initialize the database with the examples
en_GB: Yes please, initialise the database with the examples

en: <p>Krecipes can import nutrient data from the USDA's nutrient database for over 400 foods.  A total of 43 food properties are included for each food, such as energy, fat, vitamin C, etc.</p><p>Would you like to import this data now?  Note that this operation is safe to use on an existing database, and no data loss will occur.  This operation may take several minutes.</p>
en_GB: <p>Krecipes can import nutrient data from the USDA's nutrient database for over 400 foods.  A total of 43 food properties are included for each food, such as energy, fat, vitamin C etc.</p><p>Would you like to import this data now?  Note that this operation is safe to use on an existing database, and no data loss will occur.  This operation may take several minutes.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, backgroundLabel)
en: Background color of empty place:
en_GB: Background colour of empty place:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowPreferencesForNewConnections)
en: Show the preferences dialog for new connections
en_GB: Show the preferences dialogue for new connections

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ResizeOnConnect)
en: This option will resize the window to fit the connection size.  If it is too big, it will maximize the window.
en_GB: This option will resize the window to fit the connection size.  If it is too big, it will maximise the window.

en: Show this dialog again for this host
en_GB: Show this dialogue again for this host

en: Minimize Full Screen Window
en_GB: Minimise Full Screen Window

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, colorDepthLabel)
en: Color &depth:
en_GB: Colour &depth:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_ColorDepth)
en: Low Color (8 Bit)
en_GB: Low Colour (8 Bit)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_ColorDepth)
en: High Color (16 Bit)
en_GB: High Colour (16 Bit)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_ColorDepth)
en: True Color (24 Bit)
en_GB: True Colour (24 Bit)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_ColorDepth)
en: True Color with Alpha (32 Bit)
en_GB: True Colour with Alpha (32 Bit)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_RecognizeLdapLogins)
en: Automatically recognize "LDAP"-Logins and share passwords
en_GB: Automatically recognise "LDAP"-Logins and share passwords

en: url
en_GB: URL

[ctx: @info]
en: Cannot find the <command>kcreatewebarchive</command> executable,<nl/>check the plugin and helper installation.
en_GB: Cannot find the <command>kcreatewebarchive</command> executable,<nl/>check the plug-in and helper installation.

en: Browse and restore the trash
en_GB: Browse and restore the wastebin

en: Konqueror is designed to embrace and support Internet standards. The aim is to fully implement the officially sanctioned standards from organizations such as the W3 and OASIS, while also adding extra support for other common usability features that arise as de facto standards across the Internet. Along with this support, for such functions as favicons, Web Shortcuts, and <A HREF="%1">XBEL bookmarks</A>, Konqueror also implements:
en_GB: Konqueror is designed to embrace and support Internet standards. The aim is to fully implement the officially sanctioned standards from organisations such as the W3 and OASIS, while also adding extra support for other common usability features that arise as de facto standards across the Internet. Along with this support, for such functions as favicons, Web Shortcuts, and <A HREF="%1">XBEL bookmarks</A>, Konqueror also implements:

en: Use Web-Shortcuts: by typing "gg: KDE" one can search the Internet, using Google, for the search phrase "KDE". There are a lot of Web-Shortcuts predefined to make searching for software or looking up certain words in an encyclopedia a breeze. You can even <a href="%1">create your own</a> Web-Shortcuts.
en_GB: Use Web-Shortcuts: by typing "gg: KDE" one can search the Internet, using Google, for the search phrase "KDE". There are a lot of Web-Shortcuts predefined to make searching for software or looking up certain words in an encyclopædia a breeze. You can even <a href="%1">create your own</a> Web-Shortcuts.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, immediatelyCacheData)
en: Store form data in KWallet when closing the dialog
en_GB: Store form data in KWallet when closing the dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, immediatelyCacheData)
en: &Immediately memorize form data
en_GB: &Immediately memorise form data

[ctx: find action "whats this" text]
en: <h3>Find text</h3>Shows a dialog that allows you to find text on the displayed page.
en_GB: <h3>Find text</h3>Shows a dialogue that allows you to find text on the displayed page.

en: &Memorize Passwords in This Page Now
en_GB: &Memorise Passwords in This Page Now

en: &Customize Fields to Memorize for This Page...
en_GB: &Customise Fields to Memorise for This Page...

en: Remove Customized Memorization Settings for This Page
en_GB: Remove Customised Memorisation Settings for This Page

en: Remove All Memorized Passwords for This Site
en_GB: Remove All Memorised Passwords for This Site

en: &Empty Trash Bin
en_GB: &Empty Wastebin

en: &Configure Trash Bin
en_GB: &Configure Wastebin

en: Canceled.
en_GB: Cancelled.

en: <html>Print the currently displayed document<br /><br />You will be presented with a dialog where you can set various options, such as the number of copies to print and which printer to use.<br /><br />This dialog also provides access to special KDE printing services such as creating a PDF file from the current document.</html>
en_GB: <html>Print the currently displayed document<br /><br />You will be presented with a dialogue where you can set various options, such as the number of copies to print and which printer to use.<br /><br />This dialogue also provides access to special KDE printing services such as creating a PDF file from the current document.</html>

note: #-#-#-#-#  621 (konqueror)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (FMSettings)
en: Show 'Delete' menu entries which bypass the trashcan
en_GB: Show 'Delete' menu entries which bypass the wastebin

note: #-#-#-#-#  621 (konqueror)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (FMSettings)
en: Check this if you want 'Delete' menu commands to be displayed on the desktop and in the file manager's menus and context menus. You can always delete files when hidden by holding the Shift key while calling 'Move to Trash'.
en_GB: Tick this if you want 'Delete' menu commands to be displayed on the desktop and in the file manager's menus and context menus. You can always delete files when hidden by holding the Shift key while calling 'Move to Wastebin'.

note: #-#-#-#-#  621 (konqueror)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Trash)
en: Ask confirmation for move to trash
en_GB: Ask confirmation for move to wastebin

note: #-#-#-#-#  621 (konqueror)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Trash)
en: This option tells Konqueror whether to ask for a confirmation when you move the file to your trash folder, from where it can be recovered very easily.
en_GB: This option tells Konqueror whether to ask for a confirmation when you move the file to your wastebin, from where it can be recovered very easily.

note: #-#-#-#-#  621 (konqueror)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Trash)
en: If true, when opening a session from within the sessions dialog the tabs will be opened inside current window.
en_GB: If true, when opening a session from within the sessions dialogue the tabs will be opened inside current window.

en: <h1>Konqueror Behavior</h1> You can configure how Konqueror behaves as a file manager here.
en_GB: <h1>Konqueror Behaviour</h1> You can configure how Konqueror behaves as a file manager here.

en: Your proxy configuration can't be used with the QtWebEngine HTML engine. No proxy will be used
    
     QtWebEngine only support a fixed proxy, so proxy auto-configuration (PAC) and Web Proxy Auto-Discovery protocol can't be used with QtWebEngine. If you need a proxy, please select the system proxy configuration or specify a proxy URL manually in the settings dialog. Do you want to change proxy settings now?
en_GB: Your proxy configuration can't be used with the QtWebEngine HTML engine. No proxy will be used
    
     QtWebEngine only support a fixed proxy, so proxy auto-configuration (PAC) and Web Proxy Auto-Discovery protocol can't be used with QtWebEngine. If you need a proxy, please select the system proxy configuration or specify a proxy URL manually in the settings dialogue. Do you want to change proxy settings now?

en: Show proxy configuration dialog
en_GB: Show proxy configuration dialogue

[ctx: @tooltip:session list]
en: Uncheck the sessions you do not want to be restored
en_GB: Untick the sessions you do not want to be restored

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_pKonquerorTabforExternalURL)
en: When you click a URL in another KDE program or call kfmclient to open a URL, the current desktop will be searched for a non-minimized Konqueror and, if found, the URL opened as a new tab within it. Otherwise a new Konqueror window will be opened with the required URL.
en_GB: When you click a URL in another KDE program or call kfmclient to open a URL, the current desktop will be searched for a non-minimised Konqueror and, if found, the URL opened as a new tab within it. Otherwise a new Konqueror window will be opened with the required URL.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_pTabCloseActivatePrevious)
en: When checking this the previous used or opened tab will be activated when you close the current active tab instead of the one right to the current tab.
en_GB: When ticking this the previous used or opened tab will be activated when you close the current active tab instead of the one right to the current tab.

en: <html>If this box is checked, Konqueror will automatically load any images that are embedded in a web page. Otherwise, it will display placeholders for the images, and you can then manually load the images by clicking on the image button.<br />Unless you have a very slow network connection, you will probably want to check this box to enhance your browsing experience.</html>
en_GB: <html>If this box is ticked, Konqueror will automatically load any images that are embedded in a web page. Otherwise, it will display placeholders for the images, and you can then manually load the images by clicking on the image button.<br />Unless you have a very slow network connection, you will probably want to tick this box to enhance your browsing experience.</html>

en: <html>If this box is checked, Konqueror will draw a frame as a placeholder around images embedded in a web page that are not yet fully loaded.<br />You will probably want to check this box to enhance your browsing experience, especially if have a slow network connection.</html>
en_GB: <html>If this box is ticked, Konqueror will draw a frame as a placeholder around images embedded in a web page that are not yet fully loaded.<br />You will probably want to tick this box to enhance your browsing experience, especially if have a slow network connection.</html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, useUser)
en: <b>Use user-defined stylesheet</b><p>If this box is checked, Konqueror will try to load a user-defined style sheet as specified in the location below. The style sheet allows you to completely override the way web pages are rendered in your browser. The file specified should contain a valid style sheet (see http://www.w3.org/Style/CSS for further information on cascading style sheets).</p>
en_GB: <b>Use user-defined stylesheet</b><p>If this box is ticked, Konqueror will try to load a user-defined style sheet as specified in the location below. The style sheet allows you to completely override the way web pages are rendered in your browser. The file specified should contain a valid style sheet (see http://www.w3.org/Style/CSS for further information on cascading style sheets).</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, useAccess)
en: <b>Use accessibility stylesheet</b><p>Selecting this option will allow you to define a default font, font size, and font color with a few simple clicks of the mouse. Simply wander over to the Customize... dialog and pick out your desired options.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use accessibility stylesheet</b><p>Selecting this option will allow you to define a default font, font size, and font colour with a few simple clicks of the mouse. Simply wander over to the Customise... dialogue and pick out your desired options.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, customize)
en: Custom&ize...
en_GB: Custom&ise...

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, sameFamily)
en: <b>Use same family for all text</b><p>Select this option to override custom fonts everywhere in favor of the base font.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use same family for all text</b><p>Select this option to override custom fonts everywhere in favour of the base font.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, dontScale)
en: <b>Use same size for all elements</b><p>Select this option to override custom font sizes in favor of the base font size. All fonts will be displayed in the same size.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use same size for all elements</b><p>Select this option to override custom font sizes in favour of the base font size. All fonts will be displayed in the same size.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, whiteOnBlack)
en: <b>White on Black</b><p>This is your classic inverse color scheme.</p>
en_GB: <b>White on Black</b><p>This is your classic inverse colour scheme.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, customColor)
en: <b>Custom</b><p>Select this option to define a custom color for the default font.</p>
en_GB: <b>Custom</b><p>Select this option to define a custom colour for the default font.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, txtBackground)
en: <b>Background</b><p>This background color is the one displayed behind the text by default. A background image will override this.</p>
en_GB: <b>Background</b><p>This background colour is the one displayed behind the text by default. A background image will override this.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, sameColor)
en: <b>Use same color for all text</b><p>Select this option to apply your chosen color to the default font as well as any custom fonts as specified in a stylesheet.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use same colour for all text</b><p>Select this option to apply your chosen colour to the default font as well as any custom fonts as specified in a stylesheet.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, sameColor)
en: Use same color for all text
en_GB: Use same colour for all text

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, txtForeground) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, foregroundColorButton)
en: <b>Foreground color</b><p>The foreground color is the color that the text is drawn in.</p>
en_GB: <b>Foreground colour</b><p>The foreground colour is the colour that the text is drawn in.</p>

en: <h1>Konqueror Stylesheets</h1> This module allows you to apply your own color and font settings to Konqueror by using stylesheets (CSS). You can either specify options or apply your own self-written stylesheet by pointing to its location.<br /> Note that these settings will always have precedence before all other settings made by the site author. This can be useful to visually impaired people or for web pages that are unreadable due to bad design.
en_GB: <h1>Konqueror Stylesheets</h1> This module allows you to apply your own colour and font settings to Konqueror by using stylesheets (CSS). You can either specify options or apply your own self-written stylesheet by pointing to its location.<br /> Note that these settings will always have precedence before all other settings made by the site author. This can be useful to visually impaired people or for web pages that are unreadable due to bad design.

en: If this box is checked, Konqueror will allow you to change the title of the bookmark and choose a folder in which to store it when you add a new bookmark.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, Konqueror will allow you to change the title of the bookmark and choose a folder in which to store it when you add a new bookmark.

en: If this box is checked, Konqueror will show only those bookmarks in the bookmark toolbar which you have marked to do so in the bookmark editor.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, Konqueror will show only those bookmarks in the bookmark toolbar which you have marked to do so in the bookmark editor.

en: If this box is checked, Konqueror will remember the data you enter in web forms and suggest it in similar fields for all forms.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, Konqueror will remember the data you enter in web forms and suggest it in similar fields for all forms.

en: Mouse Beha&vior
en_GB: Mouse Beha&viour

en: If this box is checked, you can open the URL in the selection by middle clicking on a Konqueror view.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, you can open the URL in the selection by middle clicking on a Konqueror view.

en: If this box is checked, you can go back in history by right clicking on a Konqueror view. To access the context menu, press the right mouse button and move.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, you can go back in history by right clicking on a Konqueror view. To access the context menu, press the right mouse button and move.

en: Some web pages request an automatic reload or redirection after a certain period of time. By unchecking this box Konqueror will ignore these requests.
en_GB: Some web pages request an automatic reload or redirection after a certain period of time. By unticking this box Konqueror will ignore these requests.

en: Pressing the Ctrl key when viewing webpages activates Access Keys. Unchecking this box will disable this accessibility feature. (Konqueror needs to be restarted for this change to take effect.)
en_GB: Pressing the Ctrl key when viewing webpages activates Access Keys. Unticking this box will disable this accessibility feature. (Konqueror needs to be restarted for changes to take effect.)

en: Check this box if you want to inform a web site that you do not want your web browsing habits tracked.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to inform a web site that you do not want your web browsing habits tracked.

en: Uncheck this box to prevent being prompted to save website passwords
en_GB: Untick this box to prevent being prompted to save website passwords

en: Uncheck this box to display online PDF files as configured in System Settings
en_GB: Untick this box to display online PDF files as configured in System Settings

en: Here you can set specific Java policies for any particular host or domain. To add a new policy, simply click the <i>New...</i> button and supply the necessary information requested by the dialog box. To change an existing policy, click on the <i>Change...</i> button and choose the new policy from the policy dialog box. Clicking on the <i>Delete</i> button will remove the selected policy, causing the default policy setting to be used for that domain.
en_GB: Here you can set specific Java policies for any particular host or domain. To add a new policy, simply click the <i>New...</i> button and supply the necessary information requested by the dialogue box. To change an existing policy, click on the <i>Change...</i> button and choose the new policy from the policy dialogue box. Clicking on the <i>Delete</i> button will remove the selected policy, causing the default policy setting to be used for that domain.

en: When all the applets have been destroyed, the applet server should shut down. However, starting the jvm takes a lot of time. If you would like to keep the java process running while you are browsing, you can set the timeout value to whatever you like. To keep the java process running for the whole time that the konqueror process is, leave the Shutdown Applet Server checkbox unchecked.
en_GB: When all the applets have been destroyed, the applet server should shut down. However, starting the jvm takes a lot of time. If you would like to keep the java process running while you are browsing, you can set the timeout value to whatever you like. To keep the java process running for the whole time that the konqueror process is, leave the Shutdown Applet Server tickbox unticked.

en: Here you can set specific JavaScript policies for any particular host or domain. To add a new policy, simply click the <i>New...</i> button and supply the necessary information requested by the dialog box. To change an existing policy, click on the <i>Change...</i> button and choose the new policy from the policy dialog box. Clicking on the <i>Delete</i> button will remove the selected policy causing the default policy setting to be used for that domain. The <i>Import</i> and <i>Export</i> button allows you to easily share your policies with other people by allowing you to save and retrieve them from a zipped file.
en_GB: Here you can set specific JavaScript policies for any particular host or domain. To add a new policy, simply click the <i>New...</i> button and supply the necessary information requested by the dialogue box. To change an existing policy, click on the <i>Change...</i> button and choose the new policy from the policy dialogue box. Clicking on the <i>Delete</i> button will remove the selected policy causing the default policy setting to be used for that domain. The <i>Import</i> and <i>Export</i> button allows you to easily share your policies with other people by allowing you to save and retrieve them from a zipped file.

en: Show 'Delete' me&nu entries which bypass the trashcan
en_GB: Show 'Delete' me&nu entries which bypass the wastebin

en: Check this if you want 'Delete' menu commands to be displayed on the desktop and in the file manager's menus and context menus. You can always delete files by holding the Shift key while calling 'Move to Trash'.
en_GB: Tick this if you want 'Delete' menu commands to be displayed on the desktop and in the file manager's menus and context menus. You can always delete files by holding the Shift key while calling 'Move to Wastebin'.

en: &Behavior
en_GB: &Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbShowRoot)
en: If this option is unchecked, bookmarks at the root of the hierarchy (not in a folder) are not displayed.
    If checked, they are gathered in a "root" folder.
en_GB: If this option is unticked, bookmarks at the root of the hierarchy (not in a folder) are not displayed.
    If ticked, they are gathered in a "root" folder.

en: &Foreground color:
en_GB: &Foreground colour:

en: &Set different color depth:
en_GB: &Set different colour depth:

en: Color depth:
en_GB: Colour depth:

en: <p>This is the FSView plugin, a graphical browsing mode showing filesystem utilization by using a tree map visualization.</p><p>Note that in this mode, automatic updating when filesystem changes are made is intentionally <b>not</b> done.</p><p>For details on usage and options available, see the online help under menu 'Help/FSView Manual'.</p>
en_GB: <p>This is the FSView plugin, a graphical browsing mode showing filesystem utilisation by using a tree map visualisation.</p><p>Note that in this mode, automatic updating when filesystem changes are made is intentionally <b>not</b> done.</p><p>For details on usage and options available, see the online help under menu 'Help/FSView Manual'.</p>

[ctx: @action:inmenu File]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebin

en: Bottom Center
en_GB: Bottom Centre

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cartesianCustomMax)
en: Customize the maximum plot range
en_GB: Customise the maximum plot range

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cartesianCustomMax) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cartesianCustomMin)
en: Check this button and enter the plot range boundaries below.
en_GB: Tick this button and enter the plot range boundaries below.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cartesianCustomMin)
en: Customize the minimum plot range
en_GB: Customise the minimum plot range

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showDerivative1) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showDerivative2)
en: If this box is checked, the first derivative will be plotted, too.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, the first derivative will be plotted, too.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showIntegral)
en: If this box is checked, the integral will be plotted, too.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, the integral will be plotted, too.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowLabel), group (Coordinate System)
en: Checked if labels are visible
en_GB: Ticked if labels are visible

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowLabel), group (Coordinate System)
en: Check this box if the labels at the tics should be shown.
en_GB: Tick this box if the labels at the tics should be shown.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowAxes), group (Coordinate System)
en: Checked if axes are visible
en_GB: Ticked if axes are visible

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowAxes), group (Coordinate System)
en: Check this box if axes should be shown.
en_GB: Tick this box if axes should be shown.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowArrows), group (Coordinate System)
en: Checked if arrows are visible
en_GB: Ticked if arrows are visible

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowArrows), group (Coordinate System)
en: Check this box if axes should have arrows.
en_GB: Tick this box if axes should have arrows.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AxesColor), group (Colors)
en: Axis-line color
en_GB: Axis-line colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AxesColor), group (Colors)
en: Enter the color of the axis lines.
en_GB: Enter the colour of the axis lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (GridColor), group (Colors)
en: Grid Color
en_GB: Grid Colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GridColor), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for the grid lines.
en_GB: Choose a colour for the grid lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color0), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 1
en_GB: Colour of function 1

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color0), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 1.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 1.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color1), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 2
en_GB: Colour of function 2

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color1), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 2.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 2.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color2), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 3
en_GB: Colour of function 3

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color2), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 3.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 3.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color3), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 4
en_GB: Colour of function 4

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color3), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 4.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 4.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color4), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 5
en_GB: Colour of function 5

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color4), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 5.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 5.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color5), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 6
en_GB: Colour of function 6

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color5), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 6.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 6.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color6), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 7
en_GB: Colour of function 7

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color6), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 7.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 7.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color7), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 8
en_GB: Colour of function 8

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color7), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 8.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 8.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color8), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 9
en_GB: Colour of function 9

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color8), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 9.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 9.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color9), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 10
en_GB: Colour of function 10

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color9), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 10.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 10.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (anglemode), group (General)
en: Check the box if you want to use radians
en_GB: Tick the box if you want to use radians

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (backgroundcolor), group (General)
en: The background color for the graph
en_GB: The background colour for the graph

en: Centimeters (cm)
en_GB: Centimetres (cm)

en: svg icon
en_GB: SVG icon

en: Predefined &Math Functions
en_GB: Predefined &Mathematical Functions

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, editParameterListButton)
en: Click here to open a list of parameter values. Here you can add, remove, and change them.
en_GB: Click here to open a list of parameter values. Here you can add, remove and change them.

en: Missing parenthesis
en_GB: Missing bracket

note: #-#-#-#-#  607 (kmplot)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label) #-#-#-#-#  190  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_8)
en: Background Color:
en_GB: Background Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_backgroundcolor)
en: Color for the plot area behind the grid.
en_GB: Colour for the plot area behind the grid.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_backgroundcolor)
en: Click on the button the choose the color of the background. This option has no effect on printing nor export.
en_GB: Click on the button the choose the colour of the background. This option has no effect on printing nor export.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_AxesColor)
en: select color for the axes
en_GB: select colour for the axes

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_AxesColor)
en: Specify the color of the axes. The change will appear as soon as you press the OK button.
en_GB: Specify the colour of the axes. The change will appear as soon as you press the OK button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_GridColor)
en: select color for the grid
en_GB: select colour for the grid

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_GridColor)
en: Specify the color of the grid. The change will appear as soon as you press the OK button.
en_GB: Specify the colour of the grid. The change will appear as soon as you press the OK button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_3)
en: &Default Function Colors
en_GB: &Default Function Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color1)
en: the default color for function number 2
en_GB: the default colour for function number 2

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color1)
en: The default color for function number 2. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 2. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color4)
en: the default color for function number 5
en_GB: the default colour for function number 5

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color4)
en: The default color for function number 5. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 5. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color0)
en: the default color for function number 1
en_GB: the default colour for function number 1

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color0)
en: The default color for function number 1. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 1. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color2)
en: the default color for function number 3
en_GB: the default colour for function number 3

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color2)
en: The default color for function number 3. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 3. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color3)
en: the default color for function number 4
en_GB: the default colour for function number 4

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color3)
en: The default color for function number 4. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 4. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color8)
en: the default color for function number 9
en_GB: the default colour for function number 9

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color8)
en: The default color for function number 9. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 9. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color6)
en: the default color for function number 7
en_GB: the default colour for function number 7

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color6)
en: The default color for function number 7. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 7. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color7)
en: the default color for function number 8
en_GB: the default colour for function number 8

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color7)
en: The default color for function number 8. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 8. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color5)
en: the default color for function number 6
en_GB: the default colour for function number 6

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color5)
en: The default color for function number 6. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 6. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color9)
en: the default color for function number 10
en_GB: the default colour for function number 10

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color9)
en: The default color for function number 10. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 10. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowLabel)
en: Check this if the axes' tics should be labeled.
en_GB: Tick this if the axes' tics should be labelled.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowAxes)
en: Check this if the axes should be visible.
en_GB: Tick this if the axes should be visible.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowArrows)
en: Check this if the axes should have arrows at their ends.
en_GB: Tick this if the axes should have arrows at their ends.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton1)
en: Check this button to use radian mode to measure angles. This is important for trigonometric functions only.
en_GB: Tick this button to use radian mode to measure angles. This is important for trigonometric functions only.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton2)
en: Check this button to use degree mode to measure angles. This is important for trigonometric functions only.
en_GB: Tick this button to use degree mode to measure angles. This is important for trigonometric functions only.

en: Opens the configuration dialog
en_GB: Opens the configuration dialogue

en: A type-and-say front end for speech synthesizers
en_GB: A type-and-say front end for speech synthesisers

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, useQtSpeech)
en: <html><head/><body><p>This check box specifies KMouth tries to use the system speech service prior to calling the speech synthesizer directly. The system speech service is a Qt library which wraps speech-dispatcher on linux, and native speech systems on other platforms.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>This tick box specifies KMouth tries to use the system speech service prior to calling the speech synthesiser directly. The system speech service is a Qt library which wraps speech-dispatcher on linux, and native speech systems on other platforms.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, stdInButton)
en: This check box specifies whether the text is sent as standard input to the speech synthesizer.
en_GB: This tickbox specifies whether the text is sent as standard input to the speech synthesizer.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, spellCheckBox)
en: If you select this check box the words are spell-checked before they are inserted into the new dictionary.
en_GB: If you select this tickbox the words are spell-checked before they are inserted into the new dictionary.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, spellCheckBox)
en: If you select this check box the words from the KDE documentation are spell-checked before they are inserted into the new dictionary.
en_GB: If you select this tickbox the words from the KDE documentation are spell-checked before they are inserted into the new dictionary.

en: Rotate View Counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate View Anticlockwise

en: File format not recognized.
en_GB: File format not recognised.

en: Klavaro - Progress
en_GB: Progress

en: Show the virtual keyboard and the relation between fingers and keys.
en_GB: Show the  relation between fingers and keys.

en: Select the font to be used in the exercise window.
en_GB: Select the font to be used

en: Show local and external scores from other users.
en_GB: Show  scores from other users.

en: Do you confirm?
en_GB: Confirm?

en: Read a text file and add a copy of it here. The file must be encoded in UTF-8.
en_GB: Read a text file and copy here. Must be utf-8

en: Close this window.
en_GB: Close

en: Toggles the shift effect on the keys. Alternates between the upper and lower characters of the keys.
en_GB: Alternates between upper and lower

en: Save the current keyboard layout with the name specified above.
en_GB: Save the layout

en: Klavaro - Main menu
en_GB: Klavaro -Main menu

en: Initial training for your fingers.
en_GB: Initial training

en: Becoming proficient practicing complete paragraphs exercises.
en_GB: Complete paragraph practice

en: Little tip about this program.
en_GB: Tips about Klavaro

en: This is a tip. Now you press this button to return to the main menu.
en_GB: Tip! Press to return to main menu

en: Basic course
en_GB: Basics

en: This will OVERWRITE an existent keyboard layout.
en_GB: This will OVERWRITE an existing keyboard layout.

en: This will REMOVE an existent keyboard layout.
en_GB: This will REMOVE an existing keyboard layout.

en: This is referred to as the home position for the hands. From it the fingers move all over the keyboard, reaching all the keys as naturally and quickly as possible. To reach this goal one uses a specific relation between each key and finger. This relation will be learned gradually as you complete the basic course.
en_GB: This is called the home position for the hands. From here the fingers easily move over all the keyboard, reaching all the keys as naturally and fast as possible. To attain this goal one uses a specific relation between each key and some finger. This relation will be learned gradually in the basic course.

en: When learning the relation between fingers and keys, it is very important that you only move the finger which must press the key and allow all other fingers to remain in the home position.
en_GB: When learning the relationship between fingers and keys, you have to work at this, every time you move to press a key, only the one finger should move toward it, keeping the other fingers over their original position as much as possible.

en: After memorizing this relationship, you can relax the previous rule some, so that you can attain greater speed while typing.
en_GB: After memorizing this relationship between keys and the correct finger to use, you can take the previous rule less strictly, so that it becomes possible to develop more speed and fluidity.

en: You should be prepared to start training with the basic course. It will take effort and patience to be successful as a typist. We trust you have these and look forward to your success!
en_GB: After this explanation, you should start with the basic course. Always remember, touch-typing requires will and patience! We trust you, do not disappoint us, right?

en: Lesson:
en_GB: Lesson

en: Paragraphs:
en_GB: Paragraphs

en: Adaptability exercises: automating the fingers responses, typing over all the keyboard.
en_GB: Adaptability. Automating finger responses

en: Velocity exercises: accelerate typing real words.
en_GB: Speed exercises: accelerate typing real words.

en: Klavaro - Fluidness
en_GB: Klavaro - Fluidity

en: Fluidness exercises: accuracy typing good sense paragraphs.
en_GB: Accuracy typing with  sensible paragraphs.

en: ps.: logging not performed for this session: the number of typed characters (%i) must be greater than %i.
en_GB: No logging for this session. Typed characters (%i) must be more than %i.

en: ps.: you have entered the Top 10 list, great!
en_GB: You have entered the Top 10 list, Well done!

en: ps.: the text you just typed doesn't seem to be similar to ordinary texts in the language currently selected: we can't account for it in the 'Top 10' contest.
en_GB: Your text is not like ordinary text. We can't count it in the Top 10.

note: Begin the accuracy
en: STATISTICS
en_GB: Statistics

en: Fluidness:
en_GB: Fluidity:

en:  All right, now you got it!
     Go to the next lesson.
en_GB:  Now you've got it!
     On to the next lesson.

en: Pasted_or_dropped
en_GB: Pasted or dropped

en:  Still away from the highway. You can do better...
     Try to reach at least %.0f WPM.
en_GB:  You can improve. Try for more than 20 WPM.

en:  Excellent. For this course, that is enough.
     Try now the fluidness exercises, OK?
en_GB:  Excellent. Now try the fluidity exercises.

note: Translators: Dvorak here means that infamous ergonomic keyboard layout. Feel free to change the speed mastery analogy.
en:  Dvorak master!
     I have no words to express my admiration!
en_GB:  A Dvorak master!
     I have no words to express my admiration.

en:  Congratulations!
     It seems to me that you are a professional.
     You don't need this program (me) anymore.
     Hope you have enjoyed. Thanks and be happy!
en_GB:  You seem like a professional! Hope you enjoyed Klavaro.

en:  How can you type so fast?
     You have exceeded all my expectations.
     Are you a machine? Could you teach me?
     I can not help you anymore. Go to an expert!
en_GB:  You have exceeded all my expectations.
     I can't help you anymore!

en: Not able to download files
en_GB: Unable to download files

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, autoSave)
en: When "Save changes periodically" is checked, KJots will automatically save changes made to books at the interval defined below.
en_GB: When "Save changes periodically" is ticked, KJots will automatically save changes made to books at the interval defined below.

en: Insert Checkmark
en_GB: Insert Tickmark

en: Change Color...
en_GB: Change Colour...

[ctx: Sonnet::Dialog|]
en: Spell check canceled.
en_GB: Spell check cancelled.

en: Modify search behavior
en_GB: Modify search behaviour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (TemplateParser::TemplatesTextEdit, textEdit_new)
en: In this area you create the template for new email messages.  For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialog.
en_GB: In this area you create the template for new email messages.  For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (TemplateParser::TemplatesTextEdit, textEdit_reply)
en: In this area you create the template for messages replies. For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialog.
en_GB: In this area you create the template for messages replies. For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (TemplateParser::TemplatesTextEdit, textEdit_reply_all)
en: In this area you create the template for reply-to-all messages or replies to a mailing list.  For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialog.
en_GB: In this area you create the template for reply-to-all messages or replies to a mailing list.  For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (TemplateParser::TemplatesTextEdit, textEdit_forward)
en: In this area you create the template for message forwards.  For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialog.
en_GB: In this area you create the template for message forwards.  For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialogue.

note: #-#-#-#-#  595 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrintBackgroundColorImages), group (Print)
en: Specifies whether the background color and images are also drawn when the page is printed.
en_GB: Specifies whether the background colour and images are also drawn when the page is printed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  595 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (RecycleQuoteColors), group (Reader)
en: Specifies whether to reuse the quote color, beyond the 3rd level
en_GB: Specifies whether to reuse the quote colour, beyond the 3rd level

note: #-#-#-#-#  595 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutomaticSending), group (Invitations)
en: When this is checked, you will not see the mail composer window. Instead, all invitation mails are sent automatically. If you want to see the mail before sending it, you can uncheck this option. However, be aware that the text in the composer window is in iCalendar syntax, and you should not try modifying it by hand.
en_GB: When this is ticked, you will not see the mail composer window. Instead, all invitation mails are sent automatically. If you want to see the mail before sending it, you can untick this option. However, be aware that the text in the composer window is in iCalendar syntax, and you should not try modifying it by hand.

note: #-#-#-#-#  595 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeleteInvitationEmailsAfterSendingReply), group (Invitations)
en: When this is checked, received invitation emails that have been replied to will be moved to the Trash folder, once the reply has been successfully sent.
en_GB: When this is ticked, received invitation emails that have been replied to will be moved to the Wastebin folder, once the reply has been successfully sent.

note: #-#-#-#-#  595 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, printBackgroundColorAndImages)
en: Print background color and images
en_GB: Print background colour and images

en: Work online.
en_GB: Work online

en: One or more of your configured OpenPGP encryption keys or S/MIME certificates is not usable for encryption. Please reconfigure your encryption keys and certificates for this identity in the identity configuration dialog.
    If you choose to continue, and the keys are needed later on, you will be prompted to specify the keys to use.
en_GB: One or more of your configured OpenPGP encryption keys or S/MIME certificates is not usable for encryption. Please reconfigure your encryption keys and certificates for this identity in the identity configuration dialogue.
    If you choose to continue, and the keys are needed later on, you will be prompted to specify the keys to use.

en: One or more of your configured OpenPGP signing keys or S/MIME signing certificates is not usable for signing. Please reconfigure your signing keys and certificates for this identity in the identity configuration dialog.
    If you choose to continue, and the keys are needed later on, you will be prompted to specify the keys to use.
en_GB: One or more of your configured OpenPGP signing keys or S/MIME signing certificates is not usable for signing. Please reconfigure your signing keys and certificates for this identity in the identity configuration dialogue.
    If you choose to continue, and the keys are needed later on, you will be prompted to specify the keys to use.

en: &Move to Trash
en_GB: &Move to Wastebin

note: #-#-#-#-#  593  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (ReplaceReplyPrefix), group (Composer)
en: Replace recognized prefi&x with "Re:"
en_GB: Replace recognised prefi&x with "Re:"

note: #-#-#-#-#  593  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (ReplaceForwardPrefix), group (Composer)
en: Replace recognized prefix with "&Fwd:"
en_GB: Replace recognised prefix with "&Fwd:"

en: A simple, backward compatible, single row theme
en_GB: A simple, backwards compatible, single row theme

en: Favor Interactivity
en_GB: Favour Interactivity

en: Favor Speed
en_GB: Favour Speed

en: Check this if this column should be visible when the theme is selected.
en_GB: Tick this if this column should be visible when the theme is selected.

en: Check this if this column label should be updated depending on the folder "inbound"/"outbound" type.
en_GB: Tick this if this column label should be updated depending on the folder "inbound"/"outbound" type.

en: Invalid header canonicalization.
en_GB: Invalid header canonicalisation.

en: Invalid body canonicalization.
en_GB: Invalid body canonicalisation.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CheckPhishingUrl), group (Security)
en: Check if url can be a phishing
en_GB: Check if URL can be a phishing

en: Submit form is not allowed in mailer. Please open url in a browser.
en_GB: Submit form is not allowed in mailer. Please open URL in a browser.

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Customize Message Aggregation Modes
en_GB: Customise Message Aggregation Modes

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Customize Themes
en_GB: Customise Themes

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (QuotedText3), group (Reader)
en: This is the color used in the 3rd level of quoted text
en_GB: This is the colour used in the 3rd level of quoted text

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (QuotedText2), group (Reader)
en: This is the color used in the 2nd level of quoted text
en_GB: This is the colour used in the 2nd level of quoted text

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (QuotedText1), group (Reader)
en: This is the color used in the 1st level of quoted text
en_GB: This is the colour used in the 1st level of quoted text

en: Could not finalize the file.
en_GB: Could not finalise the file.

en: Failed to store a new reminder: an error occurred while trying to create a new Todo in your calendar: %1
en_GB: Failed to store a new reminder: an error occurred while trying to create a new To-do in your calendar: %1

[ctx: @action]
en: Align &Center
en_GB: Align &Centre

[ctx: @label center justify]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: @action]
en: Text &Color...
en_GB: Text &Colour...

[ctx: @label stroke color]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: Login failed, cannot initialize the SASL library
en_GB: Login failed, cannot initialise the SASL library

en: KDE su daemon
en_GB: KDE su dæmon

en: Daemon used by kdesu
en_GB: Dæmon used by kdesu

en: Could not read the postId, not a string or an integer.
en_GB: Could not read the post ID, not a string or an integer.

en: Could not regexp the blog id path.
en_GB: Could not regexp the blog ID path.

en: Could not regexp the comment id path.
en_GB: Could not regexp the comment ID path.

en: Could not regexp the post id path.
en_GB: Could not regexp the post ID path.

en: Could not regexp the id out of the result.
en_GB: Could not regexp the ID out of the result.

note: #-#-#-#-#  582  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Url:
en_GB: URL:

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DialPhoneNumberAction), group (Phone Dial Settings)
en: Define how a phone number of a contact should be dialed. 'System Default' uses the default application configured for this on your system (e.g. KDE Connect). Selecting a specific application will use that (if installed), 'External Application' allows you to specify a dial command with placeholders manually.
en_GB: Define how a phone number of a contact should be dialled. 'System Default' uses the default application configured for this on your system (e.g. KDE Connect). Selecting a specific application will use that (if installed), 'External Application' allows you to specify a dial command with placeholders manually.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (PhoneCommand), group (Phone Dial Settings)
en: The following placeholders can be used in the command:
       %N: The raw number as stored in the address book.
       %n: The normalized number with all non-digit characters removed.
en_GB: The following placeholders can be used in the command:
       %N: The raw number as stored in the address book.
       %n: The normalised number with all non-digit characters removed.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (SmsCommand), group (Send SMS Settings)
en: The following placeholders can be used in the command:
       %N: The raw number as stored in the address book.
       %n: The normalized number with all non-digit characters removed.
       %t: The text
en_GB: The following placeholders can be used in the command:
       %N: The raw number as stored in the address book.
       %n: The normalised number with all non-digit characters removed.
       %t: The text

en: There is no application set which could be executed.
    Please go to the settings dialog and configure one.
en_GB: There is no application set which could be executed.
    Please go to the settings dialogue and configure one.

en: Open a dialog to edit the properties of the selected address book folder.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit the properties of the selected address book folder.

en: Add a new address book<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can select the type of the address book that shall be added.</p>
en_GB: Add a new address book<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can select the type of the address book that shall be added.</p>

en: Open a dialog to edit properties of the selected address book.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit properties of the selected address book.

en: Create a new contact<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can add data about a person, including addresses and phone numbers.</p>
en_GB: Create a new contact<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can add data about a person, including addresses and phone numbers.</p>

en: Create a new group<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can add a new group of contacts.</p>
en_GB: Create a new group<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can add a new group of contacts.</p>

en: Edit the selected contact<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can edit the data stored about a person, including addresses and phone numbers.</p>
en_GB: Edit the selected contact<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can edit the data stored about a person, including addresses and phone numbers.</p>

[ctx: @label The organization of a contact]
en: Organization:
en_GB: Organisation:

en: Add organization's name
en_GB: Add organisation's name

en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: Position|]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to select all contacts from this folder, including all subfolders.  If you only want the contacts from the top-level folder then leave this box unchecked.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to select all contacts from this folder, including all subfolders.  If you only want the contacts from the top-level folder then leave this box unticked.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's private fields to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's private fields to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's business fields to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's business fields to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's other fields to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's other fields to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's encryption keys to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's encryption keys to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's picture to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's picture to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's display name in the vCard's full name field.  This may be required to get the name shown correctly in GMail or Android.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's display name in the vCard's full name field.  This may be required to get the name shown correctly in GMail or Android.

[ctx: KDbDriver|]
en: Value of "%1" is not initialized for the driver.
en_GB: Value of "%1" is not initialised for the driver.

en: The following error occurred while initializing KCron:
    
    %1
    
    KCron will now exit.
en_GB: The following error occurred while initialising KCron:
    
    %1
    
    KCron will now exit.

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: <b>Call Graph around active Function</b><p>Depending on configuration, this view shows the call graph environment of the active function. Note: the shown cost is <b>only</b> the cost which is spent while the active function was actually running; i.e. the cost shown for main() - if it is visible - should be the same as the cost of the active function, as that is the part of inclusive cost of main() spent while the active function was running.</p><p>For cycles, blue call arrows indicate that this is an artificial call added for correct drawing which actually never happened.</p><p>If the graph is larger than the widget area, an overview panner is shown in one edge. There are similar visualization options to the Call Treemap; the selected function is highlighted.</p>
en_GB: <b>Call Graph around active Function</b><p>Depending on configuration, this view shows the call graph environment of the active function. Note: the shown cost is <b>only</b> the cost which is spent while the active function was actually running; i.e. the cost shown for main() - if it is visible - should be the same as the cost of the active function, as that is the part of inclusive cost of main() spent while the active function was running.</p><p>For cycles, blue call arrows indicate that this is an artificial call added for correct drawing which actually never happened.</p><p>If the graph is larger than the widget area, an overview panner is shown in one edge. There are similar visualisation options to the Call Treemap; the selected function is highlighted.</p>

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Warning: a long lasting graph layouting is in progress.
    Reduce node/edge limits for speedup.
en_GB: Warning: a long lasting graph laying out is in progress.
    Reduce node/edge limits for speed up.

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Layouting stopped.
en_GB: Laying out stopped.

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: No graph available because the layouting process failed.
en_GB: No graph available because the laying out process failed.

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Error running the graph layouting tool.
en_GB: Error running the graph layout tool.

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Stop Layouting
en_GB: Stop laying out

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Visualization
en_GB: Visualisation

[ctx: CallMapView|]
en: <b>Caller Map</b><p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callers of the current activated function. Each colored rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>
en_GB: <b>Caller Map</b><p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callers of the current activated function. Each coloured rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>

[ctx: CallMapView|]
en: <b>Call Map</b><p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callees of the current activated function. Each colored rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>
en_GB: <b>Call Map</b><p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callees of the current activated function. Each coloured rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>

[ctx: CallMapView|]
en: Visualization
en_GB: Visualisation

[ctx: QObject|]
en: (%n item(s) skipped) | (%n item(s) skipped)
en_GB[0]: (%n item skipped)
en_GB[1]: (%n items skipped)

[ctx: QObject|]
en: (%n function(s) skipped) | (%n function(s) skipped)
en_GB[0]: (%n function skipped)
en_GB[1]: (%n functions skipped)

[ctx: CoverageView|]
en: <b>List of all Callers</b><p>This list shows all functions calling the current selected one, either directly or with several functions in-between on the stack; the number of functions in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p><p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the selected function while a listed function is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the selected function while the listed one is active. The cost graphic shows logarithmic percentage with a different color for each distance.</p><p>As there can be many calls from the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in parentheses, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p><p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>
en_GB: <b>List of all Callers</b><p>This list shows all functions calling the current selected one, either directly or with several functions in-between on the stack; the number of functions in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p><p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the selected function while a listed function is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the selected function while the listed one is active. The cost graphic shows logarithmic percentage with a different colour for each distance.</p><p>As there can be many calls from the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in brackets, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p><p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>

[ctx: CoverageView|]
en: <b>List of all Callees</b><p>This list shows all functions called by the current selected one, either directly or with several function in-between on the stack; the number of function in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p><p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the listed function while the selected is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the listed function while the selected one is active. The cost graphic always shows logarithmic percentage with a different color for each distance.</p><p>As there can be many calls to the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in parentheses, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p><p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>
en_GB: <b>List of all Callees</b><p>This list shows all functions called by the current selected one, either directly or with several function in-between on the stack; the number of function in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p><p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the listed function while the selected is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the listed function while the selected one is active. The cost graphic always shows logarithmic percentage with a different colour for each distance.</p><p>As there can be many calls to the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in brackets, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p><p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>

[ctx: QObject|]
en: %n call(s) to '%2' | %n call(s) to '%2'
en_GB[0]: %n call to '%2'
en_GB[1]: %n calls to '%2'

[ctx: InstrView|]
en: There are %n cost line(s) without machine code. | There are %n cost line(s) without machine code.
en_GB[0]: There is %n cost line without machine code.
en_GB[1]: There are %n cost lines without machine code.

[ctx: PartSelection|]
en: <b>The Parts Overview</b><p>A trace consists of multiple trace parts when there are several profile data files from one profile run. The Trace Part Overview dockable shows these, horizontally ordered in execution time; the rectangle sizes are proportional to the total cost spent in the parts. You can select one or several parts to constrain all costs shown to these parts only.</p><p>The parts are further subdivided: there is a partitioning and an callee split mode: <ul><li>Partitioning: You see the partitioning into groups for a trace part, according to the group type selected. E.g. if ELF object groups are selected, you see colored rectangles for each used ELF object (shared library or executable), sized according to the cost spent therein.</li><li>Callee: A rectangle showing the inclusive cost of the current selected function in the trace part is shown. This is split up into smaller rectangles to show the costs of its callees.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <b>The Parts Overview</b><p>A trace consists of multiple trace parts when there are several profile data files from one profile run. The Trace Part Overview dockable shows these, horizontally ordered in execution time; the rectangle sizes are proportional to the total cost spent in the parts. You can select one or several parts to constrain all costs shown to these parts only.</p><p>The parts are further subdivided: there is a partitioning and an callee split mode: <ul><li>Partitioning: You see the partitioning into groups for a trace part, according to the group type selected. E.g. if ELF object groups are selected, you see coloured rectangles for each used ELF object (shared library or executable), sized according to the cost spent therein.</li><li>Callee: A rectangle showing the inclusive cost of the current selected function in the trace part is shown. This is split up into smaller rectangles to show the costs of its callees.</li></ul></p>

[ctx: PartSelection|]
en: Visualization
en_GB: Visualisation

[ctx: SourceView|]
en: The list can be found in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: The list can be found in the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: TabView|]
en: <b>Information Tabs</b><p>This widget shows information for the currently selected function in different tabs: <ul><li>The Costs tab shows a list of available event types and the inclusive and self-costs related to these types.</li><li>The Parts tab shows a list of trace parts if the trace consists of more than one part (otherwise, this tab is hidden). The cost of the selected function spent in the different parts together with the calls happening is shown.</li><li>The Call Lists tab shows direct callers and callees of the function in more detail.</li><li>The Coverage tab shows the same as the Call Lists tab, but also shows indirect callers and callees, not just direct ones.</li><li>The Call Graph tab shows a graphical visualization of the calls made by this function.</li><li>The Source Code tab presents annotated source code if debugging information and the source file are available.</li><li>The Machine Code tab presents annotated assembly instructions if profile information at instruction level is available.</li></ul>For more information, see the <em>What's This?</em> help of the corresponding tab widget.</p>
en_GB: <b>Information Tabs</b><p>This widget shows information for the currently selected function in different tabs: <ul><li>The Costs tab shows a list of available event types and the inclusive and self-costs related to these types.</li><li>The Parts tab shows a list of trace parts if the trace consists of more than one part (otherwise, this tab is hidden). The cost of the selected function spent in the different parts together with the calls happening is shown.</li><li>The Call Lists tab shows direct callers and callees of the function in more detail.</li><li>The Coverage tab shows the same as the Call Lists tab, but also shows indirect callers and callees, not just direct ones.</li><li>The Call Graph tab shows a graphical visualisation of the calls made by this function.</li><li>The Source Code tab presents annotated source code if debugging information and the source file are available.</li><li>The Machine Code tab presents annotated assembly instructions if profile information at instruction level is available.</li></ul>For more information, see the <em>What's This?</em> help of the corresponding tab widget.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1)
en: Cost Item Colors
en_GB: Cost Item Colours

en: Go forward in function selection history
en_GB: Go forwards in function selection history

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>...that you can use Alt-Left/Right keys of your keyboard to go
    back/forward in the active object history ?</p>
en_GB: <p>...that you can use Alt-Left/Right keys of your keyboard to go
    backwards/forwards in the active object history ?</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>...that you can assign custom colors to 
    ELF objects/C++ Classes/Source Files for graph coloring
    in <em>Settings->Configure KCachegrind...</em>?</p>
en_GB: <p>...that you can assign custom colours to 
    ELF objects/C++ Classes/Source Files for graph colouring
    in <em>Settings->Configure KCachegrind...</em>?</p>

en: Rotate Piece Counter Clockwise
en_GB: Rotate Piece Anti-clockwise

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkIncrementalSync)
en: Incremental document synchronization
en_GB: Incremental document synchronisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, spinDiagnosticsSize)
en: max diagnostics tooltip size
en_GB: Maximum diagnostics tooltip size

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QToolButton, btnMimeType)
en: Opens a dialog that helps in creating a list of mimetypes.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue that helps in creating a list of mimetypes.

en: Analyzing meta DTD...
en_GB: Analysing meta DTD...

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mergeOutput)
en: If checked, an output from STDOUT and STDERR will be merged and no errors will be reported.
    Otherwise, STDERR will be displayed as a passive message.
en_GB: If ticked, an output from STDOUT and STDERR will be merged and no errors will be reported.
    Otherwise, STDERR will be displayed as a passive message.

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Output Customization
en_GB: Output Customisation

[ctx: @title:column]
en: Text Color
en_GB: Text Colour

[ctx: @title:column]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: @action]
en: S&ynchronize Terminal with Current Document
en_GB: S&ynchronise Terminal with Current Document

en: &Automatically synchronize the terminal with the current document when possible
en_GB: &Automatically synchronise the terminal with the current document when possible

en: Set the color for shading viewed documents.
en_GB: Set the colour for shading viewed documents.

en: Set the color for modified documents. This color is blended into the color for viewed files. The most recently edited documents get most of this color.
en_GB: Set the colour for modified documents. This colour is blended into the colour for viewed files. The most recently edited documents get most of this colour.

en: Automatically synchronize with current document
en_GB: Automatically synchronise with current document

en: Check the check-box to make the command the default for the target-set.
en_GB: Tick the tick-box to make the command the default for the target-set.

en: &Color Scheme
en_GB: &Colour Scheme

en: Behavior Options
en_GB: Behaviour Options

en: When checked each tab will display a close button.
en_GB: When ticked each tab will display a close button.

en: When checked tabs take as much size as possible.
en_GB: When ticked tabs take as much size as possible.

en: Here you can see all available Kate plugins. Those with a check mark are loaded, and will be loaded again the next time Kate is started.
en_GB: Here you can see all available Kate plugins. Those with a tick mark are loaded, and will be loaded again the next time Kate is started.

en: Close all documents in the file list that could not be reopened, because they are not accessible anymore.
en_GB: Close all documents in the file list that could not be reopened, because they are not accessible any more.

en: <qt>You are about to hide the sidebars. With hidden sidebars it is not possible to directly access the tool views with the mouse anymore, so if you need to access the sidebars again invoke <b>View &gt; Tool Views &gt; Show Sidebars</b> in the menu. It is still possible to show/hide the tool views with the assigned shortcuts.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>You are about to hide the sidebars. With hidden sidebars it is not possible to directly access the tool views with the mouse any more, so if you need to access the sidebars again invoke <b>View &gt; Tool Views &gt; Show Sidebars</b> in the menu. It is still possible to show/hide the tool views with the assigned shortcuts.</qt>

en: Only try to reuse kate instance with this pid (is ignored if start is used and another kate instance already has the given session opened).
en_GB: Only try to reuse kate instance with this PID (is ignored if start is used and another kate instance already has the given session opened).

en: pid
en_GB: PID

en: Session will be deleted on dialog close
en_GB: Session will be deleted on dialogue close

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, gbAppStartup)
en: Application Startup Behavior
en_GB: Application Startup Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Application Shutdown Behavior
en_GB: Application Shutdown Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, saveMetaInfos)
en: Check this if you want document configuration like for example bookmarks to be saved past editor sessions. The configuration will be restored if the document has not changed when reopened.
en_GB: Tick this if you want document configuration like for example bookmarks to be saved past editor sessions. The configuration will be restored if the document has not changed when reopened.

en: for testing purposes: Initializes the random generator
en_GB: for testing purposes: Initialises the random generator

en: Switch Application Language
en_GB: Switch Application &Language

en: License Agreement
en_GB: Licence Agreement

[ctx: kajongg @info:tooltip]
en: customize rulesets.
en_GB: customise rulesets.

en: Player %1 may try a True Color Game
en_GB: Player %1 may try a True Colour Game

en: Last Tile Completes Pair of Terminals or Honors
en_GB: Last Tile Completes Pair of Terminals or Honours

en: False Color Game
en_GB: False Colour Game

en: Only same-colored tiles (only bamboo/stone/character) plus any number of winds and dragons
en_GB: Only same-coloured tiles (only bamboo/stone/character) plus any number of winds and dragons

en: True Color Game
en_GB: True Colour Game

en: Only same-colored tiles (only bamboo/stone/character)
en_GB: Only same-coloured tiles (only bamboo/stone/character)

en: Concealed True Color Game
en_GB: Concealed True Colour Game

en: All tiles concealed and of the same suit, no honors
en_GB: All tiles concealed and of the same suit, no honours

en: Only Terminals and Honors
en_GB: Only Terminals and Honours

en: Only Honors
en_GB: Only Honours

en: A concealed hand in one color 1112345678999 plus last tile of this suit (from wall or discarded)
en_GB: A concealed hand in one colour 1112345678999 plus last tile of this suit (from wall or discarded)

en: Exposed Kong of Honors
en_GB: Exposed Kong of Honours

en: Exposed Pung of Honors
en_GB: Exposed Pung of Honours

en: Concealed Kong of Honors
en_GB: Concealed Kong of Honours

en: Concealed Pung of Honors
en_GB: Concealed Pung of Honours

en: All tiles of same color. Pung or Kong of 1 and 9, pair of 2, 5 or 8 and two Chows of the remaining values
en_GB: All tiles of same colour. Pung or Kong of 1 and 9, pair of 2, 5 or 8 and two Chows of the remaining values

en: All tiles concealed of same color: Values 1112345678999 with one pair from 2 to 8 (last tile from wall or discarded)
en_GB: All tiles concealed of same colour: Values 1112345678999 with one pair from 2 to 8 (last tile from wall or discarded)

en: Only same-colored tiles (no chows, dragons or winds)
en_GB: Only same-coloured tiles (no chows, dragons or winds)

[ctx: wrong value for rule]
en: %1: %2 is too small, minimal value is %3
en_GB: %1: %2 is too small, minimum value is %3

en: unrecognized arguments:%1
en_GB: unrecognised arguments:%1

en: States whether MIDI events are passed-through harmonySEQ.
en_GB: States whether MIDI events are passed through harmonySEQ.

en: Are sure you want to loose them?
en_GB: Are sure you want to lose them?

en: Are sure you want to loose them and open another file?
en_GB: Are sure you want to lose them and open another file?

en: Alsa midi driver init successfull.
en_GB: Alsa midi driver init successful.
